SIXTH EDITION

NSCP C101-10

NATIONAL
STRUCTURAL
CODE OF THE
PHILIPPINES
2010

VOLUMEI
¡ BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
}

1 OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

1
¡
!
¡
SIXTH EDITION
i
'

1
1
¡

Association of Structura l Engincers of thc Philippines

Suitc 7 13, F ut u re Point Plaza Condominiu m l
11 2 P a na y A vcnuc, Qu czon C ity, Philippincs J 100

Tel. N o ; ( +632) 410-0483

Fax No. : (+632) 4 11-8606
Ema i 1: ;1'i~2!lnli'.l..!.;i(f' illJJ.illi-.~~!ll!
Wcbsitc: http://www.ascponlinc.org

111
Nat1onal Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edilion Volume 1
 NSCP C101-10

NATIONAL
SlfrRUCTURAL
CODE OF THE
PHILIPPINES
2010
1
1
t¡
¡ VOLUME 1
¡ BUILDINGS, TOWERS ANO
¡ OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES
l
1
¡•
f
SIXTH EDITION
¡
i
i
i
i
'

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippínes

 NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES (NSCP)
CIO I-10
Volumc I
Buildings, Towers and Other Vertical Structures
Sixth Edition, 201 O, First Ptinting

Copyright @ 201 O, The Associatio n of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)
AII rights reserved. This publicalion or any part thcreof must not be reproduced in any fom1 without the writtcn pcrnússion
of the Association Structural Enginccrs of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP).

ISSN No.: 2094-5477

PUBLISHER

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

Suite 7 13 Future Point Plaza Condonúnium
112 Panay A venue, Quezon City,
1100 Philippincs
Tclephonc Nos. (+{)32) 410-0483
Facsímile No. (+{)32) 411-8606
E-mail address aseponline@gmail.com
Website http://www.aseponline.org

The Association of Structural Enginecrs of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP) is a professional Association founded in August
1961 to represent thc structural engineering community nationwide. This document is publishcd in keeping with the
association 's objectives;

• Maintcnance of high ethical and profcssional standards in the practice of structural engineering;
• Advanccmcnt of structural enginccring knowlcdge;
Promotion of good public and prívate clicntcle relationshíp; and
Fcllowship among structural cnginccrs, and profcssional rclations with other allied technical and scientific
organizations.

Print History

First Edition, 1972

Second Edition, 1981
Third Edition, 1987
Fourth Edition, 1992
Fifth Edition, 2001
Sixth Edition, 20 10

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 FOREWORD

For the protection of public life and property, the design of structures and the preparation of
structural plans for their construction have to be controlled and regulated. For almost four decades now,
this control has been exercised in this country by the NationaJ Structural Code of the Philippines with the
initial publication by the Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines (ASEP) of the National
Structural Code for Buildings. The current publication of the 6'h Edilion of NSCP ClOl-10 for buildings,
towers and other vertical structures is the affirmation of the mandate of the ASEP to continuously update
the National Structural Code of the Philippines with the Jatest technological developments. While
attainí ng a legal status in its use as a referral code of the National Building Code, NSCP C 10 1-lO is a
publication of high technical value in matters of structural concerns.

The NSCP C 1O1-1 O is not only complete! y new in its technical substance but al so in its formal. It
has been a product of a sustained eff011 of ASEP spanning nine years and the fruition of this endeavor has
finally come to reality during my incumbency. It is therefore with a deep feeling of gratitude and pride
that I commend the members of the ASEIP Board, the Codes and Standards Committee and the Publicity
and Publications Committee for their accomplishments.

May 2010.

AD~S,F.ASEP
Presiden/
Association of Structural Engineers of the
Philippínes, 2009-2010

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 PREFACE TO THE NSCP SIXTH EDITION
l. Introduction

ASEP recognizes the need for an up-to-date structural code addressing the design and installation of building
stmctural systems through requirements emphasizing performance. The new National Structural Codc of the
Philippines (NSCP) is designed to mect thesc needs through various modcl codes/regu lations, generall y from tbe
United States. to safeguard the public health and safcty nationwide.

This updated Stmctural Code establishes mínimum rcquirements for building structural systems using prescriptive
and pcrfonnance-based provisions. lt is founded on broad-based principies that make possible the use of new
materials and new building designs. Al so, this code reDects the lates t seismic design practice for earthquake resistan!
stmctures.

2. Changcs and Developments

In its drive to upgrade and update the NSCP, the ASEP Codes and Standards Committee initially wanted to adopt
the lates! editions of American code counterpans. However, for cases where available local data is lim.ited to
suppo11 the upgrade, then sorne provisions and procedures of the NSCP 5th edition were rctained.

This NSCP 6th edi tion is based on the following intemational codes and references:
a. Uniform Building Code UBC- 1997 (adopted for Earthquake Loads)

b. Intcrnational Building Code IBC-2009 (refcrenced)

c. American Society of Civil Engineers ASCE7-05 (adopted for Wind Loads)

d. American Concrete lnstitute ACI318-08M

c. American lnstitute for Steel Constmction AISC-05 with Supplemcntary Scismic Provisions

f. American !ron and Steel Institute AISI S 100-2007

g. Reinforced Masonry Engineering Handbook America

h. Concrete Masonry Handbook, 6th Edition

Significan! revisio ns are su mmariz.cd as follows:

a. Chapter 1 -General Rcquiremenls. The following changes are madc in th is codc:

a. J Scction 103 - Classification of Buildings

School buildings of more than onc storey, hospital s and designatcd evacuatio n ccntcrs are
addcd under thc cssential facilities category.
a.2 Secti on 104 - Dcsign Requirements

Dcflection of any stmctural mcmber under the serviccability requircment is deleted. for
concrete and sir:t?-1 matcrials sce Chapter 4 and 5 respectivcly; ncw rcquircments are
added to t11c dcsign review secti on.
a.3 Section 105 - Posting and Instrumentation

The provision of installcd recording accelerograph is adjusted.

111
National Structura l Code of the P hilippines 6 Editio n Volume 1
 b. Chapter 2- Minimum Design Loads. The changes made in this codeare as follows:
b.l Seclion 203- Combination of Loads
The load factor values on wi nd !oads are adjusted together wi th the inclusion of rain
loads.
b.2 Section 205 - Live Loads
Additional !oads are incorporated tn the tab!e for mínimum uniform anrl concentrated
loads.
b.3 Section 207- Wind Loads
Wind load provisions. which were previous!y based on ASCE7-95, are updaled by the
introduction of the Wind Directionality Factor, K¿, based on ASCE7-05. The ANSI
EIA/TIA-222-G is also referenced for wind loads on antennas.
Equations for the gust effect factors for both rigitl and flexible structures are introduced.
These inclutle the gust effect factor for antennas, transmission and latticed towers,
poles/posts. masts and transmission lines based on ASCE Manual of Practicc No.74
(Guidclines for Electrical Transmission Line Strucwral Loading).
New formulas are also introduced for the natural frequcncy and damping ratio.
b.4 Section 208 - Eat1hquake Loads
13asica!ly, there are no major changes on the earthquake provtstons due to the nol1-
availability of Phivolcs-issued spectral acceleration maps foral! areas in the Philippi11es.
However, ASCFJSEI7-05 is recognized asan alternative procedure in the determination
of !he eanhquake loads.
b.5 Section 21 O a11d Section 2 l l - En vironmenta! Loads
New sections on rain loads and flood loads are added.
c. Chaptcr 3: Specilications for Excavations and Geomaterials. Thc revisions made in this updated
code are as follows:
c. l Provisions pcrtaining to thc conduct and intcrprctation of foundation investigations for
cases invo!ving 1iquefiablc, expa nsive or questionable soi1s are adoptetl;
c.2 Thc section on footings is amended to incorporate provisions for differential settlcmcnt,
design loads and vibratory loads;
c.3 The section 011 pile foundations is arnentlcd to incorporatc new provisions on splicing of
concrete pites; and
c.4 Thc scction on special foundations, slopc stabilization and materia!s of construction are
addcd.
d. Chaptcr 4: Structural Concrete. The rcvisions madc in th is updatcd codc are as follows:
tl. l Scction 401 - General Requiremcnts: Dcsign requirerncnts for carthquakc-resistant
stnrcturcs are updatcd basetl on ACl 3 18-08M which mcntions thc "Scismic Dcsign
Catcgories (SDC~)" of ASCE/SE1 7-05. Howevcr, in !he abscncc of Phivolcs-issucd
spcctral accelcration maps for all arcas in thc Philippincs, the seismic 1oading proccdurcs
hascd on 1\SCE/SET 7-05 is adopted as an altcrnativc procedurc (sce Scction 208-11 ).
Thcrcf<>rc, bascd on thc Commcntary of ACI 3 18-08, Scismic Zone 2 (UBC 97) was
m1optcd in licu of SDC C (ASCE/SEI 7-05). S irnilarly, Scismic Zone 4 is adoptcd in
licu o f SDCs D, E and F;

A ssociation of Structural Enginerns of the Pl1ilippines

 d.2 Section 403 - Materials: New requirements for headed shear stud reinforcement, headed
deformed bars, ancl stainless steel bars are given with appropriate references to ASTM
standards;
d.3 Section 404 - Durability Requirement: Exposurc categories and classes, requirements or
concrete by ex.posure class are adopted to replace the many tables of durabi lity
requirements in Section 404, making it easier to clearly specify the intended application;
d.4 Section 405 - Concrete Quality, Mix.ing, and Placing: The use of three lOO mm x 200
mm cylindcrs is adoptcd as equivalen! to the use of two !50 mm x 300 mm cylinders for
determining concrete compressive strength. Due to concern that ma terial properties may
changc with time, a 12-month lírnit is sct on historical data used to qualify mi xture
proportions and flexura! test performance criteria are added to qualify the use of steel
fiber- reinforced concrete as a replacemcnt for mínimum shear rcinforce ment:
d.5 Secúon 407 - Details of Reinforcement: To avoid the misconception that there is no
minus tolerance on cover values given in the code, "mínimum cover" is replaced with
"specified cover" throughout Section 407: Class B lap spliccs are now required fo r
structural integrity reinforcement: continuous top and bottom structural integrity
reinforcement are required to pass through the column core; and requircmcnts for
transverse reinforccment confíning structural integrity rcinforcem ent in peri metcr beams
are clarified:
d.6 Section 408 - Analysis and Design - General Considerations: Provisions are modifícd to
allow redistribution of positive moments: and a simple model ing procedure for
eval uation of lateral displacements is added;
d.7 Scction 409 • Strength and Scrviceability Rcquirements: Strength rcduction factors for
compression-controlled sections (othcr structural members) is reduccd from 0.70 to 0.65,
and shcar and torsion for shear wa lls and frames in Seismic Zonc 4 is rcduccd fro m 0.85
to 0.75 , bcaring on concrete (cxcept for post-tcnsioning anchorage z.ones) is rcduccd
from 0.70 to 0.65. Strength reduction factors for stnH-and-tie modcls, nexu ral sections in
prctensioncd mcmbcrs. are also added;
d.S Scction 410- Flcxurc and Axial Loads: Thc section on slcndcrncss effccts is reorgan izcd
lo recog nizc computer ana!ysis techniques as thc primary melhod of evaluating second-
order effects:
d.9 Section 4ll - Shcar and Torsion: Code rcquirements are added lo permít the use of
hcadcd stud asscmblics as shcar rcinforccrnent for slabs and footings. The nominal shear
strength is pcrmittccl lo be largcr for hcaclcd stud assemblics than for othcr fon ns of slab
and footing shear reinforcement; more stríngcnt lirnits are placcd on thc depths of
bcams that are exempted from the rcquirerncnt for mini rnu m shear rei nfo rccmcnt; a new
limit on the depth of hollow core units for which mínimu m shcar reínfon.:e mcnt could be
wai vcd is cstab!ishcd: stcel fibcr-rcinforced co ncrete is adc!cd as an altcrnative to
mínimum shcar rcinforccment: and thc upper limit on shear friction strcngt h ís
signi!ica ntl y íncreased for monolilhicall y placee! concrete and concrete placed againsl
intcntíonally roughencd concrete;

11
N<.JtionBI S truclur<ll Code of lhe P!1i!ippines 6 ' Edition Volurne 1
 d.l O Scction 412 - Devclopmcnt and Spliccs of Reinforcement: Provisions are added fór the
devclopment lcngth of headed dcformed bars; splice Jength when splicing bars with
differenl sizes is adclressed; and a coating factor of 1.0 for galvanizecl reinforcement is
addcd;

d.ll Section 413 - Two-Way Slab Systems: Dimcnsion limits are addecl for thc use of shear
caps; and altcrnativc comer reinforccment arrangemenl is added for lwo-way slabs
supported ily edge beams or walls;
d.l2 Scction 414 ··- Walls: Design provisions for slender wall panels are modificd to be more
consisten! with lhe methods uscd in dcsign practice;
d.13 Section 418 - Prestresscd Concrete: The allowable concrete compression stress
irnmediately after prestress transfer is incrcased; and requirernents for structu ral integri ly
stccl in two-way unbondcd post-tensioned slab systems are modified;
d.l4 Section 420 - Strength Evaluation of Existing Structures: Load factors for determining
the rcquired test load are modified to reflect typical modern load combinations;

<1. 15 Scction 421 - Earthquake-Resistanl Structures: Thís section prescnts the requíremcnts for
Seismic Resístant Design from ASCEISEI 7-05, but instead of using the Seismic Design
Catcgorics of ASCE/SEI 7-05, thc equívalent Scismic Zones as per UBC 1997 are
specificd. Also, new dcsign rcquirements are added for such seismic zones; ncw
detailing option is addcd for díagonally reinforced coupling beams; design yield strength
for confinemcnt reinforcemcnt is raised to 690 MPa to help reduce congestion; and
boundary elcrnent confinement rcquircments is relaxed;

d.l6 Section 423 - Anchoring to Concrete: Use of rcinforcement in the vicin íty of anchors and
ductility rcquirements for anchors in seismic zones are clarified.

d.l7 Section 425 - Allcmative Provisions fo r Reinforced and Prcstressed Concrete Flexura!
and Cornprcssion Membcrs: Revisions in Appendix B of ACl 318-08M is adopted;
d.I8 Scction 426 - Allernati ve Load and Slrenglh Reduction Factors: Rcvisions in Appendix
C of ACI 3 18-08M is adopted; and

d. 19 Section 427 - Strut-and-tie Modcls: Appendix A of ACJ 318-08M is adoptcd in ils

cnlircty.

e. Chapler 5: Struclmal Stecl. The rcvisions made in this updatcd codeare as follows:

e.l Adoptcd is an integratcd trcatmenl of lhe Allowable Stress Design (ASD) and the Load
and Rcsistancc Factor Design (LRFD) such that lhe carlier Specification lhal treated only
lhe ASD mcthod is rctaincd;

e.2 ln licu o f' thc prcvious mcthod of analysis. a new method (Dirccl Analys is Mcthod) is
adoptcd; afl(l

eJ Thc cold fonncd sleel dcsign for building systcrns and strucluralmcmbcrs are inc ludcd .

The chaplcr on steel design frorn NSCP 2001 which covcred Allowablc Working Stress Dcsign (ASD) is
fully updatcd lo address usagc, advanccs in lhc stalc of knowlcdgc, and changcs in design practicc.
f. Chaptcr 6: Wood

f.l Thc provisions in lhis chaptcr are rcfincd to incorporatc local practices and corrcctions in
thc previous version of the ende {NSCP 2001 ). Rcfcrrals are m acle lo the NSCP 201 O

Associat1on of Structu ral Engineers of t11e Pl1ilippines

 Vol. III on Housing for relevan! provisions concerning single-family dwellings 1 low-cost
housing;
f.2 Tablcs from thc prcvious version of NSCP 2001 including thc Table containing specie
design information are amended to incorporatc thc latest updated information/ list of
wood spccics as providcd by the Forcst Products Rescarch and Dcvelopment Institutc
(FPRDI);

f.3 A provision that limit thc use of wood shear walls and diaphragms is addcd; and

f.4 A scction for Machine Graded Lumber (MGL) is included.

g. Chaptcr 7: Masonry
g.l The provisions in this chapter are refined to include local practices and corrections from
the previous vcrsion of thc code (NSCP 2001 ); referrals are made to the NSCP 201 O Vol.
III on Housing for rclcvant provisions concerning singlc-family dwellings 1 low-cost
housing:
g.2 Recyclcd aggrcgates are dcfined and provided;
g.3 A scction for Scismic Dcsign is added; and

g.4 Additional scctions each for Masonry Fircplaccs and Masonry Chimneys are includcd.

This publication of thc 6th Edition is a collecti ve effort of the ASEP Board of Directors from 2007 to 20!0, from
ASEP's past presidents Christopher P. T. Tamayo (2007-2008) and Wilfrcdo S. Lopez (2008-2009) and the ASEP
Codes and Standards Committee whose coopcration made this publication.

In addition, thc ASEP Codcs and Standards Committec is indcbtcd to Philippinc lnstitute of Yolcanology and
Seismology (Phivolcs) and to Dir. Renato Y. Solidum, Ph. D. for his unselfish contribution especially on Chapters 1
and 2 of this code .

Likewisc, our thanks to a!l ASEP rncmbers and other uscrs of thc NSCP who havc suggested improverncnts.
idcntificd crrors and recomrncndcd itcms for inclusion and omissions. Thcir suggestions have becn carefully
considcrcd.

ASEP also acknowlcdges the contribution of thc índustry partners, companícs and individuals. who continue to
supp0!1 ASEP's nurncrous undertakings.

3- Disclaimcr

Thc readcr is cautioncd that prof'cssional judgment must be cxercised whcn data or rccomrnendations are appli ed.
Thc information prcsented has been prcparcd in accordancc with rccogni zcd cngi necring principies ancl is for
general information on!y. This infonnation should not be used or relicd upon for any specifi c app!ication without
compctcnt profcssion~ll examination and vcrification of its accuracy, suitabi lity and applicabilit y by a rcgistcrcd
cngu1ccr. Anyonc making use of this infonnat ion assumes all liabilities arising from such use.

111
National Structural Code of the Pl1ilippines 6 Ecli tion Volume 1
 ··.·

ADAMe ABJNALES, """"·,. A···· WILFREDO S. LO PEZ, MCM. I'.ASt:O•

ASEP President, 2009-2010 ASE!' l'resident, 2008-2009

ANTIIONY VLADIMW C. PIMENTEL, r.."o:o· CHRISTOPHER P. T. TAMA YO, ,..m,.

ASE/' \lice-l'n!sident, 2009-2010 mod ASF:I' President, 2007-2008
Monaging Director, Codt!s (IJI(/ Sttuulards Commillee

EMILO M. MORALES, MS<'>'. EASlP ROMEO A. ESTAÑERO, ,.•., .. ,·...s>J'

Clwirmmo. Codes (111(/ Sumdards Committce 1\dvi.re.r, C()(/es and Standards Commiuee

CODES AND STANDARDS COMMITTEE

GENERAL REQUffiEMENTS LOADS AND ACTIONS

CARLOS M. VILLAHAZA, .-..,st:o· CARLOS M. VII..LARAZA, t·.mo•

Chaimum Chairman
VIRGILIO C. COLUMNA, ,,:.,,,...s>J' VIRGII..IO C. COLUMNA, ......... ,."'-"'"
Co-Ciwimum Ca-Chairman
HONALDO S. JSON, r .<st:o• BENITO M. PA CHECO, r·•.o>.. r.•sro·
RONWALDO EMMANUEL R AQUINO, >~<o:owv.r CESAR P. PABALAN, F.ASt:P
Wo rk G roup Members RONALDO S. JSON, F.ASEl'
RONWALDO EMMANUEL R AQUINO,""'"'·"'''
RUTH B. MABILANGAN, MSCOI- \Sf.P
Work Group Members

EXCA VATIONS AND STRUCTURALCONCRETE

GEOMA TERIALS
MARK ZAR CO, ""'· JORGE P. GENOTA, ,._,sr.r
Chairman Chairman
ROY ANTHONY LUNA, "'o. WILFREDO S. LOPEZ, r~"'"'"
Co -Ciwinnmo Co-Chairmwo
JONATJIAN R. DUNGCA, •., ... ANDHES WINSTON C. ORETA, r•."- ' '-'s•o·
MARK K. MORALES,"·"· RA iVIIL H. CRISOLO, ,..._<F.o·
DANTEL C. PECKLEY JR., ,...... JUANITO c.
CUNANAN, M.ASt.P
BIUAN B. TAN,"'("' BLAS N. ESPINOSA , r.•s rr
Work Group Member.< fiERNARDO A. LEJANO, o·u >.• >~.AsF.o·
Wn rk Gmup Mem/;ers
ARNEL R. AGUEL, "-'s"''
Resoorc:e !'erson
ROMEO A. ESTAÑERO, ..... n. r .Ast:o·
tldvin•r

Associillion o f Struclural Engineers of 111n Philippines

 ,·_,,.,.:-~smum~t:st.Eii:w¿;¡,N<~'-"'"r:tf·~
~l1ñ.WRF4~;~::-~·:~;:-i1{Xi.~~:t1t~~~f}~]
,\ i'i I"IIONY VLADIMIR C. PIMENTEL, f.A.< f.r CHRISTOPHER P.T. TAMA YO, PASJ:P
Chairman Chairman
GILUERT n. MAGBUTA Y, ...ASEP ALAN c. ABAN, P.ASF.J'
FREDERICK FRANCIS M. SISO N, ........,. Co-Ciraimwn
Co· Cirairmen RICO J. CABANGON, ,.•Jl. IFRI>I)
ALLAN DERDY A. ALFILER, >l.<str A CHILLES L. LUARDO, M.ASf.P
ALLAN B. llENOGSUDAN, MASf.l" ROY T. ROQUE, M.ASFJ'
EDGARDO S. CRUZ, M.ASf)' Work Group Membe rs
JONATHAN G. SEVILLA, ·"-'s.:•
Work Group Members

MASONRY ASEP SECRETARIA T

CIIRISTOPHER P.T. TAMA YO, r.ASt:l'

Chairman AILYN C. ANONICAL
ALAN c. ABAN, LASf.l' Adminisrrarive Officer
·co-Cirairman MAYA. JACINTO
LEOPOLDO R. BUENA VENTURA, JR., """"":•· Accounr Offlccr
JA Y EMERSON V. LIM, ,,,,s~:•· CERELINE G. LUCASIA
Work Gr011p Membet:f JUNE 8 . CAIS
Administrative Staff

111
National Structuraf Code of the Phifipp1nes 6 Edition Volume 1

'·
 ASSOCIA TION OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS OF THE
PHILIPPINES
COMMITTEE ON CODES AND STANDARDS (2007-2010)

Letter of Acknowledgemenl and Appreciation

· I wish to convey my decpest appreciation and thanks for the invaluable service rendered by l he
various volunteer chairpersons and members of the commi!tees in making this major NSCP 201 O 6'h
Edition a reality.

The time, money and personal sacrifices rendered by the various Comnuttee Chairpersons are
sincerely and deeply appreciated. Without these unselfish contributions, this monumental Lask would not
have been at all possible.

My sincerest rhanks are also offered to our sponsors and benefactors who have responded to our
call by supporting the NSCP through their advertisernents which are very valuable in reducing the cost of
printing to make the NSCP more affordable and more widespread in distribution.

As we launch the NSCP 20 lO 6'" Edition, we stay committed towards disserninating the
importan! features and new revisions to the Code by conducting regional and city seminars as a service to
the civi 1 engineering professíon and also to help the structural engineering profession keep abreast with
thc statc of practice and statc of thc art in structural engineering.

As we have gone to this initial Jaunch, we encourage the end-users lo givc us their invaluable
¡ comments towards making the NSCP a living code and more receptive to the nccds of Filipino engineers.
r
Special thanks also go to the ASEP Presiden! and the Board of Dircctors and the ASEP
1 Secretaria! for the valuable support and assistancc given in thc prcparation of the revised NSCP 2010 6'h
Edition.
f

Chairm n
Commillee on Codes and Standardsfor
NSCP 2010 6'¡, Edition

Associalíon of Struclural Engineers of t11e Philippines

 ASSOCIATION OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS OF THE
PHILIPPINES
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS (2009-2010)

OFFICERS:

ADAM C. ABINALES, MEng., F.ASEP

President
ANTHONY VLADIMIR C. PIMENTEL, F.ASEP
Vice Presiden!
MJRIAM LUSJCA-TAMA YO, MSCE, F.ASEP
Secretary
VIRGILIO B. COLUMNA, MEng., F.ASEP
Treasurer

DIRECTORS:

ANTONIO A. AVILA, M.ASEP

DANILO A. DOMINGO, M.ASEP
RONALDO S. ISON, F.ASEP
FREDERICK FRANCIS M. SISON, M.ASEI'
PEDRO M. TOLENTlNO, JR., M.ASEP
VINCI NI CHOLAS R. VILLASEÑOR, F.ASEP

WILFREDO S. LO PEZ, MCM, F.ASEP

lmmediate Past Presiden/

COLLEGE OF FELLOWS:

ROMEO A. ESTAÑERO, l'h.D., F.ASEP

Chancel/or
JORGE P. GENOTA, I•.ASEP
S cribe
CA RLOS M. VILLARAZA, F.AS F.P
Burser

11
National S tructural Code of ttle Pt1i!ippines 6: Edition Vo fume 1
ASSOCIATION OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS OF THE
PHILIPPINES
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS (2008-2009)

OFFICERS:

WILFREDO S. LOPEZ, MCM, F.ASEP

Presiden!
ADAM C. ABINALES, MEng., F.ASEP
Vice President
VIRGILIO C. COLUMNA, MEng.,F.ASEP
Secretary
VINCI NICOLAS R. VILLASEÑOR, F.ASEP
Treasurer

DIRECTORS:

DANILO A. DOMINGO, M.ASEP

RONALDO S. ISON, F.ASEP
JORGE P. GENOTA, I<'.ASEP
FREDERICK FRANCIS M. SISON, M.ASEP
ANTHONY VLADIMIR C. PIMENTEL, F.ASEI'
PEDRO M. TOLENTINO, JR., M.ASEP

CHRISTOPHER P. T. TAMA YO, F.ASEI'

lmmediate Past President

COLLEGE OF FELLOWS:

ROMEO A. ESTAÑERO, Ph.D., F.ASEP

Chancellor
JORGE P. GENOTA, F.ASEP
Scribe

Association of Structura l Engineers of the Philippines

 ASSOCIATION OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS OF THE
PHILIPPINES
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS (2007-2008)

O!FFICERS:

CHRISTOPHE:R P. T. TAMAYO, F.ASEI'

Presiden!
WlLFREDO S. LOPEZ, MCM,F.ASEP
V.ice Presiden/
VIRGILIO C. COLUMNA, MEng., F.ASEP
Secretary
ELMER P. FRANCISCO, M.ASEP
Treasurer

DIRECTORS:

ADAM C. AJBINALES, JV1Eng., F.ASEP

FERDINANID A. BRIONES, M.ASEP
DANILO A. DOMINGO, M.ASEP
RONALlDO S. ISON, F.ASEP
BERNARDO A. LEJANO, Ph.D., M.ASEP
PEDRO M. TOLENTINO, JR., M.ASEI'

JORGE P. GENOTA, F.ASEP

Immediate Paú Presiden/

COLLEGE OF FELLOWS:

ROMEO A. ESTAÑERO, Ph.D.,F.ASEI'

Chancellor
JORGE f'. GENOTA; F.ASEP
Scribe

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edilion Volume 1
Department ofPublic Works and Highways

Associ~tion of Structural Engineers of tlw Philipp1nes

 NSCP C101-10

Chapter 1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUME 1
BUILDINGS, TOWERS ANO
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SIXTH EDITION

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

Suite 713, Future Point Plaza Condominium 1
112 Panay A ven ue, Quezon City, Philippines 1100

Tel. No: (+632) 410-0483

Fax No.: (+632) 411-8606
Email: aseponline(W,gmail.com "'
Websitc: http://www.ascponline.or¡

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
Association of Structuraf Engineers of the Phifippines
 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirements 1-1

Table of Contents

CHAPTER l· GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................................... 3

SECTION 101 - TITLE, PURPOSE AND S COPE ................................................................................................................ 3
101 . 1 Titlc ............................................ ............................................................ ........................................................................ 3
1O1.2 Purposc ....... ......... ............. ....................... ........ ......................................................... ... ............. ..................................... 3
IOI.3Scopc ............ ...... ............................................... ......... .................................. ................ ...... ....................... ........... .. ... .. .. 3 .
1O1.4 Altemative Sys tems .... .. ...... ....... .......................................................................................................................... .......... 3
SECTION 102- DEFINITIONS............................................................................................................................................... 3
SECTION 103 · CLASSTFICATION OF STRUCTURES .................................................................................................... 5
103.1 Nature of Occupancy ..................................................................................................................................................... 5
SECTION 104 · DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................ 6
104.1 Strength Requirement ..................................: ............................................................................. ..... ..................... .......... 6
104.2 Serviceability Requiremcnt. .................................................................................................. ......................................... 6
104.3 Analysis ................................................................................ , ......................... ............................................................... 6
104.4 Foundalion Investígation .................................................................... ........................................................................... 7
104.5 Desígn Review ......... ...................................................................................................................................................... 7
sgCTION 105- POSTING AND INSTRUMENTATION ..................................................................................................... 7
105.1 Posting of Live Loads .............................. ............. ........................................ ........................................................... ...... 8
l 05.2 Earthquakc-Record ing Instrumentation ........................ ... ............... ........... ......................... ......................... ....... ........... 8
SECTION 106 - SPECIFICATIONS, DRA WINGS AND CALCULATIONS .................................................................... 8
I06.1 General.. ............................................. ............................................................................................................................ 9
106.2 Specifications ................................................ .... ............................................................................................................. 9
106.3 Design Drawíngs ........................................................................................................................................................... 9
106.4 Calculations ............ .......................................... ................... .................. ................................ ...................................... 1O
106.5 As-built Drawings ............................................................................ ................... ......................... ..... ..... ........ ....... ....... 1O
SECTION 107 - STRUCTURAL INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND STRUCTURAL OBSERV ATJONS ........................... 11
107. 1 General.. .......................................... ............................................................ ....................................................... .......... 11
107.2 Dclinitions ............. ........... ........................................................................................................................................... 11
107.3 Inspcction Program ................................................. ....................................................................................... .............. 12
107.4 Structural Inspector ...................................................................................................................................................... 12
107.5 Types of Work for Inspection ................................................................. ...... ........................ ............... ........................ 12
107.6 A pproved Fabricators ..................................... .................................................. ......... ................ ........ .......... ....... ......... 14
107.7 Prefabricatcd Construction ............. .............. ..... ............................. ........... .. .............. ............ .. .............. ............... ....... 14
107.8 Non-Dcstructi ve Testing ......................................... ....................................................... ........................ ...................... 15
107.9 Structural Observation ........................................................................... .......................... ............................................ 16
SECTION 108- EXISTING STRUCTURES ........................................................................................................................ l6
108. 1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 16
108.2 Mainrenancc ............................................................................................ .................................... ...... ...... ................... . 16
108.3 Additions, Altcrations or Repairs ............ ....... ............ ...... ..................... .. .. ................ ..................... ....... ............... ....... 16
l 08.4 Chan ge in Use ......................... ................... ...................... .................................... .. .................. ................................ .... 17

SECTJON 109- GRADING ANO EARTHWORK ........................................................................ ...................................... 17

109. 1 General ..................................................... .................................................................................................................... 18
109.2 Delinitions .......... :.............................. .......................................................................................................................... 18
109.3 Pcrrnits Required .............................. .................................. ........ ................................................................................ 19

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
1·2 CHAPTEfi 1 -General Requiremenls

109.4 Hazards ............................................................................................................................................................. ......... 19

109.5 G rading Pcrmit Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... l9
109.6 Grading Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 20
109.7 Completion of Work .................................................................................................................................................... 2 1

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 1 - General Requrrements 1-3

Sponsors of any system of design or construction not

within the scope of this codc, the adequacy of which had
been shown by successful use and by analysis and test,
shal! have the right to present the data on which their
design is bascd 10 the building official or lo a board of
examiners appointed by the building official or the project
owner/developer. This board shall be composed of
competen! structural engineers and shall havc authority to
IOI.l Titlc invcstigate !he data so submitted, to rcquire tests, and to
These regulations shall be known as the National formulate nlles governing design and construction of such
Structural Code of lhc Philippines, Vol. 1, 61" Edition systems to mee! thc intent of this code. These rules, when
2010, and may be cited as such and will be rcferred to approved and promulgatcd by the building offícial, shal!
herein as "this code." be of the same force and effect as thc provisions of this
code.
101.2 Purposc
The purpose of this code is 10 provide mtntmum load
rcquircmcnts for the dcsign of buildings, towers and other
vertical stmctures, and mínim um standards and
guidelines to safeguard life or limb, property and pu.blic
wclfare by regulating and controlling the design,
constmction. quality of materials pertaining to the
structural aspccts of all bui!dings and stmcturcs within
this jurisdiction.

101.3 Scopc
Tbc provisions of this code shall apply to the
constmction, alteration, moving: demolition, repair,
maintcnance and use of buildings, towers and othcr
vertical structures within this jurisdiction.

Special struclUres such as but not limited to single famil y

dwellings. storagc silos, liquid product wnks and
hydraulic nood control structures, should be rcfcrred to
spccial statc of practice literaturc but shall rcfcr to
provisions of this codc as a mínimum whcrevcr
applicable.

f-'or additions. alterations. maintcnancc. and changc in use

of buildings and stmctures. scc Section 108.

Whcrc, in any spccific case. diffcrent scctions of this codc

spccify diffcrcnt matcrials, methods of construction or
other rcquirements, thc most restri ctive provisions shall
govern cxccpt in thc case of single family dwcllings.
Whcrc thcrc is a conllict bctween a general rcquiremcnt
and a specific rcquircmcnt, thc spccific rcquircmcnl shall
be applicablc..

101.4 Altcrnati vc Sy~tcms

The provisions or this codc are not irHendcd to preven! thc
usc of any material. altcrnatc dcsign or rncthod of
co nstruction nol spccitically prcscribcd by this codc.
providcd any allcrnatc has hccn pcrmillcd ami its use
mrthorizcd by thc building official (scc Scction 102).

11
Néllíonnl Structum l Code of tt·w Pl11lippines 6 ' Eclilion Voturne 1
 1-4 CHAPTEH 1 -General Requircmenls

artificially built up or composed of parts joined together

in some definite manner.

STRUCTURAL ENGINEER is a registered Civil

For the purposc of this code, ccrtain terms, phrases, words
and their derivatives shall be constmed as specified in this
chaptcr and elsewherc in this codc where specific
definitions are provided. Tcrms. phrases and words used
in the singular includc thc plural and vice versa. Terms,
phrases and words uscd in the rna sculi~;P. gendcr includc
the feminine and vice versa.
The following terms are defincd for use in this chaptcr:
Engineer with special qualification in the practice of
Structural Enginccring as rccognized by the Board of
Civil Enginecring of the Professional Regulation
Commission as endorscd by the Philippine Instilutc of
Civil Engineers (PICE) through thc Association of
Structural Enginecrs of the Philippines (ASEP) or
specialist membcrs of the Structural Enginccring
Specialty Division of PICE.

ADDITION is an cxtcnsion or increase in Ooor arca or

height of a building or structurc.

ALTER or ALTERATION is any change. addition or

modification in construction or occupancy.

APPROVED as to matcrials and types of const mction,

refers to approval by thc buikling official as thc rcsult of
invcstigation and tests conducted by thc building oflic1al,
or by rcason of nccepted principies or tests by rccognized
authorities, technical or scicntific organizations.

AUTHORITY HA VING JURISDJCTION is thc

organization. political subdivision, oftice or individual
charged with thc rcsponsibility of administering and
enforcing thc provisions of this code.

BUILDING is any structurc usually cnclosed by walls

:tnd a roof, constructed 10 provide support or shcltcr for an
intendcd use or occup:tncy.

BUILDING, EXISTING. is a building ercctcd prior to

the adoption of this code, or onc for which a legal
bui lding pennit has bcen issucd.

BUILDING OFFICIAL is thc officcr or other

designatccl authority charged with the ad ministration and
enforcement of this codc. or thc building official's du ly
authorizecl representativc.

C IVIL ENGlNEER is a professional cnginccr liccnscd

lo practise in thc ficld of civil enginecring.

ENGJNEER-OF-RECORD is a civil enginccr

rcsponsiblc for thc structural dcsign.

OCCUPANCY is thc purposc for which a building or

oth cr structurcs or pa11 thcrcof. is uscd or intcndcd lO be
used.

STR UCT URE is lhat which is built or conslmctcd, an

cditicc or building of any kind. or any piccc of work

Assor.iation of Sfruclural Engineers of the Philipp1nes

 CHAflTEFl 1 -· Genera l liequirements 1-5

Table !03-1 - Occ upancy C ategory

OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY OR FUNCTION OF

CATEGORY STRUCTURE
Occupancies having surgery and emergency
treatment arcas ,
Fire and poi ice stations,
103.1 Na tu re of Occupancy
Garages and shelters for emcrgency vehiclcs
Buildings and other structures shall be classifiecl, based
and emergcncy aircrafl,
on thc nature of occupancy, according to Table 103-1 for
Stmcturcs and shelters in emergency
purposcs of applying wind ami eat1hquake in Chaptcr 2.
'" · preparcdness ccnters,
Each building or othcr structures shall be assigncd to the
A viation control towers,
highest applicablc occupancy category or categories.
Assignrnent of the samc structurc to multiple occupancy Structures and equipment in communication
categories based on use and the type of loading condition centers and othcr facilities rcquired for
1 Essential emergency response,
being cvaluated (e.g. wind or seismic) shall be Facilities
permissiblc. Facilities for standby power-gcnerating
cq uipment for Category 1structures,
When buildings or other structures have multiple uses Tanks or other stmctures containing housing
(occupancies), the relatio nship between the uses of or supponing water or other ftre·
suppression material or cquipment
various parts of the building or other structure and the
rcquired for the protection of Category l,
independence of the structural system for those various
11 or 111 structures.
parts shall be examined. The classification for each
Public school buildings,
independent structural systc m of a multiple-use building
or othcr structure shall be that of the highest usage group Hospitals and
in any part of the building or other structure that is Dcsignated evacuation centcrs.
dependen! on that basic structural system. Occupancics and structures housing or
supporting toxic or cxplosivc chemicals
II Hazardous or substances,
Facilities Non-building structurcs storing, supporting
or containing qu antit ies of tox ic or
explosive substanccs.
-·- -----------..1----------------------------..--
Singlc-story school bui!dings
Buíldings with an asscmbly room with an
occupant capacity of 1,000 or more.
Educational buíldings such as nn1 seums
líbraries, auditorium with a capacity of
300 or more studcn ts,
III Spccial Buildings uscd for co!!ege or adult
Occupancy education with a capacity of 500 or more
Structurc.' studcllts,
lnsti tutional buildings with 50 or more
incapacitatcd paticnts, but not includcd in
Category I,
Mental hospi tltls, san itariums, jails, prison
and othcr buildíngs whcrc personal
libcrtics of inmatcs are simi lar!y
rcstrai ncd,
All struclllrcs with an occllfl\lllcy of 5,000 or
more pcrsons,
Structurcs and cquipmcnt in powcr-
gencratin g st<Jtions. and othcr public
util!ly facilities not includcd in Catcgory
1 or Catcgory Il, ami rcquircd for
continucd operation.
~OoOoOo OoOO<O OAO•---~-~--------. .·- -- --- ·------------~~----------------· ·

1
National Structural Cocle of the Pl1ilipp1nes 6 h Edition Volurne 1
 1·6 CHAPTER 1 ··· General nequirernents

Table 103-1 (continued}- Occupancy Category

O CCUJ>ANCY OCCUPANCY OR FUNCTJON OF

CATEGORY STRUCTURE
¡
IV St~ndard AJI strucwrcs housing occupancics or 104.1 Strcngth Rcquircmcnt
Occupancy having functions not listcd in Catcgory l . 13uildings, towers and othcr vertical struclurcs and all
Structurcs 11 or 111 and Catcgory V. po11ions thereof shall be designed and constntcted lo
V Misccllancous Priva te garages, carports. shcds and fenccs suslain, wilhin the limitations specified in lhis ende, all
S tr u cturc.~ ovcr 1.5 m high. loads set forth i:1 Chapter 2 and elsewhcrc ;n tlü:; codc,
combined in accordance with Seclion 203.

Design shall be in accordance wit h Strcngth :):.•.,;¡;i>, Load

and Rcsistancc Factor Design and Ailuw;¡t;k ::>tress
Design methods, as pennillcd by the app licablc material
chaplers.
E:tception:
Unless otherwise required by the building official,
buildings or portions thereof that are constructed in
accordance witlt tite conventional ligltt-framing
requirements specified in Chapter 5 mul tite NSCP
Volume 111 on Housing slw/1 be deemed ro meet tite
requirements of tltis section.

104.2 Scrviceability Requircment

104.2. 1 Genera l
Structural systems and members thereof shall be designcd
to have adequntc sliffness lo limit deOections, lateral
drifts, vibrati on, or any other defonnalions th at adversely
affect the inlcnded use and performance of' buildings
towers and othcr vertical structurcs. Thc dcsign shall also
consider durahi lity, rcsistancc to exposure to weather or
aggressive environment. crack control, and other
conditions that affcct thc intcnded use and performance of
buildings. towcrs and othcr vertical slructures.

104.3 Aualysis
Any system or mcthod of construction LO be uscd-shall be
bascd on a rational analysis in accordancc wilh well
eslablishcd principies of mechanics lhat take into accounl
equi!ibrium, general stability. geomelric compatibility and
both short- tcrm ancl long-lerm materi al propertics.
Membcrs thal tcnd to accurnu lale residual deíormalions
under rcpeated service loads shall havc incl udcd in lheir
analysis thc addcd eccentricities expectcd 10 occur during
lhcir scrvicc lifc. Such analysis shall rcsull in a system
that providcs a complete load palh capablc of trans ferring
all loads and forces from thcir point of origin to the load-
rcsisting clcmcnts. Thc anal ysis shall incl udc, hut not be
limitcd 10, thc provisions of Scctions 104. :\. 1 through
104.3.3.

Associa!lon of Structural Engineers of t11e P hillpptnes


104 .3.1 Sta bili ty Agains t Overtu rning
Evcry structure shall be designed to resisl the overturning
effects caused by the lateral forces specified with
adequate Factor of Safety (FOS). See Section 206.6 for
rt:taining walls, Scction 207 for wind loading and Section
208 for earthquakc loading.
104.3.2 Sclf-Strai ning Forces
J>rovtsions shall be made for mHicipatcd self-straining
forccs arising from diffcrcmial st:IIICmcnt of foundations
and from rcstraincd dimensional changes due to
tempcraturc, moisturc, shrinkagc, hcavc, creep and similar
effccts.
104.3.3 Anchora ge
Anchoragc of the roof 10 walls and columns. and of walls
and columns to foundations shall be provided and
adequately detailed to rcsist thc uplifl and sliding forces
that rcsult fromthc application of the prescri bed forces.
Concrete and masonry walls shall be anchored to all
noors, roofs and othcr strucwral clcmcnts that pro vide
lateral support for the wall. Such anchorage shall provide
a posi tive cli rect conncction capablc of rcsisting the
horizont al forccs spccified in Chapter 2 but not less than
the mínimum forccs in Scction 206.4. In addi ti on. in
Scismic Zone 4. diaphragm to wall anchorage using
embeddcd straps shall havc thc straps allached to or
hooked :1round the rcinforcing stccl or otherwise
tenni natcd so as to effcctivcly transfcr forces to thc
rci nforcing stecl. Walls shall be designed to resist bcndi ng
be:wcen anchors where the anchor spacing excccds 1.2
meten;. Requircd anchors in masonry walls of hollow
units or cavity walls shall be embedded in a rcinforccd
groutcd struclllral elcmcnt of thc wall. See Scctions 208.7.
208.8.2.7 and 20R.8.2.8 for earthquake dcsign
requircmcnts. Stiffencr hcams and columns adcquatcly
anchored to thc main framcs shall be considered as
nccessary to cnsure proper basket cffcct on thc rnasonry
blocks 10 prcvent collapse provided its contribution to thc
overall stiffness of thc stntcture is rccognized.
104.4 Fo undation ln vestigation
Soil explorations shall be rcquired for buildings, towers
ami other vet1ical structures falling undcr Catcgories 1, 11
and 111 in accordance with Tab!e 103-1 oras required by
the building official or if the site spt!cilic conditions make
lhe foundation investigation nccessary.
Detailcd rcquiremcnls for founda11011 invcstigations .\hall
he in accordancc with Chaptcr 3 of this codc.
Nal1oni1l Structuréll Code of the Philipp1nes 6 11 ' EcHtion Volumc 1
CHAPTEH 1 - Generalliequirernents 1-7
104.5 Design Review
The design ealculations, drawings, specifications and
other design related documems for buildings, towers and
other vertical slructures wi th irregular configuration in
Occupancy Ca1egories I, li or lli within Seismic Zone 4,
structures under Ahernalive Systems in ltem 1O1.4, and
Undcfincd Structural Systems not listed in Table 208-11,
shall be subject to a review by an independent recognizcd
structural engineer or enginecrs 10 be employed by thc
owner in accordance with the ASEP Design Peer Review
Guidelini!S. The structural engineer or structural
engineers perfonning the revicw shall have comparable
qualifications and experience as the structural engineer
responsible for the design. Tbc reviewer or reviewers
shall obtain a professional waiver from the enginecr-of-
record who shall be expectcd to grant such waiver in
keeping with ethical standards of the profession as
adoptcd in ASEP guidelines for pcer review.
The design review shall , as a mí nimum, verify thc general
compliance wi th this code which shall include, but not be
limited to, thc rcview of the design load criteria, thc
design conccpt, mathcmatical model and techniques.
Thc following may also be vcri fied , that there are no
maj or errors in pertinent calcul ations, drawings and
spccifications and may also cns ure that the structure as
reviewed, meet mínimum standards for safety, adequacy
and acceptable standard dcsign practicc.
The engincer-of-reeord shall submit the plans and
specifications, a signcd ami scaled slatement by thc
structural cngincer doing the review that the above review
has been pcrformcd and that mínimum standards havc
been met.
See Section 208.6.6.3.2 for dcsign review requirements
whcn nonlinear timc-history analysis is used for
earthquake design.
In keeping with the cthical standards of the profession, the
reviewer or reviewcrs shall not supplant the engineer-on-
record as engineer-on-record for the project. The design
review shall not in any way transfer or diminish the
responsibility of the engineer-of-record.
..s:\!.;~~::~(;;~~~ ·
-~·~l~:·r~?~·i ~~:-;~~{;i:=:· ~~~~:~-~--~~~~~~~~i~~Ss~~~: -~~:~~~J;.~1f·
 1·8 CHAPTEf11 -·General Requirements

Phivolcs or thc authoritics having jurisdiction shall make

105.1 Posting of Livc Loads
The live loads for which each floor or pottion thereof of a
commercial or industrial building has been dcsigncd sha!l
arrangemcnts to providc, maintain and service . thc
instruments. Data shall be thc propc11y of the authorities
having jurisdiction, but copies of individual records shall
be madc availablc to thc owncr of the building and to thc
public on rcqucsl and aftcr the payment of an appropríatc
fec. .' ,•

have such dcsígn livc loads conspicuously posted by the ·.. .. ~

owner in that pm1 of (;ach story in which thcy apply, using

durable metal signs. It shall not be allowed to remove or
deface such notices. The occupant of !he building shall be
responsible for keeping the actual load bclow the
allowable límits.

105.2 Earthquake-Rccording Instrumcntation

105.2.1 General
Unless waived by thc building official, every building in
Scismic Zone 4 over 50 m in height shall be provided
with not less than thrcc approved rccording
accelcrographs. The accelcrographs shall be
interconnected for cornrnon start and comrnon tirning.

105.2.2 Location
The instrumcnts shall be located in the basemcnt,
midpottion, and near the top of the building. Each
instrumenl shall be located so that access is rnaintained al
al! times and is unobstructed by room contents. A sign
stating "MAINTAfN CLEAR ACCESS TO THIS
INSTRUMENT" shall be posted in a conspicuous
Iocation.

105.2.3 Maintcnancc
Maintcnance and servicc of thc ínstruments shall be
provided by the owner of thc building, subject to thc
monítoring of the building official. Data produced by the
instrurnents shall be rnade available to the building
official or thc Philippine Institutc of Yolcanology and
Seismology (Phivolcs) on request.

105.2.4 Instrumcntation of Sclcctcd Buildings

All owners of existing stru ctures sclcctcd by the
authoritics having j urisdiction shall providc acccssiblc
space for the installation o f appropriate carthqu ake-
rccording instrumcnts. Locati on of said .instnJJnenls shall
be detcnnincd by Phi volcs or thc authoríti cs ha ving
jurísdiction.

Association of Structural En9inecrs of t11c f-'11ilippnws

 CHAPTER 1- Generall~equiremen 1-9

106.3.2.1 General Information

l. Name and date of issue of buildi ng e · : ancl
supplements, if any, to which the desi gn con1 •: ,¡s,
l 06.1 General 2. Strengths or designations of materials ;,, ;,..; c•.•l ~.

Copies of dcsign calculations, rcpons, plans. 3. Design strengths of underlying soil or rock. 'te soil
spccifications and inspection program for all or rock pro!ile, when available, shall br ! ..ov· • d.
constmctions shall bear the signawre and sea! of thc
enginccr-of-record. 4. Live loads and other loads used i.n desi¡_',;: ar. . i:..arly
indicated in the !loor plans.
106.2 Specifications 5. Seismic design basis including the totai b;·.·>·: shear
The specificalions shall contain infonnation covcring the coeffi cient; a description of the laten!! : ;<f: ·t i • 'ng
material and construction rcquircrnents. The materials and system; and the fundamental natur;,· ·¡¡ ·_, · . he
construction rcquirements shall confonn to the design in each direction undcr conside! .... n
specifications referred to in Chapters 3 to 7 of this codc. 6. Provisions for dimensional changes r.:- r.·• J¡; -1 ··rom
creep, shrinkage, heave and temperature.
106.3 Design Drawings
7. Camber of trusses, beams and girders. ;r •· qw:
106.3.1 GenHal 8. Explanation or definition of ,;y¡ bf'
The design drawings shall be drawn to scale on durable abbreviations used in the drawings.
paper or cloth nsing permanent ink ancl shall be of
sufficient clarity 10 indicate the location, nature and extcnt 9. Engineer's professional license !llli . lb: ·
of the work proposed. The drawings shall show a expiration date of the curren! Profcssion:d Re; '· .
complete design with sizcs, sections. rclati ve locations Commission registration.
and connection details of the various members. Floor
levels, column centers and offsets shall be dimensioned. 106.3.2.2 Structural Concrete
Where available and feasi ble. archive copies shall be l. Specified compressive strength if'c) r;¡ • o. -
rnaintained in durable medium such as compact disc (CD) stated ages or stages of construction ·nr · . "' ·'
and digital versatile disc (DVD). pan ofstructure is designed. The 28 ,; ·t

····.. - -~ .•... ·-~ .... strength (J'..) shall be the basis of desig .. .:·1 ser . 1
106.3.2 Required Inforrnation
2. Anchorage embedrnent lengths or C! ". ' ( pe· '
The design drawi ngs shall contain. but shall not be limited
steel rcinforcement and location and i. ngth
Lo the general information listed in Scction l 06.3.2.1 and splices.
material specific infonnation listed in Sections 106.3.2.2
and 106.1.2.3. as applicablc . 3. Type and location of wclded spliccs ;:r:'f .• .
connections of reinforcement.
4. Magnitude and location of prestrcs~¡; ,g ..: s
including prestressed cable layout.
5. Mínimum concrete compressive streng:> •!'r)
of post-tensioning.
6. Strcssing sequencc for post-tensioned ((::,. · ·,¡¡~.
7. Details and location of all contracti<,. ,.,
joints spccifirc.! for plain concrete in ::;<:., ;
8. Statcmcnt if concrete slab is designd . ,: ..-.
diaphragm. as spccified in Section 121.9
421.9.4 .

......._____
.J
..... ---
'-------·---·-·-- ----··-··-···--·-·--···--·--~-----~-------·······-·-· ...•. ....................... ···· ~ ·-·-· ....
Niltlonnl Structuml Code of the Philippines 6111 Edition Volume 1
 1-10 CHAPTEI11 -General Requiremenls
106.3.2.3 Structural Stecl
l. Type or types of construction as defined in Section
501.3.
2. Loads and design requirements necessary for
preparation of shop drawings including shears,
moments and axial forces lo be resisted by all
members and their connections.
3. The type of connection for j oi nts using high-strength
bolts.
4. For welded joints, Type 1 connections shall not be
allowed.
5. Stiffener and bracing requirements.
6. Description or explanation of welding and inspection
symbols used in the design and shop drawings.
7. Notes for joints in which welding seque nce and
technique of welding are required to be carefull y
controlled to minimize distonion.
106.4 Calculations
106.4.1 General
Calculations pc11inent to the structural dc:sign of
structures and its componen! members shall be filed with
the design drawings.
106.4.2 Basis of Dcsígn Summary
The calcul ations shall include a summary o f the. criteria
and methodologies used in the dcsign. This summary
shall include, but need not be limited to, tlie following:
l. Narne and date of issuc of building code and
supplements, if any, to which the design confo rms.
2. Strcngths or designations of materials to be IUsecl for
each componen! of the structure.
3. Design strengths and other design parameters of the
underlying soil or rock.
4. Li ve loads and other loads used in design.
5. The basis of the seismic and wind design forces.
6. A Jcscripti on of the stmcture's gravity and lateral
load resisting systems. A description of the roof.
!loor, foundati on and othcr component l>ystems shall
also be pro vidcd.
7. A dcscription proccdurcs used in the struclllral
analysis. This shall incl udc the section and material
prop~~ rties used, loading combinations considcrcd,
second -ordcr etTccts considcrations, and any
simplifying assumplions madc.
Associatlon o f Structural En91nem s of lhe Pl11lipp1rH~s
106.4.3 Computer Programs
Calculations may include the results from an electronic
digital computer analysis. The following requirements
apply to calculations which inelude sueh computer output:
l. A drawi ng of the complete mathematical model used
lo represen! the structure in the computcr-generated
analysis shall be provided. Design assu mptions sh all
be clearly described.
2. A program description giving the program name, the
version number, an<.l the company which developed
the program ami its address shall be provided as part
of the computation documentation. A program User's
Guide shall also be made available, upon request, and
shall comain the inforrnation to determine the nature
and extent of the analysis. veri fy the input data,
intcrprel the result, and determine whether thc
computat ions comply with the requirements of this
code.
3. Data provided, as compu ter input shall be clearly
distinguished from those computed in the program.
Thc information required in the output shall includc
date of processing, program idcntification, and
identification of structurcs bcing analyzed, all input
data, units and final results. An archivcd copy of all
computer runs shall be stored in CD or DVD.
4. The first sheet of each computer run shall be signed
and sealed by the engineer-of-record.
106.4.4 Modcl Analysis
Results from model analysis and experimental studies
shall be permitted to supplcmcnt calculat ions. The results
shall be accompanied by a description of thc rational
basis, set-up, methodology and other informmion rcquired
for the evaluation of the resulls.
106.5 As-built Drawings
As-built drawings shall be prepared by thc constructor or
a person retained to provide such services to document
the work as actually constructed. The as-huilt drawings
shall be drawn lo scale upon durable papcr or cloth using
pcrmancnt ink and shall indicate the sizes, sccti ons,
relativc locations. and connectio n dctails of the various
st ructural members as acwally constructed. Strcngths of
materials, bascd on rcquired tests. shall alsn he indicated.
Work itcms which requi rc modificalions of or are
othcrwisc diffcrcnl rrom thosc shown in the dcsign
drawings flled wi lh thc building official shall be
accordingly markcd in 1hc as-buill drawings and pro vided
wi th notes indicating the basis of such modifications or
changcs. Thc basis of nw di ficaiion · or changc shall
includc rcfcrcncc lo suppk mcntal dcsign drawings,
construction bullctins, or inst ructions frorn thc owner.
 CHAPTER 1 -General Requirernents 1-11

owner's representative or structural engineer authorizing

such modifications or changes.

The signature, sea!, name and professionallicense number

of thc civil cngineer in charge of construction shall be
included in thc as-built drawings.

Copies of the as-built drawings shall be provided to the 107.1 General

owner, constructor, engineer-of-record and thc building
official.
All construction or work for which a permít is required
shall be subject to inspection throughout the various work
stages. Onc or more structural inspectors who are
rcgístcrcd civil cngincers with experience in structural
construction, who shall undertake competen! inspection
during construction on the typcs of work listed under
Section 107.5, shall be employed by the owner or the
engineer-of- record acting as the owner's agent.
Exception:
11u building official may waive the requirement for the
ernployment of a structural inspector if the construction is
of a minar nature.

In addition to structural inspections, structural

observations shall be pcrfonncd whcn rcquired by Section
107.9.

107.2 Definitions
The following tcm1s are dcfincd for use in this section:

CONTINUOUS STRUCTURAL INSPECTION is a

structural inspcction where the structural inspector is on
thc site at all times observing the work requiring
structural inspection.

PI~RIODIC STRUCTURAt, INSPI~Cl~ION is a

structural inspectio n whcrc thc inspcctions are madc on a
pcriodic basis and satisfy the rcqui rements of continuous
inspection, providcd this periodíc scheduled inspcction is
perfonned as outlincd in the inspection program prepared
by the structural engineer.

STRUCTURAL INSPECTION is the visual observation

by a structural inspector of a particular type of
construction work or opcration for the purpose of
ensuring its general compliancc to thc approvcd p lans and
specifications and the applicable workmanship provisions
of this code as wcll as ovcrall construction safcty at
various stages of construction.

STRUCTUHAL OBSERVATION is the visual

obscrvation o f thc stmctural systcm by thc stmctural
observer as provid ed fo r in Section !07.9.2, for its general
conformancc to the approved plans and spccifica tions, at
significan! construction stages and at complction of thc
structural systcm . S truct ural observation does not include

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volurne 1
 1-12 CHAPTER 1 -General Requirements

or waive the responsibility for the structural inspections J. - ·Concrete for foundations of residential buildings
required by Section 107.1 or other sections of this code. accommodating JO or-fewer persons, or-b14ildings
fallir¡g ~~~r Category V of Tab/e 103-1, provided
107.3 Structural Inspector the building ojJicial finds that a structural l~rd
does not exist.
107.3.1 Qualifications
2. For foundation concrete, other tiran cast-in-place
The wuctural inspector shall be a registered civil drmed piles or caissons, where tite structural design
engincer who shall demonstrare competence for is based on anfc not greater than 17 MPa.
in~pcction of the particular type of constmction or
operation requiring structural inspection. 3. Non-structural slabs on grade, including pr!!;;tressed
slabs on grade when effective prestress in concrete is
107.3.2 Duties and Responsibilities less titan JO MPa.
The structural inspector shall observe the work assigned 4. Site work concrete fully supported on earth and
for conformance lo the approved design drawings and concrete where no specia/ hazard exists.
specifications. Any discrepancy observed shall be brought
lo the immediate attention of the constructor for 107.5.2 Bolts Installed in Concrete
correction, then, if uncorrected, to the owner andlor to the Prior to and during the placement of concrete around bolts
building official. when stress increases pcrmitted by Section 423 are
utilized.
The structural inspector shall verify that the as-built
drawings (sce Scction 106.5) pertaining to thc work
assigned retlect the condition as constructed. 107.5.3 Special Momcnt-Resisting Concrete Framc
For special moment-resisting concrete frame design
The stmctural inspector shall also submit a final report seismic load in stmctures within Seismic Zone 4, the
duly signed and sealed stating whether the work requiring structural inspector shall provide reports to thc engineer-
structural inspection was, to the best of the inspector's of-record and shall providc continuous inspection of thc
knowledge, in confonnance to the approved plans and placement of Úle reinforcemcnt and concrete.
specifications and the applicable workmansh.ip provisions
of tlús code. 107.5.4 Reinforcing Steel and Prcstressing Stecl
Tcndons
107.4 Inspection Program
107.5.4.1 During all stressing and grouting of tendons
The structural inspector shall prepare an appropriate
in prestressed concrete.
tcsting and inspcction program that shall be submitted to
the building official. He shall designate ú1e ponions of
107.5.4.2 During placing of reinfo1·cing stccl and
the work that rcquires structural inspcctions.
prestressing tendons for all concrete required to havc
structural inspection by Section 107.5.1.
When structural observation is required by Section 107.9,
the inspection · program shall describe the stages of Exception:
construction at which stmctural observation is to occur.
The Sti'JICtural inspector need not be present continuously
during placing of reinforcing steel and prestressing
The inspection program shall includc samples of
tendons, provided the structural inspector has inspecred
inspection reports and provide time lim.its for submission
ofrepons. for confonnance ro the approved plans prior fo rlu:
closing offomts or the delivery of concrete to tlze jobsirc.
107.5 Types of Work for lnspection
Except as provided in Scction 107.1, Úlc types of work
listed below shall be inspected by a structural inspector.

107.5.1 Concrete
During the taking of test specimens and placing of
concrete. See Section 107.5.12 for shotcrete.
•4 • • • ..._ ··~

Exceptions: 4' . ~ '';<

..; _. . . . . ::.·-:-·:;;,~:: ••• :~
... ;t ....··.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


107.5.5 Structural Wclding
107.5.5.1 General
During the welding of any member or connection that is
designed to resist !oads an'\forces required by this code.
Exceptions:
J. Welding done in an approved fabricator's shop in
accordance with Section 107.6.
2. T}!e _~tmctural inspector need not be cominuously
present dwing welding of the jollowing items,
provided the materials, qualificarions oj welding
procedures and welders are verified prior to the start
of work; periodic inspections are made of work in
progress; anda visual inspection ojal/ welds is made
p rior to completion or prior ro shipment of shop
welding:
a) Single-pass filler welds nor exceeding 8 mm
in she.
b) Floor and roof deck welding.
e) Welded studs when used for structural
diaphragm or composite systems.
d) Welded sheet steel jor cold-fonned steel
framin g members such as studs andjoists.
e) Welding ojstairs and railing systems.
107.5.5.2 Special Momcnt-Resisting Stecl Frames
During the non-destructive testing (NDT) of welds
specified in Section 107.8 of this code, the use of certified
welders shall be required for welding structural steel
connections for this type of frame. Critica! joint
connections shall be subjected to non-destructivc testing
using ccrtified NDT technicians.
107.5.5.3 Wclding of Rcinforcing Stcel
During thc non-destructive testing of welds.
107.5.6 High-Strength Bolts
The inspccüon of high-strength A325 and A490 bolts
shall be in accordance with approved intcrnationally
recognized stanoards and the requirements of this section .
While the work is in progress, the stmctural inspector
shall detennine that the requirements for bolts, nuts,
washers and paint: bol ted parts; and installation and
tightening in such standards are met. Such inspections
may be perfonncd on a periodic basis as defined in
Scction 107.2.
The structural i nspcctor shall observe the calibration
procedures whcn such procedures are requircd by the
plans or specifications. He shall monitor the install ation
National Structura l Code of !he Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 1 -General Requirements 1·13
of bolts to determine that all layers of connected materials
ha ve been drawn together and thal the selected procedure
is properly used tó tighten al! bolts.
107.5.7 Structural Masonry
107.5.7.1 For masonry, other than fully groutcd open-
end hollow-unit masonry, during prepara tion and
taking of any required prisms or test specimens,
placing of all masonry units, placetncnt of ·"
reinforcement, inspection of grout space, immedi:Hely·
prior to closing of cleanouts, a nd during all grouting
operalions.
Exceprion:
For hollow-unit masonry where the fm is no more than JO
MPa for concrete units or 18 MPa for clay unirs,
structural inspection may be perfonned as required for
fu/ly grouted open-end hollow-unit masonry specified in
Section 107.5.7.2.
107.5.7.2 For fully groutcd open-end hollow-unit
masonry during prcparation and taking of any
required prisms or test specimens, at thc starl of
Iaying units, after thc placement of rcinforcing steel,
grout spacc prior to cach grouting operatio.n , and
during all grouting opcralions.
Exception:
Structural inspection as required in Sections 107.5.7.1
and 107.5.7.2 need not be provided when design stresses
have been adjusted as specifled in Chapter 7 to pennit
noncontinúous inspection.
107.5.8 Reinforced Gypsum Concrete
Whcn cast-in-p!ace Class B gypsum co ncrete is being
mixed and placed.
107.5.9 lnsulating Con crete Fill
During the application of insulating concrete 1111 whcn
uscd as part of a structural system.
Exception:
The stmctural inspections may be limited ro an initia~
inspection to check the deck surface and placement of
reínforcíng sceel. 17ze structural inspector shall monitor
the preparation of compression test specimens during this
inicial inspection.
111
 1-14 CHAPTER 1 -General Requirements
107.5.10 Spray-Applied Fire-Resistivc Materials
During the application of spray-applied fire-resistive
materials..
107.5.11 Piling, Drilled Piers and Caissons
During driving and load testing of piles and construction
of cast-in-place drilled piles or caissons. See Sections
107.5. 1 and 107.5.4 for concrete and reinforcing steel
inspection.
107.5.12 Shotcrete
During the tiling of test specimens and placing of all
sholcrete.
Exception:
Shotcrete work fully supported 011 earrh, minor repairs
and when, in the opinion of the building official, no
special hazard exists.
107.5.1 3 Special Grading, Excavation and Filling
During earthwork excavations, grading and filling
operations inspection to satisfy requirements of Chapter 3
Hnd Section 109.5.
107.5.14 Spccial Cases
Work that, in the opinion of the stn1ctural engi neer,
in vol ves unusual hazards or conditions.
107.5.15 Non-Destructive Testing
In-situ non-destructive tesling program, in addition to the
requircments of Section 107.8 that in the opi nion of the
structural engineer may supplcment or replacc
convcntional tests on concrete or other materials and
assemblics.
107.6 Approved Fabricators
Structural inspeclions required by this section nnd
elsewhere in this code are not required where the work is
done on the premises of a fabricator approved by the
structu ral engineer to perform such work without
structural inspection. The approved fabricator shall
submit a certificate of compliance thal the work was
performed in accordance with the approved plans and
specifications to the building official and lo the engineer
or architect of record. The approved fabricator's
qualifications shall be contingent on compliancc with !he
fo!lowing:
1. Thc fabricator ha~ dcveloped and submitted a
dctailed fabrication proceduml manual rcnecti ng kcy
qu ali ty cont rol procedures that wi ll proviclc a basis
for inspcction control of workmanshi p and the
fabricator plant.
A ssociation of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
2. Verification of the fabricator's qua.it_- :.:e ntro!
capabilities, plant and personnel as ou!lined ~n the
fabrication procedural manual slniJ k ;,y an
approved inspection or quality contwl ttgt~H<. y .
3. Periodic plant inspections shnll be conductcd by an
approved inspecúon or quality control agcncy to
monitor the effectiveness of the quality control
program.
107.7 Prefabricated Construction
107.7.1 General
107.7.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this section is lo regulate materials and
establish methods of safe construclion where any
structure or portian thercof is wholly or partially
prefabricated.
107.1.1.2 Scope
Unless otherwisc specifically stated in tlüs section, all
prefabricatcd construction and all materials used therein
shall conform to al! the requirements of Section 1O1.4.
107.7.1.3 Definition
PREFABRICATED ASSEMBLY is a structural unit,
the integral parts of which have been built up or
assembled prior lo incorporation in the building.
107.7.2 Tests of Materials
Every approval of a material not specifically mentioned in
this code shall incorporate as a proviso the kind and
number of tests to be made during prefabricalion.
107.7.3 Tests of Asscmblics
The building official may require specialtests to be made
on assemblies lo determine their structural adequacy,
durabilily and weather resistance.
107.7.4 Connections
Evcry device used to connect prefabricated assr.Jllbl ir.~
shall be designed as required by this code all!l ' l .;: : ~e
capable of developing the strength of the largest li " .nber
connected. except in <11e case of members forming part of
a stmctural frame designed as spccified in Chapter 2.
Connections shall be capable of withstanding uplift forces
as specified in Chapter 2.
107.7.5 J>ipcs and Conduits
In structural dcsign, duc allowance shall be mark for any
material to be removed or displaced for the instaliation of
pipes, cond uits or other eq uipment.

107.7.6 Certificate and Inspection
107.7.6.1 Materials
Materials and the assembly thereof shall be ínspected to
determine compliance with this code. Every material shall
be graded, marked or labeled where required elsewhere in
this code.
107.7.6.2 Ccrtificate
A ce11ificate of acceptance shall be furníshed with every
prefabricated asscmbly, except where the assembly is
readily accessible to inspection at the site. The certifícate
of acceptance shall cenify that the assembly in question
has been inspected and rneets al! the requirements of this
code.
107.7.6.3 Ccrtifying Agcncy
To be acceptable under this code, every certifícate of
approval shall be made by a nationally or internationally
recognized ce11ifyíng body or agency.
107.7.6.4 Ficld Ercction
Placement of prefabricated assemblies at the building si te
shall be inspected to detennine compliance with this code.
107.7.6.5 Continuous Inspcction
If continuous inspection is rcquired for certain materials
where constnJctíon takes place on thc site, it shall also be
requíred where thc sarne matcrials are used in
prefabricated construction.
txception:
Continuous inspection wi/1 1101 be required during
prefabricarion if rhe approved agency cert{(ies to rhe
consrruction and fumishes evidence (~f compliance.
107.8 Non-Destructive Testing
107.8.1 General
In Seismic Zonc 4, wclded, fully-restraíned conncctions
bctween the primary me mbers of special moment-
resisting frames shall be tested by nondestructive methods
perfonned by certified NDT technicians for compliance
with approved standards and job spccifícations. This
testing shall be a pan of the structural inspcction
requiremcnts of Section 107.5. A program for this testing
shall b e establishcd by the pe rson responsible for
structural design and as shown on plans and
specifi cations.
107.8.2 Testing Program
As a mínimum, the testing progra m shall includc thc
following:
National S truclural Code of the PJ1ilippines 61h Editi on Volume 1
CHAPTEfi 1 -General Hequirements 1·15
107.8.2.1 General
All complete penetration groove welds contained in joints
and splices shall be tested 100 percent either by ultrasonic
testing or by radiography.
Axceptions:
l. When approved, the non-destructive testing rate for
an individual welder or welding operator may be
re.duced to 25 percent, provided the reject rafe is
demonstrated to be 5 percent or less of the welds
tested for the welder or welding operator. A sampling
of at least 40 comp/eted welds for a job shall be made
for such reduction evaluation. Reject rate is defined
as tite number of welds containing rejectable defects
divided by the number of welds completed. For
evaluatíng the reject rafe of continuous welds over
900 mm in length where the effective throat thickness
is 25 mm or less, each 300 mm increment or fractiott
thereof shal/ be considered as one weld. For
evaluating the reject rate (m cominuous welds over
900 mm in length where the effective throat thickness
is greater than 25 mm, each 150 mm of length or
fraction thereof shall be considered one weld.
2. For complete penetration groove welds on materials
less than 8 mm thick, non-destructive testing is not
required; for this welding, continuous inspection is
required.
3. When approved by the building official and owlined
in the project plans and specifications, this non-
destructive ultrasonic testing may be performed in
the shop Óf an approved fabricator urilizing qualified
test tedmiques in the employment of the fabricator.
107.8.2.2 Partía! pcnetration groovc wclds when used in
column spliccs sha!l be tcsted eithcr by ul trasonic tcsting
or radiography whcn requircd by the plans and
specifications. Fo r partía! pcnctration groove welds whcn
used in column spliccs, w ith an effecti ve throat lcss than
20 mm thick, nondestructive testing is not required; for
thís welding, continuous structural inspection is required.
107.8.2.3 Base metal thicker than 40 mm, when subjected
to through-thic kncss weld shrinkage strains, shall be
ult rasonícally inspected for discontinuities dírcctly beh ind
such welds af'ter joint co mpletion.
Any material discontinuíties shall be acceptcd or rcjectcd
on lhe basis of lhe dcfcct rating in accordance with the
(larger reflector) crilcria of approvcd nat ional standards.
107.8.3 Othcrs
T he structural e ngi ncer may accept or requirc in place
non-destnicti ve tcsting of concrete or othcr materials and
asscmblies to supplemcnt o r rcplace convcntional tests.
 1- 16 CHAPTER 1 --General nequirements
107.9 Structural Obser vation
107.9.1 General
Structural observation shall be provided in Seismic Zone
4 when one of the following conditions exists:
l . Thc structure is defined in Table l 03- 1 as Occupancy
Category I, li or III;
2. The structurc is in Scismic Zone 4, N. as set forth in
Table 208-4 is greater than l.O, and a lateral dcsign is
required for thc cntirc structure;
3. When so designated by the structural enginecr, or
4. When such observation is specifically required by thc
building official.
107.9.2 Structural Observer
The owner shall employ the enginccr-of-record or another
civil enginccr lo perform structural observation as defined
in Section 107.2.
Observed deficiencies shall be reported in writing to the
owner's represcmati ve, structural inspector, constructor
and thc building official. If not resolved, the structural
observer shall submit to thc building official a written
statement duly signed and sealed, identifying any
deficiency.
107.9.3 Constr uction Stages for Observations
The structural observations shall be pcrforrned at the
construction stages prescribed by the inspcction program
preparcd as rcqui red by Section 107.3.
ll shall be the duty of thc cngineer-in-charge of
construction, as authorized in the Building Permil, 10
noti fy thc slructural observer that the described
constniction stages have been reached, and to provide
access to and rncans for observing the components of the
s trucwral
Association of Structural Engineors of the Pl1illppines
108.1 General
Buildings in cxistence al the time of the adoption of this
co(le may have thcir existing use or occupancy continued ,
if such use or occupancy was legal at lhe time of thc
adoption of this codc, providell such continued use is not
dangerous 10 life.
Any change in the use or occupancy of any ex tshng
bui lding or structure shall comply wi th t)le provisions of
Seclions 108.4 of this code.
108.2 Maintenance
All buildings and structures, both existing and new, and
all parts thereof, shall be maintained in a safe condition.
The owner or the owner's designated agenl shall be
rcsponsible for 1he maintenance of buildings and
structures. To determine compliance wilh this.subseclion,
the building official may cause a structure to be
rei nspectcd.
108.3 Additions, Alterations or Rcpairs
108.3.1 General
Buildings and structures lo which additions, alterations or
repairs are madc shall comply with al! thc requirements of
this code for new facilities except as specifica!ly provided
in this section.
108.3.2 Whcn Allowcd by thc Building Official
Additions, alterations or repairs may be made to any
building or structurc without requiring the existing
building or stntclure 10 comply with a!I the rcqu irements
of this codc, providcd thc addition, alteration or repair
conforms to that required for a new building or structure
and provided fu rther thal such approval by lhe building
official is in writing.
Additions or alleralions shal! no1 be made to an existing
building or struclure that will cause the existing building
or structure to bccornc unsafe. An unsafe condition shall
be deemcd to have been crcated if an addition or
altcration wi ll cause any structural e!ement of lhc cxisting
building or structurc to resist loads in exccss of lheir
capacity or cause a rcduction of 1hcir load carrying
capacity.
Additions or al tcrati ons shall not be made to an cxis tin¡~
building or structurc whcn such existing building o;-
structure is nol in fu ll compliancc with the provisions of
lhis codc exccpl whcn such addilion or alteralion will
result in 1hc cxisting building or structure being no more
 CHAPTE A 1 - General Requirements 1·17

hazardous based on structural safety. than befare such A change in use or occupa.ncy of any building shall be
addilions or al!erations are underta.ken, unless adequate allowed only when lhe change in use or occupancy will
retrofiuing or remediation is introduced. not cause any structural element of lhe existing building
to resist loads, determined on the basis on this code and
Exceptions:
on lhe proposed use or occupancy, in excess of their
Alterations to existing structural elements or additions of capacity. Alterations to the cxisting building shall be
new strucwral elements. which are initiated for the permitted to satisfy thi s requiremenl.
pwpose of increasing the strength or stijfness of the
/ateralforce-resisting system of an existing s1ructwre. No cha.nge in the character of occupancy of a building
need not be designed for. forces confonning 10 these shall be made without a new certificate of occupancy
regulations provided tltat an engineering analysis is regardless of whether any alterations to the building are
submitted to showthat:
J. Tite capacity of existing structural e/ements required
to resist [orces is not reduced;
2. The /arera/ force to required existing structural
e/emenrs is not increased beyond their design
strength;.
3. New structural elements are detailed and connected
to the existing structural elements as required by
these regulations; and
4. New or re/ocated non-structural e/ements ure
detailed and connected to existing or new structural
elements as required by these regulations.

108.3.3 Non-structural
Non-structural alterations or repairs to an extslmg
building or structure are permitted to be made of the same
materials of which lhe building or structure is constructed,
provided that they do not adversely affect any structural
member or thc fire-resistance rating of any part of the
building or struccure.

108.3.4 Historie Buildings

Repairs, alterations a.nd additions necessary for the
preservation, restoration, rehabilitation or continued use
of a building or structure may be made withcout
confonnance 'to all tlle requirements of this code when
authorized by the building official, provided:
l. The building o r structure has been designated !by
official action o f the legally constituted authority of
this jurisdiction as having special historien( or
architectural significance.
2. Any structurally unsafe conditions are corrccted.
3. The restc•·t:d building or structure will be no more
haz.ardous based on life safety than the existing
building.

108.4 C hnngc in Use

No change shall be made in the charactcr of occupancics
or use of any bui ldi ng unless the new or proposed use is
less ha7.ardous, based on life safety than the existing use.

1
Nationa! Structu ral Code of lile Pt1ilippines 6 h Edilion Volume 1
 1·18 CHAPTf:R ·¡ ··· General Hequiremcnts
109.1 General
109.1.1 Scopc
Thc provisions of this scction apply 10 grading,
cxcavation and carthwork constn•.:lion, including fi lls and
cnbankmerHs.
109.2 DefinitioJL~
The following terms are defined for use in this section:
APPROV AL shall mean that the proposed work or
completed work conforms to th is section in the opínion of
the building oflicial.
AS GRADED is the extent of surface conditions on
completion of grading.
BEDROCK is in-place solid or al tcred rocJ,.
BENCH is a relativcly leve! step excnvated into carth
materi al on which lill is to be placed.
BORROW is earth material acquired frorn an off-site
Iocation for use in grading on a si te.
CIVIL ENGINEERING is the application of thc
knowledge of thc forccs of nature, princi pies of
mcchanics and thc propcrtics of materials to thc
evaluation, dcsign and constructi on of civil works.
COMPACTION is thc dcnsification of a fill lfy
rnechanical or chernical mcans.
EARTH MATERIAL is any roc k, natural soil or fi ll or
any combination thereof.
EROSION is the wcaring away of the ground surface as a
resu lt of the movement of wind, water or ice.
EXC AVA TION is thc mechanical remo val of earth
material.
FILL is a deposit of carth material placcd by art iricial
mcans.
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER is a registcrcd Civil
Engineer with special qualification in !he practicc of
Geotechnical Engineering as rccognized by the Board of
Civil Enginee1ing of thc Professional Regulation
Commission as cndorscd by the Spcciahy Division of
Associ<Jiion of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines
Geotechnical Engineering of the Philippine Institute or
Civil Engincers (PICE).
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING is the applicatio n
of the principies of soil and rock mcchanics in the
in vestigalion, cvaluation and design of civil works
involving the use of earth materials and foundations and
the inspection or testing of the construction thcrcof.
GRADE is the veJ1icallocation of the ground surface.
EXISTING GRADE is the grade prior to grading.
FINISH GRADE is thc final grade of the site that
conforms to the approved plan.
ROUGH GRADE is the stage at which the grade
approximately conforms to the approved plan.
GRADING is an excavator or fill or combination thereof.
KEY is a dcsigned compacted lill placed in a trench
excavated in earth material beneath the toe of a slope.
PROFESSIONAL INSPECTION is the inspection
required by this code to be performed by the civil
engineer or geotechnical engineer. Such inspections
include that perfom1ed by pcrsons supervised by such
engineers or geologists and shall be sufficicnt to forrn an
opinion relating to the conduct of the work.
SITE is any lot or paree! of land or contiguous
combination thcrcof. under the same ownership. where
grading is performed or permitted.
SLOPE is an inclined ground surface the inclination of
which is expressed as a ratio of ve11ical distance to
horizontal distance.
SOIL is naturally occurring superrtcial deposi ts overlying
bedrock.
SOILS ENG INEER. See Geotechnical Engineer.
SOJLS ENGINEERING. Sec Gcoteciu1ical Engineering.
TERRACE is a rclatively leve! step constructed in the
facc of a graded slope surface for drainage and
mai ntenancc purposcs.

109.3 Pcrmits Rcquircd
109.3.1 General
Except as specíficd in Scctíon l 09.3.2 of this scction, no
person shall do any grading without first having obtained
a grading pcm1it from the building official.
109.3.2 Excmptcd Work
A gracling pcrmi1 shall nol be requircd for 1he following:
l. Gracling in an isolated, self-containcd arca if 1herc is
no danger to prívate or public property.
2. An cxcavation below finished grade for bascmenls
and footings of a building, rctaining wall or othcr
structure authori zed by a valid building pennit. This
shall nol cxcmpl any fill madc with thc material from
such excavation or exempt any excava1ion having an
· unsupportcd height grcater than 1.5 m after the
completion of such SU1Jcture:
3. Cemclery graves:
4. Refuse di sposal si tes controlled by other rcgu lations;
5. Excavations for wclb, or trenches for utilities;
6. Mining, quan·ying, excavating, proccssing or
stockpiling of rock, sand, grave!, aggrcgate or clay
controllcd by othcr regulations, providcd such
operatíons do not affect thc lateral suppon of. or
f incre<~se slrcsses in, soil on adjoining properties;
7. Exploratory excavations performed under the
direction of a registered gcotcchnical engineer;
1 8. An cxcava1ion that ( 1) is less than 600 mm in depth
or (2) does not create a cut slope greatcr than 1.5 m in
height and stecper than 1 unit vertical in l lh units
horizontal (66.7% slope); ancl
9. A fill lcss th an 3(XJ mm in depth and placed on
natural terraín wi th a slope flaucr than 1 unit verti cal
in 5 units hori zontal (20% slope), or less than 900
mm in depth, not intended to support structures, that
does not excced 40 m3 on any onc lot and docs not
obstruct a drainagc course.
Exemption from the permit rcquircments of this scction
shall not be deemed to grant authorizati on for any work to
be done in any manncr in violation of thc provisions of
this codc or any othcr laws or ordinanccs of this
jurísdiction.
109.4 Hazards
Whencvcr the building official determines that any
cxisting cxcavation or cmbankmcnt or fill on prívate
propcrty has becomc a hazard lo lifc a!HI limb. or
endangcrs propcny, or ndverscly affects thc safcty, use or
Nationa l Struclural Coclc of thE: Pl1ilipprnes ¡{' E:c!ition Volunw 1
CHAPTER 1 ·- General Heqwemenls 1·19
stability of a public way or drainage channel, !he owncr of
the property upon which the excavation or fill is located,
or other person or agent in control of said property, upon
receipt of notice in writing from the building official,
shall wi!hin !he period specified therein repair or
climinate such excavation or embankment to eliminatc thc
hazard and to be in conformancc with 1he requirements of
this code. Rcquirements for excavations shall be refcrrcd
to Chap1er 3 of this code.
'
109.5 Grading Permit Rcquirements
109.5.1 General
Except as exernpted in Section 109.3.2 of this code, no
pcrson shall do uny grading without first obtaining a
grading permit from the building official. A separatc
pennit shall be obtained for each si te, and may cover both
excavations and fills.
109.5.2 Grading Dcsignation
Grading in excess of 4,000 m3 shall be perfom1ed in
accordance with the approved grading plan prepared by a
civil engineer, and shall be dcsignated as "engineered
grading.'' Grading involving less than 4,000 m 3 shall be
designatcd "regular g¡ading" unless the permittee chooses
to have the grading performed as engineered grading, or
the building official determines thal specíal conditions or
unusual hazards exist, in which case grading shall
conform 10 the requirements for engineered grading.
109.5.3 Engineercd Grading Rcquircrnents
Application for a grading pennit shall be accompanied by
two sets of plans and specifications, and supporting data
consisting of a geotcchnical engineering report.
i\dditionally. the applicati on shall state thc cstimated
quantities of work in volved. Thc plans and specifications
shall be preparcd and signed by the civil engineer licenscd
lo prepare such plans or specifications when required by
the building official.
Specifications shall contain information covering
construction and material requirements. Plans shall be
drawn to scale u pon substanlial paper or cloth and shall be
of sufficient clarity to indicatc the nature and extent of the
work proposed and show in detail that they will conform
to the provisions of this code ami al l relevan! laws.
ordinanccs, rul es and rcgulations. Thc first sheet of cach
sct of plans shall gi ve location of thc work, the na rnc and
addrcss of' thc owncr. and the pcrson by whom thcy wcre
prcparcd.
 1-20 CHAP TE!i 1 ·· General nequiremcnts
Thc plans shall includc thc following in formation:
1. General vicínity map of thc proposed si te;
2. Property limits and accuratc contours of exJsllng
ground and details of tcrrain and arca drai nagc;
3. Limiting dimcnsions clevations or linish contours to
be achicvcd by thc grading, and proposcd drainagc
channcls and rclatcd conslluction;
4. Dctailcd plans of all surfacc and subsurfacc draiJwgc
deviccs, walls, crihbing, dams and othcr protccti ve
dcviccs to be constructed with, or as a part of. thc
proposed work, togcther with a map showing the
drainage arca and the estimated nmoff of the arca
served by any drains;
5. Location of any buildings or structurcs on thc
property wherc thc work is to be pcrfonncd and the
location of any buildings or structures on land of
adjaccnt owncrs that are within 4.5 m of the property
or that may be affcctcd by the proposed grading
opcrations;
6. Rccommendati ons included in the gcotcchnical
enginccti ng rcp011 and the engincering geology
repon shall be incorporatcd ir\_the grading plans or
specificati ons. When approvcd by the bui lding
oflicial, specific recomrncndations contained in thc
geotechnical engineeri ng report and the engi neering
geology rcport , which are applicable to grading, may
be included by rcfcrencc; and
7. The dates of the geotcchnical engineering <lnd
cnginccring gcology repons together with thc namcs,
addresses and phonc numbers of thc firms or
indi viduals w ho prcparcd thc reports.
109.5.4 Gcotcchnical Enginecring Rcport
The gcotcchnical cngincering repon rcquircd by Scction
109.5..1 shall includc data rcgarding thc naturc,
distribution and strength of existing soil, conclusions and
recommcndations for grading proccdurcs and design
critcria for correctivc measures, including buttress fills.
whcn ncccssary, and opinion on adcquacy for thc
intcndcd use of sitcs l o be dcvclopcd hy the proposccl
grading as affcclcd by geolechnical cnginccring factors.
in<.:luding the slahility of slopcs.
Rcf"cr to · Chaptcr 1 on Excavations ami Foundations for
dctai lcd rcquircmcnts and guidclincs.
109.5.5 l{('gullu· Gracling Rcquircmcnts
Each application for a grading pennir shall be
acl:ompanicd by a plan in sufficicnt cl;~rity lo indicatc thc
rwturc and cxtcnt of thc work. and state thc cstim:u ed
quantitics orwork invol vcd. Thc plans shall givc thc
location nf thc work, thc namc of thc owncr and thc rHunc
;\ssor;iatlon of Struclwnl
of thc person who prcparcd the plan. Thc plan shall
include the following information:
l. General vicinity map of thc proposcd sitc;
2. L imiting dimcnsions and dcpth of cut and lill ;
l. Provisions for latcn1l canh suppor1 or shoring; and
4. Location of any buildings or structures wherc work is
to be perfonncd, and the location of any buildings or
st 111cturc~ ,,·ithin 4.5 m of thc proposcd grading.
109.6 Gradi ng Inspection
109.6.1 General
Grading operations for which a pcrmit is required sha!l be
subjccl to inspection by the building official. lnspection
of grading operations shall be providcd by the
geotechnical cnginecr rctaincd to providc such serviccs in
accordancc with Scction 109.5.5 for enginccred gradi ng
and as rcquircd by the building official for regular
grading.
109.6.2 Civi l Engineer
Thc civil cngincer shall provide professional inspcction
within such enginecr's arca of technical spccialty, which
shall consist of observation and revicw as to the
establ ishment of li ne, grade and surface drai nagc of thc
dcvelopment arca. Ir rcvised pluns are requíred during thc
course of thc work, they shall be prepared by the civil
cngincer.
109.6.3 Gcotcchnical Enginecr
The geotcchnical enginccr shall provide obscrvation
during grading and tcsting for rcquircd compaction. Thc
gcotcchnical cngineer shall províde sufficiem ohscrvation
during the prcparation of thc natural ground and
placcmcm and compaction of thc fill 10 vcrífy that such
work is bcing pcrformed in accordance with thc
conditions of thc approved plan and thc appropriatc
requirements of this chaptcr.
Rcvisccl rccommcndations rclating to conditions differing
from thc approvcd geotcchnical cnginccring ami
enginee1ing gcology rcports shall be submittcd to thc
pcrmittcc, thc building oflicial and the civil cnginccr.
109.6.4 Pcrmittec
Thc pcrmiucc shall be rcsponsihlc for thc work to he
pcrfonncd in accordancc with thc <!pprovcd pl<~ns ami
spccifications and in conformance with thc provisions of
this codc, and thc permittcc shall cngagc consultants, as
may be nccc.~sa ry. 10 providc profcssional inspcction on a
timcly basis. Thc pcrmittcc shall act as a coorclinatur
bctwcen thc consu ltants. thc {:ontractnr ami thc building
Enq :m~nrs of 1! a,; F'l11i1 pptr1e:>
 CHAPTER 1 - Geneml l~equlfemenls 1-21

oflicial. In the event of changed conditions, lhe permiuee
shall be rcsponsible for infonning thc building official of
such c hange and shall pro vide re vi sed plans for appmval.
109.6.5 Building Official
The building oflicial shall inspcct the projcct al thc
various stages of work rcquiring approval to determine
that adcquatc control is bci ng cxercised by thc
profcssional consultants.
109.6.6 Notitica tion of Noncompliancc
lf, in thc course of fullilling thcir respective dutics undcr
this chapter, the civil engi nccr or the geotcchnical
cngineer finds that the work is not bcing done in
confonnance wilh this chapter or the approved,, grading
plans, thc discrepancics shall be rcported imrnediatcly in
writing to thc permillec and to the building official.
109.6.7 T ransfer of Responsibility
lf thc civil enginccr or the geotechnical engincer-of-
rccord is changed during grading, the work shall be
stopped unti l thc rcplacemcnt has agrecd in writing 10
accep! thcir responsibi lity within the arca of technical
competcnce for approva l upon complction of the work. It
shall be the duty of the pennittee to notify the building
official in writing of such change prior to the
recommencemcm of such grading.
tests, other substantiating data, and commcnts on any
changes madc during grading and their effcct on the
recommendations madc in thc approved geotechnical
engincering investigation report. Geotcchn'cal
engineers shall submit a statcmcnt that, to the besl of
thcir knowledge, the work within their aren of
responsibilitics is in accordnncc with thc approved
gcotcchnical enginccring repon ami apph cablc
provisions of th is scction.
3. The grading contractor shall submit in a f<•rm
prcscribcd by the buildi ng official a statemc¡,¡ uf
conJ'o nnance to said as-built plan and .he
specifications.
109.7.2 Notification of Completion
The permittec shall notify the building official whcn thc
grading operation is ready for final inspection. 'i n :~i
pem1ission by the building official shall not be giver :·' '
aH work, including installation of all drai nage f?
and thcir protective devices, and all erosion-
measures ha ve been completed in accordancc wr : li. _
final approved grading plan, and thc required repo:.
bcen submiued by the engincer-of-record.

109.7 Completion of Work

109.7.1 Final Repo rts

Upon completion of the rough grading work and at the
final complction of thc work, the following reports and
drawings and supplements thcreto are required for
enginecrcd grading or when professional inspection is
perfonned for regular gradi ng. as applicablc:
l. An as-buil t grading plan prcparcd by the civi l
enginecr retained 10 provide such serviccs in
accordancc with Section 109.6.5 showi ng original
ground surface clevati ons, as-graded ground surface
clevations, lot drainage pallerns. and thc locations
and elevations of surface dra inagc facilities and of
thc outlcts of subsurface drains. As-constntcted
locations, clevations and details of subsurface drains
shall be shown as rcported by the geotcchnical
cng incer. Civil cnginccrs shall state that to the bcst
of thcir knowlcdgc the work within their arca of
rcsponsibility was done in accordance with thc Ílnal
approved grading plan.
2. A repon preparcd by thc gcotcchnical cngrnccr
rctaincd 10 providc such serviccs in accordance with
Scction 109.6.3. including locations and clcvations of
ficld dcnsity tests, summarics of licld and laboratory

111
N<Jtionéll Slructural Code of t11e rJtli lippines () Edition Volume 1
/\ssocialion of Structural En¡¡ine0rs of the Ph1lippinns
 NSCP C101-10

Chapter 2

MINIMUM DES•IGN LOADS

NATIONAL STRUCTURAl. CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUMEI
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
OTHER VERTICAL STRUC::TURES

SIXTH EDITION

Association of Structural Engineers t[)f the Philippines

Suitc 7 13, Futurc Point Plaza Condominium 1
112 Panay Avcnuc, Quezon City, Philippincs 1100

Tel. No: (+632) 410-0483

Fax No.: (+632) 411-8606
Email : i!~l..On l inc@gmai l. cOJ_lJ
Wchsitc: http://www.ascponlinc.or-g

NaliOili11S lruc tlJI"i1 l Code of lile r.)hilippllleS GH' Edilion Volumc 1

 CHAPrFR 2 - lv1inimum Oosign Loads 2- 1

Table of Contents

CHAPTER 2 MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS ................. ...... ................................................................................................... 3

SE.CTION 201 GENERAL....................................................................................................................................................... 3
201 . 1 Scopc ........................................................ .. ... .......... ... ... ..................... ............................................................................... 3
SE.CTION 202 DEPINITIONS ................................................................................................................................................ 3
202. ! Walls ............................................................:. ._ .................................................... .............................................................. 4
SECTION 203 COMBINATIONS OF LOADS ..................................................................................................................... S
203. ! General ............ ................................................... .................. ............................................................................................. 5
203.2 Symbols and Notations ....... ......................................................................... .... .................................................................. 5
203.3 Load Combinations using Strcngt h Dcsign or Load and Rcsistancc Factor Dcsign ... ............. ........................................ .. 5
203.4 Load Combinations Using Allowable Stress Design ....................... ........................ ............................. ....... ...................... 5
203.5 Spccial Scismic Load Combinations ............ .......... ........................ ... ............. ............... .... ............ ................. .......... ......... 6
SECTION 204 DEAD LOADS ................................................................................................................................................ 9
204. 1 General ..... ................................................................ ............ ....................................... .................. .................................... 9
204 .2 Wcights of Materia!s and ConstmcLions ............................................................................................................................ 9
204.3 Partition Loads.................. .............................................................................................. ................................................... 9
SECTION 205 LJVE LOADS .................................................................................................................................................. 9
205. 1 General ............. ............................. ............ .......... ...... .................... .......... .................... ........................................... .. ......... 9
205.2 Crilical Distribulion of Li vc Loads ....................................................................................................................... ............. 9
205 .3 Floor Li vc Loads ............................................................................................................................................................... 9
205.4 Roof Live Loads ...................................................................... ......................................................................... ............... 13
205.5 Reduction of Li ve Loads ................................................................................................................................................. 14
205.6 Altcmatc Floor Livc Load Rcd ucti on .............................................. ....................................................................... ......... 14
SECTION 206 OTHER MJNIMUM LOADS ...................................................................................................................... lS
206. 1 General ............ ............... ......... ............ ...... .. ................ .. ................................ ........... ........ ............. .......... ................. ....... 15
206.2 Other l.oacJ:.; ....................... ............ ...... .................... .... .......... .. .... .................. ............... .... ............................................... 15
206.3 lmpact Loads ................................. ....................................................................................... ................................ ........... 15
206.4 Anchorage of Concrete and Masonry Walls ........................................................................................... ......................... 15
206.5 Interior Wall Loads ............................ ..................................................................... .......... ............................................... 15
206.6 Rcta ining Walls ...................................................................................................................................... ......................... 15
206.7 Water Accumu! ation .............. .......... ................................................................... .. ............ .. ............. ................... ............. 15
206.8 Uplift o n Floors and Foundations ..... ..... ................................ ............... ... .. ......................... ................. ..... ......... ....... ... .... 15
206.9 Cranc Loads ........... ..................... ...... ... ...... ......... .. ...... ...... ............. ................... ................ .. .. .. .. ..... ... .. ........ .......... .. .. ....... 16
206. 1O Helipo rt and Heli stop Landing Arcas ................... ............ ................................................ .. .................. ......... ................ 16
SECTION 207 WIND LOA OS .............................................................................................................................................. 17
207. 1 General ........................ ............................... .................... ........... ......... ........................... ......................... ......................... 17
207.2 Definit ions ......................................................... .............................................................. ............................................. 17
207.3 Symbols and Nolations ............................................... ............................ ... ................................ ......... ............................. 19
207.4 Mcthod 1 - Si mp li licd l'rnccdurc ............. .......... ... ................................ .... ..... .................... ................. .................. ........ .. 20
207 .5 Mc1hod 2 -· Anal yti cal Proct~durc ............... .... .. .... .. ...... ........ .. ....... ......... ... .................... ....... ......................................... .. 21
207./í Mcthod .\ ·• Wind Tunncl Procedurc .......... ............. ........ .... .. ..... , .. ........ .................................... ....................................... .\ 1
207.7 (iust EITcct Fac tor for Othcr Structurcs .. .. .............................. ........ .................. ............................................................... 32
207.~ Es timatcs of Dynamir Propc11ics ........ .................................. ........................................................................................... 32
207.9 C'onscns us Standards and Othc.:r Referem:cd Dorumcnts ............. ................................................................................... 34
SECTI()N 208 EAHTHQUAKE LOADS ............................................................................................................................. 72

N<i!lonal Stn.ictural Cocl e of the P11illppines r)"' E:c!it1on Volumc -¡

 ?.-2 CHAPlTH 2 -- Mínimum Design Loads

208. 1 General .......................... .. ................................. ................................................................................................................ 72

208.2 Dcfinitions .................. .... ..................................... ......................... .... .. ................. ........ ..... ............. .. ................................ 72
208.3 Symbols and Notation ........................ ...... .................................................................................................................... .... 74
208.4 Critcria Sclcction ........ .................. ................................................................................................................................... 7 5
208.5 Mínimum Design Lateral Forces and Relared Effccts ......................................................................................... .......... 81
208.6 Dynamic Analysis Procedures ......................................................................................................................................... 90
208.7 Late mi Force on Elcmcnts of Structurcs, Nonstructural Components and Equipment Suppon ed by Structurcs ... 92
208.8 Dctailcd Systcms Design Requircmcnts .................................................................... ........... ............. ... ....... .................... 96
20R.9 Non-Building Structures .................. .................... ...................................................................................... ................... ... 99
208.1 OSi te Categorization Proccdure..................................................................................................................................... 101
208.11 Altcrnative Earthquakc L oad Proccdure ...................................................................................................................... 102

1 SECTION 209 SOIL LATERAL LOADS .......................................................................................................................... 103

¡
f 209.1 General ............................... ...... ..................................... .. .. .............. .... .............. ....... .... ............ .............. ........ ............ ... . 103
¡

l
SECTION 210 RAIN LOADS ............................................................................................................................................. 111
210.1 Roo f Drainagc ............................................. ........ ........ ..................................... .............................................................. 11 1
210.2 Design Rain Loads ......................................................................................................................................................... 1 JI
¡ 2 10.3 Ponding lnstability ..... ......................................... .. ..... .................................. .......... ............... ....... ...... ... ........... .......... ... . 1 1 1

¡ 210.4 Controlled Drainage ........................ ..................................................................................................... ...................... .... 1 1 1

SECTION 211 FLOOD LOAD$ .......................................................................................................................................... 111

2 11 . 1 Genera! ............................ ............................................................................................................................................... 1!1
2 1 ! .2 Dclinítions ...................................... ...................... ............ ..................... ............ ............................................................ 1 JI
211.3 Establishment of Flood Hazard Areas .............. ... ...... ............................... ........... ........................................................... 112
2 11.4 Dcsign and Construction .......................................................... ........................ .............. ......................................... ....... 112
21 1.5 Flood Hazard Documcmation ........................................................................................................................................ 113

1
1
1
1
¡
¡
1
'
1
i

Assor.ialion o f S tructural Ens:¡iner.rs of the Philippmes

 CHAPTEH 2- Mínimum Oesign Loads 2<3

The following terms are defined for use in this chapter:

ACCESS FLOOR SYSTEM is an assembly consisting

201.1 Scope
This chapter provides mínimum design load requiremcnts
for the dcsign of buildings, towers and other vertical
structurcs. Loads and appropriatc load combinations,
which have becn dcveloped lo be uscd togcther, for
strcnglh dcsi~n and allowable stress design are set forth.
¡. ;~ ·. .. ' ' '... _'.
_
of panels rnounted on pcdcstals to prpvide an under-floor
spacc for the installations of mechanical, electrical,
éommunications or similar systcms or lo serve as an
air-supply or rcturn-air plcnum.
AGRJCULTURAL BUILDING is a stn1cturc dcsigncd
and conslructcd to house farm implemcnts, hay, grain,
poultry, li vestock or othcr horticultura! products. Thc

stn1cturc shall not be a place of human habitation or a

place of ernployment where agricultura! products are
processed, treated, or packaged, nor shall it be a place
used by the public.

ALLOWABLE STRESS OESIGN is a method of

proportioning and designing structural mcmbers such that
elastically computcd strcsses produccd in the members by
nominal loads do not excccd spccified allowable stresses
(also callee! working stress dcsign).

ASSEMBLY BUILDING is a building or portian of a

building for the gathering togethcr of 50 or more pcrsons
for such purposes as delibcration, education, instruction,
worship, cntertainment, amusement, drinking or dining, or
awaiting transportation.

AWNING is an arch itectural projection that providcs

weathcr protection, identity or decoration and is wholly
supported by the building to which it is attached.

HALCONY, EXTERIOR, is an exterior f1oor system

projccting from and supported by a structure wíthout
additional indepcndent supports.

OEAD LOADS consist of the weight of al! materials ancl

fixed cquipment incorporatcd into the building or other
structure.

OECK is an exterior floor system supported on at least

two opposing sidcs by an adjacent structure aliCI!or posts,
piers, or other independent supports.

ESSENTIAL FACILITIES are buildings, towcrs and

other vertical structu rcs that are intendcd to remain
operational in thc evcnt of extreme en vi ron mental loading
from wind or carthquakcs.

FACTORED LOAD is thc product of a load specified in

Scctions 204 through 208 and a load factor. See Section
203.3 for cornbinations of factored loads.

National S tructuraJ Code of the Phitippines 6111 Edilion Volurne í

 2-4 C HAPTER 2- Mínimum Des1gn Load s

GARAGE is a building or portion thereof in which motor 2. Any masonry or concrete wall that supports more
vehicle containing fiammable or combustible liquids or than 2.90 kN/m of vertical load in addition to its own
gas in its tank is stored, repaired or kept. weight.

GARAGE, PRIVATE, is a building or a portian of a EXTERIOR WALL is any wall or element of a wall, or
building, not more than 90 nl in arca, in which only any rncmber or group of members, that defines thc
motor vehiclcs used by the tcnants of the building or exterior boundaries or courts of a building and that has a
buildings on thc premiscs are kcpt or storcd. slopc of 60 degrees or greatcr with the horizontal planc.

LIMIT STATE is a condition bcyond whicl~ ,, structure
or member bccornes unfit for service and is judgcd to be
no longer useful for its intended function (serviceability
lirnit state) orto be unsafc (strength limit state).
LIVE LOADS are thosc loads produced by the use and
occupancy of thc building or other structure and do not
include dead load, construction load, or environmental
loads such as wind load, earthquake load and fluid load.
NONBEARING WALL is any wall that is nota bcaring
wall.
PARAPET WALL is that part of any wall entirely above
the roof line.
RETAINING WALL is a wall designed to rcsist the
lateral displacernent of soil or other materials.

LOADS are forces or othcr actions that result from thc

weight of all building materials, occupants and their
possessions, environmental effects, differential
movcments, and restrained dimensional changes.
Permanent loads are those loads in which variations over
time are rare or of small magnitude. All other loads are
variable Joads.

LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN

(LRFD) METHOD is a method of proportioning and
designing structural elcments using load and resistance
factors such that no applicable limit state is reached when
the structure is subjected to all appropriate load
combinations. Thc term "LRFD" is used in the design of
stccl s tructurcs.

MARQUEE is a permaneut roofed structure attached to

and supported by the building and projecting over public
right-of-way.

OCCUPANCY is the purpose for that a building, or part

thereof, is used or intended to be used.

STRENGTH OESIGN is a method of proponioning and

designing structural membcrs such that the computcd
forces produced in thc members by the factored load do
not excced the mcmber design strength. Thc tenn strength
design is uscd in thc des ign of concrete structurcs.

202.1 Walls

BEARING WALL is any wall meeting eithcr o f thc

follo wing classifi catio ns:
l. Any metal o r wood stud wall that supports more than
1.45 kN/m of · vcnical load in addition to its own
weight.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 - Mínimum Design Loads 2-5

0.9D+l.6W+1.6H (203-6)
0.9D+l.OE+1.6H (203-7)
whcre:
203.1 General
Buildings, towcrs and other vertical stntctures and all / 1 = 1.0 for lloors in placcs of public assembly, for Ji ve
portions thereof shall be designed to resist the load loads in excess,of 4.8 kPa, and for garage livc load
cornbinations specified in Section 203.3 or 203 .4 and, =0.5 for olhcr live loads
cyc~~Y.R-~:~:\:¡;;,:!.;. :.,i<;·::+:j;':.~!:4~j;~~:'.!,'f~:;<w~:.(:':1Jtii~ · · ;Jf~?
where rcquired by Section 208, or Chaptcr 4 and thc
special seismic load combinations of Scction 203.5.
Fqcf~~~~H9o/f¡·c~kM1~1~~(!f:.fqr_~{rllc;{lft(/. tPM~WP.;Rfr
Se'Ctiórf409..3: ' ·~ ·· · " l ""''; · · ·:~ · -· ·, .· ··.\· ~ ~!: ::\\ • ··..
The rnosl critica! cffect can occur whcn onc or more of
the contributing loads are not acting. All applicable loads
shall be considered, including both eanhquake and wind, 203.3.2 Other Loads
in accordance with the specified load combinations. Where P is to be considcred in design, the applicablc load
shall be added lo Section 203.3. 1 factored as 1.2? .
203.2 Symbols and Notations
t D = dead load
203.4 Load Cornbinations Using Allowablc Stress
Design
E =earthqua.kc load set forth in Section 208.5.1.1
E,= cstimated maximum earthquake force that can be 203.4.1 llasic Load Combinations
developcd in the structure as set fonh in Section
208.5. L.l Whcre allowablc stress design (working stress design) is
F = load due to lluids with well-delined pressures and used, structurcs and al! ponions thereof shall resisl the
rnaximum hcights most critica! effccts resulti ng from the following
H = load due lo lateral prcssure of soil and water in combinations of loads: . ··
soil D+F (203-8)
L = live load, except roof live load, including any
perrnitted live load reduction D+H+F+L+T (203-9)
Lr = roof livc load, including any pennitted live load
D + H + F + (L/>r R) (203-10)
reduction
P = ponding load D+ H + F +0.75[L + T + (Lror R)] (203-ll)
R = rain load on the undellectcd roof
T = self-straining force and effccts arisi ng from
contraction or expansion rcsulling from
tcmpcraturc t:hangc. shrinkage. moisturc changc.
D + H +F + (wor E )
1.4
(203-12)

creep in componen! mat erial~ , movcment due to

No increase in allowablc strcsscs shall be used with lhese
differential sett lement, or comhinations thercof .
load combi nations cxcept as spccifically permitted by
W = load duelo wi nd pressurc
Section 203.4.2.
203.3 Load Combinations using Strcngth Design or
Load and Rcsista ncc Factor Design

203.3.1 llasic Load Combinations

Wherc load and resistancc factor dcsign is uscd, structurcs
and all portions thcrcor shall rcsist the most crit ica!
cffects from thc fo! lowing t:ombinations of factorcd loads:
!.4(D+F) (203- 1)

1.2(D+ F + T)+ 1.6(L+ H }+O.S(l.r or 1?) (203-2)

1.2 D + 1.6(L, or R) + (/1L or 0.8W) (203-3)

l .2 D + 1.6W + /¡L+0.5(Lr or R) (203-4)

1.2D + I .OE+ //- (203 -.'i )

111
Niltíonal Structural Code of tl)e Phí!ippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 2·6 CHAPTER 2 - Mínimum Design Loads

203.4.2 Altcrna tc Basic Load Combinations

In lieu of the basic load combinations specified in Section
203 .4.1, ~tl1Jctures and portions thereof shall be pcrmitted
to be designed for the most critical effects resulting from
the following load combinations. When using these
altemate basic load combinations, a one-third increase
shall be permillcd in allowable stresses for al!
combinations, including W orE.

s[
D + H + F +O. 7 L + Lr + ( W or
1
~~)] (203-13)

0.60D+W+H (203-14)

E
0.60D + -+H (203-15)
1.4

D + L+ LrCor R) (203· 16)

D+L+W (203-17)

E
D +L+ (203-18)
1.4

~f..~IÜiP(I:'·:•,::. . ·. . . . .;·'· ·. ·: .' :: .

~ ·~.t."·-'i!t." o • • • ·~ l ( .' ; .

·cj;~Jf1):'iiop~ .!,CJ.i(df:¿j~~- lÍJf! b~. co~i.,j.~{l,,with:·rg~[Jive

ioJi{'f!Fi~t~~ :morliháh 'One-lialf of ih"e '<tiMattediJ. ·::t·,: .

203.4.3 Othcr Loads

Where P is l<l be considercd in design, cach applicable
load shall be added to thc combinations spccified in
Scctions 203 .4.1 and 203.4.2.

203.5 Spcc.ial Seismic Load Combinations

For both allowablc stress dcsign and strcngth design, the
following special load combinations for seismic design
shall be uscd as specifically rcquired by Section 208, or
by Chapters 3 through 7.
1.2D+f1L+I.OE"' (203- 19)

0.9D± I.OE111 (203·20)

where:
f1 = 1.0 for noors in placcs of public assembly, for livc
loads in excess of 4.8 kPa. and for garage li vc load.
= 0.5 for other li vc loads
E,., = the rnaximum cffcct uf horizontal and vcrllcal
forccs as scl fonh in Scction 20!1.5. 1.1

Association of StnJclur<11 Eng1ne~rs of the Philippines


Table 204-1 Minimum Densities for Design Loads from Materials (kN/m3)
Material Density
Aluminum ..................................................................................... 26.7
DiiUminous Products
Asphalrum ........................................................................... 12.7
Grnphire ............................................................................... 21.2
Paraflin ................................................................................. 8.8
Pclroleum, cmdc .................................................................. 8.6
Pclrolcum, relincd ................................................................ 7.9
Pcrrolcum, benzine .............................................................. 7.2
Petroleum. gasoline ............................................................. 6.6
Pirch ................................... ................................................. 10.8
Tar ...............................,........................................................ 11 .8
Brass .............................................................................................. 82.6
Bronze ........................................................................................... 86.7
Casr-sronc masonry (ccmenl, srone, sand) .................................. 22.6
Cernen!, portland, loose ............................................................... 14. 1
Ceramic lile .................................................................................. 23.6
Charcoal ......................................................................................... 1.9
Cinder fill ....................................................................................... 9.0
Cindcrs. dry, in hu lk ...................................................................... 7. 1
Coal
Anthracitc, pilcd ...................... ............................................ 8.2
Bituminous, piled ................................................................. 7.4
Lignite. pilcd ........................................................................ 7.4
Peat, dry. pilcd ..................................................................... 3.6
Concrete, Plain
Cindcr .................................................................................. 17.0
Expanded-slag aggregarc .................................................... 15.7
Hayditc (bumcd-clay aggregatc} ....................................... 14.1
Slag ...................................................................................... 20.7
Stonc .................................................................................... 22.6
Vcrmiculitc and pcrlite aggrcgalc, nonload-lx:aring .... .3.9-7.9
Olhcr light aggregalc, load bcaring ..................... 11.0· 16.5
Concrete, Rcinforccd
Cinder ........ ................... ........... ............................................ 17.4
Slag ...................................................................................... 21 .7
S tone. (including grave!) .................................................... 23.6
Coppcr ................................................................. ......................... 87.3
Cork. cumprcsscd ......................................................................... 2.2
Earth (not submcrgcd)
Clay, dry .................................................................. ........... 9.9
Clay, damp .......................................................................... 17.3
Clay and gravel. dry ............................................................ 15.7
Silt, rnoist. loosc .................................................................. 12.3
Silt, moist, packcd ............................................................... 15.1
Silt, nowing ......................................................................... 17.0
Sand at1d g ravcl, dry, loosc ................................................ 15.7
Sand and grave l. dry. packcd ................................................ 17.3
Sand and gravcl. wet............................................................. 18.9
Earth (submcrged)
Clay ...................................................................................... 12.6
Soil ..................................................................................... 11.0
River mud ............................................................................ 14 1
Sand or :<.:tvcl ............... ................................................... . 1).4
Sand or gravcl and clay ..................................................... . 10.2
Glass ........................... ............................................................... .. 25.1
Gravcl, dry ................................................................................. .. 16J
Gypsum. loosc .............................................................................. 11.0
Gypsurn, wallhoard ...................................................................... 1.1)
lec 9.0
!ron
Cast 70.7
Wrooght .......................................................................... .. 75.'1
National Structural Code o f the Pl1ilippines 6
CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads 2-7
Material Density
Lcad ............................................................................................. 111 .5
Lime
Hydratcd, loosc .................................................................... 5.0
1-lydratcd. compacted .......................................................... 7.1
Masonry, Ashlar Stone
Granite ................................................................................. 25.9
Limestone, crystallinc ......................................................... 25.9
Limestonc, oolitic ................................................................ 21.2
Marblc .................................................................................. 27.2
Sandstonc ............ .......................................... ............ ........... 22.6
Masonry, Brick
Hard (low absorption) ......................................................... 20.4
Medium (medium absorption) ............................................ 18.1
Soft (high absorplion} ......................................................... 15.7
MASONRY. Concrete (solid portion)
Lightweight units .................................. ................... ........... 16.5
Mcdium wcight units .......................................................... 19.6
Normal weight uni1s ............................................................ 21.2
Masonry grout ................................................................. .............. 22.0
Masonry, Rubble Stonc
Granite ................................................................................. 24.0
Limcstonc, crystallinc ........................................... .......... .... 23.1
Limestonc, oolitic ................................................................ 21.7
Marblc .................................................................................. 24.5
Sandstonc ............................................................................. 2 1.5
Mortar, ccmcnt or lime ....................................................... 20.4
Particle board ..... .. ........ ........... ... ... .. ........... ... .... .... ... .. ..... ... ...... ..... 7.1
Plywood .......................................... .............................................. 5.7
Riprap (not nubmcrgcd)
Limestonc ................................................................. ........... 13.0
Sandstonc ..... ........... ............................................................. 14.1
Sand
Clcan and d!)' ....................................................................... 14.1
Rivcr, dry ............................................................................. 16.7
S lag
Bank 11.0
Bank scrccnings ............................................... ................... 17.0
Machinc ............................................................................... 15.1
Sand .................................................................................... .. 8.2
Slate ............................................................................................... 27.0
Stccl, cold-drawn .......................................................................... 77.3
Stone, Quarried, Piled
Basa1t, granitc, gnciss ......................................................... 15.1
Limestone, marb1c, quartz. .................................................. 14.9
Sru1dstonc ............................................................................. 12.9
Shalc ..................................................................................... 14.5
Greenstone. homb1cndc ...................................................... 16.8
Tcrra Cotta, Architcctural
Voids li!lcd .. .. .... .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. .. ... .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .... 18.9
Voids unfillcd ................................................... 11.3
Tin ................................................................................. 72.1
Water
Frcsh ..................................................................................... 9.8
Sea ........................................................................................ 10.1
Wood (scc Tablc 6.2 for rclativc dcnsirics for Philippinc wood)
Zinc. rollcd sheet .......................................................................... 70.5
111
Edition Volume 1
 2-B CHAPTER 2- Minimurn Design Loads

Table 204-2 Minímum Design Dead Loads (kPa) (Use actualloads when available)

Component Load Componen! Load Componen! Load

CEILINGS FLOOR FILL FRAME WALLS
Acoustica1 Fibcr Board ........... 0.05 Cinder concrete, per mm ........... 0.017 Exterior stud walls:
Gypsum Board (pcr mm Lightwcight concrete, pcr mm .. 0.015 50x 1(XJ mm @ 400 mm, 15-mm
thickncss) .......................... 0.008 Sand, per mm ............................. O.OJ5 gypsu111, insulatcd, 10-mm
Mechaníca1 duct a11owancc ....... 0.20 Stonc concrete, per mm ............. 0.023 siding ........ ................ ......... 0 .53
Plaster on tí1c or concrete .. .. .. 0.24 FLOOR AND FLOOR FrNISHES 50x J 50 mm @ 400 mm, 15- mm
Plastcr on wood lath ............... 0.38 gypsum, insulatcd, lO-mm
Asphalt block (50 mm), 13 mm
Suspended steel channel siding ... . . ......................... 0 .57
mortar. ..................................... 1.4 4
system ... ............. ...... .... .... .... 0.1 O Exterior ~tud wall with brick
Cemcnt finish (25 mm) on stonc-
Suspended metal1ath and cement vencer ......... ......................... 2.30
plaster .................................. 0.72 concrete ti !1 .............................. 1.53
Windows, glass, frame and
Suspended metal lath and Cera míe or quany tile (20 mm)
sash ...................................... 0.38
on l3 mm mortar bed .............. 0.77
gypsum p1aster .................... 0.48 Clay brick wythes:
Ceramic or quarry ti le (20 mm)
Wood fu1Ting suspension lOO mm ................................ 1.87
on 25 mm mo11ar bed .............. 1.10
systcm ..... .. . ............ .............. 0.12 200 111111 ........................ ........ 3.80
Concrete fill finish (pcr mm
COVERINGS, Roof and Wall 300 mm .......... ................... ... 5.50
thickncss) .............. ....... ... ....... 0.023
400mm 7.42
Asphalt shíngles ........................... 0.1 O Hardwood tlooring, 22 mm ........ 0.19
Cemcnt ti le ................................... 0.77 Lino!eum or asphalt ti le. 6mm .... 0.05 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
Clay ti le (for mortar add 0.48 kPa) Marblc and mo11ar on S tone- Hollow Concrete Masonry units
Book tílc, 50 mm ....................0.57 concrete fil1 .. ............ 1.58 (Unplastcrcd, add 0.24 kPa for
Book tilc, 75 mm ......................0.96 S late (per mm thickncss )........... 0.028 each facc_lllastercd)
Ludowici ...................................0.48 Solid flat ti1e on 25 mm mortar Grout ' Wythc thickncss (mm)
Roman ....................................... 0.57 base .......................................... 1.10 Spacing ; 100 ¡ 150 : 200
Spanish ........... .......................... 0.91 Subflooring, 19 mm ..................... O.l4 . 16.5 kN/n? Dcnsity of Unit
Composition:
Three-ply ready roofing...........0.05
Tcrrazzo (38 mm) direct1y on
s1ab ........................................... 0.91
:Ho: &rO.üi: : :~T9~5~ ~T. ·¡·.is .. .L::~Aª ::
. ~99 . ... . . ,___!:!Q,...L t. 53 i 2.o 1
Four-ply fclt and gravcl ...........0.26 Terrazzos (25 mm) on stone- 600 1.50 ¡ 1.63 .. :-- . 2:20 ..
Fivc-p1y fc1t and grave! ........... 0.29 concrcte fill .............................. 1.53
:~·99: :·::·: :r=L22~] · T9z--r ··2:s4 ··
Copper or tin ................................ 0.05
Com1gatcd asbestos-ccmcnt
TC!Tazzo (25 mm), 50 mm stonc Full : 2.50 i . 2.63 ¡-· 3:59 ..
concrete .. ............ ... .................. !.53
roofing.................... .. ... 0.19 . 1?.6~1'-Jinr ..12~.~~_si!J..?fUn i t ...
Wood block (76 mm) on masti c,
Dcck, mctal20 gagc .................... 0.12 no fill ........................................0.48 ~.o. grou t : . _1.?:~ .. , 1.34 1.72
Dcck, metal, 18 gagc ................... 0.14 Wood block (76 mm) on 13 mm 80~J . !.59 ~ 1. n ,...X~? ..
Fibcrboard, 13 mm ........... .... .......0.04 mortar base ...................... ....... 0.77 ~~~ .. ;..+:~89. .:;, ~:~~ :~4
¡; . 22..82
Gypsum shcathing, 13 llllll .......... O.IO FLOOHS, WOOD-.JOIST (no
Insulation, roof boanls (pcr mm Full 2.69 : 2.82 ;.. 3:88
...- - -·..- ·• •-,-::.:.:.=-.c..-_::..:.:::.::__
plastcr)
thickncss) .?J-.2 ..kJ~-I/n_r.. P~D~i_ty of lJ1li_t
.Jgis~.~~~'-~~i~l.S.
r::r~;:: :
Ccllu1ar g1ass ................... 0.0013 Joist No grout i 1.39 i 1.44
Fibrous g1ass .. .. . ....... ... 0.0021 Sizcs
(mm)
' 300
mm
' 400 ' 600
mm mm
joQ. : . : : : l: ~L?.L.i . IJ2
Fibcrboard ....................... 0.0028 600 : 1.83 i 1.96 ! 2.59
.4óó' . ........!" "2:'1'3'""' '
Pcrlite ............................... 0.0015
polystyrenc foam ............. 0.0004
50xlSO
'

.. . !

J. ..g:~~-- ¡· ·-6·:~~-- J ?:~s Fu!l 2 84 i 2.97

Urethanc foam with skin .. 0.0009
Plywood (pcr mm thickncss) 0.0060
Rigid lnsulation, 13 mm .......... 0.04
Skylight, metal frmnc,
lO mm wirc glass ................ 0.38
S!mc, 5 mm ....... ...................... 0.34
Slate, 6 mm ..............
Watcrproofing mcmbrancs:
Bituminous, gravcl-covcrcd . 0.26
Bituminous, smooth surfacc .. 0.07
Liquid, applicd ..
Singlc-ply, sheet .....
Wood Shcathing (pcr mm
thickncss) ................ .. .. 0.0057
Wood Shinglcs ........................... 0. 14
···!······· ··--··········
2.2
i 2.92
r··3:9t=
·-~6~~~- J: ::~;~-j·: : C~0.-~~~~j . . ~:j6·. .·
50x300 ! O 40 : 0.35 · 0.30
FRAME l'AIUITJONS
Movablc stccl partitions ................... 0.19
Wood or stccl studs, 13 111111
0.48
gypsum board cach side ................ 0.18
Wood studs, 50 x 100,
unplastercd .. . .... ........ .. ........... ..... .. 0.!9
Wood studs 50 x 100, plasterc.d
.. ..... 0.05
onc sidc ................................ ......... ... 0.57
....... O.OJ
Wood studs 50 x 100, plastcrcd
two sidc .......................................... 0.96

Association of Structural Engineers of lile Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 -· Mínimum Design Loads 2·9

204.1 General 205.1 General

Dead loads consist of thc wcight of all matcrials of
construction incorporatcd into the building or other
structurc, including but not limited 10 walls, floors, roofs,
ceilings, stairways, built-in partitions. fin ishes. cladd ing
and o ther similarly incorporated architcctural and
strucLUral ircms, and fi xed scrvicc cquipmcnt, includin g
the weight of crancs.
204.2 Weights of Materials and Constructions
The actual weights o f materials and construclions shall be
used in determining dead loads for purposes of design. In
the abscnce of dc finile infonnatio n, it shall be permiued
10 use thc mínimum valucs in Tables 204·1 and 204·2.
Live loads shall be the maximum loads expected by the
intcnded use or occupancy but in no case shall be less
lhan 1he loads rcquired by ihis section.
205.2 Critica! Distribution of Live Loads
Where slructural mcmbers are arrangcd to crcate
continuily, mcmhcrs shall be designcd using thc loading
condilions, which would cause maximum shear and
bcnding momcnls. This requirement may be satisfied in
accordance with lhe provisions of Secúo n 205.3.2 or
205.4.2, where applicable.
205.3 Floor Live Loads

204.3 Partition Loads 205.3.1 General

Floo rs in office buildings and o lher build ings whcre
partitio n locations are subject lo change shall be designed
10 s upport, in addition 10 all other loads, a uni form ly
dislributed dead load cqual to 1.0 kPa of floor arca.
Floors shall be designed fo r the unitli vc loads as set forth
in T able 205-l. These loads shall be taken as the
mínimum live loads of ho rizontal projection to be uscd in
the design of buildings for thc occupancics listed, and
loads at leasl cqual shall be assumed for uses not listed in
lhis seclion but lhat creatcs or accommodales similar
!o adings.

Where il can be determincd in dcsigning floors that the

actual live load will be greater than the value s hown in
Table 205- 1, the actual li ve load shall be used in the
design of such buildings or portions thcreof. Special
provis ions shall be made for machinc and apparatus loads.

205.3. 2 Dis tribution of Un iform Floor Loads

Whcre unifo nn !loor loads are invo lvcd, co nsidcratio n
may be limited 10 full dead load on all spans in
combination with full live load on adjaccnt spans and
altcrnale spans.

205.3.3 Conccntrated Loads

Floors shall be designed to support safely lhe uniforml y
distribuled li ve loads prescribed in this section or thc
concentratcd load given in Tablc 205- 1 whichcvcr
produces thc grealest load ellects. U nlcss otherwise
spec ified lhc indicated concentrati on shall be assumed lo
be uniformly distributcd over an arca 750 mm square and
shall be locatcd so as to produce the maximum load
effects in 1hc slructural mcmbcr.

Provision shall be made in arcas whcrc vchiclcs are uscd

or stored for conccntratcd loads, L, consistin g of lwo or
mo re loads spaccd 1.5 m no minally o n center wilhout
uniform live loads. Each load s hall be 40 pcrcenl of thc

11
Natio nal S tructural Co(Je of t11e Pllilippines 6 ' Eclition Volume 1
 2-10 CHAPTER 2 ·-Mínimum Desí9n Loads

gross weight of the maximum sizc vehicle to be accordancc with Section 203.3 or 203.4 as appropriate ,
accommodated. Parking garages for the storage of private producing the greatest stresses shall govern.
or pleasure-type motor vehicles with no repair or
refueling shall have a floor sys tem designed for a 205.3.4 Spccial Loads
concentrated load of not less than 9 kN acting on an arca Provision shall be made for the special verti cal and latera l
2
of 0.015 rn without uniform live loads. The condition of loads as set forth in Table 205-2.
conccntrated or uniform li ve load, combincd in

Table 205-l -Mínimum Uniform and Concentratcd Livc Loads

-·-·---·-·-··-··..··- - - ................_______.._________________..______.._ _ _______ ..-----------..- -..-....- --.,--·- ·¿:onccntratc·d---··-
usc or Occu¡>ancy Uniform Load 1
---- ···-~ -- --· · ·-
Load
----·-···----.. v. --·--- ·----·--·-- -·· ·------·-···---------
Catcgory Description kPa kN

Office use 2.4

l. Access floor systems r - - - -..----- - - - - - - - 1 - -- - - -- --1- -- ---------1
Computer use . 4.8

2. Annories 7.2 o
f-----------------1------------t---------- - ---·..·-- - - - ---
Fixed seats 2.9 o
3. Theaters, assem bly arcas .l and Movable seats 4.8 o
audítoriums.
Lobbies and platforrns 4.8 o
Stages arcas 7.2 o
4 . Bowling alleys, poolrooms and similar
recreational arcas
3.6 o
5. Catwalk for maintenance access 1.9 1.3
·- - - - - - - - - - - -·- -........................- ·- - -- - -¡----- ·- -- -
6. Cornices and marquees o
- - - - - - - -- - - - - - --- -··- ----- ··----- -·- . ---·~-----..............................._ - ··- - -- - - · - - - - -¡- - - -
7. Dining rooms and restaurants 4.8 o
8. Exit facilities 5 4.8
-·-----~--···-------------1---------------- ·--------..- - - - - - t-
General s torage and/or repair 4.8
9. Garages - - -..- -··---- ----·- - - ---·-- ..._ ...............- ...,..__________ - - -- - -- - - - j
Prívate or pleasure-type motor .
19
- - ------·--------- - - - - - - - - -i- - -- v_
e l.....Ji.....c.....
lc_."-
st.....
o_ra_.,g,_c_ ___i ___ __ - - - - - - ! · -- --·---..- - -..·----
Wards and rooms !.9
1- -------..,.----..,.---t-------------- ---------~
Laboratories & opcrating z
lO. Hospitals 2.9 4.5
rooms
1 - - -----'--- - - - - - - - - -.. ---------- -- .........._..__ ___.._ ________ _ __................._

- - ------................ ----------~·-- ·-------·---·----·-------·

Corridors above ground floo r
...........·--·--·-·· ----- -- _ ........_..
4.5
___ _____ 2
Reading rooms 2.9 4.5 ·
1- -- - - - -·------- --------- - ------ ...............---------·----
1 1. Librarics Stac k rooms 7.2 4.5 l

Corridors abovc ground floor 4.5

·--------------------·-·-- ---------·. ------------- -¡- - -- - --- ·----- - - ------·-----
L ight 6.0
12. Manufacturin g · -- - ------------------ · ..- ..-- ..---..- ·--- -·- - - - ¡ - -- - - · ---
Heavy 12.0
- - - - - - - ---- ---........... _ ...__ _ _ __ __ , _ .._____ _L....._______,,.,_ _ _.._ _ _ _ _ _.......... ____ - - - · -- - - -- - -- - - ·

Association of Structu ral Engineers of the Pt1ilippines

 CHAPT ER 2 -· Mínimum Design Loads 2·11

Con ccntratcd
Use or Occupancy Uniform Load 1
.......... . ··-·- -----···-·············· ··-··" .......... . ------....... ·-· .. --------- -----··-· .. ... ····· -·· . Load
...,. .. ., , -·- - ·~ ------ ---~ -- .... ------·-·····-. ----------------------- ·····- -- .....
- -- - ·-----~- - --- -·-·

Category Dcscription kPa kN

---- ·-
Call Ccntcrs & BPO 2.9 9 .0
-~----- ···- ···- -- ---
Lobbies & ground !loor
4.8 9.0
corridors
13. Officc
2
Offices 2.4 9.0
Building corridors ahovc
3.8 9.0
J:¡round floor
Prcss rooms 7.2 11.0 2
!4. Print ing plants
Composing and linotypc
4.8 9.0 2
rooms
- 06
-
Basic floor arca 1.9

Exterior balconics 2.9 4 o

15. Residcntial 8
Decks 1.94 o
Storage 1.9 o
9
16. Res trooms -- -- --
·-----
17. Revicwing stands, grandstands,
Bleachcrs. and folding and tclescoping ·- 4.8 o
scating
-------·-----------
Samc as arca scrved or
18. Roof dccks
Occueancy
-- --
C lassrooms 1.9 4 .5 2

19. Schools Corridors above ground !loor 3.8 4.5

Ground !loor corridors 4.8 4.5
7
20. Sidewalks and dri vcways Public acccss 12.0 --
...

_____ ________
., .. ___ ,._ ..___________ _.._________
l,ight ,
6.0 --
2 1. Storage
-- ___ _
_____
---·-•-v~--····-·----·

Hcavy 12.0 ..
.. ·---·- -
.,

2
Rctail 4.8 4.5
22. S to res
Who lcsalc 6 .0 13.4 2

23. Pcdestrian bridges and walkways -- 4.8 --

-
NOTES ¡:oR TAIILE 205-1
1
Sce Sc:ctimr 205.5 for live load recluctions.
St•C! St•t·JiiJrr 205..1.3. jir.ft paragmph. for llH'Il of lollrl llflfllictllirm.
J A..tSt'mbly arcaJ in dude such ocCUf)(lllcÜ•,,· as dtuwt ha lis, dril/ rooms. gymntHiwn~. playgroruuls. pla<.n.'i. u~rraccs rmd .-.imitar occtlp(mci~s tluu
arr• ¡:r•rwrally acct!.uible lo tiU' public.
' For speciol-¡nupo.w mrifs. .we Section 205.4.4.
) Exit fociliries sira I/ indude .'iuc:h uS< .t a.f corridorJ ,\·cn•inR an on·u¡umt load of /() o r more pct.wms. exterior f'.rit IJolronit•s. JtairwayJ, fin• t>S<'(I¡><'s
1

o mi simila~ UJC,\'.
(, lnt/i,•idual stair trt'otl.\ sholl !u· dcStJ;IWrl ro .\'Uflf10 rl a J.3 kN CtJIICt'll/ratrd load plw·c•d in a posititm tlwt wcmlcl cau.'ie mttrimum .\"lrrss Srair
striii¡:N.r moy he d esignt!d {m tire wufomrlood set fonh urtlrr toblr.
1
Sl!t~ St'<'IÍtm 20.5.3. .1, .rt't'f/llr/ pamgmplr.for rmrcrutrated Iom/r. Srr Toblr 205-2 forl't!lride /mrrirrs.
.t f?~sÜ/t'lllin{ O('C"IlflOIIt"Ít'S incfutfp JITÍVtll~ t/W('/IÍilJ.:.'i. ti{JtJY(IJll.'lll.~ fllllf Jaot1.•f gue.'it l"lUJ/11.\,
v RrxtrtHJIII lood.r .rlut/1 not fu~ lt•.u tlwu tlle hHul far 11tr ocntpaucy u ·ith which tht'y are.. n.-..fot mtrd. but nt~d IWI t!Xt'c-nl 2.4 I:.Pn.

11
National Structural CorJe of th<-: Philippines G ' E<! ilion Volumf! 1
 2-12 CHAPTEI~ 2 ···Mínimum Design l.oads

Tablc 205-2 Special Loads' Notesjár Ta/Jie 205-2

1
______U
_ _ ___()____________ r·---:V-:c-t-.t.,-ic-a-:-1--r-L-a-tc--r-a~l-·-
71Je tabulated loods are mininwm /oods. When' other ''enica/ by
this c(}(/e or required hy the tksign would ctw.\'l' grNJier sln•sse.••.
sc or ccupancy they slw/1 be us<'d. /.l)(u/s are in kl'cJ unku otht,nvise i•ulicared
Load Load
·--·--··-·-···----------· -·--······-·--···--.J---=-==---l---····--- inthewblt•.
·------c_._at_c~g~o~r}~'----~---~:~cri~!-ic_ll_l_,~__k_·P_•_t_~___k_·I_>_a_~ ' Units is kN/m.
l. Construction, Walkway 7.2 ·' l.tll<'l'al Sll'll_l' /~racing load.< of 350 Nlm pam/11'1 ami 145 N/m
1---·----··- -----------------·- ------·----
public acccss al ¡>NJ!<'Illli('ll/ar.\· to .<<'lil and jóotboards.
4
sitc (livc load}
Cmtopy 7.2 Oocs twt ap¡)/y ro cl'ilings tluu lww.> suj)Ici<~nt tola! acu·ss ji·on1
be/ow. .mch that occcs.,· is no/ n~quired wilhin t/t(.' s¡wn~ aho\'t?
- ··-·-----------·- -- 1- -- - - - - -J---- - - t - - - -j
2. (Jrandstant~~. !he 1:á ling. Don'IIOI opp/y /1! rl'iliug.< if thl' ollic lltl'IIS lli!IN<' !he
rcvicwing, ceilinx are 1101 prm,ided with access. This lil•l.' load twed not he
stands blcachcrs, considercd os oc:liuJ: simrdtwwously H'itlr o!lwr li\·~· load.'i
Scats and 1.7:í s~~e im¡HJsed upon tlu.• ceíling froming or its supporting .wrurflln~.
and folding ami
footboards No/1'3 ·' 7J¡e impact factors indudcd are for crmu~s with ,,·t{·d ll'ht.•e/s
tclcscoping
riding 011 su,el mils. Tl~<·y nwy be modificd if substrmtiming
scating (livc
technical data acce¡;wble lo the buildir~g oj{lcial i.r submit!cd.
load} l.iw: lo(lds ml crone su.pport Rirders atui Jheir cortnl!Ctio!ls s}wl/
he wken as tire maximum crauc 1vlu)el Joads, For pt•ndanl~
Catwalks 1.9 opt•rated trcweling crane supporl girders wui 1lwir com1eclion s.
3. Stagc
acccssorics (Ji ve Fo!low--;;-¡;;¡:-··- -·--·-·----·- - - - · - rhe impaclfactors .r/w/1 be 1.10.
load} " 7/Jis app/it>s in lhc ditcction ¡wrollel to !lu nmway rails
projection and 2.4 (long imdinal). The factorfo r forces ¡><'lp<'lllliculor lo the m il is
·------------·j....::contro!_~·ootl_!.:>__ ·------··------- --------------- 0.20 x tlw tra/ISI'crse lrm•e/ing load.¡ (lmlley, m /1, lwoks wrd
l({ll'd /oad.1'). Fon:es slw/1 b<' a¡;pli<'d ar /Of' of m il awl may be
Over stagcs 1.0
disturbcd ammrg mils of mu/tip/e rai/ crane.5 (IIU/ sha/1 /¡e
4. Cciling framing distrilmted wirh due regord for lat<'!'al stifftwss of tire srmcrures
(live load)
A!! uses
cxccptovcr 0.5 4 .wpporting tire se rails.
' A load per lh•cal meter ( kN/m) w be applied /wrizonta/1)' <11 right
______________ . stagcs _____..._____ ···-·-·--·-······--·----·- ··- ______ _
rmgJ.>.¡ to tire top mil.
5. Partitions and
0.25 s /ntermediate mils, panel fillers ami r!reir cmrnectimu s/w/1 be
i ntcrior wa! ls,
1--:---::::----..,....---+- - - - · - - --·----·--·-!-----1 capab/e ofwitlwanding a load of /.2 kl'a app/i<>d Jrorizonlally m
6. Elcvators and righl on¡:lex over tlu..! emire tributa/)' area. including opcninns
dumbwaitcrs 2 x total afl(/ s¡wces lrctwecn mi/s. Heaction.1· due 10 t!ris /oading lll'Cd not
(dcad and livc loads b<• combined witlr t!rose oj 1.-ootnote 7.
!oads} • A horizontal load in kN a¡¡p/ied m rigirr angles 10 tire ve/riele
~--~~~----------.-
ro
-t~-
!-lo-
ad ______________--1--------4 barrier ar a lrri¡;lrt of 450 mm aiJIJI'C t/u, ¡JtukÍII!/ ,¡urfllcc. 7he
0.10 X Jore<~ may b.e distril>u!ed <wer a JOO·mm·squarC' t1NYl.
7. Cranes (dcad including J .2) X IOta!
total 10
'llu• nwlintin/ of hwrdmils sha/1 /u: .wch tlwt tlr<• complet<•d
<llld livc loads) impact load' 6
load handrail and supportú1g struC:IIlrt' on• capa!Jh• (~( w i!lrslamling tl
increase
load of tJf leas/ 890 N applicd ;11 atl)' din~ction ot any ¡mini on
Exit facilities lhl' rail. 'l11<.'Sf. /oads sltalf not l>e a.\·sunwd lo acl c·umulmil'el\·
1

scrving an with ltem 9. .

0.75
occupant load 7 11
\lt~rlica l members of .llora¡::<~ racks s/wll /J(' protecJed frnm
kN/m
grcatcr than impact fim:es <~{operatin.~ equi¡mwnl, or mcks s/w/1 '"' desi¡¡ned
B. Balcony railings 1-"-5(::....}- - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - -·-··- - - Jo tlwt failur.t! e~{ one w!rfic:aJ membrr wilf nol Cllll.'il' collapsc of
and guardrails more tJum tite lwy or bays dirc•crly ,,·up¡wrted hy dwt mcmbcr.
Othcr than 0.30
7
0
Thc 1. 1 kN load is 10 be applied ro any single fir~: spriukler
cxit facilities kN/m
!·wpporl poi111 hut tiOt :;imuii<Wt~oitsly lo o/1 .\·upporl joilll.f.

Componcnts
------·------- -····- ·--·---- ·····--------···
9 Ychicle bm-ricrs

St~e Se e
10. Handrails
Nore JO Note 10

Ovcr 2.4 111 Total See

1 l . Storagc racks high loads" Table
·---·---···--····--------+--------+-.::..2(~)(:....1·:..1:2:._
1.1 kN plus
12. Firc sprinklcr See
slruct ural wcight of Table
watcr-fillcd
s upport J' 208-12
-------------- ------ _ _ _ _ _ _i __ _ ~c~·-'--~---------

Association of Structural Engineers of ttw Philíppines

 CHAPTE:A 2- Minirnum Dcsign Loads 2· 13

Tablc 205-3 Mínimum Roof Lívc Loads 1

·- - -----
METHOD 1 METHOD2
Tributary Arca (m l)
- Maxímum
Uníform Ratc uf
ROOF S LOPE -
oto 20 Tio to 60 O ver 60 Load 2 Rcd uctíon,
Rcductíon
R
Unilorm Load (kPa) (kPa) r
(pcrccntage)
l. Flat J or rise less than 4 units vcnié'hl in
12 units horizontal (33.3% slopc). Arch
!.00 0.75 0.60 1.00 0.08 40
and dome with rise lcss than one-cighth
of span.
2. Risc 4 units vertical lo less than 12 units
vertical in 12 units horizontal (33.3% to
less than 100% slope). Arch and dome 0.75 0.70 0.60 0.75 0.06 25
wi th risc one-cighth of span to less than
three-eighths of span.
3. Rise 12 units vertical 111 12 units
horizontal (100% slope) and grcatcr.
0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60
Arch or dome with rise thrce-eighths of
span or greatcr.
No reducrion permiued
4. Awnings exccpt cloth covercd." 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
- ---------·----- - ---·-------- -----····-·.. ~·- --·-
5. Greenhouses, lath houses and
0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
agri cultural bui ldíngs. 5
1
For specinl-purpos~ ronfr. s~e Sectinn 205.4.1.
1
St:~ Sutions 205.5 (IJU{ 205.6 for lil•e·lond uductÍOJIS. The rote of rt•duction ' in Equmion 205-1 .rhn/1 be as illllicatt'd in tht: tablt:. n.~ mtiximum
reducticm, R. s/w/1 1101 ~xcecd th ~ m/ur indicntrd in the tohll'.
J A flat roo[ is nny rt)(Jj ,..;,¡,a slnpe lc.u thrm /14 IIIIÍI>•erticn/ in 12 1mit.< lwri:nnta/ (2% s/opc). Thc li••r lmul for flnt rnnfl is ¡,, nddition 10 thl'
pmuli111: /o(l(/ requirt!d by Sc•cti1111 206. 7.
' Src• dr[i1111irm ¡, St'l'tion 202.
' Sc•e Srction 205.4.4{or COIIC<'Jitrmed load l'l'<¡llirement.t for 1/rl'c'llhml.\e mof ml'll!bers.

205.4 Roof Livc Loads
205.4.1 General
Roofs shall be dcsigncd for the unit líve loads, L, set
fo11h in Table 205-3. The lívc loads shall be assumcd to
act vcrtically upon the arca projectcd on a horizontal
plane.
205.4. 2 Oistribution of Loads
Whcrc uniform roof loads are in volvcd tn thc dcsign of
~lruclllra l mcmbcrs arrangcd to crcatc continuity,
consídcration may be limitccl to full dc.1d loads on all
spans in combination with full roof livc loads o11 adjaccnl
spans and on al lcrnatc spans.
Exception:
Alteníate spar; loading need 1101 be considered where the
uniform roof live load is 1.0 kPa or more.
For those co11ditíons where light-gage metal prcfonned
structural sheets serve as the suppor1 and tinish of roofs,
roof structural members a1Tangcd to crcate conti11uíty
shall be consídercd adequale if designcd for full dcad
loads on al! spans in combinatíon with the most critica!
one of the followíng superimposed Joads:
l . Thc unifonn roof líve load, L, sct forth in Tablc 205-
3 on a! l spans.
2. A conce11tratcd gravi ty load, 1~, of 9 kN placed 011
any span supporting a tributary arca grcatcr than 18
m2 to crcatc maximum st rcsses in thc mcmbcr,
whcnevcr this loading crcatcs greater stresscs than
thosc causcd by the uníform livc load. Thc
conccntrated load shall be placed nn thc mcmbcr ovcr
a length of750 mm along the span. Thc conccntratcd
load nccd not be applied to more than onc span
si mu!tancousl y.
]. Water accumulation as prcscríhcd in Section 206.7.

111
National Structural Co<je ol t11e PhilippiiHlS 6 Eclition Volun1e 1
 2- 14 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Oesign Loads

205.4.3 Unbalanced Loading
Unbalanced loads shall be used whcre such loading will
result in larger mcrnbcrs or connections. Trusscs and
arches shall be designed to rcsist the strcsscs caused by
unit livc loads on onc half of thc span if such loading
results in revcrse strcsses, or stresses greater in any
ponion than thc stresses produced by the rcquircd unit
livc load on the cntirc span. For roofs whosc structurcs
are composed of a stressed shell , framed or solid, wherei n
stresses caused by any point loading are distributed
throughout the arca of the shcll, the requirements for
unbalanced unit livc load design may be reduced 50
percent.
205.4.4 Special Roof Loads
Roofs to be used for special purposes shall be designed
for appropriate loads as approved by the building official.
Grecnhousc roof bars, purlins and rafters shall be
designcd to carry a 0.45 kN concentrated load, L,. in
nddition to the uniform livc load
205.5 Reduction of Live Loads
The design live load determined using the unit li ve loads
as set forth in Table 205- 1 for floors and Table 205-3,
Method 2, for roofs rnay be reduced on any member
supporting more than 15 m2, including flat slabs, exce pt
fo r floors in places of public assembly and for li ve loads
g reater than 4.8 kPa, in accordance with the following
equation:
R = r(A -15) (205- 1)
The livc load reduction shall not exceed -W ¡:(;¡._·,:¡;! ;n
garages for the s torage of prívate pleasurc cars ha\"iu_s a
capacity of not more than ninc passengers per vehick.
205.6 Alternate Floor Live Load Reduction
As an altcrnate 10 &¡uation (205- 1), the unit live loads sct
fonh in Tab!e 205- 1 may be reduced in accordance with
Equation 205-3 011. any member, including flat slabs,
having an influcncc.,.,area of 40 m2 or more.
(205-3)
where:
A1 = influence area, m2
L = reduced design live load per square meter of arca
supported by the member
L., = unreduced design live load per square meter of arca
supported by the member (Tablc 205- 1)
The influence arca A 1 is four times the tri butary arca for a
column, two times the tributary arca for a beam, equal lo
the panel area for a two-way slab, and equal to thc
product of the span and the full fl ange width for a prccast
T-beam
The reduced Jive load shall nol be less than 50 pcrcent of
the unit live load L, for members receiving load from onc
leve) only, nor less than 40 percent of the unit livc load L,.
for other members.

Thc rcduction shall not excccd 40 perccnt for mcmbers

recciving load from one !evcl only, 60 pcrcent for ot hcr
mcmbers or R, as detem1ined by thc following cquation:
R =23.1(1 + DI L) (205-2)

whcre:
A = area of floor or roof supported by the member,
square meter, m2
D = dead load per square meter of arca supported by
the member. kPa
L = unitlive load pcr square meter of arca supported by
the member, kPa
R = rcduction in percentage, %.
r = ratc of reduction equal to 0.08 for tloor.~. Sec Tahlc
205-J for roofs

ror storage loads cxceedi ng 4.8 kPa, no reduction shall be

made, except that design live loads on columns may he
reduccd 20 perccnt.

/l.ssoci<.ltion of S tructurAI Engineers of the Pl1ilippines


206.1 General
Jn addition to the othcr design loads specilicd in this
chapter, structurcs shall be dcsigncd to resist thc loads
specified in this scction and the special loads set forth in
Table 205-2. Sce Section 207 for design wind loads, and
Section 208 for design earthquakc loads.
206.2 Other Loads
Buildings and other slructurcs and portions thereof shall
be designe<! lo resist al! Joads due 10 applicable fluid
pressures, F, lateral soil pressures, H. ponding loads, P.
and self-straining force.s, T. See Section 206.7 for ponding
loads for roofs.
206.3 Impact Loads
Thc Jive loads specificd in Sections 205.3 shall be
assumed 10 include allowance for ordinary impact
condi tions. Provisions shall be made in the structural
dcsign for uses and loads that involvc unusual vibration
and impact forces. See Section 206.9.3 for impact loads
for cranes, and Section 206.1 O f'or heliport and helistop
landing arcas.
206.3.1 Elevators
AJ I elcvator loads shall be increased by J00% for impact.
206.3.2 Machinery
For the purposc of design. the weight of rnachincry and
moving loads shall be incrcascd as follows to allow for
impact:
l. Elcvator machincry 100%
2. Light mac hincry, shaft- or motor·dri vcn 20%
3. Reciprocating machincry or power-driven units 50%
4. Hangers for tloors and balconics
33%
All percentages sha!J be increased where specificd by thc
rnanufacturcr.
206.4 Anchorage uf Concrete and Masonry Walls
Concrete and masonry walls shall be anchorcd as rcquired
by Section 104.3.3. Suc h anchoragc shall he capable of
rcsisti ng the load combinations of Scction 203.3 or 203.4
using the grca tcr of thc wind or earthquake loads rcqui red
by this chaptcr or a mi nirnum hori zontal force of 4 kN/m
of wall, substituted for E.
Wherc expansive soils are present undcr foundations or
slabs·on-ground. thc foundatio ns, slabs, ami other
<.:omponents shall be dcsigned lO tolcrate the movcmcnt or
Nal10néll S truclural Code of tile Pl1ilippines 61" Edition Volu1110 1
206.5 Interior Wall Loads
Interior walls, permancnt par!JtJons and tcmporary
partitions that excecd 1.8 m in height shall be designed to
rcsist al! Joads to which they are subjected but not lcss
than a load, L, of 0.25 kPa applicd perpendicular lo the
walls. The 0.25 kPa load need not be applicd
simultaneously with wind or seismic loads. Thc ddlection
of such walls under a load of 0.25 kl'a shall not cxceed
1/240 of thc span for walls with brittlc finishes and 11120
of thc span for walls wi!h tlcxible linishcs. Sc.e Table
208-12 for earthquake dcsign requircments whcre such
requirements are more rcstrictive.
Exception: ·.·'
Ffexiblé;}oiding or portdbl~-piir@on·s;a.re. fiO.f. rel¡!{ire.d to
,~~~~(~~~ 3~a~. aiftl -~~fl..t~t.i.M/cn(~rift::';b!f;(·¡ fl.l.~'-r' ··be
a~~hori?,· to:_..}~ ·_.~~f.PPTf!.~~ · ,r{(:f~t.u,te.;.;to ;tne.e1 the
provis!o~ oftbis,cor;le'. . .· . ·
206.6 Retaining Walls
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist loads dueto the
lateral pressure of retained material in accordance with
accepted enginecring practice. Walls retaining draincd
soil, whcre thc surfacc of the retained soil is leve!, shall
be designed for a load, N, equivalen! to that exerted by a
fluid weighing not lcss than 4.7 kPa per meter of depth
and having a depth equal to that of the rctained soil. Any
surcharge shall be in add ition 10 thc equi valen! fluid
prcssure.
Rctaining walls shall be designe<! to resist sliding by al
Jeast 1.5 times the lateral force and ovcrturning by at least
1.5 times thc ovcrturning momcnl, using allowable stress
design loads.
206.7 Water Accumulation
AJI roofs shall be dcsigned with sufficicnt slope or
camber to ensure udequatc drainage aftcr thc long-term
deflcction from dead load or shall be designed to resist
ponding load, P, combined in accordance with Section
203.3 or 203.4. Ponding load shall include water
accumu lation from any sourcc duc to deflection.
206.8 Uplift on Floors ami Foundations
In thc design of bascmcnt floors and si mi lar
approximatcly horizontal elemcnts below grade, the
upward prcssurc u J water, whcre applicable, shall be
takcn as thc full hydrostatic pressurc applicd ovcr !he
entirc arca. The hydrostatic load shall be measured from
the undcrside of !he co nstruction. Any othcr upward
loads shall be included in thc design.
 2·16 CHAPTEFI 2- Minirnurn Design loads

resist the upward loads caused by the expansive soils, or
the expansive soil shall be removed or stabilizcd around
and bcneath thc structure.
206.9 C ranc Loads
206.10 Heliport and Helistop Landing Areas
In addition to olher design requirements of this chapler,
heliport and helistop landing or touchdown arcas shall be
designed for the following loads. combincd in accordancc
wi th Section 203.3 or 203.4:

206.9. 1 General l. Dead load plus actual wcight of thc hclicoptcr.

Thc cwne load shall be thc rated capacity of thc crane.
Dcsign loads for thc runway bcams, including
connections and support brackets, of moving bridge
cranes and monorai l cranes shall includc thc maximum
whecl loads of thc crane and the vertical impact, lateral.
nnd longi tudinal forces induced by the moving crane.
2. Dcad load plus a single concentratcd impact load, L,
covering 0.1 m 2 of 0.75 times thc fuil y loaded wcight
of thc hclicoptcr if it is cquipped with hydraulic-type
shock absorbcrs. or 1.5 times the fully loaded weight
of the helicopter if it is equippcd with a 1igid or skid-
type landing gear.

206.9.2 Maximum Wheel Load Thc dead load plus a uniform live load. L, of 4.8 kPa. The
Thc maximum wheel loads shall be the wheel loads rcquircd livc load may be reduccd in accordance wi th
produccd by the weight of the bridge, as appl icable, plus Section 205.5 or 205.6.
thc su m of the rated capacity and the weight of the trolley
with the trolley positioned on its runway where the
resulting load cffcct is maximum.

206.9.3 Vcrticallmpact Force

Thc rnaximum wheclloads of the crane shall be increased
by thc pcrcentages shown bclow to determine thc induccd
vertical impact or vibration force:
l. Monorail cranes (powered) 25%
2. Cab-opcratcd or remotcly operated bridge
cranes (powered) 25%
3. Pendant-operated bridge cranes (powered) 10%
4. Bridge crancs or monorail cranes with
hand-gcarcd ridge. trolley and hoist 0%

206.9.4 La tua l Force

Thc lateral force on cranc runway bcams with electrically
powercd trolleys shall be calculated as 20% of the sum of
the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist
and trolley. The lateral force shall be assumed 10 act
horizontally al the traction surfacc of a runway bcam, in
ei ther direction perpendicular to the beam, and shall be
distrihuted with due regard to the lateral stiffness of the
runway bcam ¡¡Jl(J supporting structure.

206.9.5 Longitudinal Forccs

Thc longitudinal force on crane n111way bcams, cxccpt for
bridge cranes with hand-gearcd hridgcs, shall be
calculatcd a~ 10% of the maximum whcel loads of thc
cranc. Thc longitudinal force shnll he assumed to act
horiwntnlly :11 the traction surfacc of a runway hcam, in
cithcr dircction parallel lo thc bcam .

/\SSOCiiltion of Structuml En9ineers of the Pl1ilipp1nes


. .. . ' ..
207.1 General
207.1.1 Scopc
Buíldings, towcrs and other vertical structurcs, including
thc Main Wind-Forcc Rcsisting Systcm (MWFRS) and all
components and cladding thcrcof, shall be designed and
constmcted to rcsist wind loads as spccified hcrcin.
207.1.2 Allowcd P1·occdurcs
The design wind loads for buildings, towcrs and other
vertical stn1c1Ures, including thc MWFRS and componen!
and cladding clements thercof, shall be determined using
one of the following procedurcs: ( 1) Method 1 ·~
Simplified Procedure as specified in Section 207.4 for
building meeting thc requirements specificd thereín; (2)
Mcthod 2 - Analytical Procedurc as spccificd in Scction
207.5 for buildings meeting the rcquirements specificd
thcrcin; (3) Mcthod 3 - Wind Tunncl Proccdure as
specified in Section 207 .6.
207.1.3 Wind Prcssurcs Acting on Opposite Faces of
Each Building Surface
In thc calculation of design wind loads for thc MWFRS
and for componellls and cladding for buildings, thc
algebraic sum of thc pressurcs acting on opposite faces of
cach building surface shall be taken into account.
207.1.4 Minimum Dcsign Wind Loading
Thc design wind load, dctcrmincd by any one of the
proccdures spccified in Secrion 207.1.2, shall be not lcss
than spccificd in this scction.
207.1.4.1 Main Wind-Forcc Rcsisting Systcm
The wind load to be used in thc dcsign of thc MWFRS for
an encloscd or partially encloscd building or other
structure shall not be lcss than 0.5 kPa multiplied by thc
arca of the building or structurc projected onto a vertical
plane normal to the assumed wind direction. The dcsign
wind force for opcn buildings and other structures shall be
not less than 0.5 kPa rnu!tiplicd by thc arca A¡ as dcfincd
in Scction 207.3.
207.1.4.2 Componcnts and Cladding
Thc design wind pressure for components and claddíng of
buildings shall not be less than a net pressu re of 0.5 kPa
acting in either dircction normalto thc surfacc.
207.2 Definitions
The following dcfinitions apply to thc provisions of
Scction 207.
National St1·uctural CorJe of the Philippines 6
CHAPTER 2 -- Minirnum DHsign Loads 2· 17
APPROVED. Acccptablc to tbc authority having
~.
jurisdiction.
BASIC WIND SPEED, V Threc-sccond gust spced at
1O m abo ve the ground in Exposurc C (scc Section
207 .5.6.3) as dctcnnined in accordance with Section
207.5.4 and associatcd with an annual probabilit y for 0.02
of being cqualcd or cxcecded. (50-years mean rccurrcncc
intcrval).
BUILDING, ENCLOSED is a building that does not
comply with thc rcquircments for opcn or partially
cnclosed buildings.
BUILDING ENVELOPE. Cladding, roofing, exterior
wall, glazíng, door assemb!ies, window assemb!ies,
skylight assemblies, and othcr componcnts enclosing the
building.
BUILDINGS, FLEXIBLE. S!ender buildings that havc
a fundamental natural frcqucncy less than 1 Hz.
BUILDING, LOW-RISE. Encloscd or partial ly encloscd
building that comply with thc followi ng conditions:
l. Mean roof hc ight h lcss than or cqual to 18 m.
2. Mean roof height h docs no! cxceed Jeas! horizontal
dimension.
BUILDING, OPEN. A building hav ing cach wa!l at leas!
80 pcrcent open. This conditíon is cxpressed for each
wall by tbc cquation A,<:: 0.8 AK wherc
BUILDING, PARTIALLY ENCLOSED is a building
that complics with both of the fo!lowing conditions:
l. thc total arca of opcnings in a wall that reccivcs
positívc externa! prcssure cxcccds thc sum of thc
arcas of opcnings in the balance of the building
cnvclopc (walls and roof) by more than 10%; and
2. thc total arca of openings in a wall that reccivcs
positivc extcrnal pressurc excccds 0.5 m' or 1
percent of thc arca of that wall, whichever is smallcr,
and thc pcrccntage of opcnings in the balance of the
building cnvclope docs not excecd 20 pcrcent.
111
E'cJition Vol u me 1
 2 -18 CHAPTER 2 ·· Mínimum Design Loads
Thc:;c condit ions are expresscd by thc folllowing
cquations:
l. A., > 1.10 A,;
2. Ao > smaller of (0.5m 2 or 0.01 Ag) and
11,,./Ag; S 0.20
BUILDING OR OTJIER STRUCT URE, REGULAR-
SHAPED. A building or othcr stmcturc having no
unusual gcomctrical irregula1ity in spatial fonn.
BUILDING RIGID. A building or other structurc whosc
fundamental frcque ncy is greater than or equal to 1 Hz.
BUILDING, SIMPLE DIAPHRAGM. A builditng in
which both windward and lceward wi nd loads are
transrniued through !loor and roof diaphragms to thc: samc
vertical MWFRS (e.g., no stmctural separations).
COMPONENTS AND CLADDING. Elcmcnts of thc
building cnvclopc that do not qu alify as pare of thc
MWFRS.
DESIGN FORCE, F, is thc cquivalcnt static force to be
uscd in thc dctermination of wind loads for opcn
buildings and othcr structurcs.
DESIGN PRESSUnE, p, is the equivalcn t static pressurc
to be uscd in the dctcrmi nat ion of wind loads for
buildings.
E AVE HElG IIT, h . The distance from thc ground
surfacc adjaccnt to the buil ding 10 thc roof cave linc at a
particular wal l. Tf the height of the cave varíes along the
wall. the average height shall be used.
EFFECTIVE WIND AREA is the arca used to
determine GC1,. For componen! and cladding elemcnts,
the cffective wind area in Figures 207-11 through 207- 17
and Figure 207-19 is the span length multiplied by an
effective width that need not be less than one-third thc
span length. For cladding fasteners, the effective wind
arca shall not be greater than the arca that is tributary to
an individual fastener.
ESCARPMENT. Also known as scarp. with resp1:ct 10
to¡h>gra phic cffcct in Scction 207.5.7. a cliff or stecp
s lopc gcncrall y scparating two lc\•ds or gcntly l;ioping
an:as (sce Figure 207-4).
FREE IH)O F. Roof with a configuration gencrally
confonning 10 !hose shown in Figures 207- lllA through
207-1HD (monoslopc. pitchcd. or troughcd) in an opcn
bui lding with no cnclosing walls undcrncath thc roof
su rfacc.
Associ<lllon of Structuwl Engineers of the Philippines
GLAZING. Glass or transparent or translucent plastic
sheet used in windows, doors, skylights, or curtain walls. '
GLAZING, IMPACT RESISTANT. Glazing that has
bcen shown by tcsti ng in accordance with ASTM E l886
and ASTM E1996 or othcr approvcd test methods to
withstand the impact of wind-borne missiles likely to be
gencrated in wind-borne dcbris regions during design
winds.
HILL. With rcspcct to topographic effects in Section
207.5.7, a land surfacc charactcrized by strong relief in
any horizontal dircction (Figure 207-4)
IMPACT RESISTANT COVERING. A covering
designcd to protect glazing, which has been shown by
testi ng in accordancc with ASTM E l886 and ASTM
E 1996 or other approved test methods to withstand the
impact or wind-borne dcbris missiles likely to be·
generated in wind-borne dcbris regions during design
winds.
IMPORTANCE FACTOR, / ..,. A factor that accounts
for the degree of hazard to human life and darnage to
property.
MAIN WIND-FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM
(MWFRS). An assemblage of stmctural elcmcnts
assigned lo provide support and stability for the overall
stmcturc. The system gcnerally receivcs wind loading
from more than one surface.
MEAN ROOF HEIG HT, h. Thc average of the roof
cave hcight and thc height to the highest point on thc roof
surface. exccpt that, for roof angles of less titan or equal
to 10°, the mean roof height shall he the roof heavc
height.
OPENINGS. Apcrtures or holes in the building envclope
that allow air to now through the building envclope and
that are designcd as "open" during design winds as
defined by thcse provisions.
OTHER ST RUCUT URES are nonbuilding structures
including poles, masts, trusscd towcrs. and billboards that
are not typically occupied by pcrsons but are also covered
by this Code.
RECOGNIZED LITEHATURE. Publishcd rcscarch
findi ngs and technical papcrs that are approvcd.
RIDGE. Wi th rcspcct to topographic cffccts in Scction
207.5.7 an clongated eres! of a hill characterizcd by
strong relicf in two di n.:cti ons (sce Figure 207-4).

WlND-BORNE DEBRIS REGIONS. Arcas wi thin
typhoon prone regions located:
1. Within 1.6 km of the coastal mean high water line
where the basic wind speed is equal to or greater th.an
180 kph.
2. In arcas whcre the basic wind spced is equal to or
greatcr than 190 kph.
207.3 Symbols and Notations
The following symbols and notation apply only to the
provisions of Scction 207:
A = effective wind arca, m2
A. = amplitude factor for estimation of n 1 for othcr
structures.
A¡ = arca of open buildings and other structures cithcr
normal to the wind dircction or projected on a
plane normal to the wind direction, m2
As = the gross arca of that wall in which Avis identified,
m2
Aci = the sum of the gross surface arcas of the building
envelopc (walls and roof) not including A8 , rn 2
A11 = total arca of openings in a wall that reccives
positive externa] pressure, m2
A.j = the sum of the arcas of openings in the building
envelope (walls and roof) not including An. m 2
2
A og = total arca of openings in the building envclope, m
A, = gross arca of the solid freestanding wall or solid
sign, m 2
a = width of pressure coefficient zone, m
/1 = horizontal dimension of a building, tower or other
structure measured normal to wind direction, m
/10 = horizontal di mension at the base of a struclllre, m
/lh = horizontal dimcnsion at the top of a structure, m
801, = average horizontal dimension of a structure, nr
takcn ns average of lJ0 and /]¡, , m
b = mean hourly wind speed factor in Eq. 207-14 from
Table 207-5
b = 3-second gust speed factor from Table 207-5
e¡ = force coefficient lO be used in the determination of
wi nd loads for other structures
=
eN net pressure coefficient to be used in determination
of wind loads for open buildings
e,, = ex terna! prcssure coefficient to be used in thc
determination of wind loads for buildings
e = turbulence intcnsity factor in Eq. 207-5 from Tabl c
207-5
D = diametcr of a circular stmcture or membcr, m
IJ' = depth of protmding elements such as ribs ami
spoilers, m
D0 = surfacc drag coefficient
P = design wind force for other structurcs, kN
G = gust cffect factor for rigid buildings; also called
"simplified dynamic response factor" and i:'
National Structural Code of the Pl1ilippines 61h Edilion Volume 1
CHAPTER 2- Mínimum Design Loads 2-19
equivalen! to G¡ with R (resonant response factor}
assumed as zero
G¡ = gust effect factor for MWFRS of flexible buildings
and other structures, including poles, masts,
billboards, and trussed towers; also called
"dynamic response factor"
G(.~,.=combined net pressure coefficient for a parapet
GCP = product of externa! pressure coefficient and gust
effect factor to be used in the deterinination of
wind loads for buildings
GCp¡ = product· = of equi valent ex tema! pressure
coefficient and gust effect factor to be used in thc
determinalion of wind loads for MWFRS of low-
rise buildings
GG~,; = product of interna! pressure coefficient and gust
effcct factor to be used in the determination of
wind loads for buildings
gQ =peak factor for background response in Eqs. 207-4
and 207-8
8« =peak factor for resonant response in Eq. 207-8
g, =peak factor for wind response in Eqs. 207-4 and
207-8
11 = height ofhill or escarpmcnt in Figure 207-4, m
h ::: mean roof heighl of a building or height of other
structure, except that cave height shall be uscd for
roof angle Oof less than or equalto 10°, m
h, = roof cave height ata particular wall, or the average
height if the ea ve varíes along the wall
/,. = importance factor
!, = intensity of turbulence from Eq. 207-5
k, =weight distribution factor for cstimati on of n 1 for
other structures
K 1• K1• K3 = multipliers in Figure 207-4 lO obtain K=,
K,1 ::: wind directionality factor in Table 207-2
K1, = velocíty prcssure cx posurc coefficient cvaluated at
height ¿ = h
K= = vclocily prcssurc cxposure coe!Ticient cvaluated at
height z
K,, = topographic factor as delined in Scction 207.5.7
1- = horizontal dimension of a building measured
parallel to the wind direction, m
l-1, = distance upwind of crcst of hill or escarpment in
fig 207-4 10 where the diffcrencc in ground
elevation is half the hcight of hill or escaipmcnt, m
L: = integral length scale of turbulence, m.
L, = horizontal dimcnsion of return comer for a solid
freestand ing wal l or solid sign from Figure 207-20,
111
t = integrallcngth scale factor from Tablc 207-5, m
m, = mass rat io. or thc ratio of auachcd masses (c.g.
antennas, cables, lighting, and othcr appurtcnanccs)
at the top 5% of thc tower or othcr vertical
structure to the total mass of thc towcr or othcr
structure alonc; for attached masscs at lower lcvels
 2-20 CHAPTER 2 -· Minimum Design Loads
of the towcr. an equi valerH rnass rati o shall be
taken
M. = mass factor for estimation o f 11 1 for other structures
N 1 = reduccd frequcncy frorn Eq. 207-12
n 1 = building natural frequency, Hz
fJ = design prcssurc to be used in the determi nat ion of
wind loads for buildings. kPa
¡>¡_ = wind pressure acting on leeward face in Figure
207-9, kPa
""" = net design wind pressure from Eq. 207-2, kPa
/)ndJ = net design wind pressure for Exposure B at h = 9 m
and /~. = 1.0 f~om Figure 207-3, kPa
p, = combined net pressure on a parapet from
Eq. 207-20, kPa
p, = simplífied design wind pressure ti·om Eq. 207-1,
kPa
Ps9 = simplified design wind pressure for Exposure B at
=
h = 9 m and 1.. 1.0 from Figure 207-3, kPa
Pw = wind pressure acting on windward face in Figure
207-9, kPa
Pa = plan-shape facto r for estimation of 11 1 for other
structures
Q = background response factor frorn Eq. 207-6
q = velocity pressurc, kPa
q, = velocity pressure evaluated at height z = h, kPa
q; = velocity prcssure for interna! pressure
determination, kPa
q,. = vclocity pressure at top of parapet, kPa
q, = velocity pressure evaluatcd at height z above
ground, kPa
R = resonant response factor from Eq. 207-1O
R.,o = aspect ratio factor for estimaLion of n~o for othcr
structurcs, cvaluatcd at the base widt h, B0
R11, R1,. R1• = values from Eq. 207-13
R; = reduction factor frorn Eq. 207- 16
R" = valuc from Eq . 207- 11
s = vertical dimension of the sol id frccstanding wall or
· solid sign from Figure 207-20, m.
r = rise-to-span ratio for arched roofs.
V = basic wind spced obtained from Table 207- 1, kph.
Thc basic wind speed corresponds to a 3-second
gust specd at 10 m above ground in exposurc
e
catcgory
V; = unpartitioned interna! volurne, rn 3
V- = mean hourl y wind speed at height z, kph
W = width of a building in Figures 207- 12 and 207- 14A
ancl B and width of span in Figures 207, 13 and
207-15, rn
X = distancc l o ccnter o f prcssure from wi ndward cdgc
in Figure 207-18, m
x = distancc upwind or downwínd of crest in Figure
207-4, rn
l. = height abovc ground level, m
<. =equivalen! height o f stmcturc , m
/l.ssociation of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
z8 =nominal hcight of thc aunosphctic boundary !ayer
used in this standard Val ues appear in Table 207-5
z,; 0 = exposure constan! from Table 207-5
a = 3-second gust-speed power law exponent from
Tablc 207-5
a =reciproca] of a from Table 207-5
á = mean ho urly wi nd-speed power law exponent m
Eq. 207-14 from Table 207-5
fJ = damping ratio, perccnt cri tica! for buildings or
other suu cturl'~
/11 = structural damping ratio, percent critica! for oth cr
structures
Ba = aerodynamic darnping rat io, percent critica! for
other structurcs
E = ratio of solid arca to gross area for open sign, facc
or a trussed tower, or Jattice structure
A. = adjustment factor for building height and exposurc
from Figures 207-2A and 207-3
E = integral length scale power law exponent in Eq.
207.7 from Table 207-5
17 = value used in Eq. 207.13 (see Section 207.5.8.2)
p = roughness factor
8 = angle of plane of roof from horizontal, degrees
v = hcight-to-width ratio for solid sign
207.4 Method 1- Simplified Procedurc
207.4.1 Scope
A bui lding whose design wind Joads are determined in
accordance with this section shall meet all lhe conditions
of Scctíons 207 .4.1.1 or 207.4. 1.2. lf a building qualifies
only under Section 207.4.1.2 for design of its components
and cladding, then its MWFRS shall be designed by
Method 2 or Method 3.
207.4.1.1 Main Wind-Forcc Rcsisting Systcms
For the design of MWFRSs the building must meet all of
thc fo llowi ng conditions:
l. The building is a simple diaphragm building as
defined in Section 207.2.
2. The building is a low-rise building as defincd 1n
Section 207.2.
3. The building is enclosed as defined in Section 207.2
and conforrns to thc wind-borne debris provisions of
Section 207.5 .9 .3.
4. The building is a regular-shaped building or s!ructure
as defined in Section 207.2.
5. The building is not classified as a nexible building as
defined in Section 207.2
6. T he búilding does not have response characteristics
making it subjcc! to across wi nd loading, vortex

shedding, instability due to galloping or tlutter; and
does nor have a site location for which channeling
effccts or buffeting in the wake of upwind
obstructions wan·ant spccial consideration.
7. The building has and approximately symmetrical
cross-section in each direction with either a flat roof
ora gable or hip roof with O::; 45°.
8. The building is exempted from torsional load cases as
indicated in Note 5 of Figure 207-10, or the torsional
load cases dcfined in Note 5 do not controlthe design
of any of the MWFRSs of the building.
207.4.1.2 Componcnts and Cladding
For the dcsign of components and cladding the building
must mcet all thc conditions:
l. The mean roof hcight h must be less than or equal
to 18 m.
2. The building is cnclosed as defined in Scction 207.2
and conforms to the wind-bornc debris provisions of
Section 207.5.9.3.
3. Thc building is a rcgular-shapcd building or structure
as dcfincd in Section 207.2.
4. The building docs not havc response characteristics
making it subjcct to across wind loading, vortex
shedding, instability due to galloping or flu11er; and
does not have a sitc location for which channeling
effects or buffcting in the wake of upwind
obstructions warrant special consideration.
5. The buildi ng has either a Oat roof, a gable roof with (J
< 45°, ora hip roof w/ (J S 27°.
207.4.2 Design Proc<!durc
l. Thc basic wind specd V shall be determincd in
accordancc with Scction 207.5.4. The wind shall be
assumcd lO come from any hori zontal dircction.
2. An importance factor /.,. shall be determincd in
accordance with Scction 207.5.5.
3. An exposure category shall be determine<! 111
accordance with Section 207.5.6.
4. A hcight and exposurc adjustment coefficient ,A., shall
be determine<! from rigures 207-2 and 207-3.
2117.4.2.1 Main Wind-Forcc Rcsisting Sysh!m
Sirnplificd dcsign wind prcssures, p_,, for thc MWFRSs uf
low-risc simple diaphragm bui ldings rcpre.~ent the nct
prcssurcs (sum of inlcrnal and externa!) to be applicd to
thc horitontal and verti cal projcctions of building surfaccs
as shown in Figures 207-1 and 207-2. For thc horizontal
prcssurcs (wncs A, 13, C. D), p, is thc comhinat ion of thc
Nn1íonal Structural Code or lhe Philippines 6'" E<lilion Volume 1
CHAPTER 2- Mínimum Design Loads 2-21
windward and leeward net pressures, p, shall be
determined by thc following equalion:
(207-l)
207.4.2.1 .1 Mínimum Prcssures
The load effccts of the design wínd pressurcs from
Section 207 .4.2. 1 shall not be less than the mínimum load
case from Section 207.1.4 .1 assuming the pressures, p,,
for zones A, B, C, and D all equal lo +0.50 kPa, while
assuming ZO!les E, F, G, and H al! equal toO kPa.
207.4.2.2 Componcnts and C ladding
Net design wind pressures, Pn<t> for the components and
cladding of buildings designed using Method 1 represcnt
the net pressures (sum of internal and external) to be
applied normal to each building surfacc as shown in Fig.
207-3. Pn<~ shall be detcm1incd by the following equation:
(207-2)
207.4.2.2.1 Mínimum Prcssures
The posilive design wind pressures, Pn<~• frorn Section
207.4.2.2 shall not be less than +0.50 kPa, and the
ncgative design wind pressures. Pn., from Scction
207.4.2.2 shall not be less than -0.50 kPa.
207.4.3 Air Permeable Cladding
Design wind loads determined from Figure 207.3 shall be
used for all air permeable cladding unless approvcd test
data or the rccognized líterature demonstrate lower loads
for thc type of air permeable cladding being considered.
207.5 Mcthod 2- Analytical Proccdure
207.5.1 Scopc
A building or other structure whose dcsign wind loads are
determined in accordance with this section shall meet all
of the following conditions:
l. The building or other structure is a regular-shaped
building or structure as dcfined in Section 207.2.
2. Thc building or other structure does nol havc
response wind loading, vortcx shedding, instability
due to galloping or flu tter; or does no! llave a site
locmion for which channeling effect or buffcting in
the wakc of upwind obstructions warrant spccial
considcration.
207.5.2 Limilations
The provision of Section 207.5 takc into consideration the
load magn ilication effect causcd by gusts in resonancc
with along-wind vibrations of flexible building or other
structurcs. 13uildings or othcr structures not meeting 1he
 2·22 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

requirements of Section 207.5.1, or having unusual shapes

or response characteristics shall be designcd using
recognizcd literature documenting such wind load cffects
or shall use the wind tunnel proccdurc spccificd in
Section 207.6.
207.5.2.1 Shiclding
, There shall be no reductions in vclocity prcssure due to
apparcnt shielding aflordcd by buildings and othcr
structures or terrain featurcs.
· accoum for higher local wind speeds. Such adju·., mcil!
207.5.2.2 Air Permeable Cladding
Design wind loads determincd from Section 207.5 shall
be used for air permeable cladding unlcss approved tes t
data or recognized literature demonstrate lower loads for
the typc of air permeable cladding being considercd.
207.5.3 Dcsign Proccdurc
l. The basic wind spced V and wind directionality
factor Kd shall be detennined in accordance with
Section 207.5.4 and Table 207-2 respectively.
2. An importance factor /.., shall be dctermined in
accordance with Section 207.5.5.
3. An exposure category or cxposure categories and
velocity pressure exposure coefficicnt K, or Kh. as
applicable, shall be detennined for each wind
direction in accordance with Section 207.5.6.
come from any horizontal direction.
207.5.4.1 Special Wind Regions
The basic wind speed shall be increased whci t: rccords or
cxpcrience indicate that the wind speeds are highcr than
those reflected in Table 207- 1. Mountainous terrain,
gorges, and special regions s1uill be examincd for unusual
wind conditions. The authority having jurisoíction shall,
if necessary, adjust the values given in Tab1e ~~(¡;' i ¡¡,
shall be based on rneteorological information and an
estímate of the basic wind speed obtained in accordancc
with the provisions of Section 207.5.4.2.
207.5.4.2 Estima !ion of Basic Wind Specds from
Regional Climatic Data
Regional climatic data shall only be used in licu of thc
basic wi nd speeds gi ven in Table 207-1 when: (1 )
approved extreme-value statistical-analysis procedures
have been employed in reducing the data; and (2) thc
length of record, sampling error, averaging time,
anemometer height, data quality, and terrain exposure
have been taken into account.
207.5.4.3 Limitation
Extreme typhoons have not been considered in
deve1oping the basic wind-speed distributions.

4. A topographic factor K,, shall be determined in 207.5.4.4 Wind Directionality Factor

accordance with Section 207.5.7.
Thc wind directionality factor, K,¡, shall be det.ermineci
5. A gust effect factor G or G¡, as applicable, shall be from Tablc 207-2. This factor shall only be applied when
dcterrnined in accordancc with Section 207.5.8. used in conjunclion with load combinations specified in
Sections 203.3 and 20).4.
6. An enclosure classilication· shall be detcrmincd in
accordance with Section 207.5.9.
7. lntcma1 pressu re coeflicient GC1,¡ shall be determined
in accordance with Section 207 .5.11.1.
8. Externa! pressure coefficients el' or GC~,1, or force
coeflicients C¡, as applicable, shall be determined in
accordance with Section 207.5. 11 .2 or 207.5.1 1.3.
respectively.
9. Velocity pressure q, or q1, as applicable, shall be
determined in accordance with Section 207.5.10.
1O. Dcsign wind load p or F s lia!l be dctcrmined in
accordancc with Scct ion~ 207.5.12, 207.5.13,
207 .5. 14, and 207.5. 15. as applicablc.

207.5.4 Hasíc Wind Specd

The bas ic wind spced. V, used in the determination of
design wind loads on buildings and other structurcs shall
be as given in Tablc 207- 1 cxcept as provided in Sections

Association of Structum l Enginecrs of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads 2-23

Tablc 207 -l Wind Zone for thc Diffcrent Provinces of the

Philippincs Table 207-2 Wind Directionality Factor, Kd
Zone Classification Directionality
Provinces Structural Type
__.@l_!~ic Wind S eed) Factor Kd*
Albay, Aurora, Batanes,
Cagayan, Camarines Norte, Buildings
Zone 1 Camarines Sur, Catanduancs, Main Wind Force Resisting System 0.85
(V= 250 kph) Eastcrn Samar, [sabela, Componcnts and Cladding 0.85
Northern Samar, Quezon,
-
___Quirino, Samar, Sorsogon .

Abra, Agusan uel None, Arched Roofs 0.85

Agusan del Sur, Aklan,
Antique, Apayao, Bataan,
Batangas, Benguet, Biliran, Chimneys, Tanks, and Similar Stluctures
Bohol, Bulacan, Camiguin, Square 0.90
Capiz, Cavile, Cebu, Hexagonal 0.95
Compostela Valley, Davao Round 0.95
Oriental, Guimaras, lfugao,
!locos Norte, !locos Sur, !Joilo, ---
Kalinga, La Union, Laguna, Solid Signs 0.85
?..onc 2 Leyte, Marinduque, Masbatc,
(V= 200 kph)
·~~~

Misamis Oriental, Mountain

Province, National Capital Open Signs and Lattice Framework 0.85
Region, "!cgros Occidental,
Negros Oriental, Nueva Ecija,
Nueva Vizcaya, Occidental Trusscd Towcrs
Mindoro, Oriental Mindoro, Triangular, squarc, rectangular 0.85
Pampanga, Pangasinan, Rizal, AJI other cross sections 0.95
Romblon, Siquijor, Southern
Leyte, Surigao del Nor1e,
Surigao del Sur, Tarlac, • Direclionality r··aclor Kd has been ca/il>rated with combinations of
load.< specified in Sectiou 203. This factor s/w /1 only he applied when
Zamba! es 11sed in coujunction with load combirtations specifh•d in Secrion 203.3
Basilan, Bukidnon, Davao del w rd 203.4.
Norte, Davao del Sur, Lanao
del Norte, Lanao del Sur,
Maguindanao, Misamis
L.Ál!le ] Occidental, North Cotabato ,
(V= 150 kph) Palawan , Sarangani, South
Cotabato , Sultan Kudarat,

J Sulu, Tawi-tawi, Zamboanga

·-· -·---·-· ·~--·---~----· ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~el Sur,

11
Natíonal Structural Code of the Pl1ilippines 6t Edition Volume 1
 2 -24 CHAPTEH 2 ··· Mínimum Destgn Loads
207.5.5 Importancc Factor
A n impo11ance factor, !,.., fo r the building or other
structure shall be detennined from Table 207-3 bascd on
building and slruclure categories lis1ed in Table 103- l.
207.5.6 Exposu rc
For each wind dircclion considercd, the upwind exposun:
ca1egory shall be based on ground surface roughness th al
is delermined from nalllral topography, vcgelation, and
constructed facilities.
Tablc 207-3 Imporlance Facwr. lw (Wind Loads)
Occupancy
Dcscription
Catcgory 1
Essential
--- ~- - ~- ·- # ·· - ---------- ...
II llazardous
- . -- ----···-·--·-·
Special
Ili
Occup~ n<;y
---- ···--··-···
Swndard
IV
............ _ÜCC!:Jpal~C.~
- ~---· -· -~
V Miscellancous
¡____ _ __¡__ _ - - ·- - ' - -- - --
1
se e Table 103- /for !)pes of ocm¡w ncy uncler cach
n 11egory.
207.5.6.1 Wind Dircc!ions and Scctors
For each sclected wind direclion at which thc wind loads
are 10 be evaluated, thc exposure of the building or
structure shall be dctermined for the lwo upwind sectors
extending 45° cither side of thc sclccted wind dircction.
Thc exposures in these two sectors shall be determined in
accordance wi th Secti ons 207 .5.6.2 and 207.5.6.3 and thc
exposurc resu!ting in thc highest wi nd loads shal! be uscd
lo represen! the winds from that dircction.
207.5.6.2 Surfacc Roughncss Catcgorics
A ground surfacc roughness wilhin cach 45" seclor shall
be delennined for a dislancc upwind of thc sitc as deli ncd
in Section 207.5.6.3 from !he ca1cgories dclincd in the
following text, for !he purpose of assigning an cxposure
catcgory as dcfined in Scclion 207.5.6.3.
Surfncc Roughncss B. Urban nnd suburba n arcas,
woodcd arcas, or othcr tcrrai n' ·.with nu mcrous closcly
spaced obstnJctions having the sizc of singlc-falllily
dwellings or largcr.
Surfa('C Roughncss C. Opcn tcrrai n wilh scauercd
obslructions having heights gcncrally lcss than 9111. This
Category includcs 0 al Open COlllltfy, grassJands, <1110 aJ!
walcr surfaccs in rcgions wi th rccords of ex treme
typhoons.
Association of S tructum! Engtneers of the Philippines
Surfacc Roughncss D. Flat, unobstructed arcas and water
surfaces. This c~llcgory includes smooth mud flats and
salt flats.
207.5.6.3 Exposurc Catcgorics
Exposurc O. Exposurc O shall apply whcre !he ground
surface roughness condition, as defincd by Surfacc
Roughness 13, prevails in the upwind direction for a
distance of al least 800 m or 20 times the heigiH of the
bui lding, whichever is grca1cr.
Exception:
For buildings wlwse mean roof height is less than or
·-··--- equal to JO m, the upwind distance may be reduced to
/ ..,
450 m.
1. 15
.. - ····- ····· ---·· .. Exposurc C. Exposure C shall apply for all cases wherc
1. 15 Exposurc 8 or D does no! appl y.
. -- - ---- -
Exposure D. Exposu rc O shall appl y wherc !he ground
1.15
.. - -·· ------····-
su rfacc roughness, as delined by Surface Roughness D ,
1.00 prevails in !he upwind direction fo r a distancc grealer !han
1.5 km or 20 ti mes the building height, which is greater.
0.87 Exposure D shall ex tend inlo downwind arcas of Surfacc
---
Roughness B or C for a distance of 180 m or 20 times !he
hcight of thc building, whichcver is grcater.
For a silc located in !he transition zonc bct wcen exposure
cmcgories, the ca1egory rcsulting in !he largest wind
forces shall be used.
Exception:
An intermediare exposure between the preceding
categqries is permitted in a transilion zone provided that
il is determined by a rational analysis method defined in
the recognized literature.
207.5.6.4 Exposurc Category for Main Wind-Forcc
Rcsisting System
207.5.6.4.1 Buildings and Othcr St r ucturcs
For cach wind dircction considered wind loads for thc
design of !he MWFRS determined from f-igurr. 707.t)
shal l be bascd on the cxposure catcgories deftncd in
Scction 207.5.6.:1.
207.5.6.4.2 Low-Hisc Buildings .
Wind load:; for thc dcsign of tlu! MWFRSs fo r low·rise
hui ldings shall be detcrmined using a vclocity pressure qh
bascd 0~1 thc exposurc rcsulling in !he highcst wind lo:His
for any wind direclion al thc site whcre cxlcmal pressurc
cocfficicms GCP.r givcn in Fig. 207- 10 are used.
 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-25

207.5.6.5 Exposurc Category for Componcnts and Notes:

Cladding l . Case 1: a. Al/ companents and cladding.
Components and cladding design pressures for all b. Main wir1d foru resisring sysrem in low-rise buildings
buildings and olhcr structures shall be based on the designed using Figure 207-10.
Case 2: a. Al/ main wind force resisring :sysrcms ir1 buildings
exposure rcsuhing in lhe highest wind Joads for any exupl those in low·rise lmi/dings dtsigned using
direction at the si te. Figure 207-JO.
b. Al/ moi11 wind force resisti11g sysrems ir1 other
207.5.6.6 Vclocity Pressurc Exposurc Cocfficicnt stmctures.
2. The vl'locity pressurc expMun< coefficienr K, may be determi11cd
Dascd on the cxposure category detcrmincd in Scction from the followillgformula:
,,~

207 .5.6.3, a vclocity pressure cxposurc cocfficient K,· or For z < 4.5 m
Kh, as applicablc. shall be dctcrm incd from Table 207-4. K, ~2.01(~r
For a site locatcd in a transi tion zonc bctwccn exposurc For4.5m S z S z,
2/a

catcgOJics, that is, ncar to a changc in ground surface K: ~2.0 { .!_ )

't)
roughness, intermcdiate values of K>or Kh, bctween thosc Note: z sha/1 not be talccrl less than 9.0 mfar Case 1 in exposure B.
shown in Tablc 207-4, are pennitted, providcd that lhey 3. a and z1 are tabulattd in Table 207-5.
are determined by a rational analysis method dcfincd in 4. U11ear illlupolation for intermedia/e va/ues of heiglu l is
the recognizcd litcraturc. acceptable.
5. F.xposure categorits are deji11ed in SectiOII 207.5.6.
Table 207-4 Vclocity Prcssure Exposure Cocfficients '.
Kh and K, 207.5.7 Topogr a phic Effccts
Hcight Exposure (Note 1)
abovc
Ground -----~~ C D
·--~--1--_.::::~-1--.:::..--
207.5.7.1 Wind Specd-Up Ovcr Hills, Ridgcs, and
Escarprncnts
lcvcl. z Case 1 Case 2 CHScs Cases
Wi nd spccd-up cffccts at isolated bilis, ridges, and
(m) ··-·--·-- ··- --- -~·~- ----~·-~__:_____ cscarpmcnts constituting abrupt changcs in the geneml
o-......
4.5
- ...... ... '.0.70
. .. .
0.57 0.85 J .()J
. . . . ...... . . ................
····~-~· .... . ' . topography, located in any cxposure category, shall be
6
________
,._,,,,_, , .. "
0.70 ···~ · ...0.62
.. .. .. .. .
~
0.90 1.08 included in the design when buildings and other sitc
-·
7.5
000-~0000 0 00 0 O 0
0.70
·~O o O o o-·
0.66
+ OOO -•No · ~~o <Oo O
0.94 1.12 conditions and locations of structurcs meet all of thc
9 0.70 0.70 0.98 1.16 following conditions:
-~-·- ·- ·- ·- · ··· ~-- - ~~- ·-·· ~· ..... ..... ·• .. .... . .. - -~-

12 0.76 0.76 1.04 1.22

··-···· --· ··- - . -· - l. Thc hill. ridge, or escru·pment is isolatcd and
----··-15. . . . ---. 0.8 1
....0.81
·-- ·--~ ..
1.09 1.27 unobstructed upwind by othcr similar topographic
18 0.85 0.85 1.13 U! features of comparable hcight for 100 limes the
21 0.89 0.89 1 17 1.34 height of the topographic fcature ( 1OOH) or 3.2 km
24 0.9~ 0.93 1.21 1.3R whichever is less. This distance shall be mcasured
27 ()\16 0.96 1.2·1 1 .¡(} horil.Ontally from thc point at which thc hcight H of
30 0.\1') 0.99 1.26 1.43
the hill. ridge. or escarpmclll is dctcrmincd.

.. ..36. 1.04 1.04 J.:\1 1.48 2. Thc hill, ridgc, or escarpment protrudes abovc thc
42 1.09 1.09 1.36 1..'52 hcight of upwind tcn·ain featurcs within a 3.2 km
48 1.!3 1.39 1.55 radius in any quadrant by a factor of two or more.
.. ·- ...... ..1.13 . ...... ....... ...
54 1. 17
, , ., . .
1.1 7 1.43 1.)8 3. Thc ~truc tu rc is locatcd as shown in Figure 207-4 in
60
.. 1.20 1 20 1.4(¡ I .(J 1 thc uppcr one-hal f of a hill or ridgc or ncar thc crcst
75 1.2R 1.28 l .):l 1.68 o r an escarpmcnt.
90 1.35 1.35 1.59 1.73 4. H!L, ~ 0.2.
JOS 1.41 1.41 1.()11 1.7X
.'i. 11 is greatcr than 11r cqual to 4.5m for Exposures C
120 1.47 1.47 1.69 1.1\ 2
andO and l!lm for Exposurc B.
135 1.52 I 1.52 1 73 1.86
ISO 1.56 J
. - - - -- - -
1.56
- - -·---J
1 77 UN

11
N<lliOn81Struclural CocJe of tlw Pllilippw¡es 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 2·26 CHArrrER 2 ·- Minimurn Oesign Loads

207.5.8.2 Flexible or Dynamicnlly Sensitivc Structures

207.5.7.2 Topographic Factor For flexible or dynamically sensitive structures as defined
The wind speed-up effect shall be included in thc in Section 207.2 the gust-effect factor shall be calculated
calculation of design wind loads by using the factor K,: by

K l.t =(l+KIK2K3)2 (207-3)

(207 -8)
where K 1. K 1 and K1 are given in Figure 207-4.
Jf site conditions and locations of structures do not meet
gQ and g,. shall be taken as 3.4 nnd gRis given by
all thc conditions specified in Section 207.5.7 .1 the K, =
1.0. 0.577
gR =~2ln(3,600n 1 ) +--;1;::::==== (207-9)
207.5.8 Gust Effect Factor v2 ln(3,600n 1 )
The gust effect factor shall be calcu1ated as penniued in R = thc resonant response factor is given by
Sections 207 .5.8.1 lo 207 .5.8.5, using appropriate val ues
for natural frequency and damping ratio as permitted in
Scction 207.5.8.6. (207-10)

207.5.8.1 Rigid Buildings

(207-1 1)
For rigid buildings as defined in Section 207 .2, the gust-
effect factor shall be taken as 0.85 or calculated by thc
fonnu la:
(207-12)
(207-4)
1 - -1- (l -e -21/ ) for17> o
R1 = - (207-1 3a)
where r¡ 2r¡ 2

Rr = 1 for '1 =O (207-13b)

(207-5)
where the subscript ( in Eq. 207- 13 shall be takcn as h, 8,
and L. rcspcctivel y, where h, B-' and L are defined in
where
Scction 207.3. ·
= the intensity of lUrbulcnce at height z wherc =building natural frequcncy ·
z = the cquivalent height of the structurc "'Rt = R h setting '1 = 4.6n 1h/Vl
delined as 0.611, but not less than <..,1, for al l
building heights, z.,,, and e are listed for each Rt = Rn set!ing 'i = 4.6n 1EJJ /V;
exposure in Table 207-5; 8Q and g, shall be taken Rt =Rt. setting '1 = J5.4111L/V'i
as 3.4. The background response Q is given by: p = damping ratio, pcrccnt of critica!
vi =mean hourly wind speed (mis) at height z
Q= (207-6) determined frorn Ec¡. 207- 14
.J
1+0.61_ B~ h
)0.63
- - z- );; V
V- =b -
< ( 10
(207- Jtl )
where B. h are dc fined in Section 207.3; and Li = the
intcgrallcngth scalc of turbulcncc at thc cquivalcnt hcight a
where b and are constant s listed in Table 207-5 nnd V
givcn by is the basic wind spccd in kph.

L-
l.-
r( l. )t
10
(207-7)

In whi ch f and E are constants listcd in Table 207-5.

Association of Structuraf Engineers of the Pl1ilippines

 CHAPTER 2- Mínimum Design Loads 2-27

Tablc 207-5 Tcrrain Exposurc Constants 207.5.9.3 Wind-Borne Debris

-- Glazing in buildings located in wind-borne debris regions
Exposure B e D
·---
a 7.0 9.5 11.5 shall be protectcd with an impact-resistant covering orbe
Zg (m) 365
- impact-resistant g!azing according to the requirements
275 215
- á 1/7 1/9.5 1111.5
specified in ASTM El886 and ASTM El996 or othcr
---·
0.84 ~00 ·- -- 107
approved test methods and performance criteria. The
b lcvels of impact rcsistance shall be a functio n of Missilc
---- ü 1/4
·-~~·~· ------·--·····-··
-·
1/6.5 1/9 Levcls and Wind Zones specified in ASTM El886 and
-~-=--- ····~

b 0.45 0.65 0.80 ASTM El996.

--~~-~---·-···-

e 0.30 0.20 0.15

·~-~-.-
-·-·-· - - - - - - ~~- ~~·· ··- --·--

Do 0.010 0.005 0.003

··- --·-·------- -·-
-·-·~-~··· ~

·e(m) ·--· 100 150 200

é 1/3 1/5 1/8
*Zmio (m)
- - - --··-·
9 4.5
-
2.10
• Zm~ = mínimum hcighl uscd lo cnsurc lhat thc equivalen! hcight is z
grcalcr o( Zm~ or X/¡
(or tmsscd towcrs, thc hcight of thc
transmission cable abovc ground. or 0.6/t for buildings and othcr
structurcs. For h :5 lm,. i shall be t<tkcn as z,.,,.
207.5.9.4 Multiple Classifications
207.5.8.3 Rational Analysis lf a building by definition complies with both thc "open"
In lieu of thc procedure defincd in Scctions 207.5.8.1 and and "partially enclosed" definitions, it shall be classified
207.5.8.2, detennination of the gust-effect factor by any as an "open" building. A building that docs not comply
rational analysis dcfincd in the recognized literature is with either thc ''open" or "partially cnclosed" definitions
permitted. shall be classificd asan "cncloscd" building.

207.5.8.4 Limitations 207.5.10 Velocity Pressure

Where combined gust-effect factors and pressure Velocity prcssure, q,, evalua ted al hcight z shall be
coefficients (GC1,. GC";, and GC,,1) are given in figures calculated by thc following equation:
and tables, the gust-effect factor shall not be dctcrmined
separately. (207-15)

whcre K,¡ is the wínd directionality factor dcfi ned in

207.5.8.5 Other Structures
Proccdures for calculation of thc gust effect factor for
other structurcs shal! be takcn from Section 207.7.
207.5.8.6 Dynamk Properties
Values of natural frcqucncy and damping ratio when used
as input parameters in calculations of the gust cffect
factor shall be obtained from full-scale measurements of
thc actual structurc, from computer simulation, or from
!he estimation formulas givcn in Section 207.8.
Section 207.5.4.4, K, is the velocity pressure exposure
cocfficicnt dcfincd in Section 207 .5 .6.6, Ku is the
topographic factor dcfined in Section 207.5.7.2, and q,, is
the vclocity pressure calculated using Eq. 207--15 at mean
roof height h.
The numerical coefticient 47.3 x 10·6 shall be used except
wherc sufficient climatic data are available to justify the
selection of a different value of this factor for a design
application.

207.5.9 Enclosurc Classifications 207.5.11 I'ressure and Force Coefficients

207.~.9.1 General 207.5.1 1.1 lntcmal Pressure Cocfficicnt

For the purpose of detcrmining interna! pressurc lntunal prcssure coefficicnts, GC~,;. shall be dctermined
coefficients, al! buildings sball be classificd as encloscd, from Fig. 207-5 bascd on building enclosure
partially endosed, or open as dcfincd in Scction 207 .2. classifícations detcnnincd from Scction 207.5.9.

207.5.9.2 Openings 207,5.11.1.1 Recluction Factor for Largc Volumc

A detcrmination shall be made of thc amounl of opcnings Buildings, R;
in the building envclopc lo determine thc enclosurc For a partially encloscd building containin g a single,
classification as dcfined in Sect ion 207.5.9.!. unpa rtitioned large volurnc, the interna! prcssurc

1
N<llional Structura/ Coc!e of !he Philippines 6 " [dition Volurne 1
 2·28 CHAPTEI=l 2 ··· Minimum Oesign L.oads

coefficienl, CJ(~,, shall be mulliplicd by thc following 207 .5.11.5 Parapets

rcduction factor, R,:
207.5.11.5.1 Main Wind-Forcc Rcsisting System
R¡"' l. O or
Thc prcssurc coefficients for thc cffect of parapcts on the
MWFRS Joads are given in Section 207.5 .12 .2.4.

(207-16) 207.5.11.5.2 Componcnts and Cladding

The prcssurc cocfficicnts for thc dcsign of parapct
componen! and cladding clcments are taken from the wall
and roof prcssurc cocfficicnts as spccificd in Section
where 207 .5. J2.4.4.
A,k = total arca of opcnings in thc building envclopc
207.5.12 Dcsign Wind Loads on Endoscd and
walls and roof, in m 2
Partially Enclosed Buildings
V, "'unpartitioned intemal volumc, m3
207.5.12.1 General
207 .5.11.2 Externa! Prcssure Coefficients
207.5.12.1.1 Sign Convcntion
207.5.ll.2.1 Main Wind-Forcc Rcsisting Systerns
Posi ti ve pressure acts toward thc surface and ncgati ve
Externa] pressure coefficients for MWFRSs C1, are givcn
prcssurc acts away from thc surface.
in Figures 207-6, 207-7, and 207-8. Combincd gusl cffcct
factor and externa! pressurc cocrticients, GC1,1, are given
in Figure 207-l O for low-risc buildings. The pressurc 207.5.12.1.2 Critica! Load Condition
coefficient values and gust effect factor in Figure 207-!0 Valucs of extemal and interna! prcssurcs shall lw
shall not be scparated. combined a!gcbraical!y to determine the rnost critica!
load.
207.5.1 1.2.2 Componcnts ami Cladding
Combincd gust-effcct factor and externa! pressurc 207.5.12.1.3 Tributary Arcas Grcatcr than 65 m~
coefficients fór components and cladding GC1, are given Componcnt and claddi ng clemerHs wilh tributary arcas
in Figures 207-11 through 207-17. The pressure grcatcr than 65 m' shall be permiued to be dcs igncd using
coefficicnt valucs and gust-cfTcct factor shall not be thc provisions fo r MWFRS .
separated.
207.5.12.2 Main Wind-Forcc Resisting Systcms
207.5.11.3 Force Cocflicicnts
Force coefficients C¡ are givcn in Figures 207-20 through 207.5.12.2.1 Rigid Build ings of Al! Hcights
207-23. Dcsign wind pressurcs for thc MWFRS or bui ldings of al!
hcights shal! be detcnnincd by the following cquati on:
207.5.11.4 Roof Ovcrhangs
p = qGC,. -q,(Gc,} (207-17)

207.5.11.4.1 Main Wind-Forcc Hesisting Systcm whcrc

Roof overhang~ shall be dcsigncd for a p o~itivc prc~surc
q = q, fo r windward walls cvalua tcd :11 height 1.
on the bottom ~urfacc of windward roof overhangs
corrcsponding to e;, = 0.8 in combination with thc
lf
pressurcs dctcrmincd from using Figures 207-6 and 207-
!0.
lj,
207 .5.11.4.2 Componcnts ami Cladding
For all huildings, roof ovcrhangs .~hall be dcsigncd for
pressul"l~s dctcrmined from prc.~s urc cocJficicn ts gi ven in
lf,
Figu res 207- 1113, C. D.
abovc the ground
= q" for lccward walls, sidc walls. and ron f'·..
cvaluated al hcight h
= q,, for IFilldward walls. sidc walls. lct::ward w:J! i>-
am! roofs of cncloscd building.~ and for nc¡!:lll\'<:
interna] prcssurc cvaluatio n in panially cnc!mcd
buildings
= q, fo r positivc in terna ! prcssure cvalu:Hir•" :,
partiall y c ncloscd buildi ngs whcrc hci;) ,,
dcfincd as thc leve! of thc highcst opcnillg i1: ; ;, ,~
building th at could a!lcct tlw posit iw :,.. . , ·
pressure. For buildings si tcd in wi¡, _¡ ¡,,,: nc

Associ<·l iiCHl of Sli"liCtum l Enqinr:ers of !he Pl1ilippu1cs


debris rcgions, glazing that is not impact
resistan! or protectcd wilh :m impact resistan!
covering, shall be treated as an opcning in
accordance with Scction 207.5.9.3. For positive
interna! pressure evaluati on, q; may
conservat ively be evaluated al hcight /r (q1 = t¡¡,}
e = gus! cffcct factor from Section 207.5.8.
e, = externa! pressure coefficient from Figure 207-6
or 207-8.
(GC~,¡} = interna) pressurc coefficient from Figure 207-5
q and IJ; shall be evaluilled using cxposurc
defincd in Section 207.5.6.3. i' ressure shall be
appl icd simultaneously on windward and
Jeeward walls and on roof surface as defined in
Figures 207-6 and 207-8.
207.5.12.2.2 Low-Rise Building
Alternmively, design wind pressures for the MWFRS of
Jow-risc buildings shall be detennined by the following
cquation:
p =qJ (GC,,¡) - (GC1,¡) ] (207-18)
where
q1, = velocity pressurc evaluated al mean roof
height h using cxposure defined in
Section 207.5.6.3
(GC1,¡) ::: externa) prcssurc coeflicient from Figure 207-
10
(GC1,) = interna! prcssure coefficient from Figure 207-5
207.5.12.2.3 flexible Buildings
Design wind prcssures for thc MWFRS of flexible
buildings shall be dctennincd l'rom thc following
cquation:
{207-19)
whcrc q. q;, e,.
and (CG1, 1) are as dcfincd in Scction
207.5. 12.2. 1 and G¡ = gust effcct factor is defi ncd as in
Scction 207.5.8.2.
207.5.12.2.4 l)arapcts
Thc dcsign wind pressure for thc cffe<.:t or parapcts Oll
MWFRSs of rigid, low-risc, or fl exible buildings wit h
fl at, gable, or hip roofs shall be tletennincd by thc
followi ug cquation:
(207-20)
whcrc
p,, = combincd nct prcssurc on the parapct duc l o thc
combination of !he net prcssurcs frmn thc
front and back parapct surfaccs. Plus (ami rninus)
signs signify nct prcssurc acting toward (ilml
Nalional Slruclural Co()e of tile Pli ílipprnes 6 ~> F<lilion Volurnc ·¡
CHAPTFR?. -- Minimum Design LoncJs 2·29
away from) the front (exterior) side of the
parape!
q, = vclocity pressurc cvaluated m thc top of thc
parapet
GC1m = combined net prcssure cocfficicnt
= + 1.5 for windward para pe!
= -1.O for lecward parapct
207.5.12.3 Dcsígn Wínd Load Cases
Thc MWFRS of buildings of al! heights, whosc wind
loads havc bccn dctcrmincd undcr thc provisions of
Sections 207.5. 12.2. 1 and 207.5.1 2.2.3, shall be dcsigncd
for thc wind load cases as dcfined in Fig. 207-9. The
eccentricity e for rigid structurcs shall be measured from
thc geomctric center of thc building face and shall be
considered for each ¡Hi ncipal axis (ex. ey). The
cccentricity e for flexible structures shall be dctermined
from thc following equation and shall be considered for
each principal axis (ex. e 1-):
2 2
e<!+ 1.7/ , Jcc(lQeo) + (gR RcR) (207-2 1)
e= - -----'--;:.==::==c==7-
1
1+ 1.7/:J<g<!Q)2 +(gR R)
whcrc
= cccentricity e as dctcrmincd for rigid structurcs
in Figure 207-9
:::: distancc bctwecn the clastic shcur ccntcr and
ccntcr of mass of cach floor
l ¡.g 0 ,Q,gR,Rshall be as dcfincd in Section 207.5.8
The sign of the ec<.:cntricity e shall be plus or minus,
whichever causes the more scvcrc load cffcct.
Exception:
One-sio'ry buiiáiñgs with h less rhan or equa_l w JO m,
buOdi.ngs. {Wo ~tori.~~ !?' less frame.d . wíth li'ght:¡ÚJme
co~'síryái~h. .~ríd. éll~~41nc.s. 11vo storjés or l~s~ q~signed
witfi!'li~XitJ/'e~if.·a'"'lltd··~s~1fú'd·
.... J.• ..,.·... ,,.,J..P .. ._._$~·~ ., . oni
.. y"!bd
.,,desi gríeii . fór"lc/ad
ca~id;'a'tiittflá'd b'd'$é'3liff.'iFigu't'e1'z'07i 9;·. :· "· :,,,,:.. , ·: '· · ·
207 .5.12.4 Componcnts and Cladding
207.5. 12.4.1 Low-Hisc Buildings ami Buildings with h
:5 18m
Dcsign wind pressurcs on componen! <1nd clnclding
clemcnts of Jow-risc bui ldings with h S 18 m s.1all be
dctcnnined from thc following cquation:
(207-22)
whcrc
q1, = velocity prcssurc cvaluated at mean roof hcight h
using cxposurc dclined in Section 207.5:6.3
1
 2-30 CHAPTER 2 -- Mínimum Design l oads
(GC") = externa! pressure coefficients given in Figure
207- 11 through 207-16
(CCp;)= imemal prcssure coefficient given in Figure
207-5
207.S. 12.4.2 Buildings with h >18m
Dcsign wind prcssures on components and dadding for
al! buildings with h > 18m shall be dctermined from thc
fo!Jowing cguation:
(207 -23)
where
q =q, for windward walls calculatcd ;u height z
abovc thc ground
q =q for Jceward walls, side walls, and roofs,
11
evaluated at hcight h
q; = q 11 for windward walls, side walls, lecward walls,
and roofs of enclosed buildings and for negativc
interna! pressurc evaluation in partially encloscd
buildings
q; = q: for positive interna! pressure evaluat ion in
partiall y enclosed buildings where hcight z is
defined as thc leve! of thc highest opening in the
building that could affcct the positivc interna!
pressurc. For buildings sited in wind-bornc
debris regions, glazing thal is not impact
resistan! or protected wi th an impact-resistant
covering, shall be treated as an opening in
accordance with Scction 207.5.9.3. For positivc
interna! pressu re cvaluation, q; may
conscrvativcly be evaluatcd at hcight h (q; = q¡,)
(GC") =externa! pressure coefficient from Figure 207- 17
=
(GC,,) interna! pressure coeffici.ent given in Figure
207-5
q and q; shall be evaluated using exposu re defined in
Section 207 .5.6.3.
207.5.12.4.3 Altcrnativc Design Wind Prcssurcs for
Componcnts and Cladding in lluildings with 18m< h
< 27m
Altcrnative to thc requircments of Scction 207.5.12.4 .2,
lhc dcsign of componcnts and cladding for hui ldings with
a mean roof heighl greater than 18m and less lhan 27m
valucs from Figures 207-1 1 through 207-17 shall be used
only if thc hcighl lo width ratio is one or less (cxccpl as
pennitted hy Note 6 of Figure 207- 17 ) ami Eq. 207-22 is
u sed.
207 .5.12.4.4 l'arapcts
Thc design wind prcssurc on thc componcnts ami
cli1dding clcmcnts of parapcts shall be dcsigned by Lhc
following equation:
Associil tion of Stru ctural Enginners of the Pl1ilipplf)f)S
wherc
::: velocity pressure evalualed at ¡k !·. ; . r thc
parapet
GC1, = externa! pressure coefficients from Figures
207- 11 through 207-17
GC~,; = interna! prcssure coefficicnt from Figures 207-5,
based on the porosity of thc parapct cn w lope
Two load cases shall be considered. Load ~ ·,,. ,-., : :mil
consist of applying the applicable positive wall Jllú :.ure
from Figure 207-IIA or Figure 207- 17 ,, . ilu: ···"tlllt
surface of the parapct while applying 1!:,: ;,¡,¡ :,t,ll)lc
ncgativc cdgc or corncr zone roof pressurc fl•·'" 1-igurcs
207- 1! through 207-17 to lhc back surface. Load Case B
shall consist of applying thc applicablc positive wall
pressure from Figure 207- IIA or Figure 2.(J"l. 1"1 to the
back of the parapcl su rface, and applying the applicablc
negati ve wall pressure from Figure 207- i 1A or Figure
207- 17 lo the front surface. Edge and cerner w ncs shall
be arranged as shown in Figures 207-1 1 thnm¡,h 207- 17 .
GCv shall be detcrmined for appropriatc ro;nt 111gle ancl
cffeclive wind arca from Figures 207- 11 thn;<~ ¡dl 207-17.
If interna! prcssure is present, both load c:::-:1' '· : hnuld lw.
evaluated under positivc and negativc intemal prcssure.
207.5.13 D esign Wind Loads on Open Build ing¡¡
with Monos lo p e, Pitc h ed, or Troughed Roofs
207.5.13.1 General
207 .13.1.1 Sign Convention
Plus and minus signs signify prcssurc acting toward and
away from thc top surface of the roof, rcspccti v,:ly.
207.5.13.1.2 Critica! Load Conditi on
Ncl prcssurc cocfficients eN include contributions from
top and bottom surfficcs. All load cases shown for cach
roof angle shall be investigated.
207.5.13.2 Main Wind-Forcc Resisting Systcms
Thc nct dcsign pressurc for the MWFRSs of mono~ l opc,
pitched. or troughcd roofs shall be dela mined 1·-' tk:
following equation :
(207-2.'))
whcrc
<¡¡, = vc locity prcssure c.:valuatcd almc.:an roof heighl h
using thc cxposurc as dcfined in S<'("lion
207 .5.6.3 that rcsults in thc highcst wi ;,d i" ads
for any wind dircction <ll thc si te
e = gust cffccl factor frorn Section 207.5.X

eN = nel pressure coe!Ticient determined from Figures
207-18A through 207-180
For free roofs wi th an angle of plane of roof from
hori zontal 8 less !han or equal lo 5° and con!aining fascia
panels, !he fascia panel shall be considered an invertcd
parapet. Thc con!ribution of loads on the fascia lo the
MWFRS loads shall be dctennined usi ng Scction
207.5.12.2.4 with <¡1, equal to q¡,.
207.5.13.3 Componen( and Cladding Elcmcnts
The net design wind pressure for componem and cladding
elemcnts of monoslope, pitched, and troughcd roofs shall
be detcrmined by the following equation:
(207-26)
where
= velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof height h
using the exposurc as defined in Section
207 .5.6.3 that results in the highest wind loads
for any wind direction at the site
1 G = gust-effec! fac10r from Scction 207.5.8
eN = nct prcssure coeffi cient detenni ned fro m Figures
207- 19A through 207-19C
207.5.14 Dcsign Wind Loads on Solid Frccstanding
Walls and Solid Signs
Thc dcsign wind force for salid frccstanding walls and
solid signs shall be detcnnincd by the following formu la:
(207-27)
wherc
qh = the vclocity prcssurc cvaluatcd at hcight h
(dcfíncd in Figure 207-20) using cxposurc in
Scction 207.5.6.4.1
G1 = gust-cffcct factor from Scction 207.5.8
e, = ncl fo rce cocffícicnl from f-igure 207-20
A., = thc gn>ss arca of the solid frcestandi ng wall or
solid sign, rn 2
207.5.15 Dcsign Wind Loads on Othcr Structurcs
The design wind force for ot her structurcs shall be
dctcrmincd hy the following equalion:
(207-28}
whcrc
veloci ty prcssurc cvaluatcd al hcight z of thc
ccntroid of arca A1 using cxposurc dcfíncd m
Scction 207.5.6.3
e = gust-cffcct factor from Scction 207.5.8
e, ::; force n>ciTicicnts from Figures 207-21 through
207-2:1
Nnt1onal ~;truclura l C:o(Jo of 1110 Pl11lipp1n0s G! ' E:llilion VoiUI JH; 1
CHAPTE:R?. ·- Minimum Design I.oads 2·31
A¡ =projccted area nonnal to thc wind cxccpt whcrc
C¡is specificd for thc actual surface arca, m2
207.5.15.1 Rooftop Structures ami Equipmenl fo r
Buildings with h $ 18 m
Thc force on rooftop structures and cquipmenl wi th A¡
less than 0. 1013/z Jocatcd on buildings with h $ 18 m shall
be detcrmincd from Eq. 207-28, incrcased by a factor of
1.9. Thc factor shall be pcnnittcd to be rcduccd linearly
from 1.9 to 1.0 as !he valuc of A¡ is increased from 0. 1OJJh
(O Bh .
207.5.15.2 Structurcs Supporting Antcnnas, Cables,
and Othcr Attachmcnts and Appurtenances
The wind loads on all stntc!ures supporting attachmcnts
and appuncnanccs including antenna- and cablc-
supporting struc!urcs shall takc into accoum the wind
loads on al! supportcd amcnnas, cables, auachmcnts, and
appuncnances.
Guidancc on wind loads on supported antcnnas shall be
obtained from thc TIA-222-G (2005) standard unlcss
sufficient suppor1ing cvidcncc can be obtai ncd fro m
rccogn ized literaturc or from wi nd tu nncl tests.
Guidance on wind loads on supportcd cables shall be
obtaincd from the ASCE Manual of Practicc 1174
(Guidelines on Elcctrical Tm nsmission Li ne Structural
Loading) except that the gust effcct fac tor fo r cables as
given in Section 207.7.3. or unlcss suflíciem su pporting
cvidcncc can be obtained from rccogn ized !itcraturc or
from wind tunncl tests.
The wind loads on supported antennas, cables.
attachmcnts, and appurtcnanccs shall be applicd at thc
location of support on thc supponing structurc.
207.6 Mct hod 3- Wind Tunncl Proccdurc
207.6.1 Scope
Wind wnnel tests shall be used wherc req ui red by Scction
207.5.2. Wind tun nel tcsting shall be perrnittcd in lieu of
Mcthods 1 and 2 for any building or structurc.
207.6.2 Tes t Co nditions
Wind tu nncl tests, or similar cm ploying fl uids othcr than
air. uscd for thc dctcrmination of design wind loads for
any bui lding or othcr struclttrc, shall he conductcd in
accordancc with this sccti on. Tests for the dctcrmination
of mean and nuctuating forccs and prcssurcs shall mcct
all of thc fnllowing conditions:
l. Thc natural atmosphcric boundary !ayer has bccn
modclcd 10 account for thc variation of wind spccd
wit h hcight.
1
 2-:32 CHAF'Tt:l1 2 ··· Minimurn Design Loads

L:t:.?.:~~!:PJº.'..~~.:~.~·-
2. The relevan! macro-integral Jcngth and micro-Jcngth
scales of the longitudinal componen! of atmospheric G - (207 -29)
1- 1+0.85gp
turbulence are modeled lo approximately the same
sea! e as thatused to model the building or structure.
where P = 4.9Jo;;oo;z;) ''" (207-30)
3. The modeled building or other structure and

J~·.;~-a1~~;·
surrounding structures and topography are (207-3 1)
Q=
geometrically similar to their full-scalc countcrparls,
cxccpt that, for low-ríse buildings meeting tbc
rcquircmcnts of Scctíon 2.07.5. 1, tests shall be ....... . . . . . .
0.0!7 ( '~7.)
~;;¡-;·

4.
pennítted for the modclcd building in a single
cxposurc site as dcfincd in Section 207.5.6.3.
The projcctcd arca of the modclcd building or othcr
and R=
J v, fJ
. (207-32)

The peak factor g shall be takcn as 4.0. Thc value of e

structure and sunoundings is less than 8 percent of shall be 0 .75 for electrical transmission towers ami poles
the test scclion cross-sectional arca unless correction with cables, or 1.O for all other cases. The parametcrs that
is madc for blockage. define the wind field characteristics, specifica!ly D0 , a, /,
S. The longitudinal pressure gradicnt in thc wind tunnel e, b, and a, shall be obtaincd from Table 207-11. The
test section is accounted for. effective hcight l. shall be taken as two-thirds the height
e/
of the tower 3/r), but not less than Z,.,;,, as listed in Table
6. Reynolds number cffects on pressurcs and forccs are
rninimizcd.
207- ll .v; is calculated using Eqn. 207-14.

7. Response charactcristics of the wind tunncl
instrumentation are consisten! with the required
measurements.
207.6.3 Dynamic Response
Tests for the purpose of determining the dynamic
response of a building or other structure shall be in
accordnnce with Scction 207.6.2. The structural model
and associated ana!ysis shall account for mass
distribution, stiffness, and damping.
207.6.4 Limitations
207.6.4.1 Limilations on Wind Spccds
Variation of basic wind speeds with direction sball not be
permitted unlcss the ana!ysis for wind spccds conforms to
the rcquircmcnts of Scction 207.5.4.2.
207.6 .5 Wind-Bornc Dcbris
Glazing in buildings in wind-borne debris rcgions shall be
protected in accordancc with Scction 207.5.9.3.
207.7 Gust Effcct Factor for Othcr Structurcs
207.7. 1 Poles, Masts, ancl Trusscd Towcrs
For othcr structurcs such as polcs, masts, trusscd towcrs,
and thc !ikc, that fu nction as conununication towcrs or
antcnna-supporting structures, elcclrical transmission
towcrs and polcs, structures suppo11ing li ghting
cquipmcnt, and thc likc, the gust eJTect factor shall he
calculatcd by
207.7.2 Billboard Structurcs, Free-Standing Walls,
and Solid Signs
Por billboard structurcs, free-standing walls, ami so lid
signs with height-to-Jeast-horizontal dimension greater
than 4, the procedures in Section 207.7.1 shall be u sed.
Otherwise, the procedures in Section 207 .5.8 .2 shall be
use d.
207.7.3 Cables
For cables, Equations 207-29, 207-30, and 207-32 shall be
used togcthcr with:
(207-33)
whcre lJ is the total Jength of thc cable.
207.8 Estimatcs of Dynamic Propcrtics
When valucs fo r natural frequency and damping ratio as
req uired input parametcrs in the calculation of the gust
cffect factor for buildings and other st ructures a re P'll
available from fu!l-scale mcasurcments of !he Y 'll< : 1
structurc or from co mputer simulation, thc es¡;,,,, · . ,
fo rmu las gíven in Sections 207.S.I aJl{l 207.S.2 sh;,¡¡ uc
used .
207.8.1 Approximatc Fundamental Frcqucncy
207.8.1.1 Buildings
For buildings, the natural frequcncy 11 1 may be csliJn::t; :!
using thc following general formulas:

/\ssociallon of Struclural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTE Fl ?. - Mínimum Dosig11 l.oads ?.·33

Typc Servicc-lcvcl Strcngth-lcvel 207.8.2 Approximatc Da mping Ratio

Concrete 67/h 56/h
Stccl 50/h 42/h 207.8.2.1 General
For wind loading purposcs, the total damping ratio may be
207.8.1.2 Free-Sta nding Trusscd Towcrs and Billboard takcn as 0.015 for concrete structurcs, and 0.0 1O for stccl
Structurcs and other structures.
For free-standing trussed tower.;, and billboard stn1cturcs.
the natural frequency 11 1 may be cstimatcd using thc 207.8.2.2 Polcs, Masts, Trussed Towcrs, llillboards,
following formula: and Simil:~r Structures
Alternativcly for polcs, masts, trusscd towers, billboards,
n 1 = 107/ /M
h u R~o p., 1\ ,. (207-34) ami si milar structures, the structural damping ratio fJ, at
scrvicc-level condition may be takcn as
whcre R.,u = 1.25(/r/80 )"02 (207-35)
0 16 (207-38}
1 fJ = • <'! 0.003
M• = Jl + k,.m,
(207-36)
' "
whcre n 1 is the servicc-level natural frcquency.
and
k =---3~-­ (207-37)
.. ( 8 u•/ )~ +0. 15
The structural damping ratio ¡3, at strcngth-level condition
' Bo for potes, masts, tJussed towers, bill boards, and the likc,
may be taken as
P.. =0.9 for triangular (3-leggcd) towcrs, and 1.O for othcr
conditi ons. A., = 1.O for service-levcl condition, and O.ln
fJ• = Q·/¡ ~ 0.004
23 (207 -39)
for strength -lcvcl condition. 8 0,. is thc average tower
width, or average of thc base and top widths, or 8 0 and B,.
respecti vely, for tapercd towers. k,.. shall be takcn as 2.6 where n 1 is thc strength-levcl natural frequcncy.
for billboards, poles, masts, and non-lapering towers ancl
other st ructures. The aerodynamic darnping ratio /J., al scrvice- lev:'l
condition for trussed wwcrs, billboards. ami the like, m:.:i
Alternati vc ly, for free-stand ing towers or billboard be taken as
structurcs in the Philippines withollt a!lached antcnnas or
cables. fJ.. = 0.007 ~ 0.007 1207-40)
"•
Plan-shapc Scrvicc-lcvcl Strcngth-lcvcl
wherc 11 1 i~ thc scrvicc-lcvcl natural frcqucncy.
Triangular 81/h 68//¡
Othcrs 91/h 75/h ·n1c acrodynamic dampi ng rauo /J., at strength-Jc·, ;::1
condition for lrusscd towers. bill boards. and thc likc. n; ;, ~ '
for antcnna towcrs or clectrical transmission towcrs in the be takcn us
Philippincs with mass ratio m, as 5% (or approximatcly 3
auachcd antcnnas): fJ.. = 0.011 <'! 0 _007 for Wincl Zonc i or 2.
Plan-shapc Service-level Strength-level "•
or for V > 162 kph, (207--' i)
Square 81/h 68/h
Triangular 73/h 61/h fJ.. = 0.009 <'! 0.007 for Wind Zonc 3.
n,
207.8.1.3 Polcs, Masls, Solid Signs, Guycd Strucl urcs, or for V~ 162 kph (207- 2)
Cahlcs, and O thc r Struc turcs
whcrc 11 1 is the strcngth-lcvcl nat:nal frcqucnL'Y·
For ¡>Oies, masts, sol id signs, guyctl stmctmcs. cables. and
othc1 structu rcs, thc natural frcquency may he cstimatcd Thc acrodynamic dampi ng ratio /J., may he ohtaincd from
from fu ll-scalc mea~urcmcnts or comput cr sunul ation a more dclailcd analysis with 1hc appropnatc hasic wind
tak1ng into a..:cou nt thc cffcct of tcnsion-only clcmc nt spccd V as paramc1er. thc hourly mean wind spced from
prope11 ics ami othcr allachmcnts. Eq. 207-14. a modc shapc cxponcnt of ].0. unit mass al
thc base, and solidily ratio E and d ra~ force cocfficicnt C1
cvaluatcd al thc cffccti vc height.

f\J;J iional Structuml Corte of tl'le Phil ippuws ()'~' Edilion Volumf;
?.·34 CHAPTEFI 2 -· Minimum Design L.oadr,

Thc total damping ratio /Jshall be takcn as American Socicty ofTesting and Materials (ASi"M)
ASTM lntemational
/] = /], + /Ju S 0.06 (207-43) 100 Barr Harbor Dri ve
West Conshohockcn, PA 19428-2959
207.9 Conscnsus Slandards and Olhcr Rcfcrcnccd
Documcnls
This section lists thc conscnsus standards and othcr
documcnts which are adopted by refcrcncc within this
scction:

Assoc:ii"ltion of Struclural Enginecrs ol the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-35

®
®
® @

Transversa Longitudinal

WALLS AND ROOFS

Notes:
Pn·xsun·s .vhown are applied ro rlu.> bon~antal and l'(!r{Ícal pmjectwns. for l'xpu.mre B. cu h = 9 m. l. = 1 O. ami K" ~ 1.0. ,fdjust rtl
othernmclitiotL\ uslll¡; Equation207-l .
2. J11e load pttllc'rll.\ .<hown slw/1 he applied lo each comer ofthe building inlurn a.< rhe refercnce coma. (See Figure 207- / 0).
3. For ¡/w desigll oftlll' longiludinal MWFRS use 6 ~ o·.and loca/e !he ZOII(! El F. G/11 boundary al thl' mid-lellgth ofthe building.
1. Load ca.res 1 ami 2 mus/ he cbccked far 15° < 6 :0:: 45°. Load case l a!l5° is pro••ided only for illll't110lil/ioll bcrwee11 25• to JO•.
5. Plus and mit/us signs sigmfy pressures acling toward and away from the prujected sw:faces. respectil•ely.
6. For roofslope.r other tlw n !hose show11, li11car interpolation is permillcd.
7. 711<• total horizontal load .rlwllllol be less than that dctermined by assumi11¡; ¡Js = (}in zones B & D.
ti. The zrm e prl.'.r.rures represen/ thefollowing:
1/orizontol pn•.r.wre ;ones ... Sum of the windward and leeward net (rum 1!( infernal 0 1111 extemal) pres.w res on vertical
projection ol-
A - i:'nc/ wne o( wa/1 C - In ferior zone ojwcdl
IJ •· Dul :vne <?(roo/ IJ ··Interior zorw ofroof
V1·rriml pn•s.wrc wne.< - Net (sum ofintemal oml exlenw l) pres.rures mrlrorizotrtal projecJinn of:
F: • I:"IUI wne o( ll'illdwnrd rotif G - /r¡terior zom• of wi•ulward roof
1·- -· /;"mi zot/e oj it•eword roo/ l/ - Interior zonc ofleeword roo/
Y. IVht'l'e :om• !-.~ or (/ ./i1fb· 1111 a ro<if nvcrhnng "" thc windwllrd .(ic/c' fJ/ thl' huildiug. u.~<' 1:.-, 11 tmd G 011 for the pre.t.ture. 011 th,,
horiwnlaf pmjc·c rmn o(tlw m•erlumg. Overhnng.< r>n tfw lecworcl mul.tide cdge.r s /w/1 hal't' tlw hasir ;om• pre•sure applil•d.
/0. Nmmion:
11 ': lfiJI<'rt·c·nr o{ lecul /rori:onltrl dimension or (} 4h. whíchever is .rmalll'r. lml 1101 le•.•· rlton l'ilhrr 4% •if lect.<f lwrbmtal

dinwn.nunorfJ.9m.
lt ., Mt!OII mc!fl~<•ight, m. 1'.\H'I" tlwr c•m ·c lwiglrt sha/1 br /csed for nlf:?(mr¡:les < /0°.
6 Angh• <?(plmw o(rtl<?fii·am lmri;mrlof, ll<'grees.

Figure 207- 1 Dcsign W ind PrCSSUI es on

Walls and Roofs of Encloscd Bui ldings w ith h $ 18m,
Main Wind-Forcc Rcsisting System -·· Method l
1
National Structural Code of tlle Philippines 6 " Edition Volumfl 1
2-36 CHAPTEF< 2 ·- Mínimum Design Loads

Adjustment Factor
for Building Height and Exposure A.
~---·

Mean roof -··-·----·-· Exposure

_ heigh_t {m) B e
D
4.5 1.00 1.21 __,_.
1.47
-
6.0
~--~ --~-··-··-
1.00 1.29
1.55
7.5 1.00 1.35
1.6 1
- -- 9.0--·----·- -- ···- 1.00 1.40
1.66 -
¡ 1.0 1.05 1.45
1.70
12.0 1.09 1.49
1.74
13.7 1.12 1.78
1.53
15.2 1.16
-----·-·-~~~ - - -- -- -1.81
!.56
---
16.8 1.19 !.59 1.84
18.0 1.22 1.62 - -1.87
---
W ALLS ANO ROOFS

Basic Roof
Wind Load Horizontal Pressurcs, kPa Vertical Pressures, k.Pa Overhangs
Specd A(I~g)>Je Case - -- - - -- - - . ---- .-------·--··- ···- ····-·······---···- -- - r··--·-...-- - 1- - - r -- - ·--
k ¡) A 13 C D E F G H Eoh G oh
,_(,__._p-'-1- -f---- - --- ----- -----· ··-----·--··-- - --------.,1- - - l - --+----,-1--- · - · - l - - - l ------l
150 f---'-0--'-to 5 ---~--- __Q:~L1 _-.:::.: 0 ..:::.:
34...:__¡_.::.0:...:
.4~4-+-_-.: :.:0.:.::2:...:
1 -+---0::.:·..:...:79::._¡._-....:0:...:.4:..::5-+-_·.:::.:0..:::.:5=-5--l---'
-0:.:.:.3:...:5'-i__-_1._
11___-0.87
1 O
¡-____;_ ··-···-· ··--····--· 1 O. 75 -0.31 0.50 -0. 18 -0.79 -0.48 -0.55 -0.37 -1. 11 -0 .87
15 1 0.83 -0.28 0.55 -0. 16 -0.79 -0.52 -0.55 -0.40 -1. 11 -0.87
- ·- - - -
..__12________L___ ---ºY...L _ __
_:o. 2_i__ -º~~!__ -_o_.__I3.........-¡_ -o_.7_9_ + _-_o_ .5_5-t__-0_._5s_ t -0.42 -1.1 1 -0.87
------ 1 0.83 0.13 0.60
··- · ----·--~ --~- ---~
0. 14 --0.37 ------- -0.50- -0.27 -·----
--~
-0.40 -0.69 -~
-0.59
25 2 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
- --·---- ·-- ···---· ---- ··-··---- -·--·----· - - - - -·· -·-·---·- ·-······----·- - --··-·-
-0.14 ·-·--- ·- ··-···-·-·---·-- - - - ·· - - - - ·-0.00·--
-0.27 -0.04 -0.1 8 0.00
-·-·-···L._ _o. 74__ __Q:_~!___ __-º.:_~_ ____2~L. __QJ.!Q___ -o.4 5 __2~- __:o.12_r-:2.26 _::_Q).Q....
___ _ _____}.~ 45 _ ...__ .?._ _____QJ..~·-· ·---~~U2.~--- 0._59 0.4 1 0 . 2~- ___ -0.22 0.25 . .... :.QJ_~~~- -0 2(~-- ___:_<UO
200 () {() 5 1 1. 18 -0.62 0.79 -0.36 - 1.42 -0.8 1 -0.99
---·-·---·- ·--·--- - -------- - ····-·--- ···- ····· - - ··-- ·-- - ···-·--·-
~·~- ···· ·· ···-- -···--- --0.63 -2.00
- -- ······-···----- -1.57
· - ··- -·-- -
·--····_!Q···- _ _!____ ~-- --=~2.56 __. o.89 -0.32 - 1.42 _..:.Q.87 _ -0.9.2_ -0.67 -2.oo . - L:~
_______!1_______ _____L____ _l.:.'!~ ___.-0.49 0.99 .c.. . . .·.Q.28 -1.42 -0.93 -0.99 -0 .71 -2.00 -1.57
,_ _ 20 --···---J._ _ l.(:_J4___-_0._4L_ __L.J_l!___ -0.24 -1.42 -0.99 -0.99 -0.75 -2.00 -1.51_
1
·- - - · - -·--·
1.48 0.24 1.08 0.24 -0.66 -0.90 -0.48 -0. 72 _
-1.23-- ____;_:_.......
- 1.05
25 2
---~--#----·-···--·-- -·---t-- - t - ---·-· -- - ·-- - - - - - - - -
-0.25 -0.49 -0.07 -0.3 I -
------
·-····L.... ·--~1~.-- ___Q.1.! _______LQ.L __l2lL.r-2J. 1 Q~ -o. 69 .-=.Q.:±l_ _-o.54 .
-o.s1
···-··-·--·- .. }~!._~?..::!~- .......L .... _Ll.:!.__.QJ2.L__ .._U~ ___Q]l___ ----º~~L.. __ -0.40 0.45 -0.29 -0.47__ ---.::2.:.~-
250 O lo 5
··-~---~~~
1 1 84
- -·~•• • •n-•W
-0.95
---- ----
1.22 -0.57 -2.21 - 1.26 - 1.54 -0.97
•••- - -
-1.09 -2.42 ·-----~ ·-- ••·- - --

..... 10 1 2.07 -0.86 1.38 -0.50

--------···-··· ------------- ······-·-··-·---·-- ··----··--·--· --·-·--···-·-·--
--~---- -- -·-
-2.21 -1.35 - 1. 54 - 1.04 -3.09
------ -·--------- ..________.. - --- ------
--------------~-
-2.42
----- _
15 . ·-··
--~~---- -~---· #-~
2.3 1 -0.77 1. 54 -0.44
----- ·------------ -·-··___________._,... -·-·····--·. ···-·---
--~---·-· ··----- -·
-2.21 -1.44 · 1.54
----·-··- - 1. 10 -3.09 -2.42
- - - ---·--- --- -------- ~-

20
• -·•···~-- - -·- ·••-~•~n.
2.54 • -O.ó7
-·•••~••'·-•••--•-- --~------·
1. 70 ·- - --0.37 -2.21 - 1.54
• - • • - - ··- - - - -
- 1.54 - 1. 17 -3.09 -2.42
-·· - - - ··-- -

•-•••••!-•••- ....L2L. _____Q}L __. __L.0L__ (U.~·-··- ___::.!.J~L -~- _..::-º.:Zi..__. :.!JJ_ ___:L2_!_____ -I .óJ
25 2
-·--·-············-···-········ ·-----·····-···· -
·-··--··-·-·····-- - - -·--·-- ·-·- ·- ----·---·
-··-·-·--····-···- - -·-·--0.39 -0:76 -
---· ··--·-··-·---· -0.11 -0.49 ··---··--·---·
-- 1-------·· - ··--······-··---·
____ _!_ _____ _ 2.07___ .!_:iL 1.65 ___!__._!}_ o. I6 -1.26 o.o5 _ ~Q.!L _ -O. ~:l._ __:n~:L
-- · -·--·--- •. :~c~~ ~.:~ ____ L ___ -~:i!L. __Li!_ ...... L.~? .......L~~--- __9..:.Z9._______:.9:.~L ...2Jl.2___ __ ..:0.44 J~D-.....:(u < ··'
Figure 207-2 Dcsign Wind Prcssurcs on
Walls and Roofs of Enclosed Bui ldings with h ~ lllm,
Main Wind-Forcc Rcsisting Systcm - Method 1
Assocíation of Stn Jclural Engíneers o f the Philippines
 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Designl.oads 2-37

Flat Roof Hip Roof ( 7"< O !5 27")

Gable Roof (O$ 7°) Gable Roof (7"< O45°)

lliftll Comer Zones
[~
Interior Zonas EndZones
Roof1o • ZDne 11 Wttt. . Z.OO. ~ RDoft • ZDne 2 1 W•"- • Z.OO. 5 11111 Roof. · ZDne S

WALLS AND ROOFS

Notes:

'- Prc•s.wre shmm are applic•d normal tu thC' .wr{iu:e. [or ('X¡JO.Il/rc /J. fJI h ~ Y m, /, ,. 1.0. ond K,. = 1.0. A(fju.<l lo otlwr conditiun.< using
Equution2111·2.
2. Plus ami minus .Hj!.ns si~n{f.i· pressun•_,. actin~ toH·ard ami awayfrom the s urfaces, rPspectively.
3. For 111¡1 mofi· ll'ith O ~ 25°. l.one 3 s/w/1 he /I'Mt<!d as lon {' 2.
4. Por t•fll'cth·{· wind areos lwtweeu thos(' g i\'(m, Wlltw may he (niNpolated, o//:('rwi.W1 use tire \'a!w: 11s.wu:iated wilh 1/w lower tdrec:live wind
111'(.' (/.

5. Nmati<¡n:
a ~: /1/¡wrn•nt of /eus t lwriz.ontal dinwll.\'lon or 0.4h. H'hích t• ,•er is smallcr. but not le.s.'i tlum ,~;tlu.!r 4'J{, o{lr!cJJf Jwrizoutnl dimcnsion or
0. 9m.
/¡ MMt•IJij mr!f lw(~hl. "' "'· t'XC'<'/11 Jlmtl'<ll'f' lrerglrt slrn/1/1(• , .....d.fi!r rtlt![tulglt!.< < /fl 0 •
" ~ Angl~ "/plaue ,,[mof.fmmlwn:oullll. dl'gn'('S.

Figure 207-3 Dcsign Wind Prcssurcs on Walls & Roof of Enclosed

13uildings with h :5 18m, Components and Cladding - Mcthod 1
111
National Structural Code o f lhe Philippines 6 Edition Volurne 1
2-38 CHAPTEI~ 2 ·-Mínimum Dcsign l.oads

Adjustmenl Factor for

BU!'Id.mgs 11· ctgnt
. 1 an d E·xposure, A.
Mean roof Exposurc
heighl (m) B .. e D
4.5 1.00 1.21 1.47
~·-··· .

6.0 1.00 1.29 1.55

·-
7.5 1.00 1.35 1.61
9.0 1.00 1.40
- 1.66
11.0 1.05 1.45 1.70
12.0 1.09 1.49 1.74
13.7 1.12 1.53 1.78
15.2 1.!6 l. 56 1.81
- ---
16.8 1.19 1.59 1.84
18.0 1.22 1.62 1.87

W ALLS ANO ROOFS

Nct Design Wind Pressure, Pnrh kPa (EXjJOSure B al h = 1Om with 1""" 1.0 and Kd = 1.0)
Effective
Roof Basic Wind Spced V (kph)
Anglc wind
Zonc are a
n (m2) ISO 200 250
1 J. O 0.30 -0.75 QJ.L 0.55 0.85 -2.09
1 2.0 0.29 -0.73 0.5 1 0.51 0.79 -2.03
1 4.5 0.26 -0.71 0.47 0.47 0.73 -1.96
1 9.5 0.24 -0.69 0.44 0.44 0.67 -1 .91
2 -..
--- 1.0 0.30 -1.26 0.55--- 0.55 0.85 -3.50
0 <0
··~-- -- - - ---·-- ·-----
2 2.0 0.29 - 1.1 2 0.51 0.5 l 0.79 -3.13
<7 2 4.5 0.26
- -0.95 0.47
------
0.47 0.73 -2.64
2 9.5 0.24 -0.81 0:44 0.44 0.67 -2.26
3 1.0 0.30 -1.90 - 0.55 0.55 0.85 -5.27
3 2.0 0.29 -1.57 0.5 1 0.5 1 0.79 -4.37
3 4.5 0.26 -3.17
·-··-~--·-- ----1.14
- ---- 0.47 0.47 0.73
----- - ---···--
3 9.5 0.24 -0.81 0.44 0.44 0.67 -2.26

Figure 207-Ja (cont'd)- Dcsign Wind Prcssurcs on Walls & Roofof Encloscd ·
Buildings with /¡ S 18 m, Componcnts and Cladding ... Mcthod 1

Associalion of Structural Engineers of lile Ph1lippines

 CHAPTER 2 - Mínimum Design Loads 2-39

Nct Dcsign Wind Pressure, p,.,, kPa (Exposure B at h = 1Om with 1 = 1.0 and K,1 = 1.0)
Effectivc
Roof Basic Wind Specd V (kph)
wind
Anglc Zone
(dcg) area
(m2) ISO 200 250
1 1.0 0.43 -0.69 0.78 0.78 1.20 -1.91
1 2.0 0.40 -0.67 0.7 1 0.71 1.10 -1.86
1 4.5 0.34 -0.64 0.62 0.62 0.95 -1.78
1 9.5 0.30 -0.62 0.55 0.55 0:85 -1.73
2 1.0 0.43 -1.20 0.78 0.78 1.20 -3.33
e> 7 lo 2 2.0 0.40 -1.10 0.71 0.71 1.10 -3.06
27 2 4.5 0.34 -0.97 0.62 0.62 0.95 -2.71
¡ 2 9.5. 0.30 -0.88 0.55 0.55 0.85 -2.44
3 1.0 0.43 -1.77 0.78 0.78 1.20 -4.92
3 2.0 0.40 -1.65 0.71 0.71 1.10 -4.60

'
i
¡
r

1---
3
3
1
4.5
9.5
1.0
0.34
0.30
0.69
-1.50
-1.39
-0.75
0.62
0.55
1.23
0.62
0.55
1.23
0.95
0.85
1.91
-4.18
-3 .86
-2.09
l 2.0 0.67 -0.71 1.20 1.20 1.86 -1.98
1 4.5 0.64 -0.66 1.1 5 1.15 1.78 -1.84
1 9.5 0.62 -0.62 1.12 1.12 1.73 -1.73
2 1.0 0.69 -0.88 1.23 1.23 1.91 -2.44
o> 27 2 2.0 0.67 -0.84 1.20 1.20 1.86 -2.33
(O 45 2 4.5 0.64 -0.79 1.15 1.15 1.78 -2. 19
2 9.5 0.62 -0.75 l.ll l. ll 1.73 -2.09
3 1.0 0.69 -0.88 1.23 1.23 1.91 -2.44
·- --- -- ··--
3 2.0 0.67 -0.84 1.20 1.20 1.86 -2.33
-2. 19
3
- 4.5 0.64 -0.79 1.15 1.15 1.78
3 9.5 0.62 -0.75 1.12 1.1 2 1.73 -2.09
4 1.0 0.75 -0.81 1.35 1.35 2.09 -2.26
4 2.0 0.72 -0.78 1.28 1.28 1.99 -2. 17
4 4.5 0.67 -0.74 1.21 1.21 1.87 -2.05
4 9.5 0.64 -0.70 1. 14 1. 14 1.77 -1.95
4 46.5 0.56 -0.62 1.01 1.01 1.56 -1.73
Wall
5 !.0 0.75 -0.26 1.3 5 !.35 2.09 -2.79
·--· ····------·
5 2.0
....
--· ~-· -·-·-···-·······- -~-- -

0.72
---·
-0.24
- 1.28 ! .28 1.99 -2.60
--~---·-- ·-·· - ···-- -- - "

5 4.5 0.67 -0.22 1.21 1.21 1.87 -2.36

--·
5 9.5 0.64 -0.20 1.14 1. 14 1.77 -2. 17
5 46.5 0.56 -0.62 1.01 1.01 1.56 -1.73

Figure 207-J b (cont'd) - Dcsign Wind Pressurcs on Walls & Roof of Encloscd
Buíldings with h S 1Rm, Components and Cladding - Mcthod 1

1
National Struclural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volumc 1
2-40 CHAPTEI~ 2- Mínimum Design Loads

Speed-up z

ESCARPMENT 2-D RIDGE OR 3-D AXISYMMETRICAL H

··-
K , Mu!tiplier K 2 Multipticr K 3 Multiplier
---·- 3-D
·--
3-D All
H!L, 2-D 2-D x/L¡, 2-D z/L11 2-D 2-D
Axisym. Other Axisym.
Ridge Escarp Escarp Ridge Escarp
Hill Cases Hi ll ··-
0.2 0.29 0.17 0.21 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 1.00 1.00 !.00
0.25 0.36 0.21 0.26 0.50 0.88 0.67 0.10 0.74 0.78 - ··-- 0.67
0.30 0.43 0.26 0.32 t. OO 0.75 0.33 0.20 0.5 5 0.61 0.45
1 - - - --
0.35 0.51 0.30 0.37 1.50 0.63 0.00 OJO 0.4 1 0.47 .._... OJO _____
, ,_,

0.40 0.58 0.34 0.42 2.00 0.50 0.00 0.40 0.30 0.37 0.20
--~-- ·· ---·-·· ~··-·

0.45 0.65 0.38 0.47 2.50 0.38 0 .00 0.50 0.29 - --

0.22 - ----·--- 0.!4- -
-· ·--- ~~---·· --·

0.50 0.72 0.43 0.53 3.00 0.25 0.00 0.60 O. 17 0.22 ·- · 0.09
- ~--··---·-

3.50 0.13 0.00 0.70 0. 12 0. 17 0.06

------·-
4.00 0.00 -0.00 0.80 0.09 0.14 0.04
..- - - ·-~--

-~-~--~
0.90 . 0.07 0.11 0.03
~-··~-

1.00 0.05 0.02

- 0.08
- --· -·~-· -·-----

1.50 -~ 0.02 0.00

~-
2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -·
Nous:

l. For wJ/ue.\· Hll. 1 and ::'IL1 other rhan those shown, linear ínter¡wlation is permf{(ed.
j l

2. Forii!L, > 0.5, assw11e 1/IL, '" 0.5 jór evaluMing K, aml .whsrilrtl<' 2/ljór I.,Jor el'(t!ualing K.- ami K.r.
3. Multip/ic,rs are bas~rl 011 tire assw11plio11 tirar approaches the hil/ or esnupm enl a long !he rlireclíon o(maxímum s/ope.
4. Notalic>tt:
ff ~ /leig/11 ofhi/1 or esc01pm~nr relarh•e 10 rhe upwind lerroin. m.
!,, "·' Di.rla/lce upu·índ o(cre.rtlo wlwre ril<' di(/Ín!I/Ce in gror11ul elevalíon is hal(tlw lwighl o(/úll or c•scol¡>lll<'nl. m
K t :...-·: Factor to CH'Cotmlfor ,\·/rape 1~( to¡JO}!.Hlj)hicfeature afUimaximum :~peed-up c~fl(·ct.
K: "" FaooriO accortlll.fi>r reducrion in ·'l"'<'d-up•l"ith disrance up11·índ or dowllll'ÍIId o(eres!.
K; "' Factor lo accountfór reducrioll in .vpeed·up u·it/1 lwighr al>o••e local terraín.
X 'e i)isfllnce (llf!ll'illd m· dou•ml"ind)fi'om !he <'!'<'SIto !he building sile. 111.
l " lfeight aho••e local growrd ¡¡,,,,,_¡_ 111.
JI :--;: lforizontal atlemwtíonfactor.
¡· "· lleiglll tllf<'IIIUllionfáctor.

Figure 207 -4; Topographic Faclor. K,, -· Mctlwd 2

Associalion of Slructural Enginenrs of tt·¡e Philippines

 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads 2-41

Equations:

K 1 detcrmined from table below

K3 = e-r-tL,

Parameters for Speed-Up ovcr Hills and Escarpments

K¡I(HIL¡,l JI
Hill Shape Exposurc )' Upwind Downwind
B e D ofCrest ofCrest
2-dimensional ridges (or valleys
1.30 1.45 1.55 3 1.5 1.5
with negative Hin K,I(H!Lh)
2-dimensional escarprnents 0.75 0.85 0.95 2.5 1.5 4 •
3-dimensional axisym. hill 0.95 1.05 1.15 4 1.5 1.5

Figure 207-4 (cont'd): Topographic Factor, K:,- Method 2

Nntionnl Structural Code of the Philippines 611 ' Edition Volumc 1

2-42 CHAPTEH 2- Mínimum Oesign Loacls

Enclosure Classification GCn;

Open Buildings 0.00
Partially Enclosed Buildings +0.55
-0.55
·-
Enclosed Buildings +0.18
-0.18

WALLS ANO ROOFS

Notes:
l. Plus and mim1s signs signify pressures acting toward and away from the intemal swfacc-s.
respective/y.
2. Values ofGCp;shal/ be used wilh q: or q, as specified in Section 207.5.12.
3. Two cases shal/ be considered to determine the critica/ load requirements for tire approprirae
condilion:
(i} a positive value ofGCpi applied to al/ intemal sw:faces
{il) a negative value o.fGCpi applied ro al/ interna/ sut:faces

Figure 207-5 Interna! Pressure Coefficients, GC"; on

Walls and Roofs of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed and Open Buildings for all Heights
Main Wind-Force Resislíng Systcm/Components & Cladding - Method 2

Associat1on of Structural Engineers of tlle Philippines

 CHAPTE R ?. - Minunum Design Loads 2-4 3

~- L ·~
ELEVAOON

GABLE, HIP ROOF

WIND q,GCt>
q;GC,

1- L
Pt.AH ELEVATION ELEVATION

MONOSLOPE ROOF {NOTE 4)

L. L _ _ _ _j
L
PLAN ELEVATION

MANSARD ROOF (NOTE 8)

WALLS AND ROOFS
Figure 207-6 Externa! Prcssurc Cocfficicnls, el, Oll
Walls and Roofs of Encloscd, Partí al! y Encloscd Buildings foral! Hcights
Main Wind-Forcc Rcsisting Systcm - Mcthod 2

N ationéll Structural Code of !he Pl1ilippines 6'" Edition Volurne 1

2··44 CHAPTEH 2 -- Minirnurn Design L.oads

r-----
Wall Pressurc Cocfficicnts, Cv
Surface LIB Cn Use Wíth
Windward Wall AIJ values 0.8 qz
0-l -0.5
Leeward Wall 2 -0.3 q¡,
>4 -0.2
Side Wall All values -0.7 (jJ¡
--
-----------------····-
Roof Pressure Coefficients, C, for use with !i_h
-
Wind
Windward Leeward
Direction
-----· · -------
- ----------- Angle, O(degrees) --:;\;~;ilc, a ede ;rt~c~)
h!L lO 15 20 25 30 35 45 > 60111 lO 15 ~2 o
-0.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 :o* ---- ·
o -0.3 -0.5 -0.6
Normal to
<: 0.25·-·· -0.18 0.0* 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.0 l O f----
ridgc forO
-0.9 -0.7 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 0.0 * --:-o-:s
-0.5 -0. 6
0.5 -0.18 -0.18 0.0* 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.010
2 JOo ·-- ----- - ------ --
-1.3 ** -1.0 -0.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.2 0.0 * -0.7 -0.6 -0. 6
~~---···
2 I.Q_ -0.18 -0.18 -0.18 0.2
0.0 * ----- 0.2 0.3
-- - - - ----- -
(l. O1O
---··
Horizontal distance from
e,, * Va1ue is provided for interpolation purposes.
-
windward edge
Normal lo Oto h/2 -0.9, -0.18
~0. 5
ridge for ()
t---- --·- h/2 to h __-0.9, -QJ.L_
< 10 and h to 2h -0.5, -0. 18 ** Va1ue can be reduced linearly w ith arca ovcr
Parallcl to > 2h -0.3, -0. 18 which it is applicable as follows:
ridge for
----·-
Area(m2) Rcducti on Factor
all O O to Jr/2 -1.3**,-0.18 · - -·
::: 9 -·---- 1.o
-> 1.0 - ··- - -
23 0.9
> h/2 -0.7, -0.18 -------------------~ ~----~-~--~~-----·-

------------·- ---·--- > 93 0.8

---··-~ ---- ·····-···----·---~ ---- -~----· -- - --------=-·--- ----- ----·--

W ALLS AND ROOFS

l. Plus ond minus sign.\· sign~b' pre.~·sures acling toward and awayji·om the swfáces, respectivel.v.
2. Linear illle1pololion is permitred.for vnlues o(LI!l: h/1. and () other /han slwwn. lnt<'I¡JOiation .\·hall only he carried ou/ /)('twec•n values o(!h<' sa me Si
Where 110 wllue o(lhe .<ame .Hgn is given, assume O. O.for inreqJO/arion purposes.
3. Where two va/ues o((~. are lisled. this i11dicates lhatlh<? windward roofslope is subjected lo eilher posilive ornegali ••e ¡wessur<:s afl(/ the I'OI!( s lmct.
.rha/1 be designed/ár bolh condition.1·. lnletpolationfor intermedia/e ratios ofh/L in lhis case s/w/1 only he carried out hetween (~, wJ/ue.\' o{ like s(((ll
4. F'or monoslope roof'·· en tire ror~(:noface is either a H!illdward or leeward swfacl~.
5. Forjlexihle building.•· u.<e appropriale G, a .1· deiermined hy Secrion 207.5.8.
(¡ Rejerto Figure 207- ?fin· domes a111/ Figure 2117-8j(!l· are/red roof.v.
7. Nota/ion :
H 1lorit.ontol dimcnsion r~lbuilding. in m. measured normal to wind direction.
::!

L '" 1/orizoma/ dimen~ion o(building. in m, measu red para/Id to wind direclir111 .

11 '·" Mean roo( hei¡:hi in 111, <'XU!f!/ thot <'O''<' lwight _,/wll hl' ysedjór fl :~ 1O degrees.
l. '' lleightabove ground. 111. .
G ' Clust e(/Í'cl(Ú<'IOI'.
q_., .q~, :.·· Ve/o(."i(F pres:wre. Nlm '. ewlhwted at rcspectil'e height.
O "' tingle o(plw"' o(mo(from horizon/ol, degi~'<'S.
,)'. Pormr111.\·ard ror~f.\·. the !op horizontal sw:fru:e ond leeword indim!d surfac(' sha/1 he treated as lee word sur/iJ<:esjá un the rahlc.
9. ErnptsfiJr MWFI/S :, allhe mo/consisling o(moment re.,·istingfmmes. the total horizon!al shea r shallno t he l".u tlwn th ar d<'icrmined ¡,, .,,_,:f<'clil
wind.forn.•s on ror~/sw.faces.
/0. For mo/slopes gn·arer !han 80". '"'' e;, ,.
0.8

Figure 207-6(cont'd) - Extcrnal l'rcssure Cocnlcicn ts, C" on

Wa!ls and Roofs of Enclosed, Pa rti a!!y Enc!osed Buildings for a ll Hcights
Main Wind Force Resisting Systcrn -- Mcthod 2

Associ<ltion of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 -- Minimurn Design Loads 2-45

A (h0 /0=0)
A (ho 10-o 25)- 1\
\

- 7Jr
+<1.8

+<l.e \ ~ A (h 0 /0~1.0)

~ V V
+<1.4
c..
o
...r
e
Q)
(j
+<1.2

0.0
- ------ / 1 ,;V
V 1
/ /
e (h,/O=O)

~
~.2

o ~.4
'
''
___
/ 1/____ ..... V e (ho/0 ~0.5)
f
;:, ~.6
,--
·,
',
/-- -----
......_:::::.
1

!Z \ ', 1
' '
'' 1
f
CL
~.a

·1.0
',>< ' 'f,
V B (ho/0=0)
Cii
E ·1.2
V ' '-.. 1 .... ,~
,

~ / 1----- -- - '

·1.4

-1.6
\ \¡_......-- -- ¡__--- ....~

·1.8 -
1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0 .6

RatJo of Rlse to Olameter, f/0

No!es:

l. Two load cases slw/1 be considered:

Case A. C,, volues belweer~ A ami B ami belween /J and C shal/ be de1ermincd l>y linear inlerpolalion a long ares on lite dome paml!e/ to tlw "'im/
direction;
Case B. C" sha/1 be the con.l'lanl value o( A for (} $ 25 degrees, and slw/1 be delermined by linear inlt!IJ>olation.fi'om 25 degrees 10 13 and from B zo ;~ .
2. Va/w~.1· denole e;. lo be used with q(h/Jlf) witere h0 +(is rhe heighl ar lile lop <~(/he dome.
3. Plus and minus signs s ignifj' pre.\·sure.,· acting to ward onrl awayfrom the sw:faces. rcspectivcf.v.
1. (~, is collslnnl onlhe dome surfácefor tli'C.\' o(cirdes perpendiwlar lo lite wind direclio11: for t'Xample, the an·¡wssing thn!ltgh IJ.IJ.IJ allll al/ 111'· ;
rmrallt>l lo /J-H-/J. ,,.
5. F'or ••alues o/h/D helwet•ri'fho.\'e lú1ed on the gmph CIII'' '<'S, linear inlerpolation sha/1 be pamilled.
6. O ~ O degrees 0 11 dome spring /ine, O "' 90 dew·ees at dome "''"'"~' lop ¡JOinl. f i.1· lll<!asured(rom springline lo top.
7. Tire tola/ horizonlal shear shalltwl be lc.H tlwn !Ira! determined hy neglt,cling u•ind{<!t'l~t'.\' 0 11 m<lsurfiwes.
8. For.flD values less tiran 0.0.5. use Figwe 207-ti.

'Figure 207-7 Externa! Pressurc Cocfficients, (~, for loads on Domcd Roofs
of Enclosed, Partia!ly Enclosed Buildings ami Structures for all Hcights
Maín Wind- Force Resísting Systcrn -- Method 2

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
2-46 CHAPTEH 2 -- Mínimum Design Loads

ARCHED ROOFS

Rise-to-span
c.
Conditions Windward Centcr half Lccward
ratio, r
quarter quarter
-
Roof on elevated structure O< r<0.2 -0.9 -0.7- r -0.5
0.2 <r < 0.3 • l .5r- 0.3 -0.7- r -0.5
0.3 < r < 0.6 2.75r-0.7 -0.7- r -0.5
-
Roof springing from ground
O<r50.6 !.4r -0.7 - r -0.5
.
leve!
When rhe rise-to-span ratio is 0.2 5 r 5 0.3. alternare coefficients given by 6r-2. 1 sha/1 a/so be usedfor the
windward quarter.

Notes:

1. Va/ues listed are for rhe determinarion ofaverage loads 011 m a in wind force resisting systems.
2. Plus mrd minus signs signify pressures acting toward and awayfrom the swfaces. respective/y.
J. For wind directed pamllclto the axis oftlre are h. ~se pressure coefficientsfrom Figure 207-6 with wind directed pam/l!'lto
ridge.
4. For components ami cladding: ( 1) At roofperimeter. use tire extemal pressure coef)icients in Figure 207-11 wrth O based
on spring fine slope and (2) for remaining roof arcas, use externa/ prcssure coefficienls of this rabie outllliJ!ied hy 0.87.

Figure 207-8 Externa! Pressure Coefficients, Cp for loads on Arched Roofs

of Encloscd, Partially Enclosed Buildings and Structurcs for all Heights
Main Wind- Force Resisting System/Componcnts and Cladding - Mcthod 2

Associatíon of Structural Engincers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimurn Design Loads 2-47

0. 75Pwr
p'"

~ ~ 0.75Pwx 0. 75 PLX

plfX PLX ~r
0. 75PLr

CASE1 CASE3
by
¡· ·¡ Br
J
0.563Pwr l..
'1
~ 0.75Pwr

~ ~
1
¡

1
1
0.75Pwx
~MT
0.75PLX
~
Mr
o.75-Pz.,
[
0.563P~nr:
0.563P1.x
0.563lh
Mr = O. 75 (Pwx + PLX) Bx ex Mr = 0. 75 (Pn+ P¿,) Brer Mr= 0.563 (Pwx+ PLX) Bxex + 0.563 (Pwr + PLr) Brer
a =.± 0.15Bx e1 = .± 0.15B1

CASE2 CASE4

Case l. Full dcsign wind prcssure acting on the projcctcd arca perpendicular to each princ ipal axis of thc structu re,
considcrcd scparatcly along each principal axis.

Case 2. Threc quarters of the design w ind prcssure acting on the projected arca perpendicular to each principal axis of
the structure in conj unction with a to rsional moment as show n, considered separate ly for each principal axis.

Case 3. Wind loading as defined in Case 1, but considered lo act simultaneously a t 75% of the spccified value.

Case 4. Wind loading as de fincd in Case 2, but considered to act simultancously al 75% oflhe specificd value.
Noll·s·
l. /Jeú~n willtl pre.uures.fnr windwarcl and lecward facc.<s ha/1 be dt'lermincd iu accordmtce with lhe provi.wons o(Secls. 107.5.1 1.2. 1 mul
107.5. 11.1 ..1 as app/i('(Jb/e for buildings ofal/ heiglll.<.
/Jiogr(llll.\ .\how plan views ufbuilding .
.1 Notcllinn:
l'wr l ' tf • :- IVint!u·ardfoce d<·xign p re.\·Jure acti11g ;,, tlw x. y princrJwl axis. res¡;ec·ln'e~)'.
P, r P, ) ;~· /..(•(•u·ard facc· d('.'·:i¿:n pressure ot·ting in tlw x. y principol axi.,·. resp ective/y.
e· (cr.c,) ·· I:.."C'('('Hirici~r.fhr !he' x, y princi¡w l oxis of lhc• struc turt:. n~.\·pecliVl'Ú'·
M, ,. Trnxi111wl nwmt'tll per 1111il hei¡:lrl oc/in¡: aiJour a vt•rlical axi.r (~( 1hc building.

Figure 207-9 Design Wind Load Cases for All Heights

Main Wind-Force Rcsisting Systcm- Mclhod 2

National Structural Code of \he Philippines 6"' Edition Volume 1

2-48 CHI\PTEH 2 ··· Minimum Design Loads

Longitudinal Dlrectlon
BASIC LOAD CASES

Figure 207- 1O Externa! Pressure Coeflícicnts, GC11 on Low-Risc Walls & Roofs
of Encloscd, Partially Encloscd Buildings wilh h S 18 m,
Main Wind- Forcc Rcsisting Systcrn -· Mcthod 2

1\ssociation of Structura l Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2- Mínimum Design Loads 2-49

Roof Buildin Surface

AngleO
(degrecs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 lE 2E 3E 4E
0-5 0.40 -0.69 -0.37 -0.29 -0.45 -0.45 0.6 1 -1.07 -0.53 -0.43
20 .. 0.53 -0.69 -0.48 -0.43 -0.45 -0.45 0.80 - 1.07 -0.69 -0.64
·-- - -
30-45 0.56 0.2! -0.43 -0.37 -0.45 -0.45 0.69 0.27 -0.53 -0.48
------ -0.48
- · ·90
---··· 0.56 0.56 -0.37 -0.37 -0.45 -0.45 0.69 0.69
· ---'----
-0.48
-
Notes:

l. Plus amlmimts si;;ns signijj• pres.wres lleting toward and aWO)' from the swfaces. respecti••ely.
2. For l'alu~<s oJO other tlwn tlw.w: shown, linear intf!lpolation is pet·mitted.
3. 11t<' building m11s1 be dcsigned for 1tll wind directions 11sing tiiC' /1 loading pallerns .<hown. 7111! load pallcms are app/ied lo ('(tch
lmilding comer in tums as the Rcferelll:e Comer.
4 Combinntions of externa/ al/ll intema/ press11n!s (see Figure 107-5) shn/1 be evalunted a.< req11ircd to obtain the mo.fl uvere
londings.
5. Far t/11• torsiona/load cases slto•wr below, tite pressures in zorres designmed with a "/" (/T. 2T. JT. 4T) sha/1 be 25% of tite fu//
design wind pn•.uures (zone /, 2. 3. 4) .
6. Exception: Onc .<tarey lmildings with less /han or equalto 10m buildings two stories or /ess fármed with light frome consllltction,
mrd /111ildings two stories or less designated with jll'xible diaphrngm.r tteed not be designcd for tite torsional load coses.
7. Torsiona/lomling sha/1 apply 10 al/ eighl basic load patu:ms using the figures below applied M each refercnce corner.
8. Except for momem-resisting framcs. tlw total horizontal sbenr sha/1 1101 be less tban tbat derermined by neglccting wind [orces 011
roo[ stufaces.
9. For tire tlesign o.f 1he MWFI?S providing lateral resistance ;, o direction para/le/ ta a ritlge lim' ot· fo r jlat roofs. use O ~ o~ wrd
loca te tbe zanc 213 bou11dn1)' 111tlrc mid-le11gth oftire /m ilding.
10. 7'lte roofpressure coefficient GC~¡. whellllegati••e in zo11e 2 or 2E. sira// be app/ied in zo11e 212 E. for a distrwcefrom tire edge ofroof
eqnalto 0.5 limes tlw lrorizontol dimension of 1he building pamlh•lto /he direction o.f tire MWFRS being designed or 2.5 time.< tire
ea ve height, h,, al the windward wa/1. wlriclrever is /ess; thc remailltler of zo11e 1.12 E. extelltling 10 the ridge li11e sira// use the
pressure co~O/cienl GC,¡[or zone 313 [.
11. Notation :
u ~ 1O fJ<Ircenlt!f leas/ horizontal tlim<•nsioll or O. 4h, wlrichewr is smal/¡~r. hut 1101 les.1· tlwn eitlrer 4% o/ leas/ horizontal tfimension
ar0.9m
Ir ~ Melln roo.f lreiglu, m, excepttlwt em•e height sha/1 be used.fo r (} ::: 1no
e = An¡:le ofplane o_[roof(rom horiZOII Ial. degrees

Transves se Dlrectlon Longitudinal Olrectlon

Torsional Load Cases

LOW-RISE WALLS ANO ROOFS

Figure 207- 10 (con t' d) Externa! Prcssurc Cocflicients, GC~11 on Low-Risc Wa lls & Rools
of Encloscd, Part ially Enclosed Buildings with h S 18 m,
Main Wind-Forcc Rcsistin g Systcm-Mcthod 2
111
National Structural Code of !he Philippines 6 Edition Votume 1
?.··50 CHAPTE:I~ 2 ·- Minimurn Oesign l.oads

o
c. J. ..__ !-

(!) ®
...," "'-...
r-----..
-0
e:
Q)
·-0 -0.6
- t--..
'-...... t-..
r--¡--.:::
~
E
Q) -0.4
o
o -0.2

e
:l
o
+0.2
(/¡
(/¡ +{).4

E +{).6
a.
-e:
m
+{).8

+1.0
t.--::: 1- 1--
L--
L. 0&® -- 1--- ··- 1-
$ +1 .2

X
w 0.1 0.9 1.9 4.6 9.3 18.6 46.5

2
Effective Wind Area, m

WALLS
Notes:
l. Vertical sea/e denotes GC~ to be used 11•ith q•.
2. Horizontal sea/e denotes ejfective wind area. m'-
3. Plus ami minus sig11s sign(/y pres.wre.1· acting toward ami away.from the stafaces. rcspectivez¡•.
4. Each compone111 sha/1 be design<•d(or ma.rimt1m po.iitiw flltd tlegafi,•e pressures.
5. Va!t1es ofG(~•.hr wa/fs .1'/w/1 be reduced by 10% when O S[{)"
6 Nowtion:
a ~-: JO p en·ent t?{ leas/ horizontal dim<'IHion or 0.4h. \\·hic"'H~\~er is smaller. hut not /ess !han either 4t].b c?f' leo.,·t horizontal
dime11sio11 orO.9 m
h ~·' Mean roo/height. m, e.rr:ept that eave height sha/1 he used(orO 5 111"
O'=Angle o(pfall<' of'roo((rom hruúontal. degree.l'.

Figure 207-11 A Externa! J>ressure Cocíticicnts, GC1, for Loads on Walls

of Encloscd, Partia!l y Encloscd 13uildings with h $; 18 m
Cornponcnts and Cladding - Mcthod 2

Associa tion of Structurat Engineers of !he Pllilippines

 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads 2-51

-·-----,
-¡¡-
. ·--· ~- --~~

1
1
1 1
1 1

®: 1
1®

1
1
1
1
® 11- - ®-- ..--®-·--1@
1

-32

-3.0 -2.6
¡ Q. ·2.1
0 Ro pf Q.
¡ (.) .s.z
\ o
J C) .u C)
.....-
e
Q)
·2.4

·2.2
\ ..J
eQ)
-3.0
·U
@
\
º1 er ang 2 .&

·o -2.0 \ ·2.0 o
·2.6

·2 .4
\
E ·1.8 .0 \ EQ) 1-------
\
· ~ ~--\
Q) ·2.2
o ·1.8 1----·--- o \
o · 1.4 í\ o -2.0
\
Q) ,..,.\ l-0&0-
~ \ t.1
l.. -t.2
:J
C/1 --~----=~~---!-- - ·1.1
·1.0
:J
Cl) .........
1.6

C/1 ·1.0 ·--

e
0..
-<l.&

-<l.&
r----
-<l.9 (/)

E ·1.2
f\
\
..........
1-- .
0.. -1.0
(O -<l.4 >-- \ -<).6
e
l.. -<l.2
-<l.4

Q) -<l.a
o 0 .1 0 .9 1 .9 4 .6 9 .3 18.6 46.5 92.9
Jj -0@&0
+0.2 :u
o<>.• Effective Wind Area, m 2
+0 .6
0.1 0.9 1.9
-
4 .6 9 .3 18.6 46.5 92.9

EffecUve Wind Area, m 2

GABLE ROOFS O S 7°
Norcs:
f. Verrical .fea/e de11o1es GC~. 10 be uud wirh q,.
2. fforizonlal sea/e denote·.•· c'.fjecril·e ll'illd arca A. u/
J. Plus mul minu.f .r;igns si'gnify prrssures acling to ward ami IIWO)'from th<• .\·urf aces, respec·tivc~v.
4. t::ach compone111 slw/1 be desig11ed for mrL<imum posilive alllflleJ!alil'l: pre.uun•s.
5. ForO 5 7°, va /m!.< ofGCpfrom Figure 207-58 shall be used.
ó. Fm· lmildiu¡:s s ired wirhiu E.tpqs~rre O. calculated pre.<surc•s slw/1 bt• mulripfi«l l~r 0.85
7. Nota!im1.
t1 = 10"/o <?flcmtlwriwuwl dimeusio11 ofa s111gle·spt111 motlule or (} 4h. wiJichc••er is sma/ler. hutllotle.o;s tha11 either 4 {11'1<'1'111 nf
lc•n.•·r lmrl!t)lltal dimellSIQII <!(ti Ji11glt:-.rpa11mndule m· 1m
/¡ = l:'••t• ht•¡g/¡( slwl/ he u.<edjill' (} :5 /1)"
U' ~ /Jroldill.~ u·idth. m
O = A11gh• tJ.(plollc C?{mojfmm hnn;o11lill. dl'gn•es

Figure 207-1 1B Externa! Pressurc Cocfficicnts, GC1, on Gablc Roofs

of Encloscd. Part ially Encloscd Buildings with h ~ 18 m
Componcnts and Cladding - Method 2

111
National Structural Code of tlw Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
?.-52 CHAPTE:F< 2 ··· Minimum Design l.oads

~ ~----~------~~
·-1-ª- ~·
-2.8
-2.e 2.8
·2.~ ® "'-..
-2 .2 ~ -·
-2.o
-1. 8 """ 2.0

1.7
a.
(.')
C)
- 1.er-<» !'--.
- ..J'
-4.0 .. _ -- --r-· -··-r--,-- -,
· 1.~ e: -3.8 -@-·----·~ ---1- -1-+·-4--+--1-3. 7
~'--., -~
-1. 2 1.2 o ·3.6 '\
·1.0 c...(D lECll · 3.4 - - - -- - -i·-.), --·1--+--i--- i· --i
.(), 8
o -3.2
.(),6
(.') -3.0 1-----4-+-~1--1--1---+---l
'\
.().~ ~
e::J
·2.8f - - - -- -t---t---f\-'\-- ---t---
.(). 2
o ¡-- - e
ti)
ti)
·2.6t:::====t=t=t~r==t-=~t=~
·2.~ ®. ·2.6
+0.2
+0.~ ---(})®-&@
i- -- = +0.3
+0.6
Cl..
tV
-2.2 ¡......;""------+--i·--+ - - t - -
2
' .g.1 ...0 .9. 1.9 ~.6
1--·1- -2.2
9.318.6 46.5 92.9
+0.6
+0.8 ...e:
0 .1 0.9 1 .9 4.6 9 .3 18.6 41l .5 92.9 ~
w Effec tlve Wlnd Area, m 2

Effectlve Wlnd Area, m 2

GAHLE/HIP ROOFS 7• <e S 27.

Nores:
l. Vertical sea/e dt'JJOI<'S GC, lo be llscd with q•. 1/ori:nma/sca/c deuotc•s e.ffective wiud area, in Sl(llllrc•mc•tt'l:•. m'.
2. Plus and r; ~:nus sign.t signify pres.rurc.t actingo towanl nnd awayfrom tlw .nufnce.r. r<'\'jJL't:fil'e~)'.
J. EfJclt component Jlw/1 be th'Stg iJCd for nuuimum po.tttive and tH!gat1ve pres.tllrt:'s.
4. Vafiles 11( GC,.for ronf O\•c•rhrm¡;s incfiUic fJI'(·:uun: contrih11tio11.t from borh "flJII!r ami /mver surfÍicc•.<.
.S. Fnr hip roof< with 7° < () := ! 7°. i!dge 1 ridge urips OIUI prcs.wre cm~/licienfs (.r¡r t·idKt'.< t!(gahlc•d rm¡f.i· sh~t/1 app/1· 011 eadt ltip.
fí For ¡,¡, roe¡{> wirh O:::!5°. :mu.> 3 .<hall bl.' treaft•d o.<zonc· 2
7. Norations:
11 ~ 1IJ percent ·~(fea.<! horizontal dimen<icms 01 IJ,4/J, wlticltl'l't'r is .wwll..:r. hur not/C's.< tltc111 C'irlwr 4% oflea.tl lwri:ontal dinwn.f¡¡:;
orfJ.9 11t
h •·· Mc•an rO(¡( lteiKht. m. except rhat c•tn·e heij:ltr x/rol/ IJC' tw•dfnr ()S 1O"
O~ Angle tl(plane r!(rot!flmm horizontal. dc•¡¡rc•e,<

Figure 207- 11e Ex terna! .Prcssurc Cocfficicnts, ce,, Oll Ciablc/1¡ ip Roofs
of Encloscd, Partial ly Encloscd Buildings with /¡ ~ 18 111
Cornponcn ts and Cladd ing ... Mcth od 2
Association of Struc;tuml Engineers of thn Philipp1nes
 CHAPTE R 2 ... Minimum Design Loads 2··53

ftftTft
:f- 921__®_1® ®l_®__l~
-1--1 1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
@1
1
G) 11@@11 G) 11@
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1 h
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
f 1
1 1
1 1
1 1

~-- ®!-®-i®®[-®--!®
• .~
1
® &0 Roof a.
1-=:: - --··· ---
~ :::::========~~--~--_-_-:·Overhang
I.::__T-:.-=~~~-:.~==
-1.2~---'""----""'--- · -1.2
-1.0 ---····--··
.o.a CD +-=:.__: : : :. ----·---------·
--·- - b.. ·1 .0

-ll.S
t:
Ql -2.6l-------+---l--··-~----,,...-"'-l·- - --
·0.6 -----------------1- ----+--+ - -+---- --- ·o ·2.4 ,__ _ _ _ _ -+--+---+---+-+----
.{).4f--------l------ --- +--+---1---l·-----l
!E
Ql -2.2 f?\ ~
o \~& 3
.{).2 - - -- - -··-· - -- - ----··l-- + -- l!--·--· ---- (.) -2.0 - - - -·-+<-:..-:c--·.l-·---- ---- ----· - - - · - -2.0
o - ·--······-----··-·--- - · -f-- - 1-- - ·- · - -- -· ·---- - ·1.81--- -- - --+ ·--l-- -
--l-t---
---""=-t-- 1---1- ·1.8
<{).2 -···-·-··-·-······-··-····-·· ----- ···-·-···· ····--· ---·· ............ -·-····· · 1.8 --·--------- - - - 1--- - - - --- -- - - --
+0.4 ··-·-··--· ·············--.... ............ ········- ........... -····· ·---····· ........ . ·1.4 - - - -- - - -- - --- - - -- ···- · - - · - - - 1------
+0.6 - ---------- - - - - ·- ---·· - - ........ .............. ...._ _ ·1.2 - - - - -- ------ ---- -···--· ............___ ·-- --- -- -

+o.a f-('!)-@ &-@-- -----· ··::::= ,.~~ ·-----· - ·---·- --- · <{).a ·1.0¡___ _ _ _ _..L__.l__-l._...L_..L._.....L_...J
• - ·- " - - t'().9 0 .1 0 .9 1 .9 4 .6 9.3 16.6 46.5 92.9
+1.0' - - - - - - - ---- - - - ----- ··-·-'---- ' - - -- -··
0.1 0.9 1.9 4.6 9.3 18 .6 46.5 92.9
Effec tive Wind Area, m 2
Effectlve Wlnd Area, m 2
GABLE ROOFS 27° < O ~ 45°
Na/es:

l. Vertical sea/e den ole.\· (;(~, 10 be IIS<'d ll'illt q,

2. Horizontal sea/e denote.\' t~Oi~ctive wind area. m 1.
.1. Plux amf m in u.\· .figns signffi: pn:.·.,·.,·ures acti11g I 01Hird and awayji·om the sru.f(zces. I'<'Spec:tively.
4. Ew:h com¡umcnt slw/1 he dc.\·igncdfor moximum posith•e wul ncgntive pressures.
5. Value.\· (~(G(~.fár rof~{tn·erJumgs iuclwle prcssurc contríhutio11sjf·om ho!lr upper amllower sw.fáces.
ó. Nofalions:
a :;, 10 ¡wrcent o{leo.,·r hori:::owal diml'nsions or 0.4/t. u·lticlwvcr is smaller. hu! 1101 less than either 4% t?flctul horizofrlol dimNvdon
orO 9 m.
h ••= A1c~au ro(~(hc·(~:lu. m .
{) ::: Angle o/plfllll' t?{nu~fjl ·om ho ri:.onta/. dl'grcc.\

Figure 207-11 D Externa! Prcssurc Cocfflcicnts, GC~, on Gable Roof.'i

of Encloscd, Partially Encloscd Buildings with h S 18 rn
Componcnts and Cladding - Method 2
1
N<1tional Structwal Code of t11e Philippines 6 h Edition Volurne 1
2-54 CHAPTER 2 -- Minimum Design l.oacls

/ .

h1 ~;30m

h, .
·- e~ 0.3 to 0.7
h
w = 0.25 to 0.75
_L
w

STEPPED ROOFS
Note.\·:

l. On 1/u: lowcr/evc/ of//rl(, slepped moj.\· .1·/ro ll'/1 in l"ignr<! 21! 7- 12. tlw :one d e.l'ignalio n.1· rmd pr<'S.flll'<' U!<'f/ic'ienl.l' """'"' ' '' ' , · ., . . · .'ii ,' ·
1 1/l slw/1 applv. exceplllml ut the I'O<>¡:u¡Jper wa/1 inra secrior¡(.,). .'<JII<' 3 _,·/¡a l/ he tremed asume) and zo¡w .>s lw !i k .,,.,,,.¡~ ::s
ZOIW l. r>ositive l'(l/ue.1· o( GC~. er¡ual lo !hose .fór wal/s in Figure !1)7- 11.1 s lw/1 apply on !Ire cross-lmlched oreas slw ll'll in Figure
21!7-12.
2. Notolion.L
b ·~ 1.5h, in Figure 21!7.. /2. i>ut 1101 greo/er tl111n 30m
/¡ ~ Mean roo( heighl. m
h, •·• h, or h1 i11 Figun 2117-12; /¡ '" lt 1 + h:. lt 1 :0: 3 m: h,Jh '' 0.3 1011. 7
W ,., /Juilding wid!lr in Figure 207-12
W, '" W, or W1 or W , in Fig ur<' 21!7.1 2. IJ' e• W 1 + W: or W 1 ; - JV.• ·1· W.1. W ,IW ~ 0.25 10 O. 75
fJ "' Angle t!(plaJII' o(mr!(fi-om horómtol. t!e¡;rees

Figure 207-12 Externa! Pressurc Coefficients, C'Cfl on Stcppcd Roofs

of Enc!oscd, Partial!y Encloscd Bui!dings with h :5 18 m
Componcnts and Cladding -· Mcthod 2
Association of Slructuraf Engineers of tlle Phi!ipp¡rw s
 CHAPTER 2 - Mfl)unum DP.sign l.oads 2-55

1 1
1 1
1 1

~: (i)
1
(j) :®
1
1 1
1
1 '
1 1
1 1
1
' 1
ELEVATION OF BUILDING _¡__ _ 1_ - - - j - - !. - - - - .. PLAN ANO ELEVATION OF
(2 OR MORE SPANS) o;_ 3 ¡__EL.~ ®:...I~._:~ A SINGLE SPAN MODULE

-3.o
-2.8 -2.6
-3 .o ---- ·2.6
® 30'< ():S 4s+ -2.5
o. -2 .6f-® c. -2.4 - @ - - ~
(.) -2
10'<0 <3<r 2 .7
(.) -2. 2 -
"~ ~
(.!)
-2.4
® "' (.!) -2.0 CD
1""- 1'\.
2.0
.....e:
Q)
-2.2
-2.o
...........
"'"' -2.2 .....
e:
Q)
-1 .8
· 1.6
1 .7

{
¡
·o
lEQ)
-1.
·1. :tw· ...........~

---1::-- ·--..,.
...... -
--1.6
1. 7

-1.1
e
o
.¡..
~
-1.4 - ----- --- --~
-1. 2 - - -
-1.0 ..
-
---·· ----- -- "' - --- .... 1 .1
¡ o -1.4
(.) -1 . 2 (.) +0.8
~ -1 .o ~ -0 .6
:l +{), 8 :J -C.4
1 (,/)
(,/)
-C. 6
(,/)
g¡ -C.2
~ -C.4 ct o -
a..
-a; -C.2 - ('O
+0.2
e: o - -~- - e: +0.4 ---- -
L..
+0.2 ·----------- ·--- - -- -- -- ----

--
L..
--·

-
Q.l +0.6
.....Q)X .....
+0.4
CD®&® · - 1=- - - + 0.4 X +0.8
G)@&@
+0.8
w +0.6 · - - +0.6 w +1 .0
+0.6 - ---
0 .1 0.9 1.9 4 .6 9 .318.646.5 92.9 0 .1 0.9 1.9 4.6 9.3 18.6 46.5 92.9

Effectlve Wind Area, m 2 Effectlve Wind Area, m 2

MULTI-SPAN CABLE ROOFS

l 'l'I'/U'tll.\< a!t' denllfl'S GC,. ttJ he U'ft.•tl ~dtl: f/~t

! llod:onta!.fcale dnwlf!.'i t.•ffectiw:! wind nt ea. m 1
J. 1'/us tuullluJm:r Jigus :rignify prc.-r.,·w-c•s or tmg IOH"fut. tJ,uf tl\\'tl)'/rmn tlu• .\mfac c•s. l"t'\Jif'CIII'l'~)
·1. lial'h cum¡>OIU'IIt :~half lw d('.\'ignedfor m o.\lllrllm po:ciiH'l' tllttl negfllin• pn·.uure,,·.
5 ForO S / 0 °, c•a/u,.s oj(J(~. fiom ¡:1~ 11n• 107-1/ slw/1 '"' "·'''"
6. Notations :
0 {J<'I'<'<'III o(/east/wri.:(lllf<lf dimt'll.\'ltl/l.\' tJ/11 .{ÍIIg fc•·Sfi/JII module 01' ().4ft. whif'iwc·c•r is SIIJ(II/1•r. hui
ti "' { 110/ f l'.\'.{ /hall c-itJwr 4 fl<'/'('1'11 (
tJflt'astlwn:nntflf cli~tll/IJ.\'UJII ofa .\'lll~h··.'ipan uuululc orO. 9 m
h - M""" moflwt~ht. m. <'.I<'<'JIIIIIttl c•ctw•lwixlttslta/1 ¡,.. u<t•d forll ::: /11''
W ~ Building mod11lt! II'Ícfllt. m
1) ~ An~!t· o{pl<lll<' o{roo({mm hori=ontal. drgn•rs

figure 207- 13 Extcmal Prcssurc Cocfticicnts, GC1, on Multispan Gablc Roofs

of Encloscd, Partially Encloscd 13ui ldings w ith 11 !> 1R m
Componcn ts and Cladding ·- Mcthod 2
1
National Structural Code of t11c Pllilippines 6 h Edition Vol ume 1
2··56 CHAPTE:F<. 2 -- Minimurn Design l.oads

-3.0

® !-----~----__¡_~ ~I a.
-2.8
-2.6
® - -2.6

"""
1 '
1 l
-2.4
l 1 (.)
- ' - - -----1 : ~ -2.2
[\.
!
1
1
1
1
.... ~
1
l e -2.0
1
®
""'
Q)
®: CD ¡~ o -1.8
[\_
-1 .8
1 1
® ~
-,............-- ·----¡1
:
1

!
1
-~
1
1
1
1
!!.,;1
!EQ)
o
(.)
·1.6
-1.4 L@ ~
~
-""' -1.6
-1.5
-1 .3
1' 11
e -1.2 -1.2

® ¡-----c;----r~ ~r
: ~
- :S
en -1 .0
en
e -0.8
kD
-1 .1

~--~--------~--~ 0.. ..0.6

(13
e
L.
-0.4

~ -0.2
w o ALLZONES
+0.2 +O.:
+{).4 +0 . ~

+0.6
0.1 0.9 1.9 4 .6 9.3 18.6 46.5 92.9

Effective Wind Area,m2

MONOSLOPE ROOFS 3° S O::; tOo

Note.v:
l. Verrical sr:ale den ures (i(~ lo be used wirh q,
2. 1/orizonta/ sea/(• denotes <;f!cctive wind area A , m l.
3. Plus and minus signs sign{(y pressures acting towárd mula H'ay.fi·om rhe ,\'Utfaces. respectil'ely.
4. Eoch componen! sha/1 be de.n'gnedfor maximum positive and negative pre.,·sures.
5. l'i>r" IJ :<: 3". values o[G(~,from Figure 207-1/ /J J!wlll>e 11.1"<'"-
6. Norarions:
11 ••10 ¡wrccnl o(/east horizonlal dimensions or O. 4h, wllichewr i.1· smaller. lwt no/ les.r tlwn d rher 4 percenr o{ leas! horiconlal
dinh'JJ.,·ion orO. 9 m
h ~ !:'ove heighl s/w/1 he used./(>r {) :5 1O"
W "' Building widlh, m
o =• Angle ofplane ofrooffrom horizonlal, degrees

Figure 207-14A Externa! Pressure Coefficíents, GC" on Monoslope Roofs ] 0 < 8 ~ 10°
of Enclosed, Part ially Enclosed Buildings with h ~ 18 m
Componcnts and Claddíng -- Method 2

Association of Structural Engineers of the Phi!ippmes

 CHAPTE·H 2- lvl inirn um Design t..oads 2-5/

n
- ~-~----~------------~~

1
¡______g¿ _____
1
1
~ ~
""" 11
1¿1 11
1 1
1 1
1 1
-'-·-- --····-1 1
1 1 -3.0 ..--- - - - ,--.---.---..-·
1 1 ~.9
1 1 -2.8 1-@--- -- ··· -·~-¡---¡---¡-
~ 11 CD 1
~~ -211 -1--""-+--- -l---+- -; _ - -
1 1 -2A 1--- - -·-1- -ll.""'
___,,,-1--1- -+--l---i
1 1 0..
1 1 (.) -211---------+--~~~+--+--~--1
- r - - ·- - -- ~ : (.!)
-2.0 t - - - - - - - - - 1- - -l- - -1---"1---l-- -1 - -2.0
.l
1 1

1"1\ 1
1
r
r
1
1
-U! t---------- f-·-1·-+ - l - -- !-- ""' - r--
~¿~ r -1.8 @ .........._ . --·· --- 1·-
]
1
1L _ ___ ____ _ _ __ J1 ·1.6
·1 Á -~¡- ---..¡----¡----¡
1 (2) ~ e
f---=----~---:---
-1.2 -@ -------· -·----~:::::._
"---
·-;- - t- - t----1 ·1.1
-1.3
-- -1.2
:l
-1.0 1 - - - - - - + - - + - -t---t--t-----tl-
~
e
a..
-0.81 - -···- - - - 1 - - -
-0.8 - - ----- - - - - - - ---¡----- - - - - -
as
E
s
-0.4 ¡-
-02 f - - · - - - - - 1 - - - - - - 1 - - - - ·- -
0 -··-·-·--------·-- - · - - t - - --
~.21----------1--~-+--+-+---i--~
+(l.4 ALL ZONRS . 1== --- ---r-- !~:i
+0.6L __ __ _ __¡__ _L __¡____¡__ _,__-l--J

.01 .os 1.9 4.6 9.3 16.6 4M 92.9

h 2
Effective Wind Afea, m

~---··· ---------'-'---
w --·-··---~
MONOSLOPE ROOFS 10°:::; O:::; 30°

No!<'s:

J. Vertical xcalc tleunlcs G(~, lo he u.wd ~t·ith q,,

2. llori:zontai .\TUI<' denoles <{(ecti ve u·ilu f an~a A . u/
3. Plus and mitw.i; .,·{gn..:o sign{f.i· p ress ure,\· acling to ward arul awa.F.fi·om tite sw:fáce.\·. res¡wctivc/y.
4. Each <'OillfHJ/Ielll slw/1 h<' tl!'-'"('!nedfor maximwn po.<t:iti Fe ami ncgaNw.' pre.\-SW'f'S.
5. Now tions :
a '-:: JO /J('I'O' ni <?f'lcost hori;:onra l dimcnsions or 0.411. H·hiche\'er is .\"IJJal/('i', lwt notle\S tlwn eithcr 4 perceJtt (l/ea.•tf lwrizm¡lol
d ímcn.virm orO. 9 m
!t " M'""' mo(/wighl. m
IV '··· /Juílding wid rh. m
o .., Ang/,• of"JIIonc• o/"mo(/íwu lwrizonral. degn•t.' s

Figure 207-14 13 Ex terna ! Prcssurc Cocí!icicnts, CC~, on Monoslopc Roo fs 10° < 9 s; 30°
of Encloscd, Partially Encloscd Bui ldings wit h /¡ s; 18 m
Cümponcnts and Claddi ng ·- Mcthod 2

Na lion<~l Structural CorJe of tile Philippines 6 ' [ dition Volume 1

11
 ?.-58 CHAPTEH 2 ·- Mmimum Oesrgn Loads

¡~~, 11 -4.4
-4.
-4.o
2
f--®(SPAN A)

ª" ....., -4.1

®¡_______ ®________ t@ "l ~

~
·-·· ·3.8 .......... -3.7
1 :
·3.6
-- __ :
1
''
1
-3. 4
\
1'
-3. 2
® \ -3. 2
1
1 \
·3.o

®!:
1
1

'
G) Í@ a. ·2.6 ""' \
\
() -2.6 --
@(SPANB,C & O)
.\. -2.6

"'" '\.\
1
'
(!)
·2.4 ~ \
i1 G)
-2. 2 -2.2
:

r- ®!------®·--------~@ ~ r---- ·2.1

1
-2.0 - ¡--- -1.9

:3: -1.8
-1.6 ""' ""' """ "" """ -1 .6

-1.4
·1.2
"" ~
" i - - -1 .1
-1.0
-0.8
-0.6

1 .........____] -0.4
-0.2
o

1~---.:..:.....__
W ---l•l
- -
+0.2
+0.4
~
f-{D

--- -
+0.6
+0.8
+1.0
® .....- +1 .1
+1 .2 L®
+1 .4
0.1 0.9 1.9 4.6 9.3 18.6 46.5 92.9

Elevation of Building Effective Wind Area, m 2

(2 or More Spans)

SA WTOOTH ROOFS
Nt>l('.<

V1•rtwa/ scah• dt•muc.o (;C, to ht• ust·tl wilh lf•

2. 1/nn'zontal.tcale dem>/(•s ej/éctive wind nrl'a 1f, u/
.1. 1'/us ami minus si¡;ns S<f!nify pres.wr<!s acting tOh'ttrd a11tl tlll'll)' from tite sruface.<. re.rpectio•e(l•.
4, Each compom:nt slwfl /)(• designedfor mat.·imum jiO.\'itive tmd negativc~ pressurcs.
5. /:or (/ :'S 10°, wdtll'.< o( (j(.;,ji'lll/1 Fi¡!ltr(' }07-11 Sito// ht! IISl'd.
f>. Notatim1..-:
o • 1(} tn•rcent a(lca.~tlwri:ontal dnneu.l'ionr m· 0.4/r. wlucheo·t•r i.r smallt•r. lmt nof /e.os tlrun eithe1· 4 fi<'I H'III oflca.<f lwn:onml
tlim<*ll.\·ion nr O 9m
Ir · Mean roo[lu·oght. m. <'ll'l'flt tlwt em·t• lll'i~ht {/w/1 ¡,,. uutl (orO :O: 1o•
Ir - /Juiidm}! nu><lult• 1\'lllth. m
11 ~ ilns;lt• ofplmw ofmn((mm hmi:outal. tlt·~rc¡•.<

Figure 207-15 Externa! Pressure Cocfficicnts, GCP on Sawtooth Roof.o;

oí Encloscd, Partially Encloscd Buildings with h S 18m
Components and Cladding ·- Method 2
Associa!lon of Structural Engineers of the P11ilippines
 CHAPTER 2 -- Minimum Design Loads 2--59

Wind
-
Wind

¡~
o ·1
DOMED ROOFS

Extemal Pressure Coeffícients for Domes with a Circular Base

Negative Positive Positivc
O, degrecs Prcssurcs Pressurcs Pressurcs
o-90 o-60 61 -90
·- -- -
GC, . ··- ----------·---,--------.. - ---- +0 .5
-0.9 +0.9

Nores:

l. Verrica/ sea/e dcnores (j(~. to be wed ol'ith q(h{) + J) where (ho +/) is the heighr atthe to¡> ofrhe dome.
J. 1'/u.r all(/mimls signs signi/)' pressures acring toward ami aomyfmm rhe swfaces, respecti1'eiy.
3. Each component sha/1 be desigt¡ed Jor maximum positive ami negarive pres.sures.
4. Valru!s app~v ral) :5 h11D :> 0.5. 0.2 :ój!D S 0.5 .
.5. O;;; O dcgr<'es on dome .\'pring f¡,u!. () ~-·! 90 degrecs ol dome center top point.fis mea .\·w ·edji·om spring fine to 1op.

Figure 207-16 Externa! Pressurc Cocfficicnts, ce;, on Domcd Roo($

of Enclosed, Partially Enc!osed Buildings and Structures with a ll Heights
Componcnts and Cladding - Mcthod 2

National Structural Code of the Philippines 6'" Edilion Volume 1

2-60 CHAPTEH 2 ·- Mmimurn Design Loads

10 100 500
-3.6 ·--
-3.4
@
-3.2 - ~
-3 .2
Kª)I ___ L___\,?2 __ j_ __l@ --;[
· -...
o
1
1
o
1- -
~
----·-
o.
()
-3.0
·2.8
"" ~
...........
o
o
1
o
(!) -2.6 ---
o o
-0 . .:- ¡..- 'r--...
1
0 1
...: -2.4 ~ ""-f- -2.3
1 1
e
~~ (1) kv Q)
·o
-2.2
-2.0 --=·- ~
..........
1
o
o
1
1
o !EQ) -1.8 ® 1'-.
-1 .8
o •
~ ~'..........

~---:---®--T_i~ ~
o -1.6 -1 .6
() -1.4 <D ~ -1 .4
.............
Q) r-. !~
~
::J
-1 .2 --..... ¡-........ ~
-1.0 ~
ROOF PLAN
1/)
1/)
Q)
L..
-0.8
-0.6
- · 1 .0
............ f - ·0.9
-0 ,7
Cl.
(ij -0.4
·--¡-~¡~-- --~f¡~- E -0.2
o t - - -··
~
w +0.2
+0.4
:1 +0.6 - +0.6

·-r-- ®1
oo
@)
o
1
o
o
1
1

¡@
+0.8
+1 .0
0.1
f-@-&®
0.9 1.9
- 1-- :..--
4 .6 9.3 18.6 46.5 92.9
+0 .9

..J:
oo
Effective Wind Area, m 2
:
"'
............. ------ ' - - ' -- - - --L....J

WALL ELEVATION
WALLS AND ROOFS

Notes:

VC'rtirnl sra/e denote> GC,. tu he uscd with q, or tJ•

2 1lrn t:tuttal M'ale df!llotcs efft!cli\'t! wind area A. m'.
3. Plu,\· amlminu.f signs ,ti¡.:nifj' pre,,·.)·ures tJCiing fO'IWJrd and oway.fr om tlw .)·u,:facC'.f , re.-.p~<'tivdy.
4 Use IJ: witlo po.vitive values <!{GC,. ami <f• with ne¡;ativ<' I'IIill<'.l' o{GCp
.1 I'AC'II rcml¡>llllt'll/ .fha/1 lw de.ri¡;n<'dfnr ma.rinwm po.<I/ÍI'l' mulnt'gative pn•ssurt'<.
lo CuetliáC'otl\ w·c• {or mof< II'IIh aotgle O ~ Jn•. 1-'or otlll'r ronfanglt•s n11d gc•omctry. u.• e G(~ o·nlrtt'.< {rom ¡:,guro• }117-11 ,,,¡,,,.,ul.ml
'1• i>ll.rt•d '"' rxposurt• dcjiucd m SeCiotJII 207 5 6. . .
7. 1/ll¡>ttmp('( l't¡lmlto m· higllt'r tlom1 1/.9 m i.r proll'idt•d mmuultlrt• ¡JI'rimcll'r '!f tlw roof1\'Ítlo (} S /11°, Zmw 3 ,/rall ltt' lt'C't>lt d 11..- 0 ¡_,,,. 2.
S. Notolions:
11 " 1O flt'/'1'<'11/ o(/••o.r llwri:o"tol dintt'II.I'ÍOII.I'. lmt IIOIII'S.I' than O. 9 m
ft ..· Me"'' r(l(if/tt'iglot. m. r.t rc•¡oltlwt ' '"'''' lot•iglot slw/1/w u.w·d {m (} ::: ¡o•
1le1ght a})()V<~ grnwuf. m
O · A11xlt• o{plnll<' o{mo[[t,m /wn:motal tfrgrel!.f

Figure 207-17 Externa! Prcssurc Cocflicients GC~~ on Walls and Roors

of EncloscdoPartially Encloscd Buildings with h > 18 m
Componcnts and Cladding -- Mcthod 2

Associat1on of Structural Engineers of lhe Pl1ilippines

 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads 2-61

L L

0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L

Wind Wind

r-
Direction Dlrectlon

=> <==
Y= oo h y = 180°

~///ZT//7/7777 ?T/7/T/7//7//777

.. Wind Direction y = O Wind Dircction y = 180

Roof Load Obstructcd Wind Obstructed Wind
Ang1e,O Clear Wind Flow C1ear Wind Flow
Case Flow Flow
··~·

CNw CNL CNw CNL CNw CNI CNw

e.Nl_ --
oo A 1.2 0.3 -0.5 - 1.2 1.2 0.2 -0.5 -1.2
B - l.l -0.1 -1.1 -0.6 -1.1 -0.1 -1.1 -0.6
A -0.6 -1 -1 -1.5 0.9 1.5 -0.2 -1.2
7.5°
B -1.4 o - 1.3 -0.8 1.6 0.3 0.8 -0.3
¡so A -0.9 - 1.3 -1.1 -1.5 1.3 1.6 0.4 - 1.1
13 - 1.9 o -2. 1 -0.6 1.8 0.6 1.2 -0.3
A -1.5 -1.6 -1.5 -1.7 l.7 1.8 0.5 .¡
22.5°
B -2.4 -0.3 -2.3 -0.9 2.2 0.7 1.3 o
A -1.8 - 1.8 -!.5 -1.3 2.1 2.1 0.6 -1
30°
B -2.5 -0.5 -2.3 - l.! 2.6 1 1.6 0.1
A - 1.8 - 1.8 - 1.5 -1.8 2.! 2.2 1.7 -0.9
37.5° -
B -2.4 -0.6 -2.2 - l.! 2.7 1. 1 1.9 0.3
A - 1.6 .. -1.8 -1.3 -1.8 2.2 2.5 0.8 -0.9
45° ~~~

-.. 13 -2.3 -0.7 - 1.9 -1.2 2.0 1.4 2.1 0.4

·-

Not~s:·

l. C,,.,.. a111/ C,, dc•lflllc•net pressw·c·s (ccmtrilmtionsji·om top ond bollom swfacC's) for windward and lt<cwtu·d lwlfofroof.\'ltlfaces. respective/y.
l. Clear windflow dcmn/1'.1' relatively unob.wr11cted 11·iml flow with hlockage lt!ss th<111 nr equalto 50%. Ob.wmcted wind.flow denotl's object.<below
ron( inltibiting wind.flow ( > 50",1, b/ockage).
.1. For vtllnt!.\' afO h<'l\\'1'1'11 7.5° and 45°, linear inteqmlation is permiued. For ••alues oJO less than 7 ..~·. llfe •IJ,)IJOSiope roofload cot~Oit-ii'IIIS.
4 l'bc.r and minus .<Íf.lll.\' :;¡gni{y pn•ssures a¡·ting /QII'tlrds und nwnyfrom tiiL•top roofswjáC'l', respeC'tiwdy.
.1. Alllond C'IISI'S shownfor enc:lr roo{angle s lw/1/>c• mwstigated
6. Norations·
/. ~::: 1/nri:onttll dimt'nsiou.r ofroe~{. JIWti.surC'd in Jiu! along wuul clirec·tton, m
1/ -" Mean nm{ heiJ:!hl. m
;• ~ Drrl'ction o/wiml. degrec•.t
n = Angle ofplt~nl' ofmnf.fi·amlwri:ontal, dc•w·c•¡•,,

Figure 207- 1!lA Net, Pressure Cocffícicnts, C,v on Monoslopc Free

Roofs () S 45°, )' = 0°, 180° of Opcn Buildings
Main Wind- Force Rcsisting S~stcm
11
Nntional Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volumc' 1
2-62 CHAPTEH 2 - Mínimum Design Loads

CNW
Wind
Dlrection
=>
y= o· h

·---
Wínd Direction y- 0°, 180°
Roof Obstmcted Wínd
Load Case Clear Wind Flow
Anglc, O t------··
Flow
·--·-··- CNII' c,.,.L CNw CNI.
A 1.1 -0.3 -1.6 -1
7.5°
- B 0.2 -1.2 -0.9 -1.7
A l.l -0.4 - 1.2 -1
15°
B 0. 1 -1.1 -0.6 - 1.6
-
A l.l 0.1 - 1.2 - 1.2
22.5°
B -0.1 -0.8 -0.8 -!.7
1\ 1.3 0.3 -0.7 -0.7
30°
r----o -0.! -0.9 -0.2 - l. 1
A 1.3 0.6 -0.6 -0.6
37.5"
o -0.2 -0.6 -0.3 -0.9
A 1. 1 0.9 -0.5 -0.5
45°
B -0.3 -0.5 -0.3 -0.7

PITCHED FREE ROOFS 9 ~ 45°, y = 0°, 180°

Notes:

l. (",., ami C.q denof¡• tl<'l f}l'<'l.nu·t•.\ (ctJIItnhutiolls (mm w¡• and hollam swfacrs) jr1r wimlward ami leewnrd lwlf of mo{ sw.faces,
re.<pec·tii ·<'~F.
1. Clear wíwl.flow de11o1<·s refal<"l.'~l' tmoh.l'llltt'l<'d windjlow wiJir hlockage les.< tfwn ur eqri(J//0 50% Oh.<ll'llclrd wind j/m,· . · ' .·
ohj<•cts h<•lm•· roo/illhll;rtwg wiml jlow ('-'50% b/ockagt•).
.1 /'Or •·alue.1 of O bt'IW<'<'n l .J• allll 45°. linear inl<'tpolatitm is pcrmitl<'d. Far mlues af (} les.< Ihtm 7.5°, >t.>C manas/"!"' 1•·· ·'
coc:_[ficic•nts
4. f>fu.\ rnul minux _,·;g,s .t.ign~Zi· pre.....ntrC',. ac ting lou·ards nnd ah·ay (rom !he rop ruo_[.,·u¡fnct.'. r<'.ff)ectil·e~''·
.1. Al/ Iom/ ,·a.wx .1 /rmnr (or <'lll'h mv.fan~ll' .<ha/1/w iuwstig{/[ed
{;, Notufw¡u·_
1~ -~: 1/ori:ontal dmrcnsicm.~ o(rtu!t: m("(tSIIn·tl in th<- ulonJ.! n·ind din,ctiou. m
/¡ ., Meau roo(lll'ight. 111
(' :·.:. Direction <?[,dnd. tle~I'C('.\'
11 " Angle o(plan<' o(roo(ji-mu lwn:ontal. d<'W'<'<'.\

Figure 207-1813 Nct Prcssurc Coef'ficícnts, CN on Pitchcd Free

Roof's 8 S 45", ¡• = 0°, 180° of Open Buíldings wi th
1lc ighl h to Lcngth L ratio, 0.25 .S h/L S 1.O
Main Wind-Forcc Rcsisting Systcrn
Associ<Jtion of StruCllJral Engineers of the F)flifippines
 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-63

Wlnd
Olrectlon

=>
Y=o·

J
Wind Direction y - 0°, 180°
l Roof
Load Case C1ear W ind Flow
Obstructed Wind
Angle,O Flow
CNiv eN/. Cmv eN/.
A - 1.1 0.3 -1.6 -0.5
7.5°
----·-· 13 -0.2 1.2 -0.9 -0.8
~ A -1.1 0.4 -1.2 -0.5
~ ¡so
!
¡
13 0. 1 1.1 -0.6 -0.8

¡ 22.5°
A
B
A
- 1.1
-0.1
- 1.3
-0. 1
0.8
-0.3
- 1.2
-0.8
-1.4
-0.6
-0.8
-0.4
t
i
30°
B -0 .1 0.9 -0.2 -0.5
A -1.3 -0.6 -1.4 -0.3
!
¡
37.5°

A
13 0.2
- 1. 1
0.6
-0.9
-0.3
- 1.2
-0.4
-0.3
45°
B 0.3 0.5 -0.3 -0.4
-----...--- ...
- ·····- ····- - - - -··-·· -····- -··-·--·- ·
_......;.;;__

TROUGHED FREE ROOFS 8 ~ 45°, y = 0°, 180°

1. e:,.,.. oud c•.,. d!!IIOIC' uet pt'C'SSttt"C'S (comríbtttíon.~ from 10p 1111cl /Jottom .fwfaces) .for wíudward and /eeward ha/fofroofsttr.foce.l.
re.<pt!CIÍI'C!~)'.
l. Cleor 11111cl f/ow d e11ates relaltl't'ly wJObstmcted wmdflow witlt blockage less thau or eqttolto 50%. Obstrttcted wit:cl flow dcnoi<'S
objects bclow roo.f inhibitin¡: w11ul jlow (> 50% blockage).
J. For ••olttf!S '!(O berwec>11 7.5° am/45°. lineor illll'I1JO/ation is pc>rmillt•d. For l'alut•.t o.fO less !han 7.5°, II.IC' monoslope roo(lood
CO~{licii'IIIS.
4 Plus ancl minus .\·igns si~II{/.V prt!,\'.tur<'S aclíng toward.\· (md away.from tlu; lop roo_{.5w:face, re.\fJl'Ciiw:ly.
5. A 11 load Cti.I"<'S ~how11 jin· <'a eh roo( angle sho/1 be in vestigot('d.
fi. Notatio11s:
1, ""~ 1/orizonlal dimc.•nsÍOIIS l~(nn?t: mcasured in rhe o/ong wind dirC'clion. m
h ,. Meun mo(hcigltt. m
i' :~. /)ir('C/UUI <!(wind. dt'._t!l('('t
11 " Arm¡:lc r!fpltuu· o.fmoffí.,n horiwntol, dc•gr<'c'.\"

Figure 207-18C Nct Prcssure Cocfficicnls, C¡.: on Troughcd f"rcc

Roofs 8 :S 45°, y= 0°, 180° of Open Bui!dings wi!h
Hcight h to Length L ratio, 0.25 :S h/L :S 1.0
Mnin W ind Force Rcsisting Systcm
1
National Struclural Code of the Pt1iliJ)pines 6 " Edition Volume 1
2-64 CHAPTEF< 2 ·-· Minimurn Design Loads

Monoslope

Distance
from from
Wlndward Wlndward
Edge Edge

Wind Direction
y=90"
Wind Direction
y=90"
7) Wind Oirection
y=9o·

Horizontal Obstructed
Clcar Wind Flow
Distance from Roof Anglc Wind Flow
Load Case -------·---·-- -----·----
Windward {}
Edge
-------·-·-·--..---1--- - - - + --- ..--------- - - - - - - - - - -1- - - - - - - - - l
AJJ Shapes A -0.8 -1.2

o$ 45" B 0.8 0.5

- - - - - - - - ------·- ---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - --1-- - ----
All Shapcs A -0.6 -0.9
> lr,$2/r --- ---- - - - - - -- -- - - - - - - l - - - - -·- ·----
13 0.5 0.5

AIJ Shapcs A -0.3 -0.6

> 2h ~--------4--------------4-------------l

!3 0.3 0.3
· -- --- -- ..--- - -- ' - - - - -- -- - ' - - - - - - - - ' - - - · - - - - - - . . . 1 - - - - - - ----'

TROUGHED FREE ROOFS 9 S 45°, y= 0°, 180°

No!es:

l. C.vde1101es IWI pres.wres (conlributionr(t·om lop and lwllom swfaces)

2. Ci<~ar ll'ind jlow denoles r<'iMivel¡• unohstructed ll'ind jlow with h/ocka¡;e /ess tlum or equal lo 50% Ohstmcted wind .flow
denotes o/_¡iec:ts he/ow mof'inlrihiling wimlf/ow (>50% b/ol'kage).
3. Plus ami minus .~·igns sign{fy pres.,:ures ac·ting lawards and awayfrom tlu~ top roo(sw.Jáce, respective/y.
4. Al/load case.<slto\\'1/.fiJr r•ad1 mo(angle sha/1 be investigated.
5. Fo,· monos!opc~ nu?f.\· lt'ilh tfwta less !han 5 de¡:ret•s. Cs vaiii<'S shou·n app~l·' also for coses where gamma ": (} degrees and 0.05
k<.< than or equal to MI, les.r tlwn or cqrml O.25. S1~e Figure 20 7-18A f ór ollrer lr/L values.
ó No/alions :
L ~~ llorizonto/ dimensions (?/rot~l meost(red in !11 c~ a long 1dnd dircl'lioo. m
Ir '" Mc<an mo(lrcighl. m
y :-: Direclion ofwind. degrees
1J '·7 Angle ofplan e ofro,!(from horizonlal, degrees

Figure 207- 18D Net Pressurc Coefficients, CN on Troughed Free

Roofs 8 :s 45°, y= 0°, 180° ofüpen Buildings with
Hcight h lo Length L ratio, 0.25 ~ h/L ~ ! .O
Main Wind-Forcc Rcsisting Systcm
Associaúon of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
 CHAPTER 2 -· Minimum Design Loads 2-65

--------- - - L
a
3
2
1
2
3
- - --------
h e
-iala~-
l ________.1:.______~-

RoofEffcctívc eN
Angle Wind Clcar Wind Flow Obslructed Wind Flow
o .• Arca --- Zonc 3 Zone 2 Zonc 1 Zone 3 Zone2 Zone 1
< a2
---- - -- --jT-·:¡:¡
2.4 -3.3 1.2 -1.1 1 -3.6 0.8 -1.8 0.5 - 1.2
O" >a 2, S 4a 2 1.8 -1.7 1.8 -1.7 1.2 -1.1 0.8 -1.8 0.8 -1.8 0.5 -1.2
-
> 4a2 1.2 -1.1 1.2 - 1.1 1.2 -1.1 0.5 -1.2 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 -1.2
2
Sa 3.2 -4.2 2.4 -2.1 1.6 -1.4 1.6 -5.1 1.2 -2.6 0.8 -1.7
7.5° >a 2 , < 4a2 2.4 -2. 1 2.4 -2.1 1.6 -1.4 1.2 -2.6 1.2 -2.6 0.8 -1.7
> 4a2 1.6 -1.4 1.6 -1.4 1.6 -1.4 0.8 -1.7 0.8 -1.7 0.8 - 1.7
< a1 3.6 -3.8 2.7 -2.9 1.8 -1.9 2.4 -4.2 1.8 -3.2 1.2 -2. 1
15° >a 2 < 4a 2
·- - '.=-...~-··-
2.7
-¡;~-
-2.9 2.7
-···--- -2.9
-·- - - 1.8 - 1.9 1.8 -3.2 1.8 -3.2
- - -2. 1
- 1.2 ---
> 4a' - 1.9 1.8 - 1.9 1.8 -2.1 1.2 -2. 1
<a' 5.2 -5
-1.9
---- ------·- -.. -=-~-- ·-·--:;.._ - ·-- - --...,..-=,- ---- ··----·-- - -1.2-- -2.1
--~~--
1.2
2.4
-3.5 1.6 -2.3
-
3.9 -3.8 2.6 -2.5 3.2 -4.6
2
30" 2
>a , < 4a 3.9 -3.8 3.9 -3.8 2.6 -2.5 2.4 -3.5 2.4 -3.5 1.6 -2.3
> 4a 2 2.6 -2.5 2.6 -2.5 2.6 -2.5 1.6 -2.3 1.6 -2.3 1.6 -2.3
< (/2 5.2 -4.6 3.9 -3.5 2.6 -2.3 4.2 -3.8 3.2 -2.9 2. 1 -1.9
45° >a 2, < 4a 1 3.9 -3.5 3.9 -3.5 2.6 -2.3 3.2 -2.9 3.2 -2.9 2.1 -1.9
> 4a 2 2.6 -2.3 2.6 -2.3 2.6 -2.3 2. 1 -1.9 2. 1 -1.9 2.1 -1.9
·-- ·
Nol<'s:

l. C,..·d<'note nel pres.(jure.o; (contributions.fi·om rop nnd houom surfacl'-~)

l. Cle!ar wiutl flow denoiC.\' n·lative~l' uJu)IJ\·trucl<·d wind flow with hlnckngl· /e.ts tlwn fJr cquol to 50%. OhstrtiCif~d wind flow de,ole.s lJhjel'IS lu·fow
roo{ inhihitin¡; windflnw (>50% blocknge)
3. For l'Ctfue.<'!{O olhcr thanthose slwwn. lmenr illlcqmlatinn t.< pr•rmiued
4 PIu.\ une/ mi 1111.-. sigus .tiJ.:nif.i: pn·.~rure.'i cu·till}.! fOHVlrtlt mul nwoy from tht! tnp roof.'t u_,'(u:e. re.vu·cth~e~r-
.~- Comptlllt'nls und cladtliu¡:, c•lemrnts _,·fta/1 b<' cfesiJ!,IWd(or po.\·itive and tJeRalive pre:r.t11rt• co¡;{Jic:i<•nl\· slwwn.
6, Nototiotl.\'.'
t1 ;-.: /()'};-~o( /('nst lwri::wrtal diownsíons or 0.4h, whiclt('\'t'r is :rmal!er !Jut not le.\'.\' rlta11 4'?1t o/f<'ll.\'llwrizrm/0/ diml'/1.\'ÍOIIS orO. 9 m
h :·:· 1Hean .ror?/height. m .
/., ~. llorizontal dimellxiono(huifding m ea.,·urecl in'ai'"'J.! wind direction. 111
O'< Angle o/planr o(mn(¡i-mnlmJ'iznntal. degrcex

Figure 207- 19A Nc! Prcssurc Cocffícients, CNon Monoslopc Free

Roofs 8 ~ 45° of Opcn Builclíngs with Height h lo Length L ratio, 0.25 ~ h/ L ~ 1.0
Componcnts an d Cladding

11
National Structural Code of the Philippines !3 ' Editíon Volume .1
 2-66 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

¡ ·-··--······L-.............l ¡··············L ··- .......l L

3
2
1 1
2
3
~

2
,--

1
2
r--·

1
l
'--- '--·
'--- '----

9 < 10' 9;?: 10'

Roof Effective eN
Angle Wind Clear Wind Flow Obstmcted Wind Flow
o Area
--
Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 1 Zonc 3 Zonc 2 Zone 1
<al 2.4 -3.3 1.8 -1.7 1.2 -1.1 1 -3.6 0.8 -1.8 0.5 -1.2
oo >al,< 4a 2 1.8 - 1.7 - 1.7
---·- 0.8 .. -1.8 -1.8 0.5 1~
> 4a 2
1.8 1.2 - l. 1 -- 0.8
1.2 -!. 1 1.2 -1. 1 1.2 - 1. 1 0.5 -1.2 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 - l.~_
< a2 2.2 -4.2 2.4 -2. 1 1.6 .... - 1.4 1.6 -5.1 1.2 -2.6 0.8 - 1.7
7.5° >al,< 4a2 1.7 -2.1 2.4 -2. 1 1.6 -1.4 1.2 -2.6 1.2 -2.6 0.8 -1.7
> 4a2 1. 1 - 1.4 1.6 - L.4 1.6 -1.4 0 .8 -1.7 0.8 - 1.7 0.8 -1.7
< a2 2.2 -3.8 2.7 -2.9 1.8 - 1.9 2.4 -4.2 1.8 -3.2 1.2 -2. 1
15° >a 2, < 4a 2 1.7 2.9 -2.7 -2.9 1.8 -1.9 1.8 -3.2 1.8 -3.2 1.2 -2. 1
> 4a 2 1.1 -1.9 1.8 -1.9 ' 1.8 -1.9 1.2 -2. 1 1.2 -2. 1 1.2 -2. 1
< a2 2.6 -5 3.9 -3.8 2.6 -2.5 3.2 -4.6 2.4 -3.5 1.6 -2.3
30° >a 2 , < 4a 2 2.0 -3.8 3.9 .)..8 2.6 -2.5 2.4 -3.5 2.4 -3.5 1.6 _.:D._
> 4a2 1.3 -2.5 2.6 -2.5 2.6 -2.5 1.6 -2.3 1.6 -2.3 1.6 -2.3
S a2 2.2 -4.6 3.9 -3.5 2.6 -2.3 4.2 -3.8 3.2 -2.9 2. 1 -1.9
45° >a , < 4a2
2
1.7 -3.5 3.9 -3.5 2.6 -2.3 3.2 -2.9 3.2 -2.9 2.1 -1.9
> 4a2 1.1 -2.3 2.6 -2.3 2.6 -2.3 2.1 -1.9 2.1 -1.9 2. 1 - 1.9

Noll'.<

l. C.dl'II()(C! 11<'1 pres.Htrl's (contnbutions from top fltlcl hott.?m .wrfilce.•)

2. Clcnr windflowdenoi<'S relatil·e~y unobstmclcd windjlowwilh blocko¡:e le.u tiran or<!qual 10 50"/.o. Ob.•I111Cit·d nmdjloll'til'IIOI<'.S obj••Lis helm<'
'oof' inhib1ti11g wim/ jlow (>50% blnduge)
J For Wllues oJO ollwr thflll those slww11, lint>ar ÍIIII'IJmlation is lumniued.
4 l'lus nnd minus .tigns sign[{y pre.tsure.t nctmg townnls ami nwayfrom the top roofsmface. l'<'tP<'CIÍl'l'~l'.
.5 Cnm¡uments wrd dacldin[!. ell'IIWnts sira// OC! d~.ttgm·cl for posriiVI' tmd ll<'[!.allve pn•s.wre col'_l]irientJ .tlrOII'II
ti Noltllimrs
tl a f{)':ñ tJ/ft'a.tl flori!.cJII/11/ dinu•n•ÚniJ.f or 0.4/r, w/ri('ht•\ ('' Í.f .tmtiJ/('r but IIIJ//ess (/wn 4 "].1, of/eiiSI hori=nnltd dimt'II.ÚIJII{ IJI 0.9 m
Ir ~ ...,,.,, mol h<'igl:t. m
l. ~ /lori:mrtal tlimc•nsio11 t?(buildi11g mt'tl.turctl 111 nltmi! ll'ilttl tlitt•c·tion. m
{/ ~ An¡:lc• o(plane ofroo.ffímn /roriz<mttll, dl!grc'''·''

Figure 207- 1913 Nct Prcssurc Coeflicients, CN on Troüghcd Free

Roofs 8 ~ 45° ofOpcn 13ui ldings with Hcight h to Lcngth L ratio, 0.25 S hl f. ~ 1.0
Cornponcnts and Cladding

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads 2-67

L L L
r··-·····················::==' r······-··--··-··-···---··--·-·---¡

[- [
-·--- '--- - -

o< 10. o ~1 o·

Roof Effcct ive C"'

Anglc Wind Clear Wind Flow Obstructed Wind Flow
o - ---,---- Arca Zone 3 Zonc 1
- --- < az 2.4
- Zone 2 Zonc l Zone 3 Zone 2
- -3.3 1.8 - 1.7
-.
1.2 - 1.1 l -3.6 0.8 - 1.8 0.5 -1.2
oo >a 2 , < 4a 2 1.8 -1.7 J .8 -1.7 1.2 - l.! .0 .8 -1.8 0.8 -1.8 0.5 - 1.2
> 4a 2 1.2 -1.1 1.2 - 1.1 1.2 -1. 1 0.5 -1.2 0.5 -1.2 0.5 -1.2
<a, 2.4 -3.3 1.8 -1.7 1.2 - 1.1 1 -4.8 0.8 -2.4 0.5 -1.6
7.5° >a 2 , <4a 2 1.8 -1.7 1.8 -1.7 1.2 -1.1 0.8 -2.4 0.8 -2.4 0.5 -1.6
> 4a 2 1.2 -1.1 1.2 -1.1 1.2 - 1.1 0.5 -1.6 0.5 - 1.6 0.5 -1.6
S. a, 2.2 -2.2 1.7 - 1.7 1.1 - 1.1 1 -2.4 0.8 -1.8 0.5 -1.2
15° >a 2 S. 4a 2 1.7 - 1.7 1.7 - l .7 1. 1 - 1.1 0.8 - 1.8 0.8 -1.8 0.5 -1.2
··- ··-·-·- "''' ¡:¡- "-·--1. 1 ----· -·
> 4a 2 l.l - 1. 1 1.1 -1.1 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 - 1.2
-·--
--~- - 1.8
--- ---- -2.6 1.4 -2 0.9 -1.3
-- - 1
- -- 0.8 -2.1
- - -2.8 0.5 - l.~
30° >a 2 , S 4a 2 1.4 -2 1.4 -2 0.9 -1.3 0.8 -2.1 0.8 -2.1 0.5 - 1.4
> 4a 2 0.9 -1.3 1.9 -1.3 0.9 -1.3 0.5 -1.4 0.5 -1.4 0.5 -1.4
< (/2 1.6 -2.2 1.2 -1.7 0.8 -1.1 1 -2.4 0.8 - 1.8 0.5 -1.2
45° >a\ S. 4a 2 1.2 -1.7 1.2 -1.7 0.8 - 1.1 0.8 -1.8 0.8 -1.8 0.5 -1.2
> 4a2 0.8 -1.1 1.8 -1. 1 0.8 - 1.1 0.5 -1.2 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 - 1.2

Notes:

1 C,,. denote 11<'1 pres.,·urc•s (crmtrilmticm.,· fi'<llll top amllxmum .wr{aces)

l Clcm· wintl jlau· ti<•Ju>tes rl'latil'<•lr wuJb\ll'ltctt•d u·iml jlo11· u·ilh hlockogr h-n· tlum ar r•qual ta 50%. Obstnrclerl wiud jlo\1' dc•1WICS objects hr:low
mo{inhihit111g will(/ j/nll' ( >50% hlockllge).
3. For Wl fues of tJ r>thertlum tho•w .tlwuon. /int•tu· illf('"l)o/ation i.t permitted
4 P:u. ami minus .fign.,· .-.igulj_i ¡n·l.~s.\·ure\' IICtmg lowurtl.'i ant! awt~y.fi·om thl' top nu~f swjare. re.<tpcctindy.
5. Co,~tpmu•nls tllld cladcling elemcnt.'i ,\ ·botllw desi_~Jwd.for posith'<.' amlnegafil•,• pre.'i..\W'«' col'Oicu•ll/.'i .rlwwn.
tí . Notafions:
o ,,._, lfn-n t?(leost Jwrizontnl dimC'IlsioJt,\' or 0.4h. u·hich('l'N' i.~ smcll/,.,. hui no/ h•.'is titan 4~-~ (?llell.\'1 lw ri.:onto/ dimensions or 0.9 m
}¡ ,., MMII mo(hr•1j:ht. 111
l. 1
'' llorizontol tlinH'II.\'ion a(huiltling mc>o.'im'l.'tl irt aJo,,g, u·i11d dir<'climl. m
fJ :-:. An~lt'r!lplnnc t~lrooffi·nm hori.:onful. dC'grecx

Figu re 207- 19C Nc1 Prcssurc Cocfficicnls, C,v on T roughcd r:rcc

Root:~ 8 :S 45° of Opcn Buildings with llcight h lo Lcngth L rat io, 0.25 :S h!L :S 1.0
Componcnts and Clacicling
11
N<JtiOfléll S truc tural Code of t110 Philippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 2-68 CHI\PTER 2 - Mínimum Design Loads

1
~ -·-----··-·-·--!!............. ----! 1
!-···-~·-··+ · oS. + ...~: ....,.!-'~'-•"c"-j
--p:·-¡·-········
/
e'[;~~,~~~~~~~ J_]
[-l··--J·---- ---·-··]--·-r-T~T-- · ¡
CASEA 1 -F¡······ -.,.~--1·-···· ¡;: . ... F
WINO 1

/ ¡·r.¡·--,~---··-
GROUNO SURFACE C ASEC

ELEVATION VIEW
¡!!''." ""~+ _s_ +· .-~ .¡--. -·L-j
~1----~l~Jft·· -~~~
- .. 'JJ :J.•.DJA
........ Ion . • ,-
WINO
RA.NGE
•

CASES
• 0.18

r:~=F=r=~-:-T~.:l: ~¡-·-1-J
F 1 F
. ... -·
. .,
WIND
r:- - .. ~':l 1 F
GROUNO 8URFACE 1

--.=~---1-·i ~IND
CROSS-SECTION VIEW RANGE

- ·--····---- - - - · -
.......!ti· CASE A & CASE B --------- - ---
Clcarance Aspect Ratio, Bis
Ratio, sih < 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 4 5 !O 20 30 40
1 1.80 1.70 1.65 1.55 1.45 1.40 1.35 1.35 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30
0.9 1.85 1.75 1.70 1.60 1.55 1.50 1.45 1.45 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40
0.7 1.90 1.85 1.75 1.70 1.65 1.60 1.60 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55
0.5 1.95 1.85 1.80 1.75 l. 75 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.70 1.75
0.3 1.95 1.90 1.85 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.85 1.85 1.85
0.2 1.95 1.90 1.85 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.85 1.90 1.90 1.95
-
< 0. 16 1.95 1.90 1.85 1.85 1.80 1.80 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.90 1.90 1.95
-
-- Cl, CASE<:;_ -·--- - - - --------r-··--·---·-------··--·-
R . Aspect Ratio.
Region Aspcct Ratio, Bis cg1on Bis
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 > 45
O tos 2.25 2.60 2.90 3. 10* 3.30* 3.40* 3.55* 3.65* 3.75* 0 lO S 4.00* 4.30*

r-·-- --- ]
S lO 2s l. 50 1.70 1.90 2.00 2. 15 2.25 2.30 2.35 2.45 s to 2s 2.60 2.55
2s to 3s l. 1S 1.30 1.45 1.55 1.65 1.70 1.75 1.85 2s to 3s 2.00 1.95
3s to 1Os 1.1 0 l. OS 1.05 1.05 l. OS 1.00 0.95 3s to 4s 1.50 1.85
4s to 5s 1.35 1.85
~------------
aluas l5lloll bo multlplkldl L,ls RedUcllon Fador ·Tl PlAN VlEW Of WALL OR SIGN
Ssto 1.10
0.90
:'a~~ ....Q;_{~ ·····---~:.~----·-···- :•. _ --~2_~~ R~TV~~-~~~ER
lB p<eSOnt.
.
¡---;f.~= ~:=-~=:_q:~.=~~:=·
1.0 o. 75 L ~ ·-------·-···--··B·-····-··.... ~ lOs
·-·--·---
-·-- ~·~·-"'"

l Os- - _____9_:.5_~ 0.55

_ _ _ _ .,_ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ ___ _ w,•
WlNO
----·-~• -••-•-••--•••---••••----•-••· ·
-- >
--
-----
N01e.1:
/_ Tire ll!rm "signs" introl~.f bt:lnw (t/so appli~.< In 'frccslmrdlirg wnll.< ··.
!. Sigtl.f ,,•ifh opening.t comprisin g lcss than JO% oftlrr gro.fs llrc!O 01•'e cla.nified tt~'f .'Wiitl .\"ÍI-!ILf. Fnrce <"ót•Oicwut.'f {cJr .t"o/ül.tign.\ u·iJh np!'llings .\/Jnlf he permtllt'd
1
In be mllltip/ied by tltl! rcdt~ctimr factor ( 1- {1 -1:) 1).
J To al/ow hoth normal u1ul oblique wirrd din•rlimrs. thr.fhllnwing Cfil.ft'f .thalf be cmtsui<•red
Forsllt < 1:
CASE A: resu/Umlfi)I'CI.' acl.t JI(Jrmal to tlu:fiu:t~ oft/1(~ .ti¡:n lhraugh the geomrtric ccnter.
CASE n: re.fuflan/ {or<'C' uc/.t /UJrmalltJ the Jan' e?{ thc· .tÍRIJ 111 11 disUIIIC<' from /h(' /.:<'OIIIt'lric cenler IOWIII'd lht• windh"CII"tl t•r/¡.:(• c•qualto 0.2 time.t tlw
a••t·rtt~:<' u-it/1/r ofllu• sigll.
¡;or /JI.<?. 2. CA s¡:; C tr111.<t a/so he ro~t.riderwl:
("ASE C: re.4iulwut.fhrces act normal w tlw.fuce t!( tire sij.!lt through tlw g('omc•rrit' ('t'lllen· ol<•ach region.
For slh ~ 1:
7'lu.' .wnw cases a x ahov(' exn•¡n tJwtlhe \'f'l'ticullocations f?{Jh<• n·sullant (orces ocn11· ol a distonc<' ahm·<• tlle geomelric' n •tlfer et¡ual lo fUJ5 limex tite•
m·c•ragelreí¡.:htoftl,<,.\l}:n.
Fnr CASI;' C ..-hcn·sllt > 0.8./irra cm:(fil'ie1tl.< .<Ita//¡,,. multipli<·d ¡•,_,, 1he retluc1iwr f<wtw f/ .8 _,·/lo).
4 l.ill('fll' mteq,olntiou i.t fX rmill('t/{or value.r o{.tlh. /JI.'\ mul L,/s olh<•t· tlum .tlwwn.
1

5. 711<' ··Rc•s;um ··in thC' lahf~· nho\'(, it the lwri:IJIIIill dl.\"ltm <·e_from H'tlolclwurcl c•dg<'
r,_ Notutm11 ·
IJ ""- 1/twt:outn/ diJ-,wJuirm ofsiJ!II. m
!t = ll<·i~lol tl(lhr .<i}!ll. m
_,. ~ l't•rtic·al tlimc•n.uo11 n(lht• M):,n. m
1: ::-. Hutio o(\nlu/ an.•n lo j!flJ.U area
L1 :-. 1/m c:.wuaf dimrnsiwr t?f l'l'lurn co,.ner. m

Figure 207-20 force Coefficicnts, C¡on Solid Frcestanding Walls & Solid Signs
of all Heigh ts Other Structurcs - Method 2
Association of Slructural Engineers of the Pllilippu)eS
 CHAPTEF~ 2 -· Minimum Design Loads 2--69

,---· ·-·-----
Cross-Scction . ___________ _J):j)~_g.!:_ Surfacc - ·-- - - - · /¡//)
- --- - ···-~~··~· --~---- --

.l..iuare (wind nonn~1l to filce) 1.4 2.0 ---

·-- - - -- Al! 1.3
·-·-----· - - - - - - -
Square (wind along_~i.~gonal) A!l ·---·-
LO Ll L5
Hexagonal or Octagonal All LO L2 L4
- 0.7
Moderatcl¿: Smooth 0.5 0.6
Rough (D'ID"" 0.02) 0.7 0.8 0.9
Round (Djq; > 25) Very rough (D'j_[) = 0.08l.___ 0.8 LO 0.2
-·
(Djq; >5.3, D in m, q, in kPa
All 0.7 0.8 1.2
-------·- --- ---- -
Notes:
l. The design wind force slw/1 he wlculated hased 011 tlw area of thc> structure projected 0 11 a plan e normal to the wind directio11. l11e fo rce slw/1 be
ossumed to oct poro/le/ to the wi/1(1 direction.
2. Linear illletpolation is permilled fo r h!l) volues other rlum show11.
3. Nmation:
D :::; Diameter o.f circular cross--scclion and leas! horizomal dimensions (~{square. hexagonal or ()C!(lgonal cross-sections at elewuion under
con.riderarion. m;
D'-. Depth c~(protmding e /eme11tS such tls ribs and spoilen·. m:
h "' lfeight (!fstmcture, m: and
q, "' Vclocity prcssure eva/uated al height z above ground. kl'a.

Figure 207-21 Force Cocfficicnts, Cj on Chimncys, Tanks,

Rooltop Equipmcnt and Sim ilar Structurcs oí Al! Hcights
Othcr Structurcs .... Mcthod 2

11
Nalional Structural Code of the Phílippines 6 ' Edition Volurne 1
2:10 CHAPTE:H 2 ·- Minimum Design l.oacls

,---
Rounded Members
{;
Flat- Sided /)¡;¡; :>: 2.5 D.{qz >2.5
Members
/)¡;¡;::;; 5 .3 D¡q; >5.3
-- --------
<0.1 2.0 1.2 0.8
0.1 to 0.29 1.8 1.3 0.9
--
0.3 to 0.7 1.6 1.5 1.1
..

No/es:

l. Signs ,,.;,;, openings comprising 30% or more of1he gross orea are cltHsijied as open signs.
2. 7/¡e calculalian ofthe design wind forces sha/1 he hased on !he area of al/ e:qJOsed memhers ami e/emenls projecled on a plane nor:;;:d
lo !he wind direction. Forces sha/1 be assumed 10 acl para/le/ 10 !he wind direclíon.
3. 71w area A¡consisten/ wilh the.~ejórce coe((ici("l!.\' is the so/id orea pmjected rwrmal to 1he wind directíon.
4. Notarían:
e ~~ Ratio of.wlid arca 10 gross area
[) ~ Dio meter of a typical round memher, m
q, = Ve/ocity pressure evailmted al height z above grouml. kPa

Figure 207-22 Force Coefficíents, C¡on Open Signs and

Lattice Frarneworks of All Heights
Other Structures - Method 2

A ssociation of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines

 CHAPTEF< 2 ·· Minimum Df~:;io n Loads 2··11

-------·- ·-·-------··-
Towcr Cross Scction e¡

?
Square 4.ac-· -5.9~: +4.0
·- - - - ! - - - - - - - - ·--·-·
?
Trianglc 3Ac --4.7e -1-3.4

Notes:
l. For allwind direcrions consídered. rhe area ;11 consisle111 with tlw .1p1:cijiedjilrce ¡·ot;(liciellts sha/1 be rhe so/id arca oj"a rowerj("'''
projected 011 the plnne ofrhru(acejiu· rhe tower segment under considerariotl.
2. !7u: specijiedji1rce co4Jicient.\· are/ór to11·n:> ll'ith .l·fructural angles or similm)lar-sided members.
J For rowers conraining rounded member.>. it is ar·cepwble ro multiply tlw .1pecijied fim:e coeJ{tciell/S hr rlw Ji>llmi'Úlg j(Jctor when
d(•termining wind.fOrces 011 .nu·h mNnben;:
1!.5/ 1:' + fJ .57. butno/ > /.11
4. 1-Fím/ .fhrces .slw/1 be applied in tire directiuns resulting in ma.rimum nwmher jlJrces and reactions . For IO \I'<'rS with square <:ross·
set'lion.v. wind (óras s /w/1 be multiplied by !he j i>llowingfacwr when !he wind is direc1ed a long a /ower diagonal:
1 +O. 751:. bt~tnot > 1.2
5. H'ind forces on tower appurtcnm1ces :,;uch os ladders. conduirs. lig hts. eh!WJ/Ors. e1c .. sha/1 be calculated using appropr iale forn.•
coe_j/icienlsfor the.~e e/emen1s.
ó. Now1ion:
/(atio o(solid 11re11 ro gross orea ofone ltJI<•er/iu:efór 1he segmen11111der mnsidemrion.
1: ,,

Figure 207-23 Force Cocffícients, Cron Trusscd Towers ofA II Heights

Other Structurcs ·-· Mcthod 2

1
National Structural Code of the F'hilippines () ¡, Edllion Volume 1
2-·7/. CHAPTER 2 -· Mínirnurn Desígn Loac!s

124' 126'E
11 e· 120' 122'
.,.-·-- - - - - - . ······-·1
------- -. -------.-----------·--
P•

N
20'
j1
1
1
1
j
'

18' ZONE 11
V • (200kph) ZONEI
V • (250kph)

14'

12'

1 o·

V =(15úkph)
8'

1 '
- ' * .. ~ ·· - -·· · • • · ·· ·-~ • j
.J .. . .. .•• •

Figure 207-24 Rcfcrcnccd Wind Zonc Map of thc Philippincs

Association of Structural Engíneers of the Philippines


208.1 General
208.1. J Purpose
The purpose of the carthquake provtstons hcrcin is
primarily to safeguard against major struct\tral f.1ilures
and Ioss of !ifc, not to Iimit damagc or maintain function.
208.1.2 Minimum Seismic Design
Structures and portions thereof shall, as a mínimum, be
designcd and constructed to resist the effects of seismic
ground motions as provided in this section.
208.1.3 Seis mic and Wind Design
When the code-prescribed wind design produces greater
effects, the wind dcsign shall govem, but detailing
requircmems and Iimitations prcscribed in this section and
referenced sections shall be followed .
208.2 Dcfinitions
BASE is the level at which the earthquake motions are
considered to be imparted to the structure or the leve! at
wh ich the structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported.
BASE S HEAR, V, is the total design lateral force or
shear at the base of a structurc.
BEARING WALL SYSTEM is a stmcntral systcm with-
out a complete vertical load-carrying space frame. Sec
Scction 208.4.6.1.
BOUNDARY ELEMENT is an clement at cdgcs of
openings or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragms.
BRACED FRAME is an cssentially vertic-al truss system
of the conccntric or eccentric type that is provided to
resist lateral forces.
BUILDING FRAMI~ SYSTEM is an csscntially com-
plete space frame that provides support for gravity loads.
Sce Scction 208.4.6.2.
CANTILEVERED COLUMN ELEMENT is a columtt
clcmenl in a l<~tcral-lorcc- rcsisting system that cantilevcrs
from a fixed base and has mini mal momcnt capacity at thc
top, with lateral forccs applied essentially at the top.
C OLLECTOR is a membcr or clemcnt providcd to
transfcr latera l forces from a portien of a structurc to
vertical clemcnts of thc Jatcral-forcc-rcsisting system.
National Structural Code of tlle Pl1ilippines 6
CHAPTEH 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2· 73
COMJ>ONENT is a part or element of an architectural,
electrical, mechanical or structural system.
COMPONENT, EQUJPMENT, is a mcchanical or
electrical componen! or elemcnt thal is part of a
mechanical ancl/or clectrical system.
C OMPONENT, FLEXIBLE, ís a componelll, including
its attachmenls. having a fu ndamental períod greater than
0.06 second.
COMPONENT, RIGID, is a componen!, including its
attachments, hav ing a fundamental period lcss than or
equal to 0.06 second.
CONCENTRICALL Y BRACEO F RAME is a braced
frame in which thc members are subjected primarily to
axial forces.
DESIGN BASIS GROUND MOTION is that ground
motion that has a 1O pcrcent chancc of being cxcceded in
50 years as dctermittcd by a site-specific hazard analysis
or may be determincd from a hazard map. A suite of
ground motion time histories with dynamic properties
representative of thc site characteristics shall be used to
rcpresent this ground motion. Thc dynamic effects of the
Design Basis Ground Motion may be rcprescnted by the
Dcsign Response Spectrum. See Section 208.6.2.
DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM is an elastic
response spectrum for 5 perccnt equivalcnt viscous
dampíng uscd to represen! the dynam ic effects of the
Design Basis Ground Motion for the dcsign of structures
in accordancc with Sections 208.5 and 208.6. This
response spectrum may be eithcr a site-specifíc spectrum
based on geologic, tcctonic, scismological and soil
characteristics associated with a spccific site or may be a
spectrum constntcted in accordancc with the spectral
shape in Figure 208-3 using the site-specific values of C.
and C•. and multiplied by thc acceleration of gravity,
9.815 m/sec2• See Section 208.6.2.
DESIGN SEISMIC FORCE is the mmtmum tota!
strength design base shear, factored and distributed in
accordnnce with Section 208.5.
111
Edil ion Volurne 1
 ?.-14 CH/\PT U~ 2 ·· Mmimurn Design l.oacls
DlAI'HHAGM is a horizontal or ncarl y horizontal
systcm acti ng to transmit lateral forces to the vertical-
rcsisting clcmcnts. Thc term "diaphragm" includcs
horizontnl bracing systcms.
DIAPHRAGM or SHEAR WALL CHORD is thc
boundnry elcmcnt of a diaphragm or shear wall that is
assumed lo takc axial stresscs analogous to thc nangcs or
a bcam.
DIAPHRAGM STRUT (drag strut, tic, collector) is thc
clcment ot' a diaphragm parallel to the applicd load that
collects and transfcrs diaphragm shear to the vcrtical-
resisting clcments or distributes loads within the
dinphragm. Such mcmbers rnay take axial tension or
comprcssion.
DRIFT. See "story drift."
DUAL SYSTEM is a combination of momcnt-resisting
framcs and shear walls or braced framcs designed in
accordancc with the critcria of Scction 208.4.6.4.
ECCENTRICALLY BRACEO FRAME (EBF) is a
steel-braced frame designed in conformance with Scction
528.
ELASTIC RESPONSE PARAMETERS are forces and
dc fonna!ions determined from an elastic dynamic nnalysis
using an unrcduccd ground motion representation, in
accordancc with Section 208.6.
ESSENTIAL FACILITIES are thosc stntcturcs that are
neccssary for cmergency opcrations subsequcnt to a
natural diséJSier.
FLEXIBLE ELEMENT or SYSTEM is one whose
dcformation under lateral load is significantly larger than
adjoining parts of thc system. Limiting ratios for defining
speci fic nexiblc elements are SCI forth in Section 208.5.6.
HOIHZONTAL BRACING SYSTEM is a horizontal
truss system that serves thc same function as a diaphragm.
INTIWMEDJATE MOMENT HESJSTJNG FRAME
(II\1RF) is a concrete framc dcsigncd in accordancc with
Section 4 12.
LATimAL-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM is that pan
of thc structural systcm dcsigncd to rcsist thc Dcsign
Scismic Forccs.
MOM ENT-H ES ISTI NG FRAME ts a ft·amc in which
mcmhcrs and joints are capablc of rcsisting J(m.:cs
primarily by ncxurc.
/\ssocmt1on of Structuml Enq1nccrs of the Ph1lip¡..HJHlS
MOMENT-RESISTING WALL FRAME (MR\\T} 1s
a masonry wall framc especially detailed to provide
duct ile behavior and designed in conformancc with
Scction 708.2.6.
ORDINARY BRACEO FRAME (OBF) is a stcel-
braced fl·amc dcsigncd in accordancc with thc provisions
of Scction 527 or 528 or concrcte-braccd frame <.lcsigncd
in accordancc with Section 421 .
ORDINARY MOMENT-RESISTING FHAME
(OMRF) is a momcnt-resisting fi·ame not meeting special
detailing rcquiremcnts for ductilc behavior.
ORTHOGONAL EFFECTS are thc earthquake load
cffects on structural elemcnts common lo thc lateral-
force-rcsisting systcms along two orthogonal axes.
OVERSTRENGTH is a characteristic of stnJctures
where the actual strength is largcr than thc design
strength. Thc degree of ovcrstrcngth is matcrial-and
systcm-dependcnt.
p~::, EFFECT is the secondary effcct on shears, axial
forccs and moments of frame membcrs due to the action
of the verticnl loads induced by horizontal displacement
of the stn1cturc resulting from various loading.
SHEAR WALL is a wall designed to resist lateral forces
parallel to thc plane of the wall (somctimes referred toas
vertical diaphragm or stlllctural wall).
SI-IEAR WALL-FRAME INTERACTIVE SYSTEM
uses combinations of shear walls and framcs designed lo
resist lateral forces in proportion to their rclative
rigidities, considering interaction betwecn shear walls ancl
frames on al! levels.
SOFT STORY is one in which !he lateral stiffncss is less
than 70 perccnl of U1e stiffness of the story above. See
Tablc 208-9.
SPACE FRAME is a three-dimcnsional strucl! msl
system, wi thout bcaring walls, composcd of mcnilw1s
intcrconnectcd so as to fu nction as a complete self-
containcd unit with or without thc aid of horizontal
diaphrngms or noor-bracing systems.
SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACEO FRAME
(SC BF) is a stccl-braccd frame designed in confonnancc
with the provisions of Section 526.
SPECIAL ¡VJOMENT-RESISTING FRAME (SMRF}
is a momcnt-resisting frarnc spccially dctailcd to providc

ductilc behavior and comply wíth thc requircmcnts givcn
in Chapter 4 or 5.
SPECIAL TRUSS MOMENT FRAME (STMF) 1s a
moment-rcsisting frame specially detailcd to provide
ductile bchavior ami comply with the provisions of
Section 525.
STORY is thc spacc betwccn levcls. Story x is the story
below leve! x.
STORY DRIFT is the lateral displacemcnt of onc leve!
rclative to the leve! above or below.
STORY DRIFT HATIO is the story drift divided by thc
story hcight.
STORY SIIEAR, JI, is the summation of dcsign lateral
forces above the story under considcration.
STRENGTH is thc capacity of an element or a membcr
to resist factored load as specificd in Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5
and 7.
STRUCTURE is an asscmblage of framíng members
designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral torces.
Structures may be categorized as building structures or
nonbuilding structurcs.
SUBDIAPHRAGM is a portian of a diaphragm used to
trans fer wall anchorage forccs to diaphragm cross ties.
VERTICAL LOAD-CAHRYJNG FRAi\'lE is a space
fi·ame dcsigncd to carry vertical gra vity loads.
WALL ANCHORAGE SYSTEI\1 is thc system of
elcmcnts anchoring thc wall to thc diaphragm and those
elcmcnts within the diaphragm rcquircd lo dcvclop the
anchoragc torces, including subdiaphragms ami
continuous ties, as specified in Sections 208.8.2.7 and
208.8.2.8.
WEAK STORY is onc in which the story strength is less
than 80 pcrccnt ofthe story above. See Table 208-9.
208.3 Symhols and Notation
A11 '·" ground floor arca of structurc lo includc arca
covcrcd by all ovcrhangs and projections, m2
A.- '·~ thc combined cf"fcctivc arca of thc shear walls in
thc first story ofthc structurc, m 2
A,. -"' thc mínimum cross-scctional arca in any horizo nta l
plane in the tirsl story of'a shcar wall, m~
A, "' thc torsional amplification factor at Lcvcl x
r1" '" numcrical coefficicnl specified in Scction 208.7
and sct forth in Tablc 208-1 2
Nalional Slructural Co(ie of the Philippines 6 ' Eclilion Volume 1
CHAPTEF~ 2 ... rvl ininwm Desiqn Load~; /... / ~í
C, = seismic cocflkicnt, as sct forth in Tablc 208-7
e, = numcrical coeffícícnt givcn in Section 208.5.2.2
c.. = seismic cocfficicnt, as set forth in Tab le 208-8
D ~' dead load on a structural element
D,. = thc length of a shear wall in thc first story in the
dírection parallel to the applicd forces, m
E. E1.. E,.. E,. = earthquakc loads set fo rth in Scction
208.5.1., N
F,, F,J~ "' dcsign seismic force applicd to Leve ! i, n
or x, rcspective ly, N
!·~, = design seismic force on a part of thc structure, N
FP .. =-" dcsign seismic force on a diaphragm, N
F, = that portion of the base shear, V. considered
concentrated at thc top of the structure in addi tion
toF,,N
.t; =- lateral force at Leve! i for use in Equation 208-1 O,
N
g = acceleration dueto gravity = 9 .815m/sec2
h,, h,,h, = height above the base to Leve! i, 11 or x.
respectively, m
1 = importance factor given in Tablc 208-1
IP "" importancc factor fo r nonstructural componen!
as given in Table 208-1
L = live load on a structural clcmcnt
Level i = leve] of the structurc re ferred to by thc
subscript i
"i = 1" designates the first leve! above the base
Levcln = that leve! that is uppermost in the main
portion of the structure
Leve] x that leve! that is under design
consideration
"x "' 1" dcsignatcs thc first leve] abo ve the base
M "" maximum momcnt magnitudc
N., "" near-sourcc facto r uscd in thc dctcrminati on of' C,
in Seismic Zonc 4 relatcd to both thc proximity of'
the building or st ructurc lo known r¡wlts with
magnitudes as set forth in Ta b!cs 208-4 and 208-ú
N,. '" near-source factor used in the determinati on of C..
in Seismic Zone 4 rclated to both thc proximity of
the building or slructure to known faults with
magnitudes as set forth in Tablcs 208-5 and 208-6
PI = plasticity indcx ofsoil detcrmined in accordance
with approvcd nationa 1standards
R '" numerical coerticient reprcscntativc of" !he inhcrent
overst rength and global ductil ity capacity or
lateral -forcc.-rcsistíng systcms, as sct fó rth in Table
208- 1l or 208- 13
r "' a rati o used in determining p. Scc Scctio n 208.5. 1
SA, S13 , Se, S0 , S"' SF "" soil proíl!c types as set fórth in
Tablc 208-2
T .," clastic fundamenta l pcri od of vibration of" thc
structurc in the di rcction undcr considcration, scc
V "" the tota l dcsign lateral force or shear at thc base
given by Equat ions 208-4, 208-5, 208-6, 201).7 or
208- 11, N
V, = the design story shcar in Story x, N
11
 2 -lG CHAPTU~ 2 ·· fv1 inirnum Des1911 l.oads

W "' thc total scismic dcad load dcfincd in Scctions
208.5.1.1 and 208.5.2.!, N
w;. w, "' that portian of W locatcd at or assigncd to Leve! i
or x. rcspcctively, N
W" "~ thc weight of an c!cmcnt or componen!, N
w,•.• "' thc wcight or thc diaphragm and th c elcment
tributary thcrcto at Leve! x, including applicablc
portions of other loads dc1íncd m Scction
208.5.1.1, N
Z '" scismic zonc factor as givcn in Tablc 208-3
6.11 = Maximum Inc!astic Response Displacemcnt, wh ich
--~
the design approach used in the design of the structure,
provided load combínations of Section 203.4 are utilizcd.
208.4.2 Occupancy Catcgorics
For pUilJOSes of carthquake-resistanl design, each
structure shall be placed in one of thc occupancy
categories listcd in Table 103- l. Table 208- 1 assigns
importance factors, 1 and /1,, and structural obscrvati on
requircm.enls for cach category.
Tablc 208-1 - Seismic lmportance Factors

is the total drift or total story drifi that occurs Scismic Scismic
whcn the structure is subjccted to the Dcsign Occupancy lmportancc z
lmportance
Basis Ground Motion, including estimated c!astic Category 1
Factor, 1 Factor, 1,
-
and inclastic contributions to the total defonnation r. Essential
1.50 1.50
defined in Section 208.5.9.2, mm Facilities 3
ós -= Dcsign Leve! Response Displacement, which is the 11. Hazardous
1.25 1.50
total drift or total story drifl that occurs when the Facilities
structurc is subjected to thc design scismic (orces, IIL Special
mm Occupancy 1.00 l.OO
<'5, = horizontal displacemcnt at Leve! i relative to thc Structures 4
base due to applicd lateral forces, .f.' for use in
---
IV. Standard
Equation 208-1 O, mm Occupancy 1.00 1.00
p ·"' Redundancy/Reliability Factor given by Equation Structurcs 4
208-3 V. Miscellaneous
f.!" "" Scismic Force Amplifícation Factor, which is 1.00 1.00
structures
rcquired to account for structural overstrength and 1
See Table 103-1 for occupancy categoiJ' listing.
set forth in Table 208-! 1 l'he limita/ion of 11./or panel conr~ections in Section 208.8.2. 3 sha/1
be l. Ofor thc en tire connector.
1
208.4 Criteria Selcction Structuml ob.terwaíon requirer~wnls are giw~n in Section 107.9.
' l"or tmchorage ofmachinel)' ami "fJu•jmwnl requiredfor li(e-safely
sy.,ems. !he wdue o(1,. shal/ be taken as l . 5.
208.4. 1 Basis for Dcsign

Thc procedures and thc li mitati ons for the dcs ign of 208.4.3 Site Gcology and Soil Characteristics
s!ructurcs shall be detcnnined considering scismic zoning, Eac h sitc shall be assigned a soil protí le type based on
sitc charactcristics, occupancy, configuration, structural properly substantiated geotechnical data using thc s ite
system and height in accordancc with this section. categorization procedu rc sel forth in Section 208.1 O and
Structures shall be designcd with adequatc strength to Table 208-2.
withstand the lateral displacements induced by the Design Kici)J.iliJ1Í''-i··· · · . _.,. <,;;,:;,,, , · ,

Basís Ground Motion, considering thc inelastic response
o f the structure and thc inhcrent redundancy, overstrcngth
and ductílity o f !he lateral forcc-resisting systcm.
The minin111111 tksign strength shall be bascd on thc
Design Scismic Forccs dctcnnincd in accordance with the
static lateral force procedure or Scction 208.5, cxccpt as
modi1icd by Sccti on 208.6.5.4
Whcrc strength dcsign is uscd. thc load combinalions of
Scction 20.1 ..1 shall apply. Wherc Allowablc Stress
Dcsign is uscd, thc load combinat ions of' Scction 203.4
slw ll apply.
Allowablc Stress Dcsign may be uscd lo cvaluate sliding
or ovcrtu rning at thc so il-structurc in terface rcgardlcss of
if'j;~W:i~;~~~tfA.t~t~rtie;',~;;_:~~¡·hi~~h· ·t;_i~1{~l~~;t·~~t~~
lf?:. ·9f!~f~'(H1.~ {!!f:..sorl projj(e. type, Type Sli ~,yaJ{~f:%$~·
~~~,ft/lJtJJ~ifJY_Plt§k gn§f,:~,~~d (w(:f;~ .~{~'!J,fÍl'1Z.~~ff$,rt{w
.·
b~~~~~{t,g~§]Jj§m?,'fle_t~mm;g~.¿ *~' ,Typf! S.e/O.lf,iSF::mqy .)e
Ptif~@lJ!:~!~t~~~r. orJ~ ;(~~ ·~J~ent that Type Sf:.or S¡< ·. i~
e$tab/lsh'e'Cil)ygf!Q!echmaat(jg.tq., · ., ,
208.4.3. 1 Soil Profilc Typc
Soi l Profi le Typcs SA, SIJ. Se. ·S0 and are dcfl ncd ins,,
Tablc 208-2 and Soi l Prolilc Type S,, is deflncd as :;,,:¡,,
requ iring sitc-spcci fíe evaluation as follows:
l. Soi!s vulnerable to potential fail ure 01." collapsc :::;,:,
scismic loadin g, such as liqucfíable soils, quick and

Associ<1lion of Structural Engineers of the Phílippines

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-77

highly scnsitivc clays, and collapsiblc wcakly

cemcntcd soils. 208.4.4.1 Seismic Zone
2. Pcats and/or highly organic clays, where thc The Philippine archipelago is dividcd into two seismic
th ickncss of peal or highly organic clay cxcceds 3.0 zones only. Zone 2 covers the provinces of Palawan, Sulu
m. and Tawi-Tawi while thc rest ofthc counlry is undcr Zonc
4 as shown in Figure 208- 1. Each stmcture shall be
3. Very high plasticity clays with a plasticity index, PI assigncd a seismic zonc factor Z, in accordance wilh
> 7 5, whcre thc dcpth of el ay exceeds 7.5 m. Tablc 208-3.
4. Very thick sof'r/medium stiff clays, whcrc the dcpth Tablc 208-3 Seismic Zonc f-actor Z
or e lay cxcccds 35 111. •
ZONE 2 4
The criteria sct forth in thc dcfinition for Soil Profile Ty pc z 0.20 0.40
S,.. requiring site-specific evaluation shall be considerc:d.
Jf the sitc corresponds to thcse criteria, the site shall be 208.4.4.2 Scismic Zonc 4 Ncar-Sourcc Factor
classified as Soil Profi le Type SF and a sile-specific In Seismic Zone 4, each Sitc shall be assigned near-source
evalualion shall be conducted. factors in accordance with Tablcs 208-4 and 208-5 based
Tablc 208-2 - Soil Profile Types on the Seismic Source Typc as sel forth in Section
208.4.4.4.
A vcragc Soil Propcrtics for· To¡p
Soil Soil
J'rofil c 30 m of Soil Pro file
Profilc Thc valuc of Na uscd to dctcnninc Cn nced not cxcced 1. l
N ame 1 Shcar Undrained
Wavc
SPT, N for structurcs complying with all the following
Ccncric S hc:1r
Typc
___ __
,.
OcscripHon
·-----
Vclocity, V,
(mis)
(blows/
300 mm)
Str·cngth,
Su (kPR)
conditions:
l. The soil pro file type is SA, Sn. Se or St¡·
_S
,..t __ ,
Hard
Roe k
> !500
760 lO
2. p"' 1.0.
S,¡ Roek 3. Except in singlc-story structures, residential building
1500
-- accommodaling lO or fcwer persons, pri va te garages,
Vcry carports, sheds and agricultura! buildings, momcnt
Dense frame systerns designatcd as part of the lateral-forcc-
360 lo
Se Soil ad >50 > 100 resisting system shall be spccial moment-resisting
760
Soft frames.
Roe k
StiffSoil 180 lo 15 to 50 lo 4. The cxccptions to Section 515.6.5 shall not apply,
So Pro lile cxcept fo r columns in onc-story buildmgs or columns
360 50 100
Soft Soil at the top story of multistory buildings.
S'
1: < 180 < 15 < 50
Pro fi le 5. None of lhe following slruclural irregularities is
Soil Rcquiring Site-specific Evaluation. presenl: Type 1, 4 or 5 ofTablc 20!!-9, and Type 1 or
Sr
See Section 208.4.3.1 4 ofTablc 208- 1O.
1
Soil l'm{ile 'l'l'fX' S1: olso includc.< n11y .wil pro_{ile willr more 1/mn
3 fJ 111 f?( so_(t clo)' dejhll'd os o .mil with pla.<ticily ill!lt!x. PI > 10,
208.4.4.3 Scismic Response Cocfficicnts
"'~• ~ 40 fii!I'Ct.!lll ami ·'• < 24 kl'o. The 1'/a.<tici~l' hul~tx. PI. ond
1/u.• mois/JII-e cunlent, w"'.. .\hnll be dl·terminetl in nccOitlaut·e wtth Each struclure shall be assigncd a scismic coefficient. C.
apptiiV<'d Jlfllimml :\latltfords. in accordance with Tablc 208-7 and a seismic cocfficient,
C" in accordancc with Tablc 20l!-8.
208.4.4 itc Scismic IJazard C haractcristi cs
Scismic hazard duracteristics for thc site shall be 208.4.4.4 Seismic Source Typcs
cstablis hcd bascd on thc scismic zone and proximity of Table 208-6 defines thc typcs of scismic sourccs. The
lhc s1 k' lo active scismic sourccs, site soil profi le location and typc of seismic sourccs lo be used f'or dcsign
charactcn stJcs ami thc structurc's importancc factor. shall be cstablishcd bascd on approvcd gcological data;
scc f igure 208-2/\. Type 1\ sourccs shall be dctcnnined
fro m Figures 208-2B, C, O, E or thc most rccent mapping
of acti v~ faults by lhc Philippinc lnstitulc of Volcanology
and Scisrnology (PHI VO LCS).

1
National StruclurHI Code of lile Pllilippines 6 ¡, Edition Volullle 1
 í!-78 CH/\PTEI;¡ 2 ··· Muumum DeSI!Jil l.oa<l!-.

Tablc 208-4 Ncar-Soun:c Factor N, 1 Tablc 208-6- Seismic Source fyprs ~

Seismic Closcst Distancc To
Sourcc Known Scismic Sourcc2 Scismic
Scismic Sour·cc ll, lÍHi;:<>n
_'ll_p_c .::;; 5 km ~ 1O km So urce - - --- - --- - -
Dcscription Maximum Mo men
A 1.2 1.0 Typc
B 1.0 1.0 - - - -- - ----------+-····"·"-~g~_!!~~M
Faults that are
L.--- e__ ····-····--J..:Q..__ _________I._~---··--· capable of
Tablc 208-5 Near-Sourcc Factor, N,. 1 producing large
Scismic
- -.---·--·-·-- ·----- ... A magnitudc events M?. 7.0
Closcst Oistancc To
and that havc a
So urce Known Scismic Sourcc1
Typc S 5 km 10 km > 15 km
high ratc of scismic
activity.
1 - - ----l-=:.:..:...;..:..:..l:-'-:---,.---t--·---···--· - - -
A 1.6 1.2 !.O AII faults other
-
B 1.2 1.0 J. O B than Types A and 6.5 ~ M < 7.0
- - c.
e 1.0 1.0 1.0 Faults that are not
Notes frw Toh/es 20.~.4 mrd 208.5: capablc of
1
Tlw Nl/llr-Source Factor nu~a~ be bas~d 011 tlw li11n11· intetpolutum producing large
of vaiue.r fort.hslances oilll!r !han tlws,~ shOU'II in the rabie. magnitudc
The c/o.'it'SI dútll11ce to seismic sourn.• xlw/1 be• lakl~ll as the
e carthquakcs and
M<6.5
minimum di.ftfmn' belween rlu: xitt• und the urro de!wrihetl hy !lw that ha vc a
vertical projection of the source on tlu.: swjitct' (i.t•.. swface
projection '!l}imlt plum•). T/w .wrjace prt~jt!Ct ian """" not include
relativcly low ratc
portions of !Ir• .I'OIIrt·e al deptlts o( 1O km or gn•ater. 71le /arg<'SI of scismic activity.
------·---~~~~~~~-~'--J----·-"·-------
value <~/ thc Near·SourctJ Factor considc..lrin,r; a JI sources sita// he ' Suhdrtction sourn•s Jha/1 be eva/uated on 11 .~ite-specijic basis.
usedfor d<•_¡ign.
Table 208-7 - Scismic Cocffícient, C"
Soil Prolilc Scismic Zone Z
Typc Z= 0.2 Z=0.4
1-·
SA 0. 16 0.32Na
Su 0.20 0.40N.
Se 0.24 0.40N.
Sn 0.28 0.44Nn
SE 0.34 0.44Nn
s,.. See Footnote 1 ofTable 208-8

Table 20R-8 - Seismic Cocfficient, Cv

Soill'rofilc Scismic Zonc Z
Typc Z=0.2 Z=0.4
-·--· -·-
S" 0.16 0.32Nv
Sn 0.20 0.40Nv
·-·-~---·-·

Se 0.32 0.56Nl'._ _
Sn 0.40 0.64/l:r - - ·-
SE 0.64 0.96Nv
·- s,. Se(' Footnote 1 of Toblc 208-8
---
L---·
' Sill;·spr!ti/h- ~euteclmical iuvttstigativn rutd f~\'IUWIIr .wre response
tlllll~l'Si.\ slw/1/)(• P<'l.formecltc) determine .tei.tmi<· coeflicieJJ/s

1\ssocinlton of Struc tural En~.11 1 H:~nrs of 1!1B Philipp1nes


208.4.5 Configuration ncquiremcnts
Each structurc shall be dcsignated as being struclurally
regular or irregular in accordance with Sections 208.4.5.1
and 208.4.5.2.
208.4.5.1 Regular Structurcs
Regular stnJctures havc no significan! physical
discontinuities in plan or vertical configuration or in their
lateral-fbrcc-rcsisting systems such as the irregular
fcaturcs describcd in Section 208.4.5.2.
208.4.5.2 Irregular Struclurcs
J. ln·egular structures havc significan! physical
discontinuities in configuration or in their latcral-
forcc-resisting systems. Irregular features include, but
are not limited to, thosc describcd in Tables 208-9
and 208-1 O. All structures in occupancy Categories 4
and 5 in Scismic Zone 2 need to be evaluated only for
vert ical irregularities of Type 5 {Table 208-9) and
horizontal irrcgularities ofType 1 (Tablc 208-1 0).
2. StnJcturcs having any of thc features listed in Table
208-9 shall be designatcd as if having a vertical
irregularity.
Exception:
Where 110 st01y drift ratio under design lateral for:ces is
greater than 1.3 times the story drift ratio of the story
above, the stntcture may be deemed to not have the
stn.tctural irregularities of Type 1 or 2 in Table 208-9.
The story drift ratio for the top two stories need nol be
considered. The story drifts for this determina/ion may be
calcuiated neglectifíg torsional ejfects.
3. Structures having nny of' the featurcs listed in Table
208-1 O shall be designatcd as having a plan
irrcgularity.
208.4.6 SlructuraJ Systcms
Structural systems shall be classified as onc of the typcs
listed in Tablc 208-11 and de fined in this scction.
208.4.6.1 Bcaring Wall Systcm
A structural systcm without a complete vertical load-
carrying S[HICC frarnc. Bcaring walb or bracing systcms
providc suppnrt fór a!l or mos! gravity loads. Rcsistancc
lo lateral load is providcd by shcar walls or braccd
framcs.
208.4.6.2 Building Framc Syslcm
A structural systcm with an esscnt ial ly complete spacc
framc providing support for gravity loads. Rcsistance t<>
lateral load is provided by s hcar walls or braced frames.
Natiomll Struclural Code of u-te Pl1ilippines 6 ' Ec!ition Volurne 1
CHAPTEH 2 -· Mínimum Design Loads /.-79
208.4.6.3 Momcnt Resisting Framc Syslcm
A structural systcm with an cssentially complete space
ft·ame providing support for gravity loads. Moment-
resisting ft·ames provide resistance to lateral load
primarily by flexura! action of mcmbers.
208.4.6.4 Dual Systcm
A structural systcm wi th the following featurcs:
1
l. An cssentially complete space frame that provides
supp011 for gravity loads.
2. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls
or braccd frames and moment-resisting frames
(SMRF, IMRF, MMRWF or stcel OMRF). The
moment-res isting frames shall be designed to
indepcndently resist at least 25 percent of the design
base shear.
3. The two systems shall be designed to resist the total
design base shear in proportion to their relative
rigidities considering the interaction of the dual
system al all levels.
208.4.6.5 Cantilcvcrcd Column System
A structural system relying on cantilevercd column
elemcnts for lateral rcsistance.
208.4.6.6 Undcfincd Structural Systcm
A structural system not listed in Table 208-1 1.
208.4.6.7 Nonbuilding Structural Systcm
A structural system conforming to Section 208.9.
208.4.7 Height Limits
Height limits for thc various structural systcms in Scismic
Zonc 4 are given in Table 208-11.
Exception: .
Regu(ar struci!Jres may -exc~ed· these lim{ts by not more
tha·n 5o percent for unoccupi~d str¡¡ctures, whjch ~re not.
accessible to tHe general public. · -
208.4.8 Sclcction of Lateral Force Procedure
Any structure may be, and certain structures defi ned
bclow shall be, dcsigned using the dynamic lateral-force
proccdures ofSection 20S.6.
11
 2-80 CHAPTEI={ 2 ··· Mínimum Design Loé!ds

Tab1c 208-1 O Horizontal Structural ln-egularities

Table 208-9 Venical Structural In·egularities Rcfrren cc
lrrcgularity Typc a nd Dcfinitio n
Rcfcrencc Scctíon
l rregular·ity Type and Defi nition
Scction l. To rsional l rrcgula rit y - To Be
l. Stiffncss Irrcgula rity - Soft Considcred W hcn Oiaphragms A re
Stor y Not Flexible
A soft story 1s onc in which lhe Torsional irrcgularity shall be
208.4.8.3
lateral stiffness is less than 70 pcrcent considercd to cxist when the 208.8.2.8
!tem 2
of that in the story abovc or !ess than maximum story drift, computed ltcm 6
80 percent of thc average stiffncss of including accidental lorsion, al one
the threc stories above. cnd of thc structurc lransvcrsc to an
2. Wcight (M ass) Irrcgularity axis 1s more than 1.2 times the
Mass irrcgularity shall be considcrcd average of thc story drifts of the two
lo exisl whcre the effective mass of 208.4.8.3 ends ofthe stn1cture.
any story is more !han 150 perccnt of ltcm 2 2. Re-Entra nt Corner frrcgu1a rity
the cffcctive mass of an adjacent Plan confígurations of a structure and
story. A roof that is lightcr than thc ils latcral-forcc-resisting system 208.8.2.8
noor below need not be considered. contain re-entran! corners, wherc both Items 6
3. V crtical Gcom ctric lrrcgula rity projections of the structurc bcyond a and 7
Venica l geometric irregularity shall re-entrant corner Me grcater than 15
be considcrcd to cxist whcrc thc percen t of the plan dimcnsion of thc
horizonta l dimcnsion of the lateral- 208.4.8.3 stm cture in the given direction.
force- resisting system in any st01y is ltcm 2 3. Diaphragm Oisco ntinuity
more than 130 percent of that in an 1rrcgu la rity
adjacen t story. One-story penthouses Diapbragms wi th abrupt dis-
necd not be considered. continuities or variations in sliffness,
4. ln- Pianc Discontinuity In Vertical including lhosc having cutout or open 208.8.2.8
La tcrai-For cc-Rcsisting Elcmcn l arcas grealer than 50 perccnt of thc Item 6
lrrcgu1arity gross enclosed area of thc diaphragm,
208.5.8. 1
An in-planc offset of the latcral-load- or changes m cffectivc diaphragm
rcsisting clcments grcatcr than thc sti ffness of more than 50 perccnt from
lcngth of thosc clements. one story lo the next.
S. Oisconti nuit y ln Capacity - Wcak 4. O ut-Of- P ia nc Offscts l rrcgu larity 208.5.8. 1
Stor y l r r egula rity Discontinuities in a lateral force path, 208.8.2.8
A wcak story is one in which thc such as out-of-planc offsets of the ltcm 6;
story strcngth is less than 80 pcrccnl vertical elemcnts 5 15.7
of that in thc story above. Thc story 208.4.9. 1 S. Nonparallcl Systcms l rrcgularity
strength is the total strength of all Thc vertical lalcral-load-rcsisting
scismic-resisting elements sharing elements are not parallcl lo or
208.8.1
the story for the dircction under symmctric about the major orthogonal
considcration. axes of the lateral forcc-rcsisting
L---~s~~s~te~n~ls~··----------------------~---- ----

·.

Association of Structural En9incers of U1e Pl11lipp111m>

 CHAPTEH 2 ··-Mínimum Design Loads 2-131

208.4.8.1 Simplified Static soils at the site and shall conform lo Scction 208.6.2 ,
The simplificd static lateral-force procedure sct forth in Itern 4.
Section 208.5.2.3 may be used for the following
stmcturcs ofüccupancy Category IV or V: 208.4.9 System Limitations
1. Buildings of any occupancy (including single-family 208.4.9.1 Discontinuity
dwellings) not more than thrce stories in height
excluding basemcnts that use light-frame Structurcs with a discontinuily in capacity, vcrticat
construction. irregularity Type 5 as defíned in Table 208-9, shall not be
o ver two stories or 9 m in height where thc weak story ha~·;
2. Othcr buildings not more than two stories in hcight a calculated strength of less than 65 percenl of !he story
cxcluding bascments. ' above.

208.4.8.2 Static Ex~eption: ·

The static lateral force proccdure of Section 208.5 may be
used for the following structurcs:
l. Al! stntcntres, regular or irregular in Occupancy
Categories IV and V in Seismic Zone 2.
2. Regular str11ctures under 75 m in height with lateral
force rcsistance provided by systems listed in Table
208-11, exccpt where Section 208.4.8.3, ltern 4,
applies.
3. Irregular stmctures not more than fívc stories or 20m
in height.
4. Stmctures having a flexible upper portien supported
on a rigid lower portion wherc both portions of thc
stmcture considcrcd scparatcly can be classifíed as
being regular, the average story stiffncss of the lower
portion is at least 1O times thc average story stiffness
of th e upper portion and the· period of the entire
structurc is not grcatcr than ! . 1 times the period of
the upper portion considercd as a separatc structure
tlxed at !he base.
208.4.8.3 Dyn:unic
The dynamic lateral-force proccdure of Scction 208.6
shall be uscd for all other structurcs, including thc
following:
l. Structurcs 75 m or more in height, cxccpt as
permitted by Scction 208.4.8.2, Itcrn J.
2. Structures having a stiffncss, wcight or gcometric
vertical irregularity o f Typc 1, 2 or 3, as dellncd in
Table 208-9, or structurcs having irregular fcaturcs
not dcscribcd in Tablc 208-9 or 208- 1O, excc pt as
permittcd by Scction 208.5.4.1.
3. Structures ovcr livc stories or 20 m in hcight in
Scismic Zonc 4 not having thc sarnc slructural syslcm
throughout thcír hcigh t cxccpl as pcrmiHcd by
Section 208.6.2 .
4. Struclu rcs, regular or irregular, located on Soíl
Pro ti le Type S1.·• that ha ve a pcriod grcatcr than O. 7
sccond. Thc analysis shal! include thc cífects of thc
Nél!iona! S tructural Code of !lw Philippines
Where the weak st~ry is capable oJ!i.~slsting a total
/a~r4{ · seismic' force of Q, times. .J~é. design force
preséribed in S~etion 208.5. · ·.,... · · · ·.·'·
208.4.9.1 Undefined Structural Systems
For undefincd structural systems not lis ted in Table 208 ·
JI, the coefficíent R shall be substantiated by approni .
cyclic test data and analyses. The following items shall be
addressed when cstablishing R:
l. Dynarnic response charactcristics,
2. Lateral force resistance,
3. Overstrcngth and strain hardening or softening,
4. Strength and stiffncss degradation,
5. Energy dissipation characteristics,
6. System ductility, and
7. Redundancy.
208.4.9.3 1rregular Fcaturcs
All structures having irregular featurcs described in Table
208-9 or 208-1 O shall be designed to rneet the add itional
rcquirements of those sectíons referenced in the tables.
108.4.1 O Altcrnative Procedures
Alternative Jatera l. force procedures using rational
analyses based on well-established principies of
mechanics rnay be used in lieu of thosc prescribed in
these provisions.
208.4.1 0.1 Seismic lsolation
Scismic isolatíon, cnergy dissipalion and damping
systems may be uscd in !he design of structures when
approved by the building official and whcn special
detailing is uscd lo provide results equ ivalen! to thosc
obtaincd by the use of conventional struclural systems.
6 th Edi!ion Volurne 1
 ?. -82 CHAPTE:H 2 ... Minimurn Design l.oads
208.5 Minimum Dcsign Lateral Forccs and Rclatcd
Effccts
208.5.1 Earthquakc Loads and Modcling
Rcquircmcnts
208.5.1.1 Earthquakc Loads
Structures shall be dcsigncd for ground motion producing
structural response ami seismic forces in any horizontal
direction. The following earthquake loads shall be used ín
the load combinations sct forth in Scction 203:
(208- [)
(208-2)
where:
E "" the earthquake load on an element of the structure
resulting from thc combination of the horizon tal
componen!, E1, and the vertical componen!, E, ..
E¡, = the earthquake load due to the base shear, V, as set
forth in Section 208.5.2 or the design lateral force,
Fp. as sct forth in Scction 208.7.
E, = thc estimatcd maximum earthquakc force that can
be developcd in the structure as set forth in Section
208.5.1.1, and u sed in thc design of speci fic
clements of the structure, as specifícally idcntifíed
in this code.
E,. = thc load effect resulting from · the vertical
componen! of the earthquake ground motion and is
cqual to an addition of 0.5CJDto the dead load
effect, D. for Strength Design, and may be taken as
zero for Allowable Stress Dcsign.
n, := the scismic force amplification factor that is
required to account for structmal overstrength, as
set fm1h in Section 208.5.3.1.
p = Reliability/Rcdundancy Factor as given by thc
following equation:
(208-3)
whcrc:
r""'' ~' thc llHlximum clement-story shcar ratio. For <:
givcn direc tion of loading, thc clcment-story shear
ratio is thc ratio of thc dcsign story shcar in thc
most heavily loadcd single c!cmcnt divided by the
total dcsign story shear.
For any g iven Story Leve! i, !he elcmenl-s!OJy shear ratio
is denotcd as r,. Thc maximum clemcnt-slory shcar ratio
r,,.,, is dcfined as thc Jargcst of thc clement slory shear
ratios, r,, wh ich occurs in any of thc story leveis al or
below the two-thirds hcight lcvcl ofthc building.
Association of Structur;J I En~J Íi lN!rs o f liJe Pl1;!1pp1nes
For braeed frames, the value of r; is equal to the
maximum horizontal force componen! in a single bracc
element divided by the total story shcar.
For moment frames, r; shall be takcn as the maxímum of
the sum of the shears in any two adjacent columns in a
momcnt frame bay dividcd by !he story shear. For
columns common to two bays with momcnt-rcsisting
connections on oppositc sidcs at Levc1 i in the di rection
under consideration, 70 percent of. the shcar in th<1t
column may be used in the column shear summation.
For shear walls, r; shall be takcn as the maximum value or
the product of the wall shcar multíplicd by 3/ lwand
divided by !he total story shcar, where /,.. ís thc length of
the wall in meter.
For dual systerns, r ; shall be taken as the maximum value
of r; as defined abovc considering all latcral-Joad-resisting
elcmcnts. Thc lateral loads shall be distributed to
clcmcnts bascd on relativc rigiditics considering thc
intcraction of the dual systern. For dual systems, the valtw
of p nced not exceed 80 percent of the va lue calculatcd
<lbove.
p shall not be taken Jess !han 1.O and neecl not be grcatcr
than 1.5. For spccial moment-resisting frames, except
when used in dual systems, p shall not exceed 1.25. Thc
number of bays of special mornent-resisting frames shall
be incrcased to reduce r. such that p is lcss than or equal
(O] .25.
Exception:
A 8 may be taken as the a verage .floor area in the upper
setback portion o.f the building where a lmger base area
exists at the ground jloor.
When calculating drift, or when thc st ructurc is locatcd in
Seismic Zonc 2, p shal! be taken equal to 1.0.
The ground mo tion produci ng la tera l response and design
scismic fo rces may be assurned lo act non-concurrcntly in
the dircction ofcach principal axis of thc struclure, exccp(
as requi rcd by Scction 20X.8. 1.
Seismic dc<td load. IV. is thc total dcad load and
applicable portions or othcr Joads listcd bc!ow.
J. In storagc and warchousc occupancics, a mínimum of"
25 pcrccnl oft hc floor livc load sha ll be applicabk.
2. Wherc a partition load is uscd in !he Jloor design. :;
load o( no( k ss than 0.5 kNhn~ shall be includcd.
1. Tota l weigh t o f pcrmancnt cquipmcnl shall be
incl udcd .
 CHAPTER 2 - Minimwn Design Loads 2-83

208.5.1.2 Modclling Rcc¡uircmcnts

The total des ign base shear shall not be lcss than the
The mathernatical modcl of the physical structure shall following:
includc all clcmcnts of the lateral-force-resisting system.
The modcl shall also include the stiffness and strcngth of V=O.l 'C~!W (208-6)
elernents, which are signifícant to the distribution of
forces, and shall represen! thc spatial distribution of thc
In addition, for Scismic Zone 4, thc total base shear shall
mass and stiffncss of the slructurc. In additíon, thc modcl
al:>o not be less than the following:
shall comply with the following:
l. Stiffness prope11ics of reinforccd concrete and V= 0.8ZN,. 1 W (208-7)
masonry elcments shall considcr the e!Tects o f R
cracked sections.
208.5.2.2 Structurc Period
2. For steel moment ft·amc systems, the contribution of
pnnel zone deformations to overall stoty drift shall be Thc value of T shal! be determined from onc of the
includcd. following methods:

l. Method A:
208.5.1.3 PA Effccts
Thc resulting member forces and momcnts and thc story For al! buildings, the value T may be approximated from
drifts induccd by Pti effccts shall be considered in the the following equation:
cvaluation of overall stmctural frame stability and shall be
evaluated using the forces producing the displacements of (208-8)
l:ls. Pt:; need not be considered when the ratio of
where:
secondaty mornent to primary rnomenl does not exceed
O. JO; the ratio may be evaluated for any stoty as the e, "" 0.0853 for steel moment-resisting frames.
product of the total dead and floor live loads, as required C, = 0.0731 for reínforced concrete moment·
in Section 203, abovc the st01y times thc seismic dri!'t in resisting frames and eccentrically braccd frarnes .
that story divided by the product of the seismic shear in e, = 0.0488 for all other buildings.
that story times the hcight of thal story. In Seismic Zonc
. ~ .
4, Pó need~not be considered whe11 the story drift ratio AltcrnatJvely, the value of e, fv't structures w1th concrete
does 110t cxcecd 0 .02 1 R. or masonry shear walls may be taken as 0.0743 1 .JA:.
208.5.2 Static Force Procedure The val ue of A, shall be determined from the following
cquation:
208.5.2.1 Dcsign Base Shcar
The total design base shcar in a given direction shall be (208-9)
detcnnined from the following equation :

V== CJ W Thc val ue of De1h11 used in Equation (208-9) shall not

(208-4)
RT excced 0.9.

Thc total dcsign base shcar need 110t exceed thc 2. Mcthod B:
followi11g:
Thc fundamental period T may be calculated using the
2.5C0 1 structural propcrties and deformat ional characteristics of
V = - -·--W (208-.'i) the rcsisting elcments in a properly subslantiated nnalysis.
R
The analysis shall be in accordance with the rcquircmcnts
of' Scction 208.5.1. 2. Thc value of T from Method J3 sha!l
nol excced a val uc 30 perccnt grea!cr than the value of T
obtaincd from Mcthod ,\ in Seismic Zonc 4, and 40
pcrccnt in Seismic Zone 2.

Nalional Structural Code of the Philippu 1~~s 6111 Edition Volume ·1

 ?.-84 CHAPTEF<?. - Minimum Oesign l.oads

Table 208- 11 A Earthquake-Force-Resisting Structural Systcms of Concrete

_, __
Systcm Limitalion an(l
Building Hcight Limitation by
Basic Scismic-Force Rcsisting Systc_m R flo Seismic Zonc, m
Zone 2 Zonc 4
A. Bearin[! Wall Svstems 1-- - ---- -
• Special reinforced concrete shear walls 4.5 2.8 NL ·---
50
-·--------
• Ordinmy reinforccd concrete shfl"' walls 4.5 2.8 NL NP
B. Buildinl! Frame Svstems
• Special reinforced concrete shear walls or 5.5 2.8 NL 75
braced frames
• Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls or 5.6 2.2 NL NP
braced frames
• lntenncdiatc precast shear wal ls or braced 5.5 2.8
frames
C. Moment-Resisting Frame Sys'tems
• Spccial reinforced concrete moment frarnes 8.5 2.8 NL NL
• lntem1ediate reinforced concrete moment 5.5 2.8 NL NP
frames
• Ordinary reinforced concrete moment frames 35 2.8 NL NP
D. Dual Systems
• Special reinforced concrete shear walls 8.5 2.8 NL NL
• Ordinar~ reinforced concrete shear walls 6.5 2.8 NP NP
E. Dual System with Intermedia/e Moment Frames
• Special reinforced concrete shear walls 6.5 2.8 NL 50
• Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls 4.2 2.8 NL 50
• Shear wall frame interactive system with
ordinary reinforced concrete mornent ft·ames 4.2 2.8 NP NP
and o rdina~ reinforced concrete shear walls
F. Cantilevered Column Buildin¡: Systems
- ,_ , _ ,, _

• Can ti lcvercd column elements 2.2 2.0 NL JO

G. Shear Wa/1- Frame /nteraction Svstems 5.5 2.8 NL 50

Association o f Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2 -8~i

Table 208-IIB Earthquake-·Force-Resisting Structural Systems of Stccl

Systcm Limitation nd
Building Hcight Li m;· ion by
Basic Seismic-Force Resisting System R !lo Seismic Zonc
Zone 2 ... c4
A. Bearinf? Wa/1 Systems
• Light stcel-framed bearing walls with tension- 2.8 2.2 NL
only bracing
-··
• Braced framcs where bracing carrics gravity ' ·.
4.4 2.2 NL
load ..
• Lighl fra rned walls sheathed with wood
stnactural panels rated for shear resistance or 4.5 2.8 NL
steel sheets
---
• Light-frarned walls with shear panels of all 4.5 2.8 NL ~{)
other light materials - - ;

• Light-frarncd wall systems using tlat strap

bracing
B. Buildinf? Frame Systems
2.8 2.2 NL
.. ' j' .... _J
• Steel eccentrically braced frames (EBF), <()-- - -,
moment-rcsisting connections at columns 8.5 2.8 NL
l
away from links
• Stcel eccentrically braced frames (EBF), non
moment-resisting connections at columns 6.0 2.2 NL
away from links ·- ....,
• Special concentrically braced frames (SCBF} 6.0 2.2 .. NL ··- · ·~· .
• Ordinary concentrically braced frames (OCBFj_ 3.2 2.2 NL -·· -·
• Light-frarned walls sheathed with wood 6.5 2.8 NL -,,¡; ¡

stmclural panels 1 sheet stccl pancls ...

• Light frarne walls with shear panels of all othcr 2.5 2.8 NL
materials ··-· .. -
• Buckling-rcslrained braccd framcs (BRBF), ..
non moment-rcsisting beam-column 7 2.8 NL
connection
• Buckling-rcstrained braced frames, momcnt- 8 2.8 NL
resi!>ting beam-column connections
• Special steel plate shear walls (SPSW) 7 2.8 NL -
C. Moment-Resistinf? Frame Systems
• Special rnoment-resisting frame (SMRF) 8.0 3 NL ...
• lntem1ediate steel moment frames (IMF) 4.5 3 NL ..
• Ordinary momcnt frames (OMF) 3.5 3 NL --·
l
• Special truss moment framcs (STMF) 6.5 3 NL . .. ·-~''
• Special composite stcel and concrete momenl 8 3 NL
framcs
- .. ·-
• lntcrmcdiatc composite moment framcs S 3 NL ... ..N
• Cornpositc partially restrained mornent trames (i 3 48 .. l
·-- ··-¡
• Ordin~~ry compositc momclll framcs -
3 3 NP ..

N
=
D. Dual Systems witlt Special Momenl Frames
- ¡
• Stcel cccentrically braccd framc~ 8 2.8 NL .¡ .. - ·.
• Spccial stcel conccntrically braccd frames ____ 7 2.8 ,,
:. ·
1-- - · - --·- · ---- --....-~ ··

• Compositc stecl and concrete ecccntrically

8 2.8 NL )\'
braccd fra me
- -----·-·- ·· ···--· - - - - - - - - ·- ------ ·-·· --' '
National Structural Code o f !he Philippines 6111 Edition Volurne 1
 2-86 C HAPTEI~ 2 ·- Minunum Design L.oads

Table 208-11 B(cont'd) Eatihquakc-Forcc-Rcsisting Structural Systems of Stcel

- - · ----- -· .
·· 04 - -

Systcm L i nl !l ":i:HJ :liHi

Building Hcight Li rnitation b y
R Hu
Basic Scismic-Forcc Resisting System Scismic ~onc, m
Zonc 2 .... . Zonc 4
•
eomposltc
. stccl and concrete conccntrically
-- --~-

braced f'ramc
6 2.8 NL NL
...... --··- -·-··-·····-· ······
•Composite stcel platc shear walls 7.5 2.8 NL NL
... -· ··--~-"
·-
•Buckling- restrained braced fJ·amc 8 2.8 NL NL
----- ~- - -

NL
---
• Sp_ecial steel plate shear walls 8 2.8 NL · - - - --- -·-
• Masonry_shcar wall with steel OMRF 4.2 2.8 NL ---.- - - -50---.
• Steel EBF with stee! SMRf 8.5 2.8 Nl NL --
NL
.• Steel EBF with steel OMRF
Special concentricall y braced framcs wi th stcel
4.2
7.5
2.8
2.8 NL
50
NL
. SMRF
Special conccntrically braced frames with steel
OMRF
4.2 2.8 NL 50
-
E. Dual S¡,stem with Intermediare Moment Frames
• Special stecl concentrically braccd frame 6 2.8 NL NP
• Composite stcel and concrete concentrically 5.5 2.8 NL NP
braced frarnc ......
• Ordinary composite braced framc 3.5 2.8 NL NP ..
.
• Ordinary composite reinforced concrete shear 5 2.8 NL NP
walls with steel elements
F. Cauti/evered Column BuildingSystems
• Special steel moment frani-es 2.2 2.0 10 10
• Intermediatc steel moment frames 1.2 2.0 10 NP
• Ordinary steel moment frames 1.0 2.0 10 NP
• Cantilevercd column elements 2.2 2.0 NL 10
G. Steel Systems 1101Specifical/y Detaifed f or
S eismic Resista u ce, Excludin¡: Canti!el'er Svstems
3 3 NL NP

Table 208-11C Earthquakc-force-Resisting Structural Systems of Masonry

Systcm Limitation and
Building Height Limitation by
Basic Seismic-Force Resisting Systern R no Scismic Zonc, m ·· ~··

Zone 2 Zonc 4
·-
A. BearÍIIK Wall S¡,stems _..

• Masonry shcar walls 4.5 2.8 NL 50 ····-

/J. Buildi11g Fmme S ¡,stems
• Masom1 shcar walls .-; 5.5 2.8 NL 50
C. Afom ent-Resisti11¡: Frame Systems
• Masonry morncnt-rcsisting wall ft·amcs 6.5 2.8 NL 50
(MMRWF)
D. Dual S}1Stems -·
• Masonry shear walls with SMRF 5.5 2.8 NL 50 -·-·

-- • Masonry shcar walls with stccl OMRF 4.2 2.8 NL 50 ·····

• Masonry shear walls with concrete IMRF 4.2 2.8 NL NP
-
--·····-•
Masonry shcar w~t! l s wit h ma~~~nry MM ~~~- 6.0 2.8 NL 50
··-

Associalion of Structural Engineers of t!le P11ilippines

 CHAPTER 2- Minimurn Design Loads 2-87

Table 208-11 O Earthquakc-Force-Rcsisting Structural Systerns of Wood

System Limita tion and
Building Height Limitation by
Basic Seismic-Force Resisting System R llo Seis mic Zone (meters)
Z one 2 Zo ne4
A. Bearing Wall Systems
• Light-framed walls with shear panels: wood
structural panel walls for structures three 5.5 2.8 NL 20
stories or less
1--•· --
• Heavy timbl!r braced frarnes where bracing
2.8 2.2 NL 20
carries S?;ravity load
• Light-framed walls with wood shear panels
NA NA
walls for structures three stories or less
• All other light framed walls NA NA
• Heavy timber-braced frames where bracing
2.8 2.2 NL 20
carries gravity load
B. Bui/di11g Frame Systems
-
• Light-framed walls with shear panels: wood
structural panel wa!ls for structures thrce 6.5 2.8 NL 20
stories or less
• Ordinary heavy timber-braced frarnes 5.6 2.2 NL 20
where the value of Ca shall be based on Table 208-7 for
The fundamental period T may be cornputed by us ing thc the soil profile type. When the soil properties are not
following equation: k.nown in suffícient detai1 to determine the soil profílc
type, Type S0 shall be used in Seismic Zone 4, and Type

SE shall be used in Seismic Zone 2. In Seismic Zone 4,

(208-10) thc Near-Source Factor, Na. need not be greater than 1.2 if
none of the following structural irregularities are present:
l. Type 1, 4 or 5 ofTablc 208-9, or
2. Type 1 or 4 ofTable 208-1 O.
The values of ./.: represent any lateral force distributed
approx imately in accordancc with the principies of' 208.5.2.3.2 Vcrtica!Distribution
Equations (208-13), (208- 14) and (208-15) or any other The forces al each leve! shall be calculatcd using thc
rationa l distribution. The e lastic deflections, b;, shall be following equation:
calculated using the applied lateral forces,_(;.
3C0
FX = - - W·
R 1
(208- 12)
208.5.2.3 Simplified Design Base Shca r
Structures conforming to the rcquiremenls of Section where the va1ue of C, shall be dcterm incd as in Section
208.4.8.1 rnay be designed using this proccdure. 208.5.2.3.1.

208.5.2.3.1 Base Shcar 208.5.2.3.3 Applicability

Thc total dcsign base shcar in a given dircction shall be Sections 208.5.1 .2, 208.5.1.3, 208.5.2.1 , 208.5.2.2,
detennincd fro m the following cqua tion: 208.5.5, 208.5.9, 208.5.1 O and 208.6 shal l not apply whcn
using thc simp lifícd proccdure.
V::.: -3C"
-·-11' (208-1 1) •.:
R

11
National Structural CodG of !he Philipp1nes 6 ' Ecl ition VoiLJrnn í
 2-88 CHAPTE:I~ 2 -· Minimurn Design l.oads
Wherc uscd, !J.M shall \ll~ taken cqual to 0.0 l times the
sto1y hcíght of aH storí~s. In Section 208.8.2.8, Equation
(208-20) shall rcad and need not
exceed Ca wpx , but shall not be less than 0.5Ca wpx .
and noshall be taken from Table 208-1 l .
208.5.3 Dctcrmination of Scismic Factors
208.5.3.1 Determination of no
For specifíc elements of thc structure, as specifica l!y
identificd in this codc, the mínimum dcsign strength shall
be the product of the seismic force overstrength factor nn
and the design seismic forccs set forth in Section 208.5.
for both Allowable Stress Design and Strength Design,
thc Seismic Force Overstrength Factor, no. shall be taken
from Table 208-11.
208.5.3.2 Determination of R
The value for R shall be taken from Table 208- 11 .
208.5.4 Combinations of Structural Systcms
Where combinations of structura! systems are
incorporatcd into the same structurc, thc rcquiremcnts of
this scction sball be satisfied.
208.5.4. 1 Vertical Combinations
The value of R used in the design of any story shall be
less than or cqual to thc value of R used in the given
direction for the story above.
Exception:
This requirement need not be applied l o a story where the
dead weight above that st01y is /ess than JO p ercent ofthe
total dead weight ofthe structure.
Structurcs may be dcsigncd using thc proccdures of this
scction undcr thc following conditions:
Thc cntirc structurc is dt:signcd using thc lowcst R of' thc
lateral forcc- rcsisting systcms uscd, or
l. Thc !ollowing two-stagc statíc analysis proccdurcs
may be uscd for structurcs confonning to Scction
20ll.4.R.2, ltcm 4.
Associat1on of Structurill Engrneers of the Philippines
1.1 The flexible upper portien shall be designed as a
separate structure, supportcd laterally by the
rigid lower portion, using the appropriate values
of R and p.
1.2 The rigid lower portion sha!! be designcd as a
separate structure using the appropriate values of
R and p. The reactions from the upper portia n
shall be !hose detennined from the analysis of
the upper portian amplifíed by the ratio o f the
(Rip) ofthe upper portion over (R!p) of the lower
po11ion.
R 208.5.4.2 Coml>inations along Diffcrcnt Axcs
In Seismic Zone 4 where a structure has a bearing wall
system in only one direction, the value of R used for
design in the orthogonal direction shall not be greater than
that used for the bearing wall system.
Any combination of bearing wall systems, building frame
systems, dual systems or moment-resisting frame systems
may be used to resist seismic forces in structures less than
50 m in height. Only combinations of dual systems and
special moment-rcsisting frames shall be used to resist
seismic forces in structures exceeding 50 m in height in
Seismic Zone 4.
208.5.4.3 Combinations along the Same Axis
Where a combination of different structura! systems is
utilized to resist lateral forces in the same direction, the
value of R used for design in that direction sha!l not be
greater than the least value for any of the systems utilized
in that samc direction.
208.5.5 Vertical Distribution of Force
The total force sha!l be distributed ovcr the height of the
structure in conformance with Equations (208- 13), (208-
14) and (208- 15) in the absence of a more rigorous
procedure.
11
V= r~+l.J; (208-1 3)
i: l
The concentratcd force F, at the top, which is in addition
to F", shall be dctermined fro m tbc cquation:
F; =0.07TV (208- 14)
Thc valuc of T used for thc purposc of calcu!ating /·~ sha!l
be thc pcriod that corrcsponds with thc design hase shear
as computcd using Equation (208-4 ). r, nccd not cxcccd
0.25Vand may be considcrcd as zcro whcrc 1' i•: O. 7
sccond or !css. The rcmaining portion of thc b;t~ ..!·· .r
shaJI be distributed OVCJ' !he hcight Of thc SIIUl'lt;fC,
ínclud ing Lcvcln. according to thc following cquation:

F=(V-F¡)wxhx
X 11 (208- 15)
¿ w;h;
i=l
At each lcvel designated as x, the force F.c shall be applied
over the arca of the building in accordancc with thc mass
distribution at that leve!. Structural displacements and
design seismic forces shall be calculated as the effect of
forces FK and Fr applicd at the appropriate levels above
the base.
208.5.6 Horizontal Distribution of Shear
The design story shear, V_.., in any story is the sum of the
forces Fr and Fx above that story. V.r shall be distributed to
the various elements of the vertical lateral force-resisting
system in proportion to their rigidíties, considering the
rigidity of the diaphragm. See Section 208.8.2.3 for rigid
elements that are not intended to be part of the lateral
force- resisting systems.
Where diaphragms are not flexible, the mass at each leve!
shall be assumed to be displaced from tbe calculated
center of mass in each direction a distance equal to 5
percent of the building dimension at that leve!
perpendicular to the direction of the force under
consideration. The effect of this displacement on the
sto1y shear distribution shall be considered.
Diaphragms shall be considered flexible for the purposes
of distribution of story shear and torsional moment when
the maximum lateral deformation of the diaphragm is
more than two times the average story drift of tbe
associated story. This may be detcrm ined by comparing
!he computcd midpoint in-plane det1ection of the
diaphragm itself under lateral load with the story drift of
adjoining vertical-resisting elements under equivalen!
tributary lateral load.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
CHAPTEH 2 - Minimurn Design Loads 2-89
208.5.7 Horizontal Torsional Moments
Provisions shall be made for the increased shears resulting
from horizontal torsion where diaphragms are not
flexible. The most severe load combination for each
clement shall be considered for design.
The torsional design moment at a given story shall be the
moment resulting from eccentricities between applied
design lateral forces at levels above that story and the
vertical-resisting elements in that story plus an accidental·
torsion.
The accidental torsional moment sball be determined by
assuming the mass is displaced as required by Section
208.5.6.
\Vhere torsional irregularity exists, as defined in Table
208-l O, the effects shall be accounted for by increasing
the accidental torsion at each leve! by an amplification
factor, A.n determined from the following equation:
2
A = Ómax (208-16)
x [ !.2Óavg ]
where:
Óavc = lhe average of the displacements al the extreme
points of the structure at Level x, mm
Omax = the rnaximum displacement at Level x, mm
The value of A_, need not exceed 3.0
208.5.8 Overturning
Eve1y structure shall be designed lo resist the overtuming
effects caused by earthquake forces specifíed in Section
208.5.5. At any leve!, the overturning moments lo be
resisted shall be determined using those seismic forces (F,
and F.r) that act on levels above the level under
consideration. Al any leve!, the incremental changes of
the design overtuming moment shall be distributed to the
various resisting elements in the manner prescribed in
Section 208.5.6. Overturning cffects on every element
shall be carried down Lo the foundation. See Sections
207.1 and 208.8 for combining gravity and seismic forces.
11
..... ,~
 2-90 CHAPTER 2 ··· Mínimum Oesign l.oads
208.5.8.1 Elcmcnts Supporting Discontinuous
Systcms
208.5.8.1.1 General
Wherc any portian of thc lateral load-rcsisting system is
discontinuous, such as for vertical irregularity Typc 4 in
Table 208-9 or plan irregularity Type 4 in Table 208-1O,
concrete, masomy, stccl and wood elements supporting
such discontinuous systems shall have the dcsign strength
to resist thc combination loads resulting from the special
seismic load combinations of Scction 203.5.
~c.epti.ons.;_, ,~ .. :/ ~ . .··. :: ., . ·
l. . th~ ~¿dnflti~i,~f#·s'ech1Jif~03.5 rieed nbt exce'é{f ~he
mfliimum/o.i-ce·iiiat qan-he·transferred to the ileméiJt
· !Jy t~é'1ÍJ(eral-f..oh~"resi;~ng ~stem.
. : ' :' !i'\"<· . ·- .~_¡; . ;.: . -:: . . .
. . ..
2. .. c_q~_cr~,t.f.~ro.A~::~#ff!!gqrting lig/:1t-frame wood .shear
.wp_ftsys__téms or.lig~t:..frq'flze steel arzd wood structural
pa~;'el ~J/e~r. ·-wau zysiems:·
for Allowable Stress Design, the design strcngth may be
dctennincd using an allowable stress increase of 1. 7 and a
rcsistance factor, </>, of 1.0. This increase shall not be
combined with the onc- third stress increasc permittcd by
Scction 203.4, but may be combined with the duration of
load increase permitted in Section 615.3.4.
208.5.8.1 .2 Dctailing rcquirements in Seismic Zonc 4
In Seismic Zone 4 . elcments supporting discontinuous
systems shall mect the following detailing or member
limitations:
l . Rcinforced concrete or reinforced mason ry clemcnts
designcd primari!y as axial-load membcrs shall
comply wit h Section 421.4.4 .5.
2. Reinforced concrete elements designed primarily as
flexura! members and supporting other than !ight-
frame wood shear wall system or light-frame steel
and wood structural panel shear wall systems shall
comply with Scctions 421.3.2 and 421.3.3. Strength
computations for portions of slabs designed as
supporting clements shall include only those portions
of thc slab that comply with the requ iremen ts of thesc
sccti o n~.
J. Masomy clcmcnts dcsigncd primarily as axial-load
carrying mcmbcrs shall comply with Scctions
706. 1. 12.4, ltcm 1, nnd 70~.2.6. 2 .6.
4. Masonry clcmcnts dcsigncd primarily as ncxural
memhcrs shall comply with Scction 70X.2.6.2.5.
5. Stccl clcmcnts dcsigncd primarily as nxial-load
mcmhcrs shnll comply with Scctions 515.4.2 and
515.4.3.
Associalion ol StnJctural Engu1eers of the Philipp1nes
6. Steel elements designed primarily as flexura!
members or trusses shall have bracing for both top
and bottom beam flangcs or chords at the location of
the support of the discontinuous system and shall
comply with thc requirements of Section 515.6.1.3.
7. Wood elements designed primarily as flexura!
mcmbers shall be provided with lateral bracing or
solid blocking at each end of the element and at the
tn"nection location(s) of the discontinuous system.
208.5.8.2 At Foundation
See Sections 208.4.1 and 308.4 for overturning moments
to be resisted at the foundation soil interface.
208.5.9 Drift
Drift or horizontal displacements of the structure shall be
. computed where required by this code. For both
Allowable Stress Design and Strength Design, the
Maximum lnelastic Response Displaccment, 6Af, of the
structure caused by the Design Basis Ground Motion shall
be determined in accordance with this section. The drifts
corresponding to the design seismic forces of Section
208.5.2.! or Section 208.6.5, ós. shall be dctem1ined in
accordance with Section 208.5.9 .1. To determine D.u.
these drifts shall be arnplified in accordance with Section
208.5.9.2.
208.5.9.1 Dctcrmination of Lis
A static, elastic analysis of the lateral force-resisting
system shall be prepared usi ng the design seismic forces
from Section 208.5.2. 1. Alternatively, dynamic analysis
may be pcrformed in accordance with Section 208.6.
Where Allowable Stress Dcsign is used and where drift is
being computed, the load combinations of Section 203.3
shall be used. The mathematical model shall comply with
Section 208.5. 1.2. The resulting defom1ations, denoted as
D.s. sball be dctem1ined at all critica! locations in the
structure. Calculatcd drift shall include translational and
torsional deflections.
208.5.9.2 Detennination of 6.11
The Maximum lnclastic Response Displacement. !':,,,,,
shall be computed as follows:
(208-17)
Exception:
'"'
Alternatively, D.u may be , computed /Jy nonlinea,. time
histOIJ' anaiysis in accordance with Section 208.6.6.
The analysis used to determine thc Maxi mum lnclastic
Response Displaccmcnl t.,~~ shall considcr Pó cffects.

208.5.1 O Story Drift Limitation
Story drífts shall be computed usíng the Maximum
Jnclastic Response Displacemcnt, !1M.
208.5.10.1 Calculatcd
Calculated story drift using ÁM shall not exceed 0.025
times the story hcight for structurcs having a fundamental
period of less than 0.7 sec. For structures havíng a
fundamental períod of O. 7 sec or greater, the calculated
stmy drift shall not exceed 0.020 times the sto1y height.
Exceptions:
J. These drift limits may be exceeded when it is
demonstrated that greater drift can be tolerated by
both structural elements and nonstructural elements
that could af!ect lije safety. The drift used in this
assessment shall be based upon the Maximum
Jnelastic Response Displacement, LIM.
2. There shall be no drift limit in single-story steel-
framed structures whose primaty use is limited to
storage, factories or workshops. Minor access01y
uses sha/1 be allowed. Structures on which this
exception is used sha/1 not lzave equipment attached
lo the structural fi·ame or shal/ have such equipment
detailed to accommodate tlze additiona/ drift. Wa/ls
that are laterally supported by the stee/ frame shall
be designed lo accommodate the drift in accordance
with Section 208.8.2.3.
208.5.1 0.2 Limitations
Thc dcsign lateral forces used to determine the calculated
dríft may disregard the !imitations of Equation (208-6)
and (208-7) and may be based on the period determ incd
from Equation (208-1 O) neglccting the 30 or 40 percent
limitations of Scction 208 .5.2.2, ltcm 2.
208.5.11 Vertical Componc nt
The following requircments apply in Seismic Zone 4
only. Horizontal cantilcvcr components shall be designed
for a net upward force of O.7C0 1Ujr
In acldition to a!l othcr applicable load combinations,
horizon tal prcstrcsscd componcnts shall be dcsígned using
not more ihan 50 perccnt of' thc dead load for the gravity
load, alonc or in combination with thc lateral force
c!Tccts.
208.6 Dynamic Analysis l'roccdurcs
208.6.1 General
Dynamic analyscs proccdurcs, whcn uscd, shall conforrn
to thc critcria cstablishcd in th is scction. Thc analysis
shall he b<lscd on an appropríatc ground motíon
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h [dition Volume 1
CHAPTEF\ 2 ·-Mínimum Design Loads 2-91
representation and shall be performed using accepted
principies of dynamícs.
Structures that are designed in accordance with this
section shall comply with all other applicable
requirements of these provisions.
208.6.2 Ground Motion
The ground motion rcpresentation shall, as a mínimum, be
one havíng a 10-percent probabílíty of being exceeded in
50 years, shall not be reduccd by the quantity R ami may
be onc ofthe followíng;
l. An elastic design response spectmm constructed in
accordance with Figure 208-3, using the values of Cn
and C,. consisten! with the specific site. The design
acceleration ordinales shall be multiplied by the
acceleration ofgravity, 9.815 m/sec2.
2. A site-spccific elastic design response spectrum
based on the geologic, tectonic, seismologic and soil
characteristics associated with the specific sítc. The
spectrum shall be developed for a damping ratio or
0.05, unless a different value ís shown to be
consistent with the antícipated structural behavior at
the intensíty of shakíng established for the site.
3. Ground motion time histories developed for the
specific site shall be representative of actual
earthquake motions. Response spectra from time
histories, either indívidually or in combination, shall
approximate the sitc design spectrurn conforming to
Section 208.6.2, ltem 2.
4. For stntctures on Soil Profile Type Sr, the following
requircments shall apply when rcq uired by Section
208.4.8.3 , ltem 4:
4.l Thc ground motion rcpresentat ion shall be
developed in accordance with ltems 2 and 3.
4.2 Possible amplification of building response due
to the effects of soil-stmcture ínteraction and
lengtheníng of building period caused by
inclastic behav ior shall be considered.
5. The vertical componen! of' ground motion may be
dcfincd by sca ling corresponding horizontal
accelerations by a factor of two- thírds. Alterna~ i vc
f'actors may be used \Vhen substantiatcd by ~itc­
spccí fic data. Wherc the Near Source Factor, N, is
grcatcr than 1.0, site-spccifíc vertical response
spectra shall be uscd in licu of thc factor of two·
tbirds.
208.6.3 Mathematical Modcl
A mathematical model of the physical structure shall
represen! thc spatial distribution of the mass and stiffness
of. thc structure to an cxtent that ts · aclequate for the
1
 2-9/. CHAPTf.R 2 -- Minunum OeS1911 Loacls
calculation of the significan! fcatures of its dynamic
response. A thrce-dimensional rnodel shall be uscd for
thc dynamic analysis of stru ctures with highly irregular
plan configurations such as those having a plan
irrcgulari ty defíned in Table 208- 1O and having a rigid or
scmi-rigid diaphragm. Thc s tiffncss propcrties uscd in thc
analysis ami general mathcmatical mode li ng shall be in
accordancc with Scction 208.5.1.2.
208.6.4 D esc ription of Analysis Pa·ocedures
208.6.4.1 Hesponse Spectrum Analysis
An elastic dynamic analysis of a struclurc ut ilizi ng lhe
peak dynamic response of all modes having a significan!
contribution lo total stn1c1ural response. Peak modal
responses are calculatcd using the ordinales of lhc
appropriate response spectrum curve which correspond 10
the modal periods. Maximum modal contributions are
combined in a statistical manner to oblain an approximate
to tal slmctural response.
208.6.4.2 Time llistory Analysis
An analysis of the clynamic response of a struclure at ea eh
incrcment of time when the base is subj ec1cd to a spcci f'íc
gro und molion time history.
208.6.5 Response S p cctrum Analysis
208.6.5.1 Respon se S pcctrum Reprcscntation and
lntcrprctalion of Res ults
The ground motion represcn tation shall be in accordancc
wi th Section 208.6.2. The corrcspondi ng response
paramcters, includ ing to rces. momen1s and displaccmcnts.
shall be denotcd as Elastic Response Paramcters. Elastic
Response Paramcters may be rcduced in accordance wirh
Scctio n 208.6.5.4 .
The base shcar for a givcn dircction, detennincd using
dynam ic analysis must not be lcss than thc value obtaincd
by the cg ui va lcnt lateral force method of Sccti on 208.5.2.
In this case, all corresponding response paramctcrs are
adjusted proportionatcly.
208.6.5.2 Nu mber of Modcs
Thc requi rcmenl of Section 20!\.6.4. 1 lhat al! significa n!
modcs be included may be salis ficd by dcmonstrating lhal
for thc modcs wnsidcrcd. at lcast 90 pcrccnt of 1hc
p;¡rt ici paling mass of 1hc strurturc is includcd in thc
c;¡lculation of response fi)r cach principal horizontal
dircction.
208.6.5.3 C omhining Modcs
The peak lll\! mbcr l()rces. di splaccmcnts. story f()rccs.
story shcars and base rcactions for each modc sha ll be
Assor;i() tiOil or S truclLiral Enquw c; rs or llw
combined by recognized methods. When thr ee-
dimcnsional models are used for analysis, modal
intcraction effects shall be considcrcd whcn combini ng
modalmax ima.
208.6.5.4 Rcduction of Elastic Response Paramcters
for Design
Elastic Response f>¡lrameters may be reduced for purposes
of dcsign in accordance with the following itcms, \~ ith the
limitation that in no case shall the Elastic Response
Parameters be recluced such thal the corresrondi ng design
base shear is lcss !han the Elastic Response Base Shear
divided by the value of R.
l. For all regular structures where the ground motion
reprcsentation complies with Section 208.6.2, Item l,
Elastic Response Parameters may be reduced such
that the corTesponding dcsign base shear is not less
than 90 percent of the base shear determined in
accordance with Section 208.5.2.
2. For all regular strucrures where the ground motion
represcntation complies with Section 208.6.2, Item 2,
Elastic Response Parameters may be reduced such
that tbe conesponding design base shear is not less
than 80 percent of thc base shear detennined in
accordance with Seclion 208.5.2 .
3. For al l irregular structures, regardless of the ground
motion representation, Elastic Response Parameters
may be reduced such that the corTesponding design
base shear is no t less than 100 percenl o f the base
shear determined in accord;¡ncc wilh Section 208.5.2.
The COJTespondin g rcduced des ign seismic forces shall be
used for design in accordancc with Section 203.
208.6.5.5 Dircctional Effects
Directiona l effects for horizontal ground motion shall
confonn 10 thc requiremen ts of Section 208.5.1. The
effccts or vertical grou nd motions 011 horizontal
cant ílevers and prestresscd elemcnts shall be CQnsidcred
in accordance with Sccti on 208.5. 1 l. Alternately. vertical
seismic response may be detennincd by dynamic response
mclhods; in no case shall thc response used fór dcsign be
lcss than lhat oblaincd by the static mcthod.
208.6.5.6 Tors ion
The analys is shall account fo r torsional cffccts. including
accide ntal torsional cffccL<; as presc ribcd in Scction
20X.5.7. Whcrc threc-dimcnsional modc ls are uscd for
ana lysis, effccts o f accidental torsion shall be accounted
fo r by appropriatc adjustmcnts in the model such as
adjust mcnt or mass local ions . or by cquivalc nt stat i :
procedures such as providcd in Scction 208.5.6.
Phdtppuw s

208.6.5.7 Dual Systcms
Wbere the lateral forces are resisted by a dual system as
dcfíned in Section 208.4.6.4, the combined system shall
be capable of resisting the base shear determined in
accordance with this section. The moment-rcsisting frame
shall confonn to Section 208.4.6.4, Itcm 2, and may be
analyzed using cither the procedurcs of Scction 208.5.5 or
those of Section 208.6.5.
208.6.6 Time History Analysis
208.6.6.1 Time History
Time-history analysis shall be pcrfonned with pairs of
appropriate horizontal ground-motion time- history
cornponcnts that shall be selccted and scaled from not less
than three recordcd events. Appropriate time histories
shall have magnitudes, fault distances and source
mechanísms that are consisten! with those that control the
design-basis carthquake (or maximum capable
earthquake). Where three appropriate rccorded ground-
motion timc-history pairs are not available, appropriate
simulated ground-motíon time-history pairs may be used
to make up the total numbcr required. For each pair of
horizontal ground- motion components, the square root of
the sum of the squares (SRSS) of the 5 percent-damped
site-specific spectrum of the sca!ed horizontal
components shall be constructed. The motions shall be
scalcd such that !he average value of the SRSS spcctra
does not fall below 1.4 times the 5 percent-damped
spectrum of the dcsign-basis earthquake for periods from
0.2 T second to 1.5 T seconds. Eaeh pair of time h istorics
shall be applied simultaneously to the model considering
torsional effects.
Thc parametcr of intcrcst shall be calculated for each
time- history analysis. lf three time-history analyses are
performcd , then thc maximum response of the parameter
of interest shall be used for design. lf seven or more time-
history analyses are performcd, then the average value of
the response para meter of intcrcst may be used for design.
208.6.6.2 Elastic Time History Analysis
Elastic time history shall conform to Sections 208.6.1 ,
20!1.6.2, 208 .6.3, 208.6.5.2, 208 .6.5.4, 208.6.5.5,
208.6.5.6, 208.6.5.7 and 208.6.6. l . Response paramctcrs
from clastic timc-history analysis shall be denotcd as
Elastic Response Parameters. All clements shall be
dcsigned using Strength Dcsign. Elastic Response
Paramctcrs may be sca!ed in accordancc with Section
208.6.5.4.
National Structurat Code of the Philippines 6' Edition Volume 1
CHAPTEf~ 2- Minimum Design Loads 2-93
208.6.6.3 Non linear Time History Analysis
208.6.6.3.1 Nonlinear Time History
Nonlinear time history analysis shall meet ihe
requirements of Section 208.4. 1O, and time histories shall
be developed and results detennined in accordance w ith
the requirements of Section 208.6.6. l. Capacities 'nd
characteristics of nonlinear elements shall be modc i<~d
consisten! with test data or substantiated analy ~; i ~;,
consídering the lmportanee Factor. ...The maxinw; n
inelastic response dísplacement shall nci!"be rcduced ;:ncl
shall comply with Section 208.5. 10.
208.6.6.3.2 Dcsign Rcview
When nonlinear time-history analysis is used to justify a
structural design, a design review of the lateral- force·
resisting system shall be performed by an independc::t
engineering team, including persons liccnsed in ihc
appropriate disciplines and experienced in seisnú :
analysis methods. The lateral-force-rcsisting system
design review shall include, but not be limited to, the
following :
l. Review ing the development of site-specific spectra
and ground-motion time histories.
2. Revicwing the prelirninary design of the lateral-
force-resisting systern.
3. Reviewing the final design of the lateral-force-
resisting system and al l supporting analyses.
The engineer-of-record shall subrnit with the plans anc!
calculations a statemcnt by all members of the
enginecring team doing the rev iew stating that the above
revícw has been perforrncd.
208.7 Lateral Force on Elcmcnts of Structurcs,
Nonstructural Compo ncnts and Equipment Supportcd
by Structurcs
208.7.1 General
Elerncnts of structurcs and their attachments, perrnanent
nonstructural components and their attachments, and the
attachments for pennanent equipment supported by a
structure shall be designed to resisl the total dcsign
scisrnic forces prescribcd in Section 208.7 .2.
Attachments for !loor- or roof-mounted cquipment
wc ighing less than 1.8 kN, and furniture nccd not be
designed.
A ttachments shall include anehoragcs and requircd
bracing. Frictíon resu!ting from gravity loads shall no! be
considered lo provide resistance to seismic forccs.
11
 2-94 CHAPTEfi 2 -· Mmimum Oesign l.oads
Whcn the structural failure of the latcral-forcc-resisting
systcms of nonrigid equipment would cause a life hazard,
such systems shall be dcsigned to resist the seismic torces
prescribed in Section 208.7.2.
When permissible dcsign strengths and other acceptance
criteria are not comained in or refcrenced by this codc,
such criteria shall be obtained from approved national
standards subjcct to thc approval of the building official.
208.7.2 Dcsign for Total Lateral Force
T he total dcsign lateral seismic fo rce, F,, shall be
detenni ned from the following equation:
(208- 18)
Altematively, F¡, may be calculatcd using the following
equation:
(208 -1 9)
Except that /·~, shall not be lcss than 0.7Cal¡)Vp and
need not be more than 4C~IpJifjr
whcrc:
h_. = the elemcnt or componen! attachment elevatio n
with respect to grade. hx shal l not be taken lcss than
0.0.
hr = the structure roof elevation with respect to grade.
a1, = the in-structure Componen! Amplification factor
that varíes from 1.0 to 2.5.
A valuc for a,, shall be selectcd from Table 208-12.
Altematively, this factor may be detennined based on the
dynamic properties or empírica! data of the componen!
and the structurc that supports it. The value shall not be
taken lcss than 1.0.
R, is the Componen! Response Modi fication Factor that
shall be taken from Table 208- 12, except that R, for
anchorages shall cqual 1.5 for shallow expansion anchor
bolts, shallow chcmical anchors or shallow cast-in-place
anchors. Shallow anchors are those with an cmbedment
lcng tiHo-dimnetcr ratio of less than R. When anchoragc is
constructcd of nonductilc materials, or by use of adhesive,
Rp shall equal 1.0.
Thc design lateral forccs determincd using Equation (208-
18) or (208- 19) shall be distributed in proporlion to the
mass distribution of the elcmenl or componen!.
/\ssociation of Structural Eng~rwers of the Philippincs
Forces detcnnined using Equation (20ii-! .- ¡ :_.:· i. ! .-, · <;)
shall be used to design members and con::··~·¡j . ,_,; ! :;,l!
transfcr these forces lo !he seismic- 11' ' ···o:;: .·,: >o:J ;_
Membcrs and connection design ~hali ¡¡ ~e ¡l,.:. ;.,,,,J
combinations and factors specificd in s,·t'lll':1 _03 .3 ur
203 .4. The Rcliability/Redundancy Factor, :1, may be
takcn equal to 1.0.
For applicablc Corees and Component P.·.' :·•on•:(·
Modiftcation Factors in connectors for cxtcri 11 i'·'' .. .-.i
diaphragms, rcfcr to Sections 208.8.2.3, 2l1:~x .... , .· Hi
208.8.2.8.
Forces shall be applied in the horizontal dircct!ui!.:, \•_,!J¡.-_1;
result in thc most critica! loadings for design.
208.7.3 Specifying Lateral Forces
Design spccifications for equipmcnt shall cither spec: r__,
the design lateral forces prescribed hercin or referencc
these provisions.
208.7.4 Relative Motion of Equipmcnl Aftachmcnt f-.:
For equipment in Categories I and 11 build ings as deíinctl
in Table 103-1 , the lateral-force design :;hall c.onsidc1 lL':
effects of rclative rnotion of thc points of altachmcnl !o
the structure, us ing the drift based upon óM·
208.7.5 Alternati vc Dcsigns
Where an approved national standard or approved
physical test data provide a basis for the earthquake-
rcsistant dcsign of a particular type of equipment or other
nonstructural componen!, such a standard or data may be
acccptcd as a basis !or design of the items wit h thc
following !imi tations:
l. These provisions shall provide mínimum values f<'i'
!he design of the anchorage and thc members and
connections that transfer the forces to thc seismie-
resisting systcm.
2. Thc force, /~,, and the overturning momen t used in
the design of thc nonstructural componen! shall :;;
be !css than 80 perccnt of thc values that wmL
obtained using thcse provisions.
~·¡

CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads 2-95

Tablc 208-12 Horizontal Force Factors, al' and R, for

Elemcnts of Struc!urcs and Nons!ructural Componcnts and Equiprncnt
----------..·-·- --------------------------.----.-----..,------¡
Catcgory Elcmcnt or Componcnt a, R, Footnotc
----------------------------........J'--------'---·--'------1
l. Walls including thc follow ing:

n. Unbraccd (cantilcvcrcd) parapcts 2.5 3.0

. .. ___, _ _

b. Exterior walls at or above thc ground !loor ancl

1.0 3.0 2
1. Elcmcnts of pa~ap(!t~ bracc~ a.~o_ve tllcir~(!!llcr:s ()[ gr~~j t):'
Structurcs c. All intcriot~bearing and non-bcaring wa!ls 1.0 3.0 2
-- ···· .. . . ... "--~ -- . ·····----- ........ ..... . ........ . . .... ·-- ----·-·-------------··------ -· ---~ ------------------- --------------------------
2. Penthouse (exccpt whcn framed by an extcnsion of the
2.5 4.0
stnrctural frame)
3. · e:;;,;;ieéiiü·,;·;·¡:¿·~r~ec;;¡:;;.¡c-~icd's!,~;c¡ü;ai ¿¡¿;;;e-;-;i~üúic~ ···· ·· -------- ·--- ... ··---- ·---------
wans. Scc also Scction 208.7.2 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-+----+---+---------l
----·-·----+---"~-=-=-=-=::.;:....;:~=c-=..::.=.:..:..:.::_
1.0 3.0 3
l. Exterior and interior omamentations and appcndagcs. 2.5 3.0
2. cii;~i;;;;;·; ;¡a-ci<s-a-r;ct..i~sscCi -iü~;;;·$~;¡;¡;;;:¡-;;d~~i-0~· --- ..... ................. .. . ..... .- ---------
rroJ~~~_ing a~<"!_:'~.!!!~JC,JQ(_ .. __ _______................. ______ ...........................__ .................--- ,-----------·-
a. Lateral!y braccd or anchorcd to thc stnlctura! frame at
25 30
.~ poirlt_b~.!_~~-tllci~_~(!.!_~tcr~ of ~!1~.~~ _.... ... .. _ .................... - ..-~----· ___ ...~- ---- -·- - ----
b. Lateral!y braced or anchored to tbe structural framc at
l. O 3.0
or abo ve.......
.. .. ·-·-·· their
.
ccntcrs of
... -mass
· . . .......... ...................................... ------ ---·--- - ·-·-·----- ·-- -·----- -
3. Sígns and billboards 2.5 3.0
2. Nonstructural
Componcnts 4. Storagc racks (inc!udc contcnts) ovcr 1.8 m tall. 2.5 4.0 4
...... - ----------------- .................- ...f- - - - - --
5. Permancnt fioor-supported cabinets and book stacks more
1.0 3.0 5
tlia_n J&m_inhcigi_It.. (i!lCiudc <;()nte~~s) _. _..... ...... .............._____ ·----- - - - -- - - - l
6. Anchorage and latera l bracing for suspended ceil ings and
1.0 3.0 3, 6, 7, 8
light fi_xtu~cs .. ··--·------ __ .. ________ .........- -- - - !
7. Acccss Ooor systems l.O 3.0 4, 5, 9

8. Masonry or concrete fcnces ovcr 1.8 m high 1.0 ·+ · 3.0

............ ____..___.._______
9. Partitions. 1.0 3.0
----·---------·----··-..--- - ·------=----:--:----------......... .....__________....__________
l. Tanks and vcsscls {includc contcnts), includ ing support
1.0 3.0
systcms.
5, JO, Il ,
2. Electrical, mcchanical and plumbing equipmcnt and 12, 13, 14,
1.0 3.0
associatcd conduit and ductwork and piping.
. .. - 15!_!_Q___ __
3. Any flexible cquipment latera JI y braced or anchorcd to thc 5, 10, 14,
2.5 3.0
stnrCl1Jral framc ata point_bel_ow th~[rc¡:r~t-~r ofmas~ .... fJ. ....!.§...........
3. Equipmcnt
4. Anchorage of cmcrgcncy powcr supply systcms ami
csscntial communications cquipmcnt. Anchoragc and
support systcms for battery racks ami fuel tanks neccssary 1.0 3.0 17, 18
for opcnr tion of cmcrgcncy equipmcnl. Scc nlso Scction
208.7.2 . . ... ,
5. Temporary container~ wilh tlammab!c or hazardous
l. O 3.0 19
- - - -----·- ·-··------- ·- ...........!!.l_a~te_ri_
al_
s.______________ ______ _____________+ - - --1--- - ·--+ - - - -- -
1. Rigid componcnts with ductilc material ami attachmcnts. 1.0 3.0

2. Rigid componcnts with nonductilc material or attachmcnts LO 1.5

4.. Othcr
CompoÍ1cnts J. Flexible componcnts with duc tilc material ami
2.5 3.0
<IIWchmcnts.
4. Flexible componcnts with nonductilc material or
2 .5 1.5
attachmcnts.

1
National Struc!ural Code of t11e Pl1ilippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
2-96 CHAPTEI~ 2 --·Mínimum Design Loads

Notesfor Tablc 208.12

1
See Sec/ion 208.2 for deflnilirms offle.rible componenls ami rigid componen/.\".
1
See Seclion 208.8.2. 3 and 208.8. 2. 7.for concre/e amlmason1y wa/1.1· ami SeNion 208. 7. 2 jár colmcc/itJnt jilr ¡umel wnnt:clorsjiJr pane/.1·.
J Appli<•s 10 Seúmic Zone.\' 2 ami 4 only.
' Grouml suppor!ed steel slomge racks may be ,¡,._,· igned using 1111! provi.rion.1· o(Seclions 208.9. Load aiJ(I resi.l"lancejúclor design nwy be
u.\'ed for the design ofcold10rmed sreel memhet:\', ¡>nH•idetl sei,vmic tfe.\·iy,n .fhtcl's are et.¡ualto or greoler !Irau tlwse .\pec(jied in Section
208.7.2 or 208.9.2 as appmpriale.
Only anchomge or res/rain!.\" need be designed.
• Ceiling weighl sha/1 inc!ude a/1/ighl.fixlures and o1her et¡tllj>men/ or parlilion.\· 1/w! are lalem/~¡· .1·uppor1ed by lill' ceiling. F<)r pt11po.1·<•s
o[ de1ermining !he seismicjorce, a ceiling weighl ofnolless !han 0.2 kPa .rila// he used.
1
Ceilings cons/ruc/ed of lnth a111l plas/er or gyp.wm board screw or nail al/ached 10 su.1pended member.1· //1(1/ sup¡mf"l a n•i/ing a/ "'"'
leve/ exleodingfrom wal! ro wa/1 need ltof be ana~Fzed, pnwided the wa/1.\' are no/ OV('f' 15 meten· apart.
s Lighl jix1ures ami mechtwica/ serl'iccs inslalled in mcltll su.\¡)(/IISion sy.\·1em.1' jor tiCOusliwl lile antl lay-i11 ¡wnel cei(ing.< sha/1 be
indcpendenlly supponetlji"Otn 1he s/ruc/ure ahoi'C as specified in UBC Sumdard 25-2. Pan 11/.
• W,.jor accessjloor sys1ems sita// be the det1d /otul ofthe tiCcess jloor S)'S/em plus 2 5 percenl'l!(thefloor ¡¡,,e load plus a O. 5 kPa par/ilion
load t1llowance.
U> Equipment inc:ludes, hut is not limiu:d to. boiiRrS. chillers. hetJI e.rchtmg(!rs. pumps, t1ir·lwndling units, t:oo/ing /(HI'l/rs. cmrlro/¡}(utels.
molot:\·, swílchgear, lf"till.iformers and life-sajely equipme111. 11 slw/1 include major Colldtlit, ducling a111/ JNfJÍng. which sen•ices .w ch
macltinetJ' a11d equipment wuljire sprinklu syslems. St•e Seclion 208. 7.2.for addilional requiremt'lll.l"jor de1ermini11g a1,Jór nonrigid or
fle.ribly mow11ed equipmen/.
11
Seismh· re.flrai/1/s may be omilledji·om plf!ing ami ducl ,,·uppor/S !(al/ !lw.following comlitions are salis/ied:
11 1
La/eral mo/ÍOII o(tlw p1jJing or duc/ willnol Ct/11.\"C' damaging impaclwilh Olhl!l" .1ys1ems.
1
t.! The piping or ducl is m acle ofduc!ile ma/crialwillt duclile conneclions.
11
J La/eral molion o.f /he piping or duc/ doe.1· 1101 C<W.\"1! impacl ¡¡(.fmgile appurlenllnn•s (e.g .. sprink/er lteads) ll"ilh a11y olhcr cquipmenl,
piping or Slmctural member.
11
'La1eralmo1ion o.f !he piping or dile/ does 1101 cause loss ofsys1em ver1ical suppon
1
l ..' Rod-l11mg suppor/s o/less tha11 300 111111 i11 /englh ha \'e lop coluteclions 1h01 um11ol de••e/op momems.
11 6
· Supporlmembcrs canliiel'ered up fi"om lhe.f/oor are< checked(or slabilily.

t! Seismic resmúnls may be omilled.fi·om e/ectrical raceways. .wch as cable trays, conduil ond bus duc/s, i(a/1 ¡/te.filllawing condilionr are
salisjied:
1 1
-' Ulleralmolion oj1lw rtKe11·ay ll'i/1 no/ wuse damaging impaclwillt mher S\'s/ems.
l.'.' Laleral molion ofthe roceway does 1101 cause /oss ofsyslem vertical su¡>f>Orl.
'-' J Rod-hung supporls o(les., llran 300 mm in lenglh '""'" lop collneclions tita! mnnot de•·elo¡1 mom<:·nls.

'·'·' Suppor1111embers ctmlilel'ered up.from lheJ/oor are checked(or slahilil}"-

'·' Piping. ducts antl eleclrical raceways. which must he ftmclionol fi>ffm,·ill[: an cortlu¡uoke. sponning hetu·l•en d~/férent building.\· or
structural .\) Stems s/ra/1 be .n4/icien¡fyJlexib/e 10 witlrstand relalh'e motion l~(n~¡¡port poinls trsswning out~o¡:¡;/wse motioll.\-.
1

IJ Vibrar ion isolators supporting equipment sha/1 he dc>signed fór lateral !onds or re.~troincd fj·om displacing latera/~¡: h.t~ otlu.'r meons .
R<!slraifll sha/1 also be pn>l'ided. 11'hich limits l'<!l"licnl disp/ocem enl. .wch !halla/ero/ reslroin/.1" do no / l>ecome disengaged. a1• O JI(/ R1,.fiu·
equipmelll .wppor/ed on Fihralion iso/ators sha/1 be lak en as 2.5 al/(/ 1.5. respecliwly. exce¡J/ 1ho1 i( the iso/alion mou111ing ji-ame is
supporled by shollo11• or expansion attclwr,<, !he design(orces.for !he anchor.\· calcula!ed h,1· /;'qua/ion (208-18).or (208-19) (indurlin¡;
limils). sha/1 be addilionally mullip/ied byfacror 4 2.0.
H Equipmetll onclwrage slw/lnol be de.rigned such !ha/load< are re.n'.l"led /¡y gra••ily.fi"iction (e.g., .frie/ion dip.f).
16
Expamion ancltor.1·, ll'hich are required 10 rl'SÍSI seismic loads in lension. sha/1 no/ be used 11-ltere o¡u<mlional •·ihl"llling /oads are
pre.<;ent.
ft..f0 \1eme111 (?( components H·ithin t.tfectri<·al cabinatJ. rack-and skid-mowrted cqui¡mumt and portion,,· (~lskid-nu>llnled e/ectromeclwnicol
11

eqwf>ment that may cause damaJ!.C! to otiH~r components by displacing, Jlwll he tcslt'icted hy allochmcnt to anchorcd ClJIIi¡mu'nl or
.mpporl.fmmet.
1
x /Jolleries on racks slw/1 he restrained again.H movement Jn al/ din.:Cfion duc lo cartltquakcfúrcC'.\'.
N ~\~eismic resrrainls may include ,\'lraps. clwins. holt."i. harncrs or otlwr mechonisms tlrot pn'FCIII slidiiJJ!,. folling tmd hreocl: o(contuinmcnl
(~jjlarnmable wultoxi<' mareria!s. l;i·ícliou _fi)rces may no/ he used ro resist loterollaods in tlw rcstrainl." un/es.,· posilh•t• uplf(t rcxtrainf i.'
provided wltich <'ll.ntres llta!lllt•.fi"iclioll.fi;r('<'S oc/ continuouslr.

Association of Structuml Enqineers of the Philippines


' 208.8 Pctailed Systcms Dcsign Requircmcnls
,.
t
i; 208.8.1 General
.' All stn1ctural framing systcms shall comply wit h 1he
· requirements of Scction 208.4. Only the elcments of thc
;, designated scisrnic-force-resisting systcm shall be uscd to
'> ·:· resist design forces. The individual components shall be
i designed to resist the prescribcd design seismic !orces
·!
' acting on them. Thc componcnts shall also comply with
the specific rcquircments for the material contained in
Chapters 4 through 7. In addition, such framing systems
and components shall comply with the detailed systcm
dcsign requircmcnts containcd in Section 208.8.
All building componcnts in Seismic Zoncs 2 and 4 sha ll
be designed to resist thc cffects of thc seismic forccs
prescribed herein and the effects of gravity loadings frorn
dead and floor livc loads.
Considcration s hall be given to design for uplift effects
causcd by seisrnic loads.
fn Seismic Zones 2 and 4, provision shall be made for the
effects of earthquake forces acting in a direction other
than the principal axes in each of the following
circumstanccs:
l. The s tructure has plan irregu!arit y Type 5 as givcn in
Table 208- 1O.
2. The structure has plan irregularity Type 1 as given in
Tablc 208- 1O for both major axcs.
3. A column of a structure fonns pari of two or more
intersecting lateral-force-resisting systcms.
~ception:
V tire axial load in the column due to seismic forces
:fl9.(ing in either direc/ion is /ess than 20 percent of the
~!ilumn axial load capacily.
The requirement that orthogonal cffccts be considcred
may be satisfied by dcsigning such e lcments for 100
percent o f thc prescribed design seismic forces in onc
dircction plus JO pcrccnt of the prescribed design scism ic
forccs in the perpendicu lar dircction. Thc combinat ion
requiring the greater componen! strcngth shall be uscd f'or
design. Altcrna ti vely, thc e iTects of lhc two orthogo nal
directions may be combined on a squarc root of thc su m
of thc squares (SRSS) basis. Whcn the SRSS mcthod o f
combining dircctíonal c ffccts is used, cach tcrm computcd
shall be assigned thc sign that will rcsult in the mosl
conserva ti ve res ult.
Natlonal Structuml Co<1e of th<:: Pllillf.lPII'ié)::> 61" b lition Volurnn 1
CHAPTEH 2- Minimum Design Loads 2..97
208.8.2 Structural Framing Systcms
Four types of general building framing systems dcfined in
Section 208.4.6 are recognized in these provisions and
shown in Table 208-1 1. Each type is subdivided by thc
typcs of vc1iical clements used to resist lateral scismic
forccs. Special framing requircmenlS are given in this
scction and in Chapters 4 lhrough 7.
208.8.2.1 Dctailing for Co mbinations of Systcms
for components common to differcnt structural systems,
tbe more rcstricti ve detailing requirements shall be used.
208.8.2.2 Connections
Connections that res ist design seismic f01·ces shall be
designed and dctailed on thc drawings.
208.8.2.3 Deformation Compatibility
All stn1ctural framing elements and their connections, not
required by design to be part of the lateral-forcc-resisting
system, shall be dcsigned and/or detailed to be adequate
to maintain support of design dead plus live loads whcn
subjected to the cxpccted dcformations causcd by seismic
forces. Pt:J. effects on such elements shall be considcrcd.
Expected dcfonnations shall be detennined as the greater
of the Maximum Inelastic Response Displacement, 6 .11.
considering Pt:J. effccts determined in accordance with
Section 208.5.9.2 or the defonnation induced by a story
drift of 0.0025 times the story hcight. When computing
cxpcctcd deformations, the stiffening effect of those
c!ements not pan of the lateral-force-resisti ng system
shall be neglected.
For clcmcnts not par1 of thc latera l-forcc-resisting systcm,
thc forccs inductcd by the expectcd dcf(mnation may be
considered as ultimalc or factorcd fórccs. When
computing the forces induced by cxpected def'onnations,
the restraining cffect of adjoining rigid stmctures and
nonstructural elcments shall be considered and a rational
value of membe1: and restraint sti ffness shall be uscd.
lnclastic defonnations of members and connections may
be considcrcd in the cvaluation, provided the assumed
calcu!ated capaci tics are consistent with memher and
connec!ion design and detailing.
For concrete and masonry elemcn l~ thn t are pan of thc
lateral- force-resísting systcm, the assumed flex ura! and
shcar s tiffness propcrtics shall not excced one hal f of thc
gross sectJOil propcrtics unlcss a rational cracked-scction
analysis is performcd. Additional dcformations that may
result from founda tion flcxibility and diaphragm
deflcctions shal l be considered. For concrete clemcnts no!
part of thc latcral-forcc-rcsisting syslcm, see Section
42 1.9.
 2-98 CHAPTEH 2 -- Mmunum Oesign Loads
208.8.2.3.1 Adjoining Rigid Elemcnts
Moment-resisting fr·ames and shear walls may be
encloscd by or adjoined by more rigid elements, provided
it can be shown that the participation or failure of the
more rigid elements wi ll not impajr thc vertical and _
lateral- load-resisting abiliiy of the gravity load and
laternl-force-resisting systems. The enccts of adjoining
rigid elements shall be considered wl:en assessing
whether a structure shall be designated reguiat or irregular
in Section 208.4.5.
208.8.2.3.2 Exterior Elcmcnts
Ex terior non-bearing, non-sbear wall panels or elements
that are attached to or enclose the exterior shall be
des igned to resist the forces per Equation (208-1 8) or
(208-19) and shall acconunodate movements of the
structurc based on Ó,tt and temperature changes. Such
clements shall be supported by means of cast-in-place
concrete or by mechanical connections and fasteners in
accordance wi th the following provisions:
l. Connections and panel joints shall allow for a relative
movement between stories of not less than two times
story drift caused by wind, the calculated story drift
based on 6.11 or 12.7 mm, whichever is greatcr.
2. Connections lo pennit movement in the plane of the
panel for story drift shall be sliding connections using
slotted or oversize holes, connections that pennit
movement by bending of steel, or other connections
providing equivalen! sliding and ductility capacity.
3. 13odies of connecti ons shall ha ve sufticient ducti lity
and rotation capacity to preclude fracture or the
concrete or brittle failures at or ncar wclds.
4. Tbe body of the connection shall be designed for thc
force detennined by Equation (208- 19), whcre R, =
3.0 and a1, = 1.0.
5. All fasteners in the connecting system, such as bolts,
inserls, welds and dowels, shall be designed for the
forccs detennined by Equation (208-19). where R1, =
1.0 and a 1, = 1.0.
6. Fastcncrs cmbcdded in concrete shall be attached lo.
or bookcd around, reinforcing stccl or oth crwise
tenninatcd to cfTectively 'transf"cr fórccs lo thc
rcinforcing stcel.
208.lU.J Tics and Co ntinuity
All parts of a structurc shall be intcrconncctcd and thc
conncctions sball be capablc of transmitting the scismic
force induccd by the parts being conncctcd. As a
mínimum, any smalkr portion of thc bui lding shall be ticcl
to thc rcmaindcr of !he building wi th clcments having at
lcast a strcngth lO n:sist 0.5 C.,/ times the wcight of' thc
s mallcr portion.
Assor;iatlon of Structuml Engll"l0CI'S
A positivc connection for resisting horizontal fon.;c acti ng
parallel to thc member shall be providcd for cach hc::un,
girder or truss. This force shall not be less tb<m 0 .. \ ·:. '.)
times the dcad plus livc load.
208.8.2.4 Collcctor Elcmcnts
Collector elements shall be provided that are capable of
transferring the seismic forces originating in n! 1wr
porlions of thc structure to thc clement providing :he
resistance to those forces.
Collector elements, splices and their conncction-: to
resisting elemcnts shall resist thc forccs dctcnni,;cd ; n
accordance with Equation (208-20). In addition, collcctor
clements, splices, and their connections to resisting
elemenls shall have the design strcngth 10 resist thc
combined loads resulting from the special seismic load of
Section 203.5.
Exception:
In SllUCtures, or porrions thereof braced entire/y by light-
fi·ame wood shear wa/ls or light-frame steel afl(/ wood
stmctural panel shear wall systems, coi/ector elen<!'!lfs,
sp/ices and connections to resisting elemenls need onl)' be
designed to resíst [orces in accordance with Equaíion
(208-20).
The quantity E_~ 1 need not exceed thc maximum force that
can be transferred to thc collcctor by thc diaphragm and
other clements of the lateral-forcc-resisting system. For
A llowable Stress Design. the design strcngth may be
dctermined using an allowablc stress increasc of l. 7 a!l(J a
rcsistancc factor, <)l. or 1.0. This inc rcasc shall not be
combined with thc onc-thi rd stress incrcasc pcrmitted by
Scction 203.4, but may be combincd with thc duration of"
load increase permitted in Section ó 15.3.4.
208.8.2.5 Concrete Framcs
Concrete frames required by design lo be part of thr.
lateral-force-resisting system shall conform to tht:
following:
l. In Seismic Zone 4 thcy shall be spcci:tl moment-
rcsisting framcs.
2. In Seismic Zo nc 2 thcy shall, as a mínimu m, be
intcrmcdiatc momen t-resisting frames.
208.8.2.6 A ncho ragc of Concrete or M:tsonry \Va lis
Concrete or masonry walls shall be anchored to al! lloo1
and roo f.-; that providc out-of-planc lateral support of thc
wall. Thc anchoragc shall provide a positivc dircct
conncction bctwccn thc wall and noor or roor
construction capablc of rcsisting thc largcr of" the
horimntal forccs specified in this scction and Scctions
206.4 and 20tU. In addition, in Scismic Zonc 4.
of tlw r-'l1ilipp!nes

diaphragrn to wall anchorage using embcdded straps shall
have thc straps attachcd to or hooked around the
reinforcing stecl or otherwisc tcrminated to effectivcly
transfer forccs to thc rcinforcing steel. Requirements for
developing anchorage forces in diaphragms are given in
Section 208.8.2.8. Diaphragrn deformation shall be
considered in the design ofthe supported walls.
208.8.2.6.1 Out-of-Piane Wall Anchorage to Flexible
Diaphragms
This section shall apply in Se1srnic Zone 4 where flexible
diaphragms, as dcfined in Section 208.5.6, provide lateral
support for walls.
1. Elements of the wall anchorage systcrn shall be
designed for thc forces specificd in Section 208.7
where Rp = 3.0 and aP = I .5.
2. In Seismic Zonc 4, the value of FP uscd for the dcsign
of the elements of the wall anchorage system shall
not be less than 6.1 kN per lineal meter of wall
substituted for E.
3. See Section 206.4 for mínimum design forces in
other seismic zoncs.
4. When elemcnts of thc wall anchorage system are not
loaded concentrica!ly or are not perpendicular to the
wall, the system shall be dcsigned to resist all
componcnts ofthe forces induced by the cccentricity.
5. When pilasters are present in the wal!, the anchorage
force at the pilasters shall be calculated considering
the additionalload transferred from the wall pancls to
the pilasters. Howcver, thc mínimum anchorage force
at a tloor or roof shal! be that specified in Section
208.8.2.7.1, ltem l.
6. The strcngth design forces for steel clcments of the
wall anchorage systcm shall be 1.4 times thc forccs
otherwise required by this section.
7. The strcngth dcsign forces for wood elements of the
wall anchoragc system shall be 0.85 times the force
otherwise required by this section and these wood
elcmcnts shal l have a minimu11\ actual net thickness
of63 .5 mm .
208.8.2.7 Diaphragms
l. Thc deflcction in thc planc of thc diaphragm sha ll not
cxcccd thc permissiblc deflcction of thc attachcd
elcrncnts. Permissiblc dcflcction shall be that
deflection that will pcrmit thc attachcd clcment to
maintain its structura l intcgrity undcr thc individual
Joading and contin uc to support thc prescribcd !oads.
2. Floor and roof diaphragms shall be designcd to rcsist
thc forccs dctcrmincd in accordancc with the
following cquation:
National Structural Code of lhe
CHAPTEf~ 2 -- Minirnum Design Loads 2-99
11
F+"F.
( L. 1
Fpx = --,.~;~:o!··.•- wpx (208-20)
LW¡
j;;_r
Thc force F¡,_, dctermincd from Equation (208-20) need
not exceed I.OC"/w1,.n but shall not be lcss than 0.5C"Iwpx·
Whcn the diaphragm is rcquired to transfcr dcsign scismic
forces from the vertical-resisting clcments above the
diaphragm to other vertical-resisting elements below the
diaphragm duc to offset in thc placcment of the elements
or to changcs in stiffness in the vertical elements, these
forces shall be added to those detennined from Equation
(208-20).
3. Design seismic forces for flexible diaphragms
providing lateral supports for walls or frames of
masonry or concrete shall be determined using
Equation (208-20) bascd on the load determined in
accordance with Section 208.5.2 using a R not
excecding 4.
4. Diaphragms supporting concrete or masonry walls
shall have continuous ties or struts between
diaphragm chords to distribute the anchorage forces
specifíed in Scction 208.8.2.7. Added chords of
subd iaphragms may be used to form subdiaphragms
to transmit the anchoragc forces to the main
continuous crossties. The maximum length-to-width
ratio of the wood structural sub-diaphragm shall be
2 '/2: !.
5. Whcre wood diaphragms are used to laterally support
concrete or masonry walls, thc anchorage shall
conform to Scction 208.8.2.7. In Seismic Zone 2
and 4, anchorage shall not be accomplished by use of
tocnai ls or nails subjcct to withdrawal, wood ledgers
or framing shall not be uscd in cross-grain bending or
cross-grain tension, and tbe continuous ties required
by ltem 4 shall be in addition to the diaphragm
sheathing.
6. Connections of diaphragms to the vertical elements in
structures in Scismic Zone 4, having a plan
irregularity of Typc l , 2, 3 or 4 in Table 208-1 O, shall
be designed without considcring ei!her thc one-third
increase or the dur::tion of load increasc considered
in a llowablc stresses for clcments rcsis ting
carthquake forcL:S.
7. In structurcs in Seismic Zonc 4 having a plan
irrcgularity of Typc 2 in Tablc 208- 10, diaphragm
chords and dnw mc mbcrs shall be des igncd
considering indep~ndcnt movcmcnt of thc projccting
wings of the structurc. Each of thcse diaphragm
Philipp1nes 61h Edition Volu111e 1
 /.-100 C HAPTF.R 2 -· Minimum Des1g n Loads
elements shall be designed for the more severe of the
following two assumptions:
a. , Motion of the projecting wi ngs in the same
direction.
b. Motion of the projecting wings m opposing
directions.
Exception:
This re.q1:4ircm!!ta m_ay, ·b.,e deemed. .. sa.ti.if¡ed if, .-.the
procedt¡rf!S of¡§ec(ion 70JM in coJJjunctio, wjtlt a three-
dimensiQ/1(11 m.odel baye . !>een used to. determine the
lateral seismic /orces for design.
208.8.2.8 Framing Bclow the Base
Thc strength and stiffness ofthe framing between the base
and the foundation shall not be less than that of the
superstructure. The special detailing requirements of
Chapters 4, 5 and 7, as appropriate, shall apply to
columns supporting discontinuous lateral-forcc-resisting
elements and to SMRF, IMRF, EBF, STMF and
MMR WF system elements below the base, which are
required to transmit the forces resulting fi·om lateral loads
lo the foundation.
208.8.2.9 Building Scparations
All structures shall be separated from adjoining structures.
Scparations shall allow for the displacement óM· Adjacent
buildings on the same property shall be separated by at
least ó ,1r where
(208-21)
and ó,,fl and óu1 are the displaccmcnts of the adjacent
buildings.
Whcn a structure adjoins a property line not common lo a
public way, that structure shall also be set back from the
propcrty line by at leasl the displacement ilM of that
structure.
Exception:
Sma/ler separations or prpperty fine · seibackS :may b.e
permilled ~vizen justifie4 .by rati01icll cf_~a/yses:·ba~ed on
maxinwm eipected ground motions. : ~~~:: . '
208.9 Nonbuilding Strurtur<'S
208.9.1 General
208.9.1.1 Scope
Nonbuilding structurcs includc all sclf- supporting
s tructurc~othcr than buildings that cnrry gravity londs and
rcsist thc d lccts of' carthquakcs. Nonbuilding structurcs
Association ot Structural Engineers of the Philippincs
shall be designed 10 provide lhe strength requircd lo resisl
the displacements induced by the minimum lateral forccs
specified in this scction. Design shall conform to the
applicable provisions of othcr sections as modifíed by the
provisions containcd in Section 208.9.
208.9.1.2 Critcria
The minimum design seismic forces prescribcd in this
section are at a le··el that produces displacements in a
fixed base, elastic model of 1he structure, comparable to
those cxpected of thc real structurc whcn rcsponding to
the Design Basis Ground Motion. Reductions in these
forces using thc cocfficient R is permitted whcre thc
design of nonbuilding structures provides sufficient
strength and ductility, consisten! with the provisions
specificd herein for buildings, lo resist the effects of
seismic ground motions as represented by these design
forces.
When applicable, design strengths and other detailed
design criteria shall be obtained from other sections 01
their refcrenced standards. Thc design of nonbuilding
stmctures shall use the load combinations or factors
spccifíed in Section 203.3 or 203.4. For nonbuilding
stmcturcs designed using Section 208.9.3, 208.9.4 or
208.9.5, the Reliability/Redundancy Factor, p, may be
taken as 1.0.
When applicable design strcngths and other design
criteria are not contained in or referenced by this code,
such criteria shall be obtained from approved national
standards.
208.9.1.3 Wcight W
The weight, W, for nonbuilding structures shall include all
dead loads as defined for huildings in Section 208.5 .1.1 .
f-'or purposes of calculating design seismic forces in
nonbuilding structures, W shall also include all nonnal
operating contents for itcms such as tanks, vessels, bins
and piping.
208.9.1.4 Period
Thc fundamental period of the structure shall be
dctermined by rational methods such as by using Mcthod
R in Section 208.5.2.2.
208.9.1.5 Drift
Thc drift limitations of Scction 208.5. 1O need not apply lo
nonbuilding structures. Dri ft limitations !;hall 1•C
established for stmctural or nonstructural elemt~L :·; :!J;,sc
failurc would cause life hazards. Pó cffcr ts ~.L. D be
considcred for structurcs whosc calculatcd drifts c;o..cccd
the valucs in Section 208.5.1 .3.

. · 08.9.1.6 fnteraction Effccts
' In Seismic Zonc 4, structurcs that support fiex ible
;nonstnJctural elcments whose combined wcight cxceeds
. 25 percent of thc weight of the stmcture shall be designed
i.considering interaction effects betwecn the sttllcture and
;: the supported elemcnts.
' 208.9.2 Lateral Force
;'Lateral-force procedures for nonbuilding structures with
=structural systems similar lo buildings (those with
. :structural systems which are listed in Table 208-I I) shall
;be selected in accordance with the provisions of Section
,.fi'Exception:
.
ki08.4.
' JmemJediate momem-resisting fi'ames (IMRF) may he
~. used in Seismic Zone 4 for non-building structures in
>~ Occupam.:v Categories 1/1 and IV if (1) the structure is
:· /ess than 15 m in height and (2) the value R used in
.~ reducing calcula red member/orces and moments does not
f exceed 2.8.
;. 208.9.3 Rigid Structures
1
'r :Rigid structures (those with period T less than 0.06
·;: second) and their anchorages shall be designed for the
lateral force obtained from Equation (208-22).
1 mass, the prÓcedures'ofSe'Cfíon 208.6 sha/1 be used.
¡
1
(208-22)
''
!
The force V shal l be distributed accord ing to the
distribution of mass and shal l be assumed to act in any
horizontal direction .
t¡.
' 208.9.4 Tanks wit h Supportcd Bottoms
f Flat bottom tanks or other tanks with supported bottoms,
1• founded at or below grade, shall be designed to resist thc
¡: seismic forces calculated using the procedures in Section
r 208.7 for rigid stmctures considering the entire weight of
t the tank and its contenls. Altematively, such tanks may be
f designed using onc of the two procedures described
bel~w:
l. A response spcctrum analysis that includes
consideration of thc actual ground motion anticipatcd
at th e site and th e inertial effects of thc contained
fluid.
2. A design bas is prcscribcd for thc particular typc of
tank by an approvcd national standard, providcd that
thc scismic zoncs and occu pancy categorics shall be
in conformancc with thc provis ions of Scctions
20X.4.4 and 20R.4.2, rcspcctively.
Néltional Structural CoOe
L
CHAPTEH 2 ... Mínimum Oesign l.oads ¿ .. 101
208.9.5 Othcr Nonbuilding Structurcs
Nonbuilding structures that are not covered by Sections
208.9.3 and 208.9.4 shall be designcd to resist design
seismic forces not less than those detcrmined in
accordance with the provisions in Section 208.5 with the
followi ng additions and exceptions:
l. The factors R and Do shall be as sct fo nh in Tablc
208-13. The total dcsign base shear dctermined in
accordance with Section 208.5.2 shall not be less
than the following:
V=0.5 fGJW (208-23 )
Additionally, for Seismic Zone 4, the total base shear
shall also not be less than the following:
1.6ZN,.l
V= W (208-24)
R
- 2. The vertical distribution of the design seismic forces
in structures covcred by this section may be
detcm1ined by using the provisions of Seetion
208.5.5 or by using the procedures of Scction 208.6.
Exception:
For írfegJJ.Íar s_'tructures assigned ·· lo Occupancy
Ccltegoriés. 1 ri.n(J.!I thát Pti,n!I.Ol be modeled as· a. single
3. Wherc an approved national standard provides a basis
for the earthquake-resistant design of a particular
type of nonbu ilding structure covered by this section,
such a standard may be used, subjcct to thc
limitations in this scction:
The scismic zones and oecupancy categories shall be in
confonnance wi th the provisions of Sections 208.4.4 and
208.4.2, rcspecti vely.
T he values for total lateral . force and total base
ovcrturning moment used in design shall not be Jess than
80 pcrcent of the valucs that would be obtained using
thcse provisions.
208.10 Sitc Catcgorizationl'roccdurc
208. 10.1 S cope
This scction describes thc proccdurc for dctcnnining Soil
Profllc Typcs S, through S1:as dcfi ncd in Table 208-2.
or the Philippines 6111 Eclition Volurnr; 1
 2-102 CHAPTEH 2 -· Minirnum Design Loads

Table 208-13 R and .00 Factors for Nonbuilding 3. (H >3m of peal and/or higL:/ .;~~: .: .i : ·.::\y
Stmctures where H = thickness of soil).

STRUCT URE TYPE R 4. Very high plasticity clays

l . Vcsscls, including tanks and 5. (H > 7.5 m with PI > 75).

prcssurizcd sphcrcs, on braccd or 2.2 2.0 6. Very thick sofllmcdium stiff el!).;
unbmccd lcgs.
2. Cast-i;t-placc concret~· silos and 7. (H > 36 1!1).
chimncys having walls continuous 3.6 2.0
to thc foundations EY{;ep(io~_( Í~·.'·; ,,:· ..' :='!'·· -:f~
3. Distributcd-·r{tass c~ntif~vc~ · --- -·
structurcs such as stacks, Wjier~ r~~~~i?.i(P.t#P.~~ig#rt~Pi lfo~~n J!í. :i~.:'··~·;e:: :}.::•.~5
chimncys, silos and skin- 2.9 2.0 ta:/f!!~(43W~..th.1/F.~!:'.f,§?líl~.;t?ee; -r¡~e 'Sn .~.f,,al! ¡;~:r,'}t·ij
supportcd venical vcsscls. Soil Pr_óji~_,.Tjpe .SE .need not be· ·assF'"-·;. ,,if -.-. ~­
4. Trusscd to~v~rs (f~ccs-ta~di~g or -·- ·- - buikfing P./J!.cia(determin.~ .<hát S9il p,·¡ Jii . j YH ;,',. ., 'l~
guycd), guycd stacks and 2.9 2.0 be P.r..~e~i ·ai. the. ff!e or
i~ the event that !yp'' >: · · •'
ch i m~_cys, -·- ...___ ··---- establishe4 oy~geotechnicqjf/aitJ. · ·.: ·:-;,.. . .,
.S. Cantilcvcrcd coiUJ;ln-typc
structurcs. 2.2 2.0
The criteria set forth in the definition for Soil Pmfilc Typc
SF requiring site-specifíc evaluation shali be -..:m:;idered. lf
6. Cooling towcrs. 3.6 2.0
. _.... - .. _ .. .. . ..... . . the site corresponds to these criteria, !he sile shall be
7. Bins and hoppcrs on braccd or classificd as Soil Pro fi le Typc S,.. and a site-specific
2.9 2.0
. Y.~~b~~c_c~_ l_cs_s.. . _.- ..... _ . -· evaluation shall be conducted.
8. Storagc racks. 3.6 2.0
208.10.2.1 v., Average Shear Wavc Vrlncity
9. Signs and billboards. 3.6 2.0 Vs shall be detennined in accordance with th c followinf.
equation:
11

IA-
v = J.::L_ (208-25)
S 11 d·
208 .10.2 Dcfin itio ns 2:- 1
i=l vsi
Soil profile lypes are defincd as follows :
where:
S.4 Hard rock with measurcd shcar wave velocity,
v, > 1500 m/s. d, = thickncss ofLaycr i in m
vs, = shcar wave velocity in Layer i in m/s
Sn Rock with 760 m/s < 1•.• ~ 1500 m/s.
Se Vcry dense soil and soft rock with 208.10.2.2 N, Average Field Standard Pcnetratíon
360 m/s < v, $ 760 m/s or with Rcsistance and N ,h, Average Standard Pcnctration
cither N > 50 or s, ~ 1o·o kPa. Resistancc for Cohcsionlcss Soil Layrn;
N and Nc11 shall be determined in accordance with thc
SI) Stiffsoil with 180m/sS v_,S360m/s or fol lowing equation:
with 15 S N S 50 or 50 kPa S s., S 100 kPa.
11

Sf: A soil profi lc with vs < 180 m/s or L,d;

an y pro fi le with more than 3 m of soft elay defi ncd N= -~_=t (208-26)
,; d .
as so ti with PI > 20, wm.· ~ 40 pcrccnt and
s., < 25 kJ>a.
I -'
i =i N;
Soils rcquiring :;itc-speci fíe evaluation:
ds
l. Soils vulnerable to potcntial fai lure or collapsc Nc"=-- (208--:n
, d.
undcr scismic loading such as liqucliablc soils, ¿ . ...!..
quick and highly scnsitivc clays, col lapsiblc ;~-1 N;
wenkly ccmcntcd soi ls. whcre:
2. Pcats aml/or highl y organic clays d, =, thickncss of Laycr i in mm

Association or Structural Engineers of t11e Philípp1nes

 CH/\PTEH 2 ·- Mu1irnum Des:gn l.oacls 2-103

ds "' thc total thickncss ofcohesionlcss soil laycrs in thc and fracturing. Wherc hard rock conditions are known to
top 30m be continuous to a dcpth of 30 m, surficial shear wave
N, ,;. thc standard pcnctration resistance of soil !ayer in velocity mcasw emcnts may be cxtrapolated to assess v,.
accordancc with approvcd nationally recognized Thc rock catego rics, Soil Pro filc Typcs SA and S8 , sha!l
s tandards not be uscd iftht:re is more !han 3 meten; of soil betwecn
thc rock surface ¡111d the bottom of the spread footing or
208.1 0.2.3 s," A vcragc lJ ndraincd Shcar Strcngth mat foundation.
su shall be detennined in accordancc with the following
equation: The dcfínitions prescnted herc in shal! apply lo 1he uppcr
30 mcters ofthe site profile. Profíles containing distinctly
different soil laycrs shall be subdivided into thosc lay10rs
(208-2R) dcsignated by a number from 1 10 n at the bottom, where
lhere are a total of 11 distinct laycrs in the upper 30 metcrs.
The symbol i lhcn re fer lo any one of !he laycrs bctwccn 1
whcrc: and 11.

dr = thc total thickness ( l 00-(/,) of cohesive soil layers 208.11 Alternative Earthquakc Load Proccdurc
in the top 30 m
The eart hquake load procedur.~ of ASCE/SEI 7-05 may be
Su, = thc undraincd shear strenglh in accordancc with used in dctennining the earthquake loads as an alternativc
approved nalionally rccognized slandards, nol lo procedure subject to reliablc resl!arch work commissioned
excecd 250 kPa by the owner or the engineer-on-rccord 10 providc for all
data requircd duc lO th e non-availabi lity o r Phivolcs-
208.10.2.4 Soft Clay Profile, St:
issued spcctral acceleration maps ror all arcas in thc
The existence ofa total thickness of sofi clay greater than Philippincs.
3 m shall be in vestigatcd where a soft clay !ayer is
defined by .\'11 < 24 kPa, w,,..;:: 40 percent and PI > 20. lf The engineer-on-rccord shal l be rcsponsible for the
thcse criteria are met, the sitc shall be classitied as Soil spcctral acceleration and othcr rclatc·d data not issued by
Profi le Type Sr. Phivolcs uscd in 1he detenninatio1: of the earthquake
loads. This allcmalive earlhquakc loa. ! procedure shall be
208. 10.2.5 Soil Pro fil es S0 S 0 and Sr: su~ject to Pecr Review and approv:.t or lhc Building
Sites with Soil Profil e Types Se. S0 and Sf: shall be Official.
classificd by using one of lhc following tlnee methods
with ¡·s . N ami s,, computcd in all cases as spccificd in
Scction 20R.I 0.2.
l. ~~ for 1hc 1op 30 mcters ( ''·• mcthod).
2. N l'ór lhc top 30 mctcrs (N melhod).
3. Nc11 fo r cohcsionlcss soil layers (PI < 20) in the top
30m and average .1'11 for cohesivc soillaye rs (.''/ > 20)
in thc top JO m (s" method).

208. 10.2.6 Roe k Pro files, ,\'..1 and SJJ

Thc shcar wave velocity fo r rock, Soil Profi le Type 511,
shall be eilhl.'r measurcd on site or cs1imntcd by a
geotcchn ical enginccr, cngi necring geologist or
scismologist for competen! rock with moderate fr:~ctu ri ng
and wc:ll hcring. Softcr and more highly fract urcd a nd
wcathcred rock shall eithcr be mcasurcd on site for shcar
wavc vclocity or classificd as Soil Profi le Typc Se.

Thc han! rock. Soil l'rofi lc Typc S., catcgory shal l be

supportcd by shcar wavc vclocity mcasurc mcnt cithcr on
s ite or · on pro files o f' thc samc rock typc in thc samc
fonna tion with an cqual or grcatcr dcgrcc of wcathcring

N<·11ion<ll Structum! Codc of tl w Pl1ihppines 6"' h li!ion Volurnn 1

2-104 CHAPTER 2- Mínimum Design Loads

Distribution Active Faults and Trenches

th,l'fhll ppines
l egeod
- - - Active Fa~: sotid ine- trace certaln
............... appco>ámate o!fshore projed!on
- - - - dasl\4d ine- trace approxlmate
18 00'
Trench
Transfonn Fal.4!
Collslon zooe
Trench-related fauls
-· · · ·· ·· ·· · · RoadSihighways

e CltyiTown

16 00'

o 100

12 00'

10 00'

800'

600'
:.'

•noa 127 00'

Figure 208-2A. Seismic Sourccs: Active Faults and Trenchcs in thc Philippincs

Associa llon of Struclural Enginecrs of t11e Pl1ilippines

 CHAPTER 2- Mínimum Design Loads 2-105

tlD oo· 111 oo- 122 oo· tlJ w

19 00"

i
~
Active Faults in ~heri?Philippines

' 18 00"

f
·i
i 1700"

1600'

Legend
- - Active Faun: solid line- onland;
.. ......... .... dast1ed llne- offshore

® Capital CltyfTown

?S ..

1)00' """"""''

l.tOO'

Figure 208-28. Scismic Sources: Active Faults in Northcm Philippines

11
Nutional Structural Code of lile Philippines 6 ' Edition Volurne 1
 2-106 CHAPTEH 2 -- MininHH'1 Dcsign l.oad5

mcr__,---- - -- - - -- - -- - -- -- - -- - - - -- -- -----· - - ..
t.H 00' 116 00'

. ¡

East Central Philip p~n~s

Legend
- - Active Fault: solid l¡n,· ,_,,,,., -<=,
· dashed line- oNsho•c

0 Capital Cltyf Town

1
1¡
i

D
1
1
1
t?
! o· ~
11 o~ ·

J1 (1)

Figure 20X-2C Scismir Sourt"cs: /\ctivc Faults in East Central Philippincs

 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads 2-107

N•

f tlOO'

f o ."V
l d
1
1
'

• Q

..
·~·
.~
o

.0s
¡1
,.--- - -
.·
---
'.

10())'

Active Fault in -est

__ "'~;~f::~ ,:. '"'""'Centra1Phi1i~~¡
dashed llnc- offsllore
nes
........ ..............
-~

m
<!' Capital Cityffown PhlUpptn.ln•U~";.~/v':ka;.;,;~;;:~~4 S."'mo6oor
,.o-...• .-.
~.....,~ o~t ....,..r ,.,;O.....rr.oo.....
121 oo· ~r.wt u~ c-
l!OOO" IJIOO" lltt6JW.I'f i'C!OO -

Figure 208-20 . Scismic Smu·ces: Active Fmllls in Wesl Central Philippines

111
National S truclur<~ l Code of lhe Philippines 6 E:dition Volume 1

i.
2-108 CHAPTE R 2 - Minimum Oesign Loads

~'
1000'

700

- - - Active Faurt: solid line- onland,

... ..... ... dashed line- offshore

llJ oo· 1HOO'

Figure 208-2E. Scismic Sourccs: Ac tive Faults in Southcrn Philippines

Association of Structum l Engineers of u·;e Philip¡WleS

 C HAPTER 2- Mínimum Design Loads 2-109

Control Periods
2.5Ca
7~ = C,.I2.5Ca
T = 0 ?T

t
r
¡f, o __J"'------'------J---·-··-··j..,..._......,._____._ _..J-_.j.-···-~'----
· - .L..----.L _ ___ .a....__; ___ __, _ _...~..-_
..
f o 0.2 2 3 4 5
¡ Toífs Period (Tfls)
1
1
i Figure 208-3- Design Response Spectra

Table 209-l - Soil Lateral Load

Dcsign Lateral Soil Load •

Unified Soil k Pa per m wid th
Dcscription Of Bac kfill Material e Classification Active pressure At-rest pressure
Well-gradcd, clcan gravcls; gravcl-sand mixes GW 5 10
Poorly graded clean gravels; gravel-sand mixes GP 5 lO
Silty gravels, poorly graded gravel-sand mixes GM 6 LO
Clayey gravels, poorly gradcd gravel-and-clay mixes GC 7 JO
Well-gradcd, clean sands; gravelly sand mixes sw 5 lO
Poorfy graded clean sands; sand-gravel mixcs SP 5 10
Silty sands, poorly graded sand-silt mi xcs SM 7 10
Sand-silt clay mix with plastic fines SM-SC 7 16
··-- - -- -
Clayey sands, poorlx:_g_raded sand-clay mixes
lnorganic silts and clayey silts
--- se 10 16
16
ML 7
Mixture of inorganic sil! and clay ML-CL 10 16
Inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity CL 10 16
Or:g_anic silts and silt clays, low plasticity OL Note b Noteb
Inorganic clayey silts, elastic silts MI-l Noteb Note b
Inorganic clays of high plasticity CH Note b Noteb
Organic clays and silly c lays 0 11 Note b Noteb
• Dl!sign lateral soilload.v an! .<:iven f"r moisl rundition< (nr tite specified snil.r al their oplimum densities. Aclrtnl/il'ld c·ondilion.< shn/1
gr>~•em. Srdnnergcd or saltrmted soil ¡m•ssrtn•.< sira// inclttd<• tltt! wt•ight ofthi·lwoyan/ soi/ ¡Jltt.< tite ltydro.Hnlic load.'.
•· Un.wirnhle as hackfi/1 mrllerial.
lhe rk!inilion mrd c/o.r.ri(tcation o/.wil m!tll•rittls sha/1 he in lw<·ordance ll'it/1 ASTM /) 248 7.

NallonéJI Slructural CorJe of tl'le Philipp1nes 6'" Edition Volume 1

2-110 CHAPTER 2 - Mínimum Design Loads

1tf)-' 12A"I!
1tr

..
•...
'Q

....
ZONE 4
1..-l .

ZOHE2

... ...
.....__~_........__ _ _ _ _ _...___.. - ··- ·----· ~--_,...,.--r__..,~__.,,..........,...,-..,.........---' -·---··· --.

Figure 20!!-4 Rcfcrcnccd Scismic Map of thc Philippincs

Association o f Structural Engineers of lile Ph1lippmes

 C HAPTER 2 - Mínimum Design Loads 2-111

¡--
' 209.1 General
i· Basement, foundation and retammg walb: shall be
designed to rcsíst lateral soil loads. Soilloads specilied in
Table 209-1 shall be uscd as the mínimum desig n lateral
soilloads unless specified otherwise in a soil invest.igation
report approved by the building official. Basement \llalls
and other walls in which horizontal movement is
restricted at the top shall be designed for at-rest pressu1 <'·
Retaining walls free to move and rotate at the top ar,:
permitted to be designed for active pressure. Design
lateral pressure from surcharge loads shall be addcd to the
lateral earth prcssure load. Design lateral pressure shall be
increased if soils with expansion potential are prcsent at
the si te.
210.1 Roof L\r;)inage
Roof drainage .;ystems shall be designed in accordancc
with the provisions of the code having jurisdiction in the
arca. The tlow c."'¡>:lCity of secondary (overflow) drains or
scuppers shall not b.: lcss than that of the primary drains
or scuppers.
"
210.2 Design Rain Lt ads
Each portian of a r·)< f shall be designed to sustain the
load of rain water tha1 1.vill accumulate on it if the primary
drainage system for r hat portian is blocked plus the
unifom1 load caused by water that rises above the inlet of
thc secondary drainage- :;ystem at its design flow.
R=0.009~s +-d¡,) (210-1)

"' ;1ere:
dr. "" additional depth of water on the undeflected roof
abo ve the inlet of 5(-condary drainage system al
its design flow (i.e .. the hydraulic head), in mm
d = d·'!pth of water on .the undeflected roof up to the
in !et of secondary drainage system when the
prir:1ary drainage sy ~tem is blocked (i.e., the static
heaa ), in mm
R =rain l·uad on the unde ·lected roof, in kN/m2

When the phw~e "undefkc: :d roof' is used, deflections

from loads (inct d ing dead 1· ads) shall not be considered
when determinin¡; •J\C amounl 'lf rain on the roo f.

210.3 Ponding lnst;¡ bility

For roofs with a slop, · less tlu n 6 mm per 300 mm (1.19
degrees or 0.0208 rau 'an), th..: design calculations shall
include vcrilication o1 · adeqilate stiffness lo preclude
progressive deflection in accc-rdance with Section 8.4 of
ASCE-7-05.
1 210.4 Controllcd Drainagt'
Roofs equipped with hard\' ·a:e to control the rate of
drainage shall be equipped .v:th a secondary drainagc
system at a higher elcvation ¡, 1l;lt limits accumulation of
water on thc roof abovc that e\· J;ltion. Such roofs shall be
dcsigncd lo sustain thc lo~ d ¡f rainwatcr that will
accumulatc on thcm to thc e w. 1tion of the secondary
drainagc system plus thc unifo m load causcd by water
that riscs abovc thc inlet ofthe se: x ndary drainage system
al its dcsign flow detem1incd frc 1_1· Section 210.2. Such
roofs shalf also be chcckcd for ¡.onding instability in
accordancc with Scction 21 0.3.

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 ?.-1 12 CHAPTER 2- Mínimum Oesign Loads
21 J.J General
Within flood hazard areas as established in Section 211.3,
all new construction of buildings, structures and portio11s
of buildings and struclures, including substantial
improvernen t and restoration of Sl.\b~ tantial damage to
buildings and structures, shall · he designed and
constructed lo resist !he effects of flood hazards and flood
loads. For buildings that are locatcJ in more than one
flood hazard arca, the provisions assvciated with the most
restrictive flood hazard area shall apply.
2 J 1.2 Dcfinitions
The following words and tenns sh3ll, for the purposes of
this scction, have the meanings shown hercin.
BASE FLOOD. The flood having a 1-pcrcent chance of
being equaled or exceeded in any givc n year.
BASE FLOOR ELEVATION. The elevation of the base
flood, including wave height, re lative to the daturn to be
set by the spccific national or local govcmment agr.:ncy.
BASEMENT. The portion of:: building havin.g its floor
subgrade (below ground leve!) on all sides. .
DESJGN FLOOD. Thc flood associaled w;,th lhe greater
of the following lwo arcas:
l. Arca with a flood plain subject to a 1-percent or
greatcr chancc of flooding in any year; or
2. Area dcsignatcd as a flood hazard arca on a
community' s flood hazard ma•1) , or otherwisc legally
designatcd.
DESIGN FLOOD ELEVATicJN. The elevation of the
'\lesign flood," including W:! ve height, relativc: to the
dntum specified 011 the cor ;· nun ity's lcgally designated
flood haza rd map. Thc des ir --1 flood elcvation shall be the
clc~ation of the highcst ex sting grade of the building 's
pcrunctcr plus thc dcpth rw .mbcr (in mctcrs) spec.ificd 011
thc flood hazard map.
DRY fLOOOPHOOFI'\'G. A combination of dcsign
modifications th at resu -r:¡ in a building or structure,
including thc attcndant u :·t1·1ty and sanitary facilities, bcing issuance for new construction and substantial
water tight with wa lls -;ubslantinlly impermeable to the
passagc of water and ,. tith struclural componcnts having
thc capacity lo rcsisll,, ads as identified in thc code.
EXISTING CONS'Id{UCTION. Any buildings nnd
structurcs f\)1' wl 1ich the "start of construction"
commcnccd bcfon~ the effcctivc date of the community's
Association of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines
first flood plain managemenl code, ordinance or standard.
"Existing construction" is also referred to as "existing
structures."
EXISTING STHUCTURE. See "Existing
construction."
FLOOD or FLOODING. A general and tcmporary
condition of partía! or complete inundation of normally
dry land fi·om:
l. The overflow of inland or tidal waters.
2. The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of
surface waters from any source.
FLOOD DAMAGE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. Any
construction material capnble of withstanding direct and
prolongcd contact with floodwaters wilhout sustaining
any damage lhat requircs more lhan cosmetic repair.
FLOOD HAZARD AREA. The greater of the following
lwo areas:
l. The arca within a flood plain subject toa 1-percent or
greater chance of flooding in any year.
2. The arca designated as a nood hazard arca on a
community's flood hazard map, or otherwise legally
des ignated.
FLOOD HAZARD AREA SU BJECT TO HIGH
VELOCJTYWA VE ACTION. Arca within the flood
hazard arca that is subject to high vclocity wave action.
FLOODWAY. The chnnncl of thc river, creek or other
watercourse nnd the adjaccnt land arcas that must be
rcservcd in order lo discharge the base flood without
cumulatively increasing the water surface elcvation more
than a dcsignatcd height.
LOWEST FLOOR. The noor of the lowest enclosed
area, including basement, but cxcluding any unfinished or
flood -resistant enclosurc, usablc solcly for vehicle
parking, building access or limitcd storagc providcd thal
such cnclosurc is not built so as lo rcndcr the structu re in
violation of this section.
START OF CONSTRUCTIO . Thc date of pcrmit
improvcmcnls lo existing stru ctu res, providcd thc actual
start of construction, rcpa ir, rcconstruction, rehabilitation,
addit ion, placcmcnt or othcr improvcmcnt is within 180
dnys alter thc date of issuance. Thc actual start of
construction means th c first pi<Jccmcnt of pcrmancnt
construction of a building (inc luding a manufacture<!
home) on a si te, su<:h as thc pouring of a slab or footíngs,
 CHAPTEH 2 ... Minimum Design Loads · 2-113

/ installatian af pilings or canstruction of columns. 211.5 Flood Hazard Documentation

... Pcr~n:~nent construction docs not include land preparation
!. (siH.t. as clearing, excavation, grading or filling), the
~: iosmllatian of streets or walkways, excavation far a
r basement, footings, piers or foundations, the erection of
i, temparary fonns or the installation af accessory buildings
f.such as garages or sheds not accupied as dwelling units or
~ not part af the main building. For a substantia.l
~ improvernent, the actual "start of construction" mcans th•e
r. first alteration of any wall, ceiling, tloor or otllcr
t structural part of a building, whether or not that alteration
: atTects the externa! dimensions of the building.
t minimull) requirements, construction documents shall
¡' SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE. Damage of any ongm
! sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the
¡ structure to its before-damaged condition would equal or
¡ exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structun:
[ befare the damage occurrcd.
SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. Any repair,
reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition or improvement of
a building or structure, the cost of which cquals or
exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the structure
befare the improvement or repair is started. If the
structure has sustained substantial damage, any repairs are
considered substantial improvernent rcgardless of the
actual repair work perfonned. The term does not,
however, include either:
l. Any project for improvement of a building requiredl
lo corree! existing health, sanita1y or safety code:
violations identified by the building official and that.
are the mínimum necessary to assure safe living.
conditions.
2. Any altcration of a historie structure provided that thc
alteration will not preclude the structure's continued
designation as a historie structure.
211.3 Establishment of Flood Hazard Arcas
To establish flood hazard arcas, the goveming body shall
adapt a flood hazard rnap and supporting data. Thc flood
hazard map shall include, at a mínimum, areas of special
flood hazard where records are available.
The following documentation shall be prepared and
sealed by an engineer-of-record and submitted lo the
building official:
J. For construction in tlood hazard areas not subject to
shigh-velocity wave action:
1.1. The elevation of the lowest tloor, including the
basement, as required by the lowest floor elevation.
1.2. For fully enclosed arcas below the design flaod
elevation whcrc provisions to allow for the automatic
entry and cxit of floodwaters do not meet the
include a statement that the design will provide for
equal ization of hydrostatic flood forces.
1.3. For dry tlood-proofed nonresidential buildings,
construction documents shall include a statement that
the dry tlood-proofing is designed.
2. For construction in flood hazard arcas subjcct to
high-ve!ocity wave action :
2. 1. The clevation of the bottom of the lowcst horizontal
structural mcmber as rcquircd by the lowest floor
e!evation.
2.2 Construction documents shall include a statement
that the building is designed, including that the piJe
or column foundation and building or structure to be
attachcd thereto is designed to be anchored lo resist
flotation, collapse and lateral movement due to the
cffccts of wind and tlood Joads acting simultaneously
on all building components, and other load
requircments of Chaptcr 2.
2.3 For breakaway walls designcd to resist a nominal load
2
of !css than 0.48 kN/m2. or more than 0.96 kN/m ,
construction documents shall include a statement that
the breakaway wall is designed.

211.4 Design and Construction

Thc design and construction of buildings and structures
locatcd in llood hazard arcas, including llood hazard are<ts
subject to high vcloc ity wave action.

Nalional Slructural Corle of !he Philippines 6n' EcJition Volume 1

J\ssociat1on o f Structuml Eng1neers of lhe Philippines
r
1
1

íi
' NSCP C101-10

Chapter 3

EXCAVATIONS AND
GEOMATERIALS

NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUME 1
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SIXTH EDITION

Association nf Structural Engincers of thc Philippincs

Suitc 713, Futurc Point Plaza Condominium 1
112 Panay Avcnuc, Quczon City, Philippincs 1100

Tel. No: (+632) 410-0483

Fax No.: (+632) 411 -8606
E m a i 1: ~~~~Pl?'!.LliJ~{~Jgm_;.tU&Qm
WcbsiH•: http: //www.ascpo nlinc.org

,¡
N;-lliOil<·ll ~; truclur<"l l CorJe of tiH·! F'hil ; pp, rlc"~; () h!ilion Volunw 1
·.
 CHAPTER 3- General & Excavation and Fills 3-1

5
·:
Table of Contents
SECTION 301 · GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
301.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................................................. 3
301.2 Qua1ity and Design ........................................................................................................................................................ 3
301.3 Allowable Bearing Pressures .................................................... ..................................................................................... 3
SECTION 302 - EXCAVA TION ANO FILLS........................................................................................................................ 3
302.1 General ........................................................................... ........................................................................... .................... 3
302.2 Cuts ................................................................................................................................................................................ 3
302.3 Excavations .................................................................................................................................................................... 3
302.4 Fills ................................................................................................................................................................................ 4
302.5 Setbacks ....................... .................................................................................................................................................. 5
302.5 Drainage and Terracing ................................................................................................................................................. 6
302.6 Erosion Co ntrol .............................................................................................................................................................. 6
SECTION 303 • FOUNDATION INVESTIGATION ............................................................................................................ 7
303.1 General ........................................................... ............................................................................................................... 7
303.2 Soil Classificalion ......................... .................................................................................................................................. 7
303.3 Queslionable Soil ...................................................................................................... ...................................................... 7
303.4 Liquefaction Study.......................................... ................................................................................................................ 7
303.5 Expansive Soil ....................................................................................... ............................................................. ........... 7
~~
!
1·
;~;:~ ~~;:::.~~-¡-~-~-~--~-~-¡-~~- : : : ::: : : :::: : : : :::: : : ::: ::: : ::: : : : : : ::::~:::::::::: : ::::: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :::::: :: :: ~
303.8 Soil Tests .................................. ........................ ...................................................................................................... ....... 9
f. 303.9 Liquefaction Potentia1 and Soil Strength Loss ....................................................... .. ......................................... ............. 9
[ 303. JO Adjacent Loads ............................... ................................ ....................................... .................................................... 10
r
1
303. 11 Drainage.............................................................. .............................................................................. ......................... 10
303. 12 Plate Load Test ........... ............................................................................. .................................................. ................ 1O
SECTION 304 • ALLOWABLE FOUNDATION A.ND LATERAL PRESSURES ......................................................... 10
304. 1 From Geotcchnical Sitc Investigation and Asso~ssme nt ....................................................................... ........................ 10
304.2 Presumptive Load-Bcaring and Lateral Resisting Valucs ....... ................................ ..................... ............................... JO
304.3 Mínimum Allowable Pressures ........................................................................................... ......................................... 11
304.4 Foundations Adjacent to Existing Retaining/Bascment Walls .................................................................................... 1 1
SECTION 305 · FOOTINGS .................................................................................................................................................. 12
305. 1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 12
305.2 Footing Design ............................................................................................................................................................ 12
305.3 Bearing Walls .............................................................................................................................................................. 12
305.4 S tcpped Foundations .................................................................................................................................................... 12
305.5 Footings on or Adjaccnt to S1opcs ............................................................................................................................... 13
305.6 Foundation Plates Or Sills ........................................................................................................................................... 13 ·.
305.7 Designs Employing Lateral Bearing ........................................................................................................................ ..... 14
305.8 Grillage Footings .......................................................................................................................................................... 14
305.9 Bleacher Footings ......................................................................................................................................................... 14
SECTION 306 • PILES ·GENERAL REQUIREME:NTS ................................................................................................... lS
306. 1 General ......... ............ .................................................................................................................................................... 15
306.2 lnterconnection ................................................................................................................................... ......................... 15
306.3 Dctermination of Allowablc Loads .............................................................................................................................. 15
306.4 S tatic Load Test ............................................................. .............................................................................................. 15
306.5 Dynamic Load Test.. .................. .................................................................................................................................. 15
306.6 Column Action ............................................................................................................................................................ 15
306.7 Group Action .................................................................................................................... ........................................... l5
306.8 Pi les In S ubsiding Arcas ........ ............................................................................................................. ......................... 16
306.9 Jc!ling ...................... .............. .............. ........................................... .................. ............................ ............................... 16
306.1 O Prolcctio n Of Pi le Matcrials ..................... ............................... .................................................................................. 16
306. 1 1 Allowable Loads ................ .. ........................................................... ........................................................................... 16
306. 12 Use of 1-!igher Allowablc Pi le S trcsses ......................................... .... ......................................................................... 16
SECTION 307 · PILES · SPECIFJC REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................... l7

1
National Structura l Cod€: of the Pl1ilippines 6 h Edition Volurne í
 307. 1 Round Wood l'ilcs ........................... ................... ... ... ...... ..... ......... ................. ................................ .... .... ... ·
307.2 Uncased Cast-ln-Piace Concrete Piles ........................ .. .. ..... .............. .................. .. .. ............ ........ ... ... ..........
307.3 Metai-Cascd Concrete Pilcs ............................. ......... .... .... ............................. ...... .... .. ..... ..... .. ............ .. .
307.4 Precast Concrete Pilcs ............................... .................. ........................... ............ .... .. .. .. ................ ...... .............
307.5 Precast Prcstresscd Concrete Píles (Prctensioncd) ................................ ................................ .. .... ............
! O
307.6 Structural Stecl Pi les ...................................... ....... ... .. ................... ....... ... .......... .......... ...... .. .. ................... i :)

307.7 Concrctc-Filled Stccl Pipe Pilcs............. ........ ...................................................................... .... .......... ... . ,9
SECTION 308- FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION-SEISMIC ZONE 4 ......................................................................... 19
J08. 1 General ....... ................................ ........... ........ ......................... ........ .......... ...... .. ...... ....... ................ ......... ... . : ')
~08.2 Foundation ami Gcotcchnicallnvcstigations ..... ... .......... .......... .. ....................... ........... ........ .............. .
308.1 Footings ami Foundations ........................ ... ....... ......... ..... .... ... .. ........... ........ ............ .. .... ............. .. ...... .. .
108.4 Píer and Pi le Foundations ..... ................ ..... ..................................... ...... .... .......... .. .... ............................... · ... . !.0
JOX.5 Driven Pi le Foundations ......... ......... .... ......... ....... ............... ......... .. ...... ....... ......... .... ........ ...... ';_¡

306.6 Cast . Jn-Placc Concrete Foundations .................. ............................... ........ .......... .... ....................... ....... .... .
SECTION 309 · SPECIAL FOUNDATION, SLOPE STA BILIZATION AND MATERIALS OF
CONSTHUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................... 22
,. CHAPTER 3 - General & Excavation and Fills 3-3

1
¡

301.1 Scopc 302.1 General

This chaptcr scts forth requirements for cxcavations, fills,
footings and foundations for any building or structure.
301.2 Quality and Dcsign
Thc quality and dcsign of materials used structurally ¡¡¡
excavations, fills, footings and foundations shall conform lO
thc requircments specified in Chapters 4, 5, 6 ancl7.
Excavation or fills for buildings or structures shall be
constructed or protccted such that they do not endanger life
or property. Reference is made to Section 109 of this code
for rcquiremcnts govern ing excavation, grading and
carthwork construction, including fills and cmbank.mcnts.
302.2 C uts

301.3 Allowable Bcaring Pressurcs 302.2.1 General

AJlowable stresses and design formulas providcd in this
chapter shall be uscd with thc allowable stress design load
combinations specified in Section 203.4.
Unless otherwise recommended in the approved
geotechnical engineering. cuts shall conform to the
provisions of this section. In the absence of an approved
geotechnical engineering report, these provisions may be
waived for minor cuts not intended to suppon strucrures.

302.2.2 S lope
The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than is safe for
the intended use and shall be no steeper than 1 unit vertical
in 2 units horizontal (50 % slope) unless a geotechnical
engincering, or both, stating that the site has been
invesligated, and g iving an opinion that a cut at a stcepcr
slope will be stablc and not create a hazard to public or
prívate property, is submitted and approved. Such cuts shall
be protected against erosion or degradation by sufficient
cover, drainage, engineering and/or biotechnicaJ means.

302.3 Excavations

302.3.3 Ex isting footings or foundations which may be

affccted by any cxcavation shall be underpinned adequately
or otherwisc protected aga inst selllement and shall be
protected against lateral rnovement.

302.3.4 Protection of Adjoining Property

The requircment for protection of adjacent property and the
depth to which protection is rcquired shall be defincd by
prevailing law. Wherc not defined by law, the fol lowing
shall apply:

11
National Structural Code of t11e Philippines 6 ' Eclition Volurne 1
 3·4 CHAPTER 3 -General & Excavation and Fills

PA*

Cut or Fill : \1or F'.

Natura ·uus11
;«H/2 but 0.6 m_> ; S Jope Grade
; min. and 6 m ;
o o
H
· max. ·

Natural or Finish
Grade
* Pennit Arca Boundary

Figure 302-1 Setback Dimcnsions for Cut a nd Fill Slopes

l. Before commencing the excavation, the per~on making

or causing the excavation to be made shall notify in
writing the owners of adjoining building not less than
1O days before such excavation is to be madc and that
the adjoining building will be protectcd. The condition
of the adjoining building witl be documented to include
photographs prior to cxcavation. Tcchnical documents
pertaining to the proposed undcrpinning and
excavation plan shall be providcd the owncr of the
adjacent property.
2. Unless it can shown through a detailed geotechnical
investigation that underpinning is unnecessary, any
person making or causing an excayation shall protect
the excavation so that the soil of adjoining property
will not cave in or settle,
302.4 Fills
302.4.1 General
Unless othcrwise recommended in the approved
geotcchnical engi neering rcport, fills shall conform to the
provisions of this scction. In the abscnce of an approved
geotechnical engineering rcport, thcsc provisions may be
waived for minor fills not intcndcd lO support suuctures.
Fills to be used to suppon thc foundations of any building
or structure shall be placcd in accordance with accepted
cngineering practice. A gcotcchnical invcstigalion report
and a rcport of satisfactory placement of fill , both
acceplable to the building official, shall be submitted when
required by the building official.

In cases wherc the existing adjaccnt building will have
more bascmcnts than the proposcd building. the foundation
of thc proposcd building should be designcd so as not to
impart additional lateral earth prc~sures on the cxi~ting
building (scc scction 304.4).
No fill or other surcharge loads shall be placed adjaccnt to
any building or structurc unless such building or structure is
capablc of withstanding the additional venical and
horizontal loads causcd by the fill or surcharge.
Fill slopcs shallnot be conslmctcd on natural slopcs stecper
than 1 unil vertical in 2 units horizontal (50% sl<•pc),
providcd fur1 her that benchcs shall be made ·to key in the
subsequent fi 11 material.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEA 3 - General & Excavation and Fills 3-5

Preparation of Ground be uscd based on ASTM 05030 -04. A mínimum of three

ground surface shall be prepared to received fill by tests for every 500 m2 arca should be performed for every
vegetation, non-complying fill, top soil and otller lift to vcri fy compliance with compaction requirements.
nm>u .... v,,v materials by scarifyi ng and benching in the case
sloping ground The cxisting ground surface shall be 302.4.5 Slope
ately prepared to receive fíll by removing vegctation The slope of fill surfaces shall be no steeper than is safe for
any materials, non-complying fill, topsoil and othcr the intendcd use. Fill slopes shall be no steeper than 1 unit
itable materials, and by scarifying to provide a bond vertical in 2 units horizont al (50% slope) unless
the new fill. substantiating slope stability analyses justifying steeper
¡
¡ slopes are submitted and approved.
¡ the natural slopcs are stecpcr than 1 unit venical in 5
¡
i
¡
' units horizontal (20% slope) and the height is greater than 302.5 Setbacks
! , 1.5 m, the ground surfuce shall be prepared by benching
¡ into sound bcdrock or other competen! . material as 302.5.1 General
1 detennined by the geotcchnical engincer. TI1c bench under Cut and fill slopes shall be set back from site boundaries in
the toe of a fill on a slope steeper than l unit vertical in 5
1 units horizontal (20% slope) shall be at least 3 m wide.
accordance with this section subject to verification with
detailed slope stability study. Setback dimensions shall be
í horizontal distances measured perpendicular to the site
l The arca beyond the toe of fill shall be sloped to drain ora boundary. Setback dimensions shall be as shown in Figure
paved drain shall be provided. When fill is to be placed 302-1.
t
¡
over a cut, the bench under the toe of fill shall be at least 3
m wide but the cut shall be made before placing the fill and 302.5.2 Top of Cut Slopc
i only afler acceptance by the geotechnical engineer as a

¡ suitable foundation for fill.

302.4.3 Fill Material

Any organic or deletcríous m<Herial shall be removed and
The top of cut slopes shall not be made nearer to a site
boundary line than one fi fth of the verti cal height of cut
with a mínimum of 0.6 m and a maximum of 3 m. Th1·
setback may need to be increased for any requircd
interceptor drains.

'
i
¡
i
f
will not be permitted in fills. Except as pcnnitted by the
geotcchnical engineer, no rock or similar irreducible
material with a maximum dimension greater than 200 mm
shall be buried or placed in fills.
302.5.3 Toe of Fill Slope
The toe of fill slope shall be made not nearer to the site
boundary line than one half the height of the slope with '·'
1
! iException: mínimu m of 0.6 rn and a maxi mum of 6 m. Where a fi ¡:
! ;¡;:;
slope is to be located ncar the site boundary and th:
i
i
·[ he p/acemem of /arger rock may be permitted when the
i"eoteclmical engineer properly de1•ises a method of
adjacent off-site prope11y is developed, special precautior"
' shall be incorporated in the work as the bui ldi ng offici?.!
placement, and contüwously inspects its placemem and
approves the j i// stability. The following condilions shall
deems ncccssary to protect the adjoin ing property fro:
also apply: damage as a result of such gradi ng. These precautions lll<l ~;
include but are not limitcd to:
l. Prior to issuance of !he grading permit, porential rock
1. Additional setbacks.
disposal areas shall be de/ineated Ofl the grading p lan.
2. Provision for retaining or slough walls.
2. Rock sizes greater than 300 mm in 11ULtimum
dimension sha/1 be 3 m or more below grade, measured 3. Mechanical stabilizati on or chemical Lreatment of t~
vc.rrically. fi ll slopc surface to min irn iz.e erosion.
3. Rocks sha/1 be placed so a~· ro assure f il/ing of al/ voids 4. Rockfall protecti on
wilh we/1-grcu/ed soil.
5. Provisions for the control of surface waters.
302.4.4 Compaclion
302.5.4 Mndificati on of Slopc Local ion
Alt fill s shall be compactcd in lifts nnt cxcccding 200 mm
Thc building official may approvc alternate setbacks. Ti
in thi ckncss lo a mínimu m of 95 pcrccnt of rn aximum
density as dt~lcrm i ncd by ASTM Standard D- 1557. In- building offi cial may rcquire an invcsti gati on <e!·
reco mmcndation by a qualified geotcchn ical cngine(':· .
place dcnsit y shall be dctcrmincd in accorda ncc with
demonstrate that the intcnt of this scclion has been satisi < .
ASTM D-1 55ó. D-2167. D-2922. D-10 17 or equivalen!.
For clcan granu lar matcrials. thc use nf thc forcgoing
procedures is i n<~ p prop ria tc . Rchu i ve densit y critcria shall

1
N <·l lro n;l i Structural Code of the Pl1ilippines 6 ¡, Edilion Volume 1
 3-6 CHAPTER 3 --General & Excavation and Fills
302.5 Drainage and Terracing
302.5. J General
Unlcss othcrwise indicated on thc approvcd grading plan,
drainage facilities and terracing shall confonn to thc
provisions of this scction for cut or fill slopcs stecper than 1
unit vertical in 3 units horizontal (33.3% slopc).
302.5.2 Tcn·acc
Terraccs at Jcast 2 m in width shall be established al not
more than 1O rn verti cal intervals on all cut or lill slopcs to
control sulfacc drainagc and debris exccpt that wherc only
onc terracc is rcquircd, it sha11 be at mid-hcight. For cut or
fill slopcs greater than 20 m and up to 40 m in vertical
height, onc terracc at approximately mid-height shall be 4
m in width. Ten·ace widths and spacing for cut and fill
slopcs greatcr than 40 m in height shall be dcsigned by thc
civil engineer and approved by thc building officiaL
Suitable acccss shall be providcd to pcnnit propcr clcaning
and maintcnancc.
Swales or ditchcs on tcrraces shall be dcsigncd to
effectively collect surfacc water and dischargc toan outfaiL
Jt shall ha ve a mínimum gradicnt of 0.5 pcrcent and must be
paved with reinforced concrete not less than 75 mm in
thickncss or an approvcd equal paving material.
A single run of swalc or ditch shall not collect mnoff frorn a
tributary arca excecding 1,000 m2 (projected arca) without
di scharging into a down drain.
302.5.3 Subsurfacc Drainagc
Cut and till slopcs shall be providcd with surface drainagc
as necessary for stability.
302.5.4 Disposal
All drainagc facilities shall be designcd to carry watcrs to
thc nearcst practicable drainagc way approvcd by thc
building official or other appropriatc jurisdiction as a safc
place to dcposit such waters. Eros ion of ground in the arca
of dischargc shall be prevcnted by installation of non -
crosive down drains or othcr dcviccs or splash blocks and
sedimentation basins.
Building pads s hal l havc a drai nage gradicnt of 2 percent
toward appmvcd drainagc faci lities, unlcss waivcd by thc
building ofiicial.
Association of Structural Eng u·1er~ rs of th(! Pl1ilipp1nes
Exception:
The gradient from the building pad may be 1 percen! lf al!
of the f ol/owing conditions exist throughout íhc permit
orea:
J. No proposedfills are greater than 3m maximum deptlz.
2. No proposed finish cut or jill s/ope faces have a
vertical height in excess of 3m.
3. No existing slope faces steeper than 1 unit vcrtiai! in
JO units horizontal (10% slope) have a vertical he:iglrt
in excess of 3 m.
302.5.5 Interceptor Drains
Paved or Lined interccp10r drains shall be installcd along
thc top of all cut slopes where thc tri butary drainage arca
above slopes toward the cut has a drainage path greater than
12 m mcasured horizontally. Interceptor drains shatl be
pavcd with a mínimum of 75 mm of concrete or gunile and
reinforccd. They sh:lll have a mínimum dcpth of 300 mm
and a mínimum paved width of 750 mm measured
horizontally across thc drain. The slope of drain shall be
approvcd by thc building offi cial.
302.6 Erosion Control
302.6.1 Slopes
Thc faces of cut and iill slopcs shall be prepared and
maintained to control agai nst erosion. This control may
consisl of effeclivc planting adapted to or indigcnous to the
Jocality. The protcction for the slopcs shall be installcd as
soon as practicable and prior to calling for final approval.
Wherc cut slopes are not subjcct to crosion duc to rhc
crosion-rcsistant character of the materials, such protcction
may be omiHcd.
302.6.2 Othcr Dcviccs
Wherc necessary, check dams, cribbing. riprap or othcr
deviccs or methods shall be cmployed lo control erosion
and provide safcty.

303.1 General
Foundation investigation shall be conducted and a
Professional Report by a Registered Civil Engincer
cxperíenced or knowlcdgcable in Soil Mechanics and
Foundations shal! he submilted at each building site.
For structures to two stories or higher,. it is rccommended
that an exhaustivc geotcchnical study be performcd to
evaluate in-situ soil parameters for fou ndation design and
analysis. lt is rccommended that a mínimum of one
borehole per two hundred, 200 m 2 of thc structure's
footprint be drilled toa depth of at least 5 m into hard strata
or until a suitablc bcaring Jayer is reached unlcss otherwise
specitied by thc consulting geotechnical engineer. The total
number of boreholes per stmcture should be no Jess than 2
for stmctures whosc footprints are Jess than 300 m 2 and no
Jcss than 3 for those stmcturcs with Jarger footprints .
Por buildings with bascments, it is recommended that thc
depth of boring should extend to twice the least plan
dimension of lhe structure's foolprinl plus the deplh of the
basement.
An exhausti ve geotechn ical investigation should al so be
conducted in cases of questionable soils, expansive soi!s,
unknown groundwater table to determine whethcr the
existing ground water table is above or within 1.5 m below
the elevalion of thc lowest !loor leve! or wherc such !loor is
locatcd below the tinished ground leve! adjacent lo the
foundation, pi le foundations, or í n roe k strata whcre thc
rock is suspected lo be of doubtf'ul characterístics or
indicatc variations in the structurc of' thc rock or whcre
solution cavilies or voids are expectcd to be prcscnt in the
roe k.
The building offlcial may rcquire that lhe interpretation and
evaluation of the results of the foundation investigation be
made by a registcred civil cngineer experienccd and
knowledgeable in the field of geotechnical engineering.
303.2 Soil Classification
For !he purposes of this chaptcr, the dcfini tion and
classitication of soil materials for use in Table 304-1 shall
be according to 1\STM D-2487.
Soil classificalion shall. be hascd on obscrvation and any
neccssary ficld or laboratory tests of' thc material.~ discloscd
by borings or cxcavati ons rnadc in appropriatc locations.
N8tlonal Structural Codc-) of the Plülippmes 6 " Edition Volumc 1
CHAPTER 3 - General & Excavation and Fills 3-7
Addilional sludies may be necessary to evaluate soil
strength, lhe effect of moisture variation on soil-bearing
capacity, compressibility, liquefaction and expansiveness.
303.3 Questionablc Soil
Where the classification, strength or compressibility of the
soil are in doubt, or wherc a load bearing value superior to
that specified in this code is claimecl, the building official
shall require that the necessary soil investigation be made.
303.4 Liqucfaction Study
The building ofticial may require a Liquefaetion eva!uation
sludy in accordance with Section 303.6 when, during lhe
course of the foundation investigation, all of the following
conditions are discovcred:
l. Shallow ground water, 2 m or less.
2. Unconsolidated saturated sandy alluvium (N< 15)
3. Seismic Zone 4.
Exception:
The building officialmay waive this evaluation upon receipt
of written opinion of a qualified geotechnical mgineer that
liquefaction is not probable.
303.5 Expansivc Soil
Soils meeting all four of the following provisions shall be
considered expansive. except that tests to show compliance
with Items 1, 2 and 3 shall not be required if the test
prescribed in hem 4 is conducted:
J. Plasticity index (PI) of 15 or greater, determined in
accordance with ASTM D 4318.and Líquid Limit > 50.
2. More than 1O percent of the soil particles pass a No.
200 sicve (75 m). determincd in accordance with
ASTM D 422.
3. More than 1O percent of the soil particles are less Iban
S rnicromelers in size, delennined in accordanee with
ASTM 0422.
4. Expansion index greater than 20, determined in
accordance wilh ASTM D 4829.
303.5.1 Dcsign for Expansive Soils
Footings or foundations fo r buildings and structures
founded on expansive soíls shall ~~·· designed in accordance
with Section 1805.!U or 1805.8.2.
Footing or foundation dcsign nced not comply with Scction
303.5.3 or 303.5.4 whcrc lhe soil is removed in accordance
wi tll Scction 303.5.4, nor whcre the building official
approvcs stabilization of the soil in accordance wilh Seclion
3<n.5.5.
1
 3-8 CHAPTER 3 -General & Excavation and Fills

303.5.5 Stabilization
303.5.2 Foundations Where the active zone of expansive soil~ is slabilized in licu
Footings or foundalions placcd on or within thc active zone of designing foolings or foundations in accordance wi th
of expansive soils shall be designcd lo resist diffcrcnlial Section 306.2, lhc soil sha!l be s1abilized by chemical
volume chnnges and to prevent structural damage to the treatment, dewatering, pre-saturation or equivalent
supportcd structure. Delleclion and racking of lhe tcchniques.
supported shall be limited to lhat which will not interfere
with the usability and serviceability of the structure. 303.6 Comprcssiblc Soils
lf the borcholes show that lhe propo::cd slructures are lo be
Foundations placcd below whcre volume change occurs or built above compressible fine-grained soils (with N< 6). it
below expansi~c soil shall comply with thc following is rccomrnended that consolidation tests be perforrned in
provisions: accordance with ASTM D 2435 to determine the settlemenl
l. Foundations exleoding into or pcnetrating expansivc parameters for the site.
soils shnll be designed to prevent uplift of the
supported structure. Tf wide, massive loads wilhin the sl mctures to be built on
compressible fine-graincd soils are lo be expectcd for
2. Foundations pcnetrating cxpansive soils shall be prolonged periods of time built, the settlement cffects on
designcd to resist forces excrted on the foundation due adjacent structurc.~ should be evaluatcd as well.
to soil volumc changes or shall be isolated from the
expansive soil. 303.7 Reports
The soil classification and design bearing capacity shall be
303.5.3 Slab on Ground Foundations
shown on the plans, unless the foundation conforms to
Moments, shears and deflections for use in designing slab- Table 305- 1. The building official may rcquirc submission
on-ground mal or raft foundations on expansive soils shall of a written report of the invcstigation, which shall include,
be determined in accordance with WRJ/CRSI Design of but necd not be limiled to, lhe following infonnation:
Slab-on-Ground Foundations or PTI Standard
Requirements for Analysis of Shallow Concrete l. A plot showing the location of all test bori ngs and/or
Foundations on Expansive Soils. Using the moments, excavations.
shears and deflections determined above, preslressed slabs- 2. Descriptions and classifications of the rnalerials
on-ground, mat or raft foundations on expansive soils shall encountercd.
be designed in accordance with PTI Standard Requirements
for Design of Shallow Post-Tensioned Concrete 3. Elevation of lhe water table, if encountcred.
Foundations on Expansive Soils. It shall be pennitted to 4. Recommendations for foundation type and dcsign
analyze and design such slabs by other methods that crilcria, including bearing capacity, provisions to
account for soi l-structure interaclion, the deformed shape of mi tigale lhe effccts of differcntial settlemcnts and
the soil supporl, lhe place or stiffened plate action of the expansive soils, provisions to mitigate the cffects of
slab as well as bolh center lift and cdge Jift conditions. liquefaction and soil strength, provisions for special
Such alternali ve methods shall be rational and the basis for foundation solutions and ground improvcrnent , and the
all aspects and parameters of lhe method shall be availablc effects of adjacent loads.
for peer review.
5. Expected total and differcn tial settlcrnenL
303.5.4 Rcmoval of Expa nsivc Soil 6. Laboralory test rcsults of soil samples.
Where cxpansive soil is removed in licu of designing
7. Ficld borchole log containing the followi!lg
foolings or foundatio ns in accordance with Scction 302.3.2,
information
the soil shall be removed to a depth suffi cient to ensurc a
constan! moisture content in thc renta;ning soil. Fill a) Project Jocation
material shall not cont ain expansive ~o il s and shall comply b) Deplh of borehole
with Scction 302.3.3. e) Ground elcvation
d) Ground water table clcvation
Exceprion:
e) Date starlcd and finishcd
Expansive soíl need not be removed to rhe depth of constant
moislllre, provided the confining prcssure in the cxpansive Thc soil classification and design-bearing capacity shall be
soil created by tire fill and supported struclllre exceeds the shown on the plans, u n lc~s thc foundation conforms to
nvell pressure. Tablc 305- 1.

Association of Structural Enginoers of 111e Pl)il ippine~~

 CHAPTER 3 -General & Excavalion and Fills :l-9

When expansive soils are present, the building official may

Table 303·3 Geophysical Tests
require that special provisions be made in the foundation
desígn and constmction to safeguard agai nsl damage due lo Field T est ASTM Output Data 1
this expansiveness. The building official may require a Dcsignation 1 Paramctcr Obtaincd
specíal investiga! ion and report lo provide lhesc design and
consuuction críteria.
Gcophysical Tests
Tablc 303-2 Laboratory and Field Tests Seismic rcfraction
Laboratory 1 ASTM/ Tcst 1 Output Data 1 Seismic [)5777-00 Maps subsu rfacc
Ficld Test 1 Desil!nation Paramcter· Obtaincd retlection geologic conditions,
Classification of Soils lithologic units and
fractu res.
Moistu re content 022 16-05 Moisture/ water
COil{Cllt Ground 07 !28 Maps lateral
Penetrati ng continui! y of
Grain sizc 0422-63 Soil gradation
Radar lithologic units and
analysis
detects changes in
Allerberg Limíts 043 18-05 Liquíd limi t, plasti c
the acoustic
li mi t
propenies of
uses 02487-00 Classification of
subsurface
soíls
geornaterials.
Specific Gravity 0854-05 Specific gravity
Crosshole 06432·99 p-wave and s-wave
Shri nkage Límit 0 427-04 Shrinkage li mit velocity
scismic survey
Organic Matter 02974-00 Moisrurc contcnt, ash determination,
content and pcrcent
elastic moduli
organic maucr in soil
deteml ination
Swedish Wcighl JJS N,w-valuc indicating,
undrained soil shcar Geo-resisli vity 04428 CorTosion Potential
Sounding Test A 1221 :2002
strcnoth Survey of soils , Electrical
f UCT Test (Soils) 02166-00 Strength parameters grounding,
Tri-axial (UU 02850-03a Strcngth paramcters stratiGraehic swdies
Test)
1 Tri-axial (CU 04767-04 Strength parametcrs 303.8 Soil Tests
Test) Tables 303-2 and 303-3 summarizc the commonly used
Oedometer ( 1-0 02435-04 Consolidation field and laboratory tests necded in determin ing the in-situ
Consolidation) parametcrs soil pammctcrs for use in foundation design and analysis.
1 Laboratory Vanc D464R-05 Strengt h parameters
S hear 303.9 Liqucfaction l'otcntial and Soil Strength Loss
Di rect Shcar 0 3080-04 Strcngth parameters
Test When requircd by Section 301.3. the potcntial for soil
UCT for lntact 02938-95 Strength parameters liquefac tion and soil slrcngth loss during eat1hquakcs shal!
Roe k be evaluatcd during the gcotc.chnical investigation. The
Standard 0 1586-99 N-value geotech nical cvaluation shall assess potential liqucfaction
Penetration Test susceptibility potcnti al conscquenccs of any liquefaction
Modificd Proctor 0 1557-02 Max imum dry and soi l strenglh loss, in<.:l uding estimation of diffcrential
Test densit y scul cmcnt, lateral movemcnl or reducti on in foundation
Standard Proctor 0698-00a Maximum dry soil-bcaring capacity, nnd discuss mitigating measures.
Test densi ty Such measures shall be givcn considcration in the design of
lhc bui lding and may im:lude. but are nol limitcd lo. ground
Ficld Dcnsity Dl55ó·OO Maxi mu m dry
stabil ization. sclcction or appropriate foundat ion 1ypc aiHI
Test dcnsit y
depths. sclcction of appro¡ll iatc .structural systcms to
CIJR La h Test D 1SS3-05 CBR
an:ommodalc ant icipatcd displ;Icements. or any
Con e J>cncl ration DJ441 -05 Soil strcnglh
combination of thcsc mcasurcs.
Test
- ---------- ···-·- -·-····-------- -J.~!.:~~.~~~-··-··-·----·-
Thc polcn ti;t! for liq ucfaction and soi l stn.:ngth loss shall b•:
cvaltHttcd for a site peak ground accclcr;ttion th at. as :'
mi nimum. conlilflns to thc probahility of cxcccdam·,·
¡,pccificd in Scct ion 20RA2. Peak ground accc lcralion m:·_.
 3-1 O CHAPTEFl 3 ···General & Excavation and Filts

be detennined based on a site-specific study taking into

account soil ampli!lcation effects.

In the abscnce of such a study, peak ground acceleration

may be assumcd equal to the seismic zone factor in Tabt'e
208-3.

303.10 Adjaccnt Loads 304.1 From Geotechnical Site lnvestigation a nd

Where footings are placed at varying elevations, the effcct
of adjacent loads shall be includcd in lite roundation design.
303.11 Drainage
Provisions shall be made for the control and drainage of
surface water around buildings and ensure that scour will
not threatcn such structures through adequate embedmcnt.
(Scc aho Section 305.5.5).
303.12 Platc Load Test
The platc load test is generally used for determination of
soif subgrade propcrties for rigid foundations. If used for
building foundations, it must be emphasized that the Depth
of Int1uence is only up to twice the width of the test p!ate.
Care must be used when extending the results to deeper
depths.
Asscssmcnt
The recommended allowable founda tio n ;;;~·. ! ];;! ,, ,. ,¡
pressures ~h<il l be cstimatcd from a rcasonaLdy e <:!;;,·,_: ,; ,
geotechnical site inve~t i gat i on and assessment, which sh;Ji l
include at !east the fol lowing:
a) Description o f regional gcologic char;¡,;(,';isiic:;;
b) Charactcrization of in -situ geo technical conditions;
e) Factual report on the in ..situ and labonH o:y : c~i ;-:
performed lo charactcrizc the site ( S<'<: .' >ctinn
303.7 for a list of in-situ and lab.:i¡:«J:)' IC\1~
commonly carried out fo r geotechnical site
characterization);
d) Disclosure of the assumptions and tll(' :;pp! ic;:llk
analytical or ernpirical models used in
the al!owable foundation and lateral [ H'C~.:, ;; <:'-;
e) Calcu!ations carried out and Factor ,;¡' (i :-; ·:
assumed in arriving at the rccommcndcd :dloll':lblc
foundation and lateral pressures; and
O Evaluation of existing pote ntial geo logic h:w; rds
and those that may be induced or triggcrcd by the
construction/ínstallalion of the structurc.

The geotcchnical site investigation and asscssment shall be

pcrformcd by a rcgistercd civil cnginccr cxpcricnccd and
knowlcdgeablc in thc fic ld oJ gcotcchnical cnginccring.

A geotechni ca! investígatíon and assessrncnt shall he

presentcd in a repon. The repor1, togethcr wit h a brief
resume and a sworn stateme nt of accou ntabi li ty o r ! 11c
geotechnical cngineering consultan! who prcpared ::. , ;_ :J !
be includcd in the submittals to be rcviewcd a11d c\ali<'• :d
by the building ofticial or government authority in rh ;u gc
of' i~suing thc relevan! pcnnils such as cn viron::w,:•a l
compliance cer1ificatc and/or building perm it.

304.2 Presumptivc Loacl-Bcaring and Lateral Res isting

Values
Whcn no cxhaustivc gcotcchnical sitc asscssmcn t ami
investigation is pcrformcd, espcci ally whcn 110 in-s it u or
very limited tests are carricd out, the prcsu mpti w: f<:.:,J-
bcaring and lateral rcsisting valucs provided in T:tbk W ' 1
shall be uscd . Use or thcsc valucs rcquircs that rile
foundat ion dcsign cnginccr has, al thc leas!. cttTi(:o t ot1t ::n
Í ll.~pcction of thc site and has hecome fiunil iar wit h thc
predominan! soil or rock charactcrist ics or thc site.

A ssociation of Stn.JCiLII·af En ~¡ i nc ers of the Pllilippll)eS

 CHAPTEn 3 -·General & Excavalion ancl F'11!s 3- 11

presumptive load-bearing valucs shall apply to matcrials 304.3 Mínimum Allowablc Pressures.
with similar physical charactcristics and dispositions. Mud, Thc rccommcnded allowable foundation and lateral val ues
prganic silt, organic clays, peal or unprcpared fill shall not shall be with the allowable stress design load combinations
be assumed to have a presumptive load-bearing capacity specified in Section 203.4.
unless data from a geotechnical site assessmenl and
investigation lo substanti ate the use of such a value are 304.4 Foundations Adjacent to Exístíng
submitted. Hetaíníng/Bascrnent Walls

For clay, sandy clay, silty clay and claycy silt, in no case In cases where the adjacent building will have more
bascments than lhc pr<li)Osed building, the foundatíon of the
shall the lateral sliding rcsislance cxcced one-half lhe dead
proposed building shquld be designed so as not to impart
load.
additionallatera! earth prcssures on the existing building.
Jt is the responsibility of the cngineer-of-record to
determine thc applicability of these presumptive values for
t11e Project.
Table 104- 1 A!lowab!c Foundation and Lateral Pressure
Lateral
Allowablc llcaring Lateral Slídíng-t
Foundation Bclow Natural
Class of Materíals'
Prcssurc2 GradeJ -----
( kl'n } (kPa/m of Resistancé
Cocfficicnt5
dcpth) (kPa)

¡ 1. Massive Crystalline Bedrock 200 200 0.70

1
i
;
1
2. Sedimentary and Foliated Rock

3. Sandy Gravel and /or Gravel(GW & GP)

lOO

100
60 0.35

0.35
30

1 4. Well-graded Sand, Poorly-gracled Sane!, Silty Sand,

C!ayey Sand, Silty Grave! and Clayey Grave! (SW, 75 25 0.25
SP, SM, SC. GM and GC)
5. C:lay, Sandy C!ay, Silty Clay and Clayey Silt (CL, ML.
50" 15 7
MH, and CH) 1

·-·_¡
A gemeclmical siu• itll'e.Higmion is rt•collllll<"uled.for .wil c/assificatiou (l?<f<· r ro Sertion .10.1).
Allwilues ofal/owable formdarirm preS.<Ill'<' an• forfomin.~s hm·ing a ntinimum widlh of )()() 111111 11111/ t1 minimum rleptir 1~{ 300 111111 i11to 1/u• ntllllml gmcle.
Excepl as nmed in l·"nomote 'a·. 011 incrt•ase of 20% is a/lnwcd fi>r mch additimwl .100mm of 1wlli1 <md/m· dt•pth '" " llll/Ximm11 ''"""' of 1/m•c tilllt'.l the
designtllt'd Wllue. All irrcrcaSt! of nnt!~ third is permillt;tf h ·/r('ll usíng tlw a/t('I"I}(IIC: lotul nnnbimllion.r ;, s,•ction 203..1 lhnt indud~ h•itul o r Cttrthquoke
loads.
The resi.fWnce values duí1·ed fmm tire 1able are pc:mriued ro be innwr.fed by tlu· wlm/ur """'" for ¡•uc/1 mfditimwl .11JO mm of deprh tn a muxrmnm a/ 15
times the lahular ''ltitl<'. l.wiMed po/e.< for uses .wch as j la¡:¡JI)/e.l or .l'igns ami po!t•s u.f<'<ltn -'"l'i!tJr/ lmildin¡:s tlltlt ar1• not ad••t•rwly affí•n('(/ !Jy ll 12 mm
motion nt tiJr ¡:round ,,·ur.facl' thw lo slwrt·term /tJI<!rolload.t are• prrmilfl'd w lu• th•signed using lolt•ral-ht•w·ing ,.,[ttc.\' t•qual 10 f\1'0 tim<'.t the wbular
1•alue.<.
Lateral hl•tlrmg tmtl 'f/idin,t: l't'\ÍSftllll 't' mcn· lw nnnbilu·d.
Cneftici<•ttl ({) fu• multip/i('(/ hy the <h•ad lo;rd.
1.-tl/(!ro/ .rliding rc:ri'ittmn• ''llhl(' lo IJr multiplirtl hr tlu• t'IJnltlt'l arra. In 110 nur .'iludl tlw latr•rol ,/idmx rt'.\'ÍM<llll"l' r ''t't•t•d tmc·lwl( llw th'mllood.
o No mrrea.\'l' s/w/1 ht• al/owt•d.forau ilu·n ·oxc ofwidtll.

¡
¡
¡

1
N;lllonal S lruclural Corle of lile F'hilippulé:s r)' E' cl:\1011 Vnltrr:H '
1
1
1
1
L
 3· 12 CHAPTER 3- General & Excavalion and Fills

305.2.1 Design Loads

Footings shall be designeofor the most unfavorable load
effeCts due. to combinations of loads. The dcad load is
permittcd to include thc weight of foundalions, footings
305.1 General and overlying fi ll. Rcduced li ve loads as pcnnitted in the
Footings and fou nd ations shall be constructed of masonry, Chapter on Loadings are permiued to be uscd in the
concrete or trcated wood in conformancc with Chapters 4, dcsign of footings.
6 and 7. rootings of concrete and masonry shall be of
salid matcriaJ. Foundations supporting wood shall extend 305.2.2 Vibratory Loads
al least 150 mm above thc adjacent fi nish grade. Footings Wherc machinery operations or other vibratory loads or
shall have a mí nimum depth as indicated in Table 305- 1, vibrations are transmiued 10 the foundations,
unless anothcr depth is warrantcd, as established by a consideration shall be given in the rcport to address thc
foundation investigation. fo undalion dcsign to prevent detrimental disturbances lo
the soil due to vibratory loadings.
The provisions of this section do not apply lo building and
foundation systems in those arcas subject 10 scour and Dynamic Soil Propert ics shall be included wherc required .
water pressure by wind and wave action. Buildings and
fou ndations subject 10 such loads shall be des igned in
accordance with approvcd nalional standards. 305.3 Bearing Walls
13 13earing walls shall be suppor1cd on masonry o r
Table 305- 1 Mínimum Requirements for Foundations '· ·
reinforccd concrete foundati ons or pi1es or other
Numhcr of Thickncss of Dcpth pcrmined foundation system lhat shall be of suffícient
Width T hickncss Bclow
Floors Foundation Wall sizc to suppon allloads.
or of Undisturbcd
Supportcd (mm ) Ground
hythc Fo oling Footing
-"··~·~--~
·---u;¡¡¡~-
(mm) (mm) Surfacc Wherc a design is not provided. thc míni mum fou ndation
Fnundations Concrete (mm) ' requircmcnls for stud bearing walls shall be as set forth in
Masonry
- Table 305- 1, unless expansive soils of a sevcrity to cause
1 150 150 300 150 300
. ... . . ... ...... . . . . . . -· . . - . . ... .. -·. - . . .- diffcrential movement are known to exist.
2 200 200 375 175 450 Exceptions:
3 250 250 450 200 600 l. A one-s/ory wood or meta/-frame building twt used
for human occupancy and 110 1 over 40 m2 in floor
1
\\1
/tn·e 111111\IWI nmrbtüuu are fmau/. footÍu.f.:j mulfowulalituu !ihn/1 area may be constructed with walls mpported on a
¡,,. " ·' rt'f¡uirrtl 111 Srdum 305.1.
: Thr J:lmuul wulr r tlu' jltHir muy b~ rxnwutt:tl I r> th~ cJr ,·utitm of tlw wood Jowulation plate permanently 1mder the water
topoft/¡~(01111/lg. tab/e when permitled by the building official.
' Fmuu/(1/ltm mtn· .\upporl a roof in additian m thr supultllt"d 11Umhcr
uffloors. Fmmdntitms .\llflfiOrting rmif.\' nnly .!hall hl' n.t r~qut rrd for 2. The supporr of buildings by posts embedded in earth
\tlflpnrtmg mu· jloor. shall be designed as specified in Section 305.7. Wood
~ J1rr dt'pth of rmlu:dmt'lll um.w alatr.P b,• bl'low potC'IIIiul d.rpt/, r~{ posts or potes embedded in earth sha/1 be pressure
.u our
treated with an approved preservative. Steel posts or
poles shall be protected as specified in Section
305.2 Footing Dcsign
306.10.
Exccpt l(>r spccial provisions of Scction 307 covcring the
dcsign uf piles, all por1ions of footings ~hall be dcsigncd 305.4 Steppcd Foundations
in arcordancc with thc structur¡tl provisions of this codc
Foundations for all buildings wherc the surfacc of thc
and shall he dcsigncd Lo..-minimizc diffcrcntial 'cttlemclll
ground ~;lopes more than 1 unil vcr1ical in 10 unirs
whcn ncrcss;~ry and thc dTccts of cxpansiw soils whcn
horizontal ( 10% slopc) shall he lcvel or shall he stcppcd
prc.~cnt.
so that both top ancl honom of su eh founclalion are leve!.
Slnh-nn-gradc ;tn<l mal typc footings for huildings lnt·atcd
on cxpansivc sni ls may be dcsigncd in accorcl<rncc with
1he gcotcch nical rccommcn dation as pcrmittcd hy thc
b11ilding nflicial.

/\ssoci;¡tl(ll1 nf S trur:turill Enquwms of lht) Pilil1ppinn!;


TopofSiopc
Facc of StnociUrc
H/2 but
« ncCd nol ) ¿of_S_:,~
cxcecd
4.5m max.
r·
Figure 305-l Sctback Dimensions for nuilding Clcarance from Slopes
305.5 Footings on o r Adjaccnt to Slopcs
305.5.1 Scopc
The pl accme nt of bui ldings and st ructurcs on or adjaccnt
to slopes steeper than l unit vertical in 3 units horizontal
(33.3% slope) shall be in accordance w ith this section.
, 305.5.2 Building Clearance from Asccnding Slopes
In general, buildings be!ow slopes shall be sct a sufficicnt
¡ distance from the slopc to provide protection from slopc
drainage, Scour crosion and s hallow failures. Except as
provided for in Section 305.5.6 and Figure 305- 1. the
following c riteria will be assumed to provide th is
protcction. Whcrc thc e xisting slo pe is stcepcr than 1 unit
1 vertical in 1 unit horizo nt al ( 100% s lopc), the toe of the
slopc shall be assumed to be at thc intersection o f a
i
horizontal plane drawn from the top of thc fou ndation and
a plane drawn tangent to the ~d ope at an angle of 45
degrces to thc horizontal. Whe~e a rctaining wall is
constructed at the toe of the slope, thc height of the slopc
shall be measured from thc top of the wall to the top of
the slope.
305.5.3 Footing Sctback from Dcsccnding S lope
Surfacc
Footings on or adjacent to slope surfaces shall be founded
in firm material wit h an e mbcdmcnt and sethack fro m thc
slope surface sufficient to provide vertica l and lateral
support for tl.e foot ing without dctrimental sc!l lemc nt.
Exccpt as providcd for in Scction 305.5 .6 and Figure 305-
1, thc following sctback is deemed adequatc to meet thc
crite ria . Whc rc thc slopc is stccpcr than 1 unil vertical in
1 unit horizon tal ( 100% slope). thc rcquired sethack shall
be mc;tsurcd from an irnaginary plane 45 degrees to thc
horizontal, proj ccted upward from the toe of the slope.
Nnltonal Structum l CorJe of !he Pl1ilippuws 6 ~< Edilton Volurnl) 1
..
"'
CHAPTER 3 -- General & Excavation and Fills 3-13
- -:
1 ''
' . "'::
~~h-~~--,.r:::.-:
«-- V
-) ~:-~:::: .
H
l-113 but nccd not
cxcccd 12m max. 1
_ _ _ _ .::t._ _
305.5.4 Pools
The sctback bctween pools rcgulatcd by this code and
slopes shall be cqual to o ne ha lf the buildi ng footi ng
setback distance required by this scction. That por!ion o f
thc pool wall within a horizontal distance of 2m from the
top of the slope shal l be capable of supporting the water
in the pool without soil suppon .
305.5.5 Foundation Elcvation
On graded sitcs, the top of any exterior fou ndation shal l
extend above the clcvatio n of the strcct gutter at poin t of
discharge or thc inlct of an approvcd drainage device a
minimuni of 300 m m plus 2 perccnt. Thc build ing official
may pcrrni t al tcrnatc elevations. prov ided it can be
dcmonstratcd that required drainagc to thc point of
discharge and away from the ~tntcturc is provided a t all
locations o n the sitc.
305.5.6 Alterna te Sctback and Clea rancc
T he building official rnay approvc altcrnatc sctbacks and
clearances. Thc building o fficial may requirc an
investigation and recommcndation of a qualified cngineer
to dcmonstrate that the intent of this scction has becn
satisficd. Such an investiga tion shall include
consideration of material , height of slope, slope gradient,
load intensity and erosion c haractcristics of slopc
materiaL
305.6 Foundalion Platcs or Si lis
Wood platcs or sills shall be boltcd to thc fou ndation 01
foundation wa ll. Steel bol!s with a mín imum nomina l
diamcter of 12 mm shall be uscd in Scismi c Zonc 2 . Steel
hol!s with a mínimum nominal d iameter of 16 mm sha ll
be used in Scismic Zonc 4. Bolts shall he cmbedded at
lcast 180 mm into thc concrete or masonry <111(1 slwl l be
spaccd not more than 2 m aparl. Thcrc sha ll be a
mínimum of two bolts pcr picce wi th onc bolt loc;lt cclnot
1
 3-1 4 CHAPTEFi 3 -· General & E xcavalion and Fills
more than )00 mm or lcss 1han scvcn bol! diameters from
cach end of thc piccc. A propcrly sizcd nut and washer
shall be 1ightcncd on each boh 10 thc plate. Foundation
plates and sills shall be thc ki nd of wood spccilied in
Chaptcr 6.
305.7 Dcsigns Employing Lateral Bearing
305.7.1 General
Construction cmploying posts or poles as colu mns
cmbcddcd in carth or cmbcddcd in concrete footings in
the carth may be uscd and designcd to rcsist both axial
and la teral loads. The deplh 10 resist lateral loads shall be
de tcrmi ncd by mcans or 1he design critcria established
herein or other methods approved by the bui lding oflicial.
305.7.2 Dcs ign CJ·i!cria
305.7.2. I Non-conslraincd
T hc foll owi ng formula may be u ~cd in dctcrmining thc
dcp1h of embcdmcnt rcquired to rcsist latc ml loads wherc
no constraint is provided at the ground surrace, such as
ri gid !loor or rigid ground s urf~tce pa\ cme r\l.
( f -----)
;\ 4 .)/¡
d=2 1+ 1+-¡\- (305- 1)
where:
2.3 p
;\ = - -
h = dia mcter of round post or footing or diagonal
dimcnsion of squarc post or footi ng. m
d = tlcpth of embcdrncnt in Cilfth in 111 hut not ovcr 3.5
m for purv osc or computing laternl prcssure, m
/¡ = distancc from ground surfacc to point nf
application of P, m
P "' applicd lateral force. kN
S , = all owa blc lateral soil-bearing pressu rc as scl forth
in Tablc 304 -1 bascd on a depth of onc third thc
dcpth of crnbcdrnent, kPa
S, = allowablc lateral soil-bcari ng prcssure as set fonh
in Tahlc J0-1- 1 bascd on a tkpth cqual lo the dcpth
of cmhedmcnt. kPa
J 05.7.2.2 Co nslra incd
Thc fol lowing formula may he used to determi ne the
dcpth of cmhcdrncnt rcquircd to rcsist lateral loads whcre
const raint i!-. providcd at the grouncl surface, such as a
rig id Hoor or pavcrnenL
, f>/¡
d - = 4.25 ----- OO.'i-2>
S\IJ
305.7.2.3 Vertical load
The resistance to vertical loads is dctcrmi•·,:-d l· . t:;c
allowable soil-bearing prcssure set forth in T.~! :: ,., ·
305.7.3 Backfill
Thc backt'ill in the annular space around cohrrn n not
embedded in poured footings shall be by onc of the
followi ng rncthods:
l. l3ackfill shall be of concrete with an ulti iiHlk streng th
of 15 MPa at 28 days. The hole shall not he ks~: <h;,n
100 rnm Iarger than the diameter of thc w i ii i!H ; ::t its
bollom or 100 mm largcr than lhl.' ;;_, ..o n ;d
dimension of a square or rectangu lar col u!llló.
2. Backfill shall be of clean sand. The sand shall be
thoroughly compacted by tamping in laycrs not mo re
than 200 mm in thickncss.
305.7.4 Limilations
Thc dcsign procedure outl ined in this section shall be
subject ro thc foll owing li rnitations:
305.7.4.1 The J'ri ctional resistance for retaining walls and
sfabs 011 silts ancl clays shall be Iimited 10 one half ur thc
normal force imposed 011 thc soil by thc wcight of thc
footing or slab.
305.7.4.1 Posts e mbeddcd in eanh shall not be used to
provide lateral suppon for structural or nonslnrr!ural
materi als such as plastcr, masonry or conc rete unless
bracing is provided.
305.8 G rillagc Foolings
When grillage footings of stnrctural steel shapcs are uscd
on soils. they shall be complctel y e mbeddcd in concrc!c.
Concrete cover shall be at least 150 mm on thc bouom
antl at leas! 100 111111 <H all other poirlls.
305.9 Blcachcr Foolings
Footings for opcn-air scating facilities shall compl y with
Chaptcr 3.
Exceptions:
Temporary open-air portable bleachers may be supp(l;·i:·d
upon II'Ood .ril/.1· or .\'l 1'el plmes plac:ecl directly upmr the
groun•l sU/face. prol'ided .mil p r essu re doex 1101 I'X: ,.1,d
50 kPa.

be designed and installcd on the
of a foundation investigation as defined in Section
303 whcre rcquircd by the building official.
The investigation and repon provisions of Section 303
·shall be cxpanded to includc, but not be limited to, the
following:
Rccommended pite types and installed capacities.
Driving criteria.
Installation procedurcs.
Field inspcction and reponing proccdures (to include
proccdures for verification of the installcd bearing
capacity where required).
PiJe load test requirements.
The use of pilcs not specifically mentioned in this chapter
shall be permitted, subject to the approval of the building
official upon submission of acceptable test data,
calculations or other information relating to the prope11ies
and load-carrying capacities of such piles.
306.2 Interconnection
Individual pilc caps and caissons of evcry structurc
subjccted to seismic forces shal! be interconnected by tic
Bearns. Such tic beams shall be capablc of resisting, in
tension or compression. a mínimum horizontal force eq ual
to 10 pcrcent of thc largcst colurnn vertical load.
Exception:
Other approved methods mav be used where it can be
demonstrated that equivalen/ ~estraint can be provided.
306.3 Dctcrmination of Allowablc Loads
The allowable axial and lateral loads on pi les shall be
~etermined by an approvcd formula, by a foundation
ll~vestigation or by load tests. Static axial comprcssive
JHle load test shall be in acconJancc with ASTM Standard
D-1 143, am! lateral load tcsting o f piles shall conforrn to
ASTM Standard D-1966. Dynarnic piJe tests shall be in
accordance with ASTM Standard D-4945. Static ax ial
l~nsilc load tcsting to determine the up! ift capacit y of
pile-soil systems shal l be in accordancc with ASTM
Stand ard D-36R9.
Nat1onal Structural Codo of lhe Philippines 6:1·, E'dilion Volu me 1
CHAPTEFl3- General & Excavalion and Fills 3· 15
306.4 Static Load Test
Static axial compressive pile load test shall be in
accordance with ASTM Standard D-1143. Performance of
the load test require that the test be conducted under thc
supervision of a registcred civil et1gineer experienced and
knowledgeable in the practice of static pi le load test ing.
When the allowablc axial compressivc load of a single
piJe is dctermined by a static load test, onc of thc
following methods shall be uscd:
Mcthod l. It shall not exceed 50 percent of the yicld
point under test load. Thc yie ld point shall be defincd as
thm point at which an incrcasc in load produces a
disproportionate increase in settlement.
Method 2. It shall not cxceed one half of the load, which
causes a net settlcment, aftcr deducting rebound, of
0.03mm/kN of test load, which has becn applicd for a
period of at least 24 hours.
Mcthod 3. lt shall not excecd one half of that load under
which, during a 40-hour period of conti nuous load
application, no additional settlcmen t takes place.
306.5 Dynamic Load Test
High-strai n dynamic load test may be used to determine
the bcaring capacity of piles, in accordance with ASTM
Standard D-4945. lt is required that the test be conducted
by a registered civil engi necr experienccd and
knowledgeable in the practice of pilc dynamic load
testing.
306.6 Column Action
Al! piles stand ing unbraced in air, water or material not
capablc of lateral support shall conform to thc app licable
colurnn formula as specified in th is codc. Such piles
driven into finn ground may be considered fixed and
lateral! y supported at 1.5 m below the ground su rface ami
in soft material at 3 m from the ground surface unlcss
othcrwisc prescribed by the building officia! after a
foundation invcstigation by an approvcd agency.
306.7 Group Action
Considerati on shall be given to the reduct ion of allowable
pi le load whcn pi les are placed in groups.
Where soil conditions makc such load rcductions
advisable or nccessary, the al lowablc axial and lateral
loads dctcrm ined for a single pi le shal l be reduccd by any
rational method or formula subrnittcd lo thc building
official.
 3· 16 CHAiJTf:li :l ... General & Excavalion and Fills

306.8 Pilcs in Subsiding Arcas
Whcre pilcs are drivcn through subsiding fills or othcr
subsidíng strata and derive support from underlying
firmer materials, consíderatíon shall be gí ven to !he
downward fríctíonal forces, which may be imposecl on the
pilcs by the subsiding uppcr st ralll which shall be
deductive from thc net piJe load capacity.
306.12 Use of Higher Allowablc PiJe Stresses
Allowable compressive stresses greater than !hose
specified in Section 307 shall be permi!ted wh· ':
substantiating data justifying such higher strcsses are
submilled to and approved by the building official. Sud¡
substantiating data shall be includcd in !he foundation
invcstigation repon in accordancc with Section 306.! .

Where the influence of subsiding lills is considered as

ímposing loads on the piJe, !he allowablc strcsses
specifícd in this chaptcr may be increascd if satisfactory
substanliatíng dma are submillcd.

306.9 Jct!ing
lnstallm ion of piles hy water jeuing shall not be used
exccp! where andas specilically permiucd by thc building
official. Whcn used, jctting shall be carricd oul in such a
manner that the carrying capacity of existing pílcs and
struc!Ures shall not be i mpai red. Aftcr withdrawal of !he
j c!, pilcs shall be driven clown un!ilthc rcquírcd rcs istance
is obtained.

306.10 Protcction of Pilc Materials

Wherc !he boring rccorcls of si le conditions indicatc
possiblc dcletcrious action on pite maleria!s bccause of
soil constituents, changing water lcvc ls or o1hcr factors,
such materials shall be adequately protccted by mcthods
or proccsscs approved by thc geotechnical engincer.

Thc effcctivcness of' .wch methods or processcs for 1he

panicular purpose shall havc becn 1horoughly eslablishcd
by Siltisbctory servicc records or othcr evidcnce. which
dcmons!r;ues 1hc cffectivcncss of such protective
measures.

In sulfme bcaring soils. !he s1ecl pilcs shall be prntec!ed

againsl corrosion or rcinf'orccd co ncrele piles shall use
Typc JI cernen!.

306.11 Allow<tblc Loads

The allowable loads bascd on soil conditions shall be
cs!ablished in accordancc with Scction JOó.
Exceplion:
Any llnca.\·ed casE-in -place pi/e may be asstmred lo
d e1•eii1!' o jri('{ional resi.lfwzce n¡11al lo eme si.rth f?{ 1/w
bearin¡: mlue r?{ lile .wil materia/ al minim11111 depth a.r ser
.forrli in Tablc• 305-1 bttl 1101 /0 exceed 25 kPa wr/e.\'.1· a
¡:reater l'alue i.1 a/loll'ed by the lmildin!{ ojjicial f!{ll'l' o
foundalion ÍIIPeslij?ation os speci{iC'd in Section 303 Í.\'
.wlmtílled. Frir:lional resi.l'ftmce and bearin¡; I'('SÍ.I'/ance
s/w/1 no/ he a.,·sumed lo ac·t .\Ímllilani'Oll.l'iy unlt•.u
l'l't'0//11/WIId N I l !{ler (1 jrJtlfi(/0 / ÍOII Íll l'l'.\fi!{UIÍ0/1 as
.\'fJI'I'i{il'd in Sc•c·tion 303.

307.1 Round Wood Piles
307.1.1 Material
Excepl whcrc untrcatcd pilcs are pcrrnittcd, wood pilcs
shall be prcssure treatcd. Untreated piles may be used
only whcn it has l>ccn cstablished that ú1c cutoff will be
below lowcst groundwater leve! assurned lo exist during
the life of thc structure.
307.1.2 Allowal>lc Strcsses
The allowable unit sl rcsses for round woodpi les shall not
excecd !hose set forth in Chapter 6.
The allowable valucs listcd in, for compression parallel to
the grain at extreme fiber in bending are based on load
sharing as occurs in a pile cluster. For piles which
support their own specific load, a safety factór of 1.25
shall be applied to compression pm·allel to the grain
values and 1.30 lo ex treme fiber in bending values.
307.2 Uncascd Cast-In-Piace Conc1·ete Pites
307.2.1 Material
Concrete pi!es casi in place against earth in drilled or
bored boles shall be made in such a manner as to ensure
the excl usion of any foreign matter and 10 secure a fu ll-
sized shaft.
The drilled or excavated hole shall be prevented from
collapse or contamination by collapsing soils. Thorough
cleaning of the hole shall be assured and displacement of
the soil cuttings by notation shall be assu red. The length
of such pi le shall be limited to nol more than JO times the
average diamcter. Concrete shal l have a specificd
compressivc strengthf', of not lcss than 17 MPa.
Exception:
The length of pile may exceed JO times the diameter
provided the design and installation of the pile foundarion
is 111 accordance wirh an approved foundation
investigatiOII repvrr.
307.2.2 Allowa hlc Strcsses
The allowablc comprcssivc stress in the concrete shall not
cxceed 0.3Jf',. Thc allowablc comprcssive stress of
reinforccmenl sha ll not excced 34 pcrcent of the yicld
strength of thc stecl or 175 MPa.
Nalional S tructural Code o f 111e Pl1ilippines 6n' Editio n Volume 1
CHAPTE R 3 - General & Excavation and Fills 3-17
307.3 Metai-Cascd Concrete Pites
307.3.1 Material
Concrete used in metal-cased concrete piles shall have a
speci lied compressi ve strength i'c
of not Jcss than 17
MPa.
307.3.2 Installation
Every metal casing for a concrete pi le shall have a sealed
tip with a diameter of not !ess than 200 mm.
Concrete piles cast in place in metal shells shall have
shells driven for their full length in contact wi th the
surrounding soil and Jeft perrnanently in place. The shells
shal l be sufficiently strong to rcsist collápse and
sufficiently watertight to exclude water and foreign
material during the placing of concrete.
Piles shall be dri ven in such ordcr and with such spacing
as to ensure against distortion of or injury to piles already
in place. No piJe shall be driven within four and one-half
average pile diameters of a piJe lillcd with concrete lc~s
than 24 hours old unless approvcd by the geotechn ic;.l
engineer.
307.3.3 Allowal>le Stresses
Allowable stresses shall not exceed the values speci fied i ;;
Section 307.2.2, excepl that the allowable concrek strc <
may be increased 10 a maximum val ue of OAOf',. for th;ú
portion of the pílc meeting the following condítions:
J. The thickness of the metal casing is not less than ¡_~
mm (No. 14 carbon sheet steel gage);
2. The casing is seamless or is provided with seams e·
equal strength and is of a configuration th<H wi ~:
provide confinement 10 the cast-in-place concrt·'~;
3. The specilied compressive sLrength f',. sha:i n··
exceed 35 MPa and the ratio of steel mi' _;;¡
specified yield strength F,. lo concrete spt.--:if;,
comprcssive strengthf', shall no! be less than 6; .u;. -
4. The pi le diameter is not greater than 400 mm.
307.4 Prccast Concrete Pilcs
307.4.1 Materials
Prccast concrete piles shall have a specific i compre~si
strength _(',. of not lcss than 20 MPa, and shall de\.·.
compressive strength of no! less !han 20 MPa 1' cf'r
driving.
307.4.2 Rcinforcement Tics
Thc longitudinal reinforcemcnt in dri ven precast <'fJ ilC:
piles shall be Iaterall y tied wíth steel ties or wirc -:;
Ties and spírals shall no! be spaced more !han ·. -
 3-10 CHAPTER 3-- General & Excélvalion.and Fills
apart, center to center, for a distance of 600 mm from the
cnds and not more than 200 mm elsewhcre. The gage of
ties and spirals shall be as fo!lows:
l. For piles having a diameter of 400 mm or lcss, wire
shall not be smaller than 5 mm;
2. For pilcs. having a diametcr of more.: than 400 mm
and lcss than 500 mm, wire sha!l not be.: smallcr than
f) mm; and
3. For pi les havi ng a diameter of 500 mm and larger.
wire shallnot be smallcr than 7 mm.
307.4.3 Allowablc Strcsses
Precast concrete piling shall be designcd to resist stresses
induced by handling and driving ns well as by loads. The
allowable stresses shall not exceed thc values spccifíed in
Section 307.2.2.
307 .S Prccast Prestrcsscd Concrete Piles
(Prctensioned)
307.5.1 Materials
Precast prcstresscd concrete pilcs shall have a spccified
compressive strength f, of not less !han 35 MPa and shall
develop a comprcssivc strcngth of not less than 27 MPa
before driving.
307.5.2 Reinforcemcnt
307.5.2.1 Longitudinal Reinforccmcnt
The longitudinal rcinforcement shall be high-tensile
seven-wirc strand conforming to ASTM Standards.
Longitud inal rcinforccrncnt shall he lateral! y ticd with
s teel ties or wire spirals.
307.5.2.2 Transverse Rcinforccment
Tic..~
or spiral reinforccmcnt shall not be spaced more than
75 mm apart, centcr to cenler, for a distance of 600 111111
from the ends and not more than 200 rnm clsewhcre. At
each end of the pite, lile first five ties or spirals shall be
spaced 25 mm centcr to centcr.
Por piles having a diameter of 600 mm or lcss. wirc shall
not be smallcr than 5 mm.
For pi!cs having a diamcter greatcr than 600 rn m but lcss
than 900 mm, wirc shall not be srnallcr tlwn 6 mm.
For pilcs having a diarnctcr greatc r !han 900 mm. wirc
shall nol be smallcr than 7 mm.
307.5.3 Allowablc Strcssc.~
Precasl prcstrcsscd piling shall he dcsigned to resist
strcsscs induccd by handling ami driving as \vcll as hy
Assoc:1nlion of Slr11clural
loads. The effcctive prestress in the pilc. ~!u;l ';·.;t k · :;;>•:s
than 2.5 MPa for pites up lo JO m in len!:•'• : : . ~!',, ; ,,.
piles up to 15 m in length, and 5 MPa lv: ,..... :, :,. ..:~,. ,-
than 15m in lcngth.
Thc compressi ve stress in the concrete duc !o e .!•···na lly
applied load shall not exceed:
whcre:
¡,.. = effective prestress stress on the gros~ :_,•ct;-:;;_
Effective prestrcss shall be bascd on an ;.¡~,_¡,;·,,._,; i:.. ;:. ..~:
200 MPa in the prestressing steel. The allowal,lc !.in.·... ··. iii
the presrressing steeJ shall not exceed the vaitit.':. ·;¡ ;,;,~ : i.: , .d
in Scction 41 8.5.
307.5.4 Splicing
Where required, splicing for concrete pilcs ~hall hr i,y use
of embedded and properly anchored thick ·:h·'. l p:. es at
the cnds beingjoined whi ch shall then be ft.:iy •' :·i!:. J , r:;·
by use of adequatc sized dowel rods and stc: ¡ :i ·• . ,,¡,,_
slecves. The dowels and the faces shallthcn lJ,.· _¡o:,t . : . ·'
structural epoxy. Metal splicc cansare not ;:ll!:• \·:,·t :.
307.6 Structural Steel J>ilcs
307.6.1 Material
Structural stccl pi les. steel pipe pi les and fully w1·!ri,.!
stccl pites fubricated from platcs shall conform to uue ~,r
the material specifications listcd in Scction 50 1 .~1.
307.6.2 Allowablc Strcsses
The allowable axial strcs.scs shall not cxceed O \S nr lh
. minimum specified yic ld strength F_,. or H5 \ 1P- .
whichcver is less.
é'xception:
When justified in accordance witlz Section .'fOft. 1/. ·/¡·.
allowable axial stress may be increased abow1 ti.S Mh'
and 0.35F>, but shallnot exceed 0.5F>.
307.6.3 Mínimum Dimcnsions
Scctions of driven 11-pi lcs shall cornply wi1h ¡br
fo llowing:
l. Thc flangc projcction shall not cxcccd 14 1inw•: :!le
minimurn thickncss of metal in eithcr tlw n·.. v ···
thc wcb, ami thc f!nngc widths shall not k !, ' · '
HO pcrccnt of thc dcpth or thc scction.
:. 11
2. Thc nomuwl dcpth in thc dircction of thc ',\, !. ~• •• : . t
not be less thau 200 mm.
Engu1e!~rs of lhe Philippines
 CHAPTER 3 - Ge neral & Excava!ion and Fills 3· 19

Flangcs anú wcbs shall havc a mínimum nominal

thick11ess of lO mm .

. ~ections of driven pipe pilcs shall have an outside

. diamctcr of not lcss !han 250 mm and a mínimum
'· tJJickncss of not less than 6 mm.

· 307.7 Concrctc-l•'illcd Stecl J>ipe Piles 308.1 General

307.7.1 Material
The stcel pipe of concrcte-fíllcd stccl pipe pilcs shall
conform lo onc of thc material specifications listcd in
Section 501.3. The concrete in concrete-filled steel pipe
piles shall have a spccifíed comprcssivc strength f'c of nol
less than 17 MPa.
1¡ 307.7.2Allowable Stresscs
i The allowable axial strcsses shall not excecd 0.35 of the
¡
f mínimum spcciticd yicld strcngth r,,. of thc stcel plus 0.33
r of the spccified compressive strcngth j',. of concrete,
¡ providcd /·~. shall not be assumed greater than 250 MPa
for cornputational purposes.
1
Wf.ceprion:
t.ijihen justified in accordance with Section 306.12, Jhe
i(i{/owable stresses may be increased to 0.50 F>..
In Seismic Zones 4, the funher requirements of this
section shall apply to the design and construction of
foundations, foundation components ·and the connection
of superstn1cture elements thereto. See Section 42!.1 O
for additional requirements for stmctural concrete
foundations resisting scismic forces.
308.2 Foundation and Geoteclmical lnvestigations
Whcre a stmcture is deterrnined to be in Seism.ic Zone 4
in accordance with Section 208.4, an investigation shall
be conducted and shall include an evaluation of the
following potential hazards rcsulting frorn earthquake
rnotions: slope instability, liquefaction and surface rupture
due to faul ting or lateral spreading.
In addition, the following in vestigations shall also be met:
l. A determination of lateral pressures on basernent and
retaining walls duc to carthquake motions.

307.7.3 Mínimum Dimcns ions 2. An assessment of potential consequences of any

liqucfaction and soil strength loss, including
Driven pites of uniform scction shall have a nomi nal
estimation of differential settlement, lateral
outside diameter of not less than 200 mm .
~~}''~ ·· . . .. movement or reduction in fou ndation soil-bearing
capacity, and shall addrcss mitigation measures. Such

¡
'
measures shall be given consideration in the design
of the structure and can include but are not limited to
ground stabilization. selection of appropriatc
! fou ndation type and depths, selection of appropriate
structural systcms to accommodate anticipated
displacements or any combination of these rneasures.
1 The potential for liquefaction and soil strength loss
1
shall be evaluated for site peak ground acceleration
i
i magnitudes and source characteristics consistent with
thc design earthquakc ground rnotions. Peak ground
accelcration shall be determined from a site-specific
study tak.ing into account soil amplification cffects,
as specified in Section 208.4.

308.3 Footings and Foundations

Whcre a structurc is assigncd to Seismic Zonc 4 in
accordance wit h Seclion 208.4, individual sprcad footings
founded on soi l defined in Scction 208.4.3 as Soil profilc
Type SE or Sr: shal l be intcrco nnectcd by ti c beams. Tic
beams shall be capable of carrying, in tensi on or
compression. unl css it is dcmonstrated that equivalen!
reslraint is providcd by reinforced concrete beams wit hin
slabs on grade or rei nforccú concrete slabs on grade.

11
NélliOnóll S tructural Cocle o f the Philippines 6 ' Edition Vo lurne 1
 3·20 CHAPTEii 3 -·General & Excavation and Fills
308.4 Pier and Pilc .Foun~atio~ . .
Where a stmcture lS ass1gned to Se1snuc Zone 4 in
accordance with Section 208.4, the following shall apply.
Individual pile caps, piers or piles shall be interconnected
by ties. Ties shall be capable of carrying, in tension and
compression, JO % of the maximum axial load unlcss it
can be demonstratcd that equivalen! restraint is provided
by reinforced concrete beams withi n slabs on grade,
reinforced concrete slabs on grade, confinemen! by
competen! rock, hard cohesive soils or very dense
granular soils. Concrete shall have a specified
compressive strength of not less than 21 MPa at 28 days.
Exception:
Piers supporting foundation walls, isolated interior posts
detailed so the pier is 1101 subject to lateral loads, lightly
loaded exterior decks and patios and occupancy category
IV and V specified in Section 103 1101 exceeding two
stories of lightframe construction, are not subject to
üuerconnection if it can be slwwn the soils are of
adequate stiffn ess, subject to the approval of tite building
officia/.
308.4.1 Conncction lo PiJe Cap
For piles required to resist uplift forces or to provide
rotati onal restraint, design of anchorage of piles into the
pile cap shall be provided considering the combined effect
of axial forces duc to uplift and bending moments due to
fixity to the pi le cap. Anchorage shall develop a mínimum
of 25 percent of thc strength of thc pilc in tension.
Anchoragc into thc pile cap sball be capable of
developing the following:
l. In the case of uplift, the lesser of the nominal tensilc
strength of thc longitudinal reinforcemcnt in a
concrete pile, or the nomi nal tcnsile strength of a
steel pile. or the pile uplift soil nomi nal strength
factored by 1.3 or the axial tension force rcsu lting
from the load combinalions of Section 203.
2. In the case of rotational restraint, the lesscr of thc
axial and shear forces and momcnts resulting from
thc load combinations of Sectíon 203 or devcloprnent
of the full axial, bending and shear nominal strcngth
of the pi le.
308.4.2 Dcsign Dctails for Picrs, Pilcs afl(l G rade
Bcams
Picrs or pilcs shall be designcd and constructed 10
withstand maximum imposed curvatures from cm1 hquakc
ground moti ons and structure response. Curvaturcs shall
includc frcc-fi cld soil strains modif'icd for soi l-pilc
structurc interaction couplcd with picr or pilc
dcfonnati ons induccd by lateral pier or pilc rcsistancc to
structure seisrnic forccs. Concrete picrs or pi!cs on soil
type SE or S1 sitcs, as detcrmincd in Scction 20R.4.3. shall
he dcsigned and detailcd in ;lccordance wíth Scctinns 4 10
Associatton of Structural Enrl'necrs of tll P. Plülippllles
wi thin seven pile diameters of the pile cap and lhe
interfaces of soft to medium stiff clay or liquefiable strata.
Grade bcams shall be designed as beams in accordance
Section 4. When grade beams have the capacity to resist
the forces from the load combinations in Section 203.
308.4.3 Flexura! Strength
Where thc vertical lateral-force-resisting elements are
columns, the grade beam or pile cap flexura! strengths
shall cxcccd the column flexura! strength. Thc connection
between batt.er pi les and grade beams or pi le caps shall be
designed to resist the nominal strength of the pile acting ·
as a short column. Batter piles and their connection shall
be capable of resistíng forccs and moments from the load
combinations of Seclion 203.
308.5 Drivcn Pite Foundations
308.5.1 Precast Concrete Piles
Where a stmcture is assigned to Seismic Zone 4 the
longitudinal reinforcement with a mínimum steel ratio o f
0.0 1 shall be providcd throughout the length of precast
concrete piles. Within three pile diameters of thc bottom
of the pilc cap, the longitudinal rcinforccment shall be
confined with closed ties or spirals of a miniiJJum 1O mm
diameter. Tics or spirals shall be providcd at a maximum
spacing of cight times the diametcr of thc smallcst
longitudinal bar, not to exceed 150 mm throughout the
rernai nder of the pile, the closed tics or spirals shall have
a maximum spacing of 16 times the smallest longitudinal
bar diamcter not to exceed 200 mm.
308.5.2 Prccast Prestrcssed Pilcs
Where a structurc is assigncd to Seismic Zone 4. the
following shall apply. The nunimum volumctric ratio of
spiral rcinforccmcnt shall not be less th an 0.007 or the
amount requircd by thc following formula for thc upper 6
m of 1he pi le.
P. =0.!2f./f,. (308.5. 1)
whcrc:
,1;. = Specified comprcssive st rcngrh of concrete. MPa
_f...Jo = Yield strength of spiral rcinforccment. 586 MPa
p, = Spiral rcinforcement index (volt~me of
spiral/volume of core)
Al leas! onc-half lhc vnhtllll'lric ratio rcqnircd hy Gq. 4-1
shall be providcd bclow thc uppcr 6 111 of thc piJe. The
pilc cap conncction by mcans of d owe l.~ . Pile cap
conncrtion by mcans or dcvclopi ng pi le rcinforcing slrand
is pcrmittcd prnvided that 1he pilc rcinforcing strand
rcsults in a ductilc con ncction.

l.he total pi le lcngth in rhe soil is 10.5 m or less, rhc
transverse reinforccment in the ductilc region shall
tl1rough lhc lcng1h of !11e piJe. Wherc thc pile leng1h
10.5 m, the duclile piJe rcgion shall be taken as
greater of 10.5 m or the distancc from thc undersidc of
· rlle pi le cap to thc point of zcro curva!Ure plus thrce
times tl1e least pi le dimcnsion.
In the duclilc region, thc center-ro-cenlcr spacing of 1hc
spirals or hoop rcinforccment shall not excced one-tiflh
of t11e Jeast pi le dimension, six times lile diamclcr of the
longitudinal strand, or 200 mm, whichcver is smaller.
Circular spiral rcinforcemcnt shall be spliccd by lapping
one fui! tum and bcnding the end of the spiral to a 90-
degrcc hook or by use of a mechanical or welded splice.
1 f,.
f Where !he transversc rcinforcemcnl consists of circular
' · spirals, the volumet1ic rmio of spiral transvcrse
reinforcemell! in the duclile rcgion shall comply wilh the
following:
i reinforcing, the spiral or hoop rei nforcing with a
1 p, =0. 12L(~-
f,h A,h
1)[_1___1.
. 2 frA,
4
PJ (308.5.2)
1
but not less than:
1
(308.5.3)
and need not exceed:
p, = 0.02 1 (308.5.4)
where:
At = PiJe cross-scctional arca, 111111 2
Ach = Corc arca dcfincd by spiral ou tsidc diamcter, llllll '
fe = Speciticd comprcssive strenglh of concrete, MPa
f;h = Yicld strcngth ofspiral rcinforcement ::; 5X6 MPa
P =Axial load on pi le, kN
Ps = Volumetric ratio (volume of spiral/ volume of core)
This required amounl of spiral rcinforcemcnt is permilled
lo be ob1aincd by providing an inncr and outcr spiral.
When transverse reinforcernent consists of rcctangnlar
hoops and cross tics, thc total cross-scctional arca of
lateral transvcrse reinforccmcnt in thc ductilc rcgion with
spacings, and perpendicul ar to dimcnsion, he. shal l
conf01m to:
A,,, =:
J.,,
. -.
0.3sIr, ( f.~J(·-~'~: 1)[_1__ - 1.4 ~... -~ (308.5.5)
t\,~, 2 f A,_
National Structural CorJe of tl!e Philippines 6!1' Edilion Voturne 1
CHAPTER 3- General & Excavation and Fills 3-21
but not less than:
(308.5.6)
whcre:
_h., =:S 483 MPa
he = Cross-seclional dimension of pile core measured
ccnter to ccnter of hoop rcinforcemem, mm
s ·=Spacing of transversc reinforcement measured
· along length of pi le, mm
P ::: Axial load, N
A,,, = Cross-sectional arca of transverse rcinforcement,
mm2
Ar = Gross arca of piJe, mm 2
= Specified compressive strengl1l of concrete, MPa
Thc hoops and cross ties shall be equivalen! to defonned
bars not less than 1Omm in size. Rectangular hoop ends
shall termínate at a comer with seismic hooks. Outsidc of
the length of thc piJe requiring transverse confinement
volumetric rmio not less than one-half of that requircd for
transverse confinement reinforcing shall be provided.
306.6 Cast-In-Placc Concrete Foundations
Where a stJUcture is assigned to Seisnúc Zone 4, a
mínimum longitudinal reinforcement ratio of 0.005 shall
be provided for uncased cast-in-place drilled or augered
concrete piles, piers or caissons in the top one-half of the
pilc length a mínimum length of 3 m below ground or
l.hroughoul the flexura) length of thc piJe, whichever
lenglh is greatesl. Thc flexura! length shall be taken as the
length of the piJe lo a point where the concrete scction
cracking momenl strength multiplied by 0.4 cxceeds the
rcquired momcnt slfcngth at thal poinl. Therc shall be a
mínimum of four longitudinal bars with transverse
conlinemcnt rcinforccmenl provided in the piJe wi th in
threc times the least pile dimcnsion of the bottom of the
pilc cap. A transverse spiral reinforcement rat,io of nol
lcss than one-half of that required in Section 410 for other
Lhan Soil Protile Type Sr:. S¡: oras determined in Section
208.4.3 or liquefiable sitcs is pennitted. Tic spacing
throughout thc rernaindcr of thc concrete secti on shall
ncithcr exceed 12-Jongitudinal-bar diamcters, one-hal f the
least dimension of the section, nor 300 111111. Ties shall be
a mínimum of 1O mm bars for pi les with a leasl
dimcnsion up to 500 mm .•md 12 mm bars for largcr pilcs.
 3-22 CHAPTER 3- General & Excavation and Fills

309.1 Spccial Foundation Systems

Spccial foundation systems or matcrials other than
specificd in thc foregoing Sections may be introduced
provided that such systcms can be supported by
calculatio ns and theory to be providing safe foundation
solutions and when approved by the enginccr-of-rccord.
Thc special foundations solutions for incorporation into
the foundation s hould have provcn track record of
successful usage in similar applications.

309.2 Acceptancc and Approval

Structure suppon o n improved ground using such special
systems or proprietary systcms may be approved s ubject
to submitcal of calculations and other proof of acceptance
and usage.

309.3 Spccific Applications

Specialty foundation systems may be applied or uscd
specifically to address any or combinations of the
following: bearing capacity improvcmcnt, soil
liquefaction mitigation, slope stability enhancement,
control and/or accclcration of consolidation settlcmcnts or
immediate settlcmcnts, incrca~c in soil shear strcngth and
capacity, s liding resistance, increascd pullout or
ovenuming capacity, spccial anchors in soil and rock and
o ther beneficia! effects. Controlled low strength rnaterials
(CLSM) to reduce fill loads may be al lowed for use where
applicable.

Associéltion of Structural Engineers of 111e Philippmes

 NSCP C101-10

Chapter 4

STRUCTURAL CONCRETE

NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUME 1
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AN[)
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SIXTH EDITION

Association of Structural E ngineers of the Philippines

Suite 7 13, Futurc l'oint Plaza Condominium 1
112 Panay Avcnuc, Quczon City, Philippincs 11 00

Tel. No: (+632) 410-04lL~

Fax No.: (+63 2) 41 1-8606
Ema i 1: ascponl i nc(ci>gmai l.com
Wcbsitc: ht tp://www.ascponlínc.org

¡
1

r
1 Nationa l S lruc tur<il Code of the Pl1ilippines 6 ~> E<lition Volurne 1
1

~
r
r
l
 CHAPTEH 4 · Concrete -1· 1

Table of Contents
401 • GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................. 7
1.1 Notation ............................................................................................................................................................................. 7
1.2 Scopc ................................................ .............. .. ............................................. .................................................................... 7
402 · DEFlNITIONS............................................................................................................................................ 8
403 · SPECIFICATIONS FOR TESTS AND MATERIALS ..................................................................... l3
1 Notation ........................... ..... ......................................................................................................................................... .. 13
Tests of Ma teri a l.~ ............. ............ ................ ........................................... ........................................................................ 13
Cemcnt .............................. ................ ................. ...................... ...... .............. ................. ...... .................. .................. ......... 13
.4 Aggrcgatcs ............................................................ ................... ................. ....... ................................................................ 13
Water .............. ....................... ....... ............................. .................. ..................................... ............................................... l3
Stcc1 Reinforccmcnt. ......... ..................... ........................................................ .................. .. ............................................. 14
Admixturcs .............................. ................................................ .................... ....................... ............................................. 15
.8 Storagc of Matcria1s ....................................................................................................................................................... 16
9 Standards Citcd in this Chapter .................................................................... .................... .. ......................................... 16
;
· SECTION 404 · DURABILITY REQ UIREMENTS .......................................... ............................................................. l8
j 404.1 Notation .......... .................................. ......................... .. .............. .... ....... ... ............. ............ ...... ..... .............................. .. .... 18
· 404.2 Dcfinitions ........................................................... .................................................. ............ ............................... ................ 18
!
404.3 General ........................................................ ......................................... ........................................................... ................ 19
· 404.4 Exposurc Catcgories and Classcs ........ ............................................... .. ................ ........................... ..... .................. .. ....... 19
404.5 Spccial Exposure Conditions .............................................................. ................................. ,........... .................. ............ 19
404.6 Requirements for Concrete Mixtures ..:................. ..... ............................................................................. ......................... 19
· 404.7 Ahernative Cementitious Materi als for Su1phate Exposurc ........................................ ..................................................... 19
' 404.8 Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio ........ .................................. ......... ................ ...... ........................... .. .... ... ................. 19
404.9 Con·osion Protcction of Rcinforccment ............................................................................................. ............................ 19
SECTION 405 .., CONCRETE QUALITY, MIXING AND PLACING ....................................................................... 21
405.1 Notations .. ... ..... ............................ ................ .. ..... ....... ................... ................ ........ ............. .... ....... ........... ........................ 21
405.2 General .......................... ........ ........................................... .. .... .............. ..................................... ..... .......... ............ ........... 21
405.3 Selection of Concrete Proportions ......................................................................................................... .................... .... 2 1
405.4 Proponioning on the 13as is of Field Expericncc and Tria) Mixtu res. or Both .................................................... .... 22
405.5 Proportioning without Field Expericncc or Tria! Mixtures .......... .... ....... .. ........ ........ ...................... ...... ........... ..... .. .. .. 23
405.6 Average Strength Rcduction ............................................... .................... ............................................... .. ..... ... .............. 23
405.7 Evaluat ion and Acceptancc of Concrete ..................... ........................................................................... ...................... 23
405.8 Prcpara tion of Equipmcm and Place of Dcposit. ............................ ......... ,....................... .............. ............................ 25
405.9 Mixing ............. ................ ............... .......... ........ .. .. ...... ................ .......... ... ........ ....... ................................ ..... ........... ......... 25
405. 10 Conveying .. .......................... .. .... ................... ...... ................... .......................... .................... .............. ............................ 25
405.11 Depositing ............................................................................ ............................ ........................ ...................................... 26
405. 12 Curing .... .......... ........ ....... ........................ .................. ........ ....................................... ................ ...................................... 26
4_05.13 Hot Weathcr Requirements ............ .......... ....... ....................................... ....... .... .. ............... .... .... .... ....... ..... .................. 26
SECTION 406 · FORMWORK, EMBEODED PIPES AND CONSTR UCTION JOINTS ..................................... 26
406. 1 Design of Formwork ..................................................... ............................ ................................................. ...................... 27
406.2 Removal of Fonns, Shorcs and Reshoring .... ................................. ....... .... ....... ..... .. ............. ............... ........................ 27
406.3 Conduits and Pi pes Embcdded in Concrete ................ .. ......................... .. ...... .......... ........................... ... ...................... 27
406.4 Construction Joi nts ......................... .............................................................................................. .................................. 28
SECTION 407 - DETAILS OF REI NFORCEMENT .................................................................................................... 28
407.1 Notations ............ .. ..... ........ ..... ...................... ......... ........ .. ......... ...... ....... ......... ...... ..... ... .................... ...... .............. ... ....... .. 29
407.2 Standard llooks ...................................... .. ................................................ .................. .................. ..... ........... .................. 29
407.3 Mínimum 13cnd Diameters ................ ........................................................... .................................................................. 29
407.4 Bcnding of Rcinf'orccmenl .... .................. ...... ............................... ........ ........................ ................ .. ................................ 29
407.5 S urfacc Conditions of Reinforccmcnt.. ............. ..... ......... ................... .. ..... ... .. .. ..................... ......... ..... ... ........ ........... ....... 29
407.6 Placing Reinforcement. ................................................................................................................................................... 29
407.7 S pacing Limits for Reínfo rcemcnt ....... ............. .. ................................ ... ........................................................................ 30
407.8 Concrete Protcction for Re inforccmcnt ..... ... ............. .......... ................. ...... ....... .... ...... .................... .. ........ ................... ... 31
407.9 Special Rcinforccment Details for Columns ................................ ................................. ....... ........... ....... ..... ............ ..... 32
407. 1O Connections ............................................................................................................. .. .................................................... ) )

1
Nation¡l l Struc:luml Code of lhe Philippmc-:s 1) '' h lition V01i 11111~ i
 4-2 CHAPlTFl 4 ·Concrete

407.11 Lateral Rcinforcemcnt for Comprcssion Members ................................................................................. ... .. : ·,:~

407.12 Lateral Rcinforccment for Flexura! Members................................................................................. .... . .. 4
407.1 J Shrinkage and Tempcrature Reinforcement .............. ........................................... ....... ....... ................. .... i4
407.14 Requirernents for Structural Integrity ..... .............. ...... ................................... ....... ..................... ...... ..... ·.S
SECTlON 408 - ANALYSIS AND DESIGN-GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS ......................................... ...... .. ~ ~i
408.1 Notations ........................................................................................ ............................ ..... .............. ...... ..18
408.2 Dcsign Methods ............. .............. ............................................. ..................... ... ........ ................ ..... .......... ... 38
408.3 Loading ........... ... ......................................................... ,............................ ................................................... . .... 3R
408.4 Methods of Analysís ................................................................ ............................................................. .
408.5 Rcdistribution of Negative Moments in Contínuous Non prestressed Flexura] ivlembers ......... ....... ..
408.6 Modulus of Elasticity ...................... ................................. .......................... .................................. ... .......... .. .
408.7 Lightweight Concrete........................................................................... .. .... ............ ...................... ..... ... ....... .. .... .. .... ;9
4()8.8 Stiffness ... ....... .......................... .................... ......... ........................ ....................................... .......... .. ........ .. ..~ ,_.
408.9 Effective Stiffness 10 Determine Lateral Detlectíons.............. .. ........................................... ................. . :O
408.1() Span L..ctlgtJl ............................................................. ............ .... ... ...... ... .......... .......................................... ......... ... ...... .. t:l;
408. JI Co1urnns ...... ...... ........................ ............................................. .. .............. ............................................. .. ... .. .... .............. 'i!.i
408.12 ArTar1ger11cnt of Live L{laci ..... .. ................................................................... .......................................... .................. . /! 1 ~
408.13 T-l>eatll CotlstrLtctiOrl .... ................ ................................. ............................ ............ ........................... .............. ..... . ,..; !':
408.J4 Jc)ist CorlStltlction........................... .......................... .. .... .. ................... .. .... ..... .. .. ... ........ ........... ...... ....... . ... .. ... _., ~
408.15 Separatc Floor Finísh ................................................................. .......... .. .. .............. ............. ........ .................... ........ .... ... ·1 1
SECTION 409 - STRENGTH AND SERVICEABILITY REQUIREMENTS............................................. .............. -12
409.1 Notations ..................... .. ........ ................. ........ ............ .......................... .. ............ ........ .......... ....................... 112
409.2 General.... ...... .. ........... ................... .. .... ............ ..... ......................... ...... ...... ............... ....... ...... ...... .......... .. .... . .... ........... /;)
409.3 Required Strcngth .... ............. .. ... ........................... ....................... ...... ..... .................................................. .......... .. ...
409.4 Dcsign Strength....................................... ...... ..... .... .................. .... .......... ..................................................... ..! ;_
409.5 Design Strcngth for Rcinforcctncnt ...... ........................... ...... .................. ................ ............. ...... ........ ... . . / ·!.
409.6 Cclrltr<)l ()f Deflections ....... .. ................................... ................ ................... .......... .. ................ ..... ........... ' ! -"~-
l..· . . . .. • •

SECTION 410 - FLEXURE AND AXIAL LOADS ................................................................................... .. ........ ... .... 1i'l
410.1 Notations...................................................... .............. ................................... ................................ .... ... ..... ... .. .. .. .. 1!1
410.2 SCOJ)C .. ........... , .. ............ ..... ... . . ... ... ......... .. ............ .... .... . .... . ......... ,. ..... . ..... ............ .. ... . .. .............. ... ... ... ..... .... . . . /! :.;
410.3 Design Assurnptíons ................................. ... ........... .. ............ ....................... ....... ........ ... ........... ................ .......... .. .. .. ... 4};
410.4 General Principies and Rcquircments.................................................. ...................... ................... .. ............... .... .. 4'.'
410.5 Distancc between Lateral Suppons of Flexura! Mcmbcrs ...................... ............................................................ .. ..... 49
410.6 Mínimum Rcinforcement of Flexura! Members .................................................................. .. ..... .. ....... .............. ....... 50
410.7 Distribution of Flexura! Reinforccment in !3eams and One-way Slabs ........... ................ ........ .................... ....... .... . 50
410.8 Dcep !3cams ..... ... ............ ..................................................... ............................ ............................. ... .................... .. ... ... .. 50
410.9 Dcsign Dimensions for Compression Mcmbers ........ ........ .... ...... .. ...... ........... ......... .. ... ........... ............... .... ...... .... ... .. ~i ~
410.10 Limits for Rei nforcernent of Compression Mcmbcrs ........................... .. .. ............ .. ........ ... ............. ............ .
410.11 Slenderncss Effccts in Compression Mcmbers ................ ............... .. .... .......... .. .............. .. .... .. ......................... . .. : )j

410.12 Magnified Moments ..................................................................... .. .............. ................ ...... .............. .. ........ . \'.·

410. 13 Momcnt Magnification Procedure- Nonsway ............................................................ .. ........ ...... ........ .... .... . l ,

410.14 Mornent Magnification Proccdure- Sway ....................... ...................................................................... . . .. ....... ..

410.15 Axiatly Loadcd Mcrnbers Suppo11lng Slab Systen1 ................... ........................ ............ .... ...... .. .... ..... :._,.:
410.16 Transmission of Column Loads through Ftoor System ...... ..... ...... ................. .................... .......... ... .
410.17 Compositc Compressíon Mcmbers .......... ............... ............ ........ ............ .... ....... ......... .. .... ........ ........ .... .
410.18 Bearing Strength ................... ............... ... .................. ........ ..... ..................... ........... .. ......... .. ...... ......... .
SECTION 411 - SHEAR AND TORSION .....................................................................................................
411.1 Notations ................. .. ........ .................................... .. ............................ .. ......................... ............ ......... .. .. se
411.2 Shear Strcngth ..... .. ........... .. ... ......... ..... ....... ........ ................................. .. ............ ..................................... . .. 5'7
411.3 Lightweight Concrete ............ .................. ....................... .... ...... .... ....... ...... ...... ...................................... .. . .. '·..,··,
4 t 1.4 Shear Strcngth Providcd by Concrete for Nonprcstresscd Members ... ...... ........ ...... ........................ .. ..
41 1.5 Shcm Strcngth Provídcd by Concrete for Prestresscd Membcrs ....... ................ ...... ..................... ..
4 11 .6 Shcar Strcngth Provídcd by Shca r Rcínforccmcnt ........................................,.. ................ ................... .
411.7 Dcsign for Torsion .. ... .............................................. ... ....... ..... .. .. ................ .............. ......................... .
411.8 Shcar - Friction .. ............... .......... .................. .. .. ........... ... .. .... .... .......... ................... ........... ................. ..... .
41 1.9 Decp Bcams ..................... .............. ..................... ..... ...... .............. .... .. ...... ...... .................. .................... ..... ....... . .65

Assodatíon of Strur;tural Engineers of tlle Philippines

 CHAPTE R 4 ·Concrete ·1·3

41 1. 1O Provisions for Brackets and Corbels... ...... .. . . .. . .. ... .. .................................................................................................. 65

41 1.1 1 Provisions for Walls ............................................... .. ................................................................................................. 66
411 .12 Transfer of Moments to Columns............................. . ................................................................................................... 67
411 .13 Provisions for Slabs and Footings ........................ .. ................................................................................................. 67
SECTJON 412 - DEVELOPMENT AND SPUCES OF REINFORCEMENT ........................................................ 70
412.1 Notations................................................. .......... . .......... .. ...... ............................ ......... ................ ........... ............. ..... ......... 70
412.2 Development of Reinforcement- General....... ...... .... .. .......................................... ....................................... ................ 7 1
412.3 Developmcnt of Deformed Bars and Deformed Wi. ,, in Tension............................................................................. 7 1
412.4 Deve1opment of Deformed Bars in Compression.... .. ............................................................................................... 72
412.5 Development of Bundled Bars.:................................. .. .................................................................. ............................. 72
412.6 Dcvclopment of Standard Hooks in Tension ............. .. .................................. ............................................................. 72
412.7 Dcvclopment ofHeadcd and Mcchanically Anc horcd [ dormed Bars in Tension ..................................................... .... 73
412.8 Dcvclopment of Welded Deformed Wire Reinforcer. 1.:nt in Tension ........... ............................................................. 73
412.9 Development of Welded Plain Wire Reinforcement il Tcnsion ............................................................................ ..... 73
412. 1O Devclopment of Prestressi ng Strand .............................. . .............................................................................................. 74
412.11 Development of flexura! Reinforcement - General........ .. ............................................................................................. 74
412.12 Development of Positive Moment Reinforcement........ .. ............................................................................................ 74
412.13 Development ofNegative Moment Reinforcement. ...................................................................................................... 75
412.14 Developmcnt of Web Reinforcement ............. ............... ....................... ...................................................................... 75
412.15 Splices of Reinforcement . General................................ .. .................... ................... ................................................... 76
41 2.16 Splices of Deformed Bars and Deformed Wire in Tensi. Hl ....................... ............... .... ....... ........... ...... .. ........ ............ 76
412.17 Splices of Dcfonned Bars in Compression ........................ .. ......................................................................................... 77
412.1 8 Special Spliccs Rcquirements for Columns ................................................................................................................. 77
412.19 Splices of Weldcd Deformed Wire Reinforcemem in Tens 'on ..................................................................................... 77
412.20 Splices of Weldcd Plain Wire Reinforcemem in Tension .... .. ......... ...................... ..................................................... .. 78
SECTION 413 • TWO-WAY SLAB SYSTEMS ................................................................................................................... 78
413.1 Notations......................................... ......................................... . ......... ............................................................................. 78
413.2 Scope ........... ............................................................................. . .................................................................................... 79
413.3 Definitions .......................................................... ....................... .. .................................................................................. 79
413.4 Slab Reinforcemcnt .................................................................... . ....................................................... ............................ 79
413.5 Openings in Slab Systems ...................................... ..................... ................................................................................... 8 1
413.6 Design Proccdurcs .................... ...... ................ ....... ....................... .. ............................................................ ........... .. ....... 82
413.7 Dircct Dcsign Mcthod ................................................................ ........................... .............. ...... .................. ... ........... ...... 82
413.8 Equivalcnt Frame Method . .................... ................ ...................... ... . .................. .................. ........................................... 85
SECTION 414- WALLS........................................................................................................................................................ 86
414.1 Notations........................... . ............. ......... ............... ....................... .. . ........................... .......... .. ...................................... 87
414.2 Scope ......... ......... ................ ............ ................ ............................... ............................................................................... 87
414.3 General .................... ..... ................................................................... .. ............................................................................ 87
. 414.4 Mínimum Reinforcement.. ....................................................... .... ..... . .......................... ................ ........ ..................... .... 87
414.5 Walls Designas Compression Members ............... ......................... ... .. ..................... .................................................... 88
414.6 Empirical Design Method ................................................................... . ......................................................................... 88
414.7 Non -Bearing Walls............. ....................... ........................................... .. ....................................................................... 88
4 14.8 Walls as Grade Beams ............................................................................ .. ..................................................................... 89
414.9 Altemate Dcsign of Slender Walls ........................................................ ...................................................................... 89
SECTION 415 - FOOTINGS ............................................................................ . .................................................................... 89
415.1 Notations .............. .................... ............. ............... ..................................... .. ...... ................. ..................................... ....... 90
415.2 Scope .................................................. .... ............... .................. ...... .............. .................................................... ............. 90
415.3 l.FJ;,ds and Reactions ............................................ ........ ....................... ............ ...... ....................................................... ()0
415.4 Footings Supporting Circular o r Regular Polygon-Shaped Columns or Pctb als .......................................................... QO
415.5 Mo mcnl in Footings ............ ............................................................................ . ... .......................................................... 90
4 15.6 Shcar in Footings ........................ .......... .... ....... ......... .................. ................... .... ............................................................ 90
415.7 Development of Re inforcernent in Footings .... ........ .. .. ........... .............. ...... ...... .. . ............. .. ........ ........................... ....... 9 1
415.8 Mínimum Footing Depth .................................. ....... .............................................. .. ........ ............... ................................ 91
415.9 Transfcr of Force at Base of Column, Wall or Rcinforccment Pedestal................. .. ...................................................... 91
415. 1O Sloped or Stepped Footings ............................................ ....................................... ....................................................... 92
415.11 Combined Footings and Mats .................................................................................. .. .............................................. ..... 92

Natíonal Structural Code of the Philippmes 6 11' Edition Volu;r.· ~ 1

 4-4 CHAPTEH 4 - Concrete

415.12 Plain Concrete Pcclcstals anct Footings............................ ....... .. .......................... .......... ............................................... 92
SECTION 416- PRECAST CONCRETE ..................................... ...................................................................................... 92
416. 1 Notations.................................................................................. . .................................................................................... 92
1
416.2 Scope ........................................................................................ ............ ......................................................... ................. 92
-~ 416.3 General..................................................................................... . ..................................................................................... 92
416.4 Distribution of Forccs among Membcrs........ .. ................................................................................................................ 92
4 16.5 Member Dcsign ....................................................................... ...................................... ................................................. 93
416.6 Structural lntcgrity ............ ........................... ........................... . ........................................................................ ............. 93
416.7 Conncction and Bcaring Dcsign ...................................... ....... ............ .. ................................................................ ........... 93
416.8 ltcms Embcdde ·1 '\ftcr Concrete Placcment .......................... .. ...................................................................................... 94
416.9 Marking and ldcntification..................................................... .. ................... ................................................................... 94
416.10 Handl ing.............................................................................. . ....................................................................................... 94
4 16.! 1 Strength Evaluation of Precast Construction ................................................................................................................ 94
SECTION 417- COMPOSITE CONCRETE FLEXURAL Mif,.~fBERS ........................................................................... 95
4! 7.1 Notations .............................................................................. . ................ ......................................................................... 95
417.2 Scopc............................................................................... .... . .......................................................................................... 95
417.3 General ................................................................................ ...................... ........... ..................... ...................................... 95
417.4 Shoring ................ ............................................................... .... .......... ............ ..................................................................:95
417.5 Ye11ical Shear Strength ................................................................................................................................................... 95
4 17.6 Horizontal Shear Strength ............................................................................................................................................... 95
417.7 Ti es for Horizontal Shear ................................................. .. ............................................................................................ 96
SECTION 418- PRESTRESSED CONCRETE ..................................................................................................................... 97
4 18.1 Notations ........................................................................................................................................................................... 97
418.2 Scope ....................................................................................................................... ........................................................ 97
418.3 General ............ .. ............... ........... ............... ................... .. .. .............. .. ...................................................................... .... 97
418.4 Dcsign Assumptions ................ .............................. ...... .. ................................................................................................ 98
418.5 Pcrmissihlc Stresses in Concrete- Flexura! Members .................................................................................................. 98
418.6 Pcrmissible Stress in Prestressi ng Tendons ................ ...................... ............................................................................. 99
418.7 Loss of Prcstrcss ......... ............................................... .. .................................................................................................. 99
4 18.7.2 f-riction Loss in Post-Tcnsioning Tendons............. ..................................................................................................... 99
418.8 Flexura! Strcngth......................... ............................ .. ................................... ............................................................... 100
4!8.9 Limits for Reinforcemenl of Flexura! Members .... .. ........................................ ........................................................... 100
4 18.10 Minimurn Bonded Reinforccmcnt. ............... ........ ................................. .................. .............. .................... .. ................ 100
418.1 1 Statically lndctcrrninate Structu rcs .... ................. . ....................................... ............................................................... 101
4! R.l2 Compression Mcmbers- Combincd Flex ura! ar . i Axial Loads ...... ........................................................................... 101
418.13 Slab Systcms: .................................................................... ......................................................................................... 102
4 18. 14 Post-Tcnsioned Ten don Anchorage Zones .. . .. .. ................................................................... ................................... 103
4 18.15 Dcsign of Anchoragc Zoncs for Monostrami 1 1r Single 16 mm Diametcr Bar Tendons .............................................. 104
418.16 Dcsign of Anchorage Zones for Multistr:. ;m-' , T<.'ndons ............................................................................................... 104
418.17 Corrosion Protcction for Unbonded Prc~u.- .sin!! Tendons .......................................................................................... 105
418.18 Post-Tensioning Ducts.... ......... .............. . ......·.-.................... ................................................................ .................. ... . 105
418. 19 Grout for Bonded Prestress ing Tcndon·. .. ................................................. ............... .................................................. 105
418.20 Protection for Prestressing Stecl.. ...... .. ................................................................................................................... 105
418.21 /\pplication and Measurement of Prcq· ~ssing Force ................................................................................................... 105
418.22 Post-Tensioning Anchoragcs and Co11. ,Jcrs .................................................................................. ............................... 106
4 18.23 Externa! Post- Tcnsioning.............. .. ........................................................................................................................ 109
SECTION 419- SIIELLS ANO FOLOEI> PLATE i'v1EMimRS ................................................. ,..................................... l09
4!9. 1 Notations ......................................... .. ............................................................... ........................................................... !09
419.2 Scopc And Dcfinit ions................... . .. ........ .. .. ... ............. ...... ............. ...... ...................................................................... 109
4 19.1/\nalysis and Dcsign ........ .......... . .. .............. .... .......... ................................ ..... ......... .................................................. 110
419.4 Dcsig n strcngth of Malcrials ..... .. ...... ........................................................... ....................... .. .................................... 110
419.5 Shcl l Rcinforccmcnt................ .. ............................................... ................................................................................. 110
419.6 Co nstruct ion............................ . ............................................................................................. .................................... 111
SECTION 420- STRENGTII EV,\1 ,UATION OF EX ISTING STRUCTURES ............................................................. l12
420.1 Notations............................... ...................................................................................................................................... 112
420.2 Strcngth Evaluation-Gencral ....................................................................................................................................... 112

/\ssor:l(lliCH1 of Sirucluréll r:n91fl0ers or t11e Pl111ipp1nes

 CHAPTEii 4 -Concrete 4-!i

420.3 Dctcrmination of Requircd Dimensions and Material Prope1i ies .. ............ ............. ....................................................... 11 2
420.4 Load Test Proccdurc .................................................... .................. ................................... .. .. ..... .................................... 11 2
":,:
;, 420.5 Loading Criteria .......................... .. ........................ :...................... ............................................... .. .... ........................... 113
420.6 Acceptance Critc1ia .......................... .. .................. ,........ .... ............................... .... .. .... .................... ............................... 113
420.7 Provisions for Lowcr Load Rating ............................. .............. ................................................................................ ...... 113
420.8Safcty ................................................................................. ... .................................. ............ .. .... ................... .......... .. .. .. .. ll3
SECTION 421- EARTHQUAKE ImSISTANT STRUCTURES .................................................................................... 113
421.1 Notations ............................................................................................. .. ...... .......... .... ...... .. ............ ............... .......... ........ 11 4
421.2 Dcfinitions ................................................... ............ ............ ................................. ....... ... ........ .. ............... ........ :........... .. 11 5
421.3 General Requiremcnts ..................................................... .............. ................................ ..................... ......... .. ....... ....... .. 11 6
421.:1.\) Mechanical Splices in Special Moment Frames and Special Structural Walls.. .............. .. ..................... ...... ........... .. . 117
421.4 lntennediate Precast Structural Walls ................................ ..................................... .... ........ ....... .. ....... ... ... ..................... l 18
/
421.5 Flexura! Mcmbers of Spccial Moment Frames .................. ............... .......................... .. .... ............... ...... ............... ....... .. 118
' 421.6 Specia1 Moment Frame Subjected to Bending and Axial Load ................ .. ............. ......... ............... ........ .......... .. .... .. .... 11 9
~·:

421.7 Joints ofSpecial Moment Frames ...................................................................... ..... ...... ...... .................................... ....... l 21
421.8 Special Rcinforced Concrete Structural Walls and Coupling Beams ... ...... .. ............................................................. .... 122
421.9 Structural Diaphragms aJl(J Trusses ....... .. ......... .................... ........ ................ ....................... ................. ......... ........... ..... 125
421 .lO Foundations ...................................................................... ................................ .................... ................... .................... 127
421.11 Members not Designated as P:u1 of the Seismic-Force-Resisting System ......................... ........ .............. .. .... ...... ........ !28
421.!2 Requirements for Intermediate Moment Frames, Seismic Zone 2......................... ............ ........... ........ ....................... 129
421 . !3 Spccial Moment Frames Using Precast Concrete ........................................... .......... ............ .......... ................... .......... 130
421 .14 Ordinary Moment Frames ................................................................. .................................... ....... .. .... ...... .. .................. 13 1
\ 421.15 Spccial Structural Walls Consttuctcd Using Precast Concrete........ ...................... ..... ...... .. .. .'............. ............ ...... 131
SECTION 422- STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE ..................................................................................................... l32
422.1 Notations ........................ .. ........ ...... .. ........ ....................... ...... ............ .................... ... ........... ............. ......... ... .................. l32
422.2 Scopc ............... .. ..................... ............... ................................... ...... ..... .................................. ...... .... .. ............ .... ...... ...... 132
1 422.3 Limitations ................................................................................ ...... .. ...................... ....... ..... ............. ...... ........................ 132
i 422.4 Joims ...................... ........... .. .............................. ............ .... .. ...... ............. ........................ .......................................... ...... 132
422.5 Dcsign Method ...................... ...... ................ ............... .. .. ...... ... .................................. .... ............... ... .. ........ .................... 133
422.6 Strength Dcsign ..... .. ... .. ....... ...... .... .............. .. ............ ....... ......... .................... .......... ............ .... .......... ........... ................. 133
422.7 Walls ............................... ........................... ...... ................ ......... .................... .......... ............. ... .. .. .... .. ............ .......... ...... 134
422.8 Footing ... .... .. ..... ................ ....... .............. ....... ... ... .......... .. .. .......... ........ .. ............ ............. ............ .. ........................... ....... 134
422.9 Pedestals .................... ..................... ....... ......... .... .... .. .. .... ...................... ............. .................... .... .. .. .... .... ...... ........... ....... 135
422.10 Precast Membcrs ............... ..... ......... ............................................................................... .... .. ... ... ............................. ..... 135
422.11 Plain Concrete in Earthquakc- Resisting Structurcs ..................................... ...... .. .. .... .. ........ ........ .. ...... ................ ........ 135
SECTION 423- ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE .......................................................................................................... 136
423.1 Delinitions ...................... .... ...... .... .... .................. .. .. ........ ... ..... ............ ..... ...... ... ... ........ ............... ... .. .............. ................ 136
423.2 S cope ................................ .. ... ......... ... .. ............................... ............ ........................... .... ........ ............... ...... ........ .......... . 137
423.3 General Requirements .. ...... ..... ...... ... .. ..... ....... .................. ........................... ............ .... ................ .. .. .. .......... ....... ..... ... ... 137
423.4 General Requircments for Strength of Anchors .. .. .. ....... ............ ......... ......... .... .. ..... ................... .. .. .. ..... ................ .... ..... 138
423.5 Design Requirements for Tensile Loading ... .. .................................... ... ............................ .. ................ ...... ...... .............. 139
426.6 Desing Rcquirements for Sbear Loading ................. ....... ....... .... .. .... ................ .. ........ .. ...... .................. ...... ........... .... ..... 141
423.7 lnteraction ofTensi1e and Shear Forces .. .......................................... .............. ..... ........ ........ ..... ....,....................... .... ..... 143
423.8 Required Edgc Distances, Spacings, and Thickness to Prcclude Splitting Fai lure ............. ....... ...... ............. ...... ...... ..... 143
423.91nstallation of Anchors ............... ....... ..... ........ .................... ............... ......... ................... ...... .... .. .. .................. .............. 144
SECTION 424- ALTERNATE DESIGN METHOD ....................................... .................................................................. l44
424.1 Notation~ .. .. . .... .... .. ... .... ... .. ......... ....................... ......... ... ... ...... ......... .......... ...... ............ ......... ..... .. .. ..... ....... ......... 144
424.2 Scope ... ............... .................. .... .......... ......... ... .... . ............. ...... ..... ....... ...... .. .. ........ ...... ..... ....... .......... ...... ... ........ ......... 145
424.3 Ge neral ........... ...... .... ...... .... ............... .......... ..... .. ..... ... ......... ...... .... .......... ............... ..... ........ .......... ...... ..... .......... ........ ... 145
424.4 Pennissible Servicc Load Strcsses ........................ .......... ............. ...... .. .. .. ... ... ............................ ... ...... .. .......... ......... .. .. . 145
424.5 Dc vc lopmc nt and Spliccs of Rcinf'on:cmcrll .... ........ .. .... .............. ........................ ..... ..... ................... .. .... ......... ........ ... .. . 145
424.7 Compression Mcmbcrs With or Without Flexure ...... .. ............... ........... .. ......................... ...... ....................................... 146
424.R S hcar and Torsion .... ..... ......... .... ...... ......................... ...... ......... ........... ........... .............. ........... .... ... ....... .. .. .... ..... ....... ..... 146
SECTION 425 - ALTERNATIVE PROVISIONS FOR IU:INFORCED AND PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
FLEXURAL AND COMPRESSION MEMBimS ......................................................................................................... ..... J48
425. 1 Scopc ......... ........... ............. .... .. ...... ...... ........ .. ..... ............................................. ............ .... .......... ... ...... .... ..... .. ..... ........... 149

N;JliOili·l l Structural C:ode of the Pl111ip p i1H:!S 6'~< E:dilion Volurne 1

 4·6 CHAI)Tf:li 4 ··Concreto

425 .2 Rcdistribution of Ncgative Momcnts in Continuous Non-Prcstrcsscd Flexura! Mcmbcrs ......................... ................... l/1 9
SECTION 426 - ALTEHNATIVI~ LOAD AND STRENGTH REDUCTION FACTORS .............................................. I 50
SECTION 427 STRUT AND TIE MODELS ....................................................................................................................... l52
427.1 Dcfinitions ......................................... ............... .............................. ............................ ......................... ......................... 152
427.2 Strut-andTie Modcl Dcsign Procedure ......... ........ ................. ............ ..... .. .. ...... ...... .... ............. .............. .. ... ..... .. .. ........... l57
427.3 Strength of Struts .......................... ................ .................. .. ........... ... .. ... .. ..... ............. .... .......... .................. ....... .... .. ....... 157
427.4 Strength ofTies ...... ......................................... .. .......... .. ................. .............. ...... ................ ............................................ l58
427.5 Strength of Nodal Zones ................................... .......... .. ........................... .. .. ............ ..... .......................... ....................... 159

Association ot Struclural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 1\-7

401.2.7 Concrete on Stccl Form Deck

401.2.7.1 Design and construction of structural concrete

401.1 Notation
f, = speci fied comprcssi ve strcngth of concrete, M Pa
401.2 Seope
...
401.2.1 This c.:haptcr providcs mmtmum requirement~. for
the design and construction of structural concrete elcments
of any building _or othcr structure under requircments of the
National Building Code of the Philippines of which this
Section of the National Structural Code of the Philippincs,
Volume 1, forms a part of. This section also covers the
strcngth evaluation of existing concrete structures.
For SIIUC!Ural concrete,r.
shall 110( be less than 17 MPa.
No rnaximum value off, shall apply unless restricted lby a
spccific codc provision.
1 401.2.2 This chapter shall govern in allmatters pertaining to
slabs cast on stay-in-place, noncomposite steel fonn deck
are governed by this chapter.
401.2.7.2 This chapter does not govern the composite
dcsign of structural concrete slabs cast on stay-in-place,
composite stecl form cleck. Co ncrete used in the
construction of such slabs shall be governed by Sections
40 1 to 406 of this chapter, where applicable. Portions of
such slabs designed as reinforced concrete are governed by
this Chapter.
401.2.8 Special Provisions for Earthquake Resistance
401.2.8.1 In regions of moderare (seismic Zone 2) or high
seismic risk (seismic Zone 4), provisions of Section 421
shall be satisfied. See Section 421.3.1.
401.2.9 This chaptcr does not govern design and
construction of tanks and rescrvoirs.

the dcsign, const ructi on, and material properties of Guidancc on design and construction of concrete tanks and
structural concrete elements whcrcver this chapter is in reservoir shall be obtained from the American Concrete
1
¡ conllict with rcquiremcnts contained in other standards lnstitute ACI 350-01 or AC I 350-06 "Code Requirements
referenced in this chapter. for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures" unless
sufficient supponing evidcnce can be obtained from
401.2.3 Dcsign and construction of one- and two-family recognized literature.
dwel!ings and multiplc singlc-family dwell ings
(townhouses) and their accessory structures will be covered
by provisions of the National Stmctural Code of the
Philippines, Volume 111, Housing.

401.2.4 r:or unusual structures, such as archcs, tanks,

rescrvoirs, bins and silos, blast-resiMant structures. and
chimneys, provisions of this chaptcr shall govern whcre
applicablc. Scc also 422.2.3.

401.2.5 Thi s chapter does not govern dc~ign and installation

of portions of concrete pilcs and drilled piers cmbedded in
ground cxcept fo r stntcturcs in regions of hi gh seismic risk
or assigned to high scismic performance or design
catcgories. See Scction 421.10.4 for rcquirements for
concrete piles. drilled picrs, and caissons in stmcturcs in
regions of high seismic risk (Jf assigncd to high seismic
performance or dcsign categorics ..

401.2.6 This chaptcr docs not govern dcsign and

construction of soil-supportcd slabs, unless the slab
transmit!-. vertical loads from othcr portions of thc structure
lo lhc soil.

1
Na tional S twc.:turéll Cocle of tl"le Pl1ilippines 6 1> Edition Volunw 1
 4-8 CHAPlTf~ 4 ·Concrete
s~~WlQN:~~4Q~ ,.' . ,
DEFINITIONS ' ; ,;, ,.
The fol!owing tcnns are dcf'incd for general use in this
chapter. Spccializcd definitions appear in indi vidual
seciÍOllS.
ADMIXTURE is material other than water, aggregate, or
hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of concrete and
added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its
prope11ies.
AGGREGATE is granular material, such as sa nd, grave!,
crushed stone and iron blast-furnace slag, and when used
with a cementing medium forms a hydraulic cement
concrete or mortar.
AGGREGATE, LIGHTWEIGHT is aggregatc with a dry,
loosc wcíght of 1120 kgftn·l or lcss.
AIR-DRY WEIGHT is the unit weight of a lightweight
concrete specimcn cured for seven days with ncither loss
nor gain of moisturc at 15° e to 27° e and dried for 21 days
in 50± 7 percent rclative humidity at 23" e ± 1. 1o c.
ANCHORAGE DEVICE IN POST-TENSIONING is a
device used to anchor tcndons to concrete mcmbcr; in
pretcnsioning, a dcvicc used to anchor tendons du rin g
hardcning of concrete.
ANCHORAGE ZONE IN POST-TENSIONED
MEMBimS is thc portion of the mcmber through whic h
th c concentrated prcstrcssing force is transf'crrcd to thc
concrete and distributed more uniforml y across the section.
lts extcnt is cqual lO thc largcst dimcnsion of thc cross
section. For intcrmediate anchoragc deviccs, the anchorage
wnc includes the di sturbed rcgions ahead of and bchi nd thc
anchorage deviccs.
BASE OF STRUCTURE is that lcvcl at which the
horizontal carthquakc ground moti o ns are .assumed to be
impartcd to a building. This leve! does not ncccssarily
coincide with thc ground lcvcl. Scc Scctio n 42 1.
HAS IC 1\lONOSTRAND ANCHORAGE DEVICE ts
an anchoragc dcvicc us(~d with ;1ny single strand ora si ngle
16 111111 or sma!l er diamctcr bar that sari sfic.s Scction
4 18.22.1 and thc anchoragc d ev i ct~ requircrncnts of thc Post-
Tcnsioning lnsti tui c\ "Speq/ication Jilr Unlwnded Single
St J'(llld T<•JTdOJTJ ".
BASie MlJLTISTRAND A NeHOI{AGE DEVI CE ts
an anchorage (kv icc uscd with multiplc strands. hars or
wires, or single bars larger than 16 mm diameter, that
sacisties Scction 418.22.1 and thc bearing stress and
mínimum plate stiffncss requ irements of AASHTO Standard
Spec(fication.\· Jor !Iighway Bridge.\·, 17'" Edition, 2002,
Division 1, Scctions 9.2 1.7.2.1 through 9.2 1.7.2.4.
BONDED TENDON is a prestressing tendo n that is bonded
to concrete citilcr cl irectly or through grouting.
BOUNDAI~Y ELEMENT is that portio n along su uct ural
wa l! and structural diaphragm edge strengthened by
longitudinal and transvcrse rcinforcemcnt. Boundary
elements do not ncccssaril y require increase in the thickness
of wall or diaphragm. Edgcs of opening within wa!ls and
diaphragms shall be providcd wi th boundary elements as
rcquircd by Section 42 1.8.6.2 or 42 1.9.7.5. See Scction 421.
CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS are materials as
specificd in Section 403 wilich llave ccmenting value when
used in concrete ei ther by themselves, such as p011!and
cement, blcnded hydrauli c ccments and cxpansive cemcnt,
or such matcrials in combina tion with f1y ash, raw or othcr
calcincd natural pozzolans, silica fume, or ground
granulatcd b!ast -furnace slag.
eOLLECTOR ELEMENT is <in elcmcnt that acts in axiu l
tension or compression to transmit earthquake-i nduced
forces betwec n a st ru ctural diaphragm and a vertical
element of the seismic-fo rce-resisting systcm. Sec Section
421.
COLUMN is a mcmbc r with a ratio or height-to -least-
lateral dimension of 3 or greater used primarily lo support
axia l compressivc load. For a tapercd mcmber, thc lcast
lateral di mension is thc average of th e top ancl bottom
di mcns ions of thc smaller side.
COMPOSITE CONCRETE FLEXURAL MEMBERS
are conc rete fl ex ura! members of precast and cast-in-place
concrete c lcments, or both, conslructcd in separa te place-
ments but so intcrconnected that all e!emcnts respond to
loads as a unit.
CO MPHESSION-CONTIWLLED SECTION is a cross
scction in wh ich thc net te nsile strain in the extreme tensi011
stcel at nominal strcngth is lcss than or equal lo thc
comprcssi on .. con trol led strai n limit.
COM PRESSION-CONTROLLED STRAIN LIMIT is
the net tcnsilc st rain at balanccd strain conditions. Sce
Scction 410.4 .3.
CONCHETE is a mixture of portland ccmcn t or any nther
hydrau lic ccnlent, fi ne aggrcgatc, coarsc aggrcgatc ;md
water, with or wirhou! admixturcs.

coNCRETE, NORMALWEIGHT is concrete convaining
only aggregate that conforms to ASTM C33.
CONCRETE, SAND-LIGHTWEIGIIT is lightweight
concrete containing only normal weight aggregatc that
confonns to ASTM C33 and only lightweight aggregntc that
confonns to ASTM C330.
CONCRETE, SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE
STRENGTH OF <fr) is !he compressive strength of
:.
concrete uscd in design and evaluated in accordance with
provisions of Scction 405 in MPa. Whcnevcr the quantity
¡, is undcr a radical sigo, square root of numerical value
only is intended, and result has units of MPa.
CONCRETE, STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT is
concrete containing lightweight aggregatc that conforms to
Section 403.4 and has an air-dry unit weight as determined
by "Test Merhod for Unit Weighr of Srructural Lighrweight
Concrete" (ASTM e 567) not exceeding 1840 kg!m 3 . In
this code, a lightweight concrete comaining only lightweight
coarse and fine aggregates that conform to ASTM e330 is
termed "concrete, all-lightweight", and lightweight concrete
containing lightweighl aggregate and an equilibrium
density, as dctcrmined by ASTM e567, between 1440
3 3
kg/m and 1840 kg/m , is termed "concrete, lightweight."
eONNECTlON is a region thal joins 1wo or more
membcrs. In Scclion 42 1, a connection also refers to a
rcgion that joins mcmbcrs of which onc or more is precasl,
for which the foll owing more specific definilions apply:
DUCTILE CONNECTION is a connec1ion that
expericnces yielding as a rcsult of the earthquake design
displ accments.
STRONG CONNECTION a connection that rcmains
clastic while adjoining members cxperiencc yielding as a
resuh of the earthquake dcsign displaccments.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS . are documenls, including
the project drawings and project specifications, covering thc
requircd Work.
CONTitACTION JOINT is a forrncd, sawed, or woled
groove in a concrete structure to crcate a wcakcned plane
and regulale the location of crackin!! resulting from thc
dimensional change of differcm parts m· •hc stn1cturc.
eOVER, SPECIFIED CONCUETE is the distancc
bctwccn 1he outerrnost surface of cmbcddcd rcu1forccmen1
and thc closcst mllcr surfacc of the concrete indicaled on
dcsign drawings or in project spccifications.
eROSSTIE is a continuous reinforci ng bar hav1ng a
scisrnic hook at onc cnd and a hook not lcss than 90-<icgree
National Struc:tural CocJ(·! of t1 1e Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete 4·9
hooks with at !cast six-diameter extension at ú1e other end.
The hooks shall engage periphcra! longitudinal bars. 1l1e
90-degree hooks of two successive crossties engaging the
same longitudinal bars shall be altemated end for end. See
Scctions 407,421.
CURVATURE FRICTION is friction resulting from bends
or curves in the spccified prestressing tendon profile.
DEFORMED REINFORCEMENTS are defon'ned
reinforcing bars, bar and rod mats, dekm1ed wire, welded
smooth wire fabric and weldcd deformed wire fabric
conforming to Section 403.6.3.
DESIGN DISPLACEMENT is the total lateral
displacement expected for the design-basis earthquake, as
required by the governing code for earthquake-resistant
design . See Section 42 1.
DESIGN LOAD COMBINATIONS are lhe combination
of factored loads and forccs in Section 409.3.
DESIGN STORY DRIFT RATIO is the relative
difference of design displacemcnt in bctwcen the top and
bottom of a story, divided by the story hcight. See Section
421.
DEVELOPMENT LENGTH is the leng1h of embedded
reinforcement required to develop the dcsign strength of
reinforcement al a critical section. See Section 409.4.3.
DROP PANEL is a projcction below the slab used 10
reduce the amount of negative reinforcemcnt over a column
or the minimum required slab lhickness. and lo increase the
slab shear strcngth. Sce Sections 413.3.5 and 413.4.7.
DUCT is a conduit (plain or corrugaled) to accommodate
prestressing steel fo r post-tensioned installation.
Requircments for post-tensioning ducts are given in Section
418.18.
EFFECTIVE DEPTH OF SECTION (d) is the distance
measurcd from extreme compression fiber to centroid of
tcnsion reinforcemenl.
EFFECTIVE PRESTRESS is the stress remammg in
prestressing tendons aftcr all losses have occurred.
cxcluding effects of dcad load and superimposed load.
EMBEDMENT LENGTH is 1hc lenglh of ernbcdded
rei nforcemcnt providcd beyond a critica! scction.
EQUILIBRIUM DENSITY is the density of lightweight
concrete afler exposurc 10 a relative humidity of 50 ± 5
pcrccnl and a (cmpcraturc of 21.00 ± 2.(X)0 e for a period of
time sufficientto rcach constant density (sce ASTM C567).
111
 4-10 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete
EXTREME TENSION STEEL is the reinfon.:emcnt
(prestressed or nonprestrcssed) that is the fanhest from the
extreme comprcssion fi bcr_
HEADED DEFORMED BARS are dcformcd rcinforcing
bars with heads attached at one or both cnds. Hcads are
anached to thc bar end by means such as welding or forgíng
onto the bar, interna! threads on the hcad mating to threads
on the bar end, ora separate threaded nut to sccurc the hcad
of the bar. Thc net bealing arca of headed clcfornwd bar
equals the gross arca of the head minus the larger of tht· arca
of the bar and thc arca of any obstruction.
HEADED SHEAR STUD REINFORCEMENT is a
reinforcement consisting of individual hcaded studs, or
groups of studs, with anchorage provided by a head at each
end or a common base raíl consisting of a steel plate or
shape.
HOOP is a closcd lie or cont inuously wound tic. A closed
tic can be made up of severa] reinforcement elements each
having hooks at both ends. A continuously wo und tic shall
ha ve a seismic hook at both ends. See Section 42 1.
ISOLATION JOINT is a separation bctween adjoining
parts of a concrete structure, usually a vertical plane, at a
designed Jocation such as to interfere least with performance
o f the structure, yet such as to allow relati ve rnovement in
three directions and avoid formatíon of cracks elsewhere in
the concrete and through which all or pan of the bonded
reinforcement is inten·upted.
JACKING FORCE is the temporary force excned by
device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons in
prestresscd concrete.
JOINT is a ponion or structure COllllllOil (0 intersccting
members. The cfTecti ve cross-sectional arca of a joint of a
special momcnt frame, A¡. for shear strength com putations is
defined in Sccti on 42 1.7.4.1.
LOAD, DEAD is the dead wcight su pported by a mcmbcr,
as defincd by Sectio n 204 (without load factors).
LOAD, FAC TOH E D is the load, multiplicd by appropriatc
load factor:>, used to propor1ion members by thc strcnglh
dcsign methnd of th is chaptcr. Scc Sections 408.2.1 and
409.3.
LOAD, LI VE is the livc load specified by Scction 205
(without load factors).
LOAD, SEnVICE is thc load specificd by Sections 204 to
207 (without load factors).
Association of S tructurnf Engincc rs of t11c Pl1ilippines
MODULUS OF ELASTIC ITY is the ratio of normal stre ss
to corrcsponding strain for !ensile or comprcss1ve ~., ,·c..~~'>
below proportionall imit of material. See Sectio n .¡tt·;_,_.
MOM ENT FRAME is a framc in which member~ and
joints rcsist forccs througb Jlcxure, shear, and ax ial force.
Momcm frames designatcd as pa11 of the seismic· force-
resisting system shall be categorized as follows:
ORDINARY MOMENT FRAME is a cast-i n-pl;!:·c: ·1r
precast concrete frame com plying with the requi rcmeilt:·: :_;f
Sections 40 l to 4 18, and, in the case of ordinary molr!'':ll
fra mes assigned to arcas with low seismic risk. :ü:-,.1
complying with Section 421. 14.
INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAME is a casi-i n-place
frame compl yi ng with the rcquirements of Section 421 . 12 ír!
addition to Lhe requirements for ordinary moment frames.
Sl'ECIAL i\10ME NT FRAME a cast-in-place frame
complying with thc rcquirements of Section 42 1.3.4 throu,ri:
42 1.3.7. 4:? 1.5 through 42 1.7, ora precast frame com pl yi, , 1~
with thc rcq uircmcnts of Section 42 1.5 through 42 J.;,.
42 1. 13.1 througlt 421.1 3.4 . In addition, the requirements L.:
ordinary momcn1 frames shall be satisfied.
NET TENSILE STRAIN is the tensile strain at nomin:d
strength excl usive of strains due to effective prestres:;,
crcep, shrinkage and temperawre.
PEDESTAL is an upright compression mernber wi th a ratin
of unsupponed height to average least lateral dimension not
excceding 3_ For a tapercd mcmber, the lcast lateral
dimcnsion is the average of thc top and hottom dimensions
of the smaller sidc.
PLAIN CONC RETE is structural concrete wi th 11:1
rcinforcement or with less rei nforce ment than the mi nimu1n
amount specified for rei nforced concrete.
PLAIN REINFORCEMENT is reinforcemcnt that dm·';
not co nform to dcli nit io n of defonncd rei nforcement. Sec
Scction 403.6.4.
PLASTI C HI NGE REGION is thc length of fn11 1k:
demcnt ovcr which ncxural yielding is intcndcd to oco;,
d ul~ Lo car1hqu akc design displac;::mcnts, cxtcnding not less
than a distancc h from thc critica! scction whcrc flex ura!
yicltling initiatcs. Scc Section 421.
POST-T ENSIO NING is a mcthod of prcstressing in which
tendons are tensioned aftcr concrete has hardenecl.
I'R ECAST CONC RETE is a struclllral concrete elemcnl
casi in othcr than its fi nal position in lhe structure.

".,·~'''"v TENSILE ZONE is that portion of
membcr where flexura! tension, calculated
gross section properties, would occur under
;,nf'act.or<:a dcad and li vc loads if the prcstrcss force was not
ESSED CONCRETE is str11cturaf concrete in
: which interna! st rcsscs havc heen introduccd to reduce
·potentia! tcnsi!c stresscs in concrete rcsulting from loads.
. pR.ESTRESSING STEEL is a high-strength stccl c lcment
such as wire. bar, or ~wuul, or a hu ndlc of SUl:h clcments,
used to impart prest re~~ forces to t:oncrctc.
PRETENSIONING rs a mcthod of prcstressing in which
tendons are tensioncd bcforc concrete is placed.
REINFORCED CONCRETE is structunll concrete
reinforccd wi th no lcss th an the mínimum amounts of
prestressing tcndons or nonprestrcsscd rcínforcement
specificd in this chaptcr.
REINFORCEMENT is material tlwt conforms 10 Section
403.6. excluding prcstressi ng tcndons unlcss specifically
included.
RESHORES are shorcs placcd snugly under a concrete slab
or other structural member aftcr the original forms and
shores ha ve becn removed from a !argcr arca, thus requiring
the new slab or stmctural member 10 dcOect and support its
own weight and existing construction loads applied prior to
the installation of the reshores.
SEJSMIC DESIGN CATEGORY is a classification
assigned to a stnrcture based on its occupancy catcgory and
the severity of the design earthquake grou nd motion at the
site, as delinco by the legally adopted general buil ding code.
SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM is a portion of
the structure dcsigned to rcsist carthquake design forces
required by the legally adoptcd general building codc using
the applicable provisions and load combinations.
SEISMIC HOOK is a hook on a stirrup. or crosstie having
a bend not less than 135 degrccs, cxccpt that circular hoops
shall have a bcnd not fess than 90 dcgrcc,~. Hooks shall havc
a 6du. but not lcss lhan 75 mm cxtension that cngages the
longitudinal reinforcemcnt and projccts into thc interior of
the stirrup or hoop. Sce Scction407.2.4 and Scction 42 1.2.
SHEAR CAP is a projcct helow thc slab used 10 incrcase
the slah shear strcngth. Scc Scction 4 13.3.6.
SHEATHING is a material cncasing a prcstrcssing tcndon
lo prevcnt bonding thc tcndo n with thc sunounding
Niltional Structural Cocle of the Pllilippines 6 Eclit1on Volume 1
CHAPTEA 4 - Concrete 4-11
concrete, to provide corrosion protcction. and to contain thc
corrosion inhibiting coating.
SHORES are vertical or inclined support membcrs
dcsigned to carry the weight of the formwork, concrete and
constn rction loads above.
SPAN LENGTH. See Section 408.10.
SPECIAL' ANCHORAGE DEVICE is an anchorage
de vice thai satisfies Scction 418. 16.1 and the standardized
acceptance tests of AASHTO "Standard Speciftcations for
Highway Bridges", 17''' Edition, 2002, Division H. Section
10.3.2.3.
SPECIAL HOUNDARY ELEMENT is a boundary
elcment rcquired by Sections 421.8.6.2 or 421 .8.6.3.
SPIRAL REINFORCEMENT is continuously wound
reinforcement in the fom1 of a cylindrical heli x.
SPLITTING TENSILE STRENGTH (j") is the tensile
strength of concrete detcrmined in accordancc with ASTM
C496M as describcd in ''Speciftcations f or Lightweight
Aggregate for Structural Concrete" (ASTM C330). See
Section 405.2.4.
STEEL FIBER-REINFORCED CONCRETE. Concrete
containing dispcrsed randomly oricnted steel fi bers.
STIRRUP is rcinfo rccment used to rcsist shear and torsion
stresscs in a stnrctural membcr; typicall y bars, wires, or
wclded wire fabric (plain or deformcd) bent into L, U or
rectangular shapes and locatcd perpendicular to or at an
angle w longitudinal rci nforccmcnt. The term "stirrups" is
usually applicd to lateral rcinforccmcnt in llcxuralmembcrs
and the term "tics" to thosc in compression mcmbers. Sce
also "Tie."
STRENGTH, DESIGN is the nominal strength multiplied
by a strength-reduction factor, rp. Sec Section 409.4.
STRENGTH, NOMINAL is the strcngth of a member or
cross section calculatcd in accordance wi th provisions and
assumptions of the strength design mcthod of this chapter
bcforc application of any strcngth-reduction factors . Sce
Scction 409.4. 1.
STRENGTII, REQUIRED is thc strength of a mcmber or
cross section rcquired to resisl facto red loads or related
interna! momcnts and fo rces in such combinations as are
stipulated in this chaptcr. Scc Section 409.2. 1.
STRESS is the intcnsity of force pcr unit arca.
111
 4 -12 CHAPTHl 4 · Concrete

STRUCTURAL CONCRETE is all concrete used for
structural purposes, including plain and reinforced concrete.
STRUCTURAL DIAPHRAGM is a structural member,
such as a !loor or roof slab, that transmits forces acting in
thc plane of thc member to the vertical elcments of the
seismic-force-resisting system. See Scction 421 for
requirements in the earthquake-resisting structures.
STRUCTURAL TRUSS is an assemblage of rcinforced
concrete mcmbers subjected primarily to axial forces.
STRUCTURAL WALL is a wall propOJtioned to resist
combinations of shears, momcnts, and axial forccs. A shcar
wall is a structural wall. A structural wall designnted as part
of the seismic-force-resisting system shall be catcgorized as
follows:
ORDINARY STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE
WALL is a wall complying with the rcquírements of
Scction 422.
ORDINARY REINFORCED CONCRETE
STRUCTURAL WALL is a wall complying with the
req uiremcnts of Scctions 401 through 418.
INTERMEDIATE PRECAST STRUCTURAL WALL is
a wall complying with all applicable rcquirements of
Sections 40lthrough 418 in addition to 421.
SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL is a cast-in-place or
precast wall shall comply with the requirements of Sections
421.3.3 through 421.3.7, 421.8 and 421.15 as applicable. in
addition to the requirements for ordinary reinforced concrete
structural walls.
TRANSFER LENGTH is the lcngth of embedded prc-
tensionedstrand rcquired 10 transfcr thc effcctive prc\tress to
the concrete.
UNBONDED TEN DON is tendon in which the
prestressing stecl is prcvented from bonding to thc Wí!l:retc
and is free to move rclative to the concrete. Thc prestrcssing
force is pennanently transferred to the concrete at the
tendon ends by anchorage only.
WALL is a memher, usually vertical, used to enclose or
scparate spaces.
WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENTS are rei nf<,!ú ng
efemcnts consisting of carbon-stcel plain or dcformed wtres,
confonning to ASTM A82 or A496, respectively, fahricated
into shects or rolls in accordance with ASTM A 185 or
A497M, respectively; or reinforcing elements consisting of
stainlcss-steel plain or dcformed wires fabricated into
sheets or ro lis conforming to ASTM A 1022.
WOBBLE FRICTION in prestressed concrete is friction
caused by unintended deviation of prestressi ng shcath or
duct from its specified profile.
WORK is the entire construction or separately idcntiriable
parts thereof that are required to be fumished undcr the
contrae! docurnents.
YJELD STRENGTH is the specified mínimum yield
strength or yield point of reinforcement in MPa. Yield
strcngth or yield point shall be determined in tcnsion
according to applicablc ASTM standards as modilied by
Scction 403.6 of this code.
. ~ ... : . ·-- .::-;.

TENDON. In pretensioned applications. the tcndon is the

prestrcssing steel. In post-tensioned applications, the tcndon
is a complete assembly consisting of. anchorages,
prcstressing stccl, and shcating with coating for unbounded
applications or ducts with grout for bonded applications.

TENSION-CONTROLLED SECTION is a cross section

in which the net !ensile strain in the extreme tension stecl at
nominal strcngth is greater than or equalto 0.005.

TIE is a loop of reinfor<:i'ng bar or wire cnclosing

longitudinal rcinforcemcnt. A. continuously wound bar or
wire in thc form of a circlc, rectangfc or othcr polygon
shape withmll re-cntrant corners is acceptable. ·sce
"Stirrup."

TnANSFER is thc act of transfcrring stress in prcstrcssing

tcndons from jacks or prctensioning bcd to <.:oncrch:
mcm bcr.

Associat1on of Structural f.nfJineHn; of tlle Pl111ipp1nf:l;


1 Notation
=specificd yield strcngth of nonprestrcsscd
reinforcement, MPa
== nominal diamctcr of bar, wire, or prestrcssing strand,
mm
Tests of Matcrials
The engineer may require the testing of any
used in concrete constmction to determine if
s are of quality specified.
Tests of materials and of concrete shall be made in
accordance with the standards listed in Section 403.9.
403.2.3 Complete record of tests of materials and of
concrete shall be available for inspection during progress of
work and for two (2) years aftcr completion of the projcct,
· or as required by the implementing agency and shall be
prcserved by thc cngincer for that purpose.
403.3 Cemcnt
403.3.1 Cemcnt shall conform to one or the following
"Specifications for Pon/a!l(/ Cement" (ASTM C 150).
"Specification.\· for Blended Hydraulic Cenw111s ·· (ASTM C
595M), excluding Types S and SA which are not intcnded
as principal cementing constituents of structural concrete.
"Specificarions for Exponsil'e Hydraulic Cemem" (ASTM
e 845).
Fly ash and natural pozzolan: ASTM C618.
Ground-granulated blast-f'urnace slag: ASTM C989.
Silica fume: ASTM C! -'40.
403.3.2 Cernen! w;ed in the work shall correspond (o that on
Which sclection of concrete proponions was bascd. Scc
Section 405.3.
National Structural Code of the PJ1ilippines G11' Edition Vol ume 1
CHAPTER tl - Concrete 4·13
403.4 Aggregates
403.4.1 Concrete aggregates shall conform to one of the
following specitícations:
"Specificatiom for Concrete Aggregates" (ASTM e 33 ):
"Specifications for Lightweighl Aggregates for Stmcll/ral
Concre1e'' (ASTM C 330).
Aggregates failing to , meet the above specifications but
wh ich have been shown by special test or actual service to
produce concrete of adequate strength and durability may be
used where authorized by the engineer-of-rccord.
403.4.2 The nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate
shall not be larger than:
l. One fifth (1/5) the narrowest dimension between sides
of fonns; or
2. One third (113) the depth of slabs; or
3. Three fourths (3/4) the mínimum clear spacing betwecn
·individual reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of bars, or
prestressing tendons or ducts.
These limitations may be waivcd if, in the judgmcnt of the
engineer, workability and methods of consolidation are such
that concrete can be placed without honeycomb or voids.
403.5 Water
403.5.1 W<1ter used in mixing concrete shall be clean and
free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, sa lts.
organic rnatcrials or other substanccs dclctcrious to concrete
or reinforccrncnt.
403.5.2 Mixing water for prcstressed concrete or for
concrete that will contain aluminum embcdmems, including
that portion of mixing water contributed in the form of free
moisturc on aggregates, shall not contain delcterious
amounts of' chloride ions. Sec Section 404.6.1.
403.5.3 Non-potable water shall not be uscd 111 concrete
unless the following are satisfíed :
403.5.3.1 Selection o ( concrete propor1ions shall be based
on concrete mixes w;ing water (rom thc same source.
403.5.3.2 Mortar test cuhes made with nonpotable rni xing
water shall llave 7-day and 28-d<ly strengths equal to at lcnst
90 percent of slrcngths of similar specirncns made with
potable water. Strength test cornparison shall be made on
rnonars. idcntical cxcept for thc mixing water, prepared and
 4-14 CHAPTER 4- Concrete
tcstcd in accordancc with "Test Method for Compressive
Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (using 50-mm Cube
Specimens)" (ASTM C 109).
403.6 Stccl Rcinforccmcnt
403.6.1 Reinforc.ement shall be defonncd reinforcement,
except that plain reinforcement slnll be permitted for spirals
or prcstressing stecls; and reil:torcement consisting of
headed shear studs, structural steel, steel pipe or steel tubing
shall be permitted only for resisting shear under conditions
specified in Section 411.6.6.1(6).
403.6.2 Welding of reinforcing bars shall conforrn to
"Structural We/ding Code- Reinforcing Sreel", ANSIJAWS
Dl.4 of the American Welding Society. Type and 1ocation
of welded splices and other requíred welding of reinforcing
bars shall be indicated on the design drawings or in the
project specifications. ASTM reinforcing bar specifications,
except for ASTM A 706M, shall be supplemented to require
a report of material properties necessary to conform to
requirernents in ANSUAWS D 1.4.
403.6.3 Dcformcd Reinforcemenls
403.6.3.1 Deformed reinforcing bars shall conforrn to one of
the following specifications, except as perrnitted by Section
403.6.3.3:
l. "Speciflcations for Deformed and P/aiit Billet-Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement'' (ASTM A 615M)
for seismic resisting members.
2. "Specificalions for Low-Afloy Steel Deformed Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement" (ASTM A 706M) for
mcmbers rcsisting earthquakc induced forces.
403.6.3.2 Deformed rcinforcing bars shall conform to onc
of the ASTM spccifications listcd in Section 403.6.3.1,
cxcept that for bars with /y exceeding 415 MPa, /y shall be
taken as the stress corresponding to a straín of 0.35 percent.
See Section 409.5.
403.6.3.3 Deformcd reinforcing bars conforrning to ASTM
A 1035 shall be permittcd to be used as transverse
reinforccrnent in Section 421.6.4 or spiral reinforcement in
Section 410.10.3.
403.6.3.4 Bar mats for concrete rcinforcement shall conform
to ".SiJecifications for Fabricated D(iformed Steel Bar Mats
for Concrete Reinforcemenl" (ASTM A 184M).
Reinforcing bars uscd in bar rnats shall conform to one of
thc spccifications listcd in Scction 403.6.3.1 .
403.6.3.5 Defonncd wire for concrete reinforcement shall
confo rm to "Specifications .for Steel Wire, D4ormed, for
Association of Structural Engineers of i11e Philippines
Concrete Reinforcement" (ASTM A 496M). except thaL
wire shall not be smaller than sizc MD25 or largc; ¡¡, ;n ·.i .•:.~
MD200 unless as permitted in Section 403.6 .. •. .:. h.: ·•::ie
wíth a specified yield streÍ1gth /y exceeding :1 i :) ivil'a, t;.
shall be the stress corresponding toa strain of CUS pcrC(ilL
403.6.3.6 Welded plain wirc fabric for l\nlcrete
reinforcemcnt shall conform to "Speciflcations _liir Steel
Welded Wire, Fabric, Plain for Concre/e Reiníórr.·unem "
(ASTM A 185M), except that for wirc wilh a specd,, ,' ; ,~Id
strength fr exceeding 415 MPa, ¡;. shall be takcn " · i1e
stress corresponding to a strain of 0.35 perccnl. Wc-!decl
intersections shall not be spaced farther apart 1h·;n .\rY :•::n
in direction of calculated stress, except for \vi,.:' ;;,L: j,- ,, ._.;,_¡
as stirrups in accordance with Section 412.14.2.
403.6.3.7 Welded deforrned wire fabric ror COllii'Cie
reinforcement shall conform to "Specification.Y for /·.; ,,,. i
Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, fo • Cmr .. rt'le
Reinforcement" (ASTM A 497M), except tLat for wire
with a specified yield strength fr exceeding :1 J 5 Ml'a, fr
shall be the stress corresponding to a strain of 00\S peru~nL
Welded intersections shall not be spaced farth>.·r ~'i'' '!i : ;an
400 mm in direction of calculated stress, ex•, !'l i'<H ,-e
fabric used as stirrups in accordance ..yith Scc¡¡,_,¡, ; ; ;' , ; :.~ .
Deformed wire larger than MD200 is 'penni\to:·d whc;: '·'· · /
in welded wire reinforcement conformi ng :o N.'l ,_.;
A497M, but shall be treated as plain wire for dev(;loprnc"\
and splice design.
403.6.3.8 Galvanized reinforcing bars shal.l comply wi iL
"Speciflcations for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Stecl Hu r.1·I ;¡
Concrete Reinforcemen(' (ASTM A 767M). Epoxy--coatcd
reinforcing bars shall comply with "Specification f or
Epoxy-Coatcd Reinforcing Steel Bars" (ASTiv1 A 77.'iM; nr
with "Speciflcations for Epoxy-Coated Prefaln ;ctiic~o' .' ·,. el
Reinforcing Bars" (ASTM A 934M). Galvani;:ed or ' !'' ·v-
coated reinforcement shall conform to o1;c " ¡· . ! ., ·
specifications listed in Section 403.6.3.!.
403.6.3.9 Epoxy-coated wires and welded wirc fal!l ,,: :.' .ii
comply with "Standard Speciflcation for L/!OXy· c,-.::rd
S/ee/ Wire and Welded Wire Fabric Jor Rcin{iilnm· /''
(ASTM A 884M). Epoxy-coatcd wircs shal! u:;;[;·.: · ' '·'
Section 403.6.3.5 and epoxy-coated welded wirc ¡ "¡" : , ..
confonn to Section 403.6.3.5 or 403.6.3.6.
403.6.3.10 Deformcd stainlcss-stcel wire ancl defonncd :::id
plain staínless-stcel welded wírc for concrete re.infmn·,, ··,¡;l
shall conform to ASTM 1022M, exccpt dcfonne:d w irc ~.i;<d i
not be smallcr than sizc MD25 or Iargcr th<:;· , ; _. ,, \ · ''
and the yield strcngth for wíre with .f.. cxc,-,,,;n: : ¡ · . ,
shall be takcn as thc stress correspond(ng toa strain oJ ;u:>
pcrcent. Deformed wirc larger than MD200 ís pc1;::::::·d
wherc uscd in welded wire reinforcemcnt conformi11g t o
 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 4· 15

ASTM A 1022M, but shall be t.reated as p!ain wire for Sectio n 410.17.7 or 410. 17.8. shall confonn 10 one of thc
development and splice design. Spacing of welded following specifications:
: inter' ;r;ctions shal! no! exceed 300 mm for plai n welded wire
l. "Specijications for Carbon Sree/" (ASTM A 36M).
:. and 400 mm for deformed welded wire in direclion of
'
: calculaled stress, except for welded wi re reinforcement used 2. "Spccitications for High-Strength Low-AIIoy Stn 1ctural
~: as stirrups in accordance with Sec1ion 41 2.14.2. Steel" (ASTM A 242M ).
.f
3. "Speciflcations for High-Sir('flgth Low-AIIoy
· 403.6.4 Plain Rcinforccmcnt Columbium- Vanadium Sreels of Structural Quality"
(ASTM A 572M). · ,·,
.. 403.6.4.1 Plain bars for spiral reinforcement shall conform
4. "Specifications for iÍi¡jA-Srrengrh Low-AIIoy Strucwral
to one of the following specification: ASTM A615M or
Steel" with 345 MPa (ASTM A 588M).
A706M.
5. "Specijications for Srructural shapes" (ASTM
403.6.4.2 Plain wire for spira! reinforccmelll shal! confonn A992M).
to "Spccifications for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforccmem" (ASTM A 82M), exccpt lhat for wire wiú1 403.6.7.2 Steel pipe or tubing for composite compression
a specified yield strength/y exceeding 415 MPa,fy shall be members composed of a steel-encased concrete corc
the stress corrcsponding to a strain of 0.35 percent. meeting requirements of Section 41 0. 17.6 shall conform to
one of thc following specifications:
403.6.5 Hcadcd Shcar Stud Reinforccment l. Grade B of "Specifications for Pipe, Steel, 8/ack and
Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamlcss"
403.6.5.1 Headed studs and headcd stud assemblies shal! (ASTM A 53M).
1 conform 10 ASTM A1044M.
2. "Specijicarions for Cold·Formed Welded and Seam/ess
r! Carbon Sreel Strucrura/ Tubing in Rounds and Shapes"
¡ 403.6.6 Prestressing Tendons
¡ (ASTM A SOOM).

1 403.6.6.1 Tendons for prestressed rcinforcemenl shall 3. "Specijications for Hor-Formed Welded and Seamless
confonn to one of thc following specifications: Carbon Sieel Tubing" (ASTM A 501 M).
1 l. Wire conforming to "Speciflcations for Uncoared
1
¡. Srress-Relieved Sreel Wire for Prestressed Concrete"
403.6.8 Stcel discontinuous fibcr rcinforcemcnt for concrete
¡ shal.l be deformcd and confo nn to ASTM A820M. Steel
(ASTM A 42 1M).
fibers havc a length-to-diameter ratio not smaller than 50
1 2. Low-relaxation wire conformi ng to "Specificarions for and not grcater than 1OO.
I
i Uncoated Stress-Relieved Sreel Wire for Presrressed
Concrete" including Supplement ''Low-Relaxmion 403.6.9 Headcd deformed bars shall conform 10 ASTM
¡ Wire" (ASTM A 421 M) A970M and obstntcti ons or interruptions of thc bar
~
!¡
3. Strand conforming lo "Speciflcarions for Steel Srrwul,
dcformations. if any, shall not extend more than 2d, from
the bearing face of the head.
¡
Uncoated Seven-Wire for Prestressed Concrete"
¡
(ASTM A 416M).
f 4. Bar conforming to "Specijicarions for Uncoared High-
403.7 Admixturcs
t
! Strcngth Sreel Bar for Prestressing Concrete" (ASTM
A 722M) 403.7.1 Admixlures fo r water rcduction and setting time
modificalion shall conform ASTM C494M. Admixtures for
1 use in producing nowing concrete shall conform ASTM
f 403.6.6.2 Wire, strands, and bars no! spccifi cally listed in
C I017M.
! ASTM A 416M, A 421M and A ?22M are allowed,
provided they conform to minimum rcquirements of thcse
403./.2 Air-entrainmg admixturcs shall conform to
specifications and do 1101 have properlies that make thcm
"Speciflcationsfor Air-Enrraining Admixwres for Concrete"
lcss satisfactory !han th osc listcd in lhesc spccifications.
(ASTM C 260).

403.6.7 Structural Stccl, Stccl Pipe or Tubing 403.7.3 Admixturcs to be uscd in concrete th at do not
confonn to Scclions 403.7. 1.and 403.7.2 shall be subject to
403.6.7. 1 Structural stccl used wit h rcinforcing bars in prior approval hy thc enginccr.
composite compression mcmhers meeting requiremcnts of

111
National Struc tural Code of tlw Philippines 6 Edition Vo!ume 1
 4-16 CHAPTER 4- Concrete
403.7.4 Calcium chloride or admixturcs containing chloridc
from other than impurities from admixture ingredients shall
not be used in prestressed concrete, in concrete containing
cmbcddcd alurninum, or in concrete cast against stay-in-
placc galvani7.ed stcel forms. See Sections 404.6.1 and
406.3.2.
403.7.5 Fly ash or other pozzolans uscd as admixturcs shall
confonn to "Specificationsfor Fly Ash ami Raw or Calcined
Natuml Pozzo/an for Use as a Mineral Admixrure in
Pouland Cement Concrete" (ASTM C 618).
403.7.6 Ground granulated blast-furnace slag used as an
admixture shall confonn to "Specifications for Growul
Granulated Blast-fumace Slag for Use in Concrete and
Mortars" (ASTM e 989).
403.7.7 Admixturcs used in concrete containing ASTM
e845 cxpansive cemcnts shall be compatible with thc
cement and produce no deleterious effects.
403.7.8 Silica fume used as an admixture shall conform to
"Specij/cation for Silica Fume for Use in Hydraulic-Cement
Concrete and Mortar" (ASTM e 1240).
403.8 Storage of Materia!s
403.8.1 ecmcntitious marerials and aggregate shall be
stored in such manner as to prevent deterioration or
intrusion of foreign matter.
403.8.2 Any material that has deteriorated or has been
contaminated shallnot be used for concrete.
403.9 Standards Citcd in this Chaptcr
403.9.1 In the abscncc of thc Philippine National Standard
(PNS), Standards of thc American Socicty for Tcsting and
Materiah (ASTM) rcferrcd to in this chaptcr listcd below
with thcir serial dcsignations, including year of adoption or
revision, are dcclared to be pan of this code as if fu lly sct
forth hcrein:
A36/ A36M-05 S!andard Specif/catiom for Carbon
Stmctuml Stee/
A.. SJ/A53-07 Standard Spec(fications jár Pipe, Steel,
Block rmd llor-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless
A82/ A82-07 S1andard Spec(fications .for Steel Wire,
Plain. for Concrele Reit{(Orceme/11
A 184/ A 1R4-06 Standard ,\¡¡ec(fications for Fabricated
Dtiformed Steei!Jar Mat.rfor Concrete Reinforccment
Assow.Jtion of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
A185/Al85-07 Standard Specifications for Steel \Velded
Wire Fabric, P/ain, for Concrete Reinforcement
A242/A242M-04a Standard Specijications for High-
Strength Lmv-Ailoy Structural Steel
A307/A307-07a Standard Specijlcation for Carbon
Steel Bolts and Studs. 415 MPa Tensile S!rength.
A416/A4l6M '6c Standard Specijications for Steel Strand,
Uncoated Seven- Wirefor Prestressed Concrete
A42 11A42l-05 Swndard Specifications for Uncoated
Stress-Relieved Stee/ Wirefor Prestressed Concrete
A496/A496-07 Standard Specifications for Steel Wire,
Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement
A497/A497-07 Standard Specifications for Stee/ \Velded
Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcemenl
A500/AS00-07 Standard Specifications for Cold-Formed
Welded and Seamless Carhon Steel Structural Tubing in
Rounds and Shapes
A501/A501 -07 Standard Specifications for Hot -Formed
Welded and Seam/ess Cm·bon Stee/ Structural Tubing
A572/ A572-07 Standard Specifications .for lligh-
Strc!ngth Low-Alloy Co/umbium- Vanadium Structural
Stee/s
A588/A588M-05 Standard .~jJeciflcations .for High-
Strength Low-Alloy Stmcrural Steel up to 345 MPa
mínimum yield poitll with Atmospheric Corrosion
Resistence
A615/A615M-07 Standard Specijications for Deformed
and Plain Billet-Steel Ba rs .for Concrete Reinforcement
A706/A706M-06a Standard Specifications f o r Low-A/loy
Steel Deformed Barsfor Concrete Reinforcemenl
A722/A722-07 Standard Specifications .for Uncoaf<~d
High-Strength Steel !Jar.for Prestressing Concrete
A767/A767M-05 Slandani Specifications Jor Zinc-Coated
(Galwmized) Steel!Jars.for Concrete Reinforcement
A775/A775M-07 Standard Specifications .for E¡wxy-
Coated Reinforcin¡¡ S1eel Bars
A820/ A820M··06 Standard Specifications .for Sreel FilJer :
.for Fiber Reinforced Concrete
 CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete 4· 17

· A884/A884M-06 Standard Specifications for tpoxy- CIS0-05 Standard Specifications for Ponland
Coated Sreel Wire and Welded Wire Fabric for Cement
: Reinforcement
Cl72-04 Standard Method of Sampling Freshly
. A934/A934M-07 Standard Specifications for l~poxy­ Míxed Concrete
: Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars
Ci92/Cl92M-06 Standard Method of Sampling Freshly
A955/A955M-07a Srandard Specifications for Deformed Mixed Concrete
and P/ain ami Stainless Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement C231-04 S1andard Method for Air Contenl of
.... Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Me1hod
A970/A970M-06 Standard Specifications for Headed Steel
Barsfor Concrete Reinforcement C260-06 Swndard Specificarions for Air-
Enrraining Admixlllres for Concrete
A992/A992M-06a Standard Specificarions for Structural
Steel Shapes C330-05 Standard Specifications for Lightweíght
Aggregates for Structural Concrete
A996/A996M-06a Standard Specifications for Raii-Steel
and Axle Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete C494/e494M-05a Standard Spec1jications for Cltemical
Reinforcement Admixtures for Concrete

Al022/AI022M-07 Swndard Specification for Deformed C496/C496M-04 Standard Test Method for Splitting
and Plain Stainless Steel Wire and Welded Wire for Ten.~ile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens
Concrete Reinforcement
e567-05a Standard Test Method for Unir Weight of
Al035/A 1035M-07 Standard Specification for Deformed Structural Lightweight Concrete
and Plain, Low-Carbon, Chromium, Steel Barsfor Concrete
Reinforcement C595M-07 Standard Specificalions for Blended
Hydraulic Cements
Al044/Al044M-05 Srandard Specification for Steel Stud
Assemblies for Shear Reinforcement of Concrete C6 18-05 Standard Specifications for Fly Ash and
Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzo/an for Use as a Mineral
e29/C29M-03 Standard Method for Bulk Density (Unir Admixlure on Portland Cement Concrete
Weight) and Voids in Aggregme
C685/C685M-O 1 Standard S¡;ecificarions for Concrele
e3l!e3! M-06 Swndard Practice fór Making and Made by Volwnetric Batching a/1(1 Conrinuous Mixing
Curing Concrere Test Specimens in the Field
C845-04 Standard !J¡;ec((ications for Expansive
e33-03 Srandard Specifications for Concrete Hydraulic Cemenr
Aggregate
C989-06 Standard Specijications for Ground
e39/e39M -05 Standard Test Method for Compressive Granulated Blast-Fumace Slag for Use in Concrete all(/
Strength of C.)'/indrical Concrete Specimens Mortars

e42/C42M-04 Srandard Method of Obtaining and C!Ol2-04 Test Method for LenMrh Change 1~/
Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrele HydrmJ!ic-Cement Mortars Exposi>d 10 a Su{(ate Solution

et.WC94M-06 Swndard ,)'pecifrcalions for Ready-Mixed e 10! 7/C 1O! 7M-Cl3 Standard Specifications Jór :.:hemical
Concrele Admixturesfor Use in Producing Flowinx Concrete

e 109/C 1OYM-05 Standard Te.\'1 Me1hod for Compressive C 11 ! 6-06/C 1116M-06 Srandard S¡}(~d(icationy for Fiber-
Strength o( Hydraulic Cemenl Morrars ( Using 50-mm Cut)(~ Rei,~{orced Concrere
Specimens)
C l1 57-03 Standard Per{Í>rnl!IIIC<' .)"¡¡ec((lcations
e l44-04 Srandard Specijicalionsfor Aggre¡;arefor .for llydrmdic Cmwnr
Masonrv Morlill.

Nalional S truct1nal Cod0 of !he P!lilippllles 6'¡, Edilion Volu me l

 4-1!3 CHAI'TE11 4 - Concrete
CI218/CI2 18M-99 Standard Test Method for
Soluble Chforide in Mortm· afltf Concrete
CI 240-05 Standard Specificmions for Silica Fume
for Use in 1-lydraufic-Cemem Concrete all(/ Mortar
C 1602/C 1602M-06 Swndard Specifications for Mixing
Water used in the Producrio11 of llydraulic Ceme111
Concrete
CI609/CI609M-06 Standard Test Metlrod for Flexura{
Performance of Fiber-Reinforced Concrete (Usin~ Beam
With 71lird-Point Loading)
403.9.2. "Structuraf We/ding Code - Rei11forci11g Steel"
(ANSIJAWS DL4/DL4M:2005) of the American Welding
Society is declarcd part of this code as if fully sel forth
herein.
403:9.3 Scction 203.3 Combining Loads Using Strength
Des1gn. or Load and Rcsistance Factor Dcsign of this code
as if fully set fonh herein, for the purposes cited in Sections
409.3.3 and 426.
403.9.4 "Specification for U11b011ded Single Strand Tendon
Ma~erials (ACI 423.7-07)" is dedared to be part o f this
Codeas if fully sct fonh hercin.
403.9.5 Scctions 9.21.7.2 and 9.21.7.3 of Division 1 and
Scction 10.3.2.3 of Division Il of AASI-ITO "Standard
Specification.for Highway !Jridges" (AASHTO 17'11 Edition,
2002) are dcclarcd to be pan of this codeas if fully set forth
herein for thc purpose cited in Section 418. 16. 1_
403.9.6 "Qua!((tcatio11 o{ Post-lnswlled Mer:hanical
Anchor.\' in CmiCrele (ACI 355.2-07)" is declarcd 10 be pan
of this Codc as if fully set forth herein. for the purpose cited
in Section 423, Anchoring to Concrete .
403.9.7 "Srmctural Welding Cotle Su•el (A WS
DI.J/Dl.IM:2006)" of the America n Welding Socicty 1s
declared 10 be pan of this Codeas if fu lly set forth herein.
403.9.1! "Acceptance Criterio .for Momenf Fmme.1· Brued on
Stnl(:tural Tesring (ACI 374. 1-O.'i)" is dcclarcd 10 be part of
this Codc as if fully sct forlh hcrcin.
403.9.9 ''Accl'ptancc Criterio for Spel'ia/ Unbmuled
Pnst-1i•nximwtl Prr•cast Strtt('/uml Wall.r /Ja.red rm
\'alidation 1csting (ACI ITG-.'i. 1-07) .. is dcclan:d 10 be pan
of this Codc as if fully sct forth hcrein.
As~ociil l iOil of Struc;tuml Enginecrs of tlle Philippines
Water
404.1 Notation
f,. = speci lied compressive strength of concrete, MPa.
wlc.,, = maximum watcr-cementitious material ratio .
404.2 Definitions
The Section addresses three exposure categories that affec:t
the requirements for concrete 10 ensure adequate durabilit y:
Exposure Catcgory S applies 10 concrete in contact with
soil or water contai ning deleterious amounts of watersoluble
sulfate ions as defined in Section 404.4.1.
Exposurc Catcgory P applies to concrete in contact wilh
water requiring low permeabi lit y.
Exposure Ca tcgory C applies to reinforced and prestressed
concrete exposed to conditions that require addition: 1
protection against corros ion of reinforcemenL Severity ~ .r·
exposure within each category is detined by classes W l (\,
increasing numerical valucs rcprescnting increasingly scv, n ·
exposure condi lions. A classitication of "O" is assigll(·•
when thc exposurc sevcrity has negligible effect or does 1w:
apply lo !he structural member.
Exposure Category F is subdivided into four exposur<'
classes. Howcver only Exposure C lass FO applies t· ·
Philippine condit ion; Exposu rc Class F l , Exposure Clase,
F2. Exposure Class F3 do not apply as it involve concrel~
exposed 10 cyclcs of freezing aJl(J thawing, in cominuous
contact with moisture, and where ex posure 10 deicin¡:,
chcmicals is anticipated:
Expos ure Class FO is assigned to concrete that will not bt•
cxposed to cycles of frcczing and thawi ng.
Exposure Catcgory S is subdivided into fo ur exposlll\:
classes:
Exposure C lass SO is assigned for conditions wherc !l -
water-soluble sulfate concent ration in contact with concrcll:
is low and injurious sulfate at lack is not a concern.
Exposurc Classe.~ S 1, S2, and 53 are assigned for
structural concrete members in dircct contact with soluble
su lfates in soil or water. Thc severity of cxposurc incrcascs
fro m Exposurc Class S 1 lo S3 hascd on the more critica!
valuc of measurcd water-soluble sulfate concenlration in
:mil or the concelllralion of dissolved su lfate in water. Sea
water cxposurc is clilssi ficcl ;ts Exposurc Class S 1.

Exposurc eatcgory P is subdivided into two exposurc
classes:
Exposure etass PO Suuctural mcmbers shou ld be assígncd
to when there are no spccilic permeability requircmcnts.
Exposurc e1ass PI is assigncd on the bas is of the necd for
concrete to have a low pcrmeability to water when the
permeation of water into concrete might reduce durability or
affect the intended function of the structural member.
Ex!J<)Sure Class P 1 should typically be assigned when other
exposure classes do not apply. An cxamplc is an interior
water tank.
Exposurc eatcgory e is subdivided into three exposure
el as ses:
Exposurc elass eo is assigned when exposure conditions
do not require additional protection against the initiation of
corrosion of reinforccment.
Exposurc e lasscs e 1 and C2 are assigned to rei nforced
and prcstressed concrete members depcnding on the degree
of exposure to externa! sources o f moisture and chlorides in
service.
Examples of externa! sources o f chlorides include concrete
in direct contact with deicing chemicals, salt, salt water,
brackish water, sea water. or spray from these sources.
404.3 General
404.3.1 The value off',. shall be the greatcst of the values
required by Section 404 .3. 1, for durability in Section 404,
and for struc tural strc ngth requirements a nd shall apply for
mixture proportioning in Section 405.4 a nd for evaluation
and acceptance o f conc rete in Section 405.7. Concrete
mixtures sha ll be proportioned to comply with the
maximmn water-cementitio us material ratio (w/cm) and
other rcquirements based on the exposure class assigned to
thc concrete stmcwral mcmber. All cementitious rnateiials
specificd in Section 403.3. 1 and the combi nations of these
materials shall be includcd in calcu latin g thc wlcm of the
conc rete mixture.
404.3.2 The maximu m u:/cm limits in Section 404 do not
apply lo li ghtwcight conc rete .
404.4 Exposurc C ntegorics a nd C lasses
404.4.1 1l1e c ng ineer-of-rccord s hall assign expos ure
classc.-.; based on !he scvcri ty of thc anticipated exposure of
structural concrete mc mhe rs fo r cac h c.xposurc category
according lo Table 404- 1.
Nat1onal S!ructura l Code of the Pl1ilippines 6
CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete 1\-19
404.5 Spccial Exposure Conditions
Concrete that will be subject to the exposure given in Table
404-2 shall confonn to the corresponding maximum watc.r-
ccmentiti ous materials ratios and mínimum specified
concrete compressive strength requirements of thattable.
404.6 Rcquircmcnts for Concrete Mixtures
404.6.1 Based on the exposure classes assigned from Table
404- 1, concrete mixtures shall comply with !h~ most
restrictive rcquirements according to Table 404·2. '.
404.6.2 Ca lcium c hloride as an admixture shall not be used
in concrete to be exposed to severe or very severe sulfate-
containing so!utions, as defined in Table 3.1 of ACI 222R.
404.7 Altcrnativc Cemcntilious Materials for SuJphate
Exposur c
404.7.1 Alternative combinations of cementitious materials
to those listed in Table 404-2 shall be permitted when tested
for sulfate resistance and meeting the c rite ria in Table 404-
3.
404.8 Watcr-Ccmcntitious Matcrials Ratio
The water-cemen titious materials ratios spccified in Tables
404-1 and 404-2 shall be calculated using the weight of
cement meeting ASTM e 150. C 595M. C 845 or C 11 57
plus the we ight of n y as h and othe r pozzolans meeting
ASTM C 6 18, slag meeting ASTM C 989, and silica fume
meeting ASTM C 1240, if any.
404.9 Corrosion Protection of Reinforccm ent
404.9.1 For corros ion protection of reinforcement in
concrete, maximum water soluble c hloridc ion
concentrations in hardencd concrete at ages from 28 to 42
days contributed from the ingrcdients , including water,
aggregates, cementitious materials and admix tures shall not
.•
exceed the limits of Table 404-2. When test ing is performcd
to determine water soluble ch loride ion conte nt, test
proccdures shall conform to ASTM C 121 8.
404.9.2 lf concre te with reinforccment wi ll be exrosed to
c hlorides from sal!. sa lt water, brackish wate r, sea water or
s pray from these sources . require me nts of Tablc 4()4-2 for
water- water-cementitio us matcrials ratio ¡md concrete
stre ngth and the mínimum concrete cover rcquirc mc nts of
Scction 407.8 shall he sati slied. In addition, sec Scction
418. 15 for unbcmded pres trcsscd tcndons.
111
Eclilion Volume 1
 4 -20 CHAPTEFl 4 - Concrete

Tablc 404- I Ex.posure Categories And Classes

Table 404-2 Requiremcnts for Concrete by Exposure Class

-~-
eo (:;·
·e
M in.
¡;..
"" "'"' Additional Mi~lim um Requircmcnts
ü"'
Condition
~ "> Max.
_ w/cm• MPa
_____¡__:_:.:.:_::.._¡_,___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __________
"
..,.--;-:--,.---~

u (/)
Limits on
Ccmcn-
Water-soluble Dissolvcd A ir Contcnt
Titious
sulfate (SO,) in sulfate
SOÍ 1, flCfCCIIt by (SO,) in ~-----,------.-----~--------------------------~at~~
wcight water, ppm Ffl NIA 17 N/ A NIA
N/A Fl 0.45 31 N! A NIA
so so., <O. JO so.,< 150

150 ::: so, <1500 F2 0.45 31 N/A N/A

Modcratc SI 0.10 5 so.,< 0.20 Sea water
NIA
1'3 0.45 31 NIA
1500 5 50,5
Scvcrc 52 0.20 5 so. ::; 2.00 10,000 Ccmcntitious Materials + Typcs Ca!cium
Chloride
ASTM ASTM
53 so.> 2.00 so.> 10,000 Admixturc
CJSO C595
NoT)-pe No Typc
ft slriction n:- m1ction
JI>( MS}.
No
SI 0.50 28 JI t IS (< 70} MS Rcsulction
In contact with wa ter wherc IMSl
Rcquircd PI IP(lJS)
JlCrmcallílíty is no t rcquírcd . No<
S2 0.45 )1 V§ IS (<70) HS Pccmii(C'd
)- - - - -!- - --..- -...... ~ -·---- - - - - --·-·-·-..- -- - - - - - -- - - ..- -·- - - - - - l - ------1- - - tllS)
- ·----
11' (!lS) +
Concrete dry or protcctcd
N/A co frorn moistt~ rc V+
pouolan or
~lag! or IS liS+
Not
S3 0.45 31 Pozzo!<Ul (<70) Pozzo!an Pcl'n'lÍtlcd
(liS) +
or Slag 11 or S lag
Modcrate C!
Concrete cxposcd lo moisturc
but not 10 externa! sourccs o f
c hloridc.
__
......._
por.zolan or
JO lag 11

t- - -- - ! - - I - - : : - ------:----.,----,--..---·--·- PONIA !7 Non e

Concrctc cxposcd to moistu rc and f--·-4------t---+------ - - -- -- - - - 1
an externa! sourcc of chloridc from PI 0.50 28 Non e
Sc vcrc C2 salt. brackísh water, seawater. or
M aximum WJtcc-mluhlc
spray from thcsc sourccs.
chlmldt: ion (CI-) CM'~t<:Ot i(t
'----- - - ' - - - - - - - ' - - - " - - - - - · - - - - - - - - ---.... ..........- ( IJIH:rctc. j)('ft;'(l)( by w cight
oC c cnu:ñ l #
·--·--·----
Rc:in(orccd Pn::~ tr<::~·M:d Rclatcd Provisions
Concn.:tc COt\(,'f':lC
- -·---,·- - - . - - - l - - - -- 4 - - - -4- - - -- - ..-·--
CO N/A 17 I.!XJ 0.06
..--·--t-----1----4-- ---1-- - -
Cl NIA 17 0.30 0.06 Nonc

35 0.1 5 0.06

• f'nr lig luweight COIJcrete. SCC' Sl'ction 404.1.2.

tAilt' l11aJÚ•r combi11a1imts o.f cemcmitious matl'rioh oj tho.te li.Htd in Table 404· 2
slwll be pcnnilf<'d wlwu lcstcd fnr sulfate reJisuma ami m('f.ling ih<' c riten·a ir1
Srcthm 404. 7.1.
1 For .f<'(JU'lll<'t' r.tposur'C, otlt<1r IYflC'J oj pfJrlfmui ( ('mt'nl.1 witll Iri!·alcium alumirullc
(C.IAJ roni('J/fs llfJ to 10 pua·nt (tr r pc•rmitt rd ü tlw w/cm t!nc.f nol ('.\'C'cr.d0.40.
§Otila m•ailable typr.s of cc~nw11t .mch m 1:\•pr 111 or Ty¡Jr 1 nre pumlflt(/ itt t;Jposure
Cla.t.tes SI or S2 ;¡ the C.IA ('m lfrnl.f are• lrss thcm 8 or 5 pc·rcna. rest'<'Cti,·ely.
11 '111e mnmmt (~( tht• Jlwdjk .wurn• of Jh(' poz;.olan or .rlflg 10 i~t! u.rcd sha/1 1101 b,~ {e.rs
rlw11 tlw ai/Wtmr tlwt has lu•n1 dl•lamillr.tl by .~('t'\'ic<' !'('('ord 10 imprm·r .wifatr
rrtJi.Hmln~ hlll'll u.1cd in amacle COIHllÍIIin¡; 7)-p(' V ctttt('ttl. Altcrncttiw•ly, tlw amounr
of tlw .(prdfic .w urcr of tll(• ¡m:;_zoltm or .tlog la hr u.t ed slwl/ 1101 he leH tlum thr.
in m:conlancc with ASTM CJ0/2 ami muting the rdurio ;,, Sarinn
lllti(WIII lc'.1fl•d
401.7./.
K Wmu·.wlulllt• eh/orille üm rmllrta thm iJ comrilntrrd from rhr Ífl¡:rcdicut.t including
n•mrr, a¡:~-:rcRall'S, t'<'memitious mtlferif¡/.1·, a11d (U}mixturl"J Jlwfl /u d<'Jl'rmiued Orl 1/u!
coll(r t'ff mi:ourr. hy ASTM CJ21RM m OR<'Iu.•llw'rt: 2R m1d 42 day.'i.
•• Re(¡uirc.mt~tH.f '~(S(•niott 407.R.5 .\hf1fl hr• .uuisfitd. Srr Scctüm 4 /X./l .fm un/wfl(/nl
/ ('lldOII.f .

/\ssocinlion of Structuml En9ineers of t11e Philippines

 CHAPTER 4 -Concrete 4-21

Tablc 404-3 Rcquircmcnts for Establishing Suitabil ity of

cemcntitious Materials Combinations Exposed to Water-
Soluble Sulfate

Exposurc
Class 405.1 No tations
A16 months
f, = spccified compressive strength of concrete, MPa
1 SI O. l O pcrccnt
f,, = required average compressi ve strength of concrete
f used as the basis for selection of concrete
j proportio ns, MPa
J
¡
1
S2 0.05 pcrcciH ¡;., = average splitting tensile strength of lightweight
aggregate concrete, MPa
1 s = standard deviation, MPa
ss = sample standard deviation, MPa

l 405.2 General
1
¡ 405.2.1 Concrete shall be proponioned to provide an
f average compressive strength, !'cr as prescribed in Scction
i 405.4.2, as well as satisfy the durability critcria of Section
404. Concrete shall be produced to rninimizc frequency o f
! strengths bclow f , as prescribed in Section· 405.7 .3.3. For
concrete designcd and constructcd in accordancc with the Cod('.,
¡;• shall not be less than 17 MPa.
405.2.2 Requirements for f,. shall be based on tests n!
cylinders madc and tested as prescribed in Section 405.7.3.

405.2.3 Unless otherwise specified,f, shall be based on 2fl-

day tests. If other than 28 days, test age for f,. shall be a~
indicated in design d rawings or specifications.

405.2.4 Where design criteria in Sections 408.7.).

412.3.4(4), and 422.6.6. provide for use of a splinil''
tensile strength value of concrete, laboratory tests shall ¡,.
made in accordancc wi lh Specijicalion for Lightweig
Aggregates f or Structural Concrete (ASTM C 330) :
establish val ue offc, corresponding to specified values ofI ..

405.2.5 Splitting tensile strength tests shall not be used w

basis for field acceptance of concrete.

405.2.6 Steel fi ber-rein forced concrete shall confo rm ' .

ASTM C 111 6. The minimurn .fc' for steel fiber- reinforc
concrete s hall conform to 405.2. 1.

405.3 Selection of Con crete Proportions

405.3.1 Proportions of materials for concrete shall be

established to prov idc:
l. Workabi lity and consistency to pcrmit concrete to :. ·
worked readil y into (orms and arou nd rcinforccli';

111
Na!ional Structur<·JI Code of the Pl1ilippines 6 Eclition Volurne 1
 4-22 CHAPTEFl <1 • Concrete

under conditions of placemcnt to be cmployed without Table 405 - 1 Modification Factor for Standani Lkvia;io:¡
segregation or excessive bleeding. When Less Than 30 Tests are AvailaLic
··----·-·-··-----·-·····--·-···-·-·-·--, - - - - - - -
2. Resistance to special exposures as required by Section Modification Fae!ur : .;: ~-
Numbcr of Tests 1 ¡
404. Standard Dcviation1

3. Conformance with strcngth test requiremcnts or Scction Lcss th;m 15 Use Tablc 405-2 -------· .. ....... .. l
405.7.
f--··-----··-----·----·--····-·..---- ·····-··
15 1.16
- --------· · ···- l
.
405.3.2 Wbere different materials are to be used for 20 1 08
- - - - - - - - -·--··- - - - - - ---···--··· ~- ·-
different portions of proposed work, each combination shall 25 1.03
be evaluated.
30 or more 1.00
. i
405.3.3 Concrete proportions, including water-cementitious 1
/merpolall! for inrermediare numbcr of Jesrs.
rnaterials ratio, shall be established on the basis of fielcl 1
Modijied s:mrdard dt'viation to be rtsed lo determíue rn¡uir<'d m ·¡· ~;::.~: (~
experience and/or tria) mixtures with materials to be xrrengrh f,,jimn Seclion 405.4.2.1
ernployed (see Section 405.4), except as pennitted in
Section 405.5 or required by Section 404. 405.4.2 Rcquircd Avcrage Strcngth

405.4 Proportioning on thc Basis of Ficld Expcriencc 405.4.2.1 Requíred average compressive strengthf,., used. n:;
and Tríal Mixtures, or Both the basis for sclcction of concrete proportions shall be the
largcr of Equation (405- 1) or (405-2) using the samplc
standard deviation, s. . calculatcd in accordance with Section
405.4.1 Sample Standard Dcviation 4054.1.1 or405.4.l.2.

405.4.1. 1 Where a concrete production facility has test j', 5 35MPa: f,, = f'c + 1.34 s, (405 1)
records not more than 12 months old, a sample standard l a ;:: /, + 2.33 S , - 3.5 (4 0'j. ))
deviation, s,, shall be established. Test records from which a
standard deviation s,, is calculated: Use the Jargcr valuc computed from Eq. 405-1 and 405-/.,
or:
l. Must represen! materials, quality control procedures
and conditions similar to those expectcd, and changcs .f',.>35MPa: .r. . = .r, + 1.34 s, (405- 1)
in matcrials and proportions within the test rccords shal l (405-3)
.(,, = 0.90 f'c + 2.33 Ss
not havc been more restricted than !hose for proposed
work. Use th e Jargcr value computcd from Eq. 405-1 and 405-3.
2. Must represen! concrete produced to meet a specified
405.4.2.2 Wllcn a concrete producti on facili ty docs no! ha ve
strength or strengths f'c within 7 MPa of that spcciflcd
field strength test records for calculation of standard
for proposed work.
devialion meeting rcquirements of Section 405.4 .1. 1 o,·
3. Must consist of al Jeast 30 consecutivc tests or two 405.4.1.2, req uired average strength .fu shall be detennined
groups of consecutive tests totaling at Jeas! 30 tests as from Tablc 405 -2 and docurnent ation of average strcngth
defincd in Section 405.7.2.4, exccpt as provided in shal! be in accordance with requirements of Section 405.4.3.
Section 405.4.1.2.
Ta ble 405-2 Rcquirecl Average Com prcssivc Strc ngth
When Data are not Available lo Establish a Standa rd
405.4.1.2 Whcre a concrete production facility does not
Dcviation
have test records meeting requirements of Section
405.4. 1.1(3), but docs havc tes t rccords not more than 12 Speci f icd Comprcssivc Rcqui rcd Avcr<Tgc Compres~. , ,."
months old based on 15 lo 29 consccutivc tests, a standard ___ __l~_t.!1Jc....~l~1--~ -------~l_r!::T~g~[~,.D,_,_ MPa .. .........
sampl c dcviation s., .~hall be cstabli shcd as (he product of Lcss lhan 2 1 M Pa ./', + 7.0
thc calculatcd samplc standard dc.viation ami thc
modification factor of Tablc 405 - 1. To be acceptable, test 2 1~.f'. S~5 t, +!U
rccords shall mcct thc rcquircmcnts of Scction 405.4 .1. 1,
ltcms 1 and 2, and reprcsem only a single record of ()ver Yi 1.1 0/',. + 5.0
consccuti ve tests that .~pan a pcriod of not lcss than 45
calendar days.

/\ssO<;I(IlTOn or Structurilt EnquJü{)r"S of ti)(; Philipp¡n()~;


405.4.3 Documcntation of A vcragc Strcngth.
Oocumentation that proposed concrete proponions will
produce an average cornprcssive strcngth equal to or greater
than required average compressive strength (see Section
405.4.2) shall consist of a fic!d strength test record, severa!
strength test records, or tria! mixtures.
1 405.4.3.1 When test records in accordance with Sections
i
405.4. 1.1 and 405.4.1.2, are used to demonstratc that
!' proposed concrete proponions wil1 produce the required
average strength j',., (see Section 405.4.2), such records shall
represen! materials and conditions similar to those expectcd.
Changes in matcrials, conditions and proportions wi thin the
test records shall not have been more restricted than those
for proposed work. For the purposc of documenting average
strength potcntial, test records consisting of less than 30 but
not less than 1Oconsecutive tests may be used, provided test
records encompass a period of time not less than 45 days.
Required concrete proportions may be established by
interpolation between the strengths and proportions or two
or more test records each of which meets other requirements
of this section.
405.4.3.2 When an acceptable record of field test results is
not available, concrete proportions established from trial
mixtures meeting the following restrictions shall be
perm itted:
l . Cornbination of matcrials shall be those for proposed
work.
2. Tria! mixtures having proportions and consistencies
required for proposed work shall be madc using at least
thrce different watcr-cementitiou.s materials ratios or
ccmentit ious materials contems lhat will produce a
range or strengths encompassing thc rcquircd average
strcngth .f',, and mcct tbe durability rcquircments of
Secti on 404.
3. Trial mixwrcs shall be designed to produce a slump
within ±20 mm of maximum permittcd, and for air-
entrained concrete, with in ±0.5 pcrcent of maximum
allowable air contcnt, or within the tolcrance specified
for the proposcd Work.
4. For each water-cemcntitious matcrials ratio or
cememitious materials contcnt, al least thrcc test
cylindcrs for cach test age shall be méHlc and cu red in
accordance with "Method r!f Making all(/ Ct1ri111{
Concrere Tes¡ Speci111en.\" i11 .!te Labormory" (J\STM C
192). Cylindcrs shall be testrd al 28 days or at test agc
dcsignatcd for dctcrmination of (, .
5. From results of cylindcr tests, a curve shall he plottcd
showing relationship bctwecn water-cemcnltttous
materials ratio or cementitious materials contcnt and
comprcssive strcngth rtl desi gnatcd test age.
N;1tional SlfliCllJral Co<le ol lile Pt1ilippines 6 Fdition Volu111e 1
CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4·23
6. Maximum water-cementitious materials ratio or
mínimum cementitious materials content for concrete to
be used in proposed work shall be thal shown by thc
curve to produce the average strength required by
Section 405.4.2, unless a lower water-cementitious
materials ratio or higher strength is required by .Section
404.
405.5 Proportion.ing without Field Expericncc or Tria!
Mixtures
405.5.1 If data rcquired by Section 405.4 are not available,
concrete proportions shall be based upon other experience
or information, if approved by the engineer. The requi rcd
average compressive strengt hfu of concrete produced with
materials similar to those proposed for use shall be at least
8.5 MPa greater than the specified compressive strength,f,.
This al!ernative shall not be used for specified compressive
strength greatcr than 35 MPa.
405.5.2 Concrete proportioned by Secti on 405.5 shall
confonn to the durability rcquirernents of Section 404 and to
compressivc strength test critcria of Section 405.7.
405.6 A vcragc Strcngth Rcduction
As data become available during construction, it shall be
pern1illed to reduce the amount by which fu must exceed
the specified va1ue of fn provided:
l. Thirt y or more test rcsults are available and average of
test results excceds that required by Section 405.4 .2. 1,
using a sample standard deviation calculated in
accordancc with Scction 405.4. 1.1 , or
2. Fifteen to 29 test results are available and average of
test results exceeds that requ ired by Section 405.4.2.1,
using a snmple standard deviation cakulatcd in
accordance with Section 405.4. 1.2, and
3. Spccial exposure requircments of Section 404 are met.
405.7 Evaluation and Acccptancc of Concrete
405.7.1 Concrete shall be tested in accordance with the
requircmcnts of Section 405.7.2 through 405.7.5. Qualified
field testing technicians shall pcrform tests on fresh concrete
al the job site, prepare specimcns required for curing under
field conditions. prepare spccimens rcquired for tcsting in
thc laboratory. aml record thc tcmperaturc of the frcsh
concrete when preraring specimens for strcngth tests.
Qualificd laboratory tcchni cians shall perform all required
laboratory tests.
111
 4-24 CHAPTEfi 4, Concrete
405.7.2 Frcqucncy of Tcsting
405.7.2.1 Samples for strength tests of each class of
concrete placed each day shall be taken not less than once a
day, or not less than once for each 120 m3 of concrete, or
not less than once for each 500 m 2 of surface arca for slabs
or walls.
405.7.2.2 On a given project, if the total volu;ne of concrete
is such that the frequency of testing requireu by Section
405.7.2.1 would provide less than five strength tests for a
given class of concrete, tests shall be made from at least five
randomly selected batches or from cach batch if 'fewer than
five batches are used.
405.7.2.3 When total quantity of a given class of concrete is
Iess than 40 m3, strength tests are not required when
evidence of satisfactory strength is submitted to and
approved by the engineer.
405.7.2.4 A strcngth test shall be the average of the
strengths of two cylinders made frorn the same samplc of
concrete and tested at 28 days or at test age designated for
detennination offc·
405.7.3 Laboratory-Curcd Specimens
405.7.3.1 Sarnples for strength tests shall be taken in
accordance with "Melhod of Samp/ing Freshly Mixed
Concrete" (ASTM e 172).
405.7.3.2 eylinders for strength tests shall be molded and
laboratory cured in accordance with "Practice for Making
and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field" (ASTM
C 31M) and tested in accordance with "Test Method for
Compressil•e Strength o( Cylindrico/ Concrete Specimens"
(ASTM e 39M).
405.7.3.3 Strength leve! of an individual c!ass of concrete
sha!l be considercd satisfactory ií both the following
requirements are met:
l. Every arithmetic average of any three consecutive
strength tests (see Section 405.7.2.4) equals or excecds
.r,:
2. No individual strcngth test (average of two cylinders)
falls below / <" by more than 3.5 MPa, whcr1 f'r is 35
MPa or less; or by more than O. 1Of'r whcn .f'c is more
than 35 MPa.
405.7.3.4 lf cither of !he rcq uircments of Scction 405.7.1.3
are not mct. stcps shall be takcn lo incrcasc thc average of
subscqucnt strength test rcsults. Rcquircmcnts of Scction
405.7.5 shall be obscrvcd if thc rcquircmcn t of ltem 2 of
Scction 405.7.3.3 is not meL
Associat1on of Struclur<ll Enqu1eors of llw Phihppu les
405.7.4 Ficld-eurcd Spccirncns
405.7.4.1 If requíred by the engineer-of-record, rcsults of
strcngth tests of cylinders cured under field conditions shall
be provided.
405.7.4.2 Pield ..cu red cyl inders shall be curcd under field
conditions, in accordance with "Prar:tice for Making and
Curing Concrete Test 5'pecimens in the Fie!d" (ASTM C
31M).
405.7.4.3 Pield-cured test cylinders shall be molded at the
same time and from the same samples as laboratory-cu red
test cylindcrs.
405.7.4.4 Proccdures for protecting and curing concrete
shall be improved when strength of field-cured cyli nders at
test age designated for determínation of .fe is less than 85
percent of that of companion laboratory-cured cylinders.
The 85 percent limitation shall not apply if field-cured
strength exceedsfc by more than 3.5 MPa.
405.7.5 Invcstígation of Low-Strength Test Rcsults
405.7.5. 1 lf any strength test (see Section 405 .7.2.4) of
laboratory-cured cylinders falls below spccified values of fe
by more than 3.5 MPa (scc Seclion 405.7.3.3, Item 2) or if
tests of field-cured cylinders indicate defíciencies in
protection and curíng (see Section 405.7.4.4), steps shal! be
taken to ensure that load-carrying capacity of the structure is
not jeopardized.
405.7.5.2 If the likelihood of low-strength concrete is
confinncd and calculations indicate that load-carrying
capacity is significantly reduced, tests of cores drilled from
the arca in question in accordance with "Mcthod of
Obwining ami Testing Drilled Cores all(/ Sawed Beams of
Concrete" (ASTM C 42M) shall be permitted. In such cases,
three cores shall be taken for each strength test more than
3.5 MPa below specified value off,..
405.7.5.3 lf concrete in the structure wi ll be dry under
service conditions, cores shall be air dried (temperaturcs
! SOC to 25°C, relative humidi ty less than 60 perccnt) for
seven days before test and shal! be tested cl ry. lf concrete in
thc structure wil! be more than super!icially wet under
service conditions, cores s!.;dl be irnrnerscd in water for at
least 40 hours afl() be tested wet .
405.7 .5.4 Concrete in an arca reprcscntcd by eore tests shall
be considered strucl ural!y adcquatc if th c ave rage of three
corcs is cqual to at lcast 85 perccnt of j',. and íf no single
corc is lcss than 75 pcrcent of_(... Add itional tcsting of corcs
cxtracted frorn locations reprcsented by errat ic core strcngth
rcsults shall be pcrmittcd.
 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4-25

405.7.5.5 lf criteria of Section 405.7.5.4 are not mct, and if 7. All laitance and other unsound material shall be
structural adequacy remains in doubt, the engineer o f record removed befare additional concrete is placed against
shall be pem1itted to arder a strength evaluation in hardened concrete.
accordance with Section 420 for thc qucstionable portian of
~ thc structure, or takc other appropriatc acti on.
.. 405.9 Mixing

405.7.6 Steel Fiber-Reinforccd Concrete
405.7.6.1 Acceptancc of steel fiber-rei nforcetl concrete used
in beams in accordance with 4 11.6.6.1(6) shall be
determined by testing in <tccordancc with ASTM C !609. In
addition, strcngth tcsting shall be in accordancc with
405.7.1.
j 405.7.6.2 Stecl fibcr-reinforced concrete shall be considered
¡ acceptable for shear resíst ance if conditions ( 1), (2), antl (3)
i are satísfied:
! l. The weight of defonned steel fibers per cubic meter of
!
~
concrete is greater than or equalto 60 kg.
¡ 2. The residual strcngth olllai ned from flexura! testing
in accordance with /\STM Cl609 at a mitl-span
deflection of 1/300 of the span length is greater tlwn or
cqual to 90 percent of thc mcasured first-pcak strcngth
obtained from a flexura! test or 90 percent of the
strength corresponding to J, from Eq. (409- 10).
whichever is larger; and
3. The residual strength obtained frorn flexura! testing in
accordance with ASTM C 1609 at a mid-span deílection
of 1/ 150 of the span length is greater than or cqual to 75
perccnt of the measurcd first-peak strcngth obtaincd
from a fl exura! test or 75 pcrccnt of the strcngth
corresponding to J, from Eq. (409-10). whic:hcvcr is
larger.
405.8 Prcparation of Equipment ami Place of Dcposit
405.8.1 Preparation before concrete placcment shall inclutlc
the following:
l. All equipment for mixing and transponing concrete
shall be clean;
2. /\11 debris shall be removed fro m spaces to be occup icd
by concrete;
3. Forms shall be properly coatcd;
4. Masonry filler units that will be in cnntact with
concrete shall be well drenched;
5. Reinforcement shall be thoroughly clcan of dcleterious
coatings;
6. Water shall he n· rno vcd from place of tkposit beforc
concrete is placcd un lcss a trernic is to be uscd or unlcss
otherwise pcrmittcd by thc engineer:
405.9.1 All concrete shall be mi xed until there is a uniform
distribution of materials and shall be discharged completely
before mixer is recharged.
405.9.2 Ready-mi xed concrete shall be mixcd and delivered
in accordance with requirements of "Speciflcations for
Ready- Mixed Concrete" (ASTM e 94M) or "Specifications
for Concrete Made by Vo/umetric Batching and Comitwous
Mixing " (ASTM C 685M).
405.9.3 Job-mixed concrete shall be mixed in accordance
with thc following:
l. Mixing shall be done in a batch mixer of an approved
type;
2. Mi xer shall be rotated at a speed recommended by the
manufacturer;
3. Mixing shall be continued for at lcast l-l/2 minutes
4. After al! materials are in the drum, unless a shoner time
is shown to be satisfactory by the mixing uniformity
tests of "Spccijicarions for Ready-Mixed Concrete"
(ASTM C 94M);
5. Materials handling, batching and mixing shall confom1
to applicable provisions of "Speciflcmions for Ready-
Mixed Concrete" (ASTM e 94M);
6. A detailed record shall be kept to identify:
a. Number of batches produced;
b. Proportions of materials used;
c. Approximate location of final deposit in
structure;
d. Time and date of mixing and placing.
405.) O Convcying
405.10.1 Concrete shall be convcycd from mixer to place of
fi nal dcposit by me thods Lhat wi ll preven! separation or loss
of materials.
405.10.2 Convcying cq uipment shall be capablc of
providing a supply of concrete at site of placement without
separation of ingredients and without inten·uptions suflicient
to permit loss of plasticity between successive increments.

Na honal S tructuml Code of the Philippines 6111 Edihon Volume 1

 4-26 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete

405.11 Depositing 405.12.3.2 Accclerated curing shall provide a compressive

strength of concrete at the load stage considered at lcast
405.11.1 Concrete shall be deposited as ncarly as equal to required design strength at that load stage.
practicable in its final position to avoid segregation due to
re-handling or tlowing. 405.12.3.3 Curing process shall he such as to produce
concrete wilh a durability at least eq!Jívalenl to the curing
405. 11.2 Concreting shall be canied on at such a rate that method of Section 405. 12. 1 or 405. 12.2.
concrete is at all times plastic and tlows readily into spaces
betwecn reinforcem<· n!. - 405.12.4 When required by the engineer, supplemcntary
strength tests in accordance with Section 405.7.4 shall be
405.11.3 Concrete that has partially hardened or been performed to assure that curing is satisfactory.
contaminated by foreign materials shall not be deposited in
the structur~.
405.13 Hot Weathcr Rcquit·cmcnts
f 405.11.4 Re-tempered concrete or concrete that has been re- During hot weather, proper auention shall be gívcn to
l ingredients, production methods, handling, placing,
¡ mixed after initial set shall.not be used unless approved by
¡ the engineer.-of-record. protcction and curing to preven! excessi ve concrete
temperatures or water evaporation that may impair requircd
f 405.11.5 Afler concreting is started, it shall be carried on as strec:gth or servic~ability of the member or structurc.

' a continuous operat ion unti l pl.acing of a panel or section. as

defined by its boundaries or predeterrnjned joints, is
completed, except as pennitted. or prohibited by Section
406.4.
·~ ... ,•i. f..: ~;?;•/ •"' ' , ; o•1.:: ..,:i6~?.::~:· !:. :.;• o •: .~:l'.~~~·:F~~-~~:!J~

405.11.6 Top surfaces of vertically fo rmed lífts shall be

generally leve!.

405.11.7 When construction joints are required, joints shall

be made in accordance with Section 406.4.

405. 11.8 All concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated by

suítable means during placement and shall be thoroughly
worked around reinforcement and embedded fixtures and
into corners of forms.

405.12 Curing

405.1 2.1 Concrete (other than high-early-strength) shall be

maíntaíned ¿bove to'c and in a moist condition for at least
the first sev~n days after placement, except when cured in
accordance with Section 405.12.3.

405. 12.2 High-early-strength concrete shall be maintaincd

above IO'C and in a moist condition for at least the first
threc days, excc¡>l when cured in accordancc wi th Section
405. 12.3.

405.12.3 Accclcratcd Curing

405.12.3.1 Curing by high-pressure steam, steam at

atmosphcric pressure, heat and moisturc or other accepted
processes, may he employed to accelerate strength gain and
reduce ti me of curing.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philíppines


406.1 Dcsign of Formwork
406.1.1 Fonns shall result in a final structure that conforms
to shapes, fines and dímensions of the members as required
by the design drawings and specíticatíons.
406.1.2 Forms shall be substantíal and sufficiently tight to
1 prcvent leakage of mortar.
¡
! cured cylinders or, when approved by lhe engineer-of-
40~.1 .~ Fon~~ shall be properly braced or tied together 10
l maJntrun posrtron and shape.
~
f
406.1.4 Forms and their supports shall be designed so as
not to damage previously placed structme.
1 supponed on any unshored portion of the stmclure under
1 406.1.5 Design of fonnwork shall include consideration of
the following factors:
t
¡
l. Rate and method of placing concrete;
l shall not be removed until sufficient preslressing has been
2. Construction loads, including vertical, horizontal and
impactloads;
3. Special form requiremems for construction of shclls.
folded platcs, domes, architectural concrete or simil ar
types of elements.
406.1.6 Forms for prcstressed concrete members shall be
designed ami constmcted to pcrmit rnovement uf the
member without damagc during application of prestrcssing
force.
406.2 Removal of Forms, Shores and Reshoring
406.2.1 Remo val of Forms
Fonns shall be removed in such a manner as nol to impair
safety and servíceabi lity of the structure. Concrete to be
exposed by form removal shall havc suflicient strcngth not
to be damagcd by rcmova l opcration.
406.2.2 Rcmov:¡l of Shorcs and Hrshoring
The provisions uf Section 406.2.2.1 through 406.2.2.3 shall
apply lo slabs and bc.ams cxccpt whcrc casi on thc ground.
406.2.2.1 Bcforc starting const ruction, th c contractor shal l
dcvelop a procedurc and schedule for rcmoval of shorcs and
installation of rcshores and for calculating the lomls
transferred to the slmcture during the process.
Natíonal Struclural Code of the Philippines 6r" Edition Volumc 1
C HAPTER 4 ·Concrete 4·27
l. The structural analysis and concrete strength data used
in planning and implementing form removal and
shoring shall be furnished by the contractor lo the
building official whcn so requestcd.
2. No construction loads shall be supp01ted on. or any
shoring removed from, any part of the stmcture under
construction cxcept when that pon ion of thc structurc in
combination with rcmaining forming and shoring
system has sufficicnt slrcngth to support safely its
weight and loads placed thercon.
3. Sufficient strenglh shall be demonstrated by structural
analysis considering proposed loads, strength of
forming and shoring systcm and concrete strength data.
Concrete strength data may be based on tests of field·
record, on other procedures to evaluate concrete
strenglh.
406.2.2.2 No construction loads exceeding lhc combination
of s uperimposed dead load plus spccified live load shall be
constmction, unless analysis indicatcs adequate strength to
support such additional loads.
406.2.2.3 Form supports for prestrcssed concrete mernbers
applied to enable prestressed rnembers to carry their dead
load and anlicipated construction Joads.
406.3 Conduits and Pipes Embcdded in Concrete
406.3.1 Conduits, pipes and sleeves of any material not
hannful to concrete and within limitations of this subsection
may be embcdded in concrete wi th approval of the engineer.
provided they are no! considcrcd 10 rcplace struclurally thc
displaced concrete.
406.3.2 Conduits and pipes of alum inum shall not be
embedded in structural concrete unlcss effectively coated or
covered lO prevcnt aluminum-concrele reaction or
clectroiytic action between aluminum and stecl.
4Q6.3.3 Conduits, pipes and sleeves passing through a slab,
wall or beam shall not impair significanlly thc strength of
the construction.
406.3.4 Conduits and pipes, with their littings, embedded
within a column shall no! displace more than 4 pcrccnt of
thc arca of cross scction on which strcngth is calculated or
which is rcquired for fire protcction.
406.3.5 Exccpt whcn plans for conduits and pipes are
approved by thc strucwral cngineer. conduits nnd pipes
embeddcd within a slab, wall or beam (other than those
mercly passing through) shall satisfy the following:
 4-28 CHAPTEA 4 · Concrete

406.3.5. 1 111ey shall not be larger in outside dimension ú1an 406.4.2 Tmmediately befare new concrete is placed, all
one third the overall thickness of slab, wall or beam in eonstruction joints shall be wetted and standing water
which thcy are embedded. removed.

406.3.5.2 They shall be spaccd not closcr than threc
diameters or widths on ccnter.
406.3.5.3 They shall not impnir significantly thc strength of
the construction.
406.3.6 Conduits, pipes and sleeves may be considercd as
replacing strucwrally in comprcssion the displaced concrete.
provided:
406.3.6.1 Thcy are no! exposed to IUSting or other
deteriora! ion.
406.3.6.2 Thcy are of uncoated or galvanized iron or stcel
not thinner than standard Schedule 40 steel pipe.
406.3.6.3 Thcy have a nominal inside diameter not ovcr 50
mm and are spaccd not less than threc diameters on centers.
406.3.7 Pipes and fitti ngs shall be designed to resist cfTec ts
of the materi al, pressure and tcmperature lo which they will
be subjected.
406.4.3 Construction joints shall be so made and located so
as notto impair the strength of the structure. Provision shall
be made for transfer or shear and other !'orces through
construction joints. See Secti on 411.8.9.
406.4.4 Construction joints in rtoors shall be locatcd within
the middle third of spans of slabs, beams and girders.
406.4.5 Joints in girders shall be offset a mínimum distancc
of two times the width of intersccting beams.
406.4.6 Beams, girders or slabs supported by columns or
walls shall not be cast or erccted until concrete in the
vertical support members is no longer plastic.
406.4.7 Beams, girders, haunches. drop panels and capitals
shall be placed monolithically as pan of a slab system,
unless otherwise show n in design drawings or
specifications.

40 6.3.8 No liquid, gas or vapor, cxcept water not exceeding

30."C or 0.35 MPa pressurc, shall be placcd in the pipes
until the concrete has mtained its design strength.

406.3.9 In solid slabs. piping, unless it is uscd for radian!

heating or snow mclting. shall be placed bctween top and
bottom rei nforcemcnt.

406.3. 10 Concrete covcr for pipes, conduit and fiuings shall

not be lcss than 40 mm for concrete exposed to canh or
wc<~thcr, or lcss than 20 mm for concrete nol cxposed to
weather or in contact with ground.

406.3.11 Rcinforccrnenl with an arca not less than 0.002

ti mes thc arca of concrete secti on shall be providcd normal
to thc piping.

406.3.1 2 Piping and conduit shaiJ· be so fabricatcd ami

installed that cutting. bcnding or displaccmcnt of
rcinfon:cmcnt frwn its proper location willnm he requircd.

406.4 Cons lruclion J oints

406.4.1 Surfacc of concrete constn1ction joints shall be

cleaned and lai tance removed.

Association o f Structural Engineers of tt·¡e Philippines


407.1 Notations
d = distance from extreme compression fiber to cent:roid
of tension reinforcemcnt, mm
db = nominal diameter of bar, wire or prestrcssing strand,
mm
[ ci =
comprcssve strength of concrete at time of i nitial
prestress. MPa
¡, == specified yield strength of nonprcstressed
reinforcement, MPa
L¿ = development length, mm. Sce Section 4 12.
407.2 Standa rd Hooks
"Standard hook" as uscd in this code is onc of the
following:
407.2.1 180-dcgrcc bend plus 4d¡, extcnsion, but not less
than 60 mm at free cnd of bar.
407.2.2 90-degree bcnd plus 12d1, cxtcnsion at free end of
bar.
407.2.3 For stirrup and tic hooks:
J. <f¡ 16 mm bar and smaller, 90-degrec bend plus. 6d¡,
extension at free end of bar; or
2. <f¡20 mm and $25 mm bar, 90-degree bcnd, plus 12d¡,
extension at free end of bar: or
3. <j>25 111111 bar and sma!ler, 135-degrce bcnd plus 6(h
extension at free end of bar.
407.2.4 Seismic hooks as defined in Scction 402.
407.3 Mínimum Bend Diamcters
407.3.1 Diameter of bend measured on the inside of the bar,
other than for stirrups and ti es in sizes cjll O mm through cjl 16
mm, shallnot be less than the valucs in Table 407- 1.
407.3.2 lnside diameter of bcnds for stirrups ami ties .shall
not be less than 4d6 for <jl 16 mm bar and smaller. For bars
larger !han 4> l ó mm, diameter of bend shall be in accordance
with Table 407 -l .
407.3.3 lnsidc diameter of bends in welded wire fabric
(pl ai n or deformed) for stirrups and ties shall not be less
tban 4d" for deformed wire larger than MD40 and 2d¡, fo r all
other wires . Bends with inside diameter of Jcss than 8d,
shall not be Jess than 4d¡, from ne a~·es t weldcd intersection.
National S tructural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete 4·29
Table 407-1 - Mínimum Diametcrs of Bend
Bar Size Minimum Diametcr
4> 1O mm through cjl25 mm 6db
$28 mm, cjl32 mm and
8db
cjl36mm
cjl42 mm and <f¡58 mm IOdb
407.4 Bending of Rcinforcement
407.4.1 All reinforcement shall be bent cold, unless
otherwise pemutted by the cngincer-of-record.
407.4.2 Reinforcement partially embeddcd in concrete
shall not be field bent, except as shown on the design
drawings or permitted by the engineer-of-record.
407.5 Surface Conditions of Rei nforcemcnt
407.5.1 At thc time concrete is placed, rcinforccment shall
be free from mud, oi1 or other nonmetallic coatíngs that
decrease bond. Epoxy coatings of stecl reinforcernent in
accordance with Sections 403.6.3.8 and 403.6.3.9 shall be
permitted.
407.5.2 Rcinforcement, cxcept prestressing tendons, with
rust, mili scale or a combi nation of both, shall be considered
satisfactory, provided the mínimum dimensions (including
height of deforrnations) and weight of a hand-wire-brushcd
test specimen comply with appli cable ASTM specifications
refcrenced in Scction 403.6.
407.5.3 Prestressing tendons shall be clean and free of oil,
dirt, scale, pilling and excessive tust. A light coating of rust
shall be permittcd.
407.6 Placing Reinforcemcnt
407.6.1 Rcinforcement, prcstressing tendons and ducts
shall be accurately placed and adequately supported before
concrete is placcd, and shall be secured against
displacement within tolerances of this section.
407.6.2 Un less othcrwise spccified by the cnginecr-of-
<!cord, rcinforcement, prestressing tcndons and prcstressing
du cts shall be placed with in the following tolcranccs:
111
 4-30 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete
407.6.2.1 Tolcrancc for depth d, and nummum concrete
cover in flexura! members, walls and compression membcrs
s hall be as fo llows:
.---
Effwive Dcpth, Tolerance on d Tolerance on
d
Mínimum Concrete
Covcr
d ~ 200 mm ± lO mm -10 mm
--
d> 2UO rnm ± 12mm -12mm
cxcept that tolerance for the clear distance to forrned soffits
s hall be minus 6 mm and tolerance for cover shall not
cxceed minus one-third the mínimum concrete cover
required by thc approved plans or specificaúons.
407.6.2.2 Tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and
cnds of reinforccmcnt shall be ±50 mm cxccpt ar
discontimtous ends o f mcmbers where tolerancc shall be
± 12 mm at the discontinuous ends of brackets andl corbels,
and ±25 mm at the discontinuous ends of other rnembers.
Thc to lerance for concrete cover of Scction 407 .6.2.1 shall
also appty at the discontinuous ends of rnembcrs.
407.6.3 Wclded wire fabric (with wirc size not greatcr than
MW30 or MD30) used in slabs not exceeding 3 m in span
shall be pcrmiued to be curved from a point near the top of
s ial> over the support to a point near the bottom of slab at
midspan, provided such reinforcernent is eithcr continuous
over, or securely anchored at, support.
407.6.4 Weld ing of crossing bars shall not be penniucd for
assembly o f rcinforcemcnt.
Exceptions:
l. Reinforcing steel bars are not requi red by design.
2. Wlzen specifical/y approved by the engineer-of-record,
welding of crossing bars for assembly purposes in
Seismic Zone 2 may be pennitted, provided that data
are submitted to the engineer to show that there is no
detrimental effect on the action of the s.rructural
member as a result ofwelding of the crossing b.ars.
407.7 Spacing Limits for Rcinforccm ent
407.7.f Thc mini m um clcar spacing bet ween paralld bars in
a !ayer shall he d¡, but not lcss than 25 mm. See alseo Section
401.4.2.
407.7.2 Wherc parallcl reinforcement is placed in two or
more layers, bars in thc upper layers shall be placed directly
ahove bars in thc bottom !ayer with clear di sta nce hetween
layers not less than 25 mm .
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
407.7.3 In spirally rei nforced or lied reinforccd comprcssion
members, clear dislance between Jongituóinal bars shall not
be Jess than l.5db or Jess than 40 mm. Sce also Section
403.4.2 .
407.7.4 Clear distance limitation between bars shall apply
also to the clear distanee betwcen a contact lap splice and
adjacent splices or bars.
407.7.5 In walls and slabs other than concret.:; joist
constructio n, primary flexura! reinforcement shall not be
spaeed farther apart than three times the wall o r slab
thickness, nor farther than 450 mm.
407.7.6 Bundled Bars
407.7.6.1 Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundlcd in
contact to act as a unit shall be lirnited to four bars in one
bundle.
407.7.6.2 Bundled bars shall be enclosed within stimtps or
ti es.
407.7.6.3 Bars larger than ~ 36 mm shall not be bundled in
beams.
407.7.6.4 Individual bars within a bundle tenninatcd within
thc span of flexura! mernbers shall termínate at diffcrent
points with at Jeast 40db stagger.
407.7.6.5 Whcre spacing lirnitations and mínimum concrete
cover are based on bar diarnctcr db, a unit of bundled bars
shall be treated as a s ingle bar of a d iarneter derived from
the equivalen! total arca.
407.7.7 Prestressing Tcndons and Ducts
407.7.7.1 Center-to-center spacing of pre-tensioning
tendons at each end of a member shall not be less than 5db
for wire, nor 4db for strands, except that if concrete strength
al transfer of prcstress, fe; is 28 MPa o r more, mínimum
center to center s pacing of strands shall be 45 mm for
s trands of 12 mm nomjna1 diametcr o r smaller and 50 mm
for strands of 16 mm nominal diamctcr. See also Sectio n
403.4.2. C loscr vertical spacing and bund! ing of tendons
shall be permittcd in the middle port ion of a span.
407.7.7 .2 Bundli ng o f post-tcnsioning ducts shall be
permitted if it is shown that concrete can be satisfactorily
placed and if provisio n is made to prevent the tcndons, w!F'-''
tcns ioned, from breaking through the duct.
 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 4-31

407.8 Concrete Protection for Reinforcement

407.8.2 Prccast Concrete (Manufactured Under Plant
407.8.1 Cast-in-Piace Concrete (Nonprcstrcsscd) Control Conditions)
Unless a greater cover is required by Section 407.8.6 or Unless a greater cover is requíred by Scction 407.8.6 or
407.8.8, specifíed cover for reinforcemcnt shall not less than 407.8.8, specificd cover for prcstrcssed and nonprcstrcssed
tllc following: rcinforcement, ducts, and end fittings shall not lcss than thc
following:
Mínimum Cover Mínimum Covcr
J. CP.ncrete cast against and pennancntly J. Concrete cxposed to carth or wcather:
cxposed to earth .. .... ... ... ...... .. ... .... ..... .. ........ 75 mm
a. Wall panels:
2. Concrete exposcd to carth or weather:
<jl42 mm and <jl58 mm bars 40 mm
~20 mm bar through ~36 mm bar .. . .. ...... ... ... 50 mm <j>36 bar and smaller, prcstrcssing
t ~16 mm bar, MW200 or MD200 wire, tendons larger than 40 mm and smallcr,
l and smaller .. ... ...... .. .. .. ............ ... ..... ...... .. ... 40 mm MW200 or MD200 wire and smaller... .... 20 mm
3. Concrete not exposed to weather or in b. Other mcmbers:
contact with ground:
1 a. Slabs, walls, joists:
<j¡42 and cp58 bars, prestrcssing tendons
larger than 40 mm ................................... 50 mm
cp42 mm and <jl58 mm bars ..................... 40 mm <j¡20 through <jl36 bars, prcstressing
tendons larger than !6 mm through
«P36 mm bars and smaller 20 mm
40 mm .... .... ......... ................... ................. 40 mm
b. Beams, colurnns: <P 16 bar and smaller, prestressing
Primary reinforcement, ti es, tendons 16 mm diarneter and smaller,
stirrups, spirals ... ............. ..... ... .... .. ...... 40 mm MW200 or MD200 wire, and srnaller.. .... 30 mm

c. Shells, folded plate members: 2. Concrete not exposed to wcather or in

contact with ground:
4>20 mm bar and larger ..... ... .... .. .. ... ..... 20 mm
a. Slabs, walls, joists:
lj>16 mm bar, MW200 or MD200
wire, and srnaller ................................. 12 mm <j¡42 mm and cj>58 mm bars, prestressing
tcndons larger than 40 mm..................... 30 mm
Prestressing tendons 40 mm
and smaller .... ....... ................. .. ..... 20 mm
cj>36 mm bar and srnallcr, MW200 or
MD200 wire and smallcr ............... ... .... 15 mm
b. Beams, columns:
Primary reinforcemcnt d 1, but not less
titan <j> 15 mm and need not exceed ........ 40 mm
Ties, stirrups, spirals .......... ................. 10 mm
<;. Shells, foldcd plate mernbcrs:
Prcstrcssing tcndons ........... ................... 20 mm
<j>20 mm bar and largcr .. ........... .. ... ... .. . 15 mm
<} 16 mm bar, MW200 or MD200
wire, and smallcr .................... ............... 1O mm

11
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edilion Volumc 1
 4·32 CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete
407.8.3 Casi-In-Place Concrete (Prcstressed)
407.8.3.1 Un lcss a greatcr cover is requircd by Sections
407.8.6 and 407.8.8, specified cover for prestressed and
nonprestressed reinforcement, ducts and end fittings, shall
not lcss than the following:
Minimum Cover
l. Concrete cast agai nst and permancntly
cxposcd to ean h ...................... ....................
2. Concrete exposed to emih or wcather:
Wall panels, s labs, joists ...........................
Other members ..........................................
3. Concrete not exposed to weather or in
contact with ground:
a. Slabs, walls, joists ..............................
b. Bcams, columns:
P1imary rcinforccment
Ti es. stirrups, spirals ........................ ..
c. Shclls, folded plate mcmbers:
cjll6 mm bars, MW200 or MD200 wirc,
10 mm
and smaller .. ....... ... ... . ... .............. .........
Othcr rci nforcement ........................... d1, > 20 mm
407.8.3.2 For prestressed concrete mernbers exposed to
eanh, wcathcr o r corrosivc environmcnts, and in which
permissib lc tcnsilc stress of Section 418.5. 1, llem 3. is
cxcceded, minimum cover shall be increased 50 percent.
407.8.3.3 For prestrcssed concrete members manufacwrcd
under plalll control eonditions, mínimum concrete cover for
no nprcstrcssed reinforccment shall be as rcquired in Scction
407.8.2.
407.8.4 Bundled Bars
For bundled bars, minimum concrete covcr shall not be less
than the equiva le n! diameter of lhe bundle, but need not be
greater than 50 mm; except for concrete cast against and
perrnanently cxposed to eanh. mínimum covcr s hall not be
lcss than 75 mm.
407.8.5 H ended S hcar Stud Reinforccmcnt
For headcd shcar stud reinforcement , spccified concrete
cover for thc heads or b<tse rails shall not be lcss than thal
required for the rc inforccmenl in the type of mcmbcr in
which thc headed s hear sturl rcinforcemcnt is placed .
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
407.8.6 Corrosive Environments
In corrosi ve environments or other severe exposurc
conditions, arnount o f concrete protection shall be s:!il:lhly
increascd, and the pct1 inent requirements for concrete bascd
on applicable exposure categories in Section 40-l shall be
met, denseness and nonporosity of protecting concrete s hall
·be considered, or other protcction shall be provided.
407.8.6.1 For prestressed concrete rncmbers exposed lo
75 , , ;;ll corrosive environments or other severe cxposure cat egn, ;._, ;;
such as those dcfined in Section 404, and whid; .1rc
classified as Class T or C in Section 41 8.4.3, sp:::··1íled
25 mm concrete cover shall not be lcss than !.5 times tlw ,,,,·, ;· · !'o r
40 mm prestressed reinforccment required by Sections ·Hii X.L'. <:lid
407.8.3. This requirement shall be permit!ed to be waiv~d if
the precompressed tensile zone is not in tension Uilder
sustained loads.
20 mm
407.8.7 Future Ex tensions
40mm Exposed reinforcernent, inscrts and platcs intcndcd ror
bonding with future cxtcnsions shall be prol<'C!cd from
25mm corrosion.
407.8.8 Fire Protection
If thc National Building Code, of whi ch the Na ti (,::al
S tructural Code of the Philippines forros a part. j'{:q,¡:rc :: a
thickncss of cover for fire protection grcater than !he
mínimum concrete cover specified in Scciinn:. t!(l"i.(;.l
through 407.8.7, s uch grcater thickness shall he :;pccilH ,; ,
407.9 Spccial Reinfor cem ent Details for Cvlumns
407.9.1 Offset llars
Offset bent long itudinal bars shall con fonn to thc followi,·¡::
407.9.1.1 Slope of inclined portion of an offset bar wi th axis
of column shall nol exceed l in 6 .
407 .9.1.2 Portions of bar abo ve and below an offset :;hali be
parallelto axis of co lu mn.
407.9.1.3 Horizontal suppot1 a l offset bl'nds :-'!::'! ill:
providcd by late ral tics, spirals or parts n ( 11;;: fL· .:·
construction. Ho ri zontal support providcd shai! b¡· ''· .i¡-. · /
to rcsist o nc and one-half times the horizontal tllillpn•H~nt .,f
thc computed force in thc inclined po nion n f :.:1 uíf·..d h. ·.
Lateral ties or s pirals. if uscd, shall be placed nnt moH: fl,,,n
150 mm from points of bcnd.
407.9. 1.4 Offset bars shall be bent beforc p!~'TO'~'" ! ¡,: ! 1•·:
fo nns. See Section 407.4.
,
¡,
407.9.1.5 Where a colurnn face is offset 75 mm or greater,
longitudinal bars shall not be offset bent. Separate dowels,
¡
!
lap spliced with the longitudinal bars adjacent to the offset
column faces, shall be provided. Lap splices shall conform
to Section 412.18.
407.9.2 Stecl Corcs
Load transfer in structural stccl cores of composite
compression mernbers shall be provided by the following:
407.9.2.1 Ends of structural steel cores shall be accurately
finished to bear at end-bcaring splices, with posltlve
provision for alignment of one core above the other in
concentric contact.
407.9.2.2 At end-bearing splices, bearing shall be
considered effective to transfer not more than 50 percent of
the total compressive stress in the steel core.
407.9.2.3 Transfer of stress between column base and
footing shall be designed in accordance with Section 415.9.
407.9.2.4 Base of structural steel section shall be designed
to transfer the total load from the entire composite rnember
to the footing; or, the base may be designed to transfer the
load from the steel core only, provided ample concrete
section is available for transfer of the portion of the total
load carried by the reinforced concrete section to the footing
by compression in the concrete and by reinforc<::ment.
407.10 Connections
407.10.1 At connections of principal framing elements (such
as bcams and co lumns), enclosure shal l be providcd for
splices of continuing reinforcement and for anchorage of
reinforcement terminating in such connections.
407.10.2 Enclosurc at connections may consist of externa!
concrete or interna! closed ties, spirals or stirrups.
407.11 Lateral Reinforccment for Comprcssion
Mcmbers
407.11.1 Lateral reinforcement for compressio n members
shall conform to the provisions of Sections 407.11.4 and
407.11 .5 and, where shear or torsion rcínforcement ts
requircd, shall also conform to provisions of Scction 411 .
407.11.2 Lateral rcinforcement rcquiremcnts for compos itc
compression members shall conform to Sectíon 410.17.
Lateral rcinforcement requirements for prestressing tendo ns
shall conform to Scction 4 18. 12.
Nationa l Structural Code of the P hilippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 4 - Concrete
407.11.3 It shall be permitted to waivc the lateral
reinforcement requirements of Sections 407. 11 , 410.17 and
4 -33
418.12 where tests and structural analyses show adequate
strength and fcasibility of construction.
407.11.4 Spirals
Spiral reinforcement for compression members shall
conform to Section 410.10.3 and to thc fo!lowing:
407,11.4.1 Spírals shall consist of evenly spaced continuous
bar or wire of such size and so assembled as to permit
handling and placing without dist01tion from des igned
dimensions.
407.11.4.2 For cast-in-place construction, size of spirals
shall not be less 1O mm diarneter.
407.11.4.3 Clear spacing between spirals shall not excced
75 mm orbe less than 25 mm. See also Section 403.4.2.
407.11.4.4 Anchorage of spira! reinforcement shall be
provided by one and one-half extra turns of spiral bar or
wire at each end of a spiral uni t.
407 .11.4.5 S piral reinforcement shall be spliced, if needed,
by any one of the following methods:
1. Lap splices not less than the larger of 300 mm and t11e
length indicated in one of (a) through (e) below:
a. deformed uncoated bar or wíre .... ......... ... 48 db
b. plain u ncoated bar or wire ........... .. .......... 72 d¡,
c. epoxy-coated deformcd bar or wire .......... 72 db
d. plain un coated bar or wire with a
standard stim1p or tic hook in
accordance with Sectíon 407.2.3 at
ends of lapped spiral reinforcemcnt.
The hooks shall be embedded within
the core confined by the spiral
reinforcement .................................... .. ...... 48 (h
e. epoxy-coated defonned bar or wire
with a standard stirrup or tie hook in
accordance with Section 407.2.3 at
ends of lapped spiral reinforcernent.
The hooks shall be embedded within
the core confi ned by the spiral
reinforcement ..................... ...................... 48 db
2. Full mechanical or welded splices in accordance wit11
Section 41 2.15.3.
407.1 1.4.6 Spirals shall extend from top of footin g or s lab in
any s tory to leve! of lowest horizontal reinforccmcnt in
rnembers supported above.
11
 4 -34 CHAPTEH 4 - Concrete
407.11.4.7 Whcre beams or brackets do not frame into all
sides of a col umn, tics shall cxtend abovc tcnnination of
spiralto bouom of slab, drop panel, or shcar cap.
407.11.4.8 In columns with capitals, spirals shall extcnd to
a lcvcl nt which the diametcr or width of capitnl is two times
thnt of the column.
407 .11.4.9 Spirals shall be hcld tirmly in place and truc to
linc.
407.11.5 Tic rcinforccment for comprcssion mcmbers shall
confonn to thc following:
407.11.5.1 AIJ nonpreslresscd bars shall be enclosed by
lateral ties. al )casi 11110 mm in sizc for longitudinal bars m32
mm or smaller, and at Jeast rn12 mm in size for rn36 mm, 342
mm. 11158 mm bars, and bundled longitudinal bars.
Dcformcd wirc or weldcd wire fabric of equivalen! arca
shall be perrniucd .
407.11.5.2 Ye11ical spac ing of tics shall not cxceed 16
longitudinal bar di¡lmctcrs, 48 tic bnr or wirc diamcters, or
lcast dimension of thc compression member.
407.11.5.3 Ties shall be arranged such that every corner and
altcrnate longitudinal bar shall llave lateral support providcd
by the corncr of a tic with an included angle of nol more
lhan 135 dcgrecs and a bar shall be not farther than 150 mm
clear on each side along the tic from such a laleral ly
supportcd bar. Where longitudinal bars are located around
1hc pcrimeler of a circle, a complete circular 1ic shall be
permitted.
407.11.5.4 Tics shall be located vcnically not more than one
half a tic spacing above thc top of footing or slab in any
s1ory an<l shall be spaced as provided herein 10 nol more
than one half a tic spacing bclow the Jowest horiwntal
reinforcernent in slab, drop panel, or shear cap abo ve.
407.11.5.5 Where beams or brackcls frame from four
directi ons into a column, tennination of ties not more than
75 mm below reinforcement in shallowesl of such bcam ~ or
brackets shall be pennittcd.
407.11.5.6 Whert~ anchor bolts 01rc placcd in the top of
columns or pcdcstals, thc bolls shall be cndoscd by )¡l(eral
rcinforcerncnt that also sun·ou nds at lcast four vertical bars
of thc column or pedestal. Thc !atcr¡¡J rc111Corcemcnt shall be
dislributed within 125 mm of thc top of column or pcdeslal.
and shall consist of at Jcast two !?l l2 mm or 1hree ni! O mm
bars.
Assoc:iat1on nf Structuml En¡:¡meers of t11e Philippines
407.12 Lateral Reinforcement for Flexura! Membcrs
407.12.1 Compression reinforccment in bcams shall be
enc!osed by ties or stirrups satisfying the sizc and spacing
limitations in Scction 407.11.5 or by wclded wirc fabric of
eq uivalen! arca. Such tics or stirrups shnll be provided
throughoul thc distancc whcrc compression rcinforccment is
rcquired.
407.12.2 Lateral rcinforcemclll f¡,:· flexura! framing
members subject 10 stress revcrsals or to torsion al su ppons
shall consist of closed 1ics, closed stirrups, or spirals
exlending around !he llcxural reinforcemcnt.
407.12.3 Closed 1ics or slirrups may be formed in one picce
by ovcrlappi ng standard stirrup or tic end hooks around a
longitudinal bar, or fonncd in one or two pieces lap spliced
wilh a Class B splice (lap of 1.3/J), or anchored in
accordance with Scc1ion 4 12.14.
407.13 Shrinkage and Temperature Reinforcemcnt
407.13.1 Reinforcemenl for shrinkage and tcmperature
s1resscs normal to flexura! reinforccment shall be provided
in structural slabs where lhc flexural reinforcement extends
in one direction only.
407.13.1.1 Shrinkage and temperature reinforcemenl shall
be provided in accordance wilh eilher Scction 407. 13.2 or
407. 13.3.
407. 13.1.2 Whcrc sh rinkagc and temperature movemcnts
are significantly restraincd, the requiremcnts of Sections
408.3.4 and 409.3.3 shall be considered.
407. 13.2 Deformed reinforcemcnt conforming to Section
403.6.3 used for shrinkage and tcmpcraturc reinforcement
shall be provided in accordance with the followi ng:
407.13.2.1 Arca of shrinkage and temperatu rc rcinforcemcnt
shall providc al lcast the followi ng ratios of reinforcemcnt
arca to gross concrete arca, but not less than 0.00 14:
1. Slabs where Grade 280 and Grade 530
dcformed bars are uscd ............................... 0.0020
2. Slabs whcrc Grade 4 15 dcformcd hnrs
or welded wi re fabric (smooth or
deformcd) are used ..................................... 0.0018
3. Slabs wherc rci nforccmenl with yield .
stress exceeding 415 MPa measurcd at
;1 yicld strain of 0.35 pcrcent is used 0.00 18 x4 15
¡..

407.13.2.2 Shrinkagc ami tcmpcratur~ reinforccment shall
be spaccd not fart hcr apa11 than fi vc times the slab thickness
or 450 mm.
407.13.2.3 Al all scctions whcre rcquircd, rcinforccmcnt for
shrinkage and tcmpcrmurc stresscs shall devclop the
spccifíed yield strength j~ in tcnsion in accordancc with
Scction 4 12.
407.13.3 Prcstrcssing tcndons conforming to Scction
403.6.6 uscd for shrinkagc and tcmpcrature rei nforccmcm
shall be providcd in accordance with the following:
407.13.3.1 Tendons shall be proport ioned to provide a
mini mum average comprcssive stress of 0.70 MPa on gross
concrete arca using effccti ve prestress. after losscs, in
accordancc with Scction 418.7.
407.13.3.2 Spacing of prcstrcssed tcndons shall not cxceed
1.8 meter.-;.
407.13.3.3 When thc spacing of prcstrcsscd tcndons excecds
1.4 m, additional bondcd shrinkage and te mperaturc
rci nforccmc nt confonning with Scction 407.13.2 shall be
provided bctwccn thc tendons al slab edges e¡;tcnding from
the slab edgc for a distance cqualt o the tendon spacing.
407.1 4 n equiremcnts for S tructura l Integrity
407.14.lln the dctail ing of reinforce mcnt and connections.
mcmbers of a structure shall be effeoive ly tied togcthcr to
improvc imegrity of the ovcral l structurc.
407. 14.2 For cast-r n-plact' constn•ction. tht' fi>llnwing shall
con stit u tt~ minimum rcquirc mcnts:
407. 14.2.1 In joist const rurtion. as delined in Sections
408. 14.1 through <10&. 14.3. al lea~l onc hollom bar shal l he
continuous nr shall he spliccd ovcr thc support with a Class
B tension splicc or a mcchanical or wcldcd splice satisfying
Scclion 412. 15.3 and at non-cont inuous supports shall be
anchorcd 10 dcvclop .f, at the f<KC of thc suppon using a
standard hook satisfying. Scction <112.6 nr hcadcd dcf'ormcd
har sati~fying Scrl ion 412.7.
407. 14.2.2 Jlc;1111s at thl' pcrin~t•tcr of th..:: stnrcturc sh¡¡IJ
havt' continu otrs rcinfmu:mcrt l ove thc ~p an kngth passi ng
th rnugh thc rcgion houndcd by tlw longi tudinal
rcinf'nrn·rnt'lll of thc col umn consi, ttrlg nf ( ll ami (2):
l. r\ t ka~l onc-sixt h of thc tcnsion rcinf'orccmcnl
r\'quirn l for ncgati n: rrlolllt: l\1 al thc ~upport. hui nol
k ss tlt;lll two hars:
CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4-35
2. At least one-quarter of the positivc momcnt
reinforccment rcqui red at midspan, but not lcss than
two bars.
At non-continuous suppor1s. the rcinforccmcnt shall be
anchored to develop ¡;. at the facc of the suppo11 using a
standard hook satisfying Section 41 2.6 or headed defonncd
bar satisfying Section 412.7.
407.14.2.3 Thc continuous moment reinforcement rcquired
in Section 407. 14.2.2 shall be enclosed by transverse
reinforccmcm of the type spccilied in Scction 411.7.4. 1.
The transverse rcinforcement shall be anchored as specified
in Section 4 11 .7.4.2. The transverse reinforcement need not
be extended through the column.
407.14.2.4 Whcrc spliccs are required to satisfy Section
407. 14.2.2, the top reinforcement shall be spliccd at or near
midspan and bo11orn reinforccment shall be spliccd near thc
support. Splices shall be Class B tension spl iccs, or
meclwnical or welded splices satisfying Section 412.15.3.
407.14.2.5 In other than perimeter beams. where transverse
rei nforccmenl as defi ned in Scction 407 .14.2.3 is providcd,
therc are no additional rcquircments for longitudi nal
integrity reinforccmcnt. Where such transverse
rei nforcemem is 1101 provided, at lcast onc-quartcr of the
positive moment rcinforcement at midspan. but not less than
two bars, shall pass through the region bounded by the
longitudinal rcinforccmc ntof the column and shall be
contin uous or shall be spliced ovcr or near the suppo11 with
a Class B tension splice, or mechanical or we lded spliccs
~ati s fy ing Scclion 412. 15.3. At non cont inuous supports. thc
reinforcemcnt shall be anchored 10 devclop_t: at thc face (rf
thc ~uppon using a standard hook satisfyi ng Section 412.6
or headcd deformcd bar satisfyi ng Scction 412.7 . .
407. 14.2.6 For nonprestrcsscd two-w¡¡y ;;!ah constructiorl.
scc Scction ~ 13.4.R.5.
407.14.2.7 For prcstressed two-way slab construction. scc
Scction 4 18. 13.ó aiHI418.1 3.7
407. 14.3 For prccasl concrete constnrct ion. tcnsion lÍes
shall he providcd in thc transvcrsc. longitudinal. ami vertical
dircctions ami around thL' pcrimctcr of thc ;.tnrclll rc to
cffcctivcly tic c l nn,~nts togctilcr. Thc prov isions of Scction
4 1(1.(1 shal l appl y
407.14.4 For lif't-;,lah con:-.tnrcti on. scc Scctíons 4 Ll.4.X 6
and 4 1R.l :1.x.
4-36 CHAPTEI1 4 - Concrete

Tablc 407-2 Stccl Reinforcemcnt Information

lnformation on Sizcs, Arcas ami Wcights of Various Stecl Rcinforcements
-·--------~----------- ---------.---
ASTM STANDARD PHILIPPINE STANDARD (SI)
~
--
Nominal Nominal Nominal Bar Size Nominal Nominal mass,
Diameter, mm Arca, mm 2 mass, k g/m Designation Arca, mm2 k g/m
----
9.5 71 0.560 10 79 0.618
--~-----M-
-- -----~----- -----------~---- M~-- ~~--·- - -~
-~~ ~----- ----------~ ··.

12.7 129 0.994 12 l 13 0.890

15.9 199 1.552 16 201 1.580
19.1
-OOM

284
-- 1-·
2.235 20 314 2.465
22.2 387 3.042 n.a n.a n.a
·-·--
25.4 510 3.973 25
--~--------

491 3.851 i
..
28.7 645 5.060 28 616 4.831

j
··-···-·······-- ---··-··
32.3 819 6.404 32 804 6.310
~--·-·
-- --- ¡
35.8 1006 7.907 36 1019
, ____ 7.986
43.0 1452 11.380 42 1385 10.870
57.3 2581 20.240 58 2642 20.729
-----·-- ------------'--· - - - -

/\ssor::inlion of Slructural Enqineers of llw Pl1ilipprne;

 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete <1-37

Table 407-3 WRI Standard Wire Reinforcement

AREA, mm~ 1m OF WIDTH FOR
MWandMD
VARIOUS SPACINGS
SIZE
CENTE~-TO-CENTER SPACING, mm
- Nominal Nominal
PLAI N DEFORMED Diameler, mass,
50 75 100 150 200 250 300
mm kglm
·-- ---· ·· · ~~-------

MW290 MD290 19.22 2.270 5800 3900 2900 1900 1450 1160 970
MW200 MD200 · 15.95 1.570 4000 2700 2000 1300 1000 800 670
MWI 30 MDI30 12.90 1.020 2600 1700 1300 870 650 520 430
MW 120 MDI20 !2.40 '0.942 2400 1600 1200 800 600 480 400
MWIOO MDJ OO 11 .30 0.785 2000 1300 1000 670 500 400 330
MW90 MD90 10.70 0.706 1800 1200 900 600 450 360 300
MW80 MD80 10.10 0.628 1600 11 00 800 530 400 320 270
MW70 MD70 9.40 0.549 1400 930 700 470 350 280 230
MW65 MD65 9.10 0.510 1300 870 650 430 325 260 220
MW60 MD60 8.70 0.471 1200 · 800 600 400 300 240 200
-
MW55 M0 55 8.44 0.432 1100 730 550 370 275 220 180
...
MW50 MD50 8.00 0.393 1000 670 500 330 250 200 170
MW45 MD45 7.60 0.353 900 600 450 300 225 180 150
MW40 MD40 7. 10 0.3 14 800 530 400 270 200 160 130
MW35 MD35 6.70 0.275 700 470 350 230 175 140 120
MWJO
r - - - --
______ ----6.20
___ MOJO
.. 0 .236
0 0 -R
600 400 300 200 150 120 lOO
MW25 MD25 5.60 0. !96 500 330 250 170 125 100 83
-
MW20 5.00 0.157 400 270 200 130 100 80 67
MW15 4.40 0.1 18 300 200 150 100 75 60 50
MW!O 3.60 0.079 200 !JO 100 70 50 40 33
MW5 2.50 0.039 100 67 so 33 25 20 17
-·--

N;¡!ton;-11Struclur<ll Code of tt w Pllilipp¡ncs ();~. E'dition Volt~me 1

 4·38 CH/\PTEF! 4 - Concrete

SECTION 408 ANALYSIS AND 408.3 Loading

• ~·.o

DESIGN ·. ; ;·::·, .::[ ... 408.3.1 Dcsign proviSIOlls of this codc are based on thc
nssumption thnt st ructurcs shall be dcsigncd lo rc~ist al l
applicablc londs.
GENERAL CONSII)ERATIONS
408.3.2 Scrvicc loads shall he in acconlnncc with Chaptcr 2
408.1 Notations of this codc with appropriatc livc load rcduc1ions as
pcrmillcd thercin.
A, = aren of nonprestrcssed tcnsion rci nforccmcn t, 111111 2
2
A ', = arca of compression reinforcement, mm 408.3.3 In ~csign for wi nd all(l ca11hquakc loads, integral
b = width of compression face of member, mm structural pans shall be dcsigi1ed to resist thc total lateral
d =
distance from extreme comprcssion fihcr to ccntroid loads.
of tension reinforcement, mm
E, = modulus of elastici ty of concrete, Ml'll. See Se~: tion 408.3.4 Considermion shall be givcn 10 cffccts of forces due
208.6. 1 to prestrcssing, cranc loads, vibration, impact. shrinkage,
E, = modulus of elasticity of rcin forccment. MPa. See tcmperature changcs, creep. ex pansion o f sh rinkage-
Sections 408.6.2 and 408.6.3 compensating concrete and unequ31 sculcrnent of supports.
j', = specificd comprcssivc strcngt h of concrete. MPa
¡; = specified yie ld strcngth of nonprcstrcssed
rein forcement, MPa 408.4 Mcthods of Analysis
/,. = length of clear span mcasurcd face-to-fncc 01'
suppo11s. mm 408.4.1 Al! membcrs of l'ramcs or continuous constructio n
V, = nominal shear strength providcd by concrete shall be dcsigncd for lhc max imum cf'l'ccts or faclored loads
w,. = unit we ight of concrete, kg/m 1 as determined by th c theory of clasti c analysis. except as
1v,. = factored load per unit length of beam or per unit area modil'icd by Scction 408.5 . lt shall be pcnnilled to simplify
of slnb thc dcsign by using thc assumption s spccitied in Sections
/3 1 = factordcfined in Scction410.3.7.3 408.8 lhrough 408.12.
E', = net tensile strain in extreme tcnsion stccl atnominal
strcngth 408.4.2 Exccpt l'or prcstrcsscd concrete. approximate
p = ratio of no nprcstresscd tension reinforccmcnt mcthods of frame ana lysis ma y be uscd for bui ldings or
= A,/bd usual1 ypcs of conslruction ..\pans and story hcights.
p' = ratio of nonprcstrcsscd comprcssion n.:inflllct'lllCnt
= A ',lbd 408.4.3 As an allcrn;He tn l'rame analy-;is. tlll' followi ng
approxima tc nH>menls and -; h car~ ~ hall be pcnnittcd to be
p,, =rcinforccmcnt r;uio producin~ halann:d 'tr<ll ll
used 111 dcsign ol' l·ontin unu~ heam~ ami onc-way ' labs
condi tions. Sec Scction ~ I(J...j.2
hlabs rci nforccd to rc!'list lkxural ' tiCS\C!'I in only one
fJ = strcngth -rcduction íactor. Sce Scctio n 409.4
dircct ion). provided:
l. Thcrc are 1wo or more spans:
408.2 Dcsign Mclhods
2. Spans are approximatcly l'qual. wit h the lar¡!cr of two
408.2. 1 1n úc~ign of structural cOIH:rctl'. mcmhcrs 'hall he adjaccnl -;pans 1101 grcatc1 than thc slwncr by more than
proportioncd li>r atkq u;Hc slre ngth in ac~..:ordann: wilh :w pcrccnt:
provi!.Íilll:o. of thi~ chaptcr. using load hll'tOr!l all(f ,¡n•nglh-
.1 l.oad:-. are untfonnl y di, tnhtlled.
ll'duction factor!. ¡hpccificd in Scnio n -109.
t
~ Unractorcd li ve load. /.. de H.'~ 11<ll C\l'Ccd tlucc limes
40X.2.2 Dc!'11g.n nf 1cinforcl'd cmllTl'll' " ' lll)! lhl' pn11 1' 1011!'1 unf;JCtorL'd dc;~t! i·>ad. /J . .1ncl
of Sl.'t'llon 4]) !.hall he pcrmilll.'d.
5. íVlemhcr:-. are prismatir.

40H.2.J i\1u.:hor!'l '' it hin 1hc -;cope o!' SCl'lloll .1,:13 lll"allnl
1n ronnc tc to tran,fcr loads hctwl.'l'll ron iWl'll'd dl'IIICJJh
sha ll he tk~i )! n cd USIJI¡! Scction ·11.1.

For calculating negative moments, /., is taken as the average
of the adjaccnt clcar span lengths.
POSJTI VE MOMENT:
End spans
Discontinuous end unrestrained
Discontinuous end integral with
suppon .................. ........................ w,l/114
Interior spans ............................................ w,. t/116
NEGATIVE MOMENT:
at exterior face of first interior suppon
Two spans ............................................ . w.l./19
More than two spans .......................... .. w,/,.;!/10
at other faces of interior supports w,J/111
at face of all supports for: slabs wi th
spans not exceeding 3 meters; and
beams whcre ratio of sum of column
stiffnesses to beam stiffness excecds
eight at eaeh end of thc span .......... ......... . w,J,// 12
at interior facc of exterior support for
members built integrally with supports:
where support is a spandrel beam ....... . w,.l}/24
wherc support is a column ................... lv.,/}116
SHEA R:
at facc of first interior suppon .............. !.15 w.,l./2
at face of al! othcr supports ......................... w).,/2
408.4.4 Strul-and-tic models shall be pcnnitted to be used
in thc dcsign of structural concrete. Sce Scction 427.
408.5 Rcdislribution of Ncgativc Momcnts in
Continuous Nonprestressed Flexura! Mcmbers
408.5.1 Except where approximate val ues for momenl$ are
used. it is permilled lo decrease factorcd moments
calculated by clastic theory m sections of rnnximum
ncgative or po:;itivc moment in any span of continuous
flexura! members for any assumed loading arrangement by
not more than 1OOOt; pc.rcent, with a maximum of' 20
percent.
408.5.2 Rcd istribution of negativc mornents shall he madc
only whcn t; is cqual to or greater than 0.0075 at the scction
at which momcnt is reduced.
408.5.3 The rcduccd moment shal l be uscd for calculating
redistributed moments at all other section:; within !he spans.
National Slructuri:ll CmJe of the Pllilippincs ()u' Edition Volum(~ 1
CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete 4-39
Static equilibrium shall be rnaintained after redistribulion of
momcnts for each loading arrangement.
408.6 Modulus of Elasticity
408.6.1 Modulus of elasticity E, for concrete shall be
perrnitted to be taken as w, u0.043 ff., (i n MPa) for
values of 1v, be!ween 1,500 and 2,500 kg/m3 . For
normal. weight concrete, E, shall be permillcd to be taken
as 4700ff,
408.6.2 Modulus of elasticity E, for nonprestressed
reinforcement shall be permitted to be taken as 200,000
MPa.
408.6.3 Modulus of elasticity E, for prestressing tendons
shall be dctermined by tests or supplied by the
manufacturer.
408.7 Lightwcight Concrete
408.7.1 To account for thc use of lightweight concrete,
unlcss spccifica!Jy noted otherwise, a modification factor ),
appears as a multiplier of JI": in all applicable equations
and sections of this code, whcre ), =
0.85 for sand-
lightweight concrete and 0.75 for all-lightweighl concrete.
Linear interpolation betwecn 0.75 and 0.85 shall be
pennitted, on the basis of volumetric fractions, when a
portion of thc lightweight fine aggrcgate is replaced wilh
nonnal-wcight fine aggregate. Linear interpolation between
0.85 and 1.0 shall be permiued, on the basis of volumetric
fracti ons. for concrete containing nonnal-weight fine
aggrcgatc and a blend of lightweight and normal-weight
coarse aggregates. For normal-weight concrete, ), = 1.0. lf
average splitting !ensile strength of lightweight concrete,¡<,
is specified , A. = f<1 1(0.56 JI":.) S 1.0.
408.8 Sliffncss
408.8. 1 Use of any set of reasonable assumptions shall be
permitted for computing re!ative nexural and torsional
stiffnesscs of columns. walls. noors and roof systems. Thc
assumptions adopted shall be consisten! throughout
¡malysis.
408.8.2 Eff'cct of haunches shall be considered both m
dctcrmi ning moments and in dcsign of members.
 4-40 CHAPTEii 4 - Concrete

408.11 Columns
408.9 Effective Stiffncss to Determine Lateral
408.11.1 Columns shall be dcsigned to rcs ist the ax ial forces
Detlections
from factored loads on al! floors or roof and the maximum
moment from factored !oads on a single adjacent span of thc
408.9.1 Lateral deflections of reinforced concrete building floor or roof under considcration. Loading condition gi ving
systems resulting from service lateral loads shall be
the maximum ratio of moment to axial load shall also be
computed by either a linear analysis with member stiffness
considered.
determined using 1.4 times the flexura! stiffness defined in
408.9.2 and 408.9.3 or by a more detailed analysis. Member
408.11.2 In frames or continuous conslruction,
properties shall not be taken greater than the gross section
consideration shall be given lo the effect of unbalanced !loor
properties.
or roof loads on both exterior and interior columns and of
eccenlric loading due to olher causes.
408.9.2 Lateral deflections of reinforced concrete building
systems rcsulting from factored lateral loads shall be
408.11.3 In computing gravity load moments in columns, j¡
computed either by linear analysis with rnernber stiffness shall be permitted to assume far ends of columns built
defined by (1) or (2), or by a more detailed analysis
integrally with the structure to be fixed .
considering the reduced stiffness of all members under the
loading conditions:
408.11.4 Resislance to moments at any fl oor or roof levcl
l. By section properties defined in 410.12.3 (1) through shall be provided by dislribuling the moment between
(3 ); or columns immediately above and below lhe given floor in
proportion to the relative column stiffnesses and conditions
2. 50 percent of stiffness values based on gross section
of reslraint.
properties.

408.9.3 Where two-way slabs without beams are designated
as part of the seismic-force-resisting system, lateral
deflections resulting from factored lateral loads shall be
permitted to be computed by using linear analysis. The
stiffness of slab members shall be defined by a model that is
in substantial agreement with results of comprehensive tests
and analysis and the stiffness of other frame membcrs shall
be as defined in Section 408.9.2.
408.12 Arrangcmcnt of Live· Load
408.12.1 It is permissible lo assume that:
l. The live load is applied only lo the !loor or roof under
consideration; and
2. The far ends of columns built inlcgrally with lhe
structure are considered to be fixed .

408.12.2 11 is permitted to assume thal the arrangement of

408.10 Span Length
408.10.1 Span length of members not built integrally with
supports shall be considered the clcar span plus depth of
mcmber, but need not excced distance between centers of
supports.
408.10.2 In analysís of framcs or continuous construction
for determination of moments, span Jength shall be taken as
the distance center to center of supports.
408.10.3 For beams built integrally with supports, design
on the basis of m·oments at faces of support shall be
permitted.
408.10.4 It shall be permitted to analyze solid or ribbed
slabs built integrally with supports, with clear spans not
more than 3 m, as continuous slabs on knife cdge supports
with spans equal to the clcar spans of the slab and width of
beams otherwise neglected.
live load is limited 10 combinations of:
l. Factorcd dead load on al! spans with full-factored li vc
load on two adjacent spans, and
2. Factored dead load on al! spans wi th full-factorcd livc
load on allemate spans.
408.13 T-beam Construction
408.13.1 In T-beam construclion, the flange and web sha[]
be built integral! y or othcrwise effectively bonded logether.
408.13.2 Widlh of slab effcctive as a T-beam flange shall
not cxcecd onc-fourth the span length of the bcam, and the
effective overhanging s!ab widlh on each side of 1he web
shallnot excced:
l. Eíght ti mes thc slab th ickness; or
2. One-half the clcar dislance to thc ncxt wch.

Association of Structural Enginems of the Philippínes

f:
1 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 4-41
!

408.1~.3 For beat.ns with a slab on one side only, the 408.14.5.2 Slab thickness over permancnt fi llers shal1 not be
effecuve overhanglllg flange width shall not ex.ceed: less than one twe1fth the. clcar distance between ribs nor Jcss
than 40 mm.
J. Onc-twelfth the 'span length of the bcam;
2. Six times the slab thickness; or 408.14.5.3 In one-way joists, reinforcement normal to thc
ribs shall be providcd in the s1ab as required by Section·
3. One-half thc clcar distance to the next wcb.
407.13.
408.~3.4 lsolated bcams, in wlúch the T-shape is uscd to
408.14.6 When removable forms or fillers not complying
provtde a ~ange for additional compression arca, shall have
with Section 408.14.5 are used:
a flangc llnckness not less than one half the width of web
and an effective flangc width not more than four times the
408.14.6.1 S1ab thickncss shall not be less than one twelfth
width of web.
thc clear distance between ribs, or less than 50 mm.
408.13.5 Where primary. flexura! reinforcement in a slab
408.14.6.2 Reinforcement normal to the ribs shall be
that is c.onsid~red as a T -bearn flange (excluding joist
provided in the slab as requircd for flexure, considering load
constructwn) !S parallel to the beam, reinforcement
concentrations. if any, but not less than required by Section
perpendicular to the beam shall be provided in the top of the
407. 13.
slab in accordance with the following:
408.14.7 Where conduits or pipes as pennitted by Section
408.13.5.1 Transverse reinforcement shall be dcsigncd to
406.3 are embedded within the slab, slab thickness s hall be
carry the factored load on the overhanging slab width
at teast 25 mm grcater than the total overall dep!h of the
assumed to act as a cantilcvcr. For isolatcd beams the fui!
conduits or pipes at any poinl. Conduits or pipes shall not
width of overhanging flange shall be considcrcd. For other
impair significant1y the strength of the construction.
T-beams, only the effective overhanging slab width need be
considered.
408.14.8 For joist consttuclion, contribution of concrete to
shear strength V, is permitted to be 1O percent more than
408.13.5.2 Transverse reinforcement shall be spaced not
that specified in Section 411. It shal1 be permitted to
farthcr apart than fivc times the slab thiclmess or 450 mm.
increase shear strength using s hear rei nforcement or by
widening the ends of the ribs.
408.14 Joist Construction
408.15 Separatc Floor Firúsh
408.14.1 Joist const111ction consists of a monolithic
combin~tion of regu!arly spaced ribs and a top slab arranged
408.15.1 A noor finish shall not be included as pan of a
to span 111 one dtrecuon or two orthogona1 directions.
structural member unlcss p1aced rnonolithically with the
floor slab or designed in accordance with requirements of
408.14.2 Ribs shall not be less than 100 mm in width and
Section 417.
shal1 have a depth of not more than three and one-half times
thc mínimum width o f rib.
408.15.2 1t s hatl be permitted to consider al! concrete noor
finishes as part of rcquired cover or total thickness for
408.14.3 Clear spacing bctween ribs shall not exceed 750
nonstructura1 considerations.
mm.

408.14.4 Joist constmction not meeting the limitatio ns of

Sections 408.14. 1 through 408.14.3 shall be designcd as
slabs and beams.

408.1 4.5 When permanent burned clay or concrete tilc

fillcrs of material having a unit compressive strcngth at lcast
cqual to that of thc spccified strength of concrete in the
joists are used:

408.14.5.1 For shear and negative-moment strength

cornputatio ns, it shall be pennitted to include the vertical
shells of filien; in contact with ribs. Other portions of fillers
shall not be included in strength computations.

11
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edilion Volume 1
 4-42 CHAPTEA 4 · Concrete
409.1 Notations
As =gross arca of section. mm2
A', =arca of compression reinforcement, mm2
b = width of cornpression face of member, mm
e = distancc from extreme compression tiber to neutral
axis, mm
D = dead loads, or rclated interna! moments and forces
ti = distance from extreme compression tiber to
centroid of tension i-einforcement, mm
d' = distance from extreme compression tiber to
ccntroid of comprcssion reinforccment, mm
d, = distance from extreme tension fi ber to centroid of
tension reinforcement, mm
d, = distance from extreme compression fi ber to
extreme tension steel, mm
E = load effects of earthquake, or rel ated interna!
moments and forces
E, = modulus of elasticity of concrete, MPa. See Section
408.6.1
F = loads due to weight and prcssures of fluids with
well defi ned dcnsities and controllable maximum
heights, or related interna! moments and forces
f,. = specified compressive strength of concrete, MPa
ff = squarc root of spccified compressive strength of
concrete, MPa
fr, = average splitting tensile strength of lightweight
aggregate concrete, MPa
fr = modul us of rupturc of concrete, MPa
¡;. = specified yield strength of nonprestressed
reinforcement, MPa
1-1 = loads due to weight and pressure of soil, water in
soil, or other materials, or related interna! moments
and forces
h = overallthickness of member, mm
= moment of inerti a of cracked section transformed
to concrete, mm 4
= cffective momcnt of inertia for computation of
dellecti on, mm 4
= momcnt of incrt ia of gross concrete section about
4
centroidal axis, ncglecting rein forcement, mm
L = Ji ve loads. or rclated interna! moments and forccs
1 = span lenglh of beam or onc-way slab, as defined in
Secti on 408. 1O; clcar projecti on of cantilcver. mrn
/, = length of clear span in long direction of two-way
con:;truction, measured face to face of supports in
slabs without beams and face to face of beams or
other su ppor1s in other cases
M, = nw xim urn momcnt in membcr at stage dd lection is
eomputcd
M ., = cracking momcnt. Scc Equation 409-9
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
= nominal axial load strength at balanccd ~>train
conditions. Sec Section 410.4.2
P. = nominal axial load strength at given ecccntrir ity
R =rain load, or rclated interna! moments and forces,
Section 409.3. 1
T = eumulative cffects of temperaturc, creep,
shrinkage, differential settlcment and shrinkage
compensating concrete
u = rcquired strength to resist factored loads or rclated
interna! moments and forces
w = wind load, or related interna! moments and !'orces
= weight of concrete, kg/m3
= distance from centroidal axis of gross scction,
neglecting reinforcement, to extreme fihcr in
tension
= ratio of flexura! stiffness of beam section to
flexura! stiffness of a width of slab bounded
Jaterally by center line of adjacent panel, if any, on
each side of beam. Sec Section 41 3
= average value of a¡ for all beams on edges of a
a¡,,
panel
= ratio of clear spans in long-to-short direction of
fJ
two-way slabs
= time-dependen! factor for sustained load. See
Section 409.6.2.5
= net tensile strain in extreme tcnsion stcc1 at
nomi nal strength
= modification factor reflecting the rednccd
mechanical propcrties of lightweight concrete. See
Section 408.7.1
= multiplier for additional long-time dellcction as
defi ned in Scction 409.6.2.5
p = ratio of nonprcstressed tcnsion rcinforccment ,
A/bd
p' = reinforcemcnt mtio for nonprcstressed eomprcssion
reinforcement, A '/bd
pb = rcinforcement ratio producing balanccd strain
conditions. Sce Section 410.4.2
1/J = strength-reduction factor. See Section 409.4
409.2 General
409.2.1 Structures and structural membcrs sllall he tksi¡•;ocd
to havc design strengths at all scctions at le ~~¡ <"· · 1C
required strcngths calculated for the factor.:d ¡.,, : ·rl
forces in such combinations as are sli pulatcd in this C<lclc.
409.2.2 Members also shall mcct all otbcr rcquircmrnts of
this codc to ensure adcquate performance at serví<' !oad
le veis.
409.2.3 Design of structu rcs and structural mcmb<-rs w i111'.
the load factor combinations and strengd1 r<'«~<i<·:!· ·, ··:w:. • ·
of Section 426 shall be permitted. Use <J :.,.,,¡ ac11 ·

cornbinations from this chapter in conjunction with strength
rcduction factors of Section 426 shall not be permitted.
409.3 Rcquircd Strength
409.3.1 Requircd strength U shall be at Jeast equal to the
effects of factorcd londs in Eq. 409- 1 through &¡. 409-7.
The effect of one or more Joads not acting simultaneously
shall be invcstigatcd.
U ::: 1.4(D + F) (409- 1)
U = 1.2 (D+ F + T) + 1.6 (L+H) + 0.5(L, or R) (409-2)
U = 1.2 D + 1.6 (L, or R) + ( I.OL or 0.80 W) (409-3)
U = 1.2 D + 1.6 W + 1.0 L +0.5 (L, or R) (409-4)
U = 1.2 D + 1.0 E+ 1.0 L (409-5)
U = 0.9 D + 1.6 W + 1.6 H (409-6)
U = 0.90 D + 1.0 E + l.6 H (409-7)
except as follows:
l. The load factor on tlle live load L in Eq. 409-3 to 409-5
shall be permitted to be reduced to 0.5 except for
garages, arcas occupied as places of public assembly,
2 1.
and all arcas where Lis grcater than 4.8 kN/m .
2. Where wind load W has not been reduced by a
directionality factor, it shall be permitted to use 1.3 W in
place of 1.6W in Eq. 409-4 and 409-6.
3. Where E, the load effects of eanhquakc, is based on
service-level seismic rarees, 1.4E shall be used in place
of I .OE in Eq. 409-5 and 409-7.
4. The load factor on H , loads due to weight and pressure
of soil, water in soil, or other materials, shall be set
equal to zcro in E<¡. 409-6 and 409-7 if thc structural
action due to H counteracts that duc to W or E. Wherc
lateral carth pressure provides resistance to structural
actions from other forces, it shall not be included in li
but shall be included in the dcsign resistancc.
409.3.2 If resistancc to impact cffects is 1aken into account
in dcsign, such cffccts shall be included with livc load L. .
409.3.3 Estimations of diffcrential sculement, crecp.
shrinkagc, cxpansion of shri nkage-compcnsating concrete or
tcmpcrature change shall be bascd on a rcalistic asscssmcnt
of such effects occurring in scrvice.
409.3.4 If a structurc is in a nood zonc, or is su bjcctcd to
forces from atmospheric precipitations, thc flood loads ami
National Structural Code of !he Ptlilippines 6111 Edition Volurne 1
CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4·43
thc appropriatc load combinations of ASCE 1 SEI 7 shall be
uscd.
409.3.5 For post-tensioned anchoragc zone design, a load
factor of 1.2 shall be applied to the maximum tendon
jacking force.
409.4 Dcsign Strcngth
409.4.1 Dcsign strength provided by a member, its
connections 10 other membcrs and its cross scc1ions, in
tcnns of flcxure, axial load, shear and torsion, shall be taken
as the nominal strength calculated in accordance with
requirements and assumptions of this Scction, multiplied by
a strength-reduction factor !) in Sections 409.4.2, 409.4.4
and 409.4.5.
409.4.2 Strength-Reduction Factor
Strength-rcduclion factor (! shall be gi ven in Scctions
409.4.2. 1 through 409.4.2.7:
409.4.2.1 Tension controlled sections as defincd in Section
410.4.4 (see also Section 409.4.2.7) .. ............ ....... 0.90
409.4.2.2 Comprcssion controlled sections, as defi ned in
Section 410.4.3:
Members with spiral reinforcement
conforming to Section 41 0. 10.3 ...................... .. 0.75
2. 01her reinforced mcmbcrs ............................. .. .. 0.65
r-or sections in which thc net tensile streng1h, t;, is betwccn
the limits for comprcssion-controllcd and lension-controllcd
sections, q) shal! be pcnnittcd lo be linear! y incrcascd from
1hat for compression-controlled scctions to 0.90 as e,
incrcases from the comprcssion-controlled strain limit to
0.005.
Alternatively, when Section 425 is uscd, for membcrs in
which ¡,. does not excccd 415 MPa, with symmetric
reinforccment, and with (h · d')/h not less than O. 70, (! shall
be pennitted 10 be increased lincarly to 0.90 as t/1 P.,
decreases from O.l O f r At lO zero. For other reinforced
members, (lshall be permit tcd to be incrcased linearly to
O.90 as q) P., dccrcascs from 0.1OFr Ax or t/1 Ph, whichever is
smallcr, lo 7.cro.
409.4.2.3 Shcar and torsion (Scc al so Scction 409.4 .4 for
shear walls and framcs in Scismic Zone 4) .... ...... .. O. 75
409.4.2.4 Bcaring on concrete (cxccpl for post-
tensioning anchoragc zoncs) ........... ........................... 0.65
409.4.2.5 Post-tcnsioned anchoragc wnes ... ........ .... 0.85
 4·44 CHAPTEI~ 4 ·Concrete
409.4.2.6 Stmt·and-tie models (Scction 427),
and struts, tics, nodaJ zones, and bearing arcas in
such rnodels
409.4.2.7 Flexura! scctions in pre-tensioned members whcre
strand cmbcdment is Jess than the development Jcngth as
providcd in Section 412.1 O.l. l :
l. Prom thc cnd of thc membcr to thc cnd of the transfer
l~!ngth ........................................... 0.75
2. From thc end of the lransfer length 10 the end of
thc devclopment Jength tP shall be pennitled te• be
linear! y increased from..........................0.75 to 0.9
Whcre bonding of a strand docs not extend 10 the •end of thc
mcmber, slrand embedment shall be a<;sumed to begin al thc
cnd of the debonded lcngth. Sec also Section 412.1 0.3.
409.4.3 Devcloprnenl Jcngths spccificd in Scction 412 do
not rcquirc a ¡&factor.
409.4.4 For structures that rely on inlermediatc precast
struclural walls in Scismic Zone 4, special moment framcs,
or spccial strucrural walls to rcsist carthquakc e.ffccts, E,
¡& shall be modificd as given in Seclion 409.4.4.1 through
409.4.4.3:
409.4.4.1 For any structural membcr that is designed 10
resistE, ¡& for shear sháll be 0.60 if the nominal shear
strength of the member is Jess than the shear corresponding
to the dcvelopment of the nominal Oexural strcngth of tl1c
membcr. The nominal flexura) strength shall be detcnnined ·
consideri ng the most critica! factorcd axial loads and
including E:
409.4.4.2 For diaphragms, ¡& for shear shall not exceed rhe
mínimum r/J for shear used for the vertical components of thc
primary seismic-force-rcsisling system:
409.4.4.3 For joints and diagonally rcinforced coupling
bcams, r/J for shcar shall be 0.85.
409.4.5 Strength reduction faclor r/J for flcxure,
comprcssion, shcar and bcaring of structural plain concrete
in ·Scction 422 shall be 0.60. ·
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
409.5 Design Strcngth for Reinforccment
0.75
Thc values of !, and ¡;., used in design calculations shall nol
excccd 550 MPa, cxccpt for prcstressing tcndons and for
transvcrse reinforcement in Section 410.10.3 and 421 .3.5.4.
409.6 Control of Dcflections
409.6.1 Rcinforced concrete mcmbers subject to lkxur~·.
shall be designed to have adequate stiffness to lim;t
detlections or any deformations that advcrsely affcct
strength or serviceability of a structurc.
409.6.2 One-Way Construction (Non¡>rcstressed)
409.6.2.1 Mínimum thickness slipulated in Table 409 [
shall apply for onc-way construction nol supporting nr
attached to partitions or orher construction likely lo be.
damagcd by largc deflcctions, unl css computation of
deflection indicatcs a lesser thickness may be uscd without
adverso cffccts.
409.6.2.2 Where dcflcctions are to be computcd, dctlect io n~
that occur immcdiately on applicarion of load shrdl he
computed by usual methods or formulas for el as! ic
dcflections, considcring effccts of cracking ;~mi
rcinforccment on mcmber stiffness.
409.6.2.3 Unless stiffness va lues are obtained by a more
comprehensive analysis, immediate deOcction shall o>e
computed with the modulus of elasticily E, for concrete as
specifíed in Scction 408.6. 1 (nomull-weight or Jightweight
concrete) and with !he effcctive momcnt of inertia as
follows. but nol greatcr !han /~.
where:
!, 1 ~
M =-- (W'.' :
a
)',
and for nonnal-weight concrete
 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 4·45

1 Tablc 409-1 · Mínimum Thickness of Nonprestrcssed 409.6.3 Two-Way C onstruc tion (Nonprcstressed)
Bcams or One-Way Slabs Unless DeOections are
Computed 409.6.3.1 This section shall govem the mínimum thickness
of slabs or other two-way construction designcd in
Mínimum Thickness, h accordance with thc provisions of Section 413 and
Simply Onecnd Both cnds confonning with thc requircments of Section 413.7.1.2. The
Mcmbcr Supponcd continuous continuous Cantilevcr thickness of slabs without interior beams spanning betwcen
Mcmbcrs not supporting or attachcd to panitions or othcr thc supports on all sides shall satisfy the requirements of
construction likely to be damaged by largc denectiom; Section 409.6.3.2 or 409.6.3.4. Thickness of slabs wiU1

·.
Solid 011c- __L _e _e _t'_ beams spanníng between the supports on all sides _shall
way slabs 20 24 28 11) satisfy the requirements of Scction 409.6.3.3 or 409.6.3.4.
Deams or
ribbcd onc
_ ( _e _e _L 409.6.3.2 For slabs without interior beams spanning
way slabs
16 18.5 21 8 between the supports and having a ratio of long to short
span not greater than 2, the mínimum thickness shall be in
Va/tus givcn sho/1 b~ used directly for members with nomrol weight
concrtte (w, =
2.400 kglm1 ) and Grade 415 reinforcement. For otlrer accordance with the provisions of Table 409-3 and shall not
conditimrs. the values siro// be modijied as follows: be less than the following values:
a) For strucrural lighnvtight concrete having tmit w~ight ;, tire range
/,500·2,000 kg.m 1. the va/ues sho/1 be multipli~d by (!.65 - l. Slabs withom drop panels as defined in
O.OOOJw,) bltl 1101 /ess thon 1.09. wlrere w, is the unit weight in Sections4 13.3.5 ....................................... 125mm
kglm1•
b) For fr otlrer tha11 415 MPa. the ~·alues sho/1 be multiplied by (0.4 + 2. S labs with drop panels as defined in
/,/100) Sections 41 3.3.5 ........................................... 100 mm

409.6.2.4 For continuous mcmbers, effeclivc moment of 409.6.3.3 For slabs with beams spanning bctween the
ine rtia shall be pennitted to be take n as the a ve rage of supports on all sides, the mí ni mum thick.ness shall be as
values obtai ned frorn Eq. 409-8 for the critica! positive: and follows:
negative moment sections. For prismatic members, effective
moment of inertia shall be permitted to be taken as the value t. For Ofm egua! to or Jcss than 0.2, thc provisions of
obtaincd from Eq. 409-8 at midspan for simple and Section 409.6.3.2 shall apply.
continuous spans, and at support for canti levers.
2. For Ofm greater than 0.2 but )101 greater than 2.0.
the thickness shall not be lcss than:
4 09.6.2.5 Unless values are obtained by a more
comprehensive analysis, additional longtime deOection
resulting from c reep and shrinkage of flexura! mernbcrs Ir =
36 + 5 f3 (a¡,.
1
•
- O. 2 )
(os+ _L_)
· 1400
(409- 12)

(nonnal-weight or lightweight concrete) shall be determined

by muhiplying the immediate deOection caused by the and not less than 125 mm.;
sustained load considered, by the factor ..t6 .
3. For Ofm greater than 2 .0, the thickncss shall not be less
A. =-~­ (409-11) than:
A 1+50p'

where p' shall be the value a t midspan for simple and t

r.
(o.s + _!_,_)
1400 (409- 13)
continuous spans, and at support for cantilevers. ]t is h= --'------~
36 + 9 /)
permiued 10 assumc the time-depcndent factor ~ for
and not less than 90 mm.
sustained Joads to be cqual to:
5 years o r more .............................. 2.0 4. At discontinuous edgcs, an cdge bcam shall be providcd
12 months .................................. 1.4 with a stiffncss ratio Of,. not lcss than 0 .80: or the
6 months ............................... ...... 1.2 mínimum thickness rcquircd by E'!· 409- 12 or 409-13
shall be increascd by at lcaM 1O perccnt in the panel
3 months ....................................... 1.0 with a discontinuous cdge.

409.6.2.6 DcOection computcd in accordance with Scctions

409.6.2.2 through 409.6.2.5 shall not cxcced Ji mits
stipulated in Tablc 409-2.

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 4--16 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete

Tablc 409-2- Maxi mum Pennissible Computed T able 409-3 - Minimum Thick.ness of Slabs
Defleclions without Interior Beams
Without drop pane!s 1 With drop panels1
Dcflcction to be Dcflcction Yicld
Typc of Mcmhcr Interior Interior
considcrcd Limitation strcnglh E xterior pancls Exterior panc!s
¡,. panels
____ - -- --· With
-~
·---~----··-·---•H

without with without

Flat roofs not MPa 1
cdgc cdgc cdgc cdgc
supporting or auachcd
to non-stmctural lrnmcdiate dctlection
_,_, bea m beam beam bcaml

elcrncnts likcly to be duc to livc load , L 180 280 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

40
damaged by largc
dellections
F!oors not suppon ing 415
33
!.E_
36

~
36
!._,;_ ~
36

~
- ~40
or attached to 11011- 30 33 33 33 36 36
lmrncdiatc defl ection ___.!_}_
stn1ctura! clemcnts
likcly to be darnagcd by
due to live load, L 360
520 ~ ~ ~ !.E.. ~ !._,¿_
large dcflections 28 31 31 31 34 34
Roof or !loor 1
For va/ucs of reitiforetmmt yield strength benvun rhe valucs given in
construction supporting 1l1at p3I1 of thc total
the rabie, minimum thickness sha/1 be detennined by lin ear
or attachcd to non- defl ection occurring __1__!. imerpolation.
structura! e!cments after auachmcnt of 480 1
Drop panels is defint!d in 41 3.3.5.
likely to be damagcd by nonstructural elemcms J Slabs with beams bellvrel! co/u11uts a long exterior cdgt!s. The 1•alut! of a
largc deflcctions (su m of thc long-term for the edge beam shall twt be /ess tiran 0.8.
Floor or fl oor dcflection due to all
construction support ing
or auachcd to non-
sustained loads and the
immedi ate dcflcction _,_4 Term In in (2) and (3) is length of clear span in long
direction meas ured face-to-face of beams. T erm fJ in (2) and
structural clcments not duc lO any additional 240 (3) is ratio of clear spans in long to short direction of slab.
likely to be damaged by livc load) 2
large detlcctions
409.6.3.4 Slab thickness Jess than the minimum thickness
•
1
Umíl 1101 Ílll~lldl!d to safcguard agai11st pcmding. Ponding should be requi red by Sections 409.6.3.1, 409.6.3.2 and 409.6.3.3
checked by s11itablc calculations of dcflcction, including added shall be permitled to be used if shown by cornputation that
drflections d11e 10 ponded water, and considcring /ong·tenu effects of
al/ sustained loads, camber, constmction wlerances, and reliabiliry of the deflcct io n will not cxcccd the limits stipulated in Table
prcll'isinns fnr tfminage. 409-2. Deflections shall be computed taking into account
Long term clcfl~rtinn sha/1 be dctennin~cl in accorclmwr with 409.6.2.5 size and shape of the panel, conditions of support, an d
or 409.6.4 3, but ma.r br reduutf IJ)' 11111011111 of cleflrctinn calculatrtlw nature of rcslraints at thc panel cdges. The rnodulus of
occur befare auarfrmcnt of IIOilstructural elcments. 17Jt amormt s/w/1 br
dcu~nllinrd /)1/ bnsi.< of accepted ensinutillg dmn re/ating 10 timc- elasticity of concrete E< shall be as specilicd in Seclion
dcjlt~t:lion rhnrtwtrri.tfiC.'\ of memhr.rs .timilar ro thost' he in¡.: ctmsidered. 408.6.1. Thc cffective moment of inertia shall be that given
' l. . .imit may fu rxc:trt•cled if atlequcuc measurrJ arr wkcn to prt!\'l'nt by Eq. 409-8; other values s hall be pcrmi ttcd to be used if
damage 10 supportt•d or cwachcd demt'lliS.
they result in computed deflections in reasonable agreernent
' But 110 1 grcarer tloaiJ w lerallce provitlcd for /10/!Sintcturc:/ elemeiJI.<.
Limit may br c.rcecded if camba is ¡mll'idcd sn tluu to/cl/ deflet:tillll with the resu lts of comprehensive tests. Additional long-
minus camhrr docs 1101 t.~.n:eed limil . term de flecti on s hal l be computed in accordance with
Section 409.6.2.5.

409.6.4 Prestresscd Concrete Construction

409.6.4. 1 For flex uralmembers designed in accordance with

provisions of Section 4 18, immediate de flection shall be
computcd by usua l mcthods or formulas for elast ic
deflcctions, and thc moment of inertia of the gross concrete
section, /~. shall be pennitted to be used for C lass U flexura!
membcrs, as defined in Scctions 418.4 .3.

409.6.4.2 For Class C and Class T flexura! mcmbers, a~

defined in Section 4 18.4.3, deflection calculations shall he
bascd o n a cracked trans formcd section analysis. lt shall b(!
permittcd to base computatio ns o n a bili ncar moment ·
dcflectíon relationshi p, oran effecti vc morncnt of iner1ia, /"
as dcfi ncd by Eq . 409-8.

Association of Structurnl Enginecrs of the Pl1ilippines

 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 4-47

409.6.4.3 Additional long-time deflection of prcstressed

concrete membcrs shall be computed taki ng into account
st resses in concrete and stcel under sustained load and
including effccts of creep and shrinkage of concrete and
relaxation of steel.
410.1 Notations

409.6.4.4 Deflection computed in accordance with Seclions A = dcp!h of equivalen! rectangular stress block as
dcfincd in Section 410.3.7 .1, mm
409.6.4.1, 409.6.4.2, and 409.6.4.3 shall not exceed limits
A ch =cross-scctional arca of a Stnictural membcr
1
!
stípulated in Table 409-2.
measured to outside cdgcs of transverse
1 reinforcement, mm2

1
409.6.5 Composilc Construction Ax = gross arca of section, mm
2

A, = arca of nonprestrcssed longitudinal tension

i reinforcement, mm 2
! 409.6.5.1 Shorcd Construction 2
As.nrin =mínimum amount of flexura! reinforcement, mm .
Jf compositc flexura! mcmbers are supported during See Section 410.6
construction so that, after removal of temporary supports, A,, =arca of structural steel shape, pipe, or tubing in
dead load is resistcd by the fui! composite scction, it shall be composite section, mm 2 . See Section 41 O. 17.5
permitted to consider the composíte member equivalen! toa As, =total area of nonprestressed longitudinal
monolithicalfy cast member for computation of deflection. 2
reinforcement (bars or steel shapes), mm
For nonprestressed members, tlle portion of the member in A, =arca of stmctural stecl shape, pipe or tubing in a
compression shall determine whcthcr values in Table 409- 1 2
composite section, mm
for normal-weight or lightweight concrete s hall apply. lf 2
A1 = loaded arca, mm
deflection is computed, account shall be takcn of curvatures A2 = thc arca of the lower base of thc largest frustum of
resulting frorn di ffcrcntial shrinkagc of precast and cast-in- a pyramid, cone, or tapered wedge contained
place components, and of axial crecp effects in a prestresscd wholly within thc support and having for its uppcr
concrete member. base thc loadcd arca, and having side slopes of 1
unit vertical in 2 units horizontal (50% slope),
2
409.6.5.2 Unshorcd Construction mm
b = width of comprcssion face of member, mm
Jf the thiclwess of a nonprestrcsscd precast flexura! mcmber b.,. = web width, mm
meets the requirernents of Table 409- 1, dctlection need not e = distance from extreme compression fibcr LO neutral
be computed. lf the thickness of a nonprestrcssed composite axis, mm
member meets the rcquirements of Tablc 409- 1, it is not = clear cover from the nearest s urfacc in tension to
required to compute deflection occurring after thc membcr the surface of thc flexura! tension rcinforcement,
becomes compositc, but the long-time deflection of thc mm
prccast mcmber shall be investigated for magnitude and e,. = a factor relating actual moment diagram to an
duration of load prior to bcginning of cffective composite equivalen! uniform moment diagram
action. d =distance from extreme compression fiber to
centroid of tension reinforcement, mm
409.6.5.3 Detlcction computcd in accordancc with Scctions = thickncss of concrete covcr measured from extreme
409.6.5.1, or 409.6.5.2 shall not excccd limits stipulated in tcnsion fiber to center of bar or wire Iocatcd closest
Tablc 409-2. thcreto, mm
d, = distance from extreme compression fibcr to
extreme tension steel, mm
= modulus of elasticity of concrete, MPa
= modu lus of clasticity of rcinforcement. MPa
2
= flexura! s ti ffncss of compression member. N-mm
Scc Eq. 410-15 and 4 10- 16
= spccified compressive strength of concrete, MPa
= calculated stress in rcinforcement at servicc load$,
MPa
¡;., = specified yield strength [y of transverscd
reinforcemcnt , MPa
h =overall dimcnsion o f mcmber in direction of action
considered. mm

11
Nntional Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 4-48 CHAPTER 4 -Concrete
!8 =moment of inenia of gross concrete section about
centroidal axis, neglecting reinforcement, mm4
!., =momcnt of inertia of rcinforccment 4 about
ccntroidal axis of membcr cross scction, nun
1,, = momcnt of inenia of stmctural stcel shape, pipe or
tubing aboul ccntroidal axis of compositc mcmber
cross scction, mrn 4
k = effcctive length factor for comprcssion mcmbcrs
le = length of a comprcssion membcr in a framc,
mcasured from ccntcr to ccnter of lhe joinls in the
frame
lu = unsupported length of comprcssion member, mm.
M< = factored moment 10 be used for design of
compression member
M, = moment dueto loads causing appreciable sway
M., = factored moment at section
M1 = smaller factorcd cnd momcnt on a comprcssion
membcr, positive if member is bent in single
curvature, negalive if bent in double curvaturc
M 1ru =
factorcd cnd moment on a compression rncmbcr al
thc end al which M 1 ac1s, duc 10 loads that cause no
appreciablc sidcsway, calcul atcd usi ng a first-order
clastic framc analysis
M 1, =
factorcd cnd moment on compression members at
lhe cnd at which M 1 acts, due to loads that cause
appreciable sidcsway, calculated using a first-ordcr
elastic frame analysis
M1 = largcr factored end momclll on compression
mcmber, always positive
Mz.,,.;. =
mínimum value of M 1
Mzns =
factored end moment on comprcssion member at
the end at which M 1 acts, due 10 loads lhat cause no
appreciable sidesway, calculated using a first-order
elastic frame analysis
M 2 , = fac10rcd end moment on compression member al
thc encl at which M 1 acts, duc to loads that cause
appreciable sidesway, calculated using a first-order
elastic frame analysís
Pb =nominal axial load strength at balanced strain
conditions. Scc Sectíon 410.4.2
P< = criticalload. See Eq. 410-14
P, = nominal axial load strength at givcn eccentricity
P" = nominal axial load strength at zero ecccntricity
P. = factored axial load al givcn eccentricity
~ rp Pn
Q = stabi lity index for a s10ry. See Section 4 10. 12.4.2
r = radius of gyration of eros~ section of a comprcssion
member
s = maximum center-to-center spacing of llcxur¡¡J
tension reinforcemcnt ncarest to the extreme
tcnsion face, mm (where there is only onc bar or
wire nearest to the extreme tension face, s is the
maximurn width of the extreme tensíon facc.)
V,_, = factored horizontal shear in a story, N
'l. = quantity limiting distribution of flexura!
reinforcement. Sec Section 4 10 .7
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
= factor defined in Section 410.3.7.3
= ratio used to account for reduction of stiffness of
columns duc to sustained axialloads
= ratio used to account for reduction of stiffness of
columns dueto sustained lateral loads
L1,, = relative lateral detlection betwecn the top and
bottom of a story duc to V.., computed using a first-
order elastic frnme anal ysis and stiffness values
satisfying Scction 41 0.12.4.2
= momcnt magnification L.d or for frames braced
against sidesway to reflect effects of mcmber
curvature between ends of compression members
=moment magnification factor for frames not braced
agaínst sidesway to ref1ect lateral drift resulting
from lateral and gravity loads
= net !ensile strain in extreme tension stecl at
nominal strength
= ratio of nonprestressed tension reinforcement
p
= A,jbd
= reinforcement ratio producing balanced strain
condilions. Scc Section 410.4.2
p, = ratio of volume of spiral rcinforcemcnt to total
volume of core (out-to-out of spi rals) of a spirally
rcinforced comprcssion membcr
= strengt.h-reduction factor. Sce Section 409.4
= stiffncss reduction factor
410.2 Scope
Provisions of Section 4 1Oshall appl y for design of members
subject to Oexure or axial loads or to combincd llexure and
axial loads.
410.3 Dcsign Assumptions
410.3.1 Strength design of rncmbers for llcxure and axial
loads shall be bascd on assumptions givc n ;n Sections
410.3.2 through 410.3.7 ami on satisfaction of applicablc
conditions of equilibrium and cornpatibility of strains.
410.3.2 Strain in reinforcemcnt and conncte ~hall be
assumed directly proportional to the di ~ tarw<' from the
neutral axis, except that, for decp flexura! ko~r" .--: •.l•·f': ;c-d
in Section 410.8.1, an analysis that con\i · · ''
distribution of strain shall be used. A ltcrn :.~.· .i . •,.
permitted to use a slrut-and-ti:: rnodcl. See ;) c U H>II ·• Hi.8,
411.9, and Section 427.
410.3.3 Maximum usable strain at cxtn·nw 'o, . rete
cornpression fiber shall be assurned equa! ·, '

410.3.4 Stress in rcinforcement below spccified yield
strength /y for grade of reinforccment used shall be taken as
f.,"'s times steel slrain. For strains greater than that
con·esponding to ¡;., stress in reinforcemcnt sha.ll be
considere<! indcpcndcnt of strain and cqual toJ;..
410.3.5 Tcnsilc strength of concrete shall be neglec11ed in
axial and flexura) calculations of rcinforced concrete, except
whcrc meeting requircmenls of Section 418.5.
f 410.3.6 The relationship betwecn concrete compn~ssive
1·
stress distribution and concrete strain shall be assumed Lo be
rectangular, trapezoidal, parabolic or any other shap1e that
r results in prediction of strength in substantial agreement
r with results of comprehensive tests.
410.3.7 Rcquircments of Section 410.3.6 may be
considered satisfied by an equivalen! rectangular concrete
stress distribution defined by the following:
410.3.7.1 Concrete stress of 0.85/c shall be assumed
uniformly distributed ovcr an cquivalcnt compression zone
bounded by edges of the cross scction and a straight fine
located parallel 10 thc neutral axis at a distance a =: (31 e
from the fiber of rnaximurn compressive strain.
410.3.7.2 Distance from li ber of maxi rnum strain to the
neutral axis. e, shall be mcasured in a dirc:ction
perpendicular to the axis.
410.3.7.3 Factor (31 shall be taken as 0.85 for corucrete
strengthsfr for 17 MPa up 10 28 MPa. For strengths a1bove
28 MPa, fJ, sHall be rcduccd linear! y al a rate of 0.05 for
cach 7 MPa of strength in cxccss of 28 MPa, but (J1shall not
be takcn lcss than 0.65.
410.4 General Principies and Rcquiremcnts
410.4.1 Design of cross section subject to flexure or axial
Joads or to cornbined nexure and axial loads shall be based
on stress and strain compatibility using assumptions in
Section 41 0.3.
410.4.2 Balanced st rain conditions exist at a cross section
when tension reinforcement rcachcs thc strai n
corresponding lo its spccifi ed yicld strcngth f,. just as
concrete in cornprcssion rcaches its assumcd ultimatc s:train
of 0.003.
410.4.3 Sections are compression-controllcd if the nct
!ensile strain in the extreme tension stccl, r.,, is equal loor
less thnn the compression-controllcd strain limit when the
concrete in comprcssion rcaches its assumed strain limit of
0.003. The comprcssion-controllcd strain limit is thc: nct
!ensi le strain in thc reinforcemcnt at balanced strain
Nationéll Stn.Jctuml Codc o f lhe Pllilippines 6 Edition Volumo 1
CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4-49
conditions. For Grade 415 reinforcement, and for al !
prestrcssed rcinforcement, it shall be permitted to set the
compression-controlled strain limit equal to 0.002.
410.4.4 Sections are tension-controlled if the nct !ensile
strain in the extreme tension stcel, E,. is equal to or greatcr
than 0.005 when thc concrete in compression reaches its
assumed strai n limit of 0.003. Sections with t 1 betwecn thc
compression-controlled strain limit and 0.005 constitute a
transition region bctween compression-controlled and
tension-controlled seciil)ns.
410.4.5 For nonprestressed nexural members and
nonprestressed members with factored axial compressive
load less than O. 1Ofc' A8 , e, at nominal strength shall not be
less than 0.004.
410.4.5.1 Use of compression reinforcement shall be
pennitted in conjunction wit.h additional tension
reinforcement to increasc the strength of flexura! members.
410.4.6 Design axial load strength 1/JP. of compression
members shall not be taken greater than the following:
410.4.6.1 For nonprestressed members with spiral
rcinforcernent confonning to Section 407.11.4 or composite
mcmbers conforming to Section 410.17:
(410- 1)
410.4.6.2 For nonprestressed members with tic
rcinforcement conforming to Section 407.11.5:
410.4.6.3 For prcstresscd mcmbers, design axial load
strength, 1/J P. shall not be takcn greater than 0.85 (for
membcrs with spiral reinforcement) or 0.80 (for members
with tic reinforcement) of the design ax ial load strength at
zero eccentricity, 1/J P0 •
410.4.7 Members subject to compressive axial load shall be
designed for thc maximum moment that can accompany the
axial load. The factored axial load P, at given eccentricity
shall not cxceed that given in Section 410.4.6. The
maximum factorcd moment Mu shall be magnified for
slcnderncss cffects in accordance with Section 410.11.
410.5 Distancc bctwecn Lateral Supports of Flcxural
Membcrs
410.5. 1 Spacing of lateral suppons for a beam shall not
cxceed 50 times b, thc least width of compression flangc or
facc.
111
 4-50 CHAPTEii 4 ··Concrete
410.5.2 Effects of lateral cccentricity of load shall be taken
into account in determining spacing of lateral supports.
410.6 Minimum Reinforcement of Flexura! Membcrs
410.6.1 At every section of a flexura! member where tensile
reinforcement is required by analysis, except as providcd in
Scctions 410.6.2, 410.6.3 and 410.6.4, A, provided shall not
be Jess than that given by:
A
J,mln = ,¡¡;:
4 JY
b d
,.. (4!0-3)
and not less than 1.4 bwdlfy
410.6.2 For a statically detenninate T-section with flangc
in tension, the arca A,_,,.. shall be equal to or greater than the
smaller value given either by:
A,,mln
JF:
= ~~ IJ,. d (41 0-4)
)'
or Eq. 410-3, except that b_. is replaced by either 2 b,. or the
width of the flange, whichever is smaller.
410.6.3 11Je requirements of Sections 410.6 .1 and 410.6.2
need not be applied if at every section, A, provided is at
least one-third greater than that required by analysis.
410.6.4 For structural slabs and footings of uniform
thickness, the mínimum arca of !ensile reinforcement in the
direction of span shall be the same as that rcquired by
Section 407.13.2.1. Maximum spacing of this reinforcernent
shall not exceed U1e Jesser of three times the thickness, nor
450 mm.
410.6.5 In structurcs Jocatcd at arcas of low leve) seismic
risk, beams in ordioary moment frames forming pan of the
seismic-force-resisting systcm shall have at lcast two main
flexura! reinforcing bars continuously top and bottom
throughout the beam and continuous through or developed
within exterior columns or boundary clements.
410.7 Distribution of Flexura! Rcinforccmcnt in Bcams
and Onc-way Slabs
410.7.1 This scction prescribes rules for distribution of
flexura! reinforccment to control Ocxural cracking in bearn~
and in one-way slabs (slabs reinforced lo rcsist nexural
strcsses in only one dircction).
410.7.2 Distribution of flexura) reinforccment in two-way
slabs shall be as requircd by Section 4 13.4 .
Association of Structu ral Engmeers of tlie f>hilippines
410.7.3 Flexura! tcnsion reinforcement shall be well
distributed within maximum flexura! tcnsion zones of a
member cross section as required by Section 410.7 .4.
410.7.4 The spacing s of reinforcement closest toa surface
in tension, s, shall not cxcced that given by:
s = 380 _:-?8()
___ ) - 2.5cr (410-5)
(
/,
but not greater than 300(280/.fs), where Ce is the least
distance from surface of reinforcement or prcstressing
steelto the tension face. If there is only one bar or wire
ncarest to the extreme tension face, s used in Eq. 4 10-5 is
the width of the extreme tension face.
Calculated stress in reinforcement fs in MPa closest to the
tension face shall be computed based on the unfactorcd
moment. It shall be pennittcd to take !s as 2/3 of specified
yield strength ¡;..
410.7.5 Provisions of Section 410.7.4 are not sufficient for
structures subject to very aggressive cxposure or designed to
be watertight. For such structures, special investigations and
precautions are rcquired.
410.7.6 Where flanges of T-beam construction are in
tension, part of the flexura! tension reinforcement shall be
distributed ovcr an effective tlange width as defined in
Section 408.12, or a width egua! to one-tenth the span,
whichever is smaller. lf the effective tlange width excceds
one tenth the span, some longitudinal reinforcement shall be
providcd in thc outer portions of thc flange.
410.7.7 Where h of a beam or joist exceeds 900 mm,
longitudinal skin reinforccment shall be uniform!y
distributed along both side faces of the member. Skm
reinforcement shall extend for a distance h/2 from the
tension face. The spacing s shall be as providcd in Section
410.7.4, where Ce, is the Jcast distance from the surface of
the skin reinforcement or prestressing tendons to tilc sicie
face. lt shall be permitted to include such reinforcemcn t m
strength computations íf a strain compatíbility analysí:; is
made to determine stresses in the individual bars or wirc!;.
410.8 Dccp Bcams
410.8.1 Decp bcams are mcrnbcrs loadcd on one face and
supportcd on the oppositc facc so that compression s1ruts
can develop between the Joads and the stipports, and ii::':C
either:

l. Clear spans, 1. , equal to or lcss than four times the
overall mcmber depth ; or
2. Rcgions with concentratcd loads within twice thc
mcmbcr depth from thc face of thc support.
Dcep bcams shall be dcsigned either taking in to account
nonlincar distribution of strain , or by Section 427. (See also
Sectíon 411.9.1and 4 12. 1 1.6). Lateral bucklíng shall be
co nsidcred.
4J0.8.2 v. of dcep hi!ams shall be in accordance with
Section 4 11.9.
410.8.3 Mínimum flexura! tension reinforcement, A,. ,.;••
shall confonn to Sec tion 4 10.6.
410.8.4 Mínimum horizontal and vertical reinforcement in
the side faces of deep flexura! members sha!l be the greater
of the requirements of Sections 411.9.4, 411.9.5 and
427.3.3.
410.9 Des ign Dimensions for Compression Members
410.9.1 Isolated Compression Member with Multiple
Spirals
Ou te r limits of the effectivc cross section of a compression
membcr with two or more interlocking spirals shall be taken
a t a distance outs ide the extreme limits of thc spirals equal
to the mínimum co ncrete cover requircd by Sec tion 407.8.
410.9.2 Comprcssion Member Built Monolithically With
Wall
Outcr limits o f the effectivc cross scction of a spirally
reinforced or tied rcinforced compression member built
mono lithically wíth a concrete wall or pier shall be taken
not greatcr than 40 mm outsidc thc spira l or tie
reinforccmcnt.
410.9.3 Equivalcnt Circular Compression Member
As a n a lternatíve to using thc full gross arca for design of a
compressive mcmber with a square, octagonal or othcr
shaped c ross sec tion, it shall be permitted lo use a circu lar
scc tion with a diameter cqual to thc lcast lateral d imension
of the actual shr.p::. Gross arca cons idcred, rcquired
pcrcentage of rcinfu rccment. and dcsign s tre ngth shall be
based o n that circ ular section.
410.9.4 Limits of Scction
For a co mpression mcmber with a cross scc tio n largcr than
requ ired by cons idcrat ions of loading, it shall be pcrmilled
to base thc mín imu m rcinforccmcnt and dcsign strength on a
reduced cffecti ve arca Ag not lcss than onc half the total
National S tructura l Code of the Ph ilippines 6
CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete 4-51
area. This proviswn shall not apply lo special moment
frames or special stmctural walls in Seismic Zone 4 that are
designed in accordance with Section 421.
410.10 Limits for Reinforcement of Compression
Members
410.10.1 Arca of longituóinal reinforcement, A,,
for non-
composite comprcssion members shall not be less than 0.01
or more than 0.08 times gross arca A 1 of section.
410.10.2 Mínimum numbcr of longitudinal bars in
compression members shall be 4 for bars within rectangular
or circular ties, 3 for bars witliin triangular ties, and 6 for
bars enclosed by spirals conforming to Section 4 10. 10.3.
410.10.3 Volumetric spiral reinforcement ratio, p., shall not
be less than the value givcn by:
(410-6)
where the valuc of ¡,., used in Eq. 410-6 shall not exceed
700 MPa. For /y, greater than 415 MPa, Iap splices
according to Section 407.1 l.4.5(1) shall not be used.
410.11 Slenderness Effects in Compression Members
410.11.1 Sle ndcmcss effccts shall be pennitted to be
neglcc ted in the follow ing cases:
l. For compression members not braced against sidesway
when :
k/u ~ 22 (410-7)
r
2. For compression members braced against sidesway
when:
34 - 12 ( ~: ) $ 40 (410-8)
whcre M 11M2 is pOSll!ve if the column is bent in single
curvature, and negativc íf thc rnember is bent in double
c urvature.
1t shall be pcnnitted to cons ider compression mcmbcrs
braced ag ainst sideway whcn bracing elemcnts ha vc a total
stiffness, rcsisting lateral mo vemcnt of that story, of at leas!
12 times the gross stiffness res isting lateral movement of
that story, of at least 12 times the gross stiffncss of the
columns within thc story.
111
Edil ion Volume 1
 4-52 CHAPTEA 4 · Concrete
410.11.1.1 Thc unsupported length of a comprcssion
mcmbcr, 1•• shall be taken as thc clcar distance between
floor slabs, beams, or othcr membcrs capable of providing
lateral support in thc direction bcing considere:d. Where
column capitals or haunches are prcscnt, 1. shall be
measurcd to thc lower cxtrcmity of thc capital or haunch in
thc plane considcred.
410.11.1.2 lt shall be pennittcd to take t.he radius of
gyration, r, equal to 0.30 times the ovcrall dimension in the
direction stability is bcing considcred for n!ctangular
compression mcmbers and 0.25 times thc diametcr for
circular comprcssion members. For other shapes, it shall be
permitted to compute r for the gross concrete section.
410.11.2 When slendemess effects are not neglected as
permitted by Scction 410.11.1, the design of compression
membcrs, restraining beams, and other supporting members
shall be bascd on the factorcd forccs and rnomcnts from a
second-ordcr analysis satisfying Scctions 4 10.11.3,
41 O. 11.4, or 410.11.5. Thesc mcmbers shall also satisfy
Sections 41 0.11.2. 1 and 41 0.11.2.2. The dimcnsions of each
member cross section used in the analysis shall be within 1O
percent of the dimensions of the members shown on the
design drawings or the analysis shall be repeatcd.
410.11.2.1 Total moment including sccond-order cffccts in
comprcssion members, restraining beams, or other structural
membcrs shallnot exceed 1.4 times thc moment due to first-
order effccts.
410.11.2.2 Second-order effects shall be considcrcd along
the length of compression members. lt shall be perrnined to
account for thcsc effects using thc moment magnilication
procedurc outlined in Section 410.13.
410.12 Magnified Moments
410.12.1 Nonlinear Second-Order Analysis
Second-order analysis shall considennaterial on lincarity,
mernbcr curvaturc and lateral drift, duration of loads,
shrinkage and crcep, and intcraction with the supponing
foundation. Thc analysis procedurc shall have be•~n shown
to result in prediction of strength in substantial n.grecment
with rcsults of comprehensivc tests of columns in statically
indetcrminate rcinforccd concrete structurcs.
410.12.2 E1astic Second-Order Analysis
Elastic second-order analysis shall considcr scction
propcrties determincd taking into account thc influcnce of
axial loads. thc prcscnce of cracked rcgions along thc lcngth
of the mcmbcr, and the cffccts of load duration.
Association of !3tructLiré11 En~Jineers of lhe Pt1ilippine:>
410.12.3 It shall be pcnniued to use the following
properties for the members in thc structure:
l. Modulus of elasticity ................. Er from Section 408.6. l
2. Morncnts of inertia, 1
Compression mcmbcrs:
Columns .................................................... . 0.70/8
Walls Uncrackcd. ................................... . 0 .70/g
Wal!s Cracked ......................................... . 0.35/ g
Flexura! membcrs:
Beams ........................................................ . 0.35/g
Flat pi ates and flat siabs ............................ 0 .2.5111
3. Arca ............................................................. i.OOAg
Altcmatively, the momcnts of incnia of comprcssion and
flexura! members, /, shall be pcrmiucd to be computed as
follows:
Compression membcrs:
Where P" and Mu shall be determined from thc pa11Ícular
load combination under consideration, or the combi11ation of
P., and Mu resulting in the smallest value of l. /nced nol be
taken less than 0.35ls.
Flexura! rnembers:
1 = (0.1 o+ 25p)( 1.2 - 0.2 b•.) lg::; 0.51.1 (410-10)
d
For continuous flexura! mcmbers, 1 shall be permittcd to be
takcn as the average of values ohtaincd from Eq. 111 O lO for
the critica! positive and ncgative momcnt scctions. 1 uced
not be taken Jess than 0.25/x.
Thc cross-sectional dimensions and reinforccment ratio uscd
in the above formulas shall be within 10 pcr<Tnt <>f :he
dimcnsions and reinforccment ratio shown on !he d< ·~n
drawing:> or the stiffness evaluation shall be repr-<1led.
410.12.3.1 Whcn sustaincd lateral loads arl' pr·· ··:.: , ..
comprcssion mcmbcrs shall be di vided by i 1 + fi.:, í. · • '
term /Jd.< shal.l be takcn as thc ratio of maxillllllll lactm'-'.i
sustained shl:ar within a story to the max in¡;,;:, í:a' .: , ~
shcar in that story associated with the sal!le ioac.l
combination, but shall not be takcn greatcr th<ln 1.0.
410.12.4 Momcnt Magnification t>roccdun·
Col umns and stories in structures shall br :k::, ,. ..• · ' '· ·
nonsway or sway columns or stories. Thc de~i: · : , ',¡ '' •''
in nonsway framcs or storics shall be bastd , 111 ::;,.«io,;
 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4-53

410.13. The desígn of columns in sway frames or stories 410.13.1.3 Thc effective length factor, k , shall be pcrmilted
shall be bascd on Section 410.14. to be taken as l. O.

410.12.4.1 ll shall be permittcd to assume a column in a 410.13.1.4 For members without transverse loads bctwcen
structurc ís nonsway if the increase in column end momcnts supports, C.,. sbal! be takcn as:
due to second-order effects does not exceed 5 perccnt of thc
(410-17)
first-order end momcrlts.

410.12.4.2 ll also shall be pcrmitted to assume a story whcrc M¡IM2 is positive if thc column is bcnt in single
within a structure is nonsway if: curvature, and negative if the mcrnber is bent in double
curvature. For mcmbers with transverse loads betwcen
supporís, C"' shall be taken as 1.0.
Q = f.P.,ll . (410-11)
V,, f.. 410.13.1.5 The factorcd moment M 2 in Equation (410-12)
shall not be taken lcss than
is lcss than or equal to 0.05, whcre f.P., and V,, are the
M2·"''" = P,. (15 + 0.03h) (410-18)
total vertical load and tbe story shear, respectively, in the
story in qucstion and Ll0 is the first-order relative detlection
about each axis separately, where 15 and h are in
betweeh the top and bottorn of that story dueto V.,,.
millirneters. For membcrs for which M 2.min exceeds M 2, the
va!ue of C,. in Equation (41 0-17) shall either be taken equal
410.13 Moment Magnification Pnlcedure- Nonsway to 1.0, or shall be based on the ratio of the computed end
mornents, M 11M2.
410.13.1 Cornpression members shall be designed for the
factored axial load, P,. and thc moment amplified for the
410.14 fv{oment Magnificatíon Proccdure- Sway
effects of membcr curvature, M,., as follows:
(410-12) 410.14.1 The moments M 1 and M 2 at the ends of an
indi vi dual compression member shall be taken as:
where:
(4 10-19)
~>,_ ~ ~ 1.O
(41 0-13)
o= __ (410-20)
1
0.75?,
whcrc O, M 1_, and O, M 2, shall be computed according to
2 Scctions 410.14. L3 or 4 10. 14. 1.4.
ff E1
11 :=: - -.... (410-14)
e ( k!, ) "-
410. 14.1.1 Flexura! membcrs shall be dcsigncd for thc total
magnificd cnd rn omcnts of thc comprcssion members at the
410.13.1.1 El shall be raken as: joint.

_ (ü.2.l:' J ~ -t- EJ.«) 410.14.1.2 Thc cffcctivc Jength factor k shall be determined
El=--- (410- 15)
1+!3d.... using thc values of Ec and 1 given in Section 410.12.2 and
shall not be less than 1.0.
or
410.14.1.3 The momcnt magnificr 15, shall be calculated as
(0.4Ec / 8 )
El= - (4 10-16)
1 + ¡Jd/1.1 =___!.:2_ > 1
( 5
f -
(4 10-21)
. 1--Q
Alternatively, El shall be pcrmiaed to be computcd using
thc val ue of 1 from Eq . 410-9 dividcd by ( 1 + fJ""·' ). lf o, calcu!atcd by Eq. 410-2 1 cxceeds 1.5, S_, shall be
calculatcd using second-ordcr elastic analysis or Section
41 0.13.1.2 The tcrrn (/,¡,_, shall be takcn as thc ratio of 410.14.1.4.
maxirnum factorcd axial sustained load to rnaximum
factorcd axial load associatcd with thc samc load
cornbinalion, but sba11 not be tak cn grcatcr tban 1.0.

National Struclural Co(Je of lile Phrlipp111es G"' [clition Volume 1

 4-54 CHAPTEFl 4 - Concrete
410.14.1.4 Alternatively, it shall be permitted to calculate
os as:
(410-22)
where I.P, is the summation for all the factored vertical
loads in a story and I.Pc is the summation for all sway-
resisting columns in <• story. Pe is calculated using Eq. 410-
14 with k determined from Section 41 0.14.1.2 and El from
Section 41 0.13.1.1, where /3ds shall be substiluted for fJdns.
410.15 Axially Loaded Mcmbcrs Supporting Slab
System
Axially loadcd members supporting slab system included
within the scope of Section 413.2 shall be designed as
provided in Section 41 O and in accordance with the
additional requirements of Section 413.
410.16 Transmission of Column Loads through ·.Floor
System
When the spccified compressive strength of concrete in a
column is greater than 1.4 times that specified for a floor
system, transmission of load through the floor system shall
be provided by Scctions 41 0.16.1, 410.16.2, or 410.16.3:
410.16.1 Concrete of strength specified for the column shall
be placed in the floor at the column location. Top surface of
the column concrete shall extend 600 mm into the slab from
face of column. Column concrete shall be well integrated
with floor concrete, and shall be placed in accordance with
Sections 406.4.6 and 406.4.7.
410.16.2 Strength of a column through a tloor system shall
be based on the lower value of concrete strength with
vertical dowcls and spirals as required.
410.16.3 For columns laterally supported on four sides by
beams of approximately equal depth or by slabs, it shall be
permitted to base strength of the column on an assumed
concrete strength in the column joint equal lo 75 percent of
column concrete strength plus 35 percent of floor concrete
strength. In the application of this Section, the ratio of
column concrete strength to slab concrete strength shal! not
be taken greater than 2.5 for dcsign.
410.17 Compositc Compression Membcrs
410.17.1 Compositc compression mcmbers shall include al!
such mernbers reinforced Jongitudinally with structural steel
shapes, pipe or tubing wilh or without longitudinal bars.
Association .of Structura l Engineers of tlle Philip pines
410.17.2 Strength of a compositc mcmber shall be
computed for the same limiting conditions applicable to
ordinary reinforccd concrete members.
410.17.3 Any axial load strength assigncd to concrete of a
composite member shall be transferred to the co ncrete by
rnembers or brackcts in direct bearing on the composile
member concrete.
410.17.4 All axial load strcngth not assigned lo concrete of
a composile member shall be dcveloped by direct
con nection to the structural steel shape, pipe or tube.
410.17.5 For evaluation of slendcrness effects, radius of
gyration, r, of a composite section shall not be greatcr than
the value given by:
0.2EJ8 +EJ..!!.... (4 10-23)
r::::
0.2E<A 8 +E, A,,
and, as an alternativc lo a more accurate calculation, El in
Eq. 410-14 shall be taken either as Eq. 410- 15 ; or
EI=(~)E
l + {Jdm
¡
e g
+E¡s sx
(4 10-24)
410.17.6 Structural Stccl Encascd Concrete Core
410.17.6.1 For a compositc member with concrete core
encased by structural steel, thickness of thc stcel cncascmen t
shall not be lcss lhan:
for cach facc of widt h b
nor
-¡;
Ir - - for circular sections of diameter h
JBE ·'
410.17.6.2 Longitudinal bars located within the encased
concrete core shall be permítted lo be used in computing A,
and l.rx·
410.17.7 Spiral Rcinforccmcnt Around Strudural Stccl
Corc
A compositc member with spirally reinforccd concrck
around a stmctural steel core shall conform to Scctions
410.17.7.1 through 4 10. 17.7.4.
410.17.7.1 Dcsign yield strenglh of structural ~tec: l core
shall be the specified mínimum yicld slrcngth for gr;ak ' ,.
stnJctural steel used but not lo excced 350 MPa.
 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 4·55

410.17.7.2 Spiral reinforcemenl shall conform to Scction 410.18.2 Section 410.18 does not apply to posHensioning
410.10.3. anchorages.

410.17.7.3 Longitudinal bars located within the spiral shall

not be less than 0.01 or more than 0.08 times net area of
concrete scclion.

410.17.7.4 Longitudinal bars locatcd within the spiral shall

be pcrrnitted to be uscd in computing A,x and l,x·

410.17.8 Tic Reinforcement Around Structural Stcel

Core
A composite mcmber wi th laterally tied concrete around a
structural steel core shall conform lo Sections 410.17.8.1
through 4 10. 17.8.7:

410.17.8.1 Design yield strenglh o f structural steel core

shall be the specified minimum yield strenglh for grade of
structural steel used but not lo exceed 350 MPa.

410.17.8.2 Lateral ties s hall extend completely around the

slructural steel core.

410.17.8.3 I..<~teral tics shall have a diametcr not lcss than

0.02 times the greatest side dimension of composite
member, except that ti es shall not be smaller than 1O mm
diameter and are not required to be larger than 16 mm
diameter. Welded wire fabric of equivalent arca shall be
permitted.

410.17.8.4 Vertical spacing of lateral ties shaJl not exceed

16 longitudinal bar diameters, 48 tie bar diamcters, or onc
half times thc lcast sidc dimension of the composite
member.

410.17.8.5 Longitudinal bars located within the tics shall

not be lcss than 0.01 or more than 0.08 times net arca of
concrete section.

410.17.8.6 A longitudinal bar shall be located at every

com er of a rectangular cross section, with other longitudinal
bars spaced not farthcr apart than o ne half the Jeast side
dimension of the compos ite rnember.

410.17.8.7 Longi tudinal bars located within the ties shall be

pennittcd to be used in computing A.•.< and l.<x·

410.18 Bea ring Strength

410.18.1 Design bcaring strength on concrete s hall not

cxcecd f/J(0.85fc A 1) , except when the supporting surfacc is
widcr o n all s idcs than the loadcd arca, then the design
bearing s trength on !he loaded arca shall be pennitlcd to be
mu ltiplied by A 2 1A 1, but by not more than 2.

111
National Slructural Code of lile Pllilippines 6 Edition Volurnc i
 4-56 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete
411.1 Notations
A..- = arca of concrete scction rcsisti ng shear transfer,
mm2
A,.P = arca cnclosed by outside perimctcr of concrete
cross section, mm2 Sec Section 41 1.7. 1
A¡ =arca of reinforcement in bracket or corbel rcsisting
factorcd morncm [V. a+ Nuc(h- d)], mm 2
Ag = gross arca of scction, mm 2• For a hollow section,
A, is thc arca of thc concrete only and does no!
include thc arca of thc void(s)
A 11 = arca of shear rcinforcement parallcl to primary
tension reinforcement in crbel or bracket, mm2
At = total arca of longitudinal reinforccmcnt to resist
torsion, mm2
At.min = mínimum arca of longitudinal reinforccment to
resist torsion, mm 2 . Scc Section 411.7.5.3
A. = arca of reinforccment in bracket or corbel resisting
tensile force Nun mm 2• Sce Section 4 11 . 1O
A, = gross arca encloscd by shear flow path, rnm 2
A 0 ¡, = arca enclosed by centcrlinc of thc outermost closcd
lransverse torsional rcinforccment, mm2
A, = arca of nonprcstressed longitudinal tension
reinforcement, mm2
A1 c = arca of primary tension reinforcement in a corbel
or bracket, mm2• Sce Section 411 .10.3.5
A, = arca of one leg of a closcd stirrup resisting torsion
within a distance s. mm2
A,. = arca of shear rei nforcement within a distancc s,
mm ~
A,1 = arca of shcar-friction reinforccmcnt, mm 2
A,.11 = arca of shcar reinforcement parallel to flexura!
tension reinforccment within a spacing sz, mm2
A ........ = mínimum arca of shcar rcinforccment within a
Spacing s, mm 2• Sec Sections 411 .6.6.3 aml
411 .6.6.4
a = shear span, distance betwecn concentrated load and
face of su pports, mm
b = width of compression face of mcmber, mm
b., = perimeter of cri tica! scction for shear in slabs and
footings, mm. Sce Section 41 1. 13. 1.2
b, = width of that par1 of cross scction containing the
closed stirmps resisting torsion. mm
b_. = web width, or diameter of circular section. mm
h1 = dimc.nsion of the cri tica! section b0 defincd in
Scction 4 11.13. 1.2 measurcd in the direction of the
span for which momcnts are detcrmined, mm
b2 = dimcnsion of thc critica! scction bo dcfined in
Scction 4 11 .13.1.2 mcasured in the dircction
perpendicular to b 1, mm
e, = dimens ion of rcctangulilr or equi valen! rectangular
column, capital or bracket mcasurcd in thc
Association of Structural Engineers of tl1e Philippines
direction of thc span for which moments are being
determ incd, mm
c1 = dimension of rectangular or equivalent rectangular
column, capital or brackel mcasurcd transverse to
the dircction of the span for which momems are
being detennincd, mm
d = distance from extreme compression tibcr to
centroid of longitudinaltension reinforccment, mm
d" =distance from extreme comprcssion fiber to
centroid of prestressing steel, mm
fr = specified compressive strength of concrete, MPa
.¡¡:: =square root of specified compressive strength of
concrete, MPa
fc, =average spli uing tcnsile strength of lightwcigl.t
aggregate concrete, MPa
fd = stress due to unfactorcd dead load, al extreme fiber
of section where tensilc stress is causcd by
externally applied loads, MPa
/pe = compressive stress in concrete (after allowance for
all prestress losscs) at ccntroid of cross scclion
resisting extcmally applied loads or at j unction of
web and flange whcn the centroid lies within thc
flange, MPa. (Tn a compositc mcmber, J,c is
resultan! compressive stress at ccntroid t; J
composite section, or at junction of web and flangl:.
when the centroid lics within the flangc, due ¡,,
both prestress and moments resisted by prccw,(
member acting alonc),
¡;,. = compressive stress in concrete due to effectivc
prcstress forces only (afler allowancc for all
prestress losses) at extreme fiber of section where
tensile stress is caused by externally applicd loads,
MPa
¡;,. = stress in prcstressing stccl at nominal flexura!
strcngth, MPa
¡;," = spccified tensile strength of prestressing stecl, MPa
¡;. = specified yield strength of reinforcement, MPa
¡;., = spccified yield strength ¡;. of transversc
reinforcement, MPa
Ir =
overallthickncss or height of member, mm
h,. =total depth of shear.head cross section, mm
Ir.. =
hcíght of entire wall from base to top or hcight of
the segment ofwall considercd, mm
= moment of incrtia of section of beam al>out the
centroidal axis, mm4
In = length o f clear span measured face to face of
supports, mm
/,. = length of shearhead arm from centroid of
concentratcd load or reaction, mm
/,.. = length of entirc wall or length of segmcnt of wall
considercd in di rection of shcar force, mm
M,.,c = momcnt causing flexura! cracking at section dnc lo
externally applicd loads, N-mm. See Scction
411.5.3.1
M, = factored moment modified lO accounl for crr. . . ¡¡[
axial comprcssion, N-mm. Sec Scction 1111.4 .1..2

Mmox = maximum factored moment at scclion duc to
externally applied loads, N-mm
M11 = nominal flexura! strength at section, N-mm
Mp = rcquircd plastic moment strength of shearhcad
cross section, N-mm
Mu = factored moment at scction, N-mm
M,. "' moment resistance contributed by shcarhcad
reinforcemcnt, N-mm
n =number of itcms, su eh as strength tests, bars, wires,
monostrand anchorage devices, anchors or
shearhead arms
N11 " ' factorcd axial load normal to cross section
occurring sirnultancously with V11 or T.. ; to be taken
as positivc for compression, negative for tension, N
N,". = factorcd horizontal !ensile force applied at top of
!)racket or corbel acting simultaneously with V., to
be taken as positive for tension, N
pe¡, = outside pcrimeter of the concrete cross section, mm
p¡, = pcrimeter of centerline of outennost closed
transvcrse torsional reinforccment, mm
s = centcr-to-center spacing of itcms, such as
longitudinal reinforcement, transvcrse
reinforccment, prestrcssing tendons, wircs, or
anchors, mm
s2 = centcr-to-center spacing of longitudinal shcar or
torsion rcinforcement, mm
1~ = nominal torsional moment strength, N-mm
1~ = factored torsional moment at section, N-mm
1 "" thickness of a wall of a hollow section, mm
V" = nominal shear strength provided by concrete, N
Vci = nominal shear strcngth provided by concrete when
diagonal cracking rcsults from combined shcar and
rnoment,N
V<,.. = nominal shear strength providcd by concrete when
diagonal cracking rcsults from high principal
tensilc stress in web, N
Vd = shear force at section due to uníactorcd dead load,
N (4 ¡ 1-l)
V, = factored shear force at section due to cxternally
applied loads occurring simultancously with M"''"·
N is nominal shear strength computcd by
V" = nominal shear strength, N
Vr = vertical componen! of effective prestress force at
section, N
V, = nominal shear strength provided by shear
reinforcement, N
V, = factored shear force at section, N
v,. = nominal shear stress, MPa. Sce Scction 4 i 1.13.6.2
y, = distance from centroidal axis of gross section,
neglccting rcinforccment, to tension face, mm
a = anglc defining the oriental ion of rcinforccmcnt
a:, = constan\ used to compute Ve in slabs and footings
a;. = ratio of flexura! stiffness of shcarhead arm to
surrouncling compositc slab scction. Scc Section
4! !.13.4.5
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6t Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete 4·57
jJ = ratio of long to short dimcnsion; sides of col umn,
conccntrated load or reaction arca, or sides of
footing, see Scction 411
fJ,, = factor used to compute V., in prcstressed slabs.
y1 = factor used to determine the un balanced momcnt
transferred by flexurc at slab-column connection.
Sce Sectíon 41 l
y.. = factor uscd to determine thc unba!anccd momcnt
transferred by eccentricity of shear at slab-column
connections. Sce Sectipn 4! 1.13.7. 1
= J Y¡ w
11 = number of identical arms of shearhead
/1 = cocfficicnt of friction. See Scction 4 l 1.8.4.3
A = modificatíon factor reflecting thc rcduced
mcchanical properties of !ightweight concrete, al!
relativc to normalweight concrete of the same
comprcssivc strcngth. Sec Scction 41 1.8.4.3 .
p = ratio of nonprestressed tension reinforcement.
= A,lbd
p1 = ratio of arca of distributcd longitudinal
reinforccment to gross concrete arca perpendicular
to that reinforccment
p, = ratio of arca of distributcd transverse
reinforccmcnt to gross concrete arca perpendicular
to that reinforcement
p". = A/b"d
() = angle of compression diagonals in truss analogy fo r
torsion
1/J = strengtll rcduction factor. Sec Section 409.4
411.2 Shcar Strcngth
411.2.1 Except for members designcd in accordance with
Section 427, dcsign of cross scctions subject to shear shall
be bascd on
wherc V, is factored shear force at section considere<! and V,
(411-2)
whcre V< is nominal shear strength provided by concrete in
accordancc with Scction 4 11.4 or Scction 4 J J.5, and V, is
nominal shcar strcngth provided by shear reinfo rccment in
accordance with Scction 41 l .6.6.
411.2.1.1 In dctcrmining shear strcngth V, the cffect of any
opcnings in mcmbcrs shall be considcrcd.
411.2.1.2 In dctennining shear strength Ve, whenevcr
applicablc, effects of ax ial tension due to crcep and
shrinkage in rcstrainccl mcmbcrs shall be considered and
cffects of inclincd flexura! comprcssion íi1 vari ablc-dcpth
membcrs shall be pcrmitted to be included .
11
 4·58 CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete

41 1.2.2 Thc va1ues of ffc used in Section 41 i1 shall not J. =f,, I(0.56ff . ) :S 1.0.
exceed 8.0 MPa, except as allowed in Section 411.2.2.1 .
N.B. Sect. 411.3 not in ACI, adapted from NSCP 5th Ed.
411 .2.2.1 Values of ff greater than 8.0 MPa are
411.4 Shear Strcngth Providcd by Concrete for
allowed in computing V0 V ,., and V,.~. for reinforced or
Nonprcstresscd Mcmbcrs
prestrcssed concrete beams and concrete jois t construction
having mínimum wcb reinforcement in accordance with
Sccl:ons 411.6.6.3. 411.6.6.4 and 411.7.5.2. 411.4.1 Simplificd Calculation for Ve
Shear strength Ve shall be computed by provis.,,,,$ of
41 1.2.3 Computations of maximum factorcd shcar force v. Sections 411.4.1.1 through 411.4. 1.3 unless a more dctail,·,.i
at suppons in accordance with Section 411 .2.3. 1 or calculation is made in accordance with Section 411.4 .7..
411 .2 .3.2 shall be permittcd if all of the following thrce Throughout this Section, except in Section 41 1.8, )., s hall be
conditions are satísficd: as defined in Sectio n 408.7. l.
l. S upport reaction, in direction of applie:d shcar.
introduces compression into the end rcgions of· 411.4.1 .1 For members subject to shear and flexure only:
member;
Ve =O.J7J.. ff l>,,.d (41 1-3)
2. Loads are applied at or ncar the top of the mcrnbcr; and
3. No concentrated load occurs between face o f support 411.4.1.2 For me mbe rs subjcct to axial cornpression,
and location of c rít ica! section defincd in Sections
411.2.3.1 and 4 11.2.3.2.
411.2.3.1 For nonprcstresscd mcmbcrs, sections locatcd less
V
<
= 0. 17 (1+ ~·J2..¡-¡:-;b .
14 ;\ K ' "
d (4 11-4)

than a distance d from face of support shall be penniued to

be designed for the samc shear V., as that computed at a
distance d.
41 1.2.3.2 For prestressed members, sections loc·ated less
than a distance h/2 from face of support shall be pennittcd
to be dcsigned for the same shear \1., as that computed at a
dista nce h/2.
411.2.4 For dcep bcams, brackcts and corbels. walls and
slabs and footings , the special provisions of Sections 41 1.9
through 411.13 shall apply.
Quantity N,)Ag shall be exprcssed in MPa.
411.4.1.3 For members subject to significan! axial tension,
Ve shall be taken as zcro, unless a more detailcd analysis is
made using Section411.4.2.3.
411.4.2 Dctailed Calculation for Ve
Shear strength V, s hall be pennitted to be cornputcd by tlle
more detailed calcu lation of Scc tions 4 1 1.4.2.1 through
411.4.2.3.
411.4.2.1 For members subjectlo shcar and flexure only,

411.3 Lightwcight Concrete (411-5)

411.3.1 Pro visi ons for shear slrength V, apply to normal-

wcight concrete. When lightweight aggregate co·ncrete is
uscd, one of the foll owing modifications shall appl y: bul not greater !han 0 .29 ff b~ d. When computinr. \~
by Eq. 41 1-5, 11,. d /M, shall not be taken greater tlwn : .:
411.3.1.1 Whcn J.., is not spccified. all values of ffr where M., occ urs simultaneously with v. al scl·t :~·' ·
considered.
affecting 11,. '!; and . 1Í1,., shall be multipl ied by a
modification fac tor )., where ). is 0 .75 for nll -li g;htweight
conc rete afl(1 0.85 for sand-1ightweight concrete. Linear
411.4.2.2 For mcmbcrs subjecl to axial compression, it
interpola! io n bctwcen 0 .85 and 1.0 shall be pcrmitte:d, on the
shall be pe rmitted lo compute V,. using Eq. 4 11-5 with M,,,
basis o f volu metric fractions, for concrete contain ing normal
subslilllted for M" and V,.d!M,. nol then limitcd lo 1.0,
weight fine aggregate anda blcnd of li ghtwcight a nd normal

(411-d)
wcight coarsc aggrcgates. For normal wcight concrete, ). =
1.0. If average spli lling tcnsi le streng th of lightweight wherc: Mm -
- M~~ - N, - -
8- (-1! 1· ti)
conc rc tc ..f,. is spccified,

Association or Structural Enginecrs of the Philippínes


However, V,. shall not be taken grcater than:
(411-7)
NjA 8 shall be exprcssed in MPa. Whcn M111 as computed by
Equation (411-6) is ncgative, Ve shall be computed by
Equation (411-7).
411.4.2.3. For rnembers subject to significant axial tension,
(411-8)
but not lcss than zcro, where Nu is ncgative for tension.
N,/Ag shall be expressed in MPa.
411.4.3 Circular Members
For circular members, the arca used to compute V, shall be
taken as the product of the diameter and effective depth of
the concrete section. It shall be permitted to take thc
effective depth as 0.8 times the diameter of the concrete
section.
411.5 Shcar Strcngth Provided by Concrete for
Prestresscd Mcmbers
411.5.1 For the provisions of Section 411.5, d shall be taken
as the distance from extreme compression fiber to centroid
of prestressed and nonprcstressed longitudinal tension
reinforcement, if any, but need not be taken lcss than 0.80h.
411.5.2 For members with cffectivc prestress force not less
than 40 percent of the tensile strength of Oexural
reinforcement, unless more detailed calculation is made in
accordance with Section 411.5.3.
( ;.¡-¡;-: + 4.8 v.
d Jb d (411 -9)
20 M" "'
but Ve need not be takenless than 0.17). f f . b.,.LI nor sball
ve be takcn greatcr than o.42). JI~ b,.d nor thc va!ue
givcn in Scctions 411.5.4 or 411.5.5. V.,d!M., shall not be
takcn greatcr than 1.0, wherc M,. occurs simultaneously
with V., at section considercd.
411.5.3 Ve shall be permitted to be computcd in accordance
with Sections 411.5.3. l and 411.5 .3.2 where Ve shall be the
lesser of V,,.or V,..,..
Natíonal Slructural Code of the Pf1ilippínes 6 h Edil ion Volume 1
CHAPTER -1 • Concrete 4·59
411.5.3.1 Shear strength V,.; shall be computed by
r¡-:-
V . = ;._ _'V_c b d
V M
+V + _,_·_.!!!... (411-10)
"' 20 "' p d tv! "'"
where dp need not be taken lcss than 0.80h and
M cr<' =fOSJ{
~ •
¡-;:;-{' + .f pe -
'./ .1 e
¡· )_!_.
• ,¡
(411-ll)
Y,
and values of Mmax and V; shall be compmed from the load
combination causing maximum factorcd moment to occur at
thc section. Vci nced not be taken .less than 0. 1n. ff b,.;l.
411.5.3.2 Shear strength Ve... shall be computed by
VCW = 0.29(A,JT: + f(JC~h' df' + vp (411-12)
where d" need not be taken less than 0 .80h.
Alternatively, Ve,· rnay be computed as the shear force
corresponding to dead load plus live load that results in a
principal tensile stress of 0.33). ff at thc centroidal axis
of member, or at interscction of Oange and wcb when
centroidal axis is in the Oange. In composi te · members,
principal tensile stress shall be computed using tbe cross
scction tbat resists live load.
411.5.4 In a pretensioned member in which the seclion ata
distance h/2 from face of support is closer to end of member
than the transfer length of the prestressing steel, the reduced
prestress shall be considered when computing V, ..,.. This
valuc of V,.,.. shall also be takcn as the maxirnu m limit for
Eq. 411-9. The prestress force due to tendons for which
bonding does not extend to the end of the member shall be
assumed to vary linearly from z.ero at point at whic h
bonding cornmences to a maximum at a distance from this
point cqual lo the transfer length, assumed lo be 50
diarneters for strand and 100 diameters for single wire.
411.5.5 In a pretensioned rnember where bonding of somc
tendons docs not extcnd to end of mcmber, a reduced
prestress shall be considered when computing Ve in
accordance with Section 411.5.2 or 411.5.3. Thc va lue of
Vc.,.Calculated using the rccluced f)f('Stress shall a)SO be taken
as the maximum limit for Equalio;, (41 1-9). Prestress force
dueto tendons for which bonding does not ex tend to end of
member may be assumcd to vary líncarly from zero at the
point at which bondíng commences to a maximum at a
distancc from this point cqual to the transfer lcngth,
assumed to be 50 diameters for strand and 100 diameters for
single wirc.
1
 4·60 CHAPTER 4- Concrete
411.6 Shca r Strcngth Providcd by Shcar Rcinforccmcnt
4 11.6.1 Typcs of Sbca r Rcinforccmcnt
4 11.6.1. 1 Shear reinforccmcnt consisting of the following
sh¡lJI be pennillcd:
l. Stirmps perpendicular to axis of member;
2. Wcldcd wirc fabric with wircs locatcd pcrpcndiclll;tr to
axis of membcr; and
3. Spirals, circular ties, or hoops.
411.6.1.2 For nonprestressed members, shear rcinforcernent
shall be permiucd to also consist of:
l. Stim1ps making an angle of 45 degrees or more with
longitudinaltension rcinforcement;
2. Longiwdinal reinforcement with bcnt portion making
nn anglc of 30 degrces or more with thc longitutli nnl
tcnsion reinforcemcnt;
3. Combination of stiiTUps and bcnt longitudinal
rei nforcemcnt.
411.6.2 Thc valucs of ¡;. and J;., used in thc design of shear
reinforcemcnt shall not cxcccd 4 15 MPa, cxccpt thc valuc
shall not excccd 550 MPa for a wclded defonned wire
rci nforcement.
411.6.3 Whcrc the provisions of Scction 411.6 are applied
to prestrcssed members, d shall be taken as the distance
from extreme compression fibcr to ccntroid of the
prcstrcsscd and nonprestressed longitudinnl tcnsion
rcinf'orccmenl, if any, but necd not be takcn Jcss than 0.8011.
411.6.4 Stirrups and other bars or wircs uscd as shcru·
rcinforccmen1 shall extend to a distancc d from extreme
comprcssion fiber and shall be anchored at both cnds
according 10 Section 412.14 10 devclop the design yield
strength of rcinforcemcnt.
411.6.5 SpHcing Limits for Shcar Rcinforccmcnl
411.6.5. 1 Spacing of shcar rcinforcement placcd
perpendicular to axis of mcmbcr shnll not excecd d/2. in
nonprc.~trcsscd mcmbcrs ami 0.75h in prcstrcsscd mcmhcrs,
nor 600 mm.
411.6.5.2 Jnclincd stim1ps and bcnt longitudinal
rcinforccmcnt shall be so spaccd that cvcry 45-degrec linc,
extending toward thc rcaction from mid-dcpth of mcmber
d/2. to longitudina l tcnsion rein forcemcnt, shall be crosscd
by al Jcast onc linc of shcar rci nforccment.
Association of Structura t Engineers of lile P11ilippines
411.6.5.3 Where V, cxcceds 0.33 ff. b~. d, maximum
spacing given in Scctions 411.6.5.1 and 11 1.6.:' .2 shall b ·
reduced by one half.
411.6.6 Minimum Shcar Rcinfor·ccmcnt
411.6.6.1 A mínimum arca of shear n•iuforcc:ncnl, A._,¡",
shall be providcd in nll reinforccd cmv·n : tlexur[¡J
membcrs (prestressed and nonprestresscJ) wh..:. :. ', excec•, '->
0.5{6 V,, except in rnembers satisfying one or :..ore of ( i )
through (6):
Solid slabs and footings;
l. Hollow-core units with total untopped depth not
greater lhan 300 mm and hollow-core units where
2. V, is not grcater than 0.5{6 V,,..;
3. Concrete joist construction dcfincd by Section 408.14;
4. Bcams with total depth, h not greater thnn 250 mm;
5. Beams integral with slabs wi th total dcpth, h not great.cr
than 600 mm, and not greatcr than 2. 'i times thicknc~s
of tlange or 0.50 the width of web;
6. Beams construcled of stecl fibcr- reinf'o:·cc~d. nonnal
weight concrete wilh fc' not exceeding 4:J 11-'iPa, h noí
grcater than 600 mm, and V, not greatcr than {60.17
J/':bJ
411.6.6.2 Mínimum shear rcinforcement rcqui1 . mcnts of
Section 411.6.6.1 shnll be waivcd if shown by test that
requircd nominal nexural, M., and shear " rcngth, •.. n m be
dcvelopcd when shear reinforcement is ' ,;ttcd. ·1:'1: test
shall simulatc effccts of differential ·l!lem• ' - creci'·
shrinkage and tcmperature change, b«.~ : on '::listi:
asscssment of such cffects occurring in sen :ce.
41 1.6.6.3 Wherc shear reinforcement·is rcquirccl •'.\' :-,cctio¡·
411.6.6. 1 or for strength and where Secti1,;¡ tí' l.; 1 ,;Jow!
torsion 10 be neglected, the mínimum :·--r :! ~~~ she.1"
rcinforccment for prcstressed (cxcept as ,,, ¡vt<k,; '" · · :ti
41 1.6.6.4) and nonprcstressed mcmbcJ •. ~ ~ .1 ;,,_ ·-• · .,,,,,
by:
A,..m1n. . =0.062 VJfr.-¡· _bJ•• S (411-13)
e
,,
but shall not be less than (0.35b,s)IJ;., wh ;,· •.•,. .-~.,~ ..
in millimeters.

411.6.6.4 For prcstressed mcmbcrs with effcctive prestress
force nol less than 40 perccnt of the !ensile strength of
tlcxural rcinforccmcnt, Av.nrin shall not be less than the
smallcr value from Equations (411-13) and (4! 1-14).
A. .. .....
= Apsfpu
80 f d
y
S Jtl
b
1\'
411.6.7 Design of Shear Reinforccmcnt
411.6.7.1 Wherc factored shear force V" exceeds shear
strengt11 ~Vn shear rcinforcement shall be provided to
satisfy Equations (411-l) and (411-2), where shear strengtl1
V, shall be computcd in accordancc with Scctions 41 1.6.7.2
through 41!.6.7.9.
4II.6.7.2 Wherc shear rcinforcement perpendicular to axis
of rnember is used,
V :::::: A,JY,d
J 411.7.1 through 411.7 .6, or 411.7.7.
S
where A,. is thc arca of shear reinforcement withín spacing s.
411.6.7.3 Where circular ties, hoops , or spirals are used as
shear reinforcement, Vs shall be computed using equation
(411-15) where d is defincd in Section 411.4.3 for circular
mcmbcrs, A. shall be taken as two times the arca of the bar
in a circular tic, hoop, or spiral ata spacing s, s is mcasured
in a direction parallel to longitudinal reinforcemcnl, and f>',
is the spccificd yic!d strength of circular tic, hoop or spiral
rcinforccmcnt.
411.6.7.4 Whcrc inclined slirrups are used as shear
reinforccmcnt,
V,= -A..J)'Id
- - (sm
. a+cosa )
S tensilc or compressive force:
wherc a is anglc bctwcen inclined stirrups and longitudinal
axis of the mcmbcr, and s is measu red in dircction parallel
to longitudinal reinforcemcnt.
411.6.7.5 Whcre shear reinforccrnent consists of a single
bar or a single group of parallel bars, all bcnt up at thc samc
distancc from the suppon,
V, = A,.fy sin a
but not greater than 0.25 .J'l~- b"d, whcre a is
bctwcen bcnt-up rcinforcement and longitudinal axis of thc
membcr.
National Struc lural Code of t~e Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
C HAPTER 4- Concrete 4·61
411.6.7.6 Whcrc shear reinforcement consists of a series of
parallcl bent-up bars or groups of parallcl bcnt-up bars at
differcnt distanccs from the support, shcar strength V, shall
be computed by Eq . 4 11· 16.
(4! l- 14) 411.6.7.7 Only the ccnter t11ree fourths of the inclined
portion of any longitudinal bcnt bar shall be considcrcd
effective for shear reinforcemcnt
411.6.7.8 Where more than one typc of shear reinforccment
is uscd to rcinforce the samc portian of a member, shear
strcngth, V, shall be computed as the sum of the V, valucs
computed for the vario us types of shear reinforccment.
411.6.7.9 Shear strength V, shall not be taken greater than
0.66ff bwd.
411.7 Design for Torsion
(411-15)
Design for torsion shall be in accordance with Sections
411.7.1 Thrcshold Torsion
It shall be pcnnitted to neg!ect torsion cffects if the factored
torsional moment r. is lcss than:
l. For nonprestressed members:
(411 - 18)
2. For prestressed membcrs:
(4 11 - 19)
(411-16) 3. For nonprcst:rcsscd members subjected to an axial
Por members casi monolithically with a slab, the
overhanging flange width used in computing A"', and Pcp
shall confonn lO Section 4 13.3.4. For a hollow scclion, AK
(41 1- 17) shall be uscd in place of A cp in Scction 4 11.7. 1. and thc outcr
boundaries of the scction shall conform to Section 4 13.3.4.
angle
411.7.1.1 For isolatcd mernbers with flanges and for
mcmbers cast monolithical!y with a slab, the ovcrhanging
flange width uscd to compute Ac, and Prr shall conform to
Section 413.3.4, cxcept that the overhanging flanges sha!l be
neglectcd in cases whcre the paramctcr A2cp !pe¡, calculated
1
 4-62 CHAPTER 4- Concrete

for a beam with fl anges is less 1han 1hat computcd for thc a concentrated torquc occurs within this distance, the critica!
samc beam ignoring thc tlanges. section for design sha ll be at the face of the support.

411.7.2 Calculation of Factor cd T ors ion a l M om ent 411.7.3 Torsional M o rne nt Strcngth

411.7.2.1 If lhc factored torsional momclll, T•• in a rncmbcr 411.7.3.1111e cross-sectional dimensions shall be such that:
is requircd 10 mai ntain equilibriurn and cxcccds 1he
l. For solid sections:
mínimum valuc given in Scction 411.7.1, the mcmbcr shall
be designed lo cruTy Tu in accordancc with Sections 4 11.7.3
1hrough 411.7.6.
(
1' •
b~d )
¡
+
(
T. P.
1.7A.',.
)' S. ;(~+
b~ d
2 .Jf',)
3
(41 1-24)
411.7.2.2 In a statically indeterm inatc s1ruc1urc wherc
reduction of the to rsional mome nt in a mem ber can occur
2. For hollow sections:
duc to redistribution of inte rna! forces upon cracking. the
maximum fac tored torsional momcnt, T. shall be pcrmillcd
to be reduced to the values given in (1), (2), or (3), as
ap plicable:
( ~)
b ,.d
+( T.Ph 2 )srp(~+2ffr )
1.7 A"h b •.d 3
(411 -25)

l. For nonprcstrcssed members, at the sections described

For prestresscd me m bers, d shal l be detem1i ncd · in
in Section 4 11.7.2.4:
accordance w ith Section 4 11 .6.3.

!...3..1}__:_,__ (.A '~) (4 11 -2 1)

411.7.3.2 If thc wall thic kness varies around the perimeter
3 p ' 1' of a hollow section, Eq. 4 1 1-25 shall be evaluated at the
location where the left-ha nd side o f Eq. 41 1-25 is a
2. For pres tressed membcrs, at thc sections described in
Section 411. 7.2.5 : maximum.

411.7.3.3 If the wall thickness is less than A,,/ph. the

(4 11-22) second term in Eq. 4 11-25 shall be taken as:

3. For non prcst ressed members subjectcd 10 an axial

tensile or compressivc force:

(411-23) where t is thc thickness of the wall of the hollow section at

the location where the stresses are being checked.

411.7.3.4 The values of J;. and J;., used for design of

In ( 1), (2), or (3), the correspondi ng ly redistributed bending torsional reinforcemcnt shall not exceed 415 MPa.
moments and shears in the adjoining mcmbers shall be used
in the design of these rnembers. For hollow sections. Ac¡, 411.7.3.5 Where Tu excceds the thrcshold torsion, design of
shall not be replaced w ith Ag in Section 411.7.2.2. the cross scction shall be based on:

411.7.2.3 Un less determincd by a more exact analysis, it

shall be pennitted to 1ake the torsional loading from a s lab f/JT,. ? T" (411-26)
as unifom1ly distributed along the membcr.
41 1.7.3 .6 Tn shall be computed by:
411.7 .2.4 In nonprestressed members. scctio'n s locatcd less
than a distance d from the face o f a s upport shall be
T = 2AoA, fY, cotB ( 4 11-27)
d csigned for not less than the to rsion T. computed al a
" S

distance d. If a conccntrated torque occurs within this

distance. the critica! sectio n for design shall be at the face of
the suppon .
411.7.2.5 In prcstressed members, sections located less than
a distance h/2 frorn the fa cc of a sup port sha ll be designcd
for not lcss than 1hc torsion '/ ;, computed at a di stancc h/2. If
whe re A, s hall be de terrnined by a nalysis except that il shall
be pen ni tted to la k e A 0 c qual to 0.85Aoh: shall n:··. ' •· · e
taken sma ller th an 30 degrccs nor larger tha n 60 degrccs. Ji
shaJJ be pcrmil!ed lO take cquaJ lo: e
l. 45 degrccs fo r nonprestrcssed rncmbers or mcmhcr';
with lcss prestrcss th an in ltcm 2 below,

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4-63

2. 37.5 degrccs for prcstressed members wi1h an cffcctive 2. A closed cage of welded wire fabric wilh transvcrsc
prestress force not less than 40 percent of lhe !ensile wires perpendicular to the axis of the member; or
strength of the longitudinal reinforcement.
3. In nonprestressed beams, spiral rcinforcement.
411.7.3.7 The additional long itudinal reinforcement
411.7.4.2 Trans verse torsional rcinfo rcemcnt shall be
rcquired for torsion shall not be lcss than:
anchored by onc of the following:

1\1 ::: /)
11, frr
···-·- COl- ·
'() (411-28) 1. A 135-degree standard hook, or seismic hook as
/¡
S j'y
defincd in Section 402, around a longitudinal bar;
2. According to Secüons 412.14.2.1, 412.14.2.2 or
whcre {) shall be the same value used in Eq. 411 -27 and A, 4 12.14.2.3 in rcgions whcre thc concrete sutTounding
Ir shall be taken as 1he arnount computed from Eq. 411 -27 the anchorage is restrained against spalling by a nange
not modifietl in accordance wi1h Section 411 .7.5.2 or or slab or simHar membcr.
4 1 1.7.5.3; .(¡., refers 10 closed 1ransverse 1orsionaJ
rcinforcement, and /¡. refers 10 longitudinal torsional 411.7.4.3 Longitudinal torsion reinforcement shall be
reinforcemem. developed at both ends.

411.7.3.8 Rein forccmenl required for lorsion shall be added
to thal required for the shear, momcnt and axial force that
acl in com bina1ion with the torsion. The most restriclive
requiremcnts for rei nfo rccment spaci ng and placemcnt must
be mct.
411.7.4.4 For ho llow sections in tors ion, the distance
measured from the centerlihe o f the transverse torsional
reinforcement to the insidc face .of the wall of a hollow
section shal l not be less than 0.5A.,1/p11

411.7.3. 9 I1 shall be permi tted to red uce lhe area of 411.7.5 Minimum Tors ion Reinforcement
long itudinal torsio n reinforcement in the flexura!
compression zone by an amount equal to M.,1(0.9d/¡.). where 411.7.5.1 A mínimum arca of torsional rcinforcement shall
M., occurs al the section sirnultaneous wi th 1:,. except thal be provided in all regions where the factored torsíonal
the reín forcement provided shall not be less than that moment Tu exceeds the values specified in Section 41 1.7.1.
required by Scctions 41 1.7.5.3 or 4 11 .7.6.2.
411.7.5.2 Where torsional reinforcement is required by
Scclion 4 1 1.7.5.1, thc rninimum area of transverse closed
411.7.3.10 In Prcstrcsscd Beams: stirrups shall be computed by:
l. The total longitudinal rcinforcemenl including
prestrcssing stccl at cach scction shall rcsist the factorctl (A,.+ 2A,) = 0 .062 JI': bf,..s (411 -29)
bcnding moment , M., :11 that seclion plus an additional )1

concenlric longitudi nal !ensile force equalto A1/¡, bascd

on thc factorcd lorsion, T,, at that scction; and but slwll not be less than (0.35b.., s)!J;.,.

2. The spaci ng of the longitudinal reinforcemenl including 411.7.5.3 Where torsional reinforccment is rcquired by
tendons shall satisfy the requirements in Section Section 4 11.7.5. 1, the mínimum total arca of longitudi nal
411.7.6.2. torsional reinforcement, At.min shall be computed by:

411.7.3.11 In prcstrcssed beams. it shall be permilted to A .

r.nun
= Sfrc Ar,. -
12f
(~)
S
fyr
J
J
fh
(4 11 -30)
reduce the arca of longillldina l torsional reinforccment o n y y
the s ide o f the member in compression duc to nexure below
thal required by Scclion 4 11.7.3.10 in accordance with whcre A,ls shall not be taken less !han 0. 175b,,.lf1,; / 1, rcfcrs
Scction 4 1 1.7.3.9. to closed lransvcne lors ional reinforccment, and / 1 re fers to
longitudinal reinforcement.
411.7.4 Dctails of Torsio nal Rcinforccrncnt
411.7.6 Spacing of T orsio n Rcinforccrucnt
4 11.7.4.1 Torsion reinforccment shall consist of
longitudinal hars or lendons and one or more o f thc 411.7.6.1 T he spacing of 1ransverse torsion reinforcement
followin g: shall not cxcecd the smallcr of p,,/8 or 300 mm.
l. Closcd stirru ps or closed tics, perpendicular lo thc axis
of the mcmber;

11
Na tiona l S tructural Code of tile Pllilippines 6 ' Edition Volurne 1
 4-64 CHAPTEH 4 - Concrete
411.7.6.2 The longiludinal reinforcement required for
torsion shall be distributed around tl1e perimeter of tite
closed stin11ps with a maximum spacing of 300 mm. The
longitudinal bars or tendons shall be inside the stirrups.
There shall be at least one longitudinal bar or tendon in each
corncr of thc stimtps. Longitudinal bars shall have a
diameter at least li24 of thc stirrup spacing but not lcss than
a 1O mm.
41 1.7.6.3 Torsion reinforccmcnt shall be providcd for a
distance of al lcast (b, + d) beyond the point required by
analysis.
411.7.7 Altcrnativc Dcsign For Torsion
For torsion design of solid scctions within the scopc of this
l
Chaptcr with an aspcct ratio, hlb,, of 3 or greater, it shall be
permittcd to use another procedu re, tl1c adcquacy of which
has been shown by analysis and substantial agreement with
results of comprehensive tests. Sections 411.7.4 and 411.7.6
¡ shall apply.
!
j headcd studs or by rcinforcing bars (see Section
1
¡ 411.8 Shcar - Friction
411.8.1 Provisions of Scction 411 .8 are to be applied where
it is appropriate to consider shear transfer across a gi ven
plane, such as an existing or potcntial crack, an interface
between dissimilar materials. or an imerface betwcen two
concretes cast at differcnt times.
411.8.2 Dcsign of cross sections subjcct to shcar transfer as
describcd in Section 411.8.1 shall be bascd on Eq. 41 1- 1
whcrc V, is ca!culated in accordancc with provisions of
Sections 4 ll .!U or 4 11 .8.4.
411.8.3 A crack shall he assumed to occur along the shc;u·
planc considered. The rcquired arca of shear-friction
reinforcement A,1 across the shear planc may be designcd
using cither Section 4 11.8.4 or any other shear transfcr
design methods that result in prediction of strength in
substantial agrccmcnt with results of comprchensi ve tests.
411.8.3.1 Provisions of Sections 41 1.8.5 through 4 11.8. 1O
shal! apply foral! calculations of shear transfer strength.
411.8.4 Shcar-Fricti on Dcsign Mct hod
411.8.4.1 Whcrc shcar-friction rcinforcc mcnt is
perpendicular lo shear planc, shear strcngth V, .~hall be
computcd by:
(4 11 -31}
whcre p is cocflicient of friction in nccordancc wi th Scction
41 !.8.4.3.
Association of Structural Engineers of l11e Philippines
411.8.4.2 Wherc shear-friction reinforcemcnt is inclined to
shear plane, such that thc shear force produces tcnsion in
shcar-friction rcinforcement, shcar strength v. shal! be
computcd by:
V,. = A,1¡;. (psi na + cosa) (4 11-32)
whcrc a is anglc bctween shear-friction reinforccment and
shcar planc.
411.8.4.3 The cocfficient of friction p in Eq. 41 1-3 1 and
Eq. 4 11-32 shal! be takcn as:
Concrete p1accd mono1ithically .................. 1.4..1.
Concrete placed against hardened concrete with
surface intenti onally roughened as specified in
Section 41 1.8.9 ................... ..................... LOA.
Concrete placed against hardened
concrete not intentional!y roughened 0.6..1.
Concrete anchored to as-rol!ed structural stccl by
41 1.8. 10) .................................... ....... o.n
where A= 1.0 for normal-weight concrete, 0.75 for all-
lig1nweight concrete. Otherwisc, 2 shall be determined
bascd on volumetric proportions of 1ightweight and nonnal-
weight aggregates as specilied in Scction 408.7. 1, but shall
not excccd 0.85.
411.8.5 For nonnal-weight concrete either p1aced
mono1ithically or placed against hardencd concrete with
surfacc intentional1y roughcned as specilied in Section
411 .8.9, V" sha11 not cxcccd the srnallest of 0.2fr'A 0 (3.3 +
0.08// ) Ac and 1lA,., whcre Ac is arca of concrete section
rcsisting shcar transfcr. For all other cases, V., shall not
excecd the smal!cr of 0.2//A,. or 5.5A,. Where concretes of
different strengths are cast against cach other, tite value of
fr' used to evaluate V., shall be that of the lower-strcngth
concrete.
411.8.6 Thc value off., used for design of shear-friction
rcinforcemcnt shall not éxcccd 415 MPa.
411.8.7 Net tension across shear p1ane shall be rcsisted by
aclditional reinforcement. Pennanent net comprcssion :ccross
shcar p1anc shall be pcrmittcd to he take n as additivc to
A.-/,.. the force in thc shcar-friction rcinforccment, when
ca!culating rcq uired A,1.
411.8.8 Shcar-friction rcinforccment shall be appropría!cly
placcd along lhe shcar plane and shall be ancho:• ·' ( <1
dcvelop J,. , on both sides by cmbedment. hooks or wc! :illll?,
to spccial dcvi~.:cs.
411.8.9 For the purpose of Section 41 1.8. whcn concrete is
plaecd against prcviously hardcncd concrete, thc interface

for shcar transfcr shall be clcan antl free of lai tance. If J.1 is
assumcd equalto J .OA., imcrfacc shall be roughcned to a full
amplitudc of approxi mately 6 mm.
4!1.8.10 When shcar is tra nsferrcd be twccn as-rol!ed stcel
and concrete using hcaded studs or welded rci nforcing bars,
steel shall be elean and free of paint.
411.9 Deep Beams
411.9.1 The provisions of this section shall apply for
me mbers with '" no t excecding four times the overall
member de pth or regions o f beams wi!h concentrated loads
within twice the member depth from the support that are
loaded o n one facc and supported on the opposite face so
that the comprcssion st1u ts can develop betwccn the loads
and thc supports. See also Scction 4 12. 11.6.
411.9.2 Deep beams shall be dcsigned using either
non li ncar analysis as pcnnitted in Section 410.8. 1, or
Scction 427.
411.9.3 V,. fo r dcep bcams sha!l not exceed 0.83 / 1 : b~.d.
411.9.4 Thc arca of shear rcinforcerne nt perpendicular to
the f1cxural tc nsion reinforcement, A ,. shall not be less than
0.0025 b.,s 2 , a nd s 2 shall not cxceed d/5 and 300 mm. ·
411.9.5 The arca of shear reinforcement parallcl to the
Oexural tension rcinforceme nt, A,.1, s hall not be lcss than
0.0015 b.s2 , and .r2 shall not exceed d/5 atH.l 300 mm.
411.9.6 lt shall be pennillcd to providc reinforcernent
satisfying Scction 427.3.3 instead of thc minimum
h01izontal and vertical rcinforcemc nt speci fied in Scctions
41 1.9.4 and 4!1.9.5.
411.10 Provisions for llrackets and Corbels
411.10.1 Brackets and corbels with a shear span-to-depth
ratio a,. / d less than 2 shall be permitted to be dcsigned
us ing Scction 427. Design sha ll be pe n n iued u~ing Sec ti ons
4 11 . 10.3 and 4 11 .10.4 for brackcts ancl corbels wit h:
1. a,. Id not grcatcr than J; and
2. Subjcct tu factorcd horizontal tensi lc force, Nuc• not
larger than V,..
Thc requiremcn ts of Sections 4 1 1.1 0 .2, 41 1. 10 .3.2. l.
41 1. 10 .3.2 .2, 411.10.5, 4 11. 10.6, and 4 11. 10.7 shall apply
lo design of brackets a nd corbcls. Effecti ve dcpth d shall be
dete rmined a l !he facc or the suppot1 .
National Structural C~de of the Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4·65
411.10.2 Depth at outside edge of bearing arca shall not be
less than 0.5d. ·
411.10.3 Sec ti on at face o f support shall be designed to
rcsist simullaneously a shear V11 , a facto red moment [V.a. +
N,.. (h - d)j, and a factorcd horizontaltcnsilc force N., ..
411.10.3.1 In all design calculations in accordance with
Scction 4 1 l.l O, strength-reduction factor fjJ shall be taken
equal to 0 .75.
411.10.3.2 Dcsign of shear-fric tion reinforccmc nt A.¡ to
resist shear V., shall be in accordance with Section 41 1.8.
411.10.3.2.1 Fo r nom1al-weight concrete, shear strength Vn
shall not exceed thc smal lest of 0.2fch..d.(3.3+ 0.08/c' )b..d.
and 1l b.d.
411.10.3.2.2 For all lightweight or sand-lightwcight
concre te, shea.r s trength v. s hall not be ta ken greate r !han
the smaller o f (0.2- 0 .07a/d)f J¡Md and (5.5- 1.9a/d) b,.d.
411.10.3.3 Reinforcemcnt A¡ to resist mo ment [V. a., + Nuc
(lz-d)j shall be computcd in accorda.nce with Sections 410.3
and410.4.
411.10.3.4 Reinforccment, A, to rcsist factored te nsile force
N.., shall be detcrmined from 1/JA,J;. 2:: N.,. Factored tensile
force, N ..c. s hall not be taken less than 0 .2 v. unless
provisio ns are made to avoid te ns ile forces. Nuc shall be
regarded as a live load even if te nsion results fro m restrai nt
of creep, shrinkage or tempcrature c hangc.
41 1.10.3.5 Arca of primary tension reinforcemenl A ,~ shall
be made less than thc larger o f (A¡+ A.) or (2A ,113 +A.).
411.10.4 Total arca, of A1,, of closed stirrups or ties parallel
to primary te nsion reinforceme nt sha.ll not less than 0.5(A,c-
A,,). Distribute A1, uniformly within (2/3)d, adj acent to
primary te nsion reinforcemcn.
411.10.5 A.rrl bd &hall not be less than 0.04 (j',lh.),
411.10.6 At fron t face o f brackc t or corbel, primary te nsio n
rei nforccme nt A, shall be ancho red by one of the followi ng:
l. By a struc tural wcld to a lransverse bar o f atleast equal
size; wcld to be dcsigned to develop spccifi cd yie ld
strcngth h·of primary tension reinforccmcnt;
2. J3y bcnding primary tcnsion reinforccment back to fonn
a horizon tal loop; or
3. By somc o ther mcans of positivc a nchorage.
1
 4-66 CHAPTEH 4 - Concrete
411.10.7 Bearing area on bracket or corbcl shall not project
beyond straight portian of primary tcnsion reinforcement,
nor project beyond interior face of transverse anchor bar (if
one is provided).
4J 1.11 Jlrovisions for Walls
411.11.1 Design for shear. !orces perpendicular to facc of
wall shall be in accordance with provisions for slabs in
Sec1ion 411 .13. Design for horizontal shear forces in planc
of wall shall be in accordance with Section 411.11.2 through
41 1.1 1.9. Alternntively. it shall be permitted to design walls
with a height not excccding two times 1hc lcngth of the wall
for horizontal shear forces in accordance with Scctions 427
and 4 11 .11.9.2 through 411. 11 .9.5.
411.11.2 Design of horizontal sec1ion for shear in plane of
wall shall be based on Eqs. 4 11 - 1 and 41 1-2, where shear
strength V.- shall be in accordance with Section 4 11 .11.5 or
41 1. 11.6 and shear strength V, shall be in accordance with
Section 411.11.9.
411.11.3 Shear strength V, at any horizonwl sec1ion for
shear in plane of wall shall not be takcn greatcr than
(516) Jf'c hd, wherc h is thi ckncss of wall, and d is delincd
in Sec1ion 4 11.1 1.4.
411.11.4 For design for horizontal shcar forces in planc of
wall, d shall be 1akcn equal to 0.8 /,,.. A iarger val ue of d,
cqual 10 the distance from extreme comprcssion fibcr lo
cen tcr of force of all reinforcement in tension. shall be
penni tted to be used whcn c.lcterrnined by a strain
cornpalibility analysis.
411.11.5 Unless a more dctailed calculation is madc in
accorc.lance with Section 41 J . 11 .6, shcar strength V,. shall
not be taken greater 1han (1/6) ff,. h d for wal ls subject
10 axial compression, or V,. shall not be laken grcater than
the value given in Seclion 411.4.2.3 fo r walls subjec1 to
axial tension.
411.11.6 Shcar strcngth V,. shall be permítted tu be
the valucs computcd frorn Eqs. 411-33 and 411-34.
v, = o. n -1. .JT:~ 11 d + .f!~:.L
4 1"
or
, ( o . , ..1 Jr-:- + o.2 N • )
V = 0.05..1-JT+- ":: ~ / / , Ir
[
2 thc wall.
Associ<Jl1on of Strur.lur<ll
whcrc 1•. is lhe overall lcngth of thc wall, and N., is positivc
for comprcssion anc.l nega!ive for tension. lf (M,/V., ·- !.,. /2)
is negative, Eq. 41 1-34 shall not Hpply.
411.11.7 Sec1ions locatcd closer 10 wall base 1han a distance
/..12 or one half the wall height, whichever is 1css, shall be
pcrmillcd to be designed for 1hc samc V,. as thal compuled at
a diswncc /.,/2 or onc half 1he hcight.
4J 1.1 1.8 When facror;;o shcar force V, is lcss than rf>VJ2.
rcinforccment shall be providcd in accordancc with Scction
411.11.9 or in accordance wit h Scction 4 14. When V,,
cxceeds rp V,. /2, wal l reinforcemcnt for rcsisting shear shal!
be providcd in accordance with Scction 411.11.9.
411.11.9 Dcsign of Shear Rcinforccment fo r Walls
411.11.9.1 Whcre fac1ored shear force V., cxcecds shear
slrcngth tf! V,., ho1izomal shear reinforcemenl shall be
provided to satisfy Eqs. 411-1 and 4 11 -2. where shear
strength V, shall be computed by
1\. f.d
(41 1--35)
S
where A,. is area of horizontal shear reinforcemcnt within
spacing s, and dislancc d is determincd in accordance with
Scction 4 11 . 1 1.4. Vertical shear reinforcement shall be
provided in accordance wi th Scction 411.11.9.4.
41 1.1 1.9.2 Ratio of horizomal shear reinforccment arca 10
gross concrete are:1 of vertical section. p, . shall not be less
than 0.0025.
41 l. 11.9.3 Spnc.ing of horiwntal shcar re in force mcnt shall
nol excced thc smallcst of /,./5, 3h and 450 mm, wherc /"'
is thc overalllcngth of the wall.
411.1 1.9.4 Ratio of vertical shcar reinforcement arca 10
gross concrete arca of horizontal scction, p1, shall not be les,;
than the larger of:
lc~scr of' p=o.oo2s + o.s( 2.5- ~~ }p, -o.o025)
1
(411 -36)
and O.OC{\. Thc val ue of p 1 calculatcd by Eq . 4 11 -36 nccd
(41 1-Jl)
not be grcatcr than p, rcquircd by Scction 411 .11 .9. 1. ln l.~q.
l
41 1-36. 1... is th l~ ovcrall lcngth nf thc wall, and h,. is the
ovcrall hcight of thc wall.
411.11.9.5 Spacing of vertical shcar reinforccmcnt si~;:;¡
lrt! cxcccd 1~.13, 3h or 450 mm, whcre 1•. is thc ovcrall len¡_/. '·:
(4 11 -34)
F.:n~wwr.rs of tlle Philipptnes
 CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete 4·67

411.12 Transfer of Momenls to Columns transferred between a slab and a column, Section 411.13.7
shall apply.
411.12.1 When gravity load, wind. carthquake, or other
lateral forces cause transfer of moment al connections of 411.13.2.1 For nonprestressed slabs and footings. Vr shall be
framing elernents lo columns, the shear resulting from the smallest of ( 1), (2), and (3):
moment lransfcr shall be considcred in thc design of lateral
reinforcement in the colu rnns. l.
\1, = L
6 ( 1 "' 3._
/} ) ,¡ ..,¡¡
T ·.,. 1> " t1 (411 -37)

411 .12.2 Excepl for conncctions not par! of a primary wherc f3 is the ratio or long side to short side of the column,
seismic load-resisting system that are restrnined on four concentra.ted load or reaction arca;
sides by beams or slabs of approximately equal depth,
connections shall have lateral reinforccment not less than
that requircd by &¡. 4 11- 13 within thc column for a dcpth
2. v,. = ~
12
( a ·d
h.,
+ 2) A. v -¡''.
1 b d
•
(4 11 -38)

not less than that of thc dcepest connection of framing

elements to the columns. See also Section 407. 1O.
411.12.3 For stmctures built in arcas of low seismicity,
columns of ordinary moment frames ha ving a clear height-
to-maximum-plan-dimension ratio of live or less shall be
designed for shear in accordancc with Sertion 421.9.3.
411.13 Provisions for Slabs and Footings
411.13.1 The shcar strength of slabs and footings in thc
vicinity of colurnns, concentratcd loads or reactions 1s
governed by thc more scvcre of two conditions:
411.13.1.1 13cam action whcrc each critica! scction to be
investigated extends in a plane across the entire width. For
beam action the slab or footing shall he designed in
accordance with Sections 4 1 1.2. 411.4, 4 1 1.5. and 4 1 1.6.
411.13.1.1 For two-way action where cach of the critica!
sections lo be investigatcd shall be located so thm its
perimeter, b,.. is a mínimum. but need not approach closcr
than d/2 to:
where a;. is 40 for interior columns. 30 for edge columns
and 20 for comer columns; and
(411-39)
41 1.13.2.2 At columns of two-way prestresscd slabs and
footings that meet the rcquirements of Section 4 18. 10.3:
Vr =(/J,,l.ff._ + 0.3/,,..)h.d + V, (4 11-40)
where (3,, is the smaller of 3.5 or (o;dlb, + 1.5)/12, o; is 40
for interior columns, 30 for cdge colurnns and 20 for comer
col umns, b.. is perimeter of critica! section defined in
Scction 4 11.13. 1.2. _(¡,.. is the average valuc of¡;". for the two
clirections, and VP is ihe vertical componen! of al! cffectivc
prestress forces crossing the critica! seclion. Vr shall be
perrniued to be computed by Eq. 411-40 if the following are
satisficd; othcrwise, Section 411.13.2.1 shall apply:
l. No portion of thc column cross section shall be closer
to thc discontinuous cdgc than four times the slab
thickncss;

l. Edgcs or corners of columns, concentratcd loads or

reaction arcas: and
2. The valuc of JT. in Eq. 4 1 1-40 shall nol be taken
greater than 5.8 MPa; and
2. Changes in slab thickncss such as cdges of capitals,
3. In each direction, J;,r shall not be less than 0.9 MPa, nor
drop pancls, or shear caps. be taken grcatcr than 3.5 MPa.

For two-way action, the slab of footing shall be dcsigned in
accordance with Sections 411 . 13.2 through 411.13.6.
411.13.1.3 For square or rectangu lar co!umns, concentrated
loads or reactions arcas, the critica! sections with four
straight sides shall be pennilted.
411.13.3 Shear reinforccment consisli ng of bars or wircs
and single-leg or multiple-leg stirrups shall he perrnitled in
s!abs and footings with d greater than or eqnal lo ISO mm,
but not less than 16 times the shear reinforcement bar
diameter. Shear reinforcement shall be in accordance with
Sections 411.1 :U.I through 411 . 13.3.4.

411.13.2 The design of a slab or footing for two-way action 411.13.3. 1 Vn shall be computed by Eq. 411 -2, where Vr
is based on Eqs. 411 -1 and 411-2. \ le shall be computed in
accordancc with Section 4 11.1 3.2. 1, 4 11. 13.2.2 or
shall not be taken greater than (1/6) }..JT. b,d, and Vs shall
4 11.1 3.3.1. V, shall be computcd in accordancc with be calculated in accordance with Section 411.6 In Eq. 411 -
Section 411 . 13.3. For slabs with shear heads, V., shall be in 15, A,. shall be taken as the cross-sectional arca of all legs of
accordance with Section 411. !3.4 . When moment is

111
N<J iional Structur;.1 l Code of the Philipp111es 6 Edition Volurnc 1
 4-68 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete
rcinforcement on one peripheral line that is gcometrically
similar to the pcrimcter of the column section.
411.13.3.2 V, shall not be taken grcater than 0.5
~ f'c bo d.
411.13.3.3 The distancc between the column lace and the
first line of of stirrup legs that surround the columns shall
not cxcccd d/2_ The spacing betwccn adjaccnt stirrups lcgs
in thc first line of shear rcinforccment shall not cxcccd 2d
measurcd in a dircction parallcl to a1column facc. Thc
spacing bctwccn thc successive lines of shear reinforcement
that surround the column shall not excecd d/2 measured in a
direction perpendicular to the column facc.
411.13.3.4 Slab shear rcinforccment shall satisfy thc
anchorage rcquirements of Section 412.14 and shall cngage
the longitudinal flexura! reinforccment in thc dircction being
considered.
411.13.4 Shcar reinforcement consistlng of stcel l- or
channel- shapcd sections (shcarhcads) shall be pcrmittcd in
slabs. The provisions of Sections 411.13.4.1 through
411.13.4.9 shall apply where shear due to gravity load is
transferred at interior column supports. Where mornent is
transferred to columns, Section 41 1.13.7.3 shall apply.
411.13.4.1 Each shearhead shall consist of steel shapes
fabricated by welding with a full pcnetration weld into
identical arms at right angles. Shearhead arms shall not be
interrupted within the column section.
411.13.4.2 A shearbead shall not be deeper than 70 ti mes
thc web thickncss of the stccl shape.
411.13.4.3 The ends of each shearhcad arm shall be
permitted to be cut at angles not lcss than 30 dcgrees with
the horizontal, providcd the plastic moment strcngth of the
remaining tapered section is adequate to resist thc shear
force attributed to the ann of the shearhcad.
411.13.4.4 All compression flanges of stecl shapcs shall be
located within 0.3d of compression surface of slab.
411.13.4.5 The ratio a;. between thc stiffncss of each
shearhc.ad arm and that of the surrounding composite
crackcd slab section of width (c 2 + d) shall not be less than
0.15.
411.13.4.6 Thc plastic momcnt strength M1, rcquired for
cach arm of lhc shearhcad shall be computcd by:
-~-~ - [~~
'"M = +a ( 1 __ 5:.!_ )·] (411 -4 1)
Y' l' 2 7} _ ,. ,. ' 2 _
Associat;on of Structural En9ineers of l11e Ph;lipp;nes
wherc rjJ ís for tension-controllcd mcmbers, r¡ is the numbcr
of spcarhead a.rms, and 1, is the mínimum length of (~ach
shearhead arm required to comply with rcquircment ~ cf
Sections 411.13.4.7 and 41 1.13.4.8.
411.13.4.7 The critica! slab section for shear shall be
perpendicular to thc plane of the slab and shall cross cach
shearhead ann at three fourths the distance [/,. - (c 1 12)] from
the column faceto thc end of the shearhead arm. The critica!
sectíon shall be located so that its perimeter 1>,, is a
mínimum, but need not be closer than the perimcter <kíined
in Section 411.13.1.2(1 ).
411.13.4.8 V,. shall no! be taken grcater than (1/3) J.'f:
b,,d, on the critica! scction defined in Section 411.1 3.4.7.
When shearhead reinforcernent is provided, V,. shall not be
taken greater than 0.58 ff. b,d on the critica! scction
defined in Section 411.13.1.2(1).
411.13.4.9 The momen t resistance M,. contributed to cach
slab column strip computed by a shcarhead shall not be
takcn greater than:
M
,.
== rjJ a,. V"_
2 7J
(t,. - .s_)
2
(4 11 -42)
where t/1 is for tension-controlled rnernbcrs, 11 is the number
of arms, and /,. is the length of each shearhead arrn aclllall y
providcd. 1-lowever, M,. shall not be taken larger than the
srnallest of:
l. Thirty pcrccnt of the total factored mornent requ ired for
each slab column strip;
2. The change in col urnn strip moment over thc lcn¡>.lh /,.;
and
3. The va lue of M1, computed by Eq. 4 11-41 .
411.13.4.10 When unbalanccd moments are considcr('d, tlíc:.
shearhead must ha ve adcquate anchorage to transmit MI' lo
column.
411.13.5 Hcaded shear stud rei nforcemcnt, p:;::··:d
perpendicular to the plane of a slab or footing, slw.i l l!e
pcrrnitted in slabs and footings in accordancc with Sec: ions
4 11.13.5.1 through 411.13.5.4. The overall height oí the
shcar stud assembly shall not be lcss than the thicknc.<;;; of
the mcmber less the su m of: ( 1) the concrete covcr on !he
top ncxura l rei nforcemen t; (2) thc concrete cover "" íhc
base rail; and (3) one-half the bar diametcr of thc ~c . :ion
nexural rcinforccmenl. Whcre flexura! !c:,c: ion
reinforcement is a l the bottom of the section, as in a fp -: ing,
the overall height of the shear stud assembl y shali ;,uí be
less than the thickness of' the mcmber less lhc su;,;,;; : (1)

thc concrete covcr on thc bouom flexura! rcinforccment; (2)
the concrete covcr 011 thc head of thc stud; and (3) one-half
the bar diameter of the bottom flexural reinforcement.
-1 411.13.5.1 For thc critica! scction defined in Section
411.13.1.2, V,. shall be computed using Eq. 411-2, with Vr
and Vn not cxcccding (USA.[¡;: b11d and 0.66 ff b.,d,
rcspcctivcly. \1, shaiJ be calcu1atcd using Eq. 411 -15 with A,.
cqual to the cross-scctional arca of all thc shear
rcinforcemcnt 011 one peripheral line that is approximate1y
parallel lo the perimeter of the column section, where s is
the spacing of the pcripheral lincs of hcaded shear stud
reinforccment. ll/,1 /(b,r) shall not be less than 0.17 ff .
41 1.13.5.2 The spacing bctween the column face and the
first peripheral line of shear rcinforcement shall not exceed
d/2. The spacing between pcripheral lines of shear
rcinforcemcnt, mcasured in a direction perpendicular to any
face of the column, shall be constan!. For prestressed slabs
or footings satisfying Section 411.13.2.2. this spacing shall
not cxcccd O. 75d; for al! other slabs and footings, thc
spacing shall be bascd on thc valuc of thc shcar stress duc to
factorcd shear force and unbalanccd momera at the critica!
section dcfíned in Section 41 1.13.1.2, and shnll not cxceed:
l. 0.75d wherc rnnximum shcar strcsses due to factored
loads are less thnn or cqunlto 0.5~ ffr: and
2. 0.50d whcrc maximurn shear stresses duc 10 factored
loads are grcater than 0.59} ff.
411.13.5.3 Thc spacing between adjaccnt shear
rcinforcement clcments, mcasured on thc perimctcr or thc
first peripheral linc of :;hcar reinforccment, shall not cxcccd
2d.
411.13.5.4 Shear stress duc to factored shenr force and
moment shall not exceed 0. 17 ~A. JT: nt thc criticnl
section located d/2 outsidc the outcrmost pcriphcrnl line of
shear reinforcement.
411.13.6 O pcnings in S1abs
When openings in slabs are located al a clistnnce lcss than 1O
times the slab thickness from a concentrated loador reaction
arca, or whcn opcnings in flat sl;1bs are located within
column strips as defined in Section 413, thc critica) slah
scctions for shcar dcfincd in Scction 411 . 13. 1.2 and Section
411 . 13.4.7 shall be modified as follows:
4 11.13.6.1 For slabs wi thout shcarheads, that pan of thc
pcrimeter of the critica! section that is cncloscd by straight
lines projccting from the centroid of thc colurnn.
Nalional Structur<tf Code of ll1e Pllilippines G::. Edition Volurn0 1
CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 4-69
conccntrated load or reactron arca and tangent to the
boundaries of the openings shnll be considered ineffective.
41J.J3.6.2 For slabs with shearheads, the ineffcctive
portien of the perimeter shnll be one half of that defincd in
Scction 4 11 .13.6. 1
411.13.7 Transfer of Momcnt in S1all-Column
Conucctions
411.13.7.1 Wherc gravity load, wind, earthquakc or othcr
lateral forces cause transfer of unbalanccd momcnt, M,..
bctwecn a slab and a colurnn, a fraction y¡Mu of the
unbalanced momem shall be transferred by flexure in
accordnnce with Section 413.6.3. The remainder of the
unbalanced moment givcn by y,M. shall be considercd to be
transfcrred by eccentricity of shear about the ccntroid of thc
critica! section defincd in Scction 411.13.1.2 where:
}{- = {1-]'j) (411-43)
411.13.7.2 Thc shear stress resulting from rnomcnt transfer
by ccccntricity of shenr shall be assumed to vnry linearly
about thc centroid of the critica! scctions dcfincd in Scction
4 11. 13. 1.2. The maximum shcar stress due to the factorcd
shcar force, V" and moment. M" shall not exceed ~ v":
l. For membcrs without shenr reinforcement:
rp "· = rp(~)
b,, d
(4 11-44)
where V, is ns defined in Section 411 .13.2.1 or 411 . 13.2.2.
2. For rncmbers with shcar rci nforccmcnt othcr than
shcarhcads:
V +V ) (4 11 -45)
t/J v, = t/J ( ;. d
..
f
whcre V, and V, are defincd in Section 4 11 .13.3.1. 1f shear
rci nforc.:ement is provided, the design shall take into account
thc variation of shcar stress around thc colum n. The shear
stress due to factorcd shear force and moment shnll not
excccd 0. 17 1/J i. ff.. at thc critica! section located d/2
outsidc thc outermost linc of thc stirn1p lcgs that surround
thc colunm.
4 11. 13.7.3 Whcn shear rcinfon:crncnt consisting of stecl 1-
nr channcl-shaped scctions (shcarhcads) is providcd, the
Slllll of the shcar strcsscs duc to vertical load acting 011 thc
critica! section dcfinctl by Scction 4 11 .13.4.7 and thc she<rr
stresscs rcsulting from momcm transfcrrcd by cccentricity
of shcar about !he ccntroid of thc critica! scction dcfincd in
4-70 CHAPTEFl4 -Concrete

Sections 411 . 13. 1.2 (1) and 4 11.13.1 .3 shall not exceed
0.33~-lff.

412.1 Notations
2
::. arca of an individual bar or wire, mm
= net beari ng arca of the hcad of stud, am:hor boll, or
headed dcformed bar, rnm 2
As = arca of nonprestressed longitudi nal tcnsion
reinforcement, mm 2
= total cross-sectional arca of all transversc
rein forcemcnt which is wit hin thc spacing s and
which crosscs the potential planc of spliuing
through the reinforccmelll being developed, mm 2
= web width, or diameter of circular section, mm
= smaller of: ( 1) the distance from centcr of a bar or
wire to the nearest concrete surface, and (2) one-
half the center-to-center spacing of bars or wi rcs
being devcloped, mm. See Section 41 2.3.4
d = distance fro m extreme compression fiber to
centroid of tension reinforcement, mm
= nominal diarneter of bar, wire or prestrcssing
strand, mm
.r. = specified compressive strength of concrete, MPa
¡¡: = square root of specified compressive strength of
concrete, MPa
J., =average splitting !ensi le strcngth of lightwcight
aggrcgate concrete, MPa
J,,. =stress in prcstrcsscd rcinforccmcnt at nominal
flex ura! strengt h, MPa
./:,. = cffcctivc stress in prestresscd rcinfnn:cment (aft er
all owancc for all prcstrcss losscs), ·MPa
.r. = specificd yicld strcngth of nonprcstressed
reinforcemcnt, MPa
f.·t = specified yicld s_!rength J.. of transverse
reinforcement, MPa
= overallthickncss or height of membcr. mm
= transvcrse reinforcemcnt indcx. Sce Section
4 12.3.3
= Atr f..1 11Osn
= additional embcdmcnt length bcyond ccnterlinc of
support or point of intlccti on, mm
= dcvclopment length in tcnsion of dcfonnctl bar,
tleformed wirc, plain and deformed weltlcd wirc
rcinforcement, or prctcnsioned st rand, mm
= development length in compression of dcformed
bars and defonned wire. mm
= development length in tension of defonncd bar or
deformed wire with a standard hook, measuretl
from critica! section to outsidc c'nd of ho. ··.
(straight embcdmcnt length betwccn crllical sccti·
and start of hook (point of tangency) plus inside

Association of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines

 CHAPTER 4- Concrete 4·11

radius of bcnd and one bar diarnetcr), mm. See 412.3 Dcvclopment of Dcformcd Bars and Dcformcd
Section 4 12.6 Wirc in Tension
Id, = devclopment length in tension of headed deformed
bar, measured from the critica! section to thc 412.3.1 Devclopmcntlength, /,¡. in terms of diametcr, db, for
bcaring facc of the head, mm. Sec Section 412.7 defonncd bars and dcformed wire in tension shall be
M, = nominal moment strcngth at scction, N-mm dctermined from either Section 412.3.2 or 412.3.3 and thc
= A J...(d - a/2) applicablc modi fícation factors of Section 412.3.4 aml
N = number of bars in a !ayer being spliced or 412.3.5, blll /,1 shall not be less than 300 mm.
devcloped al a critica! sec1ion
n = number of bars or wires bcing spliced or developcd 412.3.2 For dcformcd bars or dcformed wirc, l,t shall be as
a long 1he planc of splitting follows:
s = ccntcr-to-cenler spacing of items, such as
longitudinal reinforcement, transverse ID20 mm bars and
reinforcemenl, pres1rcssing lcndons, wires, or (i]25 mm bars and
smallcr and
largcr
anchors, mm dcformcd wircs
s... = spacing of wirc to be developed or spliccd, mm C!car spacing of bars
V, = factored shcar force al scction, N bcing dcvclopcd or
spliced nor !css than
/]¡, =ratio of arca of rei nforcement cu1 off to total arca
d,. clc<~r covcr nol lcss
of tension rcinforcement at sec1ion. !han ""· and stirrups or

( f . . v:~ )d
). = modifícation factor rcflccting the reduccd líes lhroughout/" nol
rnechanical propcrtics of lightwcight concrcl:e. all lcss rhan thc codc
2. ¡J._ ff. ¡,
( I,.lf/,lf!, }
relativc to normal-weight concrete of the sarne mínimum 1.7.:1.-JT: /¡
or
comprcssivc strenglh. Sec Scctions 412.3.4(4) and Clcar spacing of bars
412.6.2 bcing devclopcd or
=factor used to modi fy dcvcloprncnt length based on sp!iccd nol lcss than
2d,, and clcar covcr
rcinforccmcnt coating. scc Scction 4 12.3.4
..D2~. 1css than <h
=factor uscd to rnodify developmcnt lcilgth based on -· ·~·~· ···

rcinforcement size, sce Section 412.3.4 ( _f,\'/,1", } ( [,\'/,!", }

r¡t, =factor used to modify development length based on Othcr Cases 1
1.4/..fj~ "
!!': (./¡
1.11.., f <
reinforcemerll location, see Section 412.3.4 _j
= factor used to modify developmcnt lengt lll for
weldcd deformed wi rc reinforcement in tcnsion.
412.3.3 For defonned bars or deformed wire, '" sha!l be:
see Scction 412.8
(412- 1)
412.2 Dcvclopmcn! of Rcinforcement- General

412.2.1 Calculatcd tcnsion or compression in reinforcc:ment

at each scction of structural concrete members siHrtll he
in which !he term (eh+ K,,)!d, shall not be takcn greatcr than
dcveloped on cach sidc of that section by embedlment
length, hook, headcd deformed bar or mechanical devio:e, or 2.5. and
a combination thereof. Hooks and heads shall not be used to
devclop hars in compression.
K ,, = 40~ (412-2)
.m
412.2.2 Thc valucs of ff,. uscd in Scction 412 shall not where ,, is thc number of bars or wircs being spliccd or
excced 8.0 MPa. dcvclopcd along the plane of splitting. lt shall he permittcd
to use Ku = O as a dcsign sirnplifícati on evcn if transvcrsc
412.2.3 In addition to this requircmcnts in t~.is scction that reinforccment is prcsent.
aflect dctai!ing of rcinforccments, structural integrity
rcquircmcnts of Scction 407.14 shall be satislicd. 412.3.4 Thc faclors uscd in thc cxprcssions for dcvcloprncnt
of dcformcd bars and dcformcd wircs in tcnsion in Scction
4 12.3 are as follows:
l. Whcrc horizontal reinforcemcnt is placcd such that
more than 300 mm nf frcsh concrete is cast bclow

Nationaf Structurnl Cot'le of tlle Pl1ilipptnos ()';; F<li lion Voiurne 1

 4-"12 CHAPTEFl 4, Concrete

the development Jcl\gth or splice, '1/r = 1.3. For other
situations, lf'' = 1.0;
2. For epoxy-coatcd bars or wircs with covcr lcss !han
3db, or clcar spacing lcss than 6db, t¡t, =1.5. For all
othcr cpoxy-coatcd bars or wires, t¡t, :::: 1.2. For
uncoatcd and zinc-coatcd (galvanized)
reinforcemcnt, lf'• = 1.0. However, the product ¡¡r1¡¡1,
necd not be greater than 1.7;
3. Fu, lll20 mm bars and smaller and defonned wires,
= 0.80. For 25 mm diameter and larger bars;
4. t¡t, = l.O; and
5. Where lightweight concrete is uscd, }.. shall not
excced 0.75 unless fe, is spccified (see Section 408.7).
Whcre normal-weight concrete is used, 1 = 1.0.
412.3.5 Exccss Reinforccmcnt
Rcduction in developmenl length shall be permitted where
rcinforccment in a Oexural member is in excess of that
required by analysis except wherc anchorage or
dcvelopment for ¡;. is specifically required or the
rcinforcement is designcd under provisions of Scction
421.3. 1.5 .. .. .................................. ((A,,,equirud)/(A,,provided)]
412.4 Development of Dcformcd Bars in Compression
412.4.1 Dcvclopment length for deformed bars and
deformed wire in compression, fd,·· shall be determined from
Section 412.4 .2 and applicable modification factors of
Section 41 2.4.3, but l.k shall not be less than 200 mm .
412.4.2 For deformed bars and dcformcd wirc, {,1,. shall be
takcn as thc !argcr of (0.24 f, j ;..Jf'z.) d1, and {0.043 f ,) d,
with i. as given in Section 412.3.4 (4).
412.4.3 Length l¡~, in Section 412.4.2 shall be permitted to
be multíplicd by thc applicable factors for:
l. Reinforcement in excess of that requircd by analysis
..... · ·.. ··..... ·.. ·........·........ ·.. ·...... ·........ · (A, rcquircd)/(A, provided)
2. Rcinforcemcnt enclosed withín spiral reínforcernent not
412.5.2 For detcrmining the appropriate spacing and cov-:.:r
values in Section 41 2.3.2, the confinement te•m in :; ~:ni . m
412.3.3, and thc lfl< fac tor in Scction 412.3.«U), a .<: ~ ' r
bundled bars shall be treated as a single bar vf a Ji <~;;;u ;.:r
derived from the equivalen! total arca and having a tcntn;;.d
that coincides with that of the bundled bars .
412.6 Devclopment of Standard Hooks in Tcnsion
1f11
412.6.1 Development length {,¡1, in mm for dcformed b;ir~' i ',
tension terminating in a standard hook (see S..:ctiun 'W"J ..::.;,
shall be determined from Section 4!2.6.2 and thc appiíc;•.' ..
modífication factor or factors of Scction 4 L' .ó .. \ ;.:.; , , .
, shall not be less than 8c/¡, or less than 150 mm.
412.6.2 For dcformcd bars, /,¡¡, shall be (0.24¡¡;,1,/). ,//;·) t!,.
with t¡J, taken as 1.2 for cpoxy-coated reinforccmer,: :•mi )
taken as 0.75 for lightweight concrete. For O!hcr c: :~:t:.s, ~,_.,
and}.. shall be taken as J .0.
412.6.3 Length /,¡¡, in Section 412.6.2 shall be penní1ted ¡,.,
be multiplicd by the following applicable factors:
l. For 36 mm bar diarneter and smaller honks l'.'i! h sick.
cover normal to plane of hook) not lcss 1han 6.'i mm.
and for 90-degree hook with cover on '<;r c.::: :-.::!a (~e:
beyond hook not less than :·>o n,¡,,
................. . ...... .. .. ................................ ...... ....... O.'i
2. For 90-degree hooks of ffi36 mm bars and ~• m: ·l ! ,·; í li;::
are cither enclosed within ties or stirrups ¡;:·rpr:;,rlicul« :·
lo the bar being developed, spaced not r.rc:.:;.¡ !han 3d;,
a long ld11 ; or enclosed within ties or stirn •p!: pa: ;;JI el 1'
the bar being devel oped, spaced not gre:l!n tlwn 3rl,.
along the length of thc tail extension of il ·• hooL plu::
bend
...cu:c
3. For 180-degree hooks of ID36 mm bars and :>Jnalk.; !h;::
are encloscd within ties or stirrups perpen¡Lcular :o tbr.
bar being developed, spaced not greater ¡ :. ,,, 1r/1 ,,•r,;J;-
/,¡¡,.. . ................... .... .... .............. .... ........ ..... .. ());(.'
4. Wherc anchorage or development f', : f. :·: ,,.
specifically required, reinforcemen t in . , . .. , , •' ¡ : ;

less than 6 mm diameter and not more than 100 mm
pítch or within 12 mm diarneter ties in conformance
/ wi!h Scction 407.11.5 and spaccd at not more than 100
mm on ccntcr .. . .. .... ... .... .. : .. ........................... 0.75
412.5 Devclopment of Bundled Bars
required by anal ysis ...................... (Ar "'': '·' .. v; i '· ·"·
In Sccrions 412.6.3 (2) and 412.6.3 · (~ ), db is iL t · ~ i tn ·¡:efcr ({
the hooked bar, and thc first tic or stirrup ~ha l l c.nch,:;c th ·
bent portion of the hook, within 2d¡, of t.hc m<:,ide of th
bend.

412.5.1 Dcvclopment lcngth of individual bars within a
bundle, in tension or comprcssion, shall be that for the
individual bar, increascd 20 pcrcent for 3-bar bundle, and 33
percent for 4-bar bundle.
412.6.4 For bars being dcveloped by a st<l: , : ! : ~ ,; hcn k :.·
discontinuous ends of mcmbers with side covcr :md lnp (r:;
bottom) covcr ovcr hook lcss than 65 mm. ;!::· '··'··!.<, ' L:
shall be cncloscd wit.hin ties or stirrups pcl¡ ,.·, ·. ,,,,, < '
bar bcing deve!oped, spaced not grcater than :k',, ¡¡¡,:·;¡_; i,, . .

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


Thc first tic or stirrup shall cnclosc lhc bcnt portion of the
hook, within 2 db of thc outside of the bend, where db is
diameter of hookcd bar. For this case, the factors of
Sections 412.6.3 (2) and (3) shall not apply.
412.6.5 Hooks shall not be considcred effcctivc in
dcvcloping bars in comprcssion.
412.7Dcvclopmcnt or Hcaded and Mechanically
Anchorcd Dcformcd Uars in Tension
412.7.1 Devclopment lcngth for headcd deformed bars in
tension, /,¡1, shall be determincd from Scction 412.7.2. Use
of heads lo devclop defonned bars in tension shall be
limited to conditions satisfying (1) through (6):
l. Bar!, shall not exceed 415 MPa;
2. Bar sizc shall not exceed f?J36 mm;
3. Concrete shall be normal·weight;
4. Net bearing arca of head A 1" 8 shall not be less than 4A 1,;
5. Clear cover for bar shall not be less than 2d¡,; and
6. Clcar spacing bctween bars shallnot be less than 4(1&.
412.7.2 For headcd dcformed bars satisfying Section
403.6.9, development length in tension Id, shall be (O.I91.f1J/
¡¡;;:)d¡, whcre the value of // used to calculate '"' shall
not excced 40 MPa, and factor lfl• shall be taken as 1.2 for
epoxy-coatcd reinforcement and 1.0 for other cases. Whcre
reinforcement provided is in exccss of that required by
analysis, except wherc development of !, is specifically
required, a factor of (A, requircd)/(As provided) may be
applied to the cxpression for /11,. L.ength {,¡, shall not be less
than the largcr of 8db and !50 mm.
412.7.3 Hcads shall not be considcrcd cffective in
devcloping bars in compression.
412.7.4 Any mcchanical attachment or dcvice capablc of
dcvelopingJ;. of rcinforccmcnt is allowcd, providcd that test
results showing the adequacy of such attachmcnt or device
are approvcd by the building official. Devclopmcnt of
reinforcemcnt shall be permilted to consist of a combination
of' rncchanical anchorage plus additional cmbcdment length
of rcinforcemcnt bctwccn thc critica! scction and thc
mcchanical attachment or dcvicc.
412.8 Dcvclopmcnt of Wcldcd Dcfonncd Wirc
Rcinforccmcnt in Tcnsion
412.8.1 Dcvclopmcnt lcngth of wcldcd dcformcd wire
rcinforccmcnt in tcnsion, /11, in millimctcrs, rncasurcd frorn
thc point of critica! scction to thc cnd of wirc shall be
computcd as thc product of thc dcvclopmcnt lcngth le~. frorn
Nationnl Structural Codc of t11c Phili ppines 611' Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete 4-73
Section 412.3.2 or 4 12.3.3, times welded dcformed wire
reinforcement factor, t¡l"'' from Section 412.8.2 or 412.8.3. It
shall be permitted to reduce the development Iength in
accordance with Scction 412.3.5 when applicable, but Id
shall not be less than 200 mm exccpt in computation of lap
spliccs by Scction 412.19. Whcn using thc welded deformed
wire reinforccrncnt factor, t¡t..,, from Scction 412.8.2, it shall
be pennittcd to use an epoxy-coating factor, lf/e, of 1.0 for
epoxy-coated welded defonned wire rcinforccment m
Scctions 412.3.2 and 412.3.3.
412.8.2 For wcldcd deformed wirc rcinforcement with at
Jeast one cross wire wíthin the dcvelopment lcngth, Id and
not lcss than 50 mm from the point of the critica! section,
the weldcd deformed wire reinforcement factor shall be thc
greater of:
but need not be taken greatcr than 1, whcre s is thc spacing
bctwcen t11e wires to be devcloped.
412.8.3 For welded defonned wire reinforccment with no
cross wires within the deve!opment length or wi th a single
cross wire lcss than 50 mm from the point of the critica!
section, the wire fabric factor shall be takcn as 1, and !he
development length shall be determined as for deformcd
wire.
412.8.4 When any plain wircs, or defonned wircs larger
than 16 mm diameter, are present in the wclded dcformed
wire reinforcement in the direction of the development
length, the reinforccment shall be developed in accordancc
with Section 412.9.
412.9 Dcvclopmcnt of Wcldcd Plain Wirc
Rcinforccmcnt in Tcnsion
412.9.1 Yicld strength of welded plain wirc rcinforccment
shall be considered devcloped by embcdment of two cross
wires with the closer cross wirc not less !han 50 mm fro m
the point of the critica! section. However, the developrnent
length Id, in millimeters, shall not be lcss than:
(412-3}
Wherc 1,1 is measurcd fro m thc point of the critica! sccti on to
thc outennost crosswirc, s is the spacing bctwecn thc wi rcs
lo be developcd, and l as given in Scction 4 12.3.4 (4}.
Where reinforccment providcd is in cxcess of that rcqu ircd,
this lcngth may he rcduccd in accordancc wit h Section
412.3.5. Length 1,1 shall not be lcss than 150 mrn cxccpt in
computation of lap .~pi ices by Scction 412.20.
 4-"14 CHAPTEr-l 4- Concrete
412.10 Devclopment of Prcstressing Strand
412. 10.1 Except as provided in Section 412.10.!.1, sevcn-
wire strand shall be bonded beyond thc critica! section, a
distance not lcss than:
1 = ( [,.
J 21
)d h
+ ( fps - fsc
7
)d b
(412-4 )
Exprcssions in parcnthescs are used as constants wtthout
units, whcre db is strand diametcr in millimetcrs, amiJ;" and
fu are cxpresscd in MPa.
412.10.1.1 Embcdment less than Id shall be pennillcd al a
scction of a mcmber provided the dcsign strand stress at that
scction docs not exceed values obtained from thc bilincar
rclationship dcfined by Eq. 412-4.
412.10.2 Limiting the invcstigation to cross sections nearcst
cach end of thc membcr that are required to devclop full
design strength undcr spccificd factorcd loads shall be
permittcd excepl wherc bonding of onc or more strands does
not cxtcnd lo the cnd of thc mcmbcr, or whcrc conccntrated
loads are applicd within the strand dcvclopment length.
412.10.3 Whcrc bonding of a strand docs not extcnd to end
of mcmbcr, and design includcs tension at scrvice load in
pre-comprcssed tensile zone as permitted by Section
418.5.2, devclopmcnt length. Id specificd in Scction
412.10.1 shall be doubled.
412.11 Dcvelopmcnt of flexura! Rcinforcemcnt- General
412.1 I .1 Dcvclopmcnt of tcnsion rcinforcemcn t by bcnd ing
across thc wcb lo be anchorcd or madc continuous with
rcinforccmcnt on thc opposile face of mcmber shall be
permi lled.
412.11.2 Critica! sections for dcvelopment of reinforcement
in flex ura! mcmbers are at points of rnaximum stress and al
points within the span whcre adjacenl reinforccment
terminales or is bent. Provisions of Section 4 12. 12.3 must
be salisfied.
412.11.3 Rcinforccmcnl shall cxtend bcyond thc point al
which Íl is no lo nger rcquircd to rcsist flcxurc for a distancc
cqual lo the effcctivc dcpth of mcmber or 12d1., whichcver is
greatcr. cxcepl al suppons of simple spans and al free cnd of
can ti levcrs.
412.11.4 Continuing rcinfnrcemcnl shall have an
cmbedmcnt leng lh not lcss than thc dcvclopmcnt lc ngth 1,1
beyond the poi nt whcre bcnt or tem1inatcd tension
reinforccmcnt is no 1ongcr required lo rcsist flcxurc.
Association of Structural Engineers of lhe Philippines
412.11.5 Flexura! reinforccment s hall not be tcrminatcd in a
tension zone unlcss onc of the following conditions is
satisfied:
412.11.5.1 V., at the cutoff point docs nol cxceed (213)9}V•.
412.1 1.5.2 Stirrup arca in excess of thal rcquired for shcar
and torsion is provided along cach tcrminated bar or wire
ovcr a distancc fro m thc terrnination poinl equal to three
fourths thc cffectivc depth of membcr. Exccss stirrup arca
A,. shall nol be less than 0.41 b,..s /yr . Spacing s sh¡¡ll not
excced d!(B{Jb) whcre fJb is the ratio of arca of reinforccment
cut off to total arca of tension rcinforccment al the scction.
412.11.5.3 For lil36 mm bar and smaller, continuing
reinforcement provides double the arca rcquircd for flexurc
at thc cutoff point and V" does not cxcecd (3/4)<1}V•.
412.Il .6 Adcquale anchorage shall be provided for tension
rcinforcemcnt in flexura! members where reinforcement
stress is not dircctly proportional to momcnt. such as slopcd,
steppcd or tapercd foo tings; brackets; deep flexura!
members; or members in which tcnsion rei nforccment is not
parallel to compression facc. Sec Sections 412. I 2.4 and
41 2. 13 .4 for deep flexura] members.
412.12 Dcvclopment of Positive Momcnt Rcinforcement
412.12.1 At least onc third the positive momenL
rcinforcerncnt in simple members and one fourth the
positive momcnt re inforcement in continuous mcmbcrs shall
cxtcnd along the samc facc of membcr into the support. In
beams, such rcinforccmcnt shall cxtcnd into the support at
least !50 mm.
412.12.2 When a flexura! mcmber is part of a primary
1atcral-load-rcs isting systcm, positi vc moment reinforce-
ment rcquircd to be extended inlo the support by' Scction
412.12. I shall be anchored to dcvclop the specifi cd yield
strengthf,. in tension at thc facc of support.
412.12.3 At simple supports and at points o f inflection,
positive morncnl tcnsíon reinforcement shall be limited to a
diametcr such that Id computed for f,. by Scctíon 412.3
satisfies Eq. 412-5, cxccpt Eq. 41 2-5 nced not be sati sfi c:d
for reinforcemcnt tcrminating beyond center line of simple
suppor1s by a standard hook or a mcchanical anchorage at
lcast equivalen! toa standard hook.
M.
1,1 S·-+/
V,, "

where:
..
¡¡ M, is calculatcd assuming all rcinforccmcnt at thc section
to be stressed toJ;.;
V" is calculatcd at the section;
1. at a support shall be thc cmbcdment length beyond
centcr of support; or
la at a point of inflection shall be limited to the cffective
¡ deplh of member or 12d1, whichcvcr is greater.
¡ _o_._7.-=(],;J=':.:..'1
i An increasc of 30 perccnt in lhe valuc of M,/Vu shall be
1 pennitted when the cnds of rcinforccmcnt are confined by a
! comprcssive reaction.
412.12.4 At simple supports of decp flexura! membcrs,
positive moment tcnsion reinforcement shall be anchored to
develop the specified yicld strength ¡;. in tcnsion at the face
of support exccpt that if dcsign is canicd out using Section
427, thc positive moment tension reinforcement shall be
anchored in accordancc with Scction 427 .4.3. At interior
supports of deep beams, pos!IJVC moment tension
reinforcemcnt shall be continuous orbe spliced with that of
the adjacent spans.
412.13 Dcvclopmcnt of Ncgativc Momcnt Rcinforccmcnt
412.13.1 Negative moment reinforcement in a continuous,
restrained or cantilevcr rncmber, or in any membcr of a rigid
framc, shall be anchorcd in or through thc supporting
member by embedrnent length, hooks or mechanicaJ
anchorage.
412.13.2 Negative moment reinforccmcnt shall have an
embedment lc ngth into the span as requircd by Sections
4 12.2 and 412. 11 .3.
412.13.3 Al least one third the total tension reinforcement
provided for negative moment at a support shall have an
embedment length beyond the point of inflection not less
than effecli ve depth of mcmber, 12(h, or 111 6 the clear span,
whichever is greater.
412.13.4 At interior supports of deep flexura! members,
negative moment tension rcinforccment shall be continuous
with that of thc adjaccnt spans.
412.14 Devclopmcnt of Wcb Rcinforccmcnt
412.14. 1 Wcb rcinforccment shall be carried as closc to
comprcss.ion all(l tcnsion surfaces of mcmbcr as covcr
requircmenls and proximity of othcr reinforccment pcrmits.
412.14.2 Ends of single lcg, simple U· or multiple U-
Slirrups shall be anchored as rcquircd by thc following:
Nalional Struclural Code of the Philippines 61" Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 4·75
412.14.2.1 For !ill6 mm bar and MD 200 wire, and smaller,
and for !11~0 mm and rn25 mm bars with J;.1 of 280 MPa or
less, a standard stirrup hook around longitudinal
reinforccment.
412.14.2.2 For !?l20 mrn and rn25 mm stirrups withJ;.1 greater
than 280 MPa, a standard stirrup hook around a
longitudinal bar plus an embedment between mid-hcight of
the member and the outside end of the hook egua! to or
greater.than 1
Aff:
412.14.2.3 For each leg of welded smooth wi re fabric
forming simple U-stirrups, either:
l. Two longitudinal wires spaced at a 50 mm spacing
along the member at the top of the U; or
2. One longitudinal wire located not more than d/4 from
the compression face and a second wire closer to the
compressíon face and spaced not less than 50 mm from
the first wire. The second wire shall be permítted to be
located on the stirrup leg beyond a bcnd, or on a bend
with an inside diameter of bend not less than 8db.
412.14.2.4 For each end of a single-leg stirrup of welded
plain or deformed wire fabric, two longitudinal wires at a
mínimum spacing of 50 mm and with the inner wire at least
the greater of d/4 or 50 mm from rnid-depth of mernber d/2.
Outer longitudinal wire at tension face shall not be farther
from the face than the portion of primary flexura)
reinforcement closest to the face.
412.14.2.5 In joist construction as defined in Section
408.12, for 12 mm diameter bar and MD 130 wire and
smaller, a standard hook.
412.14.3 Between anchored cnds, each bend in the
continuous portian of a simple U-sti rntp or multiple U-
stirrups shall endose a longitudinal bar.
412.14.4 Longitudinal bars bcnt lo act as she¡u·
reinforcement, if extended into a regían of tension, shall be
continuous with longitudinal reinforccment and, if extended
into a region of compression, shall be anchored beyond mid-
depth d/2 as specified for development length in Section
412.3 for that part of¡;. requircd to satisfy Eq. 411- 17.
412.14.5 Pairs of U-stirrups or tics so placcd as lo form a
closed un it shall be considcrcd properl y spliccd whcn
lcngths of laps are 1.31,1. In members at least 450 mm deep,
such spliccs with A 1f,.1 not more than 40 kN per lcg rnay be
considcred adcquatc if stirrup legs cxtend thc full availablc
dcpth of member.
 4-76 CHAPTER 4- Concrete
412.15 Splicc.s of Reilúor·cement - General
412.15.1 Spliccs of rcinforcemcnt shall be rnade only as
required or pennitted on design drawings or in
spccifications, oras authori z.cd by the engincer-of-rccord .
412.15.2 Lap Spliccs
412.15.2.1 Lap spliccs shall not be uscd for bars largcr than
36 mm diameter, exccpt as providcd in Scctions 4 12. 17.2
and 41 5.9.2.3.
412.15.2.2 Lap splices of bars in a bundle shall be based on
the lap splicc length rcquired for individual bars within lhc
bundle, increa~ed in accordance with Secti on 4 12.5.
Individual bar splices within a bundle shall not overtap.
En tire bundlcs s hall not be Jap spliccd.
412.15.2.3 Dars spliced by non-contact lap spl ices in
flexura! members shaU not be spaccd transversely farther
apart than one fifU1 the requircd lap splice length, or 150
mm.
412.15.3 Mcchanical and Wc1dcd Sp!iccs
41 2.15.3.1 Mechanical and welded splices sha!l be
pemútted.
412.15.3.2 A fu!l mechanical splice shall develop in tcnsion
or comprcssion, as rcquircd, al !east 1.25/y o f the bar.
412.15.3.3 Except as provided in this chaplcr, all wclding
shall conform to "Srmcrural Weldirrg Code - Rcinforcing
S1ed" (ANSI/AWS 01.4).
412.15.3.4 A full-weldcd splice shall devclop at leas! 1.25
¡;, of the bar.
412.15.3.5 Welded splices and mechanical conncctions not
meeting requirements of Scction 412.15.3.2 or 4 12. 15.3.4
are allowed only for rn 16 mm bars and smaller and in
accordance with Section 4 12. 16.5.
412.15.3.6 Wcldcd spliccs and mcchanical conncctio ns shall
mai ntain the clearance and covcrage requi rcmenl5 of
Scctions 407.7 and 407.8.
Associalion of S tructural Engineers of t11e Philippines
412.16 Splices of Dcformcd Bars and Dcformcd Wirc in
Tcnsion
412.16.1 Minimum 1ength of lap for tension lap spli ccs :.hall
be as rcquired for C lass A o r B splice, but not lcss than 300
mm, wherc:
Class A spl ice l.Oid
C lass I3 sp1ice 1.3/,_,
where Id is calculated in accordance with Section 4 12.3 to
develop ¡;. , but without the 300 mm mínimum u! ':!~etion
4 12.3. 1 and without the modifícation factor uf Scction
412.3.5.
412.16.2 Lap sp!ices of deformed bars and defon nrd wire
in tension shall be Class O sp!ices except that Class A
sp!iccs may be used when:
l. The arca of reinforcement provided is at least twice that
required by analys is over the entire length of !he splice;
and
2. O nc half or less of thc total reinforcement is spliced
within the required lap lenglh.
412.16.3 When bars of different size are lap spliccd in
tension, splicc length shall be the largcr of Id of larger bar
and tension lap splicc length of smaller bar.
412.16.4 Mechanical o r welded splices used where arca of
re inforcement provided is lcss than twice that required by
analysis shall meet requircments o f Sections 41 2.1 5.3.2 or
41 2. 15.3.4.
412.16.5 Mechanical or welded splices not meeting the
rcqu irements of Sections 412. 15.3.2 or 412. 15.3.4 shal1 be
permiued for 16 mm diametcr bars and srna!ler if the
requirements of Sections 4 12. 1(i.5 . 1 through 412.16.5.3 are
met:
412.16.5.1 Sp1iccs shall be s taggered at least 600 mm.
412.16.5.2 In computing the tensi le force.~ that can be
deve!opcd at cach scction, the sp1iced reinf"on:(:llWJJ( ·:t!·~s<:
shall be takcn a~ •.he specified splice strength, hui not f'/C> ·:¡
than f.... The stre;;s in thc unspliced rcinforcement shnll be
takcn ·as!, times thc ratio of the shOI1est length cmbcddcd
bcyond thc section lo l,¡, but not greatcr than¡;..
41 2.16.5.3 Thc total tcnsi le force that can be developr.ci :•·
cach scction must be at Icast twicc that requircd by an<ll): · ·
and al least 140 MPa times thc total area of reinforcemcil<
provided .

412.16.6 Splices in tension tic mcmbers shall be made with
a full mechanical or fu ll welded splicc in accordancc with
Sccti ons 412.15.3.2 or 412.15.3.4 and spliccs in adjacent
bars shall be staggcrcd at least 750 mm.
412.17 Splices of Dcforrncd Bars in Compression
412. J 7 .J Compression lap spl ice length shall be 0.071 ü/1, ,
for J;. of 420 MPa or lcss. or (0.13[y- 24) db for ¡;. greatcr
than 4 15 MPa, but not lcss than 300 mm. For f ,. 1css than
2 1 MPa, lcngth of lap shall be incrcased by onc third.
412.17.2 When bars of different size are lap splice•d in
compression, splicc length shall be the larger /,¡,., of largcr
bar nnd compression lap splice length of smallcr bar. Lap
splices of 42 and 58 mm diamcter bars to 36 mm diameter
and smaller bars shall be permitted.
412.17.3 Wclded splices or mechanical connections used in
compression shall mcct rcquircmcnts of Sections 4 12. 1.S.3.3
and 4 12. 15.3.4.
412.17.4 End·Bcaring Splices
412.17.4.1 Jn bars rcquircd for comprcssion only.
transmission of compressive stress by bearing of square cut
ends held in concentric c:ontact by a suitable device shall be
pcrmittcd.
412.1 7.4.2 Bar ends shall termínate in Oat surfaces withi n
1.5 dcgrees ora right angle lo thc axis of the bars and shall
he litted within 3 degrees of full bcaring after assemhly.
412.17.4.3 Entl-bcaring splices shall be usetl only in
me mbcrs containing closcd ties. closed slirrups or spirals.
412.18 Spccial Splkcs Hcquircmcnts l'or Coltimns
412.18.1 Lap splices, hut t wcldcd spl i<:cs, mecban ic.1l
conncctions or cnd-bearing spliccs shall be uscd with the
limitalions of Scctions 412.18.2 through 412. 18.4. A splice
shall sntisfy requiremcnts for all load combinations for the
column.
41 2.18.2 Lap Spliccs in Columns
412.18.2.1 Where the bar stress duc to factorcd loads is
nHnprcssivc. lap spliccs shall confnnn to Scctions 4 12. 17. 1
an d 4 12.17 .2. and where applica!Jic. to Scction 4 12.1 X.2.4 <>r
·112. 1K2.S.
41 2. 18.2.2 Whcrc thc bar ~tre~s due In
•
fm:tored loatls
!ensile and docs not excecd O..'i(. in tcnsion. lap splic:cs shall
he Class 13 tension lap ~plices if more than nnc half of thc
ba r.~ are ~p l ict' d a1 any scction, or Class 1\ tcnsion lap ~pl ices
Nalion<JI St1 uctt JI"i tl Corre of tl"ie Philipprne~ G'h hfilíon Volurm: 1
CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete 4-77
if one hal f or fewer of the bars are spliced at any section and
alternate lap splices are sraggered by /¡~.
412.18.2.3 Where the bar stress due to factored 1oads is
greater than 0.5 ¡;. in tension, lap splices shall be Class B
tcnsion lap spliccs.
412.18.2.4 In tied reinforced compression members, where
ties throughout the lap splice Jength have an effective arca
not less than 0.00151! s. lap splice length shall be pcrmilled
to be multiplied by 0.83, bul !ap length shall not be less than
300 mm. Tic legs perpendicular to dimcnsion /¡ shall be
used in determining effective arca.
412.18.2.5 Jn spirally reinforced compression members, lap
splice length of bars within a spiral shall be permitted to be
multiplied by 0 .75, butlap length shall not be less than 300
mm.
412.18.3 Weldcd Splices or Mechanical Connectors in
Columns
Welded spliccs or mechanical connectors in columns shall
meet the requireme nts of Section 4 12.15.3.3 or 4 12. 15.3.4.
412.18.4 End-bearing Spliccs in Columns
End-bearing splices complying with Section 4 12. 17.4 shall
be permitted to be used for column bars stressed in
compression providcd the splices are s1aggcred or addilional
bars are provided at splicc locations. The continuing bars in
each face of thc cohtrnn shall have a tensilc strength, based
on the spccificd yield strength ¡;., not less than 0.25¡;. times
the arca oí the vertical reinforcement in that face.
412.19 Spliccs of Wcldcd Dcformed Wirc
Reinforccmcnt in Tcnsion
412.19.1 Mí nimu m lcngth of lap for lap spl i ce.~ of wcldcd
de fonned wi re fabri c measured between the ends of each
fabric sheet shall not be less than 1.3/,1 or 200 mm. and the
overlap measured betwecn outermost cross wires of each
fabric sheet shall not be le.t;s than SO mm, /,¡ shall be the
tlevc lopmcnt lcngth for the specified yieltl strength J; in
accordance with Scction 4 12.R.
412.19.2 l.ap spl ices of welded deforrned wire
rci nfort-<'111Cil t, with no cross wi rcs withi n thc lap spl ice
lengt h. sha ll he dctennincd as for deronned wi re.
412.19.3 Wherc any platn wircs, or deformcd wircs larger
is
than MD200. are prcscnt in thc wcldcd ddormed wirc
rei nforccmcnt in the di rcct ion of thc 1ap spl ice or where
wclded dcformed wirc reinfon.:emcnt is lap spliccd tn
wcldcd plain wirc rcinfon:cmcnt, 1he rcinforc:cmcnt shall be
lap spliccd in accordance with Section 412.20.
 4-78 CHAPTEii 4 · Concrete

412.20 Splices of Welded Plain Wire Reínforcernent in

Tcnsion
Mínimum lcngth of tap for lap spliccs of wcldcd plain wirc
rcinforccmcnt shall be in accordance with the following:

412.20.1 When arca of reinforcement provided is !css than

twice that requircd by analysis at splicc location, lcngth of 413.1 Notations
overlap measurcd bctween outermost cross wires of cach b1 = dirncnsion of the critica! section b<, measurcd in thc
reinforcemcnt sheet shall not be less lhan the largest of one dircction of the span fo r which moments are
spacing of cross wires plus 50 mm, or lcss than 1.5 Id, or determined, mm
150 mm, Id shall be the development length for the spccified b1 = dirncnsi on of the crítica! section b0 measurcd in the
yicld strengthf,. in accordance with Section 412.9. direction perpendicular to b 1, mm
C = cross-scctional constan! to defmc torsion al
412.20.2 Wherc arca of reinforcement provided is at lcast propertíes of slab and bcarn. Sec Section 413.7.4 .)
3
twice that required by analysis at splice location, length of
overlap measured between outermost cross wircs of cach I (l- 0.63..:_)x
y 3
y
reinforccment sheet shall not be less than 1.5 1,1, or 50 mm,
c1 = dimension of rectangu lar or equivalen! rectangul a;·
/, 1 shall be the dcvelopmcnt lcngth for the specified yicld
column, capital. or bracket measured in thc
strengthf,. in accordance with Section 412.9.
dircction of the span for which momcnts are being
determincd, mm
c1 = dimension of rectangu lar or equivalen! rcctangulai
column, capital or bracket measured transverse to
the di rection of the span for which mornents are
being dctennincd, mm
Ec" = modulus of clasticity of beam concrete, MPa
E,., = modulus of clasticity of slab concrete, MPa
h = ovcrall thickness of rncmber, mm
1¡, = moment of inertia about centroidal axis of gross
section of bcam as defíncd in Section 413.7.1 .6
1.. = moment of inertia about centroidal axis of gro:,s
scction of slab dcfincd for calculating a¡ and jJ, ,
mm 4
= h1112 times width of s!ab dcfincd in notations
aand fJ,
K, = torsiona l stifTncss of torsional memllcr; moment
per'unit rotation
/, = lcngth of clcar span in dircction that momenls are
being dctermincd, rneasured face lo facc u:
suppot1s
/1 = lcngth of span in di rcction that morncrlls are being
dctermincd, rneasured center to ccnter of supports
/2 = length of span transvcrse 10 11• measured ccnter l o
center o f supports. Scc also Scctions 4 13.7.2.3 ar: c:
411.7 .2.4
M ., :::: total factorcd slatic moment
M,. = factorcd momcnt at scction
q,. = factorcd load pcr unit arca
V, = no minal shcar strcngth pro vidcd by concrete. See
Section 411 . 1:\.2.1
:::: factored shcar fo rce at scction
;; factored dcad load pcr unit arca
= factorcd !ivc load per unit arca
::: shorter ovcrall dimcnsion of rectang11lar par< ,.
cross scction, mm

Associallon o f Strucl ural Enpinenrs of the Philipp11 1es


y = longcr ovcrall dímcnsion of rectangular par1 of
cross section, mm
" ratio of flexura! stíl'fness of bearn section lo
flexura! stiffness of a width or slab bounded
lateral!y by cenlcr lines of adjacent pancls (if any)
on cach si de of thc bcarn
== -~~~:~-'.!.·.
E,.,l'
= a in dircction of 11
= in dircction of 12
= ratio of torsional sr: ffncss of edge beam scctíon to
flexura! stiffncss of a width of slab equal to span
length of beam, centcr to ccnter of supports
= J!.!!!c;:__
2/~~J.
= fraction of unbalanccd moment transferrcd by
llcxurc at s!ab-co!urnn conncctions. Scc Scction
413.6.3.2
y.. == fraction of unbalanccd rnorncnt transfcrrcd by
ecccntricity of shear at slab-colurnn connections
= 1- Y¡
p = ratio of nonprestressed tension reinforcernent
p¡, = reinforcement ratio producing balanced strain
conditions
9 = strength rcduction factor
413.2 Scopc
413.2.1 The provisions of this Scction shall apply for dcsign
of slab systcrns rcinforccd for flcxure in more than onc
direction, with or without beams bctwccn supports.
413.2.2 For a slab systcrn suppor1cd by colurnns or walls,
the dimensions c 1 and c1 and thc clcar span /, shall be bascd
on an effective support arca dcfincd by thc intcrscction of
thc bottom surface of thc slab, or of the drop panel if there is
one, with the largest right circular conc, right pyrarnid, or
tapcred wcdgc whosc surfaccs are locatcd within the column
ami capital or brackct and are orientcd no greatcr than 45
dcgrees to thc axis of the column.
413.2.3 Solid slabs ancl slabs with rcccsscs or pockcts rnadc
by permancnt or rcrnovablc fillcrs bct wcen ribs or joists in
1wo directions are included wilhi n thc seo pe of this Scction.
413.2 .~ Mínimum thickness of slabs dcsigncd in accordance
with th;s Section shall be as rcq uired by Section 409.6.3.
Naltonal Struclural CorJe ol !he Pliilippuws 6 h hlition Volume l
CHAPTEFi 4- Concrete 4-79
413.3 Deflnitions
413.3.1 Column strip is a design strip with a width on cach
side of a colurnn center line cqual to 0.25/2 or 0.2511,
whichevcr is lcss. Column strip includcs bcams, if any.
413.3.2 Middlc strip is a design strip bounded by two
colurnn strips .
413.3.3 A panel is bounded by column, beam or wall center
lines on all sides.
413.3.4 For monolithic or fully cornpositc constnJctíon, a
bcam includcs that portian of slab on each sidc of the beam
cxtendíng a distancc egua! to the projection of thc beam
above or below the slab, whichever is grcater, but not
greater than four times the slab thickness.
413.3.5 Whcn uscd to reduce thc arnount of negative
moment rcinforccment over a colurnn or mínimum rcquired
slab thíckncss, a drop panel shall:
l. Projcct bclow the slab at leas\ onc-quar1cr of the
adjacent slab thickness; and
2. Extcnd in each dircction from the centerlinc of suppori
a distance not less than one-sixth the span Jength
mcasurcd from center-to-ccnter of supports in
that direction.
413.3.6 When uscd to increase the crítica! condi tion section
fo r shear at a slab-colurnn joi nt, a shcar cap shall project
bclow the slab and extend a mínimum hori zomal distance
from the facc of thc column that is equal to the thickncss of
thc projection below thc slab soffit.
413.4 Slab Rcinforccmcnt
413.4.1 Arca ofrei nforcement in each dircclion for two-way
slab systcms shall be determined from rnornents at cri tica!
scctions, but shall not be less than rcqui rcd by Scction
407.13 .2.1.
413.4.2 Spacing of rcinforccmcnt at critica! scctions shall
not cxcecd two times thc slab thickncss, exccpt for port ions
of slab arca of cellular or ribbcd construction. In the slab
ovcr ccllular spaces, rcin!'orccmcnt shall be prov ili ·~d as
rcquircd by Scction 407. 1:l
1
 4 ·80 CHAPTEii 4 • Concrete

Figure 413-l Extcnsions for Reinforccmcnts in Slabs without Bcams (Scc Section 412.12.1 for rci nforcemcn t cxtcnsion into
supports )

STRIP LOCAT10N MINIMUM ·As WITHOUT DROP PANELS W1TH DROP PANELS
AT SECTION

50%
TOP
REMAINDER

COLUNN
STRIP 1-----11-----t----J.-----..j----+----..;-----...~.-,m~i

BOTIOM 100%
Spllcas shall be
At least two bars
permitted in this region
or wires shall
conform lo 13.3.6.5

TOP 100%

MIO OLE
STRIP 50%
BOTIOM
REMAINOER

Clear span • l 11 c1 aear span ·ln

Face or support Face of support
Cantar to center span Center to center span

~ t
Exterior support lntenor support Ext:ior ~ '-'PP:: ,
(No slab oontinuity) (Continuity provided) (No sinb contintJiíy)j

413.4.3 Positive momcnt rcinforcemcnt perpendicular to a
discontinuous edgc shall extcnd to thc edgc of slab and ha ve
cmbedmcnt, straight or hooked, atleast 150 mm in spamlrel
bcams. columns or walls.
413.4.4 Ncgative momcnt reinforccment perpendicular to a
discontinuous cdgc shall be bent, hooked or otherwisc
anchorcd, in spandrel bcams. columns or walls, to be
developcd at facc of suppo11 according to provisions of
Scction 412.
413.4.5 Where a s!ab is not suppo11cd by a spandrcl beam
or wall at a discontinuous edge or whcrc a slab cantilevcrs
beyond thc support, anchoragc of reinforccmcnt shall be
pcnnitted within the slab.
413.4.6 At exterior corners of slabs supported by edge
walls or where one or more edge beams have a value of a.1
greater than I .0, top and bottom slab rcinforcement shall be
provided at exterior corners in accordance with Sections
413.4.6. 1 through 4 13.4.6.4:
413.4.6.1 Corner reinforcement in both top and bouom of
slab shal! be sufficient to resist a moment equal to the
rnaxirnurn positive rnoment (pcr meter of width) in thc slab
panel.
413.4.6.2 The moment shatl be assumed to be about an axis
perpe ndicular to the diagonal from the corner in the top of
the slab and about an axis paratlcl to the diagonal from the
corner in the bottom of the slab.
413.4.6.3 Corncr reinforccmcnt shall be providcd for a
distance in cach direction from thc comer equal to onc-fifth
the longer span.
413.4.6.4 Corncr rcinforccment shatl be placed paratlel to
lhe diagonal in the top of thc slab and perpendicular to the
diagonal in thc bouorn of thc slab. A!tcrnatively, the spccial
reinforcemcnt :;hall be placed in two laycrs parallcl 10 thc
sides o f the slab in both thc top and bottom of the slab.
413.4.7 When a drop panel is used to reduce the amnunt of
negative moment rcinforcemcnt ovcr thc column of a flat
slab, thc dimcnsions of thc drop panel shall be in accordance
with Section 413.3.5. l n computing required slab
rcinforcemcnt. thc thickncss of thc drop panel bclow thc
slab shatl not be assumcd to tle grcatcr than onc-quar:cr the
di stancc from thc edgc of drop pa ne l 10 the facc nJ thc
column or col umn capital.
CHAPTER 4- Concrete 4·81
413.4.8 Dctails of Rcinforccment in Slabs without Bcams
413.4.8.1 In addition to the other requirements of Section
413.4, reinforcement in slabs without beams shall have
mín imu m cxtensions as prescribed in Figure 413-1.
413.4.8.2 Where adjacent spans are uncqual, extcnsion of
negativc moment reinforcemcnt beyond the facc of support
as prcscribed in Figure 413-1 shall be bascd on rcquircments
of longer spa n.
413.4.8.3 13cnt bars shalt be permitted only when depth-
span ratio pcmlits use of bends 45 degrees or less.
413.4.8.4 In frames where two-way slabs act as primary
members resisting lateral loads, lengths of reinforcemcnt
shall be detennined by analysis but shall not be less than
those prcscribed .in Figure 413-l.
413.4.8.5 Atl bouom bars or wires within the column strip,
in each direction, shatl be continuous or spliced with Class
13 splices or with mechanical or welded splices satisfying
Section 412.15.3. Splices shatl be located as shown in
Figure 413-1. Al teas! two of the column strip bottom bars
or wires in each direction shall pass within the region
boundcd by the longitudinal reínforcemcnt of the column
and shall be anchored at exterior suppo11s.
413.4.8.6 In slabs with shcarheads and in lift-slab
construction where it is not practica! to pass thc bollom bars
requ~red by Section 413.4.8.5 through the column. al least
two bonded bottom bars or wircs in cach dircction shalt pass
through the shearhead or lifting collar as close to the column
as practicable and be continuou s or spliccd with a Class A
splicc. At ex terior columns, thc reinforcement shall be
anchored al the shearhcad or lifting collar.
413.5 Opcnings in Slab Systcms
413.5.1 Opcni ngs of any size shalt be permiued in slab
systems if shown by analysis that the desi gn strength is at
least cqual to the strength considcring Sections 409.3 and
409.4, and that all serviccabilíty conditíons , including the
specificd limits on dcrlcctions. are mct.
413.5.2 As an altcrnatc to spccial analysis as requircd by
Scction 413.5.1. opcnings shal l he permittcd in slab systems
without bca ms only in accordancc with thc following:
4 1}.5.2.1 Opt:nings of' any ~il.C shall be pcrmittcd in thc arca
con11non to intcrscctin g rniddlc strips, providcd total amount
of' rcinfon:cmcnt n:quircd f'o r the panel without thc opcning
i ~ maintaincd.
 4-82 CHAPTEfi 4 · Concrete
413.5.2.2 In thc arca common to intcrsccting column st1ips,
not more than onc-eighth thc width of column stri¡p in cither
span shall be illlerrupted by openings. An amou nt of
rcinforcemelll equivalen! to that interrupted by an opcning
shall be added on thc sides of thc opening.
413.5.2.3 In thc arca common to one column strip and onc
middlc strip, not more than one-fourth thc rcinforccment in
cithcr strip shall be intC'rmptcd by opcnings. An mnount of
reinforccment equivale,;: to that interruptcd by an opcning
.shall be added on thc sidcs of the opening.
413.5.2.4 Shear rcquircmcnts of Section 4 11 .13.6 shall be
satislied.
413.6 Dcsign Proccdurcs
413.6.1 A slab system shall be dcsigned by any proccdure
satisfyi ng conditions of equilib1i um and gcomctric
compati bility, if shown that thc design strength at every
section is at lcast equal to the required strength sc:t forth in
Sections 409.3 and 409.4 and that al l serviccability
co nditions, including limits on dcflections, are met.
413.6.1.1 Design of a slab system for gravi:ly loads
including the slab and beams. if any, between supports and
supporting columns or walls forming orthogonal frames, by
eithcr thc Dircct Design Mcthod of Scction 413.7 or the
Equivalen! Frame Method of Section 41 3.8, shall be
permiucd.
413.6.1.2 For lateral loads. analysis of frames shall take into
account effects of cracking and reinforccmcnt on st iffness of
framc mcmbcrs.
413.6.1.3 Combining thc rcsulls of thc gravity load analysis
with thc rcsults of the lateral load analysis shall be
permillcd.
413.6.2 Thc slab and beams, if any, bctwcen supp•:Jrts shall
be proportioned for factored moments prevailing at every
scction.
41 3.6.3 When gravit y load. wind, earthquakc or oth er lateral
force.s cause transfcr of moment bctwccn slab nnd column, a
r~action of the unb~llanced momcnt shal! be transferred by
nexure in accordancc with Sections 413.6.3.2 nnd 413.6.3.4.
413.6.3. 1 Fraction of unbalanced moment not transferred
by nexure sha!l be tran.sfcrrcd hy cccentricity of shear in
accordance with Secti on 4 1 1.13.7.
41 3.6.3.2 A fraction of the unbalanccd momcnl given
by Yr M, shall be considcrcd lo be transferrcd by ncxurc
withi n an cffcctivc slab width hctwecn li nes that are one ami
Associéllton of Structw al Eng111eers of the F'hilippttWS
one-half slab or drop panel thickncss ( 1.5h) outside opposite
faces of the column or capital, wherc M" is the moment to
be transfcrred and
(4 13- 1)
r ----;==
¡-J+Ut}l
/ l b
2
413.6.3.3 For unbalanccd moments about an nxis paral!el to
the edgc at exterior suppons. the valuc of Y¡ by Eq. 4 13-1
shall be in accordancc with thc following:
l .• For edge columns with unbalanccd momcnts about an
an axis para!le) to the edge, ¡¡ = 1.O provided lhat V" at
an edge support docs not cxcced 0 .75~V, or ata comer
support does not excced 0.5$V,..
2. For unbalanced momcnts al interior suppons, and for
edgc columns with unbalanccd momcllls about an axis
transverse to the cdgc, incrcasc ¡¡ to as much as 1.25
ti mes the va!ue from Eq. 413- 1. but not more than '}f =
! .0. provided that V., at the support does not cxceed
0.4<fJV... Thc net te n~i l e strain E,, calcul ated for the
effecti ve slab width defined in Section 41 3.6.3.2, sha!l
not be lcss thnn 0.0 1O.
The value of V,. in items ( 1) and (2) shall be calcu lated in
accordance with Section 4 11.13.2. 1.
413.6.3.4 Conccntration of reinforcemcnt over the column
by closer spacing or additional reinforcement shall be used
10 resist moment on the effcc tivc sl¡¡b widt h defincd in
Section 413.6.3.2.
413.6.4 Design for transfer of lnad from sial> to supponing
columns or walls through shca1 ;uuJ 101 ~ion shall he in
accordance with Scction 4 11 .
4 13.7 Direct Design Mcthod
413.7.1 Limitations
Design of s!ab systems within the fo!!owing limitatim:s by
the dircct dcsign method shall be pcrmiued:
413.7.1.1 Therc shall be a mínimum of thrcc conlim•;-:'"
spans in each direction.
413.7.1.2 Panels shall he rectangular. with a ratio of long¡·:
to shorter span ccntcr-to-centcr supports within a panel nn~
grcatcr than 2.
4 13.7.1.3 Succcssive span lcngths ccntcJ-to-ccntn s t!¡";· ·" :·.
in each dircction shall not diffcr by more than onc·thild iL.:
longcr span.
 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete Hl3

413.7.1.4 Offset of columns by a maximum of 1O percent of polygon-shaped supports shall be trcatcd as squarc supports
the span in direction of offset from either axis betwcen wi th the same area.
center lines of successive columns shall be permitted.

413.7.1.5 All loads shall be duc to gravity only and 413.7.3 Ncgative ancl Positivc Faclored Moments
uniformly distributcd over an entire panel. Live load shall
not cxcccd t wo times dead load. 413.7.3.1 Negativc factored moments shall be locatcd at
face of rectangular supports. Circular or regular polygon-
413.7.1.6 For a panel with bearns between supports on all shaped supports shall be trcated a~ square suppons wi th the
sídes, lhe relative stíffncss of bcams in two perpendicular same arca.
directions . ,¡
413.7.3.2 In an interior span, total stalic momcnt Me sha!l
a /1/2 z be distributed·as follows:
(413-2)
2
a 1211 Negative factored momcnt ............ ...... ...... 0.65
shall nol be less than 0.2 nor greater than 5.0, whcreOíJ and Positivc factored moment . .. .. . .' . .. .... ........ . . 0.35
Qj:¡ are calculated in accordance with Equation (4 13-3).
413.7.3.3 In an cnd span, total factored static moment M.,
(413-3) shall be distributcd as fo!lows:
--------.---·
( 1) (2) (3) T(4)-
- -(5)- -
Slal>s Slab without
413.7.1.7 Moment redistribution as pcnnittcd by Scction '"'ith Bcams bctwccn
Exterior Exterior
408.5 shall not be applied for slab systerns dcsigned by the Edgc
13cams Interior Snp¡X)rtS Edge Fully
Direct Design Mcthod. Sce Section 413.7.7. Unrcstr:lincd
bCIWCt:n Withoul With Rcstrained
A ll Eógc Edgc
Sup¡Hms Be am~ Bcams
- - -·-·····------ ••• • -- •• - n•• -- - •
·---··---·-·· -----·-- - - - - - ···
413.7.1.8 Yariations frornthc limitations of Section 413.7.1 Interior
shall be pennitted if dernonstrated by analysis as long as Ncgativc
factored
0.75 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.65
requiremcnts of Section 413.6.1 are satisfied.
moment
Positiw
factorcd 0.63 0 .57 0.52 0 .50 0.35
413.7.2 Total Factored Static Momcnt for a S¡>an Momcnt
Exterior
413.7 .2.1 Total factored static moment for a span shal 1 be negaüvc
o 0.!(> 0.26 0.30 0.65
detcrmincd in a strip boundcd laterally by centerlinc of factorcd
panel on each si de of centerl ine of su ppons.
413.7.3.4 Ncgat ivc moment scc tio ns shal l be designe<! to
413.7.2.2 Absolute sum of positive and average negativc
rcsist the largc r of thc two interior negative facto red
factored momcnts in cach direction shallnot be lcss than
moments detennincd for spans framing into a common
suppor1 unlcss an analys is is made to distribute thc
2
1l unbalanced momcnl in accordancc with stiffncss of
M =-~'-- (413 -4 )
adjoining clements.
() 8
where In is length of clear span in dircction thnt momcnts 413.7.3.5 Edge beams or cdges of slab shall be proportioncd
are being deterrnined. to resist in torsion thc ir sharc of exterior negative factored
lllOillClllS.
413.7.2.3 Wherc thc transverse span of panels on either sidc
of the ccntcrline of supp011s varíes, 12 in Eq. 413-4 shall be 413.7.3.6 The gravity load moment to be transferrcd
take n as the average of adjaccnttransvc.rsc spans. bctwecn slab ami edgc column in ac,:crdance with Scction
413.6.1 1 shall be (l.JM0 .
4 13.7.2.4 When the span adjaccnt and parallel toan edge is
being considcrcd, thc distancc from cdge to panel centcrline
shall be substituted for /2 in Eq . 4 13-4.

413.7.2.5 Clear span 1, sha!l extend frorn face lo facc of

columns. capita!s, brackcts or walls . Yalue of /, uscd in Eq.
413-4 shall not be lcss than 0.65/1 . Circular or regular

N8l10n<11 Slructur<l l CocJe of tlle Pl1ilipp~r1es ()1¡, [dllion Volu mc 1

 4·84 CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete

413.7.4.5 For slabs with bearns bctwccn supports, ihc slab

portion of column strips shall be proportioned to re~ist that
41 3.7.4 Factorcd Moments in Column Strips portion of column strip moments not rcsistcd by bcan1s.
413.7.4.1 Column strips shaJI be proponioncd to resist the
following pcrccnrage of interior ncgativc factorcd moments: 413.7.5 Factored Momcnts in llcnms

1211, 0.5 1.0 413.7.5.1 Beams bctwecn s u ppo rt ~ shall be proportioncd to

2.0
resist 85 percent of eolumn stri p momcnts if ( ah/1 1) is
(o. 11/11) =O 75 75 75 equal to or ~ rcater than 1.0.

(a 11/11)1 1.0 90 75 45
413.7.5.2 For valucs of (a112 111) bctwccn 1.0 and zero,
Linear interpolations shall be made between values shown. proportion of column strip moments resisted by heams shall
be obtained by li near intcrpolation bctwcen 85 and zero
413.7.4.2 Column strips shall be proportioncd to resist thc percent.
fol lowing pcrccntage of exterior negative factored moments:
413.7.5.3 In additi on to momc nts calculated for uniform
12111 0.5 1.0 2.0 loads according to Sections 413.7.2.2, 4 13.7. 'i.J and
4 13.7.5.2, beams shall be proportioncd to resist al l n.oments
/1, =o 100 lOO 100 caused by concentratcd or linear loads applicd directly to
(o., l/ 1,) =o -- bcams, including we ight of projecting beam stem above or
fJ,::: 2.5 75 75 75
below the slab.
fJ, =o 100 100 100
(a 1f// 1)1 1.0
/1, ::: 2.5 90 75 45 413.7.6 Factorcd Momcnts in Middle Strips
- ··
Linear intcrpolations shal l be made between values shown, 413.7.6.1 That portion of negati ve and positi vc f'actored
whcrc p, is ca!cu latcd in Eq . 41 3-5 and e is calculated in momcms not resistcd by column strips shall be
Eq . 4 13-6. proportionately assigned to corrcsponding half middle
strips.
E,he (4 13-5}
f31
=
..
2E 1
' 413.7.6.2 Each middle strip shall be proportioned to rcsist
thc su m of the momcnts assigned to its two half middle
J
C = _L(I - 0.6F'}!:2 (4 13-6} strips.
y 3
4 13.7.6.3 A middle strip adjacent to and pnrallcl with an
The constan! e or T or L-seclions shall be pcrm itLed to be edge supported by a wa ll shall be proportionc.d lo r<:sist
cvaluatcd by dividing thc scction into separatc rectangular twice thc moment assigncd to the half miúdk :.trip
parts, as defined in Section 41 3.3.4. and summing the values corresponding to the first row of interior supports.
of e for cach pan.
413.7.7 Modification of Factor cd Momcnts
41 3.7.4.3 Where suppons consist of col umns or walls
ex tcnd ing for a distance equal to or greater th an thrce Modification of ncgative and positi ve factored mnml'n!~ hy
fourt hs thc span lcngth 11 used to compute M,, ncgati vc 1O percent shall be pcm1itled providcd ·!he t ·!:ll · '· !Í<
moments shall be considered to be uni formly di stribu tcd moment for a panel in thc dircction consid,·H· ! ;, ;:.:. ;, :.•
across 12 • than that requircd by Eq. 4 13-4.

413.7.4.4 Column strii)S shall be proportioncd lo rcsist thc 413.7.8 Factorcd Shcar in Sial> Systcms with Bcams
following percentagc of positivc facto red mo ments:
413.7.8.1 Bcams with a,fz/1 1 eq ual to or grr:llr.r than J.n
11 11, 0.5 1.0 2§0 shall be proport ioned to rcsisl shear cause,; l.y i";tr'\· ''• :
------- -- ·- ----~---· -- -· -- loads on tributary arcas hounded hy 45-dcgr!'.c lin·s , ;~o:· ,,
(v.,l-/1¡) = O 60 60 (>0
-- ·---~ -·-- ·--·---·- ---·- -----
---·--··- -·-- from thc corners of the pancls and thc ccntrr iín!'S of th::
(o.,l/1,)1 1.0 90 75 45 adjacent panels parallel to thc long ~ id es.
- . ·-----~------ ------ -·- - -
Linear intcrpo l ation~ shall be madc betwcen valucs sho wn:

Associntion of S tructur<1 l Engineers of the Philippines


1
r
!
413.7.8.2 In proportioning of beams with ah/ 11 less than
¡
1.0 lo rcsist shear, linear inlcrpolation, assuming bcams
l ccnterline of panel on each side of the centerl inc of columns
carry no load at a1 ==O, shall be pcrmitled.
413.7.8.3 In addition to shears calcula1cd accon.ling to
Sections 413.7.8. 1 and 4 13.7.8.2, beams shall be
proportioncd to resist shcars causcd by faclorcd loads
applied dircctly on bcams.
413.7.8.4 Computations of slab shear strengi h on thc
assumption thal load is distributed lo supporting beams . 11
accordance wilh Scction 413.7.8. 1 or 4 13.7.8.2 shall be
permitlcd. Rcsistance to total shcar occurring on a panel
shall be provided.
413.7.8.5 Shear slrcngth shall smisfy requiremenls of
Section 41 J.
413.7.9 Factorcd Momcnts in Columns and Walls
413.7.9.1 Col umns and walls buih intcgrally with a slab
systcm shall rcsist moments causcd by factored loads on thc
slab systcm.
413.7.9.2 Atan interior support, supporting clements above
and bclow the slab shall resist the factored rnomcnt
spccificd by Eq. 413-7 in dircct proportion to their
stiffnesscs unless a general analysis is madc.
M = 0.07 [(qo.. + 0.5 qL,) /2 1}- q 'o, / '2 (/',il (413-7)
whcrc q ·d· 1'2 and 1'. rcfer to shorter span.
413.8 Equivalen! Frame Method
413.8.1 Dcsign of slab systems by thc eq ui va len! framc
method shall be b11sed on assumplions given in Sections
413.8.2 through 413.8.6 and all sections of slabs and
suppo11ing membcrs shall be proportioned for moments and
shears thus obtained.
413.8.1.1 Wherc metal column <:Hpitals are used, it shall be
permitted to take account of their contributions to stiffncss
and rcsisiHnce lo moment and to shear.
413.8.1.2 Ncglecting the change in lenglh of columns and
slabs due lO dirccl stress, and deflc:r•.ions due to shcar, shall
be permilled.
413.8.2 Equivalen! Framc
413.8.2. 1 The structure shall be considercd 10 be made up of
cqui va len! frames on column lincs takcn longitudinall y and
transvcrscly through the buil ding.
National Struc:tural CoCie of tt·1e Philipptnes 6 h Edition Volume ·t
CHAPTEH 4 · Concrete 4·8!i
413.8.2.2 Each framc shall consist of a row of columns or
supports and slab-beam stri ps, boundcd laterally by the
or supports.
413.8.2.3 Columns or suppons shall be assumcd to be
allached 10 slab-bcam slrips by torsional membcrs (Scction
413.8.5) transversc to the directi on of the span for which
moments are being dctermined and extcnding to boundi ng
lateral panel center lines on each side of a column.
413.8.2.4 Framcs adjacent and parallel 10 an edge shall be
bounded by !ha! coge illld the CCillerJine Of adjaccnl panel.
413.8.2.5 Analysis of each equil.!alcnl frame in its entirely
shall be pennitted. Ahernatively, for gravity loading, a
separale analysis of each noor or roof with far ends of
columns considered fixed shall be permilled.
413.8.2.6 Where slab-beams are analyzed separately,
dctcrminmion of momcnl al a given support assuming thal
thc slab-beam is fixed al any support two panels distant
thcrefrom, shall be pcrmillcd provided lhe slab continues
beyond that point.
413.8.3 Sla h-Bcams
413.8.3.1 Detcrmination o f thc moment of inertia of slab-
beams at any cross scclion ou1side of joints or column
capitals using lhc gross aren of concrete shall be permilled.
413.8.3.2 Variation in momc nl of incrtia along axis of slab-
heams shall be 1aken into account.
413.8.3.3 Moment of incnia of slab-bcams from center of
column to face of column, bracket or capital shall be
assumed equal to the momcnt of incrtia of lhe slab-beam nt
facc of column. bracket or capital dividcd by the quantity
( 1 - c/12) 1 whcre c2 and /1 are mcasurcd transvcrse to the
direction of thc span for which momcnts are being
detcrmined.
413.8.4 Columns
413.8.4.1 Dctcnnination of thc momcnt of incnia of
columns at any cross section \)Ulsidc of joints or column
capitals usi ng 1hc gross arca of concrete ~hall be pcnnillcd.
413.8.4.2 Variation in moment of incrtia along axis of
columns shall be taken into accounl.
413.8.4.3 Momcnt of incrtia of col umns from top to bottom
of thc slab-bcam al a joint shall be assumcd infinite.
1
 4·86 CHAPTEFl-1 ·Concreto

413.8.5 Torsional Mcmbcrs
413.8.5.1 Torsional mcmbcrs (sec Scction 413.8.2.3) shall
be assurned to ha ve a constan! cross scction throughout thcir
length consisting of the Jargest of:
1. A portian of slab having a width cqual lo that of thc
column, bracket or capital in thc direction of thc span
for which momcnts are bcing detcrmincd; or
2. For monolithic or ful!y compositc construction, the
portion of slab spccificd in ( 1) abo ve plus that part of
thc transvcrse bcam abo ve and bclow the slab; and
3. Thc transverse bearn as defíned in Section 413.3.4.
413.8.5.2 Whcre beams framc into columns in the direction
of the span for which moments are being determined, the
torsionat stiffness shall be multiplied by the ratio of moment
of inertia of slab with such bcam to rnoment of incrtia of
stab without such beam.
from face of supporting element not greatcr than one-half
the projcction of bracket or capital bcyond face of
suppo11ing element.
413.8.7.3 Circular or regular polygon-shaped supports shall
be treated as squarc supports with the samc arca for localion
of critica! seclion for negativc dcsign momcnt.
413.8.7.4 When slab systems within limilalions of Secti<'Il
413.7.1 are analyzed by the Equivalcnt Frame Method, il
shal! be permitted to reduce · thc resul ti11g computed
rnoments in such propo11ion that the absolutc sum of thc
positive and average negative rnoments used in thc dcsign
nced not exceed the value obtaincd from Eq. 413-4.
413.8.7.5 Distribution of moments at critica! sections across
the slab-beam strip of each frame to column strips, beams
and middle strips as provided in Sections 413.7.4, 413.7.5
and 413.7 .6 shall be permittcd if the rcquircment of Section
413 .7.1.6 is satisficd.

413.8.6 Arrangcmcnt of Livc Load

413.8.6.1 Whcn loading pattern is known. the equivalen!

frame shall be analyzed for thatload.

413.8.6.2 When !ive load is variable but does noc exceed

three-fourths of the dead load, or the naturc of Jive load is
such that all paneb wil! be loaded simultancously, it shall be
pennitted to assume that maximum factored mornents occur
ae al! scctions with full factorcd li ve load 011 c11tire slab
system.

413.8.6.3 For loadi ng c.:onditions othcr than those defined

in Scction 413.8.6.2, it shatl be pcrmitted lo assumc that
maxi rnum positivc factorcd moment near rnidspan of a
panel occurs with thrcc-fourths of thc fui! factorcd live load
011 thc p<tncl and on alternatc panels; a11d it shall be
pcnnittcd lo assumc that maximum negative factored
rnoment in the slab al a support occurs with threc-f'our1hs of
thc fui! live load on adjaccnt panels only.

413.8.6.4 Factorcd momcnls shall nol be taken less than

thosc occurring with fult factorcd livc load on all panels.

413.8.7 Factorcd Moments

413.8.7.1 Al interior supports, critica] section for 11cga tive

fac tored momcnt in both column and middle slrips shall be
takcn at facc of rcctili11ear supports, but not grcatcr than
0.17511 from ccntcr of a column.

413.8.7.2 At exterior supports provided with brackets or

capitals, critica! section for ncgative íactored mornent in <he
span perpendicular to an edge shalt be takcn at a distance

Associatlon of Structural Engu1eers of the Phil1ppinos

 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 4·87

p1, = rcinforcement ratio producing balanced strain

conditions
p, = minimum ratio of vertical reinforcement arca to
gross concrete arca

414.1 Nolalions 414.2 Scopc

2
A~ = gross arca of scction, mm 414.2.1 Provisions or Section 414 shall apply for design of
A, = arca of longitudinal tension rcinforcemcnt in wall walls subjccted to axial load, with or without fl exu re.
segmcnt, mm2
As,· = arca of effcctive longitudinaltension reinforcemcnt 414.2.2 Cantilever retaining walls are deslgned according 10
in wall scgment, mm2 as calculated by Eq. 4!4-8 llexural dcsign provisions of Section 410 wi th minimum
e = distance from extreme compression fibcr to neutral horizontal reinforcement according to Section 414.4.3.
axis, mm
d = distancc of extreme compression fiber to centroid
of longitudinal tension reinforccmcnt, mm 414.3 General
E, = modulus of elasticity of concrete, MPa
f' ,. = specified compressive strength of concrete, MPa 414.3.1 Walls shall be designed for eccenlric loads and any
¡;. = spccificd yicld strength of nonprestressed lateral or other loads to which thcy are subjectcd.
reinforcement, MPa
h = ovcrall thickncss of mcmber, mm 414.3.2 Walls subject to axial loads shall be designed in
/" = moment uf incnia 4
of cracked scction transfonned accordance with Scctions 414.3, 4 14.4 and either Sections
lo concrete, mm 414.5, 414.6 or 414.9.
!, = effectivc rnoment of inertia for computation of
deflection. mm4 414.3.3 Dcsign for shcar shall be in accordance with Scc1ion
k = effective length factor 411.11.
1,. = vertical distance between suppons. mm
/,.. = horizontal lcngth of wall, m m 414.3.4 Unless demonstrated by a de1ailed analysis.
M = maximum unfactored moment dueto scrvice loads, horizontal length of wall to be considered as effec1ivc for
including PtJ effects each concentrated load shall not exceed center-to-center
M, = maximum moment in member at stage dcflcction is distance between loads. nor width of bearing plus four times
cornputed the wall thickness.
M,., = momcnt causing flexura.! cracking duc tu applied
lateral and vertical loads 414.3.5 Compression membcrs bui1t integrally with walls
M, = nominal momcnt st rength at section shall confonn to Scction 410.9.2.
M., = maximu m unfactored applied momcnt duc to
scrvicc loads, not including PtJ cffects 414.3.6 Walls shall be anchored to inlersecting elements
M,, = factored momcm at section including PtJ effects such as floors or roofs; or to columns, pilasters. buttresses,
M,." = momcnt at tl¡e rnidhcight section of thc wall dueto and inlersccting walls; and to footings.
factored lateral and eccentric verticalloads
n = modular ratio of clasticity, bul not less than 6 414.3.7 Quantity of reinforcement and limits of thickness
= E./E,. required by Sections 414.4 and 414.6 shall be pennitted to
P, = nominal axiill load slrcngth of wall designed by be waived where structural analysis shows adequate strength
Section 4 14.5 and stability.
J>, = unfactorcd axial load at the dcsign (midheight)
scction includi ng effccts of sc!f-wcight 414.3.8 Transfcr of force to footing at base of wall shall be
J>,, = factored axial load in accon1ance wi:h Scction 415.9.
tJ_, = maximum dcflcction at or ncar midheight duc lo
scrvicc loads, mm
414.4 l\·l inirnum Rcinforccmcnt
tJ,. = dencclion nt midhcight of wall duc lo factorcd
loads, mm
414.4.1 Minimum vertical and horizontal reinforccment
9 = strcngth-rcduction factor. Scc Scction 409.4 shall be in accordance with Sections 414 .4.2 and 414.4.3
p = ratio ol"tension reinforcemcnt unless a greater amount is rcquired fo r shear by Scctions
= A./(l,d) 4 II . II .R and 411 .11.9.

National S tructur<1l Coclc of tl1e P/1ilippines 6'1: Edilion VolumH 1

 4-88 CHAPTEH 4 · Concrete
414.4.2 Mínimum ratio of vc11ical rcinforcement arca to
gross concrete arca, p ,, shall be:
L 0.00 12 for dcformcd bars not larger than ffil6 mm wit h
a spccificd yield strength not less than 4 15 MPa; or
2. 0.00 15 for othcr deformcd bars; or
3. 0.001 2 for wcldcd wire reinforcement (plain or
deformcd) not largcr than MW200 or MD200
414.4.3 Mínimum ratio of hori zontal reinforcement are •• ,o
gross concrete are, p,. shal l be:
l. 0.0020 for deformed bars not largcr than 16 mm
diameter with a specificd yield strength not lcss than
415MPa; or
2. 0 .0025 for othcr deformed bars; or
3. 0.0020 for welded wire reinforccmcm (plain or
deformed) not larger than MW200 or MD200.
414.4.4 Walls more than 250 mm thick, exccpt basement
walls, shall have reinforcement for cach direction placed in
two laycrs parallel with faces of wall in accordance with the
following :
l. Onc !ayer consisting of not less than one half and not
more than two-thirds of total reinforcement required for
cach direction shall be placcd not lcss than 50 mm or
more than onc-ihird the thickness of wall from exterior
surface.
2. The other !ayer. consisting of thc balance of requircd
rcinforccmcnt in that direction. shall be placed not lcss
than 20 mm or more than one-third thc thickncss of
wall from imcrior surfacc.
414.4.5 Ycnical and hori zontal reinforccment shall nol be
spaced farther apart than three times the wall thickncss. nor
farthcr apa11 than 450 mm.
414.4.6 Vertical reinforcernenl nccd not be enclosed by
lateral ties if vc11ic<ll rc inforccmcnt arca is not grcater than
0.0 1 ti mes gross conc rete arca. or whcrc vcr1ical
rcinfon:cmcnt is nol rcquircd as comprcssion rcin l'orccmcnl.
414.3.7 In addition to thc mínimum rcinforccmcnt rcquircd
hy Scc ti on -114.4. 1. lllll lcss than two l?lló mm bars in walls
having two !a ye r~ of rcinforccmclll in hoth dircctions ami
n nc PJ I (¡ 111111 ba r 111 walb having a si ngle !ayer of
r~·in f!lrcc me nt in both dírcction shall be providcd around
window. door. ami similar siz.cd opcnings. Such bars shall
be anchorcd lo dcvclop .f... in tcnsion at thc cnrncrs of thc
upcníngs.
/\s::;oci<1lJOn of Structural
414.5 Walls Designas Comprcssion Members
Exccpt as provided in Scction 414.6, walls subject lo axial
loador combined flexure and axial load shall be dcsignr ·' as
comprcssion membcrs in accordance wilh provisions of
Secti ons 410.3, 41 0.4, 410. 11 , 410.15, 4 10.18, 4 14 .3 anu
4!4.4.
414.6 Empirical Dcsign Mcthod
414.6.1 Walls of solid rectangular cross section shall be
permillcd to be designed by the empirical provisions of
Section 414.6 if resultan! of all factored loads is locatcd
within thc middle th ird of the ovcrall thickncss or wall and
alllimits of Scctions 414.3, 414.4 and 414.6 are s;Hislied.
414.6.2 Dcsign ax ial strength ifJPn of a wall satisfying
limitations of Section 4!4.6.1 shall be computed by Eq.
4 14- l unless dcsigncd in accordancc with Section 414.5.
~P. =O 55¡<f', A,[I - (:~J] 1414-1 )
wherc (1 shall corrcspond lo compression-controlled sections
in accordancc with Secti on 409.4.2.2 and effcclivc leng\il
factor k shall be:
For walls braccd top and bouom against lateral translatizm
and
l. Restrained against rotation at one or both cnds
(top, bottom. or both) . . . . .. . . . . . . . 0.8
2. Unrestrained against rotalion at both ends 1.0
r or walls not bracctl againstlatcraltranslatio n 2.0
414.6.3 Mínimum Thickncss of Walls Dcsigncd by
Empirical Dcsign Mcthod
414.6.3.1 Thickness of bearing walls shall not he kss tlwn
1/25 the supportcd hcigh t or lenglh, whi chcver i~; sho:tt, ,
nor less than l 00 mm.
414.6.3.2 Thickncss of' exterior bascmcnt w;JI Is
.
í' ;· :
founda!ion wa! ls sh<tll not be lcss than 190 mm.
414.7 Non-Hca ring V,laiJs
414.7. 1 Thickncss of nonbcaring walls shallnot h< lt'•·•.th ;,-~
100 mm. or not lcss than 1/30 !he leas! d i~ta n·· · ':' ~ - .
mcmbcrs that providc lateral support.
t::nuu~ ~~ (·:~·s of lile P11ilippllles
 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 4·89

414.8 Walls as Grade Heams where:

(414-4)
414.8.1 Walls dcsigncd as grade bcams shall have top and
bollom reinforcemcnt as rcquired for moment in accordance
M~• is the maximum factored moment at the midhcight
wi th provisions of Scc1ions 410.3 through 4 10.8. Design for
shear shall be in accordancc wilh provisions of Section 41 1. scction of 1he wall due to lateral and cccentric vertical loads,
nol including Jl¿j effects and ¿j• is:
414.8.2 Portions of grade beam walls exposed above grade
tJ. = SM u 1r 2 (4 14-5)
shall also meet requirements of Section 4 14.4.
" (0.75)48EJ ,,
414.9 Alternalc Dcsign of Slcnder Walls
M., shall be obtaincd by iteration of denections, or by direct
calculation using Eq. 4 14-6.
414.9.1 When nexural tension controls 1he oul-of-plane
design of a wall, the requirements of Section 414.9 are
M • = _ _ _M
---'·~·--:-- (414-6)
considcrcd 10 satisfy Section 410. 11 . · SP/2
1 - --- ·---" r -
414.9.2 Walls dcsigned by the provisions of Section 414.9 (0.75)48EJ"
shall satisfy Scctions 4 14 .9.2. 1 through 414.9.2.6. wherc:

414.9.2.1 The wall panel shall be dcsigned as a simply

1 =E, (A + P)t. (d -e Y+ t .. c ·l (4 14-7)
suppo11ed, axially loaded member subjectcd lo an out-of- " E, "' f~2d 3
planc uniform la teral load, with maximum momems and
detleclions occurring at rnidspan.
and thc va luc of E/1:.~. shallnot be taken lcss than 6.
414.9.2.2 The cross scction shall be constan! over thc
height of the panel.
414.8.4 The maximurn denccti on 4,. duc lo service loads,
The wall shall be tcnsion-control lcd. i ncludi ng Pll effccts, shall not cxcecd /,/150.

1f M0 , maxirnurn rnoment at midheight of wa ll due 10 service

414.9.2.4 Rcinforccmcnt shall providc a dcsign strcngth
loads, including P¿j effects, excceds (2/3) M,." .1, shall be
~)ivf,. ~M,, (4 14-2) calculated by Eq. 414 -8

whcrc /lo/, , sha ll be obt<lincd using thc modulus of ruplllrc,f., ó = 213/l i~ .. -2~~M ., ) (Il -2/'!.6} (414-8)
givc n by Eq. 409-9. ' ·• (M .. -213M, " "

414.9.2.5 Concentratcd gravit y loads applied to the wall 1f M., does nol excecd (2/3) M,., 6., shall be calculatcd by
above lhc dcsign ncxural seclion shall be assumcd lo be Eq.414-IO
dislributcd ovcr a width:
(4 14-9)
1. Equal lo the bearing width, plus a width on each sidc
that incrcases al a slope of 2 vertical to 1 horizontal where:
down to thc dcsign secrion; but 2
= SM ,,1, (4 14-10}
2. Not grcalcr than the spacing of lhc conccntrated loads;
6
" 48E• 1t
and
2
:1. Docs not cxtcnd bcyond thc cdges of thc wall panel. tl = 5M .,/, __ (414- 11 )
" 48E).,
414.9.2.6 Ycr1ical slrcsses P,/A. at thc midhcight scction
~h a ll not cxcccd O.O(lf'•. !,., shall he calculated by Eq. 41 4-7 ami M., shall be obtaincd
hy itcration of dcOccti ons.
414.9.:1 'Jl¡c dcsign rn ornent strength (M., for cornbincd
fl cx urc and ax i;¡flnads al thc rnidhci ghl shal l be
t/IM .. ~M, (4 14 -3)

N;1l1onr.l l Struc:tum l Coci~~ o f ti!<? F'llilippi nc·!S (ji!' hJition Volu1ne ·1

 4-90 CHAPTER t1 · Concrete
;:
415.1 No tations
A¡; =gross arca of section, mm2
d1, = úiameter of pi le a1 footing base, mm
fJ = ratio of long siúe to shon side of foot ing
415.2 Scopc
415.2.1 Provisions of Section 415 shall apply for design of
isolated footings and. where applicable, 10 combined
footings and mats.
415.2.2 Additional requirements for dcsign of Cümbincd
footings and mats are gi ven in Section 4 15.1 J.
415.3 Loads and Reactions
415.3.1 Footings shal l be proponioned
resist the facto red
to
loads and induced reactions, in accordance with thc
appropriatc design rcquiremerHs of this code ancl as
providcd in this scction.
415.3.2 Base arca of footing or number and arrangemelll of
piles shall be detennined from unfactorcd forces and
moments transmitted by footing to soil or pilcs ami
permissible soil pressure or permissible piJe •capacity
selected through principies of soi l mechanics.
415.3.3 Por footings 011 piles. computations ror lllOillCil(S
and shears may be bascd on thc assumption that the reaction
from any pi le is concentrated at pi le ccntcr.
415.4 Footings Supporti ng Circular or Regular Polygon-
Shaped Columns or Pcdestals
For location of critica) scctions for moment, shear and
dcvelopmenl of reinforcement in footings. it shall be
permitted to treat circular or regular polygon-shapcd
concrete columns or pcdestals as square mcmbers with th<!
sarnc arca.
415.5 Moment in Foulings
415.5. 1 Externa! morncnt on any scction of a footing shall
be detcnnincd by passing a ve11ical planc through the
footi ng and computing thc momt~nl of the forccs acti ng ovcr
thc cnlirc arca of footing on onc sidc of th:Jt vert ical plane.
Assocint1on nf Structu rol Enn1neers of thn Pt)ilippines
415.5.2 Maximum factored moment for ·an isolated footing
shall be computcd as prescribed in Scction 4 15.4.1 at critica!
. sections located as follows:
l. Ai face of column, pedestal, or wall, for footings
supporting a concrete column, pedestal, or wall;
2. l·lalfway between middlc and edgc of wall, for footings
supporting a masonry wall;
3. Halfway betwcen facc of column an(; edge of steel base
plate, for footings supp011ing a colulllll with steel base
plate.
4 15.5.3 In one-way footings and two-way square footi n?.s,
reinforcement shall be disuibuted uniformly across cntire
width of footing.
415.5.4 In two-way rectangular footings, reinforcement
shall be distribu ted as follows:
415.5.4.1 Rei nforcemcnl in long direction shall be
distributed uniforml y across en tire width of footing.
415.5.4.2 For rci nforccmcnt in short direction, a portion of
thc total reinforccment y.A. given by Eq. 4 15- 1 shall be
distributcd uniforrnly over a band width (ccntercd on
ccnterlínc of column or pedestal) cqual 10 the length of siJ:;rt ·
side of footing. Remainder of reinforcement rcqu ircd
in short dircction, (1 - ¡•,)A,, shall be distributcd
uniformly outsidc centcr band width of footing.
Rcinforcement in
( ,A'" band width = 2 (415- 1)
Total Reinforcement (ji+ 1)
in short direction
where fJ is ratio of long to short sides of footing.
415.6 Shear in Footings
415.6.1 Shear strcngth in footings shall be in acconlance
with Section 411.13.
415.6.2 Location of critica! scction for shear in accorch,ce
with Scction 411 shall be measurcd from face of rnh:!un.
pedestal or wal l. for footings supporting a column, pedestal
or wall. For footings supponing a column or pedestal with
steel base platcs. the critica! scction shall be measurcd from
Jncatinn delinee! in Scction 41.'i.5.2, ltcm 3.
415.6.3 Where the distancc between the axis of an y p; ' -~ tn
thc axis or the column is more than two times thc di::.t;mcc
hctwecn the top of the pilc ca p and the top of thc Jll h . lile
pi le cap shall satisfy Sections 4 11 .13 atHI 41 5.6A Other pi le
caps shal! satisfy cithcr Section 427, or both Scctions

411.13 and 415.6.4. lf Section 427 is uscd, thc cffcctivc
concrete compression strength of the struts, fc•. shall be
determined using Section 427.3.2.2, Item 2.
415.6.4 Computation of shcar on any scction through a
footing supported on piles shall be in accordancc with
Scctions 415.6.4.1, 415.6.4.2, and 415.6.4 .3:
415.6.4. 1 Entirc reaction from any piJe whosc ccnter is
Jocated d,,."./2 or· 'nwrc · outside the section shall be
considcrcd as producing shcar on that section.
415.6.4.2 Reactíon from any pile whose center is located
dp;1)2 or more inside the scction shall be considered as
producing no shcar in that sectíon.
415.6.4.3 For intennediate positions of pile center, the
po11ion of the pi!c reaction to be considercd as producing
shear on the scction shal! be based on straight·line
interpolation betwccn full valuc at d1,;1/2 outside the scction
and zero value al d";1/2 inside the seclion.
415.7 Dcveloprncnt of Rcinforccmcnt in Footíngs
415.7.1 Development of reinforcement in footings shall be
in accordancc with Scction 412.
415.7.2 Calculatcd tcnsion or comprcssion in reinf'orcemcnt
at each section shall be developed on cach side of that
scction by embedmcnt lcngth, hook tension only or
mechanical dcvicc, or combinations thereof.
415.7.3 Critica! scctions for dcvclopment of rcinforcemcnt
shall be assumcd al thc samc locations as dcfincd in Scction
415.5.2 for maximum factored moment, and at al! other
vertical planes wherc changes of scction or reinforccmcnt
occur. Sec also Section 412.11.6.
415.8 Mínimum Footing Dcpth
Depth of footing above bottom rcinforccment shall not be
lcss than 150 111111 for footings on soil, or not less than 300
mm for footings on pi les.
415.9 Transfcr of Forc{~ at Base of Colurnn, Wall or
Rdnforccmcnt Pedestal
415.9.1 Forces ami momcnts al base of column , wall, ór
pedestal shall be transfcrred lo supporting pedestal or
footing by bcarin g on concrete and by reinforccmcnt,
dowcls, and mcchnnical con nec to r.~.
41 5.9. 1.1 13cari ng on concrete al contact surfacc bcl wecn
supported and su pporting Jncinbcr shall not cxcecd concrete
N<llio nai S truc tural Codc of tilc Philip¡)lrleS 6
CHAPTEF1 4 ·Concrete 4·91
bearing strength for either surface as given by Scction
410.18.
415.9.1.2 Rcinforcement, dowels, or mechanical connectors
between suppm1ed and supporting members shall be
adequate to transfer:
l. Al! compressive force that exceeds concrete bearing
strength of either member; and
2. Any computcd tensilc force across in terface.
In addi lion, reinforcement, dowels or rnechanical
connectors sha!l satisfy Section 415.9.2 or 415 .9.3.
415.9.1.3 lf calculated momcnls are transferred to
supporting pedestal or footing, reinforcement, dowels or
mechanica! conncctors shall be adequate to satisfy Section
412.18.
415.9.1.4 Lateral forces shall be trans ferrecl to supporting
pedestal or footing in accordance with shear-friction
provisions of Scction 411.8 or by othcr appropriate means.
415.9.2 In cast-in-place construction, rcinforcemcnl
required to satisfy Scction 415.9.1 shall be providcd either
by cxtending longitudinal bars into supporting pedestal or
footing, or by dowels.
415.9.2. I For cast-in-placc columns and pedestals, arca of
reinforcement across interface shall not be less than
O.OOSAK, whcre A~ is the gross arca of suppor1cd member.
415.9.2.2 For cast-in-place walls, arca of rei nforce ment
across interface shall not be less than min imum vertical
rcinforcement given in Section 414.4.2.
415.9.2.3 At foo tings, [?!42 mm and f?J58 mm longitudinal
bars, in compressíon only, may be lap spliced with dowcls
to provide reinforcernenl requircd to satisfy Section 415.9. 1.
Dowels sball not be Jarger than 032 mm bar and shall
extcnd into supportcd member a dístance not less than the
larger of la, of fil42 mm or 058 mm bars or the splíce length
of the dowcls, whichever ís grcater, and into thc footing a
distance not lcss tha n the development lcnglh, ldc of the
dowels.
415.9.2.4 lf' a pinncd or rocker connection is provided in
cas<-in-place construction, connection shall conform to
Sections415.9. 1 and4 15.9J.
415.9.3 In precasl construction, anchor bolts or suitab!e
mcchanical con nectors shall be permilled for satisfying
Section 415.9 .1. Ancho r bolts shall be designed in
accordance wit h Section 42:l.
11
' E:dition Volume 1
 4 ·92 CHAPTER 4 · Concrete

415.9.3.1 Conncction between prccast columns or pedestals

and supporting mcmbers shall mect the rcquircments of
Section 416.6. 1.3, l!em l.

415;9.3.2 Connection betwcen prccast walls and supporting

members shall mcet thc rcquiremcnts of Sect ion 416.6. 1.3.
Items 2 and 3. 416.1 Notations
gross arca of column. mm~
41 5.9.3.3 Anchor bolts and mcchanica! conncctors shall be = clear span, mm
designcd to rcach their dcsign strcngll. ¡lrior to anchorage
failure or failure of surroundíng concrete. Anchor bohs shall
416.2 Scopc
he designed in accordance with Section 423.
416.2.1 All provisions of this codc not specifically <'):• l:r:>l
415.10 Sloped or Stcppcd Footings
and not in conflict with !he provisions of Section ·l lú . .;i,:)!
apply to stnJcturcs incorporating prccas! concrete ~llti..:tunil
415.10.1 In sloped or stcpped footings, angle of slopc or
members.
depth and Jocation of stcps shall be such that dc.~ign
rcquirements are satisficd at every section. (Sce also Section
4 12.11.6). 416.3 General

415.10.2 Slopcd or stcppcd footings designcd as a unit shall 416.3.1 Design of prccast memhers and conncctions shall
be const ructcd 10 cnsurc action as a unit. include loading and rcstrailll conditions from initial
fabrication to end u~e in lhe strucwre, including form
rcmoval. storagc, transporta! ion and crcction.
415.11 Combincd Footings and Mats
416.3.2 Whcn prccast members are incorporalr.d ini() a
415.11.1 Footings supp011ing more than onc column.
structural systcm. the forccs ami dcformations ovtul'ing iu
pedestal. or wall (combincd footings or mats) shall be
aJl(l adjaccnt to conncctions shall be included in the dcsign.
propor1ioncd to resist !he factorcd loads and induccd
rcactions. in accordance with appropriatc design
416.3.3 Tolcranccs for both prccast mcmbc:r~ and
rcquircmcnts of this codc.
interfacíng mcmbcrs shall be spccificd. Dcsign of prco:a~í
mcmhcrs and conncctions shal l includc the cffccts of !hesc
415.11.2 Thc Dircct Dcsign Mcthod of Scction 413 shall
toleranccs.
no! be used for design of combincd footings and mats
416.3.4 In additi ~111 to thc stand;~rd rcquircments for
415.11.3 Distribution or soil p res~u rc under romhi ned
draw ings and spcci fi cat ions in Section 106J.2. ( 1) and (2):,
footings and mats shal l be consisten! with propertics of thc
thc following shall be included in ei thcr thc conlracl
soil and thc struc turc and with cstablished principies of soil
documcnts or shop drawing.s:
mcchanics.
l. Dctails of rc inforcemcnt, inserts and lift ing deviccs
415.11.4 Mínimum rcinforcing stccf in nonprc.~trcssed rnat rcquircd lC1 resist tcmporary loads from h;t ndlinp,.
foun<.lations shall mcet !he rcquiremcnls or Seclion 407.13.2 storagc. !r;msportation and crcction;
in each principal directi on. Maximum spacing shall nol
2. Rcquircd c~lncrcte strcngt h al statcd agcs or ~tapes of
cxcccd 450 mm.
construct ion.

4 15.1 2,J?Iain Concrete I'cdcstals and Footin~s

4 16.4 Distrihution of Forccs amon~ Mcmhcrs
Sce Scction 422.
416.4.1 Distrihution ni !orces that are perpendicular to lhc
pl;111c of mcmhers shall he estabhshed hy analysis .u· by ic:;t.

416.4.2 \Vhcre the systern hchavmr rcquircs in pf;m,· force">

to he transfcrrcd hl'twccn !he mernhers of a preca~.t !loor <ll'
wall systcn1. !he li>llnwing ~hall apply:

/bsor.i;Jiron o f Stn rc:lt rral [n¡¡;rrt~nr s or lile f.'hrlrppii rb;


~16.4.2.1 ln-planc force paths shall he continuous through
both conncctions ano mcmbers.
416.4.2.2 Whcrc tension forccs occur, a continuous path of
slecl or steel rein forccmcnt shall be provided.
416.5 Mcmbcr Dcsign
416.5.1 In one-way prccast tloor and roof slabs and in onc-
way prccast, prcstrcssed w<!ll pancls, aJI not widcr than 3.7
m, and wherc rncmbcrs are not mcchanically conncctcd to
cause rcstraint in thc transvcrsc di rcction, the shrinkage and
tempcraturc rcinforcc mcnt rcquircmcnts of Scction 407. 13
in the direction normalto thc nexural reinforcemcnt shall be
pcrmitted to be waived. This waiver shaJI not apply to
members which rcquire rcinforcemcnt to rcsist transvcrsc
flexura] stresscs.
416.5.2 For precast. nonpres1ressed walls the rcinforccmcnt
shall be dcsigncd in accordance wit h the provisions of
Sections 4 JO or 414, exccpt 1hat the arca of horizontal and
veJ\ical reinforcemcnt shall cach be not less than O.OO IA~,
wherc Ag is thc gross cross-scctional arca of the wall panel.
Spacing of rcinforccment shall not cxceed 5 times the wnll
thickness nor 750 mm for interior walls or 450 mm for
exterior walls.
416.6 Structurallntegrily
416.6.1 Except where the prov•s•ons of Section 416.6.2
govcrn. thc mínimum provisions of Sections 4 16.6.1.1
through 4 16.6.1.4 for structural integrity shall apply lo al!
prccast concrete structures:
416.6.1.1 Longi tudinal and transverse tics rcquircd by
Sec1ion 407. 14.3 shall connect membcrs to a lateral load
rcsisting system.
416.6.1.2 Whcrc prccast elemcnts form !loor or roof
diaphragms, the connections bctwcen diaphragrn and those
members being laternlly supp011ed shall have a nominal
tcnsilc strength capablc of resisting 1101 lcss than 4.4 kN/rn.
416.6.1.3 Vertical tc nsion tic rcquircmcnts of Sect ion
407. 14.3 shall apply to al! vertical struct ural mcmbers,
rxccpt cladding, and shall be achicved by providing
co:-.ncct ions <H horizontal joi nts in accordancc with !he
fo!lowing:
l. Prccasl columns s hall havc a nominal strcngth in
tension 1101 lc.ss than 1.4A.•• in N. For co lumn ~ with a
largcr cross scc1ion than rcquired by considcr:uion of
loading. a rcduccd ciTccti ve arca A_.. hascd on cross
scc1ion rcqu ired but Jllll lcss than one-half the tota l arca.
shall be pcnnillcd:
Nalional Structur<.l l Code or tl w Pllilipptnes [)
CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4-93
2. Precast wall pancls shall have a mínimum of lWO ties
pcr panel, with a nominal tensile strength not less than
44 kN per tic;
3. Whcn dcsign forces rcsult in Í)O tension at the base, tl1e
ties rcquired by Section 416.6.1.3. Itcm 2, shall be
pcnnitted 10 be anchored into an appropriately
reinforccd concrete floor slab on grade.
416.6.1.4 Connection details that rely solcly on frictíon
caused by gravity loads shall not be uscd.
416.6.2 For precns¡··concrctc bcaring wall structurcs three or
more stories in hcíght, the following mínimum provisions
shnll apply:
416.6.2.1 Longitudinal and transvcrsc ties shall be provided
in floor and roof systems to provide a nominal strength of
22 kN/m of wídth or lenglh. Tics shall be providcd over
interior wall supports and belwecn membcrs and exterior
walls. Tics shall be positioncd in or within 600 mm of the
plane of the floor or roof system.
416.6.2.2 Longitudinal ties parallel to floor or roof slab
spans shall be spaced not more than 3 m on centcrs.
Provisions shall be made 10 transfer forccs around openings.
416.6.2.3 Transvcrsc ties perpendicular to f1oor or roof slab
spans shall be spaced not greater than the bea1ing wall
spacing.
416.6.2.4 Tics around lhc pcrimctcr of cach floor and roof,
within 1.2 m of the edgc, shall provide a nominal slrcngth in
tension notlcss than 70 kN.
416.6.2.5 Vertical tcnsion ties shall be provided in all walls
and shall be continuous ovcr thc height of the building.
They shall provide a nominal tensilc strength nol less than
44 kN per horizontal meter of wall. Not less 1han two tics
shal! be providcd for cach prccast panel.
416.7 Conncction and Bcaring Oesign
416.7.1 Forces shall be permilled to be transfcrrcd between
mernbers by groutcd joints, shear keys, mechanical
connectors, reinforcing stecl conncctions, reinforced topping
ora combination of thesc means.
416.7.1.1 Thc adcquacy of conncctions to transfcr forces
bctwccn membcrs shall be detennined by analysis or by test.
Where shcar is thc primary result of imposed loading. it
shall be permittcd lo use thc provisions of Section 4 11 .8 as
applicahlc.
416.7. 1.2 Whcn dcsigning a conncction using matcrials wilh
difTcrcnt slructural propcr1ics . their rclativc sli ffncsses,
strengths and ductilitics shall be considcred.
111
Edition Volurne 1
 4 ·94 CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete

416.7.2 Bearing for precast floor and roof members on

simple supports shall satisfy the following:
416.9 Marking and ldentifia1tion
416.7.2.1 The allowable bearing stress at the contact surface
416.9.1 Each precast member shall be marked to indicate
between supported and suppor1ing members and bctween
nny intcnnediate bearing elements shall not cxcccd the its location and orientation in thc struclllrc ami date of
manufacture.
bealing strength for both suñace ano the bearing elcment.
Concrete bcaring strength shall be as givcn in Section
410.18.
416.9.2 ldentilicatio~> marks shall corTcspond to placing
drawings.
416.7.2.2 Unless shown by test or analysis that performance
will not be impaired, the follo wing mínimum requirements 416.10 Handling
shall be met:
1. Each member and its supporting system shall ha ve 416.10.1 Member design shall consider forces and
design dimensions selected so that, after consideration distonions during curing, stripping, storage, transportation
~
of tolerances, the distance from lhe edge of the support and erection so that precast mcmbers are not overstressed or
to the end of the precast member in the direction of the otherwise damaged.

l
t
span is at least 1/180 of the clear span, /, but not less
than:
for solid or hollow-core slabs....... ... ...... 50 mm
For beams or stemmed members . ............ . 75 mm
416.10.2 During erection, precast mcmbers and structurcs
shall be adequately supported and braccd to ensure proper
alignment and stmctural integrity until pennanent
connections are completcd.
!' 2. Bearing pads at unarmored edges shall be set back a
416.11 Strength Evaluation of Prccast Construction
mínimum of 13 mm from the face of the support, or at
least the chamfer dimension at chamfered edges.
416.11.1 A precast clement to be madc composite with cast-
in-place concrete shall be pcrmilled to be tested in flexure a~
416.7.2.3 The requirements of Section 412. 12. 1 shall not a precast element alo nc in accordance with the following:
apply to the positive bending moment reinforccment for
statically determí nate precast membcrs, but at least one-
416.11.1.1 Test loads shall be applied only whcn
third of such rcinforcement shall cxtend to the centcr of the
calculations indicate the isolated precast element will not be
bearing lenglh.
critica! in comprcssion or buckJing.

416.8 Ilcms Embcddcd Aftcr Concrete Placcmcnt
416.8.1 Whcn approved by the cnginccr, embeddcd itcms
such as dowels or inserts that cither protrudc from the
concrete or remain exposed for inspection shall be permilted
to be embedded while the concrete is in a plastic state
provided that:
416.11.1.2 Thc test load shall be that load which, whcn
applied to thc prccast member alone, induces the same tot;d
force in the tension rci nforcement as would be ind uced h:,'
londing thc composite mcmber with the test load rcquired by
Section 420.4.2.
416.11.2

416.8.1.1 Embeddcd itcms are not rcquired to be hooked or

tied to reinforccment within the concrete.

416.8.1.2 Ernbcdded items are maintaincd in the correct

position while the concrete remains plaslic.

416.8.1.3 The concrete is properly consolidated around the

cmbedded item.

Association of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines


417.1 Notations
= arca of contact surfacc bei ng investigH{cd for
horizontal shear, mm2
= arca of ties within a distance s, mm 2
= width of cross scction at contact surface being
investigatcd for hori zontal shcar, mm
d = distance from ex treme compression tibcr 10
centroid of tension rcinforcemcnt for entirc
compositc scction, mm
h = ovcrallthickness of composite membcrs, mm
S = spacing of ties measurcd along thc longitudi nal
axis of rhe member, mm
= nominal horizontal shcar strenglh
= factored shcar force at section
=correction factor related to unit weight of concrete
p,, = ratio of tic rcinforccmcnt arca to arca of contact
surfacc
p,. =~
b,.s
= strength-rcduction factor. See Scction 409.4
417.2 Scope
417.2.1 Provisions of Section 41 7 shall apply for dcsign of
composite concrete 11cxural membcrs dcfined as precasr or
cast-in-place concrete clements or both constructcd in
sepanue placcmcnts but so interconnccted that all clcmcnts
respond to loads as a unit.
417.2.2 All provísions of this codc shal l apply to compositc
concrete flexu ra! mcmbcrs, cxccpt as specifically modi fícd
in thi s Scction.
417.3 General
417.3.1 Thc use of an c ntirc compositc rncmber or portions
thcrcof for rcsisting shcilr and moment shall be permilled.
417.3.2 Individual clcments shall he in vcstigated f'o r all
critica! stagcs of loadíng.
417.3.3 lf thc spcciricd strcngth, unit wcight or othcr
propc11ics of thc various clemcnts are <l ilfcrcnt, propcnics nf
the individual clemcnts or thc most cri tica! valucs shall he
used in dcsign.
Natio nol Structural Co(Je of u·w Pl1ilippines 6 E:dilion Volurne 1
CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4-95
417.3.4 In strcngth computations of composite mcmbers, no
distinction shall be made betwcen shored and unshorcd
mcmbers.
417.3.5 All elements shall be designcd to supp011 all loads
introduced prior to full dcvelopment of design strength of
composite membcrs.
417.3.6 Rcinforccmcnt shall be providcd as rcquircd lo
control cracking and to prevcnt scparation of individual
elemcnts uf composite membcrs.
417.3.7 Composite mcmbers shall mect rcquirements for
control of dcflections in accordance with Scction 409.6.5.
417.4 Shoring
When uscd, shoring shal l not be removed until supported
cleme nts havc dcveloped dcsign propcrtics rcqui red lo
support all Joads and limit dct1cctions and cracking al time
of shori ng removal.
417.5 VcJ·tical She:~r Strcng th
417.5.1 When an entire composite membcr is assumcd 10
rcsisl vertical shear, dcsign shall be in accordance with
rcquiremcnts of Scction 411 as for a monolithica!ly cast
member of thc samc cross-scctional shape.
417.5.2 Shear reinforccment shall be fully anchored into
intcrconnectcd elcmcnts in accordance with Seclion 4 12.14.
417.5.3 Extended and anchorcd shcar reinforcemcnt shal l
be pcrmittcd to be includcd as ties for horizontal shcar.
417.6 Horizontal Shcar Strcngth
417.6.1 1n a composite member, full transfcr of horizontal
shcar forccs shall be assured al contacl surfaces of
interconncclcd elemcnts.
417.6.2 For thc provisions of 4 17.6, d shall be taken as thc
disrancc from ext reme compression fiber for enti re
compositc scction to centroid of prcstrcssed and
nonprestrcssed longitudinal tcnsion reinforcement, if an y,
but nced not be taken lcss than 0.80h for prestrcsscd
concrete mcmbcrs.
111
 4-96 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete

417.6.3 Unless calculated in accordance with Section 417.7 Tics for Horizontnl Shcar
417.6.4, design of cross sections subjcctto horizontal shear
shall be based on 417.7.1 Whcn lics are providcd to transfer horizomal shc:•r.
tic arca shall not be less than that requircd by Secu.-n
(417- 1)
411.6.5.3 and tic spacing shall not cxcccd four times th:.-
where v.. is factorcd shear force al section considercd and lcast dimension of supportcd clemcnt. or 600 mm.
V, 11 is nominal horizontal shcar strcngth in accordance with
the following: 417.7.2 Ties for horizomal shear shall consist of single bars
or wire, multiplc lcg stirrups, or vert ical legs of weldcd wire
417.6.3. 1 Whcre cc ·n ~:tct surfaces are clear, free of laitancc fabric (plain or defonned}.
and intcnrionally roughened, shear strength V,.h shall not be
taken greater than 0.55b,.d, in newtons. 417.7.3 All ties shall be full y anchorcd into interconnected
elements in accordance wi th Section 412. 14.
417.6.3.2 Wherc mínimum ties are provided in accordance
with Section 417.7 and contact surfaces are clean and free of
laitance, but not intentionally roughened, shear strength Vnh
shall not be taken grcatcr than 0.55b,d, in newtons.

417.6.3.3 Wherc mínimum ties are provided in accordancc

with Section 417.7 and contact surfaccs are clean, free of
laitance, and intentionally roughcned to a full amplitudc of
approximately 5 mm. shear strength V,. 1, shall be taken cqual
to ( 1.8 + 0.6p.j,.)J.h,.d in newtons. but not greater than
3.5b,.d, in ncwtons. Values for ,1 in Scction 411.8.4.3 shall
apply, and p. is AJ(b.s).

417 .6.3.4 Wherc factored shcar force V., at scction

considcred cxceeds t/J 3.5b,d, design for horizontal shear
shall be in accordance with Section 41 1.8.4.

417.6.3.5 Wherc dctem1ining nominal horizontal shcar

strength ovcr prcstrcssed concrete elcments. d shall be as
defined or 0.8/r, whichever is greater.

417.6.4 As an alternative to Scction 417 .6.3. horizontal

shcar shall be pcrmiued to be detcnnincd by computing the
actual changc in compressivc or tensile force in any
segmcnt. and provisions shall be made to transfer that force
as horizontal shear to the supporting element. The factored
horizontal shear force shall not exceed hori zontal shear
strcngth ifJII,.,. as givcn in Scctions 4 17.6.3. 1 through
417 .6.3.4 where arca of contact surface A,. shall be
substituted for b,cl.

417.6.4.1 When ties provided to resist horizontal shcar are

designed to satisfy Scction 417.6.3, thc tic-arca-to-tic-
spacing ratio along thc I~CJ;lbcr shall approximatcly reflcct
the distrihution of shcar forces in thc mcmbcr.

417.6.5 Whcre tension cxists across any contact surfacc

bctwccn intcrconnccted clemcnts, shcar transfcr hy contact
may be assumcd only whcn minimum tics are providcd in
accordancc with Scction 417.7.

Association of Struclural Eng111cers of tllc Philipp1ne:,


418.1 Notations
A "'arca of that par1 of cross sccti on bctwccn flexura!
tcnsion facc and centcr of gravity of gross scction,
rnrn 2
"' largcr gross cross-scctional aren of thc slab-bcam
strips of thc two orthogonal cquivalcnt frames
intersecting at a column of a two-way slab, mm2
A,, = arca of prcstrcsscd reinforccmcnt in tension zonc.
mm 2
= arca of nonprcstrcsscd tcnsion reinforccmcnt, 111111 2
= arca of comprcssion reinforccmcnt, mm2
b =width of comprcssion facc of member, mm
/) = dcad loads or rclatcd intemal momcnts and forccs
ti == distancc from extreme comprcssion fiber to
centroid of nonprcstresscd tcnsion rcinforccmcnt,
mm
d' = distancc from extreme comprcssion fibcr to
ccntroid of compression reinforccment, mm
d,, = distance from extreme comprcssion fíber to
centroid of prcstrcssed reinforcement, mm
e = base of Napicrian logarithms
= specificd compressive strcngth of concrete, MPa
= square root of spccified compressive strength of
concrete, MPa
f',-; = compressive strength of concrete at time of initial
prestrcss. MPa
J,, = average comprcssive stress in concrete duc to
cffecti vc prestress force only (aftcr allowance for
all prestress losses). MPa
J,,.. = stress in prcstrcsscd reinforccment at nom ina l
stren gth, MPa
!,m = specified tensile strength of pre~ tressing tendons,
MPa
= specified yield strength of prcstrcssing tendons,
MPa
J, ::: modulus of rupture of concrete, MPa
¡,,, = effective stress in prestressed reinforcerncnt (after
allowance for all prestress losscs), MPa
= specificd yicld strcngth of nonprestrcsscd
reinforccment, MPa
= overalf dimension of membcr in dircction of act ion
"
K
considered, mm
= wobblc friction cociTicicnt pcr mm of prcstressing
tcndon
1, = length of prcstressing tendon clemcnt from jacking
end to any point x. rn. Sec Eqs. 4 1R- 1 and 4 18-2
L = li ve loads or rclatcd interna! moments and forces
11 = numbcr o f rnonostrand anchorage deviccs in a
group
National Slructural Cocle of the Philippines 6''' Edition Volurnc 1
CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4-97
N,. = tensile force in concrete due to unfactored deaú
load plus li vc load (D + L)
Ps = prestrcssing tendon force at jacking cnd
P, = prcstressing tcndon force at any point x
P,. = factorcd post-tcnsioned tcndon force at the
anchorage device
a = toral angular changc of prcstrcssing tcndon pro file
in radians from lendon jacking cnd to any point x
/}1 = factordcfined in Section 410.3.7.3
y,, == fauor for type of prestressing tcndon.
= 0.55 for_(,,_.JJ,,u not lcss than 0.80
== 0.40 forf,,/f,, not less than 0.85
= 0.28 for J,,//p, not less than 0.90
A. = correction factor related to unil weight of concrete
(Sec Section 411 .8.4.3)
JI == curvature friction coefficient
p == ratio of nonprestressed tension reinforcement
= A/(bd)
p' = ratio of comprcssion reinforcemcnl
=As 'f(bd)
p1, =ratio of prcstressed reinforccment
= A1,)(bd,,)
f/1 = strength-reduction factor. See Section 409.4
(¡) = Pf/f'r
w· = p'f/f',.
W" = Pr fr,/f' ,-
w,., w,,..w' ... = reinforcement índices for flangcd sections
computcd as fo r (.(), a¡,. and oJ except that b shall
be the wcb width, and rcinforccmc!ll arca shall be
that required to dcvelop compressivc strength of
web onl y
418.2 Scopc
418.2.1 Provisions of this Section shall apply to membcrs
prcstressed with wirc. strands or bars conformi ng to
provisions for prestrcssing tendons in Section 403.6.6.
41!U.2 Al! provisions of this code not specifically
cxcluded, aiHI not in conflict with provisions of this Section,
shall apply to prestressed concrete.
418.2.3 The following provisions of this code shall not
apply to prcstresscd concrete, except as spccilically noted:
Sections 407.7.5, 408 ..'5, 408. 11.2 through 408.11.4. 408.!2,
4 10.4.2 and 410.4.3, 4!0.6, 410.7, 4 10.!0. 1, 410. 10.2. 4J:l,
4!4.4, 414.6 aml4l4.7.
 4-98 CHAPTEF1 4 ·· Concrete
418.3 General
418.3.1 Prcstressed rncmbers shall mect the strcngth
requircments spccificd in this codc.
418.3.2 Dcsígn of prcstresscd mcmbcrs shall be based on
strcngth and on bchavior at scrvicc conditíons at all stages
that may be critica! during the life of thc structure from thc
time prcstress is fírst applicd.
418.3.3 Stress conccntratíons due to prestressing shall be
considcred in design.
418.3.4 Provisions shall be made for effects on adjoining
construction of elastic and plastic deformations, detlections ,
changes in length and rotations due to prestressing. Effects
of tcmperature and shrinkagc shall al so be inc!uded.
418.3.5 Possíbility of buckJing in a member between points
where concrete and prestressing tcndons are in contact and
of buckJing in lhin wcbs and flangcs shall be considered.
418.3.6 In computing scction propertics prior to bonding of
prcstressing tcndons, effect of loss of arca dueto opcn ducts
shall be considered.
418.3.7 The scrviceability requirements for each class are
summarizcd in Table 418-1. For comparison, Table 41 8-t
also shows corresponding rcquircments for nonprestresscd
members.
418.4 Dcsign Assurnptions
418.4.1 Strength design of prestresscd rnembcrs for flexure
and axial loads shall be bascd on assurnptions given in
Section 41 0.3, except that Scction 410.3.4 shall apply only
to rcinforccmcnt conforming to Section 403.6.3.
418.4.2 For investigation of strcsscs al transfer of prestress,
at scrvice loads, and al cracking loads, straight-line theory
shall be uscd with thc following assumptions:
418.4.2.1 Strains vary 1inearly with depth through entirc
load range.
418.4.2.2 At crackcd scctions, concrete resis es no tcnsion .
Associa tion of Structural Engine ers of the Philippines
418.4.3 Prcstresscd flexura! mcmbers shall be classificd as
C!ass U, Class T, or Class C based on .f¡, thc computed
extreme fiber stress in tension in thc prc-compressed tcnsilc
zonc calculated at service loads, as follows:
l. Class U: !t 5,0.62JX'.
2. Class T: 0.62Jj} <.h :S t.o[l
3. Class C: f¡ > 1.0 [l.'
Prestressed two-way slab systcms shall be designcd as Class
u wíthf, :S o.so¡¡:·.
The serviceability requirements for each class are
summarized in Table 418-2. Por comparison, Table 41 8-2
also shows conesponding rcquircmcnts for nonprcstressed
membcrs.
418.4.4 Por Class U and Class T flexura! members, stresscs
at service loads shall be permitled to be calculated usi ng the
uncrackcd section. For Class C flexura! mcrnbcrs, strcsses a.!
scrvicc loads shall be calculated using the cracked
transformed scction.
418.4.5 Deflcctions of prestresscd flexura! mernbers shall be
calculated in accordance with Section 409.6.
418.5 Permissible Strcsscs in Concrete- Flexura!
Members
418.5.1 Stresscs in concrete immcdiately after prcstrcss
transfer (bcforc time-dependen! prcstress losscs):
1. Extreme fib cr stress in compression except a:;
pe rmiued in (2) shall nol excccd .... .. . . . . 0.60j',,
2. Extreme fiber stress in comprcssion al ends of simply
supported mcmbers shall not cxcced ....... 0.70(/
3. Where computed concrete tensilc strcngth, f¡, cxcccd :;
0.5Jt~ a t cnds of simply supporled mcrnbcrs, w
0.25 ,Jl; al other locations, add itional bor,;!··.::
reinforcement shal l be provided in lhc tensile W l \<.'. i'l
rcs ist thc total tensile force in concrete computcd w if!i
lhc assumplion of an uncracked scction.
 CHAPTER 4- Concrete 4·99

418.6 Pcrmissiblc Stress in Prestrcssing Tcudons

418.5.2 For Class U and Class T prestressed flexura!
rnembers, strcsscs in concrete at service loads based on
uncracked section properties, and after allowance for all
prestress losses shall not exceed the following:
1. Extreme fiber stress in compression due to prcstress
plus sustained loads ............. . ......... 0.45/'c
2. Extreme fiber stress in compression due to prestrcss
plus total load .. . ...... ... .......... .. ....0.60/',.
418.5.3 Pennissiblc stresses in concrete of Sections 4 18.5.1
and 418.5.2 may be exceeded if shown by test or analysis
that performance will not be impaired.
418.5.4 For Class C prestressed flexural members not
subject to fatigue or to aggressive exposure, the spacing of
bonded reinforcement nearest the extreme tensi on face shall
not exceed that given by Section 410.7.4
For structures subject to fatigue or exposed to corrosive
environments, investigations and precautions are requircd.
418.6.1 Tensile stress in prestressing tendons shall not
excecd the following:
l. Duc to prestressing tendon jacking force .... . 0.94/¡,>
but not greatcr than the lesser of 0.80 J;,. and thc
maxi mum valuc rccommendcd by rnanufacturer of
prestressing tendons or anchorage deviccs.
2. lmmediately after prestress transfer .......... 0.82/,y
but not greatcr than ................................ .. O.74 J;m
3. Post-tensioning tendons. at anchoragc deviccs
and couplers, immediately after force transfer .... 70fr"'
418.7 Loss of Prestrcss
418.7.1 To determine effective prestrcss fs,, allowance for
thc following sources of loss of prestrcss shall be
considered:
1. Tcndon seating at transfer;

418.5.4.1 The spacing requirements shall be met by 2. Elastic shortening of concrete;

nonprestressed reinforcement and bonded tendons. The 3. Crcep of concrete;
spacing of bonded tendons shall not exceed 2/3 of tJle
maxirnum spacing permitted for nonprcstressed 4. Shrinkage of concrete;
reinforcement. 5. Rclaxation of tendon stress;
6. Friction loss duc to intendcd or unintendcd curvature
Where both reinforccment and bonded tendons are used to
in post-tensioning tendons.
rneet the spacing requiremcnt, the spacing between a bar
and a tendon shall not exceed 5/6 of that permiued by
Section 410.7.4. See also Section 418.5.4.3. 418.7.2 Friction Loss in Post-Tensioning Tendons

418.5.4.2 In applying Eq. 10-4 to prcstrcssing tcndons, A_{¡,_,
shall be substi tuted for .f.,. where A_{¡,_, shal 1 be taken as the
calculated stress in thc prestressing stcel at servicc loads
based on a crackcd section analysis minus the
dccompression stress ¡;1,.. lt shall be pem1itted to take /d.·
equal to the effective stress in the prestressing steelfs,. See
also Section 418 .5.4.3.
418.5.4.3 In applying Eq. 10-5 to prestressing tendons , the
magnitude of D.J;,. shall not exceed 250 MPa. When D.fr, is
lcss than or equal to 140 MPa. the spacing requirements of
Sections 41 8.5.4.1 and 418.5.4.2 shall not apply.
418.5.4.4 Whcre h or ¡¡ beam cxcccds 900 mm. the arca of
longitudinal ski n reinforcement consisting of reinforccmcnt
or bonded tcndons shall be provided as rcquircd by Scction
410.7.7.
418.7.2.1 PP, force in post-tensioning tcnclons a distance /1"
from the jacking end shall be computed by:
> - (K/ P' + 11 r a 1,, )
P (IX = ! pj e (4 18- 1)
Whcn ( K/1,. +f./pQj,.) is not greater than 0.3, P1,x shall be
permitled lo be computed by:
(418-2)
418.7.2.2 Friction loss shall be based on experimcntally
detcrmined wobble K and curvaturc f.1 1, friction coefficicnts
and shnll be vcrified during tcndon stressing opcrations.
418.7.2.3 Va!ucs of K and flp cocfficicnts uscd in design
shall be shown on design drawings.
418.7.3 Where loss of prcstress in mcmher·may occur duc
to connection o f membcr to adjoini ng construction. such
loss of prcst ress shall he allowc.d for in dcsign.

111
Nvtion<JI Stt·uctural Code ol t11e Pllitippines 6 Eclition Volumc 1
 4-100 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete

4 18.8 Flexura! Str ength 418.9 Limits fo r Reinfo r cemc.nt of Flexura! Mt~m bc1·s

4 18.8.1 Dcsign momcnt strength of nexural members shall
be computcd by the st rength design methods of this chapter.
For prcstrcssing tcndons, ¡;,,. shall be substitutcd for ¡;. in
strcngth computations.
4 J 8.8.2 As an altemati ve to a more ac<.:urate detcnnination
1.: ¡;,_, bascd on strain compati bility, thc followi ng
;.1lr>roximatc values ofJ;,. shall be pcnnitted to be used if fu
is not lcss than 0.5¡;.,;.
l. For mcmbcrs with bonded tcndons:
(4 18-3)
whcrc w is pJ;Ifr' , (1)' is p'f/f/, and yP is 0.55 for _f,,JJ;..
not lcss than 0.80; 0.40 for J;,_JJ;., not lcss than 0.85; and
0.28 for J;.,JJ;,, not lcss than 0.90.
lf any cornprcssion rcinforcement is takcn into account
whcn calculating ¡;,.by Eq. 41 8-3. thc tcnn
418.9.1 Prestressed concrete sections shall hr ''· .. -: '>-<.! •s
cither tensíon-controlled, transi tion, or ··o:npr:· '::.it:a-
controlled sections, in accordance with Sections 41 v .3.3 and
4 10.3.4. The appropriate strcngth reduction factms, r/J , from
Section 409.4 shall apply.
418.9.2 Total amount 1 of prcstrcsscd and non¡H .'Siressed
reinforcement in membcrs wi th bondcd prcsr¡; ~-;s<: d
reinforcement shall be :1dequate lo devclop a la¡;torc<i 'oad
at leasl 1.2 Limes thc cracking load computcd <J'' n~,- :.;;· ,._ ·;f
the modulus of rupture J, spccificd in St'• :· · ·'! '" :' · . '
This provision shall be permittcd to be waJ \'t ,i . . .
members with shear and nexural strength at !casi i\•1ic-e ¡l¡;;r.
required by Scetion 409.3.
418.9.3 Part or all of thc bonded rcinforccJw;,; 'om:i,;¡j¡-- ·
of bars or tendons shall be provided as clost: : ~ ! . ::n :cablt
to thc tension facc in prestrcssed flexura! memhr.rs. In
members prestrcsscd with unbonded tcndons, ·h. •l>:,lmu¡ ,.
bondcd reinforcemcnt consisting of bars or l(·nd():,~ ,_;,,,IJ b,-
as requi rcd by Scction 418.1 O.

.r,,, d (cv -úJ·)]

[Pp -/ ,' ;--···
d,,
418.10 Mínimum Bond cd Rcinforccmcnt

shall be takcn not lcss than 0.17 and d' shall be no 418.10.1 A mínimum arca of bonded reinforcn:H·r.f ~ld l l><
greatcr than 0. 15 d1,. providcd in all flexura! members wiih tu,!.cnt;i(.( i
prestressing tendons as required by Scction:. 'l: ::. i (¡.).. '' " '
2. For mcmbers with unbonded tendons and wiih a span-
418.10.3.
to-dcpth ratio of 35 or !ess:
41 8. 10.2 Exccpt as provided in Scction41 8. ! 1 ;·:~. lll:ilimun
f P• = ,r" +70+~
JO{)
(4 18-4)
arca of bonded reinforccment shall be compukd by:
P,.
A,= 0.004A,., (1i 18-6
but ¡;,. in Eq. 418-4 shall not be !aken grcater than _¡;,..
nor grcater than (f.,. + 4 15 )_
where Acr is arca of that part of cross sectic ·· :H'l '' , .. n ;1.
3. For mcmbcrs with unbondcd prestrcssing tcndons nexural tcnsion facc and ccntcr of gravity or i'• --~ :.• ''' . ;; .
and with a span-to-depth ratio grcater than 35:
4 18.10.2.1 Bondcd reinforccment rcquired ~ ._, ; -• :. .: i >: :.
r = ¡· +70+--~L (4 18-5) shall be uni formly distributcd ovcr pre-C\II : : , -. ; · · ~;,,c, ) :, , ... '· ·
• f>l • .<r
.300p,, zonc as close as practicable to extreme tcnsiun 11 i ¡; ; .
but ¡;, in Eq. 418-5 shall not be taken greater than ¡;,_..,
418.10.2.2 Bondcd rein!'o rcement shall i .·· 1 e'~" :
nor grcatcr than ({., + 21 0).
rcgardlcss of servicc load stress conditions.
. 41 8.8.3 Nonprestresscd reinforcemcnt conforming to
4 18. 10.3 Por two-way flat slab systcms,-mi1.". .i.: • a aitti
Scctíon 403.6.3. if uscd with prc$Lressing tcndons, shall be
distribut ion of bondcd rcinforccmcnl shall bt: ...... ·í'•;¡.·d in
pcrmillcd to be consídered to contributc to thc tensile force
Sections 418. 10.3. 1, 418. 103.2, and 41 X. l O.:n.
and to be includcd in moment strength compulations al a
stress cqual to thc specilied yield strcngth f.- Other 4 18.10.3.1 Bonded reinforcement shall 1101 ; · ,-,-,, ->.
nonprcstrcsscd rcinforceme nt shall be pcnnilled lo be
posili vc moment arcas whcreji, the extrcm - -- .:.-- ·
íncludcd in strcngth computations only if a strain
tcnsion in the prc-comprcssed tensi!c zonc :~ 1 'T! .. ¡, ... ;,, .. ,¡
<.:ompatibility analysis is made to determine strcsscs in such
(aftcr allowancc for prcstrcss losscs) docs 11 •• : .... (., .,: U.. ·,
rci nforccmenL
J.c.

Associ<•tion of Strucluml Engineers of tt1e Philippines

 CHAPTH16 · Woocl G-27

F', = 1·:.

lntcnncdiatc columns (/,./ti grcatcr than 11 but lcss than K):

K
(61 X-9)

619.1 General
(618-10) Timber connectors and fastcncrs may be used to transmit
forccs bctween wood members and between wood and
metal members. The allowable loads and installation of
l.ong column ( /</ d of K or grcatcr ):
timbcr connectors and fasteners shall be in accordance with
the tablcs as provided in th_is Chapter. The allowable loads
(618-11) and ins1allalion of ti mbcr conncc1ors shall be as sct fon h in
Tables 6.2, 6.17, 6.19. and 6.20.

618.5 Comprcssion at Angle lo Grain Safe loads and dcsign practices for 1ypcs of connectors and
Thc allowable unit stress in compression at an anglc of load fastcncrs not mentioned or fully covered may be detcrmincd
to grain betwcen 0° and 90° shall be computcd from the in a manncr permiucd by thc Building Official.
l-lankinson Equation as fo llows:
619.2 Bolls
F = F,.F, ..L
1/ • l - 2 (618- 12) Safe loads in kN for bo!ts in shear in scasoned lum ber shall
0
o

!·,. S/1 1 0 +/·d. COS not cxcecd the val ues sct fo11h in Table 6.17.

Allowable values /·:. shall be adj usted for duration of load
before use in Hankinson's Equation. Values ofF.. and F<.J.
are not subjccted to duration of load modifications.
Allowablc shear valucs U5Cd to connect a wood lO concrete
or masonry are pcrmined to be determined as onc half thc
tabulated double shcar values for a wood member twicc the
thickness of the member allached to the concrete or
masonry.

619.3 Nails and Spikes

619.3.1 Safc Lateral Strength

A common wire naif driven perpendicular to grain of the
wood, whcn used to fasten wood rnembers together, shall
not be subjecled 10 a greater load causing shear and bending
than the safe lateral slrength of the wire nail or spikc as set
fonh in Tablc 6.2 1.

A wire nail dri ven parallel lo the grai n of the wood shall not
be subjected more than two lhirds of the lateral load
allowed whcn driven perpendicular lo the grain. Toenails
shall not be subjccted more than five sixths of the lateral
load allowed for uails driven perpendicular to thc grain.

619.3.2 Safc R csis tan cc to Withdrawal

A wirc nail drivcn perpendicular to grain of wood shall nol
be subjected to a greater load, lending to cause withdrawal,
than the safe resistance of the ·nail lo withdrawal. as set
fonh in Table 6.21 .

1
National Structu ral Code of the Pllilippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 6-28 CHAPTEii G- Wood

619.3.3 Spacing and Penctration

Common wirc nails shall havc pcnctration inl<l thc piccc
rccciving thc point as sct forth in Tablc 6.21. Nails or
spikcs for which thc wirc gaugcs or lcngths are not sct forth ··¡
in Tablc 6.2 1 shall havc a rcquircd pcnctration of not lcss !!01011-Kl

than 11 diamctcrs, ano allowahlc Joads may be intcrpolatcd.

i IIEIABf.R
j
Dcsign valucs shall he incrca~cd whcn thc pcnctration of
í
nai ls into thc mcmbcr holding thc point is Jargcr than thc StOF.R _/
\ IA.BUIAIEO .
rcquired by this ítem. LOO.OSARHtR
11-.CH Cf PENETRA l10N
For wood-to-wood joints, the spacing ccnter 10 ccntcr of
nails in thc dircction of stress shall not be lcss than onc half
Figure 619.5.2-A: Basic Withdrawa1 Connecliun
of 1hc required pcnctration. Edgc or cnd distanccs in thc
direclion of stress shall not be less onc half of the rcquired
penctration. Al! spacing and cdgc and end dislances shall be
sueh as 10 avoid splitting of the wood.
SlOE R ""'\
~ -- ._\ __r ___ NAIL
..

Holes for nails, where necessary to prevent spli tting, shall

be bored of a diameter smallcr than that of the nails.
P/2 1
· -- HOLDING
l P/2

MEMBER
619.4 Joisl Hangcrs and Framing Anchors
Conncctions dcpending upon joist hangers or framing
anchors, ties and other mcchanical fastenings not otherwise
covercd rnay be used where approvcd
Figure 619.5.2-ll: Wilhdrawal from End-Grain
619.5 Miscellancous Fastcncrs (not allowed)

619.5.1 Drift Bolts or Drift Pins

Connections involving the use of drift bolls or pins shall be
designed in accordancc with thc provisions sct f01th in this
Chapter.
SlOE
MEMBER \

P--
P/2

1
,

/
T~~ILIN
_.. WITHDRAWAL

- - - MAIN
MEMBEH
619.5.1.1 Wood Screws and Lag Scrcws
P/2 1
Wood and lag screws shall be used where lhcre is limitcd
penelration, especially in a withdrawal design, as these
provide grca1er resislance. Dcsign of the screws shall be in Figure 619.5.2-C: Toenail Conncction Withdrawal from
accordance with the provisions set forth in this Chapler. Side Grain

619.5.1.2 Lateral Dcsign Valucs

619.5.1.2 Withdrawal Dcsign Valucs
Drift bolt ami drift pin connections 1oaded in wilhdrawal
shall be dcsigned in accordance with good engineeri ng
practice. Figures 619.5.2-A to 6 19.5.2-C are examples of
wilhdrawal conneclions.
Allowablc lateral dcsign va1ues for drift bolls ami drifl pins
clrivcn in the siclc grain of wood shall not excecd 75 p;·r, ,.,¡¡
of thc allowablc lateral dcsign valucs for comnHJ n ' ::' : (Jj'
thc samc diamctcr and lei1gth in main member. ¡\¡:,:iíi,;,léll
pcnctration of pin into mcmbcrs should be providcd in lieu
of lhe washcr. head ami nut on a common boll.

619.5.2 Spikc Grids

Wood-to-wood conncctions involving spike grids rnr l:!!•'ral
load transfcr shall be designed in accordance wit;l ;>d
practice.
.,. ......
~ ._.,.. ..., ._..,. ·•
®~' ·~~ . ... ... ..... _.... . .,..•
~~- ~ ._. \e·,.;. ;-~ -...

.~~~iil~f~~fi4~,~~'{.;'¡é§~w·¿.'$f.jt:~. ·.
. ' ~$;~~~~;'~\~~~':'!~=~~;:.~.~.i:.-.~t.=f.:vr.:.!.....:..:¡.¡,. .••

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


f
418.10.3.2 In positivc moment ureas whcre computed
1 tensiic stress in concrete at scrvicc load cxcecds 0.17 [['
mínimum area of bonded reinforcement shall be computed
by:
A =-~ (41 8-7)
0.5 !_,
wherc design yield strength ;;. used in Eq. 418-7 shall not
cxcecd 415 MPa. Bondcd reinforcemcnt shall be uniformly
distributcd ovcr prc-compressed tcnsile zonc as clase as
practicable lo extreme tension fibcr.
418.10.3.3 In ncgmive momcnt arcas at column suppons,
mínimum arca of bonded rcinforcemcnl As in the top of the
slab in each dircction shall be computed by:
A, = 0.00075Ac¡ (41 8-8)
where A,¡ is the larger gross cross-scctional arca of the slab-
beam strips in two orthogonal cq uivalent frames intersecting
al a colu mn in a two-way slab.
Bondcd reinforccmcnt requircd by Eq. 418-8 shall be ·
distributcd bctween lines that are J .Sh outside opposilc faces
of the column support. At lcast four bars or wircs shall be
provided in cach direction. Spacing of bonded
reinforcement shaiJ not excced 300 mm.
418.10.4 Mínimu m lcngth of bonded rei nforccment
required by Sections 418. 10.2 and 418.10.3 shall be as
requircd in Scctions 4 18. 10.4. 1, 4! 8. 10.4.2, and 41 8. 10.4.3.
41 8. 10.4.1 In positive momcnt arcas, mínimum length of
bonded reinforcement shall be one-third the clear span
lengt h, 1•• and ccntercd in posi ti ve momcnt arca.
418.10.4.2 In negative moment arcas, bonded
reinforccmcnt shall extcnd one-sixlh thc clear span, /,, on
each side of support.
418.10.4.3 Whcrc bonded rei nforcement is provided for
dcsign moment strength, rj>M., in accordancc with Scction
4 18 .8.3, or for tensile stress conditions in accordance with
Scction 418. 10.3.2, mínimum lcnglh also shal l conform to
provis ions of Scction 4 12.
National S tructurél l Code of the P!1ilipp1nes 6
CHAPTER 4 ·Concrete 4·101
418.11 Statically Indctcrminate Structurcs
418.11.1 Framcs and continuous construction of
prcstresscd concrete shall be designed for satisfactory
performance at scrvicc load conditions and for adequate
s tr~ n gth .
4l!U 1.2 Performance at scrvicc load conditions shall he
dctcrmined by elastic analysis, CO!lsidcring rcactions,
moments, shears, and nx ial forces pro(1u.ced by prestrcssing,
crecp, slu·inkage, tcmperawrc change, axial deformation,
restraint of attached structural clemcnts and foundation
selllemcnt.
418.11.3 Momcnts uscd ro compute required strength shal l
be the su m of the moments duc to reactions induced by
prestressing (with a load factor of 1.0) and the momcnts due
to factored loads. Adjustmcnt of ihe sum of these moments
shall be permil!ed as allowed in Scction 4 18. 11.4.
418.11.4 Redistribution of Negative Momcnts in
Continuous Prestressed Flexura! Mcmbers
418.11.4.1 Whcre bonded rcinforccmcnl is provided at
su pports in accordancc with Scction 418. 1O, it shall be
pcrmitted to dccreasc ncgativc or positivc moments
calculated by clastic thcory for any assumed loading, in
accordance with Section 408.5.
418.11.4.2 ·ntc rcduccd momcnt shall be usecl for
calculating rcdistributcd momcnts al all othcr sections
within the spans. Static equilibrium shall be maintained after
rcdis!Jibution of moments for each loading arrangcment.
418.12 Compression Mcmbcrs- Combincd Flexura! and
Axial Loads
418.12.1 Prcstresscd concrete members subjcct to
combined flcx urc ancl axial load, with or without
nonpreslressed rei nforccment, shall be proportioncd by the
strcngth dcsign mcthods of this chapter. Effects of prcstrcss,
crcep, shrinkagc and tem pcraturc changc shall be included.
111
Edilion Volurnc 1
 4-102 CHAPTEI'i 4 - Concrete
418.12.2 Limits for Rcinforccrncnt of Prcstrcsscd
Comprcssion Mcmbcrs
418.12.2.1 Members with average comprcssivc stress in
concrete less than 1.6 MPa, due lo cffectivc prestress force
only, shall have mínimum rcinforccmcnt in accordancc with
Scctions 407.11, 410.10.1 and 410.10.2 for columns, or
Scction 414.4 for walls.
418.12.2.2 Exccpt for walls. mcmbers with average
prestress ¡;)<' cqual to or grcatcr than 1.6 MPa shall ha ve all
prcstrcssing tendons cnclosed by spirals or lateral tics in
accordancc with thc following:
l. Spirals shall conform to Section 407.11.4;
2. Lateral ties shall be at least 10 mm diamctcr in sizc or
welded wire fabric of equivalen! arca. and spaced
vcrtically not to exceed 48 tic bar or wire diameters or
lcast dimcnsion of compression mcmbcr;
3. Ties shall be located vcrtically not more than half a tic
spacing above top of footing or slab in any story, and
shall be spaced as provided hcrein to not more than half
a tic spacing below lowest horizontal rcinforcement in
members supported above;
4. Where beams or brackcts frame into all sidcs of a
column, ít shall be permítted to termínate líes not more
than 75 mm below lowcst reinforcemcnt in such bcams
or brackets.
418.12.2.3 For walls with average prcstrcss ¡;, equal to or
grcater than 1.6 MPa, mínimum rcinforcement rcquired by
Scction 4 !4.4 ma y be waivcd where structural analysis
shows adcquate strenglh and stability.
418.13 Slab Systcms
418.13.1 Factored moments and shears in prcstresscd slab
systcrm rcinforccd for fl ex urc in more than one dircction
shall be deterrnined in accordancc with provisions of
Scction 41 3.8, (excluding Sections 413.8.7.4 and 413 .8 .7.5),
or by more detai led dcsign proccdurcs.
418.13.2 MorncrH stren gth, rpM,. of prcstrcsscd s!abs
requi rcd by Scc.:tion '109.4 al cvery section shall be al least
cqual to thc rcquircd strcngth Mu, considcring Scctions
409.3, 4 1X. 11.3 and 4 18. 1! .4. Shcar strcngth ~W" o f
prcstrcsscd slabs at colurnns shall be al least cq ual to th c
rcquircd strcngth co nsidcrin g Scctions 409.3, 4 11.2.
4 11.1 3.2 and 411.1 3.6.2.
418.13.3 Al scrvicc load conditio ns, all scrviccability
limitations. including spccilicd limit.~ on dcllcctions, shall
Associntron of Structural E:n9inr.ers of the Phílippines
be met, with appropriatc consideration of the factors listed
in Scction 418 .11.2.
418.13.4 ror uniformly distributed livc l oad~. :;pacing o f
tcndons or groups of tcndons in at least one dir\:ct ion shal l
not excced the smallcr of eight times the slab thid:ness, and
!.5 m. Spacing of tendons also shall providc a ;~Ji n imum
average prestress of 0.9 MPa on the slab sccti on tributary to
thc tcndon or tendon group. For slabs with v ::; .'r'ing cross
scction along thc slab span, cither parallel or p. ""'·ndicular
to the tendon or tcndon group, the mini n1,:,: , >:erage
cffective prestress of 0.9 MPa is required a! r".'cr·y cross
scction tributary to the tcndon or tendon grw:p ~::,,n g the
spa n. Conccntrated Joads and opening in slaL•s stíall be
considere<! whcn dctermining tendon spacing.
418.13.5 In slabs with unbonded prestressin¡; tcndons,
bonded reinforccment shall be provided in accorrii'llce wi th
Scctions 418. 10.3 and 418.10.4.
418.13.6 Except as permitted in Section 4 18. J:l .7, in slabs
with unbondcd tcndons, a mínimum of two 12 mrn diameter
or largcr, seven-wire post-tensioned stranch ;;hall be
providcd in each direction a l columns, cit hcr passing
through or anchorcd within the rcgion boundcd by the
longitudinal reinforcement of thc column. Out>: :dc. colurnn
and shcar cap faces, these two structural ir11r: ; ;i ',' tcndonf.
shall pass undcr any orthogonal tcndons in adj;;.·.:cnt ':pans.
Where the two structural integrity tcndons · ' ·' ;:;,C:,·.JJCd
within the region bou nded by thc longitudi nal ' .·:;;!f::u ·¡:Jcnt
of the colu mn, the anchoragc shall be locarcd : ,,:y,.:;ld the
colu rnn centroid and away from the anchored sp .. ll.
418.13. 7 Prestressed slabs not satisfying Se.::::,ln ,~ PU3.6
shall be pcrrnitted provided they cu : : :,ottorn
rcinforccrnent in cach direction passing wi1hi;: ih· r¡•ginn
bounded by thc longi tudinal reinforcement of lh•· · · ,, :
and anchored at exterior supports as required by Scctiun
413.4.8.5. The are a of bott<>m rein forcelllt !•' : '' e<·• ::
direction shall be not less than 1.5 ti mes that rcq::·''· ~¡ hv i :
4 10-3 and not lcss than 2. !b"ll/f,., whcre b,, i:' <!:: ,·, ;¡¡: ''
the column face through which the rcinfo: i"''·' ·
Mínimum extension of these bars beyond th · ;;;,,,,, " . ·
cap facc shall be cqual to or grcater ,:'"'' ' k ..
dcvclopmentlcngt h requircd by Scction 41 2.2. 1.
418.13.8 ·fn 1i ft slabs, hondee! bollo m rcinforcemcni ::li:d '
be detailed in accordance with Scction 4 13.4 . ~u..

418.14 Post-Tcnsioncd Tcndon Anchoragc Zoncs
418.14.1 Anchoragc Zonc
The anchorage zone shall be considered as composcd of rwo
zones:
l. The local zone is the rectangular prism (or equivalen!
rectangu lar prism for circular or oval anchorages) of
concrete immedimely surrounding the anchorage device
and any confining rei nforcement;
2. The general zone is the anchorage zone as dcfined 111
Section 402 and includes the local zone.
418.14.2 Local Zonc
418.14.2.1 Design of local zones shall be based upon the
factorcd tcndon force. PJ., and the requirements of Sections
409.3.5 and 409.4.2.5
418.14.2.2 Local-zone reinforcement shall be provided
wherc rcquired for propcr fu nctioning of the anchorage
devicc.
418.14.2.3 Local-zone requirements of Section 418.14.2.2
are satisfied by Section 418.15.1 or 418.16.1 aml418.16.2.
418.14.3 General Zone
418.14.3.1 Design of general zones shall be based upon the
factored tendon force. P,., and the requiremcnts of Sections
409.3.5 and 409.4.2.5
418.14.3.2 General-zonc rcinforcemcnt shal! be provided
wherc rcq uircd to resist bursting, spalling, and longitudinal
edge tcnsion forces induccd by anchorage devices. Effects
of abrupt changc in section shall be considered.
418.14.3.3 The general-zone requiremcnts of Section
418.14 .3.2 are satisfied by Sections 418.14.4, 418. 14.5,
418.14.6 and whichcver one of Section 418.15.2 or 4 18.15.3
or 418. 16.3 is applicable.
418.14.4 Nominal Material Strengths
418.14.4.1 Nominal lensile strength of bonded
reinforcc mcnl is limitcd lo ¡;. for nonprestressed
reinforcc mcnt and lo _[¡... for prestresscd rcinforccmcnt.
Nominal lensile stress of unhonded prestressed rein-
forccmcnt for resisting !ensile forces in thc anchoragc zone
shall be limited lo¡;,_, = J,.,+ 70.
National Structural Code of the Ptlilippines Gu' Edition Volurne 1
CHAPTER 4 - Concrete 4-103
418.14.4.2 Except for concrete confined within spirals or
hoops providing confinemcnt equivalent to that
corresponding to Eq. 410-6, nominal compressive strength
of concrete in the general zone shall he limited to 0.7 ltf',.;.
418.14.4.3 Compressive strength of concrete at time of
post-tensioning shall be specified in the contraer documents.
Unless oversize anchorage devices are sizcd to compensate
for !he lower compressive strength or lhe tcndons are
stressed to no more !han 50 perccnt of the final tendon
force, tendons shall not he stressed until compressive
strength of concrete, as indicated by tests consistent with the
curing of the mcmber, is al lcast 28 MPa for multistrand
tendons or at least 17 MPa for single-strand or bar tendons.
418.14.5 Design Mcthods
418.13.5.1 The following methods shall be permitted for
the design of general zones provided that the specific
procedures used resuh in prediction of strength in
substantial agreement with resuhs of comprehensive tests:
J. Equilibrium based plasticily rnodcls (stnll-and-tic
models);
2. Linear stress ana lysis (including finitc element analysis
or equivalent); or
3. Simplified equations where applicable.
418.14.5.2 Simplified equations shall not be used where
member cross sections are nonrectangular, where
discontinuities in or near the general zone cause deviations
in thc force now path, whcre minimum edge distance is Jess
lhan 1.5 times lhe anchQrage device lateral dimcnsion in that
dircction, or where multiple anchorage devices are used in
otlier !han one closely spaced group.
418.14.5.3 The strcssing scquence shall be specifted on the
design drawings and considered in the design.
418.14.5.4 Three-dimensional effects shall be considered
in dcsign and analyzed using three-dimensional procedures
or approximated by considering thc summation of effects
for two orthogonal planes.
418.14.5.5 For intermediate anchorage clcviccs, bondecl
reinforcemcnt shall be provided lo transfer at least 0.35 P....
into thc concrete scction behind thc anchor. Such
reinforcement shall be placed symmetrically around the
anchoragc devices and shall be fully developed both bchind
and ahead of the anchoragc deviccs.
 4-104 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete
418.14.5.6 Where curved tendons are used in the general
wne, except for monostrand tendons in slabs or wherc
analysis shows reinforcement is nol rcqu ircd. bondcd
reinforccmcnt shall be providcd to rcsist r:1dial and splitting
forces.
418.14.5.7 Except for monostrand tcndons in slabs or
whcrc analysis shows reinforcement is not required,
mínimum reinforcemelll with a nominal tensile strength
equal to 2 pcrcent of each factored 1endon force shall be
providcd in otthogonal directions parallel 10 the back face of
al! anchorage zones 10 limit spalling.
418.14.5.8 Tensile slrength of concrete shall be neglected
in calcul ations of reinforcement requircmems.
418.14.6 Dctailing Rcquiremcnls
Scleclion of reinforcemelll sizes, spacings, cover, and othcr
dctails for anchorage zoncs shall make allowances for
1olerances on the bcnding, fabrication, and placcmclll of
reinforcement, for the size of aggregate. and for adequatc
placemcnt and consolidation of thc concrete.
418.15 Design of Anchoragc Zones for Monostrand or
Single 16 mm Diamclcr Bar Tcndons
418.15.1 Local Zone Design
Monostrand or single m16 mm or smallcr bar anchoragc
devices and local zone reinforcement shall meet the
requirements of thc ACI 423.7 or thc spccial anchoragc
de vice rcquircments or Scction 418.16.2.
418.15.2 Gcncrai-Zonc Dcsign for Slab Tendons
418.15.2.1 For anchorage devices for 12 mm or sma!!cr
diametcr strands in nonnalweigiH concrete slabs, mínimum
rcinforccmc.nt meeting thc rcquircments of Scction
418.15.2.2 and 418.1 5.2.3 shall be providcd unless a
det:~iled ana!ysis satisfying Section 4 18. 14.5 !ihows such
reinforccment is not rcquircd.
418.15.2.2 Two horizontal bars at lcast !!JI2 mm in size
shall be providcd parallcl to thc slab cdgc. Thcy shall be
pcnniltcd to be in contact wi th thc fro nt facc of the
anchoragc dcvice and shall be wi thi n a diswncc of \11 Ir
ahcad of each dcvicc. Thosc bars shal l extcnd at lcast 150
mm cither si de of thc outer cdges of each dcvicc.
418.15.2.3 lf thc ccntcr-to·ccmcr spacing of anchoragc
(kviccs is 300 111111 or lcss, thc anchoragc dcviccs shal! be
1\s:>ociiltJon of Struclura! E ng1neers oí the F'l1ilippines
considcrccl as a group. For each group of six or more
anchorage de vices, n+ 1 hairpin bars or closcd stirrups at
lcast 1O mm diameter in sizc shltll be providcd. wllerc n is
thc number of anchoragc devices. One hairpin I.J¡tr or stirrup
sha!l be placed bctween each anchorage devic<: and one on
each side of 1he group. The haiq)in bars or stirrnps shall be
placed with lhe legs extending into the slab perpendicular to
the cdge. The center portion of the hairpin bars or stirrups
shall be placecl perpendicular 10 the )hile or thc ~lab from
3/r/8 to h/2 ahead of the anchorage dev tccs.
418.15.2.4 For anchorage devices not confonnin)1 t<l Scction
418.15.2.1. mínimum reinforcement shall b!! basd upon ,,
detai led analysis satisfying Scction 418.14.5.
418.15.3 Gencral-Zone Dcsign for Groups of
Monostrand Tcndons in Bcams and Girders
Design of general zones for groups of mono>li :md tendons
in beams and girders shallmcet the requiremelllS or Sections
4 18. 14.3through 418. 14.5.
418.16 Design of Anchoragc Zoncs for Mul! is(numd
Tcndons
418.16.1 Local Zone Design
13asic multistrand anchorage devices and local zone
reinforcement shall meet the rcquiremenls nt" tii'.SHTO
"Sumdard Speciflcotiom for Highway Bridgt :.. ·· Division 1,
Articles 9.21.7.2.2 through 9.21.7 .2.4.
Spccial anchoragc dcvices shall satisfy the tests required in
AASHTO "Standard Specificmions .for !fighH·or Nridges. "
Division 1, Article 9.21.7.3 ancl describcd "' ;\AS HTO
11
"Standard !>{Jecijlcation.\· .for Highway /Jridt:•'s," 17'
Edition. 2002, Di vision [[, Article 10.3.2.3.
418.16.2 Use of Spccial Anchorage Devices
Where special anchorage devices are to h1: ~ ~~~~d. sup-
plemental skin reinforccment sha!l be furnisi11:d in the
corresponding regions of thc anchoragc wn··. .11 •. ;dn,on 10
the con fining reinforcemcnl specillcd fe: · . . :,·.; .a r.r~
dcvicc. This supplcmental rcin forccment ~J;;I! ! :., ..i; ;¡¡· .,r in
c~lllliptral ion ami at lcast equivalen! in vo ltJ!llf'!ric r:P•o to
any suppkmcntary skin reinforcement uscd in ti. ·· <tu;tiJying
acccptancc tests of thc anchorage de vice.
418.16.3 General-Zonc Design
Design for general ~.l)llCS for multislrand tcndons .\ltallmeet
lhc rcquirements of Scctions 418.14.3 thron:;L i ~. ! l. .

418.17 Corrosion Proh~ction for Unbondcd Prcstrcssing
Tcndons
418.17.1 Unbondcd tcndons shall be encascd with
shcathing. Thc tcndons shall be completely coated and the
sheathing around the tendon filtcd with suitablc material lo
inhibit corrosion.
418.17.2 Sheathing shall be water1ight and continuous over
entirc length to be ui1bondcd.
' .
418.17.3 For applications in corrosive cnvironmcnts, thc
sheathi ng shall be connected to al! stressing, intcrmediate
and fixed anchoragcs in a watertight fashion.
418.17.4 Unbondcd single strand tendons shall be protected
against corTosion in accordancc with ACI423.7.
418.18 Post-Tcnsioning Ducts
418.18.1 Ducts for grouted tendons shal! be mortar-tight and
nonreacti ve wilh concrete, tcndons, grout, and corros ion
inhibitor.
418.18.2 Ducls for grouted single wire, single strand, or
single bar tendons shall have an insidc diametc r at lcast 6
mm largcr than tcndon dinmctcr.
418.18.3 Ducts for grouted rnultiplc wirc. rnultiple strand, or
multiplc bar tcndons shall have an inside cross-scctional
arca at lcast two times thc cross-sectional arca of tendons.
418.18.4 Ducts shall be rnaimained free of ponded water íf
mcmbers to be grouled are cxposed to tcmpcraturcs below
freezing prior to gro utin g.
418.19 Grout for Bondcd Prcstrcssing Tcndons
418.19.1 Grout shall consist of ponland cement and water;
or portland cement, sand, and water.
418.19.2 Materia!s for grout shall confonn lo Sections
418.19.2.1 through 4 18.19.2.4.
418.19.2.1 Portland cement shal! con form to Section 403. :1.
418.19.2.2 Water shall confonn to Section 403 ..'i .
418.19.2.3 Sand, if used , shall confonn lo "Standard
Spl'cijicotion fo r J\ggregate j ár Masonry Mortar" ( ASTM
e 144) exccpl that gradation shafl be pcrmilted lo be
modificd as ncccssary to ohtain satisfactory workability.
National Slructu ral Code o f the Philippines 6 ~> Edition Volurne ·¡
CHAPTER 4 · Concrete 4·10!5
418.19.2.4 Admix tures conforming lo Seclion 403.7 and
known to llave no inj urious effects on grout, stcel, or
concrete shall be pcrmitted. Calcium chloride shall not be
use d.
418.19.3 Sclcction of Grout Proportions
418.19.3.1 Propo11ions of materials fo r grout shall be bascd
on either of thc follo wing:
l. Results of tests 011 fresh and hardened grout prior to
beginning grouting opcrations; or
2. Prior documented experience with similar matcrials and
equipment and under comparable field conditions.
418.19.3.2 Cement used in the work shall correspond to
that on which selection of grout proportions was bascd.
418.19.3.3 Water content shall be mínimum necessary for
proper purnping of grout; however, water-cement ratio shall
not exceed 0.45 by weight.
418.19.3.4 Water shall not be added to increase grout
flowability thal has becn decreased by delayed use of lhc
grout.
418.19.4 Mixing and Pumping Grout
418.19.4.1 Grout shall be rnixed in equipment capablc of
continuous mcchanical mix ing and agitation that will
produce uniform distribution of materials, passcd through
scrcens, and pumpcd in a rnanner that will completely fil!
thc ducts.
418.19.4.2 Tcmperaturc of mcrnbers at ti me of grouting
shall be above 2°C and shall be maintained above 2"C until
ficld-cured 50 mm cubcs of grout reach a mínimum
compressive strength of 5.5 MPa.
418.19.4.3 Grout temperaturcs shall not be abo ve 32"C
during mixing and pumping.
418.20 Protcction for Prcstrcssíng Stccl
Burning or wclding opcrations in the vicinity of prcstrcssing
stcel shall be perfonncd so that prestressing stccl is no!
subject to excessivc temperatu rcs, wclding sparks, or grou nd
currents.
1
 4-1 06 CHAPTER 4 - Concrete

418.22 Post-Tensioning Anchorages and Couplers

418.21 Applicalion and Measurcment of Prcstressing
418.22.1 Anchorages and couplcrs for bonded and
Force
unbonded tcndons shall develop at least 95 pcr'CL:IH of !he
specified breaking strength of the tendons, ;;.... , wiH:!l testcd
418.21.1 Prestressíng force shall be dctcnnincd by both of
in an unbonded condition, w ilhout cxceeding antici p,!led sct.
the following methods:
Por bonded tcndons, anchorages and couplcrs :,hall be
l. M easuremcnt of stccl elongation. Rcquircd elongation located so that 100 pcrcent of the spcci fícd brcaking
shall be dctcnnined from average load-clongation strcngth of thc tcndons, ¡;,,.. , shall be dcvelopcd ;n n i:ical
curves for the prcstrcssing stcelu·;(:.l; sections after thc prcstrcssing stccl are bondcd in thc
mcmbcr.
2. Observation of jacking force on a calibrated gagc or
load cell or by use of a calibratcd dynamomctcr.
418.22.2 Couplers shall be placcd in arcas approvcd by thc
engincer-on-rccord and cnclosed in housing long cnough to
Cause of any differencc in force detcrmination bctween
pennit necessary movemen ts.
methods 1 and 2 that excecds 5 percent for pretcnsioned
clcments or 7 pcrcent for posHensioned construction shall
418.22.3 In unbonded construction subjccl lo repcllllvc
be ascertained and corrected.
loads, spccial attcntion shall be given to the possíbility of
fatigue in anchorages and couplers.
418.21.2 Where the transfcr of force from the bulkheads of
pre-tensioning bcd to the concrete is accomplishcd by f1amc
418.22.4 Anchoragcs, couplcrs, and end fittings shall be
cutting pre-strcssing tendons, cutting points and cutting
permanemly protectcd against corrosion.
sequence shall be predetermined to avoid undcsired
tcmporary strcsscs.

418.21.3 Long lcngths of cxposed prc-tcnsioncd strand shall

be cut near thc mcrnber 10 minimizc shock to concrete.

418.21.4 T otal loss of prestress due to unreplaccd broken

tendons shall not excccd 2 pcrcent of total prestress.

Table 418- 1 Frictí on Cocffícients for Post-Tensioncd

Tcndons for Use in Equation 4! 8-1 or 4 18-2
,--------,----------·----.--·-·--,-:-:--:-:-.,..--~

Wobblc Curvature
-o .S oo
41 "' e;¡ .:: ----·---------·----~·-·-----··--· -------~~~lici~~~· K l~r.!~~-~cr -----~ _______c.:_o..~.rD~~ent~J..I¡J.>Cr ~:<!.:!.~lrl_ -·-
~~~~ -·-·- - - Wirc tcndons 0.0033-0.0049 ____ ·- - -· 0.15-0.25
<.:> 41 .e High-strength bars 0.0003-0.0020 0.08-0.30
¡....
-----_,....,_..____
fJ) 7-wirc strand 0 .00 1 6-0.0066--~-..--···--..
-- -----·-----·oTs:o.¿s--··-·-·
- - - - - -···- -·-··..·-·--·····--·--··--·---· ·----.. ..·-----··-.........................................-...............- .. --- _ ,.....................__
_
Wirc tcndons 0.0033-0.0066 0.05-0. 15

7-wirc strand o. 0033-0.0066 0.05-0.15

- j - - - - - - - - - - - - - - j - - -- - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - -j - - - ------------··---... ..
"O
41 Wirc tcndons 0.00 10-0.0066 0.05-0.!5
"'41
<'<l
... f----· - - - - --------- ---------------------- ----·-·-----------...
<;.o
41
0: 7-w irc strand ().()() 10-0.0066 ().05 -0. 15
..-----·--·~--------''--------------.L.------·----..·---··-··

Association of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines

 CHAPTEii 4 - Concrete 4-107

Tablc 418-2 Scrviccabi lity Dcsign Rcquircments

Prestresscd
Nonprcstrcssed
Class U ClassT Class C
Transition bctween
Assumcd bchavior Uncmckcd Cracked Cracked
uncracked and crackcd
Gross scction
Scction propcrlics for stress Gross scction Crack section
Scction No rcquirement
calculation at service loads Scction 418.4.4 Scction 41 8.4.4
4 18.4.4
Scction
Allowablc stress at transfer Section4 18.5.1 Section 418.5.1 No requirement
418.5.1
Allowablc compressivc stress
based on Scction
Scction 4 18.5.2 No requirement No requirement
4 18.5.2
uncracked scction propcrties
Tensilc stress at scrvice loads
Scct. 418.4.3
S0.62 fl 0.62 ft<fi :sfl No requirement No requirement

Scct. 409.6.2,
Scct. 409.6.4.1 Sect. 409.6.4 .1
Scct. 409.6.4.1 409.6.3
Dctlcction calculation basis Cracked section, Crackcd scction,
Gross section Effective moment
bil inear bilinear
of inertia
·-···--·------. ...
····-··-·~·-··-

Section 410.7.4
No
Crack control No requirement Modificd by Scct. Scction 4 10.7.4
rcquircmcnt
418.5.4.1
- ---- • • - -••- w.- ·---· -----
Computation of Ajps or f~· for Cracked scction MI(As x lever arm).
crack control
- -·····
analysis or 0.6fy
No
Sidc s kin rcinforccmcnt No requircment Scction 4 10.7.7 Scction 4 10.7.7
rcquiremen t

111
National Structura l Code of the Philippines () Edition Volume 1
4 -108 CHAPTER 4 ·· Concrete

Table 418-3 ASTM Standard Pre ~tressi n g Tcndons

-··- ··- ··

Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal Nomin al

Dimnctcr, Arca, mass, Diamctcr, Arca ,
2
Typc mm 111111 k g/m Typc mm mm2 !qr,/m
--·~-···----····· ·-- ·-·- - -..·-··
6.4 23.2 0.1 82 9 .53 54.8 0.432
- ·· -- - --··--·
7.9 37.4 0.294 Scvcn-wirc 11. 1o 74.2
- ···· ···--··-
Scvcn-wirc
Strand
_____ _ 9.5 .. 51.6
--- -~~---·-
0.405
-···--·-·- - - - -
Strand
(Grade 1860) -·------- ---
12.70 98.7
·-·

(Grade 1725) 1 1.1 69.7 0 .548 15.24 140.0

--·---------- -···-··
12.7 9 2.9 0 .730 4.88 18 .7
- - ..· -- -- ------- ·········
...
15.2 139.4 1.094 Prcstrcssing 4 ..98 19.5
19.0 284.0 2.230 Wire 6 .35 31.7
t --- -···
22.0 387.0 3.040 7 .0 1 38.6
25.0 503.0
·-
3.970 15 .0 181.0
..........
Prcst ressing ·--~· --· -~----- ~------- ···

29 .0 639.0 5.030 Prcstrcssing 20 .0 27 1.0

Bars (Piain) - - --- -··~ --~-------- -- --~··-~-- ~ -~--- ---

32.0 794.0 6.2 10 Bars 26.0 548.0

-~··-·-··-·~··--- -~-··

35.0 955.0 7 .520 (D cfonncd ) 32.0 806.0

---·-·--~-·-· --·--·-- ----····--··--·····-·-·- - - -- ·· -- -- ---- -~~--·--~~· · · ·

36.0 10 19 1)
- -··· ... ·-·- ..

Association of Stnsctural E:nguwcrs of lile Philippmes

 CHAPTER 4 .... Slruclural Concre te 4109

418.23 Externa! Post- Tcnsioning

418.23.1 Post-tcnsioning tcndons shall be pcrmitted to be

externa! to any concrete scction of a member. The strength
and serviccability dcsign mcthods of this codc shall be used 419.1 Notations
in cvaluating the c1fccts of externa! tcndon forccs on the
E,. = moclulus of e!asticity of concrete, MPa, Sce
concrete structurc.
Scction 408.6. 1
f'c = spccificd compressíve strcngth of concrete, MPa
418.23.2 Externa! tcndons shall be considcred as unbonded fi' = sqt:are root of spccified compressive strength of
tcndons wllcn computing flexura! strength unless provisions
concrete, MPa
are made lo efl'cctively bond the externa! tcndons to thc
concrete section along its entire Jength.
¡,. = specified yicld strength of nonprestressed
reinforcement, MPa
h = thickncss of shcll or folclcd platc, mm
418.23.3 Externa! lendons shall be attached to the concrete /,¡ = dcvclopment leng th, mm
membcr in a manncr that maintains the desired cccentricity 1/J = strength-rcduction factor. See Section 409.4
bctwccn thc tcndons and thc concrete centroid throughout
thc fui! range of anticipatcd member clcflcction.
419.2 Scope and Detinitions
Extemal tcndons and tcndon anchorage rcgions shall be
protcctcd against corrosion, and thc dctails of the protcction 419.2.1 Provisions of Scctíon 419 shall apply to thin-shell
method shall be indicatcd on thc drawíngs or in thc projcct and fo!ded-platc concrete structurcs. i ncluding ribs and
speci fícations. cdgc membcrs.

419.2.2 Al! provisions of thís code not spccifically

cxcludcd. and not in conflict with provisions of Scction
419, shall apply to tbin-shell structures.

419.2.3 Thin Shclls

T hree-dimcnsional spatial structures madc up of one or
more curved slabs or folded plates whosc thickncsses are
small cornparcd to thci r other dímcnsions. Th in shclls are
characteriz.cd by thcir thrcc-dimensional load-carrying
bchavior, which is dctennined by thc gcomctry of thci r
forms, by the manner in which thcy are supportcd, and by
tbe naturc of thc applicd load.

419.2.4 Folded Platcs

A class of shcll structure forrncd by joi ning flat, thin slabs
along their edges to creatc a threc-dimensional spatial
structure.

419.2.5 Ribbcd Shclls

Spatial structures with material placcd primari ly along
certain preferrcd rib lines, with thc arca bctwccn the ri bs
fillcd with thin slabs or lcít opcn .

419.2.6 Auxi!iary Mcmbers

Ribs or cdgc bcams that serve to strengthen, stíffen, or
support the shell; usually, auxiliary members act jointly
with thc shell.

National Structural Code of the Pllilippines Gn' Fdition Volurne 1

 4-11 O CHAPTER 4 -- Structural Concrete
419.2.7 Elastic Analysis
An analysis of deformations and interna! forces based on
equilibrium, compatibility of strains, and assumed elastic
behavior, and representing lo a suitable approximation the
threc-dimensional action of thc shell togcthcr with its
auxiliary mcmbcrs.
419.2.8 lnclastic Analysis
An analysis of dcforn,:!iions and interna] forccs bascd on
equilibrium, nonlincar stress-strain rclations for concrete
and reinforcement, consideration of cracking and time-
dependen! effects, and compatibility of strains. The analysis
shall rcpresent to a suitable approximation three-
dimensional action of the shell together with its auxiliary
members.
419.2.9 Experimental Analysis
An analysis procedure based on the rneasurement of
deformations or strains, or both, of the structure or its
model; experimental anal ysis is based on either elastic or
inelastic behavior.
419.3 Analysis ancl Dcsign
419.3.1 Elastic behavior sha!l be an accepted bas is fo r
detennining interna! forces and displacernenls of thin shells.
This behavior shall be permitted to be establ ished by
computations bascd on an analysis of the uncracked
concrete stmcture in which the material is assumed Iinearl y
elastic, hornogeneous and isotropic. Poisson's ratio of
concrete shall be permítted to be taken equ al to zero.
419.3.2 Inelastic analysis shall be permitlcd to be used
whcre it can be shown that such mcthods providc a safe
basis for dcsign.
419.3.3 Equilibrium checks of intern a] resistances and
extern a] loads shall be made lo cnsure consistcncy of
resulls.
419.3.4 Experimental or numerical analysis procedures
shall be pennilled where it can be shown that such
procedures provide a safe basis for design.
4 19.3.5 Approximate methods of analysis shall be
pennitted whcre ít can be shown that such mcthods providc
a safe basis fo r dcsign.
419.3.6 In preslrcsscd shclls, the anal ysis shall also
consider behavior undcr loads ind uccd during prcstrcssing,
at cracking load ami at factorcd load. Whcrc prestress ing
tendo ns are draped wi thin a shell, design shall takc into
account force components on thc shell rcsul ting from thc
lcndon prolllc not lying in onc plane.
Association of Struclura l Engineers of the
419.3.7 The thickness of a shcll and its reinforccment shall
be proportioncd for thc requi red strength and serviceability,
using cither thc strcngth design method of Section 408 .2. 1
or thc altcrnate design method of Section 408.2.2.
419.3.8 Shell instability shall be investigatcd and shown
by
design to be prccluded.
J •..
419.3.9 Auxiliary membcrs shall be designed according lo
the applicable pro visions of this code. It shall be pennilted
to ass ume that a portion of the shell equal to the fiange
width, as spccifíed in Section 408.13, acts with thc auxiliary
member. In such ponions of the shell, the reinforcement
perpendicular to the auxiliar)' member shall be at least
equal to that rcqu ired for tl1c tlange of a T-bcam by Section
408. ! 3.5 .
419.3.10 Strcngth design of shell slabs for mcmbranc and
bending forccs shall be based on the distribution of stresses
and strains as dctcrmi ned from either clastic or an inclastic
analysis.
419.3.11 In a rcgion where mcmbrane cracking is prcdictcd,
thc nominal compressi vc strength parallel to thc crach
shall be taken as OA(', .
419.4 Dcsign strcngth of Matcrials
419.4.1 Specifi ed compressi ve strength of concrctef'c at 2<\
days sha!l not be lcss than 2 1 MPa.
419.4.2 Spccillcd yield strcngth of nonprest ressed
reinforccmcn(_/;. shal l not cxcccd 4 15 MPa.
419.5 Shcll Rcinforccmcnt
419.5.1 Shcll rei nforce mcnt shall be provi.dcd lo rcsist
!ensile stresses frorn interna! membran c force.:;, lo resi::'
tension from bending and twisting momcn:s, :u cont rol
shrinkagc and lemperaturc cracking aiHi as special
reinforcement as shcll boundarics, load attaclnm'nls a¡:d
shell openin gs.
419.5.2 Tensí lc reinforccrncnt sl1all be provided in two or
more di rcct ions and shall be proportioncd sl:c!: th at i t!:
rcsistancc in any di rection cquals or cxcccds thc componcnl
of interna! forccs in that directí on.
1\ltcrnativcly, reinforccment for thc mcmb r; ! n·~· ii'!' ,, : :n tlw
slab sha ll he calculatcd as thc rci nforccmc<il ¡,·,¡ui;,·d In
rcsist ax ial !ensile fo rccs plus thc. tcnsi !c r(~ ! , · .: ,, . ' ' .
friction rcquired lo transfcr shcar across ;·, ~ y ' : " '''' ·..:; '"":
r~h il ippi rws
 CHAPTEH 4 •• Structural Concrete 4·111

of thc mcmbranc. The assumcd cocf'ficicnt of fri ction, p , that the mínimum dcvclopmcnt lcngth shall be 1.21,1 but not
shall not excccd that spccified in Scction 4 11.8.4.3. less than 500 mm.

419.5.3 The arca of shell rcinforccmcnt at any scction as 419.5.12 Splice development lcngths of shell
measured in two onhogonal directions shall not be lcss than reinforcement shall be governeú by the provisions of
tbe slab shrinkagc or tempcrature reinforccmcnt rcquirc<l by Section 412, except that thc mínimum sp1ice length of
Scction 407. 13. tension bars shall be 1.2 times the valuc rcquircd by Section
412 but not 1ess than 500 mm. The numbcr of spliccs in
419.5.4 Rcinforccmcnt for shcar and bcnding momcnts principal lensile rcinforccrncnt shall he kcpt to a practica!
about axcs in thc planc of thc shell slab shall be calculatcd mínimum. Where splices are neccssary, they shall be
in accord:t~1rc with Scctions 41 O. 41 1 and 41 3. staggercd at least Id with not moré than onc-third of the
reinforcemcnt spliced at any scction.
419.5.5 Thc arca of shell tension rcinforcemcnt shaiJ be
Jimitcd so that thc rcinforccmcnt will yicld bcforc cither
419.6 Construction
crushing of concrete in comprcssion or shell buckling can
take place.
419.6.1 Whcn remova1 of fonnwork is based on a specific
modulus of elasticity of concrete because of stability or
419.5.6 In rcgions of high tcnsion, mcmbranc rcinforccmcnt
dcflection considcrations, the va1uc of thc modulus of
shall, if practica!, be placed in thc general dircctions of thc
elasticity E,. shall be dctcrmined from flexura! tests of ficld-
principal tcnsilc membrane forccs. Where this is not
curcd bcam spccimens. The nurnbcr of test specimens, the
practical, it shall be pemliued to place membranc
dimensions of test beam specirncns and test procedures
rei nforcemcnt in two or more componen! directions.
shall be spccified by the engineer-of-record.
419.5.7 Ií the dircction of reinforcement varíes more than
419.6.2 The tolerances for tbe shape of the shell shall be
10 degrees from the di rection of principal tcnsilc membranc
spccified. JI' construction results in deviations frorn the
force, the amount of reinforcemcnt shall be rcviewed in
shape greatcr than thc spccified to1crances, an analysis of
re1ation to cracking al service loads.
thc effect of thc dcviations shall be made and any rcquircd
rcrnedinl actions shall be takcn to ensurc safe behavior.
419.5.8 Where the magnitudc of thc principal tensi1e
membrane stress within the shell varíes greatly over the
arca of the shell surface, rcinforcement resisting thc total
tcnsion may be concentrated in the regions of largest tensilc
stress wherc it can be shown that this provides a safe basis
for design. Howevcr, thc ratio of shell reinforccment in any
ponion of thc tcnsilc zonc shall not be less than OJJ035
based on thc overall th icknc.~s of the shell.

419.5.9 Reinforcement required to rcsist shell bending

moments shall be proponioned with due regard to thc
simultancous action of rncmbranc axial forces at thc samc
location . Wherc shell reinforccment is requircd in on1y one
face to resist bending rnoments, equal amounts shall be
placcd near bOlh surfaces of the shell even though a re versal
of bcnding rnomcnls is not indicated by thc anal ys is.

419.5.10 Shell reinforceme nt in any direction shall not he

spacecl f'anher apar1 than 500 mm. or fi vc times the shcll
thickncss. Whcrc the principal membranc tensilc stress on
the gross concrete arca due to factored loads cxcccds
0. 33 ~ A.[r~ rcinforcernent shall not be spaced farthcr apart
than thrcc times thc shcll thickncss.

419.5. 11 Shcll rcinforceme nt at the junction of thc shcll

and supporting mcrnbers or edgc mernbcrs shall be
anchored in nr extended through .~uc h mcmhcrs in
accordancc with the requircrnc nts of Scction 4 J 2. exc•~pt

1
Nattonal Strur.:tural Codü of lite PJ1ilippines G¡, [dilion Volumc 1
 4-112 CHAPTEH 4 -- Structural Concrete
420.1 Notations
D = dead loads or related intemal moments nnd forces
!'. = spccificd compressive strength concrete, MPa
=
overall thickness of member in che direction of
"
L
act ion considcred, mm
= livc loads or related intemal moments and forces
1, = span of membcr under load te~t. mm. (Thc shor1er
span for cwo-way slab systcms.) Span is the
smaller of ( 1) discance between cencers of supports
and (2) clear discance between supports plus
chickness Ir of member. In Eq. 420-1, span for a
cantilevcr shall be takcn as twice che distancc from
suppon to cantilcver end
= measured maximum dcflcction, mm. See Eq. 420-
1 material in the structure in question.
Órmar = measured residual dcllection, mm. See Eqs. 420-2
and 420-3
= maximum deflcction measured during thc second
test rclativc to the position of the structure al the
beginning of thc second test, mm. See Eq. 420-3
420.2 Strcngth Evaluation-General
420.2. 1 lf therc is a doubt that a part or all of n stmctme
mccts thc safety rcquircments of this codc, a strcngth
evaluation shall be carried out as requircd by thc enginccr-
of-rccord or building official.
420.2.2 lf thc cffcct of thc strcngth dcficicncy is wcll
undcrscood and if it is feasihle co measurc thc dimcnsions
and material propenics requircd for analysis,
analytical evaluations of strcngth i.>ased on thosc
measurements shall sufficc. Required data shall be
determincd in accordance wi th Section 420.3.
420.2.3 lf thc effcct of the strength deficicncy is not well
undcrstood or if it is not feasii.>lc to cstabli1>h thc requ ircd
dimcnsions and material propcr1ics by mcasuremcnt , a load
test shall he rcquired ifthc structurc is to remain in scrvicc.
420.2.4 lf lhe doubt ahout sakty of a pan or all of a
structurc involvcs dctcrioration antl if the ohscrvcd
response during lhl.! load test satisfies thc acccptance
critcria, the struclllrc or pan of 1hc stmclurc shnll he
permilled lo rcmai n in scrvicc for a specilied lime pcriod. lf
dccmed ncccssary by lhc cnginccr, pcriodic rccvaluations
shall be conducted.
1\ssocialion o f Slruclwal Eng1neers of lhe Philipptne5
420.3 Dctcrmination of Hcquired Dimcnsions and
Material Propcrtics
420.3.1 Dimensions of thc structu ral clemcnts shall be
establishcd at critica! sections.
420.3.2 Locations and siz.es of the reinforcing bars, weldcd
wire fabric or 1cndons shall be detennined by mcasurement.
ll sh:lll be permillcd to ba~e reinforccmcnt f, .·ations on
avail:•l:!e drawings if spo1 checks are matlc t:<l nlmning thc
information on the drawings.
420.3.3 If required, concrete strength sh:1ll h· hascd O!l
resulcs of cylinder tests from thc original con,: · :uion ll•
tests of cores removed from the part of th;; sir"' ; :11 C whcre
the strength is in questi on. For strength evalmn!on of :m
cxisting structure, cylinder or core test dat;\ shali iJc uscd ,,,
estímate an equivalen! J/. The melhod for o!,¡;nning an-.
testing cores shall be in accordance with AS f'M L!2M.
420.3.4 If requircd, reinforcemcnt or tendon str<: ngth shall
be based on tcnsilc tests of represcrllati vl~ sampll~S nf lile
420.3.5 If the required dimensio ns ami matn ial pro¡xn ir: ·:
are detcm1ined through measurements all<l trsti11g, and :f
calculations can be made in accordanc(' with Sc.:;t íc:':
420.2.2, it shall be pcrmiued 10 increase ihe strr.n¡ \tJ. ·
reduction factor, rp, from those specified in Section 409.4.
butthe strength-reduction factor. rp shallnot ht: more than:
Tcnsion-controlled seclions. as dcfincd in Sct.:IJon
410.4.4 ....... .. - ...... .. ... . ..... . .
1.0
Comprcssion-controllcd scclions. as defí nn l in Section
410.4.:t
Members wich spiral reinforcemcnt .:tm1illmin¡- ·O
Scction 410.1 0.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O. c;o
Ochcr reinforced members . . . . . .. . . . . .. · · . ;
Shear and/or torsion ...... . . .. . . .. .. · · · · · ·
13earing on concrete .. . . ...... . . ... ... . · . · · · · · · ·
420.4 Load Test Proccdurc
420.4.1 Load Arrangcmcnl
The number and arrangemcnt of spans nr p::ncl:-. loadr '
shall be sclected lo maximiz.c thc deOcction :""' ~t w·~w·•: "'
the critica! rcgions of thc slructural d : :- · : · .
slrcngth is in doubt. More !han onc tc~l !• •. :11_ '·
shall be uscd if a si ngle a rran pl~n "·.: "-: 11 : · '
simultancously rcsult in maximum valn<~ ·: :L: ·
.(such as dcflection, rotation or s ln.:.";) J:t:.-~::.,.......
dc monstrate the adequacy of thc structurc.

420.4.2 Load lntcnsity
The total test load (incl uding dcad load already in place)
shall not be less than lhe largcr of ( 1), (2), and (3):
1. 1.150 + I.SL + 0.4(Lr or R)
2. l.l 5D + O.9L + l. S(L, or R)
3. !.3D
The load factor on thc live load L in. {2) shall be¡._iJ,cnnitled
to be reduced to 0.45 except for garages, areas·occup ied ·as
places of public asscmbl y, and all arcas. where L is grcatcr
2
than 4.8 kN/m . It shall be pennittcd to reduce L in
accordance with the provisions of lhe applicable code.
420.4.3 A load test shall not be made until that poJ1ion of
the structure to be subjcct to load is at least 56 days old . lf
the owner of the structure, the contractor, and all involved
parties agrce, it shall be pcnnittcd to make the test at an
earlicr age.
420.5 Loading Critcria
420.5.1 Thc initial va! uc for all applicablc response
measurcmcnts (such as deflecti on, rotation, strain, slip,
crack widths) shall be obtai ned not more t han onc hour
before application of the first load incrcment.
Measurerncnts shall be made at locations where maximum
response is expected. Addi tional measurements shall be
made if required.
420.5.2 Test load shall be applied in not Iess than four
approximately equal increments.
420.5.3 Uniform test load shall be applicd in a manncr to
ensurc uniform distribution of thc load transmiued to thc
structure or portian of the structure being tcsted. Arching of
the app!ied load shall be avoided.
420.5.4 A set of response measu rements shall be made
afler each load incrcment is applied and after !he total load
has been applied on the structure for at Ieast 24 hours.
420.5.5 To!al test load shall be removed immediately after
all response measurcmenls defincd in Section 420.5.4 are
made.
420.5.6 1\ sc t of final response measurements shall be
madc 24 hours afler !he test load is removed.
420.6 Acccptancc Cril cria
420.6.1 Thc portion of the structure tested shall show no
evidcncc of fai lure. Spalling and crushing o f compresscd
concrete shall be considcred an indication of failurc.
Nationat Structurat Code of t11e Phitippines 6'" E<tition Volume 1
CHAPTER 4 - Structural Concrete 4·1 : 3
420.6.2 Mcasured maximum deflecti ons shall satisfy nnc
of the following conditions:
2
ó. < - -1!..,- - (420- 1)
1 - 20,000 h
(420-2)
lf the measurcd max imu m and residual dencctions, t. 1 and
ó., , do not satisfy Eq. 420- 1 or 420-2, it shall be permitted
to repeat the load test.
The repeal test shall be conductcd no! earlier than 72 hours
after removal of the fi rst test load. The pon ion of the
Stnlcture tested in the repeat test shall be considcred
acceptable if dcOection recovery satisfied the condition:
ó., -<~
(420-3)
5
where .d1 is the max imum dcOection measured during the
second test relati ve l o the posit ion of the stmctu re at the
beginning of the second test.
420.6.3 Structural mc rnbcrs testcd shall nol havc cracks
indicating the imminence of shcar failure.
420.6.4 In regions of structural mcmbers without transversc
rcinforcement, appcarancc of structural cracks inclined to
the longitudinal axis and havi ng a horii:'.ontal proje::ction
longer than the deplh of the member al mid-poi rll or the
crack shall be cvaluated .
420.6.5 In regions of anchoragc and Jap spliccs, the
appearance along the li nc of rcinforcemcnt of a series of
shon inclined cracks or horizontal cracks shall be
evaluated.
420.7 Provisions for Lowcr Load Rating
lf the slructure under investigation does not sati sfy
conditions or criteria of Sections 420.2.2, 420.6.2 or
420.6.3, the structure may be permitted for use at a lower
load rating based on the results of the load test or analysis,
if approved by the building official.
420.8 Safcty
420.8.1 Load tests shall be conductcd in such a man ncr as
lo provide for safety of life all(l structure during the test.
420.8.2 No safely mcasurc.~ shall intcrfcrc with load test
procedures or affect results.
.;: . . .. . .. ·,.
~
• ~ ,• • r
·' ) .
¡ : • ~i.
 4-114 CHAPTER 4- S;ructura1 Concrete

h.,. = height of entire wall or of the segment of wall

considered, mm
h, = maximum horizontal spacing of hoop or crossti e
lcgs on all faces of the column, mm
1,1 = dcvclopmcnl length for a straight bar
/,11, = dcvelopmelll lcngth for a bar with a standard hook
421.1 Notations as dcfined in Eq. 421-6, mm
A,h = cross-sectional aren of a structural member 1, = clcar span mcasurcd facc-to-face of supports, mm
, mcasurcd out-lo-ou t of transverse reinforccment, 1,. = mínimum length, measu rcd from joint face along
mm 2 axis of structural member. over which trans 1erse
A rp = arca of concrete section, rcsisting shear, of. an reinforcernent must be provided, mm
individual pier or horizoruat wall segment, mm2 /.,. = length o f entirc wall or of scgrnent of wall
A,.,. = gross arca of concrete section bounded by web considcred in direction of shear force, mm
thickncss and length of section in the direction of M, = rnoment at the face of the joint, corresponding tn
shear fo rce considered, rnrn 2 the nominal flexura! strenglh of the colum,.,
Ag = gross arca of section, mm2 framing into that joint, calculated for the factored
A1 = effective cross-sectional arca within a Jotnt (sce axial force, consisten! with the direction of thc
Section 421.7.4.1) in aplane parallelto plane of lateral forces considered, resuhing in the lowest
reinforccment generating shear in rhe joint, rnm2 . flexura! strength, see Section 421.5.2.2
The joint deprh shall be the overall depth of tlle M1 = moment at thc facc of the joint, corresponding to
col umn. Where a bcam framcs into a suppon of the nominal flexura! strength of the girder
larger width, the cffcctivc widrh of thc joint shall includ ing slab whcre in tcnsion, frarning into that
not exceed the smaller of: joint, sce Scction 421.5.2.2
M1, = probable flexura! strength of mcmbers, with or
l. Beam width plus the joint depth; or without axial load, dctermined using the propertics
2. Twice the smallcr perpendicular distance from of the mernber at the joint faces assuming a tensilc
the longitudinal axis of thc beam to the strength in the longitudinal bars of at least 1.25_(¡.
column sidc. Scc Scction 421.7.4.1. anda strcngth-rcduction factor (l}of 1.0
M, = portion of slab rnoment balanccd by suppon
A,h = total cross-sectional arca of transvcrse rein- mornent
forcement (including crossries) wilhin spacing, s. M. = factored rnoment at section
and perpendicular 10 dimension, he, mm2 s = spacing of longitudinal reinforcemcnt, transverse
A," = total arca of reinforcement in each grou p of reinforcement, prestressing tendons, wires, or
diagonal bars in a diagonally reinforccd coupling anchors. mm, Scctions 41 Oto 4 12. 4 17 to 421, and
bcarn, rnm 2 423
b = cffecti ve eornprcssive fl angc width of' a structural S< = momcnt , shcar or ax ial force at connection
member, mm corresponding to developrnent of probable strength
b.,. = web width, or diamctcr of circular section, mm at intendecl yield locations bascd on the goveming
e = dis1ance from the extreme compression fiber lo mechanism of inelastic lateral deforrnation,
neutral axis, sec Scction 410.3.7, calculated for the considering both gravity and earthquakc load
factorcd axial force and nominal moment strength, effects, Section 421
consisten! with the design displacement b;,. S" = nominal flexura!, shear or axial strcngth of
rcsulting in the largest neutral axis depth, mm connection, Section 421
d
t/¡,
= effective dcpth of scction, mm
= bar diameter, mm
s, = maximum spaci ng of transverse reinforcemenl
with in 1,,. mm, Section 421
¡;· = load cffects of earthquakc, or rclated interna! s, = long itudinal spacing of transverse rcinforccment
momcnts and forces within tl1c lcngth /.,.mm
f',. = spccilicd comprcssive st rengrh of concrete, MPa V, = nominal shear strcngth providcd by concrete,
Jj = squarc roor of specified comprcssivc strcngth of Sections 408,411,413 and 421
concrete, MPa V, = dcsign shear force corresponding to thc
f, = spccified yicld strength of rcinforccmcnt, MPa devclopment of thc probable momcnt strength of
J,h =specificd yield strengrh of transvcrse rhe mernhcr, sec Scctions 421.5.4 .1 or 421.6.5. 1
rcinforcemcnt. MPa V, =nominal shcar strcngth, Scctions 408, 410, 411.
= cross-scctional dimension of col urnn corc 42 1, 422 and 423
measured ccntcr-to-centcr of confining V, = factored shear force at section, Sections 411 '''
rcinforcernent, mm 4 13,417,42 1 and422

Association of Struclura1En~¡ineers of tl1e Phi1ippines


a = anglc dcfining the orientation of rcinforccmcnt,
Scctions 411 , 421 and 427
o;. = cocfficicnt defining the rclativc contribution of
concrete strcngth to nominal wall strcngth, Sec
Equation 42 1-7.
= design displaccment, mm, Section 42 1
= rati o of nonprcstrcsscd tcnsion rcinforccmcnt
= A/(i>d), Sccti ons 411, 413, 421 and 425.
p1 = ratio of arca of distributcd longitudinal
rcinforcemcnt to gross concrete arca
pcq)cndicular
to that reinforccment, Scctions 4 11 , 414 and 421
p, = r.atio of a rca of distributed transvcrsc
rcinforccmcnt to gross concrete a rca perpendicular
to that rcin forceme nt, Scctions 41 1,414 and 421
Ps = ratio of volume of spiral reinforcement to tOLa!
volumc of core confined by the spiral
rcinforccrnenl (mcasurcd ou1-1o-ou1 of spirals)
p•. = ratio of arca o f distribuled reinforcement
perpendicular 10 thc planc of AC>' to gross concrete
arca A,.,,
= strcngth-rcduction factor
421 .2 Dcfinitíons
BASE OF STRUCTURE. Leve! at whic h ca11hquake
motions are assumcd to be imparted to a building. This
lcvcl does not necessari ly coincide with the ground leve!.
BOUNDARY ELEMENTS. Portions along structural wall
and stmctural diaphragm edges s trengthencd by
longitudinal and transvcrsc reinforcemcnl. Boundary
clemcnls do not neccssarily requirc an incrcase in thc
thickness of thc wall or diaphragm . Edges of opcnings
within walls and cliaphragms shall be providcd with
boundary clemcnts as rcquired by Scctions 42 1.8.6, and
42 1.9.7.5.
COLLECTOR ELEMENTS. Ele mcn ts that serve to
trans mit thc inertial fo rces within structural diaphragms to
me mbers of the late ral-forcc- rcsistíng systems.
CONFINED CORE. Thc arca within the corc de tined by
h,..
. Mo mcnt frames shall be catcgorizcd as fo ll ows:
CONNECTION. An c lemelll that joins two precast
mcmbcrs ora prccast mcmbcr and a cast-in-place membcr.
C OUPLING ll EAM. A horizontal clcmcnt in planc with
and connccting two shear walls.
C ROSSTIE. A continuous rcinforcing bar having a scism ic
hook a t onc c nd and a hook of not Jcss than 90 dcgrces with
at leas t six-d iamcte r cx tc nsion at thc o ther cnd . Thc hooks
shall c ngagc pc riphcral longitudi nal ba r.~ . Thc 90-dcgrcc
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6
CHAPTER 4 - Structural Concrete 4-1 15
hooks of two succcssivc crossties e ngaging thc same
longitudinal bars shall be altematcd end for cnd.
DESIGN DISPLACEMENT. Total lateral displaccmcnt
expected for the design-basis earthquake, as rcquired by the
govcrning code for carthquakc-resistant design.
DESIGN LOAD COMBINATIONS. Combi nations of
factorcd loads and forces specifícd in Section 409.3.
DETAILED J>LAIN CONCRETE STRUCTUHAL
WALL. A wall complying with the requircments of Scction
422, including Scction 422.7.
DEVELOPMENT LENGTH FOR A BAR WITH A
STANDARD HOOK. The shortest distance bctwccn the
critica! section (whcre the strength of thc bar is to be
developcd) and a tangent to thc outer cdgc of the 90-dcgrec
hook.
DRY CONNECTION. A conncction used bctween precast
mcmbers whích does not qualify as a wet connection.
FACTORED LOADS AND FORCI~S. Loads and forccs
modifíed by the fac tors in Section 409.3.
HOOP. A closed tic or continuously wound tie. A closcct
tic can be made up of severa! reinforcing clcments, each
havi ng seismic hooks at both cnds. A continuously wound
tic s hall have a seismic hook a t both c nds.
JOINT. The gcometric volumc common lo intersecting
mcmbers.
LATERAL FORCE ImSISTfNG S YSTEM- That pon ion
of the structure composcd of mcmbers proponionccl to
resist forccs rclatcd to carthquakc cffects.
L IG HTWEIGHT-AGGREGATE CONCRETE. All-
light weight or sand-1ightwcight aggregate concrete madc
with li ghtweight aggregates confonning to Section 403.4.
MOMENT FRAME. Spacc framcs in which members and
j oints resist forccs through flcxurc, shcar , and, axial force.
INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAME. A cast-in-place
framc complying with thc rcquircmcnts of Scction 42 1.12.
ORDI NA RY M OMENT F RAME. A cast-in-placc or
precast concrete framc complying with the rcquircments of
Scctions 40 1 through 418. and in thc case of ordinary
momcnt framcs assigncd to scismic zone 2 , also complying
with421.14.
111
Editlon Volume 1
 4· 116 CHAPTER 4 - Structuraf Concrete
SPECIAL MOMENT FRAME. A cast-in-pl ace framc
cornplying wi th the requirements of Sections 42 !.3.3
through 421.3.7, 42 1.5 through 42 1.7, ora prccast framc
complyíng with the requiremcnts of Sections 421.3.3
through 421.3.7 , 42 1.5 through 421.7, 42 1. 13. In additi on,
the rcq uirements for ordi nary momcnt framcs shall be
satisfied.
NONLINEAR ACTION LO CATION. The centcr of the
region of yielding in flexurc, shcar or axial action.
NONLINEAR ACTION REGION. The member lcngth
over which nonlinear action takes place. lt shal l be takcn as
extending a distancc of no less than h/2 on cither s ide of the
nonlincar action location.
SEISMIC HOOK. A hook on a stim1p, hoop or crosstic
having a bend not lcss than !35 dcgrees, cxcept th:at circular
hoops shall have a bcnd not less than 90 dcgrees. Hooks
shall have a six-diamcter (but not less than 75 mm) .
ex tension that cngagcs thc longitudinal rcinforccmcnt and
projects into the interior of thc stirrup or hoop.
SHELL CONCHETE. Concrete outsidc the transversc
reinforccmcnt contining the co ncrete.
SPECIAL DOUNDAHY ELEMENTS. JBoundary
c lcments required by Scctions 42 1.8.6.3 or 42 1.8.6.4.
SPECIFIED LAT ERAL FO RCES. Lateral forces
corresponding to the appropriatc distribution of thc dcsign
base shear force prescribcd by the governing codc for
cart hquake-resistant design.
STRONG CONNECTION. A con ncction that rcmains
c lastic. whilc the designatcd nonli ncar action regions
undcrgo inelastic response under thc Dcsign Basis Ground
Motion.
STRUCTURAL DIAPHRAG MS. Structural rncmbcrs,
such as noor and roof slabs, that transmit inertial forces
acting in the plane of the mcmber to thc vertical elcm cnts of
the seismic-force-resisting s ystem.
STRUCTlJRAL TRUSS. Assernblagc of reinforced
concrete rncmbccs subjectcd primaril y to axial forces.
STIHJCT lJHAL WALLS. Walls proport ioncd to resist
combinations of shcars, momcnt. and ax ial forccs induced
by eart hquake motions. A shear wa ll is a structural wall.
Structural walls shall be categorizcd as follows:
Association of Structu rat Engineers of lhe f.)hilippines
ORDINARY STHUCTUHAL PLAIN CONCRFT:.:
WALL. A wal l complying with the requirements of Scct ion
422, excluding Sccti on 422.7.
ORDINARY RE INFORCED CO N c~mT E
STRUCTURAL WALLS. A wal l compl ying W1ih the
rcquirements of Sections 40 1 through 4 18.
INTERM EDIATE PRECAST STRUCT URAL \'JAU ,.
A wall complying wilh al! applicable requi1cnw .!s or
Sections 40 1 th rough 41 8 in addition to 42 1.4.
SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL. A cas t-i~l -pl :.,. c:~ ,,,_.
prccast wall complying wi th thc requiremcnts d :;,,.:lio
421.3.3 through 421.3.7, 421.8 and 42 1.15, as ap!;Jic 'h., !' .
addition to thc rcquircmcnts for ordinary rcin~'orced
concrete structural walls.
STRUT. An element of a structural diaphrag1;, w. to
provide continu i! Yaround an opening in thc diap!,¡ ;1t:
TIE ELEMENTS. Elcments that serve to tr:lllSIItÍI · ''~rtia
forces and prevcnt separation of building comp,Jt:,:uh :;n c h
as foo tings and walls.
WALL PIER A wall segment with a horizont:>! ¡,ni':!,¡ ,,
thickncss ratio betwecn 2.5 and 6, and whosc cica; l,ci¡·it( ;,,
at least two times its horizontal length.
WET CONNECTION. Uses any of the :-1·1icing ¡,wl!:iH::.
to conncct precast membcrs and uses cast-in-place concret•·
or grout to fi ll the splicing closure, see Scctions 42 i.,í or
42 1.1 3.
421.3 General Rcquircmcnts
421.3.1 Scopc
421.3.1.1 Section 42 1 contains special rcqu i t<~HIC'l•l·: :o•
dcsign and construction of rcinforced concrc1c .., :•tL.. :: (,,
a structure for which the design forccs. rt.lat:<i to
carthquakc motions, ha ve bcen dctcrmined nn ,ll b.oo. , , ..
energy dissipation in the nonlinear rangc of t l'~ pu:· .
421.3.1.2 All structurcs shall he assigncd to a sc i ~. 1 1'1 i ~: ¡:onc
in accordancc wilh Scction 40 1.1.8.1
421.3.1.3 Al! members shall satisfy rl'quirrn:¡·¡.¡,, of
Sections 40 1 to 4 19 and 422. Structures :!ssi! :;r ' :· . ; !.,;;·
zo nes 4, or 2 shall also satisfy Scctions 4:?! : ... : :l.:·•·'l'!:
421.3.1.7 as applicable.

421.3.1.4 Structurcs assigncd to scismic zone 2 shall
satisfy Scctions 421 .).1 .2 and 421.3.1.7.
421.3.1.5 Structurcs assigncd to scismic zonc 4 shall
satisfy Scctions 421.3. 1.2 through 421.3.1.7 and 421.9,
421.10, and 42!.1 1.
421.3.1.6 A rcinforccd concrete structural sys tcm not
satisfying the · requircmcnts or this Scction shall be
pcnniued if it is dcmonst rated by experimental cvidence
and analysis that thc proposcd system wlll have strength
and toughness cqual to or cxcceding those provided by a
comparable monolithic reinforccd concrete structure
satisfying this Scction.
421.3.2 Analysis and Proportioning of Structur al
Members
¡ induced flexura! and axial forces in framc membcrs,
421.3.2.1 Thc intcraction of a!l structural and nonstn1ctural
/ membcrs which materially affect the linear and nonlinear
response of the stnJcture to earthquake motions shall be
considercd in the analysis.
1 cxcccd the spccificd yie!d strength by more than 125
421.3.2.2 Rigid mcmbers assumcd JHJt to be a part of thc
lateral-force rcsisting system shall be permitted, provided
their effcct on the response of the system is considered and
accommodated in thc structural design. Consequences of
fai lure of structural and nonstructural mcmbers. which are
not a part of lhc lateral-force resisting system, shall also be
considcred.
421.3.2.3 Structural mernbcrs ex tending below thc base of
structure that are requircd to transmit forccs rcsuhing from
eanhquake cffccts 10 thc found ation shall comply with the
requirements of Scctíon 42 1 that are consisten! wi lh the
seismíc-force-rcsisting systcm abo ve the base of slmcture.
421.3.3 Strcngth-Rcduction Factors
Strength reduction facto rs shall be as given in Section
409.4.4.
421.3.4 Concrete in Spccial Momcnt Frames and
Spccial Structural Walls
421.3;4.1 Requircmcnt,~ of Scction 42 1.3.4 apply to spccial
moment framcs and spccial structural walls and coupling
beams.
421.3.4.2 Cümpressive stren glh /'.- shall be nol lcss lhan
21 MPa.
N<J tional Slructural Code of 11·1e Philippines 6111 Edilion Volumc 1
CHAPTER 4 - Structural Concrete 4·117
421.3.4.3 Specified compressive slrength of lightweight
concrcte.Jc' , shall nol exceed 35 MPa unless demonstrated
by experimental evidence that structural members made
with lhat lighlweight concrete provide strength and
toughness equal to or excceding those of comparable
members made with normalweight concrete of the same
strength. Modification factor l for Iightweight concrete in
this Section shall be in accordance wi th Scclion 408.7 .1
unlcss specifically nolcd otherwise.
421.3.5 Rcinforccment in Spccial Moment Frames and
Special Structural Walls
421.3.5.1 Rcquirements of 421.3.5 apply 10 speciaf moment
frames and special structura! walls and coupling beams.
421.3.5.2 Deformed rcinforcemcnt resisting eanhquake-
structural walls, and coupling beams, shall comply wit h
ASTM A706M, ASTM A615M Grades 280 and 420
rcinforcement shall be permitted in thcse mcmbcrs if:
l. The actual yield strcngth bascd on mili tests does nol
MPa; and
2. The ratio of<the actual ultímatc tensile strength to the
actua ltensile yield slrength is not less than 1.25.
421.3.5.3 Prcstrcssing steel rcsisting earlhquakc-induced
flexura! and axial loads in frame mcmbers and in prccast
structural walls shall comply with ASTM A416M or
A722M.
42 1.3.5.4 The value of .r;., used to compute the amounl of
confinement reinforcement shall not exceed 700 MPa.
421.3.5.5 The valuc of /¡. or /¡., used in design of shear
reinforcemcnt shall conform to Section 411 .6.2.
421.3.6 Mcchanical Spliccs in Spccial Momcnt Framcs
ami Special Structural Walls
421 .3.6.1 Mechanical splices shall be classified as either
Type 1 or Type 2 mechanical spliccs, as follows:
Typc 1 Splíce. Mccbanical spliccs shall confonn lo Sr.ction
4 12. 15.3.2:
Typc 2 Splice. Mcchanical splices shall conform to Section
4 12. 15.3.2 ancl shall dcvclop the specified tcnsile strcngth
of lhc splicccl bar.
 4-118 CHAPTEn 4 ·· Structural Concrete
421.3.6.2 Typc 1 mechanical spliccs shall not be uscd
within a distancc cqual to twice thc membcr dcpth from the
column or bcam face for special momerlt frames or from
sections where yielding of the reinforccment is Iikcly to
occur as a result of inelastic lateral displacernents. Typc 2
mechanical splices sball be pcrmittcd to be uscd at any
location.
421.3.7 Wcldcd Spliccs in Spccial Momcnt Framcs and
Spccial Structural Walls
421.3.7.1 Weldcd splices in rcinforccmcnt rcsisting
eartbquake-induccd forccs shall conforrn to Scction
412.15.3.4 and shall not be uscd within a distance cqual to
twicc the rnember depth from tbe colurnn or bcam face for
special moment framcs or frorn scctions whcre yiclding of
the rcinforcemcnt is likcl y to occur as a rcsult of inelastic
lateral displaccments.
421.3.7.2 Wclding of stirrups, tics, inserts or othcr similar
clcments to longitudinal reinforcemcnt rcquircd by dcsign
shall not be permittcd.
421.4 lntcrmcdiatc Prccast Structural Walls
421.4.1 S<~opc
Rcquirements of Secti on 421.4 apply to intennediate
precast structura! wa!ls forrning part of the scismi c-force-
resisting systcm.
421.4.2 In conncctions bctwccn wall pancls. or bct wccn
w a ll panels and the foundation, yieldíng shall be rcstrictcd
lo stccl clcrncnts or rcinforccrncnt.
421.4.3 Elcments of thc connectíon that are not dcsigned to
yi cld shall dc vclop at least l.55'.r·
421.5 Flexura! Mcmbcrs of Spccial Momcnt Framcs
421.5.1 Scopc
Rcquircments of Scction 42 1.5 apply to spccial nloment
framc mcmbcrs that forrn part of thc sc i s m ic· forcc, rc~is ti ng
systc m and are proportioncd primari!y to resist tl cx urc.
Thcsc frarnc mcrn bcrs shall also satisfy thc following
conditions:
421.5.1.1 Factorcd axia l co mprcss ivc force on thc mcmbcr,
P, , shal! not cxcecd (/\~f/ 1 0) .
42 1.5.1.2 Clcar spa n for thc mcm hcrs, /,, shall nol be lcss
than four times its cffcctí vc dcpth.
Association of Strur.tural Enginecrs of thc Philippincs
421.5.1.3 Width of rncmber b,.. shall not be less than the
smallcr of 0.3/r and 250 mm.
421.5.1.4 Thc width of mcmber shall not cxcecd thc wid th
of the suppor1ing rncmber, c2 pl us a distance on each side of
thc supporting member equalto the srnaller of ( 1) and (2):
l. Width of supporting mcmber, c 2, and
2. 0.75 times the overal! dirncnsion of su pporting
m cm bcr, e 1 •
421.5.2 Longítudinal Rcinforccment
421.5.2.1 At any section of a flexura! member, cxccpt ,~ .
provided in Section 410.6.3, for topas wcll as for botto ;,
rcinforcement, thc amount of reinforcemcnt sh all not h· ·
Jess than that gi ven by Eq. 41 0·3 but not less than 1.4b.,d/í.
and thc reinforcement ratio, p, shal! not excecd 0.025. /,'.
Jeast two bars shal! be provided continuousl y both top ar,<
bottom.
421.5.2.2 Positive-moment strcngth at joint facc shall nc
be less than one half of the negativc-momcnt streng!' :
provided at that face of thc joint. Neither the ncgative n, ,;
the positi ve-moment strength at any section along mcrn' L·.•.
length shall be less than one fourth the maximum mon!c¡;r
strength providcd al facc of either joint.
421.5.2.3 Lap spliccs of flexura] reinforcement shall be
permitted only if hoop or spiral reinforcemcnt is provi;_: ,;
ovcr thc lap lcngt h. Max irnum spaci ng of the transv('.; ',::,
rcinforccmcnt cnclosing the lapped bars shall no! excc,.d
d/4 or 100 m m. Lap splices shallno t be used:
l. Within the j oints;
2. Within a distance of twicc thc rnembcr depth (i·orn the
fa ce of the joínt; and
3. At locat ions whcre analysis indicates flexura! yicldin;'.
caused by inclastic lateral displacemc nts of the framc.
421.5.2.4 Mechanical splices shall conform to Scdiol ~
42 1.3.6 and welded splices shall conform to ScctHJII
42 1.3.7.
2 1.5.2.5 Prestressing, whcrc uscd, sball satd ·-., < í:
through (4), unlcss uscd in a spccial moment framc ;;:;
pcrmittcd by Scct ion 42 1.8.3:
l. Thc average prestrcss, ./;,.. calculated f'or an arca e ,;.'
to the srnallest cross-scctional dirncnsion ni' ti,¡·.
rnember mult iplicd by the perpendicular ero:&·::,·. ;: ...
di mc ns ion shall not cxcccd thc srna!ler of 3.5 M :';; ¡¡;,,:
.f.' / 1o.

f 2. Prcstressing stccl shall be unbonded in potcntial plastic
1
1
hinge rcgions, and the calculated strains in prestressing
stcel under the design displacement shall be less than 1
percent.
3. Prcstrcssing steel shall not contribute to more than one-
quarter of thc positive or negalive flexur~~l strength at
thc critica! scction in a plastic hingc region and shall be
anchorcd at or beyond thc exterior facc of thc joint.
4. Anchoragcs of the post-tensi oning lcndons rcsisting
carthquake-induccd forces shall be capable of allowing
tendons lo wi thstand 50 cycles of loading, bounded by
40 and 85 pcrcclll of thc spccilied tcnsil; strength of
thc prcstrcssing stccl.
421.5.3 Transvcrsc Rcinforccment
421.5.3.1 Hoops shall be providcd in the following rcgions
offramc mcmbers:
l. Ovcr a lengt h equal to twicc the member dcpth
mcasurcd from thc face of the supporting member
toward rnidspan. at both ends of the flexura! member;
2. Over lcngths cqual to twice the member depth on both
sídcs of a scction where flexura! yielding is likely to
occur in conncction wit h inelastic lateral displacements
of thc frame.
421.5.3.2 Thc lirst hoop shall be located not more than 50
mm from thc facc of a supporting member. Maxi mum
spacing of thc hoops shall not exceed:
l. d /4 ;
2. Eight times the diamcter of thc smallest longi tudinal
bars;
3. 24 times the di a meter of the hoop bars: and
4. 300 mm.
421.5.3.3 Whcre hoops are required, longitudinal bars on
the pcrirneler shall llave lateral support conformi ng lo
Section 407.11.5.3.
421.5.3.4 Whcre hoops are not rcquircd, stirrups with
seismic hooks at holh cnds shall be spaccd ata distance not
more than d/2 throu ghout the lcngth of the memhcr.
421.5.3.5 Stirrups or tics rcquircd to resist shcar shall be
hoops ovcr lcngths of rnernbers as spccified in Scctions
42 1.5.3 .1.
421.5.3.6 Hoops in flexura! membcrs shall be permittcd to
be madc up of two pieces of rcinforccmcnt: a stirrup having
scismic hooks al both ends and closcd by a crosstic.
Consccutive crosstics cngaging thc same longitudinal bar
Nntional S tructural Code of tlle Philippines 6111 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 4 - Structural Concrete 4-119
shall havc their 90-degree hooks al opposite sides of the
flexura! member. lf the longitudinal reinforcing bars
secured by the crossties are confined by a slab on only one
side of the flexura! frame member, the 90-dcgrce hooks of
thc crossties shall all be placed on that side.
421.5.4 Shear Strcngth Rcquircmcnts
421.5.4.1 Design Forces
Thc dcsign shear forces V, shall be detennined from
consideration of the static forccs on th~ portian of the
member betwcen faces of the joint. It shall be assumed that
moments of opposite sign corresponding to probable
flexura( strength M1" act at the joint faces and that the
member is loaded with the tributary gravity load along its
span.
421 .5.4.2 Transvcrse Rcinforcement
Transverse rcinforcernent ovcr the lengths identified in
Section 421.5.3.1 shall be proportioned to resist shear
assuming V, :::: O whcn both of the following conditions
occur:
l . The earthquake-induced shear force calculated
in accordance wíth Section 421.5.4.1 represents one-
half or more of the maximurn required shear strength
within those lengths;
2. The factored ax ial compressive force including
earthquake effects ís less tlian AJ'./20.
421.6 Special Moment Frame Subjccted to Bending and
Axial Load
421.6.1 Scopc
The requirements of Section 421.6 apply to special moment
frame members that form part of the seismic-forcc-resisting
system and thal resist a factored axial compressive force P"
under any load combi nation exceeding AJ/ 11 0. These
frame mernbcrs shall also satisfy lhe conditions of Sections
421.6.1. 1 and 421.6.1.2.
421.6.1.1 The shortest cross-sectional dimension, measured
on a straighl line pass ing through the geomctric centr~id.
shall not be Iéss tban 300 mm. · ·
421.6.1.2 The ratio of the shortesl cross-sectional
dimension to the perpendicular dimension shall not be lcss
than 0.4.
 4-120 CHAPTER 4 - Structural Concrete
421.6.2 Minimum Flcxural Strcngth of Columns
421.6.2.1 Flexural strength of any column shall satisfy
Section 421.6.2.2 or 421.6.2.3.
421.6.2.2 The flexura! strengths of thc columns shall satisfy
Eq. 421-1.
L'M,. ;:: (615)EM,¡, (421-1)
where:
LM,". =sum of moments at the faces of the joint
corresponding to the nominal flexura! strength of
the columns framing into that joint.
Column flexura! strength shall be calculatcd for
the factored axial force, consisten! with the
direction of the lateral forces considered, resulting
in the lowest flexura! strcngth.
EM,¡, = sum of momcnts at the faces of the joint corres
ponding to the nominal flexura! strengths of the
girdcrs framing into that joint. In T-bcam
construction, where thc slab is in tcnsion under
moments at the face of the joint, slab
rcinforcement within an effcctivc slab width
dcfined in Scction 408.11 shall be assumed to
conttibute ro flexura! strcngth, M,¡, if the slab
reinforcement is developcd al the critica] scction
for flexurc.
Flexura! strengths shall be summcd such that thc
column moments oppose the beam rnomcnts. Eq. 421-1
shall be satisfied for beam moments acting in both
directions in thc vcrücal plane of the framc considered.
421.6.2.3 lf Section 421.6.2.2 is not satisfice! at a joint, thc
lateral strcngth and stiffncss of the columns framing into
that joint shall be ignorcd whcn determining the calcu!ated
strength and stiffness of the structurc. These columns shal!
confonn lo Scction 421.13.
421.6.3 Longitudinal Rcinforcemcnt
421.6.3.1 Arca of longitudinal rcinforcement, As,, shal! not
be less !han 0.01 A.~ or more than 0.06 AK.
421.6.3.2 Mcchanical spliccs shall conform to Seclion
421.3.6.1 and welded splices shall conform to Sectíon
421.3.7 .1. Lap splices shall be perrnitted only within the
ccnter hal f' of the member lcngth. shall be designed as
tension lap spliccs, and shall be enclosed within transverse
reinforcement confonnin g lo Sections 421 .6.4.2 and
421.6.4.3.
Association of S tructural Engíneers of t11e Philippines
421.6.4 Transversc Rcinforccmcnt
421.6.4.1 Transverse rcinforcement as rcquired in '>:e( :, 'IS
421.6.4.2 tl1rough 42 1.6.4.4 shall be provided OV<c!· :l ! c: ~;'( h
!0 from cach joint face and on both sides of an y ~'x' ''>n
where flexura] yielding is likely to ocetJr as a .cs uL ·if
inclastic lateral displacemcnts of the frame. Lengtli !0 sL:dl
not be less than thc largest of (1), (2), and (3):
l. The depth of the member at the joint facc •::· :H ·>:e
section where flexura] yielding is likely to ov·.·,_,, :
2. One-sixth of the clear span of tbc membcr; and
3. 450 mm.
421.6.4.2 Transvcrse reinforcement sball be pro vidcd :)y
either single or overlapping spirals satisfyi!1¡; ~-: c.,- : i .Jn
407.11 A, circular hoops, or rectilinear hoov .' '-'.. ;i!: or
without crossties. Crosstíes of thc same or smak: ¡.,., : l e
as the hoops shall be permitted. Each end of th( <.:~. o ·:. i e
shall en gage a peripheral longitudinal reinfo:; >:g : . r .
Consecutivc crosstics shall be alternated end for : d ak ;g
the longitudinal reinforcement. Spacing of cross!Ó<: -: m· J, •::s
of recti li ncar hoops, h., within a cross scclio.: ;; j :· :e
member shall not exceed 350 mm on ccnter.
421.6.4.3 Spacing of transverse rci nforccmenl ;;i on¡', 1 ':e
length !0 of the rnember shall not excccd thc sma!ic.>;l oi' (; ),
(2), and (3):
l. One-quarter of the mínimum mcmbcr dirnensiu1•;
2. Six times thc diameter of the smallcst longiwdiíial ¡, ·:r;
and
3. s,, as dcfined by Eq. 42 1-2.
S
350 -
= ]{)() + ( ---- - h,
- J (-12! ),)
0
3
The value of .1'11 shall not cxceed 150 mm, and nccd not ' :e
taken less than l 00 mm.
421.6.4.4 Amount of transverse reinforcemenl rcqllired i:t
( 1) or (2) shall be provided unles.s a largu ;::;: :nJH ,:;
required by Section 421.6.5.
l. Thc volu metric ratio of spiral or ; ,,,-u !;;; b
rei nforcc mcnt, f!., .sha ii not be less than rcqui red by! ·
42 1-3:
aJl(l shall not be less than required by Eq. : : !J ú
2. Thc total cross-scctional arca of recLo:'¿,u!;,;· !:e: ;
reinforcemcnt, A,,., shall not be lcss lkii !' ''i: ::;d . :'
Eqs. 421 -4 and 42 1-5 .
A,11 = 0.3 (s/J,..f'J(,.,)I(A( A,¡,) ·- 1J

(41-2 1-5)
421.6.4.5 !3eyond the !ength /, speci fied in Section
421.6.4 . 1, the column shall conta in spiral or hoop
reinforccment satisfying Scction 407. 1O with ccntcr-to-
centcr spacing, s. not cxcccding the smaller of six times the
diamcter of the smallcst longitudinal column bars and 150
mm. unless a largcr amount of transvcrsc rcinforcerncnt is
required by Scctions 421.6.3.2 or 421.6.5.
421.6.4.6 Columns supporting rcactions from discontinucd
stiff mcmbcrs. such as wal!s, shal! satisfy ( 1) and (2):
l. Transverse rcinforccmcnt as specilied in Scctions
421.6.4.2 through 42 1.6.4.4 shal! be provided over
their fui! height bcneath the leve) at which the
discontinuity occurs if thc factored axial compn:!ssivc
force in these mernbers, related to eanhquake effect,
cxcceds Ar.f'/ 10. Whcrc design forces have been
rnagni fied to account for thc ovcr strcngth of the
verti cal clcmcnts of thc seismic-force-rcsisting systcm,
the limit of AJ,.' 110 shall be increascd to AJ,'14.
2. Transvcrsc rcinforcement shall cxtend into thc
discontinued mcmber at least /c1 thc brges t
longitudinal bar, whcrc /¿ is dctcrrnincd in
accordance with Section 421.7.5. Where the lower
end o f thc column terminales on a wall , the required
transversc rcinforcernent shall extcnd into thc
wall at. lcast /,¡ of thc largcst longitudinal column
bar at thc point of tcrmínation. Where the column
terminales on a footing or mat, the rcquired
transvcrsc rcinforccment shall cxtcnd at least 300 mrn
into the footing or mat.
421.6.4.7 l f thc concrete covcr outsidc thc confi ning
transvcrsc reinforcement specified i n Scctions 42 1.6.4 . 1,
421.6.4 .5, and 421.6.4.6 excceds 100 mm, addi1ional
transvcrsc rein forccment shall be provided. Concrete •cover
for additional transverse rcinforcement shall not excecd 100
mm and spaci ng of addi tional transversc reinforcc:ment
shall not exceed 300 mm.
421.6.5 S hcar Strcngth Rcquircments
421.6.5.1 Dcsi gn Forccs
The Jesign !.hear force 1',. shall be determ i ncd from
considcmtion of the maximum forccs that can be gcncrated
at the faces o f thc j oint:; at cach cnd of thc mcmbcr. T hcse
joint forces shall be dctennincd using .thc maximum
probable mo mcnt strengths M1,., at each cnd of thc mcmbcr
associ atcd with thc rangc of factorcd axial loads, Pu, acting
on !he mcmbcr. Thc mcmbcr shears nccd not exceed !:hose
dcterrnincd from j oint strcngth s b ascd on !he probable
moment strcngth M1,, o f thc transvcrse mcmhcrs frnming in
Nalional Slruclur;,l l Cocle of tl"le Pllilipp1mJs 6
CHAPTER 4 •· Structural Concrete 4· 12 1
the joint. In no case shall V~ be less than .the factorcd sheM
detcrmincd by analysis of thc structure.
421.6.5.2 Transversc reinforccment ovcr thc lengths l0 ,
identilied in Section 421 .6.4.1, shall be proponioncd to
resist shear assurning l'r = O when both of the following
conditions occur:
l. Thc canhquake-induced shenr force, calculated in
accordance wit h Section 42 1.6.5.1. reprcscnls one-half
or more of the maximum requircd shcar slrcngth within
!, ;
2. The factored axial compressive force, Pu, including
canhquakc effects is less tha n A/'.120.
421.7 Joints of Special Moment Frames
421.7.1 Scopc
Req uiremems of Section 421 .7 appl y to bcam-column joints
of special morncnt frames fonn ing pan of the seismic-
force-resisting systern.
421.7.2 General Requircmcnts
421.7.2. 1 Forccs in longitudinal beam rcinforcement at the
joint face shall be determined by assuming that the stress in
the flexura! tensi le reinforcemem is 1.25 ¡;..
421.7.2.2 Bcam longitudinal reinforcemcnt tenninated in a
co lumn shall be extended 10 the far facc o f the conftned
column corc and anchored in ten sion according to Section
42 1.7.5, and in comprcssion according to Section 4 12.
421.7.2.3 Wherc longitudinal beam rcinforccment extends
through a bcam-column joint. the column dimension
parallel to thc beam reinforcement shall not be less than 20
times thc diamcter of the largest longitudinal bar for
normalweight concrete. For lightweight concrete, thc
dimcnsion shallnot be less than 26 times the bar di ameter.
421.7.3 Transvcrse Rcinforcemcnt
421.7.3.1 Joint !ransverse rcinforcemem shall satisfy cithcr
Section 421.6.4.4(1) or 421.6.4.4(2), and shall also satisfy
Sec!ions 421.6.4 .2 , 42 1.6.4.3, ami 421.6.4.7, exccpt as
pcnni ttcd in Scction 42 1.7 .3.2.
421.7.3.2 Wherc membcrs frame in to a!l four sidcs of thc
j oint ami wherc cach membcr w id th is at lcast thrcc-founhs
the column width, thc amount of rcin forcernent specificd in
Section 421.6.4.4( 1) or Section 421.6.4.4(2) shall be
pcrrnitted to be reduced by hnlf. and the spací ng requircd in
Section 42 !.6.4.3 shall be pennitted to be íncreased to 150
111
Edil ion Volume 1
 4·122 CHAPTER 4- Structural Concrete
mm within the overall depth h of the shallowest framing
membcr.
421.7.3.3 Longitudinal beam rcinforcement outsidc the
column core shall be confined by transverse rcinforcement
passing through thc column that satisfics spacing
requirements of Scction 421.5.3.2, and rcquirements of
Scctions 421.5 .3.3 and 421 .5.3.6, if su eh confinemcnt is not
providccl by a beam framing into the joint.
421.7.4 Shcar Strcngth
421.7.4.1 Thc nominal shear strength V,, of the joint shall
not be taken grcater than thc values specified below for
normal weight aggregate concrete.
fi>,
For joints confined on all four faces . . ... 1.7
For joints confined on thrcc faces or on two opposite
faces . . . . . . . 1.2.jJ..A,
For others ....... .... ............. J.O.fJ,A,
A membcr that framcs into a facc is considcrcd to providc
confincment to the joint if at Jcast thrce-fourths of the facc
of the joint is covcred by the framing mcmber. Extensions
of beams at least one ovcrall bcam depth h bcyond the joint
facc are pcrmittcd to be considcrcd a~ confining mcmbcrs.
Extensions of beams shall satisfy Sections 4 2 1.5. 1.3.
42 1.5.2.1, 4 2 1.5.3.2, 421.5.3.3, and 42 1.5.3.6. A joi nt is
considercd to be confined if such confining mcmbers framc
into a JI faces of the joint.
A, is thc effective cross-scctional arca within a joint
computcd from joint dcpth times cffcctivc joint width. Joint
depth shall be the overall depth of thc column , h. Effecti vc
joint width shall be the overall width of the column. except
where a beam frames into a wider column, efTecti ve joi nt
width shall not exceed the smallcr of ( 1) and (2):
l. Beam width plus joint depth;
2. Twicc the smaller perpendicular di.~tancc from
longitudinal axis of beam to column side.
421.7.4.2 For lightweight aggregate concrete, thc nominal
s hear strength o f the joint shall not excced three-fmu<hs of
thc limits for nonnal -weight aggregatc concrete givcn in
Scction 421 .7.4. 1.
421.7.5 Dcvclopmcnt Lcngth of Bars in Tcnsion
421.7.5.1 For bar sizcs 1O mm through 36 mm diamctcr, the
dcvclopment length ld1, for a bar with a sta ndard 90-dcgrcc
hook in normalweight aggregatc concrete shall not be lcss
than the largest of 8d1,. 150 mm. and the length rcquircd by
Eq. 42 1-6.
Associn tion o f S tructurnl Engu1ccrs of the Phitippines
(42 1-6)
For lightweight aggregate concrete, the devclopmcnt lcngt h
/Jhfor a bar with a standard 90-dcgrce hook shall not be less
than the. largest of IOdb. 190 mm. and 1.25 times that
requircd by Eq. 4 2 1-6.
Thc 90-dcgrcc hook shall be locatcd within the confine<!
core of a col umn or of a boundary membcr.
421.7.5.2 For bar sizes JO mm through 36 mm diameter, th c
devclopmcnt Jength /,1 for a straight bar shall not be les,:
than the Jargcr of ( 1) and (2):
l. times thc lengrh required by Section 421.7.5. 1 if thc
depth of the concrete cast in one lift beneath the bar
does not exceed 300 mm; and
2. times the length requircd by Scction 421.7 .5.1 if tlw
depth of the concrete cast in one lift beneat h thc
bar exceeds 300 mm.
421.7.5.3 Straight bars terminatcd at a JOIIlt shall pas~
through the confined corc of a column or of a boundary
member. An y portion of thc straight embcdrncnt lcngth, /,1
not within the confined corc shall be increased by a factor
of 1.6.
421.7.5.4 lf epoxy-coatcd rcinforcemcnt is used. the
dcvelopment Jengths in Scctions 421.7 .5 .1 through
42 1.7.5.3 shall be multiplicd by thc applicablc factor
specified in Scction 412.3.4 or 41 2.6.2.
421.8 Spcciul n einforccd Concrete St ruct ural Walls and
Coupling Bcams
42UU Scopc
The requircments or Scction 421.8 apply 10 special rcin·
forced concrete structural walls and coupling beams serving
as part of the earthquakc J'orcc-rcsisting system. Spec: ;, ¡
structural walls constructed using prccast concrete shall
al so comply with Section 421.15.
421.8.2 Rcinforccmcnl
421.8.2.1 Thc dist ributcd wcb rcí nforccmcnt ratios, p,. and
p,. for structural walls shall nnt he lcss than 0 .0025, cxcq,:
if the dcsign shc:1r force. v. does not excced ( l!I2)A, ,J. lfr.
p. and p,, shall be pcrmitted to be rcduccd to that rcqui w ~
in Scction 4 14.4. Rcin fo rcemcnt spacing cach w;1y ;,;
structural walls shal l not cxceed 450 mm. Rci nforcclllcii l
contrihuting to V, shall be continuous and shal l be
distributcd acros.s the shear planc.

· 421.8.2.2 At leasl two curtains of n.:infon.:~: ment shall be
uscd in a wall if V.,ex~.:ccds ( 1/{¡)A,.J.JJ',.
421.8.2.3 Rcinforcemcnl in structural walls shall h~~
devclopcd or splitcd for .( in tcnsion in an:ordance wilh
sect ion 4 J2 cxccpl:
Thc cffcctivc depth of the mcmbcr rcfcrcnccd in
Scction 4 J 2. 11.3 shall be pcrmiucd to be tak~~n as 0.8
/.,, for walls.
Thc rcquiremcnts of Scctions 412.12, 412. J3, and
412.14 nccd no! be satisficd.
3. Al locations whcrc yiclding of longitudinal
¡. reinforccmcnt is likcly to occur as a resul! of
lateral displacemcnts, development lcngths of
t longitudinal reinforcemcnt shall be 1.25 ti mes thc
·l values calculated for ¡;. in tcnsion.
i llangc widt hs, boundary clcmcnts, and thc wall wcb shall
l
4. Mechanical splices of rcinforccrnent shall conform lo
Section 42 J.3.6 and wcldcd spliccs of rcinf(lrccmcnl
shall confonnto Scction 421.3.7.
1 421 .8.3 Dcsign Forccs
Thc design shcar force v.. shall be obtaincd from the lateral
load analysis in accordance with thc factored load
combinations.
421.8.4 Shear Strcngth
421.8.4.1 Nominal shcar strength v. of strucwral walls
shall not exceed:
\1,::: A,.,.[ a;.(l/12)).Jf:. + p,f,]
(421-7)
where thc cocfficient a;. is 0.25 for h./1... ~ 1.5, is O. J7 for
h./1,.. 2::: 2.0, and varíes linearly betwr.en 0.25 and 0.17 for
h"/1.., between l .5 and 2.0.
421.8.4.2 In Section 421.8.4.1, thc value of ratio h,./1.., uscd
for detem1ining V,. for segmcnts of a wall shall be the larger
of the ratios for !he entire wall and thc segment of wall
considered.
421.8.4.3 Walls shall have distributed shear reinforccment
providing rcsistancc in two orthogonal directions in thc
plane of the wall. lf !he ratio h.,/1,.. docs not exceed 2.0,
rcinforcement ratio p,. shall not be less than reinforccmcnt
ratiop,.
421.8.4.4 Nominal shcar strcngth of all wall piers sharing a
common lateral force, V,. shall not be assumcd to exceed
(2/3)An.ff., where A". is the gross arca of concrete
bounded by wcb thickness and length of section. For any
Né1tional S tructural Code of the Philippines Glh Edition Volurne 1
CHAPTEH 4 -- Structural Concrt~ lc 4 123
onc or thc individual wal l picrs, 11, shal l not be takcn largcr
than 0.1\31\,.... . whcre /\,.... is thc arca or ~.:oncrctc sccti<lll of'
thc individual picr considercd.
421.8.4.5 For hori w ntal wall scgmcnts and coupling
beams, 11,. shall not be takcn largcr than (5/6)1\ ..1' JT:-- ,
wherc 1\,", is the arca of a horizomal wall scgmcnt or
coupling bcam.
421.8.5 Dcsign for Flexura! and Axial Loads
421.8.5.1 Structural walls and portions of such walls
subjecl 10 cornbincd flexura! and axial loads shall be
designcd in accordancc with Sections 4 10.3 and 410.4
cxcept lhat Scction 410.4.7 and thc nonlinear strain
rcquirements of Scction 410.3.2 shall not apply. Concrete
and dcveloped longitudinal reinforccrnent within effectivc
be considcred cffectivc. Tbc effccts of opcnings shall be
considcrcd.
421.8.5.2 Unlcss a more detailed analysis is pcrformed,
effectivc llangc widths of llangcd scctions shall cxtcncl
from the facc of the web a distancc cqual lo thc smallcr of
one-half the distance 10 an adjaccnt wall wcb and 25
percent of the total wall hcight.
421.8.6 Boundary Elerncnts of Spcdal Rcinfol"ccd
Concrete Structural Walls
421.8.6.1 The necd for special boundary elements al the
edges of struclural walls shall be evaluated in accordancc
with Secti on 42 1.8.6.2 or 421.8.6.3. The rcquircments of
Scctions 421.8.6.4 and 421 .8.6.5 also shall be satisficd.
421.8.6.2 This section applics 10 walls or wall piers that
are effectively continuous from the base of structurc lo top
of wall aud designed to have a single critica! scction for
llexurc and axial loads. Walls not satisfying these
requircments shall be dcsigned by Section 421.7.6.3.
J. Compression zones shall be reinforccd with special
boundary clements where:
. 1• (421-8)
e~
6oo <o.' ''·>
e in Eq. 421-8 corrcsponds 10 thc. Jargest neutral axis
depth calculatcd for thc factorcd axial force and
nominal moment strength consisten! with the dcsign
displacement Ó11 • Ratio J,, 1 h,. in Eq. 421-8 shall not l.lc
tnkcn less tban 0.007.
2. Whcrc special l.loundary elements are rcquired by
Scction 42 1.7 .6.2 ( 1), the special boundary elemenL
rcinforcement shall extend vcrtically from the critica!
 4 ·124 CHAPTEH 4 •· Structural Conc;retP.
section a diswncc not lcss than thc largcr of 1•. or M,
/(4 \IJ.
421.8.6.3 Stmctural wal ls not dcsigncd 10 thc provisions of
Scction 421.8.6.2 shall havc special boundary elcments at
boundaries and cdges around opcnings of structural walls
whcrc thc maximum extreme fiber comprcssivc stress,
corresponding to load combinations incl udi ng carthquake
cffcct, E, excceds 0.2f':. Thc special boundary elcmem shall
be pe.rmitted to be o:~continucd whcre thc calculatcd
comprcssivc st ress is less than 0.15f',. Stresses shall be
calculated for the factored forres using a Jincarly clastic
modcl and gross scction properties. For walls wi th Oangcs.
an cffcctivc Oangc width as defined in Section 421.8.5.2
shall be used.
421.8.6.4 Where special boundary clcmcnts nre requ ired
by Section 421.8.6.2 or 421.8.6.3, through ( 1) through (5)
shall be satisfied:
l. The boundary element shall extcnd hmi zontally from
the extreme compression fiber a distancc not less
than the larger of e · 0.11•. and c:/2. where e is thc
largcst neutral axis depth calculatcd for the factorcd
axial force and nominal momcnt strength consistcnt
with o,;
2. In flanged sections, the boundary element shall include
the effective Oange width in compression and shall
extend at least 300 mm into the web;
3. Special boundary elcment transverse reinforcement
s hall satisfy the requircments of Se~ ti ons 42 1.6.4.2
through 421.6.4.4, except Eq. 421-4 necd not be
satisficd and the transverse reinforcement spacing limit
of Section 421.6.4.3(1) shall be one-third of the least
dimension of the boundary clement;
4. Special boundary element transversc reinforccmcnt at
thc wall base shall cxtend into thc support at least thc
development lcngth, Id, according to Section 42 1.8.2.3,
of the largest longitudinal rei nforccment in the special
boundary element unlcss thc special boundary elcment
terminales on a footing or mat, wherc special boundary
element transverse reinforcement shall cxtend at least
300 mm in to the footing or mat;
5. Horizontal reinforccment in thc wall web shall be
anchorcd to devclop the specified yield strength ¡;.
within the confincd core of the boundary clement;
Association of Structural Engineers of tlle Philippines
421.8.6.5 Whcrc spccial boundary clemcnts are not rrc¡uircd
by Scction 421.8.6.2 or 421 .8.6.3. thc following :-.1 .. !' ;.::
satislicd:
l. lf thc longitudin al reinforcement ratio at tk ·,,·_,:;
houndary is grcater than 2.8/f.. houndary tran~w · ,. .
rcinforccmcnt shall satisfy Scctions 421.6.4.2, ,;, .:
42 1.8.6.4 (1). The maximum longitudinal spad ng 0 ;-
transvcrse rcinforccmcnt in thc boundary shall ,, 01
excced 200 mm;
2. Exccpt whcn v. in thc planc of the wall i$ it.~:
than ( 1/12)A.,. ff.., horizontal rei nfon·, ,., .. .;
terminating at the edges of structural wall : ·.'.•!'3lU(
boundary elements shall ha ve a standm ·J :, <;~.
engaging thc cdge rcinforcemcnt or tht~ l'''r-c
rcinforccment shall be cnclosed in U-stirntp.. :~. · ··•?
the same síze and spacing as, and spliced :o, üc:
horizontal rcinforcemcnt.
421.8.7 Coupling Bcams
421.8.7.1 Coupling bcams with aspcct ratio /,. /d ';· ,1, :'F•ll
satisfy thc rcquircments of Section 421 .5. Thc pro v;.,:.::.-.. • r
Sections 42!.5. !.3 and 421.5. 1.4 shall not be requ ir •..; d n
can be shown by analysis that the beam has adequatl: i ·r<:r:.'
stability.
421.8.7.2 Coupling beams with aspect ratio, In lh ..-: 2, mHi
with factorcd shcar force v.. exceeding ( 1/3)/. j: · A.•~
shall be rcinforced with two intcrsecting grouv 11 -;i:.r·:
onally placcd bars symmctrical about the midspan, 111 ·' ·:s it
can be shown that loss of stiffness and strength l,¡ rhe
coupling beams will not impair the vertical load e:· ·,".!lg
capacity of the struclllrc, or thc egrcss from thc st; uct•·· . "
thc integrity of nonstructural components ano ;·:r.,,
conncctions to the stntcturc.
421.8.7.3 Coupling bearns not governed by Sr·'·!i,•·:;
421.8.7. 1 or 4 2 !.8.7.2 shall be permittcd to be ,. ; f,;:•:•. :
either with two intersecting groups of bars r-y:: .:.:.·:, ;, ::
about the midspan, or according to Sections ..p 1 ~, .,_
through 421 .5.4.

421.!!.7.4 Coupling hcams rcin!orccd with two in tcr~cc.:ting
groups of' diagonally plac.:cd bar!> symmctrical about thc
midspan shaJJ satisfy ( 1), (2). antl cithcr (3) or (4) .
Rcquircrncnts or Scction 41 1.9 shallnot a¡)ply:
1. Thc nominal shcar strength. V.,. shall be dctcrm incd
by:
11, = 2A,,¿{,.sina $ 1O JT. A", (42 1-9)
2. Each group or diagonal hars shall consis! of a
mí nimum of fou r bars provided in two or more layers.
Thc diagonal bar.; shall be embcddcd into !he wall not
lcss rhan 1.25 times thc dcvc lopmcnt leng!h for ;; in
tcnsion.
3. Each group of diagonal bars shall be encloscd
by !ransvcrsc reinforccmcnt having out-·lO·OUI
dimensions not smal lcr than b,/2 in thc direction
parallcl lo b,..a nd b,/5 along 1hc ot her sidcs, wherc b,.
is 1hc wcb width o!' thc coupling bcam. Thc
transvcrsc reinforccmcnt shall satisfy Scctions
42 1.6.4 .2 antl 42 1.6.4.4. shall havc spacing mcasurcd
parallel 10 thc diagonal bars satisfying s.cction
42 1.6.4.3 (3) and not cxceeding six ti mes the diamctcr
of thc diagonal bars, and shall ha ve spacing of crossti es
f or lcgs of hoops m ca~ured perpendicular l<l thc
f
[ diagonal bars not cxceeding 350 mm. For the purposc
l
of compu!ing Ag for use in Eqs. 410-6 and 421-4, thc
concrete cover as rcquired in Scction 407.8 shall be
assumcd on a!l four sidcs of each group of diél1gonal
bars. ll1e transverse rcinforccmcnt, or its altema.tively
contigured transverse rcinforcemen! satisfying thc
spacing and volumc ratio requircments oJr !he
transvcrsc rcinforcement along the diagonals, shall
conlinuc through the intersection of thc diagonal bars.
Addi!ional longitudinal and Lransverse reinforcemen!
shall be dist1ibuted around the bcam perimeter wi!h
total arca in each direction not less than 0.002b.s and
spacing no! cxceeding 300 mm.
4. Transversc reinforcement shall be provided for !he
cntirc bcam cross section satisfying Sections 421.6.4.2,
421.6.4.4, and 421.5 .4.2, with longitudinal spacing not
cxcecding the l'ma!lc r of 150 mm and six times the
diametcr of !he diagonal bars, and with spac:ing of
crosstics or legs of hoops both vertically and
horizontal! y in the plane of the beam cross scctieon not
excceding 200 mm. Each crosstic and cach hoo·p leg
shall engagc a longitudinal bar of equal or larger
diameter. Jt shall be pennitted 10 configure hoops as
specified in Section 42 ! .5.3.6.
National Structural CodG of lile Philippines 6 Edilion Volurne 1
C HAPTE fl 11 •· Structural Concrete '1·12G
421.8.8 Construction J oints
Al! construction join!s in structural walls slwll confonn 10
Scction 406.4 and contact su rfaccs shall be roughcned as in
Scction 41 1.8.9.
42 1.8.9 Discontinuous Walls
Columns supporting discoll!inuous structural walls shall be
reinforccd in accordancc with Section 421.6.4.6.
421.9 Structural Diaphragms and Trusscs
421.9.1 Scopc
Floor and roof s!abs acting as s!ructural diaphragms to
transmi! design actions induc:ed by earthquake ground
motions shall be dcsigned in accordancc wi!h this Scction
42 1.9. This Scction also applies to struts, líes, chords, and
collector clcmcnts that transmi t forccs induced by
canhquakes, as wc ll as trusscs scrvi ng as parts of the
carthqu ake force-resisti ng systcms.
421.9.2 Dcsign Forccs
The seismic: dcsign fo rces for strucw ral diaphragms shall be
obtained from the lateral load analysis in accordance with
thc design load combinations.
421.9.3 Scismic Load Path
421.9.3.1Atr diaphragms and their connections shall be
proportioned and de!ailcd to providc for 11 complete lransfer
or forccs Lo collector elcmen!s and lo the vertical elements
of the seismic-forcc-resis!ing system.
421.9.3.2 Elemcnts of a structural diaphragm sys!em rha!
are subjectcd primarily to axial forces and used to transfer
diaphragm shear or nexural forces around openings or other
discon!inuirjes, shall comply with the requiremenL~ for
collectors in Sections 421.9.7.5 and 421.9.7.6.
421.9.4 Cast-in-Piacc Composite-Topping Slab
Diaphragms
A composite-topping slab casi in place on a precast floo r or
roof shall be pcrmitled lo be used as a structural diaphragm
provided thc topping slab is rei nforccd and its connections
are proport ioned and detailed to provide for a complete
transfer of forces to chords, collcctor elemcnts, and the
lateral-force-resisting system. The surface of thc previously
hardencd concrete on whi ch the topping slab is placed shall
be clean, free of laitance, and intentionall y roughencd.
111
 4 · 12(-i CHAPTE H 4 -· Structural Concrete
421.9.5 Cast-in-l'lace Topping Slab Diaphragms
A cast-in-placc non-composílc topping on a prccasl !loor or
roof shall be pcnniucd lo serve as a slructural díaphragrn,
provídc{l thc e<tst-ín-place toppíng actíng alonc is
proportioned and detaíled to rcsis1 thc design forces.
421.9.6 Mínimum Thickncss of Diaphragms
Concrete slabs and composite toppíng slabs scrving as
struclural díaphragms used lo transmí t earthqu akc forces
shall not be lcss than 50 mm thick. Topping slabs placed
ovcr prccast !loor or roof clcments, acting as s!ructural
diaphragms and not relying on compositc action with the
precast clemcnts to resist thc dcsign seismic forces. shall
havc th ickness not lcss than 65 mm.
421.9.7 Reinforccm<'nt
421.9.7.1 The mínimum reinforcernenl ratio for structural
diaphragrns shall be in conformance with Section 407. 13.
Rcínforccment spacing cach way in non-post tensioned
floor or roof systcms shall not cxceed 450 111111. Wherc
wcldcd wirc fnbric is uscd as the distríbuted reinforcement
to resist she¡u· in topping slabs placed over precast !loor and
roof elcments, the wires parallel to !he span of the precast
clements shall be spaced not Iess than 250 mm on ccnter.
Reinforccment provided for shclll" strength shall be
continuous and shall be distributed uniforml y across the
shcar plane.
421.9.7.2 Bonded prestressing tendons used as rrimary
reinforcemeot in diaphragrn chords or collectors shall be
proportioned such that the stress due to design seis mic
forces does not exceed 4 15 MPa. Pre-compression from
unbonded tendons shall be pennittcd to resist diaphragm
design forces if a complete load path is provided.
421.9.7.3 All reinforcement used to resist collector forces,
diaphragm shear, or flexura! tension shall be developed or
spliced for /¡.i n tension.
421.9.7.4 Typc 2 splices are required where mcchanical
spliccs are used to transfer forces between the diaphragm
and thc vertical elements of the seismic-forcc-resisting
system.
421.9.7.5 Collcctor elements with comprcssivc s tresses
exceeding 0.2fc at any section shnll have transverse
reinforccment, as in Sections 421.8.6.4 (3) ovcr thc length
of thc clement. The special transverse reinforccment is
allowed to be discontinued at a section where thc cakulatcd
compressive strengt h is less than 0.15fc·
Where design forces ha ve been amplified to account for thc
overstrength of the vertical elements of the seisrnic·-force-
Associalion of Structural Engineers of the Pl1ilippines
rCSISllng system, thc limít of 0.2[. ' ~hall he intrcascd to
0.5[,'. and thc limit of 0. 15};' shall be im:rcascd lll 0.4[..'.
421.9.7.6 Longiwdinal rcinforccmc nt for collcctor
clemcnts at splíces and anchoragc zoncs shall ha ve eithcr:
l. A mínimum ccntcr-to-ccntcr spacing of tbrec
longitudinal bar diamcters, but not kss than 40 mm,
m~d a mínimum concrete clcar covcr of two and one-
haiJ longitudinal bar diamcters, but not lcss than 50
mm; or
2. Transversc reinforcement as requíred by Section
411.6.6.4, cxcept as rcquircd in Scctioo 42 1.9.7.5.
411.9.8 Flexura! Strength
Diaphragms and portions of d:aphragrns shall be designcd
for llexurc in accordance with Scctions 41 0.4 and 410.5
cxccpt that thc nonlinear d istribut ion of strain rcquircrnents
of Scction 410.4.2 for dcep bcams necd not appl y. The
cffccts of openings shall he considere<!.
421.9.9 Shcar Strcngth
Nominal shear strength 11,. of stru ctural diaphragms shall
not excecd:
V,. = A,,. [( 116)}. JT: + p,J,.j (421- 10)
For cast-in-place topping slab diaphragms on precast floor
or roof members, A". shall be cornputcd using thc thick.ncss
of topping slab only for non-composi te topping slab
dia~!~ragms and the combined thickness of cast-in-place
and precast elements for compositc topping slab
diaphragms. For composi te topping slab diaphragms, the
value of fr' used to determine Vn shall not exceed the
smaller offr' for the prccast membcrs andfr' for the topping
slab.
421.9.9.2 Nominal shear strength V,. of structura!
diaphragms shall not exceed 0.66 A". JT:.
421.9.9.3 Above joints bctween precast elements in
ooncomposite and com posite cast-in-placc toppiog :.la!:
diaphragms, V,. shall not excced:
(421- 1.)
whcre A.1 is total arca of shear friction rcinforcement wiu,in
topping slab, including both distril>uted nncl hmm!: ' Y
reinforcemcn(, that is oricnted perpendicular tojoints ;.. !' · ·
precnst system and coefficie nt of friction, ¡1, is I.OA, wl1t.- ;,
is given in Section 41 1.8.4.3. At lcast one-half of IÍ,: . : ''
be uniformly distributed a long the lcngth of thc po:,·.:.

shcar planc. Arca of distributcd rcinforccmcnt in topping
slab shall satisfy Sccrion 407.!3.2.1 in cach direction.
421.9.9.4 Abovc joinrs bctwccn prccast clcrncnls in
noncompositc and compositc cast-in-placc topping slab
diaphragms, V., shall nol cxcccd thc Jimits in Scction
411.8.5 whcrc Ac is computed using the thickncss of thc
topping slab only.
: .-•
421.9.10 Conslruction Joints
Al! construction joints in diaphragms shall confonn to
Scction 406.4 and contact surfaccs shall be roughcncd as in
Scction 411.8.9.
421.9.11 Structural Trusscs
421.9.11.1 Structural truss clcmcnts wirh cornprcssivc
stresscs excceding 0.2[.' at any scction shall ha ve transvcrsc
reinforccment, as givcn in Sections 42 1.5.4.2 through
42 1.6.4.4 ami Scction 42 1.6.4.6, over thc Jcngth of thc
clcrnent.
421.9.11.2 A!l continuous rcinforccment in structural truss
elements shall be dcveloped or spliced forJ;. in tension.
421.10 Foundalions
421.10.1 Scope
421.10.1.1 Foundations resisting em1hquake-induced forces
or transferring earthquake-induced forces between structure
and ground in structurcs assigned to seismic zones 4 and 2,
shall comply with Scction 421.!0 and other applicable code
provisions.
421.10.1.2 The provtstons in Scction 421.10 for pites,
drilled piers, caíssons, and slabs on grade shall supplement
other applicablc codc design and construction critcria. See
Scctions 401 . 1.5 and 40 l .1.6.
421.10.2 Footings, Foundation Mats, and Pilc Caps
421.10.2.1 Longíllldinal reinforcement of columns and
structural walls resistíng forccs índuccd by earthquake
cffects shall extend into the footing, mat, or pile cap, and
sl!all be fully developed for tensíon at the interface.
421.10.2.2 Columns designed assumíng fixed-end
condirions al the foundation shall comply wíth Section
421. 10.2.1 and, if hooks are rcquired, longitudinal
reinforcement resisting flexurc shall have 90-degree hooks
near the bottom of the foundation with the free end of the
bars oriented towards the center of the column.
National Structura! Code of tl1e Philippines 6 111 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 4 ·· Slructural Concrete 4-1?.7
421.10.2.3 Columns or bou ndary clcmcnts of specia!
rcinforced concrete structural walls thal have an cdge
within one-half thc footing depth from an edgc of thc
footing shall have transvcrsc reinforccment in accordance
with Sections 421.6.4 .2 through 42 1.6.4.4 providcd below
the top of the foot ing. This rcinforccment shall cxtend into
the footing a distancc no Jess than the smallcr of thc depth
of thc foot ing, ma t, or pile cap, or the developrnent !ength
in tcnsion .
421.10.2.4 Where earthquake cffects crcate uplifi forces in
boundary elements of special reinforced concrete structural
walls or columns, flexura! reinforcemcnt shall be providcd
in the top of the footing, mat or piJe cap to resist the dcsign
load combinalions, and shall not be Jess than rcquircd by
Section 4 10.6.
421.10.2.5 See Section 422.11 for use of plain concrete in
footings and bascment walls.
421.10.3 Grade Bcams and Slabs on Grade
421.10.3.1 Grade beams dcsigned to act as hori zontal ties
between piJe caps or footings shall llave continuous
longitudinal reinforcement that shall be developed within or
beyond the supported column or anchored within the pile
cap or footing at all discontinuities.
421.10.3.2 Grade beams designed to act as horizontal ties
between pite caps or footings shall be proportioned such
that the smallest cross-scctional dimcnsion shall be equal to
or grcater than the clcar spacing between connected
colu mns divided by 20, but nced not be grcatef than 450
mm. CJosed ti es shall be provided at a spacing not to
exceed the lesser of one-half the smallest orthogonal cross-
sectional dimension or 300 mm.
421.10.3.3 Grade beams and beams that are parl of a mal
foundation subjcctcd to flexure from columns that are part
of the Jateral-force-resisting system shall conforrn to
Scction 421.5.
421.10.3.4 Slabs-on-ground that resist seisrnic forces from
walls or columns lhat are pan of rhe lateral-force-resisting
systcrn shall be designcd as structural diaphragms in
accordance with Section 42 1.9. The des ign drawíngs shall
clcarly state that the slab-on-ground is a structural
diaphragm and part of the lateral-forcc-resisting system.
421.10.4 Pilcs, Piers, and Caissons
421.10.4.1 Provisions of Section 42 1.10.4 shall apply to
concrete piles, piers, and caissons suppoi1ing structures
designcd for carthquakc resístance.
~···
4- 12B CHAPTEH 4 ·· Structural Co11crele
421.10.4.2 Pites, picrs, or caissuns rcsi~ t ing tcnsiun loalls
shall havc continuous longitudin<tl rcinforccment ovcr thc
lcnglh resisting design lcnsion fort·cs. Thc longiwdínal
rcinforcernent shall be dc!ailcd 10 transfcr tcnsion forccs
withi11 thc pi le capto supportcd struclural mcmbcrs.
421.10.4.3 Whcrc tcnsion forccs induccd by carthquake
·effects are trun sfcrrcd bctwccn pilc cap or rnat foundat ion
and prccast pilc by rcinforcing bars groutcd or post-
ir s:<tlled in thc top of thc pi le. the grouting _ .~ystcm shall
havc bccn llcmonstratcd by test to dcvclop al leas! 125
pcrcent of the spccilicd yicld strcngth of thc bar.
421.10.4.4 Pites, picrs, or caissons shall have transversc
rcinforcement in accordance wi th Sections 42 1.6.4.2
through 42 1.6.4.4 at thc following locations:
l. Al thc top of 1hc member for at leas! 5 times the
membcr cross-sectional dimcnsion, but not lcss than
1.8 m. below 1hc bottom of thc pi le cap;
2. For thc por1ion of pilcs in soil that is not capahle of
providing lateral supporl, or in air and water, along 1hc
entire unsupponcd length plus thc lcngth rcquired in
Scction 421.1 0.4.4( 1).
421.10.4.5 For prccas1 concrete dri ven pi les, thc length of
transvcrsc rcinforcemenl provided shall be sufficient to
account for potcntial variations in thc clevation in piJe tips.
421.10.4.6 Concrete pilcs, piers. or caissons in foundations
supporting onc- and two-story stud beari ng wall
construction are cxempt from thc transversc reinforcement
requirements of Scctions 42 1. 10.4.4 and 421.1 0.4.5.
421.10.4.7 Pilc caps incorporating baller pilcs shall be
designcd to rcsist 1he full compressivc strcngth of the battcr
piles acting as short columns. Thc slendemess cffects of
battcr pi les shall be considered for the po11ion of the pi les in
soil thal is not capable of providing lateral support, or in air
or water.
421.11 Mcmbcrs not Dcsignated a s Part of the Seism.ic-
Forcc-Rcsisting Systcm
421.11.1 Scopc
Requ irements of Seclion 421.11 apply to framc members
not designated as pan o f the seismic-forcc-resisling system
in struc1urcs assigncd to seismi c zoncs 4 and 2.
421.11.2 Framc mcmbers assumed not to contributc lo
lateral rcsislance, exccpt two-way slabs without bearns,
shall be dc!ai lcd according 10 Sections 421.11.3 or 42 1.11.4
depending on thc magnit ude of moments induced in thosc
membcrs if subjected to the design displacement, o,.
If
effects of dcsign displaccments are not cxplicitly cbecked,
Association of Structural Engineers of the Pllilippines
it .shall be pcrmrllcd tn appl y thl' rcquitl~llll'llts uf Section
421.11.4. For two way "lahs wi thuut lx~¡r ms. slab-colum n
CllllllCctions shall llll:l:( tlw rn¡uin:mcnts or Sccti on
42 1.11.6.
421.11.3 Wherc the induccd rnorncnts and shcars undcr
dcsign displaccment~ or Sct:lion 421.11 .2 cornhincd With
thc factorcd gravit y momcnts and shcars do not cxcecd the
dcsign momcnt and shear strcngl h of lhl· framc mcmbcr, thl~
conditions uf Scctions 421 . !t .:U, 42 1. 1J.l .' . an¡!
421. 11.3.3 shall he salislil'd. For thi s purposc. thc :~rwi• .
load combinations ( 1.2D+ I.OL+<ÚS) or 0.9D, whicl;ever ·¡·~
cri tica!. shall be used. The load factor on thc live k;.,.:. :.
shall be permiucd lll be rcduccd to 0.5 exccpt for g;n·<•¿_·c<
arcas occupied as places of public asscmbly, ;111d al! ar'=.·;,:,
whcre Lis grcatcr than 4.!! kN/m~.
421. 11.3.1 Membcrs with factored gravity axia l fnrces not
exceeding AJ'Jl O shall satisfy Scctions 42 1..'\.2. !. Stirrup>
shall be spaccd not more than d/2 throughout thc lcngth or
the mcmbcr.
421.11.3.2 Membcrs with faclorcd gravit y ax ial forces
cxcecding A~f,/10, shall satisfy Scctions 421.6.3. 1,
421.6.4.2, and 421.6.5. Thc maxi murn longitudi n;!! ~:p;wi: ::.:
of tics shall bes., for 1he full column height. Thc spaciPg s,,
shall not cxcccd the smallcr of six diarnclc rs of thc: :.rna!k:,¡
longitudinal bar cnclo~cd, and 1SO mm .
421.11.3.3 Members with factored gravity :1xial force·:
cxcecding 0.35?., shall satisfy Scctions 4 21.1 1.3.2 mHJ
42 1.6.4.7. Thc amount of transverse reinforcrrnc·;;í proviüc J
shall be onc-half of that requi red by Scction 41.I .(J.4.4 bul
shall no! exceed a spaeing Sp for 1he full mcmber length.
421.11.4 If thc induced morncnt or shear undr·r dcsign
displaccmenls, f~,.. excccds t/JMn or (N" <>f ¡.•r: fra mt
member, or i( induccd momcnls are not ca) ,· . ·i ;M~d. fl 1c
conditions of Sections 421.11.4.1 , 42 1.1 l.·; .2, aud
42 1.11.4.3 shall be satislied.
421.11.4.1 Matcrials shall satisfy Section'; 42 J.:U .?,
421.3.4.3, 421.3.5.2. 42 1.3.5.4, and 421.3.5.) M<:ch:•liÍ(:;d
splices shall satisfy Scclion 421.3.6 and .-. .. 1,;, _¡ .. , ..
shall satisfy Scction 421.3.7 . l .
42 1.11.4.2 Mcmbers wilh faclored gravi ty ax i;d fntrf'.s nol
cxcecding AJ',IIO shall satisfy Scctions ,; · 1 • ,,d
421.5.4. Stirrups ~hall be spaccd al not more 1han rl/2
lh roughout thc lc nglh of thc member.
421.11.4.3 Membe rs with factorcd gravitv ., : : : .- -: ·
exceeding Asf j !O shall salisfy Sections 42: ..,::, ·L·_; ·' ' · ; ,
421.6.5 and 421.7.3. 1.

421.1 1.5 Precast concrete framc mcmbcrs assumcd not to
contributc lo lateral rcsistancc, including thcir conncctions,
shall satisfy ( 1), (2), and (1), in addition to Scctions
421.1l.2through 421.11.4:
J. Tics spccíficd in Scction 42 J.IJ.:U shall be provided
ovcr thc cntirc column hcight, including thc dcpth of
the bcams;
2. Structural intcgrity rcinforccmcnt, as spccilied in
Section 416.6, shal! be provided; and
3. Bearing jength at support of a bcam sha!J be at leas! 50
mm !ongcr than detcrmincd from calculations
using bearing strcngth valucs from Settion 410.18.
421.11.6 For slab-column connections of two-way slabs
without beams, slab shear rcinforccment satisfying the
requiremcnts of Scctions 411.13.3 and 41 l.l3.5 and
providing V, not less than 0.29 JT, b;;ll shal! extcnd at leasl
four times thc slab thickncss from thc facc of thc support,
unlcss cither ( J) or (2) is satisfice!:
l. Tbe requirements of Scction 4! l. J3.7 using thc
design shear \1,8 and the induccd momcnt transferrcd
betwcen thc s!ab i!ll(l column under the dcsign
disp1acernent;
2. The design story drift ratio docs not cxceed the larger
of0.005 and 10.035- 0.05(\1"/v;\1,)].
Design story dri ft ratio shall be taken as the largcr of thc
design story drift ratios of the adjacent stories above and
be!ow thc slab-column connection. \le is defined in Scction
411.! 3.2. V"K is thc factorcd shear force on the slab critica!
scction for two-way action, calcu1ated for the load
combination 1.2D + l.OL + 0.2S.
Tbe load factor on the live load, L, shall be permitted to be
rcduced to 0.5 except for garages, arcas occupicd as placcs
of public assembly, and all arcas whcre Lis grcater than 4.8
kN/m 2 •
421.12 Rcquiremcnts for lntermediatc Momcnt Framcs,
Scismic Zoue 2
421.12.1 The requiremcnts of Section 421.12 app!y to
intermediate momcnt frames fonning part of thc scisrnic-
force-resisting systcm in addition to those of Scctions 40!
through 418.
421.12.2 Reinforcemcnt details in a framc mernbcr shall
satisfy Section 42!.12.4 if the factored compressive ax ial
load for thc member docs not exceed Ai'! lO. lf P" is
larger, frame rcinforcemenl details shall satisfy Section
421.12.5. Wherc a two~way slab system wíthout beams
fonns a part of the seismíc-forcc-resistíng system,
Nalional Structural Code of tlle Philippines 6111 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 4 -· Structural Concrete 4 ·1 29
reinforcement details in any span resisting momcnts causcd
by latera! force E sha!l satisfy Section 421 .12.6.
421.12.3 Design shear strength of bcams, rfN,., and
columns rcsisting carthquakc cffcct E shall not be less than
thc smal!cr of (!) and (2):
l. The surn of thc shcar associatcd with dcvclopmcnt of
nominal momcnt strengths of thc mcmber at cach
retrained <:pd of the clear span and lhc shear calculatcd
for factored gravity loads; '
2. The maximum shear obtaincd from design load
combinations that include earthquakc effect E, with E
assumed to be twice that prcscribcd in Section 208.
421.12.4 Ueams
421.12.4.1 The positive momcnt strength at the facc of the
joint shal! be not less than one-third the negativc rnomcnt
strength provided at that face of the joint. Neithcr thc
ncgative nor the positive moment strength at any section
along the length of thc membcr shal! be lcss than one-fifth
the maxirnum moment slrength providcd at the face of
either joint.
421.12.4.2 At both cnds of thc mcmbcr, stirrups shall be
provided over Jengths equal to twice the member depth h
measured from the facc of the supporting rnember toward
midspan. The firsl stimlp shall be located al not more than
SO mm frorn thc face of thc supporting membcr. Maximum
stirrup spacing shall not exceed thc sma!lcst of:
l. d/4;
2. Eight times thc diameter of the sma!lcst longitudinal
bar enc!oscd;
3. Twenty four times the diameter of tbe stirrup bar; and
4. 300 mm.
421.12.4.3 Stirrups sball be placed at not more than d/2
throughout thc lcngth of the membcr.
421.12.5 Columns
421.12.5.1 Co!umns sha!l be spirall y rcinforccd in
accordance wi th Sections 407. 1! .4 or shall conform wi th
Sections 42 l.l2.5.2 through 421.12.5.4. Scction 42 1. !2.5.5
shal! app1y lo all col umns, and Section 421. 12.5.6 shall
apply to al! columns supporting discontinuous stiff
members.
 4 ·130 CHAPTER t1 -· Structural Concrete
421.12.5.2 Al both cnds of thc column. hoops shall be
providcd al spacing su ovcr a lcngth /,. mcasurcd from thc
joint fa ce. Spacing .v,. shall 1101 cxcccd thc srnal!cst of ( 1).
(2). (3). and (4):
l. Eight times thc diamctcr of thc smallcst longi tudinal
bar c11closcd;
2. 24 times thc diamctcr ofthc tic bar;
3. Onc-half of thc smallcst cross sccti onal di mcn~'rm
the column; 'itnd
4. 300 mm
Lcngth la shall not he lcss than the largest of:
l. One-sixth of thc clcar span of thc member;
2. Maxi mum cross-sectional dimcnsion of thc column;
and
3. 450 mm.
421.12.5 .3 The fi rst tic shall be locatcd at 1101 more than
s/2 from the joint facc.
421.1 2.5.4 Outsidc the lcngth /,,. spacing of transvcrsc
rcinforcement shall conform to Scctions 407.11 and
4 11.6.5. 1.
4 21.12.5.5 Joint reinforccmcnt shall conform to Section
41 1.1 2.
421.12.5.6 Columns suppol1ing reácti ons from
discontinuous sti ff membcrs, such as walls, shall be
provided with transvcrsc rcinforcement at the spacing, s., as
defined in Section 42 l.l 2.5 .2 over the full heighl beneath
the leve! at which thc discontinuity occurs if the po11ion of
factored axial compressive force in these members related
10 earthqunke effects exceeds AJ.' 11 O. Where design forces
have been magnified to account for the overstrength of the
vertical elements of the seismic- force-resisting systern, lhe
limit of AJ.' 110 shall be increased to AJ,' /4. This
transverse reinforcement shall extend above and bclow the
columns as rcquired in 42 1.6.4.6 (2).
4 21.12.6 Two-Way S1abs Without Beam s
421.12.6.1 Factored slab momcnt at support íncluding
earthquake effects. E, shall be dctermined for load
combinations defincd by Eqs. 409-5 and 409-7. All
reinforcement provided to resist M,, the port ion of slab
rno ment balanced by support mome nt shall be placed within
the column strip defined in Section 4 13.3.1.
Association of Structural Engineers of tl1e Phílippines
421. 12.6.2 Rcinforcemcnt placcd withí n thc ciTccti ve
width spccificd in Section 4 13.6.3.2 shall be proport ioncd
10 resisl ¡fM,1.,1, . Effcctivc slab wiclth for exterior and corncr "r
connections sh;tll not cxtcnd beyond the column face a
distancc grcater than e, rncasurcd perpendicular lo thc s lab
span.
421.12.6.3 Not lcss than onc-half of thc rcinforccment in
thc column stri p at support shall be placecl within the
of
cffecti ve slab width spccifiéd in Section 4 13.6.3.2.
42l.12.6.4 Not less than one-fourth of the top
reinforcement at thc suppor1 in the colum n strip shall be
continuous throughout the span.
421.12.6.5 Continuous botto rn rcinforcement in the
colurnn strip shall be not less than one-third of the top
reinforce rnent al the suppo11 in the column strip.
421.12.6.6 Not less than onc-half of all bottom
reinforccment and a!l bottom column strip reinforcement at
rnidspan shall be continuous and shall develop its yield
strength, .f,.. at face of support as dcfined in Section
4 13.7.2.5 .
42 1.12.6.7 At disconti nuous edges of thc slab al! top ami
bouom reinforcemcnt at support shall be and shall be
developed at tbc face of support as defincd in Section
413.7.2.5.
421.12.6.8 At the critica! sections for columns defincd in
Section 4 I 1. 13. 1.2, two-way shear caused by factored
gravit y Ioads shall not excecd 0.4~V<> where V< shall be
calculated as defined 1r1 Section 411 . 13.2. 1 for
nonprestrcssed slabs and in Scction 41 1.1 3.2.2 for
prestressed slabs. lt shall be pem1itted to waive this
requircment if the slab dcsign salisfies requi rements of
Section 42 l.I 1.6.
421.13 Specíal Moment Frames Using Precast Co ncrete
421.13.1 Scopc
Requirements of Seclion 421.13 apply to special mmrw:l
frames constmcted using precast concrete fom1ing parl ui'
the seismic-force-rcsisti ng system.
421.1 3.2 Spccial rnoment framcs with ductile conncctions
constructed using precast concrete shall satisfy (1 ) and (2)
and al! requirements for special mome nt frames construr tL.i!
wilh cas t-i n-place concrete:
l. \1, for connections compmed according to Sr'!¡,,.,
4 11.8.4 shall not be less than 2 V,, wlw!e i: ;..
calculated according to Section 42 1.5 .4. 1 or47..1.C..5.l;
 CHAPTER 4 ·· Structural Concrete 4·131

2. Mechanical splices of beam rcinforcement shall be 421.14.3 Columns havíng clear hcíght less than or cqual
Jocated not closcr than h/2 f'rom thc joint face and shall to five times the dimension c1 shall be designed for shear in
meet the requircmcnts of Scctions 421.3.6. accordance with Section 421.12.3.

421.13.3 Spccial morncnt frames with strong connections

constructed using precast concrete shall satisfy all
rcquiremcnts for spccial momcnt framcs constructcd with
casi-in-place concrete, as well as ( 1), (2), {3 ), and (4).
1. . Provisions of Scction 421.5.1.2 shall apply to scgments
betwcen locatíons where flexura! yiclding ís intended
to occur due to design dísplacemcnts;
2. Design strength of the strong connection, r/JS, shall be
not Jess than S,.;
3. Prímary longitudinal reinforcemcnt shall be made
continuous across connections and shall be dcveloped
outsidc both the strong connectíon and lhc plastic
hingc region; and
4. For column-to-column connections, f/1 S, shall not be
lcss than 1.4 S,. Al column-to-column connectíons,
t/JM, shall be not lcss than 0.4M1" for thc column
wíthin the story height, and rfN, of thc connection
shall be not less than V, determined by Sectíon
421.6.5.1.
421.15 Special Structural Walls Constructcd Using
Precast Concrete
42l.l5.1 Scopc
Requirements of Section 421. 15 apply to spccial structural
walls constructed using precast. concrete forming pan of thc
seismic-force-resisting system.
421.15.2 Special structural walls constructed using
precast concrete shall satisfy all rcquírements of Section
421.8 in additíon to Scctíons 421.4 .2 and 421.4.3.
421.15.3 Specíal structural walls constructed using precast
concrete and unbonded post-tensioning tendons and not
satisfying the rcquirements of Section 421.15.2 are
pcrmitted provided tbcy satisfy the requirements of ACJ
ITG-5.1.

421.13.4 Special moment frarnes constructed using precast

concrete and not satísfying the requirements of Sectíons
421.13.2 or 421.13.3 shall satisfy the requirements of ACI
374.1 and the requirements of (1) and (2):
l. Details and materials used in the test specimens shall
be representative of those used in the structure; and
2. The dcsign procedure used to proportion the test
specimens shall define the mcchanism by which thc
frame resists gravity and earthquake effects, and shall
establish acceptance values for sustauung that
mcchanism. Portions of the mechanism that deviate
from Code requircmcnls shall be contained in the test
spccimens and shall be tested to deternúne upper
bounds for acceptance values.

421.14 Ordinary Moment Framcs

421.14.1 Scope
Requireme nts of Section 421.14 apply to ordinary moment
frames forming part of the seisrnic-force-resistíng system.

421.14.2 Beams shall have at least two of thc longitudinal

bars continuous along both the top and bottom faces. These
bars shall be developed at lhe face of suppo11.

11
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 4·132 CHAPTER 4 -· Strucwral Cont:rctc

422.2.3 For unusual strut:turcs, sudt as archcs. undcrground

utility structures. gravity wall.\, and shiclding walls
provisions of this scction shall govern whcrc applicable. . '
1
!
-~
'J
-~
.¡
'l
·1
422.3 Limila!ioll~ ·l;
422.1 Notations
422.3.1 Provisions of Scction 422 shall apply for dcsign of
Ax =
gross arca of scction, 111111 2
structural plain concrete mcmhcrs dclincd as ci ther
A1 = loaded arca, mm 2 unreinforced or containing lcss r<.; nforccmcnt than th~
A2 = thc arca of thc lower base of thc largcst rrustum of mínimum amount spccilied in this codc fo r reinforct·,: ¡
a pyramid, cone, or tapcrcd wcdge conlained concrete. Sec Section 402. '
.j
wholly within the support and having for its uppcr ;
base the loaded arca, and having sidc slopcs of 1 '
422.3.2 Use of structural plain concrete shall be limited to:
vertical to 2 horizontal, mm 2
b =
width of member, mm l. Mcmhcrs that are continuously supportcd by soil or
b, = perimeter of critica! section for shcar i u footings, supported by othcr structural mcmbcrs capable of
mm providing continuous vertical support;
B. =nominal bearing load 2. Membcrs for which arch action providcs comprcssion
f', = specilied compressive strcngth of concrete, MPa
under all conditions of loadi ng: or
Sec Scction 405
ff = squarc root of spccilicd comprcssivc s.trcngth of 3. Walls and pcdcstals. Sec Scctions 422.7 and 422.9.
concrete, MPa
Thc use of strucwral plain concrete columns shall not
fc, = average splitting tensile strcngth of lightweight
pcrmittcd.
aggregatc concrete, MPa. See Sections 405.2.4 and
405.2.5
422.3.3 Scction 422 shall not govcrn design anct
11 =overall lhickness of member, mm installation of cast-in-placc concrete piles and piers
le = vertical distance bet ween supports, mm
cmbcddcd in ground.
M, = nominal moment strength at section
M~ = factored mornent at section
P. = nominal strength of cross section subjcct to 422.3.4 Minimum Spccificd Strength
compression Spccificd compressivc strength of plain concrete to be used
P.,. = nominal axial load strength of wall dc.signed by for structural purposcs shall not be lcss than the larger of 17
Section 422.7.5 MPa and that requircd for durability in Scction 404.
P" = factored axial load at given eccentricity
S = clastic section modulus of section 422.3.5 Seismic Zones 2 and 4. Plain concrete shall not be
V. = nominal shear strength at section uscd in Seismic Zone 2 or 4 cxccpt where specifically
v., = shear stress duc to factored shear force at section. pcrmiucd by Scction 422.1 1.1.
V, = factored shear force at section
f3c = ratio of long side to shon side of concentrated load
or reaction arca 422.4 Joints
t/J = strength reduction factor. Sec Scction 409.4.5
422.4.1 Contraction or isolation joints shall be pwvided In
divide structural plain concrete mcmbcrs into fl~xur11;:y
422.2 Scope discontinuous elements. The si7.c of each elemcul ~h all l i u,,•
or control exccssivc buildup of interna! stressn n:t. ·.t• ~ ¡,_,
422.2.1 Scction 422 provides mínimum rcquirc:mcnts for restraint to movemcnts from crcep, slu inka¡;c and
dcsign and cons1!11c1ion of structurnl plain concrete temperature effects.
members (casi-in-place or precast).
422.4.2 In detennining the number and Jocalion of
422.2.2 Unlcss in conflict with thc pro visions of Scction contraction or isolation joints, considcration shall be givcn
422, thc following provisions of this Code shall apply to to: influencc of climmic conditions; ~;f.krti• ·! ' .¡
slructural plain concrete members: Scclions 401 . 1 through
407.6, 407.7. 1, 407.7.2, 407.7.4, 407.8, 409.2.3, 409.3, proponioning of matcrials; mixing, placing :.n,: • .
409.4.5, Scctions 420, 42 !.1 0.2.5, 426.409.3, 426.409.3.5, concrete; degrec of restraint 10 movemcnt; st rr~~w·: tio¡,·. í<~
and Section 423. loads lo which an elcmcnt is subjcct; nnd ton'·" :. : : ·
tccbniques.

Association of Structural Engineers of !he Philippines

 CHAP n=H 4 ·· Structural Concrete tl - 133

422.5 Dcsign Mcthud 422.6.2 Design of crosl. scctions subject to comprcssion

shall be based on:
422.5.1 Stmctural plain conc rete mcmbcrs shall be
(422-4)
1 dcs igned for adcqua1 c slrcngth in accordancc wi th thc code,
1: using load factors and design strcnglh. whcrc P, is factorcd load and P, is nominal comprcssion
¡: strcngth c:omputcd by:
¡
f
i
422.5.2 Factored loads all(l fórccs shall be in combinations
as in Scction 409.3.
"" =o.6o¡··' I -(·-·L).?·¡A
. 32 11 .
1
(422-5)

422.5.3 Whcrc rcquircd strcngth exceeds dcsign strcng!h,

reinforccmcnt shall be provided and thc mc mbcr dcsigned whcre 11 1 is thc loaded arca.
as a reinforccd concrete membcr in accordance with
appropriate dcsig n rcquirements of the codc. 422.6.3 Mc mbcrs subject to combincd flexure and axial
load in compression sha ll he propo11ioned such that on thc
422.5.4 Strcngth design of structural plain concrete compression face:
members for flexure and axial loads shall be bascd on a (422-6)
linear stress-strain rclationship in both tcns ion and
compression. and on the tension face:

422.5.5 Tcnsile strcngth of concrc!c sha!l be permitted to be

M, /S - P. /A~ ~ 0.42~ ff (422-7)

considered in dcs ign o f plain concrete me mbe rs when

provisions ofScction422.4 havc bcen followed. 422.6.4 Design of rectan gulnr c ross scctions subjcct to
shear shall be based on:
422.5.6 No s!rcnglh shall be assigned to s!cel (422-8)
reinforcemcnt that may be prcscnt.
where V, is factorcd shear and V, is nominal shear strcngth
422.5.7 Tension shall not be transmitted through outside computed by:
edgcs, construc tion jo ints, contraction joints, or isolation
joints of an individual plain concrete ele me m. No flexura! Vn = O. 1 IJ.ff b.,h (422-9)
continuity due to tension shall be assumed between adjacent
for beam action ancl by:
structural plain concrete elements.
(422- 10)
422.5.8 When computing strength in fl exure, combined
flexure and axial load, and shear, the entire cross scction o f
a member s hal! be considered in design, cxcept for concrete
cast agains t soil where overall thickness h shall be taken as
for two-way action but nol greater than 0.22J. JT:. b,h.
50 mm less than actual thi ckness. In Eq. 422- 10, fJ corresponds to ratio of long s ide LO short
side of conccntrated load or reaction arca.
422.6 Strcngth Dcsign
422.6.5 Design of beari ng arcas subject lo compression
422.6.1 Design of cross sections subject to flexurc shall shall be based on:
be
t/JB, ~ B, (422- 11 )
based on

<l>Mn 2:: M, (422- 1) whcrc 8, is factored bcaring load and Bn is thc nominal
bcaring strength of loaded arca A 1computed by:
whcre M11 is fac to red moment ami Mn is no minal mome nt
strcngth computed by Bn = 0.85f', A 1 (422- 12)

M, = (5112)}..J/': S., (422-2) cxcept wherc the suppurting surface is wider on all side.'>
!han the loaded arca, dcsign bearing strength on the loaded
if tension controls, and
arca shall be multiplied by ,/ ~ 1 A1 but not more than 2.
(422-3)
if compression controls, where. S., is the corresponding
elaslic section modulus .

1
National Slructural Code of tlle Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
 4-134 CHAPTUi 4 ·· Structural Concrete
422.6.6 Lightweight Concrete
Modification factor ), for lightweight concrete in this
Chapter shall be in accordance with Scction 408.7.1 unlcss
specifically notcd otherwise.
422.7 Walls
422.7.1 Structural plain conc:;,:¡,; walls shall be
continuously supportcd by soil, footings, foundation walls,
grade bcams or other structural rncmbers capable of
providing continuous vertical support.
422.7.2 Structural plain concrete walls shall be designed
for vertical, lateral and other loads to which they are
subjected.
422.7.3 Structural plain concrete walls shall be designcd
for an cccentricity corrcsponding to thc maximum momcnt
thal can accornpany thc axial load but not lcss than O. !Oh. lf
thc resultan! of all factored loads is locatcd withi n thc
rniddlc· third of the overall wall thickness, the dcsign shall
be in accordance with Scctions 422.6.3 or 422.7.5.
Otherwise, walls shall be dcsignecl in accordance with
Section 422.6.3.
422.7.4 Design for shear sha!l be m accordance with
Section 422.6.4.
422.7.5 Empirical Dcsign Method
422.7.5.1 Structural plain concrete walls of solid
rectangular cross section shall be permillecl to be dcsigned
by Eq. 422-13 if the resultan! of all factorcd loads is located
within the middle-third of the overall thickness of wall.
422.7.5.2 Design of walls subject 10 axial loads in
compression shall be based on:
f/JP,. ~P., (422-13)
where Pu is the factored axial load and P, is nominal axial
load strength computed by:
(422-14)
422.7.6 Limitations
422.7.6.1 Unless clemonstratcd by a dctailcd analysis,
horizontallength of wallto be considcred effective for each
vertical concentrated load shall not exceed center-to-center
distancc between loads, nor width of bearing plus four
times the wall thickness.
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
422.7.6.2 Exccpt as provided l'or in Scction 422.7.6 .3,
thickncss of bearing walls shall not be less than 1124 the
unsupported hcight or Jcngth, whichcvcr is shor1cr, nor less
than 140 rnm.
422.7.6.3 Thickncss of exterior basemcnt walls and
foundation walls shall be not lcss than 190 mm.
422.7.6.4 Wa!Js shall be braccd against lateral lranslation.
See Sections 422.4 and 422.5.7.
422.7.6.5 Not less than two [tl] 6 mm bars shall be provided
around all window and door openings. Such bars shall
extend at lcast 600 mm beyond the corners of openings.
422.8 Footing
422.8.1 Structural plain concrete footings shall be
dcsigncd for factored loads and induced rcactions in
accordance with appropriatc design requirements of this
Chapter and as providcd in Sections 422.8.2 through
422.8.8.
422.8.2 Base arca of footing shall be determined from
unfactorcd forces and moments transmitled by footing to
soil and permissible soil pressure sclectcd througb
principies of soil mechanics.
422.8.3 Plain concrete shall not be used for footings on
pi les.
422.8.4 Thickness of structural plain concrete footings
shall be not less than 200 rnrn. Sce Section422.5.7.
422.8.5 Maximum factorcd moment shall be computed at
critica! scctions locatcd as follows:
J. At the face of the column, pedestal or wall, for footing
supporting a concrete column, pedestal or wall;
2. Halfway betwcen center and face of tbe wall, for
footing supporling a masonry wall;
3. Halfway bctween facc of column and edgc of stccl ba~c
plate, for footing supporting a column with stc•·i ba~:G
plate.
422.8.6 Shcar in J>Iain Concrete Footing
422.8.6.1 Maximum factorcd shcar shall be ,·om putcd in
accordance with Section 422.8.6.2, wíth loe;!! !<;•' of ~'~ilicai
section mcasured at face of column, ped;·, : · · · k :·
footing supporting a column, pedestal or \'.-.'< ,,,:in;;
supporting a column with steel base pb: · ' ··
section shall be measurcd at location del"!::: : ''' ··
422.8.5 (3).
 CHAPTER 4 ·· Structural Concrete 4·135

422.8.6.2 Shcar strcngth o f structural plain concrccc
foocings in che vicinicy of concentraced loads or rcactions
shall be governcd by thc more scvcre u f two cond iu ons:
J. Bcam action for footing, with a criti ca) scction
cxtending in a planc across thc cntirc fl)Oting width and
located at a tlistancc h from facc of conccntratcd load
or reaction arca. For lhis condition, thc foot ing sha ll be
designcd in accordance wilh Eq. 422-9;
2. Two-way action for footing, with a critica! scc li@
perpendicular lo planc of foming and locatcd so lhal ils
perirnclcr b., is a mínimum, but nccd not approach
closer than lr/2 to perimeter of concentrated load or
reac tion arca. For this condition, the footing shall be
dcsigned in accordancc with Eq. 422-1 O.
422.8.7 Circular or regular pol ygon shapcd concrete
columns or pcdcstals shall be pcrmittcd lo be treaced as
square members with the same arca for location of critica!
scctions for rnomcnt and shear.
422.8.8 fac torcd beari ng load, Bu. on concrece at contact
surfacc bctwccn supponing and supportcd rnembcr shall not
excecd design bearing strength, f/!B,, for cither surface as
given in Section 422.6.5.
422.9 Pedestals
422.9.1 Plain concrete pc<lcs tals shall be designcd for
vertical, lateral and o ther loads to which they are subjectcd.
422.9.2 Ratio of unsupported he ight average least
10
lateraldimension of plain concrete pedcstals shall not
cxcecd 3.
422.9.3 Maximum factored axial load, P"' applied to plain
concrete pedcstills shall not exceed design bearing strength,
(JB,, given in Section 422.6.5.
422.10.4 Prc~:ast mcrnhcrs shall he adequately bnu.:cd and
supp011cd during crection to ensure propcr alignment and
struclural intcgricy until permanenl connections are
~:ornp lct ed.
422. 11 l'lain Concrete in Earthquakc-Rcsisting
Structurcs
422.11.1 Stmcturcs dcsigncd for earthquakc induced forccs
in regions or high scismic risk or assigncd lo high seisrnic
performance or dcsign categories, c.g. zone 4, shall not
havc foundation clcments of structural plai n concrete,
cxccpt as follo ws:
l. For dctachcd onc- and two-family <lwellings three
stories or less in height and constructed wilh stud
bcaring walls, plain concrete footings without
longitudinal rcinforcemcnts supporting walls and
isolated plain concrete footings supponing columns or
pedcstals are permiued;
2. For all othcr structures, plain concrete footings
suppo ning cast-in-place reinforced concrete or
reinforccd masonry walls are perrn ittcd provided the
foot ings are reinforccd lo ngitudinally w ith not less than
two contin uous rcinforcing bars. Bars shall not be
s mal ler than 12 rnrn diameter and shall have a total
area of not less than 0 .002 times the gross cross-
sectio nal arca of the footing. Continuity of
reinforcement shall be provided at corners and
interseclions;
3. For detached onc- and two-family dwcllings three
scories or lcss in height and cons lructed with stud
bcaring walls, plain concrete foundations or bascment
walls are pcmlitted providcd the wall is not lcss than
190 mm thick and rctains no more than 1.2 m of
unbalanced fill.

422.10 Precast Members

422.10.1 Design of precast plain concrete members shall

consider all loading conditions frorn initial fabrication to
completio n of the structure, including fonn rernoval.
sto ragc, transportation and erection.

422.10.2 Lirnitatio ns o f Section 422.3 apply to precast

members of plain concrete not only to the fin al condition
but also during fabrication, transporta! ion and ercction.

422.10.3 frecast rnembers shall be connected securcly to

transfcr all lateral forces into a structural system capable of
resisting such forccs.

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Volurne 1
 ~ · 136 CHAPT EF1 ~ -· Structural Concrete
423.1 Dcfinitiorl~
ANCHOH A stccl clcmcnt cithcr casi into com:rctc ur
post·installcd into a hardened concrete mcmbcr and uscd 10
transmit applicd loads, including hcadcd bolts, hooked bolts
(J- or L-boll), hcadcd studs, cxpansion anchors, or undcrcut
anchors.
ANCHOR GROUP. A number of anchors of
approximatcly cqual cffectivc crnbedment depth with each
anchor spaced m less than 311,1 from one or more adjacenr
anchors when subj ected to tcnsion or 3c01 from one or more
adjaccnt anchors when subjected to shear. Only those
anchors susceptible ro thc particular failurc mode under
investigation shall be includcd in the group.
ANCHOH P ULLOUT STRENGTH. The strength
corresponding to the anchoring devicc or a maj or
com ponen! of the dcvicc sliding out from rhe concrete
without breaking out a subsranrial portian of thc
surrounding concrete.
ANCHOR REJNFORCEMENT. Rcinforcemcnt used to
transfer the full design load from the anchors into thc
structural member. See Section 423.5.2.9 or 423.6.2.9.
ATTACHMENT. The structural assembly, externa! to the
surface of the concrete, that transmits loads to or receives
loads from t!.e anchor.
BRITILE STEEL E LEMENT. An element with a tensile
test elongation of less than 14 percent, or reduction in arca
of less tl~an 30 percent, or both.
CAST-IN ANCHOR. A headed bolt, headed stud, or
hooked bolt in~talled befare placing concrete.
CONCRETE HREAKOUT STRENGTH. The stre ngth
correspondi ng to a volume of concrete surroundi ng the
anchor or group of anchors separating from the member.
CONCR ETE PRYO UT STRE GTH. Thc strength
corresponding to fonnation of a concrete spall behind short,
stiff anchors displ<~ced in thc d irecti on oppositc to thc
applicd shcar force.
DISTANCE SLEEVE. A sleeve that encases thc center
p:ut of an undercut anchor, a torquc-controllcd expansion
anchor, or a displacement-controlled expansion anchor, but
does not expand.
Association of Structural Engineers of tl1e Philippines
DUCTILE STEEL ELEME T. An c l cmc 1~' • tc..·.nsile
! •
test clongation of at lcast 14 perccnt and r•·<l:- !1111 · ! 1 arca
of at lcast 30 perccnt. A stccl clcnwnt . ,·fi.·g thc
rcquircmcnts of ASTM 11.307 shall be constdn. ,:,:,u le.
EDGE DISTANCE. Thc distancc from thc rc 1 !~C of the
concrete surfacc 10 the ccntcr of the nearc~t anchw:
EFFECTI~ E EMnr;DMENT DEPTH. Thc (···cra!l depth
through wiHch thc ,,~hor transfers force ''' . -: !;,,m the
surrou nding concrete. The cffcctive cmbcd ~>;,·;;¡ ,¡, pth will
normally be thc depth of the concrete failu"~ surface in
tension applications. For cast-in headed ;u;. !·•·: b,.;,. and
headed studs, thc effective embedment dcp:• . . :n.·., .llred
from thc beari ng contact surface of the head.
EXPANSION ANCHOR. A post-i nstallcd anc!liJr, in-;nied
into hardened concrete that transfers loads to :)! r,,w, the
concrete by direct bcaring or friction or ho;;,. ::;:¡.;·:,;.ion
anchors may be torc¡ue-comrolled, whcre th< , '·F·IIi\lv ll is
achieved by a torque acting on the scrcv. •lr holt; or
displacemcm-controlled, wherc the cxpans~t , ... achicved
by impact forccs acti ng on a sleevc 01 : "" 1: all(i the
cxpansion is controllcd by thc length of travt·i ,,j thc ~lt:eve
or plug.
EX J>ANSION SLEEVE. The outer part nf ''"~ <'>.p:;;.·.ion
anchor that is forced outward by thc ccnlet i'·" !, ,·ith.' by
applicd torque or impact, to bcar against tlh· :.;<.1~::-. ol the
predrilled hole.
FIVE PERCENT FRACTILE. A statistica! tnnt ntr.nning
90 percent conlidence that therc is 95 perccn t 1.. .,hahility of
the actual strength excecding the nominal strcn¡.:tl,
HEADED STUD. A stecl anchor conffll 1li t <1~ 10 the
requirements of A WS D 1.1 and affixed to a l''•'t< or similar .;
steel attachment by the stud are welding p; .cr·::s hcfore '
casting. '
·~
HOOKED HOLT. A cast-in anchor anchn;.·:' m::;nJv by
bearing of the 90-dcgree bend (L-bolt) or r-:n .'•. '·, ' nd
(1-bolt) against the concrete, at its embcd<h-.1 <:t,tl. ;md
ha ving a mínimu m e11 of 3da.
POST-INSTA LLED ANCHOR. An and :• '!:. ·:.:' in
hardened concrete. Expansion anchors atal umh..rcut
anchors are examples of post-installed anch01 ~.
PROJECTED AREA. Thc arca on the free ~·utltt<'<' of the
concrete member that is used to represen! ú. :.. : ·:. : ..e·. of
the assumed rectilinear failure surface.
SIDE-FACE BLOWOUT STRENGTH . ., · . : ·.- · ·! ,,r
anchors v.'ith deepcr cn1bcdn1ent but :.!,; ..- ·' · ~·
IIH•. !. ,
corresponding lo concrete spalling on tht~ !\idc :;u e :notiJlÚ
,..
thc cmbcddcd hcad whilc no major brcakout occurs al 1!11:
top contrcH: surfarc.
SPECIA LTY INSERT. Prcdcsigncd and preJ'a britatl:d
rasl-in anchors specifica!ly designed for auachmcnt of
bollcd or siOll\'d l'Onncetions. Spccialt)' inscrts are oflcn
uscd for handling. transpot1ation. and ercction. but are also
used for anchoring struclural elemenls. Specialty insct1s are
not within lhc scopc of lhis appcndix.
SUJ>PLEM ENTA RY REINFORCEMENT .
Rcinforccmcnl lhat acts 10 rcstrain the potential concrete
breakout but is not designed lo transfer the full design load
from the anchors into the structural member.
UNDERCUT ANCHOR. A post-installed anchor that
deve!ops ils !ensile strength from the mechanical interlock
providcd by undercuuing of the concrete at thc cmbedded
end of thc anchor. The undercutting is achieved with a
spccial drill bcfore installing the anchor or aherna ti vely by
thc anchor itself during its installation.
423.2 Scopc
423.2.1 This seclion provides dcsign requi remenls for
anchors in concrete used lo transmit structu ra l loads by
means of tension, shear, or a combi nation of tension and
shear between:
l. Con nectcd structural elements; or
2. Safety-related auachments and structural elemenls..
Safety levels specified are intendcd for i n-scrvi cr~
conditions, rather than for short-tcrm handling and
consuu cti on conditions.
423.2.2 This section applies to both cast-in anchors and
post-installed anchors. Specialty inserts, throughbolts,
mulliple anchors connecled to a single stecl plate at the
embeddcd end of the anchors, adhesivc or grouted anchors.
and direct anchors such as powder or pneumatic actuated
nails or bolts, are not included. Reinforcemenl used as pan
of the embedment shall be designed in accordance wi tll
other parts of this section.
423.2.3 Hcadcd sluds and headed bolts having a geomctry
that has been demonslratcd lo rcsult in a pullout stre ngth in
uncracked concrete equal or excccding 1.4N1, {whcre N" is
given by Eq. 423-15) are includc. Hookcd bolls thal havc a
gcomctry that has been demonstratcd to rcsult in a pulloul
strengtb wilhout the bcncfil of fri ction in uncrackcd
concrete equal or exceeding IAN" (where N1, is given by
Eq. 423-16) are includcd. Post-installed anchon; that meen
the assessment rcquiremcn ts of ACl 355.2 are includcd.
The suitabi lily of the post-installed anchor fo r use in
concrete shall have becn demonstrated by the ACI 355 .2
prequalification tes ts.
National Struclural Code of tlle Philippines 6 Edition Vo!ume 1
CHI\PTE.H 4 ·- Slructural Concrete 4 ·13i'
423.2.4 Load applications that are prcdominaml y high ryd c
fatigue or impact lo;lds are not covcrcd by this section.
423.3 General Hequi rcmcnts
423.3.1 Anchors and anchor groups shall he dcsigned for
critical cffcct~ of ractorcd loads as dctcnnincd by clastic
analysis. Plaslic anal ysis approaches are pcrmilled wherc
nominal strcngt h is comrolled by ductile stcel elcmenls,
providcd tfwr deformational compatibility is takcn into
accou nt.
423.3.2 Thc dcsign strength of anchors shall cqual or
cxcced thc largcst rcquired strcngth calculatcd from the
applicable load combinations in Section 402 .
423.3.3 When anchor design includcs eat1hquake forces for
structures assigned to seis mic zoncs 2 or 4, the addilional
rcquirc ments of Scctions 423.3.3. 1 through 423.3.3.6 shall
apply.
423.3.3.1 The provisions of th is section do not apply to thc
design of anchors in ptastic hinge zones of concrete
stnrcturcs undcr carthquake fo rce~.
423.3.3.2 Post-installed struclll ral anchors shall be
qualificd for use in cracked concrete and shall have passed
thc Simulated Seismic Tests in accordancc with ACI 355.2.
Pullout strcngth NP and stcel strcnglh of lhe anchor in shear
11,, shall be based on the rcsults of the ACI 355.2 Simulated
Scismic Tests.
423.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated with
concrete failurc modes shall be takcn as 0.75rp:v. and
0.75r/IV,. where r/J is given in Section 423.4.4 or 423.4.5, and
N, and v. are delermincd in accordance with Sections
423.5.2, 423.5.3, 423.5.4, 423.6.2, and 423.6.3, assuming
the concrete is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that
the concrete remains uncracked.
423.3.3.4 Anchors shall be designed lo be governed by the
steel slrength of a ductile sleel elemenl as determined in
accordance with Sections 423.5. 1 and 423.6.1, unless either
Section 423.3.3.5 or 423.3.3.6 is satisfied.
423.3.3.5 lnstead of Section 423.3.3.4, lhe attachmcnl that
lhc anchor is connecting to the slructure shall be dcsigned
so that thc auachmenl will und crgo ductil e yielding al a
force leve! corresponding lo anchor forces no grealer than
lhe design strength of anchors spccified in Section
423.3.3.3.
423.3.3.6 As an alternativc to Sections 423.3.3.4 and
423.3.3.5, it shall be pen nitted to take the design strcnglh of
the anchors as 0.4 times the design strcngth determined in
111
 4 · 1:m CHAf>TI: H 4 - Structu ral Con<:1 e le
accordancc with Scction 423.3.3.3. For thc anchors of stutl
!Jcaring wa ll s, it shall be pcnnittcd to takc thc dcsign
strength of thc anchors as 0.5 times thc design strcngth
dctcnn incd in accordancc with Scction 423.3.3.3.
423.3.4 Modill cal ion fa ctor J. for lighlwcighl concrete in
lhis appendi x shall he in accordance with Scction 408.7.1
unless spccifi call y no!cd othcrwisc.
423.3.5 Thc valucs );" {..' uscd for calculation purposcs in
thi s appendix shall not cxcced 70 MPa for cast-in :¡,Jchqrs,
and 55 MPa for post-installed anc hors. Tcsting is rcquircd
for post-installcd anc hors when used in concrete with //
greater !han 55 MPa.
423.4 General Rcquircmcnts for Strcngth of Anchors
423.4.1 Strength design of anc hors shall be based cither
on computation using design modcls that satis fy thc
rcquírements of Section 423.4.2. or on test cvaluation using
the 5 pcn.:cnt fractile of test results for the following:
l. Steel strength of anchor in tension (Section 423.5.1 );
2. Stcel strenglh o f anchor in shear (Section 423.6.1 );
3. Concrete breakout strcngth of anchor m tension
(Seclion 423.5.2);
4. Conc re te breakout strength of anchor in shear
(Section 423.6.2);
5. Pull out strength of anchor in te nsion (Section 423.5.3);
6. Concrete side.face b lowo ut s trength of anchor in
tension (Section 423.5.4); and
7. Concrete pryout strength of anchor in shear (Sec tion
423.6.3).
In additi on, anc hors shall sat isfy the required edge
d istances, spacings, and thicknesses to preclude splitting
failure, as required in Section 4 23.8. ' substantial agreement with results of cornprehensive tests.
423.4.1.1 For the design of ancbors , except as required in
Section 42 3.3.3,
<jiN,, ?N,, (423- 1)
(4;23-2)
423.4.1.2 In Eq. (423·1) and (423·2), rjJN, and <jiV, are thc
lowcst design strengths determined from all appropriate
failure modes. <fiN, is the lowes t design strenglh in tension
of an anchor or group of a nc hors as determi ned from
considera! io n of (>t\', 0, ip1N1,,. either t/JN.•b or tfN,,K, and e ilher
if!Nch or rf!NciJG· rf!V, is the lowest design streng!h in shear of
an anchor or a group of anchors as de!e rmined fro m
Association of S tructural Engineers of the Philippines
consideration of: f/111,,. ei1hcr f/IV,¡, or (1\l,bx· and cithcr (!}V
rp
423.4.1.3 Whcn !Joth N,"' and 1',." are prcscnt
intcraction ellccts shall be considercd in accordancc Witl;
Scction 423.4.3.
423.4.2 Thc nominal slrcngth for any anchor or group of
anchors shall be bascd on dcsign models lhat rcsult in
prcdictions of slrength in substantial agrcemenl wilh rcsults
of comprehcnsive tests. Thc materials used in thc tests shall
be compatible wi1h the materials used in thc structure. The
nominal strength shall be based on the 5 perce nt fractile of
the basic indi vidual anchor strength . For nominal strcngths
rclated to concrete stre ngth , modifications for siz.e effects,
thc number o f anchors, the effects of close spacing of
anchors, proximity to cdges, deplh of the concrete member,
eccentric loadings of anchor groups, and prcsence or
abscncc of cracking shall be taken into account. Limits on
cdge distances and anchor spacing in the design models
shall be consisten! w i1h thc tests that veri!ied the model.
423.4.2.1 Thc effect of rcinforccment provided to restrain
thc concrete breakoul shall be pcrrnitted 10 be included in
the dcsign models uscd to satisfy Section 423.4.2. Wherc
anchor reinforcemcnt is provided in accordancc with
Sections 423.5.2.9 and 423 .6.2.9, calculation of the
concrete brca kout strength in accordancc with Sections
423.5.2 and 423.6.2 is nol required .
423.4.2.2 For anchors with diameters nol excceding 50
mm, and tensil e em bedmenls nol exceeding 635 mm in
depth , the concrete breakout strength requiremcnts shall be
considered sati sficd by the design procedure of Seclions
423.5.2 and 423.6.2.
423.4.3 Resistance to combined te nsile and shear loads
s hall be considered in design using an interaction
expression that resulls in computation of strength in
This requirement shall be considered sati sfied by Seclion
423.7.
423.4.4 Strength rcduc tion factor ~ fo r anchors in conc rete
shall be as fol lows whcn thc load combinations Scction 402.
are used :
l. Anchor govcrnctl by strength of a ductile s1ecl clemcnt
a) Tension loads .............................. ...................0.75
b) Shear loads .....................................................0.65
2. Anc ho r governcd by strength of a brittle steel eleme nt
a ) Tension loads ..................................................0.65
b) She¡u· Ioads ........................................ ..............0.60
 CHAPTEH 4 -- Suuctural Concrete 4·139

3. Anchor g.ovcrncd hy <:oncrctc brcakout, sidc-fa<:c 423.5.2 Concrete Brcakout Strength of Anchor in
blowout. pullout. or pryout ~trcngth Tension

423.5.2. 1 Thc nominal wncrctc brcakout ~ trcngth . N,¡, or

Condition A
a) Shcar loads 0.75
b ) Tcnsion load~
Cast-in hcadcd studs,
ht•adcd bolts. or hooked
. bolo; 0.75
Post-installed anchors
with <:ategory as determined
from ACI 355.2
Category 1 0.75
(Low sensiti vi ty
to installation and
high rcliability)
Category 2 0.65
(Medium scnsitivity
to installation and
medium rcliability)
Catcgory 3 0.55
(High sensitivity
!O installation and
lower rcliability)
Condition A applies wherc supplcmentary rcinforcement is
present cxccpt for pullout and pryout strengths.
Condition 13 applics wherc supplcmcmary reinforcemcnt is
not prcscnt, and for pullout or pryout strength.
Condi tion 13 N,b8 , of a single anchor or group of anchors in tension shall
not cxcccd
0.70
l. For a single anchor
(423-4)
0.70
2. For a group of anchors
0.65 N rbg =( !\.,..,r"'~r•· N '1/.J•N
AN•
t¡I,.'N lfi..,,,NN,,
(423-5)
Factors lflu ,N• lflrd,N• lflr,N• and 'l'rp,N are defincd in Sections
423.5.2.4. 423.5.2.5, 423.5.2.6, and 423.5.2.7, rcspcct ivcly.
0.55 AN.- is the projcctcd concrete failure arca of a si ngle anchor
or group of anchors that shall be approximated as the base
of thc rectilincar geometrical fi gure that rcsults from
projecting the failurc surfacc outward 1.511,-¡ from thc
0.45 ccnterlines of thc anchor, or in the case of a group of
anchors, from a linc through a row of ndjaccnt anchors. AN,·
shall not excced nAN"'" where 11 is the number of tensioncd
anchors in thc group. ANm is thc projcctcd concrete failurc
arca of a single anchor with an edgc distance cqual to or
greater than 1.5hr¡
(423-6)
423.5.2.2 The basic concrete breakout strength of a single
anchor in tension in cracked concrete, Nb. shall not exceed:

423.5 Dcsign Rcquircmcnts for Tensilc Loading (423-7)

423.5.1 Stccl Strcngth or Anchor in Tension
423.5.1.1 The nominal strength of an anchor in tension as
governed by the steel, N,., shall be evaluated by
calculations based on the properties of the anchor material
and the physical dimensions of the anchor.
423.5.1.2 The nominal strength of a single anchor or group
o f anchors in tension. N,•. shall not exceed
(423-3)
wherc 11 is the numbcr of anchors in the group, Au,N is the
effective cross-sectional arca of a single anchor in tcnsion,
mm 2 , and f..,a shallnot be taken greater than the smaller of
1.9¡;.• and 860 MPa.
wherc
k, = 10 for cast-in anchors; and
k, = 7 for post-installed anchors.
The value of kc for post-installed anchors shall be permitted
to be increased above 7 based on ACI 355.2 product-
specific tests, but shall in no case exceed 10.
Alternatively, fo r cast-in headed studs and headed bolts
with 280 mm ::; h,1 :<:: 635 mm, Nb shallnot exceed
(423-8)
423.5.2.3Where anchors are located less than 1.5hc¡ from
thrce or more cdgcs, the value of h,1 used in Eq. 423-4
through 423- 11 shall be the greater of Ca.ma./ 1.5 and one-
third of the maximum spacing between anchors within the
gro up.

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volurne 1
 4 ·140 CHAPTEH 4 ·· Structural Concrete
,
.
¡

423.5.2.4 '!'he rnoclilication factor for anchor groups Thc cracking in thc concrete slwll he controllcd by llcxural
loadcd cccentrically in tcnsion. "'"·"'' shall be computed as: rcinforccmcnt. distributcd in accord<tncc with Scction
· 41 O. 7.4. nr equivalen! crack control shal! be providcd by
1 (423-IJ)
conllning rcinforcemcn t.
~. N}~;,:; J 423.5.2.7 The mo¡li!lcat ion f<tctor Jor post -in ~t a llcd
anchors dcsi gncd f or uncnKkcd concrete in :u.:cordance
btll r¡t,.,..,vshall not be taken greater than 1.0. with Scction 423.5.2.6 wi thout supplcrncntary
rcinforccmcnt to control splitting, Vtc1,,N. shall be computed
lf the loading on an anchor group is such that onl y somc as r,~~lows using the criticai. di stance ce, as dcllncd in
alll:hors are in terl.~ion, only thosc anchors thal are in Scction 423.8.6.
lension shall be considcred whcn detcrmi ning thc
cccentricity f' ',v for use in Eq. 423-9 and for the calculation
of N,b11 in Eq. 423-5. thcn V'rp.N =1.0 (423- 12)
1f Co,miu < Cnr
In !he case where ecccntric loading exists about two axes,
the modilication factor, "'"·"'· shall be comput cd for cach (.'
axis individually and the product of thcse factors uscd as then l!f
'l'c¡1,N
=~
,
( 123-13)
1

lflu,N in Eq. 423-5. ( . ti('

423.5.2.5 The modilication factor for edge effccts for but V'rp,N detcrmi ned frorn Eq. 4 23-13 sllall not be takcn less
si ngle anchors or anchor groups loaded in tension, r¡t,á,N• than 1.511,1 /c,,.. whcrc the critica! distam:e C11r is dcfincd in
shall be computed as Scction 423.8.6.

lf '"·"'"':: 1.Sh,1
thcn lflctf,N= 1.0
Jf Cn,mitl < l .Shr¡
('
t 1Jen "' =0.7+0.3 _¿!.~.
"''"·N
J .5/',¡
423.5.2.6 For anchors Jocatcd in a rcgion of a concrete
mcmbcr whcrc analysis indicates no cracking at scrvicc
load lcvels, thc following modificati on factor shall be
pcrmillcd:
V'r.N = 1.25 for cast-in anchors: and
lf'c.N= 1.4 for post-installed anchors, ,,vherc thc
val uc of k, uscd in Eq. 423-7 is 7.
Whcrc thc value of k, uscd in Eq. 423-7 is takcn from the
ACI 355.2 product evaluation repon for post-installed
anchors quali licd for use in both crackcd and uncracked
concrete, thc val ues of k, and Vlc.N shall be bascd on thc ACJ
355.2 product cvaluation report.
Whcrc t lK~ value of k,. uscd in Eq. 423-7 is takcn from thc
ACI 355.2 product cvaluation repon for poSI!-installcd
anchors qualificd for use in uncrackcd concrete, V'cN shall
be taken as l.O .
When analysis indicares cracking at servicc load levcls, V'c.N
shall be taken as LO for both cast-in anchors and post-
installed anchors. Post-installcd anchors shall be qualified
for use in cracked concrete in accordancc with ACI 355.2.
For all other cases, includi ng cast-in anchors, Vlrp,N shall be
(423-10) taken as 1.0.
423.5.2.8 Where an aclditi onal plate or washcr is added at
the hcad of the anchor, it shall be penniucd 10 calculatc thc
(423- 11 )
projcctcd arca of thc failurc surfacc by projccting thc failurc
surface outward 1.511,1 from thc cffective pcrimctcr of thc
platc or washcr. The cffective pcrimetcr shall not exceed
the value at a section projected outward more than thc
thickncss of the washer or plate from thc ou ter edge of thc
head of thc anchor.
423.5.2.9 Whcrc anchor rcinforcement is dcveloped in
accordance with Section 412 on both sides of the breakout
surfacc, thc design strength of the anchor reinforccmcnt
shall be pcm1itted lo be uscd instcad of thc concrete
brcakout strength in determining t/JNn· A stn!ngth n·duction
factor of 0.75 shall be uscd in thc dcsign of lht: anchor
reinforcemcnt.
423.5.3 Pullout Strcngth of Anchor in Tcnsion
423.5.3.1 The nominal pullout strength of a ~i nt i,· . ~;chor
in tcnsion, N,,.. shall not excecd
where V'c.r•is dcfined in Scction 423.5.3.6.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPi L: ., 1 ·~:· · · . · -.. ~~.i( ·lt ! .• 141

andwrs susccptihlc tu a \luc-f;u:c hlowout failu rc N,¡,, shall

423.5.3.2 Fur post-inslallcd expansion and undcrcut not excccd
anchors, thc valucs of N,, shall be based on thc .'i pcrccnt
fractilc of rcsulls of tests pcrlo mlcd and cvaluatcd
N = l + ·--....
.1' ) N (421- 1!!)
according to ACl 3.'i5.2. 11 is not pcnnissi blc to calcul atc '" ¡: ( ()
)('¡¡ 1
~~~
thc pullout strcngth in tcnsion fo r s uch anchors.
whcrc s is lhc distancc bctwccn thl' outcr anchors along the
423.5.3.3 For single cast-in headcd studs and hcadcd bolts,
edge, ami N,¡, is obtaincd f'rom Eq. 42:\-17 wit hou t
it shall be pcrmillc.d to cv¡.Juate thc pullout st rength ·(n
modification for a perpendicular cdgc distancc.
tension using Sec tion 423.5.3.4. For single J- or L-bolts, iF
shall be permitted to cvaluatc thc pullout strenglh in tcnsion·,·
11.~ing Section 423.5.3.5. Altcrnali vcly, il shall be permiucd 426.6 Dcsing Rcquircmcnts for Shcar Loading
to use valucs of N,. bascd on the .'i perccnt fractile of tests
performed and evaluatcd in thc same manner as thc ACl
355.2 proccdurcs but without the bcncfit of fric tion. 423.6.1 Stcel S trcngth of Anchor in Shcar

423.5.3.4 The pullout strcngth in tcnsion of a si ngle 423.6. 1.1 The nominal strength of an anchor in shcar as
hended stud or hended bolt, N1,, for use in Eq. 423-14. shall governcd by stcel, V,,. ~hall be evaluatcd by calculations
notcxcccd based on thc propertics of thc anchor material and the
physical dimensions of the anchor.
(423-15)
423.6.1.2 Thc nomi nal strength of a single anchor or group
423.5.3.5 Thc pullout strcngth in tension of a single of anchors in shcar, V.,,. shall nol exceed ( 1) through (3):
hookcd bolt, N,, for use in Eq. 423-!4 shallnol cxceed
1. For cast-in headcd stud anchor
N1, =O.Q[..'e,d" (423 - 16)
(423 - 19)

where 3d11 :5' e1, $ 4.5d,. where 11 is the number of anchors in the group, A,..y is
the effecti ve cross-sectional arca of a si ngle anchor in
423.5.3.6 For an anchor located in a region of a concrete shear. mm 2 • and [,11, shallnot be takcn greater than thc
member wherc analysis indicates no cracking at scn•ice smallcr of 1.9J.;.,. and 860 MPa.
load lcvcls, thc following modificalion factor shall be
2. For casi-in hcaded bolt and hooked bolt anchors and
pcrmitted
for post-installcd anchors where sleeves do not extend
through the shear plane
(423-20)
Where analysis indicates cracking at service load levcls,
Vfc.P shall be taken as l. O. where 11 is the number of anchors in the group, A,,y is
the effccti ve cross-sectional arca of a si ngle anchor in
shcar, mm\ and f.aa shall not be taken greater than the
423.5.4 Concrete Side-Face Blowout Strength of a
srnaller of 1.9¡;, and 860 MPa.
Headed Anchor in Tcnsion
3. For post-installed anchors whcre slccves cxtcnd
423.5.4.1 For a single headcd anchor wit h dccp through the shear planc, V,, shall be based on the
cmbedrncnt close toan edge (h,¡> 2.5c,,¡), thc nominal sidc- rcsults of tests perforrned and evaluated according to
face blowout strength, N,b. shall not cxceed ACI :-155.2. Alternatively, Eq. 423-20 shall be
pcnniHcd to be uscd.
(423-17)
423.6.1.3 Whcrc anchors are uscd with buill-up groul
pads, the nominal strengths of Scction 423.6. 1.2 shall be
lf ca1 for thc single hcaded anchor is lcss than :lr,1, thc
multiplicd by a 0.80 factor.
value of N,11 shall be mulliplied by thc factor ( 1 +cn21<:,1)14
where 1.0 S Cn/Cnf :5 3.0.

423.5.4.2 For multiple hcaded anchors wi th tlcep

embcdment close to an edgc (h,¡ > 2.5c.1) and anchor
spacing less than 6c. 1, the nominal strength of thosc

1
Na!ional Structural CO(ie of the Philippines 6 1\ Eclition Volurnc 1
 nitical. and al! nr lhc shcar ~ hal l l>t: a~~ umcd (() be t:a rricd
hy th is rritical anchor row alonc.
423.6.2 Cuncrc tt· Bn·akout Strcn¡.:th uf Anchor in Shcar

423.6.2.1 Tlll' nominal com:n:lc hrcakoul strcnglh. 11,¡, or

423.6.2.2 Thc biL~ic roncrt:ll' lm~akllu l ~ t rc ngt h in shcar or
a single anchor in crackcd concrete. \11,. shal l nol cxcccd :
11,,,_1 , in shcar of a single anchor or group of anchors shall
no! cxcced:
l. For shcar force perpendicular 10 the edge on a si nglc (423-24)
anchor
\lJlcrc 1.. is thc load-bca ring lenglh or thc ¡¡¡l(;hor re· .,'lcar:
V•" = ~L ur V/¡
A 1f1t'IIY 1f1•. l' 'l'¡,y (423-21)
\', , 1,. = 11,1 lor anchors with a constan! s1 il'fncss ovcr th.:
l'ul l lcngt h of cmbcdded section, such as headrd
2. Fo r shcar force perpendicular to 1hc edgc on a group of studs or post-installcd anchors wit h one tubui:,;
<lnchors shcll ovcr full Jcngth of thc cmbcdmcnt dcplh;

(423-22) 1,. = 2d,. f'or torquc-controllcd cxpansion anchors wi th ;;

3. For shear fort:e parallcl toan eóge. V,.¡, or ll,·~>x shall be
pcrmilled 10 be twicc thc value of the shcar force
dclcnnined from Eq. 42:1-2 1 or 423-22, rcspcclivcly.
wi1 h lhc shcar force assumcó to acl perpe ndicular to lhe
cógc and with if/,.,1..-takcn cq ualto 1.0.
4. For anchors Jocatl~d al a corner, thc limiting nominal
co ncrete breakout strcnglh shall be determine<! for cach
cdgc, and the minimurn va luc shall be uscd.
dislance slccvc separated from cxpansion slee v,.
and in no ca~e shall /,. cxcced 8d,, in all cases.
423.6.2.3 For cast-m headed slllós, headed bolts, or
hookcd bolts that are conlinuously wclded to stcel
auachmcnts having a mí nimum th ickncss equal to the
grcatcr of 1O mm and hall' of 1hc anchor diameler, the basic
concrete brcakoul s1reng1h in shear of a sin gle anchor i '

Factors V',···-"· 1¡1.,1.1•• lfl,._,•• and q11._v are ócfined in Seclions

423 .6.2.5, 423.6.2.6, 423.6.2.7, and 423.6.2.8, respeclively.
V,, = 0.6(tT: r
crackcd concrete, V¡,, shall not excecó:

Jd~-tJT.(c,., !'.'
where /, is dcfincó in Scction 423.6.2.2, provióed 1hat:
(423-2:):;

11,, is the basic concrete breakout slrength va lue for a si ngle

l. Por groups of anchors. !he strcngth is dctermined bas,.. '
anchor. A,., is thc projected arca of lhe failure surface on the
on lhe strength of the row of anchors farthest from ¡¡,,_.
side of thc concrete mcmber at its edge for a single anchor
edgc:
ora group of anchors. lt shall be permittcd to evaluate Av,
as the base uf a lruncatcd half pyra mid projected on the si de 2. /\nchor spacing, s, is no1 lcss lhan 65 mm.: and
face of the member wherc thc top of the half pyramid is
3. Rc inforcemenl is provided at 1he corners if Coz~ 1.5h,.f·
givcn by the axis of thc anchor row selected as c ritica!. The
value of c. , shall be taken as thc distance frorn 1he cdge 10
423.6.2.4 Where anchors are inOuenccd by threc or mor,~
this axis. A ve shall not excceó A vco• where n is 1he numbcr
of anchors in the group. edges. the va lue of c01 used in Eqs. 423-23 through 423-:t'i
shall not exceed the greatesl of: c./1.5 in eilher directio!;,
h" 11 .5; and one-third of thc maximum spacing betwccil
A\''" is the projected arca for a single anchor in a deep
anchors within the group.
membcr with a distance from edges equal or greater than
1.5c:ol in the direclion perpendicular to the shcar force. 1t
423.6.2.5 The modificalion factor for anchor grou¡ ' .
shall be permillcd lo evaluale Avro as lhe base of a hó.!lf
Joadcd eccentrica ll y in shear, ¡¡t,.,._v, shall be compuled a··:
pyramid with a sióc Jcng1h parallel lo lhe edge of 3c. 1 ami ¡¡
dcplh of 1.5c," (423 -26)
A \'r., =4 .5(C,¡ )~ (423-23)

Where anchors are localed al varying distances from 1hc

edge and the anchors are welded lo the attachmenl so as to
distribule 1hc force lo all anchors, it shall be pcnnitteó 10
eval uale 1he strenglh based on thc dislance lo the farthest
row of anchors from the edge. In this case, it shall be
pcnnitted lo base lhe value of c" 1 on lhc di stance from the
edge lo the axis of the farthest anchor row thal is selccted as
but l{J._yshal 1 not be taken greatcr than 1.0.
lf thc loading on an anchor group is such that only sorne
anchors are loaded in shear in the same direclÍ<l!~ . ! ''· ly
those anchors that are loadcd in shear in the sa me di;-'' · ....
shall be considercd when determining the eccenlricity üÍ r

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 for use in Eq. 421-26 and for thc calculation oí V,¡,~
423-22
423.6.2.6 The modil'i<:ation l"ac10r for cdgc c!Tcct ror a
single anchor or group of anchors loadcd in shear, ~t,.,¡y ,
shall be computcd as:
lf c, 2 ?: I.Sc, 1
thcn VledY = l.O (423-27)
[f c, 2 < J .5C,1
(423-28)
423.6.2.7 For anchors locatcd in a region of a concrete
mcmbcr wherc analysis indicates no cracking at scrvice
Joads, thc following modifícation factor shall be pennittcd:
lflc.V = 1.4
For anchors located in a region of a concrete rnember whcrc
analysis indicates cracking at service load Jevels, the
followíng modificatíon factors shall be perrnitted:
1(1.-.v = 1.0 for anchors in cracked concrete with no
supplementary reinforcement or edge
reinforcement smaller than a l 2mm diameter bar;
lf'cY =1.2 for anchors in cracked concrete with
re inforcement of a 12 mm diameter bar or
greater between the anchor and the edge; and
Vfc,v = !.4 for anchors in cracked concrete with
reinforcement of a 12 mm diameter bar or greater
betwcen the anchor and the edge, and with the
reinforcement enclosed within stirrups spaced at
not more than 100 mm.
423.6.2.8 The modification factor for anchors located in a
concrete rnember where h, < 1.5c, 1, Vlh,v shall be computed
as:
(423-29)
but V'h. vshall no\ be taken less than 1.0.
423.6.2.9 Whcrc anchor reinforcement is either developcd
in accordance with Sectio n 412 on both sides of the
breakout surface, or encloses thc anchor and is dcvclopcd
beyond the breakout surface, thc design strength of the
anchor reinforcement shall be permittcd to be used instcad
of thc concrete breakout strength in detcrmining !fi\1, . A
strcngth reduction factor of 0.75 shall be used in thc design
of the anchor reinforccment.
Nationa l Structural Code of \he Philippines 6~ Edition Volumc 1
in Eq. 423.6.3 Concrete Pryout Strcngth of Anchor in Shcar
423.6.3.1 Thc nominal pryou t strcngth, V,." or V,,, ~ha l l not
excccd:
l. For a single anchor
(423-30)
2. For a group of anchors
(423-3! )
whcrc
k,.!'::: 1.0 for h,.¡ < 65 mm.; and
k,'f' = 2.0 for h,.¡?:.. 65 mm.
Nu, and N,.bx shall be determined from Eqs. 423-4 and 423-
5, rcspectively.
423.7 Interaction of Tensile and Shear Forccs
Unless determined in accordance with Section 423.4.3.
anchors or groups of anchors that are subjected to both
shear and axial loads shall be designed to sati sfy the
requirements of Sections 423.7.1 through 423.7.3. The
value of 1/JN, shall be as required in Section 423.4.1.2. Thc
valuc of 1/JV, shall be as defined in Section 423.4. 1.2.
423.7.1 lf V,0 ::; 0 .2~V,.. then full strength in tension shall
be permitted: 1/JN, ?: N,'"'
423.7.2 lf N,a::; 0.21/JNn, íhen full strength in shear shall be
permitted: 1/)V,?:.. V,w.
423.7.3 lf V,"> 0.2~V, and Nua > 0.2 tjlt'V, then
(423-32)
423.8 Requircd Edgc Distanccs, Spacings, and
Thickness to Preclude Splitting Failurc
Mínimum spacings and edge distances for anchors and
mínimum thicknesses of members shall conform to
Sections 423.8.1 through 423.8.0, unl ess supp1ementary
reinforcement is providcd to control splitting. Lesser va lues
from product-specific tests perforn1ed in accordance with
ACI 355.2 shall be perm itted.
423.8.1 Unl ess determ ined in accordancc with Sc.ction
423.8.4, mínimum center-to-center spacing of anchors shall
be 4d" for untorqued cast-in anchors, and 6d, fo r torq ued
cast-in anchors and post-installed anchors.
423.8.2 Unless determined in accordance with Section
423.8.4, mínimum edge distaaces fo r cast-in hcaded
anchors th at will not be torqued shall be based on specified
11
 ·: • ' ' r, ·1••
,
..1
\

covcr rcquin:nlclliS for l'l'inforccmelll in Sl'l'l ion 407.1!. For SECTION 424
casling hc;1dcd andH>r'> \ha\ wi ll he torqucd. !he mínimum
cdgc dis\¡mccs ~ ha ll be 6d"' ALTERNATE DESIGN METHOD
423.8.3 Unlcss dc\crmincd in an:ordann! with Sc<.:lion 424.1 Notations
423.8.4. minimum cdgc di slarKcs for pos1-insrallcd anchors
Somc no1a1ion dcfinitions are rnodilied f'rorn thosc in Lhc~
shall be bascd on lhc grc;ller of' spcci1icd covcr
main body o!' lile codc for spccilic use in lile application oí"
rcquircmcn\ s for rcinfon.:cmcnl in Scc1ion 407.8, or
Scclion 424.
minirnum cdgc di.~ tancc rcquircrncn \s ror !he produc\s as
2
dclcrmincd hy l ~s ls in accordance wilh AC! \~~.2. and /\~ = gross arca or scclion, mm
shall no\ be l es~ than 2.0 1irncs !he maxirnum aggrcgalc JI ,. = arca of shcar rcinforccmenl willlin a
sizc. In !he ahscncc of produ<.:l-spccific ACI 355.2 \es\ distance .r. mm 2
infonna1ion. thc mínimum cdgc di stancc shall be wken as JI 1 =- Joaded arca
no\ Jcss !han: !1 1 = maximum arca of thc portian of tlw upponing
Undcrcul anchors .......................................... ..... 6d,. surfacc thal is gcomctrically sinular 10 and
conccntric wilh thc loaded arca
Torquc-conlrolled anchors .................................. 8d,.
1>,. = perimctcr of critica) scction for slabs and
Displaccmcn\-conlrollcd anchors ..................... l Or( footings. mm
b,. = wcb widlh, or diamctcr of ci rcular sec\i:'n, mm
423.8.4 For anchors where installalion docs not prod uce a ti = dislan<.:c from extreme comprcssion ft bcr lo
spliuing fon.:c and !ha\ wi ll remain untorqued, if thc cdgc ccmroid of tcnsion rcinforccmcnl, mm
distancc or spacing is Jcss !han !hose spccifi cd in Scctions E,. = modulus of clasticily of concrclc. MPa. Scc
423.8.1 10 423.8.3, calculations shall be pcrformcd by Scction 408.6.1
substituting for da a smallcr valuc d',, lhat rnce\s thc E.. = modulus of claslicily of rcinforcemcnt, MPa.
rcquircmcnls of Sections 423.8. 1 to 423.8.3. Calculalcd Sce Scclion 408.6.2
forccs applicd lo the anchor shall be limited to the valucs j",. = spccificd compressivc slrength of concrete,
COrrcspondi ng lOan anchor having a diametcr of d'0 . Ml'a. Sce Scction 405.
= squarc root of spccificd comprcssivc strength of
423.8.5 Thc valuc of h,1 for an cxpansion or undcrcul
post-installed anchor shall not cxcecd thc greatcr of 2/3 of concrete, MPa
thc membcr thickness and the membcr thickncss minus 100 = average splilling tcnsilc strcngth of li¡~htweiglii
mm. aggrcgatc concrete, MPa. Sec 40:'i.?.Ji
= pennissible tensilc stress in reinfor~cm::rH , MPa
423.8.6 Unless dctermincd from 1ension tesis in = spccitied yield strcngth of reinforccmcnl, MPa.
accordancc with ACI 355.2, thc critica! cdge distance. c.,. Scc Scction 403.6.3
shall no\ be lakcn Icss than: M = design moment
11 = modular ratio of elaslicity
Undcrcut anchors ........................................... 2.511,1 = E.JE,
Torque-controllcd anchors ....... .......................... 4hc¡ N = dcsign axial load normal lo cross c:cclion
occurring sirnultaneously with V; to be takcn as
Displacemcnt-controlled anchors ...................... 4h,1 positive for com pression, ncgative for \c.nsion,
and lo include effects of \ension duc: :t: crcep
423.8.7 Project drawings and projcct specifications shall and shrinkage
specify use of anchors with a míni mum edgc distance as ,)" = spaci ng of shear reinforcemcnt in rli rc·ction
assumcd in design. parallelto longitudinal reinforccmcnl, nn,:
= design shear s1rcss
1' = pcrmissible shcar stress carricd by n ::' .de,
423.9 Installation of Anchors ' MPa
423.9.1 Anchors shall be installed in accordance with the
v, = pennissiblc horizontal shcar stress, Ml':t
projecl drawings, project specifications and/or
V = dcsign shear force at seclion
manufacturer's installation procedurcs. a = anglc bctween inclined stirrups and longia:dina!
axis of mcmber
= ratio of long s idc lo shorl sidc of c;ow ·:' ... '_,¡
loador reaction arca
p,.. = ratio of tension reinforcemcnl
= A./b,.(/

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


=strcngth rcdurt io n factor. Scc Scction 424.3. 1
424.2 S copr
424.2.1 Nonprcstrcsscd rcinforccd concrete mcmbcrs shall
he pennittcd to be dcsigncd using scrvice loads {without
load fac tors) and permissiblc scrvice load strcsscs in
accordance with provisions of Scction 424.
424.2.2 For design of mcmbcrs not covcred by Section 424.
appropriatc provisions of this code shal! appl y.
424.2.3 All applicable provisions of th is code fc:>r
nonprestresscd concrete, except Seclion 408.4, shall app.ly
to members d esig ned by the Alternate Design Method.
424.2.4 Flexura! members shall mcet requirements for
deflection control in Section 409.6, and requircments of
Sectio ns 410.5 through 410.8 of this codc.
424.3 General
424.3.1 Load factors and strcngth reduction factors t/J shall
be taken as unity fo r rnembers designed by thc Altcrna~e
Design Mcthod.
424.3.2 lt shall be permitted lo proportion members for 75
percent of capacities required by other parts of Seclion 424
when considering wind or earthquake forces combined with
other loads, provided the resulting sect ion is not lcss than
that required for the combination of dcad and live load .
424.3.3 Whcn dead load reduces cffccts of other loads,
members shall be designed for 85 percent of dcad load in
combination with thc other loads.
424.4 Pcrmissible Scrvice Load Stresscs
424.4.1 Stresses in concrete shall not exceed the following::
1. Aexure
Extreme fiber stress in compression ...... ... .0.45f"c
2. Shear'
Beams and one-way s labs and foot ings:
Shear carried by concrete, l'c .. . . . ......• 0.09 ff.
Maximum shear carricd by concrete plus shcar
rcinforccment, Ve**. . . . . . . .. . . . . 0.38 ffr
• For more detai lcd calculation of thc shcar stress carricd by concrete ,.,
and shcar valucs for lightweight aggregatc concrete, scc Scction 424 .8.4.
*•' Dcsigned in accordancc with Section 408.12 of this codc.
National Structurai Code of the Philippines 6
CHAPTER tl ·• Structural Cor .·:rcte
Joists:
Shear carried by concrete, ''<. . . . . . . . . 0.09 .JT.
Two-way slabs and footings:
1
Shcar carricd by concrete.''··' .. ( /d (1+21/J..) Jf'.
but not grcatcr than ...... ........ ....... . ...... '16..JT:
3. Bearing .on loadcd arca 1 .•.• ..•• •••• . . ••... 0.3f"<
424.3.2 Tcnsi lc stress in rcinforccmcnt fr shall not excecd
the follow ing:
l. Grade 275 rci nforcement ..... . ......... 140 MPa
2. Grade 415 reinforcement or greater and welded wirc
fabric (plain ordeformcd) ............ 170 MPa
3. For flexura! reinforcement , I!J IO mm or Jess, in one-way
slabs of not more than 4 m span but not greater than
200 MPa. . . . . . . 0.50 J,.
424.5 Dcvclopmcnt and Spliccs of Rcinforcemcnt
424.5.1 Development and splices of rei nforcemcn t shall be
as required in Section 412 of this chapter.
424.5.2 In satisfying requiremen ts of Section 412.12.3, M11
shall be taken as computed rnoment capacity assuming all
positive moment lensi on reinforcement at the sect ion to be
stressed to the permissible tensilc stress fr, and \!" shall be
taken as unfactored shear force at thc section.
426.6.1 Flexurc
For investigation of stresses at servicc loads, straight-line
theory for flexure shall be used with the following
assumptions:
424.6.1 Strains vary Iinearly as the distance from the
neutral axis, except for deep flexura.! mcmbers with overall
depth-span ratios greater than 2/5 for continuous spans ami
4/5 for simple spans, a nonlinear distribution of strain shall
be considered. See Section 410.8 of this Chaptcr.
1
Jf shc~r rcinforcemcnt is providcd, ~ce Sections 424 .8.7.4 and 424.8.7.5
1 Whcn thc supporting surf~cc is widcr on alt sidcs than thc loadcd arca.
pcrmissiblc bcaring stress on thc loadcd arca shall be pcrmittcd to be
multiplicd by ~A¡¡ 1\ but not more than 2. Whcn thc supporting surfacc
is slopcd or stcppcd, A1 shall be pcrmittcd to be takcn as thc arca of thc
lowcr base of thc largcst f111stum of a right pyramid or conc containcd
wholly within thc support and having for its uppcr base thc loadcd arca,
and having sidc slopcs of l v~rtical-to 2 horiwntal.
111
Edilion Vol u me 1
 4 1116 CHAPTU1 t1 -· Structural Concwte
424.6.2 Strcss-strain relationship of mlll:rcte i ~ a straight
fine UJHh!r scn•icc loads within pcnnissihk scrvicr load
scresses.
424.6.3 In rcinforced concrccc mcmhers. concrclc resises
no lcnsion.
424.6.4 lt shall he permittcd to 1ake che modular racio,
11= Es lE, .. as the nearesl wholc number (bul not less tlwn
6). Except in calculations for dcflections, val ue of n for
lightweight concrete shall be assumed lo be thc samc as for
normal weight concrete of thc sarnc slrcnglh.
424.6.5 In doubly reinforced nexural members. an
effective modular ralio of 2E/E,. shall be uscd w transform
compression reinforcemem for stress computations.
Compressivc stress in such reinforcement shall 1101 exceed
pennissible !ensile stress.
424.7 Comprcssion Mcmbcrs Wilh or Withou ll Flcxurc
424.7.1 Combined flexure and axial load capacity of
compression membcrs shall be takcn as 40 perc:ent of that
computed in accordance wilh provisions in Section 41 O of
chis Chapter.
424.7.2 Slendcrness cffects shall be inc luded according to
requirements of Sections 410.1 O through 410. 13 . In Eqs.
410-13 anc1 4 10-22 the term P., shall be replaced by 2.5
times the design axial load, and the factor 0.75 shall be
taken equal to 1.0.
424.7.3 Walls shall be designed in accordlancc with
Section 414 of this section with llexure ami axial load
capacities taken as 40 percent of that computed using
Section 414. In Eq. 414-1 , (! shall be taken equat to 1.0.
424.8 Shcar and Torsion
424.8.1 Dcsign shear stress v shall be compUledl by
"= Vl(b.d) (424 -1 )
where Vis design shear force ac section considered.
424.8.2 When thc rcaction, in direction of applicd shear,
introduces compression into thc end rcgions of .a mcmbcr,
sections located less than a discance d f rom fat:c of suppo11
shall be pennitted lo be dcsigned for the samc shcar " as
!hal computed at a distance d.
424.8.3 Whenever app1icab1c, effects of torsion , in
accordance wit h provisions of Section 411 of thi s section,
shall be added. Shear and torsional moment strengths
provided by concrete and limiting max imum slrengths for
Associalion of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
tnrsion shall be takcn as 55 pcrt:cnt of th~.: val ut's givcn in
Scction 411.
424.8.4 Shcar Stress Carried lly Cont¡·ctc
424.8.4. 1 Por membcrs subjcct to shear ami ncxurc only,
shcar stress carricd by concrete v, slwll not cxcccd 0.09
Jy;: unless a more dcwiled calculation is rnadc in
accordancc witb Scction 424.8.4.' .
424.8.4.2 Por membcrs subject to axial compression, shear
stress carricd by concrete l'c , shall not cxcced 0.09 JT:
unless a more detailed calculation is made in accordance
with 424.8.4.5.
424.8.4.3 For membcrs subjec1 to significant axialtension.
shcar rcinforcemelll shall be designed to carry total shear,
unlcss a more detai led calculation is madc using
,., = 0.09( 1 + 0.6N/A~) ff. (424-2)
where N is ncgativc for tcnsion. Quantity NIA 8 shall be
cxpressed in MPa.
424.8.4.4 For rnembers subject to shear and flcx ure only,
it shall be perrni1tcd to compute v, by
,., :::: 0.085 ff + 9p,Yd!M (424-3)
but v, shall not exceed 0. 14 ff.. Quantity \Id/M shall not
be taken greater than 1.0. where M is dcsign momen!
occurri ng simultaneously with V at section considered.
424.8.4.5 Por members subjcct 10 axial compression, it
shall be permitted to compute v, by
v, = 0.09(1 + 0.09NIA,)ff (424-4)
Quantity NIAg shall be expressed in MPa.
424.8.4.6 Shear strcsses carried by concrete ~'o apply !o
norma! weight concrete. When lightweight aggregate
concrete is used, one of the following modificati on~ s! J.:Il
app1y:
l. When .f.., is specified <tnd concrete is proportioncd in
accordancc with Secti on 405.3, Jr/6.7 shall be
substitutcd for f f but the value of ¡;.;6.7 sha!l not
exceed Jf', .
2. When ¡,, is nol specified, the va lue or ¡¡~- shail IK:
multiplied by 0.75 for "all-lightweight" concrete ami
by 0.85 for "sand-lightweight" concrete. Linear
 CHAPTER 4 -- Struclural Concrete 11 · 147

illlcrpolalion shall he pcrmillcú whcn panial sand
rcplaccmcnt is uscd .
424.8.4.7 In dc tcrmining shear stress c:trricd hy concrete
,,,.. whcncvcr applicablc. cffccts of a xial lc nsion duc to
crccp and shrinkagc in rcstrained mcmbcrs shall be
included and it shall be pe rmilled to includc cffccts of
inclincd flexura! compression in variable-dcpth m cmbcrs.
424.8.5 Shcar StJ·css Carricd by Shcm· Rcinforccmcnt
424.8.5.1 Types of Shcar Rcinforccmcnt
Shear rcinforcement shall consist of o ne of !he following:
J. Stirrups perpendicul ar to axis of member;
2. Weldcd wire fabric with wires located perpendicular to
axis of member making an angle of 45 degrces or more
with longitudinaltension reinforcement;
3. Longitudinal reinforcement with bent portion making
an anglc of 30 degrces or m ore with longitudinal
te nsion reinforcemcnt;
4. Combinations of stirrups and bcnt lo ng itudina l rcin -
forcernent;
424.8.5.5 Mínimum Shcar Hci nfo rccmcnl
424.8.5.5.1 A m ínimum arca of shear reinfo rccmcnt shall
be providcd in all rcinf'o n:cd concrete flexura! mcmhcrs
whcre dcsign shear stress v is grcatcr than one-ha lr the
pcrmissiblc shcar stress vr c arried by conc rete, cxcept:
1. Slabs and footings;
2. Conc rete joist conslruction dcfincd by Section 40S. 14
of this scction ;
3. Beam with tota l depth not greater than 250mm. 2.5
times thickness of llange, or one-half thc width of web,
whichever is grealest.
424.8.5.5.2 Mínimum shear re inforcement requirc-ments
of Scction 424.8.5.5.1 shall be pem1itted 10 he waivcd if
shown by test that required ultimatc flexura! and shcar
st rength can be developed whcn shcar rei nforcemen t is
omitted.
424.8.5.5.3 Whcre shear reinfo rccment is rcqu ired by
Secti on 424.8.5.5.1 or by analysis, mínimum arca of shear
rcinforccment shall be computcd by:
A,. = b.s13f,. (424 -5)

5. Spirals. wherc b,.. ancl s are in mm .

424.8.5.2 Design yic ld s tre ngth of s hear reinforcement
sh all not exceed 415 MPa.
424.8.5.3 Stirrups and other bars or wires used as s hear
reinforcement shall extend lo a distance d [rom ex treme
compression fiber and shall be anchored at both ends
according to Section 412.14 of lhis sectio n to develop
design yield strength of reinforcement.
424.8.5.4 Spacing Limils for Shcar Rcínforccmcnt
424.8.5.6 Dcsign of Shcar Rcinforc<'ment
424.8.5.6.1 Wherc design shear stress v cxcecds she ar
stress carried by concrete vr, shcar reinforcemenl shall be
pro vided in accordancc with Sections 424.8.5.6.2 lhro ugh
424.8.5.6.8.
424.8.5.6.2 When s hear reinforcement perpe ndic ular to
axis o f mcm ber is used:
A,. = (v ·- vr)b ..s !J;. (424 -6)

424.8.5.4.1 Spacing of shear reinforcem e nt placed 424.8.5.6.3 When inclined stirrups are used as shear
perpendi cular to axis of me mber shall not exceed d/2, nor reinforcement :
600 mm.
(v - vJb•.s (424-7)
424.8.5.4.2 lnclined Slirrups and bcnt longitudinal A,. = f , (sin a + cos a)
re inforcement shall be so spaced lhat evcry 45-degree linc,
cxtendi ng toward the reac tion from mid-depth of member
424.8.5.6.4 Whcn shear rcinforcemcnt consists of a s ingle
(d/2) !o Jongitudinaltens ion rcinforcement. shall be crossed
bar ora single group of parallel bars, all bent up at the same
by al lcast onc linc of shear rcinforccmcnt.
dislancc from thc support:

424.8.5.4.3 When (1'- l'cJ excecds l t6..fJ:, maxunum

(424-8)
spaci ng gi ven in Sections 424.8.5.4. 1 a nd 424.8.5.4.2 shall
be reduced by o ne -half.
whe re (v - vr) shall not cxceed ( 1/S) .Jf:.

11
National Structural Code of the Phílippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 4-14() CHAPTEJi 4 -~ Structural Concrete
424.8.5.6.5 Whcn ~hcar rcinforccmcnt consists of a series
of para! le! bcnt-up bars or groups of parallcl bcnt-up bars at
diffcrcnt distanccs frorn thc support, rcquircd arca shall be
computcd by Eq. 424-7.
424.8.5.6.6 Only thc ccnter thrce-quarters of thc inclincd
portion of any longitudinal bent bar sha!l be considcrcd
cfTective for shear rcinforcerncnt.
424.8.5.6.7 When more tb u• .one typc of sbear rein-
forccment is uscd to rcinforce thc same portion of a
rnembcr, rcquircd arca shall be computed as thc sum of thc
various types scparatcly. In such computations. v,. shall be
included only once.
424.8.5.6.8 Value of (v- v,) shall not exceed (3/8) ff.
424.8.6 Shcar-Friction
Whcrc it is appropriate to consider shcar transfer across a
gi ven plane, such as an cxisting or potenlial crack, an
interface between dissimilar matcrials, or an interface
between two concretes cast at different times, shear-friction
provisions of Section 4! !.8 of this Chaptcr shall be
permitted to be applied, with limiting maximum stress for
shcar taken as 55 percent of that givcn in Section 411.8.5.
Permissible stress in shcar-friction reinforcement shall be
that givcn in Section 424.4.2.
424.8.7 Spccial Provisions for Slabs and Footings
424.8.7 .1 Shear capacity of slabs and footings in the
vicinity of concentrated loads or reactions is governed by
the more severe of two conclitions;
424.8.7.1.1 Beam action for slab or footing, with a critica!
section extending in a plane across the entirc width and
locatcd at a distance d from face of concentrated load or
reaction arca. For this condition, the slab or foot ing shall be
designed in accordance with Scctions 424.8.1 through
424.8.5 .
424.8.7 .1.2 Two-way action for slab or footing, with a
critica! section perpendicular to plane of slab and located so
that its perimeter is a mínimum, but necd not approach
closcr than dí2 to perirneter of concentrated load or reaction
arca. For th is condition, the slab or footin g shall be
designed in accordancc with Sections 424.8.7 .2 and
424.8.7.3.
Assocíation of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
424.8.7.2 Design shcar stress v shall be computcd by
1':.:: \1/{b,.d) (424-9)
where V and b, , shall be taken al thc cri tica! section
defincd in Section424.8.7.1 .2.
424.8.7.3 Design shcar stress 1' shall not cxceed v,. givcn by
Eq. 424-l O unlcss shcar rcinforccmcnt is provided
1', ""
)( /J~2)¡---
í2 !+ y!',
(424-10)
but v,. shall not cxceed (1 /6)/T f3, is the ratio of long side
10 short side of concentrated load or reaction arca. When
lightwcight aggrcgatc concrete is used, the modifícations of
Section 424.8.4.6 shall apply.
424.8.7.4 lf shear reinforccment cnnsisting of bars or
wircs is provided in accordance wi th Section 41 1.13.3 of
this section, v, sha!l not cxceed ( l/!2) JT~~ , and v shallnot
exceed 0.25 /f';.
424.8.7.5 lf shear rcinforcemcnt consistíng of steel 1- or
channel-shaped sections (shearheads) is provided in
accordance with Section 411.13.4 of this section, " on tl1c
critica! section dcfincd in Section 424.8.7.1.2 shall not
exceed 0.3 .¡¡:,and ,, on the critica! section defined in
Section4ll.l3.4.7 shall not cxceed (l/6lff> In Eqs. 411-
41 and 411-42, design shear force V shall be rnultiplied by 2
and substituted for V,.
428.8 Spcciall'rovisions for Other Mcmbcrs
For design of dcep flexura! members, brackets ancl corbels,
and walls, the special provisions of Section 4!1 of this '
section shall be used, with shear strengths provided by
concrete and limiting rnaximum strengths for shcar taken <~s
55 perccnt of the valucs given in Section 411. In Sec\ior:
4!!.11 .6, th e des ign axial load shall be multiplicd by l 2 if
compression and 2.0 if tcnsion, and substituled for N,.
424.8.9 Compositc Concrete Flexur a! Mcmbcrs
For dcsign of composite concrete flexura! me;;<·· · ·
permissiblc horizontal shcar stress v¡, shall not excccrl '1)
pcrcent of the hori zontal shear strengths given in Se; :~;:::.;
417.6.3 of this section.

425.1 Scopc
Dcsign for llcxurc and axial load by provisions of Scction
425 shall be permiltcd. When Scction 425 is uscd in dcsign.
Scctions 425.2, 425.2.1, 425.2.2. and 425.2.3 shal l replacc
thc corresponding provisions in Section 408; Section
425.410.4.3 shall replace Sections 4 I0.4.3, 41 0.4.4, and
4 I0.4.5, cxcept Scction 41 0.4.5.1 shall rcmain; Scctions
425.418.2.3, 425.418.9. 1. 425.418.9.2, and 425.418.9.3
shall replace thc corrcsponding numbered sections in
Section 418; Sections 425.418.11.4, 425.418.11.4. 1.
425.4 18. 1!.4.2. and 425.418.11.4.3 shall replace Sections
418. 1 1.4 , 418. 11.4.1. 418.11.4.2 and 4 18. 1 !.4 .3. lf any
section in Scction 425 is uscd. all scctions in Section 425
shall be substitutcd for the corrcsponding sccti ons in the
body of the code, and al! other sections in thc body of thc
code shall be applicablc.
425.2 Redistribution of Negativc Moments in
Continuous Nonprestrcsscd Flexura! Mcmbers
For critcria on momcnt rcdistribution for prestresscd
concrete membcrs. see Section 425.418. 11.4.
425.2.1 Except where approximate values for moments
are uscd, it shall be permittcd to clecrease factored moments
calculatcd by elastic thc01y at sections of rnaximum
negative or rnaximum positive mornent and in any span of
continuous flexura! mernbers for any assumed Joadi ng
arrangement by not more than:
20 (1 - pp-bp'J perecm (425- 1)
425.2.2 Redistribution of moments shall be made only
when thc section at which moment is rcduced is so designccl
that por p- p' is not greater thnn 0.50p1,
where:
== .0.85 /], f ·, (~-} (425-2)
P. f. 600 + /,
425.2.3 Thc recluced moment shall be used for ca!culating
redistributed moments at all othcr scctions within the spans.
Static equilibrium shall be maintained after redistribution of
moments at each loading arrangernent.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edilion Volume 1
CHI\P rEf~ 4 .. Structural Concrete 4 ·14 \J
425.410.4 General Principies and Rcquircmcnts
425.410.4.3 For flex ura! rnembcrs ancl membcrs subject to
combi ncd llcxurc and comprcssivc axial load whcrc t)P, is
lcss than thc smallcr of 0.1 o¡;.-A .• and fÍJP¡.. the ratio of
reinforccment, p, providecl shall not cxceed 0.75 of the ratio
p¡, th<ll would produce balanccd st rain conditions for thc
section under flcxurc without axial load. For membcrs with
comprcssion rcinforccmcnt. the portien of p¡. equali zecl by
comprcssion reinforcement nccd not be rcduced by thc 0.75
factor.
425.418.2 Scope
425.418.2.3 Thc following provisions of this codc shall not
apply to prcstrcssed concrete. exccpt as spccilically noted:
Scctions 406.4.4. 407.7 .5, 408.13.2, 408.1 3.3, 408.13.4 .
408.13, 410.6, 410.7. 410. 10. 1, 410.10.2, and 425.2.
425.410.4.3; Scction 413; and Scctions 414.4, 414.6 and
414.7.
425.418.9 Limits for Rcinforcemcnt of Flexura!
Members
425.418.9.1 Ratio of prcstressed and nonprestresscd
reinforccmelll used for computation of moment strength of
a member, except as providcd in 425.418.9.2, shall be such
that wP, [wp + (dldp)(w - w' )), or [wp... + (dldp)(w•. - w,.. )] is
not greater than O.J6fll, exccpt as permiued in Section
425.418.9.2.
Ratio w1, is computed as p,J;,/fc. . Ratios w,.. and wp .. are
computed as w and w1., respectively. exccpt that when
computing p ancl p1, , b.,. shall be used in place of b and the
arca of reinforcement or prcstressing steel required to
develop the compressive strength of the web only shall be
usecl in place of A, or Ars· Ratio a/,.. is computed as w',
cxcept that when computing p', b .... shall be used in place of
b.
425.418.9.2 When a reinforcement ratio exceeds the limit
spccified in Scction 425.418.9.1 is provided. design
momem strength shall nol exceed thc moment strcngth
bascd on thc comprcssion portion of thc moment couple.
111
 4·1 !,0 Cll/\PTE.n 4 .. Structural Concrete

425.41 8.9.3 Total amount of prcstrcssed and 425.418.1 1.4.3 Thc rcduced mumcm shall be uscd for
nonprestn:sscd reinforccmcnl shall be adcquatc to c..lcvclop a calculating redistributed momcnts at all othcr scnions
factorcd load at lcast 1.2 times thc cracking load computcc..l within !he spans. Static cquilibrium shall be maintai ned
onthc basis of thc modulus or rupwref, specilicc..l in Scction after rcdistribution of moments for cach loading
409.6.2.3. This provision shall be perrniucd 10 he waivcd nrrangemenl.
for: .~·-)~~~~:. -~::~-~~·:q~:·;i'·~:.~. ~ .~· '.. .':·'j =~~-~
1. Two-way, unbondcd post-tcnsioncd slabs; ami
2.. Flexura! mcmbers with shear and Oexural strcngth at
· lcast twice th:H required by Section 409.3.

425.418.11 Slalically lndeterminalc Structurcs

425.418.11.1 Frames and continuous construction of

prcstressed concrete shall be dcsigncd for satisfactory
performance al scrvicc load conditions and for adequate
strcngth.

425.418.11.2 Perforrnance al scrvice load conditions shnll

be dctermincd by elastic analysis, considcring reactions.
moments, shears, and axial forces produced by prestressing,
creep, shrinkage. tempcrature change, ax ial deforrnation,
rcstraint of attached structural clemcnts, and foundation
settlement.

425.418.11.3 Moments lo be used to compute required

strength shall be the sum of the moments due to rcactions
induced by prestressing (with a load factor of l .o) and the
moments due to factored loads. Adjustment of the surn of
these momcnts shall be pcm1illed as allowed in Section
425.418.1 1.4.

425.418.11.4 Rcdislribution of Ncgativc Momcnls in

Continuous Prestrcssed Flexura! Mcmbcrs

425.418.11.4.1 Where bonded reinforcement is provided

al supports in accordance with Section 418.1O, negati ve or
positivc momems calculated by elastic theory for any
assumed Joading, arrangemem shall be pennilled lo be
increased or decrcased by not more than:

20[ 1- ctJP + (d 1 dP)(úJ - úJ')]pcrcem

0.36/J,

(425-3)

425.4 18. 11.4.2 Rcdistribution of momems shall be made

only whcn the section at which momenl is reduced is so
dcstgned that h>,., l<u1, + (dld1,)(w- w' )J or l<o1,.,. + (dld,.)((l},. -
<u',.)l, whichcvcr is applicable, is not greatcr than 0 .24fJ1•

Association of Structural Engineers of t11e Phi!ippines


$ECTION ·4z_6;!:)\LTE.8NATlVR
toAD 1\Ñ:D S'r.ítENGTH
REDUCTION FACTORS
426.409.1 Scopc
Structural concrete shall be pcrmil!ed to be dcsigned using
thc load combinations and strength rcduction factors of
Scction 426. When Scction 426 is uscd in dcsign, Sections
426.409.2.1 through 426.9.2.7 shall replace Scctions
409.3.1 through 409.3.5, and Sccti ons 426.409.3. 1 through
426.409.3.5 shall rcplace Section 409.4.1 through 409.4.5.
426.409.2 Rcquircd Strcngth
426.409.2.1 Required strcngth U to rcsist dcad load D
and livc load L shall not be less than:
· U== 1.4D + 1.7L (426·
1)
426.409.2.2 For structures that also rcsist W, wind load. or
E. the load effects of carthquake, U shall not be less than
the largcr of Eqs. 426- l . 426-2, and 426-3:
U = 0.75( !.4D + 1.7L) + (1.6Wor J.OE)
(426-2)
and
U= 0.9D + ( l.6W or I.OE) (426-3)
Whcrc W has not bccn reduced by a directionality factor, it
shall be pcrmittcd to use 1.3 W in place of 1.6 W in EcJs. 426·
2 and 426-3. Where E is bascd on service-leve1 seismic
forces, l.4E shal1 be used in place of l .OE in Eqs. 426-2 and
426-3.
426.409.2.3 For stmctures that resist H, Joads due to
weight and pressure of soil, water in soil, or other relatcd
materials, U shall not be less than the Jarger of Eqs. 426-1
and 426-4:
U= 1.4D + 1.7L + 1.7H (426-4)
In Eq. 426-4, where D or L reduce thc cffect of ll, 0.90
shall be substitutecl for 1.4D, and zero value of L shall be
used to determine thc greatcst requ ired strength U.
426.409.2.4 For ~ tn1ctures !hat rcsist F, load due lo wcigh!
and pressure of fluids wilh well-defined densities, the load
factor for F shall be 1.4, and F shall be added to all loading
combinat1ons thal include L.
National Structura l Code of !he Philippines 6°' Edition Volume 1
CIIAP rE n 4 · Slluctural Concrete t, 151
426.409.2.5 J f rcsistancc lO Ílllpat'l cf'f'Cl'IS ÍS takcn into
account in dcsign, such ciTcc1s shall be includcd with L.
426.409.2.6 Whcrc structural cf'f'ccts of diffcrcntial
scttlcmcnt, crccp, shrin kagc, cxpansion of shrinkagc
t'ompcnsating concrete, or tcmpcralurc changc. T, are
significan!, U shall not be less than the largcr of Eqs. 426-5
and 426-6:
U = 0.75(1.4D+ 1.47' + 1.7L) (426-.".)
u = 1.4(1) + 1) (426-6)
Estimations of diffcrcntial settlemcnt, crccp, shrinkagc,
expansion of shrinkagc-cornpensating concrete, or
temperature changc shall be bascd on rcalislic assessment
of such· cffccts occurring in scrvicc.
426.409.2.7 For post·tcnsioncd anchoragc zone dcsign, a
load factor of 1.2 shall be applied to thc maxim um
prestrcssing slccl jacking force.
426.409.3 Dcsign Strcngth
426.409.3.1 Design strcngth provided by a membcr, its
connections to othcr membcrs, and its cross scctions, in
terms of flexurc, ax ial load, shear, and torsion. shall be
lakcn as the nominal strength calculated in accordancc wilh
rcqu irements and assumptions of this Code, multiplied by
thc r/J factors in Sections 426.409.3.2, 426.409.3.4. and
426.409.3.5.
426.409.3.2 Strength reduction factor r/J shall be as
follows:
426.409.3.2.1 Tcnsion-conlrolled sections, as defincd in
Scclion 410.4.4 (Sce also Section 426.409.3.2.7) ......... ..
0.90
426.409.3.2.2 Compression-controlled scctions, as dcfined
in Section 410.4.3:
l. Members with spiral rcinforcement confonning lo
Section 410. 10.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75
2. Other reinforcecl membcrs . . . . . • . . . .. . . . . . 0.70
For scctions in which thc nct tensile strain in the exlremt;
tension stecl al nominal strength, c1, is bctwccn the limits
for comprcssion-controllcd and tension-controlled sections,
t/J shall be pcnn itted to be linearly increascd from that fo r
compression-controlled sections to 0.90 as 1:1 increases from
the compression controllcd strain limit lo 0.005.
Altcrnatively, whcn Section 425 is used, for members in
which h· does · not excecd 415 MPa, with symmctrie
rcinforcement, and with (d- d')lh not Jess than 0.70, 1ft shall
 4-1 !J2 CHAPTEH 4 -· Structural Concrete

be pcrmincd 10 be incrcascd lincarly to 0.90 as (IP,

dccrcascs from 0. 1Of',Ax to zcro. For othcr rcin forccd
mcmbcrs, r/1 shall be pcnnincd to be ÍJH.:reascd linearly 10
0.90 as f!P, dccreases from O. J0f..· A8 or ifJ J>,. whichcver is
smallcr. to zcro. 427.1 Dcfinitions

426.409.3.2.3 Shcar and torsion . ... .... . . . . .. . .. . 0.85
426.409.3.2.4 bcaring on concrete (exccpt -for post·
tensioncd anchoragc z.oncs and stnH-and-tic
models} ..... ... . ... _..... _ ................. O.70
426.409.3.2.5 Post-tcnsioncd anchoragc zoncs. . . . 0.80
426.409.3.2.6 Strut-and-tie models (Section 427}, and
stnlls, tics. nodal zones, and bearing arcas in such modcls .
. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.85
426.409.3.2.7 Flexure sections wi thout axial load in prc-
tensioncd mcmbers wherc strand cmbcdment is less than
thc dcvclopmcnt lcngth as providcd in Section
412.10.1 .1....................................................................... 0.85
426.409.3.3 Devclopment lengths spccifícd in Section 412
do not require a r/J -factor.
426.409.3.4 For st ructures that rely on intermcdiate
prccast structural walls in rcgíons of high seismic risk or
assigned to high seismic performance or design catcgories
(seismic zone 4}. spccial momcnt frames, or special
structural walls lo resist E, ifJ shall be moditied as given in
(1} through (3}:
i. For any structural mernber that is designed to rcsisl E,
r/J for shear shal l be 0.60 if 1he nominal shcar
strengll1 of lhe member is Jess than the shear
corresponding to the development of the nominal
flexura! slrength of the member. The nominal
flexura! strength shall be detennined considering lhc
most critica! factored axial loads and including E;
2. For diaphragms, (J for shear shall not exceed the
mínimum (l for shear uscd for the vertical
components of thc primary lateral-force-resisling
system;
3. ror joints and diagonally reinforced coupling beams. if>
for shear shall be 0.85.
B-REG ION. A ponion of a mcmber in which thc pla¡¡e
sections a.~sumption of nexurc thcory from Sct:lion 410. '.2
can be applied.
DISCONTJNlllTY. A n abrupt cbangc in gcomwy nr
loading.
D-REGION. The portian of a member withi n a distancc, h,
from a force discontinuity ora gcometric dist:ontinu it:;.
DEEI> BEAl\1. Scc Secrions 410.8.1 and 41 J.9. L : ~ ..~·.:.
Figure 427-2(a), 427-2(b), and 427-3.
NODAL ZONE. Thc volume of' concrete around a nodc
lhat is assumcd to transfer strut-and-tic torces throu¡•l thc
nade. Historically, hydrostalic nodal zoncs :, !; sJ¡,,,,.,_ í1
Figure 427-4 wcre uscd. Thcse were largcly stq •< :>• ,:, : ' ·:··
what are called extended nodal zones, shown in Fi¡'<lJ't· ,;:n.
5.
NODE. The point in a joinJ. in a strut-and-tic modcl wilcr¡"
the axes of the slruts, lies, and concenlrated (,ll'C\:-~ :... !.::;- ' "
lhe joinl i ntersect.
STRUT. A compression member in a strut --:tncl-t ic mxlel.
A strut rcpresenls lhe resultan! of a parallel ora f'an-shaped
compression tield.
BOTTLE-SHAPED STRUT. A s1rutthat is wicler at mV
length than al its cnds.
STRUT-AND-TIE MODEL. A 1russ model ofa struc' 1:1!
member or of a D-region in such a memb. ··, ,,·,ade ':· <J
stnlls and ties connected al nades, capabk .,¡ \;,:tt:,i ., ,. , ,
the factored loads to the suppons orlo adj;tc,·!: ·'
TIE. A tcnsion mcmber in a stru t -and -li\~ 1'' ' ' ' · :.

426.409.3.5 In Section 422, if1 shall be 0.65 for llexure,

compression, shcar, and bearing of structural plain concrete.

Associalion of Structural Engineers of lhe Philippines

 rc~u lt s in bcaring strcsscs that are cqual to thc strcsscs in

427.1.1 Disrontinuily
A discuminui ty in thc stress distril>ution occurs at a changc
in thc gcomctry of a structural elcmclll or m a conr.:cntratcd
load or rcaction. SI. Vcnant's principie indicatcs that thc
strcsscs duc to axial load and bcndi ng approach a linear
distribution at a distancc approximatcly cqual to thc ovcrall
hcight of thc mc1nbcr. h. away from thc discontinuity. For
this reason. discont inuitics are assumed to cxtcnd n distancc
h from 'thc scction whcrc thc load or change in gcomctry
occurs. Figure 427-1 (a) shows typical geomctric
discontinuitics, and Figure 427-1 (b) shows combined
gcornctrical and loading discontinuities.
thc ~truts. Thc bcaring platc on thc lcft sidc of Figure 427-
4(1>) is used 10 rcprcscnt an actual tic anchoragc. 'l11e tic
force can be anchorcd by a platc, or through dcvclopmcnt
or straight or hookcd bars, as shown in Figure 427-4(r.:).
Thc shadcd arcas in Figu re 427-S(a) and (b) are extended
nodal zoncs. An extended nodal zone is that portion o f a
member bounded by thc intcrscction of thc cffcctive · · ~trut
width, w., and the cffcctivc tic width, w, (scc Section
427 .4.2).

427.1.2 D-rcgion The shadcd regions in Figure 427-1 (a)

and (b) show typical D-rcgions. Thc plane scctions
assumption of Scction 410.3.2 is not applicablc in such
rcgions.

Each shcar span of the bcam in Figure 427-2(a) is a D-

region. lf two D-regions ovcrlap or mect as shown in Figure
427-2(b), they can be considercd as a single D-region for
design purposes. The maxi mum length-to-depth ratio of
such a D-region would be approximately 2. Thus, the
smallcst angle l>etween thc strut and the tie in a D-rcgion is
=
arctan Y2 26.5 degrees, rounded to 25 degrees.

If there is a B-region between thc D-regions in a shcar span,

as shown in Figure 427-2(c), the strength of thc shear span
is govemed by lhe slrength of the B-region if thc B- and D-
rcgions have similar geometry and reinforcement. This is
because the shear strength of a B-region is less than thc
shear strength of a comparable D-region. Shear spans

427.1.3 Hydrosta ti c Nodal Zonc has Ioaded faces

perpendicular to thc axes of the struts and ti es acting on the
node and has eq ual stresses on the loaded faces. Figure 427-
4(a) shows a C-C-C nodal zone. lf the stresses on the facc
of the nodal zone are lhc same in all 1hree struts, the ratios
of lhe lengths of thc sides of lhe nodal zone, w.l: w.2: w.3
are in the same proportions as the three forces C.: C,: C3•
Thc faces o f a hydroslatic nodal zone ~re perpendicular 10
lhe axes of the struts and ties acting on the nodal zone.

Thesc nodal zoncs are callcd hydrostatic nodal zones

bccause thc in-plane slresses are thc samc in all directions.
Strictly spcaking, 1his lcrminology is incorrecl bccause thc
in-planc s1resses are not equal to thc out-of-plane strcsscs.

A C-C-T nodal zonc can be represenled as a hydrostatic

nodal zone if the tie is assumcd 10 extend through the node
to be anchored by a plate on the far side of the node, as
shown in Figure 427-4(b), provided that thc size of thc pi ate

National Structural Code of the Philippines 61h Edition Volume 1

 -.
··~

~l 1!111 CH/\1' 1FH -1 . Structura l Concrete

h1I(tf=T~--T}4-)I h2
l-4•1..~
h1 h2
mm

(a) Shear span, av< 2h, deep beam

Willtillill

(a) Geometric discontinuíties

h av =2h ¡ L-~-~-2-l
h_
Min. of 25 deg -
(b) Shear span, av =2h, limit for a deep beam

(ti 1
- 1tDIh j
2h
'·
ffiTHHJHHH
1

CJ
t t t
hi
h
h .J
~ 1: .1
(b) Loading and geometric discontinuities {e) Shear span, av > 2h, s/ender beam
Figure 427- 1 D-Rcg ions An d Díscontinuitics

Figure 427-2 Dcscription of Dccp ami Slcndcr Bcams

t3ottle-shaped
s trut- / .. Nodal 7.one
,- ld~al lzed
pnsrnatic
strut

Figure 427-:l Dcscription or Strut-and-Tie Modcl

(a) One /ayer of steel

w,

Critica! section for

development of
lie reinlorcement
e,n<:. see A.4.3.2
(b) Oistributed steel

Figure 427-4 Hydrostatic Nades

N. B.: For A.4 .3.2, refer to 427.4.3.2

In the nodal zonc shown in Figure 427-6 (a), thc rcacti on R

cquilibrates thc vertical components of the forccs e1and
e1.. Frcqucntly, ca!culations are easier if thc rcaction R is
divided into R 1 , which eq ui libratcs thc vertical components
of the force e2 as shown in Figure 427-G(b).

111
Nalional Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 ti 15G CHAP 1Er-l ti -- S!ruelural Concrete

e, -~ .......

(a) Nodal zone

(8) Goometry

t
lr R
R2
(b) Subdividecf nodo! .:J::'"
e
Figure 427-6 Subdi vision of Nodal 7..{)nc
(b) T8nsion force anchored by 8 plote
e
\ 1
e
''
\
\
\ 1
\

)--------e ~T
' 1

''
1
1

e''
1
le
(a) C-C-C Node (b) C-C- T Node
- --r
T
T
¡'-development
r
Critica! section for
r)f

e
' tie reínlorceme nt

(e) Tension force anct10red by bond

Figure 427-5 Extended Nodal Zone Showing thc

t-<T T
Effect of the Distri bu tion of thc Force
(e) C- T-T Node {d) T- T- T N<";,~
N. 13. : For A.4.3.2, rcfer to Section 427.4.3.2

Figure 427-7 Classification of Nodes

Association of Structuml Engineers of tlle Pllilippines

 427.1.4 Nodes
For cquilibrium, al lcasl lhrcc forccs should act on a nodc in
a slnH-and-tic modcl, as shown in Figure 427-.7. Nodc~ are
classiticd accorcling to thc signs of thcsc forccs. A C-C-C
nodc rcsists thrcc cornprcssivc f'orccs, a C-C-T nodc rcsists
lwo compressivc fon.:cs and one tcnsilc
force, and so on.
427.1.5 Strul
In clesign, stmts are usually idealizecl as prismatic
compression mcmbers. as shown by the straight line
outlines of the struts in Figures 427-2 and 427-3. If the
effective compression strengthfc,. díffers at thc two ends of
a strut, due either to diffcrent nodal zone strengths at thc
two ends, or to differcnt bearing lengths, the strut is
idcalizcd as a uni fonnly tapered compression member.
Bottle:-shaped struts - A bottle-shaped strut is a strut
located in a part of a member where lhc width of the
compressed concrete at midlength of the strut can spread
latcrally. The curved dashed outlines of the struts in Figure
427-3 and the curved solid outlines in Figure 427-8
approximate lhe boundaries of bottle-shaped sttuts. A split
cylincJer test is an example of a bott!e-shaped strut. The
interna] lateral spread of the applied compression force in
such a test leads to a transverse tension that splits the
spccimen.
To simplify design, bottle-shapcd struts are iclealized either
as prismatic or as uniformly tapered, and crack-control
rcinforcement from Section 427.3.3 is providcd to resist the
transverse tension. The amount of confining transversc
reinforcement can be computed using the strut-and-tie
model shown in Figure 427-8(b) wíth the struts that
represen! the spread of the compression force acting at a
slope of 1:2 to the axis ·of the applied compressive force.
Alternatively for fc' not exceeding 40 MPa, Eq. 427-4 can
be used. The cross-sectional arca Ac of a bottle-shaped strut
is taken as the smallcr of the cross -sectiona! arcas at the two
ends of thc strut. See Figure 427-8(a) .
Na!ional Structu ral Code of !he Phílippines G'h Edition Volume 1
Figure 427-8 Bottle-sbapecl Strut: ( a) Cracking of a
Bottle-shapcd Strut; and (b) Strut-and-
Tie Model of a Bottle-shapcd Stnll
427.2 Strut-andTie Modcl Dcsign Procedure
427.2.1 lt shall be pcnnittcd to design structural concrete
members or D-regions in such members, by modeling th c
member or rcgion as an idealized truss. The truss model
shall contain struts, ties, and nodes as defined in Scction
427. l. The truss model shall be capable of transfcn·ing all
factored loads to the supports or adjacent B-regions.
427.2.2 The strut-and-tic model shall be in equilibrium with
the applied loads and thc reactions.
427.2.3 In deterrnining the geomctry of thc truss, the
dimensions of the struts. ti es, and nodal zones shall be taken
into account.
427.2.4 Ties shall be pennitted 10 cross struts. Struts shall
cross or overlap only at nodes.
427.2.5 TI1e angle, B, between the axes of any strul and any
tic entering a single node shall nol be taken as lcss than 25
degrees.
427.2.6 Design of stru ts, ties, and nodal zones shall be
based on:
(427-l)
where F" is thc factorcd force acting in a strut, in a tic, or
on one face of a nodal zone; /~, is the nom inal strength of
the strut, tic, or nodal zone; and rp is specified in Section
409.3.2.6.

427.3 Stn•ngth o!' Struts
427.3.1 Thc IIOilli n;d comprcssive strcngth or a slrut
without longi tudinal rci nf'on:emcm. F.,,. shall be wkcn :1';
thc smallcr valuc or:
at thc two cnds of thc st nll, whcrc A<, is tllL ..:.oss-sc<.:tional
arc a at one cnd of thc strut. and ¡;., is thc smallcr of' ( l) aiHI
(2):
l. Thc cfTcctivc comprcssivc strcngth of thc <.:oncrctc in
thc stnll givcn in Scction 427.3.2;
2. Thc cfl"cetivc eomprcssivc strcngth of tiH.~ concrete in
thc nodal zonc given in Seciion 427.5.2.
427.3.2 T hc c ffecti vc comprcssivc strcngth
concrcte, .fr,. in a strut shall be takcn as:
¡;, =O.X5fJJ.'
427.3.2.1 For a slnll of un iform t:rtlss-sect ional arca ovcr
its length ........................ .......... ....................... ......... jJ, = 1.0
427.3.2.2 For stm!s located such that the width of thc
midsection of thc stnll is larger than thc width at thc nodes
(bottlc-shaped stnns):
J. With reinforcemem satisfying Section 427.3.3 ...
fJ, = 0 .75
2. Without rcinforcement sati sfying
427.3.3 .................................................. ..... [J, = 0.60).
where the value of). is de!ined in Section 408.7. 1.
427.3.2.3 For struts in tension members, or the tension
flanges of members ......................... ....................... ji, = 0.40
427.3.2.4 Foral! other c ase ~ .. ............ ................
427.3.3 If the value of /], specified in Section 427 .3.2.2( 1) is
used. the axis of the strut shall be crossed by rei nforccment
prop011ioned to resist thc tran s vcr~e tensile force resulting
fro m thc comprcssion fo rce sprcading in thc stnll. lt shall
be pcnnil!cd to assume the compressivc force in the stnll
sprcads al a slopc of 2 longitudinal to 1 transversc In the
axis of thc strut.
427.3.3.1 For .fr' not greatcr than 40 MPa, thc
requirement of Section 427.3.3 shall be permitted to be
satisfied by the axis of the stnll being crossed by laycrs of
reinforcement that satisfy Eq . 427-4 :
Associahon of Structural Engineers of !he Philippines
'f_ A,!....:''n_t! ~~01. (427 -4)
b,S,
whcrc A ,, is llll: total a rl~ ¡¡ of' surf'at.:C rcinforccment at
spacing .1·, in the Hh !ayer \l f rcinforccmcnt crossing a st1111
at ;w angh: a, 10 thc axis of thc strut.
(427-2) 427.3.3.2 Thc> rc infon:cmcnt rcquircd in Scction 427.3.3
shall be placed in cithcr two orthogonal dircctions at angles
u 1 and u 1 10 thc axis or the strut. or in onc direction at an
anglc (J. to thc axis of thc strut. lf thc rcinforcement is in .,
onl y onc dircct ion. o. sha ll no! be lcss than 40 degrces.
427.3.4 Ir documented by tesis ami analyses, it shall be
pennillcd to use an incrcascd cffcctive comprcssive
strcngt h of a strut duc to eonfining rcin forccment.
427.3.5 The use of comprcssion rcinlorccmem shall be
or 1hc pcnnittcd to increasc thc strcngth of a strut. Comprcssion
re inforccmcnt shall be propcrly anc hored, parallel to the
axis of thc slnll. locatcd within the strut, and enclosed in
(427-:1)
ties or spirah satisfying Section 407. 11. In such cases, the
nomin<1l strcngth Qf a longiwdinall y rcinforced strut is:
(427-5)
427.4 Strcngth ofTics
427.4.1 T he nominal strengt h of a tic. F.,,, shall be taken as:
(427-6)
whcrc ({.,. + AJ;,) shall not cxcccd ¡;,.... and A1p is zero for
Scction nonprcstressed mcmbers.
In Eq. 427-6, it shall he pcnnil!ed to take cíf,, cqual to 415
MPa for bondcd prcstrcsscd rcinforcemcnt, or 70 MPa for
unbonded prestressed reinforcement. Other values of c5f,,
shall be permiued when justified by analysis.
fJ., = 0.60i. 427.4.2 The axis of the rcinforcemcnl in a tic shall coincide:
with thc ax is of the tie in the stnJL-and-tie model. Th<:
effective tic width assumed in design w, can vary betwrr11
thc following limits, depc nding on thc. distribution of thc tü;
rei nforccment.
l. Ir thc han; in thc tic are in onc !ayer. thc cffective tic
width e<lll be takcn a:; the di ametcr of thc bars inthc: tic
plus t wi cc thc eo ver to 1he surfacc of thc bars, itS
shown in Figure 427-S(a); and
2. A practica! upper Ji mil of the tic width can be tal:r n ¡.;;;
the width cOJTesponding to the width in a hydro~t:tl!C
nodal zone, calculaled as:
\111_ .. =l·:.t(j.,b.) (427-7)
 wherc ./.'. 1s L·omputcd for thc nodal 1.onc in
accordanl:c with Scction 427.5.2. lf tlw tic width excccds
the value from (a). the tie rcinforcen1cnt should be
distributcd approxirnatcly uniíürmly ov.:r thc width and
thil:kness of thc tic. as shown in Figure 427·5(b).
where the value or /1,. is givcn in Scctiuns 427 .5.2.1 thro ugl1
427.5.2.3.
427.5.2.1 In nodal zones boumJcd by struts or bcaring
arcas, or both .............. ................ .. .... .... ... jJ,. = 1.0:

427.4.3 Tic rcinforccmcnl shall be anclwrcd by mcchanical 427.5.2.2 In nodal zoncs anchori ng onc
dcviccs, posHcnsioning anchoragc dcviccs. standard hooks. tic .. ..... ...... .. ... ................. jJ., = 0.80;
or straight bar dcvclopmcnt as rcquircd by Scctions
427.4.3.1 through 427.4.3.4. or

427.4.3.1 Nodalzoncs shall dcvclop thc differcncc betwccn
thc tic force on one si de of thc nodc and thc tic force on the
other side.
427.4.3.2 Al nodal zoncs anchoring onc tic. thc tic force
shall be dcvcloped at thc point where thc centroid of thc
reinforcement in a tic !caves thc extended nodal zone and
cntcrs the span.
427.4.3.3 At nodalzoncs anchoring two or more tics. thc tic
force in cach direction shall be dcvclopcd at thc point wherc
thc ccntroíd of the rei nforcemcnt in thc tic !caves the
extended nodal zone.
427.5.2.3 In nodal zoncs anchoring two or more tics
ji,. "' 0. 60.
427.5.3 In a thrce-dimensional strut-and-tie model, thc arca
of cacb face of a nodal zonc shall not be less than that givcn
in Scction 427.5 . 1. and thc shapc of cach facc of thc nodal
:wncs shall be similar to thc shapc of thc projcction of thc
cnd of !he struts onto the corrcs ponding faces of thc nodal
zones.

427 .4.3.4 The transverse rcinforcemcnt rcquircd by

Scction
427.3.3 shall be anchored in accordance with Se.ction
412.14.

427.5 Strength of Nodal Zones

427.5.1 Thc nominal compression strength of a nodal zone.

f~"" shall be:

(427-8)
where fu is the effecti ve comprcssi ve strcngth of the
concrete in thc nodal zone as given in Sect. 427.5.2, andA"'
ís the smaller of (1) and (2):
l. The area of the face of the nodal zone on which Fu acts,
taken perpendicular to the line of action ofF.,;
2. The arca of a scction through the nodal z.one,
takcn perpendicular to the líne of action of the
resultan! force on the section.

427.5.2 Unlcss conflning reinforccmcnt is provided within

thc nodal zone and its effcct is supported by tests and
analysis, the calculated effective compressive stress, fa. on
a face of a nodal zone due lo the strut-and-tie forccs shall
not exceed the value given by:
fc, "'0.85fJ,j;.' (427-9)

111
National Structural Code of th e Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
1
.
'
 NSCP C101-10

Chapter 5

STRUCTURAL STEEL

NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUME 1
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SIXTH EDITION

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippincs

Suite 713, Future Point Plaza Condominium 1
112 Panay Avenue, Quczon City, Philippines 1100

Tel. No: (+632) 410-0483

Fax No.: (+632) 411-8606
Email: ill!920nl inc(áJ,gmail.com
Website: http://www.aseponline.org

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edilion Volume 1
 CHAPT E11 5 - Stecl and Metals 5· 1

Table of Contents
CHAPTEH 5 • STEEL AND METALS SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS ..................... ll
PART 1 • SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL MEMBEHS ..................................................................................................... l l
SYMBOLS................................................................................................................................................................................ ll
.¡¡ DEFINITIONS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 18
¡

! SECTION 501 • GENE nA L J>ROVISIONS .......................................................................................................................... 28

-501. 1 Scope ....................................................................... .. ...................................................................................................... 2R
50 1.2 Referenccd Spccifications, Codes and Standards ........................................................................................................... 28
501.3 MateriaL ........................................................................................................................................................................... 30
50 1.4 Stn.Jctural Design Drawi ngs nnd Specificatíons ........... ....................... ........ ................................... ................................. . 32
SECTION 502 · DESIGN REQUIREl\1ENTS ...................................................................................................................... 32
502.1 General Provísíons ......................... .......... ....................................... ................ ................................................................. 33
502.2 Loads and Load Combínations ........................................................... ............................................................................. 33
502.3 Desígn Basis ..................................................................... ............................................................................................... 33
502.4 C lnssilication of Sectíons for Local Bucklíng ................................................................................................................. 35
502.4. Unstiffened Elements ..... ......................................... ................... ............................................. ... ... ......................... ......... 35
502.5 Fablication, Erection and Qua lit y Control ........ ......... ......... .......... .... ....... .. ............. ... ....... ..... .... ......................... ......... .... 36
502.6 Evaluatí on of Existing Structures .. ................... .......:.......... ................................ ..... ...... .... .......... ................. ...... ............. 36
SECTION 503 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 39
STABILITY ANALYSIS AND DESIGN .............................................................................................................................. 39
503. 1 Stability Desígn Requi rements .................. ... ...... ...... ....................................... ......................................................... ....... 39
503.2 Calculatíon of Required Strengths ............ ..... ................. ............... ........... ... ........ ... ............ ..... ............. ........................... 40
SECTION 504 · DESIGN OF MEMBERS FOR TEN S ION ............................................................................................... 42
504 . 1 Slende rness Limitatíons ............ ............................................ .............................. ............................................................. 43
504.2 Tensíle Strength --·--·······-·········--·········---··-·--·········-···-·---··· .. --···-····---·········-·---.. ·····-········--···--··-·······-·· .. ·· ...................... ..... 43
504 .3 Arca Determin:uíon ......................................................................................................................................................... 43
504.4 Built-up Members .............. ............ ..... ................ ..................................... ...... ..................... .. ........................... ................ 44
504.5 Pín-Connected Members ..... ............. .. .. ......... ......... ........... ............................ .............. .............. .. .................................... 44
504.6 Eyebars ............... ............. ... .......... ........ .. .................... ............... .............. .. ......... ....... ....................................... .............. . 46
SECTION SOS- DESIGN OF MEMBERS FOR COMPRESSION .................................................................................... 46
505. 1 General Provisions .............................. ............................................................... .......................... .................................... 46
505.2 Slenderness Limítatíons and Effective Lcngth ···-·-·················-················--·····-··········-·-·············-····--········--·····-···-····· ··· ··· 46
505.3 Comprcssive Strength for Flexura! Buckling of Membcrs Without Slender Elcmen ts ............... ....... .......... .... ............... 47
505.4 Compressi ve Strength for Torsional and Flex ura i-Torsional Buckling of" Members wit hout Slendcr Elements ............. 4 7
505.5 Single Angl e Compression Members ········ ····-· ··················-······--·-······························-·····-·····-···················---···-·········· ···· 48
505.6 Bu i lt-up Mcmbers ........................... __.................................................... ·------ ....................................... .......... ................... 49
505.7 Membcrs with Slender Elcmcnts ·······--·-···········-···-·····--·-··-····-·····································-··-·············-·-···-········--····-····---·-----50
SECTION 506 ·DESIGN OF MEMI3EHS FOH FLEXUHE ................................................... ., .......................................... 52
506.1 General Provisions ... ........... ........... .. .................. ........ .. ........ ........ ............... ......... .. .. .............. ....... ... ........ ........ ..... ........... 53
506.2 Doubl y Symmetric Compact l-S hapcd Membcrs and Channels Bent about thcir M<~j o r Axis ............... ... ...................... 5.'i
506.3 Doubly Symmetric 1-Shaped Members with Compact Webs and Noncompact or Slendcr Flangcs Bent about lheir
Major Axis ··· ·······---······-···········-·- ··· ·-· ·······-·-··-·--·---·-···························-·-·-···---·········-·-············· .. ······--.. ··-···· ······················ 56
506.4 Other 1-Shaped Members with Compact or Noncompact Webs Bent about their Major Axis ............................. ........... 56
506.5 Doubly Symmetric and Singly Symmetric 1-S hapcd Members wíth Slendcr Webs Bent about thcir Major Axis .......... 58

1
Na!ional S!ructural Code of lile Phi!ippines 6 1> Edi!ion Volume 1
 5?. CHAP'I EH 5 · SICl!l and Mctals

506.ú 1-Shap\:d Mcmhcrs and Cll<llliH!I~ 13cnt aboutthcir Minor Axis ........................................ ........ ...................................... 'it)
506.7 Squan: and Rccl<mgular HSS and Box-shapcd Mcmhcrs ..................................................................................... ........... 59
506.8 Round liSS .................................................................................................................................................................. .. 6t;
506.9 Tccs and Doublc Angles Loaded in the Planc of Symmct ry .............................................................................. ........... (¡(;
506.1 0 Si ngle 1\ngles ......................... ................................... ............................................................... ...... ................... ........... ü J
506.1 1 Rectangular Bars and RouncJs ........................................................................................................................................ 62
506.12 Unsymmctrical Shapcs .......................... .............. ............... ................. ................ ........ .......................... .............. .......... 63
506.1 3 Proport ions of Beams and Girdcrs .......................................... ......... ..... .. ...... .... .. .................................. ................ ........ . 63
SECTION 507- DESIGN OF MEMBERS FOR SHEAJL ................................................................................................ 6S
507 .1 General Provisions ......................... ................................. .... ....................................... .. .... ......... ........ L ...... .. ... .. .... ........ ... 6:'\
507.2 Membcrs with UnstiffenecJ or Stiffe ned Webs ................. .................. .......................................................................... ... 65
507.3 Te ns ion Fiel<.! Action .................................................................................................................................. ............. ....... 66
507.4 S ingle Angles................................................................................................................................................... . ... ....... (,·¡
507.5 Rectangular HSS and Box Mernbcrs ........................................ ..................................................................................... . 67
507.6 Round HSS ................................................................................................................... .... .............................................. . 67
507.7 Wcak Axis Shear in Singly and Doubly Symmetric Shapes...................................... ..................................... . . . - ...... 67
507.8 Beams and Girdcrs with Web Openings ....................................................................................................... . ............. 67
SECTION 508 - DESIGN OF MEMBERS FOR COMBINE~) FORCES AND TORSION .................................... ....... 68
508. 1 Doubly and Singly Symmctric Me mbers Subject lo Flcx ure a nd Axial Force ............................................................ . 68
508.2 Unsymmct ri c and other Membcrs Subj ectlo Flcxure and Axial Force ......................................................... ........ ..... 69
S08.3 Mcmbcrs undcr Torsion a nd Combined Torsion, Flcxurc, Shcar and/or Axial Force............................... .. .. ... ....... 70
SECTION 509- DESIGN
:-
OF COMPOSITE MEMBEHS ................................................................................. .. ............. n
509.1 General Provisions .. ..................................................................... ... ... ...... .. .... .................................................. ... ...... ... .. 72
S0?.2 Axial Mcmbcrs ...... .................................................................. .... ................................................. .............. ... .. ... . ... 7:'
S09.3 Flexura! Members........... ................................................................. ................................. ......................... ............. . .... 7'>
S03.3 Flexura! Strength of Concrcte-Encased and Filled Membcrs .................................................................. ...................... 7i:
509.4 Combined Axia l Force and Flexure...................................................................................................................... . ..... 79
509.5 Spccial Cases ............................................................................................................................................ ................ .. .. 79
SECTION 510- DESIGN OF CONNECTIONS ............................................................................................... ............... .... 79
Sl O.I General Provisions .. ......................................................................................................................................................... 79
510.2 Welds .................................................................................................................................. .......................................... 8 1
5 10.3 Bohs and Threadcd Parts ............................................................. .............................................................................. .. 87
S 10 .4 Affected Elemcnts of Membcrs and Connecting Elements ................................................................. ................ ..... 92
5 10.5 Fillc rs ... .................. .................................. .................. .............. .............. .............. ...................... ......... .... .. ... ........... .. ... 9::l
S 10.6 Spli ces................................................................................................................ ..................................................... .. . ... y_.:
5 10.7 Bearing Strenglh .... .................................................. .......................................................................... .......... ....... ..... .. 93
S 10.8 Column Bases and Bearing on Concrete............................................ .. ......................................................... . . . .. 9.-¡
510.9 Anchor Rods and En1bedrnents......................... ........ ........ ............................................................. .......... .. ..... . .... () i.t
510.10 Flanges and Webs with Concentrated Forccs ........ .................................... ............................................. ..... ... ........ ... 'Fi
SECl'ION 511- DESIGN OF liSS AND BOX MEMBER CONNECTIONS ...... u ........ ................. u·····H··· .. .. .. ... . .. ~f. ·

5 1 1. 1 Concentrated Forces o n HSS ....................................................................................................................... ..

5 11 .2 1--lSS-to-HSS Truss Connections ........................ ............................................................................................... .... ... J ""
5 1 1.3 HSS-to-HSS Moment Connections ............................................. ................................. ............................. ...... .. ... .. 106
SECTION 512 - DESIGN FOH SERVl CEABILITY ........................................................................................................ 110
S 12.1 General Provisions............................................................................................................................ ......... . . .. . . 1 1(1
5 12.2 Camber ........ .................................................................................................................................................. .
512.3 Dellections ...................................................................................................................................................... -.. . .
; • rl
5 12.4 Drifl ..... ............. ......... ........................................................................................... ......... ........................... .... . . .
5 12.5 Vibration .. ............................................. ....................................................................................................... ... .... .
5 12.6 Wind-Induced Motion ........................................................................................................................ ............. .... ..... .

Association of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines

 .'i 12.7 1:xpansion anJ Contraction ........................................................................................................................................... JI()
512.H CunncU1on Slip .......................................................................................................................................................... 110
1
SECTfO 513- FAHRICATION, EHECTION ANO QUALITY CONTROL ............................................................... liO
5 13. 1 Shop aJHI Ercctiun Drawings ....................................................................................................................................... 11 1
.'i 13.2 Fabrication ..................................................................................................................... ............................................... 111
5 13.3 Shop Painting .......................................................................... ....................................................................................... 112
513.4 Ercction .......................... ............ .................................................................................................................................... 112
513.5 Qualitv Control .......................................................................................... .................................................................... 113
API' ENDJX A- 1 - INELASTIC ANALYSIS AND DESIGN ............................................................................................. 114
A- 1. 1 General Provisions ......................................................................................................................................................... 114
A-1 .2 Materials ........................................................................................................................................................................ l14
A-1.3 Momcnt Rcdistribution .................................................................................................................................................. 114
A-1 .4 Local Buckl ing .................................................................................................................. ............................................ 114
A-1.5 Swbility and Second-Ordcr Effccts ............................................................................................................................... 115
A- I.Sa Braced framcs ...................................................................................................................... ....................................... 115
A-1.Sb Mornent Framcs ........................................................................................................................................................... 115
A-1 .6 Columns and Othcr Compression Mcmbcrs .................................................................................................................. 115
A- 1.7 Ocams and Othcr Flexura! Membcrs ............................................................................................................................. 115
A- 1.8 Mcmbcrs undcr Combinetl Forccs ........................................................................ ......................................................... 115
A-1.9 Con ncctions ................................... .............................................................. ............ ...................................... ............ .... 115
APPENDIX A-2- DESIGN FOR PONDING ...................................................................................................................... 116
A-2.1 Simplified Dcsign for Ponding ........ ........ ...................... ....................... .......................... ...... .............. .... .......... .. ........... 11 6
A-2.2 l mproved Dcsign for Ponding ..................... .......... ............................... .......... ............. ......... ........ ................... ... .......... . 116
APPENDIX A-3 -DESIGN FO R FATIGUE ...................................................................................................................... 117
A-3. 1 General ............... ........................................................................................................................................................... 117
A-3.2 Calculation of Maximum Strcsscs and Stress Ranges ................................................................................................... 11 8
A-3.3 Design Stress Range .............. ........................................................................................................................................ 1!8
A-3.4 Bolls and Thrcadcd Parts ........................................................................... .................................................................... !!9
A-3.5 Spccial Fabrication and Erection Requirernents ......................... ................................................................................... !19
APPENDIX A-4- STRUCTURAL DESIGN FOR FJRE CONDITION$ ........................................................................ 119
A-4.! General Provisions......................................................................................................................................................... 120
A-4.2 Structural Design for Fire Conditions by Analysis ........................................................................................................ !36
A-4.3 Design by Qualification Testing .................................................................................................................................... 138
APPENDIX A-5- EVALUATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 139
A-5.1 General Provisions......................................................................................................................................................... 139
A-5.2 Material Propcrties ......................................................................................................................................................... 139
A-5.3 Evaluation by Structural Ana1ysis ...................................................... ........................................................................... 140
A-5.4 Eva1uation by Load Tests .............................................................................................................................................. !40
A-5.5 Evaluation Report .......................................................................................................................................................... 140
API'ENDIX A-6- STABILITY llRACING FOR COLUMNS AND llEAMS ................................................................. 140
A-6. 1 General Provisions ......................................................................................................................................................... 141
A-6.2 Columns ................................................................. ........................................................................................... ............ 141
A-6.3 Oeams .......................... ... ............................................................... :............................................... ................................ 14 1
APPENDIX A-7- DIRECT ANALYSIS METIIOD .......................................................................................................... 143
A-7.1 General Reguirements .......................................................... ......................................................................................... 143
A-7.2 Notional Loads ............. .... .... ........................................ ................................................................................................. 143
A-7.3 Dcsign-Ana1ysis Constraints ..................................... ................................... ............... ........... ....................................... 143
PART 2A • SEISMIC PROVISION FOH STRUCTURAL STEEL llUILDINGS .......................................................... 145

1
Natíonal Structural Code of the Pl1iiippines 6 " Edilion Volume 1
 5·4 CHAPTER 5 · Steel and Metals

SYI\1BOLS .............................................................................................................................................................................. 145

DE FINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 147
PART 2A- SECTION 514 STRUCTUHAL STEEL BUILDING PHOVISIONS ........................................................... 150
5 14. Scopc .................................................................................................................................................................. ............. 150
SECTION 515- REFEHENCED SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDAIWS ................................................... 151
SECTION 516- GENERAL SEISMJC DESIGN REQUIH.EMENTS .............................................................................. 151
SECTIO·, , 517- LOADS, LOAD COM B INAT lONS, AND NOMINALSTRENGTHS ............................................... 1!'\1
517. 1 Loads and Load Combinations ......................... ..... :................... ............ ............................ ..................... ....................... !52
5 17.2 Nominal Strcngth ............................................ ................ ...... ................ .. ....................... .. .......................................... .... 152
SECTlON 518- STHUCTlJHAL DESIGN ORA WIN(;S AND SPECIFICATJONS, SHOl' DRA WINGS, ANO
ERECTION ORA VVINGS ..................................................................................................................................................... 152
5!8.1 Structural Dcsign Drawings and Spcci fications .......... ~ .......................................... .............................. ......................... 152
5 18.2 Shop Drawings ........................................................................ ...................................................................................... 152
518.3 Ercction Drawings ............................. ............................................................................................................................ 153
SECTION 519 -I\1ATERIALS ........................................................................................................................................... .. IS3
5 19. 1 Materia l Specifications ............................ ............... ........................................................................ ............................... l53
."i 19.2 Material Propenies for Determina! ion of Requ ired Strength of Mcmbers and Conncu ions ......................................... 153
519.3 1-!eavy Scction CVN Requirernents ........ ....... ...................... .............. . ................................................ .......................... !54
SECTION 520 · CO NNECTIONS, JOINTS, AND FASTENERS .................................................................................... 155
520.1. Scopc ...................................................... ......................................... .................... ...... ................................. .. .. ...... .... ... . 155
520.2 Bolted Joint s ............................ ....................................................................................................................................... 155
5203 Wclded Join ts ................................................. .................................. ...................... ....................................................... 155
520.4 Protected Zone ................................................................................................................................................................ 158
520.5 Continuity PI ates and Stiffeners .................................................................................................................................... 158
SECTION 521 - MEI\1llERS ........................................................................................... ..................................................... 159
521 .1 Scope ......... .............................................. ........... ................................ ...................... ..... ................................................ l59
521.2 Classification of Scctions for Local Buckling .............................. ........... ..... ........ ........................... ............ .................. 159
521.3 Column Strength ........... ...... ............ ................ ............... ..... .............. .... ......... ........ .............. .................... .... .......... .... .... !59
521.4 Column Splices ............................... .. ...... ........ ........................... ......... ................ ..... ........... ..................... ............ ........ .. !59
521.5 Column Bases ..................... ....................................................... ....... ......... ............................................ ........ ... ........... .. l60
52 1.6 H-Pilcs ................................... ..... .... ............. ... ............................................................................................................... 160
SECTION 522- SPECIAL MOM ENT FRAMES (SMF) .................................................................................................. 161
522.1 Scope ....................... ..................... ................ ...................... ................ ......... .................................................................. 161
522.2 Bcam-to-Column Connections ...................................................................................................................................... 161
522.3 Panel Zonc of BcanHo-Column Connections (Bcam Wcb Paralle1 to Column Web) .................................................. 16?.
522.4 Be am and Column Limitations ....... ............. .............................. ......... .............................. .......... ............... .................... l (,:~
522.5 Continuity Platcs......... ........ ...................... .......................... ................... ..... ............. ........ ..... ..... ....... ........................... .. l: .,
522.6 Colutnn-Beéun Mon1ent Ratio................... .... .. .................. ....... ... ...... ............... ......... .............. ............ ..... ... .. ............. ... ;, ,::
522.7 La teral 13racing at Beam-to-Co1LIIllll Conncctions ............ ............. ............ ............... .. ..... ... .......... ....... ...... ... .... ... ......... J(d
522.8 Lateral I3racing of Bcams ............. ............... ........ ............. ........................ ...... ........................... ........ ............................ J(>cj
522.9 Column Spliccs .................................. ....................... .. .... ..................... .................... ........................................ .. ............ 164
SECTION 523 -INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAMES (IMF) .................................................................................... J(,4
523.1 Scopc ............................................................. ....................................................... ................................................... .. .... ; ~ ·
523.2 Beam-to-Column Conncctions ....................... ................................................................................... ............................ :: •
523.3 Panel Zone of 13eanHo-Column Connections (Bcam Wcb Parallello Column Web) ............................ ...................... · ·'
523.4 Bcam and Column Limitations ............................................ .. .................................................. ............... ........................ : ú5
523.5 Conlinuity Platcs ....................... ........ ................................. ............................................. ......... ..................... ................ . =65

Association of Structural Engineers of !l1e Phi!ippines

 CHAPTE:H !i - Steet an<l Metals 5 ~>

523.6 Column -Bcam Momcnt Ratio ................. .................... ............... .................................................................................... 165
SECTION 524- ORIHNARY MOMENT FRAMES (0MF)......... .................................................................................... l6ú
524.1 Scopr ................. ........................... ...................................................................................................... ........................... 166
524.2 Bcarn-to-Col umn ........................................................................................................................................................... 166
524.3 Panel Zonc of BcanHo-Column Conncctions (Bcam Wcb Parallcl To Colu mn Wcb) ...... ........................................... 167
524.4 Bcam and Column Limitations ................... ................................. ............ ...................... ..... .. ... ...................................... 168
524.5 Continuity Platcs ...... ........................... .. .... .... ........................ ......... ...... ............................. .. .......... ................. .............. .. 168
524.6 Column-Bcam Momcnt Ratio .............................................. ............. .. .................................................... ....................... 1ó8
524.7 Lateral Bracing at Bcam-to-Column Conncctions .................................. :........................................................ .... :.... 168
524.8 Lalcral Braci ng of Bcams .............................................................................................................................................. 168
524.9 Column Splices ....... ............................................. ................................................... ............ ........................................... 168
SECTION 525 - SPECIAL TRUSS MOMENT FRAMES (STMF) .................................................................................. 169
525.1 Scopc ............................ ...................................................... .. ........ .... ........ ... ... ........................ ....................................... 169
525.2 Spccial Segmcnt ........................... ............... ................................... .......... ................. ,..................................... ...... ,.. ..... 169
525.3 Strcngth of Spccial Scgmcnt Mcmbcrs ........................................................ ........................................... ....................... 169
525.4 Strcngth of Non-Special Scgmcm rs ................. ............................................................................................................. 169
525.5 Width-Thiclmess Limitations ........................................................................................................................................ 169
525.6 Lateral Braci ng ....................................................................... _...................................................................................... 170
SECTION 526 · SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACEO FRAM ES (SCBF) ........................................................... 170
526. 1 S cope .............. ............................................. ....................... ............ .... .. .............. .................................... ............... .... .... 170
526.2 Mcmbcrs ........... .............................................. ............. ............................... .... ..................................... .......................... 170
526.3 Rcquired Strength of Bracíng Connections .......................................................................................................... ......... 17 1
526.4 Special Bracing Conti guration Requírements .................................................... ............................................... ............ 171
526.5 Column Sp1iccs .............................................................................................................................................................. 172
526.6 Protected Zone ............................................................................................................................................................... 172
SECTION 527 · ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACEO FRAMES (0CBF) ...................................................... l72
527. 1 Scope ................. ......................................................................... ........ .............................. ............................................. 172
5 27.2 Bracing Members .................................... .................................................. ...................... ................ .............................. 172
527.3 Specia1 Bracing Configuration ... ............. ....................................... ............................ .......................... .......................... l 72
527.4 Bracing Connections ........................................................................................................................ ...................... ........ 173
527.5 OCBF abovc Seismic Isolation Systcms .......................................................................................... .............................. 173
SECTION 528- ECCENTRICALLY BRACEO FRAMES (EBF) ................................................................................... 173
528. 1 Scope .................................................... ..................................................................................................................... .... 173
528.2 Links ........................................................... ................................................................................................................... 173
528.3 Link Stiffeners ............................... ......... .............. ............ ........... .......................................... ........................................ 174
528.4 Link-to-Column Conncctions ....... ............................................... ................ .............. ............................. .... ................... 174
528.5 Lateral Bracing of Link ........ ...... ................................................. .................. ............ ............. ......... .............................. 175
528.6 Diagonal Brace and Beam Outside of Link ................................................................................................................... 175
528.7 Beam-to-Co1umn Connections ...................................................................................................................................... 175
528.8 Required Strength of Co1umns ...................................................................................................................................... 176
528.9 Protectcd Zonc ............................................................................................................................................................... 176
528. 10 Demand Critica! We1ds ................................................................................................................ ........ ........................ 176
SECTION 529 · llUCKLlNG-RESTRAINED BRACEO FRAMES (BRUF) .................................................................. 176
529. 1 Scopc ................ ........ .................................................................................................................................. ............ ....... 176
529.2 Bracing Membcrs ......................................... ................................................................................................................. 176
529.4 Specia1 Rcqu ircments ...............................-..................................................................................................................... 177
529.5 Beams and Co1umns ...................................................................................................................................................... 178
529.6 Protected Zone ............................................................................................................................................................... 178
SECTION 530 - SPECIAL PLATE SI-IEAR WALLS (SPSW) ......................................................................................... l 79

11
National S!ructural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 .'iJO. 1 Scope ............. ......................... ........ ............................. ........ ........... ..... ............. ........ ................ ...... .. ........... ............... ... 17!.)
530.2 Wcbs .................... .................... .......... ................... ..... .... ... .............. ........... ............. .. ...... ...... ..... .................. ...... ... .. .... ... l79
.'i:\0.3 Connn:tions of' Wchs to Boundnry Elcmcnts ................... ...... ... .. .. .......... ............................ ... ....... ..... .. ......... .. .......... .. ...179
.'i30 .4 lloriwntal and Verti cal Boundary Elcmcnts ......... .................... ..... .... ......................... ................. ... ....... ....... .............. .. J 7!)
S ECTION 531 · QUALITY ASSU RANCE PLAN ............................................................................................................. 180
531. 1 Scope ........................................................................................................................................................... .................. 180
PART B · APPENDICES ...................................................................................................................................................... 180
B-1. PREQUALIFICATION OF llEAM-COLUMN AND LINK-TO-COLUMN CO NNEC:l'IONS ........................ l8I
B- 1. 1 Scope ................ ...... .................................................................................. ... ........................... ............ ........................... 181
B- 1.2 General Requiremcnts ..... .......................... ...... ..... ......... ...... ..... ...... ... .............. ... ............................................. .............. 1R1
B-1.4 Prcqualiflcation Variables... ..... .. ... ............... ....................... .............. .................... ......... ..... .... .............. ........... ....... ....... 18!
13-1 .5. Dcsign Proct~durc ................... ............................................... ...... ................. ... ....... ........... .................. ... ........ ... ............ 182
13-1.6. Prcqualification Record ..................................................... ..................................... .................................................... .. 182
ll-2. QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN ................................................................................................................................ 183
B-2. 1 Scopc ............................................................................................................................................................................. 183
13-2.2 lnspection and Nondcstructivc Tcsting Personncl ..................................................................................... ...... .............. 183
13-2.3. Con tractor Documcnts ...... ................................................. ..... ...................................................................................... 183
13-2.4 Quality Assurance Agency Documents ................................ ...... ................................................................................... 183
13 -2.5 Inspection Points ami Frcqucncics ..... ............................ ............... ........... ...................... .... ................................... ......... 183
B-3. SEISMIC DESIGN · COEFFICIENTS ANO APPROXIMATE PEIUOD PARAMETERS ................................. 187
B-3. 1 Scope ............................ ................. .............. .... .................... .... .. ........................ ................. .. ........................ ................. 187
B-3.2 Symbols ......................................................................................................................................... ...................... .'......... 187
B-4. QUALIFYING CYCLIC TESTS OF BEAM· TO-COLUMN AND LINK-TO-COLUMN CONNECTION$ ...... 189
B-4. 1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................................................. 189
B-4.2 Symbols ......... .............................................................................................................. ...................................... ............ l89
B-4.3 Delini tions .......................... .... ....................................................................................................................................... 189
B-4.4 Test Subassemblagc Requíre ments ................................................................................................................................ 189
B-4.5 Essential Test Variables ............................................................................................................... .. ....... ......................... 189
B-4 .6 Loading History ................ ......... ....... .. ............................. ................... ....... ........ .......... .... ...... ........ ............ ..... ............... 19 1
B-4.7 lnstrumentation ................. .. ....... ........ ...... ....... ........................... .. .... ..... ... ................... .......................... .. .. ....... .. ............ l91
B-4 .8 Materials Testing Rcquircmcnts ....... ..... ........... ........ ................................................................... ...................... ..... ....... 191
B-4.9 Test Reponing Requirements .......... ........................ .................................................................................... ........... ....... 192
B-4 .10 Acceptance Criteria ......... ... ......................................................................................................................................... 193
B-5. QUALIFYING CYCLIC TESTS OF BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACE$ ........................................................ 193
B-5.1 Scopc .................... .............. ................................................ .............................................................. ............................. 191
B-5 .2 Symbo!s ................................................................................................................................................. ........................ 193
B-5 .3 Delinitions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 194
B-5.4 Subassemblage Test Spccimcn ....................................................... ............... .... ... ....................... .................................. l9il
B-5.5 Brace Test Spccimen ............................. .................... .. ....................................... ..................... ............. ...... ............... .... 19,1
B-5.6 Loading History .... ...... .. ...... ............. ...... .................. .. ............ .................... ......... ........ ............. ...... ..................... ..........: 195
B-5.7 lnstrurnentation ............... ................ ....... .. ......... ... ........................... ...... ... .... .................. .................... ............................ 195
B-5.8 Materials Testing Requircments ........... .......... .......... ............... .... ........ ...... ......................................................... ........... 195
B-5.9 Test Repon ing Rcquirements .... .................................................. ........................................ ... ....................................... 196
B-5. 10 Acceptance Criteria ..................................................................................................................................................... 196
B-6. \IVELDING PHOVISION$ ............................................................................................................................................ 197
B-6.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................................................. 19'1
B-6.2 Slructural Dcsign Drawings and Specifications, Shop Drawings, and Erection Drawings ........................................... ,en
B-6.3 Personncl ....... ......................... ................... ....................... .... ....... ................ ..... ...................................... ........ ............... i cy¡
B-6.4 Nondcstructive Tcsting Procedures ................................................................................. ................... ................ ........... 19S

Association of Structural Engineers of !he Philippines

 C HA I0 T[Ii '.i- St (~ o t and Met;l l~ :S 1

13·6.5 Additional Wclding Provisions ............................................................. ........ .... ........ ... ................. .. ... ....... ........... ....... ... 19!\
B-6.6 Additional Wclding Provisions for Dcmand Critica! Wclds Only .............. :.................................... ............ ...... ......... ... 199
IP WELD METAL/WELDING PJWCEDURE SPECIFICATION NOTCH TO UGHNESS VERIFICAT ION TEST199
B·7. 1 Seope .. .. .................. ................... ......... ...... .. ...... .......... ..... ................ ................................................. ................ ............ 199
13·7.2 Test Conditions ........... .......... .............. ..... ............. ........ .. ... ..... ............. ................... ...... ................ .... ... ... .............. ........ 200
B·7.3 Test Spccimcns ......... .... ........... ...................... .......... ............ ......................... ............. ........ ..i. ........ .... ............................ 200
B·7.4 Acccptancc Critcria ..................... ....... ..... ..... ........ ................... ..................... ................. ........ .... .. ........ ... ....... .. ... .. ......... 200
J>ART 2H- COMI'OSITE STRUCTVRAL STEEL ANO REINFORCED CONCRETE BVILDINGS ....................... 201
.
OEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................... ................................ 201
SECTION 532 • SCOJ>E........................................................................................................................................................ 202
SECTION 533- REFERENCED SJ>ECIFICA TIONS, COOES, ANO STANDAROS ................................................... 203
SECTION 534- GENERAL SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................. 203
SECTION 535 · LOA OS, LOAD COMBINA TIONS, ANO NOMINAL STRENGTHS ................................................ 204
535.1 Loads and Load Combinations ......... .................. .. ...... .................... .. ................................. ....... ..... ........... ....... ... .. ......... 204
535.2 Nominal Strength .......................................................... ............. ..... ....... ...... ............ .... ........ ......................... .. ... ..... ...... . 204
SECTION 536 • MATERIALS ............................................................................................................................................. 204
536.1 StnJCtural Stcel ....... .......... .............. .................. .. ......... ............. ................ ............... ...... ...................... ............... ...... ..... 204
5 36.2 Concrete and Steel Reinforccment .......... ........ ............... ...... .... ................................. ................... ..... ....... ... ....... ......... .. 204
SECTION 537 · COMPOSITE MEMBERS ....................................................................................................................... 205
5 37.1 Scope ..................................... ................... ........ ............ .. ........... ......................................................... .. ................ ......... 205
537.2 Composite Floor and Roof Slabs .............. ............................................... ..................................... ........................ ......... 205
537.3 Composite Beams ...................................................................... ..... ......... ............................. ........................ ................. 205
537.4 Encased Composite Columns .... ... ........................ ,............. ................. .......... .................. ....................... .... ........ .... .....·.. 205
537.5 Filled Composite Columns ..... ........ .. ............................................. ............................................. .......................... ......... 207
SECTION 538 • COMPOSITE CONNECTIONS .............................................................................................................. 208
538. 1 Scope .............. ....................................... ...... .................. .............. .. ............................................ ........... ........ ................. 208
538.2 General Requircments ................................................ ...... ............... ............................ ... .. .... ............. ......... ................... 208
538.3 Nomi nal Strength of Connections ..... ......................... ................................ ............................................. ........ .. ............. 208
SECTION 539 - COMPOSITE PARTIALLY RESTRAINED (PR) MOM ENT FRAMES (C-PRMF)...................... 209
539.1 Scope ............ ............................. ...... ............ .......... ............................ ................................. ......... .................................. 209
539.2 Columns ..................... ............................ ...................... ................................ ............... ... ......... ·.... ...................... ............. 209
539.3 Composite Beams .................................................. ....................................................... .......... .......... .. .. .. .. .. ... ................ 209
539.4 Momcnt Connections ............... .................... ............ ...... .............. ....... ... ................................................... ...... ............... 209
SECTION 540 • COMPOSITE SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES (C-SMF) ..................................................................... 210
540.1 Scope ........................... .......... .... ..... ............... ................ ........ ...................... ... .............. ....... ...... ..... .............. ................. 21 O
540.2 Colu mns ........ ... ... ................................. ...... ......................................................... .... ........ .. ... ............. .... .................... ..... 210
540.3 Beams ........... ... .......... .... .................... .. .... .............. .... ..... ........................................ .. ........ .. ............. ............... ............... 2 10
540.4 Momcnt Connections ........... ....... ........... ............ ........ ................................................ !................................................... 21 O
5 40.5 Column-Beam Moment Ratio .... ... ............................. .. ........................................................... ............ .. ......................... 2 !0
SECTION 541 · COMPOSITE INTERME DIATE MOMENT FRAMES (C-IMF) ....................................................... 211
541 .1 Scopc ..... ............. ................... ..... ...... ......................................... ....... .... ................................ ....... ....... .. ,........................ 211
54 1.2 Columns ... ............. ................................. ............................................... .............. .......... .................... ............................. 2 11
541.3 Beams ........... .. .... .............. .................. ................................................ ............................ ...... .. ....................... ..... ........... 211
541.4 Moment Conncctions .......... .... .......... ..................,....................... ............................................... ....... ............................. 211
SECTION 542 - COMPOSITE ORDINARY MOMENT FRAMES (C-OMF) ............................................................... 211

111
. National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 ') 8 CHAPTE n S · S!cel ancJ Met;¡is

542. 1 Scopr ........................................................... . .... ........................................................................................................... 2 1 ¡

542.2 Col un111s .............. ........................... ........ .. ...... ................................................................................................................ 2 1 1
542 .3 1kam ~ ....... .................................................................................................................. .................................................. 21 ¡
542.4 Momcnt Conncctions ................. ......................................... ........................................................................................... 21 ¡
SECTION 543- C OMPOSITE SI'ECIAL CONCENTHICA LLY BRACED FHAMES (C-CBF} ............................. 211
543.1 Scopc .............................................................. ................ ... ............................................................................................ 212
543.2 Columns ............................................................ ... .................. ...................................... .................................................. 212
543.3 Bcams ................................................................................... ....................................................................................... 212
543.4 Braccs ........................................................... .......................................................................... ................... ··................. 2 12
543.5. Conncttions .... .................................................. ...................... ......................................................... ................·............. 212
SECTJON 544- COM POSITE OIWINARY BH:A CED FRAMES (C-OBF) ............................................................ 212
544. 1 Scopc ................................ ...................................................................... ....................................................................... 2 12
544.2 Columns ................................ .......................... ...... ............. ............................................................................................ 2 12
544.3 13cams ...................................................................................... ...................................................................................... 212
544.4 Braccs ...................................... .............................................. .................................................................:...................... 212
544.5 Conncctions ................................................................................................. .................................................................. 212
SECTION 545- COMPOSITE ECCENTRJ CALLY BRACED FRAMES (C-EBF)...................................................... 213
545. 1 Scope .................................. ......................................... .. ..................................... .. ................ .. ...... ................................. 213
545.2 Columns .............. .... ...... .... .. ..... .............. .... ... ...... .. ............ .................... ........... ... ............ .. ......... .... ......'.......................... 213
545.3 Links ............................... ......... ....... ......................... ............ ......... .. ......... ... ....... .......... .. ... ... .......... ................... ............. 21 3
545.4 Braccs .................. ........... .. ...... ................................. ...................... .............. ....... ...... ........ .... ......... ................................ 2 13
545 .5 Conncctions ............................. .... ..... ........ ................ ... ......... .............................. ...... ................................ ..................... 213
SECTION 546 · ORDINARY HEINFORCED CONCRETE SHEAR WALLS COMPOSITE WITH STRUCTURAL
STEEL ELEJ\1ENTS (C-ORC\V) ....................................................................................................................................... 213
546.1 Scope ..................... ............................................. .... .... .............. .... .... .... ................... ............ .. ................ ....... .................. 214
546.2 Boundary Mcmbcrs ................................. ...... .......... .. ............................................................... ..................................... 214
546.3 Stcel Coupling Bcams ....... .......................... ...... ........................................................... ....................... ..'....... .................. 214
546.4 Encased Composite Coupling Bcams ............................................................................................................................ 214
SECTION 547- SPECIAL REINFOR CEO CO NCRETE Sl-IEAR WALLS COMPOSITE WITH STRUCTURAL
STEEL ELEMENTS (C-SRCW) ............................................................................ ............................................................. 215
547. 1 Scopc ................................................................................................................ ............................................................. 215
547.2 Boundary Mcmbers ....................................................................................................................................................... 215
547.3 Steel Coupling Beams .............. ...................................................................................................................................... 215
547.4 Encased Composite Coupling Bcarns ............................................................................................................................ 2 15
SECTION 548 - COMPOSITE STEEL PLATE SliEAR WALLS (C-SPW) .................................................................. 216
548. 1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................................................. 216
548.2 Wall Elemcnts .................................................................................................................................. .............................. 216
548.3 Boundary Mcmbcrs .............................. ................................................ ......................................................................... 216
548.4 Openings ................................ ........... ............................................................................................................. ............. ... 216
SECTION 549 - STRUCTURAL OESIGN ORA WINGS AND SPECIFICA TIONS, S HOP ORA WINGS, ANO
ERECTION DRAWING$...................................................................................................................................................... 217
SECTION 550- QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN ............................................................................................................. 217
PART 3 - DESIGN OF COLO-FOR~1ED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMB ERS ........................................................... 2IP;
SYMBOLS............................................................................................................................................................................... 2l i.
DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................................................................ zz. ¡.
SECTION 551 -GENERAL PROVISIONS ........................................................................................................................ 228
551.1 Scope, Applicability and Definitions ....... ................ ............................. ......................................................................... 228

Association of S tructural Engineers of the Pl1ilippines

 55 1.2 tvlatcrial .................................................................................................................................................................. ....... 22<J
55 1.2. 1 Applicablc Stc::cb .............................................................. ............................ ............................ ............................... 2~')
55 1.3 Lo;rds ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2:-11
551.4 Allowahlc S trcngth Dcsign ........................................................................... ................................................................. 2:-11
55 1.5 Load and Rcsistancc Factor Dcsign .............................................................. .... ............................................................. 231
551.7 Yicld S(l·c:;s ami Strcngth lncrcasc from Cold Work of Forming ......... .............. ........................................................... 232
551./l Scrviccability .............. ............................................................................ ..... .................................................... .... .......... 232
55 1.9 Rcfcrenccd Documcnts ... ......................................... ....... .................. ........ ................... ............ ........ ............ ... ............... 232
SECTION 552 • ELEJ\1ENTS ........................................................................................................: ...................................... 234
552. J Dimcns iorwl Limits und Considcrations ......................................................................... .......................................... ..... 234
552.2 Effcctivc Widths of StifTencd Elcmcms ........................................................................................................................ 23.5
552.3 Effcctivc Widths of Unsti!Tcncd Elcmcnts .................................................................................................................... 23!)
552.4 Effcctivc Width of' Uniformly Compresscd Elcmcnts with a Simple Lip Edge Stiffcncr.............................................. 240
522.5 Effectivc widths of Stiffencd Elcmcms with Single or Muhiplc lntcrmedíate Stiff'eners or Edge Stíffcned Elements
with Jntcrmediate Stiftcner{s) ....................................................................................................................................... 241
SECTION 553 ·IVIEMBERS ................................................................................................................................................ 243
553. 1 Propenics of' Sections .................................................................................................................................................... 243
553.2 Tension Mcmbcr.; .......................................................................................................................................................... 243
553.3 Flexura! Membcrs ...................................................................................... .................................................................... 243
553.4 Concentri cally Loadcd Compression Members .................................................................................................... 25<)
553.5 Combincd Axinl Load and Bcnding ......................... ...... ............................................. ....... .. ........ ........ ......................... 262
SECTION 554 • STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLIESAND SYSTEMS ................................................................................... 265
554.! Built·Up Sections ................................................. ............... ........................................ ..... ...................... ....................... 265
554.2 Mixed Systems ...... ......................... .... .................. ................................................... ............... ....................... ................ 266
554.3 Lateral and Stability Bracing ......................................................................................................................................... 266
554.4 Cold-Formed Steel Light-Framc Construction .............................................................................................................. 268
554.5 Floor, Roof, or Wall Steel Diaphragm Construction ...................... ;.............................................................................. 268
554.6 Metal Roof and Wall System ......................................................................................................................................... 269
SECTION 555 - CONNECTIONS ANO JOINTS .............................................................................................................. 275
555. 1 General Provisions ......................................................................................................................................................... 275
555.2 Wclded Conncctions ...................................................................................................................................................... 275
555.3 Bohed Connectio n ......................................................................................................................................................... 281
555.4 Screw Connections ........................................................................................................................................................ 283
555.5 Rupturc ....................................................................................................................... ................................................... 285
555.6 Connccting to Other Materials .................... ................. ......................................... ......................................................... 286
SECTJON 556 ·TESTS FOR SPECIAL CASES ............................................................................................................... 286
556.1 Tests for Determining Structural Performance ............................................. ................................................................ . 286
556.2 Tests for Confirming Structural Performance .......................................... ................................. ... .................................. 288
556.3 Tests for Determining Mechanical Properties ............................................................................................................... 288
SECTJON 557- DESlGN OF COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ANO CONNECTIONS FOR
CYCLIC LOADING (FATIGUE)........................................................................................................................................ 290
557. 1 General .......................................................................................................................................................................... 290
557.2 Calculation of Maximum Strcsses and Stress Ranges ................................................................................................... 291
557.3 Design Stress Rangc ...................................................................................................................................................... 29 1
557.4 Bohs and Threadcd P;u ts ............................................................................................................................................... 291
557.5 Spccial Pabrication Requiremems ................................................................................................................................. 292

SECTION C-1 • DESlGN OF COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS USING THE DIRECT
STRENGTH METHOD ........................................................................................................................................................ 292
C-1 Design of Cold-Pormed Steel Structural Members Using the Direct Strcngth Method .................................................... 292

111
National S tructura l Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volu me 1
 .,.
~
~
~i· 1O C H/1PTE n :, Steel él lid Metal~:

SECTION C-2 • SECOND-ORDER ANA I , \'SJrS ............................................................................................................... 299

C.2.1 General Rcquircmcnts ........................................................................... ......................................................................... 299
C.2.2 Dcsign aml Analysis Constraints ........................................................................................................ ,........................... 299
SECTION C3- ADDITIONAL PIWV!SIONS .......................................................................:.......................................... JOO
C.J. J Sc.:opc .......................................................................................................................................................... .................... 300
C.J.2 Othcr Stcds ................................................................. ......................................................................... ......................... 300
C.J.3 Loads ..... .................... .............................................................. ............................................................... ....................... 300
C.3.4 Refcrcm:cd Documcms ............................................................................................................................................... 300
C.3.5 Tcnsion Mcmbers ................................................................... ............................. ........................................................ . 301
C.3.6 Light-Frame Stccl Construction ........................................... ..................... ..................................................................... 301
C.3.7 Weldcd Connections ................................................... :............................... ...... .......................................................... .. 302
C.3.8 Boltcd Connections ........................................................................................... ............................................................. :lO?.
C.3.9 R~ptu rc....................................... :......................... :..................................................................................... .................... 30(;

Association of Structural Engineers of lile Pl1ilippines

 CHAI'-TERS A¡, Arca of comprcssion llangc. m m~
')

A¡,, Gross tension llangc arca, 111m··

STEEL AND~ M~TALS . A,n Nel tcnsion llange arca, mm'
sP.EciitlcA.rloN··EÓR. . A¡,
A~
Arca of tcnsi on tlangc, mm 2
CJross arca of Jne1nber, rnn1 2
STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS . A, Ciross arca or scction bascd on dcsign wall
thickncss, mm'
Thc Spcciflcation for Structural Stccl Buildings, hcrcaftcr Gross arca of composilc mcmbcr, mm-
1

rcfcrrcd to as thc Spcciflcation. sha!l apply to thc design Chord gross arca, mm 2
of thc structural stccl systcm, whcrc thc stccl elcrncnts are Gross arca subjccl to shcar, mm"
dcllncd in thc AISC Codc of StÍ!r,dard Practicc for Stccl Net arca of mernber, mm2
Buildings and Bridgcs, Scction 2. l. . .
Nct arca subJCCI to tensron, mm
2
2
Net arca subject to shcar, mm
This Speciflcation includcs thc following Projectcd bearing arca, mm-'
Arca of adcquately dcvelopcd longitudinal
Part J Specification for Steel membcrs reinforcing stccl wíthin thc effcctívc width of the
Part A Appendiccs for Pm1 l concrete slab, mm 2
A, Arca of slccl cross section, mm2
Par1 2 Seismic Provision for Stnrctural Stccl Buildings A, Cross-seclional arca of stud shcar conncctor.
ll1!112 '
Pan 2A Stnrctural Stecl Buildings- Provisions Shcar arca on the fai lure path, mnl"· ,
Part 13 Appcndiccs for Pm1 2 Arca of continuous rci nforci ng bars. mm··
Stiffener arca, mm··'
Part 2B Composite Stnrctural Stccl and Reinforccd
Concrete Buildings Net tensilc arca , mm 2
Web arca, lhe ovcrall depth times the wcb
Pm 3 Specificalion for the Dcsign of Cold-Formcd thickness, dt", , mm 2
Stecl Structural Members Effcctivc arca of thc weld, mm 2
Pan C Appendiccs for Part 3 Effcctíve arca of weld throat of any ith wcld
clemcnt, mm 2
PARTl Arca of steel concentrically bearing on a
concrete suppor1, mm 2
SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL Maximum arca of thc portion of thc supporting
MEMBERS surface that is geomctrically similar to ancl
2
concentríc with the loaded arca, mm
!) Ovcrall wídth of rectangu lar !-!SS mcmbcr,
SYMBOLS measured 90° to the plane of the conncction,
Column cross-sectional arca, mn/
mm
A
/J Overall width of rectangular HSS main rnembcr,
A Total cross-sectional arca of mcmber, mm 2
mcasurcd 90° to thc plane of the conncction,
At~ Loaded arca of concrete, mn/
mm
AIIM Cross-sectional arca of the base metal. mm-'
lJ Factor for lateral-torsional buckling in tecs and
A¡, Nominal unthrcaded body arca of bolt or
double angles
threaded part, mm2
Overall width of rectangular HSS branch
Cross-sectional arca of thc ovcrlapping branch.
mcmbcr, mcasured 90° to the pl anc of thc
mm 2
connection, mm
Cross -sectional arca of thc overlappcd brand1,
Ovcrall bra ncl1 width of the overlapping
mm 2
branch
Arca of concrete, mm 2
Ovcrall brancl1 wi d!h of the overlappcd branciL
Arca oí concrete slab within cf'f'ccti vc width,
2 Width of platc, transvcrse to the axis of !he main
111111
rncmbcr, mm
Ao Arca of an upscl rod based on thc major lhrcad
Faclors usecl in detennining Mu for combincd
diametcr, mm2 bcncling and axial forccs when fi rst-onk.r
Effeclivc net arca, mrn2
anal ysís is employed
Summalion of the effective arcas of the cross
section bascd on thc rcduced effcclive wiclth. b ,.,
e HSS torsional constan!
2
mm

National Structural Code of tlle Phi!ippines 6'" Edition Volume 1

 Latcr:d -torsional buckling modificat ion factor r,, Elastic llcx ural llllrkling Sll\'SS aboul !he lllajor
for nonunifonn momcnt diagnuns when both axis. Ml'a
cnds of tlw unsupportcd scgmcnt are bra(·cd Ft.Xx Elc~: trodc classi fícation numbcr. MPa
Cocffi cicnl rclating rehuive bn1cc slifTncss ami /·:.,. Elastic llexural buckling stress about thc minor
curvalurc axis, Ml'a
Conslanl hasccl on slrcss ca1cgory. givcn in F"_. Elastic 1orsional huck ling stress. MPa
Table 501-3.1 F1. A calculated s1rcss uscd in thc calculation of
Cocfficicnt assuming no lateral translation of !he nominal llcxu ral strcngth. MPa
fra rnc ¡:;, Nom inal torsional strenglh
Ponding llcxibi lity cocfficicnt for primal')' F., Nominal tensil<! ..:1ress Fnt ,or shear stress, Fnv ,
mcmbcr in a Oal roof from TabJe:5J0.3.2. MPa
Cocffícicnl for wcb sidcsway buckling ¡:"' Nominal ten si le stress from Table 51 0.3.2, MPa
Ponding Jlcxibility cocfficienl for sccondary F'"' Nominal tens ilc stress modi ficd l o includc thc
membcr in a Oat roof effccts of shearing stress, MPa
e,. Wcb shcar cocfficicm F.,,. Nominal shear slress from Tablc 5! 0.3.2, MPa
c. . Warping conslant, mm<• rm Dcsign slrcss rangc, MPa
[) Nominal dcad load Fm Th rcshold fatigue stress range, maxi mum stress
/) Outsidc diamclcr of round HSS mcmbcr. mm. rangc for indclinitc dcsign Ji fe from Table SO 1-
D Outsidc diamcter, mm 3. 1, MPa
D Ou1sidc diamctcr of round HSS main mcmbcr. F,. Specilied mín imum tensile strcngth of thc type
llllll of stcel bcing used. MPa
[) Chord diamc1cr. mm F., Specificd minimum tensile strcnglil of a stud
[)¡, Ou1side diamctcr of round HSS brancl1 member. shcar conncctor, MPa
Jl)Jll F,, Specificd mínimum tcnsilc st rcng1h of thc
D, Fac 1or used in Equalion 507.3 -3, depe nden! on conncc:ted materi al, MPa
thc 1ype of lransvc rse stiffcners uscd in a platc F,. Spcci lied mi nimum tcnsi le s1rcngth of HSS
girdcr material. MPa
In slip-crilical connections, a mu ltiplicr lhat F.,,. Spccilied minimum tcnsilc slrength of !he type
reOects !he ratio of thc mean installed bol! of stecl bcing used al elevatcd tempcraturc, MPa
prctcnsion to !he speci ficd mínimum bolt F". Nominal strength of the wcld metal pcr unit
prctcnsion arca, MPa
E Modulus of elaslicity of steel = 200 000 MPa F,..1 Nominal stress in any ith weld c.Jcmcnt, MPa
Ee Modulus of elasticity of concrete= F,..1., x componen! of stress Fwi , MPa
0.043w/ 5 fJ':, MPa F,.1,. y componcnt of stress Fwi , MPa
F, Specilied mínimum yield s1ress of lile type of
Modulus of elasticity of concrcle a! clcvatcd stcel being used, MPa. As used in this
temperature, MPa. Spccification, "yiclcl stress" denotes cither the
E/,11 Effective stiffncss of compositc section, N-mm2. specified mínimum yield point (for thosc stcels
Em Modulus of elasticity of steel at clcvmed that have a yield point) or specified yield
temperature, MPa strcngth (for those stcels that do not have a yield
Modulus of elasticity of stecl = 200 000 MPa point).
Availablc axial stress at 1he point of F, Spccified m1mmum yicld stress of the
considerat ion, MPa compression nange, MPa
Nominal strength of the base metal per un it arca, !~, Spccified mínimum yield stress of lhc co!umn
MPa web. MPa
Available Oexural stress al the point of F, Specified mínimum yicld stress of HSS membcr
consideration about thc major axis, MPa material. MPa
Availab!e Ocxural stress al thc poi nt · of F,. Specilicd minimtim yield slress of HSS main
consideration about the minor axis, MPa membcr material, MPa
Available stress, MPa F,1, Spccificd mínimu m yield s1rcss of HSS brancl1
Critica! st n~ss, MPa member material, MPa
Buckling stress for the section as dctermined by F_,.1,, Spccified mlllllnum yield ~ :ress of tk.
analysis, MPa overlapping branch material, MPa
Critical stress about the minor axis, MPa F,.bJ Specified tmmmum yicld ).!rcss of t!::-
C1itical torsiona! buckling stress, MPa overlappcd brancl1 material, Ml'a
Elastic critica! buckling stress, MPa

Association of Struclural Engineers of t11e Philippines

 F,¡ Spccilicd mínimum yicld stress of thc llangc. l. Lcngth of mcmbcr bct wccn work ¡lOinl~ al truss
MPa chord centcrlincs. mm.
Spcc:ilicd muwnum yicld stress of thc typc nf L¡, Lcngth bctwccn points that are cithcr hran~d
stccl hcing uscd a1 clcvatcd tcmpcralUrc. MPa against lateral displnccmcnt nr comprcssion
Spccilicd mínim um yicld stress of platc. MPa llangc or braccd against twist of thc t-ross
Spccilicd mínimum yicld stress of rcinforc1ng section, mm.
bars, MPa /.¡, Distancc bctwecn braccs, mm.
Spccil'icd mínimum yicld stress of thc stil'f'cncr L, Lcngth of channel shear connector, mm.
/·~···
matcrinl, MPa 1,. Clear diswncc. in the direction :>f the force,
Spccified mínimum yicld stress of thc wcb, MPa bctwcen thc edgc of thc hole and 111~ edge of the
Shcar modulus of clasticity of stecl = 77 200 adjacent hule or edge of thc material, mm.
MPa L~ Total cffectivc weld lcngth of groove and fillct
Story shcar produccd by thc lateral forccs uscd to welds to rectangular HSS, mm.
Limiting latcrally unbraced lcngth for the limit
compute 6 11 , N
siale of rielding mm.
H Ovcrall hcight of rectangular HSS mcmbcr. Column spacing in direction of girdcr. m.
mcasurcd in thc planc of the conncction, mm. Limiting laterally unbraced length for plastic
H Overall hcight of rectangular HSS main rncmbcr. analysis, mm. .
meas ured in thc plane of the connection. mm. Maximum unbraccd lcngth for Mr (! he reqUired
Flcxural constan!. flexura! strcngth), mm.
Overall hcight of rectangular HSS branch L, Limiting laterally unbraccd lengt h for the limit
member, mcasured m thc planc of thc statc of inclastic lateral·torsional buckling. mm.
connection, mm. L, Column spacing perpendicular to dircction of
!/¡,. Overall depth of the overlapping branch. girder, m.
1 Moment of inertia in the place of bending, mm~. L,. Distancc from maximum to zero shear force,
1 Moment of inc1tia about the axis of bending, mm.
mm 4 • M,., Absolute valuc of momcnt at qua11er point of the
1
/, Moment of inertia of thc concrete scction, mn\' • unbraccd segment, N-mtn
] ,¡ Moment of inenia of the steel deck supportcd on Requircd flcxural strength in chord, using ASD
4
secondary members, mm • load combinations, N-mm
11' Moment of incrtia of primary membcrs, mm~ . Absolute value of moment at centerline of the
ls Moment of incrtia of sccondary members, mm~. unbraced segment, N-mm
4
1, Momcnt of incrtia of steel shape, mm • Rcquired bracing moment, N-mm .
fsr Momcnt of inertia of reinforcing bars, mm~. Absolute value of moment at three-quarter po1nt
4
1,. l, Moment of incrtia about the principal axes, mm • of the unbraced segment, N-mm
4
1, Out-of-plane moment ofinertia, mm . A vailable flexura! strcngth dctermined in
Mct.•..•·l
Minor principal axis moment of inertia. mm~. accordance with Section 506, N-mm
'=
/), Moment of inertia aboul y-axis referred 10 the M,..• Available Oexural-torsional strcngth for strong
compression flange, or if rcverse curvature axis llexure determined in accordance with
4
bending rcferrcd 10 smaller flange, mm • Section 506, N-mm
J Torsional constan!, mmA. Elastic latcral-torsional buckling moment, N-mm
K Effective lcngth factor determined in accordancc First-order momenl under LRFD or ASD load
with Section 503. combinations caused by lateral translation of the
Effective lenglh factor for lorsional buckling. frame only. N-mm
Effective lcngth factor in the plane of bcnding, M,.o, Absolutc value of maximum moment in the
calculated bascd on the assumption of no lateral unbraced segmenl. N-mm
translation sct equal to 1.0 unless analysis M. Nominal flexura! strcngth, N·mm
indicatcs that a smaller value may be used. /11.,, First-order moment using LRFD or i\SD load
Effectivc lcngth factor in thc plane of bcnding, combinations assuming thcre is no lateral
calculatcd based on a sidesway buckling translation of !he frame, N-mm
analysis. Plastic bending moment, N-mm
L Story height, mm Required second-order flexural strcngth under
L Lcngth of the member, mm. LRFD or ASD load combinations, N-mm
L Actual Jength of end-loaded weld, mm. M,. Rcquircd flexura! strength using LRFD or ASD
L Nominal occupancy live load. load combinations, N-mm
L Lnterally unbraced Jength of a mcmber, mm. M,. Requircd flexura! strength in chord, N-mm
L Span Jcngth, mm.

1
National Structural Code of t11e Philippincs 6 " Edition Volume 1
 /11, ,1, Requin:d in-planc lkxural strcngth in brantl1. 1' Rcquircd axial ~l rcngth in hrancl1. N
N-mm P, Rcquircd axial ~trength in t:hord. N
M, ,.1, Rcquircd out-of-planc I'Jcxural ~trength in 1'.. Rcqui rcd axial strcngth in nlmprc,~inn . !'-/
l>ram:h. N-mm 1', Mcmbcr yicld strcngth, N
M,. Rcqui rcd flexura! strcngth in chord. using LRFD {} Full rcduction fac.:tor for slcndl~r c.:omprcssion
load combinations. N-mm . clcmcnts.
M, Yicld momcnt al>out thc axis of bcnding. N-mm Qo Rcduction factor fnr slcndcr stiffencd
M, Smallcr moment, calculatcd from a fir~l-ordcr comprcssion elemcnts.
analysis. at thc ends of that ponion of thc Q, Chord-strcss intcraction paramctcr.
mcmbcr unhrace<. ¡,! the planc of hcnding undcr Q., Nominal strcngth of onc stud shcar conncctor, N
considcration, N-mm Q, Rcduction factor for slcndcr un~t i iTcnC'.d
M~ Larger morncnt, c;tlculatcd frorn a firsHmlcr compression clcmcnts.
analysis, ill the cnds of that por1ion of the R Nominal load duc 10 rainwatcr or snow,
mcmber unbraced in the planc of bending undcr exclusive of the ponding colll rihulinn, Ml'a
considcration, N-mm Seismic response modi fication cocfricicnt.
N Lcngth of bearing (not Jcss than k for cnd bcam R, Rcquired strength (ASO¡.
rcactions), mm. R,.u. Reduction factor for joints usi ng a pair or
N Bcaring lcngth of.thc load, mcasurcd parallcl to transvcrsc fillct wclds only.
thc axis of thc HSS mcmbcr, (or mcasurcd across Coefficicnt to account for group ciTcct.
the width or the HSS in thc case of 1hc loadccl Factor in Equation 503-6b dcpcndcnt on typc of
cap plítlcs), mm. systcm.
N Nurnbcr of stress rangc ffuctuations in dcsign R,, Cross-sccti on monosymmctry paramclcr.
lifc. R., Nominal strcngth. spccificd in Scction 502
N,, Nurnbcr of bolts carrying thc applied tcnsion. lhrough 51 l .
N, Additional lateral load. R., Nomina! sli p resistance, N
N, Notionallateralload applicd al leve! i. N R,, Position cffect factor for shcar studs
N.. Numbcr of slip planes. R,,, Web plastification factor
0,. Overlap connection cocfficient. Rr'JI' Reduction factor for rcinforccd or nonrcinforced
P Pitch. mm per thread. transversc partial-joint-pcnctration (PJP) groovc
? 1, Requircd lnace strcngth, N wclds
P,. Available axial compressive strcngth, N Web plastification factor corrcsponding to thc
P, Available tensilc strcngth, N tcnsion nange yielding limi t state
Pro Availablc compressivc strength out of thc planc R, Rcquired strenglh (LRFO)
of bcnding, N R.,., Total nominal strength of longitudinal!y loaded
Pd, Pr1 Elastic critica! buckling load for braced and fillct wclds, as deterrnined in accordancc with
unbraced frame, respectivcly, N Table 510.2.5
P.1_ Eulcr buckling load, evaluatcd in the planc of TolaJ nominal strength of transvcrscly loadCi.l
bcnding, N fillct welds, as dctermined in accordancc wíth
Pr11.r1 First-order axial force using LRFO or ASO load Tablc 510.2.5 wi thout the alternatc in Section
combinations as a resu!t of lateral translation of 510.2.4 (a)
3
the frame only (tcnsion or compression), N S Elastic section modulus of round HSS, mm
P, 0 ,,1 First-order axial force using LRFO or ASO load S Lowest clastic section modulus rclative 10 lhc
combinations, assurning there is no lateral axis of bending, mm 3
translation of the framc (tension or S Spacing of secondary mcmbers, m.
compression),N S Chord elastic section modulus, mm.l
f>, Nominal ax ial strcngth, N Se Elaslic scction modulus lo tlw toe il_'
P., Nominal axial compressivc strength without comprcssion rclativc to thc ax is of bcnding, mnr'
considcration of length effects, N Effectivc section modulus about major axis, mm ;
P1, Nominal bearing strength of concrete, N Elastic section modulus refcrrcd to tension and
3
P, Rcquired sccond-order axial strcngth using comprcssion flanges, respcctively, mm
LRFO or ASO load combinations, N Elastic scction modulus taken about the princip11l
1', Rcquired axial compressive strength using axes, mm3
LRFD or ASD load combinations, N Sy For channc!s, takcn as thc mínimum scc:¡,¡¡,
P, Rcquired !ensile strength using LRFO or ASO modulus
load combinations, N T Nominal forccs and deformations duc 10 ¡; ,..
P, Required strength, N design-basis fire defined in Section A-4 .2.1

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTH\ ~ - Stcel and Mclals ~¡.¡ !i

Tcnsion force due to ASD load combinations. ·he widlh b is thc distam:e from thc free edge 10
kN t ''e llrst row of fastcners or linc of wclds, or 1hc
d ,,aancc between adjacent lines of fastencrs or
1i, Míni mum fastener tcnsion givcn in Table li t:cs of wclds; for rectangular HSS, the width b
5 10.1 1, kN is thc clcar distancc bctween the webs lcss thc
Avai Jable torsi onal strcngth, N-mm insidc comer radius on cach side, mm
Nominal torsional strcngth, N-mm 1> Widt 11 of the angle lcg resisting the shear force,
Rcquircd torsional s1rcngth, N-mm 111111
Tcnsíon force duc 10 LRFD load combinations, 1>,1 Width 1)f column llangc, mm
kN b,. Rcducr<l cffectíve width, mm
() Shcar lag factor b,.11 EffcC"ti ve edge distance; the distancc from the
u Utilization nuio cdge of t hl~ hale 10 1he edge of the part measured
Reduction cocflicicnt, uscd in calculat ing block in the di rcction normal to the applied force, mm
shear rupturc strength b"'' Effccti ve width of the brancl1 face welded to thc
u,, Stress index chord
u. Stress indcx b,..,,. EffcctiVl! width of thc brancl1 facc welded lo 1he
\1 Required shear force introduccd 10 column, N ovcrlappt'd brace
V' Requircd shear force 1ransfen·ed by shcar b¡ Flange widtiJ, mm
co nnec1ors, N b¡.. Compression fiange width, mm
V, Available shcar strength, N 1>¡, Width o f tensio n flange, mm
V,. Nominal shcar strcng1h, N b1 Longcr lcg of ar..gle, mm
V, Rcquired shcar strcngth <ll thc location of thc IJ.. Shorter lcg of anille. mm
stiffcner, N h, Stiffcncr width fór onc-sided stiffeners, mm
11 Rcquired shear strcngth using LRFD or ASD d Nominal fastener, !iamcter, mm
'
load combínations, N d Fui! nominal dcpth of lhc section. mm
Y, Gravity load from thc LRFD load co mbination d Full nominal depth ~ ,f tee, mm
or 1.6 times the ASD load combination applied d Dcpth of rectangular bar, mm
atlevel i, N d Full nominal depth of -;ection, mm
Hole reduction coeffícicnt, N d Full nom.inal depth of t. ·e. mm
Plastic scction modulus about the axis of d Diamcter, mm
bending, mm3 d Pin diamcter, mm
Branch plas1ic section modulus about the corrcct d Roller diamctcr, mm
axis of bending, mm3 d, Beam dcpth, mm
z.. Plastic section modulus abou1 the principal axes, d 1, Nominal diametcr (body or sl.ank di ameter), mm
111111 ' d, Column depth, mm
a Clear distancc betwecn transvcrsc stiffcners, e Eccentricity in a truss con nectÍ(;!l. positi ve being
mm. away from thc branches, mm
a Distancc bctween con nec1ors in a built-up e.,.,1•1, Distance from the edge of stud sha.rlk to the steel
mcmber, mm dcck web measurcd at mid-heigiH of the deck
a Shonest distance from cdgc of pin hole lo edge rib, and ir; tbe load bearing dire;ion of the stud
of member mcasured parallel to dircction of (in other words, in the direction of 1.naxirnum
force, mm moment for a si mply supported beam), m,·11
a Half the lcngth of the nonweldcd root face in thc f., Rcquired axial stress al the pa iro' of
dircction of thc thi ckncss of the tension-loadcd consideration using LRf-D or ASD .''Jad
plate, mm combinati ons. MPa
(1 " '
Ratio of two times the wcb arca in co mprcssion _1;,,.,·,:¡ Rcquircd flex ura! stress at the point o t
dueto appl icalion of major axis be ndi ng moment considcration (major axis, minar axis) using
alone to the arca of the co m p rc.~s i on llange LRFD or ASD load combinations, MPa
components .f', Specified mínimum compressive strength of
/J Outside width of leg in comprcssion, mm concrete, MPa
1> Full width of longest anglc leg, mm (',,.. Specilied mínimum compressive stn·ngth of
b Width of unstiffened compression element; for concrete at elevatc tcmperatures, MPa
Oanges of 1-shaped members a nd tees, thc width f,, Stress duc to D + R {thc nom inal dead lcad + tilc
b is half the fu ll-f1angc width, bf ; for !egs of nomi nal load due to rainwater or snow c.xcl usive
angles and f1angcs of channels and zces, the of the ponding contri bution), MPa
width bis the fu ll nominal dimcnsion; for platcs, f,. Required shear strength per unit arca, MI'¡,

11
National Struc tural Codc of the Philippines 6 ' E:<lition Volume 1
 5-1¡-; CI-!APTHl 5 Ste<!l and Metal~
Transvc rsc ccntcr-hH.:cntcr spacing ¡gage)
bctwccn fastener gagc fines, mm
Gap hetwccn toes of branch membcrs in a
gapped K -con ncction. ncglccting thc wc·lds, mm
h C lcar distance between llangcs lcss tbe lillet or
corncr radius for rollcd shapcs; fur built-up
sectÍOllS, thc distancc bctwccn adjac Cnl fi nes of
fastencrs or thc clear distante bcl \•'ccn ll¡¡ngcs
whcn wclds are uscd; for tecs. thc ovcr¡¡J I depth;
for rectangular HSS, thc clcar c.li ..;tancc bctween
the flangcs less thc insidc corner radius on cach
sidc, mm
/¡ Distance bctween centroids of indi vi dual
components pcrpcndiculnr to thc mernber axis o f
buckling. mm
Twice thc distance from thc centroid to the
following: the insidc face of the comprcssion
nange lcss the fillet or cornrr radius, f or rollcd
shapcs; ihc nearcst linc of fastencrs at thc
compression nangc or thr insidc faces or thc
comprcssion llangc whcn wc lds are used. for
built-up scctions. mm
Distancc bctwccn flangc ..:cntroids. mm
Tw icc the distance from the plastic neutral axis
to thc ncarcst line of fastc ners at the comprcssion
llangc or thc inside face of the comprcssion
Oangc when wclds are- used, mm
h,.. J-lole factor
.i Factor detined by Equation 507.2-6 for
rninimurn PJornent of incn ia for a
transverse stiffcnc r.
Distance from outer face o f flange to the w cb toe
offillet. mm
k Outsidc corJl(; r radius o f the HSS. which is
permi tted to h e taken as 1.5! i f unk.nown. mm
k,. Coefficient for slender u nstiffencd clements, mm
k, Slíp-critiC;II combi ned ten sion ami shcar
coefficir nt
k,. Wcb pl. ate bucklíng coefficient
1 Largr st lateral! y unbraccd length along either
flan ile atlhe point of load, mm
Le ngth of bearing, mm
Length of connection in the direction o f loading.
rnm
/1 Number of nodal braced points within the span
/1 Threads per mm
Ratio o f clemenl i dcformation to its defonnation
a l maximum stress
Projccted length of thc ovcrlappi ng brancl1 on thc
chord
q Ovcrlap length mcasurcd along thc connccting
facc or thc chord bcneath the l wo branches
Governing radius of gyration. mm
Distance from instantancous center of rotation W
wcld elemenl with mínimum u /ri ratio, mm
Association of Structural Engmeers o f the Philippines
r, Mínimum raJ ius of gyrat ton or indi vidual
componem in a huilt-up mcmhl!r. mm
r,,, Radi us of gyratH)n of individual rompo ncnt
rclat ivc to its tcntroidal axis parallcl to mcmber
axis of buckl ing, mm
r,, Polar radius of gyration ab1>tll thc shcar ccntcr,
mm
r1 Radius of gyration of the llangc compon~nts in
flcxuml compression p l u~ onc-thi rd of the wcb
arca in comprcssion duc to appli\ation of major
axis bcnding momcnt alnnc
EITecti vc radius of gyration uscd in the
dctermination of L, Cor thc latcral-torsi onal
buckling limit statc lo r major axis bcnding of
doubly symmctric compacl f-shapcd mcmbers
ancl channels
r Radius of gyration about gcomctric axis parallel
' to connectcd leg. mm
,. Radius of gyration about y-axis, mm
' Radius of gyration for thc minor principal axis.
mm
S Longitudinal ccntcr-to-ccntcr spacing (pitch ) of
any 1wo consccutivc holcs, mm
T hickncss of elemcnt. mm
Wall thickncss, mm
A nglc lcg thickncss, mm
Width of rectangular bar parallcl lo axis o f
bcnding. mm
Thickness of connected mater ial, mm
Thickness of platc, mm
Dcsign wall thickncss for HSS equal 10 0.93
times thc nominal wall thickness for ERW HSS
and equal to thc nominal wall thick ness for SA W
HSS, mm
T otalthickncss of fillcrs. mm
Dcsign wall thickness of HSS main membcr, mm
(¡, Dcsign wall thickness of HSS brancl1 member,
111111
Thickncss of the overlapping brancl1, mm
Thickness of the overlapped branch, mm
Thickncss of !he column flange. mm
Thickness of the loadcd flangc, mm
Flangc thickncss of channel shear conncctor, mm
Comprcssion flange thickness. mm
T hickncss o f plate, mm
T hickness of tension loadcd pi ate, mm
Thickncss of thc allachcd transvcrsc platl', mm
Web stiffener thickncss. mm
Wch thickncss of channc l shcar conncctor, mm
Bearn wcb thickness, mm
Wcb thickness, mm
Column web thickness. 111111
Thickncss o f elcment, mm
W idth of cover plate, mm
\V Weld leg size, mm

Subscripl rclating symbolto major principal axis
hcnding
11' Platc width, mm
11' Leg sizc of' thc rcinfon:ing or contouring fillct, if
any. in the dircction of thc thickncss of the
tension-loadcd plate, mm
Wcight of concrete pcr unit volurnc (90 ·::: 11', '
1
155 lbslfl or l 500 w,. :::= 2500 kg!m\
JV,. Average width or concrete rib or haunch. mm
Sub~•Tipt rclating symbolto strong axis
Coordinatcs of' the shear centcr with rcspcct to
the ccntroíd, mm
X Conncction ecccntrici ty, mm
y Subscript rclating symbol to wcak axis
Subscript relating syrnbol to rninor principal axis
bcnding
/.,¡
{/ Factor u sed í n 132 cqual
(/ Scparation ratio for built -up comprcssion
/¡
mcrnbcrs = --··--
2rib
/f Rcduction !'actor gi ven by Equation 510.2-1
fJ Width ratio; thc ratio of branch diametcr to chord (/J
diamctcr for round HSS; thc ratio of ovcrall
branch width to chord width for rectangular HSS
Brace stiffness rcquiremcnt cxcluding wcb
distOI1ion, N-mm/radian
Requircd brace stiffness
Effcctive width ratio; the sum of the pcrimeters
of the two branch rnembers in a K-connection
divíded by eight times the chord width
Effecti ve outside punching parameter
Web distor1ional stiffness, including the effect of
web transverse stiffeners. if any, N-mm/radian
fJ,.. Section propeny for uncqual leg angles, positive
for short lcgs in compression and negative for
long lcgs in compression
First-order interstory drifl duc to the design
loads, mm
First-order intcrstory dríft due to lateral forces,
mm
Defonnation of weld elements at intermediate
stress levels, linearly proportioned to thc critica!
deformation based on distance from the
instantaneous center of rotation, r;, mm
.1,, Deformation of weld element at max imum ()
stress, mm
Defonnation of weld clement al ultimatc stress o Acule angle between the brancb and chord,
(fracture). usually in element fur1hcst from
instantaneous ccnter of rotal ion, mm
Chord slenderncss ratio; the ratio of one-half the
diameter lo the wallthickncss for rouncl HSS ; the Tb
ratio of one-half the width lo wall thickness for
rectangular HSS
National StructuraJ Codc of tilo Philippines 6111 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTE!i 5 · Steel nnd Metals 5· 17
Gap ratio; the ratio of thc gap bct wecn the
branches of a gapped K-connect ion to the wiclth
of thc chord for rectangular HSS
IJ Load lcngth parameter, applicable only lo
reclangular HSS; !he ratio of thc lcngt h of
contact üf the brand1 with thc chord in thc planc
of !he connection to thc chord wiclth
Slenderncss parameter
Limiting slcnderncss parameter for cornpact
elcment
Limiting slcndcrncss parameter for compact
tlangc
Limiting slenderness pararneter for compact wcb
Limiting slendcrncss parameter for noncompact
elemcnt
Limiting slcnderness parameter for noncompac1
flangc
Límiting slcnclcrness parameter for noncompacl
wcb
Mean slip coefTicicnt for class A or B surfaces.
as applicable, oras cstablished by tests
Resistancc l~tctor . specificd in Scction 502
through :S 11
Rcsistancc factor for bcaring on concrete
Resistance factor for Oexure
Rcsistance factor for cornpression.
Rcsistance factor for axially loaded compositc
co!umns
Rcsistancc factor for shear on the failurc path
Rcsistancc factor for torsion
Resistance factor for tcnsion
Resistance factor for shear
Safety factor
Safety factor for bearing on concrete
Safcty factor for flexurc
Safcty factor for cosnpression
Safety factor for axíal!y loaded composite
columns
Safety factor for shear on thc failure palh
Safety factor for tors ion
Safety factor for tension
Safety factor for shear
Mínimum reinforcement ratio for longitudinal
reinforcing
Angle of loading measured from the weld
longitudinal axis, degrees
degrces
Strain corrcspondi ng to compressive strength,
f'c
Paramctcr for reduced flexura! stiffncss using the
direct analysis rnethod
1)5.-Al "' , .
CHAP rER 5 - Steel and Metals
5-18
DEFOOT-IONS. -". - -, -- , ... ·l"
Tcnns that appear in this Glossary are italicizt'll
throughout thc Spccification, whcrc thcy firsl appcar
within a sub-scction.
Nme.\':
1. Ten/'\' designated wirh f are common AJS/ -11/SC
term.1· rhar are coordinmed between tlu• two
standard.f developers.
2. Ten11s designated with * are usual/y qualijied by thr
type of load effect, for example, nominal tcnsile
strength, a\•ai/able compressivc strcngth, drsign
jlexurai.Hrength.
3. Terms de.fignated 1virh *"- are usual/y qua/ijicd by the
type of componr nt, for example, web local buck/ing,
jfange local bending.
ALLOWABLE STRENGTH. Nominal strcnglh dividcd
by thc safety factor, R ni D.
ALLOWABLE STRESS. Allowable strength dividcd by
the appropriatc scction propcrty, such as secti on mod ulus
or cross-scction arca.
AMPLIFICATION FACTOR. Multiplicr of 1hc
rcsults of first-ordcr analysis lo refiect sccond- ordcr
effcc1s.
ASU (ALLOWABLE STRENGTH DESIGN). Mc1hod
of propor1ioning structural components such 1hat 1he
allowablc Slrcngth cquals or cxcceds the required s1rcngth
of the componcnt undcr the action of thc ASO load
combinalions.
ASD LOAD COMBINATION. Load combination in
this codc intendcd for allowable strength design
(allowable stress design).
AUTHORITY HAVJNG JURISDICTION.
Organizalion. political subdivision, office or indi vidunl
chargcd with thc responsibility of administering and
cnforcing thc provisions of this codc.
AVAILAHLE STRENGTH. Design strength
allow:tblc s1reng1h, as appropri ate.
A VAILAHLE STRESS. Dcsign stress or allowable
stress, as appropriate.
AVERAGE RIB WIDTH.. Average width of 1he ri b of a
com.rgation in a formed steel deck.
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
., i
BATTEN I'LAT E. Platc rigrdly cunncctctl 10 two
parallel componcnts of a huilt-up column or bc;t!n
dcsígncd to transmit ~h..:a• hctwccn thc componcnt~.
BEAM. Slructural rncrnbcr tlwt has thc primary J'unction
of rcsis1ing bcnding rnom ent ~ -
BEAM-COLUMN. Struclural rncmbcr that rcsists both
axial force and bcnding momcnt.
BEARING. In a boltcd conncction, lirnit statc o, shcar
forccs transmiued by the bolt to the connection elements.
BEARING (LOCAL COMJ>RESSIV E YIELDING).
Limit slate of local cornpressivc yiclding dueto the aclie!:
of a member bcaring againsl anolhcr mcmber or surfacc.
BEARING-TYPE CONNECTION. 13oltcd connection
whcre shear forccs are transmittcd by thc boll bearir>:!
against the conncction clemenls.
BLOCK SliEAR RUPT{JRE. In a connection, limit
state of lcnsion fracwre along onc path and shcar yidding
or shcar fracture along a.rwthcr path .
BRACEO FRAME. An esscnliall y vertical tn:' :
systcrn that pro vides resistancc to lateral fon~es ;;" ,_:
providcs stabi lit y for 1he structural syslem.
BRANCH FACE. Wall of HSS branch membcr.
BRANCH ME MBER. For HSS connections, ll)ern! ,,.
lhat terminates al a chord mcmbcr or rnain rncr.1bcr.
BUCKLING. Limit statc of suddcn change in !' ~·~
geomctry of a s1ructurc or any of its rlemcnts unde: ..
critica) loading condition.
BUCKLING STRENGTH. Nominal s1rcng1h for
buckling or instability limit stalcs.
BUJLT-UP MEMBER, CROSS-SEC'!'IC: ',
SECTION, SHAPE. Member, cross-sC'r:tion, ~:'< ·: .:
shapc fabricatcd from structural stcel '·''JJH 111- : -- • · -
weldcd or bolted 1ogether.
CAMBER. Curvaturc fabricatcd into a l>c;"r• {' ·ru ~s
or so as lo compensate for dcficction indt •~nl by¡., __ ;:;_
CHARI'Y V-NOTCH IMPA CT TCST. St..l!d:trd
dynamic test mcasuring notch ;,;:,• L:a :-.
specimen.
CHORD MEMBER. For HSS, ¡m.: ... ::>
extends through a truss conneclion.

CLADDING. Exterior c:ovcring of strucwrc.
COLD-FORMED STEEL STHUCTURAIL
MEMBER. Shapc manufacll! rcd by press-braking
blanks shcarcd fmm shccts, cut lcngths of coils or
platcs. or by rol! fonning cold- or hot- rollcd coils or
shccts; both fonning opcrations bcing pcrformcd at
ambi..:nt room tcmpcraturc. that is, without manifcst
addi tion of hcat such as would be rcquircd for hot
(arming.
COLUMN. Structural mcmber thal has the primary
function of rcsisting axi al force.
COMBINED SYSTEM. StnJcllirc comprised of two or
more lateral load-rcsisting systems of different typc.
COMPACT SECTION. Section capable of dcvcloping .a
fully plastic stress distribution ami posscssing a rotation
capacity of approximatcly threc before the onset of local
buck.Jing.
COMPLETE-JOINT-PENETRATION GROOVE
WELD (CJP). Groo ve weld in which wcld metal
extends through the j oinl thickness, except as permitted
for HSS connections.
COMPOSITE. Condition in which steel and concrete
elcments and members work as a unit in thc!
distribution of interna! forces.
CONCRETE CRUSHING. Limit state of
compressive failure in concrete having reached the
ultimatc strai n.
CONCRETE HAlJNCH. Section of solid concrete
that results from stopping the deck on cach side of tite
girder in a composite floor system constructed using a
formed steel deck.
CONCRETE-ENCASED BEAM. Beam totally encased
in concrete cast integral!y with thc slab.
CONNECTION. Combination of structural elements
and joints uscd to lransmit forccs bctwcen two or more
mcmbers.
COPE. Cutoul made in a structural mc mbcr 10 rcmovc a
flange and conform to thc shape of an intersect ing
mcmber.
COVER PLATE. Platc weldcd or bolted 10 the Range olf
a member to increase cross-sectional arca, section
modulus or moment of inenia.
National Structural Code o·r t11e Phi!ippines 6 1" Edition Vo!ume 1
CHAPH:Ii 5 · Sleel and M(~la ls 5 19
CROSS CONNECTION. HSS conncction in which
forccs in bram:h mernbcrs or connccting elemcn ts
transvcrsc lo thc main mcmbcr are primarily cq uilibratcd
by forccs in other brancl1 memhcrs or connccting
clcmcnts on the opposi tc side of thc main mcmbcr.
DESIGN LOAD. Applied load dctcrmincd in
accordancc with eithcr LRFD load combinations or
ASO load combinations, whichevcr is applicablc.
DESIGN STRENGTH. Resistancc facwr multiplied by
thc nominal strength. f/>/~11.
DESIGN STRESS RANGE. Magnituclc of change in
stress duc to the rcpeated application and removal of
servicc live loads. For locations subject lo stress reversa!
it is the algebraic difference of the peak stressc.<;.
DESIGN STRESS. Design strength divided by thc
appropriate section property, such as section modulus
or cross scction arca.
DESIGN WALL THICKNESS. I-ISS wa!l thickness
assumed in the determination of section properties.
DIAGONAL BRACING. Inclined structural mernbcr
carrying primarily axial force in a braced frame.
DIAGONAL STIFFENER. Web stiffencr at column
panel z.one oriented diagonally to the ~anges, on one
or both sides of the web.
DIAPIIRAGM PLATE. Plate possessing in-plane shear
stiffness and strength. used to transfcr forces to the
supp011ing elements.
DIAPHRAGM. Roof, floor or othcr rnembrane or
bracing system thal transfers in-plane forces to the
lateral force resisting system.
DIRECT ANALYSIS METHOD. Dcsign mcthod for
stability that captures the effects of residual strcsses and
initial out-of-pl umbness of frarncs by rcducing
stiffness and appl ying notional loads in a second-order
analysis.
DIRECT BOND INTERACTION. Mcchanism by
which force is transfcrrcd belwcen stccl and concrete
in a composite section by bond stress.
DISTORTIONAL FAILURE. Limit state 'of an HSS
truss conncction based on distortion of a rectangular
HSS chord mcmber into a rhomboidal shape.
DISTORTIONAL STIFFNESS. Out-of-plane flexura!
stiffness of web.

'S ~!O CHAPTUi [J · Sleel nnd Metals
DOUBLE CURVA TU HE. Dcfonncd shapc of a be a m
with onc or more inflection points within thc span.
DOlJBLE-CONCENTI{ATED FOHCES. Two cqual
and oppositc forccs that fonn a couplc on thc samc
si de of thc loadcd memhcr.
DOUBLER. Platc addcd to, and parallcl with, a bcam or
column wcb to íncreasc rcsistnncc to conccntratcd forccs.
DRIFT. Lateral dctlcction of structurc.
EFFECTIVE LENGTH FACTOR, K. Ratio bctwccn
!he elfcctivc lcngth and thc unbraccd lcngth of thc
membcr.
EFFECTIVE LENGTH. Lcngth of an othcrwisc
idcntical column with thc samc strcngth whcn analyzcd
with pinncd cnd condilions.
EFFECTIVE NET AREA. Nc1 arca modifícd to account
for thc effect of shcar lag.
EFFECTIVE SECTION MODULUS. Sce1íon modulus
reduccd to account for buckling of slcnder compression
elements.
EFFECTIVE WIDTH. Rcduccd width of a platc or
slab with an assumed unifonn stress dístribtnion which
produces thc same effect on the behavior of a structural
membcr as the actual plate or slab width with its
nonunifonn stress distribution.
ELASTIC ANALYSIS. Slructural analysís based on thc
assumption thal thc structure rcturns to its original
geometry on removal of the load.
ENCASED COMPOSITE COLUMN. Composite
column consisting of a structural concrete column and
onc or more ernbeddcd steel shapes.
END PANEL. Web panel with an adjacent panel on one
sidc only.
END RETlJRN. Length of fillet weld that continucs
around a comer in thc same plane.
ENGINEER-OF-RECORD. Licensed professional
rcsponsiblc for sealing the contract documents.
EXPANSION ROCKER. Supp01t with curved
surfacc on which a member bcars tha! can tilt to
accommodate expansion.
EXPANSION ROLLER. Round stecl bar on which a
member bears that can rollto accommodate expansion.
/\ssociation of Structural Engineers of t11e Phitippines
~
-~'@
'.;.~
EYEBAR. Pin-conncctcd tcnsion mcmber of uniform
thickncss , with forgcd or thcrmall y cut hcad of grcatcr
width than thc bod y, proponioncd to providc
pproximatcly cqual strcnglh in thc hcad and body.
FACTORED LOAD. Product of a load factor and the
nominal load.
FASTENER. Gcncric tcnn for bolts. rivcts. or oth cr
connccting dcvi ccs.
FATIGlJE. Limit statc of crack initiation and growth
rcsulti ng from repcated application of 1i ve loads.
FA YING SURFACE. Contact surface of conncctio;1
clements lransmitt ing a shcar force .
FILLED COMPOSITE COLUMN. Cornpositc column
consisting of a shell of HSS or stcel pipe !i llcd witi;
stnJctural concrcle.
FILLER METAL. Metal or alloy 10 be addcd in making
a weldcd joint.
FILLEH. Plalc uscd to build up thc 1hickncss of OJk
component.
FILLET WELD REINFORCEMENT. Fillct wclr;b
added to groove wclds.
FILLET \'VELD. Wc ld of gcnerally triangu lar ero:;,..
section madc betwecn intcrsecting surfaccs of elcments.
FIRST-ORDEH ANALYSIS. Struct ural analysis in
which equilibríum conditions are fonnulatcd on thc
undeformed structure; second-order cffects are neglectcd.
FITTED BEARING STIFFENER. Stiffcner uscd a1 cc
support or concentrated load that fi ts tightly against o; ,,:
or both fianges of a beam so as to transmit load throu t.! '
bearing.
F'LARE BEVEL GROOVE WELD. Wcld in a groove
fonned by a member with a curved surfacc in conlacl \-.: ,
a planar mcmbcr.
FLARE V-GROOVE WELD. Weld in a groovc fornwd
by t wo members with c.urvcd su rfaccs.
FLAT WIDTH. Nominal width of rectangular ll ':':
minus twice thc outsidc comer radius. In a b~c'
knowlcdge of the corner radius, the ftat wichh 11 1:'.\' b<o
taken as the total section width minos three times the
thickness.

FLEXURAL BUCKLING. Buckling modc in which
a comprcssion mcmhcr dcflects latcrnll y without twist
or changc in cross-scctiomtl shape.
FLEXURAL-TOHSIONAL HlJCKLING. Buckling
modc in which a wmprcssion mcmbcr bcnds and
twists simultancously wi thotll changc in cross-scctional
shapc.
FORCE. Rcsultant of distribution of stress ovcr a
prcscribcd arca.
FORMED SECTION. Sce cold-fonncd stecl structural
member.
FORMED STEEL DECK. In composite consrruction.
stecl cold formcd into a dccking profile used as a
pcrmanent concrete form.
FULLY RESTRAIN ED MOM ENT CONNECTION.
Connection capablc of rransfen·ing momcnt with
negl igi blc rotal ion bct wecn conncctcd mernbcrs.
GAGE. Transvcrse centcr-to-ccntcr spaci ng of fastcncrs.
GAP CONNECTION. HSS truss conncction wit h a gap
or spacc (lll the chord facc between intersccting brancl1
rncmbcrs.
GENERAL COLLAPSE. Limit state of chord
plastification of opposing sides of a round HSS chord
mcmbcr al a cross-connection.
GEOMETRIC AXIS. Axis paral!el to web. flange or
anglc leg.
GI RDER FILLER. Nanow piecc of sheet stcel used as a
fill between the edgc of a dcck sheet and the ftange of a
girder in a composite floor system constructed using a
formed steel deck.
GIRDER. See Beam.
G rRT. Horizontal structural membcr that supports wall
panels and is primaril y subjected to bendi ng under
horizontal loads , such as wind load.
GOUGE. Relativcly smooth surface groovc or cavity
rc.sulting rrom plastic deforma! ion or rcmoval of material.
GRA VITY AX IS. Axis through the centcr of gravity of a
mcmber along its length.
GRA VITY FRAME. Portion of the framing system no!
inc!uded in the lateral load resisting system.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
CHAt>TEH ~ · Slcel and Mctals :, ?.1
GRA VITY LOAD. Load. such as that produccd by dcaJ
and livc loads. acti ng in thc downward dircction.
GHIP (OF llOLT). Thickncss of materi al thrnugh which
a bol! passcs.
ROOVE WELD. Weld in a groovc bctwccn conncction
clcmcnls. Sce al so AWS D 1. l. ·
GUSSET PLATE. Platc elc mcnt connccting tru s~
membcrs ora st rut or brace 10 a bcam or col umn.
HORIZONTAL SliEAR. Force at thc int erf~n·
bctwecn stccl and concrete surfaces in a compositc
bcam.
HSS. Squarc, rect angular or round ho!low stntctural stcel
section produced in accordance with a pipe or tubing
product specification.
User Note: A pipe can be designed using thc same
design rules for round HSS sections as long as· it
confonns to ASTM A53 Class B and the appropriatc
parameters are used in the design.
INELASTIC ANA LYSIS. Structural analysis that takes
into account inclasti c material bchavior. including plastic
analys is.
IN-PLANE INSTAlliLITY. Limit state of a beam-
column bcnt about its major axis whilc lateral buckling or
lateral-torsional buckling is prcvcntcd by lateral bracing.
INSTABILITY. Limit statc reachcd in the loading of
a stllJctural componen!, frame or structure in which a
sli ght disturbancc in thc loads or geomctry produces
largc displacemcnts.
JOINT ECCENTRICITY. For HSS truss conncction.
perpendicular distance from chord member center of
gravity lo intersection of brancl1 membcr work points.
Joint t. Arca wherc two or more ends, surfaces, or
cdges are attached. Categorizcd by type of fastener or
wc ld uscd and method of force transfer.
K-CON 1ECTION. HSS connection in which forcr,~
in branch members or connccting elemeuts transverse
to thc main mcmher are primarily cquilibriated by forre~.
in other branc!1 mcmbers or connecting elcmcnts on tlll~
same side of thc main mcmber.
LACING. Plate, anglc or other stccl shape; in a
latticc configuration, that connects two steel shapc:;
together.
1

~> '?.?. CHf.1PTEil S· Steel and Meta l ~
LAP JOfNT. Joint bctwecn two ovcrl apping conncrtion
clcmcnts in parallcl planes.
LATERAL BRACfNG. Diagonal bra<:ing. shc¡tr
walls or c4uivalcm mcans for providing i n-planc
lateral stahili ty.
LATERAL LOAD RESISTING SYSTEM.
Structural systcm dcsigncd to rcsist lateral lo:uds and
providc stability fo r the structure as a whole.
LATERAL LOAD. Load. sueh as that produccd by
wind or cat1hquake effccts, acting in a lateral
dircction.
LATERAL-TORSIONAL BUCKLING. Buckling
mode of a llexural membcr involving dcflcction
normal to thc planc of bcnding occurring simultancously
with twist abou1 thc shcar centcr of thc cross-scc1ion.
LEANING COLUMN. Column designcd to catT)'
gmvi'ly loads only. with conncclions lhat are not
i nlcndcd lo pro vide rcsistancc w lateral loads.
LENGTH EFFECTS. Considcration of lhc rcduc1ion
in strenglh of a membcr bascd on ils unbraccd lcngth.
LIMIT STATE. Condition in which a s1ruc1urc or
componen! bccomcs unfil for scrvicc and is judgcd ei thcr
10 be no longc;· uscful for its intcndcd functi on
(serviccabilily limi t stale) or 10 have ~eached ils ultimate
load-carrying capacity (strcngth limit state).
LOAD. Force or other action that rcsults from the weight
of build ing materials, occupants and their possessions.
environmental cffects. differential movemcnt, or
restrained dimensional changes.
LOAD EFFECT. r-orces, stresses and defom1ations
produced in a structural componen! by
the applied loads.
LOAD FACTOR. Factor that accounts for deviations
o f lhe nominal load from the actual load. for
uncertainties in the analysis thal transforms the load into a
load cffecl ami for the probability that more !han onc
extreme load will occur simuhaneously.
LOCAL BENDING. Limit stale of la rgc defon nation
of a Oangc under a concentrated tensile force.
LOCAL BUCKLING. Limit state of buckling of a
compression elcment within a cross seclion.
Association of S tructura l Engineot·s of the Philippines
·~.
LOCAL CRII'PLI NG. Limit sta t ~· uf lm:al failure of web
platc in thc immedwtc vicini ly of a conccntratcd load or
reaction.
LOCAL YfELDING. Yid ding lhat ocntrs in a loc¡tl arca
of an clcmcnt.
LRfD (L{)AD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR
DESIGN). Mcthod of propot1iu·ling structural
COillf:>Oncnts su eh that !he dcsign slt : ;.;;th ~~-quals o r
cxcceJs thc rcquircd strcngth of thc componen! undcr thc
action of thc LR r-D load combinations.
LRFD LOAD COMBINA TI O N. Load combination in
this codc imcnded for strcngth dcsign (load am! resistancc
factor dcsign).
MAIN MEMBER. r-or HSS conncctions. chord
mcmbcr, column or othcr HSS mcmber 10 which b!i!llch
membcrs or othcr con necting clements are auachcd.
MECHANISM. Structural syslem that includcs a
sufficicnt number ol' real hinges, plastic Lingcs or
both, so as 10 be ab!e to art ic ulate in (llll' or lllOI"<.'
rigid body modcs.
MILL SCALE. Oxide su rface coating on stccl furmcd by
the hot ro!ling proccss.
MILLED SURFACE. Surface that has bc,·n m;d,incd
flat by a mechanically guided tool lo a ¡;,,~, :;moolh
condition .
MOMENT CONNECTION. Conncction that
transmits bcnding moment bet wccn ¡ .-lliiCCtcd
mcmbers.
MOMENT FRAME. f-raming systcm ti:;!l n-m·;J, ;
rcsistance to lateral loads and provides stabiiit i to !he
structural system. primarily by shear ;!1!.1 ·,, •:,: ;: cr
thc framing members and thcir connecti o n~
NET AREA. Gross arca reduced 10 accou,¡; 'o, .:: .ve,:
materiaL
NODAL HRACE. Brace that Jlh' \c·,::; , ,_, ... .
nwvcmcnt or twist indcpendcntl y of ,,:L , ¡,,_,. .-.: ..i
adjaccnt bracc points (see relat ive brace).
NOMINAL DIMENSION. Dcsignated or thcor::fic;.;
dimension. as in !he tables of scction pi--:-:-. -: · .
NOMINAL LOAD. Magni tude of !he lon:l !:;--~ ,: if·: . ' : ,.
this code.
 NOMINAL IUB HEIGHT. Hcigh t of forme<! stccl
<lcck mcasurcd from thc u nde-r~idc of thc lowcst point
lO thc top of !he hi ghcst poi ni.
NOMINA L STRENGTH. Strength of a structure or
componcm (without thc I'esist:lnce fattor or safcty factor
applicd) to rcsist load dTccts, as dctcrmined in
accordance with this Spccification.
NONCOMPACT SECTION. Section that can dcvclop
thc yield stress in its comprcssion clcmcnts bcforc local
huckling occurs, but cannot dcvclop a rotation capacity of
three.
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTI NG. lnspcction
procedurc whcrcin no material is dcstroycd and
intcgrity of the material or componen( is not a!Tcctcd.
NOTCH TOUGHNESS. Encrgy absorbed at a spccificd
tcmperature as meas ured in !he Charpy V-Notch tc~L
~. : PLASTJC STRESS DISTRIB UTION METHOD.
NOTIONAL LOAD. Virtual load appl ied in a structural
analysis to account for dcstabilizi ng cffects that are 1101
othcrwisc accoumed for in the dcsign provisions.
OlJT-OF-PLANE IHJCKLING. Limit state of a
benm-column bcnt abou t its major axis while
lateral buckling or latera!-torsional buckling is nol
prevemcd by lntcral bracing.
OVERLAP CONNECTlON. HSS truss conncction
in which intcrsecting branch members overlap.
PANEL ZONE. Web arca or bcam-to-column
connection delincated by thc extension of beam and
colum n llangcs lhrough thc conncction, transmitting
momenl through a shear panel.
PARTIAL-JOINT-PENETRATION GROOVE
WELD (PJP). Groove weld in which !he pcnetration
is intentionally less lhan the complete thickness of the
connected elemcnt.
PARTIALLY RESTRAINED MOMENT
CONNECTION. Connection capnblc of transferring
moment with rotation bctween connected membcrs that is
not negligible.
J>ERCENT ELONGATION. Measure of ductility,
determined in a tensile test ns the maximum elongation of
the gage length divided by the original gage !ength.
PERMANENT LOAD. Load in which variations
over time are rare or of small magnitude. All other
loads are variable loads.
National Structural Cocle of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
PIPE. Scc HSS
PITCH. Longi tudinal centcr-to-ccntcr spacing of
rastcners. Ccnter-to-ccnter spacing or bol! threads along
axis or bol t.
PLASTIC ANALYSIS. S!ructural analys is bascd on thc
assumplion of rigid-plast ic behavior, in othcr words, that
cquilibrium is satisfi ed thrnughout thc structurc ami !he
stress is at or bclow thc yield stress.
PLASTlC HINGE. Yieldcd wnc that forrns in a
structural membcr whcn the plastie momcnl is attained.
Thc mcmbcr is assumed to rotatc fu rthcr as if
hingcd, cxccpl that such rotat ion is rcstrained by thc
plastic momcnt.
PLASTtC MOMENT. Thcoretical rcsisting momenl
dcvdoped within a J'ully yicldcd cross scction.
Mcthod for dctcrmining !he strcsscs in a compositc
member assumi ng that thc stcel sect ion and the concrete
in thc cross section are full y plastic.
PLASTIFICATION. In an 1-JSS connccti on, limit state
bascd on an out-of-planc flexura! yicld line mcchanism in
thc chord al a branch mcmbcr conncction.
PLATE GIRDER. Buih-up beam.
PLUG WELD. Weld made in a circular hole in one
element of a joint fusing that element to anothcr element.
PONDING. Retenrion or water due solely to the
deOeclion of ilal roof f'raming.
J>OST-BUCKLING STRENGTH. Load or force that
can be carried by an element, member, or frame after
initial buckling has occurred.
J>RET ENSIONED JOINT. Joint with high-strength
bolts tightened to the specificd mínimum pretension.
PROPERLY DEVELOPED. Reinforcing bars
detniled lo yield in n duclile manner before crushing
of the concrete occurs. Bars meeting the provisions
of ACI 318 insofar ns development length, spacing and
cover shall be decmed to be properly developed.
PRYfNG ACTION. Amplification of thc tension force in
a bolt caused by leverage between the point of applied
load, the bolt and the rcaction of the connected clemems.
PUNCHING LOAD. Component of branch member
force perpendicular lo a chord.
1
PtJRLIN. Horizontal structural mcmbcr that supports roof
dcck and is pri maril y subjcctcd Lo bcnding undcr vertical
loads such as snow, wind or dcad loatls.
P ·á EFFECT. Effect of loads acting on thc deflcctcd
shapc of a mcmbcr bct wccn joints or nodes.
P -!1 EFFECT. Effecl of loads acting on the
displaced locmion of joints or nodes in a structure. In
tiered building structures, this is the eiTcct of loads acting
on the latcrally displaced locatíon of floors and roofs.
QUALITY ASSURANCE. System of shop and ficld
activities and controls implcmented by the owner or
his/her dcsignatcd rcprcscntative to providc confídence
to the owner and the building authority that quality
requircments are implemcntcd.
QUALITY CONTROL. Systcm of shop and field
controls implemented by the fabricator ancl erector to
ensure that contract ami company fabrication ami erect.ion
requirements are met.
RATIONAL ENGINEERING ANALYSIS. Analysis
based on thcory that is appropriate for the situation,
relevan! test data if available, and sound engineering
judgmenl.
REENTRANT. In a cope or weld access hole, a cut atan
abrupt changc in direction in which the exposed surface is
concave.
RELATIVE BRACE. Brace that controls the relative
movement of two adjacent bracc poin!s along the lcngth
of a beam or column or the relative lateral
displaccmcnt of two storics in a framc (see nodal bracc).
REQUIRED STRENGTH. Forccs. stresses and
deformations acting on the structural component,
determined by either structural analysis, for the
LRFD or ASD load combinations, as appropriate, or as
specified by this Specificalion or Standard.
RESISTANCE FACTOR. Factor that accounts for
unavoidable deviations of the nominal strength from
the actual strength and for the manner and consequences
of failure.
RE VERSE CURV ATURK See double curvature
ROOT OF JOINT. Ponion of a joint to be wcldcd where
lhe membcrs are closest to each other.
Associalion of Structmal Enginee1·s of the F>llilippines
ROTATION CAPACITY. Incremental angular
rotation that a givcn shape can accept prior to
excessive load sheddíng, defined as the ratio of the
inelastic rotatíon attained to the ídealized elastic rotation
at fírst yield.
RUPTllRE STRENGTH. In a connection, strcngth
li mited by tension or shear rupture.
SAFETY FACTOR. Factor that accounts for
clcviations of thc actual strength fi·om the nominal
strength, dcviatíons of the actual load from the nominal
load, uncertai nties in !he anal ysis that transfonns the
load into a load effect, and for !he manner and
conscquences of failure.
SECOND-ORDER ANALYSIS. Structural analysis in
which equilíbrium condítions are formulated on the
deformed structure; seconcl-onlcr ciTects (both P-<'í
and P-;1, unless specified otherwise) are included.
SECOND-ORDER EFFECT. Elfcct of loads acting on
the dcfonncd configuration of a structure; includes P-o
effcct and P-/1 effect.
SEISMIC RESPONSE MODIFICATION
COEFFICIENT. Factor that reduces seísrnic load
effects to strength level.
SERVICE LOAD COMBINATION. Load combination
undcr which scrviccability límil statcs are evaluated.
SERVICE LOAD. Load under which serviceability limit
states are cvaluated.
SERVICEABILITY LIMIT STATE. Limiting
condition affccting thc ability of a structure lo
preserve its appearance, maintainability, durabilíty or the
comfort of its occupants or function of machinery, undcr
normal usage.
SHEAR UUCKLING. Buckling mocle in which a
plate element, such as the web of a beam, deforms
under pure shear appliecl in the plane of the pi ate.
SI-lEAl~ CONNECTOR. Headed stud, channel, plate or
othcr shapc wclded to a stecl mcmber and cmbcdded in
concrete of a composile me.mber to transmit shear
forces at the interface between the two materials.
SimAR CONNECTOR STRENGTH. Límit statc of
reaching the strength of a shear connector, as governed by
the connector bearing against the concrete in thc slab or
by the tensile strength of the connector.

SHEAJl RUPTURE. Limit statc of rupturc (fracture) duc
to shcar.
SHEAR WALL. \Vall that providcs resistancc to lateral
Joads in the plane of thc wall and providcs stability for thc
structu ntl system. . ,
SI-IEAR YIELDING. Yic!ding that occurs duc lo shcar.
SHEAR YIELDING (PUNC HING). In an HSS
conncction. limit statc bascd on out-of-plane shear
strength of thc chord wall to which branch mcmbcrs are
auached.
SHEET STEEL. In a compositc Ooor systcm, steel uscd
for closure platcs or misccllancous trim ming in a fonncd
stccl dcck.
SHIM. Thin !ayer of nwtcri al uscd to fill a spacc betwccn
faying or bcaring surfaccs.
SIDESWAY BUCKLING. Limit statc of lateral
buckling of the tension fiange opposite thc location of
a concentratcd comprcssion force.
SIDEWALL CIUPPLING. Limit statc of web crippling
of thc sidcwalls of a chord membcr al a HSS truss
connecti on.
SIDEWALL CR USHING. Limit state bascd on
bcaring strcng!h of chord mcmber sidewall in HSS
truss conncction.
SIMPLE CONNECTION. Connection that u·ansmits
negligible hending moment betwcen connected
membcrs.
SINGLE-CONCENTRATED FORCE. Tensile or
compressive force applied normal lo thc flange or a
mcmbcr.
SINGLE CURVATURE. Deformed shape of a beam
with no inflection poinl within the span.
SLENDER-ELEMENT SECTION. Cross section
possessing plate components of sufficient
slendcrness such that local buckling in thc elastic rangc
will occur.
SLIP. In a bolted connection, limit sLate of rclati ve
motion of connected parts prior to the attainmenl of the
avai lablc strcnglh of thc conncc!ion.
Na ti onal Structural Cede of tll~l Pt1ilippines ()ti~ Edilion Volume 1
CHAPTER 5 · Sieol and fJe!als 5-25
SLIP-CRITICAL CO NNECTION. Bolled connection
dcsigned to resist movement by friction on the faying
surfacc of thc. connection under thc clamping !'orces of tite
bolts.
SLOT WELD. Wcld made in an elongatcd holc fusing an
elcmcnt to anothcr clcmcnt.
SNUG-TIGHT ENED JOINT. Joint with thc
conncctcd plies in firm contact as spccificd in Section
5 10.
SJ>ECIFIED MINIMUM TENS ILI~ STRENGTH.
Lowcr limit of tcnsile strcngth spccifi ed for a
material as dcfined by ASTM.
SPECIFIED MINJMUM YIELD STRESS. Lower limit
of yicld sii·css specified for a material as dcfi ncd by
ASTM.
SPLICE. Conncction betwcen two structural clemcnls
joined al rheir ends lo fonn a single, longer element.
STABILITY. Condition reachcd in thc loading of a
structural componen!, frame or structure in which a
slight disturbancc in thc loads or gcometry does not
produce large displacements.
STIFFI~NED ELEMENT. Flat compression element
with adjoining out-of-plnne elements along both edgcs
parallelto the dircction of loading.
STIFFENER. Structural elcmcnt, usually an angle or
plate. anached to a member to distribute load, transfcr
shear or preven! buckling.
STIFFNESS. Resi"stancc to dcformalion of a membcr or
strucwre. measurcd by the ratio of thc applicd fo rce (or
moment) lo the corrcsponding displacemcnl (or rotation).
STRAIN COMI'ATIBILITY METHOD. Method
for determining the slresses in a composite mcmber
considering ihe stress-strain relationships of cach
material and its localion with rcspect lo thc neutral axis
of the cross section.
STRENGTH LIMIT STATE. Limiting condition
affcc!ing the safety of the struclure, in which thc
ult imate load-carrying capacity is rcached.
STRESS. Force pcr unit arca caused by ax ial force.,
moment, shear or torsi on.
- ---·····-·-·-·---~~

STltESS CONCENTRATION. l.ocalizcd sln.:ss
considcrably highcr !han average (cvcn in
uniforrnly loadcd cross scclions of uniform lhickncss)
duc lO ahrupl changcs in gcomctry or loc;dizcd loading.
STHONG AXIS. Major principal ccntroidal axis of a
cross scction.
STIWCTUitAL ANALYSIS. Dctcrmination of load
cffcc1s on members and connec1ions bascd on principies
of stmcwral mcchunics.
STRUCTUHAL COMPONENT. Mcrnbcr. connct:tor,
connccting clcmcnt or asscmblagc.
STRUCTUHAL STEEL. Stccl clcmcms as dc fincd in
Scction 2. 1 of thc AISC Codc of Standard Practicc for
Stccl Buildings and Bridgcs.
STRUCTURAL SYSTEM. An asscmblage of Joad-
can·ying componcnts that are joincd togethcr to providc
intcraction or intcrdependcnce.
T-CONNECTION. HSS conncction in wh ich thc
branch mcmbcr or connccting elcmcnt is perpe ndicular
to thc main member and in which forces transverse to thc
main mcmbcr are primarily equilibriatcd by shcar in 1he
main member.
TENSI_ L E RUPTURE. Limit state of rupture (fracture)
due 10 tcnsion.
TENSILE STRENtTH (OF MATERIAL).
Maximum tcnsile stress thal a material is capablc of
sustaini ng as defi ncd by ASTM.
TENSILE STRENGTH (OF MEMBER). Maximum
tension force that a member is capablc of sust21ining.
TENSILE YIELDING. Yielding that occurs due to
tension .
TENSION ANO SI-IEAR RUPTURE. In a boBt. limit
stalc of rupturc (fracture) duc to simultaneous lc ns ion and
shcar force.
TENSION FIELD ACTION. 13chavior o f a panel
undcr shcar in which diagonal tcnsile forccs dcvelop
in thc wcb and compressivc forces dcvelop in lhc
Lransverse sti ffc ncrs in a manner simi lar lo a Pratt truss.
THERMALL\' CUT. Cut with gas, plasma or laser.
Association of Structura! Engineers of the Philippines
TIE PLATE. Plalc clcmcnl used lo join lwo parallel
componenls of a huih-up column. girdcr or strut ri gidly
conncctcd to the parallcl c.:ompunenls ami de~igncd lo
transmit shcar bc1wccn 1hcm.
TOE OF FILLET. Junl'tion of a filie! wcld f'acc
and base mel a!. Tangcnl llO Ínt of a rolled sec tion
fíllct.
TORSIONAL BRACING. Bracing rcsisting 1wis1 of ·a·
bcam or column.
TORSIONAL BUCKLING. Buckling moc!t· in v.·h ieh
a comprcssion mcmbcr l wists about its ~.he.:~ •:..:ntcr
<IX!S.
TORSIONAL YIELDING. Yiclding that occurs due to
torsion.
TRANSVERSE REINFORCEMENT. Stccl
reinforcemenl in thc fo rm M closed líes or wclded
wire fabric providing confi ncmcnt for the concrete.
surrou nding 1hc steel shape core in an cncascd concrclc
cornposile colum n.
TRANSVERSE STIFFENER. Wcb stiffener <•rientcd
perpendicular Lo the flanges, attached to thc web.
TUBING. Sce HSS.
TURN-OF-NUT METHOD. Proccdure whrrehy !he
spccilicd pretension in hi gh-strcnglh bol1s is ¡ onlrollcd
by rotating thc fastener componen! a prcdctcrmi ncd
amounl after the boh has been snug 1igh1cncd.
UNBRACED LENGTH. Distancc bctwce.n br:1n:d points
of a mcmbcr, mea su red bct ween thc ccmers o: :'1 .:. i• _; :.f
thc bracing membcrs.
UNEVEN LOAD DISTRIBUTJON. In ;!:¡ JISS
connection, condition in which thc h.d !·~ .. '
distri buted through thc cross section nf ronnr'('t(·d
clements in a manncr thal can be rcadil y dtl<'•u.::, ,:.
UNFRA!\'lED END. The cnd of a .... "' ,·:
rcstrained against rotation by stiffcncrs m conlH:ction
clemcnts.
UNSTIFFENED ELEMENT. Flat com p¡·,~~:wn ckmr.nt
\Vi th an adjoining out-of-planc elen1cnl :.:.. 1
'·: • • ;, • .. •
parallcl lo thc di rection of loading.
VARIABLE LOAD. Load not classi fit'.l
load.
 CHAP IT. f1 ~> · Stc <:~ l <J11d Mctals !i·27

f vrmTICAL BHACING SYSTEM. Systcm or shcar YIELDING (l'LASTIC MOMENT). Yiclding

. walls, braccd framcs or hO!h, cxtending through Olll~ or throughout thc cross section of a member as thc
j
1 more lloors of a building. bcnding moment rcachcs thc plastic momcnt.

WEAK AXIS. Minor principal ccntroidal axis ora cross YIELDING (YIELD MOMENT). Yiclding at thc
scction . ex treme fibcr on thc gross sccti on of amcmbcr whcn thc
bcnding momcnt rcachcs thc yicld moment.
WEA THERING STEEL. High-strcngth, low-alloy stccl
:ha!, with suitable prccautions, can be used in normal
atmosphcric cxposures (not marine) without protcctivc '-
paint coating.

WEU BUCKLING. Limit statc of lateral instability of a

wcb.

WED COMPRESSION BUCKLING. Limit statc of

out-of-pl nnc comprcssion buckling of thc wcb duc to 11
concentratcc.J cornprcssion force.

WEB SIDESWA Y BUCKLING. Limit state of lateral

buckJing of thc tension llange opposite the location of a
concentrated compression force.

WELD METAL. Portion of a fusion weld that has been

completely melted during we!ding. Weld metal has
elcments of filler metal and base metal melted in the weld
thennal cycle.

WELD ROOT. Sce root of j oint.

Y-CONNECTION. HSS connection in which the

branch mernber or connecting element is not
perpendicular to the main member and in which
forces transvcrse to the main membcr are primarily
equilibriated by shear in the main member.

YIELD MOMENT. In a member subjected to

bending, the moment at which the extreme outer fiber
first attains the yield stress.

YIELD POINT. First stress in a material at which an

increase in strain occurs without an increase in stress as
defined by ASTM.

YIELD STRENGTH. Stress a l which a material exhibits

a specified limiting deviation from the proportionality of
stress to strain as defined by ASTM.

YIELD STRESS. Gcneric tenn to denote either yield

point or yield strcngth, as appropriate for the material.

YIELDING. Limit state of inclastic deformation that

occurs after the yield stress is reached.

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Vofume 1
 ~i 2H CHAJ> I"E fl :, · Stnel and Merats
SJ,n<:;TJPN.:S_Ql ,.. :
GENERA.Ü'PROViSIONS
501.1 Scopc
This section statcs thc scopc or thc Spccification,
summarizcs rcrcrcnccd spccilication. code. and standm·d
docurncnt~. ami providcs rcquircmcnts for rnatcrials ami
contntct doquncnts.
Thc scction is organi7.cd as follows:
501.1 Scope
501.2 Rcfcrcnccd Spccilications, Codcs and Standards
501.3 Material
501.4 StructuraiDcsign Drawings and Spccifications
Thc Uscr Notes imersperscd throughout are not pan of thc
Spcci fication.
Uscr Note: User notes are intended to provide coneise
and practica! guidance in the application of the
provisions.
This Spccification scts forth cri tcria for the cles ign.
fabrication. and erection of structural steel buildings and
other structures, whcre other structurcs are defined as
those stntcrures dcsigned, fabricatcd, and erectcd in a manner
similar to buildings, with building-like vertical and lateral
load resisting elements. Where conditions are not covcred
by the Specification. designs are permittcd to be based on
tests or analysis, subject to the approval of the authority
havingjurisdiction. Altemate methods of analysis and design
shall be pcm1itted, provided such alternate methods or
criteria are acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
Uscr Note: For the design of structural members, olher
than hollow struc!llral sections (HSS), Lhat are cold-
formed to shapes, with elements not more than 25 mm
in thickness, the provisions in the AISI North American
Specification for the Design of Cold-Fonned Steel
Structural Members are rccornrnended.
501.1.1 Low-Scismic Applicati ons
When the scismic response modification cüeffic.:icnt, R.
(as specilicd in this code) is takcn equal to or Jess than
3, the design, fabrication , and crection of structural-
stecl-framcd huildings and othr.r strunu rcs shal l comply
with this Spccilication.
501.1.2 High-Scismic.: Applications
Whcn the scismic response modilication cocfficicnt, R,
(as specilied in this code) is taken greatcr than 3, thc
design, fabrication and ercclion of strucwral-steel-framed
buildings and othcr stmctures shall comply with thc rc-
quirements in the Seismic Provisions for Stntctural Stccl
Association or Struc!ural Engineers of lhe Philippines
Buildings (NSCP Chaptcr .'i Pilll 2). in adtliti,;n to thc
provisions of this Spccilication.
501.1.3 Nudcar Applications
Thc dcsign of nuclear stnlt'IU rCs shall <:omply with the
rcquircmcnts or thc Spc~.:ificat ionror thc Dcsign,
Fabrication. ami Ercction ofStcd Safcty-Rclatcd Structures
in Nuclear Facilities (ANSI/A ISC N690) including
Supplement No.2 or the Load and Rcsistance Factor
Dcsign Spccification for Stccl Safety-Rclated Structures
for Nuclear Facilities (ANSIIAISC Nlí90L), in addit ion to
thc provisions of this Spccilication.
501.2 Rcfcrcnccd Specifirations, Codcs and Standards
Thc following spccificalions. codes and standards are
refercnced in this Specification:
ACI Intcrnational (ACI)
ACI318-08 Building COl/e Requiremellts for
Structural Con crete and Cummenltlry
ACI 31 SM-08 Merric /Juildin!{ Cudl' /?('(¡uirement.\· for
Structurol Concrere ami Comm('ll!~ll)'
American Insti!utc of Stccl Con~ t ruction, lnc. (AISC)
AISC 3 03-05 Code uf Standard Pracrice for Sreel
Building.s and Bridges
ANSJ/AISC 34 1-05 Seismic Pro,,isions for
Structuro! Steel Bui/dings
ANSI/AISCN690-1994(R2004) Specificmion for the
Design. Fabrication and Erecrion of Stec•l Safety-Related
Structures for Nuclear Facilities, including Supplemenl
No. 2
ANSIIA!SC N690L-03 Load and Resistancl' Facto r
Design Specijicatio11 for Steel Safety-Related Stmctures
for Nuclear Facilities
American Socicty of Civil Enginccrs (ASCE)
SEIIASCE 7-02 M inimum Design Lomls for f1ui!di!!'' ·.
oiUI Otlrer Stmctures ASCE/SFPE ·¿l).l)l) S!cw.lar,;
Calc:ulation Metlrod.l for Stmcwral Fire Prmecticm
American Socicty of Mcchanical Engincers (ASME)
ASME 13 18.2.6-96 Fastcmers for Use in .'ilruCtii:. ·:
Applicalions
ASME 1346. 1-95 Srufa ce Texwre, Staface RougJr,;, ·. ·•
Waviness, and Lay

ASTM lntcrnational (ASTM)
A6/A6M-04a Standard .S/>ecijication for Cimeml
/?('(¡uirt•ment.\· jor l?ullcd Slruc/uml SIC•el /Jars, /'lates.
Slra¡>es, rmd Sheet l'ilin¡.:
A36/A36M-04 Swndard Speciji'cation for Carhon
Strucluuil Steel
A53/A53M-02 ~'[cmdard Specijication for Pipe. Steel,
Block allfl !-101-Dipped. Zinc-Coar('(/, Welded all(.l
Seamless
A 193/A 193M-04a . Standard Si>ecijicarion for Af!oy-Steel
tmd Stainless Steel Bo!ting Mareríals for Higfr-.
Tt1mpermure Servict'
A 194/A 194M-04 Swndard S{>ec((icmion for Car!Jon (111(/'
Alloy Stee/ Nias j(n·Bolts For Hígh Pressure or
High-Temperaturc: Sen•ice, or 801/r
A216/ A2 16M -93(2003) S((mdard Speclj¡wtíon .fúr S1eel
Caslings. Carbon, Suíwble for Fusion We/ding, .fór lligh
Temperature Servía
A242/A242M-04 Standard Specificarion for High-Srrengrh
Low-Af!oy Slrucrura/ S1ee/
A283/ A283M-03Standard Specifimtion for Lo\\' afl(/
lnlermediare Tensile S1rengrlr Cari>on Sreel P!ates
A307-03 Srandard Speciji'catíon for Carbon Sreel Bolrs
and Sruds, 60,000 PSI Tensíle Strengrlr
A325-04 Srandard .S{}(!Ciji'carionfor SlmCillra/ Bol1s. Sreel.
Heat Treated, 12011 05 ksí Mínimum Tensile Strength
A325M-04 Srandard Specijicmion for Hig!r-Strengt!r
Bolts for Strucrural Steel Joints (Melric)
A354-03a Standard Specificatíon for Quenched and
Tempered Alloy Sreel Bolrs, Studs, and Other Ex1ernally
Threaded Fasteners
A370-03a Swndard Tesr Merhods ami Definirions for
Mechanical Tesling ofSteel Products
A449-04 Swndard Specificationfor Quenched and Tempered
Srec!Bolls and Studs A490-04 Standard Specificalion .for
Hem-Tremed Sreel Strucrura/ Bolts, 150 ksi Mínimum
Tensile Srrengrh
A490M-04 Swndard Specification forHigh-Sirerrgrh Sreel
Bolts, Classes 10.9 and 10.9.3, .for Stmcrural Stee/ Joinf.\'
(Metric)
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAI'l'EF1 5 · Stecl nn<J Metals 5·?.9
A500-03a Sumdard S{Jt•cijication for Cold-Forml'fl Welded
cmd S'eamles.r Carbun Sfl•e/ Structuml TubinR in l?mmd.r
wrd Slwpe.1· •
ASO 1-01 Standard .Si>ec(ficruirm for f-lm-Fnrmed Weldecl
all(/ Seam/ess Carbon Stee/ Slruclura/ '! i1bing
A502-03 Suwdard Speci}it:alion for Swel Strucwral
Rívers
AS 14/A5 14M-00a Srmulord Specificarion forHig!r-Yield
Strenglh. Quenc/l('d and Tempered Alloy Steel Platt•,
Suira!Jle for Welding
A529/ A529M-04 Swndard Speclj¡cmion for High-Srreng1!r
Car!Jrm-Manganese Steel of S1rucrura/ Qua/iry
A563-04 Swndard Speclj¡cmion for Carbon all(/ Alloy
Sreel Nurs
A563M-03 Srandard Spec((ic{l/ÍOII for Carbon and Alloy
S1eel Ntus {Metríc] A568/A568M-03 Swndard
Specificmion for Sreel, Sheer, Carbon, and High-Sirength,
Low-AIIoy, H01-Rolled a!l{} Cold-Rolled, General
Requi remenrs for
A572/A572M-04 Standard Specrficarion for High-
Strength Low-Alloy Columhium-Vanadium Srructural
Stee/
A5881A588M-04Srandard Specificarion for High-
f)lrenglh Low-AIIoy Strucrural
Sreel with 345 MPa Mínimum Yield Poinr ro 100 mm
Thick
A606-04 Swndard Specification Jor Steel, Sheet a/l(l
Strip, High-Srrength. Low-Alloy, Hor-Rolled 011(/ Cold-
Rolled, with lmproved Atmospheric Corrosion
Resistance
A6l8/A618M-04 Standard Specificaríon for Hot-Fom1ed
Welded and Seamless Higlr-Srrength Low-Alloy Srmctural
Tubing
A673/A6 73M -04 Srandard Specificmion for Sampling
Procedurefor lmpact Testing of S1mcwml Steel
A668/A668M-04 Standard Spec((icaríon for Steel
Forgings, CariHm and Alloy, for Genera! Industrial Use
A709/A709M-04 Standard Speclj¡carion for Cm·bon and
liigh-Strength Low-Alloy Stmctural Steel Shapes, Plates,
and Bars and Quenched-and-Tempered Alloy Srructural
Steel PIates for Bridge.\·
111
 A 751-0 J Swndarcl Test Metlwds. Practices, ami
Terminologyjár Chemical Analysi.1· ofSreel Produc/.1'
AX47-9()a (200)) Stwulard .S/moijicurion j(1r Cofd-Formed
Weldnl ami Seamle.rs 1-/i¡:h-Srrength, Low-Afloy Stntcttmd
'Jili>ing with lmproved Atmmpheric Corrosion Rt•sis/(1/JCt:
A852/A852M-tn Standard Specijication jór Quenched mzd
Tempered Low-AIIoy Structura/ Steel Piafe wirh 485 MPa
Minimum Yield Strengtlz lo /00 mm Thick
A91 )/A913M-04 Srandard Specijlcation jár Hir:h-
Stren¡:tlz l..<m-Alfoy Sreel Shapes of Structuraf Quality,
Produced by Quenchin¡: and Self-Tempering Process
(QS1J
A992/A992M-04 Standard Specijicarion for Steef j(1r
Srructural Shapesfor Use in Building Framing
Uscr Note: ASTM A992 is the most comrnonly
referenced specification for W shapes.
AJO! 1/A!Ol lM-04 Standard Spec((icarionfor Steel. Sheer
a/1{1 Strip, Hot-Rof/ed, Carbon, Structural. High-Strengtlz
Lmv-Ailoy and High -Strength Low-Affoy wiilz Jmproved
Formabifity
C33 -03 Standard Specificationfor C()ncrete Aggregates
C330-04 Standard Specificarion for Lightweíght
Aggregates for Structural Concrete
El 19-00a Standard Test Methods f or Fire Tesrs of
Building Consrruction ami Mmerials
E709-0 1 Standard Cuide for Magnetic Partic/e
Examination
F436-03 Standard Specification for Hardened Steel
Washers
F959-02 Standard Specification for Compressibfe-Washer-
T)1)(! Direct TeiiSiorz lndicators for Use with Struclllraf
Fasteners
Fl554-99 Standard Specificati()nforAnchor Bolts, Sta•/, 36,
55, ond 105 ksi Yiefd Str(~ngrh
Uscr Note: ASTM Fl554 is the mos! commonly
referenced specification for anchor rods. Grade and
weldabíity rnust be specified.
Fl852-04 Standard Specificationfor "Twist-Off' Type
Tension Control Structural Bolt/Nut/WasherAssemblies,
Steel, Heat Treated, 120/1 05 ksi Mínimum Tensile Strength
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
American Wclding Sodcty (A WS)
AWS DI . 1/D l . I M-2004 Slruclllral Welding Code-..Steel
AWS A5. 1-2004 .\j)('(:ifi('(lfion .fin· Corhon Sreel Eleclrode.1·
.fiil· Shielded Mew!Arc Wefding
A WS A5.5-% Specijicmion .fár Low-A ffoy Steel
Eleumdes jár Shiefded Mewl Are li'e fding
A WS AS. 17/AS. 17M-97 Specijica!ilih jiJr Carbotz Steel
Efecrrodes (111(/ Fluxesfor Submer¡:etf Are Wdding
AWS AS. 18:200 l .S/Jecificarion .fór Carbon Stec/
Efectrode.1· ond Rodsjór Gas Shielded Are Welding AWS
A5.20-95 Spec([lcation .for Carbon Steel Electrodes for
Flux Cored Are Weldill!t
AW~ A5.23/A5.23M-97 Specijication for Lmv-AI/oy Steel
Eleurodes mul r:luxesjór Submerged Are Wefding
A WS A5.25/A5.25M-97 5/Jec([icorionfor Corbon atU! Low-
A ffoy Steef Electrodes aiJ(I Fluxesfor Electrosfag Welding
A WS A5.26/A5.26M-97 Speciflcationfor Car/)(m all(/ Low-
Affoy SteelE!ecrrodesfor Electro gas Wefding
A WS A5.28-96 Speáfication f or Low-AIIoy Sted
Electrodes and Rods for Gas Shielded Are Welding
A WS A5.29: 1998 Specijication for UM·Alfoy Steef
Electrodesfor Flux Cored Are Welding
Research Council on Structural Conncctions (RCSC)
Specijication for Srructural Joinrs Using ASTMA325
orA490 Bolts. 2004
501.3 Material
501.3.1 Structural Stcel Materials
Material test reports or reports of tests rnadc by thc
fabricator ora testing laboratory shall comt:HJh: s11ITi, :en!
evidence of confonnity with onc of t l ~· ;;'; '' " ' ·
ASTM standards. For hot -rol!cd structur::'
and bars, such tests shall be made in ;¡c,:¡;:d;;¡;z:,· ' · ..
ASTM A6/A6M; for shects, such tests sld i k •:;:: in
accordance with AST M A568/ A.5 68 M; lor tubin¡, :::;d
pipe, such tests shall be madc in acco::.Lt,: :•: wi::, e
rcquirements of thc applicable AST!\1 ~~ :·r~d-~rr!~ ¡,,:;,-,¡
abo ve for those product fonns. lf rcq\1(': ' ·.·. ' '" ·
shall provide an affidavit staling that ,;;, ,.,. ,._, ,,
furnished mee.ts the requirements of thc
 CHAPTEH S· Stcel an<l Mclals !i·31

501.3. 1<1 ASTM Dcsignations 501.3.lc Rollcd Hcavy Shapcs

Srnwturu/ .rlc'c'l material confonning to one of the ASTM A6/A6M hot-rolled shapes with a flange thickncss
following ASTM spe<:ifications is approved ror use undcr exceeding SO mm, used as mcmbcrs subject lo primary
this SpcciiÍ<:illioll (computed ) tcnsile forres due to tcnsion or flexurc ami
J. H01-rollcd structural shapes spliced using complete-joint-penctration groovc welds
that fusc through thc thickness of thc mcmbcr, shall be
ASTM A:l6 /A 36M spcci fied as follows
ASTM A529/ AS29M
ASTM ,; 572/ A572M Thc contract documents shall rcquirc that such shapes be
ASTM A588/ A588M supplied wilh Charpy Y-Notch (CYN) impact test rcsuhs in
ASTM /\709/ A709M accordance wilh ASTM A6/A6M.
ASTM A9J3/ A913M
ASTM A992/ A992M Supplcmcntary Rcquirement S30, Charpy Y-Notch lmpact
2. Structuraltubing Test for Structural Shapes - Alternate Core Location. 11te
impact test shall mcct a mínimum average value of 27 J
ASTM ASOO absorbed energy at +21 ·c.
ASTM ASOI
ASTM A618 Thc abovc requirements do not apply if thc spliccs ami
ASTM A847 connections are madc by bolting. The abovc rcquirements do
3. Pipe 1101 apply lO hot-rollcd shapes with a Oange thickness
cxcecding 50rnm that have shapes with 11ange or web
ASTM A53/A53M, Gr. B clcmcnts Jcss than 50 mm thick welded with completc-joinl-
4. PI ates penctration groove wclds to thc facc of thc shapcs wit h
thickcr elcments.
AS'J'M A36/A36M
ASTM A242/A242M User Note: Additional requircments for j oints in heavy
ASTM A283/A283M rolled members are given in Scctions 5 10.1.5, 510.1.6,
ASTM A5 14/A5 14M 510.2.7, and 513.2.2.
ASTM A529/ AS 29M
ASTM AS72/A572M 501.3.ld Built-Up Heavy Shapcs
ASTM A588/A588M
Bui lt-up cross-sections consisting of pi ates wi th a
ASTM A709/A 709M
thickness excceding 50 mm, used as members subjcct to
ASTM A852/ A852M
primary (computed) tensile forces due to tension or
ASTM AJO! l/A IOII M
flcxurc and spliced or connected to other members using
5. Bars complcte-jointpenetration groove welds that fusc through
the thickness of the plates, shall be specified as follows.
ASTM A36/ A36M The contract documents shall require that thc steel be
ASTM A529/A529M supplied with Charpy V-Notch impact test results in
ASTM A572/A572M accordance with ASTM A6/A6M, Supplementary
Requirement S5, Charpy V-Notch Impact Test. The
ASTM A709/A709M
impact test shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM
6. Shects A673/A673M. Frcquency P, and shall meet a minirnurn
average valuc of 27 J absorbed energy at +21 •C.
ASTM A606
AlOI 1/AIOIIM Thc above requirernents also apply to built-up cross-
SS HSLAS sections consisting of plates cxceeding 50 mm that are
wclded with complcte-joint-penetration groovc wclcls lo the
HSLAS-F
face of othcr sections.
501.3.1b Unidentifícd Stccl
Uscr Note: Additional requirements for joints in heavy
Un identifícd steel free of inj urious defects is pcrmitted lo built-up members are given in Secti?ns 510.1.5, 510.1.6,
be used for unimportanl members or detai ls, where the 510.2.7, and 513.2.2. · ·· ··
precise physical properties and weldabiity of thc stcel
would not affect the strength of the structure.

National Structural Code of lile Philippines 6111 Edition Volume 1

 :i-32 CHAPTEH ~' · Steel and Metals

501.3.2 Stccl Castings and Forgings Thread~ on anchor rods and thrcadcd rods shall conl"orrn to

Cast stccl sil al! conform to ASTM A21 6/A2 16M , Gr. thc Unificd Standard Series of ASME 13 1X.2 6 and shall
WCB with Supplcmcntary Rcquircmcnt S l 1. Stecl ha ve Class 2A tolcranccs.
forgings shall conform 10 ASTM A668/A668M. Test
repo11s produccd in accordancc with the abovc rcfcrcncc Manufacturcr's cenification shall constitutc sul'ficícnt
standards shall constitutc sufficient cvídcncc of evidcncc of conformity wilh thc standards.
conformíty with such standards.
501.3.5 Filler Metal ancl Flux for Wcldi ng
50l..~.lBolts, Washcrs and Nuts Filler metals and fluxcs shall conform to onc ,>:' !he
Bol!, washcr, and nut material conforming to onc of thc follow íng spccificatíons of thc American 'Welding
following ASTM spccifications is approvcd for use under Socicty:
this Spccification: AWS A5.1
J. Bolts: AWSA5.5
AWS A5 .17/A5.1 7M
ASTM A307 AWS AS. IX
ASTM A325 /A325M AWSA5.20
ASTM A449 AWS A5.23/A5 .23M
ASTM A490 1 A490M A WS A5.25/A5.25M
ASTM Fl852 A WS A5.26/ A5.26M
AWSA5.28
2. Nuts: AWSA5.29
ASTM AI94/Al94M AWS A5.32/A5.32M
ASTM A563/ A563M
Manufacturcr' s cenification shall constitutc sufficicnt
3. Washers: evidcnce of conformity with the standards. Filler mctals a!!d
fluxcs that are suitablc fo r the íntended application shall lJL:
ASTM F436/F436M
selected.
4. Compressiblc-Washer-Type Direct Tension
Indicators: 501.3.6 Stud Shcar Conncctors
ASTM F959 /F959M Steel stud shear conncctors shall conform to thc
rcquirements of Structural Welding Code-Stecl, AWS
Manufacturer' s certification shall constítutc sufficicnt DI. l.
cvidencc of conformity with the standards.
User Note: Studs are rnadc from cold drawn bar, eitllcr
501.3.4 Anchor Rods and Thrcadcd Rods semi-killed or killed alwninum or silicon dcoxidizcd,
conforming to the requirements of ASTM A29/ A29M-04,
Anchor rod and threaded rod material conforming to one Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon a.nd Alloy,
of the following ASTM specifications is approved for use Hot-Wrought, General Requirements for.
under this Specification:
ASTM A36/ A36M Manufacturer's ccrtification shall constitutc suffici1.:JJ!
ASTM AI93/AI93M evidence of conformíty with A WSD 1.1.
ASTM A354
ASTM A449 50 1.4 Structural Dcsign Drawings and Spccifkatíon ~;
ASTM A572/ A572M
ASTM A588/A588M The design drawings ami spccifications shall meet tl1c
ASTM Fl554 rcquircmcnts in thc Code of Standard Practice for Stcc.l
Buildings and Bridgcs, cxcept for dcviations specifícally
User Note: ASTM F 1554 is the preferred material idcntified in thc design drawings and/or spccifications.
sp~cificationJqr IUlChor rods.
· · .'. •.".- -,:.

A449 material is acceptable for hi gh-strength anchor

rods and threaded rods of any diamcter.

Association of Struclural Engineers of the Philippines


502.3.13 Gross a nd Nct Arca Dc tcrmination
1. Gross Arl!a
Thc gross arca. A,. of a mcmbcr is thc total
cross-sl~t:lional arca.
2. Nc1 Arca
Thc nct arca. A,.. or a mcmbcr b lhc sum of thc
products of thc thickness and thc nct widt h of
cach elcment computcd as fl!!iows :
In computing nel arca for tcnsion and shear. thc
width of a bolt holc shall be takcn as 2 mm grcater
!han !he nominal dimcnsion of the holc.
For a chain of holcs cxtcnding across a pan in any
diagonal or z.igz:ig fine, thc nct width of thc par1 shalf
be obtaincd by deducting from thc gross width the
su m of the diarnctcrs or slot dimensions as provided in
Scctíon 510.3.2, of all holcs in thc chain. and addíng,
for each gagc spacc in the chain, the quantily s 2 t4~:
wherc
s = longitudinal centcr-w-center spacing (pitch) of
any two consecutivc boles, mm.
g = transvcrse center-to-center spacing (gage)
between fastener gage fines, mm.
For angles, the gage for holes in opposite adjacent legs
shalf be the sum of the gages from the back of thc anglcs
!css the thickness.
For slottcd HSS wcldcd 10 a gusset plate, the nct arca, An,
is the gross arca minus the product of the thickness and the
total width of materialthat is removed to form the slot.
In determining thc net arca across plug or slot welds, the
wcld metal shall not be considercd as adding to the net
are a.
Uscr Note: Section 5 10.4.l(b) limits A, toa maximum
of 0.85A 8 for splice plates with holes.
502.4 Classification of Scctions for Local Puckling
Scctions are classified as compact, noncompact, or
slcnder-elcmcnt sections. For a section to qual ify as
compact its !langcs must be continuously connected to
the wcb or wcbs and thc widtiHhickness rmios of its
compression clements must not cxceed the limiting width-
!hickncss ratios J1, from Table 502.4. l. lf the widlh-thickne.<;s
ratio of one or more comprcssion elements cxceeds t..,,. but
does no! cxcced /,, from Table 502.4.1 . thc section is
noncompacl. lf thc width-thickness ratio of any elemcn!
excecds ),,, the section is rcfcrred to as a slendcr-clemem
scction.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 61h Edition Volume 1
C HAPTCR 5 S!eel íH ld lv1e tnl~ !) ] ' ;
502.4. UnstifTcncd Elcmcnts
For unstiffened elemcnts suppor1cd along only onc cdge
parallcl 10 thc dírection of thc comprcssion force. thc
width shall be 1akcn as follows:
l. For llangcs of l·shaped mcmbcrs and tces. thc width bis
onc-halfthc full-llangc width. b¡.
2. For lcgs of anglcs and tlangcs of channels and zccs,
thc width bis thc full nominal dimcnsion.
3. For plates, thc widt h b is the distance from thc free
cdge to the first row of fastencrs or linc of welds.
4. For stcms of tee.~. d is takcn as thc full nominal dcpth
of thc section.
User Note: Refer to Tablc 502.4.1 for lhe graphic
representation of unstiffened element d.imensions.
502.4.2 Stiffencd Elements
For stiffened elements suppor1cd along two edges parallel
10 thc dircction of the compressionforce, !he width shall
be takcn as follows:
l. For wcbs of roll cd or forme<.! sections. h is the clear
distancc bctween flanges less the fillet or comer radius
at each flange; h · is twice the distance from thc cenrroid
to the inside facc of thc compression flange lcss the
fillet or comer radius.
2. For webs of built-up sections, h is the distance
between adjacent fines of fasteners or the clcar
distance between flanges when we!ds are used, and
¡,, is twice the distance from thc centroid to the nearest
line of fa~teners at the compression flange or the
inside face of the compression flangc when welds
are used; hp is twicc thc distance from thc plastic
neutral axis to thc nearest line of fasteners at the
comprcssion flange or thc insidc facc of thc
compression flange whcn wclds are uscd.
3. For flange or diaphragm plates in bui!t-up sections, the
width bis the distancc bctwecn adjacent lines of
fasteners or fines of wclds.
4. For flanges of rectangul ar hollow structural sections
(HSS), thc width b is the clear distancc betwcen webs
lcss the insidc comer radius on cach sidc. For wcbs of
rectangular HSS, h is thc clear distance betwcen thc
nangcs lcss the inside comer radius on each sidc. lf
the comer radius is not known, b and h shall be taken
as the corresponding outside dimension minus thrce
times the thickness. The thickness, t, shall be taken as
thc design wall thick.ness, per Section 502.3. 12.
 5·3G CH/\PlT:n 5 · Steel amJ Melals

; ·_·. -: ·

Limiting Width-Thickncss Ratios

Description of Elcmcnts Th i e kness 1·- ··--··-··---- -·--····--·,,.-·-··---··....,.----·----·· -·---1 Example
Ratio ''" 'A,

Flcxurc in flangcs of rollcd 1-

bl 1 0.38Jj~J F, I.O)EjF,
shapcd scctions and channcls

2
Flexurc in flanges of doubly and
singly symmctríc 1-shapcd built-up
sections

Uniform comprcssion in f1angcs of

ro!lcd 1-shaped sections, platcs
bl 1

!
projccting from rolled 1-shapcd 0.56fi~J F,.
scclions; outstanding legs of pairs
bll NA
of angcls in continuous contact and
nangcs of channels

Unifonn cornpression in flangcs of

built-up 1-shapcd sections ami
plates or angle legs projecting from
bit NA
built-up I-shapcd sections

Uniform compression in lcgs of

single anglcs, lcgs of double anglcs
5 bit NA 0.45~EjF,.
with separators, and all other
.:Y.' unstiffened elernents

.'.;).) 6 Flexure in legs of single anglcs bi t 0.9!)Ej Fy

For tapered flanges of rolled scctions, thc thickncss is the 502.6 Evaluation of Existing Structures
nominal value halfway between the free edge and the Provisions for the evalualion of ex i ~ t i n g structurcs are
corresponding facc of thc wcb. prcsented in Appcndix A-5, Evaluation of Existing
Structurcs.
502.5 Fabrication, Ercction ami Quality Control
Shop drawings, fabrication, shop painting, erection,
and quality control shall rncet the requirements
stipulated in Section 513, Fabrication, Erection, and
Quality Control.

Association o f Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEH 5 - Steel an<J Metals 5·3:l

SECTION 502 .- 502.3.2 Limit Stales

'
Design shall be based on the principie that no applicablc
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS strcngth or seJviceability limit state shall be cxccedcd
whcn the structurc is subjected to all appropriatc load
The general rcquin:mcnts f(H' the anal ysis and dcsign of stccl
combi nations.
structurcs that are applicablc 10 all scction of thc
spccification are givcn in this section.
502.3.3 Dcsign for Strcngth Using Load and nl>Sistancc
Factor Dcsign (LRFD)
Thc scction is organizcd as follows:
Design according to the provisions fvr Load and
502.1 General Provisions Rcsistance Factor Design (LRFO) ~atisfies thc
502.2 Loads and Load Combinations rcquiremcnts of this Specification whcn the design
502.3 Design Basis strength of cach structural componen! equals or excecds
502.4 Classi fi cation of Sections for Local Buckling the required strength detennined on the basis of the LRFD
502.5 Fabrication, Erectíon and Quality Control load combinations. All provisions of Lhis Spccification,
502.6 Evaluation of Existing Structures except for those in Section 502.3.4, shall apply.

502.1 General Provisions Design shall be perfonned in accordance with Equation

502.3- 1:
The dcsígn of mcmbcrs and connections shall be consisten!
with the intended hchavior of the framing system and the Rll S rpRII (502.3-1 )
assumptions made in the structural analysis. Unless
restricted by thc this code, lateral load resistancc and wherc
stability may be provided by any combination of members R, = required strength (LRFD)
and connections.
R" = nominal strength, specified in Section 502 through
511
502.2 Loads and Load Cornbinations 4J = resistancefactor, specified in Section 502 through
The loads and load combinations shall be as stipulated by lh.is 511
code. In the absence of a building code, the loads and load ~R. = design strength
combinations shall be lhose stipulated in SEI/ASCE 7. For
design purposes, the nominal loads shall be taken as the 502.3.4 Design for Strength Using Allowablc
loads stipulated by this code. Strcngth Design (ASD)
Oesign according to the provisions for Allowablc
Uscr Note: For LRFDdesigns, the load combinatioos in Strength Oesign (ASD) satisfies the requirements of this
SEI/ASCE 7, Section 2.3 apply. For ASO designs, the load Spccification when the allowable strength of each
combination.S in SEI/ASCE 7, Section 2.4 apply. structural componen! equals or exceeds the requircd
strength determined on the basis of the ASD load
502.3 Design Basis combinations. All provisions of this Specification,
Oesigns shall be made according to the provtstons for except those of Section 502.3.3, shall apply.
Load and Resistancc Factor Oesign (LRFO) or to the
provisions for Allowable Strength Oesign (ASO). Oesign shall be performed in accordance with Equation
502. 3-2:
502.3.1 Requíred Strcngth
The required strength of structural members and (502.3-2)
connections shall be detennined by structural analysis
where
for the appropriate load combinations as stipul ated in Sec-
tion 502.2. Ro = required strenglh (ASO)
R" =nomi nal strength , specified in Section 502
Dcsign by claslic, inelaslic or plastic analysis is perrnitted. through 511
Provisions for inclastic and plaslic analysis are as stipul ated in Q = safety fa ctor, specified in Section 502
Appendix. 1, Inela~Lic Analysis and Oesígn. The provisions through 511
for moment redistribution in continuous beams in R.tn = atlowable strength
Appendix A, Section A-1.3 are pennitted for elastic
analysis only. 502.3.5 Dcsign for Stability
Stability of the structure and its elements shall be
determined in accordance with Secti on 503.

National Structural Code of the Philippines 61" Edition Volume 1

 5 :1t1 Gll/\f>H: n 5 · Steul and Metals
502.3.6 Dcsign of Conncctions
Conncction clcmcnls shall be dcsigncd in accord~ult'C with
lhc provbions of Scctions 510 and 511. Thc f()rccs ami
dcfonnntions uscd in dcsign shall he con~istcm with thc
intcndcd pciÍonnancc of thc conncction and thc <t~sumplions
uscd inthc suuctural analysis.
User Note: Section 3.1.2 of the Code of Standard
Practice . addresses conununication of nece~sary
information for the design of conneclions.
502.3.6a Simple Connections
A simple conneclion transmits a negligible moment
across the connection. Jn the analysis of the structure,
simple connections may be assumed to allow unrestrained
relative rotation between the framing elements heing
connected. A simple connection shall have suflicicnt
rotalion capacity to accomrnodate the required rotation
dctennined by the analysis of thc structurc. lnelastic
rotntion of the conncction is pcrmiHcd.
502.3.61J Momcnt Conncctions
A moment connection transmits momcnt across thc
connection. Two types of momcnt connecti ons, FR and
PR, are permilled, as spccified below.
l. Fully-Restraincd (FR) Momcnt Connections
A fully-restrained (FR) moment connection tnmsfers
moment with a negligible rotation between the
connectcd members. In the analysis of the structttrc.
the connection may be assumcd to allow no relative
rotation. An FR connection shall have sufticient
strength and stiffness to maintain the angle between
the connectcd membcrs at the strcngth limit states.
2. Partially-Restrained (PR) Moment Connections
Partially-rcstrained (PR) moment connections
transfer momcnts, bul thc rotation betwecn cc:>nnectcd
members is not negligiblc. In the analysis of the struc-
ture, the force-defonnation response characteristics of
the connection sha!l be included. The response
characteristics of a PR connection sllall be
documented in thc technical literature or est ablished
by analyt ical or experimental means. Thc
componcnt elements of a PR connection shall have
sufficient strcngth, stiffncss. and deformation
capacity at thc strength limit states.
502.3.7 Dcsign for Scrviccability
The overall structure ancl the individual membcrs,
connections, and connectors shall be checkcd for
serviceability. Performance require ments for
serviceability design are givcn in Section 512.
Association o!' Structural Enginee rs of the Philippines
502.3.8 Design for Pondin!!,
Thc roof systcm shall be invcstigatcd throur.h ' !ntctur, !
analysis 10 assurc adcqualc strcngth atHI st: : ·· · ·nd
ponding conditions. un l c~s thc roof surfacc '" p cllvtdc- 11
wit h a slopc of 20 mm pcr meter or grc<tter t111' .. :•• poilib
of free drainagc or an adcquatc l>ystcm of dr;!inage is
providcd lO prcvcnt the acc umulation of water.
Sce Appendix A-2. Dcsign for Ponding. for mcthods of
chccking ponding.
502.3.9 Dcsign for Fatigue
Fatigue shall be considcred in uccordance wit!J A¡ ,:·,~nd i:
A-3, Design for Fatigue, for membct ; .tc¡d (" ¡
connections subject 10 rcpeated loading. f-ati¡•!. :;. ·d . ·
be considcred for seismic effects or for the cff.:~:1~ "' wntci
loading on normal building lateral load rcsisitn;· :"';•::le;,,
and building enclosure components.
502.3.10 Dcsig n for Fi1·c Conditions
Two me thods of design for firc conditions are
providcd in Appendix A-4. Structural Desií'll !"t;,· hrc
Conditions: Qualification Testing and 1~n ?inn, ; :1;•
Analysis. Compliance with thc firc pr<•l·.· ·. :l: ,,,.,
rcquircmcnts in this codc shall be dccmed <n :,:; i ;: ' / •. :.:
requircments of thi s section and Appendix A-·•i.
Nothing in this secti on is intended to cr(':tf•· w i:np!~· :•
contractual requirement for the engit::·n· of·: ccnr<!
responsiblc for the struc tural design c. r ::re~· .-,¡¡,< 1
member of the design tea m.
Uscr Note: Design by qualification :(~ . ti;·,¡ ~ i:. :h:·.
prescriptive method specified in most bu!ldiní' ,..,le.!;.
Traditionally, on most projects where the ::rc!t'lc·d ·. r!,c.
prime professional, the architcct has been . ¡:!•··. -' · ~
party to specify and coordioate ¡;. ¡,¡,;: .,:¡,.,
requirements. Design by Engineering Ar ·:'· ; .- ,, ·,_,
engincering approach to fue protection. D. : .... ,u · . · ··
pcrson(s) responsible for designing for frrc c-n'lcliti<w'· ' ··
contractual matter to be addressed on eacl. , . · ··
502.3.11 Dcsign for Corros ion Effccts
Where corrosion may impair the strengtJ: ··n·tn·=' ,;,;-:
of a structure, stmctural components slw :' .:. ·,i _-·, < ~
tolerate corros ion or shall be protccted a;_·.•. · .t ,·,:e "'~·i•' ..
502.3. 12 Design Wa ll T hi ckncss for l L .•
The design wall thickness, t, shall be us<'d ::1 r:•'c-•!!··•ions
invol ving the wall thickness of hollow si! e·'";.; ~: . :iol!::
(HSS). The dcsign wall thickness, t. sh:·' · >~· : .<., · ' · ·
lo 0.93 times thc nominal wall thid:; ·· ! .: '!,. · ·
resistanccwclded (ERW) HSS and equal h l ik ,,,¡; ; ;: o~:,.
thickncss for submerged-arc-wclded (SA W_; i: ~<: .
 CHAPTE R 5 · Stcel and lvlelals !.i 37

' , l.

V Width Lirni ting Width- Thickncss Rati os

Vl
Dcscription of Elcments Thiclu1ess Example
u"' \, f..,
Ratio

-,.o..jii¡ F.,
7 Flcxure in flanges of tces bit 0.38..j E/ F,.

8
Uniform comprcssion in stcms
of tees
dlt NA
0.75JE/Fr
u
9
Flexure in webs of doubly
symmetric 1-shaped sections and
channels
}¡ / !,.. 3.76JEjF,. 5.70..jEj F,.
[[
. ,.,

10
Unifom1 compression in webs of
doubly
scctions
symmetric I-shaped h l t,.. NA
1.49..jEjFy
[[
Flexure in webs of singly-
h,.lt ...
symmetric I-s haped scctions
M, 2
(0.54 · · - - 0.09)
My
Uniform compression in fl anges
of rectangular box and hollow
structural sections of uniform
thickness subject lo bending or bl t 1.12JEf F1
compression; flange cover plates
and diaphragm plates betwcen
lines of fasteners or wclds

Flcxurc
HSS
111 webs of rectangular
h/t

o
111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edi!ion Volume 1
 5 38 CH/\PTE fl 5 - Stc!!!l <!nd Mcials

Description o!'
Elcments

Unifimn compn:ssion in all other

14 /J 11 NA
stiffcncd clcmcnts
,.
:·· ~ :·-:·

Circular hollow scctions

DI t NA 0.11 EIF,.
15 In u ni form compression
In Flexurc LJ/t 0.07 E l F, 0.31 El F,.

11
" k,. =-;;::;::=
rw
,.•b l
• but shall not he takcn lcss than 0.35 nor grcatcr than O.76 for calc1d<ttion purposcs. (Sce Cases 2 and -! l

tt.l F¡_ = 0.7F_, for minor-axis hcnding, rnajor axis bcnding. of slc nder-wcb buil!-up 1-s hapcd members. and major :,:·-.:; be.nding
of c-ompact and noncornpact wcb built-up l -shapcd members with S,1 1 s..
?. 0.7 ; r,.
= F,So~ 1 S., 2: O.SF, for ::,
bcnding or
cornpact and notH.:ompact wcb built -up 1-shaped membcrs wi tll S" 1 S.,.< O.7. (See Case 2)

Association of Structural Engineers of ti·¡e Pl1ilippines


SEC~ION '5.03 .
....•. ~~-~ .¡ , . '; . - ·-· ~ . . • . . •
STABILITY ANALYSIS AND
DESIGN
:¡
This scc:tion addrcsscs general rcqui rcments for thc stability
analysis and dcsign of mcmbcrs and fra mcs.
Thc scction is organizcd as follows:
503.1 Swbility Design Rcquircmcnts
503.2 Cakulat ion of Rcquircd Strcngths
503.1 Stability Dcsign Requircmcnts
503.1.1 General Rec¡uiremcnts
S tability shall be providcd for thc structu rc as a wholc and
for cach of its clcments. Any mcthod that considcrs thc
inOucnce of second-order effects (incl ud ing P-ó and P-á
effccts). fle xu ra!. shcar and axial dcformations. geomctric
imperfections, and mcmbcr stiffncss reduction duc to
residual strcsses on thc stability of thc structurc and its
clemcnts is pcrmitted. The mcthods prescribcd in this
sccti on and Appcndix A-7. Dircct Analysi s Mct hod,
satisfy thesc requircments. All componen! and
connection dcfonnations that contribute to the lateral
displaccmcnts shall be considered in the stability analysis.
ln structures designcd by elastic analysis, individual
member stability and stability of the structure as a whole
are provided jointly by:
1. Calculation of the required strengths for
members. connections and other elements using
onc of thc methods specified in Section 503.2.2, and
2. Satisfaction of thc member and connection design
requirements in this specification based upon thosc
required strengths.
In stmctures dcsigned by inelastic analysis, the provisions
of Appendix A- 1. lnclastic Analysis and Design, shall be
satisfied.
503.1.2 Member Stabili ty Design Requircmen ts
lndividualmember stability is provided by satisfying thc
provisions of sections 505, 506, 507, 508 and 509.
User Note: Local buckling of cross section components
can be avoided by the use of compact sections dcfined in
Section 502.4.
Where elemcnts are dcsigncd to function as braccs l<l
defi ne the unbraced length of columns and beams, thc
bracing system shall have sufficient stiffness and strength
to control member movement at the braced poínts. Methods
National Structural Code of tlle Philippines 61" Edition Volume 1
CHAf'T t:H 5 · Stce! <111<! Metals !j 3~
. of Siltisfying this requircment are providcd in Appendil\ A-
·-
6, Stability Brat·ing for Columns and Beams
503.1.3 Systcm Slability Dcs ign Rcquircmcnts
Lateral stahility shall be provided by momcntframcs,
braccdframcs, shcar walls. antl/or other equivalcnt lateral
load resisting systcms. Thc ovei1urning c!Tccts or dril't and
thc dcstabilizi ng inlluence of gravity loads shall be
considered. Force transfer and load sharing betwcen
clements of the fra ming systems shall be considercd.
Braccd-frame and shear-wnll systems, moment framcs,
gravity framing systems. and comb incd systcms shal l
satisfy lhe followíng spccific rcquirements:
503.1.3a Hraccd-Frame and Shca r-Wall Systems
In structures whcrc lateral stabili ty is provided solely by
diagonal bracing, shear walls, or equivalen! means, the
effective lcngth factor, K, for comprcssion members shall
be taken as 1.0, un less structural analysis indicates that a
smaller value is appropriate. In braced-frame systems. it i.~
pennitted to design the columns. beams, and diagonal
members as a vcnically cantilevered. simply conncctcd
truss.
Uscr Note: Knce-braccd frames function as moment-
frame systems and should be treated as indicated in
Section 503.!.3b. Eccentrically braced frame systcms
function as combined systems and should be treated as
indicated in Section 503. 1.3d.
503.1.3b Momcnt-Frame Systems
In frames where lateral stability is providcd by the
Oexural sti ffness of con nected beams and columns. thc
effectivc length factor K or clastic critica! buckling stress.
Fe, for columns and beam-columns shall be dctermined as
spccilied in Section 503.2.
503.1.3c Gravity Framing Systems
Columns in gravity framing systems shall be designed
bascd on their actual Icngth (K = 1.0) unless analysis
shows that a smaller value may be used. 1l1e lateral stability
of gravity framing systems shall be provided by moment
frames, braced frames, shear walls, and/or other equivalen!
lateral load resisting systcms. P-tJ. et'fects dueto load on tbc
gravity columns shall be transferred to thc lateral load re-
sisting systems and shall be considered in the calculation
of thc rcquircd strengths of the lateral load resisting
systcms.
503.1.3d Combincd Systcms
1l1e analysis and design of members, connections and other
elernenls in combined systems of moment frames, braccd
frames, and/or shear walls and gravity frames shall mcet the
rcquirements of thcir respective systems.
 5·40 CHAPTr: ll ~~ Sret:l and Metals
5113.2 Cal cul:~t io n uf Hcqui rcd Strcngths
Exccpt as pcrmittl!d in Sc.ction 503.2.2b, rcquircd
strcngths shall bl! dctcrmincd using a sct:ond-ordcr
analysis as spccilicd in Scction 503.2 .1. Dcsign hy cithcr
sccond-ordl!r or lirst-ordcr analysis shall rncct thc
rcquircmcnts spccilicd in Scction 503.2.2.
503.2.1 Mcthods of Sccond-Ordcr Analys is
Sccond-ordcr ana lysis shall confonn to thc rcquircmcnts
in this Section.
503.2.l a General Sccond-Ordcr Elas ti c An a l y~;is
Any second-ordcr clastic analysis mct hod that considcrs
both f'./). and P-o cffcw may be uscd.
The amplified First-Order Elastíc Analysís Method
defined in Section 503.2.1 b is an accepted method for
second-ordcr clastic analysis of braccd. momcnt, aml
combined framíng systems.
503.2.lb Sccond -O rdc r Analysis by Amplíficd First-
Ordcr Elasti c Analys is
Uscr Note: A meU10d is provided in this seclion to
account for second-order effects in frames by amplifying
the axial forccs and moments in members and connections
from a first-order analysis.
Thc following is an approximate second-ordcr analysis
proccdurc for calculating the requircd nexural and axial
strengths in members of lateral load rcsisting systcms. The
rcquired second-order nexural strength, Mr. and axial
strength, Pr. shall be determincd as follows:
(503.2- 1a)
(503.2-lb)
where
(503.2-2)
For members subjected to axial compression, LJ1 may be
calculated bascd on the first-order estímate Pr = p,, +
1'11.
Uscr Note: B1 is an amplifier lo account for second order
effects caused by displacemenls between brace poinls
(P-ó) and B2 is an amplifier to accouot for second order
effects caused by displacements ofbraced points (P-6).
For p1~mbers in .whi9h ·.!31 ~ 1.05, it is cons~rvative to
amplify U1e sum o(the .non-sway and sway moments (as
Association of Structural Engineers of !he Philippines
obtained, for instance, by a first..order elastic anal ysi s) by
the B2 amplifier, in other words, M , = 82(11·11lf + Mtc).
(501. 2-3 )
Uscr Note: Note that the 8 1 amplificr (Eq. 503.2-3) can
be eslimated in prcliminary design by using a maximum
lateral drift limit corresponding 10 the story shear H in
Equation 503.2-6b.
and
a = I.OqLRF¡j a= J.60:Asq
M, =required sccond-order Oexural strcngth using
LRFO or ASO load combinations. N-mm
= first-order moment using LRFD or ASO load
combinations, assuming there is no lateral
translation of thc frarnc. N-mm
M,, = lirst-order moment using LRFD or ASD load
combinations causcd by lateral translntion of
the frame only, N-mm.
p = rcqu ired second-ordcr ax ial ~trcngth using
'
LRFD or ASO load combinations, N.
P,,, = first-order axial force using LRFD or ASD
load combinations. assuming thcre is no
lateraltranslation of the frame, N.
= total vertical load supportcd by the story using
LRFD or ASD load combinations, including
gravity colurnn loads, N.
P¡, = first-order axial force using LRFD or ASD
load combinations caused by lateral
translation of the frame o nl y, N.
C,, =a cocfficient assumi ng no lateral translation
of thc framc whosc val ue shall be takcn as
follows:
a. For bcam-columns no! subject lo transverse
loading betwcen suppor1s in the plane of
bending.
(503.2-4)
where M, and M 1 • calculated from a fin;f.
or<ler analysis, are !he smaller and largcr
moments. respectivcly, al thc cnds of that
portion of the member unbraccd in lhe
plane of bcnding undcr consicleration.
M¡/M2 is positive when thc mcmbcr is bent
in revcrse curvaturc. negative when benl in
single curvature.
b. For beam-columns subjected to transvcrse
loading between supports, the value of c..
shall be detennined either by analysis or
conservatively taken as 1.0 for all cases.

(503.2·5)
P,., = cl<islic crilic;~l buckling resislance of
thcmc mbcr in thc planc of !lending. calculatcd
bascd on thc assumption ofz.cro sidcsway, N.
\' = clas1ic cri ti ca! buckling rcsistancc fo r the story
L-P,.2
dctcrmincd hy sidcsway buckling..,a nalysis, N.
For mo ment framcs. whcrc sidesway buckling cffcctive
length factors K 1 are determine<! for thc colu mns, it is
pcnniued to calculatc the clastic s1ory sidcsway buckli ng
resis1ancc as
(503.2-óa)
For al! typcs of lateral load rcsisting S)'Siems, i1 is
pcrmiucd to use
(503.2-6b)
wherc
= modulus of clasticity of stecl =200 000 MPa
·- ! .O for braccd-framc systems;
0.85 for moment-frame and combincd
systcms, unless a larger valuc is justilicd by
analysis
= moment of inertia in the plane of bcndíng,
mm 4
L = story heíght. mm
K1 = cffectíve lenglh factor in the plane of bendíng,
calculatcd based on the assum ption of no
lateral translation, se! equal 10 1.0 un lcss
analysís indicates that a sma!lcr value may be
u sed
K2 = effcctive length factor in the plane of bendíng,
calculatcd bascd on a sidesway buckling
analysis
User Note: Methods for calcul ation of K2 are discusscd
in the AISC Commentary.
6 11 = first-order intcrstory dri ft duc to lateral forccs,
mm. Whcre 6 11 varíes o ver !he plan arca of thc
st111cture, 6 11 shall be thc average drifl
weighted in proportion lo vcrtic;tl load
or, altcrnatively, !he maximum drift.
'LH = story shear produccd by the lateral forccs used
to compu te, N
National S!ruclural Cocle of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
C:HAPlT n S· Sleei aq<J Metal~ !)·41
503.2.2 Dcsign Rcquircmcnts
'l11csc rcquircments apply lo all typcs of braced. momcnt.
all(l combined framíng sys1cms. Wherc !he ratio of sccon<l-
ordcr drift 10 lirst-ordcr dri ft ís cqualto or less than 1.5, !he
rcquircd strcngths of mcmbcrs. connections and othcr
clcmcnls shall be dcterminecl by onc or thc methods
spccilicd in Scctíons 503.2.2a or 503.2.21>, or by the Oirect
Analysis Mcthod of Appendíx A-7. Whcre thc ratio of
sccond ..ordcr drifl to first-ordcr dril'! ís grcatcr than 1.5,
thc rcq11ircd strengths shall he dctcrmincd by thc Oircct
Ana lysís Mcthod of Appendíx A-7.
User Note: The ratio of second-order drift to flrst-ordcr
drift can be represented by 8 2. as calculated using
Equalion 503.2-3. Alternatively, thc ratio can be
calculated by comparing the results of a second-<>rder
analysís to t11c resuhs of a first-<>rder analysis, where the
analyses are conducted either under LRFD load
combinat.ions directly or under ASD load combinations
with a 1.6 factor applied to the ASD gravity loads.
For thc mcthods spccíficd in Sectíons 2.2a or 2.2b:
1. Analyscs shall be conductcd according to thc dcsign and
loadí ng rcquírements specilicd in eithcr Scctíon
502.3.:1 (LRFO) or Scction 502.3.4 (ASD).
2. The structurc sha11 be analyzed usíng !he nominal
gcomctry and thc nominal clastic stí!Tncss for al!
elcmcllls.
503.2.2a Dcsign by Second -Ordcr Analysis
Whcre requírcd strcngths are dctcrmined by a second-ordcr
analysis:
l. ·n 1e provísions of Section 503.2.1 shall be satislicd.
2. For dcsígn by ASO, analyses shall be canicd out under
1.6 limes the ASO load combinatíons and the results
shall be dividcd by 1.6 to obtaín the requircd
strengths.
Uscr Note: 111c amplified first order analysis method of
Section 503.2.lb incorporales the 1.6 multiplier directl y
in thc B, and lll amplifiers, such that no other
modification is necded.
3. All gravíty-only load comhinations shall include a
mínimum lateral load applicd a l cach leve! of thc
stmcture of 0.0:12 Y;, wherc Y; is !he design gravi ty
load applied at leve! i. N. This mínimum lateral load
shall be considered indepcndently in two ot1hogonal
dircctions.
Uscr Note: The minimum lateral load of 0.002Y1, in
conjunction with the other design-áualysis coriS'Úairits
listed .· Úl 'tlus section, lintitS the erró\: . tliat would
oU1etwise be caused hy ncglecti~g- initial out-Of-pltimbness
111
 and membcr sliffncss reduction due 10 residual strcsses This additional lateral load shall he considcrcd
in lhc analysis. indcpcndcntl y in 1wo 011hogonal dircctions.
4. Whcrc !he ralio of sccond-ordcr drifl lo fir~:t-ordcr 3. The non-sway amplilit:ill ion of' l>canH.:olumn •nomcnt!'
drifl is lcss !han or cqual lo l . l. mcmbers are is considcrcd by npplyi ng the 81 amplilicr ol Scction
penniucd to be dcsigncd using K = 1.0. Olherwise. 503.2.1 to thc total membcr momems.
columns and bcam-columns in momcn1 framcs shnll
be dcsigned using n K fac tor or column buckling
s1ress. 1:0,.. dclcnnined from a sidesway buckling
an:!~ysis of thc slmcturc. Stiffncss rcduction
adju.,t:nent due lo column inelasticity is p!!-Jmittcd in
the delcrmi nal ion of 1he K factor. For braced frames.
K for compression members shall be taken as 1.0.
unless structural analysis indicates a smaller value
may be uscd.

S03.2.2b Dcsign by First-Ordcr Analysis

Rcquired strcngths are pcrmilled lo be dcterminc:d by a
first-ordcr analysis, with al! membcrs dcsigncd usi ng K=
1.0. providcd 1ha1
l. Thc rcquircd comprcssivc slrcnglhs o f' all mc mbers
whosc flexura! stiffnesses ¡u·c considcred 10 conlributc
lo the lateral stabilily of the suucturc satisfy thc
following limitalion:
o.P, ~ 0.51\ (503.2-7)

where
a= 1.0 (LRFD) a = 1.6 ( ASD)
P, = requi rcd axial comprcssivc slrenglh undcr
LRFD or AS D load combinations. N.
P,. =mcmber yicld slrcnglh (= A F.•.). N.
2. Allload combinalions include an additionallatcJra!
load, N;. applied in combi nation with othcr loads at
each leve! of the stmcture, whcre

N, = 2. 1(IVL) y, 2: O. 0042 y, (503.2-8)

where
Y, = gravit y load from the LRF D load combi;nation
or 1.6 times the ASD load combination a1pplied
at leve) i, N.
ML = thc maximum ratio of 1'1 to L fo r all s101ics in
the Sli1JCillfC
ó = firsl·order intcrstory drift due to thc dcsign
loads, mm. \Vhere ó varíes ovcr !he plan arca of
thc stmcturc, ó shall be !he average drift
wcightcd in proportion 10 vertical lo:ad or,
allem ativcly, the maximum drift.
L = story heigh!, mm.

A ssociatíon of S tructural Engineers of the Philippines

 CH/\PTI~n 5 . Steel and Mctals !i 43

r/11 =0.75 (LRFD) .Q , =2.00(ASD)

whcrc
= efTcctivc nct arca. mm 2
This scction applics to mcmbcrs subjcct to axial tcnsion = gross arca of mcmbcr, mm2
caused by static forccs acting through thc ccntroidal axis. = specillcd mínimum yicld stress of thc 1ypc or
stccl hcing uscd. MPa
Thc scction is organizcd as follows: F, = spccilied mínimum tensilc wcngth of the type of
stccl bcing uscd, MPa
504.1 Slcnderncss Limitations
504.2 Tcnsilc Strcngth When mcmbcrs wi thout holes are fully conncctcd by
504.3 Arca Dctermination wclds, thc c!Tcctivc nct arca uscd in Equation 504.2-2
504.4 Built·Up Mcmbcrs sha!l be as dcfíncd in Scction 504. 3. Whcn ho!cs are
504.5 Pin-Conncctcd Mcmbcrs prcscnt in a mcmber with wclded end connections, or at
504.6 Eyebars the wclcled conncction in thc case of plug or slot welds, tbc
effcctive nct arca through tJJc holcs sha!l be used in Equation
Uscr Note: For cases not included in this section the 504.2-2.
following scctions apply:
504.3 Arca Dctcrmination
• 502.3.9 Members subject to fatigue
• 508 Membcrs subjectto combined 504.3.1 G ross Arca
axi~ tension and flexure. Thc gross arca, A,, of a membcr is the total cross-
• 510.3 Thrcaded rods. scctional arca .
• 510.4. 1 Connectíng elements in
teusíon. 504.3.2 Nct Arca
• 510.4.3 Block shear rupture strength at The net arca, A.,, of a membcr is the surn of the products of
end connections of tension thc thickncss and thc net width of cach clcment computed
mcmbers. as follows:

504.1 Slendcrncss Lirnitations In computing ncl arca for tension and shear, !he width of a
Therc is no maximum slendcrncss lirni t for dcsign of bolt hale shall be takcn 2 mm grcater than the nomina!
mcmbers in tcnsion. di mcnsion of thc holc.

Uscr Note: For mcmbcrs dcsigned on thc basis of tcnsion,
the slendemess ratio Ur prcferab!y should not cxceed
300. This suggestion does not apply to rods or hangers in
tension.
504.2 Tcnsilc Strcngth
For a chai n of ho!cs cxtc.nding across a pan in any diagonal
or zigzag line, thc nct width of the pan shall be obtaincd by
deducting from thc gross width thc sum of thc diameters or
slot di rnensions as providcd in Section 510.3 .2, of all holcs
in the chain, and adding, for cach gage space in the chain.
thc quantity i14g

Thc dcsign tensile st rength, </1,1~,. and thc allowable tensi!e whcrc

strcngth, P,./0.1 of tcnsion membcrs, shall be the lowcr
valuc obtained according to thc limit statcs or tcnsile
yic!ding in thc gross scction and temilc ru pturc in thc nct
section.
l. ror tcnsilc yiclding in thc gross sccti on:
(504.2- 1)
= longitudinal centcr-to-centcr spacing (pitch) of
any two consecut ive boles, mrn.
g = transvcrse ccntcr-to-ccnter spacing (gagc)
bctwecn fastener gagc !in c~. mm.
For ang!es, thc gagc for holes in oppositc adjaccnt lcgs
shall be thc su m of the gages from the back of thc ang!cs
lcss thc thickncss.

</J, =0.90 (LRFD) ~ = 1.67 (ASO) ror sloued HSS weldcd to a gusset platc, thc net arca, A.,
is thc gross arca minus the product of the thickncss and the
2. For tensilc rupture in the nel scction: total width of material that is removed to form the slol. In
detennining the net arca across plug or slot welds, thc wcld
(504.2-2) metal shall nol be considercd as adding lo thc nct arca.

National S tructural Code of the Philippines 6111 Edition Volume 1

 !> 411 CHfiP n:n S· Steel and Metals

Uscr Note: Section 510.4.1(b) Iimits An toa maximum of 1~, = oM:A,1 (504.5-2)
0.85A, for splice plates with·holes.
¡p1 = 0.75 (LRf-'D ) !1 1¡ = 2.00 (ASD}
504.3.3 Effcctivc Nct Arca
Thc cffcctivc arca of tcnsion mcmhcrs shall be
whcrc
dctcm1incd us follows: 2
A.1 = 2t(a + d/2). mm
A ::: shortcst distancc from cdgc of thc pin holc to
1\,. = A .. U (504.3-1)
thc c:dgc of thc mcmbcr mcasurcd parallel to
thc dircction of thc force, mm.
wherc U. thc shcar lag factor, is detcrmincd a~ showr• tr. b.11 = 21 + 16. mm bu t not more than thc actti;]l
Table 504.3. l. distancc from the edgc of the holc to thc edge of
thc part mca.~urcd in thc dircction normal lo thc
Mcmbcrs such as single :mglcs, doublc anglcs :UJd WT applicd force
scctions sh<~ll have conncctions proportioncd such that U is el = pin diamctcr. mm.
equal 10 or grcatcr lhan 0.60. Altcmativcly, a lcsscr value of =thickncss of platc. mm.
U is permitled if thesc tension mcmbers are dcsigned for
thc cffcct of ccccntricity in accordancc with 508. 1.2 or 3. For bcaring on the projcctcd arca of thc pin. scc
508.2. Section 510.7.
4. Por yiclding on thc gross scction, use Equation
504.4 Built-up Mcmbcrs 504.2-1.
For Jimitations on thc longitudinal spacing of conncctors
bctwccn clcrncnts in continuous contact consisting of a 504.5.2 Dime nsional Rcquircmcnts
platc and a shape or two plates. sec Scction 510.3.5. Thc pin holc shall be locatcd midway betwccn thc edgcs
of thc mcmbcr in thc dirccti on normal to the applicd
Either pcrforated covcr platcs or tic platcs without laci ng force. When thc pin is cxpectcd to provide for rel:1tivc
are penniued 10 be uscd on thc opcn sides of built-up movernent between connectcd parts while undcr fui!
tcnsion membcrs. Tic platcs shall havc a length not less than load, the di a meter of thc pin holc shall not be more than 1
two-thirds thc distance betwecn thc lincs of welds or mm greatcr than thc diarnctcr of thc pin.
fasteners connccting them to the components of the mcmber.
Thc thickness of such tic plates shall not be lcss than onc-
tifticth of thc distancc bctwecn thcse lincs. Thc
longitudinal spacing of intcnnitlent wclds or fastencrs at
tic platcs shall not cxcccd 150 mm.

User Note: Thc longitudinal spaci.ng of connectors

l>etwcen components should preferably limit the
slcndemcss ratio in any componen! betwccn thc
conncctors to 300.

504.5 Pin-Connected Mcmbcrs

504.5.1 Tcnsílc Strcngth

'I11c design tcnsilc strcngth, 41/~, . and thc allowable tcnsilc
slrcngth. P,,/Q1 of of pin-connectcd membcrs. shall be
thc lowcr valuc ohtaincd according 10 thc li mit statcs of
tcnsJic rupture, shcar rupturc, bcaring, and yielding.

1. For tcnsilc 111plllrc on thc nct cffcctivc arca:

(504.5-1)

fÁ = 0.75 (LRFD) D¡ =2.00 (ASD)

2. For shear rupturc on thc cffcctive arca:

Association of Struclural Engineers of tlle Philippin~)S

 C HAPT E I~ S- Swel anti Metal:; !i 4!i

--
·, ,; , _'T'fl.bJ.•~ 504.3.1 . •. •.
, .·. ,-.$hear J,;ag·. ~ra~t~rs tot éopnections to Tensiori Merribers ·
' . '·.:.'' . .':· ,• .. . ' . .

Case Dcscription of Elcment ---:---:------1-~

S.:..:h.::.c'::..:'l!.:..:.'=-·':.:.tg2..~.:.. ac;·_t;.::o..:..r.'-U.::......_.¡__.:..:.::.~-'----i
r .::. Exampl c
Alltcnsion mcmbcrs whcre the tension load is transmiucd
U= 1.0
dircctly to cach of cross-sectional elcments by fastc:ncrs or -
wclds. (cxccp! as in Cases 3, 4, 5 and 6)
)1
All tension lll'!Plhers. cxcep! plates and HSS, where the tension

!
l oad is trans·miued !O somc bu! nol all of thc cross-sectional )'~
2
c lerncnts by fasteners or longitudinal welds (AI!crnatcly. fór
W, M. S ancl HP. Case 7 may be used.)
U= 1- ""

u= 1.0
r:Ll
Alltension membe r.~ wherc the tcnsion load is transmiucd by
and
3 transversc wclds 10 some but not al! of !he cross-sectional
A, = arca of thc dircctl y -
elements.
connected elcmcnts
1?. 211' ... u= 1.0
4
Platcs whcre thc tension load is transmiHed by longitudinal
wclds only.
2w > 1?. 1.5w ... U= 0.87
1.5w > 1 ?_ 11' • • _ U = 0.75
~EY]-
• 1 ....

1?: L3 D.. lJ =1.0

5 Round HSS with :1 single concem ri c gussct platc.
x-DI n
D ~ 1<1.3 D .. . U = 1--' "
<93
m
-----t- - - -------·---------.----------------J------ - -- - - ---j---
1;:: 1-1 ... u =1-·' "
with a single concentric
8 2 +281-J
gussct pl.ate x-----
4(8 + J-1)

m
6 Rectangu lar 1-lSS
1 ~ H ...U =1- ¡ ll
with two side gusset p!ates 82
x - - -- -
4(8+/i)
with nange connected with
b¡?. 213d ... u = 0.90
W , M. S or HP Shapes or Tees 3 or more fasten·ers per fine ---
. . d' . . . b¡<213d ... U=0.85
cut from t 11ese s11apes. (]f· u 1s l-..._.,;.'-:- 1 1o.,-a(_I
n.:..:.:..:t---:re--'c-'-'!I...:.o...:n....:o:..c....:...:. 1-n--"g'
: ----:-_.. ----- - - -- ----l---- ---··
7
calcul ated pcr Case 2, the larger with web connected with 4
value is permitted to be used) or more fastcners per line in -·-
direction of loading
With 4 or more fasteners per U= _
0 80
Single anglcs (lf U is calculated ::.2g4 _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _- - t - - - -- - - - - - 1
l-.::.li.:.:n.:-..e.ccir:.:..l..:d.:..:ir;.::e.::.ct:..:.io.::.J:..:.l_o:..:.:. f. .:.lo-=--a::. :d:.:i.n
8 per Case 2, the larger value is With 2 or 3 fastteners per
permi!tcd to be used line in the dir<:ction of u =0.60
loading
1 = length of con nection, mm. w= platc width, mm; X= connection ecccntricity, mm; B = overall width of
rectangular HSS mcmber, measured 90 degrees lo the planc: of the connection, mm H = overall hcight of rectangular
HSS mcmber, measured in the plane of the C9.!_~ nection, mm.__ ______

11
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 5 4G CHAPTH~ 5 · Steel ancJ Met<tls

The width of thc plate at the pin hale shall not be less
than 2b." + el :111d the mínimum cxtcnsion. a, bcyond thc
bcaring cnd of thc pin holc. parallcl to thc axis of the
mcmber, slwll not be lcss than 1.33 x b.n
This scction addrcsscs mcmbcrs subject lo axial
The corners heyond thc pin hole are pcrmitted to be cut at comprcssion !hrough the ccntroidal axis.
45" to thc axis of the membcr. provided the net arca The sccti<'il is organizcd as follows:
beyand the pin hale, on a plane perpendic ular to the cut,
is not lcss th:u1 that required beyond the pin hole parallcl to 505.1 General Provisions
the axis of thc member. 505.2 Slendemess Limitations and Effcctive Length
5053 Compressive Strcngth for Flexura! Buckling of
504.6 Eycbars Members without Slender Elements

504.6.1 Ténsilc Str cngth User Note: For members not includcd in this section the
1 Thc available tensile strcngth af eyebars shall be following sections apply:
determincd in accordance with Section 504.2, with A.
tak cn as the cross-seclional arca of the body. 508.1 - 508.3 Members subject to combined ax.ial
comprcssion and nexure.
For calculation purposes. thc width of the bady of the 508.4 Members subject to axial compression
cycbars shall not exceed eight times its thickness. and torsion.
5t0.4.4 Compressive strcngth of connecting
504.6.2 Dimensional Rcquiremcnts
elements.
Eycbars shall be of uniform thickness, without Composite axial membcrs.
509.2
reinfarccment at the pin holes. and havc ci rcular heads
with the pcriphery conccntric with !he pin holc.
505.1 General Provisions
The radius of transition between thc circular head and thc Thc dcsign compressive strcngth, <Pe Pn, and th-::
eyebar body shall not be lcss than the head diamcter. allowable compressive strength, Pn/ .n, . are determincd
as follows:
Thc pin diametcr shall nat be less than seven-eighths times
the eyebar body width, and the pin hole diarneter shall not
The nominaJ compressivc strenglh, Pn, shall be thc lowest
be more than l mm greatcr than thc pin diameter.
vaJue obtaincd according to the limit states ofncxur;,~
buckling, torsional buckling andflexural-torsional buckling.
For steels having F, greater than 485 MPa. the holc
diameter shall not exceed five times the plate thickne:ss, and l. For doubly symmetric and singly symmetric members
the width uf the eyebar body shall be reduced accordingly. the limit state of flexura! buckling is applicablc.
A thickness of less than 13 mm is permissible oonly if
externa! mns are provided to tighten pin plates and filler 2. For singly symmetric and unsymmetric members, and
certain doubly symmetric rnembcrs, such as cruciform
plates i 1110 snug contact. The width from the hole edge to
the plate edge perpendicular to the direction of applied or built-up columns. the limit states of torsional or
load shall be greater than two-thirds and, for the purpose nexural-torsional buckling are also applicablc.
of calculati on, 1101 more than three-fourths times thc
eyebar hodywidth.
<Pe =0.9á,LRFQ rlc =1.67(ASD)
505.2 Slcnderncss Limilatious and EITcctivc Lcngtlt
The effectivc lcngth facto r, K. ror calculation of column
slenderness, KI/r, shall be dctcrmined in accordance wilh
section 503,
wherc
L = lateral! y unbraced length of the me111ber, 111111.
r = governing radius of gyration, mm .
K = the effective length factor detennincd in
accordance with Section 503.2

Association of Struclural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAP IT f~ [i · Stcwl ancl Mutals :1

User Note: For members designed on· the basis of

compression, the slendemess ratio KUr preferably 505.4 Comprcssivc Strcngth for Tursional and
should not exceed 200. Flcxural-Torsional Buckling of Mcmbcrs withoul
Slcndcr Elcmcnts
505.3 Comprcssive Strcngth for Flexura! Buckling of This scction applics tu singly symmetric and unsymmctnc
Membcrs Without Slendcr Elcmcnls mcmbers, and ce11ain doubly symmctric mcmbcrs. sut h
This scction applics to comprcssion mcmbcrs with as cru'"ifonn or built·tl p columns with compact and
cornpact and noncompact sccti ons, as defincd in Scction noncompact scctions, as delined in Scction 502.4 for
50~.4. for uniformly comprcsscd elements. unifonnly compresscd elemcnts. Thesc provisions are nnt
requircd for si ngle angles, which are covercd in ()cclidl!
User Note: When the t<>rsiQ'itál u®~ !~AA iS 1arger 505.5.
than the lateral unbliced lclihlft; 'ifiis ~~--¡jlAy;:_'é:Qi,it¡:Ul
the design of wide f!apge ánd·:~iiüilatfY'sha~ t81Üiliñs . .. The nominal comprcssi ve strcngth, P,., shall be
determined based on the limit statcs of flex ural-torsiun;d
Thc nominal compressive strength, Pn, shall be dctermined and torsional buckling, as follows:
bascd on the limit state of flexu ra! buckling.
(505.4· 1)
(505.3-1)
1. For double-angle and tce-shaped compn:~sion
Thc tlcxural buckling stress, Fe" is determincd as follows: members:

l. whcn
r
J;f;·
-KL $4.7 1 -
FY
or ( F, ~ 0.44F,.)

Fcr = 0.658
[ !il
f
< Fy (505.3-2) whcre Fcry taken as Fcr from Equation 505 .3-2 or
505.3-3, for flexura! buckling about the y-axis of .
KL KL
symmctry and - = - , and
,.
2. when -KL > 4.71 -
r Fy
J;f; or ( F, < 0.44F,.)
')·

GJ
F =- - (505 4-3)
Cl'l A,. 2
Fcr =0.877F~ (505.3-3) g

where 2. For all ot11er cases, Fcr shall be dctermined according

to Equation 505.3-2 or 505.3-3, using the torsional or
!~ :::: elastic
critica! buckling stress determined flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress, ¡;-_,
according to Equation 505.3-4, Section 505.4, or determined as follows:
the provisions of Section 503.2, as applicable,
MPa. a. For doubly symmetric members:

b. For singly symmetric members wherc y is the •'.is p!

symmctry:
User Note: TI1e two equations fot ~alC\~¡ating the linúts
and applfcability of Sections S05.3(a)" and 50~.3(b), one
based on KUr. and one based on F., provide the same result.

c. For unsymmetric members, Fe is !he In",... : : uul ol

the cubic equation:

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 !i·4il CHAPTER 5 · Steel and Metals

505-3 or Scction 505-7, as appropriatc, for axially loaded

mcmbers, a~ well as thosc subjcct to thc slcndcrness
modilication of Scction 505-5(a) or 505-5{b), providcd thc
members meet the criteria imposed.

The effccts of ccccntricity on single anglc membcrs are

(505.4-6) pcnnitted to be ncglected whcn thc members are cvaluated
as axially loaded compression membcrs usi ng one of thc
whcrc cffecti ve slendemess ratios spccified below, provided ú1nt: ( 1:
A, = gross arca of member, mm 2 members are loaded at thc ends in comprcssion lhrough th._
c.. = warping constan!, mm6 san1e onc leg; (2) membcrs are auached by welding or by
mínimum two-bolt coru1cctions; and (3) lhere are 110
inlermediate transverse loads.
-2 2 2 l, + ly
... :: x o + )' ,, + - A
--
rA (505.4-
l. For equal-lcg anglcs or unequal -leg anglcs connectcd
S
7) through the longer lcg that are individual members or
are web members of planar trusses wilh adjacent web
H = I- x~+y; (505.4-8) members auached to the same side of the gusset p i ate
-2
rt> or chord:

L
a. whcn 0~-~80:
''x
(505.4-9) KL = 72 + 0.75!:..
,. (505.5 - 1)

(505.4-10)
L
b. when - > 80:
rx
KL L
~ 200
-
r
=32+1 .25 -
,. (505.5-2)

(505.4- 11) "

For unequal-leg angles with lcg length ratios less than 1.7
and connected through the shorter leg, KUr from
G = shear rnodulus of elast icity of stcel Equatio ns 505.5-1 and 505.5-2 shall be increased by
= 77 200MPa. adding 4 [(b/b.,) 2 - l ], but KUr of thc members shall not be
!..-, !,. = moment of inerti a about the princi pal axes, less than 0.95Ur,.
4
mm.
2. For equal-leg angles o r unequal-leg angles connected
J = torsional constan!, mm 4 •
through the longer leg that are web members of box or
K, = effective length factor for torsional buckling
space trusses with adjacent web membcrs attached to
x•. Y• = coordinates of shcar center with respect to the
the same side of the gusset pinte or chord:
centroid, rrun.
ro = polar radius of gyrati on about the shear L
center, mm. a. when 0~-~75 :
r,. = radius of gyration about y-axis, mm. rX

User Note: For doubly symrne tric I-shaped sectio ns, KL = 60+ 0.8i:_
e,.. may be taken as / yh; /4,
where ho is ÚlC distance r ,.
X
(505.5-3)

between flange centroids, in lieu of a more precise L

analysis. For tees and double angles, omit tcrm with e,.. b. when ->75:
when computing F ,l and take Xo as o. rr

505.5 Single Angle Compression Mcmbers KL = 45 +!:.. ~ 200 (505.5 -4)

r
The nominal comprcssive strenglh, P., of single angle
members shall be deten nined in accordance with Scction

Associalion of Structural Engineers of the Pllilippines

 CHAPTEB !) · Stecl ami Metals 5 4!3

For uncqual-lcg anglcs with lcg length ratios less than 1.7
and connected through t11c shorter leg, KUr from ( KL)
r "'
= modificd column slcndcrncss of built-up
Equations 505.5-3 and 505.5-4 shall be incrcased by
adding 61 (b;'1Js) 2 - 1), but KUr of the mcmber shall not be mcmbcr
lcss than 0.82/Jr,,
whcrc
( ~-L )o = column s lcndcrncss of built-up membcr

acting as a unit in thc buckl ing

L = lcngth ofmcrnber bctwcen work points at
truss chord ccnterlincs, mm.
b1 =longcr lcg of angle, mm.
b, = shorter leg of angle, mm.
r, = radius of gyration about geomctric axis
parallel to con nccted leg, mm.
r, = radius of gyration fpr the minar principal axis.
mm.
3. Single angle members with different end conditions
from those described in Section 505.5(a) or (b), with
leg length ratios grcater lhan 1.7, or with transverse
loading shall be cvaluatcd for combined axial load
and flcxure using the provisions of section 508. End
connection lo diffcrcnl legs on cach cnd or 10
bolhlcgs, tJ¡c use of single bolts or t11e attachment of
adjacent web members to opposite sides of the gussct
plale or chord shall constitute differcnl end conditions
requiring the use of section 508 provisions.
direction bcing considercd
{1 = distance between conneclors, rnm.
r. . =mínimum radius of gyration of individual
componen!, mm.
= radius of gyra ti on of individual componen!
relative 10 its centroidal axis parallel to
mcmber axis of buckling, 111111.
a = separation ratio = hl2rib
= dislance between centroids ofindividual
" componenls perpendicular to the member
axis ofbuckJing, mm.
2. The nominal compressi ve strength of built-up
members composed of two or more shapes or plates
wilh at least one open sidc interconnected by
perforated cover plates or lacing wilh tic plates shall
be detennined in accordancc with Sections 505.3.
505.4, or 505.7 subjcct lo the modification givcn in
Section 505.6.l(a).

505.6 lluilt-up Mcmbers 505.6.2 Dimensional Requircments

505.6.1 Comprcssivc Strcngth
l. The nominal compressive strenglh of buill-up
members composed of two or more shapes 1ha1 are
intcrconnecled by bolts or welds shall be delermincd
in accordance wilh Seclions 505 .3, 505.4, or
505 .7 subject 10 lhe following modificalion. In
lieu of more accurate analysis. if the buck.Jing mode
involves relative deformations that produce shear
forccs in thc connectors between individual shapes,
KUr is rcplaced by (KUr)m determincd as follows:
a. For intermediate connectors that are snug-tight
bolled:
= (KL) +(~)
2 2
Individual components of compression members composed
of two or more shapcs shall be connected to one another at
inlervals, a, such lhat the effective slendemess ratio Ka/ri
of cach of the componen! shapes, between the fasteners,
docs no! exceed three-fourths times the goveming
slendemess ratio of the built-up member. The least radius
of gyration, ri, shall be used in compuling lhe slenderness
ratio of each componen! part. The end conneclion shall be
welded or pretensioned bolted wilh Class A or B faying
suliaccs.
User No~:. It is . apceptabl~:· .to: design '· a bolt~ ·· end
con.nectioii of a. bü~t:up oo.~~~i9n ~mbel; for the Jull
oomp_~iw )~ .;Wi~,h?-It§AP.·Sh~.'an~..bolt·:·:v~ues. b~
on ~!lg_¡v~Ué9i b.qw.~v'e.(ft¡~)>:(\lt$·m.~t ~:.l'~~io.ned.

( KL)
r ,. r () r,
(505.6-1) The. reqp_ir~mept ·fpr_.q~s,\A." Qr.a; ~áriJ:l~ -~!uf~cés.-:is. not
intencted Iói:ihé ·.i-esistaiiee'<>f the axiál ·fon;e in.the:l?uil~-up
mem~. bui- ~átlier to privent ~lati.v~ moyement·bet\veen
b. For in1ermedia1e connectors that are wclded or the :C9~pqji~ntht PtY .~n~ ;a,s-«"!e l:!uil.t.up_IJ\yl;tlbyr '*es ·a
prclensioned bolted : cu.tved shape: . : .·. . ..... ,,, . ; ;. ; .
Al lhc cnds of built-up compression membcrs bcaring on
KL 2;.O 82 a. 2 (.!!._)2
( r )Q · ~ r, 1,
base plates or milled surfaces, all components in contact
with one another shall be connected by a weld having a
(505.6-2) Iength not Jess than the maximum widlh of the membcr or
by bolts spaced Jongitudinally nol more than four diameters
apart for a dislance cqual to 11f2 1imes the maximum width
where of 1he member.

1
Nalional Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 ~j !11J CHAP lTI-i S· S!eel and lv1etals
Along thc lcngth of built-up comprcssion mcmbcrs betwccn
thc end connections rcquired abovc, longitudinal spacing
for intcnnittcnt wclds or bolts shall be adcquatc to
providc for thc transfcr of thc rcquired forccs. For
limitations on thc longitudinal spacing of fastc11crs
bctwccn clcmcnts in co111inuous comact consisting of a
platc and a shapc or two pi ates, scc Scction 51 0.3.5.
Whcrc a componen! of a built-up cornprcssion mcmbcr
consists of an outsidc plate, thc maximum spacing shall
no! cxceed thc thickness of thc thinncr outside plate
tiines0.75JE/ FY , nor 305 mm, when intcrmittcnt
wclds are providcd along thc cdgcs of the componcnts
or when faste11crs are providcd 011 all gagc fines al cach
section. Whcn fastcners are staggcred, tl1c maximum
spacing on cach gagc linc shall 1101 cxcced the thickncss
of the thinncr outside plate times 1.1 2JE/ F .r nor 460
mm.
Open sidcs of comprcssion membcrs built up from platcs
or shapes shall be providcd with continuous cover plates
pcrforated with a succcssion of access hales. The
1 unsupported width of such plates at access holes, as
l defincd in Scction 502.4, is assumed to contribute to thc
l
available strength providcd the followi11g requi rements
are met:
1. Thc width-thickness rati o shall conform to thc
limitations of Scction 502.4.
User Note: It is conservative to use the Hmiting
width/thi.ckness ratio for Case 14 in Table 502.4.1
with the width, b, taken ·as the transverse distance
between the nearest lines of fasteners. The net area of
the plate is taken at the widest hole. In Iieu of this
approach, the ·limiting width · thickness ratio may be
determíned through analysis
2. The ratio of length (in direction of stress) to width of
hole shall not exceed two.
3. The clear distancc between holes in the direction of
stress shall be not less than the transverse distance
between nearest fines of connecting fasteners or
welds.
4. The pe1iphery of thc holes at all points shall ha ve a
mínimum radius of 38 mm.
As an allernative to perforated cover plates, Iacing with
tic plates is permittcd al each end and at intermediate
points if the lacing is interrupted. Tie plates shall be as
near the cnds as practicable. In members providing
avrulable strength, the end tic plates shalJ have a lengú1 of
not Jess than ú1e distance between the lines of fasteners or
welds connecting thcm to the components of the member.
Intermediate tic platcs shall have a length not less than
Association of St r~cturaf Engineers of the Philippines
onc-half of this distance. Thc thickncss of tic platcs shall
be not less than onc-Jifticth of thc distancc bctwccn lines
of wclds or fastcncrs connecting thcm to thc scgmcnts of thc
mcrnbcrs. In weldcd construction, thc welding on cach linc
wnnccting a tic platc shall total not lcss than one-third thc
lcngth of the platc. In boltcd construction, the spacing in
the direction of stress in tic plates shall be not more than
six diameters and the tic platcs shall be conncctc<.l to cach
segmcnt by at lcast three fastcncrs.
Lacing, including flat bars, anglcs, channel:., or othcr
shapcs cmployed as lacing, shall be so spaccd that the U r
ratio of the flangc includcd betwccn their conncctions
shall not excced three-fourtl1s times the goventing
slcndemess ratio for tl1c mcmber as a whole. Lacing shall
be proportioned to provide a shearing strength nonnal to
tl1e axis of thc member equal to 2 percent of thc avrulable
comprcssivc strcngth of the mcmbcr. The Ur ratio for
lacing bars arranged in single systcms shall nol exceed
140. For double lacing this ratio shall not excecd 200.
Doublc lacing bars shall be joined at thc intcrscctions. For
lacing bars in compression, 1 is pem1itted 10 be taken as thc
unsupported length of the lacing bar bctween welds or
fasteners connecting it to the components of thc built-up
membér for single lacing, and 70 pcrcent of that distance
for double lacing.
User Note: The inclination of lacing bars to the axis of~~
member shall preferably be not less thm 60' for si~~l~
lacing and 45' for double lacing. When thc diseft.l~~
between the Iines of welds or fastencrs in the flange~·¿¡~¡
more than 380 mm, the Iacing shall preferabJy:r<b,~·
double orbe ntade of angles. ···t_:<:~
For additional spacing requirernents, see section 510.3.5.
505.7 Members with Slender Elcments
This section applies to compression members with slender
sections, as defined in Section 502.4 for uniformly
compressed elements.
The nominal comp1:essive strength, P•• shal l be determincd
based on the limit states of flexura!, torsional and flexural-
torsional buckling.
(505.7-1 )
a. when KL :S 4.7 1 ~-E ( or /·~ ~ 0.44QI·~.)
r ~ QF_,.
Fcr =Q
[
0.658 F'
Qt:, l
Fy (505.7-2)
 CI·!APTD i 5. S!cel ami Mutals ~.> - :)1

b. whcn -KL >4.71 - -

,.
g;:·
QJ~.
(or /·~. < 0.44QF,.)
2. P'or llangcs, anglcs. and platcs projccting from built -
up columns or o1hcr comprcssion mcmbcrs:

1~, = 0.877/·~ (505.7-3) a. whcn -b ;o:; 0.64 - -

t
~~
whcrc
Q., = 1.0 (505.7 -7)
F, == c las tic critica! buckling stress, cal<.:ulatcd
using Equati ons 50.'i.1-4 and 505.4-4 for
doub!y symmcu·ic mcmbcrs, Equations 50~.3-4 b. when
and 505.4-5 for singly symmetric members,
and Equation 505.4-6 for unsymmetric

{ b)J{t'•·
members, except for single ang!es where F, is
Qs = 1.415 - 0.6 - -· (505.7-8)
calculated using Equation 505.3-4.
t Ek"
Q = 1.0 for mcmbers with compact and
noncompact sectíons, as defined in Section
502.4, for uniformly compressed elements c. whcn b/t > 1.17~
Q.,Qa for members with slender-element
sections. as defined in Section 502.4, for
unifonnly compressed elemcnts. Q, = 0.90E\ (505.7-9)

User Note: For cross sections composed of only stiffened F,. (~)
slender elcments, Q = Qr ( 0o =1.0). For cross sections
wherc
composed of ottly stiffened slender clements, Q = Qa (Qs
= 1.0). For cross sections composed of both stiffened k = _ 4_ and shall not be taken less than 0.35 nor
and unstiffencd slender elements, Q=Qsº-a · r Jh/t,..
g realer 1han 0.76 for calculalion purposes
505.7.1 Slcndcr Unstiffcned Elemcnts, Q.
The reduction factor Q, for s lender unstiffened elements 3. For s ingle angles
is defincd as follows:
l. For Oanges, angles, and plates projecting from rollcd a. when -b $ 0.45 -
F,.
Jf,
-
columns or other compression membcrs: t

a. when
b
- $0.56 -
t Fy
¡; E

b.
(¿. =1.0

when 0.45 J Ef FY < b/ t :<> 0.91J Ef Fy

(505.7 -1 0)

º' = 1.0
(505.7-4)

b. when 0.56JtjF>. <b/t<t.03JEJF,. Q5 = 1.34-0.7 {b)~

-¡ E (505.7-11)

Q, =l .4Js-o.7"\1 fF; ib)v'E (505.7-5)

c. when b/ t > 0.91JE/ F_,.

c. when !J/t ~ l.03Jt.JF,. . (r

Q = ___ü.53E

Fy !!_
1
(505.7- 12)

Q = 0.69E (505.7-6)
,f (b)2
F -
wherc
y t b = fu!l width of longcst anglc leg, mm.

4. For stems of tccs

11
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 -~

5·5:?. CHAPTI::R 5 · Steel and Metals

2. For flanges of squarc and rectangular slcnder-clemcnt

a. whcn :!.so.75 /i:
1 {i·:, . (' '1' )' k ·¡ 7
SCC(IO ilS O Ulll Ol'lll ( l!C "llCSS Wl( l
(E
b 2: 1.40Vf:

Q,. = I.O (505.7-13)

(505.7- 18)
b.

wherc

Q,. =1.908- 1.2{ 7)ff (505.7-14)

c. whcn djr > 1.03/*

Q = 0.69E (505.7- 1S)

• .c:r
F• 3. For axially-Joaded circular scctions:

E D E
whcrc when 0. 11 - <- <0.45-
F)' 1 F>'
b = width of unstiffcned comprcssion clcmcnt , as
dcfincd in Scction 502.4 , mm. (505 .7- 19)
d = the full nominal dcpth of tce, mm.
= thickness of elemcnt, mm.
whcrc
505.7.2. Slendcr Stiffencd Elements, Qa D = outsidc diametcr, mm.
The rcduction factor, Oa for slender stiffcncd elcmcnts is =wall thickness, mm.
defincd as follows:

(505.7-16)

where
A = total cross-scctional arca of mcmber, mm 2 .
A,g = summation of the cffecti ve arcas of th c cross
section based on the reduccd effective
width, be, mm2.

·nte reduced cffective width , b,, is determined as follows:

l. For uniformly conwresscd slcnder elements, with

b 1.49 ¡y~
-·;:: - . exccpt Oanges of squarc and
1 f
rectangular scctions of unifo n n thickness:

b(
tE[
=1.92rY7 1- o 34
(;/1) vifE] ~b (505.7-17)

whcre

f is taken as Fcr with Fcr calculatcd based on Q = 1.0.

Association of Structural Engineers o f the Philippines

 CHAPTER 5 · Stcel antl Metals !.i·:>:l

and the nominal flexura! strengtl1, M 11 , shall he determined

according lo Sections 506.2 through 506. 12.

This scction app1ics to members subject to simple bcnding 2. The provisions in this Section are based on thc
about one principal axis. For simple bcnding, the member is assumption that points of support for beams <md girders
loaded in a plant: parallel to a principal axis that passes are rcstraincd agai nst rotation about thcir longitudinal
through the shear ccntcr or is restraincd against twisting at axis.
load points and suppons.
Thc following tem1s are common to thc cquations in this
The section is organized as follows: Section except where noted:
= lalcral-lorsional buckling modification factor
506. 1 General Provisions for nonuniform moment diagrams when both
5(Xí.2 Doubly Symmetric Compact 1-Shaped Membcrs ends of the unsupported scgment are braccd
and Channels Bent about Thei r Major Axis
506.3 Doubly Symmctric 1-Shaped Membcrs wi lh 125Mmax TJ < O
Compact Webs and Non-compact or Slender e;, "M _3, ( 506.1-1 )
25M;,,"x+3MA +4Mn+3Mc
Fl angcs Dent about Their Major Axis
506.4 Othcr 1-Shapcd Mcmbers wilh Cornpact or where
Noncompact Webs Bcnt about Thcir Major Axis
506.5 Doubly Symmctric and Singl y Symrnetric 1- M mcJ.\ = absolute va luc of maxirnum momcnt in the
Shapcd Mcmbcrs with Slender Webs Bent unbraced segmcnt, N-mm.
about Thcir Major Axis M" = absolute value of moment at quaner point of thc
506.6 1-Shapcd Membcrs and Channels Bcnt about unbraced scgment, N-mm.
Their Minor Ax is Mn = absolute value of momcnt at centerl ine of thc
506.7 Square and Rectangular HSS and Box-Shaped unbraced segment, N-mm .
Membcrs Me = absolute value of moment at threc-quarter
506.H Round HSS point of thc unbraced segmcnt, N-mm.
506.9 Tees and Double Angles Loaded in the Plane of R,. = cross-seclion monosymmetry parameter
Symmetry = 1.0, doubly symmetric membcrs
506.10 Single Angles = 1.0, si ngly symrnetric members subjectcd to
506. 11 Rectangular Bars and Rounds single curvaturc bending
2
506.12 Unsymmetrical Shapes
506.13 Proportions of Beams and Girders = 0.5 + 2(!.E..)
/)'
, singly symmctric members

User ~ote: Fot members not included iri this scction thc subjected to reverse curvature bending
foli6Wing'sdtio'ns á~J?Iy: :: .. ; :..: .. f,. = moment of inertia about thc principal y-axis,
508.1-508.3 M«mbers ·subjcct to.biaiiaÚlexure orto mm 4 .
; · ·:. · . . cOtbbióéd 1Íexure md
uiáiiforCe. · ·
1
r< = moment of inertia about y-axis rcferred to the
compression flange, or if reverse curvature
508.4 . . ~einbers subj~c~ to fl,e~ure1¡¡nd.-torsion. 4
Appendix~ :A-3 .. Mémbers' ·sub·i~>nt • ·--t- u··· ;.. r ..... •• , bcnding, rcferrcd to tl1e smaller flange, mm •
·'· · ·· · · · - ·. . ~.~~. ~9 -~t-gt,lv. '•
Scction 507 Design provisioris:for she.i~r: · ·
In singly symmetric mcmbers subjected to reverse
For g'uidance in deterriúning·tl1e appropiiáte·s&:tions ofthis curvature bending, the lateral-torsional buckli ng strcngth
scction to apply, Table User Note 5<>6.1.1 may be used. · shall be checked for both n angcs.

506.1 General Provisions The availablc flexura! strcngth shal l be greater than or
cqual lo the maximum rcquired moment causing
The design fl exura! strength, 1/Jb M " , and the allowablc compression within the fl ange under consideration Ch is
flexu ra! strength, M 11 / D.I>, shall be determined ns pennitted lo be conservatively taken as 1.O for all cases.
For cantilevers or overhangs wherc the free end is
follows:
unbraced, Cb = 1.0.
1. For all provisions in this Secti on

t/>11 =0.90(LRF~ Qb =1.67 (AS~

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 [i-54 CHAPTF.R 5 · Steel and Metals

Flangc Wcb Limil

Cross Scction
Slcndcrncss Slcndcrncss S tates
Section 506
._...,
506.2
·I- __J.
_j e e Y,LTB

506.3
·I- NC,S e LTB,FLB

506.4
Il C, NC, S C,NC Y, LTB,FLB, TFY

506.5
IJ -- ---
C, NC,S S Y,LTB,FLB,TFY

506.6
+-+-L....J·-· C, NC,S N/ A Y,FLB
-~ ·

506.7
8· C,NC,S C,NC Y, FLB, WLB

506.8
-o NIA N/ A Y, LB

506.9 --¡ ·-F -¡ --- C,NC,S N/ A Y,LTB,FLB

506. 10 -
b ·- A-·
-· N/ A NI A Y,LTB, LLB

506.11

506.1 2
1•
Unsymmetrical shapes
N/ A

N/ A
N/ A

N/ A
Y,LTB

All !imit states

Y = yielding, LTB = lateral-torsional buckling, FLB == flangc local buckling, WLB = wcb local buckling, TFY = tcnsion flangt.
= =
yielding, LLB leg local buckling, LB = local buckling, C compact,
=
NC noncompact, S = slender

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 User Note: For do ubly symmetric members with no
lransverse loading between brace po_ints, Equation 506. 1-1
F,.r = (C;
2

7r ) ;
. JI>
e078 / ;,,,(:::r
f .¡
reduces lo 2.27 for the case of equal end moments of r,j
opposite sign and ro 1.67 when one end moment equals (.'i06.2-4 )
zero.
whcrc

506.2 Doubly Symmclric Compact 1-Sha pcd Mcmbcrs F = rnodulus of1elasti c ity of stccl = 200 000 MPa.
and C hanncls Hcnt ahout thcir Major Axis .1 = torsional constan!, mm4.
This section applics 10 doubly symmc tric t-s hapcd mcmbcrs S., = clastic sccti on modulus takcn abou t the x-axis.
ami channc ls bc nt aboul thcir m<üor ax is, ha ving compac t rnm3.
wc bs and compact 11angcs ¡¡s dcfincd in Scction 502.4.
Uscr Note: The square root tenn in Equation 506.2-4 may
Uscr Note: A ll current ASTM A6 W, S, M , C and MC be conscrvaúvely taken equal to 1.0.
shapes excepl W21x48, Wl4x99, W l4x90, Wl2x65,
W!Ox12, W8x31, W8x JO, W6xiS, W6x9, W6x 8.5, and T he lim iting lcngths L ,, a nd ¡_, are dctermined as follows:
M4x6 have compac t flangcs for Fy ~345 MPa; all current
ASTM A6 W, S, M, HP, C and MC shapes havc compac t L1, = 1.76r,. (506.2-.'i)
webs at F r~50 MPa. .

1 -
~ J~e fl+ /t+ó.?{0.7~-~ S,h.,)-
Th e nomi na l fl ex ura ! strc ng th, M... shall be the lowcr >

val ue obtaincd acc ordin g 10 thc limit statcs o f yie lding L,. =1.9 :'1¡,
(plastic rnorncnt) and late ral -torsional buc kling . 0.71·.. 5)\ 1\ \ E Jc

506.2.1. Yiclding (506.2-6)

M .. "'M ,.=F _
, z, (506. 2- 1) whcrc

whcre
, Jl,.C".
,.-,..; = - - - (506.2-7)
F, = spccificd míni mu m yi e ld s tress o f the typc S,
o f steel be ing uscd. MPa .
Z. "'plastic sec ti on modulus abou t thc x-ax is. mm·. a nd
For a doubly symmetric 1-shapc: e = (506.2-8al
506.2.2 La teral-Torsional Buckling

c= ~J I,
l. Whcn U.~/..¡., thc limit statc o f late ral-torsional
buc kling docs not ¡¡pply. For a c hanne l: (506.2-81>)
2 C.,.
2. When L 1
, < L!. :S L,
where

M,. =C11 [M" - (M , - 0.7F.SJ( L, =LL,,Jl$M

1 1
4
'
,
11
h,, = d istance betwcen the tlange centroids, mm.
1

(506.2-2) Uscr N ote: If the square roo! term in Equation 506.2-4 is

3. Whe n Lb > L conservatively taken equa l lo 1, Equaúon 506.2-6 becornes

(506 .2-3)

w hcre

= length bc twccn poi nt s that are c ithcr braced

against latera l displaceme nt of comprcss ion Note U1a1 this approximation can be cxtremely
flangc or braccd again st tw is t or
thc c ross co nservati ve.
secti on . mm.
For doHP!X ~~!lim~tri_c I-~trape$ .\Vith rec.tangular flanges,

C,-·,; {;~~·y_-:: .··:·: ·,.. . '·' ..· . .

4 ·and tl!us Equation 506.2-7 becomes

1
National Structural Code of the PJ1ilippines 6 h Edi!ion Volume 1
 •; f,(j CH/\P IT 1~ ~~ Sleel and Me!<tls

A¡.¡ '== A.fl is thc limillllg ~~~:ndcnH:~~ lur a I:OIIlpm:l nallgc,

Tahlc 502.4.1

r A.,1 =}v· is tite limiting ~l cnócrn\!S~ fm a non comp:r~:t

may be approximaied accurately and conscrvatively as
ts
thc radius of gyration of the compression flangcs plus onc- llangc,Tahlc 502.4 1
sixth of the web:
4
K "' r;:¡:- a11cl shal l not be takcn l e~~ than 0.35 nor
. ""''· '
grcatcr tha11 0 .76'. fnr cakulation purpuscs.

506.4 Oth(•r 1-Shapcd Membcrs with Compact or

506.3 Doubly Synunctric l-Shapcd Mcmbcrs wifh
Compuct Wcbs and Noncompact o r SlcndcJ· Fl:wgc.s
Bcnt a bout thcir Major Axis
This scction applies to doubly symmctric 1- shaped rncmbcr~
bent about their major axis havi ng compact wchs ami non
comp¡¡ct or slcnder tlanges as dcfincd in Scction 502.4.
Noncompact Wcbs Bcnt ahout lhcir Major Axis
This scction applics to: (a) doubly symmetric J. shapcd
mcrnbcrs bcnt about thcir m;tior axis with 11011 compact wcbs;
and (b) singly symmctric 1-shaped mcmbers with webs
attachcó to thc mid-width ·or thc !Jangcs, bent about their
major axis. wi th compact or 11011 compact webs, as defined
in Section 502.4.

Uscr Note: 1-shapcd mcmbcrs for which this section is

Uscr Note: The following shapes have non compact
flanges for Fy~ 345 MPa: W2l x48, Wl4x99, Wl4x90,
WJ 2x65, W!Oxl2, W8x31, W8x JO, W6x 15, W6x9,
W6 x 8.5, and M4x6. All other ASTM A6 W, S, M, and
HP shapes ha ve compact flanges for F,. ~ 345 MPa.
The nominal flexura! strcngth, M 11 , shall be thc lowcr
value obtaincd according to the limit st;ucs of latcral-
torsional buckling and comprcssion nange local buckli ng.
applicable may be designe<! conscrvati vely using Scction
506.5.
Thc nominal ncxural strcngth. M ... shall be thc lowest value
obtaincd according to the limil statcs or comprcssion tlm¡gc
yiclding. lateral-lorsional buckl ing, comprcssion flange local
buckling and tcnsion llangc yic lding.
506.4. 1 Comprcssion Flan gc Yiclding

506.3. 1 Latcrai-To¡·sio nal Buckling A1,. =R 1... A-'1 ." =R 1,F,S 11 (506.4-1)
for latcral-torsional buckling, the provisions of Section
506.2.2 shall apply. 506.4.2 Laten\!- Torsio na l lluckling
1. Whcn Lb:::: Lt•. thc limit st;lte of latcral-torsional
506.3.2 Comprcssion Flangc Local Buckling buckling does not apply.
For sections with non compact tlanges
2. Whcn LP <U. :S L ,

-[M P- (M P -O.?FySx{ 1..-"A.,I/

M ,.- _ )]
"A.rf A.,,¡ M. =+.M,-I~.M,-F,?,Ü' =~:)]sJV1.,
(506J-I) (506.4-2)

f or scctions with slcndcr f1angcs 3. Whc n '-!,>L

(50ú.3-2)
M., =1-~/i ,, :;; Rt• A1 ,. (506.4-3)

wherc

b¡
A.=-
2/ 1

Association of Struclural Engineers of the Pllilippines

 whcJ"l' M,, = Z_,F,. S 1.6S .. F,
s" .s" = elastic scctíon modu! us rclerrcd to tcnsion ami
M ,.r "" F,.S". (506.4-4) comprcssion lla nges. rcsp<:l:t ivcly. mm]
/. ' = h, 1 1,.
= J.p, thc limiting slc ndcnw~s for a compact wcb.
Tablc 502.4. 1
= h. thc limiting ~l cndcrncss for a nuncompal:t
wch. Tablc 502.4 . 1

- 1)., Thc cffccti vc radius uf gyration Ú>r latcral-torsional

l·or - ~ 0.2]. J shall be takcn as zcro
1_,. buckling, r,, is detcrmincd as follows:
Thc stress, F1, is dctcrmincd as follows:
l. For 1-shapcs with <1 rec ta ngular compression flangc:
l·or Sn <! O.7
.. -·- b¡i·
,.1 = (506.4-1 O)
SXI '

F 1• = 0.7 F,. (506.4-6a)

s" ~ .7
For -·- o whcrc
s."
hJ\\.
.. ,·,.
f ·,.= s" >o.
- -.-- sr··.. (506.4-6b )
(1 =---
\\' b.rJF (506.4- 1 l )
. s.rc .
Thc limiting latcrall y unbraccd Jcngth for thc limit statc of b¡, = comprcss ion nange width , 111111
yicld ing. Lp. is 1¡. = comprcssion n~nge thickness. mm
2. For 1-shapcs with channcl caps or covcr plates attached
(506.4-7) to the compression fl angc:
r, = radiils of gyration of thc flangc components in
Thc limiting unbraccd lcngth for the limit statc of inelastic flexura! comprcssion plus one-third of the web
latcral-torsional buckling, Lr, is arca in comprcssion duc to application of major
ax is bcnding momcnt alonc. mm.
L, = 1.9.51¡ ~ J-.-1- íl~--~~~=6=.7=l=F=·!.=S=."=/~=~)==2 a.. = the ratio of two times thc web arca in
1·1• .SjJo J! + ( ~ E 1 compression duc to application of major axis
bcnding momcnl alone to thc arca of the
(506.4-8) comprcssion flangc components
Thc wcb plastification factor, R "'", is determined as
User Note: For I-shapes witil a rectangular compression
follows:
1 r
flange, ' may be approximated accurately and
conservatively as the radius of gyration of thc
a.
compression flangc plus one-third of the compression
portion of thc wcb; in other words,

(506.4-9a)

b. For -
h,.
> A1, ...
1.,.

IA~. -AJ-~
506.4.3 Compression Fla ngc L ocal Buc kli ng
R = -- --1
pe M,,. [M, M"
(M,,.
A- \, 11• M"
<-
M"
(506.4-9b)
L For sections with compact flanges, the limi t state of
local buckling does not appl y.
2. For sections with non compact flanges
wherc

111
National Struclural Code of tl1e Pllilippines 6 Editíon Volumc 1
 -~

!i !JH CHAPTER 5 · Steel ancl Metals

i. = h/t.,.
M,.=i·R,,M"_ -(R,,..M,.,. - f·/.S".(_!:-_A,,, )] }pll' = /.p,thc limiting slcnck!rncss for a compact v.-cb,
. 7..,1 t...,,, . dclincd in Tab!c 502.4. !
(506 .4. 12) l.rw = /.r,thc limit ing slcndcrnc!.S for a non roanpact
wcb. dcfincd in Tal>lc 502.4. 1
3. For scctions with slendcr flang<:s
506.5 Duubly Symmctric aiHI Singly Symmctril' 1-
M = O.9 EkcSr.. Shapcct Mcmbcrs with Slcndcr Wcbs Bcn l aboul lhcir
ll #. 2 (506.4 - 13)
J\ Majn r Axis
whcrc 'lltis scction applics to doubly synunctric and singly
Fl. = dl!fincd in Equations 506.4-óa and 506.4-ób symmctric 1- shapcd mcmhcrs with slc ndcr wcbs auachcd to
R1,.. = thc wch plast ification factor. dctcnn incd by thc mid-widlh of thc llangcs, hcnt abmat thcir major axis, as
Equations 506.4-9 ddincd in Scction 502.4

4 Thc nominal flexura! strcngth. M.,. shal l he thc lowcst valuc

k =--- and s lw!l not he lllkc n !css than 0 .35 nor obtaincd according to thc limit statcs of comprcssion llangc
' ¡¡;¡;-:: yiclding, latcral-torsional buckling, comprcssion !langc local
grcatcr than O. 76 for calculation purposcs buckling and tcnsion llangc yicldi ng.

). = (b¡..l 21¡¡.} 506.5.1 Comprcss ion Flangc Yiclding

;,,.¡ ::: i.,, ,!he limiting slendcrncss for a compact
tlangc, Tabic 502.4. 1 (506.5- 1)
1.,¡ = J.,..the lirniting · slcndcrncss for a noncompact
flange. Tablc 502.4. 1
506.5.2 La!cral-Torsional Butkling

506.4.4 Tcnsion Flangc Yiclding

(506.5 2)
l. When S,., ? S,.c thc limit statc of' tcnsion llange
yic lding docs not apply. l. When Lb :5 l. J>, thc limit Slél!C or la!cral-torsional
budding dot~s not apply.
2. Whcn S ,., < S,.c
2. Whcn L "<Lb S: L.
(506.4 - 14)

wherc 1~, =C ¡ F, - ((UF, \{ 'l.1-r·= L"L,, )]_ ~ F,

11

(506.5-3)
Thc wcb plastification factor corrcsponding. to thc lcnsion J. Whcn '-'• >L.
flangc yiclding lirnit state, R 1,1 is dctennincd as follows:
e n1E
a. F,., = -(-~-"-J-2 S F,. (506.5-:1)

whcrc
(506.4 · 15a} L ,,is defined by Equation 506.4 -7

b.

R
'"
Mt, -
=[-
M yr
(M,,
-- 1
M_w
r A.-t..,,...
A11, , - / . . " " '
)j < M,,
-
- My1
R 1,r. is the bending st rength reduction factor:
(506..'> ·5)

wherc
(506.4 - 15b) R
"~
=1- 1200 +a,..300o.. (!:r...s._ -5.7 {t~.
ct]:;; I.O

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CH/\PTU\ 5 SI~!CI and Metal 5·59

{506.5-6) 506.6. 1 Yielding

whcrc
(.'i06.6· 1)
a... =dclincd by Equation 506.4- 11 but sha!l not
cxcccd 1O and 506.6.2 Flange Local Bucklin~
r1 = thc cffc<.:tivc radius of gyrat ion for late ral l. For Sc<.:tions with compact llanges thc limit statc of
buckling as dcfincd in Scction 506.4 . yiclding shall apply.

506.5.3 Com¡~rcssion Fla ng c Local Buckling
(.'i06.5-7)
l. For scctions with compact ll<mgcs, thc limit statc of
comprcssion Oangc local buckling does not apply.
UsQrN~.~: All current ASTM A6 W,S,M,C and MC shapes
except .. \y;?,l.ic48; _:_$(.~4x99! ..:Wl4x9.0, Wl2x65, . Wl.Qxl2,
W8x3l, W8xl0, W6xlS;:·W6x9¡.-,W6x8i5; árid>M4x6"have
conipact f1anges at Fy = 345 Mpa.
2. For scctions with noncompact flanges

2. For scctions with noncornpact 11angcs

Mn= M -(M -0.7F.S{ l.-?.pf )'5:M
r 1' ' ?uf- J.pf P

(506.5-8) (506.6-2)

{506.6·3)
3. For sections with slcnder Oange scctions
wherc
(506.5-9)

(506.6-4)

whcrc
4 ). = b/t
k = - - and shall not be takcn less than 0.35 nor
r Jh/t,.. i.pf = Áp,the limiting slenderness for a compact fl angc,
greater than O. 76 for calculation purposes Table 502.4. 1
). = b¡/21¡<
i.rf = >.r, the limiting slcndcrness for a noncompact
i.11 = J.",thc limiting slcndemcss for a compact flange, flange ,Tablc 502.4 . 1
Table 502.4. 1 S,. =for a channcl shall be taken as thcminimum
= J.r, the limiting slenderness for a noncompact section modul us
flange, Tablc 502.4. 1
506.7 S<¡ua re and Rectangular HSS and Box-shapcd
506.5.4 Tcnsion Flangc Yiclding Mcmbcrs
l. Whcn Sx, 2:S,.cthe limit statc of tension llange This section applies to squarc and rectangular HSS. and
yie lding does not apply. doubly symmetric box-shaped membcrs bent about eithcr
axi s. having compact or non compact wcbs and compact,
non compact or slenclcr llangcs as dcfined in Scction 502.4 .
2. w he 11 s. ,< sn· The nominal llcxural strcngth. Mn, shall be the lowest value
obtaincd ac<.:orcling tll thc limit statcs of yie!di ng (plastir
M,,= 1~,.s,, (506.5- 10)
momcnt ). flangc local buckling and wcb !o<.:al buckl ing
undcr pu rc llcxurc.
506.6 J-Shapcd Mcmbcrs and Channcls Bcnt ahout thcil·
Minor Axis 5(16.7.1 Yiclding
This scction applies lo 1-shapcd mcmbers and channels bcnt Mu-- ,"'vi p-- ¡;-r z (50ú.7- 1)
about thcir minor axis.
whcrc
Thc nominal flex ura! strength, M, . shall be the lower val ue
obtaincd according to the limit states of yi clding (plastic
z = plastic sc<.:tion modu lus about thc axis or
bcnding, 111111~
rnomcnt) ami Oange local buckling.

11
Nalional Structura l Code of tl\8 Philippii1(·JS 6 ' Etlilion Volume 1
 [i-GO CHAPTER 5 · Steel and Metals

506.7.2 Flangc Local Buckling

l. For compacl scctions. thc limit statc of llangc local
buckling docs no.t apply. M 11 = r~~:~3-1E ]s
/) + Fy (506.8-2)

2. l~or scctions with non compact flangcs 1

3. For sections with slcndcr walls

.·{ bfi
·
·;. J
M11=M" -(M" ··-f,.S 3.57~ - -4.0 '5oMP
r E M,=/~./) (506.8·3)

(506.7-2) wherc
3. For sections with slender Oangcs
F =0.33E (506.8-4)
cr D
M11 = l·~.S('JJ (506.7-3)
S = elastic section modulus, mm 3
whcre
srjf is the cffcctivc scclion modulus dctcrmined with thc 506.9 Tccs amiDoublc Anglcs Loadcd in thc Planc of
Symmctry
cffcctivc width of thc compression Oaríge taken as:
This section applics to tccs and doublc anglcs loaded in the

·-E·----¡! - -
be "'l.92r ---
JF,.
Jff]
0.38 E
- -.- '5ob
b/t !·_~
(506.7-4)
plane of symmetry.

The nominal flexu ra! strcngth, M,, shall be the lowcst valuc
obtaincd according to the limit statcs of yieldi ng (plastic
506.7.3 Wcb Local Huckling moment), latcral-torsional buckling and flangc local
buckling.
l. For compact sections, the limit statc of web local
buckling does not apply.
506.9.1 Yiclding
2. For sections with non compact webs
M 11 =Mp (506.9-1)

wherc
M P = FYZ, '5o l.6M _,. for stcms in tension (506.9-2)
(506.7-5) '5o M Y for stems in comprcssion (506.9-3)

506.8 Round HSS

506.9.2 Lateral- Torsional Buckling
This section applics to round HSS having Dlt ratios of less
1 -
!Jan
0.45E
- M =M =
tr)ElrGJ [ ~]
B+v l+W
F>. 11 cr L¡,
The nominal flexura! strength, M," shall be the lowcr val ue (506.9-4)
obtained according to the limit states of yielding (plastic where
momcnt) and local buckling.
B= ±2.3(.:!_) {f;.- (506.9-5)
506.8.1 Yielding
Y-J
L11

M11 =Mp =f\.Z (506.8-1) The plus sign for IJ applies whcn thc stem is in tcnsion and the
minus sign appl ies whcn thc stcm is in compression. If the tip
of the stem is in comprcssion anywhcrc along thc unbraced
506.8.2 Local Buckling lengtl1, the ncgative val ue of B shall be used.
l. For compact scctions, the limit state of flange local
buckling does not apply. 506.9.3 Flangc Local Huckling of Tccs
2. For non compact scctions (506.9-6)

Sxc the elastic section modulus rcferred to the comprcssion

flangc. f~, determined as follows :

Association of Structural Engineers o f the Philippines

 CHAPTEH ~) Steel ant1 Metal 5 61

l. For compact scctions, thc limít statc of llangc local

huckling docs not apply.
M, = 1.92-l.l?y~ M,. SI.5M r
fM":l
2. For non compact scc ti on ~
[
(506. 10-1)
, =!·_,.
1·.-1 , [ 1. !9 - 0.5({ -b/
2r f
]ff;rJ
- ;·
L
(506. 9-7) whcre
.¡ M,. thc clastir latcral-torsional buckling moment, is
1 3. For slc•ndcr scctions det cnnincd as follows:
¡

F = 0.69E 1. For bcnding about onc of the gcomeu·ic axes of an cqual-

' (~J (506.9-8)

a.
leg angle wi th no lateral- torsional buckling t)loment
With maximum compression atthe toe

506.10 Single Anglcs

This scction applies to single angles with and without
(506. J0-4a}
cominuous lateral restraint along their length.
h. With max imu m tension at the toe
Single anglcs with continuous latcral-torsional rcstraint

1 +07\~H
along the length shall be pcnnitted to be dcsigned on the
bas is of geometric axis (x.y) bending. Single angles without
con tinuous lateral-torsional rcstraim along thc lcngth shall be
designed using the provisions for principal axis bending (506. 10-4b)
exccpt whcrc thc provision for bcndi ng about a geometric
axis is permitted. M_.. shall be taken as 0.80 times the yield moment calculated
· using thc geometric scction modulus.
User Note: For geometric axis design, use scction
properties computed about the x - and y-axis of the anglc,
User Note: M n may be taken as My for single angles with
parallel and perpendicular to the lcgs. For principal axis
their vertical leg toe in compression, and haviog a span-to-
dcsigxt use section propcrtics computed about the major and
depth ratio less than or equal to
minor principal axcs of thc anglc.

Thc nominal flexura! strength, M" shall be thc lowest value

1.64E (!_) - l.4 Fy
2

F>' b E
obtained according to the limit states of yielding (plastic
momcnt). lateral-torsional buckling and lcg local buckling.
l. For bendi ng about one of the gcometric axes of an
eq ual-l eg angle withlatcral··torsional restraint at the
506.10.1 Yiclding
point of maximum moment only
M ,.= l.SM)· (506.10-1)
Me shall be taken as 1.25 times M,. computed using
where
Equation 506. 10-4a or 506.1 0-4b .
!vf,. = yield momcnt about the axis of bcnding, N- M_.. shall be taken as thc yield moment calculated using the
mm.
geometric section modulus.
506. 10.2 Latcrai-Torsional Buckling 2. For bcnding about thc major principal axis of equal-lcg
For single angles without continuous lateral-torsional angles:
rcstraint along the lcngth (a) Whcn Me 'SM··
(506. 10-5)

M,. =[092-
· 0.17McJMr
My
(5 06. 10 -2)
3. For bending about the maj or ptincipal axis of unequal-leg
angles:
whcn Mt > M y

1
Nalional Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edilion Volume 1
 5 62 CHAPTE:R 5 · Steel and Metals

M ,. = ( 4.1JE/zCb)
¡} l (L/)
( ( fJw·, +().()52 n
2
) + fJwl 506.1J Rectangular Bars and Rounds
·nlis scction applics to rectangular bars bcnt nbout ci tht:r
gcomctri c axis and rounds.
(506. 10-6)
Thc nominal flcxurfl l strc ngt h, M., shall he th c lower
whcrc valu c obtaincd according to lhe limi1 stalcs of yiclding
(plastic momcnt) and lateral·torsional buckling, as rcquircd.
C" = computcd using Equation 506.1 - 1 with a
maximum valuc of 1.5. 506.11.1 Yiclding
= latcrally unbraccd lcngth of a rpcmbcr, mm.-
l·or . 11 -L¡,d s; -
. rectangu1ar bar wrl O.OBE
- bcnt about t1JCtr
. maJor
.
= minor principal axis momcnt of incrtia, mm4. 2
= radius of gyration for thc minor principal axis, 1 F,.
mm. axis, rectangular bars bent about thcir minor ax is, and rounds:
1 = angle leg thickncss, mm.
(506.11-1)
{Jw = a scction propcrty for unequallcg anglcs, positive
for short legs in comprcssion and negative for
long lcgs in comprcssion. If thc long leg is in 506.11.2 Lateral-Torsional Uuckling
comprcssion anywhcrc along the unbraccd lcngth 0.08E Lbd 1.9E
of thc membcr. thc ncgativc valuc of {Jw shall be l. For rectangular bars with - - < - - S - - bcnt
F, 12 F,.
used.
about thcir major axis:
User Note: The equation for 3w and values for common
angle sizes are Iístcd in the Commentary.
,[
Mil =Cb 1.52-0.27 {L-;-:¡·¡Ci)EF>'l
1
My S MI'
506.10.3 Lcg Local Buckling
(506.11-2)
Thc limit state of lcg local buckling applics whcn thc toe of
the leg is in comprcssion. Lvd 1.9E
2. f or rectangular bars with - 2- > -F bent about their
l . For compact scctions, the limit state of leg local 1 )'
major axis:
buckJing docs not apply.
2. For sections with non compact legs (506.1 1-3)

M,. = F,.s{243-1.7{7~) (506.10-7)

3. For scctions with slcnder legs

M" = F.:rSc (506. 10-8)

whcrc

(506.10-9)

b = out side width of leg in comprcssion, mm.

Sr = elastic section modulus to the toe in comprcssion
relative to the axis of bending, mm~ . For
bending abouL o nc of the geometric axes of
an equal-leg angle with no lateral-torsional
rcstraint, Se shall be 0.80 of thc gcometric axis
section modulus.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 5 Steet and Metal 5·63

whcrc does not apply

; _ 1.9EC¡,
1,., - - -- (506.1! -4 ) 2. For F., lt ¡11 < Y, FY!t fg. thc nominal flexura! strength, at
L¡,d
/2 thc location of thc holcs in the tcnsion fl angc shall not
be takcn grcater than:
= width of rectangular bar parallcl to axis of
bcnd ing, mm. Af
/t 11
= F;,A¡II S X (506.)3-J)
d =depth of rectangular bar, in. mm. A¡g
J..J, = length between points that are either braced against
lateral displacement of the compressíon region or whcrc
braced agaínst twist of the cross section, in. mm.
A¡g =gross tcnsion flangc area, calculatcd in
3. For rounds and rectru1gular bars bent about their mínor accordance with the provisions of Section
axis, the limit state of lateral-torsional buckJing need 504.3.1 , mm2.
not be considered. A1, = ncl tension flange arca, calculated in accordancc
with the provisions of Scction 504.3.2, rnm2.
506.12 Unsymmctrical Shapcs Yt = l.O for FjF. ~ 0.80
This scction applies to all unsymmetrical shapes, except = 1. 1 otherwise
single angles.
506.13.2 Proportioning Limits for 1 -Shaped Mernbers
The nominal flexura! strength, Mn, shall be the lowest value Singly symmctric f- shapcd membcrs shall satísfy thc
obtained according to the linut states of yielding (yield following limit:
moment), lateral-torsional buckJing and local buckling where
0.15: fyc ~0.9 (506.1 3-2)
Mn =F,,S (506.! 2-1) / )'
wherc
1- shaped membcrs with slender wcbs shall also satisfy the
S = lowcst clastic modulus relati vc to the axis of following limits:
bending, mrn3.
J. For ~S 1.5
506.12.1 Yiclding h

F,, = Fy
(.!!._) = 11.7 [ [
(506.!2-2) (506. 13-3)
1, . max Vf..>'.
506.12.2 Latcral-Torsional lluckling

F,, =F;;r 5: F;. (506. 12-3)

2. For ,
!!. > 1.5

C~.Jm:tx
wherc 0.42E
= (506. 13-4)
= buckling stress for lhe seclion as determined by Fy
analysis, MPa.
wherc
506.13 Proportions of llcams and Girdct·s (l = clear dislancc between transverse stiffencrs, mm

506.13.1 H olc Rcdu ctions
This section applies lo rollcd or bui!t-up shapes, and cover-
platcd bcams with holcs, proportioned on lhc basis of
l1cxural strength of thc gross scction .
In addition 10 thc limit slates specified in olher sections of
this section, lhc nominal flexura! strength, M,. shall be
limited according to thc limit slatc of tensile ruplure of the
tension flange.
l. For F, A1, ?: Y, F_. A¡c, lhe limit statc of tensilc ruplure
ln unstiffcned girdcrs hit..shall not excccd 260. 1l1c ratio of the
web arca 10 the compression flange arca shall not excced 1O.
506.13.3 Cover Platcs
Flangcs of weldcd beams or girders may be varíe<! in
thickness or width by splicing a series of plates or by the
use of cover platcs.
The total cross-sectional arca of covcr plates of bolted
girders shall not excecd 70 percem of the total fl angc arca.

111
National Struclural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 5-64 CHAPTER 5 - Steel and Metals

High-strcngth bohs or wclds connccting tlangc to wcb, or

covcr platc to flangc, shall be pro¡xmioncd lo rcsist thc total 1. Whcn therc is a continuous weld cqual to or largcr than
horizontal shear rcsu!ting from the bcnding forccs on the thrce-fourths of thc plate thickncss across thc cntl of thc
girdcr. The longitudinal distribution of thcsc bohs or platc
intcrmiucnt welds shall be in proportion lo thc intcnsity of
thc shcar. Howcvcr. thc longitudinal spacing shall not excccd a' = IV (506. !3-5)
thc maximum pcm1ittcd for comprcssion or tension members whcrc
in Section 505.6 or 504.4, rcspectively. Bolts vr welds
,,' connccting flangc to web shall also be propottioncd to w = width of cover p1ate, mm
1
transmit to thc wcb any loads applicd directly to the flange,
2. Whcn thcre is a continuous weld smaller U1an lhr~.C­
unlcss provision is made to transmit such loads by direct
fourths of the plate thickness across the cnd of the platc
bearing.
a' = J.5w (506. 13-6)
Partiai-Jength covcr platcs shall be extended bcyond thc
theoretical cutoff point and the extended portion shall be 3. When there is no wcld across the end of the plate
attached to the beam or girder by high-strength bohs in a
slip-critica! connection orfillet welds. The attachment shall be a'= 2w (506.13-7)
adcquatc, at U1e applicable strengtll given in Sections 510.2.2,
510.3.8, or 502.3.9 to devclop the covcr platc's portion of thc 506.13.4. Built-Up Bcams
flexura! strenglb in the bcan1 or girdcr al the tlleoretical cutoff Where two or more beams or channcls are used side-by-sidc
point. to fonn a flexura! member, they shall be connected togethcr
in compliance with Scction 505.6.2. When concentratcd
For weldcd cover plates, the wclds connecting tl1e cover plate loads are carried from one beam lo anothcr, or distributcd
termínation to thc beam or girdcr shaU have continuous between the beams. díaphragms having sufficient stiffness to
wclds along both edges of the covcr platc in the lengtll a', distribute the load shall be wclded or boltcd bctwc<·.n the
defined bclow, and shall be adcquate to deve1op U1e cover beams.
p1ate's portion of the strength of the beam or girder at the
distancc a ' from the end of the cover plate.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Phi!ippines

..
 CHAPTER 5 Steel and Metal 5-65

This scctinn addrcsscs wcbs of singly or doubly symmctric ~. = 1.0\X.LRF~ Q,, =J.50::ASQ
mcmbcrs subjcct to shear in the planc of thc wcb, singk
and
angles and HSS scctions, and shcar in thc wcak dircction of
.singly or doubly symmctric shapcs. C,, =l.O (507.2-2)

Thc scction is organizcd as follows:

507.1 General Provisions

507.2 Mcmbers with Unstiffened or Stiffencd Webs
507.3 Tension Field Action
507.4 Single Anglcs
2. For webs of all other doubly symmetric shapcs and
507.5 Rectangular HSS and Box Members
singly symmetric shapes and channels, excepl round
507.6 Round HSS
507.7 Weak Axis Shear in Singly and Doubly Symmctric: HSS, thc wcb shear coefficient, C,.. is determined as
S hapcs follows:
507.8 Beams and Girders with Web Openings

a.

C,,=l.O (507.2-3)

b. For 1.1 uj~.E/ F;, < 1~t s 1.37)~.E/ Fy

111

507.1 General Provisions

C = l.SIE~. (507.2-4)
Two methods of calculating shear strength are presented
below. The method presented in Se.ction 507.2 does not
V h/t,,,
utilize the post buckling strength of the membcr (tcnsio111
field action). The mcthod presented in Section 507.3 utilizes: c. For~fw > 1.37)k..E/ F;.
tension ficld action. The design s hear strength , ~tV,I' and
1.51Ek.,
thc allowable shear strength, V,,/Q,,, shall be determined (507.2-5)
as follows. (h/rJ2 F;.
For all provisions in this section except Section 507 .2. la: where
A,.. = the overall dcpth times the web thickness, mm2
!4, = 0.90 (LRFD) .Qv = 1.67 (ASO)
The web pi ate buckling coefficient, kv, is detennined as
507.2 Membcrs wilh UnstifTened or StifTencd Wcbs follows:

a. For unstiffencd webs with /Jt <260, k,, =5 cxcept for

507.2.1 Nominal Shcar Strength
This sectio n 11pplies to wcbs of singly or doubly symmetric the ste m of tee shapes where kv = 1.2 .
mcmbers and channel s subject to shear in thc planc of the b. For stiffened webs,
wcb.
5
Thc nominal shear strenglh, V.., of unstiffencd or sliffened k,, =5+ (a/h)2
webs, according to the Iimit states of shcar yielding and shear
buckling, is
=5 when a/h > 3.0

l. For webs of rolled I-shaped members wi th

(507.2-l)
or ojh >[(~~~¡)'
1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 n Edition Volume 1
 5 66 CHAPTER S · Steel and Metals

whcrc l. end pancls in all members with transvcrse stiffencrs;

(1 = dcar dis1ancc bc1wccn transvcrsc sliffencrs, mm. 2. members when alh exceeds 3.0 or 260/(h/ r,. f ;
h = for rollcd shapcs, !he clcar distancc bctw.ecn llangcs
lcss thc fi llct or comer rad i i, mm. 3. 2A,.j(A¡,. +Aft)>2.5; (H
= for huilt -up wclded sections, thc clcar dislancc
hctwccn llanges, mm. 4. hjh1,. or hjb 1, >6.0
=for built -up bollcd scclions, !he distance hctwecn
fas1cncr lincs, mm. where
= for Ices, !he overall dep1h, mm. 2
A¡.- = arca of compression flange, mm
2
A1, = arca o f tensio n fl ange,m m
b¡.- = width of com pression flangc, mm
IJ1, = wid th of tension flange, mm

507.2.2 Transvcrsc Stiffencrs In these cases, the no minal shcar strcngth, V,, shall be
Trans vcrsc s tiffcncrs are not requi rcd dctermined according to thc provis ions of Section 507 .2.
where hj t,..S2.46JE/ F>", or whcrc the required shear
507.3.2 Nominal Shcar Strcngth with Tcnsion Ficld
strcnglh is lcss than or equal to !he available shear slrcngth Action
providcd in accordancc with Scction 507.2. 1 for k" =S. When tcnsion field acti o n is permi ttcd accord ing lo
S ection 507 .3. 1, the nom inal shear strength, V" , with
Transverse stiffcners uscd to dcvclop thc availablc web shear tension field action, according 10 the limit state of tension
strength, as provided in Scction 507.2.1, sha!l ha ve a moment ficld yielding, shall be
of inertia about an axis in thc web center for stiffcner pairs or
abour the facc in conract with thc web platc for single
stiffeners, which shall not be less than ar:,, j , where
2.5 Vn =0.6 F,.A.,. (507 .3- 1)
j = - - -2:?0.5 (507.2-6)
(ajh)2

Trans vcrse s1iffeners are pennitted to be stopped shon of the

rension flange, p rovided bearing is not needcd to ~ran s mit a
concentrated lo ad or reaction. Thc weld b y which 1ransvcrse
stiffencrs are auached to the web s hall be terminar<:d not less V11 = 0.6FYA". C,, +
(
sJ1-C,. 2
)
!han four times nor more than six times thc web thickncss from 1.1 1+(a/ h)
the near toe lo the web-to-flange weld. When single stiffeners (507.3-2)
are used, they shall be attachcd to the compression flange, if it
consists of a rectangular plate, to resist any uplift tendency due where
to torsion in !he flange. When lateral bracing is attachcd to a k" and C,. are as defined in Section 507.2.1.
stiffener, or a pair of stiffeners, U1ese, in tum, shall be
connectcd to the comprcssion flange to transmjt 1 percent of
!he total flange force, unless the flange is composed only of 507 .3.3. Transvcrsc Stiffencrs
anglcs. Transverse stiffeners subjccl to tension field a<:lion s!J¡,:¡ :ncet
Bolts connccting stiffeners to the girder web shall be spaced the requirernents of Section 507.2.2 nnd the follov.-ing
not more than 305mm on center. lf intem1ittent filie! wclds are limitations:
uscd, the clear distancc betwecn wclds shall not be more than
16 times thc web thickness no r more !han 250 mm.

507.3 Tcnsion Ficld Action

507.3.1 Limits on thc Use of Tcnsion Field Action (507.3-3)

C onsideration of tension field action is pennitted for flanged
members when the web plate is supported on all four sides where
by flangcs o r stiffeners. Consideration of lens ion field
ac tion is not pcnnitted for: (b/t), = the width-thickness ratio o f tlle stiffener

Association of S tructura l Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTHl 5 Stccl and Metal 5·67

= spccificd mínimum yicfd stress of the sliffcncr

material. MPa. whcrc
c. = cocffici cnt dctincd in Scction 507.2.1 F,., shall be the larger of
D, = 1.0 f'or sti ffcncrs in pairs
= 1.8for single angcl stiffcncrs
= 2.4 for single platc stiffcncrs (507.6-2a)
1'1 = rcquircd sbcar strengtb at thc location of thc
stiffcncr, N.
\1,. = avai lablc shcar strength; <I>,.V,1 (LRFD) or
Vn/D.,. (ASD) witb \1 n as defined in Scction
and
F = 0.78E (507.6-2b)
cr 3
507.3.2. N.

507.4 Single A nglcs (7Y

Thc nomin~l shcar strcngth, V,., of a single angle lcg shall be but shall not exceed Q_6F,r
dctcrmincd using Equation (507 .2-1) with As = gross arca of section based on dcsign wall
C,. =1.0, A,,. =bt whcre b = width of the leg resisting the thickness, mm 2.
D = ou tsidc diameter, mm.
shcar force. mm and k,. = 1.2
L,. = the distance from maximum to zero shcar force,
mm.
507.5 Rectangular HSS and Box Mcmbcrs = design wall thickness, equal to 0.93 times thc
The nominal shear strength, V,., of rectangular HSS and box nominal wall thickness for ERW HSS and equal
to the nominal thickness for SA W HSS,
mcmbcrs shall he determincd using thc provisions of
mm.
Secti on 507.2.1 with A .. = 2ht whcrc h for the width
rcsisling the shear force shall be taken a~ the clear distance User Note: . The shear bucklíng equations, Equations
bctween the nanges lcss thc inside comer radiu s on each
507.6-2a and S07:6-2b, will control for Dlt over 100, high
= =
side and '"' 1 and k,. 5. lf the comer radius is not known, strength steels, and long lengtl1s. If the shear strength for
h shall be taken as the correspondi ng outside dimension minus standard sections is desired, shear yielding will usually
three times the thickness. controf ··

i 507.6 Round HSS

The nominal shear strength, V11 , of rou nd HSS, according 10
507.7 Wcak Axis Shear in Singly and Doubly Symmctric
Sllapes
l
1 thc limit statcs of shcar yielding and shcar buckling, is
For singly and doubly symmetric shapes loaded in the weak
~ V
1 axis without torsion, the nominal shear strength, 11 ' for
each shear resisting element shall be determi ned using
1
l
(507 .6-1)
. ) . A,,, =b¡r¡
Equation 507.2-1 and Sect10n 507.2. 1(b wtth
and k,. = 1.2

507.8 Bcams and Girdcrs with Wcb Opcnings

The effect of all wcb opcnings on thc nominal shear
strength of steel and composite beams shall be detem1ined.
Adequate reinforccment shall be provided when the
required strength exceeds thc availablc strength of the
member al the opening.

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 5-68 CHAPTEA 5 · Steel and Metals

x = subscript rclating symbol to strong axis

hending
y = subscripl rela1ing symhol 10 weak axis bcndi ng

For dcsign uccording lo Scclion 502.3.3 (LRFD)

This scction addrcsscs membcrs subjcct to axial force and p,. = rcquired axial comprcssíve strength using LRFD
flcxurc about one or both axcs, with or without torsion, and load combinations. N.
lo membcrs suhjcct to torsion only Pe == desígn axial compressivc strength, delennined in
accordance with Scction 505, N.
Thc scclion is organizcd as follows: Mr = required flexura! s1rength using LRFD load
combinations, N-mm.
508.1 Doubly and Síngly Symmctric Mcmbers Me = tf¡bMn=design Oexural strcnglh determined in
Subjcct to Flcxurc and Axial Force accordancc wilh Section 506, N-mm.
508.2 Unsymrnctric and Other Mcmbers Subject to rfc = rcsistancc factor fo r compressíon = 0.90
folexure and Axial Force rj¡b = resis1ance factor for flexure == O. 90
508.3 Members under Torsion and Combíned
Torsion, Bcxurc, Shcar ru1d/or Axial Force For design according lo Scction 502.3.4 (ASO)
Pr = requírcd axial compressive strcngth using ASD
load combínations, N.
P,. == P,/Qb=allowable axial compressive strength,
508.1 Doubly and Singly Symmetcic Members Subjcct determined in accordance wíth section 505, N.
to Flcxucc and Axial Force = required flexura! strength usi ng ASD load
combinalíons, N-mm.
508.1.1 Doubly and Singly Symmctric Membcrs in =M.f.Q11 ==a1lowable flexura! strcngth
Flexurc and Comprcssion determined in accordance wilh section 506, N-
The interaction of flcxure and compression in doubly mm.
symmetric membcrs and singly symmetric members for De = safety factor for compression = 1.67
which O.ls(l ycfl y)s 0.9, that are constrained lo bcnd Db = safety fac tor for flexurc =1.67
about a geometric axis (x and/or y) shall be limited by
508.1.2 Doubly and Singly Symmelric Mcmbers in
Equations 508.1-1 a and 508.1-1 b, where 1 yc the moment of
Flcxurc and Tcnsion
inertia about the y-axis referred to the compression flange, Tbc intcraction of Oexure ru1d tension in doubly synunetric
mm4 • members ru1d singly symmetric members constrained Lo bend
about a geomctric axis (x and/or y) shall be limited by
USer Noti! Secti.on 508.2is-pei:mitted .to ~ usCd in .Jieu of the Equa1íons 508.1-1 a and 508.1 -1 b,
prÓVisf~;¡s·_~f1hi~s~61i.' ·J~;~;f~!~;_.r~::-.~ .' ·''\:-),.~ ' ' .-> ·!·.,_.._., ' <:
where

l. For P¡ ?: 0.2 For design according Lo Section 502.3.3 (LRFD)

Pe P, = required tensile strength using LRFD load
combinations, N.
(508.1 -la) Pe == rj¡,Pn=design !ensile strength, dctennined in
accordance with Seclion 504.2, N.
M, = rcquired flexura! slrength usíng LRFD load
combinations, N-mm.
2. For .!.I_ < 0.2 Me = ~bM,=design flexura ! strength de1ermined in
Pe
accordance with sectlon 506, N-mm.
!l._+(M, +M".)sl.O
2Pr M e~ M<>
(508.1- 1b) rf¡,
rj¡1,
= resistance factor for tension (sec Section 504.2)
= rcsístance factor for flexurc = 0.90
where
For doubly symmetríc membcrs, Cb in section 506 may
= required axial compressíve strength, N.
= available axial compressive strength, N . for axial tension that acls
be i ncreased by
== required flexura! strength, N-mm.
= available flexura! strength, N-mm.
concurrently with flexure, wbere

Association of Structural Engineers of !he Philippines

 CHAPTER 5 Steel and Metal 5 69

whcre
P,., = available comprcssivc strength out of thc planc
of bending, N.
M,., = available flexural-torsional strength for strong
For dcsign according to Scction 502.3.4 (ASO) axis flcxure detcrmincd from section 506. N-
l'r = rcquircd tcn.~ilc strcngth using ASD load mm.
combi nations, N.
P, = P,/.í2,=allowablc tcnsilc strcngth, dctcrmincd lf bending occurs only about thc weak axis, thc momcnt
in accordance with Scction 504.2, N. ratio in Equation 508.1-2 shall be ncglectcd.
M, =rcquircd flexura! strcngth using ASO load
combinations, N-mm. For mcmbers with significan! biaxial moments (Mr/Mr ~ 0.05
M,. = Mn/Qb=allowablc flexural strength dctem1ined in both directions), the provisions of Section 508.1.1 shall be
in accordancc with section 506, N-mm. followcd.
n, = safcty factor for tension (sce Scction 504.2)
nh = safety factor for flexure:::: 1.67 508.2 Unsymmctric and othcr Mcmbcrs Subjcct lo
Flcxure and Axial Force
This scction addresses the interaction of flexure and axial
For doubly symmctric mcmbcrs, Cb in scction 506 may be
1 J.5P,
stress for shapes not covered in Secúon 508. 1. 1t is
permittcd to use ú1e provisions of this Section for any shape
f incrcased by 1+ - -
pry
for axial tension that acts in lieu of the provisions of Section 508.1.

t n 2 El
concurrelllly with flexure wherc P.,. =---~
L¡,2
(508.2- 1)
.
where
A more dctailcd analysis of thc intcraction of flexurc and
tension is permittcd in Iieu of Equations 508. J -1 a and ¡;, = required axial stress at the point of considcration,
508.1 - 1b. MPa.
Fa =
available axial stress at the point of
508.1.3 Doubly Symmetric l'vtcmbers in Single Axis consideration, MPa.
Flexure and Compression !h.fb: =required flexura! stress at the point of
consideration, MPa.
For doubly symmetric members in flex.urc and compression
Fb.Ji,{ = available flexura) stress at the point of
with moments primarily in one plane, it is permissible to
consideration, MPa.
consider the two indepcndent limit slates, in-plane instability
w =subscript rclating symbol to major principal axis
and out-of-plane buckling or flexural-torsional buckling, sep-
bending
aratcly in lieu of the combined approach provided in
:z = subscript relating symbol to núnor principal axis
Section 508.1.1 .
bending
l. For the lim.ít state of in-plane instability, Equations
508.1.1 shall be used with Pe, M,. and Me detcrmined Por design according to Section 502.3.3 (LRFD)
in the plane of bending. !o = required axial stress using LRFD load
2. combinations, MPa.
For thc limit state of out-of-plane buckling
F• = dcsign axial s tress , determ ined in
2 accor dance with section 505 for
p '+ -'-
- (M) SJ.O (508.1-2) compression or Section 504.2 for
pco M e• tension, MPa.
/ b• .fh: = required flexura) stress at the specilic location
in the cross section using LRFO load
combinations, MPa.
Fb•· F111 = iflbMniS=design flexura! stress determined
in accordance with sec tion 506, MPa.
Use tbe section modulus for the specific
location in the cross scction and consider thc
sign of the stress.

~e = resistancc factor for compression = 0.90

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 5-70 CHAPTEA 5 · Sleel and Metals

~~ = rcsistance factor for tcnsion (Scction 504.2) .. 1.23E

~/¡ =rcsisrance factor for Oexure =O.90 /· :::: ---·--·---- (50!U 2a)

For design according lo Scction 502.3.4 (ASD)

<r t(':):
¡;, = rcquired axial stress using ASO load
combinations, MPa and
Fn = 1·~/Q, = allowable axial stress dclcrmincd in
accordancc wilh section 505 fo r
F = 0.6(~~ (508.3-2b)

(~r- .
Cf ?

compression, or Scction 504.2 for tcns io n,

MPa .
[&.J&: =
requircd flexura] stress at the specific locati on in
the cross scction using ASO load combinations, but shall not cxcccd 0.6/~-.
MPa.
t
t
Fb•• Fj,l = Mn 1 Qt;S = allowable ficxural stress detem1incd in whcrc
accordance with scction 506, MPa. Use thc scction L = lcngth of thc rncmbcr, mm.
modulus for the spccific location in thc cross D = outsidc diamctcr. mm.
section and consider the sign of lile stress.
Q, =safety factor for compression = 1.67
Q, =safey factor for tension (Section 504.2) l. For rectangular 1-!SS
1
~
Qb =
safety. factor for flexure = 1.67
a. For hfr ~ 2.45JF:f F,
Equmion 508.2- 1 shall be evaluated using thc principal (508.3-3)
bending axcs by considcring the scnse of the flexura! stresses
at the critica! points of thc cross scclion. Thc flexura! tcrms
are either added to or subtractcd from the axial terrn as b. Fo r2.45JE/F,. < h/1~3.0?.jE[i~·
appropriate. Whcn thc axial force is compression, sccond order
cffccts shall be Í11cludcd according to the provisions of Fe,= 0.6F_,. (2.45JEfF1 )j(hf l) (508.3-4)
section 503.A more detailed analysis of thc interaction of
flcxurc and tcnsion is pennittcd in lieu of Equation 508.2-1 . c. For 3.07 JEj F,. < h/r ~ 260
508.3 Mcmbers under Torsion and Combincd Torsion, (508.3-5)
Flexure, Shcar and/or Axial Force

508.3.1 Torsional Strength of Round and Uscr. Note: .. The torsional .shcar .cons_taut,
Rectangular HSS con~~fV¡lº'V.Y,ly -_tak~JP.lS> :•:: : . . .. -

Thc dcsign torsional strcngth, IPrT,, and the allowablc · · • , -!· 'e·_.. irJ.p ..:. rf.t ----- :.~<

:;:;~i~:~,XH- ;Xi- .~.·~~

2
torsional strength, TnfD.r, for round and rectangular HSS
shall be detcmúncd as follows:
HX4- •1' . ...·
r/Jr =0.90 (LRFD) D.r =1.67 (ASD)

Thc nominal torsional strength, T, , according to the limit 508.3.2 HSS Subjcct to Comhined Torsíon, Shear,
statcs of torsional yielding and torsional buckling is: Flcxure ami Axial Force
Whcn the rcquired torsional strcnglh, 1:., is Jess than or
(508.3- 1)
cqual lo 20 pcrccnt of thc ava ilablc torsional strcngth.
whcrc Te, the interaction of torsion, shear, ncxurc and/or axial
C is the HSS torsional constant force for HSS shall be detcrmincd by Scction 508.1 and ú1e
Fcr shall be detennined as follows: torsional effccts shall be neglected. Whcn cxcccds T,, 20
perccnt of Te, thc intcraclion of torsion. shear, flexure and/or
l. for round HSS, Fcr shall be thc largcr of
axial force shall be limitcd by

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPT U! ~¡ Sleel and M~lal !i-71

)
(··-+
1~.
-- )+ (- +- J1 5 1.0
1, M,
M
Vr
\~.
7~
7;.
(50!U-6) 508.3.3 Strcngth of Non-HSS Mcmhcrs undcr Torsion
and Combincd Stress
Thc design torsional strength, <I>J-1·~,. and the allowablc
wherc
torsional strength, F;./D.r, for non-HSS mcmbers shall be
For dcsign according to Scction 502.1.3 (LRFO) thc lowcst valuc obwined according lo thc limit slates of
P, = rcc¡uircd axial strength using LRFO load yield ing under normal stress, shcar yielding under shcar
combinations, N. stress, or buckling. determined as follows:
1',. = ~P... design tensilc or compressivc strcngth in tPr =0.90(LRFO) QT =1.67 (AS0)
accordancc with section 504 or 505, N.
M, = required flexura! strength using LRPD load l. For the limit state of yielding undcr normal stress
combinations, N-mm.
M,. = <f¡bMn,design ticxural strength in accordance (508.3-7)
with scction 506, N-mm.
\1, = requircd shcar strcngth using LRFO load 2. For thc limit state of shcar yiclding under shear stress
combinations, N.
V,. = design shcar strcngth in accordance with F,, =0.6Fy (508.3-8)
section 507, N.
T = rcqui rcd torsional strength using LRFO load 3. or the limit state of buck ting
'
combinations. N-mm.
= dcsign torsional strcngth in accordance wi th F,, = F;_.,. (508.3-9)
Section 508.3.1, N-mm.
wherc
For design according 10 Section 502.3.4 (ASO) == buckling stress for the section as determined by
analysis. MPa. Sorne constrained local yielding
P, = rcquired axial strength using ASO load
is permitted adjacent to arcas that rernain elastic.
combinations, N.
P, = P,/Q, a!lowablc ten sile or comprcssive strength
in accordance with section 504 or 505, N.
M, = requircd flexura! strengtJ¡ using ASO load
cornbinations determined in accordance with
Section 502.5, N-mm.
M, = M,/Qh,attowable flexura! strength w
accordance with scction 506, N-mm.
V, = requircd shear strength using ASD load
combinations, N.
V, = allowable shear strength in accordance with
scction 507, N.
T, = required torsional strength using ASO load
combinations, N-mm.
7~ = T,/Qr allowable torsional strength in accordance
with Section 508.3.1, N-mm.

1
Nalional Slructural Code of lhe Philippines 6 " Edilion Volume 1
 5 72 CHAPTE:R 5 · Steel artd Metals
This scction ac.Jc.Jrcsses compositc columns composcd of
rolled or built-up structural stccl shapcs or IISS. and
struclllral concrete acting logethcr, and stcel beams
supporting a reinfon.:ed concrete slab so interconncc:tcd
that the bcams ...1d the slab act togethcr 10 rcsist bcmling.
Simple and contiJIU(JUS compositc beams with shear connectors
and concrete-encased bcams. constn~ted with or without
tcmporary shorcs. are int:ludcc.J.
Thc scction is organized as follows:
509. 1 General Provisions
509.2 Axial Mcrnbers
509.3 Flexura! Mcmbers
509.4 Combincd Axial Force ami f.Jexure
509.5 Special Cases
509.1 General Provisions
Jn c.Jetermining load cffccts in rnembcrs and conncctions of a
structure that includes composite members, considerat ion
shull be given to the effcctive sections at the time each
increment of load is applied. The design, detailing ami
material properties related to thc concrete and reinforcing steel
portions of composite construction shall comply with thc
rcinforced concrete and reinforcing bar dcsign
specifications stipulatcd by this code. In the abscnce of a
building codc, the provisions in Chapter 4 shall apply.
509.1.1 Nominal Strength of Composite Scctions
Two methods are providcd for detennining the nominal strength
of composite sections: the plastic stress distribution method
and the strain-compatibility method.
The tensile strength of the concrete shall be neglected in the
detennination of the nominal strength of cornpositc
members.
509.1. la Plastic Stress Dist r ibut io n Method
For thc plastic stress distribution method. the nominal
strcngth shall be computed assuming that stcel components
have rcached a stress of , .. ,. in either tcnsion or
comprcssion and concrete components in comprcssion have
rcached a stress or 0.85{ For round !-!SS fi llcd with
¡;
concrete, a stress of O. 95 is pcnnitted to he used for
concrete components in unifonn compression to account for
the effects of concrete confinement.
509.1.11.1 Str ain-Compatibility l\'let hod
For the strain compatibility method, a lincm· distribution of
strains across the section sha!l be assumed. with the
maximum concrete compressive strain equal to 0.003
A
Association ol Structural Engineers ol !he Philippines
mm/mn1. Thc ~11\:~s·~tr¡¡i n rcl<~tionship~ for stccl and
connctc shal l be obtained frnm tests or from publishcd
rcsuhs for similar nwtcrials.
Uscr Note: The strain compatibility method should be ur;:&i'
to determine nominal strength for irregular sections and
for cases whcre tbe steel dol!s not exhibit e)asto-plil§J}c
l¡>eh'lvior. General guidelines for the strain-co~patjí.ii)1JJ.~
iÍlethod for cncased colurnns are given ·ip ·AISC De~igri
Guide6 and AC1318 Seclions 10.2 and 10.3. ·:\ .
509.1.2 Ma terial Limitations
Concrete and slcl'l rcinforcing han; in compositc systems
shall be suhject to thc following limitations.
For thc dctennination of the availablc strength, concrete
shall ha ve a compressivc strcngth !,· or not lcss than 21
MPa nor more than 70 MPa for normal weight
concrete und not lcss than 21 M Pa nor more than 42
MPa for lightweight concrete.
User No(c! Hishcr strcngtl~ CQncrete rnat~rials lllíiY be u~~,
for stiffness calculations bul rnay nol be relied .,!.IPO!JJó"F
strength calculations unless justified by testing or analysll;;·é,
2. The specified mínimum yicld stress of structural
stcel and reinforcing bars used in calculating the
strength of a composite column shall not cxceed 525
MPa.
liigher matc1ial strengths are permilled when their use is
justified by testing or analysis.
Uscr Note: Additional reinforced concrete materí~Í~
limitations are spccified in Chapter 4.
509.1.3 Shear Conncctors
Shear connectors shall be headed steel studs not less than
four stud diameters in length after installation, or hot-rolkd
stcel channels. Shear stud design values shall be taken as P· r
Sections 509.2.1 g and 509.3.2d (2). Stud connectors ~h;-.; i
confonn to the requirements of Section 50 1.3.6. Chan::cl
connectors shall confonn to !he requirements of Sec!tull
501.3.1.
50<.1.2 Axial Mcmbcrs
This section applic~ to two typcs of composite axial
mcmbcrs: cncascd and filled sections.
509.2_1 Encascd Cornposite Columns
509.2.l.la Limitations
To qualify as an encased composite column, the foll· 1 ·;;;:.,~
limitations shall be met:
 CH/II'H:H !i Swnl and M~:ta l !>-'7:1

l. Thc cross-scctional arca of lhc stccl core shall comprise where

at lcast 1 pcrccnt of the total composite cross scction. 2
11, = arca of the steel section, mrn
2. Concrete CIH.:ascmcnt of the stccl corc shall be A,. = arca of concrete, mm 2 .
reinforccd with continuous longit ud inal bars and Au = arca of co ntinu ous reinforcing bars, mm2
Jatend ties or spira!s. The mínimum transvcrsc E,. = modulus of elasticity of concrete
rcinforccrne nt shall be al least 6 mm 2 pcr mm of ti c
spacing. ( 0 .043w]: S r;:..Mpa)
3. Thc mínimum rcinforccment ratio for con tinuous
E_, = modulu s of clasticity of steel = 2 1O MPa.
longitudinal rcinforcing, p_,.,., shnll be 0.004, wherc /', = spccificd comprcssivc strcngth of concrete,
Psr• is given by: MPa.
F,. = specilied mínim um yield stress of steel section,
MPa.
P.fl' =t\,.
1\ (509.2-1) = spccificd mínimum yield stress of
reinforcing ba rs, MPa.
= moment of inertia o f t he co nc rete
wherc sect ion , mm 4
As =arca of continuous reinforcing bars, mm 2 1, = moment of inertia o f stee! shape, mm•
= moment of inertia of rei nforci ng bars. mm•
Ag = gross arca of cornposite mcmber, mm 2
'"
K =thc cffective length factor determined in
accordance with Section 502
509.2.l.lb Comprcssivc Strength
L = lateral! y unbraced length of the membcr, mm
The design compressive strength, (le P,, , and allowable = weight of concrete per unit volume
comprcssive strcngth, P,JD.c, for axially Joaded cncasetl 3
(9os wc S 155/bs/ [1 or ! SOOS wc S. 2500kg/m )
3
compositc colurnns shall be determined for thc limit state
of flexura! buckling based on column slcnderncss as where
follows: = effective stiffness of composite section.
N-mrn 2
<Pe =0.75 (LRFD) ~ =2.00 (ASO}
Ele« =EJs +0.5Esl sr +C1EJ,.
JJ (509.2-6)
1. When p, ? 0.44 Po
where

(509.2 -2) C 1 = 0.1 + 2( A, ) s. 0.3 (509.2-7)

A~ + A,

2. When Pe <0.44Po 509.2.1.1 e Tensile Slrength

P,, = 0.877~ (509.2-3) The design tcnsile strength, $1 P,l' and allowable tensile
streugth, Pn / 0. 1 , for encased composite columns shall be
where
determined for the limit state of yielding as
(509.2-4) P, :::: A-'F.r + A_"F,.,. (509.2-8)

(509.2-5)
(11 =0.90 (LRFD) 0.1 =1.67 (ASD)
509.2.1.1<1 Shcar Strength
The available shcar strength shall be calculated based on
either the shear strcngth of the stecl section alone as
specified in Section 507 plus the shcar strcngth providcd by
tic rcinforcemcnt, if prcsent, or the shear strength of thc
reinforced concrete portian alone.

1
National Structural Code o f the Philippines 6 h Edil ion Volume 1
 'l· 74 CHAPTE n 5 · Strwl and Mctals
~ser Note:. The nominal shear strength of tie ¡:e~lltforceme.nt
may.~e'det~~Md as,,4n.t~¡J4/~).wh~rp~.;·~~f~iK:tile:·ai~~
of ti e reinfoq:ement, d is: tbe··effective-'depth of the
concreté .: secclon, .; and ···. s< ís·:'·:th_
é' !·.$padrig::.-ó(.- ··the ..tie
reirlforcement. The · shear capád~ of reínforéed .. concrete
may be detennined according lo ACf 318, Chapte1r 11.
509.2.I.Jc Load Transfcr
Loads applied to uxially Joaócd cncasccl compositc columns
shall be transferrcd bctwccn thc stccl und concrete in
accordancc with thc following rcquircmcnts:
l. Whcn the externa! force is applied directly to thc stccl
scction, shcar connectors shall be provided t.o transfcr
thc rcquireó shcar force, V', as follows:
v· =V(t-A F j P )
S )' t1
whcre
= rcquired shcar force introduced lo column. N.
=arca of stecl cross section, mm 2
= nomi nal axial compressive strength without
considcration of lengt h cffccts, N.
2. Whcn thc externa! force is appl ied dircct:ly to thc
concrete encascmcnt, shear connectors shall be providccl
lO tranSfcr thc rcquirccJ shcar force, V', as foJlows:
v · =V(A F jP )
S .'" ()
3. Whcn load is applicd to thc concrete of an encasecl
composite column by direct bcaring thc clesig.n bearing
strcngth, 4> n PP. ancl Lhc allowablc bcaring strcngth.
PP /0. 11 , of thc concrete shall be:
Pp =1){,. 1\11
t/Jn =0.65(LRF~ 0. 11 =2.3 l(ASD)
where
A11 = loaded arca of concrete, mm2
509.2. J.lf Dctailíng Rcquircmcnts
Al leasl four continuous longiwdinal reinforcing han; shall
he uscd in cncascd composifc col umns. Transvcrsc
rcinforccment shall be spaccd at fhc smallc:st of l(l
longitudinal bar diamctcrs, 4 ~ tic bar diamctcJ'S or 0 .5
times thc kast dimcnsion of thc compositc. sccti o n. Thc
cncascmcnt shall pro vide al lcast 38 mm of cle<tr covcr
lo the rcinforcing stecl.
Shcar conncctors .shall be provided to tran sfcr thc
required shcar force specificcl in Section 509.2. le. Thc
shcar conncctors shall be distri butcd along the lcngth of thc
mcmber af leas! a distancc of 2.5 times thc depth of thc
Associalion of Slruclural Ennineers of lile Philippines
encased compositc column abovc and below thc ln:HI
transfcr rcgion. Thc maximum conncctor spacing ~!¡;,!; •,,:
405mm.
Conncctors to transfc r axial lo:tcl shall be placcd o n ::r k :t:·:t
two faces of the stccl shape in a configuration symmct ric;ti
about thc stccl shapc uxcs.
!~· the composi tc cross section is built up from twn nr
more cncascd stecl shapcs. thc shapcs s!~all ; ·':
intcrconncctcd with lacing, tic plates, battcn platcs or similar
componcnts to preven! l>uckling of individual shapcs d,¡¡.· ¡;;
loacls applicd prior to hardcning of thc concrete.
509.2.1. 1g Strcngth of Stud Shcar Conncctors
Thc nominal strength of one stucl shcar conncctor cm h :,\:o:
(5i09.2-9) in solid concrete is:
Q,1 =0.5Asc~f::J;. s AscF;, (509.2·; 2)
whcrc
/\". = cross-scctional arca of stud shcar conncctor, mm'
F" = specified mínimum !ensi le strcngth of a stud
shcar connector, MPa.
509.2.2 Fillcd Compositc Columns
S09.2.2a Limitations
(509.2- 10)
To qualiíy as a fillcd composite column thc follo\'. ':';~
limitations shall be mct:
The cross-sectional arca of thc steel lfSS shall comp;;:,,_ =>t
léast 1 perccnt of
l. The total composite cross section.
(509.2-11) 2. Thc maximum bit rati o for a rectangular HS.S : · .,..
a compos itc colu mn shall be eq uai rJ
2.26..JEIF,. .Highcr ratios are permittcd whc.! :' ..:::-
use is justificd by tcsti ng or anal ysis.
3. The maximum Dlt ratio for a round HSS fi il t·. : ·.•. :·•:
concrete sha ll be 0 . 15 Ej F,.. Highcr r;1:i • ' : '
pcnnitted whcn thci r use is justificd hy h: .· , •.·
analysis.
509.2.2b CuliiJ>I'('Ssivc Strcng th
Thc dc~ign comprcssivc strength, $, 1~,, ami aJi.;,,;tblc
comprcssivc strcngth. /~,/0.,., for axially lo.td' ·
compositc columns shall be determincd for thc limi: .-. ..;~e v.'
nexural buckling bascd Oll Section 509.2. 11> \ . . ¡l;:
followi ng modifications:
(5lJ)). ¡ ..-' )
 Clf/\PTI:. n :i Steel and M ~~ lal 5· 7!J

C2 = 0.85 lúr rectangular scctions a nd 0.95 ror mcmber at lcast a distance of 2.5 times thc width of a
circular sccti ons rectangul ar HSS or 2.5 times thc tliamctcr pf a mund HSS
both abovc <md below thc load transfcr rcgion. 'll1c maximum
(509.2-14 J conncctor spacing shall be 405mm.

C3 =0.6+¡-~)so.9 (509.2 - 15)

509.3 Flexura! Mcmber s
1A,.+ A1
509.3.1 General

509.2.2c. Tcns ilc Strcngth 509.3.la Effcctive Width

Thc desigñ !ensile strength, <P, ~.. and allowable tcnsilc
strcngth, P,, /f2,. for fillcd compositc columns shall be
dctcrmincd for thc limit statc of yieldi ng as:
t/J, =0.90(LRF~ f2, =1.67 (ASD)
5 09.2.2d Shcar S trength
Thc available shcar strength shall be calculatcd based o n
either thc shear strength of the steel section alone as
speciiied in Scction 507 or the shcar strcngth of thc
reinforced concrete portion alonc.
Uscr Note: The shear strength of reinforced concrete may
be determined by ACI 318, Chapter 11.
509.2.2c Load Transfcr
Loads applied to fillcd composite columns shall be transferred
bctween the steel and concrete. When the externa! force is
applied either to the steel section or to the concrete infill,
transfer of force from the steel section to the concrete core
is requíred from direct bond interaction, shear connecti on or
direct beari ng. The force transfer mechanism providing the
largest nominal strength may be used. Thcse force transfer
mcchanisms shall not be superimposed.
When load is applied to the concrete of an encased or filled
composite column by direct bearing the design bearing
strength, <P /J P1,, and the allowabl e bearing strength ,
P1, /0. 0 of the concrete shall be:
(509.2- 17)
The effecti vc width of the concrete slab is thc sum of thc
effective widlhs for each side of thc beam ccnterline, each
of which shall not exceed:
l. one-cighth of thc beam span, ccntcr-to-ccnter of
suppons:
2. onc-half the distancc lo the centcrline of the adjacent
beam: or
3. the di stancc to thc edgc of lhc slab.
509.3.1 b Shcar Strcng th
Thc availablc shcar strcngth of composite bcams with shear
conncctors shall be detennincd based upon thc propcrtics of
the steel sccti on alone in accordance with Scction 507. Thc
available shcar slrength of concrete-encased and filled
composi le membcrs shall be determined based upon the
propenics of thc steel section alone in accordance wilh
Section 507 or bascd upon the propcrties of lhe concrete and
longitudi nal steel rei nforccment.
Uscr Note: Thc shear strength of the reinforced concrete
may be detemlincd in accordance with ACI 318, Chaptcr
11.
509.3.1c S trc n gth During Construction
Whcn temporary shores are not used during construction,
the steel scction alonc shall have adequate strength to
support al! loads applied prior to the concrete attaining 75
percent of its specified strength f;
.The availablc flexura!
strength of the steel scction shall be dctermined according
lO Section 506.
509.3.2 S trc n glh of Compos itc Bcams with
S hear Connector s

509.3.2a Positivc Fl.cxural Strcngth

tjJ8 =0.65(LRFq D. 11 :::: 2.31(ASD)
Thc design positi ve flex ura! strength , ~"M". and thc
whcre
allowable positive flexura! strength, M 11 jD.1,, shall be
A11 = thc loaded arca, mm2 determi ne<! for thc limit stale of yield ing as follows:

509.2.2f Deta iling Rcquircmcnts rpb =0.90 (LRFD) Q b = 1.67 (As_q

Where rcquired, shcar conncctors transferring the rcquired
shear force shall be distributed along the length of the l. For hjt.,. :<:; 3.76~EjFy,

National S tructural Code of lhe PJ1ilippines 6 111 [dition Volume 1

 ~;. 7fi CHAPTE n 5 - Steel and Mctals

M" shall be dctennined from thc plastic stress distribution
on thc compositc section for thc limit state of yic lding
(plastic momcnt).
Uscr Note: AJI curren! ASTM A6 W, S and HP shapes
satis fy the limit given In Section 509.3.2a(a) for F ::;
1
345 MPa. f.>
2. For hjt. . > 3.76,/Ej r;..
Mn shall be dctermined from thc superposllton of elastic
strcsscs, consídcring thc effccts o f shoríng. for the limit
statc of yielding (yield moment).
509.3.21> Ncgativc Flexura! Strcngth
Thc dcsign ncgativc flexura! strength, r/JbM 11 , and the
allow~ble ncgativc flexura) strcngth, M, / D.1,, shal l be
detcrmincd for thc stecl section alonc, in accordance with
the rcquircments of Scction 506.
with wclded stud shcar conncctors 19 mm nr lcss in
di a meter (A WS D 1. 1). Studs shall be wc!dcd cithcr
through thc deck or dircctly to the stccl cross section. Stud
shcar conncctors. aftcr installation. shall cxtcnd not less
than 38 mm abovc the top of thc stccl dcck and there
shall be at Jeast 13 mm of concrete covcr abo ve thc top
of the installcd studs.
c. Thc slab thickncss above the steel dcck shall be .:m lc:;s
than 50 mm.
d. Steel deck shall be anchorcd to all supporting members
at a spacing not to exceed 460 111111 . Such anchorage
shall be provided by stud co nnectors, a co mbi nation
of stud connectors and are spot (puddle ) welds, or
other de vices spccífied by the dcsigner.
2. Deck Ribs Oricnted Perpend icular to Steel Bcam
Concrete below the top of the steel deck shall be
neglected in dctcnnini ng composi te section propcrtics
and in calculating Ac for deck ri bs oriente<! per-
pendicular to the stecl beams.

Alternativcly, thc availablc ncgativc flexura! strength shall be 3. Dcck Ribs Oricnted Parallclto Stccl Beam Concrete
deterrnincd from the plastic stress distribution on thc below the top of the steel dcck rnay be included in
composite section, for thc limi t statc of yielding (plastic determining compositc scction properti cs and shall be
moment). with includcd in calculating A~ .
4. Formed steel deck ríbs o ver supporting beams may be
f/J11 =0.90 (LRFD) D.1) = 1.67 (AS~ split longitudínally and scparated to forma concrete
provided that: haunch.

l. The steel beam is compact and is adequately bmced When the nominal dcpth of steel deck is 38 mm or greatcr,
according to Scction 506.
the average width, w r of thc supported haunch or ríb shall
2. Shear cotmectors connect the slab to the steel bcam in be not less than 50 mm for the first stud in the transvcrse
the negative moment regi on. row plus four stud diameters for each additional stud.
3. The slab rei nforcement parallel to the steel beam,
within the effective width of the slab, is properly 509.3.2d. Shcar Conncctors
developed. l. Load Transfer for Positive Moment
The entire horizontal shear at thc interface between the steel
beam and the concrete slab shall be assumcd to be transferred
509.3.2c Strength of Compositc Bcams with by shear connectors. except for concrete-encased beams as
Formed Steel Dcck de!ined in Section 509.3.3. For composite action with
concrete subject to flexura) compression, the total horizontal
l. General
shear force, v', between the point of rnaximum posilive
The available nexural strength of composite constnrction moment and the point of zcro momcnt shall be taken as the
consisting of concrete slabs on fonned stecJ deck lowcst value according to the limit statcs of concrete cmshing.
connected to stccl beams shall be detcrmined by the tensilc yie!ding of thc stccl section. or strength of thc s!K ..
applicable pot1ions of Section 509.3.2a and 509.3.2b, with connectors:
the following requirements:
a. Concrete crushing
a. This section is applícable to decks with nominal rib
height not greater than 75 mm. The average width of (509.3-la)
concrete rib or haunch, w,. shall be not less tban 50 b. Tensile yielding of the steel secti on
mm, but shall not be taken in calculations as more than
!he mínimum clcar width near tbe top of the ste•el deck. (509.3-Jb)
b. The concrete slab shall be connected to the stc:el bcam c. Strength of shear connectors

Association of S tructural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPT[Ii 5 Stcel and Metal !j i''/

1' =[Q., (509.3-lc} stcel shape and thc rati o of thc average rib width
lo rib depth ~ 1.5
wherc =0.85; (a) for two studs welded in a stecl deck rih
with thc deck oricnted perpendicular to thc stcel
A, = arca or concrete slab within cffecti ve width, shapc; (b) for one stud welded through steel
2
111111
deck with !he deck oriemed parallel to
A, = arca of stccl cross scction. mm ~
thc stcel shape anclthe ratio of thc average rib
EQ., = su m of nominal strengt11s of shear connectors width lO rib depth <1.5
betwcenthe point of maximum positivc rnomcnt = 0.7 for three or more studs weldcd in a steel dcck
and thc point ofzero momcnt, N. rib wi th the deck oriented perpendicular to the
2. Load Transfer for Negative Moment stect shape
In continuous composite bcams wherc longitudinal Rp = 1.0 for studs welded directly to the stcel shapc
rcinforcing steel in the ncgativc momcnt rcgions is (in other words, not through steel deck or sheet)
considercd to act compositcly with thc steel beam. thc total and having a haunch detail with not more
horizontal shear force bctween the point of maximum t11an 50 percent of the top flange covered
negati vc momcnt and the point of zcro moment shall be by deck or sheet stcel elos ures
takcn as thc lowcr valuc according to thc limit statcs of = 0.75; (a) for studs weldcd in a composite slab with
yiclding of thc stccl rcinforccmcnt in thc slab, or strcngth of the deck orientcd perpendicular to tlte beam
!he shear conncctors: and emid-lrt ~ 2 in. (50 mm); (b) for studs
a. Tcnsile yiclding of thc slab rcinforccmcnt welded through steel deck, or steel sheet
used as girder filler material, and embedded in a
(509.3-2a) composite slab with the deck oriented parallclto
the bcam
whcre =0.6 for studs welded in a composite slab with
deck oriented perpendicular lo the beam and
A, = arca of adcquatcly devclopcd longitudinal
reinforcing steel within the effective width of the emid -hr ~ in. (50 mm)
concrete slab, mm 2 e,.,d·'" = dislance from lhe edge of stud shank 10 the steel
F,., = speciticd mínimum yicld stress of lhe reinforcing deck web, mea.., mea..,sured at mid-height of the
steel, MPa. deck rib, and in the load bearing direction of the
s1ud (in olher words, in lhe direction of
a. Strenglh of shcar conncc1ors maximum moment for a simply supported
v· = IQ, (509.3-2b)
beam}, mm.
u·, = wcight of concrete per unit vol ume ( 1500 ~ w c ~
2500kgfm3.
3. S1rength of Swd Shear Conncclors
The nominal strength of onc stud shear conncctor cmbedded
in solid concrete or in a c omposite s lab is

(509.3 -3)

wherc
Ase = cross-sectional
2
arca. of stud shear connector,
mm
Ec = modulus of elasticity of concrete =

( 0.043 w~· 5 J Mpa)

f e. ,

Fu = specified mínimum tensile strength of a stud

shear connec1or, MPa.
f?g = 1.0 ; (a) for onc stud weldcd in a slcel deck rib with
the deck oriented perpendicular to thc stecl
shape; (b) for any number of studs
wclded in a row directly to the steel shape; (e) for
any number of studs welded in a row tltrough
steel dcck with the deck oriented parallel to the

111
National Struclura l Code of t~1e PJ1i!ippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 5-78 CHI\PTEH 5- Steet and Metétls
~,··~4\''5"~.-.~·"'~"'' --~~:·: •. :.¡ 1
t i!icr.~~,:;~d to 0._75 wben
5. Strength ofChanncl Shcar Connectors
Thc nominal strcngth of one channel shcar conncctor
embedded in a solid concrete slab is
Q, = 0.3(1¡ + 0.5t_.}Lc ¡ ; Ee J (509.3-4)
where
1¡ = flangc thi ckncss of channel shear connector, mm.
t •. = web thickness of channel shear connector,
mm.
L,. = lcngth of channcl shcar conncctor, mm.
ll1c strcngth of thc channel shcar conncctor shall be dcveloped
by welding thc channcl to thc beam nangc for a force equal
to Q,, considering eccentricity on the connector.
6. Required Number of Shear Connectors
Thc number of shear connectors rcquired bctween the scction
of maximum bending moment, positive or negative, and the
adjacenl section of zero momenl shall be equal 10 thc
horizontal shcar force as determine<! in Sccti uns 509.:t2<1 ( 1 )
and 509.3.2t.l(2) divide<.! by thc nominal ~trcngth uf onc
shear conncctor as dctcrmincd from Scction 509.3.2d(1) or
Scction 509.3 .2d(4).
7. Shcar Conncctor Placcmcnt ancl Spacing
Shcar conncctors rcquircd on cach sidc or thc point of
maximum bcnding rnomcnt. positivc or negativc. shall be
distributcd unifonnl y bct wecn that point and thc adjaccnt
points · of zcro momcnt, unlcss othcrwisc spccificd .
Howcver, thc numhcr o f shcar conncctors placed bctwecn
any conccntrated load and thc nearcst point of zcro momcnt
shall be sufficicnt 10 dcvclop the maximu m momcnt requircd
at the concentratcd load poinl.
Shcar connectors shall have al least 25 mm of lateral
concrete cover, exccpt for conncctors installcd in the ribs of
formed steel decks. Thc diameter of ~tuds shall not be
grcmer than 2.5 times the thickncss of thc flange lO which
they are wclded. unless locatcd over thc weh. The mínimum
center-to-ccnter spacing of swd conncctors shall be six
diamctcrs along the longitu<.linal axis of thc supponing
composite beam and four diametcrs transversc 10 the lon-
shear gitudinal axis of the supporting composite bcam, except that
to the within the ribs of formed stcel decks orientcd perpendicular
of to the steel bcam thc mínimum centcr-to-ccnler spacing
r ste~l .~.P,.ape maybe shall be four diarnetcrs in any directi on. Thc maximun1
~9P~A~~~~. such as centcr-to-center spacing of shear connectors shall not
excecd eight times the total slab thickness.
. • • ' . o "
emld -ht 503.3 Flexura! Strcngth of Concrctc-Encascd and Fillcd
Mcmbcrs
The nominal flexura! strcngth of concrete-encased and filled
members' shall be dctcrmincd using onc of the following
methods:
a. 1l1c supcrposition of elastic stres~-cs on thc compositc
scction, considcring the effccts of shori ng, for thc limit
state of yiclding (yicld momenl),
whcrc
r/1, = 0.90 (LRFl~ !2¡, = l.67(AS~
b. The plastic stress distribution on thc stcel scction alonc,
for the limit state of yiclding (plastic rnomcnt), whcrc
fÍlb = 0.90(LRF~ fl¡, = 1 .67(AS~
c. If shear connectors are provided and thc concrete
mects thc requi rements of Section 509. 1.2, 1he
nominai flexura) strcngth shall be computcd bascd u¡;vu
thc plastic stress distribution on thc composite scction
or from the strain-compatibility method,
where
</lb =0.85(LRF~ fl¡, =l.76(ASD)
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
 CHAPTE:Ii ~~ Steel and Metal ~i - "19

509.4 Combincd Axial For.cc and Flexure

Thc intcraction bctwccn axial forccs and flcxurc in
compositc mcmbcrs shall account for stubility as rcquircd
by Section 503. The dcsign compressivc strcngth. ~J~,, and
This Section addresses connectíng clcmcnts, conncctors.
a!Jowablc comprcssivc strcngth, 1~./flc, ami thc design and the affccted elcments of th e connected members not
subjcct lo fatigue loads.
lkxural strcngth, ~¡,M11 , and allowablc flexura] strength,
M,/0¡,, are dctcnnincd as follows: The Section is organizcd as follows:

~(. = 0.75 (LRF!~ D.,. =2.00(ASD) 510.1 General Provisíons

5 10.2 Welds
('¡, =0.90(LRFfi D.¡,== 1.67(ASD) 510.3 Bolts and Threaded Parts
510.4 Affected Elements of Mcmbers and Connecti ng
l. Thc nominal strength of the cross section of a compositc Elements
mcrnbcr subjected to combincd axial compression and 510.5 Fillers
tlcxure shall be detcnnincd using either the plastic 510.6 Splices
stress distríbution mcthod or tbe strain-compatibility 510.7 Bearing Strcngth
method.
5 10.8 Column Bases and Bearing on Concrete
2. To account for the inllucncc of length cffects on thc 510.9 Anchor Rods and Embedments
axial strength of the member, thc nominal axial 510.10 FJanges and Webs with Conccntrated Forces
strength of the member shall be dctermined by Section
509.2 with Po taken as the nominal axial strength of the
cross scction determincd in Section 509.4 (1) above.

509.5 Spccial Cases

When composíte construction docs not confonn to the
fC{]Uirements of Section 509.1 through Section 509.4, the
strength of shear connectors and details of construction shall
be cstablished by testing. 510.1 General Provisions

510.1.1 Design Basis

The design strength, ~., and the allowable strength
R,./D.of connectíons shall be detennined in accordancc
with the provisions of this Section and the provisions of
Section 502 .

The required strength of the connections shall be detemüned

by structural analysis for the specified design loads,
consistent with the type of construction specified, or shall be
a proportion of the required strength of the connected
membcrs when so specified herein.

Where the gravity axes of intersecting axially loaded

members do not intersect at one point, the effcc ts of
cccentricity shall be considered.

510.1.2 Simple Connections

Simple connections of beams, girders, or trusses shall be
designed as flexible and are pennitted to be proportioned for
the reaction shears only, except as otherwise indicated in the
design documents. Flexible beam connections shall
accommodate end rotations of simple beams. Some inelastic,
but self-limiting defonnation in the connection is permitted
to accommodate Lhe end rotation of a simple beam.

111
National Structural Code of the Phi!ippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 b-BO CHAilJTH 5 · Steel and Melals
510.1.3 Momcnt Conncctions
End conncctions of restrained beams, girders, and trusses
shall be dcsigned for the combine<! cffcct of forces rcsulting
from moment and shcar induced by thc rigidity of the
conncctions. Response critcria for moment conncctions m·c
provided in Section 502.3.6b.
User Note: Scc Section 503 and Appcndix A-7 for analysis
requirements to establish the tequíred strength and stiffness
for desíg~ of corinections.
510.1.4 Comprcssion Mcmbcrs with Bcaring Joints
l. When columns bear on bearing plates or are l!nished to
bear at splices, there shall be sufl!cient connectors LO
hold all parts securely in place.
2. When compression members other than columns are
finishcd to bear, the splice material and its connectors
shall be arranged to hold all parts in line and shall be
proportioned for either (i) or (ii) below. lt is permissible
to use the Jess seve.rc of thc two conditions:
a. An axial tensile force of 50 percent of the required
compressive strength of the member; or
b. The moment and shear resulting from a transverse load
equal to 2 percent of thc required compressive strength
of the member. The transverse load shall be applied at the
location of the splice exclusive of other loads that act on
the member. ·n1e member shall be taken as pinned fo r the
determination of thc shears and moments at the splice.
User Note: All compression joints should also be
proportioned to resist any tension developed by the load
combinations stipulated in Section 502.2.
510.1.5 Spliccs in Hcavy Scctions
When tensile forces duc to applied tension or nexure are to
be transmitted through splices in heavy sections, as dcfined
in Section 501.3.1 e and 501.3.1 d,by complete joint-
penetration groove (CJP) welds, material notch-toughness
requirements as given in Section 501.3.lc and 501.3. Id,
weld access hole details as given in Section 510.1.6 and
thermal cut surface preparation and inspection requi rements
as given in 5!3.2.2 sha.ll apply. The foregoing provision is not
applicable to splices of elements of buill-up shapes that are
welded prior to assemb!ing the shape.
Uscr Note: CJP groove welded splices of heavy sections
can ~xhibit <;Jetriment~ effects of weld shrinkage. Members
that &-e ~ized for compr~~sion that are also subject to !ensile
for9:~J)l;~x.:~·i.~ss.;.~\!S~~pHbi~ to da~~ag~J~()Hl, shdn~~e if
lfi#\~~~;~~¡.~i~~~~l~:~W~)t':Mii
Associalion of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines
5!0.1.6 Bcam Copes and Wcld Ae<:css Holcs
Al! wcld acccss holes rcqui red lo facilitate wclding
opcralions shall have a length f"rom the toe of thc weld
prcparation not !e.~s lhan 11/2 times thc thickness of thc material
in which thc hole is made. The hcight oft hc access hole shall be
1
1
/2 times the lhickncss of thc matc1ial wilh thc acccss holc' t H• )
but not lcss tluu1 25 mm nor docs il need to exceed 50 mm.
The acccss hole shall be dctaikd to providc room for weld
backing as nceded.
Fú scctions that are rol led or welded prior to cutting, the
cdgc of the web sball be sloped or curved from the surfacc
of thc flange to thc reentrant surface of the access holc. In
hot-rolled shapes, and buill-up shapcs with CJP groovc
welds that join the web·to-flange, all bcam copes <md weld
access holes shall be free of notches and sharp reentrant
comers. No are of the wcld acccss holc shall have a radius
less than lO mm.
In built-up shapes with fillet or parlíal-joinl-penetration
groovc welds thal join thc web-to-flange, all beam copes
and weld access ho! cs shall be free of notches and sharp
rccntrant comers. The access hole shall be permitted to
termínate perpendicular (() the nange, providing the weld is
tcnninatcd at least a distance equal to the weld size away
from the acccss hole.
For heavy sections as defined in 50l.3.1 c and 501.3.Jd, the
thermally cut surfaces of beam copes and weld access holes
shall be ground to bright metal and inspected by either ·
rnagnetic partic!e or dye penetrant methods prior lo dcposition
of splicc welds. If thc clll·ved transition ponion of weld
access holes and beam copes are fonned by predrilled or
sawed holes, that pon ion of the access holc or cope need not
be ground. We!d access holes and beam copes in other shapes
need not be ground nor inspcctcd by dye penetrant or
magnetic pa11icle methods.
510.1.7 J>htcemcnt of Wclds and Bolts
Groups of welds or bolts at the ends of any member which
transmit axial force into that member shal! be sized so that
the center of gravity of the group coincides with the celller
of gravity of the membcr, unlcss provision is made for tk
ecccntricity. The foregoing provision is not applicable to c.; :: :
connections of statically loaded single ang!e, doub!e angk .
and similar membcrs.
510.1.8 Bolts in Combination with Wclds
Bolts sha!l not be considered as sharing the load in
combination with welds, except that shear connections w; ,:,
any grade of bolts pennittcd by Scction 501.3.3 insta!led ;;!
standard ho!es or short slots transverse to the direction of thc
load are permittcd to be considered to share the load with
longitudinally loaded fillct welds. In such connections the
available strength of the bolts shallnot be taken as greatcr than

.'iO pcn:cnt of thc availabl c strcngth of bcaring-typc bolts in
thl~ conncction.
In making wcldcd altcrations lo structures, cxisting rivcts and
high strcngth lx>lls tightcned to the rcquirements for slip-
critica! <.:onncctions are pennitted lo bcutilized for carryi ng
lo;1ds pn.'SC!ll at the time of alterat ion nnd the wclding
nccd onl y providc thc addi tional rcquircd strcngth.
510.1.9 High-Sircnglh Bolts in Combination
wilh Rivcts
In both ncw work and alterations, in conncctions dcsigncd
as slip-critical conncctions in accordancc with thc
provisions of Scction 5 10.3, high-strength bolts are
pcrmitted to be considcrcd as sharing the load with existing
ri vcts.
510. 1.10 Limilations on Boltcd and Wcldcd
Conncctions
Prctensioncd joints, slip-critica! joints or wclds shall be
used for thc following connections:
1. Column splices in all multi-story structures over 38 m
in height.
2. Connecti ons of all benms and girders to columns and
any other bcams and girders 011 which the bracing or
columns is depcndent in stmctures over 38m in height
3. In all structures carrying crancs of ovcr 50 kN capacity:
roof truss spliccs and connections of trusses to
columns, column splices, column bracing. knce braces.
and crane suppons
4. Connections for thc suppon of machinery and othcr live
loads that produce irnpact or reversa! of load
Sn ug-tightened joints or joints with ASTM A307 bohs shall
be permitted except whcre otherwise specified.
Nalional Struc tural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTEr~ 5 Stccl and Metal S 81
510.2 Wclds
All provisions of AWS D 1.1 app!y under this Specification.
with the cxccption that thc provisions of the listcd NSCP
Specilicati on Scctions apply under this Specifi<;ation in lieu
of thc citcd AWS provisions as follows:
NSCP Stccl and Mctals Scction 510.1.6 in lieu of AWS 01.1
Scction5.17.1
NSCP Stcel and Mctals Scctin:J 51 0.2.2a in lieu of AWS
D 1.1 Scction 2.3.2
NSCP Stecl and Metals Table 510.2.2 in licu of AWS D 1.1
Table 2. 1
NSCP Stecl and Metals Table 510.2.5 in lieu of A WS D 1.1
Tablc 2.3
NSCP Steel and Mctals Appcndix A-3, Tablc A-3. 1 in !ieu of
AWS DI. 1 Table 2.4
NSCP Stcel and Metals Section 502.3.9 and Append ilt A-
3 in lieu of A WS D 1.1 Section 2, Pan C
NSCP Stecl and Metals Scction 513.2 in lieu of AWS D 1.1
Scctions 5. 15.4.3 and 5.15.4.4
510.2.1 Groove Wclds
510.2.la Effective Arca
The effective arca of groove welds shall he considered as
the length of thc weld times the effcctive throat thiclmess.
The effectivc throat thickness of a panial-joint-penetration
(PJP) groove weld shall be as shown in Table 510.2. 1.
Uscr Note: The effective throat size of a partial-joint:
penetration groove weld is dependent on the process used
and. the weld position. Tite contract documents should either
indicate the effective tlu-oat requircd or the weld strength
requircd, and ·the fabricator should detall the joint based on
the weld proccss and position to be used to weld the joint.
The effec tive weld sizc for Oare groove welds, when filled
Oush to the surface of a round bar, a 90• bend in a fonned
section, or rectangular HSS shall be as shown in Table
510.2.2, unlcss other effecti ve throats are demonstrated by
tests. Thc cffective size of Oare groove welds fillcd less
thnn Oush shall be as shown in Tabl c 51 0.2.2. less the
greatest perpendicular dimension mcasurcd from a linc Oush
lo the base metal surfacc to thc weld surfacc.
111
 5 fl? CHAPTFn :; · Steé~l and Metals

;---------------------~---------......---

· Table 510~2.2
-'· .·:.::~~~fti,té.r~~~~ ·~~~es ·óf ·Fiare Groove
....-,. ·~.):..,:::.. ;;:.·.'.·,, ,,.. ·;.,,;,;WeidS
Wcldin g Fiare Bcvcl Groovc"' 1 Fiare V Groovc
Pro<.:css
Wclding
Oroo ve
Posit'on GMAW and
Typc 5/8 R 3/4 R
F(llai), H Effccl ivc FCAW-G
(AWS
(horiz.),
V(vcrt.),
DJ.I.
Figure
Throat
SMAW and
- --~--· ~--·--·---
--
(ovcrhcad 5/16 R 5/81?
3.3) FCAW-S
--
Shieldcd Metal Are All SAW 5/1 6R lf2 R
(SMAW)
11
Gas Metal Are 1 or U " Fo r FiareBevcl Groovc with R< 10 mm use
(GMAW)Flux Al! only rcinforcing fi llet weld on fillcd Dusb
Groovc Dcpth of
Corcd Are 60' V joint. General Note: R"" radius of j oí nt surfacc
(FCAW) Groovc
(can be assumcd to be 2r for HSS). mm
J or U '--------------------------------------
Submcrgcd Are F
Groovc 60'

, ',;il!~~:~t:~,líl
(SAW)
Bevcl or V

Gas Metal Are

(GMAW)Fiux F.H
Corcd Are Dcpth of
Bevcl Groovc
(FCAW)
Material Thíckness of Mínimum Effectíve i
Depih of Thínner Pan Joíned, mm Throat Thickness,1' 1mm.
Shicldcd Metal Are Al! Groove
(SMAW) Minus 3 To 6 inclusive 3
Beve!
mrn Over 6 to 13 5
Gas Metal Are
Over 13 to 19 6
(GMAW) Flux V. OH Dcpth of Over 19 to 38 8
Cored Are Groovc Over 38 to 57 10
Beve! 111\IS 3
(FCAW) Over 57 to 150 13
Over !50 16

:.,' ~-. ; . .. i

·•.•·.·:::·:.·':~i:~~~;~~~flh~~t···w~·~·:· ;
Material Thíckness of Mínimum sizc of Fílkt
Thínner Part Joincd, mm wcld, 1"1 mm.

To 6 inclusive 3
Over 6 to 13 5
Ovcr 13 to 19 (í
Ovcr 19 8 :

[a]Leg Dirnen~;·:rl of ~;~;~t-:~d~·:-;~gl~~~ss :~~~;-~~~Jsll

be used. 1

Note: See Section 510.2.2b for maximum size of fillc!JJ

wclds.
'---- - -- -- - - -- - - - - - --

Association of Structura! Engineers of the Philippines


Largcr cflccli vc llm>al lhickncsscs !han !hose in Tablc 5 J0.2.2
are pcnnillcd. providcd thc fabritalor can cslablish by
qualilication thc t·onsislcnl produclion of such largcr effccli ve
lhroal lhicknesscs. Qualilicalion shall consisl of seclioning
lhe wcld normal lo its axis, m mid-lenglh and lenninal ends.
Such scclioning shall be madc on a numbcr of combi nal ions
of material sizes rcprcsenwlivc of !he range 10 be used in the
fabrication.
510.2.Ib Limitations
The mínimum cffcclive throat thickncss of a partial-joim-
pcnetration groovc wcld shall not be lcss lhan !he size required
lo transmit calculated forces nor thc size shown in Tablc
51 0.2.3. Mínimum weld size is dctennincd by lhc thinncr of
thc 1wo parts joincd.
510.2.2 Fillct Wclds
510.2.2a Effcctivc Arca
The effcctive arca of a fi llct weld shall be lhc cffcctive lcngth
multiplicd by thc effcclive throat. Thc effectivc throat of a
fillet weld shall be t11c shonest distancc from thc root 10 1he
face of the diagrammalic wcld. An increase in effcctive throat
is permiued if consisten! penetration beyond the rool of the
diagrammalic weld is demonstraled by tests using thc
produclion process and procedure variables.
For fillct welds in holes and slots, the effective Jcngth
shall be the length of thc cenlerlinc of !he wcld along the
ccnter of the plane through the th roat. In thc case of
overlapping fillets, thc effective arca shall not exceed lhc
nonúnal cross-sectional arca of the hole or s!ot. in thc plane
of lhe faying surface.
510.2.2b Limitations
The mínimum size of fillet welds shall be not less than thc
size required to transmit calculated forces, nor the size as
shown in Tab!e 510.2.4. These provisions do not apply to
fillet weld reinforcements of partial- or completc-joint-
penetration groove welds.
The maximum size of fillet welds of conneclcd parts sha.l l
be:
l. Along edges of material less than 6 mm lhick. nol
greatcr than the thickness of the material.
2. Along edges of materi al 6 mm or more in thickness.
not greater than thc lhickness of 1he material minus
2 mm, unless th c weld is cspecially designalcd 011 t11e
drawings to be buih out to oblain fuJI-tJ¡ roat thickness. In
the as-wcldcd condition, the distance between the edge
of the base metal and thc toe of the weld is pennitted to be
less t11an 2 mm provided thc weld sizc is clear!y
verifiable.
National Slructuraf Code of the Philippines 6th Edition Volume 1
CH/\PT El1 5 S!ce! <uKI Metnt 5-&J
Thc mínimum clfectivc lcngth of fi lie! wclds dcsigned on
the basis or strcngth sha!l be not lcss than four times lhl'
nominal sizc. or elsc !he sizc of thc weld shall be considercd
nol to cxcecd '1.1 of ils effccti ve lcnglh. lf longitudinal fillct
wclds are uscd alonc in cnd conncclions of fl;H-bar 1cnsion
membcrs. !he lcngt11 of cach fillct wcld shall be 1101 lcss than
1hc perpendicular distancc bctwccn thcm. For thc cffcct of
longiwdinal fillct weld lcngth in end conncctions upon thc
effcctivc arca of thc connected !~~cml>cr, see Seclion 504.3.3.
For cnd-loadcd fillet welds with a lcnglh up to 100 limes !he
leg dimension, it is pcm1ittcd to takc lhe effective lcngth
cquallo thc actuallength. When the Jength of thc end-loaded
fillct weld excceds 100 times thc wcld sizc. the effectivc
lcnglh shall be dctcnnined by multiplyi ng the acwal length
by the reduction factor, p.
fJ =1.2 - O.OO'i._L/ w) s; 1.0 (5 10.2-1)
wherc
L = ac!Uallenglh of cnd-loaded weld. mm.
w = weld lcg sizc. mm.
When lhe Jength of the weld exceeds 3CX} times the lcg siz.e.
the value of fJ shatl be taken as 0.60.
Internúttcnt fillet welds are pcmtitled 10 be used to transfcr
calculatcd s1ress across a joint or faying surfaces when the
rcquircd strength is less than that dcveloped by a continuous
fillet wcld of the smallcst pcm1itted size, and to join
cornponenls of built-up members. The effective length of any
segmem of intcrnúttent fillet welding shall be not less tllan
four times thc weld size, will1 a minimum of38mm.
In lap joints, the mínimum amount of lap shall be five
times the thickncss of the thinner part joined, but not lcss
t11an 25 mm. Lap joints joining plates or bars subjccted to
axial stress that utilize transversc fillct welds only shall be
fillet welded along thc end of both lappcd parts, except where
the deOection of thc lapped parts is sufficiently rcstrained to
prevent opening of the joint undcr maximum loading.
Fillet wcld tem1inations are pcrmitted to be stopped shon or
extend to t11e cnds or sides of parts or be boxed cxccpt as
lirnited by the following:
l. Por lap joints in which one conncctcd part cxtends beyond
an edge of anothcr connected part that is subjcct lo
calculmcd tcnsile stress. fillet welds shall termínate no1
lcss than lhc sizc of the weld from that edge.
2. For connections wherc Oexibility of thc outstanding
elements is requircd, when end retums are used, the
lenglh of the retum shall not exceed four times !he
nominal sizc of the weld nor half the width of the part.
3. Pillet wclds joining 1ransvcrse stiffeners to plate girdcr
!5·84 CHA F'Tr:J~ 5 · Steel and Metals

webs 19 mm thick or lcss shall end not lcss !han four Thc thickness of plug or slol welds in material mm or kss in
limes nor more thnn six times the thickness of the wcb thickness shall be equal lo !he thickness of lhe material. 111
from the web toe of the web-to-flan ge welds, except materi al ovcr 16 mm tbick, the thic kness of the weld shall bt·
wherc the cnds of stiffencrs are welded lo the flange. at least one-half lhe thickncss of the material but not kss
than 16 mm.
4. Fillet welds that occur on opposite sides of a common
plane, shall be interrupted at the comer common lo both
510.2.4 Strength
wclds.
The desig n strcngth, r/J R, and the allowablc strength.
User/ NQte: · f illet. wel!,i )GJl~1inations ~hould he logatep R, / Q , of wclds shall be lhe lower value of the base mate rial
appg~~hnately · QÚe \yel~ size fr9m · o('Vie~.~ge · ,()( ·tl.te
sonJl~~tion ..·. to •nli~lilUi~s·· riptch~si,l ...the\base,lh~taL}Fii.let and rhc weld metal strcngth delermincd accorcling to the limil

~w~~~~N~i~~,~r,~1f'~:.;lr~:b;~~,~~~~~;~~~i~
states of tensile ruplure, shcar rupture or yielding as
fo llows:

For the base metal

Fillet welcls in holes or slots are permitted lo be used to
R/1 = F/3M AIJM (510.2-2)
transmit shear in lap joints or to prevenl the buckling or
separation of lappcd parls and tojo in componenls of built-up For the weld metal
mcmbers. Such fillct wclds may overlap, subjcct to the
provisions of Section 51 0.2. Fillet welds in holes or slots are (5 10.2-3)
not to be considcrcd plug or slol welds.
where
510.2.3 Plug and Slot Welds = nominal slren gth of the base metal pcr unit arca,
MPa
510.2.3a Effcctivc Arca = nomin al s trength of lhe wcld metal pcr unit
Thc cffective shearing area of plug and slot welds shall be a rca, MPa
considered as the nominal cross-sectional arca of the hole or AJJM = cross-sec ti o nal arca of t he base metal,
slot in the plane of the faying surface. mm 2
A,.. = effective arca of the weld , mm2
51 0.2.3b Limitations
Plug or slot welds are permi!led to be used to transmit shear The values of f/J,Q,F13M,f\,,and limitations thereon are
in Jap joints or to preven! buckling of lapped pmts and to join given in Table 510.2 .5.
component pm1s of built-up members.
The diameter of the holes for a plug wcld shall not be lcss Altcrnatively, for fillct wclds loaded in·plane the design
!han !he thickness of the part containi ng it plus 8 mm, rounded
lo the next larger mm, nor grcaler than thc mínimum diameter strength, f/J R11 and !he allowable strength , R, jQ, of wclds is
plus 3 mm or i /4 limes the thickncss of the weld. permilled to be determined as follows:

The mínimum center-l o-center spacing of plug wclds shall r/>=0.75 (LRF~ .Q= 2.00(AS1~
be four times thc di a me te r of the hole.
l. For a linear weld group loaded in-plane through the
ccnter of gravity
The length of slot for a slol we ld sh all not exceed 1O
times the thickness of the weld. The width of the slot shall be (51 0.2-4)
nol less Iban the thickness ofthe pan containing it p lus 8 mm
rounded lo the next larger mm, nor shall it be larger !han 2 1/4
times thc thickness of the weld. The ends of the slot shall be whcre
semicircuhu· or shall have lhc corners rounded toa radius of not
less than the thickncss of the part containing it, cxcept thosc Fw = 0.60F¡;xx V.0+0.50sin 15 e) (510.2-5)
ends which extend to the edge o f the part.
and
The míni mum spacing of lines of slot welds in a direction = e lectrode classification number, MPa.
transvcrse to the ir length shall be !our times the w idth of the = angle of loading measured from !he weld
slot. The minimum centcr-to·ccnter spacing in a longitudinal longitudinal axis, degrees
direction on any line shall be two times the le ngth of the slol. = effective arca of the weld , mm2

Association of Structural Engmeers of the Phi!ippines

 CHAPTER 5 Steel and Metal 5-85

User Note: A :lipcar weld group is . one in_whicb all = thc total nominal strength of transvcrsely loadcd
elemcms are in a linc or are
paraÜel. ·.· fíllct weltls, as dctermincd in accordance with
Table S 10.2.S wiú1out the alternate in Scction
2. For weld elcments withi n a weld group that are loaded
510.2.4(a), N.
in-plane and analyzed using an instantaneous center of
rotation method, the components of the nominal
510.2.5 Combination of Welds
strength, R11_. and R,,_;.,~are 'permiHed lo be dctermined
Ir two or more of thc general types of welds (groove, filie!,
as follows: plug, slot) are combined in a single joint, the strength of each
shall be scparately computed with reference to the axis of thc
(510.2-6)
group in ordcr to determi ne the strength of thc combination.
where
510.2.6 Filler Metal Requirements
A,.1 = effective are-a of wcld throat of any i th weld The choice of electrode for use with comlete-joint-
elcmcnt. mm2 pcnctralion groove welds subject to tension normal to the
Fw; = 0.60 F~:xx (1.0 + 0.50 sin 15
9 )f(p) (510.2-7) cffcctive area shall comply with thc req uirements for
f (p) = - o .9 p ))0-
[p (1.9 3
(5 10.2-8) matching filler metals gi vcn in AWS D l.J
= nominal stress in any ith weld elcmcnt, MPa. User Nots: Thc following User Note Table summarizes
Fwi..- = x component of stress, F111¡ the AWS DI. l provisions for matching filler metals.
= y component of st ress, Fw; Orhe¡· rcs!rictión,s cxist. For a co~nplete lis~ (?[,btjSC .In~tals
<tncl ¡)r2qualífied ;lllátching filler m~tals' ~ce .Aws· .• \ .
p =L/;1 Ll,, ratio of element i deformation 10 its Dl.l, Tablc 3.1. ·
dcfonnation at maximum stress
)\' = weld leg size, mm. ~--B~~~e Metal · ~ ~t Matchíng Filler Metal~

f~•rtRii;~!-Jiia~j
= distance from instantaneous center of rotal ion to
weld element with mínimum I:J.11 / 1¡ ratio, mm.
L/¡ = defonnation of weld elements at intcnnediate
stress levcls, lincarly proponioned to thc ¡ A58S--.-.. . .'· A9-?.2 .: . ¡-othcr e processes: . 70 . ksi
critica! deformation based on distancc 1 AIOlJ ... 's AIOlll j· clcctrodes .

r:~~~~~~1~~;•~~i,~
from thc instantaneous ccnter of rotation, r,-.
mm.
0 . 209 (e + 2 t !U
2
11' , dcformalÍOJl Of

weld eicment at maximum stress, in. (mm)

Ll, = 1.087(0 + 6 f 0.<'\,. :S O. J 7w, dcformation of 1 .1 ;~1éctrodci<~all m~1 \hercqui.i,~_o;s ,/\~:~
of As.J, A~-~A->.~7;_ 1
wcld ciernen! atultimate stress (fracture),
, f\?.18, ,\,~.JO, A5.~3.1_5.2$ nnd A:>.-9, . --> .,<. . ,.
! . · 2.·'4n joims ~vith h* m~tals of diff.,rclll strcng(hs use c.ill).cr\• filler ¡)iewl ¡
1

usually in clcmenl furthest from instantaneous

j·i+é:~!»:~i~~~t~;.~~~~;;i¡:!!~~~~1~j:Wi~j)~!~,\~~~~~~1~}~~::~~fii;1¡:;~~:~i''t'2¡t,¡
centcr of rotal ion. mm.
~- ~----------
· _______ ___ _:::. ~

l . For fillct weld groups concentrically loaded and

consJstmg of elcments that are orientcd both
Jongitudinally and transversely to the direction of
appl ied load, the combi ned strength, R11 ,of the fillet
weld group shall be determined as the grcater of

(5 1O. 2-9a)
or
R11 =0.85R"'1 +1.5R".1 (S l 0.2-9b)

wherc
R,..1 = the total nominal strength of longitudinally
loaded fillet welds, as deternüned in accordancc
with Table S 10.2.5, N.

1
Nation<ll Structural Codo of the P!lilippines 6 " Edition Volurne 1
!)·86
·-· ----·----------------·
CHAPTER 5 .. Steel and Mctals
·...,~:. , ... .. ~.-;:

Metal
Strength
Levellallbl

Matching fil ler metal shall

Tension Strcngth of the' joint is controllcd be used. ForTand comer joints with
Normalto weld axis by the base metal · backing left in place, notch tough fil
metal is rcquirccl. Seo Section 5 1
Filler metal wilh a strength
lcvel cqualto or one
Comprcssion Streng1h of tite. j oint is controllcd
strength level less than
Normal to wcld axis by !he base metal
matching fi ller metal is
ittcd.
metal with a strength
Tension or Tcnsion or comprcssi•on in parts joined parallel
level cqual to or lcss than
Compression toa weld need not be considercd in design of
matching filler metal is
Parallclto weld axis welds joining the parts.

Tension
Normal to weld axis $=0.80 0.60FEXX Sce
Weld
.Q= l.88 510.2.la
Compression
Column lo base
Compressive stress aeed nol be considered in
Plato and column
design ofwelds joining the parts.

Comprcssion Q =0.90 Sce

Base F-" 510.4
Conncclions of .Q= l.67
mcmbers dcsigncd Filler metal with a slrength
to bear othcr (1 = 0.80 See leve! equal to or lcss than
1han columns as Weld Q = 1.88 0.60r/;;xx 5 J0.2.Ja matching filler metal is
dcscribed in 510.1.4(b) pennilled.
~ = 0 .90
Compression Base FY Sce
n = l.fi7 510.4
Conncctions not
~=0.80 Scc
finishcd-to-bear Weld 0.90FEXX
0=1 . ~ . . Ja
5102

Tension or Tension or compression in parts joined parallel

Compression toa wcld nced not be considered in design of
Parallclto weld axis welds the

Shear f/J=0.75 0.60FEXX Sce

Weld 510.2.1 a
Q=200

Association of Strudural Engineers of tlle Philippines

 CHAPTEf-l 5 Steei and Metai 5-87

Rcquircd
Filler
Meta l
Strcngth
Lcvcl1"11" 1

Shear $ = o.75 S ce
Wc ld 0.60F1d1 Filler me tal with a strcngth
0 =:!.00 fS:(
5 10.2.2a
lcvel cqualto or lcss than
Te nsion or Tcnsion or comprcssi01n in pans joincd plU'allcl matching fi ller metal is
Comprcssion toa weld nccd not be •considcrcd in d esign of permittcd .
Parallelto we ld axis welds joining thc parts .
:<''·'''i\"'
}:"'"
>~>,:n.,...
...·/:K-::c-
7
.. ,"""
. ,..,.
" .-:·:·•..,.
:-: ·'·""'"
:·: '"":·,.:-..,.·,"";:"
:;;""'
'.:•..,..
:,,"::""
'• .,".>""
"'· <'"""··
7 0
".·.'.+:.;!i.\-( ,'
': •.""", ..:;T· .;p\i~.t.,ttG{ANP s~,QTW.EtJ>s .·, ·~;.\':··· ·' ...,·,. : •; :<'·•·•·.·><•.<'•
Shcar Base Govcmcd by 510.4 Filler metal wilh il strcngth
Parallelto faying level equalto or lcss than
surface on the Weld
$= o. 75 o.GOFr:xx 5 10.2.3a matc hing filler metal is
cffectivc a rca U= 2.00 pcrmiued .

al For m;uch ing, wcll! ltl~lal scc A WS D I . 1, Scclion 3.~.

U) l~ lkr metal with a !\trcngth lcvcl une strcnttlh l!!vcl f;J"Catcr th:m matchin¡;, is p.crmiucd.
e ) Filler mctals: whh ce s1r~n,g1h lc vcl lc!-~s than matching may be u$cd for groo vc w~.~ I<Is hctwccn th~ wcbs ami O;tngl!s uf huilt·up scction~ !ransfcrriug shear loads, t.~r in
"'PPliCt~tions wlwn~ high tcstraint ís \1 conccrn. In !hes<: applicatiuns, thc wc.ld joint shall he dc\allcd and thl" wcld shall be d!.!signcd using lhc thicku~.ss of thl: material as thc

•ffcc1ive lhro;n, f):::0.8Q n~ I.S8 :\1\tl 0.60F¡;;xx ns thl' nominal wcnglh.

d) Altcrnmivcly. lit<\ provisiuns of 5 1(J.2.4(a) are pcnniucd providcd thc dcfonmtion compalibility of 1he \'ilfions wcld clcmc ms is c nnsidcred, Aheruativcly. Scc1ions 5 10.2.4(1>) am
e) are spccinl ap¡>lic:uions nf 510.2.4(:1) lh~l providc fnr dcfonnalion com¡>mibility.

510.2.7 Mixed Weld Metal

When Charpy V-Notch toughness is specified, the process
Filler metal with a specified Charpy V-Notch (CVN) consumables for al! weld metal, tack welds, root pass and
to ugh ness of 27 J at 4·Cshall be uscd in thc following subsequcnt passes deposited in a j oim shall be compatible to
joints: c nsurc notclHough composite weld metal.

l. Complcte-joint-penetralion groovc welded T and 510.3 Bolts and Threaded Parts

corner joints with steel bac king le ft in place, subject to
tension normal to the effecti ve area, unless the joints 510.3.1 High-Strength Bolts
are designe<! using the nominal strength ancl resistance Use of high-strength bolts shall confonn to the provisions of
factor or safety factor as applicable for a PJP weld. the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325
or A490 Bolts, hereafter re fcrred to as the RCSC
2. Complete-joint-penetration groove welded splices Specification, as approved by the Rescarch Council on
subjectto tcnsion normal to the effcctive arca in heavy Structural Connections, except as otherwise provided in this
sections as defined in 50 1.3. le and A3. 1d. Specilication.

The manufactllrer's Certificare of Conformance shall be

sufficient evidence of compliance.

National Structural Codo of the Philippines 6 th Edition Volume 1

5-88 CH/\PTEn 5 - Steel and tvieta!s

r--- . - -,-. -~----~

i __-_ · \ , : . r.~Í>Je ~-~ o.~~r ~- -, · -.:'; ;:,:¡

!.:'_
- .': ;·MhiÚ~Qili·:n.o~t:i4et~h~ion:-kN:t' ~ :·_: :- \j
¡-~~-~;~~~~--Jl~:~~~r - -~~~~~ ,. __-, ·<-~~~0~,~~;:"'-. ¡
----- r-·-- - -:~:·-- ---1~~
Nominal Shcar
----- ~~~ -- - -- ¡1 .. ~,:2 Nominal Stress in
Dcscription of Fastcncrs Tcnsi lc Bcaring-Typc
M22 176 22 1 Stress, 1'~11 , Conncctions, 1~11..
M24 1 205 257 ,. MPa MPa
M27 , 267 :134 A307 bolts 310 [n)lbl l65 fbl f<l lll
1
------------~--------+---
. M30
·-----~~ -- --
1
_ _ 47~
326 1

-- _____]_____ ~95
' Equal 10 0.70 time.< 1he minimuon 1<:~~>11,. >lrcngrll uf boi!S,
408
-J- 1
A125 or A125M bolt~,
threads are nol cxc!udcd
from shear plnnes
whcn 620 lcl 330 ¡f]

ountlcd off 10 ncar~s-1 kN.

·os spccificd m ASTM spccof1ca1ions for A325M ·""1 A490M
bolts wilh UN(' tlucads.
·- · - - ----- 4 14)11
A325 01· A:l25M bolts, whcn
threads are excludcd from
s h car ¡¡lancs
When assembled, all joinl surfaccs, induding those atljacent
to the washers, shall be free of scale, except tight mill sca!e. )---- ------ -·--- --- - ----- -- - -----
All ASTM A325 or A325M and A490 or A490M bolts shall 780 1••1 414 )fl
A490 or A490M bohs, whcn
be tíghtened to a bolt tensíon not Iess than that given in threads are nol cxc ludcd
Table 51 0.3.1. cxcept as noled below. from shcar planes
Except as permitted below, installation shall he assured by
any of the following methods: turn-of-nut method, a dircct
lension indicator, calibrated wrench or altcrnativc cksign A490 or A490M bolts. whcn 780 1<1 520 (fl
boll. threads are cxeludcd from
shear planes
Bolls are pcrmitted to be installcd lo only !he snug..tight
condition when uscd in
I. bearing-type connections. Thrcadcd pans meeting thc
requiremcnls of Sect ion O.?SF,,In (ri) 0.40Fu
2. tension or combined shear and tension applicatíons, for 510.3.4, whcn threads are not
excludcd frorn shcar planes
ASTM A325 or A325M bolts only, where Ioosening or
fatigue dueto vibration or load í'luctuations are not design
considerations.
Threaded pllrts meeting 1hc
The snug-tight condition is define<! as the tigbtncss allained rcquircmcnts of Sccti on
0.50Fu
by either a fcw impacrs of an impact wrench or the full 510.3.4, whcn threads are
effort of a workcr with an ordinary spud wrench that brings cxeludcd from shc:u· planes
lhe connected plies into firm contact. Bolts to be tightcned
only to the snug-tight condition shall be clearly idenuified l•lsubjcct 10 thc rcquirements of Ap¡,.,ndix ~-
on the design and erection clrawings. '"'For A307 holts thc tal>ulo1cd valucs sh:~ll be rcdm·cd hy 1 ¡~er·cc nt for l'ach 2 mm
ovcr 5 díamclcrs of lcngth in thc grip.
MThrcads pcnnittcd in !\ltcctr pJa111!~.
When ASTM A490 or A490M boiL~ over 25 mm in diametcr IJ1Thc nomina l tcnsilc s1rcn~th of the 1hrcadcd pon ion u f an upsct red. bascd upun
are used in slo!ted or oversizccl holes in externa! plies, a thc cross-scctional arca at its major thread diomctcr, i\0, \\hich sha!ll>c largcr tha11
single hardened washer conforming to ASTM F436, exccpt !he nominal body arca of the rod b~forc upscuing times 1Fy
with 8 mm mínimum thickness, shall be used in Iieu of !he 1"For A325 or A32SM :md i\490 or A490M b<>lls subjcct 10 tcnsilc fatigue loading,

standard washer. scc Appcmlix :l.

li'!\Vhcn hcaring·typc counec1ions used ttl spJicc 1cn~ion mcmhcrs hm'\' a fnsh!ncr
p:mcnr whosc knglh, ntcn.urcd ¡Mm llcl tu thc hnc of force. cxccctl< 1270 mm.
Uscr ~ote: Washer requirements are pr,ovided in the RCSC tabu l:u cd vnlucs shall be rcduccd by 20 pcrccnt.
Spe-eification, Section 6. ·.·..

Associat1on of Structuml Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTE R !) Steel and Meta! 5-89

Jn slip-critica! connections in which the direct ion of Joading Ovcrsizcd lwles are permitted in any or all plies of slip-
is toward an edge of a connected part. adcquate available critica! conneclions, but they shall not be uscd in bearing-
bearing ~ trength shall be provided bascd upon the applicable typc conncctions. Hardened washers shall be installed over
requirements of Scction 510.3.1 O. oversized holcs in an outer ply.
Short-slotted holes are permittcd in any or atl plies of slip-
When bol! requírcments cmmot be providcd by ASTM A325
critica! or bearing-t ype connections. The slots are permittecl
ancl A325M, Fl 852, or A490 and A490M bolts because of
without rcgard to direction of loading in slip-critica!
requircmcnts for lcngths cxcceding 12 diameters or diameters
connections, but the length shall be norma! to the dircction
excecding 38 mm. bolts or threaded rods conforming Lo
of the load in bcaring-type connections. Washers shall be
ASTM A354 Gr. BC, A354 Gr. BD, or A449 are permiued
installed ovcr short-slolled boles in an outer ply; when high-
lo be uscd in accordancc with the provisions for threadcd
strcnglh bolts are usccl, such washers shall be lumlened.
rods in Table 510.3.2.
Long-slo!led holes are permiued in only onc of the
When ASTM A354 Gr. BC, A354 Gr. BD. or A449 bolts
connected parts of either a slip-critica! or bcaring-typc
and thrcaded rods are used in slip-critica! connections, the
connection at an individual faying surface. Long-sloucd holcs
bolt geomctry including the head and nut(s) shall be cqual
are permilled without regard 10 direction of loacling in slip-
to or (if larger in diamcter) proportional to that provided by
critica! connections, bul shall be normal to tbe direction of
ASTM A325 and A325M, or ASTM A490 and A490M
load in beal'ing-type conncclions. Where long-slotted holes
bolts. lnstallation shall comply wilh all applicablc
are uscd in an outer ply, plate washers, or a continuous bar
rcquirements of thc RCSC Specification with modilications as
with standard boles, having a size sufficienl to completcly
rcquired for tbe increased diamcter and/ or lcngth Lo providc
cover tbe slot after installation, shall be provided. In high-
the design pretension.
strcngth bolted connections, such platc washers or continuous
bars shall be not Jcss !han 8 mm thick and shall be or stmctural
510.3.2. Size and Use of Holes grade material, but need not be hru·dcned. lf hardcned washers
Thc maximum sizcs of holes for bolts are given in Tablc are rcquired for use of high··Sirenglh bolts, the hardened
51 0.3.3, excepl that larger boles, required for tolerance on W<1sbers shall be placed over the outcr s urf~tcc of the plate
Jocalion of anchor rods in concrete foundations, are pennitted washer or bar.
in column base details.
510.3.3 M inimum Spacing
The distancc between centers of standard, oversized, or
~.'·.
slolted holes, shall not be less than 2213 times thc nominal
diameter, d, of the fastener; a distance of 3d is preferred.
Hole Dimensions
510.3.4 Minimum Edgc Distance
lloh
Sraud:ml
Díamc1cr
( Dm)
Ü\'C'fSiZ~ Shon-Siot l.<>ng-Slol The distance from thc center of a standard hole lo an
(Día¡ (Wídth X Lcugll1) (\Vídtlt xLcnglhl

·----
______ __ ,
cdge of a co nnccted part in any direction shall not be less
than eilhcr the applicable value from Table 510.3.4, or as
requircd in Section 5 J0.3.1O. Thc distance from the ccnter
M1 6 18 20 8 x22 18 X 40 of an ovcrsized or slottcd hole to an edge of a connected
M20 22 24 22 X 26 22 X 50
M22 24 28 24 X 30 24 X 55 par! shall be not less than that required for a standard hole to
M24 27 30 27 X 32 27 X 60 an edge of a connecled part plus the applicable increment
M27 30 35 30 X 37 30x 67 C2 from Table 510.3.5.
M30 33 38 33 X 40 33 X 75
?:M36 d+3 d+S (d + 3) X (d + J 0) (d + 3}.t 2.5 d
u~~r ~N()t~: J1l~ . edge Jlis~anc~s. in Tal)les ?10,3.4 . are
- -· --- i1i.íhii11ún:t~·6dge. di~tanc~s 'baséd oh siarid~J'd .fal)tication
Standard holes or short-slolled boles transverse 10 the pr<LcÚ~s ~d.\v~rkl;]anship lbl~~~lces. The appropi=iate
direction of the load shall be provided in accordance witb provisions of Sections 510.3.10 and 510.4 must be
tbe provisions of this specificalion, unJess oversized ho les, satisfied.
sho11-sloned holes parallel Lo the load or long-slolted holes
are approved by the engineer-of-record. Finger shims up lo
6 mm are pennitted in slip-critica! connections designed on
the basis of standard holes without reducing the nominal
shear strength of the fastener to that specified for slotted
holes.

11
f\lational Structural Code of tl1e Pllilippines t)t Edition Volume 1
f). ()() CH/\PTE R S · Stcel and Mctals

· · 1~ ~-=! • ""1''·. .·.. . .~ : 1 ~ : ; _· Ch_f_,:- ..- ' 2 ,t·

S10.3.5 Maximum Spacing and Edgc Dislanrc ::{·~~-,_·::'·:.·
..... ; _<rii~J.~,s~Q.a.s . ·.. .., . -..
Thc maximum distance from the centcr of any bol! or ri vct : ·Vlliti.éS.
..
tWEC:Igé n~tance
. . .
Increment
. .
Ci,.inffi·!~
...: :t.
· ~·
to thc ncarcst cdgc uf paJ1s in contact shall be 12 t ime.~ thc
thickncss of thc conncctcd paJ1 um.lcr considcration. but shall
JH>t cxcccd 150 mm. Thc longitudinal spacing of fa.stcncrs
bctwccn clcmcms in continuous contact consisting of a platc
anda shapc or two plates shall be as follows:

l•lwttcn lcnr.th or >loo is lc>S than maximull\ allvwahlc (sre Tablc 5 JO 3.JM). C2 is
Al Rollcd Edgcs of penn¡ued lo be: rcduc«J by onr-h;1lf tlt.c: diffcrcnc..: bctv:ccn thc m;l>.imum :mO
At Shcarcd Platc.~. :tcruat ,.tm !('nglhs.
Bol! Diamctcr (mm) Shapcs or Dars, or
Edgcs
Thcnnally Cut Edgcs
l<l

l. For paintcd mcmber.; or unpainted mcmbcrs 1101suhjcct tn

16 28 22 corrosion, thc spacing shall no1 cxcccd 24 limes tiH:.
20 34 26 thickncss of the thinner platc or 305 mm.
22 381~1 28
24 421dl 30 2. For unpainted mcmbers of wcathering stccl subjcct ltl
27 48 34 atmospheric con·osion, thc spacing shall nol excced 1.¡
30 52 38 times thc thickness of the thinner platc or 180 mm.
36 64 46
Ovc1 36 l.75d 1.25d
510.3.6 Tension and Shcar Strc ngth of Bolts a nd
Threaded Parts
-----·-··-·-'-- - - - - ' - - - - - · - - - - ·-
(a) l..cs>Cr C<l~e distanccs •rr pcmtillcd lo be uscd pru"lllcd pro1•i>ions o(
The design tcnsion or shcar strength, r/J R". and thc allowablc
Sechon 5 10.3. JO. o< appropriMe. are sati>licd.
(bl Foo ~vcrsilcd or <loucd holcs. scc Tablc 5 10.3.5
tcnsion or shcar strength, R11 / 0..of a snug-tightcned or
(e) All cdgc dlSUOCc' in 1his columu •re pcmtilled 10 be <<duccd 3 mm ..-hco prctensioncd high-strcngth bol! or threadcd part shall he
<he holc » •• a point
wltcrc: rcquiTcd strength f.k)CS not cxcccd 25 pcrce.nt o( 1he m:u.imum strcncth m detcnnincd according to thc limit statcs of tensilc mpturc ami
thC' ele mena. shcar rupture as follows:
(dJ Titcsc ore pcnniltcd to be 32 mm >1 the cnds of bcam conncction an&Jcs and
sh~or cud plates.
(510.3- 1)

f/>=O.?S.,LRFQ 0.. =2.0qASD)

wl¡crc

/·:, = nominaltcnsilc stress F,,1 , or shear

stress, .F,11• frorn Tablc 51 0.3.2,MPa
A¡, = nominal unthrcadcd body arca of holt or
thrcadcd part (for upset rods, sec footnotc d,
Tablc 5 10.3.2), mm2

The rcquired tensilc strcngth shall includc any Ir,- :. , 1

resulting from prying action produced by dcformatiuJ; '-. t• ~
connectcd parts.

Association of Structural Engmeers of the Pllilippines

 CH/1PlTii 5 S!eel and Metal 5·91

510.3.7 Combincd Tension and Shcar in Bearing- The design slip resistance, {/1 R,1 , and the allowable slip
Typc Conncctions
resistancc, R,JD.,shall be dctcrmi ned l'o r the li mil statc of
Thc ;tvailablc tcnsile strcngth of a holt subjcctcd to
<:ombined tensio n and shcar ~hal l he dctl!rmincd according to slip as follows:
thc limit statcs of tcnsion and shcar n1pturc <l~ follows:
(SI OJ-4)
(510.1-2)
For connections .in which prevention of slip is a
(/1"" 0.7 .'\LRF!J .0. = 2.0<~AS/J) serviceability limit statc

whcn.: qj = I.OO(LRFQ ~¿ = I.SO(ASD)

f~, =nominal tcnsilc stress modilicd to in<.:ludc the For connections dcsigned 10 preven! slip at the rcquircd
effccts of shcaring stress, M Pa strength level
1
F.' " -- 1••3F111 - ~" f < F111 (LRFD)
\'-
~ = 0.85(LRFQ .Q = 1.76(ASD)
<!>F....

f ·.111 = 0./~, . :5 F,,_(A .SL

1.3F,,, ---/,. 'J )
F",.
F,11 =nominaltensi le stress from Table 5 10.3.2. MPa
F11 , . = norni nal shea r stress f rom Tablc 5 1O. 3. 2, MPa
f .. = thc required shcar stress, MPa
The available shcar stress of thc fastener shall cqual or exceed
the requircd shcar strength per unit arca.¡...
User Note: Note that when the rcquired stress./ in either
shear or tension, is less than or equal to 20 pcrcent of the
corresponcling available stress, the effects of combined
stress necd not be in vestigated. Also note thal Equations
5 10.3-3a and 51 0.3-3b can be rewrittcn so as to find a
nominal shear stress, F~,.• as a function of the required
!ensile stress,[,..
510.3.8 High-Strength Bolts in Slip-C ritica!
Connections
High-strength bolts in slip-critica! connccti ons are perm itted
to be designed to prevent slip either as a serviccability limit
state or at the required strength limit state. Thc conncction
must also 1>c checked for shear strength in accordance with
Sections 5 10.3.6 and 5 10.3.7 and bearing strength in
accordance with Sections 5 10.3. 1 and 5 10.3. 1O.
Slip-critical connections shall be designcd as follows, unless
otherwisc designatcd by thc cnginccr- o f- record. Connections
with standard holes or slots transverse to the dircction of t·he
load shall be designcd for slip as a scrviccability limit
state. Connections with oversized boles or slots parallcl to
thc direction of the load shall be <lcsigncd lo prevent slip at
thc required strength leve!.
whcrc
¡t = mean slip cocflicicnt for Class A or 8 surfaces,
as appl icable. oras established by tests
= 0.35 fo r Class A surfaces (unpainted clean mi li
sea le steel surfaces or surfaces with Class A
coatings on bla~H.: I caned stccl and hot-dippcd
galvanized and roughcncd surfaces)
= 0.50 for Class B surfaces (unpainted blast-
d cancd steel surfaces or surfaces with Class B
coatings on blast-clcaned steel)
Du = 1. 13; a multiplier that reflects the ratio of the
mean installed bolt pretension 10 U1e specified
mínimum bolt pretension. The use of other values
may be approved by the cngi ncer-of-record.
h,,, =hale fac tor determined as follows:
(a) For standard siz.c holes hsc =1.00
(b) For ovcrsizcd and
short-s!otted holes h sc: =0.85
(e) For long-sloned holes hsc = 0.70
Ns = number of slip planes
T¡, = minimum fastener tension given in Table
5 10.3. 1, kN
Uscr Note: 1l1ere are special cases where, with oversize
hales and slots parallel to thc load, the movement possiblc
due to connection slip could cause a structural fai lurc.
Resistance and safety factors are provided for connections
where slip is prevented until thc requi red strength load is
rcached.
Dcsign Joads are used for either design method . and al!
connections must be checked for strength as bean ng-type
conneclions.

National Structural Code of the Philippines 611\ Edition Volume 1

 5·92 CHAPTE.n 5 · Stcel and Mctals

5 10.3.9 Co m l>i ncd T cns io n und S h ca r in Slip··Cril ical Fu = specilied mí nimum tensilc strcngth of thc
Co nncctio ns connectcd material, MPa
When a slip-critica! conncction is subjected lo .iln applied u: =clear distancc. in thc direction of thc force,
tcnsion that reduces the net damping force, the available bctwccn the edge of the hole and !he eclgc of
slip rcsistancc pcr bolt, from Scction S 10.3.8,. shall be the adjacent ho lc or cdge of th e material,
mm
mu ltiplicd by thc factor, kr, as follows: = thickncss of connccted material, mm
T
ks= f - u (LRFD) (5 10.3-5a)
D"T¡,N1, For connections, thc beaJing resislance shall be takcn as the
su m of thc bcaring re~ist anccs of thc individual bolts.

(5 10.3-51>)
Bearing strc ngth shall be chccked for hoth bcaring-type
and sli p-criti cal conncctions. The use of oversi7.ed holes
and shon - and long-slotted holcs parallel to the fine of
wherc force is restrictcd 10 slip-critical connections per Scction
= numbcr of bolts carrying !he applied tclflsion 510.3.2.
= tension force duc 10 ASD load combinmions,
kN. 510.3.11 Spccia l Fastcncrs
= mínimum fastener tcnsion givcn in Tablc Tl!c nominal strcngth o f spccial fastcners othcr than thc
5!0.3.1 , kN. bolts prcsented in Tablc 510.3.2 shall be vcrilied by tests.
= tension force duc to LRFD load combinations,
kN. 510.3.12 Tcnsion Fastcncrs
When bolts or othcr fastencrs in tcnsion are attached to an
unstiffened box or HSS wall, thc strength of thc wall shall
510.3.10 Hcaring Strength at Bolt B oles be determined by rati onal analysis.
The availablc bearing strcngth, <!>R11 and R,jf1, at bolt
holes shall be dctem1ined for thc lirnit statc of bcaring as 510.4 AITccicd Elcments of Membcrs ami Connecting
follows: Elcm en ts
This section applies to clcmcnts of members at connections
f/! = 0.75(LRF!~ .Q= 2.00(AS~
and connecting elcments, such as platcs, gusscts, angles,
l. f or a bol! in a conncction wilh standard, oversized, and and brackets.
short-slotted holcs, independen t o f thc dircction of
loadi ng, or a long-slotted ho le with the slot parallcl 510.4.1 S trcngth of E lcmcnts in T ension
to !he direction of the bearing force: The dcsign strcngth, rjJ R,, and the allowable stren¡) h,
a. whcn defom1ation at thc bolt hole al service load is a R,j.Q, of affected and connccting clemcnts loaded in
design considcration
tension shall be the lower value obtaincd according to tbe
(510.3-6a) limit states of tensile yiclding and tensile rupture.
1
l. For tensile yielding of connccting elemcnts:
b. when defom1ation at the bolt hole at service load is not (5 10.4 1)
a design consideration
qj=0.90(LRFJi .Q = 1.67 (ASD)
l?,, =1.54JF,, ~ 3.0dtlf, (510.3-6b)

c. For a boll in a connection with Jong-slotted holes wi!h 2. For !ensile ntpturc of connccting elements:
the slot perpendicular to the direction of force:
(510.'1 ' )
(5 10.3-6c)
f/! =0.75 (LR F0¡ .Q=2.00(ASJi
d. For conncctions made using bolts that pass compJ,etely
through an unstiffened box mcmbcr or HSS, sec Section wherc
510.7 and Equation 5 10.7- l, A, = effective nct arca as defined in Scction 501¡.~; . 3,
wherc mnl; for bolted splice platcs,
A, = A, s; 0.85 A8
d = nOI!lÍnal bolt diameter, mm

Association of S tructural Engineers of ti"Je Philippines

 CHAPT EH !i Sif)úl ancl Motal ~5 93

510.4.2 Strcngth of Elcmcnts in Shcar f-or KUr > 25 the provisions of Scction 505 apply.
Thc availahlc ~he<~r yicld strcngth of affcctcd and connccting
l'kmc nts in shcar shall be thc lowcr valuc obtaincd according 510.5 Fillers
to thc limit statcs of shcar yiclding aJl(J shcar 11lpturc: In weldcd constmction, any filler 6 mm or more in thickncss
1. For shear yielding of thc clcmcnt: shall extcnd bcyond the edgcs of thc splice platc and shall be
wclded to the pan on which it is liucd with sufficicnt wcld to
(51 0.4-3) transmit thc liplicc platc load, applied at the surface of thc
filler. Thc wclds joining the splicc plate to the filler shalf be
f/l= I.OO(LRFIJ Q =1.50(ASD) sufficicnt to transmit the spficc plate load and shall be long
cnough to avoid ovcrloading thc filler along thc toe of thc
2. For shcar rupturc of thc clcment: wcld. Any filler less than 6 mm thick shafl llave its edgcs
madc llush with thc edges of the splicc plate and thc weld
R, =0.6!·~, A111 , (5 10.4-4) size shall be thc su m of the sizc nccessary to cany the splicc
plus thc thickncss of lhe filler platc.
f/l=0.75(LRF~ .Q= 2.00(As.q
When a bolt that carries load passcs through filfcrs that are
whcrc
cqual to or less than 6 mm thick, the shear strength shall be
A,.,. = nct arca subjcct to shcar, mm 2. used without rcduction . When a bolt that carrics load passes
through fillcrs that are greatcr than 6 mm thick, onc of thc
510.4.3 Block Shcar Strcngth folfowing requirements shafl app!y:
Thc availablc strength for the limit statc of block shcar l. For fiflers that are equalto or !css than 19 mm thick, thc
rupture along a shcar failurc path or path(s} and a shear st rength of the bo!ts shall be multiplied by the
perpendicular tension failurc path shall be takcn as
factor [ 1 - 0.4(! - 0.25)] [S.I.: 11 - 0.0 154(t- 6)]],
where r is the totalthickness of the filfcrs up lo 19 mm
2. The fif!ers shall be extended beyond thc joint and thc
(5 10.4-5) filler extension shalf be securcd with enough bolts to
unifomlly disuibute the total force in the connccted
.Q= 200(ASJ),
f/l = 0.75(LRFJ), element o ver thc combincd cross seclion of the connected
clemcnt and the fillers;
where
A 11,. =gross arca subjcct to shcar, nun 2 3. The size of thc joint shall be increascd to
accommodate a number of bolts that is equi valen! lo
A111 =net arca subject to tcnsion. mm2 the total number required in (2) above; or
A,,.. =net arca subject lo shcar, mm2 4. The joint shall be designed 10 prcvcnt slip al required
strength leveis in accordance with Section 51 0.3.8.

Whcrc the tcnsion stress is unifonn, Ul!s =1; where the 510.6 Spliccs
tension stress is non uni form, U¡,s =0.5. Groove-welded splices in plate girders and beams shall
develop the nominal strcngth of the smaller spliced scction.
Uscr Note: The cases whcre Ubs must be taken equal lo Other types of splices in cross scctions of plate girdcrs and
beams shall develop the strength required by the forces al the
0.5. point of the sp!ice.
510.4.4 Strcngth of Elcrncnts in Comprcssion 510.7 Bcaring Strcngth
Thc avai lable strength of connecting clcments in
comprcssion for the limit states of yielding and buckling Thc design bcaring strenglh, f/l R, , and thc al!owablc
s hall be determined as foffows. bearing strength, R,JD.,of surfaccs in contact shalf be
dctennincd for thc limit state of bcaring (local comprcssivc
For KU r 525 yielding) as foll ows:
P11 =F>.Ax (51 0.4-6)
rp =0.75 (LRJ;o!), D.=2.00(Asq

{6=0.90(LRFJ), .Q =1.67 (ASD)

The nominal bearing strenglh, R, , is defined as follows for
the various typcs of bearing:

111
Nalional Structural Code of the Phifippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 ~) · 9 11 CHAPTFf1 5 · Steel and Metnls

l. For millcd surfaccs, pins in rcamcd, drillctl, or horcd 510.9 Andwr Rods and Embcdments
holcs.lUJd cnds of fiucd bcaring stiffcners: Anchor rods shall be designed to provi¡k thc requi red
resistance 10 loads on thc complctcd structure al thc ba-;e or
(510.7-1) culumns including lhe nct tcnsilc componcnts of any bcnding
moment thal may rcsull from load cornbi nat ions stipulated in
whcrc
Section 502.2. Thc anchor rods shall be dc.~igned in
F,. = spccificd mínimum yield stress. MPa ¡¡ccordance with thc requircmcnts for thrcadcd parts in
A;,¡; = projccted bearing arca, mm2 Table 51 0.3.2.

2. For expansion rollcr.; and rockers
a. f d S 635 mm
b. lf d > 25 635 mm
(SI : Rn = 30.2(F,. -90 fd /20)
whcrc
d = diamctcr, mm
1 = length of bearing, n)m
510.8 Column Bases and Bcaring on Concrete
Proper provision shall be rnade to transfer the column loads
and moments to the footings and foundations.
In the absence of code regulations, the design bearing
strength, t/Jr P, . and thc allowablc bearing strength,
P,,/D.c, for the limil state of concrete crushing are
permilled to be taken as follows:
<Pe =0.60 (LRFJi Q c = 2.5(ASD)
The nominal bearing strength, P1, is determined as follows:
Largcr oversizcd and slolted holes are permillcd in base
platcs when adcquatc bearing is providcd for the nut by
using struclllral or p1atc washcrs lO bridge the holc.
(5 10.7-2)
User Note: The permitted holc sizes and corresponding
washer dimensions are given in thc AISC Manual of Steel
Construction
(5 10.7-JM)
Whcn horizontal forces are prcsent at column bases, thesc
(5 10.7-3) forccs should, wherc possiblc. be rcsistcd by bcaring against
concrete clcments or by shcar fricti on bctwccn the column
base platc and the foundalion. When anchor rods are <~signcd
to rcsist horiz.ontal force the base plate hole sizc, thc anchor
rod selling tolcrance, and thc hori zontal movemcnt of the
column shall be considercd in the design.
User Note: Sce Chapter 4 for embedment dcsign and for
shear friction dcsign. Sce OSHA for special crcction
rcquirements for anchor rods.
510.10 Flangcs and Webs with Conccntrated Forccs
Thi s sec tion applies 10 si ng le-and doublc-
co ncentrated force a pplie d norma l to the flange(s) of
widc flange sections and similar built-up shapcs. A singlc-
concentrated force can be ei ther tensile or compressive.
Double-concentrated forces are one tensile and onc
compressivc and fo rm a couple on the same sidc of the
loaded member.

J. On the full arca of a concrete support: When the rcquircd strcngth excccds the availablc strength as
detcrmined for the limit states listed in this scction, stiffeners
(5 10.8-1) and/or doublers shall be providcd and sh~ll be sized for tllc
differencc between !he requircd strength and the availahlc
2. On less than thc full arca of a concrete support: strengtl1 for the applicablc limit state. Stiffcncrs shall also !ll(;et
thc dcsign requiremcnts in Section 510.10.8. Doublers ~h:.ii
(5 10.8-2)
also meet thc design requircmcnt in Scction 510. 10.9.
whcre
User Note: Sce Appendix A-6.3 for requiremenls for thc
11 , =arca of stccl concentricall
2
y bcaring on a ends of cantilever members.
concrete support , mm
A2 = maximu m arca of thc portien of the suppor1ing Sti ffeners are required at unframed cnds of beams in
surfacc that is gcometrically similar to and accordance with thc requircments of Section 51O. 10.7.
concentric with the Joaded arca, mrn 2
510.10.1 Flangc Local Bcnding
This scction applies to !ensile si ngle-conccntrated forces
and the tensile component of doublc-concentratcd forces.

Association of S tructural Engineers of !he Philippines

 CHAPTER 5 Steel ancl Metal 5·95

Thc dcsign strength, </J R", and thc allowablc strcngth, 1.,. == web thickness, mm

R,Jr.lror thc Jimit statc or flangc local bcnding shall be Whcn rcquired, a pair of transverse stiffencrs ora doublcr
dctcnnined as foJJows: plate shall be provided.
R" == 6.25t j F)1 510.10.3 Web Crippling
(510. J0-1)
This scction applics to compressive si ngle-concentratcd
<jJ=0.90(LRFl~ !l== 1.67(ASD) forces or thc compressive componen! of double-
concentrated forccs.
where
::: spccified mínimum yicld stress of thc tlange, The availab!e strength for the lirnit state of web local
MPa crippling shall be dctermincd as follows:
1¡ ::: thickness of the Joadcd tlangc, mm
</J=0.75(LRF~ il=2.00(ASLi
lf the length of Joading across the membcr flangc is Iess
than O. l5b,, whcre b, is thc member flangc width, Equation The nomina! strength, Rn, shall be determincd as follows:
510.10-l necd not be checkcd. 1. When the concentrated compressive force to be rcsisted
is appl ied at a distance from the member end that is
Whcn thc concentratcd force to be rcsisted is applied m a
greater than or ~!qua! to d/2:
distan<.:c frorn the mcmbcr cnd that is lcss than
lO rf , R" shall be rcduccd by 50 perccn t.
R/1 =0.8CX~.¡l + -l NY ~)1.5] EF)'WI!
When required, a pair of transverse stiffeners shall be l..d A~~ 1,.,
provided.
(51O. l 0-4)
510.10.2 Wcb Local Yielding 2. When the concentrated compressive force to be resisted
This section applies to sing1e-concentrated forccs and both ís applied ata dístance from the member end that is less
components of double-concentrated forces. than d/2:
a. For Nld $0.2
The availablc strength for thc limit statc of web local yie1ding
shall be determined as follows:

rjJ == l.OO(LRF!J Q = 1.50 (ASD)

The nominal strength, R,1 , shall be detem1ined as follows: (5 !0. 1O-Sa)

l. When thc concentrated force to be resisted is applied at

a distance from the member end that is greatcr than the
depth of the member d.

(5 10.10-2)

2. When t11e concentrated force to be resisted is applied al

a distance from the member end that is Jess than or
equal to thc depth of thc membcr d,

(510.!0-3)

where
k = distance from outer face of the flange to the web
toe of the filler, mm
Fyw = specified minimum yield stress of the web,
MPa
N ::: length of bcaring (not less than k for end beam
reactions), mm

Nalional Structural Code of the Pllilippínes 6!1' Edílíon Volume 1

 5-96 CHAPTE.R 5 - Steel and Metals

b. For Nle/ > O. 2

R" = C,t>2 ¡
h
[ O.4[11/t.,
1 b¡
J'] (5 10. 10-
E/~.,.1 1
7)
h. Por, (h/t.,.XI/b¡ )> 1.7, thc li rni t statc of web sidesway
(5 10. 10-5b) buckling does not apply.
whcrc
When lhe rcquired slrength of thc web excccds thc ¡wailable
d =ovcrall depth of the mcmbcr, mm strenglh, local lateral bracing shall be provided al bolh nanges
1¡ = nange thic kne~s. mm atlhe point of application of 1he concentrated forces.

When required, a Lransverse stiffener, or pair of transversc
stiffcncrs, or a cloubler plate cxtending at Jcast one-half the
depth of the wcb shall be provided.
510.10.4 Wcb Sídcsway Bucklíng
This Scction applies only to compressivc singlc-concentmted
forccs applied to membcrs wherc relati ve lateral movement
bctwecn the Joaded compression Oangc and the tension
Oange is not restrained at the point of application of the
concentrated force.
The available strength of the web shall be detennined as
follows:
?=0.85(LRF~ Q =l.76(ASD)
The nominal strength, R11 , for the limit state of web
sidesway buckling shall be determined as follows:
lf the compression flangc is restrained against rotlltion:
In Equations 510. 10-6 and 510.10-7. the following
dcfinilions apply:
= llange width, mm.
= 6.62 x 106 MPa when Mu <My ( LRFD) or
1.5Ma <My (ASO) at thc location of thc force
= 3.31 x 106 MPa when Mu ;:: My (LRFD) or
1.5Ma ~ My (ASD) at the locar ion of the force
h =clcar distance between llanges less the fillel or
comer radius for rollcd shapcs; distance bctween
adjacentlines ofl as1cners or the clear distance
bc1wcen ll anges when welds are used for built-
up shapes, mm .
= largestlatcrally unbraccd lcngth along cither thc
flange al the poi nt of load, mm.
1¡ = flange lhickness, mm.
( ~. = web thickness, mm.
Uscr N~te: For detemúnation of adequate restraint, ref~{~~
AppendlX A -6. .:'';

a. For (!r/t,.,Xljb 1 )5,2.3

510.10.5 Wcb Comprcssion Buckling
This Scction applics to a pair of compressive single-
Crt~.t¡
- - [ 1+0.{h/t,..J
3
concenLratcd forces or the compressive components in a pair of
R = - ]
(5 10. 10 -6) double-conccnLrated forces, applied at bolh flanges of a
11 lz2 lfb¡
member at the same Iocation.

b. For (h/ t.,.'/.!jb1 ) > 2.3, the Ji mil state of web sidesway The available sLrength for the lirnit state of web local buckling
buckling does not apply. shaJI be determined as follows:

When U1e required sLrengU1 of the web exceeds the available 24t!JEF;
strengU1, local lateral bracing shall be provided at the tcnsion R" = h (510. 10-8)
n ange or either a pair of transverse still eners ora doubler
plate shall be provided. ? =0.90(LRFq Q =1.67 (ASD)
l. If the compression flange is not restrained against
When ihe pair of conccntrated compressive Corees to be
rotation:
resistcd is applied al a distance frorn the member end that is
less than d/2, R 11 shall be rcduced by 50 percent.
a. For (h/ t,.,Xlj b1 )5, 1.7
Whcn requircd, a single transverse stiffencr, a pair of
transvcrse stiffeners, or a doubler platc extencling thc full
depth of thc web shall be provided.

Association of Structural Engineers of !he Philippines

 CHAPTER 5 Steel and Metal 5·9i'

510.10.6 Wcb Panel Zonc Shcar
This section applics to doublc-conccntratcd forces applied
tn onc or both flangcs of a rncmbcr at thc same location.
Thc avaiJ¡¡bJc strcngth of thc wcb panel zone for thc limit statc
or shc;u· yiclding shall be dctcrrnincd as follows:
Whcn rC{juired, doublcr platc(s) ora pair of diagonal sliffcncrs
~hall
be providcd within thc boundarics the rigid conncction
whosc wcbs lic in a common planc.
Scc Scction 510.10.9 for doublcr platc dcsign rcquircmcnls.

{b=0.90(LRF~ .Q = 1.67 (ASD} 510.10.7 Unframcd Ends of Bcams and Girdcrs

Al unframed cnds of bcams ru1cl girders nol olherwisc
Thc nominal strcngth, R" shall be dctcrmincd as follows: restraincd against rotalíon about thcir longitudinal axcs, a
l. Whcn th(: -.!!Tcct of pancl-wnc deformation on framc pair of transverse sliffeners, extending thc full depth of lhc
stabifity i.~ nut mnsidered in the analysis: wcb, shall be providcd.

a. For p, S 0.4Pr 5 10.10.8 Additional Stiffcner Rcquiremcnts for

Conccntratcd Forccs
(510.10-9) Stiffeners rcquircd to resíst tensile concentratcd forccs shall
be dcsignetl in accordance with the requirements of Scction
h. For Pr > 0.4Pr 504 and welded to the loadcd fl angc and thc web. Thc welds
to thc flangc shall be sizcd for the diffcrence between thc
rcquircd strength and availablc limit statc strcnglh. Thc
(51 0. 1-1 O)
stiffcner to web welds shall be sized to transfer to the web
lhe algebraic differencc in tensilc force at thc ends of the
1. When framc stabilily, including plastic pancl-zonc stiffener.
dcformation, is considcred in lhe anal ysis:
Sliffencrs requircd to resist cornprcssive concentrated forccs
a. For p, SO. 75Pr shall be dcsigned in accordance with the requiremcnts in
Scctions 505.6.2 and 510.4.4 and shall either bear on or be
weldcd to the Joadcd flange and wclded lo the web. The
wclds to thc flange shall be sized for the difference between
the rC{juired strength and the applicable Jimit state strenglh.
(510. 10-1 1) The weld to the web shall be sized to lransfer lo the web the
b. For P, > O. 75Pr algcbraic dífference in compression force at the ends of thc
slíffencr. For fitted bcaring stiffcners, scc Section 51 0.7.

Transversc full dcpth bearing stiffeners for comprcssive

forces appl ied to a beam or platc girder f1ange(s) shall be
designed as axially comprcssed members (colunms) in
accordance with the rcquirements of Sections 505.6.2 and
In Equations 510.10-9 through 51 O. J0-12, the following 510.4.4.
definitions apply:
The member properties shall be determined using an
A = column cross-scctional arca, mm 2
.
effective lcngth of 0.75h and a cross scction composed of
b,1 = width of column flange, mm. two stiffeners and a strip of the web having a width of 25t at
d¡, = beam dcpth, mm. interior stiffeners and 12t at the ends of members. TI1e weld
d, =column dcpth, mm. connccting full dcpth bearing stiffcners to lhc wcb shall be
F_,. = spccified mínimum yicld stress of lhe column sizcd to lransmil the difference in comprcssivc force at cach
web, MPa. of the stiffeners to lhc web.
Pe = Py,N (LRFD)
P, = 0.6Py,N (ASO) Transvcrse and diagonal stiffeners shall comply with thc
P,. = requirccl strenglh, N. following additional crileria:
f\ =FyA,axial yield strcngth of thc column, N. 1. The width of each stiffencr plus onc-half the thickness
fe¡ = !hickncss of the col urnn flangc. mm. of the column web shall not be less than onc-third of lhi.'
1,.. = column web thi ckness, mm. width of the Oange or momcnt connection plate
delivering the concentrated force.
2. TI1e thickncss of a stiffener shall not be less than one-
half the lhickncss of the flange or momenl connection

111
National Structural Code of the Pl1ilippines 6 Edition Vol ume 1
 !)-98 CHAPTER 5 - Steel and Metals

platc dclivcring thc conccntratcd load, and grcatcr than or

cqual to thc width di vidcd by 15.
J. Transvcrsc stiífcners sha!l cxtcnd a mínimum of onc-
half thc dcpth of the mcmbcr cxccpt as rcquircd in
510.10.5 and 5 10.10.7. This Scction covcrs mcmbcr strcngth dcsign considcrations
pcrtaining to conncctions 10 IISS mcnihcrs and box scctions
510.10.9 Additional Doublc r Platc fur of unifonn wall thickncss. Sce also Scclion 5 10 for
Conccntra tcd Fo rccs ad(litional requiremcnts for bolting lo IISS.
Doublcr plates rcquired for compression strcngth sha!l be
dcsigned in accordancc with the requircmenls of Section The Section is organizcd as follows:
505.
511 . 1 Conccntratcd Forccs on HSS
Doublcr plalcs required for tensilc strength shall be dcsigned 511.2 HSS-to- HSS Truss Connections
in accordancc with thc requiremcnts of Sec1ion 504 . 5 11.3 HSS-to- HSS Moment Connections
Doubler plates required for shear strcngth (sce Scction
! 5 1O. 10.6) shall be dcsigned in accordancc • with thc
provisions of Scction 507.
511.1 Concentra tcd Forccs on IISS
In addition, doubler plates sha!l comply with the following
criteria: 511. 1.1 Definitions of J>a ramclcrs
l. The thickncss and cxtcnt or thc doublcr pi ale shall IJ = ovcrall widlh of rectangular liS S mcmbcr,
providc thc additionalmatcrial ncccssary lo cqual or measured 90 dcgrees lo the planc of the
cxcecd the slrcngth rcquiremcnts. conneclion, mm
Bp = wi dlh of platc, measured 90 dcgrees lo the plane
2. Tite doubler plate shall be welded to develop the
of thc connection, mm
proportion of thc total force transmittcd 10 lhc doublcr /) = oulside diameler of round HSS member, mm
plate.
Fy = specified minimum yield s1rcss of HSS
membcr material, MPa
Fyp = specificd mínimum yield stress of platc, MPa
Fu = specifíed mínimum tensile strength of HSS
material, MPa
H =overall height of rectangular HSS membcr,
measured in the plane of the connection, mm
N = bearing lcngth of thc load, meas ured parallel
to thc ax is of the HSS member, (or measured
across lhe width of the HSS in the case of loadcd
cap platcs). mm
1 = design wall thickness of HSS member, mm
lp = thickness of plale, mm

511.1.2 Limits of Applica bility

·n1e criteria herein are applicable onl y when the connccl! rP!
configuration is within the following limils of applicah;lil::

l. Strength: Fy s 360 MPa for HSS

2. Ductilily: F.JF, S 0.8 for HSS

3. Ülhcr limils apply for spccilic criteria

5 11.1.3 Conccntra ted Force Distributcd Transv(-r:;r.:.:

511.1.3a C ritcrion for Round IlSS

When a conccntrated force is distribulcd transvcrsely !t; ;:.;;
axis of the HSS the design strcnglh, fRn, antl the allowable

Association of Structural Engineers of !he Philippines

 CHAPTE11 ~.i Stecl and Metal 5·99

strength, R,/n, for the limit state of local yiclding shal! be This limit statc nccd not be chccked unlcss thc c.:hord
detennincd as follows: mcmbcr and branch mcmhcr (connccting clcmcnt) havc
thc samc wi<.lth <B = 1.0).
Rn = F'y 1 2 1 5.5~ 1 - 0.81/Jp/D)]Qf (51 1. 1-1)

e 1.1 For thc limit statc of sidcwall loen! yiclding,

(> = 0.90 (LRFD) fl = 1.67 (ASD)
R" = 2F_,·tf5k + N] (511.l-4)
·'! whcrc Q1 is givcn by Equation 5 11.2- J.
Additionallimits of applit:ability are 1/J = 1.0 (LRFD) fl = 1.50 (ASO)
i. 0.2 < Bp/D ~ 1.0 whcrc
2. Dlt ~50 for T-conncctions and D/r ~ 40 for cross-
connections k =outsidc comer radius of thc 1-!SS, wh ich is
pcrmittcd to be taken as 1.51 if unknown, mm
511.1.3b Criteria for Rectangular HSS
When a concenlrated force is distributed transversely to the c. l .2 For thc limit statc of sidcwall local crippling, in T-
connections,
axis of the HSS thc design strcngth, t!f?n, and the allowablc
strength, R,./fJ., shall be thc lowest valuc according to thc Rn = l.6t2Ll + 3NI(H- 3t) ) (EFy )05Qf
limit states of local yiclding duc 10 uneven load distributi on,
shcar yielding (punching) and sidewall strength. (511. 1-5)
Additionallimits of applicabili ty are =2.0 (ASO)
1/J =O.75 (LRFO) fl
l. 0.25 < 8,,/B S 1.0 whcrc Q, is given by Equation 511.2-10.
2. Bit for thc loaded HSS wall :5 35 c. l .3 For the limit statc of sidcwall local buckling in cross-
a. For the limit statc of local yielding dueto uneven load connections,
distribution in the loaded plate,
Rn =[48t3/(H - 31)] (EFy )0·5QJ (5 11.1-6)
Rn =f 1OFv r/(8/t)]B, :s: FyptpBp (51 J. 1-2)
(> = 0.90 (LRFO) fJ. = 1.67 (ASO)
1/J =0.95 (LRFD) fJ. =1.58 (ASO) wherc Q¡ is given by Equation 51 1.2-1 O.
h. For thc limit state of shcar yielding (punching),

Thc nonun iformity of load transfer along the linc of weld,

Rn= 0.6F:v l [2tp+ 2Bcp] (511.1-3)
due to the flexibility of the I-ISS wall in a lransverse plate-
to-1-!SS connection, shall be considered in proportioning
(> =0.95 (LRFD) fJ. =1.58 (ASO) such welds. This requirement can be satisfied by limiting
the total effectivc weld Jcngth, ú, of groove and fillet wclds
whcrc to rectangular HSS as follows:

Bcp = l OB,I(Bit) ~ Bp Le= 2[10/(BA)) [(Fy tMFyfltfi)]Bp~ 2Br,

(5 11.1-7)
This limit statc necd not be chccked whcn Bp > (11 -
21), nor whcn Bp < 0.8511. whcre
ú = total cffectivc weld length for wclds on both
c. For thc limit stalc of sidewall undcr tcnsion loading, the sides of thc transverse plate, in. (mm)
availablc strength shall be taken as thc strcngth for
sidcwall local yiclding. For the limit statc of sidcwall In Jieu of Equation 5 11.1 -7, this requirement may be
undcr compression loading, availablc strength shall be satisfied by othcr rational approachcs.
taken as the lowest value obtaincd according to thc
limit statcs of sidcwalllocal yiclding, sidewall local
crippling nnd sidewalllocal buckling.

National Structural Code of the Philippines 61" Edilion Volume 1

 5-100 CHAPTEii 5 · Stecl and Metals

511.1.4 Conccntratcd Force Dist r ibutcd

Longitudinally at lb e Ccntcr of !he HSS
Dia m cler o r Width, and Acting
Perpendicular l o lhc HSS Axis
Whcn a conccntratcd force is distributcd Jongüudinally 511.1.6 Concentratcd Axial Force on thc End
a long thc axis of thc HSS at thc center of the JI SS cliamctcr of a nectangular HSS with a C lip f>l atc.
or width, and also acts perpendicular to the axis dircction of Whcn a conccntratcd force acts on the cnd of a capped HSS,
thc HSS (or has a componen! perpendicular to thc axis and 1hc force i .~ in lhc dírcction of thc HSS axis, thc dcsign
dire,:ti•m of the HSS), thc design strength, q,R.,, and thc strength, t/JI?n, and the allowablc strenglh, R,/Q, Sl1<•11 b e
allowable strcngth, R,/Q, pcrpendi c~;lar to thc IISS axis dctcnn ined for ú1e 1imit states of wall local yiclding (due to
shall be dctcrmincd for the limit statc ór chord plastification tensi le or compressi ve forces) ami wall local crippling (due
as follows. to compressive forccs only), wilh considcralion for shear
lag, as follows.
SI J. J.4a Criterion for Round HSS
~; An addit ional limit of applicability is:
¡
·i Dlt S 50 for T-connections and Dlt S 40 fo r cross-
!
connections

Rn =5.5Fy n( 1 + 0.25NID)Q¡
r/F 0.90 (LRFD) Q = 1.67 (ASO)
whcrc Q¡ is gi ven by Equation 51 1.2- J.
511.1.41.> Critcrion for Rectangular HSS
An add itional limit of applícability is:
Dlt for the loaded HSS wall S 40
(5 11.1 -8) Jf (Stp + N) ~ B, the avaílable strcngth of lhe HSS is
computed by summing thc contributions of all four HSS
walls.
lf (Stp + N) < B. thc available strcngth of' the HSS is
cornputcd by summing the contríbutions or thc two walls
into which thc load is dístri buted.
a. For the limit stale of walllocal yielding, for onc wall,

R.= [F,. tú{ 1 - tp/8)) [2NIB + 4( 1 - tp/B)MQJJ

Rn = F.r t[5tp +N] ~ BFy t (5 11.1 -11 )

(51 J. 1-9)
rp = 1.00 (LRFO) Q = 1.50 (ASO)
rp = 1.00 (LRFD) fl = 1.50 (i\SD) b. For the Ji mil stale of walllocal crippling. for one wall ,

whcre

Qf= (1 - U2)o.s
U'is given by Equation 511.2-12 (511. 1-12)
(F 0.75 (LRFD) Q =2.00 (ASO)
511.1.5 Concentratcd Force Distributcd
Longitudinally at thc Center of thc HSS
Width, and Acting Parallc1 lo thc HS:S Axis
Whcn a conccntrated force is distributcd longi tudinally
along thc axis of a rectangu lar HSS, and also acts parallcl
but ecccntric to !he axis direclion of thc mem bcr, thc
con nectíon shall be verified as follows:
(5 1 1.1 -10)

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


511.2 HSS-to-HSS Truss Conncctions
HSS-to-HSS truss conncctions are dcfincd as connections
thal consist of onc or more brand1 mcmbcrs that are dircctl y
wcldcd lo a conlinuous chord that passcs through thc
connection aml shall be classificd as follows:
l. Whcn the punching load (l'r sintl) in a brancl1 mcmbcr
is cquilibrated by beam shcar in the chord mcmber, thc
conncction shall be classificd as a T-conncction when
the brancl1 is perpendicular to thc chord and a Y-
connection otherwise.
2. When the punching load (P,sinfJ) in a branch mcmbcr
is essentially equilibratcd (within 20 percent) by Joads
in other brancl1 member(s) on thc samc side of thc
conncction, the connection shall be classified as a K-
conncction. The relevan! gap is bctween thc ¡)Ji mary
branch members whose loads equilibrate. An N-
conncction can be considcred as a typc of K-
connection.
Us~r Nót~! .kK,~iii¡~\i~fi '\Víth:'o'iie'bl:ancli p'e.t:pe_ñ<P,éular
to tlie:·c bord is often ~Cd -anN~rui~Uon/-'. :~---- ·- ; :/ •
3. Whcn the punching load (Pr sin fJ) is transmiHed
through the chord mcmber and is equilibrated by
brancl1 mernber(s) on the opposite side, thc conncction
shall be classified as a cross-connection.
4. When a connection has more than two primary branch
members or branch members in more than one planc,
the connection shall be classificd as a general or
multiplanar connection.
When branch rnembers transmit part of their load as K-
connections and part of lheir load as T-, Y-, or cross-
connections, the nominal strength shall be determined by
interpolation on the propon ion of each in total.
For the purposes of this Specification, the centerlines of
branch mernbers and chord members shall Iie in a common
planc. Rectangular HSS connections are further limited lo
have all members oriented with walls parallel to the plane.
For trusses that are made with HSS that are connected by
welding brancl1 members to chord mernbcrs, eccentrici ties
within the limits of applicability are p.ermitted without
consideration <?f the rcsulting momcnts for !he design of the
connection.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edilion Volume 1
CHAPTU~ !.'> Steel nnd Metal 5-101
S 11.2. J Dcfinitions of Pararnctcrs
IJ = overall width of rectangular HSS main mcmbcr,
measurcd 90 dcgrces 10 thc planc of thc
conncction. mm
Bb =ovcrall width of rectangular 1-!SS branch
mcmber, me<tsurcd 90 dcgrccs to thc planc of thc
conncction, mm
D = outsidc diametcr of round HSS main mcmber,·
mm
Db = Olllsidc diarncter of round HSS branch mcmber,
mm
E =ccccntricity in a truss conncction, positive bcing
away from the branches, mm
Fy = specifíed mínimum yicld stress of HSS main
mcmber material , MPa
Frb = spccificd mínimum yield stress of 1-!SS branch
member material , MPa
Fu = specified mínimum !ensile strcngth o( HSS
material, MPa
= gap betwccn toes of brancl1 members in a gapped
K-conncction, neglccting thc welds, mm
H =overall height of rectangular HSS main mcmber,
measured in thc plane of thc connection, mm
Hb =overall heighl of rectangular HSS branch
member, mcasured tn thc plane of thc
connéclion, mm
1 = design wallthickness of HSS main member, mm
rb = design wall thickness of HSS branch mcmber,
mm
fJ = the width ratio; the ratio of brancl1 diametcr to
chord diameter = Db/D for round HSS; the ratio
of overall brancl1 wid!h to chord width = Bb/B
for rectangular HSS
=!he effecti ve width ratio; the su m of the
perimeters of the two brancll members in a K-
connection divided by eight times the chord
wídth
y =thc chord slcndemess ratio; the ratio of one-half
the diameter to the ·wall thickness = Dl2t for
round HSS; the ratio of one-half the wídth to
wall thickness =B/2t for rectangular HSS
= the load length parameter, applicable only lo
rectangular l!SS; thc ratio of the lcngth of
contact of thc brancl1 with the chord in the planc
of the conncction to the chord width = NIB,
wherc N = Hb/sinO
e =acule anglc bctween thc branch ¡UJd chord
(dcgrees)
~ = the gap ratio; thc ratio of !he gap betwecn the
branches of a gappcd K conncction to the width
of the chord = g!B for rectangular HSS
111
 !)· 102 CHAP TER 5 · Steel and Me tals

511.2.2 Crilcria for Round HSS 3. Tcnsion brancl1 wall slcndcrness: ratio of diamctcr to
Thc illlcntction of stress due to chord mcmbcr forccs and wall thickncss Jcss than or equalto 50
local brancf¡ conncction forces shall be incorporated 4. Compression branch wall slendcrness: ratio o f diametcr
through thc cho rd-s trcss interaction paramctcr Q1. to wall thickness less than or equal to O.OSE/F)'

When the chord is in tension. 5. Width ratio: 0.2 < Db/D:::; 1.0 in general, and 0.4 :::;
D b!D S 1.0 for gappcd K-conncctions
Q¡= 1
6. lf a gap connection: g greater than or equal to the sum
When the chord is in compression, of the brancl1 wall thicknesses
7. If an overlap conncction: 25% S Ov ~ 100%, whcre Ov
Q¡= l .0-0.3 U ( l +U) (51 1.2- 1) = (q/p )x !OO%. P is the projected length of th c
whcrc U is the utilization ratio given by overlapping brancl1 on the chord; q is the overlap length
measured along the connecti ng face of the chon.I
(51 1.2-2) beneath the two branches. For overlap connections, t hc
Jarger (or if equal diameter, the tJJÍcker) brand¡ is a
wherc
"thru member" connected directly to the chord.
= rcqui rcd axial strength in chord, N;
!' for K-conncctions, P, is to be dctermined on the
8. Branch thickness ratio for ovcrlap connections:
thickness of overlapping brancl1 to be less than o r equal
si de of thc joint that has the Jower compression
to the thickness o f the overlapped brancl1
stress (lo wcr U)
1 M, = rcquired flexura! strength in chord, N-mm 9. Strength: Fy S 360 MPa for chord and branches
!¡ Ag = chord gross arca, mm 2
1O. Ouctility: F)J F.. S 0.8
t Fe = availablc stress, MPa
¡ S = chord elastic section modulus, mm 3
511.2.2b Branchcs with Axial Loads in T-, Y- and
For dcsign according to Section 502.3.3 (LRFO):
Cross-Conncctions
For T- and Y· connections, the design strcngth of the brancJ¡
p, = Pu = required axial strcngth in chord, using ~P,, or the allowabl e strength of the branch, Pu/0. shall b(~
LRFD load combinations, N thc Jower value obtained according to the limit states o[
chord plastification and shear yielding (punching).
Mr =M .. =required flexura! strength in chord, using
LRFD load combinations, N-mm l. For the limit state of chord pl astification in T- and Y-
Fe =Fy, MPa connections,

For design according to Section 502.3.4 (ASO):

(5 1 1.2-3 )
Pr =P, =required axial strength in chord, using ASD . 0. = !.67 (ASO)
f/J = O. 90 (LRFD)
load combinations, N
Mr = Ma= required flexura! strength in chord, using 2. For the limit state of shear yielding (punching),
ASO load combinations, N-mm Pn =O. 6Fy t1tDb[(l + sin9)/2sin29)
Fe= 0.6 Fy, MPa (5 !1.7. .!J)

511.2.2a Limits of Applicability (J =O.95 (LRFD) 0. = !.58 (ASD)

The criteria herei n are applicable onl y when the connection Th is limit state need not be checked when f3 > ( 1 - l /y).
configuration is within the following Jimits of applicabilit y:
Joint eccenuicity: - 0.550 $ e $ 0.250, where D is the 3. For the limit s tate of chord plastification in cross-
conneclions,
chord diameter and e is positive away from the branches
PnsinO =Fyr2 [5 .7/( 1 - 0.81,8)]Q1 (51 1.2·:•)
l. Brancl1 angle: e 2: 30.
2. Chord wall slenderness: ratio of diameter lo wall
thickness less than or equal to 50 for T -, Y- and K- (J =0.90 (LRFD) 0. = 1.67 (ASD)
connections; less than or equal to 40 for cross-
conneclions

Associa tion of Structural Engineers of the Pt1ilippines

 CHAPTE:I1 S Steel ancl Meta! 5- l O:l

S 11.2.2t· Branchcs with Axial Loads in K-Conncctions U= iPr/AgFc+.Mr!SFci (51 1.2-12)

Jior K conrH?l'l ions. 1he design strength of thc branch, 1/!P.., whcrc
and thc allowabk stren¡!th of !he bninch, !'"In. shall he thc
lower valuc obtainl'd according to thc limit statcs of chon.J 1', = rcquircd axial strcngth in chord, N. Por gappcd
plastilication for g<~pped and ovcrlappcd conncctions and K-conncctions, P, is to be dctcnnincd on thc
slrear yiddi ng (punching) f(>r gappcd .conncctions only. sidc of !he joint that has thc highcr comprcssion
stress (highcr U).
f. hn lile Ji mil Sl:tll~ of chonl plastifit•ation, M, = rcquircd flexura! strcngth in chord, N-mm
A.~ = chord gross arca, mmi
ql = O 90 ( I.RFD) .Q = 1.67 (ASD)
F,. = available stress, MPa
h>r thc <·omprcssion branch: S = chord clastic section modulus, mm'
For design according to Section 502.3.3 (LRFD):
(5!1 2-6) P, = P, = requircd axial strength in chord, using
LRFD load combi nations. N
whcrc /)¡, rcfcrs 10 the comprcssion brand1 only, and
M, = =
Mu requircd flexura! strength in chord, using
.LRFD load combi nations, N-mm
F, = F. . MPa
(5 11.2-7)
For dcsign according to Section 502.3.4 {ASO):
P, = P" = required axial strcngth in chord, using
ASO load combinations, N
In gappcd conncctions, g (measurcd along the crown of thc
M, =M., = required flexura! strcngth in chord, using
chord ncglccting weld dimcnsions) is positivc. In
ASO load combinations, N-mm
ovcrlappcd connections,;: is ncgative and cquals q.
F,. =0.6F,, MPa
For !he tension br:~nch.
Sll.2.3a Limits of Applicabílity
Pnsin9 =(f',sin9) comprcssion brancl1 The criteria herein are applicable only when the connection
configuration is within the following limits:
(511.2-8)
2. For thc limit statc of shcar yiclding (punching) in l. Joint eccentricity: -O.S5H ::; e ::; 0.25/i, where H is the
gapped K-connections, chord dcpth ande is positive away frorn the branches

2. Brancl1 angle: 8 <! 30·

1/1 = 0.95 (LRFD) n =1.58 (ASO)
511.2.3 Criteria for Rectangular HSS
The interaction of strcs~ duc to chord mcmber forces and
local branch connection forces shall be incorporatcd
through the chord-stress intcraction paramcter Qr.
3. Chord wall slcndcrness: ratio of ovcrall wall width to
thickncss lcss than or cqual to 35 for gapped K-
connections and T-. Y· and cross-connections; less than
or equalto 30 for overlapped K-conneclions
4. Tension brancl1 wall slenderness: ratio of ovcrall wall
width to thickness lcss than or cqual to 35

l. Whcn the chord is in tcm;ion, 5. Comprcssion branch wall slenderness: ratio of ovcrall
wall wi dth to thickness lcss than or equal to
05
Q¡== 1 1.25(E/Fr1>) and also lcss than 35 for gappcd K-
connections and T-, Y- and cross-conncctions; less than
2. Whcn the chord is in comprcssion in T -, Y -, and cross-
or cq ualto 1.1 (El F~)·b) for ovcrlappcd K-conncctions
05

con ncclions,
6. Width ratio: ratio of overall wall width of brancll to
Q1 = 1.3- 0.4U;f3 :S 1 (511.2-10) overall wall width of chord grcatcr than or equal to 0.25
3. Whcn the chord is in compression in gapped K- for T-, Y-, cross- and overlappcd K-connections;
connectins, greater than or equal to 0.35 for gappcd K-connections

QJ= l. 3 - O. 4 Uif3eff:S 1 (511.2-11) 7. Aspect ratio: 0.5 S ratio of depth lo width S 2.0
4. Whcre U is the utilization ratio given by

Nalional Structural Code of the Philippines G'h Edition Volume 1

 ~i 1()tl CH/I.PT Ui 5 · S ten! and Metats

!!. Ovcr!ap: 25% 5 Q,. S 100%, where (),. = (qlp) x 100%. branchcs in comprcssion shall be takcn as thc lower of thc
strengths for sidewall local yiclding and sidcwall local
p is tlu; projc<:tcd length of thc ovcrlapping bmnch on
crippling. For cross-conncctions with a brand1 angle lcss
thc <:hord; q is thc ovcrlap lcngth mcasured along thc
than 90 dcgrces, an additional check for chord sidcwall
connccting facc of thc chord bcncath the two hranchcs.
shear failure must be madc in accordancc with Scction
For ovcrlap conncctions. the larger (or if cqual width.
507.5.
thc thickcr) brancl1 is a "thru membcr" •Connected
dircctly to thc chord
This limit statc need not be checl;cd unless tJ1e cl10rd
9. Brand! width ratio for overlap connections: ratio of mcmber aml branch mcmbcr havc •he same width <B= l.C)).
ovcrall wall width of overlapping branch to overall wall
width of overlapped branch grcatcr than or equal to For the límit state of local yielding,
0.75
P,sine =2Fy t[ 5k +N) (5 11 .2-1 5)
1O. Branch thickncss ratio for overlap connections:
thickness of overlapping branclt to be less than or equal <P= 1.00 (LRFO) fl= 1.50 (ASO)
to the thickness of the overlapped brand1 whcrc
11. Strength: 1~,- S 360 MPa for chord and branchcs k = outside corner radius of thc liSS. which is
permittcd to be taken as I.Sr if unknown, mm
12. Ductility: F1./F., S 0.8 N =bearing lcngth of the load, parallcl to the axis or
the HSS main mcmber. H¡,/siii9. mm
13. Other limits apply for specitic criteria
a. Por the limit st<ttc of sidcwall local crippling, in T- and
S1 I.2.3b Bnmchcs with Axial Loads in T-, Y- Y-conncctions,
and Cross-Conncctions
P, sine= 1.6t2{ 1 + 3N /(H- 31)](EFy )o..s OI
For T-, Y-. and cross-connections, the design strength of thc
branch, t/!Pu, or thc allowable strength of the branch, P,/.Q, (5 11.2-1 (;)
shall be the lowest value obtained according to the limit f/1= 0.75 (LRFO) Q::: 2.00 (ASO)
states of chord wall plastitication, shear yielding
(punching), sidewall strength and local yielding due to b. For thc li mit statc of sidewall local crippling in cross-
uneven load distribution. In addition to the l.imits of connections.
applicability in Seclion 511.2.3a, fJ shalt not be less than Pn sine= [48r 3/(H- 3t)](EF~~· )05 Q¡
0.25.
(51 1.2-17)
l. For rhe limit state of chord wall plastification.
t/1= 0.90 (LRFO) Q =1.67 (ASO)
P,sinG = Fy t 2[2r¡/( 1 - /]) + 4/( 1 - fJJ0·s]Qj 4. For the 1imit stale of local yiclding due to uneven load
(5 11.2- 13) distribution,
f/i= 1.00 (I.;RFO) fJ = 1.50 (ASO) Pn = Fyblb[2Hb + 2bcoi - 4tbJ
This limit state need not be checked when fJ > 0.85. (511.2- JR)

2. For the limit state of shear yielding (punching), ~=0.95 (LRFO) Q = l. 58 (ASO)
PnsinG = 0.6F¡-1 8[2r¡+ 2/],01,) (51 1.2-14) wherc
(J = O. 95 (LRFO) fJ = 1.58 (ASO)
In Equation 511.2- 14, the effective outside punching This li mit slalc necd not be checkcd when ~ < 0.85.
parnmeter /lt·n1, =5/]/y shall not exceed f1
511.2.3c llranchcs wilh Axial Loads in Gappcd K -
This limit stale need not be checked when fJ > (1 - 1/y), nor Conncctions
whcn fJ < 0.85 and Bit;;:: 10. · For gapped K-connections, the design strcngth oí' 1!
branclt, tj!P., or the allowable strenglh of the brand!, "· 1 / 1~
3. For the limit state of sidewall strength, the available shall be the Jowest value obtained according to tlh· ··
strength for branches in tension shall be taken as the statcs of chord wall plastitication, shear yi ;,;tn.l~
available strength for sidewall local yielding. For the limit (punching), sbcar yielding and local yielding dueto liiKVC-ll
state of sidewall strength, the available strength for

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 load tlistrihution. In addition to the limits of applicability in (5 1 1.2-2·1)
Section K2.3a, the following limits slwll apply:
For thc ovcrlapping brancll, ami for overlap 50% ~ 0 ,. <
J. IJ, 1/J ?. O. 1 + y /50
80% measured with respcct to thc overlapping branch,
2. ft .¡f?:. 0 .35
P, = !-~"'" t¡,; {2!-11,.- 4t1, +!J.,,,+ b.,"' l (511.2-25)
3. S O. 5( 1 - /J1J)
For thc overlapping brancl1. and for ovcrlap 80% S 0,. S
4. Gap: g grcater than or equal to the sum of the brancll 100% measured with rcspcct to the overlapping branch,
wall thickncsscs
(51 1.2-26)
5. The smaller B, > 0.63 times the largcr B,
wherc
For the limit statc of chord wall plastification,
brtu is thc cffcctivc width ofthe branch face weldcd to
P, sine= Fr t219.8jJ,1¡'¡'-5}Q1 (5 1!.2-20) thc chord,
f/!= 0.90 (LRFO) Q = 1.67 (ASO) bl'ui = {1 01(8/ t)}i (F1 r)I(F>bi tb; ) )Bb; 5 Bb, (511.2-27)
b.-cw is the effectivc width of the branch face welded to
él. ror the limit statc of shcar yicldi ng (punching). the ovcrlapped brace,
P, sinO= 0.6F,. 1 13[211 + fJ + Bwp ) (5 1!.2-2 1) bi'CI\' = {10/(Bu¡ll¡,¡ )Jf(F,N t¡,1 )I(F,.¡,; 1¡,¡ )) Bb; S 8¡,;
(51 1.2-28)
t/J= 0.95 (LI~FO) Q = 1.58 (ASO) = overall branch widt h of the ovcrlapping brancl1,
In the above cquation, the cffective outsidc punching mm
= overall brancl1 width of the ovcrlapped branch,
parametcr fJ.·up = 5 fJ /y shall not exceed fJ.
mm
This limit state need only be chccked if B& < (13- 2r) or thc = spccificd rmnunum yield stress of the
brancl1 is not squarc. ovcrlapping branch material, MPa
= specified mínimum yield stress of the ovcrlapped
a. For the limit state of shear yielding of the chord in the · branch material, MPa
gap, avai lable strength shall be chccked in accordance
:::; overall depth of the overlapping branch. mm
with Section 507.5. This limit state nced only be = thickness of thc overlapping brancl1, mm
checked if the chord is not square.
= thickness of the overlapped branch, mm
b. For thc limit statc of local yielding duc to uneven load
distribution, For the overlappcd branch, Pn shall not excced P" of thc
overlapping branch, calculated using Equation 511.2-24,
(511 2-22) 511.2-25, or 5 11.2-26, as applicable, multiplied by thc
1/J= 0.95 (LRFO) Q = 1.58 (ASO)
factor (Ab1 F.ru1 /Abi F>bi ),

where where

br.,; =[10/(/J/t)][F, ti(F,btb)]B¡, S 8¡, (511.2-23)

This limi t statc need only be checkcd if the branch is not
square or B/r < 15.
SJ1.2.3d Branches with Axial Loads in Overlappcd
K - Conncctions
For ovcrlappcd K-conncctions, the design strength of lhe
branch, t)P,.. or the allowable strcngth of the brancl1, Pn!D..
shall be dctermi ncd from the li mit statc of local yiclding duc
to uncvcn load distribution,
F 0.95 (LRFD) Q = 1.58 (ASO)
For the overlapping branch, and for overlap 25% S Q,.
50% meas ured with respect lo !he ovcrlapping brancl1,
P, = F,.bi f¡,¡ [(Q,/50)(2Hb; - 4tbi) + bwi + bM\' J
A¡,; = cross-secti onal area of the overlapping brancll
Ah¡ = cross-sectional arca of the overlapped branch
511.2.3c Welds to llranches
The nonunifomúty of load transfer along the line of weld,
due 10 differenccs in relative f1exibility of HSS walls in
HSS-to-HSS connections, shall be considercd in
propo11ioning such welds. This can be considcred by
limiting the total effcctive weld length, /_,.., of groove and
fillct welds to rectangular HSS as follows:
1. In T-. Y- and cross-connections, forO S 50 degrees
(51 1.2-29)
~
forO?. 60 degrees

i, .

National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 11' Edition Volume 1

 ,

!) IOG CHAPTF.:Il 5 · Steel and Metals

2(11¡, ·· 1.2!¡,) F,. = ulti matc strength of HSS mcmber. M Pa

1.(. ::; ·-·-----..--..--·~-· (5 11 .2-JO) ¡.¡ = ovcrall hcight of rcctangu l:u· IISS main nwmbn,
sin (1
mcasurcd in thc planc of thc conncction. mm
Linear inleqmi<Hion shall be uscd 10 determine Le- fo r va lucs !f,, = ovcndl hci ght of rccwngu lar HSS brand;
of e bel wccn 50 and 60 degrees. mcmbcr. measurcd in thc planc of thc
conncction, mm
2. In gapped K-connections. around each branch.
= dcsign wall thickncss of IISS main mcmhcr. mm
for 8 S 50 degrees l¡, = dcsign wall thickncss of HSS brand1 nll:mbcr,
111111

(51 1.2-31)
= the width ratio; thc ratio of brand1 diametcr !·'
chord diameter = D1//)fúr round HSS; thc rati~>
of ovcral l brand1 width tu chord width = /JbliJ
for a ~ 60 degrecs for rectangular HSS

l
l
L, -
_2(H¡,-1.2rb) ·(B
.
Slll 8
-i b - 12
. lb

Linear imerpolarion shall be used lo determine /..,. for valucs

)
(51 1.2-32)
of 9 be1wcen 50 and 60 dcgrees. In lieu of 1he abovc cri1cria
in Equations 51 1.2-29 10 511.2-32. other rational criteria are
1
t permittcd.
f 511.3 HSS-to-IISS Momcnt Conncctions
HSS-to- HSS moment connecti ons are define<! as
connections that consisl of one or two branclt members that
are directly wclded to a continuous chord that passcs
through the connection, with the branch or branches loadcd
by bending momcnts.
A con nection shall be classified
l. As a T -connection whcn there is one branclt and it is
perpendicular lO the chord and as a Y -connection when
there is one bmnch but not perpendicular to thc chord.
2. As a cross-connection whcn there is a brancll on cach
(oppositc) sidc of the chord.
r = thc chord slcndcrncss ratio; thc ratio of onc-hair
thc diameter to thc wall thickncss = D/2r for
round IISS; thc ratio of onc-half thc width l<'
wall thickncss = 8121 for rectangular HSS
= thc load length paramctcr. applicablc only te'
11
rectangular HSS; thc ratio of thc lcngth 01
contact of thc brancl1 with thc chord in the plane
of thc conncction to thc chord width = NIB,
whcrc N= H¡/sine
o = acule angle bctwccn thc brandt <1nd eho; 0:
(dcgrccs)
S 11 .3.2 Critcria fo r Round HSS
Thc intcraction of stress due to chord member force~; and
local brancl1 connection forces shall be incorporated
through the chord-stress intcraction parameter Q¡.
Whcn the chord is in tcnsion.
Q¡= J
When the chord is in compression,
QJ'= 1.0- 0.3U( l +U) (511.~· ! )

For the purposes of this Specification. thc ccnterlincs of the where U is thc utilization ratio givcn by
brancl1 member(s) and the chord member shall lie in a (511.3-7.}
common plane.
where
511.3.1 Dcfinitions of l'aramctcrs
= rcquircd axial strcngth 111 chord. N
11 = overall width of rectangular HSS main mcmber, = rcquired Oexural strcngth in chord. N 111111
measurcd 90 degrccs 10 the planc of the = chord gross arca. mm·'
conncction, mm = available stress. MPa
B, = overall width of rectangular HSS branch = chord clastic scct ion modulus, mnr'
mcmbcr, measurcd 90 degrccs to lhc planc of the
conncction. mm
D = outsidc di;1mctcr of rou nd IISS mai n mcmbcr.
n1n1
D1, = outsidc diamcter of round HSS brancl1 membcr.
111111
F,. = specificd mínimum yield stress of HSS main
member, MJ>a
F,.1, =specificdmínimum yicld stress of HSS brancl1
membcr, MPa

Association of S tructural Eng1neers of the Philippines

 CHAPT Ef-1 :) Steul ar1d l\~etal G·l Oi'

511.3.2c Branchcs with Out-of-Pianc Bcnding

For dcsign an:ording to Scction 502.3.3 (LRFD): Momcnts in T- , Y- and Cross-Conncctions
/', == P.. = requircd axial strcngth in chord, using The design strcngth, f/!M", and thc all owable slrength, Mn/0. ,
LRFD load combinations, N shall be the lowcsl valuc obtained according lo thc limit
M, == M.. = rcquircd ilcxural strength in chord, using slates of chord plastification and shcar yiclding (punch ing).
LRFD load combinations, N-mm l. For the limit slale of chord plaslification,
== F,., MPa
Mnsine = Fyt2Db[3.0!(1- 0.8 l j})]Q¡
For dcsign according to Scctio¡¡ 502.3.4 (ASD):
(51 1.3-5)
P,. = P" rcquircd axial strength in chord, using
ASD load cornbinations, N t/J = 0.90 (LRFO) fJ = 1.67 (ASO)
=M" rcquircd flexura] strength in chord, using
ASO load combinations, N-mm 2. For the limit stale of shcar yiclding (punching),
/·:. = 0.6F,.. MPa M,= 0.6fo~.tD& t(3 + sin8Y4sin 8]Qf
2 2
(511.3-6}

51 1.3.2a Limits of Applicability 1/J =0 .95 (LRFD) fJ = 1.58 (ASO)

Thc critcria hercin are applicable only when thc conncction
conflguration is within thc following lirnits of applicability: This limil stale need nol be checkcd when fJ > (l - 1/y).

l. Brancl1 anglc: O 2 30· 511.3.2d Branches with Combined Bcnding Momcnt

and Axial Force in T-, Y and Cross - Conncctions
2. Chord wall slcnderncss: ratio of diamctcr to wall Connections subjecl lo branch axial load, branch in-p1anc
thickncss lcss than or equal to 50 for T. and Y- bending mornenl, and branch out-of-plane bending mornenl,
conncctions; less than or equal to 40 for cross- or any combination of lhese load effects, should satisfy the
conncctions following.
3. Tension brancl1 wall slenderness: ratio of diameter to
,ivaJI thickness Jess than or equal to 50 For design according to Seclion 502.3.3 (LRFD):
(P/1J?n) + (M,-iplf/!Mn-IJJ ) + (M, -opi </Jt'v!n -op) ~ 1. 0
2
4. Compression branch wall slenderness: ratio of diameter
to wallthickness lcss than or equal to 0.05E!Fr (511.3-7)
5. Widlh ratio: 0.2 < Db!D ~ 1.0 whcre
6. Strcngth: f'.,. 5 360 MPa for chord and branches = P11 = required axial strength in branch, using
LRFO load cornbinations, N
7. Ouctilily: F.rll;~,~ 0.8 f/1P11 = dcsign strcnglh obtained from Section 511 .2.2b
M,.;p = required in-plane flexura! strength in branch,
511.3.2b Branchcs wilh In-Piane Bcnding Momcnts in using LRFO load combinations, N-mm
T-, Y- and Cross-Connections eMII·ip = design strength obtained from Section 51 1.3.2b
M,.,P = required oul-of-plane flexura] strcngth in
The design strength, t/JM11, and the allowable strenglh, Mn/{3,
branch, using LRFO load combinations, N-mm
shall be the lowest value oblained according to lhe limit
states of chord plaslifícation and shear yielding (punching). <PM,.fl1, = desígn strength obtained from Seclion 5 11.3.2c

J. For the limit slate of chord plastificalion, For design according lo Scction 502.3.4 (ASO):
2
M,sin8 = 5.39Fr 1 '-f-5/J D1, QJ (51 l.3-3) (P,. I(P./.Q)) + (M,-ipi(M,-ip/Q))2 + (M,-op!(M,-opH2)) ~ l.O

f/1= 0.90 (LRFD) {J= 1.67 (ASO) (5 11.3-8)

2. For thc Ji mil statc of shcar yielding (p unching), wherc

M, = 0.6F,.tD/i(l +3sin8)/4sin 8)
2
(511.3-4)
P, = Pa ::: rcquired axial slrength in branch, using
ASD load combinations, N
t(J =0.95 (LRFO) fJ = !.58 (ASO) P,/Q = allowable strength obtained from Section
511.2.2b
This limil statc nced not be checked when fJ> (1 - lly). M,.;p =requircd in-plane flexura! strcngth in branch,
using ASO load combinations, N-mm

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volu me 1
 Mn-ipiQ= allowablc strcngth ohtained fro m Scctio n 1. 25(/;'/F,b)O.S ami also less tliilll :15
511.3.2b
5. Width rati o; ratio oJ' overa llwall width o f branch lo
Mr-o¡1 = rcquircd out-of'-plane lkxural .~trcngt h in brand\,
overall wa ll wídth of chord greatc r than or cqual lo 0 .25
using ASD load combinations, N-mm
Mn-op!Q= allowabte strength obtaincd from Scction 6. Aspect ratio: 0.5 :S ratio oJ' dcpth t o widt h :S 2.0
S J 1.3.2c
7. Strcngth; F,. S 360 MPa forchord ami branchcs
S J 1.3.3 Crilcria for Rectangular HSS ¡{_ Ductilit y: F!F" :5. O. X
Thc interaction of' stress duc to chord mcmbcr forces and <J. Othcr li mits apply fo r spccific cri tcria
local branch conncction !'orces shall be incorporatcd
through thc chord-strcss interaction parametcr Q¡~ 511.3.3b Branchcs with In-Pianc Bending M omcnts
Whcn the chord is in tcnsion, in T· and Cross- Connections
Thc dc sign strength, f/!M", and thc al lo wablc strcngth , Mo!D.,
Qr= J shall be thc lowcst va luc obtaincd according to thc li mit
statcs of chord wa!l plast ification, sidcwall local yicld ing
Whcn the chord is in comprcssion,
and local yiclding duc to u neven load distribution.
QI= (1.3 - 0.4U13) :S 1 (51 1.3-9) J. For thc limit stat e of chord wall plastification,
whcrc U is thc utilization ratio givcn by
M, = F,.t2H1,[( l/21l) + 2/(1 - ~ )
05
+ Tll( l - ~) ) Q(
(51 1.3- l O) . (5 11.3- l l ¡

whcre f/1= I.OO(LRFDJ fJ = I.SO(ASD)

= requircd axial strcngth in chord, N T his limit state nccd not be checkcd whcn r) > 0.85.
= rcquircd t1cxural strcngth in chord, N-mm
2. For the limit state of sidcwall local yíclding,
= chord gross arca, mm2
= availablc stress, MPa Mn =O. SF,'t(Ht>+ 51)2 (5!1.3-!2)
3
= chord elastic section modulus, mm
ifJ:::: 1 .00 (LRFD) fJ =1.50 (ASD)
For dcsign acc ording to Scctío n 502.3 .3 (LRFD):
where
= P11 = requircd axial strcngth in chord, using
LRFD load combinatio ns, N F,: = F,. for T-con ncctions
M,. = M " rcquircd flexura! strength in chord, F: = 0.8F, for cross-connections
usingLRFDioad combinations, N-mm
Fe = f~. , MPa This limit statc need not be chcckcd wben fJ < 0.85.

For dcsign according to Scction 502.3 .4 (ASO); 3. For the limit statc of local yieldin g duc to u neven load
distribution,
P,. = Pa = rcquired axi al strengt h in chord , using M,= F,.b[Zb - ( 1 - b,.,;IB¡,)B¡,H¡,tt>J (5 11.3-13)
ASD load combinatio ns, N
M, =M" = required flexura! strength ín chord, using tjl= 0.95 (LRFD) fJ= 1.58 (ASD)
ASD load combinati ons, N-mm
Fe = 0.6F,. , MPa whcre

bwi (5 113-1 4)
5 11.3.3a Limits o f Applicability
The criteri a hereín are applicable onl y whcn thc conncction
Zb = brancl1 plastic scction modulus about the axis of
bendi ng, mm 3
confi guralion is withín thc fol!owing lim its;
This limit statc necd not be chcckcd when fk 0.85 .
l. 13ranch angle is approxi mat ely 90o
2. Chord wall slenderncss: rati o of overall wall width lo
thickncss lcss than or cqual tó 35
3. Tension branch waJI slcndcrncss: ratio of ovcrall wall
width lo thickness less than or equal to 35
4. Comprcssion brand! wall slendem css: ratio of overall
wall width to thickness less than or equal to

Associa tion of Structura! Eng ineers of !he Philippines

 (P, 1~'11>.,¡ + (M, - ip/~'vl.,-ip) + (M,.-op/~1)!-.1. - op) ~ 1.0
511.3.3(' Branchl's wilh Out-of- Planc Bcnding
(5 11.1-20)
Momcn ts in T· and Cross-Con ncctions
Thc design su·l~nglh , ipM,, aJHI lhe allowal>lc slrcngth, M,/fJ, whcrc
shall be lhc lowcst val uc ohta incd according 10 thc limit ¡> = P., = requircd axial strcngth in branch. using
s1a1cs of' c hord wall plnslification, sidcwa ll local yiclding, '
LRFD load combimHions. N
local yiclding duc to uncvcn load distrihulion and cho rd rpP., = dcsign strcngth obtaincd from Scction 5!1.2.3b
distortio nal fa ilurc.
M,,,, = rcquired in-planc flexura! strength in branch,
l. For 1hc limit stalc of c hord w;1ll plaslification. using LRf-0 load combinations, N-mm
= dc.~ign strcngth oblilincd from Scction 511.3.3b
2
M,= Frt j0 ..'illh( l + j])I(I-/])+[28/J¡,(I + /]J/(I-{J)]0 ' 5 ]Q¡ = rcquired out-of-planc llcxura l strength in l>ranch,
(511.3-15) usi ng LRFD load combinations. N-mm
= design strength obtaincd from Scction 51 l .3.3c
8= 1.00 (LRFD) Q = 1.50 (ASD)

This lirnit stmc nccd not be chcckcd when fJ > 0.85. For desi gn according to Scction 502.3.4 (ASO)

2. For thc limit swtc of sidcwal! local yielding, (Pr /(P"tn)) + (Mr-ip/(Mn-•¡,/!1)) + (Mr-op/(Mn -o¡,/Q)) ~ 1.O
M., = F ' t(B -1)(/-/¡, + 51) (51 1.3- 16) (511.3-2 1)

!/'= 1.00 (LRFD) /]= 1.50 (ASO) wherc

whcrc P,. = Pa =rcquired axial strcngth in branch. using

ASO load combinations, N
/~, · = ¡:·,. for T -conncct ions P.IQ =allowable strength obtained from Scction
5l l.2.3b
rr· =o.8/)• for cross-conncctions M,..;1, =rcquircd in-planc flexura! strength in brancll,
using ASO load combinations, N-mm
This lim it state nccd not be checkcd when /] < 0.85.
M•.,;n =
allowable strength obtained from Scction
3. For thc limit state of local yiclding dueto unevcn load 511.3.3b
distribution, M,.0 , =
required out-of-plane flexura! strcngth in
M, = F_,·b[lJ,- 0.5(1 - b,";/8b)2Bb2ti>) (51 1.3- 17) branch, using ASO load combinations, N-mm
M•.n/D. = allowable strength obtained from Section
f/F 0.95 (LRFD) /} =1.58 (ASO) 51 1.3.3c
whcre

(511.3 - 18)
Zv =brancll pl astic section modulus about the axis of
bending, mm'

Th is limit s tate need not be checked when fJ < 0.85.

4. For the limit state of chord distortional failure,

M"= 2F,. t[H1¡t + (BHt(B + f/)]0.5] (5 11.3- 19)

1/J = 1.00 (LRFO) fJ = 1.50 (ASO)

Thi s limit state need not be chec kcd fo r c ross-connections
o r for T-conncctions if chord distortional failure is
·prevcntcd by othcr means.

511.3.3d Bnmchcs wilh Combi ncd Bcnding Momcnt

and Axia l Force in T- a n d Cross- Conncctions
Conncctions subjcct to l>ranch axial load, brancl1 in-planc
be nding mo me nt, and branch out-of-plane bending moment,
or any combina! ion of thcse load effects, should satisfy

For design according to Section 502.3.3 (LRFD)

National S tructural Cod e of !11~ Philippines 6 1" Edition Volume 1

 5 110 CHAPTEI1 5- Stecl and Metal:,

SECTION'512- .-.· mcmbers, the additional deflections duc to thc shrinkagc

."
( . ;: and crcep of thc concrete should be considere<!.
DESICN FOR SE~VICEABILITY
Thi~ Scction addrcsscs scrviccabilil)' pcrformiHKC dc~ign 512.4 Drift
rcquircmcnts. Thc Scction is organizcd a~ follows : Drift uf a structure !-.hall be cvaluatcd undcr scn•icc k1ads to
providc for scrviccability or thc structurc, including lhc
512. 1 General Provisions intcgrity of interior partitions aiHI exterior cladding. Drift
5 12.2 Camb,;r under strcngth load comhinations shall rwt cause collisi<oq
512.3 DcOc<..iivns with adjaccnt structurcs or excecd thc limiting values \:1'
5 12.4 Orín such drifts thm may be spec:ilied by this codc.
512.5 Vibration
512.6 Wincl-lnduccd Motion 512.5 Vibration
512.7 Expansion and Contraction Thc cffcct of vibration on the comfon of thc occupants an !
512.8 Conncction Slip thc function of thc structurc shall be considercd. Th.:
sourccs of vibration to he considcrcd include pcdcstrian
512.1 General Provisions loading, vihrating machincry and others idcntificd for th.-.
Scrviccability is a state in which thc function of a building, structurc.
its appcarance, maintainability, durability, and comfor1 of
its occupants are preserved under normal us<rge. Limiting 5 12.6 \·Vind-Induccd Motion
values of structural bchavior for scrviccability (for cxa mpl c. Thc cffect of wind-induccd motion of buildings on thc
maximum deflcctions, accclerations) shall be choscn with comfort of occupants shall be considcrcd.
due regard to thc intcndcd function of thc stnrctllrc.
Serviceability shall be evaluated using appropriatc load 512.7 Expansion and Contraction
combi nations for the serviceability limit statcs identified .
Thc effccts of thcrmal cx pansion and contraction of <!
building shall be considered. Damage to building claddin,;
User Note: Addítioiiál ·¡nfqrination on serviceability limit
can cause water penetra! ion and may leCld to corrosion.
statcs, serVice' lorid{3#if approprlate load coq¡binations for
serviceabllity régui.r.~ments_ -can be found in ASCE 7,
Appeódíx· · B ' ~'d- ·.;_its ··to)n$:~ni·ary. thc performance 512.8 Conncction Slip
requiieñ\ehts tóf~érVit'éabllit)i in'fuis SéCtiori áre consisten! Thc cffects of connection slip shall be includcd in liL:
with tliose requiieliiénts~, ServiCe 'loads, as stipulat.ed berein, dcsign whcre slip at boltcd conncctions may cau~c
are those that act on the structure at an arbitrary point in deformations that impair thc scrviceabi lity of thc structur e.
time. That is, tbe appropriate .load combinations are often Whcrc appropriate, thc conncction shall be designcd to
less severe than !hose in ASCE 7 , Section 2.4, whcre the precludc slip. For thc design of slip-criti cal connections scc
LRFD load 'combinations are given. Sections 510.3.8 and S10.3.9.

512.2 C:unbcr User Note: For more infonnation on connection slip, ref<· ·
10 the RCSC Spccification for Structural Joints Usi::g
Where camber is used 10 achieve proper posi tion and
ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts.
location of thc structure, the magnitude, dircction and
location of cambcr shall be specified in thc structural
drawings.

User Note: Camber recommendations are provid.e d in the

Code of S~~arc,l Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.

512.3 Dcflcctions
Dcflcctions in structural members and stru_ctural systcms
under appropriate service load comhinations shall not
irnpair the scrviceability of thc structure.

User Note: Conditions to be considcred includc levelncss

of floors, alignrnent ·of structural mernbers, integrity of
buil_d,i1\g fioislu~s; -and .otllei<factors that affect th.e normal
~~-ag·e· -: .aP.,d. fu.~cii9n : of , the -- s!W<;ttire~ Por cqmpositc

Association of Structural Engineers of lhe Philippines


SECTION 513 ,_ _
FABRICATióN; ;É~PrtiON AND
QUALITY CONTRtlL --·- .·
This Scction addn.:sscs rcqu ircments for shop clrawíngs.
l'abrication. shop painting. crcction all(l quality control.
Thc Scction is organizcd as follows :
5 13.1 Shop and Erection Drawings
513.2 Fabrication
1 prcheat tcmpcraturc of no! less than ISO • F (66 ·C) sha ll be
51 3.3 Shop Painting \ applied prior to thermal cuning. The thermally cut surface
51 3.4 Erection
513.5 Quality Control
513.1 Shop and Erection Drawings
Shop drawi ngs shall be prepared in advancc of fabrication
and give complete information nccessary for the fabrication
of the componen! parts of thc structure, including the
location , type and sizc of welds and bolts. Erection
drawings shall be prcparcd in advance of ercction and give
information neccssary for erection of the structure. Shop
and ercction drawings shall clearly distinguish bctwcen
shop and field welds and bolts and shall clearl y idcntify
pretensioncd and slip-critical túgh-strength bolted
connections. Shop and crection drawings shall be made with
due regard to spced and economy in fabrication and
ercction.
513.2 Fabrication
S 13.2.1 Cambering, Curving a nd Straightcning
Local application of heat or mechanical means is pennitted
to be used to introduce or correct camber, curvawrc and
straightness. The temperature of heated arcas, as measured
by approved methods, shall not cxceed 1,1 00 • F (593 •C)
for A5 l4/A514M and A852/A852M steel nor 1,200 · F
(649 • C) for other steels.
513.2.2 T hermal Cutting
Thermally cut cdges shall meet the requirements of AWS
Dl.l , Sections 5. 15. 1.2, 5.15.4.3 and 5.15.4.4 with thc
exccption that thermally cut free edgcs that will be subject
to calculated static tensile stress shall be free of round-
bottom gougcs grcater than 5 mm dccp ami sharp V-shaped
notchcs. Gouges dccpcr than 5 mm and notchcs shall be
removed by grinding or repaired by welding.
Reentra!ll comen;, except reentrant comers of beam copes
and weld access holcs, shall meet the requirements of AV·/ S
Dl.l , Section A5. l6. If another specified contour is
required it must be shown on the contrae! documents. Beam
copes and weld acccss holcs shall meet the geometrical
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edilíon Volume 1
Cl-1/\r n : H S Steol ant! Meta! S 1! 1
rcquircmcnts of Se<:! ion 5 1O. 1.6. l: kam co pe~ ant.l wclds
<K<:css holcs in shapcs that are to be galv:sni'l.cd shall b<?
ground. For shapcs with a fl angc thickncss not cxcccding 50
mm thc roughncss of thermall y cut sur faces of cop<?s shal l
he no grcatcr than a su rf<KC roughness valuc of 50 1-llll as
dcfi ncd in ASME 1346. 1 Surfacc Tcxlllrc (S urhtL"C
Roughncss, Wavincss, and Lay). For bcam copes ami wcld
acccss holes in whi ch thc curved part or thc ac;ccss hole is
lhcnnally cut in ASTM A6/A6M hot rolled ·shapes with a
flange thi ckncss cxcecding 50 mm and weldcd built-up
shapes with material thickncss greatcr than 50 mm·. a
of acccss hales in ASTM A6/A6M hot-rolled shapcs witha
Oange thickness exceeding 50 mm and built-up shapes with
a material thickness grcater than 50 mm shall be grou nd
and inspected for cracks using magnctic particle inspcction
in accordance wi th ASTM E709. An y crack is unacceptable
regardless of sizc or location.
513.2.3 Pla ning of Edges
Planing or finishing of shcarcd or thermally cu t cdges of
plates or shapes is not required unlcss specifically called for
in the contract documents or included in a stipulated edge
preparation for welding.
513.2.4 Weldcd Conslruction
The · technique of welding, the workmanship, appearance
and quality of wclds, and the methods used in correcting
nonconforming work shall be in accordance with AWS
D 1. 1 except as modified in Section 5 10.2.
513.2.5 Bolted Construction
Parts of bolted members shall be pinned or bolted and
rigidly held togethcr during assembly. Use of a drift pin in
bolt holes during assembly shall not distort the metal or
enlarge the hales. Poor matching of holes shall be cause for
rejection.
Bolt holes shall comply wi th the provisions of the RCSC
Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or
A490 Bolts, Scction 3.3 except that thermall y cut holes
shall be pcrmitted with a surface rouglmess profi le not
exceedi ng 25 ¡.un as defi ned in ASME B46.1. Gouges shall
not exceed a depth of2 111111 .
Fully insened finger shims, with a total thick.ness of no!
more than 6 mm withi n a joint, are permitted in joints
without changing thc slrength (bascd upon hole typc) for the
design of connections. The orlentation of such shims is
11
 ···~

b 112 CHAPTU~ !i · Sleül and Metals

índcpcndcnt of thc dírcction of application or thc load. Tilc

use of higil-strcngth bolts sllall confonn to thc rcquircmcnts
of thc RCSC Spccitication for Structural Joints Using
ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, cxccpt as modificd in Scction
510.1513.2.6 Comprcssion Joints

Comprcssion joínts that dcpend on contact bcaring as par!
of the splice strength shall have thc bearing surfaccs of
individual fabricated pieccs preparcd by milling, sawing, or
othcr suitable means.
513.2.7 Dimensional Tolcranccs
Dimensional tolerances shall be in accordancc with thc
AISC Codc of Standard Practicc for Stccl Buildings and
Bridgcs.
513.2.8 Fínish of Column Bases
Column bases and base platcs shall be finishcd 111
accordancc with thc followíng rcquircmcnts:
l. Stecl bearing plates 50 mm or less in thickness are
pennitted without milling, provided a satisfactory
contact bearing is obtaincd. Stecl bearing platcs ovcr 50
mm but not o ver 100 mm in thickness are pennittcd to
be straightened by pressing or, if prcsses are not
available, by inilling for bearing surfaces (excepl as
noted in subparagraphs 2 and 3 of this section), to
obtain a satisfactory contact bearing. Steel bearing
plates over 100 mm in thickness shall be milled for
bearing surfaces (excepl as noted in subparagraphs 2
and 3 of this section).
2. Bottom surfaces of bearing plates and column bases
that are groutcd to ensure fu!! beari ng contact on
foundations need not be milled.
3. Top surfaces of bearing plates need not be milled when
complete-joint penetration groove welds are pro vidcd
between the column and thc bearing platc.
513.3 Shop Pain ti ng
513.3.1 General Requircmcnts
Shop paintíng and. surface preparation shall be in
accon!ance wit h thc provisions of thc AISC Code of
Standard Praclicc for Stccl Buildings and Bridges. Shop
paínt is not rcquircd unlcss specilied by thc contract
documents.
513.3.2 Inacccssiblc Surfaccs
Except for contact surfaces, surfaccs inacccssib!e aftcr shop
asscmbly shall be cleaned and paintcd prior lO assembly, if
rcquired by thc dcsign documents.
513.3.3 Contact Surfaces
Paint is permitted in bearing-typc connections. For slip-
crítica! connections, thc fayi ng surfacc requirements shall
be in accordancc with the RCSC Specificat ion for Stmctural
Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, Section 3.2.2(b).
513.3.4 Finishcd Surfaccs
Machíne-finished surfaces shal! be protectcd against
corrosion by a rust inhibilive coating that can be removed
prior to ercction, or which has characteristics that make
rcmoval prior to crection unnecessary.
5 13.3. S Surfaccs Adjaccnt to Field Wclds
Unless otherwise spccificd in the clesign documents,
surfaces within 50 mm of any field weld location shall be
free of materials that would prevent proper welding or
produce objcctionable fumes during welding.

513.2.9 Holes for Anchor Rods

Holes for anchor rods shall be pemlitted to be thermally cut
in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 13.2.2.

513.2.10 Drain Boles

When water can collect insidc HSS or box members, eithcr
during construction or during servicc, thc mcmber shall be
sealcd, providcd with a draín holc al the base, or protcctcd
by other suitable means.

513.2.11 Requi1·cmcnts for Galvanizcd Mcmbe1·s

Members and parts to be galvanized shall be designed,
detaíled and fabricated to provide for flow and drainage of
pickling fluids and zinc and to prevent pressure build-up in
enclosed parts.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Pllilippínes


S13.4 E rcct ion
S 13.4. 1 Alignmcnt of Colurnn Bases
Colun111 bases shall be set leve! and 10 corree! ele va~ ion with
fui! bearing on concrete or masonry.
513.4.2 Bracing
Thc frame of steel skelcton buildings shall be carricd up
true and plumb within the li mits defined in the AISC Code
of Standard Practice for Steel Bui ldings and Bridges.
Temporary bracing shall be provided, in accordance with
the requirements of thc Code of Standard Practice for Steel
Duildings and Bridges, wherevcr necessary to suppon the
Joads to which the structure may be subjected, including
equipment and thc operation of same. Such bracing shall be
lcft in place as long as required for safcty.
513.4.3 Alignmcnt
No permanent bolting or welding shall be perfonned until
!he adjacent affectcd portions of the structure have been
properly a!igned.
513.4.4 Fit of Column Comprcssion Joinls ancl
Base J>Jates
Lack o f contact bearing no! exceeding a gap of 2 mm,
regard!ess of the type of splice used ( partial-joint-
penetration groove welded or bolted). is pennitted. lf the
gap exceeds 2 mm, but is less than 6 mm, and if an
engineering investigation shows that sufficient contact arca
does not exist, the gap shall be packed out with nontapered
steel shirns. Shims need not be other than mild steel,
regardless of the grade of the main material.
513.4.5 Field Wclding
Shop paint on surfaces adjacent to joims to be field welded
shall be wire brushed if necessary to assure weld quality.
Field wclding of attachments to installed embedments in
contact with concrete shall be done in such a manner as to
avoid excessive thennal expansion of the embedment which
could result in spalling or cracking of the concrete or
excessive stress in the embedment anchors.
513.4.6 Ficld Painting
Responsibility for 10uch-up pamtmg, cleaning and field
painting shall be allocated in accordance with acceptcd local
practices, and this allocation shall be sct fonh exp licill y in
thc design documcnts.
513.4.7 Ficld Conncctions
As erection progresses, the structure shall be securely bolted
or welded to support the dead, wind and crection loads.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 61h Edilion Vol ume 1
SI3.5 Quality Control
The fabricator shall providc quality control procedures to
the ex1cnt that the fabricator dcems neccssary to assure that
thc work is pcrformcd in accordance with this Spccification.
In <•ddition to thc fabricator's qualit y control procedures,
material and workmanship at all times may be subject to
inspcction by qualified inspcctors represenling the
purchaser. lf such inspcction by reprcsentatives of thc
purchaser wi ll be requi rcd, it shall be so statcd in thc dcsign
documents.
513.5.1 Coopcration
As far as possible. the inspection by representatives of the
purchaser shall be madc at the fabricator's plant. The
fabricator shall cooperatc with the inspector, permitting
access for in~pection to all places where work is being done.
The purchascr's inspector shall schedule this work for
mínimum in terruption to the work of the fabricator.
SI3.5.2 Rcjcctions
Material or workmanship not in conformance with the
provisions of this Specification may be rejected at any time
during the progress of the work. The fabricator sha!l receive
copies of all reports fumished to the purchaser by the
inspection agency.
5 13.5.3 lnspection of Welding
The inspection of welding shall be performed in accordance
with the provisions of AWS D 1. 1 except as modified in
Section 51 0.2. When visual inspection is required lo be
performed by AWS certified welding inspectors, it shall be
so specified in the design documents. When nondestructíve
tesling is required, the process, ex tent and standards of
acceptance shall be clearly defined in the design documents.
513.5.4 Inspccfion of Slip-Critica! High-Strcngth
Boltcd Connections.
The inspection of slip-critica! high-strength bolted
connections shall be in accordance with the provisions of
the RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM
A325 or A490 Bolts.
513.5.5 Idcntification of Stecl
The fabricator shall he ab!e lo demonstrate by a written
procedure and by actu al practice a mcthod of material
idcntification, visible at leas! through the "fit -up" operation,
for thc main Stl1!ctural clements of each shipping piece.
·' '· _é · : ·~,: . ·:~> ,;. ::.~;::.;,~:;, ;;,::_;G?}~~;n~~r;:¡\Mli.:;;
 ··~

APPENDIX A-1 whcrc

INELASTIC ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 1\g = gross arca o1. rncm 1JCr, mm·'
Dcsign by incla~lic analysis is subjcct lo thc supplcmcntary Fy =specificd mínimum yicld stress of !he
provisions of lhis appcndi x. com pression tlangc, MPa
q>c = rcsistancc factor for comprcssion = 0.90
Thc appcndix is organizcd as follows: ftc =s¡¡fcty factor for comprcssion = 1.67

A-1.1 General Provisions A-1.4 Local Buckling

A-1.2 Matcrials Flangcs and webs of membcrs subjcct 10 plastic hinging í n
A-1.3 Morncnt Rcdislribulion cornbined flcxu rc and axial compression shall be con; p;;C(
A-l .4 Local Buckling with width-lhickncss ratios Jess than or cqual to the linli ling
A-1.5 Stability and Sccond-Ordcr Effcc1s ;\p dcfined in Tab.Ie 502.4. 1 oras modi!ied as follows:
A-!.5a Braccd Frames
l. For wcbs of doubly symmctric widc flange members
A-!.8b Moment Framcs
and rectangular HSS in combincd tlexure and
A-1.6 Columns and Olhcr Compression
Membcrs compression
A-1.7 Beams and Other Flexura] Membcrs a. For P"/~¡,1\::; 0. 125
A- J .8
A-1.9
Mcmbcrs undcr Combined Forces
Conncctions
E
-·-· 2.75/~,

A-1.1 General Provisions

lnelastic analysis is permitted for design according lo the
J
h/1\\" $3.76 - _- (1-·--)-)
1\ e,,l,.
(A-1-l)

b. For P"/<)11,1\> 0.1 25

provisions of Section 502.3.3 (LRFD). Inclastic analysis is

[!f_(2.33-_!1_):21.49J~f~
not pennitted for dcsign according lo thc provisions of
Section 502.3.4 (ASD) cxcept as provided in Section A-1.3. hit"' $ 1.12 (A·l<:)
VFy O¡,P,. /<)'
A-1.2 Materials
where
Mcmbers undergoing plastic hinging shall have a specified
mínimum yield stress not exceeding 450 MPa. E = modulus of elasticily of stcel = 200,000 MPa
F.r = specificd mínimum yield stress of the typc uf
A-1.3 Moment Redistribution steel being used, MPa
}¡ =as defined in Scclion 502.4.2, mm
Beams and girders composed of compacl scctions as
defined in Section 502.4 and salisfying the unbraced Jenglh
p/1 = reguired axial strength in comprcssion, N
P,. = mcmber yi eld strength, N
reguirements of Section A-!.7, including compositc
1~\" = web thickness, mm
members, may be proportioned for nine-tenths of the
<)1¡, = resistance factor for tle.x.ure = 0.90
negative moments at poinls of support, produced by the
gravity loading computed by an elastic analysis, provided 2. For flanges of rectangular box and bollow s tru c !ur ~' l
that thc maximum positive moment is increased by one- sections of uniform thickness subject to bend;< ·.·:
tenth of the average negative moments. This rcduction is not compression, flange cover plates, and di aphragm p l<t~':;
permittcd for rnoments produccd by loading on cantilcvers between lines of fasteners or welds
and for design according lo Sections A-1.4 through A-1.8 of
this appendix.
where
If the negativc moment is resisted by a column rigidly
framed lo the bcam or girdcr, lhc onc-lenth reduclion may b "' as defined in Section 502.4.2, mm
be used in proportioning the column for combined axial :::as defined in Section 502.4.2, mm
force and flexure, provided that lhe axial force does not 3. For circular hollow sections in flexure
exceed O. JSfcF\·As for LRFD or O.l5f)A 8/.Q, for ASD,
Dll::; 0.045E/Fr

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 whcrc A-1.7 Bcams ami Othcr Flexura! Mcmbcrs
/) = o ut ~iuc diamctcr of round IISS mc111hcr. 111111 Thc rcquircd momcnt strc11gth. M., of heams dcsigned on
thc hasi~ uf inclasti<.: analysi~ :-.hall 1101 cxcccd thc dcsign
A-1.5 ' lllbilily ami Sccond-Ordcr Effccls strcngth. $M... when:
Continuous bcams not subjcctcd to axial loads and that do M,= Mp = FrL < 1.6F, S (A·I-6)
1101 contributc to lateral stability of framcd structurcs nwy
be dcsigncd bascd on u first-ordcr inclastic analysis or a
plastic mcchanism analysis. Braced framcs and momcnt
$ =0.90 (Ll~ FO)
frames may be dcsigncd based on a first-ordcr inclastic
analysis or a plastic mechanism analysis providcd that Ocsign by inclastic analysis is pcrmntcJ for mcmbers that
stability and sccond-order effccts are taken into account. are compact as dcfined in Section 502.4 and as modified in
Section A-1.4.
Structures may be dcsigncd on the basis of a second-ordcr
inclastic analysis. For beam-columns, connections and Thc lateral! y unbraccd length, Lb, of the compression Oange
connected mcmbers, the required strengths shall be adjaccnt to plastic hinge locations shall not excced Lpd ,
dctermincd from a second-order inelastic analysis, where determincd as follows.
equilibrium is satisfied on the deformed geomelry, taking
into accountthe changc in stiffness due 10 yieldi ng. l. For doubly symmctric and singly symmetric 1-shaped
mcmbcrs with thc comprcssion Oangc equalto or larger
A-l.Sa Braccd Framcs than thc tension nangc loadcd in thc plane of the wcb:
In braccd frames dcsigned on the basis of inclastic nnalysis, M ¡:
braccs shall be dcsigncd lo remain elastic under thc design L"" ::f0.12+0.076 ( -1 >H-7-l r,. (A·I-7)
M2 /·.1'
loads. Thc requircd axial strcngth for columns and
comprcssion braccs shall not exceed q).-(0.85frA8 ), where
where M1 = smallcr momcnt at cnd of unbraced lcngth of
bcam, N-mm
$e= 0.90 \LRFD) M2 = largcr moment at end of unbraccd length of
beam, N-mm
A·l.Sb Momcnt Framcs ,._. =radius of gyration about minor axis, rnm(M1/M2)
In mornent frames dcsigned on the basis of inelastic is positive whcn moments cause reverse
analysis, the required axial strength of columns shall 1101 curvature and ncgative for single cu rvaturc.
exceed ~{0.75FyA 1 ),
2. For solid rectangular bars and symmetric box beams:
where

¡p,. =0.90 (LI~FO)
A-1.6 Columns and Othcr Comprcssion Mcmbers
In addition to thc limits set in Sections A-1.5.a and A-1.5.b,
the required axial strength of columns designed on the basis
of inelastic analysis shall not exceed the design strength,
«PcPn, determined according to the provisio11s of Section
505.3.
Design by inclastic analysis is pennitted if thc column
slenderncss ratio, Ur, does not exceed 4.71 E/Fy.J
where
L = lateral! y unbraccd length of a member, mm
r =governing radius of gyration, mm
L pd =[0. 17 +O. 10M( -1 ) )(- E )r,. ~ 0.1 0(-)ry
E
M2 F, · F).
(A· l-8)
There is 110 limit on Lb for membcrs with circular or square
cross secti ons or for any beam bcnt about its minor axis.
A-1.8 Mcmbcrs undcr Com bincd Forccs
Whcn inelastic analysis is used for symmctric members
subjcct lo bendi11g and axial force, thc provisions in Scction
508.1 apply. Jnclastic analysis is not pennilled for members
subject to torsion and comhined torsion, Ocxure, shear
and/or axial force.
A-1.9 Conncclíons
Conneclions adjaccnt 10 plastic hinging regions of
connccted membcrs shall be designed with sufficient
strength and ductility 10 sustain the forces and dcformations
imposed u11der the rcquired loads.

National Structura l Code of t11e Philippines 6111 EdiHon Volume 1

 -~

!)-11 6 C H/\PTHl !i - Stecl and Metals

This appcndix providcs mc1hods for dctcrmining whcthcr a

roof systcm has adcquate strcngth and stiffncss to rcsist
ponding.

Thc appcndix is organizcd as follows:

A-2.1 Simpliticd Dcsign for Ponding

A-2.2 lm proved Design for Ponding

A-2.1 Simplificd Dcsign for Ponding

The roof systcm shall be considcred stable for ponding and
no funher in vcstigation is needed if both of the following
two conditions are met:
e,, + 0. 9es ~ 0.25 (A -2-1 )

' " 2: 3940 s" (A- 2-2)

whcrc
4
504L.J-"
C. =--·-·- - Fig. A -2· 1. Limiting jlexiliiliry coefficiem for rile prima1y
" 1d systems.
4
e = 504SLs For secondary members, the stress index shall be
S f
,f
0.8Fy - f a
L¡. = column spaci ng in direction of g irder (length of u =( ) (A-2-4)
' fo
primary members), m
L = column spacing perpendicular to directíon of where
girder (length of secondary members), m Jo = stress due to lhe load combination (D + R)
S = spacing of secondary mcmbers, m D = nominal dcad load
4
J, = moment of inertia of p1imary mcmbcrs, mm R = nomina] load duc to rainwatcr or snow, exclusive
4
ls = moment of inertia of secondary members, mm of the ponding contributi on, MPa
Id = moment of inertia of the steel deck s upported o n
secondary members, mm 4 per m
For roof framing consisting or primary and sccondary
members, the combined stiffness shall be evaluated as
For trusses and stecl joísts, the moment of inertia /, shall be follows: enter Figure A -2- 1 al lhe leve! of the computed
decreased 15 percent when used in the above equation. A stress index Up determined for the prim<u·y bcam; move
steel deck shall be considered a secondary member when ít horizontally Lo thc computcd C.rvalue of the secondary
is dircctly supported by the primary mcmbcrs. bcams and thcn downward lo the abscissa scale. The
combined stiffness of the primary and secondary framing is .
A-2.2 lmprovcd Dcsign for Ponding sufficient to prevent po nding if the Oexibilit y constan! read
The provisions given below are penniltcd 10 be used when a from this Iatter scale is more than thc value o f C11 computed
more exact d elermination o f framing stiffness is needcd fo r the given primary mcmber; if not, a stiffer prim:1ry or
than that given in Scction A-2. 1. sccondary beam, or combinalion of bolh, is required.

For primary rnembers, thc stress index shall be

0.8Fy- f o
Up = ( fo ) (A-2-3)

Associa tion of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


A similar prm:cdure lllliSl he roJJowcd using Figure A-2-2.
o~ -•~~l~·~~-~~,~~-
o.z ~~3t:td::t~~tt=l=t±j=1:-J-~:-__,•,_--~~··-l-l-
0 o~~~-0~
1 ~-.I!-OJ2.J_~0~.3-L~L0~.~2_~0-.L
--~!----~-~-._-:__-4-l~..¡.~--j~-__¡.~:::.~--~-
5 ~LLOJ6~-~~
0. 7
Upper Limff of Ftexi/Jil~y Const8r(
ng. A -2-2. Limiting flexibility coeffident for tlle second(/1)'
sysrems.
For roof frami ng consisting of a series of equally spaccd
wal l-bearing beams, the stiffness shall be evaluated as
fo llows. Thc beams are considcred as secondary mcmbcrs
supportcd on an infinitely sliff primary member. For this
case, enter Figure A-2-2 with the computed srress indcx Us .
The limiting valuc of Cs is detennined by the inlerccpt of a
horiwmal line reprcsenting lhe Us value and thc curve for
Cp=O.
Uscr N9te~ :Th.~ ponding cieflectio!l c9l;l,Q:ibuted by:a metal
deck is' ·4_S'uhl)'y ::su·c h ~~(siii.atJ "iiaffiOCtfie":·¡s~ porl~i'dg
deflectióri of ~ rÓOf p~efUi:at it is"" sufffÓiefit mereiy: to:Ünut
i l S mo~ell~. O~ ¡J!~ri!a *~ iJ:tete~ ?f. ~_id4I n9.rJn~ t.~· ~Í~~:.sp~
10 3940fmm !m. : ,.. . ·· :.:' .. · :· .,,\ . .: ·. . ··.'::· ·
For roof framing consisting of metal deck spanning belween
bcams supportcd on colurnns, the stiffness shall be
cvaluated as follows. Employ Figure A-2- 1 or A-2-2 using
as C 1he flexibility constan! for a 1 m widlh of thc roof deck
(S= 1.0).
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
CH/\P l'i: H S Steel ancllv!ctal :>·1 17
This appcndi x app!í cs 10 membcrs and conncctions subject
10 high cyclc Joading within lhc clastic range of strcsscs of
frcqucncy and magnitudc sufli<.:ient 10 iniliatc cracking and
progrcssivc. failu rc. which defines thc limil statc of fatigue.
Thc appendix is organi7.cd as follows:
A-3. 1 Oeneral
A-3.2 Calculalion of Maxímum S1rcsscs and
Stress Rangcs
A-3.3 Design Stress Range
A-3.4 Bolts and Thrcadcd Parts
A-3.5 Spccial Fabricalion and Erectíon
Requiremcnts
A-3.1 General
R Thc provisions of thís Appendix apply 10 s1rcsses calculatcd
on thc basis of service loads. The maxímum permillcd st ress
due 10 unfactored !oads is 0.66Fy.
Cs
Stress rangc is defined as the magnitudc of thc change in
stress due to the application or removal of the scrvice livc
load. In thc case of a stress reversa!, 1he stress range shall be
computed as thc numcrical sum of maximum repcatcd
1cnsile and compressivc s1resses or the numerical sum of
maximum shearing stresses of opposite direction at the
poi nt of probable crack initiation.
In thc case of complctc-joi nl-pcnctration butt wclds. thc
maximum design stress range calculated by Equation A-3-1
applies only lo welds wilh intemal soundness meeting thc
acccptancc requirements of Scction 6.12.2 or 6. 13.2 of
AWSDI. I.
No evaluation of fatigue resistance is rcquired if the live
load stress rangc is less than thc threshold stress range, F,,.
Sec Table A-3- 1.
No cvalualion of fatigue resistance is required if the number
of cyclcs of application of !i ve load is Jess than 20,000.
Thc cyclic load rcsiswnce detennincd by the provisions of
th is Appendix is applicablc 10 structures with suitablc
corrosion protection or subject only lo mildly corrosivc
almospheres, such as normal atmosphe1ic conditions. ..
'J11c cyclic load resistancc detennined by thc provisions of
this Appendix is applicable only to structures subject to
tempcratures not exceeding 300°F (150"C).
11
 ¡: -(·Cjl!X IO')IIIIo7> ¡: (/\-~-.:: ¡
Thc cngi nccr-of-rccord shall providc ci thcr complete dewils s11- N - 111
incl uding. wcld si7.es or shall spccify the p l annt~d cycle lile
ancl thc m;1xi mum rangc or momcnt~. shcars ami rcactions 1. For tcnsion-loaclcd platc clcmcnt~ cnn•wctcd at th,:i;
fnr thC C!llliiCt'IÍOilS. cnd by cruciform, T. or comer dctails wi th w mpletc-
joint-pcnetration (CJP) groovc wclds or panial joint
A-3.2 Calculation of Maxirnum Strcsscs and Stress penctration (PJP) groovc wclds, lillct welds, or
nanges combinations of thc prcceding. transversc to t!J..
Calculatcd strcsses shall be based upon clastic analysis. direction of stress, thc dc:~ign stress rangc on the rro<·<
Stn:sscs shall not he amplificd hy stress conccnt ration section of the tcnsion-loadcd plate elc.mcnt at the toe ,,!·
factors for geometrical discontinuities. the weld shall be dctermined as follows:
a. Bascd upon crack initiation from thc toe of the wcld on
For bolts and threaded rods subject to axial tension. the the tcnsion loaded platc clcmcnt the dcsign stress rang-:.
calculatcd stresscs shall includc thc effects of prying action, FsR, shall be detem1ined by Equation A-3-3, for stres:-.
if any. In the case of axial stress combined with bending, category e which is equal 10
the maximum strcsses, of each kind, sllilll be !hose
dctermined for concurren! arrangernents of the applieil load.
(A-3-3)
For mcmbers having symmctric cross sections, the fastcners
and welds shall be arranged symrnetrically about the axis of b. Based upon crack ini tiation frorn thc root of the weld
thc member, or the total stresses including those due 10 the design stress rangc. Fs11, on thc tension loaded plate
eccentricity shall be included in the calculation of the stress clcment using transvcrsc PJP groove welds, with o;-
range. without rcinforcing or contouring tillct welds, th:
dcsign stress rangc on the cross section at thc toe of u: :
For axially loaded angle members where the ccnter of weld shall be determine<! by Equation A-3-4, stress
gravity of the connecting welds lies between thc linc of the category e_as follows:
ccnter of gravity of the angle cross scction and thc center of
11
o.m
the connected leg, the effects of eccentricity shall be
ignored. If the center of gravity of the connecting wclds lies F.m =Rp11,( 14.4XI
N
0
) (S.I.) (A-3-4)
outsidc this zone, thc total strcsses, including those due to
joint ccccntricity, shall be included in the calculation of where
stress rangc. R PJP is the rcduction factor for reinforccd or
nonreinforced transverse PJP groove welds
A-3.3 Oesign Stress Range detenni ned as follows:
The range of stress al service loads shall not exceed the o33J

-[ 1.12 -10{ ~:) + 1.24(,'::)

design stress range computed as follows.
l. For stress categories A, B , B _, C, D, E and E_the
Rnp - o. 167 ::;; 1O (S.l. )
design stress range, F511 , shall be detennined by 1
Equation A-3-1.
"
_ (CJ X329}o.333 F (A-3- 1)
FSR - ~ TH
N
lf RPJr = 1.0, use stress cmcgory C.
whcrc
2a = the length of the nonweldcd root facc in í>'
FsH = dcsign stress range, MPa direction of !he tl1ickness of the tcnsion-load'--';
C¡ =constan! from Table A-3-1 for thc catcgory plate, mm
N =numbcr of stress range lluctuations in dt•.sign li fe 11· =the Ieg sizc of the reinforcing or contourinro
= number of stress range Ouctuations p.er day x
365 x ycars of design life filie!, if any, in thc direction of the thickm::,~, ' ;
F,, = thrcshold fatigue stress range, maxi mum stress the tcnsion-loaded platc, mm
range for indefinite design lifc from Tablc A-3- t1, = thickness of tension loadcd piate, mm
I, MPa
c. Based upon crack initiation from the roots of a :·. ·: '
2. For stress category F, the design stress range, Fsn, shall transverse fillct wclds on opposile sides of th<: t •·'·'· :
be detcrmincd by Equation A-3-2. loaded plate elementthe design stress range, Fm, on th,;

Assocíation of S tructural Engineers of t11e Philippines

 eros~sc<:tion al thc toe of thc wc lds shall he dctcnnined
by Lquation A- 1-.5. .~trcss catcgory e as f"ollows:
11
¡: -R ( 14.4 XI 0 O.J.\.1
SI< - nt. - -- N- } (S. I.}
whcrc
l?m. is thc rcducti on factor for joints using a pai r or
transvcrsc fillct wclds only. . Longi tudinal ba<.:king bars are pcnnittcd to rcmaii1 in place,
0.10;·1 .24(u;lr1, )J
J?F/1.
[ ,, 11.167 :5I.Ü
JI' Rn1. =1.0, use stress catcgory C.
A-3.4 Bolls and T hrcadcd Parts
Thc rangc of st ress at service loads shall not excccd thc
stress rangc computcd as follows.
l. For mcc han icall y fas tcncd conncctions loadcd in shcar,
thc maximum r:tnge of stress in thc conncctcd material
at scrvicc loads shall not cxceed thc dcsign stress rangc
computed usi ng Equation A-3-l where e, and F,., are
take n from Section 2 of Table A-:l. l.
2. For high -strength bolts, common bolts, and threaded
anchor rods with cut, ground or rollcd threads, the
maximum rangc of tcnsile stress on the net tcnsile arca
from applied axial load and mo ment plus load duc to
prying action shall not cxceed the design stress range
computed using Equatio n A-:l-1 .
The factor Cf shaiJ be takcn as ).9 x 108 (as for stress
catcgory E'}. The thrcshold stress. Fr11 shal l be taken as
48 MPa (as for st ress catcgory D). The net tensile arca
¡
j is givcn by Equat ion A-3·6.
¡ used. Run-off tabs shall be removed and the end of thc wcld
(S. I.} (A-3-6}
thc tensilc stress rangc in thr prctcnsioncd bolts duc to thc
total ser vice li ve load and momcnt plus effccts of any
prying acti on. Altcrnativcly, thc stress rangc in thc bolts
shall be assumed 10 be cqual to thc st ress on thc nct tcnsilc
(A-:l-.'i)
arca duc to 20 pcrccnt of the absolutc valuc of thc scrvi<.:e
load ax ial load and momcnt from dcad. livc and othcr luads.
A-3.5 Spccial Fabrication ami Ercction Rl!quircmcnls
ami if used, sh;tl! be cont inuous. lf splicing is neccssary for
long joints, the bar shall be joincd with complete
pcnctration butt j oints and thc rci nforccmcnt ground prior to
asscmbly in the joint.
In transvcrse joints subjcct lo tension, backing bars, if uscd,
shall be removed and thc joint back gouged and weldcd.
In transversc complctc-joint-pcnctration T and comer joints,
a rcinforcing fi llct wcld, not lcss than 6 mm in size shall be
addcd at re-cntrant corncrs.
11Je surfacc roughncss of llame cut edges subject to
significan! cyclic tensilc stress rangcs shall not cxcccd 25
¡11n, where ASME 846. 1 is the refercncc standard.
Recntrant corners at cuts. copes and weld acccss holcs shall
form a radius of not less than 1O 111111 by prcdrilling or
subpunching and rcaming a holc. or by thermal cuuing to
form thc radius of thc cut. Jf thc rad ius portion is for mcd by
thermal cutting, the cut surface shall be ground to a bright
metal su rface.
For transversc buH joints in regions of high tensile stress.
run-off tabs shall be uscd 10 pro vide for cascading the wcld
termination outsidc the fi nished joi nt. End dams shall nol be
fí nished flush wilh the cdgc of the membcr.

1
~
where See Scction 5 10.2.2b for requirements for cnd rcturns on
r certain fi llet welds subject to cyclic service loading.
-~¡ P = pitc h, mm per thread
Db = thc nominal diametcr (body or shank diamctcr).
mm
11 =threads per mm

For j oints in whicb thc material wi thin thc grip ts not

limited to stccl or joints which are not tcnsioncd to lhc
requircmenls of Tablc 5 10.3. 1, al! axial load and mornent
applied to the joint plus cffccts of any prying action shall be
assumcd to be carricd exclusively by thc bolts or rods.

For j oints in which thc material within thc grip is limited lo

stcel and which are tensioned to the rcquircments ofTablc
510.3.1, an analysis of thc relative stiffness of thc connectcd
parts and bolts shall be permilled to be uscd lo determine

111
National Slruclural eode of the Philippines 6 Edilion Vol u me 1
 ~) ! :!O <.-H/\P TEn 'i Stcei ;;ncl Mctai!;

APPENDIX A-4
STIÜJCTURAL.DESIGN
• 1 J. '
FOR FIRE
¡•·

CONDITIONS
This appcndix providcs crit cria for thc dcsign and
evaluation of structural ~tccl componcnts, systcrns ami
framcs for firc conditions. Thcsc criteria provide for thc
detcnnination of thc hcat input, thcrrnal cxpansion and
dcgradati ~l n in mcchanic;;! propc11ies of matcrials at
clevatcd icmpcraturcs that cause progrcssivc dccrcasc in
strcngth and stiffncss of structural componcnts and systcms
at clcvatcd tcmpcraturcs.

Thc appcndix is organizcd as follows:

A -4.1 General Provisions

A-4.2 Structural Dcsign for Fire Com.litions by
Analysis
A-4.3 Dcsign by Qualifícation Tcs1ing

A-4.1 General Provisions

Thc mcthods containcd in this appcncli x pro vide rcgulatory
cvidcncc of compliancc in accordancc with thc dcsign
applications outlincd in this scc1ion.

The appcndix uses thc following tenns in addition 10 the

tcrms in the Glossary.

ACTIVE FJRE PROTECTION: Building matcrials afi(J

systems that are ac1ivatcd by a fire to mitiga1e ad vcrse
effects or to notify pcoplc 10 take somc ac1ion miligate
adversc effects.

COMPARTMENTATION: The enclosurc of a building

space with elements that have a specific tire endurance.

CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER: Thc transfcr of

thermal energy from a point of higher temperature to a point
of lower tcmpcraturc through the motion of an intervening
medium.

DESJGN-llASIS FinE: Asct of conditi ons that define thc

devclopmcnt of a tire and the spread of combustion
products throughoul a building or portion 1hcreof.

ELEVA TED TEMPERA TU RES: Heating conditions

expcrienced by building e1cments or structUJ cS as a •csult of
fire, which me in excess of 1hc anticipatcd ambient
conditions.

FIRE: Dcslructivc burning, as manifested by any or all of

the fQIIowing: lighl, flame, hcal, or smoke.

Association of Structurar Engineers of !he Philippines

 ·····-----------------------·------------------------------------------------------
Table A-3.1
Fatigue Design Parameters

~=-~'':"~==~Ic~~::.~~~=r-=;::-~r ,~~~I:J:~;~~:c~~
SECTION 1 - PLAIN MATERIAL AWA Y FROM ANY WELDING
·····-····-----·----~·-·--····------T·----------------·-------- ··--- ···-------·------· ·----------------------·----·--·--·-·-- --
1.1 13ast> metal, cxccpt oon-co;!led "
wcatheríng stecl, with rol!cd or
ckancd surf¡¡cc. Fl¡¡mc-cul cdgcs A way Crotn all wdds ur
with surfacc roughncss va!uc of 2.'i
A 2so x 1o' 165
slructural conncctions
pm or kss but without recntrant
corncrs.
-----------------------·-- ----+----------+------------ ----------·-- -------------1
1.2 Non -coatcd wcathcring stcel
b;tsc metal with rolkd nr clcancd
surfacc. Flamc-cut cdgcs with Away from all wclds or
B 110
surfacc r<Highncss valuc of 25 ¡un structural conncctions
or less, but withoul rccntrant
corncrs.
oJ-_-i--- - ------+---------+---------- - - -- - - - ---------·-------
-~~:l---ivlcl;;ber witT·l--d-ri_ll_c_d__

rcarncd holcs. Mcmbcr with

rccntrarll corncrs at copes, cuts,
block-ouls or othcr geornctrical At any externa! cdgc or at
13 120 X 10" 110
discontinuitics made lo
holc peri meter
rcquircmcrHs of Appcndix 3.5,
--'=-~~~_e-~~~!:_~~-<.t_l;_<,:~-~--s'- .:.:h.::.o:..c:...
:l s_.- -- - + - - ----------1!--- - - ---+-- - - - - - - + -- - - ---------------l
1.4 Rollcd cross scction> with
wcld acccss holcs madc to
rcquircmcnts of Scction 510.1.6
At rcen tranl comer of wcld
and Appcndix A-3.5. Mcmbers
access ho1 e or at an y small
with drillcd or rcamcd holes e 44 X 10x 69
holc (may contain bolt for
containing bolts for attachrnent of
minor conncctions}
1ight braci ng wherc thcrc is a
small longitudinal componen! of
.J~rncc force._ ___________________ _ - -- - - - - - - -- - -
SECTION 2 - CONNECTED MATERIAL IN MECHANICALLY FASTENED JOINTS
2.1 Gross arca of base mera! in lap
joints conncctcd by high-strength
Through gross section ncar
bolts JO JOints satisfying all B 120 X 10" 110
holc
requirements for slip-critica!
connections.
~~~~~-------------t---------~-------------------------------l---------------- ----~
2.2 Base metal at nel scction of
high-strcngth bolted JOmts,
dcsigned on thc basis of bcaring In nct section originatin g at
B 11 0
resistancc, but fabricatcd and si de of hole
installcd to all rcquirclllents for
s lip -critica! conncctions.
-·-·----- --- --------------- ----~--~------·······---·--·-- -------------+-------------~ --~~--------------·········------·-
2.:1 B<Lse metal at thc nct scction
of othcr mcchanícally fastcncd ln nct scction origínatíng al
[) 48
jointo cxccpt cyc bars and pin side of holc
pi ates
-----·--------------------·- - --- --------'--~--·-- ·- -- - -------------- - - - -- - ________
______________,
2.4 Base metal at nct scction of In nct scction originating at
E 31
cycbar hcad or pin p1atc. síde of holc
L----------------------------L-------------~L-------------~--------------~-----------------------

1
Na !ional Structural Code of !he Philippines 6 h Edil ion Volume 1
 Tl\b•e A,-3.1 (®nt.) -------- - - --- ---- -------------·-·]
Fati. gue i>esi
. . . gn.Fammeters
..·. ' .., ··---- - - -----.--- ··--···..
llluslralivc Typical Examplcs

SECTION 1 ...; PLAIN MATERIAL AW AY FROM ANY WELDING

1.1 and 1.2

J.3

1.4

SECTION 2 - CONNECTED MATERIAL IN M~ºª-~~~~_!:LY1~~.!!_NED JOIN_:..:.T=S-~-------------·--···

2.1

(C)~

2.2

- - -- - - --
2.3

( b ) C::~--=
--------- - - · - - - ---·- ·· ---- - -- ----- - - --- ··-·-- - -···--------········--- --- - - - - -······

2. 4

··-------- - - - -- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -

Association of Structural Engineers of the Phi!ippines

 CI-IAPTEJI 5 Steel and Metal ~)· 1 2:l

Srrcss Constan! "

l'otcrllial Crack
Dcscripriun
Carcgory C¡ lni riarion Poin r
SECTION 3 ~ W:ELl>Ei> JOINTS JOINING ·COMPONE.
3.1 Base rncral and wcld rncral in
mcmbcrs without artachrncnts buill·
up of platcs or shapcs conncctcd by From su rfacc or interna!
continoous longitudinal complcrc- B 110 d;sconti nuitics in wcld away
joint-pcnctralion groovc wclds, back from cnd of weld
gouged and wclded fi·om sccond
_3idc, or ~ continuous fillc1 wclds.
-------~------------~----------+----------------
3.2 Base nH~lal and wcld metal in
mcmbcrs without atladuncnts built-
up of platcs or shapcs. conncctcd by From surfacc or interna!
continuous longitudinal complctc- discontinuitics in wcld,
B' 83
joint-pcnctration groovc wclds with including wcld attachi ng
backing bars not removed, or by backí ng bars
contin uous pa11 ial-joi nt-penetrmion
___groove .,_,~_!Q_s.___ .. ____ .._______....
·---------!---- - · - -·-·-+---------- --·------ ·- -- -- -- --¡
3.3 Base metal and wcld metal
tcrrninmion of longitudinal wclds at Frornthe wcld tcrminntion
D 48
wcld ¡u;ccss holcs in conncctcd into thc weh or fl~m gc
built-u mcmbcrs.
3.4 Base metal at cnds of In conncctcd material at swrt
longitudinal intcrmittcnt filler wcld E 31 and stop locations of an y wcld
segments. dcposit
---· -- - -----·-·----- ----··- - - - --l- - - - --..,--+-----------..--- ·-- - - - -
3.5 Base metal al end s of pani al
length wclded coverplatcs narrowcr
than thc tlange having square or
In flangc at toe of end wcld or
tapercd ends, with or without welds
in flange at tcrmination of
across che ends of coverplates widcr 31
E longitudinal wcld or in cdgc of
than the tlangc with wclds across
flangc with wid c covcrplates
the cnds. 8 18
E' 3.9 X J0
Flangc thickncss :S 20 mm
Flange thickncss > 20 mm
------------~--------·------~-------
3.6 Base metal al cnds of thc partía!
lcngth welded covcrp!atcs widcr In cdgc of flangc at cnd of
than thc tlange without wclds across E' 3.9 x !08 18 covcrplatc weld
the ends.
SECTION 4- LONGITUDINAL FILLET WEWEi> END CONNE~'flONS
4.1 Base metal al junctíon of axial! y
loadcd members with longitudinally
wcldcd cnd connections. Welds
shall be on cach side of thc axis of
the mcmber to balance we!d
strcsses.
31 lnitiating from cml of any
E
t :S 20 llllll wcld tcnnination cxtcnding
18 into thc base metal
F' 3.9 X 108
1_?_?..2..!!!~12.......____.._____..__________ -- ·-----------------------·· -- ·- ·------------------- _____ . _ _ ______

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
 5· 1211 CI I/\PTE n 5 · Slecl illlcl Melals

.. .
r:,:-,~
. ~-:-:-:-:--------~:-:--------------------------------
~
. . . Table A-'3.l,-(eont.)
.·F-Mi~ue l)egign'~ttrameters
-="-'~=;_
a=:...z;=_=..::::====-----------·---· .
lllust rativc: T ypiral Examplcs

-.'SECTION 3 .-.WELDE;D. JOIN.TS JOJNING COMPONENl'S OF BUILT-UP MEMBERS

3.1

__, _____ _________ _

,._,

3.2

3.3

(IJ) ~

· -- - -- - - ···--·-·- - - - - - ------ ......... ___- - - - - - - - - - - ·- -- -

3.4

3.5

(~,·---.
(e)
--
e_:: .....;...

1- - -- - - ---- -·------ -- -- - - -- - ---·---·--------·--·- -- - - - - - - -

3.6

. ·,
SECTION 4- LONGITUDINAL FILLET WELJDED END CONNECUONS
4. 1

~---------------------------------------------

Assocíation of Structural Engineers of lile Philippines

 Dcscriplion

Fmm imcrnal di~cotH inu itics

13 120 x. JO~ 110 in Jlllcr mela) or along 1hc
ru~ ion boundary

5.2 Base metal and wcld metal in or

adjaccnl In cnrnplelc-joint-
pcnctration groove weldcd spliccs
wilh wclds ground cssenlially
paralk-1 10 lhe direction of stress al
lransitions in 1hickncss or width
From interna! discontinuitics
made on a slopc no grca1cr tha n 8 to 11 0
B 120 X lOs in Jllkr metal or along fusion
20%.
boundary nr at start of
F,< 620 MPa 83
B' 61 X IOK transi tion when F, 2:620 MPa
> 620 MPa
5.3 Base metal with Fy equalto or
grcatcr than 620 MPa and wcld
metal in or adjacenl to complete-
joint-pcnetration groove wclded From imcm:JI discontinuities
spliccs with welds ground 6 in filler metal v
B 120 X JQ ~ 110
essentially parallelto thc dircction discontinuities along thc
of stress at transitions in width made fusion boundary
on a radius of not less than 600mm
with the point of tangency al lhc end
ofthc weld.
5.4 Base metal and weld mela! in or
adjaccnt to thc toe of complete-
from surface discontinuily at
joint-pcnetra!ion T or corner joims
toe of wcld ex lending into
or spliccs, with or wilhnut
transítions in thickncss having
e 44 X 1()~ 69 base metal ora long fusion
boundary.
slopes no grcater than 8 to 20%.
when weld reinforcemcnl is not
removed.
5.5 Base metal and weld metal at
transverse cnd conncctions of
lcnsion-loadcd plate clcmenls using
partial-joini- penetration butt or T or
lnitimi ng from gcometrical
comer joints, with rcinforcing or
discon1inui1y at toe of weld
contouring fillcts, FsR shall be lhe ex lending into base metal 01 ,
smallcr of 1hc toe crack or roo1
initiating n1 wcld root suhjcct
crack stress rangc.
44 ~: 10' 69 to tension ex lending up and
Crack initialing from e thcn ou t th rough wcld
wcld tOe:
Eqn. Nonc provided
Crack initíating from e· A -3 ·4
Weld root:

111
National Structural Code of lile P11ilippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 5 1?.G CH/\Pl ER 5 · S ter:! ano M etal<;

Jllu>lrHl ivc Typic¡d Examplcs

. ...
'.'SECTIO.N 5 ~:WE.CD.:EJ>.:iO.INTS 'fRANSVER.SE TO·DiltEel'lQN:·OF STRESS ·: . . '·"

S. J

tyj
(b)

5.2

- - - -..---·-- ----·-----------------..---·-·-·-·-------·-------------------- -
5.3

J:-::8'"~
(....~·
(b)
f..11
(C)

5.4

5.5

"
-
~~
-~~-(&)

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 . ...
. '(ab.l~ A-,3,t(~o,n.t.) ..
.. .. ..--
• • ~~¡,.·· -·. -~; ..
.·· . : Fati2ue·:i)'eS}glfritrameters
Thrcshold
Stress Constant f'otential Crack
Dcscription Fm
Catcgory e, Ml'n
Jnitiat ion Point
SEdTlON 5 ~ WÉLDEDJOlN_TS TRANSV.EltSE J'O DIRECTIPN OF StRESS (cont'd'
5.6 Base metal Hnd filler metal at
transvcrsc cnd COiliiCCIÍOns of
tcnsion-lo;lded platc clcmcnts usi ng
a fl<<ir of fillct wclds On oppositc
sidcs of thc platc F.1-11 shall he the
smallcr of the toe crack ()(' roo!
lnitiating from gcomctrical
crack stress range.
44 X IOK 69 discontinuity at toe of weld
Crack initiating from e cxtcnding into base metal or,
wcld toe:
Eqn. Nonc providcd initiating at wcld root subjcct
Crack initiating frorn C"
A-3-S to tension ex lending up and
wcld root:
thcn out through wc ld

5.7 Base metal of tcnsion loadcd

platc clcmcnts and on girders and
From geometrical
rolled bcam wcbs or flanges at toe
of transvcrsc fi llct wclds adj ;lccnt to
e 44 X J08 69 discontinuity at toe of fill ct
cxtcndi ng into base metal
welded transvcrse stiffcners.

SE(:TIQN 6- BASE METAL A'f WELDED TRANSVERSE M_EMBER. CONNECTIONS

6.1 Base metal al details auached by
complctc-joi nt pcnctration groove
welds subject ( O longitudinal
loading on ly whcn !he detail
embodies a transition radius R with
the weld termination ground
smooth.
120 x IOg 110
B Ncar point of tan gene y of
R~600mm 8 radius at edgc of membcr
44 X 10 69
e
600mm > R ~ 1SOmm
22" 1o• 48
D
1SOinm > R 2: 50mrn
11 X lO~ 31
E
SOmm > R
-

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 !i 1213 CHAPTFn 5 Steel an<f Metnls

lllustrmivc Typical Examplcs

JSEJ!JON·S..::; W:ELDEii JOlNTS TRANSVER~ TO DIRECTION OF STRESS (cont'd)

5.6

}'~ª'·
r.
(e)
..(
:].1

5.7

·.S.F,CTION 6 .::.·BAs.EMETAt AT WELDED TFli\.NSVERSE MEMBER CONNECTIONS . ··::¡:

6.1

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CJI/\I'H· n ~> Slecl ancf Met¡¡l ~~ l?.~l

ll<lSC metal at dctails of c<¡ual

thickncss a!ladlc<l by complclc-
joint-pcnctration groovc wclds
subjcct lo transvcrsc loading with or
without longitudinal loading whcn
thc dctail cmbodics a transi tion
radius R with thc wcld tcrmination
ground smooth:
Whcn wcld rcinforccmcnt is not
removed:
R ?: 600mm B !lO
Ncar points of tangcncy of
600mm > R ?: I .~Omm e 44 X 10~ 69 radius or in thc wcld or at
fusion boundary or mcmbcr or
150mm > R ?: 50mm D 22 X J O~ 48 auachment

50mm > R E ll X JO' 31

Whcn wcld rcinforccment is not

rcmovc<l:
R ?: 600rnm At toe of the wcld cithcr along
e 69 edgc of mcmbcr or the
600mm > R ?: 150mm attachmcnt
e 69
150mm > R ?: SOn1m
D 48
50mm > R
E 31

6.3 Base metal at dctails of uncqual

thickncss attache.d by complctc-
JOtnt- pcnctration groovc wclds
subjcct 10 transvcrsc loading with or
without longitudinal loadi ng whcn
thc dctail embodics a transition
radius R with thc wcld tennination
ground smooth.
Al toe of wcld along cdgc of
Whcn weld rcinforccrnent is D 48 thinncr material in wcld
removed: tcrmination in srnall radius
R>50mm E 31

R ?: 50mm At toe of wcltl along cdgc of

thínncr material
Whcu wcld rcinforcemcnt is not
removed: E 11 x 1o~ 31
Any radius

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 llluslralivc Typical Examplcs

' .·.: ·

~
(d)

-~ ~
(e)
(b) \ - ......

6.3

~ (e)

~ (d)

/\ssociation of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 'f~ble..~~3.1 (cy_n q
...F3Ugqi. Desig:n;:Ptr~D\eters .. .',·..·..
Thrcshold
Dcscrip1ion Stress Constam Putcntial Crack
f'm
Catcgory e/ Al/1
lni1ia1ion Puint
SEO.llON,6 ;:(·BASE META.LAT WELDED TRANSVF;RSE•MEMIJ.~R CONNECTIONS.JC(jñt~d)
6.4 Base metal subject to
·¡' longi wdinal stress at tronsvcrsc
' mcmhcrs, with or withouttransvcrsc
stress. auachcd by fi lkt or panial
pcnctration groovc wclth parallcl to
dircction of stress whcn thc dctail
In wcld tennination or from
crnbodics a transition radius. R, with
1he toe of the wcld ex lending
lhe wcld tcrmination ground
smooth: into membcr
D 48
R > 50mm
E J 1X 101 31
H 2: 50mm

SECTION 7 - BASE METAL AT SHORT ~TTACHMENTS 1

7. 1 Base metal subjcct to
longitcdinal loading at dctails
auachcd by lillct wclds parallel or
transvcrsc to thc dircction of stress
whcrc the detail cmbodics no
transítion radius and with detail
length in dircction of stress, a, and
auachment height normal to the
surface of lhe mcmbcr, b:
a< 50mm 69
In thc membcr al the end of
e 44 X
8
10
the wcld
50mm S a S 12b or 48
IOOmm D 22 X IOR

a> 12b or IOOmm 31

when b is S 25mm E 11 >. IOK

a> 12b or IOOmm 18

when b is > 25m m E' 3.9x 108

7.2 Base metal subjcct to

longitudinal stress at details
attachcd by fillet or partial-joint·
pcnctration groove wclds, with or
without transvcrse load on detai l,
when the detail embodics a
In weld termination cxtending
transition, R. with wcld termination
into membcr
ground smooth:
D 48
R > 50mm
E J1
R S50mm

1
" Auachments" as used hercin. is delined as any stcel detail weldcd toa mcmbcr which, by its mere prcsence and indcpendcnt of its
loading, causes a disco•~inuity in the stress now i~lthe member and thus reduces the fmi gue rcsistance.
··-

1
National Structural Code of tlle Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 CH/IP"l Lli 'i S!eel ancl Melals

............
(a)~
~~ ~ ~
"'~ '~--~ (d)

.2

(b~

Associatio n of Structural
. Eng¡neers
. of !he Pl"l. .
,1 1pp1nes
 ·::. ··.
.·.

Dcscri pt ion

8. 1 Base metal ;1( stud-typc shear

con nccto rs atl;lchc<.l by fillet or e 69 Al toe of wcld in b;1sc metal
clcctric s tud welding.

55
10
150 xl0
8.2 Shc¡¡¡- on throat of continuous or
intcrmillent longitudinal or F (Eqn
In throat of wcld
A -3-2)
transvcrsc fil lct wclds .

8.3 Base metal at plug or slot wclds. 11 X 1

E 31 Al cnd of wcld in base mct:.!

! 50 xl
8.4 S hcar on plug or slot wc lds. (Eqn 55 At faying surfacc
F
A -3-2)
8.5 Not fui! y tightcnc<.l high -
strength bohs, common bohs,
thrcadcd anchor rods and hanger
At thc root of thc threads
ro<.ls with cut, ground or rolle<!
F' 3.9x 10~ 48 ex lending into thc tensilc
threads. Stress range on tensilc
stress arca.
stress arca due to Ji ve load plus
prying action when applicable.

1
Nél!ional Structural Code o f the Philippines 6 h Edilion Volume 1
 Illustrativc Typical Exarnp!cs

S.EGl'10N;Si.!MISJ3EúL.\\Nil!OtrS : :;.-:· ... < ._ ..... ·.~ .. ·. · ··• -

8. 1

8.2

- r~
-~·-
(a) ~ ... ;?:::...._
(b) -.qqq

lU

---~

- - ·- --··--·--··--··-·····-·····- -·-···--·····-·------------- - -- - - -·-----------··-·-·-·····-·-····-···-··- ··

8.4
·~-- r<"";~-­
l_J-:~..-
(a) - oe --.J~

8.5

-~--
(d)
L________________________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______________________________ __ _ ___

Association of Slructural Engineers of lhe Philippines


FIRE BARI{IER; Elcmcnt of construction formed of ll rc-
rcsisting matcrials and tested in accordance with ASTM
Standard E II IJ, or other approvcd standard fire resistance
test, to dcmonstnHe compliancc with thc Building Code.
FJRE ENDURANCE: A mcasurc of thc clapsed time
during which a material or assembly continues to cxhibit
lirc rcsistance.
FIRE RESISTANCE: That propeny of assemblies that
prevents or retards thc passage of excessive heat, hot gases
or flamcs under conditions of use and enables them to
continuc lO pcrform a stipulatcd function.
FIRE RESISTANCE RATING: The period of time a
building element, componen! or assembly maintains the
ability to contai n a fire, continues to perform a given
structural function, or both; as detennined by test or
mcthods bascd on tests.
FLASHOVER: The rapid trllllSIIIOn to a state of total
surface in volvement in a fire of combustible matcrials
within an cnclosure.
HEAT FLUX: Radiant energy per unit surface arca.
HEAT R ELEASE RATE: The rate at which thermal
energy is generated by a buming material.
J>ASSIVE FIRE PROTECTION: Building materials and
systems whose ability to resist the effects of fire does not
re! y on any outside activating condition or mechanism.
PERFORMANCE-BASED DESIGN: Anengineering
approach lo structural design that is based on agreed-upon
performance goals and objectives, cngineeJing analysis and
quantitative assessment of alternatives against those design
goals and objectives using accepted engineering tools,
methodologics and performance criteria.
PRESCRIJ>TIVE DESIGN: A design method that
documents compliance with general criteria established in a
building code.
'
RkSTRAINED CONSTRUCTION: Floor and roof
assemblies and individual beams in buildings where the
surrounding or supporting stmcltlrc is capablc of resisting
substantial thcrmal cxpansion throughout the range of
an ticipatcd clcvatcd tcmpcratures.
UNRESTRAINED CONSTRUCTION: Floor and roof
assemblies and individual beams in buildings that are
assumed to be free lo rotate and expand throughout thc
range of anticipated elevated temperatures.
National S tructural Code of !he Philippines 6 h Edition Vol ume 1
CHAPTEii 5 Swel a11c! Mc!<ll :¡. 135
A-4.1.1 Performance Objcctivc
Structura l components. mcmbers and building l"ramc
systems shall be dcsigned so as 10 maintain thcir load-
bearing function during the design-basis fi re and to satisfy
othcr performance req uiremcnts specificd for thc building
occupancy.
Deformation crite1ia shall be applied where the means of
providing structural fi re resistance, or the design criteria for
f"ire barriers, requires consideration of the deformation of
the load-carrying structurc.
Within the compartment of fire ongm, forces and
deforrnations from the design basis fire shaJI not cause a
breach of horizontal or vertical compartmentation.
A-4.1.2 Design by Engíneering Analysis
The analysis methods in Section A-4.2 are permitted 10 be
used to document the anticipated performance of steel
framing when subjected to design-basis fi re scenarios.
Mcthods in Section A-4.2 provide evidence of compliance
wi th perfonnance objectives established in Section A-4.1.!.
The analysis methods in Section A-4.2 are pennitted to be
used to demonstrate an equivalency for an altemative
material or method, as permitted by the building codc.
A-4.1.3 Dcsign by Qualification Tcsting
The qualification testing methods in Section A-4.3 are
perrnitted to be used to document the fire resistance of steel
framing subject 10 the standardized fire testing protocols
required by building codes.
A-4.1.4 Load Combinations and Rcquired
Strength
The required strength of the structure and its elements shall
be determined frorñ the fol!owing gravity load combination:
(0.9 or 1.2]D + T+ 0.5L + 0.2S (A-4-1)
where
D =nominal dead load
L = nominal occupancy live load
S =nominal snow load
T = nominal forces and deformations due to thc
dcsign-basis firc defined in Section A-4.2. 1
A lateral notional load, N; =0.002Y;, as cfefined in Appendix
A-7.2, where N;= notional lateral load applied at fram.ing
leve! i and Y; = gravity load from combination A-4-1 acting
on framing leve! i, shall be applied in combination with the
loads stipulated in Equation A-4-1. Un less otherwise
stipulated by the authority having jurisdiction, D, L and S
shall be the nominal loads specified in ASCE 7.
1
 !)- J:3G CHAP TEH 5 Stcel an<J MP.tats

A-4.2 Strucluntl Dcsign for Firc Conditions !)y Anulysis

h 1s pcrmitted 10 dcsign structural members, components
and building frames for elcvated tcmperaturcs in ac:cordancc
with the rcquircmcnts ofthis scclion.
A-4.2.1 Dcsign-Basis Fif·c
1\ dcsign-basis firc shall be idcntifil!d to describe the
heating conditions for thc structurc. These heating
conditions shall relate to thc fuel commodities and
cornp<ulment characteristics present in the assumed fíre
arca. Thc fucl load density bascd on the occupancy of the
space shall be considcred when determining the total fuel
load. Hcating conditions shall be specificd either in terms of
a heal flux or tempera! ure of the upper gas layer created by
thc fire. Thc variation of the heating conditions wi1h time
shall be dctennined for the duration ofthe fíre.
When the analysis methods in Section A-4.2 are used to
demonstrate ¡¡n equivalency as an alternati ve material or
method as pcrmined by a building code, the design-basis
fire shall be delermincd in accordance with ASTM E ll9.
A-4.2. 1.2 Post-Fiashovcr Compartmcnt Fircs
Whcre thc heal rclcasc rat_c from the tire is :;ufficienl to
cause flashovcr. a post-llashover compartmcnt fire shall be
assumed. Thc detc"rmination of the temperaturc versus ti me
profilc rcsulting from the firc shall include fuel load,
ventilation ch aracleristics to !he spac:c (natural and
mechan ical ), compartmcnt dimcnsions and thcrmal
char;wleristics of thc compaJtlllent houndary.
A-4.2.1.3 Exterior Fircs
The cxposure of ex terior slructure to flames projccting from
windows or other wall openings as a result of a post-
flashovcr companmenl Jire shall be considercd along with
the radiation from the interior fire through the opcning. The
shape and lcngth of the llame projection shnll be used a long
with the distance betwcen the llame and the exterior
steelwork 10 determine thc heat flux to the stecl. T he
method identifi ed in Section A-4.2. 1.2 shall be used for
desclibing the characteri stks of thc interior compartment
firc.

Table A--4.2.1 A-4.2.1.4 Firc Duralion

Propertics ofSteel at Fle"ated Tem >eratures Thc fírc duration in a particular arca shall be determincd by
Sl<-cl T<ntpcralure
I"Fli-.CI
(20]
kc= E.,/ E

• .
ky=F,_.IF1 ku e F,..l F,

..
considering the total combustible mass. in other words, fucl
load availablc in the spacc. In the case of cilher a localized
1931
1204]
1316)
1.00
0.90
0.78
..
•
•
*
fire or a post-Oa$hover compartment fire, !he time duration
shall be determincd as !he total combustible mass dividcd
by thc mass loss rate, excepl where detcrmined from
[399] 0.70 1.00 1.00
1427] 0.67 0.94 0.94 Section A-4.2. 1.2.
(538) 0.49 0.66 0.66
[649] 0.22 0.35 0.35 A-4.2.1.5 ActiYc Fire Protcction Systcms
1760] 0.1 1 0.16 0.16
(8711 0.07 0.07 0.07
The effects of active fire protcction systems shall be
(9821 0.05 0.0-1 0.04 considered when describing the design-basis fire.
110931 0.02 0.02 0.0 2
11 2041 0.00 0.00 0.00 Where autornatic smoke and heat vents are installed in non-
• Use ambiclllprOj>erlics. sprinklered spaces, the resulting smoke temperature shall be
detennined from calculation.
A-4.2.J.l Localized Fire
Whcrc the hcat relcase ratc from the fire is insufficicnt to A-4.2.2 Tempcraturcs in Structural Systems nder
cause flashover, a localized fire exposurc shall be assumcd. Fire Conditions
In such cases, lhc fue] composition, arrangcment of thc fuel Temperatures within struclural membcrs, componen!s anu
array and floor area occupicd by the fuel shall be used lo frames due lo the heating conditions posed by the dcsign -
determine thc radiant hcat flux from the llame and smokc basis fíre shall be determined by a heal transfer analysis.
plumc lo the slmcturc.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 ..
Tohle A-4.2.2 A-4.2.4 S tru ct ural Dcsign Rcquircmcnls
Propertics or Concr-ete at Elevated Temperatúrés
Cunl·n·lc k , =f',~lf', t·, . (%) A-4.2.4.1 General Structurallntcgrity
T<'lllfll'niiUr<' F.,m /F:, Thc structural framc shall be capnblc of pmvitli ng adcquatc
_ Qll"CJ
____...G_'ll_______
1'.1.11
__
NWC
l.lKl-
...;_

0.'J5
LWC
- -1.00
---
1.00
1.0()
0.'.13
LWC
0.25
0.34
strcngth allCI dcformalion capacity 10 withstand. as a sys1cm.
thc stru cl ural actions dcvclopc<l during thc firc within !he
--- ·--- prc.scribcd limits of dcformat ion. Thc structural systcm shall
~~-: ·:=J3:i~~J.. :~=~= .........0.90
.. ______ 1.00 ·---.......
-------· 0.75
-- ----- 0.46
be designcd to sustain local damagc with thc structural
.._ _ 1288) _ _ _ O.l!6 1.00 0.61 0.58
1316) O.M3 0.98 0.57 0.62-- systcm as a who!c rcmain ing stabk.
(427) 0.71 0.85 0.38 0.80
(538)
- 0.54 0.71 0.20 C<mtinuous load palhs shall be providcd 10 lJ ansfcr all
1.06
(649}
··-- o J8 0.58 force~ from the cxposed region lO thc final point of'
O.O<J2 1.32 ..
(760) 0.21 0.45 0.073 I.4J rc~istance. Thc foundation shall be designcd 10 resisl thc
(R71) 0. 10 031 0.0.5.5 1.49
-- fort:cs <lnd to accommoda1e the deformations developed
(982) 0.05 0.18 0.036 1.50 tluring thc dcsign-basis fire.
{1093) 0.01 0.0.5 0.018 1.50
11204) 0.00 0.00 0.00 A-4.2.4.2 Strcngth Rcq uircmcnts and Deformation
Limits
A-4.2.3 Material Strcngths al Elcvatcd Tcmpcraturcs Confonnancc of the slructural syslem to these requircments
Material prope11ies al elcvated tcmperaturcs shall he <hall be dcmonstrated by constructing a mathcmalical
tlctcm1incd from tes! data. In the abscnce of such data. it is 1110dt!l of thc stnJcturc based on principies of struclural
permiued to use !he material propcrties stipulated in this mechanics and evaluating this model for 1hc interna! forccs
section. Thcse relationships do not apply for stecls wi th a and tlcformations in lhe mcmbcrs of thc structure dcvelopetl
yicld strength in excess of 448MPa or concretes with by the tcrnperaturcs from Jhe dcsign-basis fire.
specificd compression strcngth in exccss of 55 MPa.
Individual members shall be provided with adequate
Thermal cxpansion of structural and reinforcing steels: For slrcngth to resisl thc shears, axial forccs and moments
calculations at tempcratures above 65 oc. the cocfficient of delcrmined in accordancc wilh these provisions.
thermal expansion shall be 1.4 x 1O'/t:. Thermal
Connec1ions shall develop thc s1reng1h or the connccted
expansion of normal weight' concrete: For calculations at
members or 1hc forces indicatcd above. Where thc means of
temperatures above 65°C, thc coefficient of 1hermal
providing fire resistance rcquircs the consideralion of
ex pansion shall be 1.8 x JO •¡oc. deformation criteria. the deformation of the slructural
~)'~tcm . or members thereof, under the dcsign-basis tire
Thcrmal expansion of lighlweight concrete: For calculalions shall not exceed 1hc prcscribcd limits.
al tempcratures above 65°C, lhe cocfficient of thermal
expansion shall be 7.9 x 10''/0 C. A-4.2.4.3 Mcthods of Analysis

A-4.2.4.3a Advanced Methods of Analysis

A-4.2.3.2 Mechanical J>ropcrtics at Elcvatcd
Tcmpcraturcs
Thc deterioration in strength and sliffness of structural
rnembcrs, components, and systems shall be taken into
account in thc struc1ural analysis of the frame.
The values /~,·m, F,m, Em, J .. rm, Ecm and ¿.., al clcvalrd
tempcrature to be uscd in structura! analysis, ex prcssccl H'
thc ratio with respect lo thc propeny al ambient, assumcd to
be 68°F (20°C). shall be dcfined as in Tables A-4 .2. 1 and
A-4.2.2. lt is pcrmiHcd to intcrpolate between thesc values.
For lightweight concrete (LWC), values of
obtained from tests.
The methods of analysis in this section are pennitted for the
design of al l stcel building structures for fire conditions.
The dcsign-basis firc exposure shall be that deterrnined in
Section A-4.2.1. The analysis shall include both a :herma!
n:sponsc and the mechanical response lo thc dcsign-basis
fin:.
The thennal response shall produce a lcmpcralllre licld in
cach structural elemcnt as a result of thc deslt!n-hasis tire
and shall incorporate temperature dcpemlcnt 1hcnnal
propenies of thc structural elemenls and firc-resistive
matcrials as per Section A-4.2.2.
Lru shall be
The mechanical response results in fnrccs ami dcflcctions in
the structural system subjected to !he thermal rc.~po nsc
calculatcd from thc design-basis firc. The mcchanical

National S tructural Code of fl·¡e Philippines 6 11 ' Edilion Volume ·

 !) 1313 CHAPTEH 5 · Sleel a11d Metals

response shall takc intu account cxplicitly thc tlciCIIOration dimensional hcat transfcr equ;uion 10 ~akulatc hollom
111 sm:ngth and stiffncss with incrcasing tcmpcr<llurc. thl' flange cempcraturc. That tcmperaturc sh¡¡JI be takcn as
cfTccts of lhcrmal cxpansions and largc defonnacions. constant bctween thc bouom flangc and mid-dcpth of the
Boundary condilions and conneccion fixi ty must rcp¡cscm wcb and shall Jccrcasc lincarly by no more than 25 pcrcent
the proposed structural dcsign. M;tlcrial properlic:; ~h all he from thc mid-dcpth of thc wcb tu the lOJl fla ngc of the
def'ined as per Section A-4.2.3. heam.
Thc design strength of a eompositc fl exu ra! member shall
The resulting analysis sha!l considcr all rc!cvant limit statcs,
be detennincd using thc prov1sions uf See1ion 509, wi th
sucl: as cxccssivc de flcctions, conneclion fractures. and
rcduced yicld strcsses in thc stccl consistenl wi t!~ the
ove¡¡,¡J or local buckling.
tcmpcrature variation describcd under thermal response.
A-4.2.4.3b Simple Mcthods of Analysis
A-4.2.4.4 Design Strcngth
The mechods of analysis in chis seccion are applicable for
The design strcngth shall be detemlined as in Section
!he cvaluation pf the performance of individual members al
502.3.3. The nominal scrength. Rn, shall be calculated using
elevated 1empera1ures during exposurc lo fire.
material properties, as stipula1ed in Section A-4.2.3, at the
tcmperature dcvcloped by the design-hnsis fire.
f The support and reslrai nt condilions (forces, rnoments and
i
¡
t
boundary conditions) applicable at normal tempera turcs
may be assumed 10 remain unchanged throughout the ftrc
exposurc.
A-4.3 Dcsign by Qualification Tcsting

A-4.3.1 Qualification Stand ards

l. Tension mcmbcrs
Il is pcrmincd tu model the thcrmal response of a tension
e lemenl using a onc-dimensional heat transfcr equation with
hcat input as directed by thc dcsign-bas is firc defincd in
Secti on A-4.2. 1.
The design strength of a tension membcr :;hall be
determined using the provisions of Section 504, with steel
properties as stipulated in Scction A-4.2.3 and assumi ng ¡¡
uni fonn temperature ovcr thc cross section using thc
temperature equalto the max imum steel ternperaturc.
2. <;:ompression members
h is pcrmiued lO rnodel the thermal response of a
compression element using a one-dirnensional heat transfer
equation wilh heat input as directed by the dcsign-basis fire
defincd in Section A-4.2. 1.
The design strength of a compression member shall be
detcrmined using the provisions of Sccti on 505 wilh steel
properties as stipulated in Section A-4.2.3.
3. Flexura! mcmbcrs
lt is permilled to model the thermal response of flexura!
elemcnls using a one-dimensional heat transfer equation to
calculate bouom flange temperalure and to assume that this
bouom llangc temperature is constan! over the deplh of the
member.
The design strengch of a flex ura! member shall be
detcrmincd using the provisions of Section 506 wi th steel
properties as stipulated in Section A-4.2.3.
4. Composite lloor members
It is permilted to model the thennal response of flexura)
elements suppo1ting a concrete slab using a one-
Structu ral members and cornponents in stcel buildings shall
be qualificd for thc rating pcriod in confonnancc with
ASTM El19. It shall be pcnniued lo demonstratc
compliance with thcse requirements using thc procedure~
spccifícd for stccl construction in Section S of ASCEISFPE
29.
A-4.3.2 Rcstraincd Co ns tru ction
For noor and roof assemblies and individual bcams in
buildi ngs, a restrained condition exisls whcn thc
suiTounding or supporting stn1cture is capable of rcsisting
actions causcd by thermal expansion throughout the range
of anticipated elevated tcmpermurcs.
Steel beams, girders and frames supponing concrete slabs
that are welded or bollcd 10 integral framing members (in
othcr words, columns, girders) shall be considered
rcstraincd construction.
A-4.3.3 Unrestrained Construction
Steel beams, girders and frames that do not support a
concrete slab shall be considered unrestrained unless thc
members are boltcd or weldcd tu surrounding constructic"'
that has bcen specificall y dcsigned and detailed to re~.: ,:
actions caused by thennal ex pnnsion.
A stecl member bcaring on a wall in a single span oral thc
cnd span of muh iple spans shall be considered unrestminc<!
unless the wall has bccn designed and dctai led to re·: : '
effeccs of thermal expansion.

Association of S tructural Engineers of the Philippines

 :.í

APPENDiX A!"5 .. . availablc, the use uf app!icab!c projcct rcconls sha!l he

pcrmittcd to reduce or climinatc thc nccd l'or tcsting.
EVALUATíON 'QJlEXISTiN6
.: . •, •.· ~ . "• ~ :~ o :JI·· .• ·~ I' ..

STRUCTURES ··
• • , '· +
.. A-5.2.2 Tcnsilc Propertics
Tensilc propertics or members shall be considcrcd in
This appcndix applics to thc cvaluation of thc strcngth an<.l cvaluation by structural analysis (Sect ion A-5.3) or load
stifTness under static vertical (gravity) loac.Js of cxisti ng tests (Section A-5.4). Such propc11íes shall includc the yicld
stntcturcs by stnH.:tural analysis. by load tests, or by a stress, tcnsile strength and percent clongation. Whcrc
cornbinatínn of structural analysis and load tests whcn available. ccnificd mili test reporls or ccrtificd reports of .
specificd by the cngincer-of-rccord or in the con:ract tests matlc by the fabricator or a tcsting_ laboratory in
documents. For such evaluation, thc stccl grades are not accordancc wit!l ASTM A6/A6M or ASog/A568M, as
limited lO !hose listcd in Section 50 1.3.1. This appendix applicablc, shall be pcrm itted for this purpose. Othcrwise,
does not address load testing for the effccts of seismic loads tensile tests shall be conductcd in accordancc with
or moving loads (vihrations). ASTMA370 from samples cut from components of the
strucwre.
Thc Appcndix is organizcd as follows :
A-5.2.3 Chemical Composition
A-5. 1 General Provisions Whcre welding is anticipated for repair or modification of
A-5.2 Material Properties existing structures, thc chemical composition of the stcel
A-5.2.1 Determination of Required Test shall be tletermincd for use in prcpari ng a weltl ing
A-5.2.2 Tensile Properties procedurc specification (WPS). Where available, rcsults
A-5.2.3 Chemical Composition from ccJ1illed mili test repo11s or certified rcports of tests
A-5.2.4 Base Metal Notch Toughness made by the fabricator ora testing laboratory in acconlance
A-5.2.5 Weld Metal with ASTM procedurcs shall be pennitted for this purpose.
A-5.2.6 Bolls and Ri vets Othcrwise, analyses shall be contluctcd in accordance with
A-5.3 Evaluation by Structural Analysis ASTM A75 1 from the samples used to determine tensilc
A-5.3. 1 Dimensional Data properties, or from samp!es taken from the same locations.
A-5.3.2 Strength Evaluation
A-5.3.3 Serviceability Evaluation A-5.2.4 Base Metal Notch Toughness
A-5.4 Evaluation by Load Tests
Where weldcd tension splices in heavy shapcs and plates as
A-5.4.1 Determínation of Load Rating by
defined in Scction 501.3.1 d are critica) to the perfom1ance
Testing
of the structure, the Charpy V -Notch toughness shall be
A-5.4.2 Scrviceability Evaluation
delermined in accordance with the provisions of Section
A-5.5 Evaluation Repon
50 1.3.1 d. rr !he nolch toughness so determincd does nol
meet the provisions of Section 501 .3. 1d, the engineer-of-
A-5.1 General Provisions
rccord shall detennine if remedia! acti ons are required.
These provisions shall be applicable when the evaluation of
an existing steel structure is specificd for (a) verification of A-5.2.5 Wcld Metal
a spccific set of design loadings or (b) determination of the
Where slructural performance is dependen! on cxisting
avai lable strength of a load rcsisting member or system. The
welded connections, representative samples of weld metal
evaluation shall be pcrformed by structural analysis
shall be obtained. Chemical analysis and mechanical tests
(Section A-5.3). by load tests (Section A-5.4), or by n
shall be made lo characterize the weld metal. A
combination of structural analysis and load tests, as
determination shall be madc of the magnitude and
specified in the contract documents. Where load tests are
consequences of imperfcctions. lf the requircments of AWS
uscd, the engineer-of-record shall first analyze the structurc,
D 1.1 are not met. the cngi neer-of-rccord shall determine if
prepare a testing plan, and devclop a written proccdurc to
remedi a) actions are rcquired.
prevent excessive pnrnanent dcformation or t:atastrophic
collapsc during testin g.
A -5.2.6 Holts ancl Rivcts
A-5.2 Matcdal Propcrtics Rcpresentative samplcs of bolts shall be inspected to
determine markings and classi fications. Where bolts cannot
A-5.2. 1 Dctermination of Rcqnircd Tests he properly idcntiliecl visually, represcntative samplcs shall
be removed and tested lo determine tensilc strength in
Thc engincer-of-record shall determine thc spccif'ic tests
accordancc with ASTM F606 or ASTM F606M and the bolt
that are required from Section A-5.2.2 through A-5.2.6 and
classilied accordingl y. Altematively, the assumption thal
specify the locations where thcy are required. Where
the bolts are ASTM A307 shall be permitted. Rivets shall be

111
National S lructuréll Code of \he Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 •¡. 140 CH/\I'TE:ll ~; · SWel a r1d lvie!als
assumcd to be ASTM A502, Grade 1, unless a highcr grade
is cstablishcd througÍl documcntation or tcsting.
A-5.3 Evaluation by Strurlural Analysís
A-5.3.1 Dimensiona l Data
Al! dimensions uscd in the cvalu:uion. such as spans.
column heights, member spacings, bracing locatinns, cross
section dimensíons, thícknesses and con nectio:; details,
shall be determinccl from a ficld survey. Alternati vcly, when
available, it shall be pennitted to determine such
dimensions from applicable project design or shop drawings
with íreld veriírcation of critica! values.
A-5.3.2 St rc ngth Evaluation
Forces (load effects) in members and connections shall be
detcrmined by structural analysis applicable to the type of
structure evalualcd. The load effects shall be dctermi ned for
the loads and factored load combinations stípulatcd in
i
Section 502.2. The available strength of members ami
connections shall be deterrnined from applicablc provisions
of Sections 502 through 5 1J of this Specification.
r
i.
:~
A-5.3.3 Scrviceability Evaluation
Where required, thc dcfonnations at scrvicc loads shall be
calculated and reponed.
A-5.4 Evaluation by Load Tests
A-5.4.1 Dctcrmination of Loa d Rating by Tcs ting
To determine !he load rating of an existing floor or roof
structure by testing, a test load shall be applied
incrementally in accordance with thc engineer of record 's
plru1. The stmcture shall be visually inspccted for signs of
distress or imminent failure at each load leve!. Appropriate
measures shall be taken if these or any other unusual
conditions are encountered.
The tested strength of the structure shall be taken as the
maximum applied test load plus the in-situ dead load. The
live load rating of a floor structure shall be determined by
selling the tested strength equal to 1.2D + 1.6L, where D is
the nominal dead load and Lis the nominal live load rating
for the structure.
The nominal livc load rating of thc floor Sllllcture shall 1101
exceed that which can be calculated using applicable
provisions of the specification. For roof structures, Lr, S, or
R as defined in the Symbols, shall be substituted for L.
More severc load combinations shall be used where
required by this code. Periodic unloading shall be
considered once the service load leve! is auained and after
the onset of inelastic structural behavior is identified lo
document the arnount of pennanent sct and the magnitude
of the inelastic deformations. Deformations of thc structure,
Association of Structural Engineers of lhe Philippines
such as member dellcctiuns, shall be monitored at critica!
locations <.luring the test. refcrenced to the initial position
bd"orc loading. lt shall be dcrnonstratcd. while maintaining
max imum test load for onc hou r that the dcformation of the
structurc docs not incrcase by more than 10 perccnt abovc
that al thc beginning of the holding pcriod. ll is permissiblc
to repeat the sequcnce if necessary to demonstrate
compliance.
Dcformations of thc structprc shall also be recorded 24
hours afler the test loading is removed to determine thc
amount of permanent set. Because the amount of acceptable
permanenl deformation <.lepends on the specific structure, no
limit is specificd for permanent deformation at maximum
loading. Wherc it is not feasible to load test the entire
structure, a scgrnent or zonc of not less than one complete
bay, represcntative of the most cri tica] conditions, shall be
sclccted.
A-5.4.2 Scr viccability Evalua tion
Whcn load tests are prcscribed, the structure shall be loaded
incrcmentally to the service load leve!. Dcformations shall
be monitored for a period of one hour. The structurc shall
then be unloadcd anclthe deformation rccorded.
A·S.S Evaluation Rcport
After the evaluation of an existing structure has been
completed, the engineer-of-record shall prepare a repon
documcnting the evaluation. Thc repon shall indicate
whether the eva!uation was perfonned by structural
analysis, by load testing or by a combination of structural
analysis and load tcsling. Furthcrmore, when testing is
pcrfonncd. the repon shall include the loads and load
combination used and thc !oad-deformation and time-
deformat ion relationships observed. All relevant
infonnation obtaíncd from design drawings, mili test reports
and auxiliary material testing shall al so be reported. Finally,
the report shall indicate whether the structure, including all
rnembers and connections, is adequate lo withstand the load
effects.
\ : ~· :- ... ~· :..: ,k._._,.·~::.::r.-~'BI.
• /: ~· ·~ 'J ·· f.-.!';~;':<~;~.
 Ci IAPlTH ~¡ St.:cl a11d Metal :_, 1-11

The rcquircd bracc srij}iw.n is

/31, = _!_ ( '!_P, ) <I .RFD)

B \ t.,
/] ,
1
= !l __
21'!...
(
. L,, .
1
( A SD)

(A -6-2)

This appcndix addrcsscs lhc mínimum bracc slrcnglh and whcrc

S liffnc~s nc('(:ssary to pro vidc mcmbcr slrcnglhs bascd 011
lhc unh :'ct·d lcnglh bclwccn braccs wilh an cf'fcclivc lcngth <!> = 0.75 (LRFD) n = 2.00 (ASD)
factor.!f<. t·qual to 1.0.
L1, = di stance belwccn braccs, in. { mm)
Thc ap¡x.mlix is o rganizcd as follows:
For dcsign according lo Scction 502.3.3 (LRFO)
A-6. 1 General Provisions p, = requircd ax ial comprcssivc strength using LRFO
A-6.2 Columns
load combinations. N
A -6.3 Beams

For design according to Scctio n 5023.4 (ASO)

Usrr· Note: The requirements for the stability of l>raced-
fran te systerns are provided in Section 503. The provisions p, = rcquired axial compressive strcnglh using ASO
in :.his appendix apply to bracing, intended to stabilize load com binali ons, N
in• ' ividual members.
A-6.3.2 Nodal llracing
A .. 6.1 Gener al Provisions Thc rcquircd bracc strcngth is
n · acing is assumcd 10 be perpendicular lo the mcmbers lo P1, = O.OlP, (A-6-3)
t.·.! braced; for inc lincd or diagonal brac ing, lhc brace
~ i renglh (force or moment) and stiffncss (force pcr unit Thc rcquircd bracc stiffness is
Jisplacement or mo me nt per unil rotation) shall be adjusted
Por = ~ (
for the angle of inclination. Thc evaluation of lhe stiffness 8 8
furnished by a brace s hall includc its me mber and geometric
: : ) (LRFD) Pbr = n ( : : ) (ASD)
propertics, as well as thc e ffects of connections and (A-6-4)
ancho ting details.
q¡ =0.75 (LRFO) !l = 2.00 (ASO)
Two general types of bracing systems are conside íed ,
relatíve and nodal. A rclati vc brace controls the movement For desígn according lo Seclion 502.3.3 {LRFO)
of lhe brace point wilh rcspec l to adjacent braccd poinls. A
nodal brace conlrols lhe moveme nl al the braced poínl p, = requi red axial comprcssivc strenglh using LRFO
without direcl interaclion wilh adjacenl braced points. Thc load coml>inalions, N
available strength and slí ffness of the braciug shal l equal or
excccd the requíred Jimits unless analysis índicales that For design according to Secli on 502.3.4 (ASD)
smaller values are juslified by analysis.
p,. = re quircd axial cornprcssivc strength using ASO
load combínatíons, N
A second-order analy$is that includes an inili al out-of-
slraightness of the member lo obtain brace strenglh ancl
StiffJ?eSS ÍS pennilled in licu of lhc requirerncnls of thís Whcn Lb is less lhan /.,(1 , where Lq is the maximurn unbraccd
appendix. le ngth for the required column force with K cqual lO 1.0,
lhcn l.J> in Equation A-6-4 is pe n n itted lo be takcn equal lo
A-6.2 Columns u,.
lt is pc rm iltcd to brace an individual column al c nd and
inlcrmediatc poinls al ong ils lcngth by cithc r rclativc or A-6.3 Bcams
nodal bracíng syslcms. 11 is assumcd lhat nodal braccs are At poi nls of suppon for beams, girders and lmsscs, reslrainl
equally spaced along thc column. against rotation about the ir longitudinal axis sha!l he
providcd. Bcam bracing shall pre vcnt lhe rclalivc
A-6.2.1 Rela tivc llracing disp!aceme nt of the lop and bouom flanges, in o lher words,
lwist of the sccl ion. Lateral stabilily oí beams shall be
Thc requircd bracc strength is
provide d by lateral bracing, lorsional bracing or a
P1, . = 0.004P, (A-6-l ) combination of the two. In meml>crs subjec tcd to doublc

111
Nationa! Structural Cede of t11e Philippines 6 Edition Volurne 1
 curvaturc bcnding, thc inllcction point shall nol be = rcquircd flexura! strength using LRFD k ad
considcrcd a bracc point. comhinations, N-mm

A-6.3.1 Latnal Bracing For design acwrding to Section 502.3.4 (ASD)

Bracing shall he anachcd ncar thc cornprcssion flange. M, = rcquíred flexura! strcngt h using ASD load
cxccpl for a cantilcvcrcd memhcr, wherc an cnd bracc shall combinations, N-mm
be illliH.:hcd near 1hc top (tcnsion) flange. Lateral bracing
shall be atwchcd 10 both llangcs al the bracc poínt ncarcst When f..¡, is lcss than Lr1 • thc rn:•xímum unbraccd len~ • !: for
thc inllcction point for bcams subjectcd 10 doublc curvalurc Mr , lhcn Lhin
bcnding along !he Jcngth to be hraccd.
Equation A-6-R shall be pcrmitted to he taken cqualto í ,,.
A-6.3.l.la nclativc Bracing
Thc requircd bracc strength is A-6.3.2 Torsional Uracing
1t is permiucd 10 províde either nodal or continu,;us
P1u = O.OOBM,Cilhu (A-6-5)
torsional bracing along the beam lcngth. 11 is pcnnitted to
Thc rcquircd brace stiffness is auach the bracing at any cross-sectional location and il ne,~d
l
¡ nol be attached near the compression flange. The
flbr = n (
4M,Cc1 ) (ASD) connec1ion belwccn a torsional brace and the bcam shall b::
1
!
L¡,h., able to support the rcquircd moment given bclow.
(A-6-6)
A-6.3.2.2a Nodal llracing
whcrc The rcquired bracing momcnl i~

<jJ =0.75 (LRFD) Q = 2.00 (ASD)

(A-6-
/¡, = distance between flangc ccntroíds, mm
Ce~ = 1.0 for bending in single curvature; 2.0 for 9)
double curvaturc: CJ = 2.0 only applíes to the
The rcquired cross-frame or diaphragm bracing stiffncss : ·:
brace closest 10 lhe inflecti on point
L/, = lalcrally unbraced lcngth, mrn
(A· ú- l ;.j
f3rs = ( f3r )
For<lcsígn according to Seclion 502.3.3 (LRFD) l--
f3s<c
Mr = required flexura! slrength using LR.FD load
combinations, N-mm wherc

For design according 10 Seclion 502.3.4 (ASD)

Mr = required flexural strenglh using ASD load
f3r = ]_[2.4LM,: l(LRFD)
O nEI>C¡,
fJr = .n[2.4LM,:
nE!yCb
l(ASD)
combinations, N-mm
(A-f:- 11)
A-6.3.1.lb Nodal Bracing
Thc rcquired brace strength is
(A -6· i 7.)
(A-6-7)
wherc
Thc requircd brace stiffncss is
$ =0.75 (LRFD) Q =3.00 (ASD)
Uscr Note: Q = 1.5214> = 3.00 in Equation A-6-11 becan,;,~
the moment tenn is squared.
(A -6-8)
wherc L =span length, mm
$ =0.75 (LRFD) Q = 2.00 (ASD) 1l = number of nodal braced points within thr ~~- - '
E = modulus of elasticity of steel = 200 000 ]\;.
l,. = out-of-plane moment of inertia, mm~
For design according to Sec1ion 502.:3.3 (LRFD)
e,, = modification f11ctor defined in Section 506

/\">St:da!ion of Structural ::n')ir.eers of the Pililippu•es

 = bcam wcb thickncss, mm
= wcb stiffcncr thickness. mm
= stiffcncr width for one-sic.Jed .~tiffcners ( use twicc
thc indi vidual ~t i fTc ncr width for pnirs of
stiffe n cr.~).
mm
Pr = hracc sliffncss cxcluding web distonion,
N-mm/radian
/3~1'1 = wcb dis!Ortional stiffncss, including lhc cffcct of
web tnmsvcrse sliffeners, if any, N-mm/radian
For dc~ign according 10 Scction 502.3.3 (LRFD)
Mr =rcqu ircd fl cx ural strength using LRFD load
combinations, N-mm
For design accord ing 10 Scclion 502.3.4 (ASO)
M, = rcquircd Jlexural slrength using ASD load
combinations. N-mm
lff3." -c< Pr . Equation A-6- 10 is ncgative, which indicatcs
that torsional b etm1 braci ng will not be ef'fcctivc duc 10
inadcquate web distortional stiffness.
When requircd, the web stiffener shall cxtend the full depth
of the braced member and shall be auached to the flange if
the torsional brace is also attached to the flangc.
Altemati vely, it sha!l be permissible lO stop the stiffener
shon by a distm1ce cqualto 4 tw from any beam flangc that is
not directly auached to the torsional bracc. When ¿,, is Jess
than Lq, then Lb in Equation A-6-9 shall be permitted 10 be
taken equal to Lq .
A-6.3 .1.2b Continuous Torsiona! Bracing
For continuous bracing. use Equations A-6-9, A-6-10 and
A-6- 13 with Un taken as 1.0 and L11 taken as Lq; the braci ng
momenl and stiffness are given per unil span lcngth. Tllc
d istonional stiffness for an unstiffened web is
(A-6-13)
National Structural Code of !he Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
APPENDIX A-7
DIRECT ANALYSIS METROD
This appendix addrcsscs lhc dircct analysis mcthod for
structural sy~1cms compri scd o f moment franws. braccd
framcs. ~hc<~r walh, or combinations thcrcof.
Thc appcndix is organizcd as follows:
A-7.1 General R equ irem~ nts
A-7. 2 Nolional Loads
A-7.3 Design-Analysis Constrain ts
A-7.1 General Rcquircmcnts
Mcmbers shall satisfy the provisions of Scction 508.1 with
thc nominal column stre ngths, P". determincd using K =
1.0. The rcquircd strengths for members, connections and
othcr structural c!emellls shall be dctermincd using a second
ordcr claslic anal ysis wit h the constrainls presented in
Sccti on A-7 .3.
All componcnt and connection dcformations that contribule
to the lateral displacement of thc structure shall be
considered in the analysis.
A-7.2 Notional Loads
Noliona! loads shall be applied lo the lateral framing syslem
10 account for the effects of geometric imperfections,
inelasticity, or both. Notional loads are lateral loads that are
applied at each frami ng level and specified in terms of the
gravi ty loads applied al that leve!. The gravity load used to
detcnnine the notional load shall be equal to or greater than
the gravily load associated with the load combination bci ng
cvaluatcd. Nolional loads shall be applied in the direction
that adds to the destabilizing effects under the specified load
combination.
A-7.3 Dcsign-Analysis Constraints
l. The second-order analysis shall considcr both P-o and
P-D. effects. It is permitted to perform thc analysis
using any general second-ordcr analysis method, or by
the amplified first-order analysis mcthod of Section
503.2, provided that the 81 and 8 2 fac tors are based on
the reduced stiffnesses defined in Equations A-7-2 and
A-7-3. Analyses shall be conducted according 10 the
design and loading requi remcnts spccified in either
Scction 502.3.3 (LRFD) or Seclion 502.3.4 (ASO). For
ASO, the sccond-order analysis shall be carried out
under 1.6 times lhe ASD load combinations and the
results shall be divided by 1.6 to obtai n the requircd
strengths.
Methods of analys is that neglect the effects of P-o on
the lateral displacemenl of thc structure are permitted
1
 whcrc thc axial loads in all mcmbcrs whosc flexura! shall he uscd for all mcmbcrs whosc llcxund stif"f'ncss is
s ti ffncs~csare considcrcd w contribtHC lo thc lateral considcrcd to contributc to thc lateral stability of tllo'
stubi/11y of thc structurc satisfy thc following limit: structure,
<XPr < O. ISP,·t. (A -7- 1) whcrc
whcrc = momc.nt of incrtia about thc axis of hcnding,
1 4
¡ J>, = rcquircd axial C011prcssivc strcngth undcr LRFD
111111
¡
or ASD load comh;nations, N
"t¡, = 1.0 for cxPr!P,. ~ 0.5
!
!. = 4laP,./Pr ( 1-aP,/Py)] fo r af',./1\ > 0.5
¡>,.,_ = rc 2Dt/}, cvaluatcd inthc planc of bcnding
= rc4uircd axial comprcssivc st rct;gth undcr LRF!J
1 and or ASD load t:ombinations. N ·
1\ = AFr, mcmber yield strength, N
a =1.O (LRFD) ex =1.6 (ASO)
and
A notional load, N; = 0.002 Y;, applicd indcpendcntly in
2.
c1 = 1.O tLRFD) ex =1.6 (ASO)
two onhogonal directions, shall be applicd as n latl'ral
1 load in al! load combinations. This load shall be in In licu of using n < 1.0 whcre <XPr /P.' > 0.5, r,, = 1.0 m:1y
addition to other latcral loads, if any,
be uscd for all mcmbcrs, providcd that an additivc notional
1
¡ whcre load of 0.001 }'; is addcd to thc notional load rcquired in (2).
1
N. = notionallah.:ral load applied at lcvclt , N
4. A rcduc.:cd axial stiffncss, !:.'A "' .
t y, =gravity load from th~ LHF!J load combination or
! 1.6 times thc ASD load combination applicd at l:"A.::0.8EA (A -7-1)
l leve) i. N
shall be uscd for membcrs whose axial stillncss :s
Thc noti<•nal luad l t>d"ficicnt of ().(102 i~ hasni on an con~idcred to c.ontribute lO the lateral stability of :J,,
1 assumcd init ial ~101 y out-of-plumhnc·.~ ratio of 1/500. structurc. whcrc A is thc cross-scctional mcmbcr arca.
Whcrc a smal!et a~sumed out-of-plu :nhncs\ is justificd, the
1 notional load codlú:i..:lll may be ad.fu, t.:d pwponiunally.
1
For lúutw~ wh.!f<' lll. ratio of sccond-order dlil1 ;o fi r:.t-
l order Jrift :~. <'.qua! 11: or lcss than 1.5. it ¡., f'l'l •¡;i~.;i blc to
apply the IH>t Jon:tl lo:id. N;, as a mininnun l at~l:<l ioad for
1 thc gnl\ it ~ ·unly lo:td l·o mbination~ and not in <ombin:llion
! with ot ht•r i<urral loach.

For il!l l·a~cs. it •~ pcnnissiblc to u~e thr '-'~'ullled \llll-of-

plumbttt'~' :;.t'Ollldryin the analy~ '' nf tlw qn!•"I!IJ\: in lit·ti
of applying ;s notio11al load or a mínimum J;¡(e lili Joud ¡¡,
defined :tho,·c.

Uscr Note: Thc unreduccd stiffm:sses (El and /\El ar~ ll\r.d
in thc abovr calt:ulations. The rati•) 0f ~ccond -ord:· r drift to
first-ordcr daift can be rcpresentcd by 1~2. :.... c<lknlat:.>cf
using Equation 503.2-3. Altcrnativd y. the rati o •· •n l•c
calculated by cornp:~ring thc rc ~ult~ •. r :• ·;e ' •.' Pd .,, 'cr
analysis lo the. rcsults of a first-ordet ;¡n¡¡Jy,¡~ ,., 1!'-"'' •he
analyses are conducted cither undca l RFD lnad
combitHilions dircctly or under ASU load l'Ombinations
with u 1.6 factor applied to the J\SlJ gravity loads.

3. A rcduccd flcxuml stiffncs~. E/*,

E(= 0.8tb El (A-7-2)

Associallon ol Structural Engmecrs of tlle Philippines

 1, Moment of inct1ia of a veni~:al boundary ch:ment
PART2A ·· (VBE) taken perpendicular 10 the dircction ol the
SEISM1C PRQVI~fpN :trOR: wcb platc linc, mm4
STRUCTURAL S'$EL BUILDINGS K Effcctivc Jcngth factor for prismatic mcmbcr
/, Livc load duc to occupancy and nww;1hlc
....... . cquip111cnt. kN
SYMBOLS Span lcngth of thc truss, mm
Oistancc bctwccn VBE ccnterlincs, mm
Cross-scctional arca of a horiwntal hounc.htry Lcngth bctwecn poims· which are cithcr hraccd
clcmcnt (HRE), mm2 against lateral displaccii1cnt of compression flangc
A, Cross-scctional arca of a vertical boundary clcmcnt or braced against twist of thc cross scction, mm
(VBE). nun2 Link lcngth. mm
rJangc arca, mm2 Clear distancc betwecn VBE nangcs, mm
Gross arca, mm2 Oistance betwccn plastic hingc Jocations, mm
Cross-scctional arca of thc structural stcel corc. Limiting latcrally unbraced length for full plastic
mm2 nexural strength, uniform moment case. mm
A,.,. Arca of thc yielding scgment of stccl corc, mm2 Limiting Jatcrally unbraccd Jength for plastic
A," Mínimum arca of ti e rcinforccmcnt, mm2 analysis. mm
A,.,, Horizontal arca of thc stcel plate in compositc Length of thc spccial segmcnt. mm
shcar wall, mm2 Rcquired flexura! strength. using ASO load
Arca of link stiffcncr, mm2 combinations. N-mm
Link wcb arca, mm2 M,., Additional momcnt duc tu shear amplification
Ratio of rcquircd strcngth to available strcngth from thc location of the plastic hingc to the column
Coefficicnt rclating rclativc brace stiffncss nnd ccntcrline bascd on ASO load combinations, N·
curva tu re 111111
oencction amplification M, Nominal nexural strength, N-mm
Parameter uscd for detcrmining the approximatc Nominal flexura! strcngth of the chord mcmber
M,"
fundamental period of the special segment, N-mm
D Dead load due to the wcight of the structural M, Nominal plastic flexura! strength, N-mm
clements and pennanent fcatures on the buildi ng. M,.,. Nominal plastic flexura! strength modified by axial
D Outsidc diamcter of round HSS, mm load, N-mm
E Earthquakeload M,,,, Nominal plastic Oexural strength of thc bcam. N-
E Effect of horizontal and vertical earthquake- mm
induced loads Expected plastic moment, N-mm
E Modulus of clasticity of steel, 200,000 MPa Nominal plastic flexura) strcngth of the column,
El Flexura! elasti c stiffncss of thc chord membcrs of N-mrn
the special segment, N-mm2 Expected Oexural strength, N-mm . .
F_,. Specified mínimum yield stress of the type of steel Additional moment due to shear ampltficauon
Lo be used, MPa. As used in the Specification, from the location of the plastic hinge to the column
"yield stress" denotes either the mtntmum centcrlinc based on LRFD load combinations, N-
specified yield point (for those steels that havc a mm
yield point) or the specified yield strength (for M., Required flexura! strength, using LRFO load
those steels that do not have a yield point) combinations, N-mm
Fy of a beam, MPa Expected required Oexural Streng!h, N-mm
Fy of a column, MPa Required axial strength of a column using ASO 1
Specified mínimum yield stress of the ties, MPa oad combinations, N
Spcciticd mínimum yield stress of thc stcel core, or Rcquircd comprcssive strcngth using ASD load
actual yield stress of thc stccl core as determincd combinations, N
from a coupon test, MPa P¡, Requircd strcngth of lateral bracc al ends of the
F, Specified mínimum tcnsilc strcngth, MPa link, N
/f 1-!eight of story, which may be takcn as thc P,. Avai lable ax ial strength of a colu mn, N
distance betwcen thc ccnterline o f floor framing at P., Nominal axial strcngth of a column, N
cach of thc levels abovc and below. or the distance
bctween thc top of Ooor slabs at cach of the lcvels P, Nominal compressive strength of thc compositc
abovc and below, mm column calculatcd in accordancc with the
1 Moment of inertia, mm4 Specification. N

11
Nalional Structural Code of the Philipptnes 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 Nominal axial cornprcssivc strcngth of diagonal
mcmbcrs of lhc spccial scgmcnl, N
Nominal axial lcnsilc strength of diagonal
mcmbcrs of thc spccial segmcnt, N
P,. Nominal axial slrcngth of a compositc column at
zcro ccccnlricity, N
p Rcquircd compressivc strcngth, N
Rcquircd comprcssive strcngth using ASD or
LR FD load combi nations, N
P, Requircd axial slrcngth of a colurnn ora link usi ng
LRFD load combinations, N
P, Rcquired axial strcngth of a composite column,
N d.
Rcquircd comprcssive strcngth using LRFD load
combinations, N
P, Nominal axial yicld strength of a member, equal lo
ry Ag, N
Axial yicld strcngth of steel core, N
Maximum unbalanced venical load cffect applied
to a bcam by thc braccs, N
Axial forces and momcnts gcneratcd by al lcast
1.25 times thc cxpcctcd nominal shear strcngth of
the link
R Scismic rc~ponsc modification coefficicnt
/?., Nominal strength, N
R, Ratio of the cxpccted tensilc strength to thc
specified mínimum tensile strength Fu. as rclatcd
lo overstrength in materül yield stress Ry
R, Required strength
!<,. Panel z.one nominal shear strength
R, Ratio of thc cxpectcd yield stress to the specified
mínimum yield stress, Fy
Required shcar strength using ASO load
('Oillbinations. N
Nominal shcar strength of a mernber, N
Expccted vertical shea r strength of the spccial
scg mcnt, N
Nominal shcar strength of thc steel plate in a
cornposite plate shear wal!, N
Nnminal ~hear strength of an active link, N
Nominal shear strcnglh of an active link modificd
by thc axial load magnitude, N
V, Rcquircd .~hear strength using LRFD load
combinations, N
Distance from top of steel beam to top of concrete
slab or cncascmcnt. mm
Mnximum dislance from the maximum concrete
comprcssiort fibcr lo the plastic neutral axis, mm
Plastic scction modulus of a member, mm3
Plastic scction modulus of the beam, mm3
Plastic scction modulus of the column, mm3
Plastic section modulus x-axis, mm3
Minimum plastic section modu!us at the rcduced
bearn section, mrn3
Associalion of Structural Ens¡ineers of lhe Pt1ilíppines
(/ Anglc that diagonal mcmbcrs makc with thc
horizontal
b Width of cornprcssion elcmenl as dcrined ;n
Spccification SectionS02.4.1, mm
Width ofcolurnn fl angc, mm
Flangc width, rnrn
Width of lhc concrete cross-secti on mi nus thc
width of thc structura! shapc me:u; ;,·d
pc•·p·:ndicular to thc dircct ion of shcar, mm
d Nominal fastener diamctcr, mm
d Ovcrall bcarn depth, mm
d, Ovcrall column dcpth. mm
Ovcrall panel zonc depth bctwccn con t in ~ ! ; : y
platc,, mm
e EI3F link lcng th, mm
./'. Spccificul·ornprcssive strc ng.th of concrete. Mi';,
/¡ Clc;\r distancc hetwccn flangcs kss thc fi !L·:
corncr radi u' for rollcd shapes; and for h::': ¡
~ections, thc distancc bctwecn' adjaccnt linc''. , ''
fastcners or thc ckar disl<lncc bctwecn flanges
whcn wclds are uscd; for tccs. thc ovcrall dcp•.L:,
and for rectangular !!SS, thc clear dist:tnc,.:
bctwccn thc flangcs kss lhc inside cornn rad it. :
on cach side, mm
h Distance bct wccn horizontal buundary clemcnt
een ter! i nes. mm
h... Cross-,cctional dirncnsion of thc confíncd ,.,,,
region in nllnposite columns meas urrd u :::<.>·:
to-center of th e trans n:rsc rei nforcernent, mm
Ir,. Distancc betwccn flange c<."ntroids, mrn
1 Unbraced length bctwccn sti tchcs of buli : · :'p
bracing nwmbers. mm
Unbraced lcngth of comprcssion or br:•,cing
membcr, mm
r Govcrning radius of gyrati on, mm
Radius of gyration about y-axis . mm
Spacit\g of rransversc reinforcemcnt mca•:• :n•d
along lhc longitudinal axis of the su u,,. , . .
composite member, mm
Thickness of connected part . nuú
Thickness of e!emcnt, mm
Thicknes~ of c.Oitlilln wcb or doublcr p!ate, m:;t
Thickness of bcam Oange, mm
Thickness of column llange. mm
Thickncss of flange, mm
lmm Mínimum wal l lhickncss of CO!H.T Cl(' :: ' '
rectangular HSS. mm
Thickncss of panel zonc includ ing doub!er p: :: e;.
mm
Thickncss of web, mm
Wídth of panel lOnc bctwcen col umn IL•·: ··
mm
X Parametcr used for detcrmining the appn.Jxi ,; ,_,:,.:
fundamenta! period (l-R2)
 Mínimum plaslic scclion modulus at the rcduccd DEFINITIONS
bcam scction,mmJ
Momcnt at bcam and column ccntcrlinc
ADJ USTEl> BRACE STRENGTH. Strcngth of a bracc
dctcnnincd by projecting thc sum of thc nominal
in a buck!ing-rcstnaincd braced framc al tlcfonnations
col umn plastic momcnt strcngth, reduccd by the
corrcsponding to 2.0 times thc dcsign story drift.
axial stress Puc/Ag, from thc top and boltom of
thc bcam momcnt conncction
ALLOWABLE STRENGTH. Nominal strcngth divided
Moment at thc intcrsection of thc bcam and
by the safcty factor, R11 / !l.
column ccntcrlincs determincd by projccting thc
bcam maximum developed momcnts from the
column face. Maximum devel opcd moments NSCH CODE. 13ui1Jing codc: under which thc struclure is
shall be detcrmined from test results. dcsigned. NSCP 6th Edition.
/1 Comprcssion strcngth adjustmcnt factor
.1 Dcsign slory drift AMPLIFIEl> SEISMIC LOAD. Hori zontal componcnt
!lb Deformalion quantity used to control Joading of of carthquakc load E multiplied by no, whcre E and thc
1
/. test spccimcn (total bracc cnd rotation for the hori zontal component of E are speciticd in thc NSCP codc.
subasscmblagc test specimen; total brace axial
Dcfonnation for the brace test spccimcn) AUTHORITY HA VING JURISDICTION (AHJ ).
1 /.Jbm V¡¡luc of dcformation quantity, Organization. po!itical subdivision. office or indi vidual
chargcd with the responsibílity of administcring and
.t /.Jb, corrcsponding to the design story drift
11/Jy Valuc of deformation quantily, ób, at first enforcing the provisions of this standard.
signí ficant yicld of test specimen
Q Safcty factor A VAILADLE STRENGTH. Design strength or
Qb Safcty factor for llexurc = 1.67 allowable strenglh, as appropriate.
Qc Safety factor for comprcssion = 1.67
Qo Horizontal seismic overstrength factor ASD (ALLOWADLE STRENGTH DESIGN). Mcthod
Q¡• Safety faclor for shear strength of panel zonc of of proportioníng structural components such that the
bc.am-lo-column conncclions allowable strength equals or exceeds thc rcquircd strength
Angle of diagonal mcmbers with thc of the componen! under the action of thc ASD load
horizontal combinations.
o. Angle of web yielding in radians. as
measurcd relative tothe vertical ASD LOAD COMBINA TION. Load combination in thc
Dcformation quantity used to control NSCP code íntended for allowable strength design
loading of test specimen (allowable stress design).
Valuc of deformation quantity 8 at firsl
significan! yicld of test spccimen UUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACEO FRAME
p' Ratio of required axial force Pu to requircd shear (B RBF). Diagonally braced frame safisfying the
strength Vu of a li nk requircmcnts of Section 529 in which all membcrs of the
J..p, ).ps Lirniling slenderness parameter for compact bracing system are subjeclcd primarily lo axial forccs and in
element which the limit state of compression buckling of braces is
fll Resistance factor prec!udcd at forces and deformations correspondíng to 2.0
q¡b Rcsislancc factor fo r tlcxure times the dcsign story drift.
rpc Rcsistance factor for compression
(jll' Resislancc factor for shear strength of panel zone UUCKLING-RESTRAINING SYSTEM. System of
of beam-to-column con ncc Lions restraints that limits buckling of the steel corc in BRBF.
(/ll ' Rcsistancc factor.for shcar This system includcs thc casing on thc stccl core and
tpl' Rcsistancc factor for thc shcar strcngth of a structural clcmcnts adjoining its connections. Thc buckling-
composite column rcslraining system is intcndcd to pennit thc transversc
() lnterstory drifl anglc, radians cxpansion and longitudinal contraction of the slcel corc for
)'/Oled Link rotati on angle defonnations COJTesponding to 2.0 times thc dcsign story
(t) Strain hardcning adjustment factor drift.

CASING. Elcment that resists forccs lransvcrse to the axis

of the brace thereby restraining buckling of the core. The
casing rcquires a means of delivering this force to thc
remainder of the buckling-restraining systcm. Thc casing
resists líttle or no force in the axis of thc brace.

National Slructural Code of the Philippines 6111 Edilion VOILime 1

COLUMN BASE. Assemblagc of platcs, conn<>::tors.
bolts, and rods m the base of a column uscd lo tnmsmit
forces bctween the steel superstructure and thc foundati on.
CONTINUITY PLATES. Column stiffeners at tlw top
and boltom of the panel zone; al so known as trans verse
stifTcners.
CONTRACTOR. Fabricator or erector, as applicable.
DEMAND CIUTICAL WELD. Weld so dcsignatc.d by
thcse Provisions.
DESIGN EARTHQUAKE. The earthquake rcpresented by
the design response spectrum as specified in the NSCP
code.
DESIGN STORY DRIFT. Amplificd story drift (clrift
under the desi gn earthquake, including the cffect:s of
inelastic action), dctcrmined as specified in thc NSCP code.
DESJGN STRENGTH. Resisrance factor mulliplied hy the
nominal strength, q>Rn.
DIAGONAL BRACING. lnclincd structural mer:nbcrs
carrying primaril y axial load that are employcd to enable a
st ructu ral frame to act as a truss lo rcsist lateral loads.
DUAL SYSTEM. Structural system with the follo·wing
features: (1) an essentially complete spacc framc that
providcs support ror gravity Joads; (2) resistance to lateral
load providcd by rnomcnt framcs (SMF, IMF or OMF) that
Hl\~ capablc of resisting at least 25 perccnt of the base shear,
aiH.i concrete or stecl shcar walls, or steel braced frames
(ERF, SCBF or OCBF); and (3) each system designed to
re~i-,¡ the total lateral load in proportion to its rdati ve
rigidit}.
DUCTILE LIMIT STATE. Ductile limit states indudc
membcr and connection yiclding, beari ng defonnation at
bolt holes. as we ll as buckling of members that <.:onform to
the width-thickness li mitations of Table 521 -1. Fracwm of a
member or of a con nection, or buckling of a connection
element, is not a ductile limit state.
ECCENTRICALLY URACED FRAME (EBF).
Diagonally braced frame meeting thc requirement.s of
Section 15 that has at least one end of each bracing me mber
connected 10 a beam a shorl distance from anothcr beam-lo-
bracc connection ora beam-to-column conncction.
EXEMPTED COLl lMN. Column not meeting the
rcquircments of Equalion 522-3 for SMF.
EXPECTED YIELD STRENGTH. Yicld strcngth in
tension M a membcr, equal to the cxpectcd yield stress
muhiplicd by A ~.
EX J>ECTED TENSILE STRENGTH. Tensile sirength of
a mcmbcr, cqual to the spcciilcd mínimum tensile slrength,
Fu, mulliplicd by R1•
EXPECTED YIELD STRESS. Yie!d stress of the
material. cqual to the spedtied mínimum yicld stress. Fy,
multiplicd by Ry.
INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAME (IMF). Moment
framc sys tem thal meets the re quiremcnts of' Scction 523.
INTERSTORY DRIFT ANCLE. Interstory displacement
divide<.! by story height, radians.
INVERTED-V-BRACED FRAME. Sce V-braced frame.
K-AREA. The k-area is the rcgion of the web that extends
from thc tangcnt point of thc wcb <!11(1 !he nange-web filie!
(AlSC "k.' dimensinn) a tlistancc uf 38 mm into the web
bcyond thl: "k" dimcnsion.
K-BRACED F RAME. A bracing configuration in which
braces conncct to a column al a location with no diaphragm
or othcr nut-o f-planc suppmt .
LATERAL BRACING MEMBER. Member that is
dcsigned lo inhibi t lateral buckling or lateral-tor sional
buckling of primary framing membcrs.
LINK. In EBF, the segment or a bcam that is located
bctween thc ends of two diagonal braces or bctwecn the cnd
of a diagonal brm:c and '' column. The lcngth of the link is
defincd as thc clear dist ance bctween thc cnds of lwo diag
onal braccs or bctween the diagonal brace rmd thc column
fa ce.
LJNK INTERMEDIATE WEB STIFFENERS. Vertical
web stiffcncrs placed within thc link in EBF.
LINK ROTATION ANGLK lnelastic angk between thc
link ami the beam ou tside of the link when thc tot nl story
drift is equal to the design story drift.
LINK SI-IEAR DESIGN STRENGTH. Lesser of the
available ~hear strength of the li nk developcd rrom lhe
moment or shcnr strength of the link.
LOWEST ANTICIPATED SERVICE
TE!VIPERATURE (LAST). The lowest 1-hour average
temperature with a 100-year mean recurrence interval.
 ~:.
LRFD (LOAD AND RESISTANCE fACTOR
DESIGN). Methocl of proportioning structural compon ent~
such that the design strength cqual s or cxcceds thc required
strcngth of thc component under thc action of the iLRFD
load combinations.
. '
LRFD LOAD COMBINATION. Load combination in thl!
NSCP codc intencled for strength design (loadl and
rcsistance factor design).
MEASURED FLEXURAL RESJSTANCE. Bcnding
momem measurcd in a beam at the face of the column. for a
beam-to-column test spccimen testcd in accordance; wi th
Section B-4.
NOMINAL LOAD. Magnitude of the load specified by
thc NSCP code.
NOMINAL STRENGTH. Strenglh of a structurc or
componen! (without the resistancc factor or safety factor
applied) 10 resist the load effects, as determincd in
accordance with this Specification.
ORDJNARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACEO FRAME
(OCBF). Diagonally bntccd frame meeting. the
requircments oC Section 527 in which all members o f' lhe
bracing syslem are subjeclcd primarily tn axial forces.
OUDINARY MOMENT FRAME (OMF). Moment Ji·ame
systcm lhat meets !he re quirements of Section 524.
OVERSTRENGTH FACTOR, QO. Factor spccitíed by
!'he NSCP code in arder lO determine lhc amplilied ~cism i c
l. load, where requircd by thcsc Provisions.
PREQUALIFIED CONNECTION. Conneclion that
complies wi th the requirements of Scction B-1.
PROTECTED ZONE. Arca of membcr-; in which
limitations apply to fabrication and auachmem:-:. Se-e
Section 520.4.
I'ROTOTYPE. Tbc con ncction or bracc dcsign that is w
be used in the building (SMF, JMF, EBF, and BRBF).
PROVISIONS. Refers 10 this documen!, ancl in refercnce
lo the AISC Seismic Provisions for Structural Sleel
Buildings (ANSI/AlSC 34 1).
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN. Written dcscriplion of
qualifications, proceclures, quality inspcctions, rcsourc(·s,
and records 10 be uscd to provide a>.suntlll:i' that the
struct ure complics with the enginecr's qua!ily req uiremenls,
spccilications and contract documcnts.
REDUCED BEAM SECTION. Rcduction in cross scction
ovcr a cliscretc length that promotes a zonc nf' inelaslicit y in
thc mcmber.
REQUJRED STRENGTH. Forccs. stresscs, and
dcformations proc.Juced in a structural componcnl,
detennined by eithcr structural analysis. for thc LRFD or
ASO load combinations, as appropriate, or as specificd by
thc. Spccificat ion and these Provisions.
RESISTANCE FACTOR, cP. Factor tlult accounts for
unavoidablc deviations or the nominal slrength Crom Lhe
actual strength and for the manner and consequcnces of
failurc.
SAFETY FACTOR, H. Factor tilat accounts for
dcvialions of rhe actual strcngth from the nominal strength,
dcviations of the actual load from the nominal load,
unccrtailllies in the analysis that transforms the load into a
load efl'cct and for thc manncr and consequences of fai lure.
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. Classification assigned
toa building by the NSCP code based upon its seisrnic use
group and the dcsign spectral response accclcnwion
coeflicients.
SEISMJC LOAD RESISTING SYSTEM (SLRS).
Assembly of structural elcmcnts in tbc building that resists
scismic loads, including struts, collcctors, chords,
diaphragllls and trusses. Seismic response modification
cocflkient, R. Faetor that reduces scismic load c!Tecls to
strcngtb leve! as spccified by the NSCP codc.
SEJSMIC USE GROUP. Classification assígned to a
slrucwre bascd on its use as specificd by thc NSCP code.
SPECIAL CONCENTRICAI...LY BRACEO F RAME
(SCBF). Diagonal! y braccd J'rame meeting thc rcquiremenls
of Scction 13 in whích all membcrs oí the bracing system
are subjected primarily to axial forccs.
SPECIAL MOMENT FRAME (SMF). Moment framc
system thal mccls the requirements of Scction 522.
SPECIAL PLATE SHEAR WALL (SPSW). Platc shcar
wall system that meets thc requi rcmenls or Section 530.
SPECJAL TlWSS MOl'viENT FRAME (STMF). Truss
momcnt framc systcm that mccts thc requi remcms of
Sce~ io n 525.
SPECIFlCATlON. Rcfers to the AlSC Specification for
Stntclllral Stecl Buildings (ANSI/AISC 360).
()·1 SO CI·I!\PlTfi 5 , S1oc:l and Mcl<lis
STATIC YIELD STRENGTH. Strength of a structural
member or conncction dctermincd on thc basis of tcsling
conductcd under slow monotonic loading until failurc.
STEEL CORE. Axial-force-resisting clcmcnt of braccs in
BRBF. Tbe stccl core contains a yiclding segment and
conncctions to transfcr its axial force lo adjoining clements;
it may also contain projections bcyond thc casing and
transition scgmcnts betwccn thc projcctions and yielding
segment.
TESTED CONNECTION. Connection that complies with
the requirements of Section B-4.
V-BRACED FRAME. Concentrically bracee! frame
(SCBF, OCBF or BRBF) in which a pair of diagonal braccs
locatcd cithcr abovc or bclow a beam is conn ected lo a
single point within thc clear beam span. Whcre the diag
onc{¡ braces are below thc beam, the system is also refcrred
toas an inverted-Y-braced frame.
X-BRACED FRAMK Conccntrically braced frame
(OCBF or SCBF) in which a pair of diagonal braces crosses
near thc mid-length of the braces.
Y-BRACED FRAME. Eccentrically braced frame (EBF)
in which the stem of the Y ís the link of the EBF system.
/\ssociation oí Sil'llctural Enginee1·s of t!ie Philippines
PART<2A· < i · •-·.·..·.· ..··..·.. . · ...··. ·.· · ·. . .·• .· .·.··••·•···
SECTIQN ?14 Sl'RUCIIJRA~· .ST~~L·· ·
BUILÜING p}{OVISIÓNS< ..·.. . .. . ·.
514.Scopc
The Seismic Provisions for Structural Stccl Buildings,
hercinafter refcrred to as thcsc Provisions, shall govcrn thc
dcsi2.n, fabrication and crcclion nf structural stccl members
and ~conncclinns in the seis mi e load resisting systems
(SLRS) and splices in columns that are not part of the
SLRS, in buildings and other structurcs, whcrc othcr
structures are defined as those structures designed,
fabricated and crccted in a manncr similar to buildings, with
buildin<>-like vertical and lateral load-resisting-clcments.
~ . .
Thcse Provisions shall apply whcn thc seismic response
moclification coefficicnt, R, (as specified in lhc NSCP code)
is taken greater than 3, regardless of thc seisrnic dcsign
category. When the seismic response modification
coefficicnt, R, is taken as 3 or less, tbe strucwre is nol
required to satisfy these Provisions, unlcss specifically
required by the NSCP code.
Thesc Prnvisions shall be applicd in conjunction with
Chapter 5 Steel ancl Metal, hereinaftcr referred to as the
Spccificalion. Mernbers and conncctions of thc SLRS shall
satisfy the requirements of thc NSCP codc, lhe
Specification, and these Provisíons.
Wherever thesc provisions refcr 10 the NSCP code and there
is no local building cocle, the loads, load combinations,
system límitations and general design requirements shall be
those in SEI/ASCE 7.
Part 2A includes a Glossary lhal is speci!1cally applicable lo
this Parl, and Scclion B- 1, B-2, B-3, B-4, B-5, B-6 l\nd B-7
SECTION 515 SECTIONSl6
REFERENCED SPECIFlCATIONS, GENEM~:$EI~MI~ DESIGN
CODES, AND STANl)ÁJIDS REQUIREMENTS
The documents referenccó in these Provisions shall include Thc requircd slrcngth and othcr seismic provtsmns for
those listed in Specilication Section 501.~ with thc seismic Zones 2 and 4 inclucling limitations on height and
fo llowing additions ami modifications: irregularity sha!L be as specificd in the NSCP code.

American Jnstittlle of Steel Construction (AISC) The design story drift shall be determincd as rcquired in thc
NSCP code.
Specijication for Srmcrura/ Sree/ Buildings, ANSJIAISC
360-05 Prequa/ijied Connections .for Special all(/
lntermedime Sree/ Momenr Frames for Seismic
App/icarions, ANSI/AISC 358-05

American Society for Nondcstructive Testing (ASNT)

Recommended Praclice for the Training and Tesli ng of

Nondestructi ve Testi ng Personnel, ASNT SNT TC- 1a-200 1

Standard for the Qualificalion ami Certi ficati on of

Nondestructive Tcsting Personnel, ANSI/ ASNT CP- !89-
2001

American Weldin g Society (A WS)

Standard Methods for Derennination of the Diffusible

Hydrogen Content of Martensitic, Bainitic, and Ferritic
Steel Weld Metal Produced by Are Welding, A WS A4.3-
93R

Standard Methods for Mechanical Testi ng of Welds-U.S.

Customary, ANSI/ AWS B4.0-98

Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of We lds-Metric

Only, ANSUAWS B4.0M:2000

Standard for t11e Qualification of Welding lnspectors, A WS

B5. 1:2003

Describing Oxygen-Cut Surfaces, A WS C4. 1

Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)

Recommended Seismk Design Criteria for New Steel

Moment-Frame Buildings, FEMA 350, July 2000

National StnJclural Code of t11e FJhilippin(;~; 6~¡, [c!itíon \loluiM\ 1

517.1 Loads and Load Coml>inations
Thc !oads and load co mbinati on~ ~hall be as stipu!atcd by
thc NSCP code. Wherc amplified scismic loads are requircd
5 18.1 Structural Dcsign Drawings and S¡,ecifications
by these Pr<Jvisions, thc horizontal pon ion of thc ca11hquakc
load E (as dcfined in thc NS~P code) shall be multiplied by Structuni.J design drawings and spccifications shall show the
the overstrength factor, Q .,, prescribed by thc NSCP code. work lo be pcrformed, and includc itcms rcquired by thc
Specification and the fol lowing, as applicable:
517.2 Nominal Strcngth l. D c~ i gnat i on of thc seismic load rcsisting system
The nominal strcngth of systcms, mcmbers and conncctions (SLRS)
shall comply with the Spccifícmion, except as modificd
throughout thesc Provisions. 2. Designation of thc mcmbcr.; and conncctions that are
pan of the SLRS
3. Con!igur;1tion of thc connections
4. Conncclion material spccifications and sizes
5. Locations of dcmand critic;JI wclds
6. Lowcst anticipated scrvicc tcmpcraturc (LAST) of the
stecl structurc, if the structurc is not encloscd and
maintained at a tempcrature of 1O °C or highcr
7. Locations and di mensions of protccted zones
8. Locations whcre gussct plates are to be dctailcd to
accommodate inelastic rotation
9. Welding rcquirements as specificd in Section B-6,
Section B-6.2.

User Note: These Provisions should be consisten! witlHiie

Code of Standard Practice, a!i designafed in Section 50 L4"·óJ
the Specification. There may be specific connections .rut<i
applícitions -for ·whiéh 'detaíls aré -rlot specifical1Y.:ad9r~~-·
by tlte ·rrovísl.ons. r: s uch a condif:ion ex.ists,_·fue_.~~~\
documents ··s):!ould mclude appropriate requtrellJ.xnt~:;{.{Qr
those ápplii:Íit:ións: ni~e may include · .•nondesf#~i.!x~i
testing requirements b~yond those in Section B-2¡:b'ól(Ji:~g
fabrication requirements beyond those pennitted by ·!;9!~;
Specification, bolting requirements othet than those'ih~Q\~.
Research Council on Structural Connections (RCS.c)
Specification for .Slructural Joinl$ Using A~TM AÚ~~·§.r
A490 Bolts, or welding requirements otber than those""iil
Section B-6. , ,.:

5 18.2 Shop Drawings

Shop drawings shall incl ude items rcquircd by 1hc
Spcci lication all<l thc following, as applicable:
1. Designation of the mcmbcrs and conncctions thal are
part of thc SLRS
2. Connecti on material specifications
3. Locations of demand critica! shop welds

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 4. Loc ations and dimcnsions nf protcctcd zoncs
5. Clussct plates drawn lo scale whcn thcy are dctailcd
at:comrnodatc inclasti c rotation
6. Welding requircmcn ts as spccíficd in Section B-6,
Section B-2.2.
518.3 Ercction Drawings
Erection drawings shall includc ilcms rcquired by tille
Spccificati on and thc following, as applicable:
l. Designation of thc rncrnbcrs and connections that are
part of the SLRS
2. Fielcl connection material spccíficati ons ancl sizcs
3. Locations ofdcmand crilica l fi eld wclds
4. Locations and dimens íons of protccted zoncs
5. Locations of pretensio nccl bol!s
6. Field welding rcquircmcnts as specified in Scction 13-(i,
Section 13-2.3
User Note: ·TI1crc may be specific connections and
applications for 'which detáils are not spccifically addressed
by the Provisions. If such a condition exists, thc ercctio:n
drawings should include ·appropriate requirements for tb21l
applicati"<?n. These may iriclude: b'oltirig requirémertts' othe:r
than .those in the RCSC Specification· for' Stiucturiil loints
UsÍI)g A,STM · A325 or A49Ó .. ·Bolts, a.nd_. :weldin¡g
r~uir~¡;nents other than those in Section B-6. See Section
of
Mi . ·::tite Specification for .. aMitional pro~isións Oln
erection drawings. · from the expected yield stress, Ry F,., of an adjoining
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
lO
519.1 Material Spcdtications
Structural steel uscd in thc scismic load rcsJst mg systcm
(SLRS) shall mcetthc rcquircments of Specilication Scction
501.3.1 a, cxccpt as modi ficd in thcsc Provisions. Thc
spccificd mínimum yicld stress of stccl 10 be usecl for
mcmhcrs in which inclastic behavio!· is cxpcctcd shall not
excccd )45 MPa for systcms dcfined in Sect ions 522, 52:1,
525, 526, 528, 529, and 530 nor 380 MPa for systcms
dcfined in Scctions 524and 527, unl.css thc suitability of thc
material is determincd by tcsting or othcr rationa l critcri a.
This limitatio n docs not apply to columns for which thc
only expectcd inclastic bchavior is yielding a l the column
base.
The structural stecl usecl in thc SLRS dcscribcd in Scctions
522, 523, 524, 525, 526, 527. 528, 529 and 530 shall meet
o ne of the follow ing ASTM Specifica tions: A36/ A36M.
A53/A53M, A.SOO (Grade B or C}, ASO! , A529/A529M,
A572/A572M (G rade 42 (290 Mpa), 50 ()45 Mpa) or 55
(380 Mpa)), AS88/A588M, A913/A9 13M (Grade 50 (345
Mpa). 60 (415 Mpa) or 65 (450 Mpa )), A992/A992M, or
A 1011 HSLAS Grade 55 (380 Mpa). The s tructural stec l
uscd for column base plates shall rneet one of the preceding
ASTM specificatio ns or ASTM A283/A283M Grade D.
Other steels and non-steel materials in buckling-restraincd
braced frames are permitted to be uscd subjcct to the
requiremcnts of Seclion 529 an d Sectio n B-5.
User Note: 1ñis seqiq~ only,,coyers mat~rial prqpertics for
structural stecl used in tbc SLRS and included in thc
4~tJW,:.~,W3 8~- ~~~tw.aJ_. S~C<f.~~-~,Y~~ Íl\ ..~ff.~Í.on 2,1_ ()f ,Vle
A!S,9 S?d.~;9;f.~.~~1·ar~"~t:as~~:: Otb;er ·~tee~; .~uch aS c~bles
fQr.p~an.~pt bntc.LQg.JS no~ m.~luc~. ·. · .
519.2 Material Propertics for Determination of
Requircd Strength of Membcrs and Connections
When required in these Provisions, the required slrength of
an element (a member ora connection) shall be dctermjned
member, where F,. is thc specified m.inimurn yield stress of'
the grade of steel to be used in the adjo ining mcmbers ami
R,. is the ratio of the expectccl yield stress to thc specificd
mínimum yield stress, /·~"' of that material.
1
 Table 519-1 · .. S 19.3 llcavy Scction CVN Hcquircmenls
Ry and R't Valu'éS fÓt DÚÍerent Member 1 \loés For stru<:tural stccl in thc S LRS, in addition to thc
,_ _______.J::eE!.i_c:_:!!i~-------- ___ _By --- ·- Rt···--··-- ·- rcquircmcnts of Spccif'icatioi'l Scction 501.3.lr, hot rollcd
llot -rollcd stru<:tural shapcs and bars: shapcs with tlan gcs 3R mm thick and thid;cr shall have a
• ASTM A36/36M 1.5 1.2 mínimum Charpy V-Not<:h toughness of 20ft-lb (27 J) at 70
• ASTM A572/572 M Grade 290 u 1. 1 "F (2 1 °C). testcd in thc altcrnatc <:ore locatiun as described
• ASTM A572/572 M Grade 345 1.1 1.1 in ASTM A6 Supplcmcnwry Req ui rcmcnt S30. Platcs 50
or 380 mm th ic.:k and thícke r shal l havc a mínimum Charpy Y -
ASTM A913/A913M Grade 345 Notch toughness of 20 ft-Jb (27 J) at 70 op (21 °C),
,4 15,450 measured al any location pcrinillcd by ASTM A673, wherc
ASTM A588/ A588M the pi ate is uscd in the following:
ASTM A992/A992M. AIOII
l. Mcmbcrs built-up from plate
HSLAS Grade 380
• ASTM A529 Grade 345 1.2 1.2 2. Connection pla1es whcre inelaslíc strai n under seismic
• AS1'M A529 Grade 380 1.1 1.2 loading ís expccted
Hollow structural sections (HSS) 3. Al the stccl corc of buckling-rcstrained braccs
• ASTM A500 (Grade 13 or C). 1.4 1.3
ASTM A501 User Note: Examplcs of connection plates where ine~astic
Pipe is
behavior expected include, but are not límited to, gusset
• ASTM A53fA53M 1.6 1.2 plates intended to function as a hinge and aHow out-of:
PI ates plane bucldiog of braccs, sorne boltcd flange plates for
• ASTM A36/A36M 1.3 1.2 momcnt connections, sorne end plates for bolted moment
• ASTM A572/A572M Grade 345 1.1 1.2 conncctions, imd some column base plates designed a~ a pin
ASTM A588/A588M

The avai lablc strcngth of thc elemcnt, ~pR., for LRFD and R,,
Q for ASD, shall be equal to or greatcr than the rcquircd
strength, whcre R., is tite nominal strcngth of the connection.
Thc expected tensilc strength, R,F,, and the expected yield
stress, R, F,, are permitted lo be uscd in lieu of F" and F,.
respectivcly, in determining the nominal strength, R•• of
rupture and yielding limi1 s1a1es within the same mcmber
for which thc rcquired strenglh is determined.

User Note: In severa! instances a member, or a conileoJion

limil state within that member, is requircd lo be designed
for forces corresponding to the expected strength of the
member itself. Such cases include brace fracture limit states
(block shear rupture and net section fracture in the brace in
SCBF), the design of the beam outside of the link in EBF,
etc. In su~h cases it is permitted to use the expected· material
strength in tite detennination of availnble member strength .
Por connecting elements and for other members, specífied
matelial strength shouJd be used.

The values of R, and R, for various stcels are givcn in Tablc

5 19- 1 Othcr va lucs of R,. and R, shall be pcnnilled if the
val ucs are dctermincd by tcsting of spccimens simi lar in
size and sou rce conductcd in accordancc with thc
requirements for thc specilied grade of stccl.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


SECTION 520
CON~{;'fiONS, JOINTS, AND
FASTÉNERS
520.1. Scopc
Conncctions. j oinls antl faslencrs llwl are pan of 1hc sl'!ismk
load rcstsung sysll'!m (SLRS) shall comply wilh
Spccilicalion Section 51 O. and with lhc aclditional
rcqUtr~mcnts of 1his Scction.
Thc dcsign of conncctions f'or a mcmbcr that is a pan of thc
SLRS shall be con!igurcd such that a ductilc Jimit slate in
eithcr thc conncc1ion or thc mcmber comrols lhe tlesign .
User Note: An example of a ductile limit st.ate is tension
yieldíng. It is unacceptable to design connections for
members that are a part of the SLRS such that lhe strcngth
limít st.ate is governed by nonductile or brittle limil states,
such as fracture, in either tbe eonnection or the member.
520.2 Boltcd Joints
All bolts shall be prctcnsioned high s1rength bolts and shall
meet thc requirernems for slip-crilical faying surfaccs in
accordance wi th Spccification Section 510. 1.8 with a Class
A surfacc. Bolts shall be installcd in standard holcs or in
short-slolled holes perpendicular to the applied load. for
brace diagonals, oversized ho!es shall be pennitted when
the eonnection is designed as a slip-critical joilll, and the
oversized hole is in one p!y only. Altcrnalive holc typcs are
permitted if designated in the Prcqualitied Conncclions for
Special and Intermediatc Momcnt Frames for Seismic
Appfications (ANSI/AISC 358), or if othcrwisc determined
in a connecti on prequalitication in accordance wi th Section
B-l, or if detem1ined in a program of qualifica1ion lesting in
accordance with Scction B-4 or B-5. The available shear
strength of bolted joints using standard boles shall be
calculatcd as that for bcaring-type joints in accordance with
Spccitication Sections 51 0. 1.3 and 51 O. l.l O, excepl that the
nominal beating strength at bolt holcs shall not be taken
greater than 2.4dtFu.
Excep"rion:
The .faying swfaces .for end plate moment COIIII<:Ciions are
permilled 10 /)(: coated with coalings tlOI Je.1·ted .for slip
resislauce or 111ith coalings with a slip coefjicie111 le.1·s tiran
lllfll 1l a Class A .faying s111joc<'.
Bolts and wclds shall nt >l be designed 10 sharc force in a
joint or the same force componen! in a conncclion.
User Note: A member force, such as a bracc axial force,
rnust be resisted al the connection entirely by one type of
j oint (in o.t her words, either entirely by bolts or cntirely by
welds). A connection in whi~h bolts resist a force thal is
Nalional Struclural Code ol 111e Plltlippines 6 Edition Votume 1
CHAP 1En S Steul ;n1d Metal S 1SS
normal to the force resisted by welds, such as a moment
connection in which welded flanges ·transmit fle~ure and a
bolted web transmits ·shear, is not eonsidered ~ be. sharipg
the force. ·
520.3 Wcldcd .Joints
Wclding shall be performed in accortlancc with Scction B-
6. Wc!ding shall be performcd in accordance wilh a wclding
procedure spccifi<.:ation (WPS) as requircd in AWS D 1.1
and approvcd by lhc cngincer-of-rccord. The WPS variables
shal! be within thc parametcrs establishcd by the filler metal
manu facturcr.
"
520.3.1 General Rcquircmcnls
All wclds usetl in mcmbers and coJHICCtions in the SLRS
shall be made with a filler mctalthat can produce wclds that
have a mínimum Charpy V-Notch toughness of 20ft-lb (27
J) at O "F (minus 18 °C). as dctcnnined by lhc appropriate
A WS A.'i classificalion test method or manufacturcr
ccttítication. This requircmcnl for nolch toughness shal!
al so apply in othcr cases as requircd in thcsc Provisions.
520.3.2 Dcrnand Critical Wclds
Where wclds are dcsignatcd as dcmand critica!, thcy shall
he madc with a lil!cr metal capable of providing a mínimum
Charpy V-Notch (CVN) toughness of 27 J at 29 oc as
tlctcnnincd by thc appropriate AWS classification test
mcthod or manufacturer certilication, and 54 J at 2 1 °C as
detcm1incd by Seclion B-7 or othcr approved mcthod, when
lhc stcel frame ís normally cncloscd and maintaíncd al a
temperature of !O oc or higher. For struclllres with servicc
temperalUres !owcr than 1O °C, the qualilicalion
temperature for Scction 13-7 shall be 11 oc above the lowest
anticipated scrvicc tempcrature. oral a lower temperature.
SMAW c!cctrodcs classilicd in AWS A5.1 as E7018 or
E70 18-X, SMAW eleclrodcs classificd in A WS A5.5 as
E7018-C3L or E80!8-C3, and GMAW solid electrodes are
exempted from production lot tcsling when thc CVN
toughncss of thc electrode cquals or excceds 27 J al a
tempcratufe not exceeding 29 oc as determined by AWS
classilication test mcthods. The rnanufacturer's certificate
of compliance shall be considered sufticicnt evidence of
meeting this requiremcnt.
Uscr Note: Welds designated demand critica! are
spccifically identificd in the Provisions in thc seclion
applicablc to thc designated SLRS.
Thcrc may be spccilic wcld~ similar 10 thosc dcsignated as
dcmand crilical by thesc Provisions that llave not bcen
specifically idcntified as demand critica! by these
Provisions that warrant such designation. Consideration of
the demnnd criti ca! designation for such welds ~hould be
based upon the inelastic strain demand all(I the consequence
111
 ol failurc. Complctc-joint-pcnctration (CJP) groovc wclds
bctwccn columns and base platcs .c;hould be considcred
dcmand critica! similnr lo column splicc wclds, whcn CJP
groovc wc lds used for column spliccs in the designatcd
SLRS havc bcen dcsignatcd dcmand critica!.

For spccial and intcrmcdiate momcnt framcs, typica l

·1 examples of demand critica! welds includc the following
i CJ P gro ove welds:
l. Welds of bcam flangcs to columns
2. Wclds of single platc s!1car conncctions to columns
3. Welds of beam webs to columns
4. Column splicc welds, including column bases

l'or ordinary moment framcs, typical cxamples incl udc CJP

groove welds in itcms 1, 2, and 3 above.

Association of Sl~uctura l Engineers of the Philippines

 . '( , 'r;. ¿-.•. ; ... , .
·í· .

Dcscnp1ion uf ElcnJ<•nt Widtl• - ·nud;hncss l~auu

Flcxurc in f1angcs of mllcd or huill-up 1-,hapcd sc.:tions

h/1
(al.!d.!cl.lsl.!hl
' lJ
. .. · ·· Uniform comprcssinn in flangcs Clf rollcd or huill·up 1·
• M
. . ar:.-;,·;· shapcd scclions /b),(hl - - - ·- --- - - -- - -·
... , _a· ~::i~~~~.comprcssion in lbngcs ofrollcd o r buih ·up 1· h/1
· • .... 41 '1 • ~cc tions Id)
-:~~ . G5 :·. Uniform comprcssion in llangcs of channds, oulsl<tnding
.·'<': rg-: '. lcgs of pairs of anglcs in con1inuous comact, ~nd bracrs 1>/1 0.30.[Eii~

-~_·: ~_·.:~_:.',~:·~;_·:.~·:_·;p~ ~;~~~;nprcs ion

. ~ ¡;;¡
...-·· :_··._,_:.·;· :··;... · ..· in llangcs of H-pilc ~-c-ti_un_s
_ ___
Uniform comprcssion in lc.gs o f s ingle anglcs.lcg,; uf
:=~=-:..._,___. :; .;~:____._ 4
--+- -- --o.__s::.f?.::.::../_F_.)'_·___ _ --t
do u hlc anglc mcmbcrs wi1h ,;cpcralors, or O:.ngcs of tccs hll 0.30 / E / F y
•. •••••. 1· · <, ·•. (gl
Uniform co mprcssiun in s1com uf tccs lgl d/t 0.30/ i / Fy
Wcbs in flexura! comprrssion in bc;uns in SMF. Scc1ion _ Í[' /~y
.. ·. ·. 522.unk-ss notcd o thcrwise hll. 2 45 ve - ------{
::~'j ...:.~:,:._ . ....
Wcbs in flexura! comprcssion or combincd llcxurc and ForC.:S0.12S [k)
axial compression [a) .(c].!gl.fhl.lil.(jl
h/111'
3. 14 ,/E/ Fy ( l -1.54 C,)

ForCa> O. I25 (k)

1.1 2 ../E/ Fy (2.33-Ca) ~

hit. l.49JE/ Fy
Round HSS in axial and/or flexura! cumprcssion(c],(g! D/t 0.044 (E/Fy)
Rectangular HSS in axial andlur flexura! comprcssion
.lc!.(g) b/1 or hll.
.¡
0.64 E/Fy
f------'--'W.:..c::.:b:::sc.:o:.:.f. : .I·~P.:.:.
I-:. ilc::..::.:se:.:c;.:li.: .OI:.:;lS:.,'- -- - ·- - - -- - -- - - ' - - - - -- -__;,
h/-"1""-'- - - ----"-------·-0.94~(E/Fy)
(a )Rcquircd for bcAms in SMF Scc1ion 522 ond SJ>SW S~« ion 530
[b) Requircd fur columns in SMF Sttlion 522. unlcss ~re ralios from Eq.522-3 are grc"'cr lhan ?..0 whcrc it is pcrmiucd 10 use),. in specificalion Table 502.4 1
(e] Rcq uircd for br•ces an<l c<tlumns in SCBF Scc1ion 57.6 and braccs in OCBF Scc1ion 527
[dj h is pem1ined 10 use l.,. in Spccificalion Table502A. I for colunms in STMF Scclion 522 aod colomns in EllF Scclion 528
(e} Requircd for link in EBF Srclion 528 c xcepl ili is pcrmiucd to use l.r in Tabl.: 502.4.1 of U1e spccirocalion fo r n:tnges of links of lenr,lh 1.6 M,IY, are dcfin«l in Scction 528
[f] Oiogonal web nJ<:bcrs within thc spccial sc¡:mc.nl of STMf' Sccuon 525
!gl Ooord mcmbcrs of STM F Sce1ion 525
(hj Required for bcams and columns in BRilf- Section 529
{il Requircd for coluonns in SPSW Seclion 530
{jJ For columns in STMF Scc1ion 522 columns in SMI'. if thc ralio' frnm E<¡. S22·3 are greaor.r 1h3n 2.0: for colum11s in EBF Scction 528: or EBF web' of links of lcng1h 1.ü
M¡lV 11 or k ss. il is pcrmittcd to u~<· thc following. for i.1,

f'or c. :: 0.125. x.= 3.76 .JE/Fy¡ t .~.75 C, l

For C, > 0. 125. Xr = 3.76 jE:/Fy (2.33- C,J :O l ·19 ~fE/Fy

for ASD. C, = (!l, P/l', )

whcrc
1'. = rcq uircd comprcssi•c s1rcngd t (ASO). N
1'. =roquircd conlpressh•c strcngth (LRFI)), N
!'_. = axial yicld strcngth, N
4>1,=0.90
Q, : 1.67

1
National Structural Code of tl1e Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 ~ 158 CHAPTEH 5 · Stce! and Metals

For l:cccntrically braccd framcs (EI3F). typical examples of wcltl. If a curvcd chp 1s uscd. Íl shall havc a m i1 ;.::::::1
dcmand criti ca! welds include CJP groovc wcl ds betwccn radius of 12 mm.
link bcams and columns. Othcr wclds, such as those joi ning
thc web platc to flangc platcs in built-up EBr link bcams, Al thc cnd of the weld adjaccnt to thc column wcbtn<~ng~·
and column splicc wclds whcn madc using CJP groovc j uncturc, weld tabs for cont inuity platcs shal l not h~ us•: d.
wclds, should be considcrcd for dcsignati on as dernand except whcn pcnnittcd by thc cngincer-ol'-rccord. Un less
critica! wclds. spccificd by thc cnginccr-of-rccord that they he ITilH lv~'<.L
wc ld tabs shall not he removed when uscd in this locati,;;¡_
520.3.3 Rel:omrncm!r.rl Joint
Thc use of Typc 1 wcldcd joints is not allowcd in scismic
Zonc 4. Typl' 11 joints are rccommcndcd as in thc use of
Proprictary Wdded Joint.

520.4 Protccted Zone

Wherc a protectcd zone is designatcd by thcsc Provisions or
ANSI/AISC 358. it shall comply with thc following:
l. Within thc protectcd zonc, discontinuities crcated by
fabrication or erection operations. such as tack wcld~.
crcction aids: air-are gouging and thcrmal cuuing shall
be rcpaircd as required by the cnginecr-of-rccord.
2. Wdded shear studs and dccking attachmcnts that
penetrate the beam flange shall not be placed on bcam
flangcs within tbc protectcd zone. Dccking are spot
welds as required 10 secure dccking shall be permitted.
3. Weldcd, boltcd, screwed or shot-in attachrncnts for
perimeter edge angles, exterior facades, partitions , duct
work, piping or other construction shall not be placed
within thc protected zonc.
Exception:
Welded shear swds and other connections shall be
permiued when designated in the Prequalifled Connections
f or Special and Intermedia/e Moment Frames for Seismic
Applications (ANSIIAISC 358), or as othenvise determined
in accorda11ce with a connection prequaliflcation in
accordance with· Section B-1, or as determined in a
program of qualiflcation testing in accordance with Section
B-4.

Outside the protected zone, calculations bascd upon the

expcctcd rnoment shall be made to demonstratc thc
adcquacy of the membcr nct scction when conncctors that
pcnctratc thc mcmber are uscd.

520.5 Continuity Platcs and Sti!Tcncrs

Corncrs of continuity p!ates and stiffc ncrs placcd in thc
webs of rolled shapes shall be clippcd as dcscribcd below.
Along the web, thc clip shal! be dctailcd so that the clip
extcnds a distance of al least 38 mm bcyond the published k
detail dimcnsion for thc rollcd shapc. Al ong thc flangc, the
clip shall be detailcd so that the clip docs not cxceed a
di stance of 12 mm bcyond lhe publishcd kl detail
dimension. Thc clip shall be detailed lo facilitate suitable
weld tcnninati ons for both thc flange weld and the web

Associa tion of Structural Engineers of the Philíppines


S~CTI.QN-. 5,21
MEMllifli.ts, ,
521.1 Scopc
Mcmbcrs in thc scismic load rcsisting system (SLRS) ~hall
compl y wíth thc Spcci lication and Scction 521. For
columns that are no! part of thc SLRS. scc Section 521 .1.2.
521.2 Classifica!ion of Sections for Localllucklíng
521.2.1 Compact
When required by thesc Provisions. members of the SLRS
shall havc flanges continuously connectcd to thc wcb or
wcbs and thc width-thickness ratios of its comprcssion
clemcnts shall not excccd thc li mi ti ng width-thickncss
ratios, .?.,. from Specification Tablc 502.4. 1.
521.2.2 Scismiclllly Compact
Whcn rcq uircd by thcsc Provisions. mcmbcrs of the SLRS
mus! havc flangcs conlinuously conncctcd w the wcb or
webs and the widt!Hhickness ratios of its comprcssion
clements sha!l not excced thc limiting width-thi ckncss'
ratios, )..ps, from Provisions Tablc 521-1.
521.3 Column Strength
Whcn P. lt/JP. (LRFD) > 0.4 or Q,P-/P,, (ASO ) > 0.4, as
approprialc. without considcration of the amplifico scismic
load,
where
t/1(' = 0.90 (LRFD) Q,. = 1.67 (ASO)
P, = required axial strength of a column using ASO
Load combinations, N
P, =nominal axial strengt h of a column, N
P.. = required axi al s!rength of a column using LRFD
load combinations, N
Thc following requirement shall be met:
1. The requircd axial comprcssive and ten sile strength,
considcred in the absence of any applicd mornent, shall
be determined using the load cornbinations stipulated
by the NSCP code including the amplified seísmic load
2. The requircd axial comprcssi vc and tcnsile strcngth
shall not cxceed cithcr of the following:
a. Thc maximum load transferred to the column
considcring 1.1 Ry (LRFD) or ( 1.1/1.5) Ry (ASD}, as
appropri ate. times the nominal strengths of thc
connccting beam or bracc elcmcnts of the building.
b. The lirnit as detcnnined from the resistance of thc
foundation to overturning uplift.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
CHAPflo n !i Stet~ l and Metal ~>·1 S9
521.4 Column Spliccs
521.4.1 General
The rcquircd strcngth of column spliccs in thc seismic load
rcsisting .systcrn (SLRS) shall cqual the rcquircd strength of
thc columns. including that dctcrmincd from Scctions 52 1.3.
522.9, 523.9, 524.9, 526.5 and 529.5.2.
In addi tion, welded column splices that are subject 10 a
calculatcd net tensile load ciTect determi'ned using the load
combinations stipulated by the NSCP code including the
amplificd seismic load, shall satisfy both of the following
rcquiremcn ts:
l . The available strcngth of partiat -joint-penetration (PJP)
groove wcldcd joints, if used, shall be at least equal to
200 percent of the required strcngth.
2. The available strength for each llangc splicc shall be at
lcast cqual to 0.5 f<,F,A¡ (LRFD) or (0.511 .5) R,.F,A¡
(ASO), as appropriatc, where Ryf~ is the cxpccted yield
s1ress of the column material and 111 is the t1ange arca of
the smaller column connccted.
Bcvelcd transitions are not requircd whcn changes in
thickncss and width of flanges and webs occur in column
spliccs where f'JP groovc welded joints are used.
Cohrmn web spliccs shall be either bolled or welded, or
welded lo one column and bol!ed 10 the other. In moment
frames using bolted splices, plates or channcls shall be used
on both sidcs of the column wcb.
Thc centerline of column splices rnade with filie! wclds or
partial-j oirH-penctration groove welds shall be located 1.2 m
or more away from thc bcam-to column connections. When
the column clear height betwecn beam -to-column
connections is less than 2.4 m, splices shall be at half the
clear height.
521.4.2 Columns Not Part of the Seismic Load
Resisting Systcm
Splices of columns that are not a part of the SLRS shall
satisfy the following:
l. Splices shall be located 1.2 m or more away from the
beam-to colurnn conncctions. When thc colurnn clear
hcight bet ween bca rn-to column conncctions is lcss
than 2.4 111, spl ices shall be at halr thc clear hcight.
2. The. rcquircd shear strength of column spliccs wi th
rcspcct to both orthogonal axes of thc column shall be
Mpc. I H (LRFO) or Mpc 11.5H (ASD), as appropriate,
where Mpc is the lesser nominal plastic t1exural
strength of the column sections for the dircction in
question, and H is the story height.
1
 !) l 60 CH/\PTF.:H 5 · Stecl and Melals
521.5 Column Bases
The rcquired .slrcngth of column bases shall be calculatcd in
accon.Jancc with Scctions 52 1.5.1, 521.5.2, and 52 1.5.3. Thc
availablc strcngth of anchor rods shall be determined in
accordancc wit h Spccification Scction 510.3.
Thc availablc st rcngth of concrete elements at the column
base, including anchor rod cmbedment and reinforcing
steel, shall be in accordance with ACI 3-18, Appendix D.
1• •
Excep1ion:
The specinl requiremem s in ACI 3 /8, Appendix D. for
"regions of modera/e or high seismic risk. orfor struc/1/res
ossigned l O inrermedime or high seismic performance or
design categories" need 1101 be applied.
521.5.1 Requircd Axial Strcngth
The required axial strength of column bases, including their
allachment to the foundation, shall be the summation of the
vertical components of the required strengths of the steel
eleinents that are connected to the column base.
521.5.2 Rcquircd Shcar Strcngth
The requi red shear strcngth of column bases, including their
allachments to the foundations, shall be the summation of
the horizontal componen! of the required strengths of the
steel elements that are connected to the column base as
follows:
1. For diagonal bracing, the horizontal component shall be
determined from !he required strength of bracing
connections for the seismic load resisting system
(SLRS).
2. For col umns, the hori zontal componen! shall be atleast
cqualto the lesser of the following:
a. 2R,. F>. Zx /H (LRFD) or (211.5) R,. F,. z., IH (ASD), as
appropriate, of the column · ·
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
whcrc
1/ :::: hcight of swry. whi ch may be takcn as the
distancc bctwccn thc ccntcrli nc of lloor frami ng
at cach of the le veis abovc ami bclow, or thc
di~tancc hetwecn thc top of Ooor slabs :11 cach of'
thc levcls abovc and below. mm
b. The shcar calculated using the load comhinations of thc
tJ~;c;p codc, including the ampl ifícd scismic load.
Section 521.5.2. Rcquiretl Flexura! Strength. The requircd
Ocxural strcngth of' column bases. including their
auachmcnl to the foundation, sha ll be thc summation of thc
req ui red strcngths of the steel clements that are connected to
the column base as follows:
l. For diagonal bracing, the required tlcxural strength
shall be at leas! equal to thc required strength o f
bracing connections for thc SLRS.
2. For columns, thc requi red flexura! strength shall be at
least equal to thc lcsscr of the following:
a. Ll R,F,Z (LRFD) or (1.1/1.5) R,.F,Z (ASO). as
appropriatc, of the column or ·
b. the moment calculated using the load combinations of
the NSCP codc, including thc amplified seismic load.
521.6 H-Pilcs
521.6.1 Ocsign of H-Piles
Design of H-piles shall comply with the provisions of the
Specilication regarding des ign of members subjected 10
combined loads. H-piles shall meet the requirements of
Scction 521.2.2.
521.6.2 Battcred H-Pilcs
lf battered (sloped) and vertical piles are used in a pile
group, the v.ertical piles shall be designed to support the
combined effects of the dead and live loads without thc
participation of the battered piles.
521.6.3 Tcnsion in H -Pilc
Tension in each piJe shall be transferred to the pile cap by
mechanical means such as shear keys. rcinforci ng bars or
slllds welded to thc embcddcd portion of thc piJe. Di rccl ly
below thc bouom of thc piJe cap, each piJe shall be free of
attachments and welds for a length at lcasl equal Lo the
depth of thc pi le cross section.

SECTION 522
SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES (SMFY
522.1 S('OJ>C
Spccial momcnt framcs (S MF) are cxpct:tcd lO withstand
significan! inelastic dcfonnations when subjectcd to thc
f(l rccs rcsulting fnllll the motions of thc dcsign carthqua~e.
SMF shaJJ satisfy thc rcquircrnents in this Section.
522.2 Bc:un-to-Column Conncctions
522.2.1 Rcquircmcnts
13cam-to-colu mn conncctions used in the seismic load
rcsisting systcrn (SLRS) shall satisfy thc following three
requiremcnts:
l. Thc conncction shall be capable of sustaining an
interstory drift angle of at Jcast 0.04 radians.
2. The rneasurcd flexura! resistance o f thc conncction,
dc termincd al the col umn face, shall eq ual at leas!
0.80Mp of thc conncctcd beam at an intcrstory drift
an gle of 0.04 radians.
3. The requircd shear strength of the connection shall be
detennined using the following quantit y for thc
earthquake load cffcct E:
E= 2[ 1. 1R, M"] 1 L, (Eq. 522- l )
whcrc
R.. = ratio of the cxpectcd yield stress to the spcci fied
mínimum yield stress. F,
M, =nomi nal plastic flex ura] strength, N-mm
L1, = distancc bctwecn plastic hingc Jocations, mm
Whcn E as delined in (Eq. 522- 1) is used in ASO load
combinatio ns that are additi vc with other transient loads and
th at are based on SEI/ASCE 7, the 0.75 cornbination factor
for transient loads shall not be applicd to-E.
Conncctions that accommodatc the required intcrstory drift
anglc within the connecti on clements and provide the
measured flexura! rcsistancc and shear strengths specilied
abovc are pcrmi ncd. In addition to satisfying thc
rcquirements notcd above, the dcsign shall demonstratc that
any addit io nal drift due to conncction deformation t:an be
accommodated by thc structure. The design shall includc
analysis for stability effects of thc overall frame. including
sccond-o rder effects.
522.2.2 Conforma nce Ocmons tration
Beam-to-column connections used in lhc SLRS shall satisfy
thc requirements of Sccti on 522.2 by one of the following:
l. Use of SMF conncctions dcsigned in accordancc with
ANSIIAISC 358.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 111 Ed ition Volume 1
(;H/\1' 1E:Fl ~ SWcl Rnd Metal !J· I 6 1
2. Use of a cunnet:tion prcqualified for SMF in
accordancc with Scction B-1.
3. J>rovision of qualifying cyclic test results in uccordancc
wit h Sct:tion 13-4. Rcsults of at lcust two cyclic
connct:tion tests shall be provi dcd and are penni ncd to
be bascd on onc ofthc followin g:
a. Tests reponed in thc research litcrature or documentcd
tests pcrformcd for other projccts that represen! thc
projcct conditions. .vithin the lirnits spccified in Secti on
B-4.
b. Tests that are conductcd speci licaJJ y for the projcct and
are reprcscntati vc of projcct mcmber sizes, material
strengths, con ncction configurations, and matching
connection proccsses, within thc limits specilicd in
Scction B-4.
522.2.3 Welds
Unless othcrwisc dcsignatcd by ANS!IA ISC 358, or
othcrwisc dctcrmincd in a connection prcqualification in
accordancc with Scction B- 1, oras detcrmined in a program
of qualifica ti on testing in accordancc with Section B-4.
complete-joint-pcnctration groovc welds or beam flangcs,
shcar platcs, and bcam webs to columns shall be dcmand
critica! welds as describcd in Scction 520.3.2.
User Note: For the designation of demattd ·critica! .\.V~.l9.s,
stindards such as ANSI/AISC ·358 atí.d .te~ts· addtcisitig
s~ific C:OniJections·and joinl~i sh~uld .be·u~oo~,'ili·lieu of .fue
mo_r¿ general · terms of d hesé ,:Rfovisio~..·: 'Where these
P~y~iQn& ~~te- that ~ p~e~láf· , w~~d :··~: designa.ted
demáiid ·critical, but the more spéelfic stiüi~d:or test does
nQt ffl'~e :Such: a _tl~ignatiol:\; the moz:e s~p·itañdar~,or
teS_t sbó.uld govem.- L~ewis~. th~e standar(lf and le5t:s;.triay
design~ie. W.elds as .demand:aitical that are,nóFidentified as
such'l)y the5e Provisions.
522.2.4 Protcctcd Zoncs
The rcgion al cach end of the bcam subject to inelastic
straining shall be dcsignated as a protected zone, and shall
thect the rcquiremcnls of Section 520.4. Thc extcnt of thc
protectcd zone shall be as dcsignated in ANSI/ AISC 358, or
as otherwisc dctermincd in a conncclion prequalification in
accordancc with Section B- J, or as dctermincd in a prograrn
of qual ilication tcsting in accordancc with Section B-4.
User Note: The plastic -hinging zones at the ends of SMF
bcams should be treated as··protecled rones. The plastié
hingiñg zones should be established as part of a
prcqualifica~ion ot qühlificatioi)'prográni for:the cox:nectio~l, •
p_~r \:§.~t.i~p· ..~Hi~',~· _';lf;l ,/:&.7~~~~! :· f 9f ·:·:l!~~~nfpr~
con_4~c9-o~s.·i~e p.r9t~t~~ó!1~·~1l~:~~ty~~.:.f~~~u. t.~.e ~~~~..~f
d1~ ~íifú'nifrto' _
cine'h~Wo'f%e.H~_¡¡p.1:o~ptli b_ey9nd th~· plast1c
hifi~~' p.Ói~(-;:,:,.. ;:: >·:~: .'f··:::•::::.:;: .. ·>"·:···: .. .
 ') 1fi?. CHAPTEH ~j ·· Sieel and Motals
522.3 l'ancl 7..onc of Bcam-to-Column Conncctions
(Hcarn Wcb Parallcl to Column Wcb)
522.3.1. Shcar Strcngth
The rcquired thickncss of thc panel wnc shall be
dctcrmincd in accordance with thc method used in
proportioning thc panel zonc of the tested or prcqualificd
conncclion. As a rninimum, the rcquired shear slrcnglh of
thc ~~::'le! zone shall be detcrmined from lhc sumrnation of
the momcnt~; at the column faces as determincd by
projccting thc expeclcd moments at the plastic hingc points
to the column faces .
The dcsign shcar slrcngth shall be qwR,. and lhc allowablc
shear slrcngth shall be R/Q,. whcre
!fl" =1.0 (LRFD) Qv = 1.50 (ASD)
and thc nominal shear strength, R,., according to thc Jimit
statc of shcar yiclding, is determined as specifíed in
Specification Section 510.10.6.
522.3.2 Panel Zonc Thickness
The individual thickncsses, t, of column webs and doublcr
pi ates, if uscd, shall conforrn to thc following requiremcnt:
(Eq. 522-2)
where
=thickncss of column web or doubler plate, mm.
d, =panel zone dcpth between continuity plates, mm.
Wz = panel zone width between colurnn flangcs, mm.
Alternatively, when local buckling of the column web and
doubler plate is preventcd by using plug welcls joining them,
the total panel zone thickness shall satisfy (Eq. 522-2).
522.3.3 l'anel Zone Donblcr Plates
Doubler plates shall be welcled to the column flanges using
either a complete joint-pcnetration groove-welded or fillet-
welded joint that develops the available shear strength of
the full doubler platc thickness. When doubler plates are
placed against the colurnn web, tlley shall be wtlded across
the top and bottom edgcs to develop the propot1ion of the
total force that is transmitted to the doubler plate. Whcn
doubler plates are placcd away from the column web, they
shall be placed symmetrically in pairs and wclded lo
continuily platcs to dcvelop thc proportion of thc total force
tbat is transmitted to thc doubler plate.
522.4 Beam and Column Limitations
The requircments of Section 521 shall be satisfice!, in
addition to the following.
Association o f Structural Engineers of the Philippínes
522.4.1 Width-Thickness Limitations
Beam and co!umn mcmbcrs shall mecl the rcquiremcnts <<
Scction 521 .2.2, un lcss ot hcrwisc qu al ificd by tests.
522.4.2 Bcam Flangcs
Abrupl changcs in beam fl angc arca are not pennittcd in
plastic hingc regions. Thc drill ing or llangc boles rO>r
trimm ing of bcam flange width is pcrmittcd il' lc::ting or
qualification dcmonslrates thal the resulting configurat i\";
can develop stablc plastic hinges. The config uration shall k~
consisten! witb a prcqualificd connection designatcct ,,,
ANS!/AISC 358, or as othcrwisc detcrmined in "
connection prequalification in accordancc with Scclion J3.
or in a program of qualification tcsting in accordancc with
Section B-4.
522.5 Continuity Plates
Continuity platcs shall be consisten! with thc prequalif'ic.d
connection designated in ANSIJAISC 358, or as otherw ise
detcrmined in a connectio n prcqualificat ion in accorda nc:
with Section B- 1, or as determine<! in a program <;f'
qualifi cation tcsting in accordance wíth Section 13-4.
522.6 Column-Bcam Momcnt Ratio
The fol lowing relationshíp shall be salisfied at beanHo ·
column conncctions:
L M pe )> 1.0 (Eq. 522-3)
( L M""
whcre
IJI-11,.. ==thc su m of the moments in thc col umn abovc and
below the joint at th c intersection of thc bcam
and colum n centcrlines. lM1,c is dcterrnined by
sumrning the projection s of the nominal Oexural
strengths of the columns (including hau nchcs
where used) abo ve and below the joint to the
beam centerline with a reduction for the axial
force in thc colu mn. It is permitted to take EM1,..
:::Elc(F¡,· -P,JA8 ) (LRFD) or I.:Zcf(Fr/1.5) Pac
!A8 ) } (ASD), as appropriatc. When the
centerlincs ofopposing beams ín.the same joint
do not coincide, the mid- li ne betwccn centerlinc:>
shall be used.
lM1,¡, = the sum of the moments in the beams al the.
inlersection of thc beam and column centcrlines.
L'/111,1, is detenníned by sum ming thc projections
of the expccted flexura] strcngths of the bcams al
the plasti c hinge locati ons to the column
centerline. It is permitted to takc
2:M ¡>b=( l . 1Ryf·~,.bZ¡,+ M,...) (LRFD) or
I:[(l.l/1.5)Ry F>hZ¡, + M,"'] (ASD), as
approprialc. Altern ati vely, it is pcnnittcd to
determine I:Mpb consisten! with a prequalificd
connection design as designated in ANSI!A ISC

358, oras ot hcrwisc dctennined in a connection
prcqualification in accordancc with Scclion B-1,
orina program of qualilication tcsling in
accordancc with Scction B-4. When connections
with reduccd hcam scctíons are uscd, ít ís
pcrmittcd ro la ke L.'M"¡,=I:( 1.1Ryf-',b
Z/WS+M,...)(LRFO) or llf 1.111.5)R,F,h ZRBS
+ M.,,. } (ASD), as approprialc.
:;= gross arca of column, mm 2
~~~
F,,,. = spcci ficd mínimum yicld str~~;s of column, MJ>a
M",. = thc add itional moment duc to shcar amplification
from !he locar ion of lhe plastic hinge to the
column cenlcrline. based on ASO load
combinatíons, N-mm.
M,.,. = the additional moment duc to shcar amplificatíon
fro m the location of lhe plastic hinge 10 the
column centcrlinc. based on LRFD load
combinations, N-mm.
P.., = requircd comprcssivc strcnglh using ASD load
combinations. (a positivc numbcr) N
P,.. = rcquircd comprcssivc strcngth usi ng LRFD load
combinations. (a positivc numbcr) N
z~. = plastic section modulus ofthc bcam, mm3
Z,. = plaslic scclion modulus of the column, mm3
ZHns = mínimum plastic scction rnodulus at the reduccd
beam secrion, mm~.
Erceprion:
This requiremenr does not apply if eirher of !he following
two condirions is satisfied:
/. Columns wirh P,,. < O.JPc for al/ load combinarions
orher rlwn rhose determined using the amplifled seismic
load rhm sarisfy C'irher of rhe fol/owing:
a. Columns used in a one-story builtling or the !Op s!OI)'
of a mulris!Ory building.
b. Columns wher1!: ( 1) the sum of the available sheor
srreng!hs of all exemp!ed colw1rn.\' in !he srory is less
than 20 pcrcell! of !he s um of the available shear
strengths of all moment frame columns in the SIOI)'
acting in tire same direction; and (2) tire sum of tire
al'ailable shear strengths of al/ exempred colrtmns 011
each momenl frmne column fine 1vithin thar SIOI)' is fess
than 33 percl'lll of the available shear st n~ngth of al/
mome nt fram e co!tmms on that cofumn line. For tht'
prupose of this exception, a cohmm fi11e i.1· dejined a s a
single fine of columns or parallel li11es e~{ columns
loca!ed within JO percent of the plan dimension
perpendicular ro the line of columns.
IVhere
For design according to 5jJeciflcation Sec1ion 502.3.3
(LRFD),
Na lional S tructural Code of the Philippines 6111 Edilion Volume 1
(;HAPH:B ~~ Swnl ;md Meta! ;,. 1e;:¡
P,.. = P11,., requíred compressil•e srrength, usi1rg U?FO
load rom/Jinatim rs, N.
For design occording /0 Specijic:(I(ÍOII Section 502.3. ·1
(ASD).
1', =I-: .AK/1.5, N
11
Pro == P,,,., required rompri'.\'SÍI'I' .1'/l'(!llgth, using liSO
load combincaions, N
2. Columns in any story tlrat Iras a rario ~~~;~j\1(/Í/ab/e siiá1r
strengtlr to required shear .\·trengtlr that i.1· 50 perct!/11
greater rlwn the srory above.
522.7 Lateral Bracing at Ucam-to-Column Connections
522.7.1 Braced Connections
Colunm flanges al bcam-to-column connections requirc
lateral bracing only at thc leve! of thc top flanges of thc
beams, when the webs of the beams and column are co-
planar. and a column is shown 10 rcrnain elastic ou tside of
the panel zonc. It shall be permilled 10 assumc thal thc
column rem:tins clastic when the ratio calculated using (Eq.
522-3) is greatcr than 2.0.
Whcn a column cannot be shown ro rcmain elastic outside
of the panel zone, lhc following requirements shall apply:
The column flanges shall be lateral! y braced at the levels of
both the top and bollom beam flanges. Lateral bracing shall
be either director indirecr.
User Note: Direct lateral support (bracing) of the column
flit~e ·is :achieved throúgh üse of braces ór other members,
deck arid:sláb',' attaéhed 'to 'the column flange al or near the
désiied· br4cing p<>int ·to resist lateral buckling. Indirect
iate'ral suppol:t refers tó bracing that is achieved through the
stiffness :of·meinbers and connections lhat aie not directly
attached to the column ·flanges, but rather act tllrough ·t11e
cohimn web or stiffener plates.
l. Each column-flange lateral brace shall be dcsigned for
a requircd strength that is equal to 2 percenl of the
available beam flange strength 1·~.,1 ,,¡ (LRFO} or ¡;:,.b¡ 1¡,¡
//.5 (ASO), as appropriate.
522.7.2 Unbraccd Conncctions
A column containing a beam-to-column conncction with no
lateral bracing transverse to thc seismic framc at the
connection shall be designed using the distance between
adjacent lateral braces as the column height for buckling
transverse to the seisrnic framc and shall conform to
Specification 508, exccpt that:
l. The required column strength shall be determined from
1he appropriate load combinations in the NSCP code,
 cxccpt that 1:.' shall be takcn as thc lcsscr of. 'f1w rec¡uirnl strt!IIJ:Ih oj 1/w cofumn spflc<' nmlidain¡.:
opproprimr .\11'1'.\\' ¡·m11 enlrutirm Jaclors or jrac11~re
a. T hc amplilicd scismk load.
mecfumin· slre.u iiii<'Jt.l'ily jáctor.r need 1101 t·.rceed Ihm
b. 125 pcrccnt of thc framc availablc strcngt h bascd upon de!ermi11ed by Íllefasiic wwfy.\'1'.\'.
cithcr lile bcam avai lablc flexura! strcngth or panel
zonc availahlc shcar strcngth
2. Thc slcndcrncss 1./r for thc column shall not cxcl!cd 60.
3. Thc colurnn rcqui r~d llcxural strcngth transvc.-s• tu thc
scismic framc shall includc that momcnt t:auscd by thc
application of thc bcam llangc force spccilicd . in
Scction 522.7.2 in addition 10 thc sccond-ordcr momcnt
duc 10 thc rcsuhing column nangc displaccmcnt.

522.R Lateral Uracing of Bc:uns

1 Doth nangl!s uf bcams shall be latcrally l>raccd, with a
¡' maximum spacing of L11 = 0.086r¡.EIF,.. Braccs shall mcct
thc provisions of Equations A-1·7 and A·l-8 of Appcndix
' A-1.6 of the Specilication, whcrc M, = M, = R,ZF, (LRFO)
f or M, = M,= R,ZF,.//.5 (ASO), as approprime, ofthe beam
l¡ and C11 = 1.0. ·

~ In adclition. lateral braccs shall be placed ncar conccntrated

forces. changes in cross.. scction, and other locations whcrc
analysis indicatcs that a plastic hingc will form during
1 inclastic dcformations of thc SMF. Thc placemcnt of lateral
bracing shall be consistcnt with that documcntcd for a
prequalilicd conncction designatcd in ANSUAISC 358, or
as otherwisc dctcrmined in a connection prcqualification in
1
¡ accordancc with Scclion B-1, or in a program of
1
¡ qualification tcsting in accordancc with Section B-4.
¡
The requircd strength of lateral bracing providcd adjacent 10
plastic hingcs shall be Pu = 0.06 M,. /Ir., (LRFO) or Po =
0.06M 0 lh, (ASO). <tS appropriate, where "" is the distancc
between nangc centroids; and thc rcq uircd stiffness shall
mect the provisions of Equation A-1-8 of Appendix A-1.6
of the Spccification.

522.9 Column Spliccs

Column splices shall comply with the requi rements of
Section 52 1.4. 1. Whcrc groove wclds are used to make thc
splice, they shall be co mpletc-joint-penctration groove
welds that mee! thc requircments of Section 520.3.2. Weld
tabs shall be removed. Whcn column splices are not madc
with groovc welds. thcy shall havc a rcquircd Ocxural
strcngth that is al Jcast equal to R>.F,.Z,. (LRFD) or R_,.F_,z., 1
1.5 (ASO). :ts appropriatc, of thc smallcr colu mn. The
req uircd shcar strcngth of column web spliccs sh:tll .be at
lcast equal to 1:M1, /H (LRFD) or 2.'M1,.. 11.5!1 (ASD), as
appropriate, where IMpc is thc sum of the nominal plasti c
nexural strengths of thc columns abovc and below thc
splicc.
Exception:

Association of S tructural Engineers of !he Philippines

 SECTIONS23
INTERMEÍ>IATE MOM·ENT FRAMES
(IMF)
523.1 Scopt•
fntcrmcdiat c rnomcnt framcs (IMF) are cxpccted to
withstand firnitcd inclastic dcforrnations in their mcmbcrs
and conncctions whcn subjcctcd to thc forccs rcsulting from
thc motions of thc dcsign carthquakc. IMF ;;hall mcet thc
rcquircmcnts in this Scction.
523.2 Bcam-to-Cofurnn Conncctions
523.2.1 Rcquircmcnts
Bcam-to-column conncctions uscd in thc scismic load
rcsisting systcm (S LRS) shall satisfy thc rcquircmcnts of
Scction 522.2. with thc following cxccptions:
1. Thc rcquircd intcrstory drifl angfc shall be a mínimum
or 0.02 radian.
2. Thc rcquircd strcngth in shcar shall be dctcrmincd as
spccificd in Scction 522.2. 1, cxccpt that a lcsser valuc
o( V, or V11 , as appropriatc, is pcrmitted if justified by
anafysis. The requircd shcar slrcngth nccd not excced
thc shear rcsulting from thc application of appropriatc
load combination~ in thc NSCP code using the
amplified seismic load.
523.2.2 Conformancc Dcmonstration
Conform:~nce demonstration shall be as described in Scction
522.2.2 lo satisfy thc rcquirements of Section 523.2. 1 for
IMF, cxccpt that a connection prcqualificd for IMF in
accordancc wi th ANSIIAISC 358, or as otherwise
de!ermincd in a connection prcqualification in accordancc
with Section B-1, or as detcnnincd in a program of
qualification testing in accordance with Scction 8-4.
523.2.3 Wclds
Un1ess othcrwise dcsignated by ANSI/AISC 358, or
otherwise determined in a connection prequalification in
nccordancc with Section B-1. oras determined in a· program
of qualification tcsting in accordancc with Section B-4.
complete joint-penctration groovc wc1ds of bcam flanges.
shcar piares, and bcam wcbs to columns shall be dcmand
criticalwclcb as described in Section 520.3.2.
Uscr Note: For thc designation of demand critica] we!ds,
standards such as ANSI/AISC 358 and tests addrcssing
specific conncctions and joints should be used in Jieu of tl1e
more gt;ncr:al ·.tef!Us of these Provisi01.1s. Where thesc
Prqvjsjons AI,l~l,i.~.a~e ~hat , a·p~ticular . -.ye{d Í$.. dcsignated
demand cri,tical, b:U.i. lhe more ~pec;í.fic stary.Qcird -or .~e.s~ ·does
not ~~~ I\Y9.~,;-ª. <J~sigry.at),6n, -Ul~: m<>~~· $PCfj@:·~~a_q~,~~ or
test .SJ:l,Qulq g9Y.~ll1, .Li~e\y.is!},. these :s~a.QQiu:ds .·and. ,(~~ts.: m~y
National Structural Code of U·¡e Philippines 6~' Edition Volume 1
designate welds as demand critica! that are not identified as
such by these Provisions.
523.2.4 Protcctcd Zonc
Thc rcgion al each cnd of thc bcam suhjcct to inclasti~:
slraining shall be trcated as a protcctcd 7.one. ami shal1 mcct
the requircmcms of Secti on 520.4. The ~xtcnt of the
protet:tcd zonc shall be as dcsignatcd in ANSIIA1SC 358, or
as othcrwise determine<! in a conncctillll prcqualification in
accordancc with Section B- 1. oras dctermincd in a program
of qualification tcsting in accordancc with Scction 13-4.
User Note: The plastic hinging zones at the ends of lMF
b~aJ11S should be treated as ' pioteCtM ·tones. Thc plastic
hingirig rones should be · established as part of a
prequalificátíon or qualífication program for the connection.
In general, for unreinforced cónriec'tióiis. the 'j>rotected zonc
will ex:tend from the face of the column'to one half of the
beam depth beyond thc pla~tic hinge p<iint.
523.3 Panel Zonc of Bcam-to-Column Conncctions
(llcam Wcb Parallcl to Column Wcb)
No additional rcquircmcnts bcyond thc Spccification .
523.4 llcam and Column Limitations.
The rcquiremcnts of Section 521 .1 shall be satisfied, in
additi on 10 the following.
523.4.1 Width-Thickncss Limitations
Beam and column mcmbers shall meet the requiremems of
Scction 521 .2.1, unlcss otherwise qualified by tests.
523.4.2 Beam F langcs
Abrupt changcs in beam llange arca are not permitted in
plastic hingc regions. Drilling of fl ange holes or trimming
of beam flangc width is permitted if testing or quali fication
demonstrates that thc resulting configuration can develop
stable plastic hinges. The configuration shall be consisten!
with a prequalified conncclion dcsignatcd in ANSI/AISC
358, or as othcrwisc determined in a conncclion
prequal ification in accordancc with Section B-1 , or in a
program of qualification testing in accordance with Scction
B-4.
523.5 Continuity Platcs
Continuity platcs shall be provided to be consisten! with the
prequalilied connections designaled in ANS I/AISC 358, or
al' olherwise dctcrmined in a conncction prequalification in
accordancc with Section B-1 . oras determined in a program
of qualificalion testing in accordance with Section B-4 .
523.6 Column-Beam Momcnt Ratio
No additional requirements beyond the Specification .
Lateral Bracing a l Beam-to-Column Conncctions No
 !> 1GG CHAPlTI~ !> · Steel ar!ó Mctél ls

add itional rcquircmcnts bcyond thc Specilication. Lateral

Brac ing of 13cams Bot h llangcs shall be latcr:lily braccd
dircctly or indircctly. Thc unhraccd length bctwccn lateral
braccs shall not cxcccd O. 17 /?,. 1://.'1 . Braces shall mcct thc
provisions of Equations A-1-7 ami A- 1-H of Appcndix A-
1.6 of thc Specilication. whcrc M,=M,=R,L.F, { U~FDJ or 524.1 Sropc
M,=M,.=R,ZF,. 11.5 (ASD). as appropriatc, of the beam, ami
Ordtnary momcnt frames (OMF) are cxpcctcd lo withstand
CJ= 1.0.
mínima! inelastic defonnations in their members and
connections when subjccted to the ftlrccs resuhing from the
Jn addi tion, lateral braccs shall qc placed ncar concentrated
motions of thc dcsign earthquake. OMF shall meet the
loads, changes in cross-seclion and other locations wherc
requircments of this Scction. Connections in conformancc
analysis indicates that a plastic hingc will fonn during
wi th Sections 522.2.2 and 522.5 or Scctions 523.2.2 and
inclasti c defonnations of the IM F. Whcrc the dcsign is
523.5 shall be pennined fo r use in OMF wi thout meeting
based upon asscmblics testcd in accordance with Section B-
thc rcquircmcnts of Sections 524.2.1, 524.2.1, and 524.5.
4, thc placcment of lateral bracing for the bearns shall be
consisten! with that used in the tests or as required for
prequalification in Section 8- J. The rcquired strength of l}.ssrflff?~.: ~tr, U¡,~se.e~~visj9n.s. for.<).~ ~~e p~~ly
d~V.el9I>@ lOf, \I,Se_with wide flarge shaJ?eS•. Wlth juá~égi,
lateral bracing provided adjaccnt to plastic hinges shall be
P,.=0.06 M, lh, {LRFO) or Pa = 0.06M11 1 ,., (ASO}, as
the~ ·jil~ 'álsó ·!'e ~¡)plirrQ tó pt!ler,~hílpéS such·~ c.f\~~{8;
built-tip sections, and hollow structural sections (HSS): ·- -
=
appropriate, whcre ho distance hctween nange centroids;
and the rcqui red stiffncss shall mee! thc provisions of
524.2 lleam-lo-Column
Equation A-1 -8 of Appendix A- 1.6 of the Specification.
Column Splices Co!umn splices shall comply with the Conncctions l3eam- to-colum n conncctions shall be madc
requirements of Section 521.4.1. Where groove welcls are with welds and/or high-strcngth bolts. Conncctions are
used to make the splice, they shall be completc-joint- pennitted to be fu lly restrained (FR) or partially restrained
penetration groove welds that meet the requirements of (PR) moment connections as follows.
Section 520.3.2.
'·· . 524.2. Rcquircmcnts fo1· FR Momcnl Conncclions
FR moment connections that are part of the seismic load
resisting system (SLRS) shall be designcd for a required
nexural strength that is equal to 1.1 Rr Mp (LRFO) or
(1.1/1.5) R,. Mp (ASO), as appropriate, of the beam or
girder, or the maximum moment that can be developed by
the system, whichever is less.

FR con nections shall meet the following requircments.

l. Wherc stcel backing is used in conncctions with
complcte-joint-pcnetration (CJP) beam nange groove
welds, steel backing and tabs shall be removed, except
that top-Oange backing attached 10 the column by a
continuous filie! weld on thc edge below the CJP
groove weld nced not be removed. Removal of steel
backing and tabs shall be as follows:
a. Following thc removal of backing, the root pass shall
be back gougcd 10 sound weld metal and back welded
with a rcinforcing fi llet. The reinforcing fillet shall
have a mínimum leg size of 8 mm.
h. Weld tab removal shall extend to within 3 mm of the
base metal surface, except al continuity platcs where
removal to within 6 mm of the plate edgc is acceptable.
Edges of thc weld tab shall be finisbed 10 a surface
roughness value of 13 J.un or be!lcr. Grinding toa flush
condition is not required. Gouges and notches are not
pcnnitted. The trans itional slope of any area where
gougcs and notches have been removed shall not

Association of Structural Engtneers of lile Philippines

 cxcccú 1:5. Material removed by grinding that cxtcnds
more than 2 mm bclow thc surfacc of thc base mct<il
slwll be filled with weld metal. The contour of thc wcld ...
al thc cncls shall providr a smooth transi tion. free or
notdlc~ and sharp corncrs.

2. Whcrc wcld acccss holes are providcd, thcy shall be as

shown in Figure .'i24- l . Thc weld acccss holc shall ha ve
a surfacc roughncss va!ue 1101 to exceed 13 ¡un, ancl
shall he free or notcl\eS <llld gouges. Notches and
as
gouges shall bc repaired rcquired by lh~ cnginecr-of-
record. Weld acccss holes are prohibited in thc bcam
web adjacent to thc end-plate in bohed mome111 cnd-
platc conncctions.
3. Thc rcquircd strcngth of double-sidcd panial-joint-
penctration groovc wclds and doublc-sidcd fillet welds
thal resist tcnsile forccs in COIIIICctions shall be
I.IR,F,A~ (LRFD) or (1.1/1.5) R, F,A ~ (ASD), as So.tc-'1.: J UC\d A'- 1\"oflllr...l fuf -....~I...,:c..-J '"""'•' •rL.I
~ ..... lfd ,,¡ wur ~: .. () \ tuló11lrl.n 1, ! r..._•.H ...,.,."' '·' ,_..,
appropriate. of the connected elerne111 or pan. Singlc- .l ~; ~.,,,, V..1n f)\J mm••twn•mt~AIIi
~·, tn ttt A n•mJ
6

sided panial-joint-penetration groove wclds and singlc- -1 h ou llflu,¡niiiiiiiiiUVII t.t..fm, l f'lu" ' "" f.:lut....J lllltl\1\ Ut
~ \ t,1 •1 \'! 111 1\
sidcd fillct wclds shall 1101 be used t0 resist tcnsile ,~,J.-f,lr'lo '"' .. J¡ ..Jij)oo(
1 lt
: ..·,
rllflll
Cllnllf,llt' t,. fh.,• f -'l\'j\1 1h,11 l lll-' olll)''•" •A tJ-...• .1~\\' '' h,.),• d!l ¡., , ,..,_. IJ:v:,•.,·
forccs in thc con11cctions. 'Ud~~C',\'ú'd.. .:!-·

4. For FR moment connections. the rcquired shear
strcngth, 11,, or 11,, as appropriate. of thc co11nection
shall be determined using thc followi11g quantily for thc
earthquake load effect E:
E= 2f l .lR,.M, JI L~t (Eq. 524- J)
Where this E is used in ASD load combinations that are
additive with othcr transient loads and thal are ba$ed on
SEI/ASCE 7, the 0.75 combinatioo factor for transientloads
shall oot be applied to E.
Allernmively, a lesser value of V., or 1'11 is permittcd if
justificd by analysis. The requ ired shcar strength need not
excced thc shear resuhing from the application of
appropriate load combinations in the NSCP code using the
amplified seismk load.
Fig. 524-1 We!d-Aeccss hole dctail (frorn FEMA 350,
''Recommcnded Seismic Design Cri teria for New Stecl
Moment-Frame Buildings")
524.2.2 Requ irements ror PR Momcnl Con neclions
PR momenl connections are pennitted when the following
requirements are me!:
l. Such connections shafl be designed for the required
strength as specified in Section 524.2. 1above.
2. The nominal flexura! strength of the connection, M ,..
shall be no Jcss than 50 perce11t of M 1, uf thc connectcd
bcam or column, whichever is less.
3. The stiffness and strength of the PR moment
connections shall be considered in !he design, including
the effect on overall fra me stability.
4. For PR moment connections, V, or 110 , as appropriate,
shall be determined from the load combination above
plus the shear resulting from the max imum cnd
moment thal the connectio11 is capable of resisting.

524.2.3 Welds
Complete-joint-penetration groovc wclds of bcam nanges,
shear plates. and beam wcbs l O columns shall be dcmand
critica! welds as described in Section 520.3.2.

524.3 Panel Zone or Bcam-to-Column Conncctions

(Bcam Web Parallel To Column Web)
No additional requirements beyond the Specification.

Nahonal Slructura! Code of !he Philippines 6111 Edition Volume 1

 524.4 Bca m and Colt1mn Limitalions 524.9 Column Splic:cs
No rcquircmcnts bcyond Scction 521 . 1. Column split'es shall comply with thc rcquircments of
Scction 521.4 . l .
524.5 Continuity Platcs
Whcn FR nwmcnt conncctions are madc by mcans or wcld.,
of bcmn llangcs or bcam-llangc con ncction platcs dircctly
to co!umn flangcs. continuity p!atcs shall be providcd in
accordancc with Scction 5 ! 1' of thc Spcciflcation.
Continuity platcs shall also be rcquircd whcn:
,, ,.
tcf< 0.54 Jb ,,,1 r,.. 1 F"
or whcn
1,¡ < b¡l 6
1 Wherc continuity platcs are rcqui red, the thickncss of the
plates shall be determincd as follows:
1. For one-sided conncctions, continuity plate thickncss
shall be at least onc half of the thickness of thc beam
flangc.
2. For two-side<.l conncctions the continuity platcs shall be
at lcast cqual in thickncss to thc thicker of thc beam
tlangcs.

Thc weldcd joints of thc continuity plates to the column

fla nges shall be made with either complctc-joint-pcnetration
groove welds, two-sided partial-joint penetration groove
welds combined with reinforcing fillct welds, or two-sidcd
fillct welds. The required strcngth of these joints shall not
be less than the available strength of the contact arca of the
platc with the column flange. The rcquircd strength of thc
wclded joints of the continuity plates to thc column weh
shall be the least of the following:
a. The su m of thc available strengths at the connections of
the continuity plate to the column flanges.
The avai lable shear strength of the contact arca of the
plate with the column web.
b. The weld available strength that develops the available
shear strength of the column panel zone.
c. The actual force transmitted by the stiffener.

524.6 Column-Beam Momcnt Ratio

No additi onal rcquirements beyond thc spccification

524.7 Lateralllracing at Bcam-to-Column Connccti ons

No additional requi rements beyond the Spccification .

524.8 Lateral Bracing of llcams

No add itional requiremcnts beyond the Specification.

/\ssociation of Structural Engu1eers of the Phihpp1nes

 SECTION 525 . .
SPECIAL TRUSS MOME~T-FRAMES
(STMF) · . ;.. ··~(':·}\ ... ·· ,'·~ ' ..
·· j
525. 1 Scopc
Spccial lruss momcnl framcs (STMF) are cxpcctcu lo
withstand significan! inclastic dcfonnation within a
spccially dcsigncd scgmcnt of the truss when subjectcd lo
the forccs from the motions of the design eanhquake. STMF
shall be limited to span lcngths betwccn columns not to
excced 20 m and overall depth not to excccd 1.8 m. Thc
columns and truss segmems outside of the special segments
shall be designed lo remain elastic under thc forces that can
be gcncratcd by the full y yielúcd ano strain-hardened
special scgment. STMr shall mcct thc rcquircmcnts in this
Section.
525.2 S pedal Scgmcnl
Each horizontal truss that is par1 of thc seismic load
rcsisting systcm (SLRS) shall havc a spccial segmcnt that is
locatcd bctwcen !he quarter points of thc span of thc truss.
The length of thc special segrnent shall be bctwccn 0 .1 anú
0.5 times the truss span lcngth. Thc Jeng!h-to-depth ratio of
any panel in thc special scgment shall ncither exceeu 1.5
nor be less than 0 .67.
Panels within a spccial segment shall either be all
Vierendeel panels or al! X-braced panels; neither a
combination thereof nor the use of other truss diagonal
configurations is permiued. Whcre diagonal rn ernbe~s are
used in the special segrnent, lhey shall be arranged in an X
pattem separated by vertical membcrs. Such diagonal
rnernbers shall be inlerconnected at points where they cross.
Thc interconncction shall have a required strength equal 10
0.25 times the nominal tensilc strength of the diagonal
member. Bolted connections shall not be used for web
members within the special segment. Diagonal web
members within the special segment shall be made of fl at
bars of identical sections.
Splicing of chord members is not permittcd within the
special segment, nor within one-half the panel lenglh from
the ends of !he spccial segmenl. The required axial s!rength
of !he diagonal web members in thc spccial segmcnt due w
de ad and li ve loads within the special segmcnt shall not
exceed 0.03l·A~ (LRFD) or (0.03/1.5) F_,Ac (ASD). as
appropriate.
The special segmen1 shall be a protected w ne meeting thc
requirements of Section 520.4.
525.3 Slrcngth of Spccial Scgmcnt Mcmbcrs
The availablc shear streng!h of the special segment shall be
calculated as the sum of the avai lable shear strength of thc
Nalionaf Slructura l Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Vol ume 1
chonl mcmbcr!> thn>ugh fkxurc , and thc shcar strcngth
corrcsponding 10 1hc avail;~blc tensi lc strcngth and 0.3 times
the availablc compressivc st rcngth of thc diagonal membcrs,
whcn thcy are uscd. Thc top and bonom chord mcmbcrs in
thc spccial scgmcnl shall be madc of idcntical sc<.:tions and
shall providc al least 25 pcrccnt of thc rcquircú vertical
shcar strcngth. Thc rcqu ircd axial strcngth in thc chord
mcrnbcrs. dctcrmined according to thc limit statc of tcnsile
yiclúing, shall not excccd 0.45 times rpP, (LRf<D) or P, 1 Q
(ASD). as appropriate.
<p = 0.90 (LRFD) n = 1.67 (ASD)
whcrc
The end connection of diagonal wcb members in thc spccial
segmcnt shall have a rcquircd strcng!h that is al lcast equal
to thc cxpccted yicld strcngth. in tcnsion, of thc wcb
mcmhcr, R)-~,A., (LRFD) or R,.P,A~ 1 1.5 (ASD}. as
appropriatc.
525.4 Strcngth of Non-Spccia l Scgmcnt rs.
Mcmbers and connccti ons of STMF. cxcept those in the
special scgmcnt spccificd in Section 52:5.2. shall llave a
requircd strength bascd on the appropriate load
combi nations in thc NSCP codc. replacing the earthquake
load term E with the lateral loads nccessary to develop the
expected vertical shear strength of t11e special segment Vne
(LRrD} or Vnr /1.5 (ASD}. as appropriatc, at mid-length.
given as:
3.75R,.M ,. (L- Ly) ( ).
\1 = . " + 0.075El - - - + R,. P, + 0.3 P,.( Sin (1
,,. L, L~ J
(Eq. 525-1)
where
M," = nominal flex ura! strength of a chord mcmbcr of
the special segment, N-mm.
El = flexu ra! clastic segment of a chord member of
the special segment, N-mm2
L = span length of the truss, mm.
L, = length of the special segment. in. (mm)
P,, = nominal tensile strength of a diagonal member of
the special segment, kips (N)
P,,. = nominal compressive strength of a diagonal
membcr of 1hc special segment. kips (N)
u = angle of diagonalmembers with thc horizontal
525.5 Width-Thickness Limitations
Chord rnembers and diagonal web members within the
spccial segmc111 shall meet the requircrnents of Section
521.2.2.
111
 !i í i'O CH.I\1'1E·.l1 !J · Ste"! ;¡rr¡i Me!als

525.6 Latcml Bracing

SEC:riON 526 .
Thc top and bottom chords of thc lrusscs shall be laterally
braccd al lhc cnds of thc spccial scgmcnl, and at in tcrvals SPECíAL €0NCENTRlOALLY
not w cx<:ecd 1{' accor<ling lo Spccificalion Scction 506, BRAéED FRAMEf(SCBF)
a long thc en tire lcngth of lhc truss. Thc rcquircd strcngth of
cach laler~lf bracc al thc cnds of and wi1hin lhc spccial 526-1 Scope
scgmcnt shall be Spccial conccnlrically braccd frames (SCBF) are cxpcctcd
P., = 0.06 R, P,.. (LRFO) or lo wilhstand significan! inclaslic dcformations whcn
subjectcd to ':!:e forces resulting from the motions or th::
P.,= (0.0611.5) R,. P,,. (ASD), as approprial.:.- dcsign carthquake. SCIJF shal! mee! thc requircmcnt~ in thi.;
whcrc Section.

= is lhc nominal comprcssivc strcnglh of lhe Uscr Note: Seclion: 527 (OCBF) should ·be used for tk
· spcciaf segmcnl chord mcrnber. desig·n of tension-only bracing.

Lateral braccs outsidc of thc spccial scgmcnt shall ha vc a 526.2 Mcmbers

rcquircd strcnglh of
P, = 0.02 R, P,u (LRFD) or 526.2.1 Slcnderncss

P11 = (0.02/f .5) R, P,. (ASO). as appropriale. Bracing mcrnbcrs shall havc

Thc required bracc s1iffncss shall rncct 1he provisions of Exception:

Equation A- 1-4 of Appendix A·l .6 of thc Spccificalion,
wherc !Jmces with 4 ,fE fF)· < Kllr::;: 200 are permiffed in ji·ames
in which the aPailable strenf?lh of the co/rmrn is at leos!
Pr = Pu = !?.,. P,. {LRFD) or equa/ 10 1he maximum load transferred IV the column ,.,.,,!
Pr = Pa =/?,~. P., 11.5 (ASO), as npproprialc. siderillf? R,- (LRFD) or ( 1/1.5) R,. (ASD). as npproprim,·.
limes the . nominal strengths of the connecting brac('
c>lements of the building. Cofumn forces need not acf'ed
tlrose determined by inefastic analysis, nor rhe mnximum
load effecrs rhat can be de1•eloped by rhe syswn.

526.2.2 Rcquil'ed St rength

Where lhc cffcctivc net area of bracing membcrs is lcss than
1hc gross area, thc rcquired tcnsile strength of !he bracc·
bascd upon thc limit statc of fracture in thc nct scction shall
be grenler th an thc lcsscr of the following:

l . The cxpectcd yicld strenglh, in tension. of thc bracing

membcr, dctermincd as R,F,A~ (LRFD) or R.,F.A/ 15
(ASO), as appropriate.

2. Thc maxi mum load effect, indicated by analysis th:rt

can be transfcrred to thc brace by the system.

Uscr Note: This provision applies to bracing memhr··~

where the scction is rcduccd. A typical case is a slottcd Jii:.'.:
brace at thc gussel plate connection.

526.2.3 Latera l Force Distribution

Along any line of bracing, braces shall be dcpl(\y· : : .
altcrnate dircctions such that, for cithcr dirrction c;l : , ·
parallcl lo thc bracing, at least 30 percenl but no mn1c ti.;:;,

Association of Structural Engineers of tt1e Philippines


70 perccnt of the total hori1.ontal force along that line is
rcsistcd by braces in tcnsion. unlcss the availablc strcngth of
cach brace in cornpression is largcr than thc rcquircd
strcngth rcsulting from thc application of thc appropriate
load cornbinations stipulatcd by thc NSCP code including
thc amplitlcd scismic load. For thc purposcs of this
provision, a linc of bracing is dcfincd as a single linc or
parallcl lines with a plan ofl~ct of 1O pcrccnt or lcss of thc
building dimcnsion pcr pendicular to thc linc of bracing.
526.2.4 Width-Thickncss Limitations
Column and bracc mcmbcrs shall mect the requiremcnts of
Scction 521.2.2.
User·r;t..te:HSS ,watls')lj~~<P.'~ ~ti.ffe!lCd to c<im:PIY W.üh th1s
requirement. · ·· · . , .. .
526.2.5 Uuilt-up Membcrs
Thc spacing of stitches shall be such that the slcndcrncss
ratio /Ir of individual clcments bctwecn thc stitchcs docs not
excccd 0.4 times thc govcrning slcndcrncss ratio of thc
built-up mcmbcr.
The stl!n of the available shcar strengths of thc stitchcs shall
cqual or cxcecd the availablc tcnsile strength of each
clcment. The spacing of stitchcs shall be unifonn. Not less
than two stitches shall be uscd in a built-up membcr. 13oltcd
stítches shall not be Jocatcd within the middlc onc-founh of
the clcar bracc length.
Exception:
Where the buckling of braces about their critica/ bucking
axis does nor cause shear in rhe stitches, the spacing of the
stitches shall be srtch that thc slendemess ratio /Ir of the
individuo/ elements berween the stitches does nO/ exceed
O. 75 times rhe goveming slendemess ratio of the built-up
member.
526.3 Required Strcngth of Bracing Conncctions
526.3.1 Rcquircd Tcnsilc Strcngth
Thc requírcd tensile strength of bracing conncctions
(including beam- to-column conncctions if part of thc
bracing systcm) shall be the lesscr of thc following:
l. Thc cxpcclcd yicld strcngth, in tcnsion, of thc braci ng
mcmbcr, determined as RyF,A~ (LRFD) or R,F,A/ 1.5
(ASO), as appropriatc.
2. Thc maximum load cffcct, indicated by analysis that
can be transferrcd to thc brace by th e system.
Na!íona l S tructural Code of the Philippínes 61h Edition Volume 1
CH/WlT.fi ~) Steel and lv1e tal ~>· 1 / 1
526.3.2 Rcquircd Flcxur¡¡[ Strcnglh
Thc rcquircd flexura! strcngth of bracing connections shall
be cqual to 1.1 !?, Mp (LI~FD) or ( 1.111.5) R,. Mp (ASO), as
appropriatc, of the bracc about thc critica! buckling axis.
Exception:
Brace connections Ilwr meet the requirements of Section
526.3.1 a /U/ can accommodate the ine/astic rotations
associated with !Hace post-buck/ing deformations need not
meetthi:1:. requiremenl.
526.3.3 Requircd Comprcssive Strength
Bracing conncctions shall be dcsigncd for a rcquired
compressi ve strcngth based on buckling limit statcs that is
at Jcast equalto 1. 1RJ)" (LRFD} or {1.1/ 1.5) Ryf),. (ASO), as
appropriatc, whcrc Pn is the nominal compressivc strength
of t he bracc.
526.4 S pedal Bracing Configuration Rcquircmcnts
526.4.1 V-Typc and lnvcrted-V-Typc Uracing.
V-typc and invcrtcd V-type SCBF shall meet the following
req u i rem en ts:
l . The rcquired strcngth of bcams intcrsccted by braces,
thcir conncctions, and supporting members shall be
determined bascd on thc load combinations of thc
NSCP codc assuming that the braces providc no
suppon for dead and livc loads. For load combinations
that includc earthquakc effects, the earthquake effec t,
E, on thc beam shall be dctcrmined as follows:
a. Thc forccs in al! braccs in tcnsion shall be assumecl to
be cqual to R,F,A~.
b. Thc forccs in all adjoiníng braces in compression shall
be assumed to be equalto 0.3Pn.
2. Beams s!Jall be continuous between columns. Both
flanges of bearns shall be laterally braccd, with a
maximum spacing of L¡,=L1,¡, as specificd by Equation
A-1.1-7 ami A-1.1-8 oí" Appendix A-lof thc
Speci[ication. Lateral braccs shall mcct thc provisions
of Equations A- 1.6-·7 ami A-1.6-8 of Appenclíx A-1.6of
thc Spccilication, whcrc M,=M,=RyZFr (LRPD) or
M,=M.,=R,ZFr /1 .5 (ASD), as appropriatc, of thc beam
and cd = l. o. '
As a mínimum, onc sct of lateral braccs is requircd at thc
point of íntcrscction of the V-type (or invertcd V-type)
bracing, unless the beam has sufficient out-ofoplane
 5 1 72 CH/\PTER 5 · Stecl <m<l Metals
strength and stiffness lo ensure slabilily hctwcen adjaccnl
l>racc points.
526.4.2 K-Typc
Bracing K-type braced frames are not permiued for SCBF.
i 526.5 Column Spliccs
J
In addilion 10 meeting the requirements in Sec1ion 521.4,
column splices in SCBF shall be designed to develop 50
pcrcent of 1hc lesser available flexura! slrenglh of 1he
connec1cd members. The required shear s1rength shall be
EMpc /H (LRFD) or l."Mpc /1.5H (ASD). as appropriatc.
wherc EMpc is the sum of lhe nominal plastic flexura!
strengths of thc columns abovc and below thc splice.
526.6 Protccted Zone
Thc prolcctcd zone of bracing members in SCBF shall
includc 1he cemer one-qua11er of 1he brace lenglh, and n
z.one adjacenl 10 each conneclion equallo 1he brace depth in
1he plane of buckling. The pro1ec1ed z.one of SCBF shall
include elemenls that connecl braces to beams and columns
and shall salisfy 1he requiremenls of Seclion 520.4.
Association of Structural Engincers of the Philippines
527.1 Scopc
Ordinary coJJ<.:cntrically braccd framcs (0CI3F) are cxpcctcd
10 wilhsland limilcd inclastic dcformalions in their mcmbers
and connections when subjcclcd lo 1hc forces rcsulting fro,,
thc molions of the dcsign eanhquakc. OCBr shali.!11cet thc
requiremenls in lhis Section. OCBr above the ísolation
systcm in scismically isolated struclurcs shall meet the
rcquirements of Seclions 527.4and 527.5and nccd not meel
the rcquirements of Sections 527 .2and 527 .3.
527.2 Bracing Membcrs
Bracing members shall mccl thc rcquircmcnls of Sect:on
521.2.2.
Etception:
IISS braces tirar are fi/led with conc-rete• nced not com·¡/y
with this provision.
Bracing members in K, V, or in verted- V configurations
sha/1 have Kl 1 r 5 4~ E/ F>.
U$er N()t~: B~cjn_g rnem~~. ~!l.t are. desig!).ed ~ ten~i9#
()¡Jy (tli~(.iS. riegÍectiÓg.thd.r ~trengtii ·ip C9mP.~s~oi.l)."*#
not appropriate for K, V, and inverted V configuratió_ijs:
Such lirace,<; may be used in other configurations and -ar.e-n?f
fAAuir~ . to _ s.a~í~fy .this ,.provi~iQ.n. ~uch members ;P}>aY,:
{~~I~~~:~~~J.l~~~i.~g},e;s..p~Me. qr eablt¡ óracing·. wlúch ll!-:(!l?I
excludéd by Sec~ton 519.1. .
527.3 SpcciaJ Bracing Configuration
Requiremenls Beams in V-type and invcncd V-type OCBF
and columns in K-type OCBF shall be continuous at bra<lltg
connections away from the beam-column connection r.nd
shall meet lhe followíng requiremenls:
l . The required strength shall be determined based on the
load combinalions of the NSCP codc assuming lhat the
braces provide no suppor1 of dcad and live loads. For
load combinations lhat include earthquake effccls, lhe
earthquake effecl, !:.:, on lhe membcr shall be
delennined as follows:
a. The forces in braccs in tension shall be assumed to be
equal lo R_,F,A.~. For V-typc and invened V-lype
OCI3F, 1he forces in braces in 1cnsion need nol cxceed
the maximum force thal can be devcloped by the
system.
b. The forces in braces in compression shall be assumed
to be equal 10 0.3P,.
2. !3oth tlanges shall be laterally braced. with a maximum
 spacing of L¡, = Lpd• as spccilícd by Equations A- 1.7-7
aJHI A-I.H-X of Appendix A-l of thc Spccifícation.
Lateral braccs shall mcct thc provisions of Equations
A-1.6-7 ami A-1.6-X of Appcndix A-!.6 of thc
Spccification, whcrc M,=M.,=R,Zf·',. (LRFD) or M,=
M,;::::R,ZF,. 11.5 (ASD), as appropriatc, of thc bcam ami 528.1 Scopl~
C1= f .0. As a mínimum. onc set of lateral braccs is
Ecccntrically braccd framcs (EBFs) are cxpectcd to
requircd al thc point of intcrsection of thc bracing.
withstand significan! inclastic deformations in the links
unlcss thc mcmbcr ha.~ sufTicicnt out-of-planc strcngth
when subjcctcd lo the forccs rcsulting frorn the motions of
'~fld stiffncss to cnsurc ~tability bctwccn adjacent bracc
thc dcsign earthquakc. The diagonal braccs, columns, and
póints.
beam segmcnts outsidc of thc links shall be designcd to
rcmain esscntially clastic under the maximum forces that
Usef N()te: ·se·eUsér Note in ·sectlOn 526":4f<fr::a ·iri~Oíi .o f can be gcneratcd by the fully yieldcd and strain-hardcned
establi~hing sufficie.iü otit,of-ptarte s!iengtf.¡ llri:dosüffiíeiis'bf Jinks, except where pcrmittcd in this Section. In huildings
the beain: ·· ·.: · · ,;•::.~":.(<.,>r,:!·; :··,
cxcccding fivc storics in height , the uppcr story of an EBF
systcm is pcnnitted to be desigi1cd as an OCBF or a SCBF
527.4 Bracing Conncclions
and still be considere<! to be part of an EBF systcm for the
The requircd strength of bracing conncctions shall be purposes of detcnnining systcm factors in thc NSCP codc.
detennincd as fol!ows. EBF shall meet thc rcquircmcnts in this Scction.
1. For the limit state of bol! slip, thc required strength of
bracing connections shal! be that dctennined using the 528.2 Link.~
load combinations stipu!ated by the NSCP codc, not
including thc amplilied seismic load. 528.2.1 Limitations
Links shall rneet thc rcquircmcnts of Section 521 .2.2.
2. For othcr limit states, the rcquircd strength of bracing
connections is the expected yield strcngth, in tension,
The wcb of a link shall be single thickness. Doublcr-platc
of the brace, dctcrmincd as R,.F,AK (LRFO) or RyF,A~
rcinforcemenl and wcb pcnetrations are not pcrmitted.
ll.5 (ASO). as appropriate.
Exception: 528.2.2. Shear Strength
The required strength of the !Jmce connection need not Except as limitcd below, thc link design shcar strength.
exceed eitlzer of the following: ¡pvV, and the allowablc shear strcngth, F,/.í2v, according to
thc Jimit statc of shcar yielding shall be determine<! as
l. 7/w maximum force tlwt can he developed by the follows:
system
= nominal shcar strc ngth of thc link, equal 10 thc
2. A load effect based upon using the amplified seismic lesscr of Vp or 21\11,/e, N.
load

lfiV = 0.90 (LRFD) Q¡•::: 1.67 (ASO)

527.5 OCBF above Seismic Isolation Systems wherc

M,, = F,. Z, N-mm
527.5.1 Bracing·Memhers v, = 0.6F,. Aw, N
Bracing membcrs shall mect tbe requirements of Section e = link Íength, mm
521.2.2 and shall have A,. ""(d-2t_r)l,..

K/1 r ::; 4Jéj ¡:~- The effect of ax ial force on thc link availablc shcar strcngth
nced not be considercd if
527.5.2 K-Type Hracing P, :5 0. 15/\ (LRFO) or
K-typc braced frames are not pcrmitted.
Pa :=: (0 . 15/I .S)P,. (ASD), as appropriate.
27.5.3 V-Typc and Inverted-V -Typc Bracing. whcre
Bcams in Y-typc and inve11ed V-typc bracing shall be P, = required axial strength using LRFO load
continuous between columns. combinations, N

111
National Structural Code of tl1e Philippines 6 Eclilion Volume 1
 ~i - 1711 CHAI'TH1 5 · Steel ilnd Metals

= rcquircd axial strcngth using ASO load and 2.6Mp IV p.

combinalions, N
P,. =nominal axial yicld strcngth =F,. Ag. N 528.3 Link Stifl'cncrs
P'ull-depth wcb stiffeners shall be providcd on both sidcs o!"
lf Pu > 0. !5 P,. (LRrD) or thc li nk wch al thc diagonal lmtcc cnds of thc link. Thcsc
P, > (0.1511.5) P1, (ASO), as approprilltc, stiffeners shall havc a combincd width not lcss tlwn (bf -
2tw) and a thickn~~s not lcss than 0.75tw or 10 mm,
thc following additional rcquiremcnts shall be mct:
Whichever is larger, wherc hf and rw are thc link llallg,·
1. Thc avai lablc shcar strength .o[ ú1e link shall be thc 'Y~dth
and link wcb thickncss rcspectively.
lesser of q>VV110 and 2<pvM1"' le (LRFO) or
V,, 1 Q. and 2 (M 1, le)/Q,. (ASO), as appropriatc, Links shall be providcd with intermediate web stiffe ncrs :~:;
whcre follows:
<pv = 0.90 (LI~FO) nv = 1.67 (ASO) l. Links of lengths 1.6Mp !Yp or less shall be providcd
j with intcm1 ediatc web stiffeners spaccd at intervals noi
v,a= v, (Eq. 528-1) excced ing (30tw -<l/5) for a link rotation anglc of O. u¡;
t M,.=l. JBMr (Eq. 528-2) radian or (52 tw -d/5) for link rotation angles of 0.02
radian or lcss. Linear interpolation shall be uscd f.,:·
f¡ P, = P. (LRFD) or valucs bct ween 0.08 and 0.02 radian.
P,. (ASO), as appropriatc 2. Links of length greater than 2.6Mp !Yp and lcss tha t:
Pr =P,. (LRFO) or P,. 11.5 (ASO), as appropriatc SMp !Vp shall be prov idcd wit h inte rmcd iate web s;i ;
fcn ers placed at a dist ancc of 1.5 time~ bf frorn cae!.
2. The length of the link shall not cxcced: cnd of the link.
a. 11.15 -0.5p'(A,.IA 11 )] 1.6M1,1V, 3. Links of length between 1.6Mp /Vp and 2.6Mp / Vp
when p' (A ".IA1 ) ~ 0.3 (Eq. 528-3) shall be providcd with intem1ediate wcb stiffen cr~
meeting the re quiremcnts of (a) and (b) above.
nor
4. lntermediatc web stiffeners are not requircd in links uf
b. 1.6MPIVP lengths greatcr than 5Mp N p.
when p'( A".IA8 ) < 0.3 (Eq.528-4) 5. lnlermediate web stiffeners shall be full depth. Fo;·
where links that are less than 635 mm in depth, stiffencrs ar<.:
requircd on only onc side of the link web. The
A1v= (d - 2t¡)l,. thickncss of onc-sided stiffeners shall not be lcss than
p' = P, IV, tw or 1O mm, whichcver is largcr, and the width shali
and be not less than (bf 12)- tw. For links that are 635 11111!
in depth or greatcr, similar intem1ediate stiffeners are
where requircd on both sides of the web.
V, = V. (LRFD) or Va (ASO), as appropriate The required strength of fillet welds connecting a lin l-
v. = required shcar strength based on LRFD load
sliffener to thc link web is A1 ,F,. (LRFD) or A1,F,. 1 L..>
combinations, N
= required shear strength based on ASO load (ASO), as appropriate, whcre Ast is the arca of the stifferH!.
combinations, N The requircd strength of fillet welds connecting the stifkw•
to the link flanges is A.r~Fy 14 (LRfD) or A.11 F,.I4( 1.5) (ASJ l> .
528.2.3 Link Rotation Anglc
528.4 Link-to-Column Conncctions
The link rotation anglc is the inelastic angle hetween the
link and the beam outside of the link when the total story Link-to-column connections must be capablc of sustainin:'.
drift is cqual lo the dcsign story drift, ó.. The li nk rotation the maximum link rotatiun angle based on the length of tk
angle shall not excecd thc following values: link, as specificd in Scction 528.2.3. The strength of tJ,:
connection measured at the column face shall equal at lc ;:~t
l. 0.08 radians for links of length 1.6Mp /Vp or less. the nominal shear strength of the link, vm as specified i!l
2. 0.02 radians for links of length 2.6Mp /Vp or greater. Section 528.2.2 al the maximum link rotation angle. Link-
to-column connections shall satisfy the above requirements
3. The value detennined by linear interpolation bctween by one of the following:
the above values for links of Jength between 1.6Mp Np
J. Use a connection prcqualified for EBF in accordancc

Association of Structural Engineers of !he Philippines


with Scction B-1.
2. Pro vide qualifying cyclic test rcsults in accordancc with
Scction 13-4. Rcsults of m least two cyclic conncction
tests shall be providcd and are pcrmillcd to be based on
onc of thc fo llowing:
<l. Tests rcpurtcd in rcscarch litcraturc or documcntcd tests
performcd for other projccls that are rcprcsentativc of
projcct conditions, wi thin thc limits specificd in Scction
B-4.
h. Tests that are conductcd specifically for the project and
are represcntative of project mcmber sizes, material
strengths, connection configurations, and matching
conncction processes, ~vith i n the li mits specified in
Section B-4.
txception:
Where reinforceme/11 at the beam-w-colunm connection m
the link end predudes yie/ding of the beam ow!r th e
reinji1rced length, the link is pcrmiffed 10 be the beam
se;:nwnt f)'()m tire 1~11(/ uf the reinforcemelll 10 the bran•
connection. Where .\'llch links are used and the link length
does not exceed / .6Mp / \lp, cyclic tesring of the reinforced
connecrion is nor required if rhe available srrengrh uf thc
reinforced section Qll(J the connecrion eqüals or exceeds tire
required strength calculated based upon 1he strain-
hardened link as described in Section 528.8. Fui/ depth
stiffeners as required in Section 528.2.3slra/l be placed at
the link-to-reinforcement i111e1face.
528.5 Later·af Bracing of Link
Lateral bracing shall be provided at both the top and bottom
link fl anges at the ends of the link. The requ ired strength of
=
each lateral brace at thc ends of the link shall be PIJ 0.06
M , l hn. whcre ho is the distance betwecn fl ange centroids in
m m.
For design according to Specification Scction 502.3.3
(LRFD)
M,= M,.exp R>ZF,.=
For design according lo Spccification Section 83.4 (ASD)
M,= M.,. exp/1.5
Thc required brace sliffncss shall meet thc provtstons of
Equation A-1.6-8 of the Specification, whcre M, is defined
above. Cn = l. and Lb is the link length.
528.6 Diagonal Bracc and Bcam Oulside of Link
528.6.1 Diagonal Bracc
Thc req uired combined axial and flexural strcngth of the
diagonal brace shall be delermined based on load
combinations stipulated by thc NSCP code. For load
cornbinations including seismi e effects, a load Q 1 shall be
su bstituted for the terrn E, where Q 1 is defined as the axial
Né!tionaf Structural Code of the P11ilippines 6111 Edition Volume 1
CHAP r E n S Steel and Metal ~ 17;,
forces and moments gcncrated by at lcasl 1.25 times thc
expccteú nominal shear strcngth of the link R.Vno whcrc V.
is as defined in Scction 528.2.2. The availabÍe strcngth of
the diagonal brace shall comply with Specification Scction
508.
Bracc membcrs shall meet the rcquirements of Scction
521.2. 1.
528.6.2 Hcam Outsidc Link
The rcquircd combined axial and f1exural strength of thc
beam outside of the link shall be deterrnined bascd on load
combinations stipulated by the NSCP code. For load
combinations including seismic effects, a load Q1 shall be
suhstituted for the term E where Q 1 is delineó as the forccs
generatcd by at least 1. 1 times thc cxpectcd nominal shear
strcngth of the link, R,.V,.. whcre V., is as dcfined in Section
528.2.2. The availablc strength of the bcam outside of thc
lrnk shall be determincd by the Specifi cation, multiplicd by
Ry.
At the connection between the diagonal bracc and the bearn
at the link end of the brace, the intersection of the bracc and
beam centerlines shall be at the end of the link or in thc link .
528.6.3 Bracing Conncctions
The required strength of the diagonal brace connections. at
hoth ends of the brace, sball be at least equal to the rcquired
strength of the diagonal brace, as defined in Section
528.6. 1. Tite diagonal brace connections shall also satisfy
the requirements of Section 526.3.3.
No part of the diagonal brace connecti on at thc link end or
the brace shall extend over the link lcngth. lf thc brace is
designed to resist a portion of the link end momcnl, then the
diagonal bracc conncction at the link end of thc bracc shall
be designcd as a full y-rcstrained momcnt conncction.
528.7 Bcam-to-Column Conncctions
lf the EI3F systcm factors in thc NSCP code requi re moment
resisting connections il\vay from the link, then the beanHo-
column connections away from thc link shall mcet tlw
rcquiremcnts for beanHo-column connections for OMF
spccified in Sections 11 .2 and 11 .5.
 5- 17G CH/\PTE:Ii S · S IC!el and Mc tals

lf thc EBF systcm factors in thc NSC I' codc do not rcquirc
morncnt rcsisting conncctions away from thc link. thcn thc
SECTION 529
bcanHo-colunm conncctions away from thc lin k are BUC~LlNG;•;JtESTR;AINED BRACED
pcrmiucd to be designcd as pinncd in thc planc of thc web. F~~tsr~.R.BF'> · ·;~ ·
528.8 Rcquircd Strcngth of Columns 529.1 Scopc
In addition lo thc rcquircmcnts in Scclion 52 1.3, thc Buckli ng-rcstrained braced framcs (13RB F¡, are cxpcetcd lo
rcquircd strcngth of columns shall be delc rmincd from load wilhstand signilicant inclast ic dcformalions when subjcctcd
combinations as stipulatcd by the NSCP codc, cxccpt that to thc forces rcsuhing from thc motions of' the dcsign
the scisrnic load E.shall be the forces gencrated by 1.1 times earthquake. BRBF =shall mcet the rcquircments in this
the expectcd nominal shear strcngth of all links abovc thc Sectíon. Whcre the NSCP codc docs nol contain design
leve! undcr considcration. Thc expectcd nominal shcar cocfticicnts for BRBF, lhc provisions of Section B-3 shal l
strcngth of a link is R,. V,, whcre V., is as detincd in Section apply.
528.2.2.
529.2 Bracing Mcmbers
Column membcrs shall meet the rcquircmcnts of Section
Bracing members shall be composcd of a structural steel
52!.2.2.
core and a systern that restrains the steel core from
¡ buckling.
¡ 528.9 Protcctcd Zonc
¡ Links in EBFs are a protected zonc, and shall satisfy thc 529.2.1 Stecl Corc
? rcqu,irements of Section 520.4. Wclding on links is
Thc stcel corc shall he dcsigned to resist the cmirc ax ial
f permit!ed for attachment of link stiffencrs, as required in
force in the ~ra ce.
f
t.
Scction 528.3.
i' Thc brace desi gn ax ial strength, ~pf\.r.· (LRPD), and thc
528.10 Dcmand Critica! Wclds brace allowable axi al strength, Py,,.!Q (ASD), in tcnsion and
t
Complete-joint-penetration groove welds auaching the link compression, according to thc lirnit state of yielding, shall
flanges and the link web to the column are demand critica] be determined as follows:
welds, and shall satisfy lhe requiremcnts of Section 520.3.2.
(Eq. 529-1)
<r = 0.90 (LRFD) O ::: 1.67 (ASO)
where
f)'sc = specified mínimum yield stJ·css of the stcel core,
or actual yield stress of thc stccl core as
determined from a coupon test, MPa.
Ase = nct arca of steel core, mm2.

Plates used in the steel core that are 50 mm thick or greater

shall satisfy thc mínimum notch toughness requiremcnts of
Section 519.3.

Splices in the stccl coreare not pcrmitted.

529.2.2 lluckling-Rcstraining Systcm

The buckling-rcstraining syste m shall consist of the casi ng
for the stccl corc. In stability calculations, bcams, col um ns,
and gusscts connecti ng the core shall be considcrcd parts of
this ¡:;ystern.

The buckling-restrainí ng system sball limit local and overall

buckling of the steel core for defonnations corresponding to
2.0 times the design story drift. The buckling-restn~ i ning
system shall not be pcrmitted to buckle withín deform<~tions
corresponding to 2 .0 times the design story drift.

Association of Structurat Engineers of the Philippines


User Not.e: Cqn{onnance to this provision i~ demonstrated
by means oftesting aS d~scrlbed ·in·s~tjóh 529.2.3: .
529.2.3 Tcsting
Thc design of !naces shall he bascd tJpon rcsulls from
qt1alifying cyclic tests in accordancc with thc proccdurcs
and acccptance critcria of Scction B-5. Qualifying test
rcsults shall consist of at Jcast two succcssful cyclic tests:
one is rcquired to be a test of a bracc subasscmblage that
includes brace connection rotational dem:mds complying
with Section B-5, Scction B-5.4 and thc other shall be cither
a uniaxia! ora subassemblage test complying with Scction
B·S, Scction B-5.5. Both test typcs are pennitted to be
based u pon one of the following:
l. Tests reponed in rescarch or documentcd tests
perforrncd for othcr projects.
2. Test~ that are conducted spccifically for the projcct.
lntcrpolation or extrapolation of test rcsults for diffcrcnt
mcmber sízcs shall be justifíed by rational analysis that
demonstrates stress distributions ami magnitudes of i nternal
strains consistent wíth or lcss severc than thc tcstcd
assemblies and that considcrs the advcrse cffects of
variations in material propcrties. 'Extrapolation of test
rcsu!ts shall be based upon similar combinatíons of steel
core and buckling-rcstraining system sizes. Tests shall be
permitted to qua!ífy a dcsign whcn the provisions of Section
B-5 are mct.
529.2.4 Adjusted Brace Strcngth
Where required by thcse Provisions, bracing connections
and adjoining members shal! be desígned to resíst forccs
calculated bilsed on the adjusted brace strength.
Thc adjustcd bracc strength in comprcssion shall be
fJwRyPrsc· Thc adjustcd bracc strength in tcnsion shall be
(VR,Py.><··
l:.xception:
The factor R,. need not be applied if 1\.... is esrablished using
yieid stress determined.from a coupon test.
Thc comprcssion strength adjustment factor, rl. shall be
calculated as the ratio of the maximum comprcssion force to
the maximum tension force of the test specimcn measured
frorn thc quali fication tests speciticd in Scction B-5, Scction
B -5.6.3for the range of deformations corresponding to 2.0
times the <lcsign story drif( The largcr value off) frorn the
two requircd brace qualification tests shall be used. In no
case shall f3 be taken as less than l .O.
~
Thc strain hardening adjustment factor, cv, shal! be
calculatcd as the ratio of the maximum tcnsíon force
measurcd from the qualification tests specified in Scctíon B-
5, Section B-5.6.3 (for thc range of deformations
'ánd stifúiess ifthe beam befit the horizontal plane me.ets
National Structural Code of !he Philippines 6 ¡, Edition Volume 1
CHIIPlT!i ~> SWc l nnd lvlnlal ~' l !i'
corresponding to 2.0 times the design story drift) to F,... of
thc test spccimen. The !arger valuc of' (/) from thc t wo
rcquircd qualification tests $hall be uscd. Whcrc thc testcd
stccl core material does not match that of thc prototype, <1J
slwll be bascd on roupon tcsting of the prototypc materiaL
529.3. Bracing Conncctions.
529.3.1 Rc<¡uit·cd Sll'cngth
The rcquircd strcngth of bracing connections in tension ami
compression (including beam-to,uqlumn connections if part
of the bracing system) shall be l. i times thc adjusted bracc
strcngth in compression (LRFD) or l.l/1 .5 times thc
adjusted brace strength in comprcssion (ASO).
529.3.2 Gussct Platcs
The design of connections shall include considcrations of
local and overall buckling. Bracing consisten! with that used
in thc tests upon which the design is base<l is rcquired.
User Note: This provision may be. met !¡y designing the
guss~t plªte for a. tran,~vcrse force cqqsi.ste[lt witlq¡:apsverse
brac\n& ~Q;ce.~ 4~termi[lect fr,om . te;stihg,' by a~dü}g a
stiffen,er to it to re si~~ .tl!is. fofr;~, Qr by proviili,ng a b.race to
the gU:sset p\ate or io fh.c bráCé it§<?~f. Whc~e ,Ole s,upporting
tests didnpUnclude transverse. ~racing, .no ~Ucb. bracingis
required. A~~ attachment of braéing. to the 'siécl core ·must
be included in the qualification testing.
529.4 S pedal Rcquircmcnts
Related to Bracíng Configuration. V-type and invcrted-V-
type l>raced frames shall rncct the following rcquirements:
1. The requircd strcngth of beams intersectcd by braccs,
their connections, and supporting mcmbers shall be
determined based on thc load combinations of the
NSCP · code assuming that the braccs provide no
suppon for dead and li ve loads. For load combinations
that include earthquake effects, tbc ve¡tical and
horizontal earthquake cffect, E, on the beam shal! be
detennined from the adjusted brace strengths in tension
and compression.
2. Beams shall be continuous betwecn columns. Both
flanges of bcams shall be laterally braccd. Lateral
braces shall mect the provisions of Equations A-1 .6-7
and A-1.6-8 of Appcndix A-l .6 of the Spccification,
where M, = M, = R, ZF)' (LRFD) or M, = M, = R, ZFv
11 .5 (ASD), as appropriate, of the beam and Cd = 1.0.
As a mínimum, onc sct of lateral braccs is rcquircd at
the point of intcrsection oí the V-type (or invertcd V-
typc) bracing, unless the beam has sufl1cienl out-of-
planc strength and sti!Tness to ensure stability between
adjacent brace points.
User. Notc:Thebeam has·.·S\Jfficient out~of-plane strength
in
1
 5 · 178 CHAPTI::Fl !i ·· Steel ancJ Metal~;

529.6 Protcctcd Zonc

Thc protcctcd wnc shall includc thc stccl corc of hraci :1g
mcmbcrs and clcmcnts that conncct thc stccl corc to bcams
and columns. and shall satisfy thc rcqui rcmcnts or Scction
For purposcs of hracc dcsign and tcsting, thc calculatcd 520.4.
maximum dcfonnati on of braccs shall be incrcascd by
including thc cffcct of thc vertical dcflcction of thc bcarn
undcr thc loading dcfincd in Scction 529 4.
K-typc braccd frames are not pcnnittcd ¡;:: !3RBF.

529.5 Bcams and Columns

Beams and columns in BRBF shall mcct the following
rcq uircmcnts.

529.5.1 Width-Thickncss Limitations

Bcam and column mcmbcrs shall mect thc rcquircmcnts of
Section 521.2.2.

529.5.2 Requircd Strcngth

Thc requírcd strength of beams and colurnns in BRBF shall
be dctcrmined from load combinations as stipulatcd in thc
NSCP code. For load combinations that include carthquakc
effects, tlic earthquake effect, E, shall be detennined from
thc adjusted brace strengths in tensíon and compression.

The requircd strength of beams and columns nced not

exceed the maximum force that can be developed by the
system.

529.5.3 Spliccs
In addition lo meeting the requircments in Scction 52 1.4,
column splices in BRBF shall be dcsigned to develop 50
percent of the lesser available flexura! strength of the
connected members, detennined based on thc limit state of
yielding. The required shear strength shall be lMpc /11
(LRFD) or EMpc /1.5H (ASD), as appropriatc, where I:Mpc
is the sum of the nominal plastic flexura! strengths of thc
columns abo ve and below the splice.

Association o1Structural Engineers of the Philippines


530.1 Scopc
Special plalc shear walls (SPSW) are cx pccted lo withstand
significan! inclaslic defonnations in lhe webs whcn
subjcctcd to the forccs rcsulling from the motions of thc
dcsign earlhquakc. The horízojltal boundary elcmcnts
(HBEs) and vertical boundary elements (YBEs) adjacent to
thc wcbs shall be dcsigned to remain essentially clastic
undcr the rnaxirnum forccs that can be generated by the
fully yielded webs, excepl that plastic hinging at the ends of
l-IBEs is permitted. SPSW shall meet the requirernents of
this Section. Where the NSCP code docs not contain design
cocfficients for SPSW, the provisions of Scction B-3 shall
apply.
530.2 Webs
530.2.1 Shear Strcngth
The panel design shear strcngth, q¡ V, (LI~FO). and the
allowable shear strcngth, V ,,Q
(ASO), according ro thc limit
slate of shear yiclding, shall be dctennined as follows:
V, = 0.42 F,. t,. L,¡ sin2a (Eq.530- I)
q> = 0.90 (LRFO) Q = 1.67 (ASO)
whcre
530.2.3 Opcnings in Wcbs
Openings in wcbs shall be bounded on all sides by H BE allll
VBE extcn<ling thc Jul l width a ntl hcight nf thc panel.
respcctively, unlcss othcrwise justificd by tcsting aiHI
analysis.
530.3 Connections of Webs to Boundary Elcmcnts
The rcquired slrcngth of wcb conncctions lo lhe surrounding
HBE and VBE shall cqual the expected yield strcngth, in
tcnsion, of the web calculated at an ang l·~ n. detined by
Eq.530-2.
530.4 Horizontal and Vertical Boundary Elemenls
530.4.1 Rec¡uircd Strcngth
In addition to the requirements of Section 521 .3. thc
required strength of VB E shall be bascd upon the fo rccs
corresponding to the expected yield strength. in tcnsion, of
thc web calculaled at an anglc a.
The rcquircd strenglh of HB E shall be thc greater of thc
forces con cspondi ng to the cx pected yicld strength, in
lcnsion, of the web calculated al an anglc a or that
determined from the load combinations in the NSCP codc
assuming the web provides no suppon for gravit y Joads.
The beam-column moment ratio provisions in Seclion 522.6
shall be met for all HBr.:tYBE intersections withoul
consideration of thc effects of the webs.

1,.. = thicknes~ of the wcb, mm. 530.4.2 HBE-to-VBE Conncctions

Le¡ =clcar distance between VB E flanges, mm. HBE-to- VBE connections shall satisfy the requiremcnts of
Section 524.2. The required shear strength, V,,. of a HBE-to-
a is the angle of web yielding in radians, as measured VBE connection shall be determined in accordance with the
relalive to thc vertical, and il is given by:
provisions of Section 5;24.2, exccpt that the requircd shear
t ...L strength shall not be less than the shear corresponding to
l +- - moments at each end equal to l.l R,MI' (LRFO) or ( 1.1/l.S)
4 2A
tan = e R>MP (ASD), as approptiate, together with the shear

l+
1
"'/¡ CL + 36i;;-i) resulting from .the expccted yield strength in tension of the
webs yieldi ng atan anglc a.
(Eq.530-2)
530.4.3 Width-Thickness Limitations
h =distancc between HD E centerlines, mm. HBE and VBE members shal l meet the requiremenls of
A,, = cross-sectional arca of a HB E, mm2. Sectíon 521.2.2.
A,. =: cross-seclional arca of a VBE, mm2.
!,. = moment of inertia of n VBE tnken perpendicular 530.4.4 Lateral Bracing
to the direction of the wcb plate linc, mm4.
HBE shall be latc.ral ly braced at all intcrsections with VBE
L =: distnnce. bct wccn VBE cent c rlin c~. mm.
and at a spacing nol to excecd 0.086 RJVF,.. !3oth 11anges of
l-IBE shall be braced either direclly or indireclly. Thc
530.2.2 Panel Aspcct Ratio
required strength of lateral bracing shall be at least 2 percent
Thc ratio of panel length to height, Uh, shall be limited to of the HBE flange nominal strenglh, F,. bf tf. The required
0.8 < Uh :S 2.5. stiffness of al! lateral bracing shall be detem1ined in
accordance with Equation A-1.6-8 of Appendix A-1.6 of thc
Specification. In thesc equations, Mr shall be computed ns
R>ZFy (LRFO) or Mr shall be computed as R>ZF,. /1.5

1
National Structural Code of !he Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
(1\SD), as appropriatc, and Cd = 1.0.510.4.5. VBE Spliccs.
VBE ~p li ccs shall <.:ornply with the n:qu iren H~n ts of Scdion
521.4.
530.4.6 Panel Zoncs
Tite VBE panel zonc ncxt to thc top and base Hl3E o!' thc
SPSW shall comply with thc requircm\~ nts in Section 522.3.
530.4.7 Sliffncss of Vc•·tical Boundary Elcmcnts
Thc VBE shall havc momcnts of inqrtia about an axis takcn
perpendicular to thc planc of' thc wcb, /,, not lcss than
0.0()307 / IV /¡4/f..
Association of Structural Engineers of !he Philippines
SECTlQN 531 . ·. .. ... ... · . . ::'>~,~¡~.::-=::~;,t.:
QUALltYÁSSU.ItANCEi·P.LAN:';t,·~.;:-·~,;:,Rj~~:
531.1 Sco¡H.'
Whcn rcquircd by the NSCP codc or thc cnginccr-of'-record,
a quality assurancc plan shall be providcd. Thc quality
assurancc plan shall includc the rcquiremcnts of Scction B-
2.
Uscr N~tc: The qu?J.iW;;~~~Yi~n~. ¡.:>l~)n $.~üofl. ~?i;:¡s
considered adc<lúate'~¡l¡)a 'irt;1~C ~el~Mitfi[~ij
·ett#4.v'ff<?r ·
re~ísting .. a~
:;y$iems.
~ fi · ~ :·~ ·t a, 'iútCO.. ~gly,~.uJ<Olii~g~4.:1~~1~_-.~~~W!th··.w.Jr
. ·.~~ .....,. ·cr ~{.:.J,,, ~. .. ,.·,.... . ~ •.:...t.';1. :r:.. ,:r. ,., \·~!~'1'~~~~
JUO~~- !C~,ti~m,. ,\fhl,~ tffr.J~~;, ,,f. 1 ~,S,?.~~- , .:~cft~,jí\'ffl.7:;(~f~4,
quahty, ljs~ur.~9:~. p!ru~.,?.~~ pf1.i4~;$.~.W~~. "S...wiD!, · · :
us~. ~f fi,ly. ,qu . }\Y )l~~~~!W~¡· R~~J9iJifW!J<;t-t¡ .. .
~~:~~·~!i2h~~;re~~~~i: i~~:~m~~~Je~;i'~~ . '7?t... ~g:_
. . . ... . .. ·;
''Í.
't·~~-.f~·H .
of a response modification factor of 3 or more irldi(;a~es'!:"(irl
assumption of systcm, element, and connection,~~s~ijty}ifu
reduce design forces. The quality ~ssurance plari'is··iiileii'<!~a
to ensure that the seismic loaq, .~~si,sJ;i'!~.. ~ysf~¡U•.;:~~
significantly free of defects that would greaU)f'rooúce'Jlik
ctuctility oc t11e system. Therc ·may l>C cases (for éxai!iPie;
non-redundant major transfer membei'S;. or where Wo~)(/{s:
petfonned ·in a location that is difficult ro· acce~S) ''Wli.~~'
supplemental testing might . be advisable, Ad~itiorial.ly;;
wherc the contractor's quality control prÓgram .:h~~.
demonstratéd the capability to perfomi;some taskS-ihis· pi~\
has assigned to quality assurance, modification of the.pJ,~b·
could be considcred. . ' ;.:¡
,...
 PART,B· Thc CPJ<P shall also providc the samc information whl:n
limits are to be changcd thc connection has thc ahi lit y <llld
APP~NDICES n:liabilit y to undcrgo thc rcquircd intcrstmy drift anglc for
B-~. P~QUA.L{fl~~TION OF SMf- and IMF ami thc rcquircd link rotation angle for EBF.
whcrc thc link is adjaccnt to columns. Thc limits 0 11
BE~M~COLUMNAND·LJNK.-TO.; mcmbcr sizcs for prcquali ficat ion shall not excecd thc limits
cotl1MÑ··coN'NECTÍONS specificd in Scction 13-4, Scction 13-2 .5.2.

B-I.I Scopc B-1.4 Prc<¡ualifica tíon Varia bies

This appendix contains mínimum requin:mcnts for In ordcr to be prequalified. the effect of the following
prcqualification of bcarn to-column mornent connections in variables on connection performance shall be considercd.
spccial moment frames (SMF), intermcdiate momcnt frames Linlits on the pcnnissible valucs for cach variable shall be
(lMF), and link-to-column connections in eccentrically cstablishcd by thc CPRP for thc prcqu alified connection.
braced frames (EBF). Prequalified conncctions are
pcrmitted to be used, within the applicable límits of l. Beam or link paramcters:
preq ualificati on, without the need for furthcr qualifying
a. Cross-section shapc: widc flangc, box, or other
cyclic tests. Whcn the limits of prcqualification or dcsign
rcquircments for prcqualified connections con tlict with thc b. Cross-secti on fahrication mcthod: rollcd shapc, wcldcd
requi rcmcnts of thesc Provisions, thc limits of shapc, or othcr
prequali fication and dcsign rcquircmcnts for prcqualificd
connections shall govcrn. c. Depth
d. Wcight per foot
B-1.2 General Rcquircments
c. Flangc thickness
B-1.2.1 Basís for Prcqualification f. Material spccification
Connections sball be prcqualified bascd on test data g. Span-w-depth ratio (for SMF or IMF). or link length
satisfyíng Section B- 1.3, supponed by analytical studies and (for EBF)
dcsign .models. The combined body of evidence for
prequalification must be sufficient to assure that thc h. Width thickness ratio of cross-section clements
connection can supply the required interstory drift angle for
1. Lateral bracing
SMF and IMF systems, or the rcquired link rotation angle
for EBF, on a consisten! and rcliable basis withir. the J. Other parameters pertinent to the spccific con ncction
specified limits of prequalification . AIJ appl icablc limi t under consideration
states for the connection that affect the stiffness, strcngth
and deforrnation capacity of the conncction and the seismic 2. Column paramelers:
load resisting system (S LI~S) must be identified. These
a. Cross-section shape: wide Oange, box, or other
include fracture related limit states, stability related limit
states, and al! other limit states pertinent for the connection b. Cross-scclion fabrication method: rolled shape, welded
under consideration. Thc cffect of dcsign variables listcd in shape, or other
Section B- 1.4 shall be addressed for connec tío n
c. Column oricntation with respect to beam or link: beam
prequalification.
or link is connected to column tl ange, bcam or link is
connected to· column web, bcams or links are connected
B-1.2.2 Authority for l'rcqualification
to both the column flange and web, or other
Prcqualification of a connection and the associated limits of
prcqualification shall be establishcd by a conncction d. Dcpth
prcqualificati on rcview panel (CPRP) approvcd by thc e. Weight per foot
authori ty having jurisdiction.
r. Flange thi ckness
Seclion B-1.3 Tcsting Rcquircmcnls g. Material specification
Data uscd to support connection prequalification shall be
h. Width-thickness ratio of cross-scction elements
based on tests conducted in accordance with Section B-4.
The CPRP shall determine the nu mber of tests and the 1. Lateral bracing
variables considered by the tests for connection
J. Other parameters pe1iinent lo the spccific cotnlcction
prequali fication.
under consideration

1
National Structural Code of !he Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
 3. Bcam (or link} colu mn rclations: thc spccific conncction undcr considcration, as
established by the C P RP
;1. Panel zonc strcngth
b. Doubler platc attachment dctai ls B-1.5. Dcsign J>roccdurc
c. Col umn-bcam (or lin k} nwmcnt ratio 11. comprehensivc dcsign procedure must be available for a
prcqualificd conncction. Thc dcsign proccdurc must addrcss
4. Continuit y pl atcs: a!l applicablc li mil stalcs within thc limits of
prcquali fication.
a .. ldcntification o~· conditions undcr whi ch continuity
platcs are rcc:.¡u irc;u B-1.6. Prcqualilica tion Record
b. Thickncss, wi dth and dcpth A prcqualificd conncction shall be providcd with a wril!cn
prcqualiíication record with thc following informalion:
c. Allachmcnt dctails
1. General ctescription oí thc prequal ificd conncction and
5. Welds: drawings th at clearly idcntiíy kcy fcaturcs and
componcnts of the connection
a. Location, cxtcnt (íncluding rcturn s), typc (CJP, PJP,
fillct, etc.) and any rcinforccmc nt or contouring 2. Dcscription of the cxpcctcd bchavíor of lhe conncction
rcquircd in the elastic and inclastic rangcs of behavior, intendcd
location(s) of inelastic action, anda dcscription of li mi t
b. Filler metal classilication strcngth and notch toughncss states controlling thc strcngth and dcfonnation capacity
c. Dctails amlt rcatmcnt of wcld backing and wcld tahs of the conncction
d. Wcld acccss hofcs: sizc, gcomctry and íinish 3. Listing of systcms íor which conncction is prcqualificd:
SMF, IMF. or EBF
c. Wclding quality control am! quality assurancc bcyond
that dcscribcd in Sccti on 18, including rhc 4. Listing oí li mils for all prequalification variables listed
nondcslructivc tcsti ng (NDT) mcthod, inspcc-,lion in Scction B- 1.4.
frcqucncy, acccptancc crilcria and documcntation S. Listing of demand critica! wclds
rcquircmcnts
6. Definition of the rcgion of thc connection that
6. Bolts: compriscs thc protccted zone
a. Bol! diamctcr 7. Dctailcd dcscription of thc dcsign procedure íor the
connection, as rcqui red in Section B- 1.5.
b. Bolt grade: ASTM A325, A490, or othcr
S. List of rcfcrenccs of test rcports, rescarch reports and
c. l nstallation rcquiremenls: prelcnsioncd, snug-tight. or olhcr publications that providcd thc basis for
othcr prcqualification
d. Holc typc: standard, ovcrsiz.c, short-slot, long-slot, or 9. Summary of qualit y con trol and qualily assurance
other proccdurcs
c. Holc fabrication method: drilling, pu nching, sub-
punching and rcaming, or other
f. Other para mcters pertincnt to the specifí e conneclion
under considcration

7. Workmanship: All workmanship parametcrs that

excccd AISC, RCSC and AWS requiremenls, perti nent
to thc spcciíic connection undcr consideration. such as:
a. Surface roughness of thcnnal cut or ground cdgcs
b. Cutting tolera nccs
c. Weld reiníorccmcnl or contouring

d. Presence of holcs, faslencrs or welds for atlachmcnts

8. Add itional conncction dctails: All variables pcrlincnt lo

Association of Structural Engincers of t11e Pl1ilippines

 CHI\PH: H S Swel all(f Metal !i- 18:¡

l. Materia! test rcpo11s for structural stccl, bolts, shcar

conncctors, and wclding materials
H-2. 1 Scopc 2. !nspcction proccdurcs
Quality control (QC) and qua!ity ¡¡ssurancc (QA) sha!! be 3. Nonc·on formancc proccdurc
providcd as speciricd in this Scction.
4. Material control proccdurc
B-2.2 Jnspcction and Nondestructivc Tcsting Pcrsonncl 5. Bo!t installation prücedu re
Visual wclding inspection and nondestructivc tcsting (NDT)
shall be cond~J ctcd in accordance wit h a writtcn pructice by 6. Wclder performance qualilication records (WPQRi.
¡... ·

personnel qu alificd in accordance with Secti on B-6. including any supplemcntal testing reqtiirements
7. QC Inspector qualilications

B-2.4 Quality Assurancc Agency Documcnts

Bolting inspcction shall be conducted in accordance with a
writtcn practice by qualified personncl.
B-2.3. Contractor Documents
Thc following docurncnts shall be submitted for revicw by
the cngineer-of-rccord or designcc, prior to fabrication or
erection, as applicable:
J. Shop drawings
2. Erection drawings
3. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS), which shall
specify all applicable essential variables of A WS D1.1
and the following, as app!icablc
a. power source (constant current or constant voltage)
b. for dernand critica! wclds, electrode manufacturcr and
trade name
4. Copies of the manufacturer's typical certificate of
confonnance for all electrodes, fluxes and shielding
gasscs to be uscd. Certificates of conformance sha!l
satisfy the applicabl6 AWS A5 requirements.
5. For dernand critica! welds, applicable manufacturer' s
certifícations that the filler metal meets the
supplemental notch toughncss requirements, as
applicable. Should the filler metal manufacturer not
supply such supplemental ccrtifications, the contractor
shall have the necessary testing pcrformcd and providc
thc applicabl e test reports.
6. Manufacturer's product data sheets or catalog data for
SMAW, FCAW and GMAW compositc (corcd) filler
metals to be used. The data shccts shall descril?e the
product, limitations of use, recommendcd or typical
welqing parametcrs, and storage and exposurc
requirements, including haking, if applicable.
The following documents shall be available for review by
the engineer-of-record or designce prior to fabrication or
erection, as applicable, unless specified to be submitted:
The agency responsible for qua!ity assurance shall submit
the following documents to thc authority having
jurisdiction, the enginccr-of-rccord, and thc owner or
owncr's designec:
l. QA agcncy's written practiccs for thc monitoring and
control of thc agcncy's opcrations. Thc written practicc
shall includc:
a. Thc agcncy's procedurcs for the selection and
administration of inspection personncl, describi ng the
training, experience and examination requirements for
qualification and certification of inspection personnel,
and
b. The agency's inspection procedures, including general
inspection, material controls, and visual welding
inspection
2. Qualitications of managernent and QA pcrsonnel
designated for the project
3. Qualification records for Jnspectors and NDT
technicians designated for the project
4. NDT procedures and equipment calibration records for
NDT to be performed and cquipment to be used for the
project
5. Daily or wcekly inspcction repcH1s
6. Nonconformance reports
B-2.5 Inspcction Points and Frcqucncics
Jnspection points and frequencics of quality control (QC)
and quality assurancc (QA) tasks and documcntation for the
seismic load resisting system (SLRS) shall be as provided in
the following tablcs.
Thc following entries are uscd in the tables:
Observe (0) - The inspector shalf observe thesc functions
on a random, daily basis. Welding opcrations need not be
delaycd pcnding observations.

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 Pcrform (1') - Thcsc inspcctions shall be pcrlúrmcd prior to
the !inal an:cptam:c of thc itcm. Whcrc a task i ~ notcd w be
pcrfünncd by both QC and QA. it shall be pennittcd to
coordinatc thc inspcction ru nction bctwecn QC and QA so
that thc inspcction runctions nccd be pcrformcd by only onc
party. Whcrc QA is to rcly upon inspct:tion f'unctions
pcrfonned by QC, thc approval of thc cnginccr-of-rccord
and thc authority having jurisdiction is rcquircd.
Documcnt (D) - The inspector shall prepare rcports
indicating that thc work has becn pcrformcd in acc'ordancc
with thc contract documcnts. The repon nccd not providc
detailcd measuremcnts for joint fit-up, WPS scttings,
complctcd wclds, or. othcr individual itcms listed in thc
Tablcs in Sections B-2.5.1, B-2.5.3, or B-2.5.4. For shop
fabrication, thc report shall indicate the piccc mark of thc
piecc inspcctcd. For lield work, the report shall indicate the
refercncc grid lines and floor or elevation inspectcd. Work
not in cornpliancc with the contrae\ documcnts and whcthcr
the noncompliancc has been satisf'actorily repaired shall be
noted in the inspcction reporl.
B-2.5.1 Visual Welding lnspcction
Visual inspection of wclding shall be the primary method
used to confinn that the procedures, materials, and
workmanship incorporated in construction are those that
have bccn spccilied and approvcd for thc projcct. As a
mínimum, tasks shall be as follows:
B-2.5.2 Nondcstructivc Tcsting (NDT) of Wclds
Nondestructive tcsting of welds shall be performed by
qu al ity assurance personnel.
l. Procedures
Ultrasonic tcsting shall be pcrformcd by QA according to
the procedurcs prcscribed in Section B-6, Section B-6. 1.
Magnetic particle testing shall be performed by QA
according to thc procedures prescribed in Section B-6,
Section B-6.2.
2. Rcquired NDT
a. k-Arca NDT
When wclding of doubler plates, continui ty platcs, or
stiffencrs has bccn performcd in the k-arca, the web shall be
tested for cracks using magncti c particle tcsting (MT). Thc
MT inspection nrea shall include the k-arca base metal
wi thin 75 mm or the weld.
b. CJP GrÓove Weld NDT
Ultrasonic testing shall b.c pcrformed on 100 percent of CJP
groove wclds in matcrials 8 mm thick or grcatcr. Ultrasonic
testing in material.~ less than 8 mm thick is nol rcquired.
Magnetic pa11icle testing shall be perfonned on 25 percent
of all beam-to-column CJP groovc welds.
Association of Structurat Engineers of tl1e Philippines
c. Base Metal NDT for LamcllarTearing and Laminations
A!"!cr joinl complction. base mclal thicker lllan lS mm
loadcd in tension in 1hc through thickncss direction in lec
and corner joi nts. whcre the conncctcd material is grcatcr
than 19 mm and contains CJP groovc wclds. shall be
ultrasonically tcstcd for discontinuitics behind ami adjaccnl
to thc fusion linc of such welds. Any base metal
discvntinuitics found within t/4 of 1hc stccl surfacc shall be
acc~o-ptcd or rcjcctcd on the basis of critcria of AWS D 1.1
Table 6.2, where t is thc thickness of thc pan suhjcctcd to
the through-thickncss strain.
d. Bem11 Cope and Acccss Hole t-;DT
At welded spliccs and connections, thermally cut surfaces
of beam copes and acccss hales shall be tcstcd using
magnetic particle testing or penetran! testing. whcn the
flangc thickncss cxcccds 38 mm for ro!lcd shapcs, or wben
the wcb thickness exceeds 38 mm for built-up shapcs.
e. Reduccd Bcam Scction Repair NDT
Magnetic particlc testing shall be performed on any weld
and adjacent arca of thc reduced bcam scction (RBS) plastic
hinge region that has becn repni rcd by wclding. or on thc
base metal of the RBS plastic hingc rcgion if a sharp noích
has becn removed by grinding.
f. Wcld Tab Removal Sitcs
Magnctic particle testing shall be perfonncd on the cnd of
welds from which thc wcld tabs have becn removed, cxcept
for continuity plate weld tabs. ·
g. Reduction of Perccntage of Ultrasonic Testing
The amount of ultrasonic testing is permitted to be rcduced
if approved by the cngineer-of-record and the authority
having jurisdiction. Thc nondestructive test ing rate for an
individual welder or welding operator may be reduced to 25
percent, provided the rcject rate is dcmonstratcd to be 5
pcrcent or less of the wclds tested for thc wclder or welding
operator. A sampling of at least 40 completed welds for a
job shall be rnade for such reduction evaluation. Rcjcct ratc
is the number of welds containing rejectable defects divided
by the number of welds complcted. For cvaluating the reject
rate of continuous welds ovcr l m in lcngth whcrc thc
cffcctive throat thickness is 25 mm or lcss, cach 300 mm
incrcment or fraction thcreof shall be considercd as one
weld. For cvaluating thc rcject ratc on continuous wclds
over 1 m in length whcre the effective throat thickncss is
grcater than 25 mm, each 150 mm of lengtli or fraction
thereof shall be considercd one weld.
h. Reduction of Pcrcentage of Magnetic Pariicle Tesling
The amount of MT on CJI' groove welds is pcnnittcd to be
reduced if approved by the engineer-of-rccord and the
authority having jurisdiction. The MT rate for an individual
welder or welding operator may be reduced to 1O percent,
 CHI\f> IT li :. Steul ;md Metal ~' 1El~)

providcd the rejcct ratc is dcmonstratcd to be 5 pcrccnt or

Jcss of thc wclds tcstcd for thc wcldcr or wclding opcra!Or. Visual Inspection Task 1---....:0:s.C~--+=-'""""'*Q.A~,.._.-¡
A sampling of at lcast 20 complctcd wclds for a job shall be During Welding Task Doc. Tásk' Doc.
madc ror such rcduction cvaluation. Rcjcct ratc is lhc WPS followed
numbcr of wclds containing rcjcctablc dcfccts dividcd by - Settíng on wclding
thc munher of wclds cornplctcd. This rcduction ís not
p~rmíttcd on wclds in the k-arca. al rcpair sites, weld tab
--~:'.[t!!Jl~.~~.!.l!.............. ·- ···~ · ---·-······-· - -
. Trav~l ~p~e(J_ . . . . . .. .....
and backing removal sitcs and acn:ss boles. - Sclectcd welding

._Yisual l[l~_¡>~tion Task- -·-oc_____ .. - .-:· matcríals ··-· ·-··- ········-··---··--

-.··-----QA- ---------~·····

- Shiclding gas typclflow

Béfore Wcl4ing
r7~~~~~~---­
Task Doc. - Task Doc. ralc ______ o o
Matcrial idcntitication () - o . - Prehcat applicd
(Type/G radc)
t---':-'-'----:-::--'---::--:-:-·~-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - lntcrpass tcmpcraturc
Fit-up of Groovc Welds maintaincd (min./max.)
(includíngjoínt g~om~L - Proper posilion (F. V,H,
....: Joinl J2.r~E~~!iOI.!_______..
- Dimcnsions (alignmcnt, _o l~!J-----····-----·-------·------·-----
- lntermix of filler meta!s
root opening, root facc, P/0"·* o avoidcd unlcss approvcd ---;:------- ·----··
bevel)
- Clcanlíncss (condition of ~~~l~~-~i~~ú~Efl~4 ~:0.~l~~;=: . ···-- --~---- :--() ----º·---- ------
control and handling of
--~~~~~sur[~~~~)___________ ·----- wclding consumablcs
- Tacking (lack weld
quality and location) __.:_Pac kagi ng_________________________ o o
- Backing typc and fit (if - Exposurc control _____________________........................... ______
·-·E;;-v·;~:¡;;i·;¡~~~¡~¡¿¡j~d"¡¡¡;;~~---
applicablc) -~ ·---=-- ---·- ____
Configuration and finisb of O O - Wind specd within limits o o
access boles - Precipitation and
t-::::-:-----::-:=-::----:::-:-:--:---·- - - - - - -----1---t---1
Fit-up of Fillet Welds te m pcr~~~.<:......................________ ··--··----- -·- - - l - - - 1
- Dimensions 9alignmcnl, Wcldíng '-~~hniques
gaps al root) · lnlerpass and final o o
- Cleanlincss 9conditíon of P/0** o ....~!caning
steel surfaccs) - Each pass wílhin profile
- Tacking (tack wcld lmitations
quality and location) - Each pass mccts qualily
o o
" -----·--- ';;-·-----,- ---------··--- ------~---
**Following performance of this inspcclion task for ten ....!~~_(J_l:lj_relllCI!_!_~------·--·······---·---·- - ---- - - -
weids to be madc by a given wclder, with thc wcldcr No welding ovcr crackcd
tacks
o o
demonstraling adcquatc undcrstanding of requírcmcnts and
possession of skills and tools to verify these ítcms, thc
Perform desígnation of this task shall be reduce to Observe,
and the welder shall perform this task, thc task shall be
rcturncd to Pcrform until such time as the Inspector has
reestablished adequate assurance that thc welder will
perform thc inspection t~sks listed. -·--------------'

11
National Struc:tural Code of the Phílippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 !i 1iHi CHIIP1Tii ~; · Sleel amJ lvlelals

Vi~~al. Jnspection Task · · QC , ; . ,, .:~¿, QA ,;. . ;: ~n.$~q~on Task -•· P~i~t~""'·'"=<,;;.,-·;.;;;:.•QC~.±-''~-t--,=:-'-·~0~A~.~.:8•

•.
Afrer weldlng · · .· .·.· · Task Oóc"•• ,.~fiijk · .\.Doci
q :·. ·

~!:llfulg , ,, ,_ , · , . '·'"'· ,,-Task · Póc, Task,"QeS__

Wclds cleancd o . o Fastener asscmblics placed
Wcldcr idc;i-iiifc·;;,ion ----·- in al! holcs and washers (í f
o o () o
legible rcquircd) are properly
Vcrify sizc~-~~gth, and - - - - - - - - - - - - -·--·-· positioncd
0 Join1 broughl to-liiC snug·-·--· ........ ---- ..---·- -----·
localion of welds . O
Vi~~: lll y inspcct ~~lds l o - - --·---·-···---·--;·---------- tight condítion prior to thw O O
~.!!_In e~ critcría prctcnsioning operation
~====..::r..::.::=:__-1~--l------- ---- .. -----
-Crack porhibition Fastener componcnts not
- Weld/base-metal fusion rcturncs by thc wrcnch o {)

- Cratcr cross-scction p D p D prcvcntcd from rotating

~-.~:.::.::.:..:::.::.::.::...::..:::::..::.::.:::.:.:.:.:.l2___ ·-- ----- ----- - - - - - -----..

- Weld profilcs Bolts are pretcnsioned

l-_-:W-c::.:l.=d..Ls:.:.iz.::..c:.:.::.:::.:________ progrcss systcrnatically
1---~~~---- ------­
o o
from most rigid poi nt
- Undcrcut
--;::-"-'-'-:'--'-'-------·----- toward free cdges
- Porosity
Placctncnt~orf~re~ir~lf~o-rc-·c-n-Jc_n_t~--~--4--~f·-----
""1
fillcts P D P D Inspeclion Task Aftcr QC QA
--Backi;;-g ba~~~-~c~wved and -----· Soliíng Task Doc. Task . n.o.c.tJ
weld tabs removed and Document acccptcd and p J) p D
_finished (íf required)
p D p D rejected connections --- ···-·-···-- ·..- ·- -
j
Repaír activitics 1' p D 3. Documcntation
..
lnspection Task Prior to All NDT pcrformcd shall be documcntcd. For shop
QC QA
fabrication, thc NDT rcpot1 shall identify thc testcd wcld by
B~!ting Task Doc. Task Doc.
piccc mark and location in the piece. For ficld work, th:.:
Proper bolts selcctcd for
the joint detail
o - o - NDT rcpor1 shall identify thc tcsted wc!d by location in thc
structurc, picce mark, and location in the piccc.
Proper bolting procedurc
sclected for joint dctail
o - o -
--- B-2.5.3 Inspection of Bolting
Connccting elcmcnts are
fabricated properly, Observation of bolting operations shall be thc primary
including the appropriate mcthod uscd to confirrn that the procedures, materials, and
faying surfacc condílion o o workmanship incorporated in construction are !hose th;;¡
and hole preparation, if have becn specificd and approved for thc projccl. As "
spccificd, mcets applicable minimum, the tasks shall be as follows:
requirements
-- -·-~-··-~- ---·~
B-2.5.4 Other Inspections
Prc-installation vcrification Wherc applicablc, thc following inspection shall be
testing conducted for p [) o D perfonned:
fastener assemblícs and
method uscd
---- --- --- -······ ·-·~
Other InspecticitiTask QC .QA
Propcr storage providcd for 1-::---------~1--=:.:::::.::__¡_::_::::::
Task Ddc.__ -
Task · D<'
- -----
bolts, mlts, washcrs, and () o ..
Reduce beam section
·--··---·--~·--·----·-----· ____
othcr fastener componen ls,_ - - - -
----- - · · - - --·--- (RBS) requircmenls, if
p p D i
-~~-plicable -·--·---·- ---~-- --- D
-con tour and finish
·-·--~--- ---·---·----------------- ---- 1
-dimensional tolcrances
·---- ..... --- --- ------ ---- ··1
Protcctcd zonc-no boles
and unapproved p 1) p
at!achments made by
contractor

Association of Structural Engineers of tlle PJ1ilippines

 B-3. SEISMIC DESIGN
COEFFl~~N.TS, ~~D ·.
APf.~Q~Tlt<PEÍJIQP..:·.,
PARAMETERS ·. ..
B-3.1 Scopc
This appendi x wnlains dcsign cocfficicnts, syslcm
;....
limitations and dcsign paran:cters for scismic load rcsisting
systcms (SU~S) lhal are includcd in thcsc Provisions bu!
not yct dcfined in thi s codc for buckling-rcslraincd !>raccd
framcs (BRBF) and spccial platc shear walls {SPSW). Thc
valucs prcsentcd in Tablcs B-3-l and B-3-2 in this appendix
shall only be uscd where nei ther thc NSCP code nor
SEI/ASCE 7 contain such values.

B-3.2 Symbols
Thc following symbols are uscd in this appendix.

Cd Deflectio n amplification factor

e, X Parametcrs used for dctermin ing thc

1
l
n"
R
approximatc fundamental pcriod
Systcm ovcrstrength factor
Response modificalion coefficient

1
National Structural Code of the Philippínes 6 h Edition Volume 1
!)- i 88 CH/\PTEFl 5 - Steol and Metals

Response Systcm Deflection

Basic Seismic
Modification O verslrength Amplification
Load Rcsisting
Coefficienl Factor Factor B&C E F
System D
R no cd (Zonc 2) (Zone 4) (Zone 4)

Design Coefficients and Factors for basic Seismic Load Resisting Systems From (AISC)

Association of S!ructural EnqinHers of the Philippines


B-4.1 Scopc
This appendix includcs rcquircmcnts for qualifying cyclic
tests of bcanHo-column momcnt connections in special and
intermcdiate moment framcs and link-to-column
connections in eccentrically braced hames, when required
in thcsc Provisions. The purposc of the tcsting describcd in
this appcndix is to provide evidence that a beam-to-column
conncction or a link-Lo-column conncction salisfies the
requiremcnts for strength and interstory drift angle or link
rotation anglc in thcsc Provisions. Alternative Lesting
requirements are permittecl when approved by the engineer-
of-record and the authority having jurisdíction.
Tbís appendíx provides mínimum recommcndations for
símplificd test condítions.
Valucs of Approximate Períod Parameters from (AISC)
B-4.2 Symbols
The numbers in parentheses after the definition of a symbol
refers to the SecLion numbcr in which the symbol is first
u sed.
O Interstory drift angle (Scction B-4.6)
y total Total link rotalion angle (Section B-4.6)
H-4.3 Defínitions
Complete loading cycle. A cycle of rotation taken from
zero force lo zero force, including one positive and onc
negative peak.
Interstory drift angle. Interstory displacement divided by
story height, radians.
lnelastic rotation. Thc permanent or plastic porti on of the
rotation angle bctwcen a beam and the column or betwccn a
link and the column of the test spceimen. mcasurcd in
radians. Thc inclaslic rotation shall be computed based on
an anal ysis of test specimen defonnations. Sources of
inclastic rotation include yiclding or mcmbers, yíelding of
connection clements and conncctors, and slip bctwcen
mcmbcrs ami conncction elements. For beam-to-column
momcnt connectíons in special and intermediate moment
frames, inelastic rotation is computed based upon thc
assumption that inelastic action is concentrated at a single
point located al the interscction of the centerline of the
beam with the centerlíne of the column. For link-to-column
connections in ecccntrically braced frames, inelastic
rotation shall be computed based upon the assumption that
inelastic action is conccntrated al a single point located al
the íntersection of the centerlíne of tbe link with the face of
the column.
Prototype. The connections, member sizes, steel properties,
and other design, detailing, al1(1 construction features Lo be
used in the actual building frame.
Test specimen. A portion of a frame used for laboratory
tcsting, intendcd to moclel the prototype.
Test setup. The supporting fí xtures, loading equipment, and
lateral bracing used to support anclload thc test specimen.
Test subassemblage. The c(Hnbination of the test spccimen
and pertinent portions of the test setup.
Total link rotatíon angle. The relati ve displacemcnt of onc
end of the link with respect to the other end (measured
transverse Lo the longitudinal axis of the undcformed link),
clivided by the link length. The total link rotation anglc shall
íncludc both elastic and inelastic components of
dcformation of the link and the members attached to the link
ends.
B-4.4 Test Subassemblagc Rcquircmcnts
The test subassemblage shall replicaLe as closely as is
practica] the conditions that will occur in the prototype
during carthquake loading. The test subassemblage shall
ínclude the following features:
l. The test specimen shall consisl of at least a single
column with beams or links attachccl to one or boH1
si des of the column.
2. Points of inflcction in Lhe test assemblage shall
coincide approximately with the anticipated points of
inJlection in the Prototype under earthquake loacling.
3. Lateral bracing of the test subassemblage is pennitted
near load applicatíon or reaction points as neecled to
provide lateral stability of the test subassemblage.
Additional lateral bracing nf the test subasscmblage is
not permitted, unless it rcplicatcs !atcml braci ng to be
uscd in the prototypc.
B-4.5 Essenf.ial Test Variables
The test spccimen shall replie<tte as closc!y as is practica!
the pcrtincnt design , detaíling, constntclion fcaturcs, and
material propcrtics of thc prototypc. Thc following variables
shall be rcplicated in thc test specimen.
B-4.5.1 Sources of Inelastic Rotation
Inelastic rotation shall be developed in thc test specimen by
inelastic action in the same members and connection
elements as anticipated in the prototype (in other words, in
the beam or link, in the column panel zone. in the column
outside nf the panel zone, or in connection clements) within
the limits clescribed below. The percentage of the total
inelastic rotation in the test specimen that is developed in
each member or connectinn element shall be within 25
percent of the anticipatecl pcrccntage of the total inclastic
rotation in thc prototype that is clcveloped in the
corresponding membcr or connection elcment.
B-4.5.2 Sizc of Members
The size of the beam or link used in the test specimen shall
be within the following límits:
l. The depth of the test beam or link shall be no Jess than
90 perccnt of the depth of the prototype beam or link.
2. The wcight per foot of thc test bcam or link shall be no
Jcss tban 75 percent of tbe weight per foot of the
prototype beam or link.
The size of the column used in the test specimen shall
properly represen! the inelastic action in the column, as per
the requirements in Section B-4.5.1. In addition, the depth
of the test column shall be no less than 90 percent of the
depth of the prototype column.
Extrapolation beyond the limitations stated in this Section
shall be permitted subject lo qualifíed peer review and
approval by the authority having jurisdiction.
B-4.5.3 Connection Details
The connection details used in the test spccimen shall
represen! the prototype connection details as closely as
possible. The connection elements used in the test specimen
shall be a full-scale reprcsentation of the connection
elemellls used in the prototype, for thc member sizes being
tested.
B-4.5.4 Continuity Plates
The sizc and connection details of continuity plates used in
the test specimen shall be proportioned lo match the size
and connection clctails of continuity plates used in the
prototype connection as closely as possible.
B-4.5.5 Material Strength
The following additional rcquirements shall be satisficd for
each membcr or connection clement of thc test spccimen
that supplies ínelastic rotation by yielding:
/~ssociation of Structural Engineers of the Pl1ílippínes
l. The yield stress shall be dcterminecl by material tests on
the actual matcrials used for thc test specimcn, as
spccífied in Section B-4.8. The use of yield stress
values that are reportee! on certified mili test reports are
not pcrmined to be used for purposes of this Section.
2. The yield stress of the beam shall not be more than 15
percent below R,F,. for the grade of steel to be used for
the correspondíng elements of the prototype. Columns
ancl connection clements with a testee! yield stress shall
not be more than 15 pcrcent above or below R,Fy for
the grade of steel to be uscd for the corresponding
elements of the prototype. R,Fy shall be determined in
accordance with Section 519.2.
B-4.5.6 Wclds
Welds on the test specimen shall satísfy the followíng
requirements:
l. Welding shall be performed in stríct conformance with
Welding Proccdure Specifications (WPS) as rec¡uired in
AWS D 1.1. The WPS essential variables shall meet thc
requirements in A WS D 1.1 and shall be within the
parameters established by the filler-metal manufacturer.
Thc !ensile strength of the welds used in the testee!
assembly and the Charpy V-Notch (CVN) toughncss
used in the testee! assembly shall be determined by
material tests as specified in Section B-4.8.3. The use
of tensile strcngth and CVN toughness values that are
reportee! on the manufacturer' s typical certificate of
conformance is not pennitted to be used for purposes of
this sectíon, unless tbe rcport includcs results specific
to Sectíon B-7 requirements.
2. The specified mínimum tensile strength of the filler
metal uscd for the test specimen shall be the same as
that to be used for the corresponding prototype welds.
The testee! tensile strength of thc test specimen weld
shaJI not be more than 125 MPa above thc tensile
strength classíficatíon of the filler metal specification
specified for the prototype.
3. The spccified mínimum CVN toughness of the filler
metal used for the test specimen shall not exceed the
specifíed mínimum CVN toughness of the filler metal
to be used for the corresponding prototype welds. The
tested CVN toughness of the test specimen weld shall
not be more than 50 percent, nor 34 kJ, whichcver is
greater, above the mínimum CVN toughness that will
be specified for the prototype.
4. The wclding positions used to make thc welds on the
test spccimen shall be the same as those to be used for
the prototype welds.
5. Details of weld backing, weld tabs, access boles, and
similar items used for thc test specímen wclds shall be
the same as those to be used for the corresponding
prototype welds. Weld backing and weld tabs shall not
 CHAPTEF! ~'i Steel and Me tal 5 -191

be removed f'rom the tes t specimen welds unless the shall be conducted by controlling the inte rstory drift anglc,
corrcsponding weld back-ing and weld tabs are O, imposcd on thc test speci men, as s pecified below:
removed from the prototype welds.
l. 6 c ycles atO = 0.00375 rad
6. Methods of inspcction and nondestructivc testing and
2. 6 cycles at O= 0.005 rad
standards of acccptance used for test specimen welds
shall be thc s ame as those to be used f'or the prototype 3. 6 cycles at O =0.0075 rad
welds.
4. 4 cyc les at O = 0.0 1 rad
B-4.5.7 Holts 5. 2 cyclcs al O= 0.0 15 rad
Thc bolled portions of the test specimen shall replicate the 6. =
2 cycles at O 0.02 rad
bolted portions o f the prototype connection as closcly as
possible. Additionall y, bolted portions of the test specimen 7. 2 cycles at 8 = 0.03 rad
shall satisfy the following requirements : 8. =
2 cycles at O 0.04 rad
J. Thc bolt grade (for example, ASTM A325, A325M,
ASTM A490, A490M, ASTM FJ852) used in the test Continue load ing at inerements o f O= 0.01 radian , with two
specimen s hall be the same as that to be usecl for thc cycles of loading at each step.
prototype, except that ASTM A325 bolts may be
substituted for ASTM F1852 bolts, ancl vice versa. H-4.6.3 Loading Sequence for Link-to-Column
Conncctions
2. T he type and orientation of bolt boles (standard ,
oversizc, shon slot, long slot, or other) used in the test Qualifyi ng cyclic tests of link-to-column moment
specimen s hall be the same as those lo be used for the connectio ns in eecentrically braced frames shall be
corrcsponding boll boles in tbe prototype. conductcd by controlling thc total li nk rotation angle, ytotal,
imposed on the test specimei1, as follo ws :
3. Whcn incl astic rotati on is to be dcveloped e ither by
yielding or by slip witbin a bolted portion of the l. 6 cyclc s a t Y(Otal = 0.00375 rae!
connection, the method used to make the bolt holes 2. 6 cycles at Ytotal =0.005 rad
(dri lling, sub-puncbing and rcaming, or other) in the
test specimcn shall be the same as that to be used in the 3. 6 cycles at Ytotal = 0.0075 rae!
corresponding bolt boles in the prototype. 4. 6 cycles at y10~a 1 = 0 .01 rad
4. Bolls in the test spccimen shall have the same 5. 4 cycles at Ytotnl = 0.015 rad
installation (pretensioned or othe r) and fa ying surfacc
preparation (no specified slip resistance, C lass A or B 6. 4 cycles at Ytmal = 0.02 rad
slip resistance, or other) as that to be uscd for the 7. 2 cycles at Ytotal =0.03 rad
corrcsponding bolts in the prototype.
8. 1 cycle al Ytotnl = 0.04 rad
B-4.6 Loading History 9. 1 cycle at Y10 ~, 1 = 0.05 rad

B-4.6.1 General Requircments 10. 1 cycle at Ytotal = 0.07 rad

T he test spccimen s hall be s ubjected to cycl ic loads
accmding to the requirements prescribccl in Section Scction
B-4.2 for beam-to-column moment connections in spccial
and intermediate moment frames, and according to tbe
requircments prescribed in Sec!ion Section B-4.3 for link-
to-column connections in eccentrieally braccd frames.
Loadi ng sequenccs other tban those specifi cd in Sections
Section B-4.2 and Sectio n B-4.3 may be used when they are
demonstrated to be of cqu ivalent or greater severity.
H-4.6.2 Loading Scquencc for Bcam-to-Column
Moment Conncctions
Qualifying cyclic tests of beanHo-col umn momcnt
connections in special and intermediate momen t frames
! l. 1 cycle at Y101, 1 = 0 .09 rad
Continue loading at increments of Y101a1 = 0.02 radian, with
o ne cycle of loading at each step.
B-4.7 Ins tmmcntation
Sufficicnt instrumentation shall be provided on the test
specimen to permit measurement or calcul ation of the
quantities listcd in Section B-4.9.
B-4.8 Matedals Testing R equircments
B-4.8.1 Tension Testing RC(JUircments for Structural
Ste el
Tension testing shall be conducted on samples o f steel taken
fro m the material adjat:ent lo each test specimen. Tension-

hlati onal Structurai CociG of the Philippines 6 1" Ecl itíon Volume 1
 S- 192 CHAPT EH ~i · Steel and Metals
test rcs ults from ccnifícd mili test repm1s shall be reponed
but are not pcrmíttcd to be uscd in place of spccí mcn tcsting
for thc purposcs of this Scction. Tcnsion-tcst rcsults shall be
bascd upon tcsting that is conductcd in accordancc wit h
Scction B-4.8.2.
Tcnsíon tcsting shall be conductcd and reponed for thc
following ponions of thc test spccimcn:
l. Flangc(s) and wcb(s} of hc;;:~.s and columns at standard
locations ·
2. An y clcmcnt of thc connection that supplics inclastíc
rotation by yíclding
B-4.8.2 Mcthods of Tcnsion Tcsting for Structural
Stccl
Tension testing shall be conductcd in accordance with
ASTM A6/A6M, ASTM A370, and ASTM E8. wit h the
fol!owi ng exceptíons:
l. Thc yield stress, F,.. that is reponed from thc test shall
be based upon thc yicld strcngth dcfinitíon in ASTM
A370, using thc offset rncthod al 0.002 straín.
2. The loading rate for the tension test shall rcplicate, as
closcly as practica!, thc loading ratc to be used for thc
tes t spccirnen.
B-4.8.3 Wcld Metal Tcsting Rcquircmcnts
The tensilc strcngth of the welds uscd in the tcsted assembly
and thc CVN toughncss used in thc tested assembly shall be
detcnnined by material tests as specified in Scction B-7.
The use of tcnsile strcngth ancl l.VN toughni',SS v;¡ lucs that
are rcported on the manufacturer's typical certificate of
conforrnancc is not permittcd to be used for purposes of th is
section, unl ess that rep011 includcs rcsults spccifíc to
Section B-7 rcquirements.
A single test plate may be used if thc WPS for the test
specimcn welds is within plus/minus 0.8 kJ/nun of the WPS
for the test plate.
Tcnsile specimens and CVN specimcns shall be prepared in
accordancc with ANSI/AWS B4.0 Standard Methods for
Mechanical Tcsting of Wclds.
B-4.9 Test Rcporting Rcquircmcnts
For each test specimen, a written test report meeting thc
requircments of the authOiity havi ng jurisdiction and thc
rcquircmcnts of this Scction shall be prcparcd. Thc repon
Additional drawings, data, and discussion of the test
shallthoroughly document all key fea tu res and results of thc
specimen or test results are permitted to be includcd in thc
test. The report shall include thc following information:
repo11.
l. A drawing or clear description of the test
subassemblage, including key dimensions, boundary
conditions al loading and reaction points, and location
oflateral braces.
Association of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines
2. A draw ing of the connection dctail showing tilcmber
sizes. grades of stccl, thc sizcs of all conncction
clements, wclding dctails includíng fi ller metal, thc sizc
and location of bolt holes, thc sizc and grade of bolts,
and al! other pcrtinent dctails of thc conncction.
3. A listing of all othcr essential variables for thc test
spccimcn, as listcd in Scction 13-4.
4. A listing or plot showing thc applicd load or
displacemcnt hist_ory of the test spccimcn.
5. A listing of all demand critica! welds.
6. Dcfinition of thc region of the connection lhat
comprises the protccted zoncs.
7. A plot of the appl icd load versus the dísplacement of
the test spccimen. The displaccment reportcd in this
plot shall be mcasured at o r near the poinl o f load
application. The Iocati ons on thc test specimen where
thc loads and displacemcnts wcrc measured shall be
clearly imlicated.
R. A plol of bcam moment versus intcrstory drift angle for
beam-to-column mornent connccti ons; or a plot of link
shear force versus link rotation angle for link-to--
column connections. For beanHo-column connections,
the beam momcnt and the interstory drift angle shall be
compute<! with respect to the centcrline of the column.
9. Thc interstory drift angle and the total inelastic rotation
dcveloped by the test specimen. The components of the
test specimen contributing to thc totai inclastic rotation
due to yielding or sli p shall be identi fied. Thc portian
of the total inelasti c rotation contributed by each
component of the test specimen shall be rcp011cd. The
method used to compute inclastic rotations shall be
clearly shown.
1O. A chronological listing of significan! test observations.
including observations of yieldi ng, slip, instability, a!l(l
fracture of any porti on of the test specimen as
applicable.
11. The controlling failure mode for the test specimen. If
the test is terminated prior to failure, the reason for
tenninating the test shall be clearly indicated.
12. The results of the material tests specified in Section B-
4.8.
1] . Thc Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS} and
wclding inspection rcports.
 CH/\PlTfi 5 Steel nnd M(!lill ~) t9J

B-4.IO Acceptuncc Crileria

Thc test spccirnen must satisfy the strcngth ami ínterstory
dr·in ang!c or link rotation angle rcquiremcnts of thcsc
Provisions for thc spccial momcnt frame, íntcnncdi<Úc
momcnt framc, or ccccntrically braccd framc conncction, as
applicablc. Thc test spccimcn must sustain thc requircd B-5.1 Scope
intcrstory drift anglc or link rotation anglc for at lcast onc This appendix includcs rcquircmcnts for qualifying cyclic
complete loading cyclc. tests of individual bucklíng-rcstraincd braces and buckling-
restrained bracc subasscmblages, whcn rcquircd in thcsc
provisíons. Thc purposc of thé tcsting of individual braces is
to providc cvidcncc that a buckling-rcstraincd bracc
satisfies the requircmcnts for strcngth and inelastic
dcformation by thcse provisions; it also pcnnits thc
dctermination of maximum brace forccs for design of
adjoining elemcnts. The purposc of tcsting of the bracc
subasscmblagc is to providc cvidcncc that the bracc-dcsign
can satisfactorily accommodatc thc dcformation and
rotational dcmands associated with the dcsign. Furthcr, the
subasscmblagc test is intcndcd to dcmonstrate that thc
hysteretic bchavior of thc bracc in thc subasscmblage ís
consisten! with that of the individual brace clcmcnts tcsted
uniaxially.

Altcrnatíve testing requiremcms are pcrrnitted whcn

approved by thc engineer-of-record and the authority having
jurisdiction.

This appendix providcs only mínimum rccommcndations

for sirnplified test conditions.

B-5.2 Symbols
The numbcrs in parentheses after the definition of a symbol
rcfcrs to the Section number in which the symbol is first
used.
tJb Deformation quantity uscd to control loading of
the test spccimen (total brace cnd rotation for the
subasscmblagc test specimcn; total brace axial
deformation for thc brace test specimcn) (Scction
B-5.6).

tJbm Valuc of dcformation quantity, t.b, corresponding

to the dcsign story drift (Scction B-5.6).

tJby Valuc of dcformation quantily, .db, at first

significan! yicld of test specimen (Scction
B-5.6).

111
Nationa! Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Vol ume 1
 ')-194 CH/\I"T Lli ~) - Steol ancJ r,~e:I<!IS
B-5.3 Delinitions
HRACE TEST SPECIMEN. A single buckling-restrained
bracc clcmcnl uscd for laboralory tcsting intcndcd to modcl
thc bracc in lhc Prototypc.
DESIGN METHODOLOGY. A sct of stcp-by-slcp
procedures, based on calculation or cxpcrimcnl, uscd lo
determine Si7..es, lengths, and dctai ls in thc dcsign of'
buckling-rcstrained braccs and thcir conncctions.
INELASTIC DEFORMATION. Thc permancnt or plastic
portion of thc axial displ<~ccmcnt in a buckli!Jg-rcstraincd
bracc. - shall be pcrmittcd subjcct to qualified peer rcvicw and
PROTOTYPE. Thc bracc, conncctions, mcmbcrs, stccl
propcrtics, and othcr dcsign, dclailing, and construction
fcatures lo be uscd in thc actual building framc.
SUBASSEMBLAGE TEST SPECIMEN. Thc
combinalion of thc bracc, the conncctions and tcsting
apparatus that rcplicate as closely as practica! thc axial and
flexura! dcformations of the brace in thc prototypc.
TEST SPECIMEN. Bracc test spccimen or subassemblage
test specirncn.
B-5.4 Subassemblage Test Specímcn
The subasscmblage test spccimen shall satisfy thc following
rcguirements:
l. Thc rncchanism for accommodating inelastic rotation in
the subassemblagc test specirnen bracc shall be thc
sarnc as thnt of the prototypc. Thc rotalional
dcfonnation dcrnands on thc subassemblage test
specimen bracc shall be equal to or greatcr than those
of thc prototypc.
2. The axial yield strength of thc stcel corc, P,."' of the
brace in the subasscmblage test spccimcn sh.all not be
lcss than that of the prototype where both strengths are
based on thc corc arca, A.,c• mulliplied by thc yicld
strength as detcrmined from a coupon test.
3. Thc cross-sectional shapc and orientntion of the stccl
corc projcction of thc subasscmblagc test spccirnen
bracc shall be thc same as that of thc brace in thc
prototypc.
4. Thc sarne documcntccl design mcthodology shall be
uscd for dcsign of thc subasscrnblagc as uscd for tbc
prolotypc, to allow cornparison of the rotational
deformation dcmands on thc subassernblagc bracc lo
thc prototype. In stability calculations, bearns, colurnns,
and gussets connecting the core shall be considered
parts of this system.
Association of Structuraf Engineers of !he Pl1ilippines
S. The calculatcd margins of safety for thc prototypc
eonncction dcsign, steel corc projcction st<tbility,
ovcrall buckling and othcr relevan! subasscmblage test
s[Jccimcn bracc construction details, excluding the
gussel platc, for the prototypc, shall cqual or cxcccd
thosc of thc subasscrnblagc test specimcn construction.
6. Lateral hracing of thc subasscmblage test spccimen
shall rcplicate thc lateral bracing in the prototypc.
7. The bracc icst spccimcn and thc prototypc shall be
rnanufacturcd in accordancc with thc same quality
control and assurancc processe~ and proccdurcs.
Extrapolation beyond the lirnitations statcd in this scction
approval by the authority having jurisdiction.
B-5.5 Bt·ace Test Spccimcn
The bracc test spccimcn shall rcplicate as closely as is
practica! the pcninent dcsign, detailing, construction
fcatures. and material propcrtics of thc prototypc.
B-5.5.1 Design of Bracc Test Spccimen
The sarne documentcd dcsign rncthodology shall be uscd for
the brace test speci men ami the prototypc. Tbc design
calculations shall dernonstratc, al a mínimum, the following
requirements:
l. Thc calculatcd margin of safcty for stability agai n~; (
overall buckling for the prototype shall equal or excccd
that of the bracc test spcci men.
2. The calculatcd rnargins of saíety for the bracc test
specirncn and thc prototype shall account for
differences in material propcr1ies, including yicld and
ultimatc stress, ultimatc elongation, and toughncss.
B-5.5.2 Manufacture of Bracc Test Spccimen
The brace test spccimcn and the prototypc shall be
manufactured in accordance with thc sarne quality contrc!
and assurance processcs and proccdures.
B-5.5.3 Similarily of Bracc Test Spccimen and
Prototypc
The bracc test spccimcn shall mcet thc followili.:.'
rcquiremcnts:
l. Thc cross-scctional shapc and oricntation of thc stccl
corc shall be the sanie as that ofthe prototypc.
2. The axial yield strength of the stccl core, Pr.«• or ;: '
!nace test specimcn shall not vary by more lh;' '
pcrccnl from that of thc prototype whcrc both strcnglilS
are basccl on thc corc arca, A_," multiplied by thc yicld
strength as dctermined from a coupon test.
 CH/\PTU~ :¡ Stecl <111d M e !<·lf ~;· 1 9 ~)

1 Thc material for, and rncthod of. separation bctwecn be applicd and maintaincd as t i!,~ protocol is followcd for
thc stccl corc aiHI thc huckling rcstrai ni ng mcchanism axial deformat ion.
in thc bracc test spccamcn shall be thc samc as that in
thc prototypc. B-5.(,.3 Loading Sc<¡ucnn
Loads shall be applied to thc test specimcn to prod uce thc
Extrapolation heyond thc limi tations statcd in th is scction following dcf'ormati ons, whcrc tllc dcfonnation is the stcel
.~h all
be pennittcd subject to qual if'i cd pccr rcview aLHI corc. ax ial deformation f'o r thc test specimcn ancl the
approval by thc authority havingjurisdiction. rotational dcformation dcmand for the subassemblagc test
specimen bracc:
B-5.5.4 Conncction Dc tails
l. 2 cydcs of loading at thc dcformation corrcsponding to
Thc conncction dctails uscd in thc bracc test spccimen shall
11b = Aby ,
represen! thc prototypc connection dctails ns closcly as
pmct ical. 2. 2 cycles of loading at the dcformation corresponding lO
=
i.Jh 0.50!1bm
B-5.5.5 Matcrials
3. 2 cycles of loac.ling at thc dcformation corrcsponding to
l. Steel corc: Thc following rcquircmcnts shall be !.lb = 1Abm
sa tis ficd for the stccl core of the bracc test spcc.imen:
4. 2 cyclcs of Joading at the deformation corresponding to
a. Thc spccified rninimum yicld stress of the bracc test Ab =1.5!1bm
specimcn steel eme shall be thc same as that of thc
5. 2 cycles of Joading at thc deformation correspondi ng to
prototype.
!lf> = 2.0Abm
b. Thc mcasured yield stress of the material of thc stcel
6. Additional complete cyclcs of Joading at thc
core in thc bracc test spccimcn shall be at lcast 90
deformation coJTcspondi ng to 1.Jb = 1.5/.Jbm as requ ircd
percent of that or the prototype as dctennincd from
fo r the bracc test specimc n lo achicvc a cumul ative
coupon tests.
inelastic axial deformation of at least 200 times the
c. T he specificd mínimum u! ti mate stress and strain of the yield deformation (not requ ircd for thc subassemblage
brace test specimen steel core shall not exceed those of test specimen).
the prototype.
Thc dcsign story drift shall not be taken as less than 0.01
2. Buckling-rcstraíníng mechanism
ti mes the story height for the purposes of calculating l.lbm.
Materiais used in thc buckling-rcstraining mechanism Other loading sequenccs are permitted to be used to qualify
of the brace test specime n shall be thc snmc as thosc thc test specime n when they are dcmonstrated to be of equal
used in thc prototypc. or greater scverity in terms of maximum and cumu lati ve
inelastic deformation.
ll-5.5.6 Connections
The weided, bolted, and pinncd joints on the test specimen B-5.7 Instrumentation
shnli replicate those on the prototypc as ciose as practical. Sufficient instntmentation shall be provided on the test
specimen to pcrmit measurement or calcul ation of thc
B-5.6 Loading History quantities listed in Section B-5.9.

B-5.6.1 General Rcquirements B-5.8 Materials Testing Requiremcnts

Thc test spec imen shall be subjected to cyclic Joads
accordi ng to thc requirements prescribed in Sections B -
5.6.2 and B-5.6.3. Additional incremcnls of Joading beyond
those describcd in Secti on 13-56.3 are pcnnitted. Each cycle
shall include a ftall tcnsion and full cornprcssion excursion
to thc prescribed dcformation.
ll -5.6.2 Test Control
The test shali be conducted by controlling the ievcl of axial
o r rotatíonal deformation, Llb, imposed on the test specimen.
As an alternate, the maximum rotational dcformation may
ll-5.8.1 Tension Testing Rcquircments
Tension testing shall be conducted on samples of steel takcn
from thc samc material as that used to manufacture thc stecl
con:. Tension test results from certificd mili test reports
shall be rcported but are not pcrmi tted to be used in place of
speci mcn tesling for the pu rposes of this Se.cti on. Tension·
test resul ts shall be based upon testing that is conducted in
accordance wit h Scction B-5.8.2.

National Structural Code of tlle Phil ippines 6 11 l Edition Volume 1

 ~¡ . n¡G CHAPTHl ') · Steel ;:¡f"ld Metals

B-5.8.2 Mcthods of Tcnsion Tcsting
Tcnsion testing shall be conductcd in accordancc with
ASTM A6, ASTM A170. ami ASTM E8. with thc fol!owing
i;
.; cxccptions:
1. Thc yield su·ess that is reponed from thc test shall be
bascd upon thc yicld strcngth definition in ASTM
A370, using thc offset mcthod of 0.002 strain.
2. The loadiq; n1tc for the tension test shall replicate, as
closely as is practica!, thc loading ratc nscd for thc test
specimen.
3. The coupon shall be machincd so that its longitudinal
axis is parallcl to the longitudinal axis of the stecl core.
B-5.9 Test Rcporting Requircrncnts
For each test spccirnen, a writtcn test repm1 meeting the
requirements of this Section shall be prepared. The rcport
shall thoroughly document all key features and results of thc
test. Thc repo11 shall include thc following information:
Additional drawings, data, and discussíon of the test
.spcci mcn or lcst results are pcnniHed to be includcd in thc
repon.
B-5.10 Acccptancc Critcria
At leas! onc subasscmblage test !hat satislics the
rcquirement.s oC Scction 8-5.4 shall be pe.rformed. Al least
onc bracc test that satisfics the requircments of Scction B-
4.5 shall be performed. Withín the rcquíred protocol range
alltests shall satisfy the following rcquiremcnts:.
!'
1. The plot showing the applied load vs. dísplnccrncnt
hístory shall exhibit stablc, rcpeatablc bchavior wi th
positíve incremental stiffness.
2. There shall be no fracture, brace instability or brace end
connection failure.
3. For brace tests, cach cycle to a deformation greatcr than
1.1/Jy the maximum tension and compression forces shall
not be less than thc nominal strength of the core.

1. A drawing or clcar dcscription of thc test spccimcn, 4. For bracc tests, each cycle toa deformation greatcr than
incl uding key dí mcnsions, boundary conditions at /.Jby the ratio of the maximum comprcssion force to thc
loading and reaction points, ami locatíon of lateral rnaximum tension force shall not excccd 1.3.
bracing, if any.
Other acceptance críteria may be adopted for the brace test
2. A drawing of the connection details showíng member spccímen or subassembl age test specimcn subject to
sizes, grades of stecl, the sizes of all connection qualíficd pecr revicw and approval by the authority having
elements, welding details íncluding filler metal, the size juris~iction.
and location of bolt or pin boles, the size and grade of
conncctors, and all other pe11inent detaíls of the
connections.
3. A listíng of al! other essential vruinbles as listed in
Section B-5.4 or B-5.5, as appropriatc.
4. A listing or plot showíng thc applied load or
displaccment history.
5. A plot of the applied load versus the deformation, t>.b.
The method used to detennine the deformations shall
be clearly shown. The locations on the test specimen
where the Joads and deformations were measured shall
be clearly identified.
6. A chronological listing of significan! test observations,
including observatíons of yiclding, slip, ínstabilíty,
transverse dísplacement along thc test specimen and
fracture of any portian of thc test specimen and
connectíons, as applicablc.
7. The results of the material tests specificd in Section B-
5.8.
8. The manufacturing quality control and quality
assurance plans used for lhc fabrication of the test
specimen. Thesc shall be included with the welding
proccdurc specifications and welding inspection
rcports.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


B-6. J Seope
This appcndix providcs additional dctails rcgarding wclding
and wclding inspcction, and is includcd on an intcrim basis
pcnding adoption of such critcria by A WS or othcr
accrcdited organiz.ation.
H-6.2 Structural Dcsign Drawings and S¡>ccificatiuns,
Shop t1rawings, ami Ercction Drawings
H-6.2.1 Structural Dcsign Drawings and
Spccifications
Structural design drawings and spccifications shall includc,
as a mínimum, thc following information:
l. Locations whcrc backup bars are rcquircd to be
removed
2. Locations whcrc supplcmcntal fillct welds are rcquircd
whcn backing is permitlcd to remain
3. Locations wherc fillct welds are used to rcinforcc
groove wclds orto improve conncction gcometry
4. Localions where weld tabs are requircd lo be removed
5. Splice localions whcre tapered transitions are required
Usér.Nqti:'·Butt splites S!ibjed to té'ii~iorr gfeateftlián 33
p~ié~tít ·of'tiié'· ix~tÍ!d ''Yieta'':&
üe:ngili'·ilnder · ~ni:' 1dád
cohibiti~tióii···siioüid :''h~:v~··•'iii"e'r&i·:·,·6:áhS'ifi.olis>
coiicentriiH&ihl( i ifioliilifJüJttíili~i'do_f1·, 6á'sed up¿ii a 9b"
cofuét', -Pb~Íd cause_ 'i~- Yí~lding,when the tehslíe .si.ress
éx~s jj'·í)er~nt 'oiYféi'd: 'Lci~et ibvets'óütfess wbuld be
accepúibie wiih tiie '~tié'Ss. concenttation from a nontapered
transition. · ·
6. The shape of wcld access holes, if a special shapc is
required
7. Joints or groups of joints in which a specific assembly
order, welding sequence, welding technique or other
special precautions are required
B-6.2.2 Shop Drawings
S hop drawings shall inclucic, as a mínimum, lhe following
information:
l. Access hole dimcnsions, surfacc profile and finish
rcquiremcnts
2. Locations whcre backing bars are to be removed
3. Locations where weld tabs are lo be removed
4. NDT to be performed by the fabricator, if any
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6th Edition Volume 1
CHAPTE.n [, S!cwl and Metal ~>-1 97
B-6.2.3 Ercction Drawings
Erecti on drawi ng~ slwll includc, as a mini mum. thc
foll owing information:
l. Locations wherc backing bars to be removed
2. Locations whcrc supplemental lillcts are rcquired whcn
backing is pennitted 10 rcmain
3. Locations wherc weld tllbs are to be removed
4. Thosc joints or groups of joints in which 'a spcc::ific
assembly ordcr, welding scquencc. wclding teclJ.Jiíquc
or other special prccautions are rcquired
B-6.3 Pcrsonncl
B-6.3.1 QC Wclding Inspcctors
QC welding inspcction personncl shall be associale welciing
inspectors (A Wl) or higher;·. as dcfined in AWS B5.1
Standard for thc Qualification of Welding lnspectors, or
otherwise qualified under the provisions of AWS D 1.1
Section 6.1.4 and to the satisfaction of thc conlractor's QC
plan by the fabricator/crcctor.
B-6.3.2 QA Wclding lnspcctors
QA wclding inspeclors shall be welding inspeclors (WI), or
senior welding inspectors (SWJ), as dc!i ned in AWS B5.1,
excepl A Wls may be u sed undcr the dircct supervision of
W!s, on site and available whcn weld inspection is being
conducted.
the ·siíess
B-6.3.3 Nondcstructivc Tcsting Tcchnicians
NDT technicians shall be qualified as follows:
l. In accordance wi th thcir cmployer's written practice
which shall rncet or exceed the critcria of the American
Society for Nondeslruclive Testing, Inc. SNT TC-1 A
Recommended Practice for the Training and Testing of
Nondeslructive Personncl, or of ANSI/ASNT CP-189,
Standard for lhe Qualification and Certification of
Nondestructive Testing Personnel.
2. Ultrasonic tcsting for QA may be performeci only by
UT technicians certified as ASNT Leve! III through
examinat ion by the ASNT. or certified as Leve! H by
their employcr for tlaw detection. If the engineer-of-
rccord approvcs lhc use of tlaw sizing techniques, UT
technicians shall also be qualified and certified by their
employcr for Oaw siz.ing.
3. Magnetic ptu1iclc tcst ing (MT) and dye penetran!
lcsling (PT) for QA may be perfonned only by
tcchnicians ccrtified as Leve! JI by their employer, or
certificd as ASNT Leve! III through cxamination by the
ASNT and certificd by thcir employer.
 b· 19B CH/\l'lTI~ S· Steel illl<l Mclals
B-6.4 Nondcstruclivc Tcsting Proccdurcs
B-6.4.1 lJIIrasonic Tcstíng
lJilrasonic tcsting shall he pcrfonncd according lO thc
proccdurcs prcscrihcd in AWS D 1.1 Section 6, Part F
following a wrincn proccdure comaining thc clements
prescribcd in paragraph K3 of Anncx K. Scction ó, Part F
proccdurcs shall be qualificd using wcld mock-ups having
J .5 mm-diamctcr si de drillcd boles similar to Anncx K.
Figure K-3. ·'
B-6.4.2 Magnclic Parliclc
Testing Magnctic particlc tcsling shall be performcd
according to procedurcs prescribe<! in AWS D J .1, following
a written procedure utilizing the Yoke Mcthod lhat
conforms to ASTM E709.
,
B-6.5 Additional Wclding Provisions
B-6.5.1 lnlcrrnixcd Filler Mctals
Whcn !-CA W-S fi ller melals are used in combination with
filler mctals of ot hc r proccsscs, including FCAW-G, a test
spcci mcn shall be prcpared and mcchanical testing shall he
conducted lo verify lhal the notch toughncss of lhc
combiñed malerials in the inlerrnixed region of the wcld
meels thc notch toughncss requiremcnts of Section 520.3.1
and, if rcquircd, thc notch !Oughness rcquircmerlls for
dcmand critica! wclds of Section 520.3.2.
13-6.5.2 Filler Metal Diffusible Hydrogcn
Welding clectrodes and elcctrode-flux combinations shall
meet the requircmcnts for HI6 (16 mL maximum diffusiblc
hydrogcn per 100 grams dcpositcd wel d metal) as tcsted in
accordance with AWS A4.3 Standard Methods for
Determination of the Diffusiblc Hydrogen Content of
Martcnsitic, Bainitic, and Ferritic Steel Weld Metal
Produced by Are Welding. (Exception: GMAW solid
electrodes.) The manufacturer's typical ccrtificate of
conformance shall be considered adequate proof that the
supplied clectrode or electrode-flux combination meets this
requiremcnt. No tcsting of filler metal samplcs or of
production wclds shall be required.
13-6.5.3 Gas-Shicldcd Wclding Proccsscs
GMA W and FCA W -G shall not be performed in wimb
excecding 5 km/ hr. Windscreens or other shelters may be
uscd to shield !he welding opcration from excessive wind.
ll-6.5.4 Maximum lntcrpass Tcmpcraturcs
Maximum interpass temperatures shall not exceed 290 oC,
measured at a distancc not exceeding 75 mm from the start
of lhe wcld pass. Thc maximum interpass tcmpcrature may
be increased by qualification testi ng that includes wcld
metal and base metal CVN testing using AWS D 1.1 Anncx
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
111. The stecl uscd for the qualificalion testing shall be of thc
samc type and grade as will be uscd in production.
The maximum hcat input to be uscd in production sball be
uscd in thc qualilication tcsting. The !.JUalificd maximum
interpass tcmpcraturc shall be thc lowcsl interpass
tempcraturc used for any pass during qua lilication tcsting.
!3oth weld metal and HAZ shall be tcstcd. Thc wcld metal
·:hall mcct allthe mcchanical propcrties requircd by Secti on
520.3.1. or those for dcmand critica! welds of Secti on
520.3.2. as applicablc. Thc hcm affectcd :1.onc CVN
toughncss shall mcct a mínimum requircment of 27 J al 21
oc with specimens takcn al both 1 and 5 mm from LhL~
fusio n linc.
13-6.5.5 Wcld Tal>s
Wherc practicable, weld tabs shall cx tcnd bcyond thc edgc
of thc joi nt a mínimum of onc inch or the thickness of the
part, whichcvcr is greatcr. Extcnsions nced not cxcccd 50
mm.
Whcrc used, weld tabs shall be removed to within 3 mm of
thc base metal surface, except al continuity platcs where
rcmoval to within (¡ mmof the platc cdgc is acceptablc, and
thc end of the weld finished . Rernoval shall be by air carbon
are cutting (CAC-A), grinding, chipping, or thcrmal cutting.
The process shall be controllcd to minimize errant gouging.
The cdgcs where wcld tabs have been removed shall be
finishcd toa surface roughness of 13 ~tm or better. Grinding
toa tlush condilion is not required. The contour of the wcld
cnd shall provide a smooth transition, free of notches and
sharp comers. Al T-joinls, a minimum radius in thc comer
nced nol be provided. The weld end shall be free of gouges
and notches. Wcld defects not greater than 2 mm dcep shall
be faircd 10 a slope not greatcr than l :5. Other wcld defects
shall be cxcavated and repaired by welding in accordance
with an applicablc WPS.
B-6.5.6 Bottom Flangc Wclding Scqucncc
When using weld access hales to facilitatc CJP groove
wclds of beam bottom flanges w column flanges or
continuity plates, the groove weld shall be sequcnced as
follows: ·
l. As far as is practicable, starts and stops shall not be
p!aced dircctly undcr thc bcam web.
2. Each !ayer shall be completed across thc full width (,¡'
thc flangc bcfore bcginníng the. ncxl layer.
3. For cach !ayer, the wcld starts and stops sha!l be nn :!:!'
oppositc sidc of thc beam web, as comparcd to thc
prcvious !ayer.
 B-6.6 Additional Welcling Provisions for Demand
Critica! W(•Jds Only
B-7 WELD METAL/WELDING
PROCEDURE SPECIFICATlON
B-6.6.1 Wclding Proc(~Sscs NOTCH TOUGHNESS
SMA W, CMA W (cxccpt short cin:uit transfcr), FCA W and VERIFICATION TEST
SA W rnay be uscd to fabricatc <tnd crcct mcmbcrs govcrncd
by this spccification. Othcr proccsscs may be used, ~Jrovidcd
This appcndix providcs a proc:cdurc for qualifying thc wcld
that onc or more of thc following critcri a is mct:
mctaltoughness ami is includcd on an intcrim basis pcnding
1. Thc process is part of thc prcqualíficd connec!ion adoption of stJch a procedurc by thc American Welding
dctails, a~ Jistcd in Scction B-1, Socicty (A WS) or other accredited organization.
2. Thc proccss was uscd lo pcrfonn a conncction
B-7.1 Scopc
qualification test in accordancc with Section B-4, or
This appcndix providcs a standai·d method for qualiflcation
3. Thc process is approvcd by thc cnginccr-of-rccord. testing of weld f'il!cr mctals required to ha ve specificd notch
toughness for scrvicc in joints dcsignatcd as dcmand
B-6.6.2 Filler Metal Packaging critica!.
Elcctrodcs shall be providcd in packaging that limits the
ability of thc electrode to absorb moisture. Elcctrodc from Tcsting of weld metal to be used in production shall be
packagíng that has bccn puncturcd or torn shall be dricd in pcrforrncd by fi llcr metal rnanu fact urcr' s product ion lot, as
accordancc with the manufaclurcr's rccommcndations. or dcfined 111 A WS A5.0 l, Filler Metal Procurcmcnt
shall not be used for demand critica! welds. Guidclincs, as follows:
l. Class C3 for SMA W elcctrodes,
Modification or lubrication o( thc clcctrodc aftcr
manufacture is prohibitcd, cxcept lhat drying is pcrmilled as 2. Class S2 for GMA W -S and SA W electrodes,
rccommcndcd by thc rnanufacturcr.
3. Class T4 for FCA W and GMA W-C, or

B-6.6.3 Expos~rc Limitations on FCA W Elcctrodcs 4. Class F2 for SA W !luxes.

Aftcr rcmoval from protcctívc packaging, the pcrmissíblc
atmosphcríc exposure time of FCA W e!cctrodes shall be Filler mctals procluced by manufacturcrs audited and
limited as follows: approved by one or more of the following agencies sha!l be
cxempt from thcsc produc¡ion lot tcsting requircments,
J. Exposure shall not cxceed the c!ectrodc manufacturer's providcd a mínimum of 3 production lots of material, as
guidelines. defined above, are tcstcd in accordance with the provisions
2. In the absence of rnanufacturer' s rccomrnendations, thc ofthis appendix:
total accumulatcd cxposurc time for FCA W elcctrodcs l. American Bureau of Shipping (ABS),
shall not cxcccd 72 hours. When the c!cctrodcs are not
in use, thcy rnay be stored in protcctive packaging ora 2. Lloyds Regíster of Shípping,
cabinet. Storagc time shall not be includcd in the 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME),
accumulated exposure time. Electrodcs that have bcen
exposcd to thc atmosphcre for periods cxceeding the 4. ISO 9000,
abovc time limits shall be dricd in accordancc with the 5. US Department of Defensc, or
electrode anufacturer's rccommendations, or shall not
be uscd for dcmand critica! welds. The clectrodc 6. A quality assurancc program acceptablc to the
manufacturer's recommendations shall include time, engineer-of-rccord.
tcmperalurc, and numbcr of drying cyclcs perrnilled.
Undcr this cxcmption from production lol testing, the filler
B-6.6.4 Tack Wclds mclalmanufacturcr shall rcpcat the testíng prcscribed in thís
appendíx at lcast evcry three ycars on a random production
Tack wclds attaching backing bars and wcld tabs shall be
lo t.
placcd whcre they will be 'ncorporatcd into a final wcld.

111
Nalional Struclura! Code of t11e Pllilippines 6 Edition Volume 1

B-7.2 Test Conditions
Tests shall be conductcd at the rangc of heat inputs for
which thc wcld filler metal wi ll be quali ficd undcr the
welding proccdure specification (WPS). It is recommendcd
that tests be conductcd at the low hcat input lcvel and high
heat input leve! indicated in Table 13-7.2- l.
assc rnbl y has rcachcd thc intcrpass tcmpcraltl rc prcscribed
in Tablc 13 -7.2-1. Thc intcrpass tcmperaturc shall be
maintaíncd for the rcmaindcr of thc weld. Should ít be
neccssary to íntcrrupt wclding, thc asscmbly shall be
al lowcd to cool in air. The asscm bly shall thcn be healcd lo
thc prescribcd intcrpass tcmpcraturc bcforc wclding is
rcsu mcd.

No thermal treatmcnt of weldment or test ~.pcc ime n s is

permitted, cxcept that mach!ned tcnsilc test spccunens may
be aged al 200 °F (93 °C) io 220 op ( 104 °C) for up to' 4 8
Cooling Preheat op lntcrpass °F hours, then coolcd to room tcmperature bcfore testí ng.
Heat Input (oC) (oC)
Ratc
U-7 .4 Acceptancc Critcria
Low hcat 30 kJ/in. 200±50 The lowest and highcst Charpy V-Notch (CVN) toughncss
input test (1 .2kJ/mm) 70±25
(21 ±14) values obtaíned from thc five spccímcns frorn a single test
---ª.! ± 14)
High hcat 80 kJ/in. platc shall be disregardcd. Two of the rcmaining three
300 ±25 500±50 values shall equal, or excced, the spccified toughncss of 54
input le..:~~- ( 1.2kJ/mm) (149 ±1 4} (260± 28) J energy le ve! at thc testing tcmpcrature. Onc of thc thrcc
may be lower, but not lowcr than 4 1 J, and thc average of
Alternativcly, thc fi ller metal manufacturcr or contractor the three shall not be less than the rcquircd 54 J cnergy
may elect lO test a wider or narrowcr wngc of hcat inputs leve!. All test samples shall mcet the notch toughncss
and intcrpass tempcraturcs. The range of hcat inputs and requírcmcnts for the clcctrodes as providcd in Scction
intcrpass tcmpcraturcs testcd shall be clearly stated on thc 520.3.2.
test rcports and user data shccts. Rcgardlcss of the method
of sclcctíng test heat input, thc WPS. as uscd by thc For fi ller mctals classi fled as E70, materials shall providc a
contractor, shall fall within thc range of hcat inputs and míni mum yicld stress of 58 ksí, a mínimum tcnsíle strength
íntcrpass temperaturcs tested. of 70 ksí, and a mínimum elongation of 22 percent. For
filler metals classificd as E80, matcrials shall províde a
H-7.3 Test Spccimcns mínimum yield stress of 68 ksi, a mínimum tensile strcngth
Two test plates, one for each heat input, shall be welded of 80 ksi, and a mín imum clongation or 19 pcrcent.
followíng Ta ble B-7.2-l. Five CVN specirnens and onc
tcnsile spet:illlen shall be prepare<! per plate. Each plate
shall be steel, of any AISC-listed structural grade. The test
plate shall be 19 mm thick with a 13 mm root opcning ami
45" included groove angle. The test plate and specimens
shall be as shown in Figure 2A in A WS A5.20, or as in
Figure 5 in A WS A5.29. Except for the root pass, a
mínimum of two passes per !ayer shall be used to fill the
width.

All test specimens shall be taken from near the centerline of

thc weld at the míd-thickness locati on, in order lo mínimizc
dil ution effec1s. CVN and tensile specimens shall be
preparcd in accordance with AWS 8 4.0, Standard Methods
for Mechanical Testing of Welds. The test asscmbly shall be
restrainecl cluri ng welding, or preset at approxí mately 5° lo
prcvcnt warpagc in cxcess of 5°. A wcldcd t c~ t as~cmbl y
that has warpcd more than 5" shall be díscardcd. Weldcd
lest assemblies shall not be slraighlened.

The test asscmbly shall be tack wel detl and healcd lo thc
spcci!ied prcheat temperature, mcasured by tempcraturc
indicating crayons or surfacc temperaturc thermo meters onc
inch from the ccnter of the groove al the location shown in
the figures ci ted abovc. Welding shall cont inue unt il thc

/>,ssociation of Structural EnguH.;ors of the Philíppines

 ilf~~~wp~~~~:·,
I.).~~lMWIPNS:. >.::~! .):::~· ; ·. :;,.'f'
BOUNDARY MEMBER. h )rtion along wall and
diaphragm cdge strengthcned with sti·uctural stcel scctions
and/or longitudinal stcel rcinforcement and tranwerse
reinforcement.
COLLECTOR ELEMENT. Membcr that serves to
transfer loads betwcen floor diaphragms and the mcmbcrs
of the seismic load rcsisting system.
COMPOSITE BEAM. Structural stccl bcarn in contact
with and acting compositcly with rcinforccd concrete via
bond or shcar conncctors.
COMPOSITE BHACE. Rcinforced-concretc-cncascd
structural steel scction (rollcd or built-up) or concretc-fillcd
steel section used as a brace.
COMPOSITE COLUMN. Reinforced-concrete-encased
structural stecl scction (rollcd or built-up) or concrctc-filled
steel section used as a column.
COMPOSITE ECCENTRICALLY BRACEO FRAME
(C-EBF). Composite braccd frame meeting the
requiremcnts of Scction 545.
COMPOSITE INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAME
(C-IMF). Composite moment frame meeting thc
rcquiremcnts of Section 54 ! .
COMPOSITE ORDINARY BRACEO FRAME (C·
OBF). Composile braced frame meeting the requirements of
Section 544. ·
COMPOSITE ORDINARY MOMENT FRAME (C-
OMF). Composite moment frame meeting thc requircments
of Section 545.
COMPOSITE PAHTIALLY RESTRAINED
MOM ENT FnAME (C-PRMF). Compositc morncnt
frame meeting thc rcquire ments of Section 539.
COMPOSITE SHEAR WALL. Rcinforced concrete wa!l
that has uncncascd or reinfo rced-concretc.,encased
structural steel scctions as boundary membcrs.
COMPOSITE SLAB. Concrete sla b suppo1ted on and
bonded to a formcd steel deck that acls as a diaphragm 10
National Struclural Code of tbe Philippines 611' Edilion Volume 1
transfer load to and bct wecn elemcnts of thc scismic load
rcsisting systcm.
COMPOSITE SPECIAL CONCENTIUCALLY
BRACED FRAME {C-CBF). Compositc braccd framc
meeting thc requiremcnts of Scction 543.
COMPOSITE SPECIAL MOMENT FRAME (C-SMF).
Compositc momcnt frame meeting thc rcquirements of
Scction 540.
COMI)OSITE STEEL PLATE SHEAR WALL (C-
SPW). Wall consisting of stcel plate with reinforced
concrete encasernent on one or both sides that provides out-
of-planc stiffening to prcvent buckling of the steel plate and
meeting the requirements of Section 548.
COUPLING BEAM. Structural stecl or cornposite beam
connecting adjacent reinforced concrete wall clemcnts so
that they act together to resistlateral loads.
ENCASED COMPOSITE BEAM. Compositc bcam
completely enclosed in reinforced concrete.
ENCASED COMPOSITE COLUMN. Structural steel
column (rolled or built-up) completely encased in
reinforccd concrete.
FACE BEARING PLATES. Stiffeners attached to
structural steel beams that are ernbedded in reinforced
concrete walls or columns. The plates are located at the facc
of the reinforced concrete to provide confinement and to
lransfcr loads to thc concrete through dircct bcaring.
FILLIW COMPOSITE COUJMN. Round or rectangular
structural steel section fillcd with concrete.
FULLY COMPOSITE BEAM. Composite beam that has
a sufficient number of shear connectors to develop the
nominal plastic f1exural strength of the composite section.
INTERMEDIATE SEISMIC SYSTEMS. Seismic
systems designed assuming rnoderate inelastic action occurs
in some mcmbers under the dcsign earthquake.
LOAD-CARRYING REINFORCEMENT.
Reinforccment in compositc mcmbcrs designcd ami dctailcd
lo rcsist the requíred load5.
ORDINARY REINFORCED CONCRETE SHEAR
WALL WITH STRUCTURAL STEEL ELEMENTS (C-
OHCW). Compositc shear wa!ls meeting the requirements
of Scction 546.
 OHDINAI~Y SEISMIC SYSTEMS. Scismic systcms
de.signed assuming limitcd inclastic action occurs in somc
memhers under thc dcsign carthquakc.
PARTIALLY COMPOSITE BEAM. Uncncascd
compo~itc bcam with a nominal flexura) strcngth controllcd
by thc strcngth of thc shcar stud connectors.
PARTIALLY RESTRAINED C0MPOSITE
CONNECTION. Panially restrainccl (PR) CúnHections as
dcfíned in thc Specif1cation thal connecl panially or fully
cornposile beams 10 steel columns with flexura! resistancc
provided by a force couplc achicvcd wilh slecl
rcinforcemcnt in the slab and a stccl scat anglc or similar
conncction at the bottom flange.
REINFORCED-CONCRETE-ENCASED SHAPES.
Structural stecl sections encased in rcinforccd concrete.
RESTRAINING BARS. Steel reinforcement in composite
members that is not designcd to carry requircd Joads, bul is
provided lO facil itate the crcction of other steel
rcinforccment and to provide anchorage for stírrups or ties.
Gencrally, such reínforcemenl is nol spliccd to be
continuous.
SPECIAL REINFORCED CONCRETE SHEAR
WALLS COMPOSITE WITH STIWCTUHAL STEEL
ELEMENTS (C-SRCW). Cornposite shear walls meeting
the requirements of Section 547.
SPECIAL SEISMIC SYSTEMS. Seismic systems
dcsígned assuming signífícant inelastic action occurs in
sorne membcrs under the design earthquake.
UNENCASED COMPOSITE BEAM. Composite bcam
wherein thc stecl section is not completely enclosed in
reinforccd concrete and relies on mechanical connectors for
composite action with a reinforced slab or slab on metal
deck.
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
SECTION 532
SCOPE
Thcsc Provisions shall govcrn the dcsign, fabricalion, and
crcction of composi19 struclural slcc! and rcinforced
concrete mcmbcrs and conncclions in thc scismic load
resisting systems (SLRS) in buildings and other structurcs,
wherc olhcr slructures are dcfined as thosc dcsigncd,
fabricatcd, and ercctcd in a manner similar to bui!dings,
with building-like vertical and lateral Joad-resisting
systems. These provisions shall apply whcn thc scismic
response modification cocfficicnt, R, (as spcci lled in thc
NSCP codc) is takcn grcalcr than 3.
Whcn thc seismic response modifícation cocffícicnt, R, í:,:
takcn as 3 or less, the struclurc is not required to satis!>
these provisions unlcss rcquired by the NSCP codc.
The rcquirements of Pa11 2B modify and supplcmcnl th<:
rcquircments of Pan 2A and form these Provisions. They
shall be applicd in conjunc tion with the AISC Spccillcation
for Structural Stccl Buildings, ANSI/AISC 360, hercinaf:r::
refcrrcd toas thc Specification. Thc applicablc requireme:;;:;
of the Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrl'i"
and Commentary, ACI 318, as modilicd in these Provisio• '''
shall be used for thc design of rcinforced concrc\:
componcnts in composite SLRS.
For seismic load resisting systems incorporating reinforcc''
concrete components designed according to ACI 318, ::; :
requirements for load and resistance factor design :,.;
spccified in Scction 502.3 of tbc Specification shall be used.
When the design is based upon elastic analysis, the stifflw:·:;
prope11ies of thc componen! membcrs of composite systc;:::;
shall reOect their condition at the onset of signiíic<~::i
yielding of thc structurc.
Wherever thesc Provisions refer to the NSCP code and thc.···:
is no local building code, the loads, load combinatin:' .
system limitations and general design requireJ~ents shall L.:
those in SEI/ASCE 7.
Pm1 2B includes a Glossary which is specífically applic;:
to this Pa11. The Part 2A Glossary is also applicable to ¡·,,.'
2B.
 CHAPTEn ~~ Steel ancl rv1etal [)·203

Thc documcnts rcfcrenccd in thcsc provisions shall includc Thc rcquircd strength and other prov1s10ns for scismic
those listcd in Pa1i 2A Scction 51 5 wí th the following dcsign categories (SDCs) ami scismic use groups and the
additions: limítations on hcight and irregularity shall be as spccifícd in
thc NSCP codc.
American Socicty of Civil Enginccrf: .Standard for the
Structural Dcsign of Composite Slabs, ASCE 3-9 J The dcsign story drift and story drift limits shall be
uircd in thc NSCP code.
American Welding Society Stmctural Welding Code-
Reinforcíng Steel, AWS D 1.4-98
·. ·:::~~:i~·:.:;~~.#~$~J:~.~:;~~\r~:- ~tt:_~:~~\11!~\::~~{j:.~~~~,&~~~~~J:·t~~~:rH~~~~;;,:;il~~-l~~~f.~{f~i:tit~i~:~~:·

1
Néllional Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 !)·204 CHAPTE:H 5 · Steel and Metals

535.1 Loads und Load Combinations
Wherc amplifico scismic loads are requircd by thcsc
Provisions, thc horizontal portion of the cm1hquake load E
(as dcfincd in the NSCP code) shall be multiplied by the
ovcrstrength factor Qo prescribed by the NSCP code.
F~r the seismic load resisting system (SLRS) incorporating
remforced concrete componeots designed accordiog to ACI
318, thc requirements of Section 502.3 of the Specification
shall be used.
535.2 Nominal Strcngth
The nominal strength of systems, membcrs, and connections
shall be dctcrmined in accordance with the requirements of
t '
the Specification. except as modified throughout these
Structural steel members and connections uscd in compositc
seismic load resisting systcms (SLRS) shall mect the
rcquircmcnts of Spccification Section 50 1.3. Structural stecl
used in the composite SLRS de~'Cri bcd in Sections 539, 540,
543. 545. 547 and 548 shall also mcct thc requiremcnts in
Pa11 2A Sections 5 19 and 520.
536.2 Concrete and Stccl Rcinforccmcnt
Concrete and stcel reínforccmcnt uscd ín compositc
components in composite SLRS shall mect thc rcquirements
of ACI 318, Sections 21.2.4 througll21.2. 8.
Exception:
Concrete and .\'lee/ reinforceme/11 used in tite composite
ordinary• seismic systems described in Sections 542. 544,
and 546 sita!/ meel the requirements of Secthm 509 and ACI
318. excluding Chapter 21.
. ;-~-.,~ ~/-:':~-~~:·;.;:;~.\~\::~~-~~:·>¡·~-.~...;-~-: •;, :·!- ,.· ·-.: ::·=.\

Provisions.
@$~1~1t5~!~~i~~~~~~;~~~§.?~J~ií~~[~:~?;-'~?:.~·~~"1Xl:;~d~~{~~1~~::~:{~~~~~~~~;~.:\~. :

Association of Structural Engineers of the Pllilippines


537.1 Scopc
Tlle design of composite mcmbers in tllc SLRS dcscribcd in
Sections 539 through 548 shall mcet thc requircmcnts of
this Section and the material rcquircrncnts of Secti on 536.
537.2 Composite Floor and Roof Slabs
Thc dcsign of compositc floor and roof slabs shall mcct the
rcquircrnents of ASCE 3. Compositc slab diaphragms shall
mcet thc rcquiremcnts in this Scction .
537.2.1 Load Transfcr
Dctails shall be dcsigned so as to transfer loads between thc
diaphragm and boundary membcrs, collcctor clcments, and
clemcms of thc horizontal framing systcrn.
537.2.2 Nominal Shcar Strength
The nominal shear strcngth of compositc diaphragms and
concrete-fillcd ~tecl dcck diaphragms shall be takcn as thc
nominal shcar strcngth of thc rcinforccd concrete abovc thc
top of thc steel dcck ribs in accordancc with ACI 318
cxclu.díng Chaptcr 22. Altcrnati vcly, the compositc
diaphragm nominal shcar strength shall be detcrmincd by
in-planc shear tests of concrete-filled diaphragms.
537.3 Composite Beams
Composite beams shall meet the requírements of Sectíon
509. Compositc beams that are part of compositc-special
moment frames (C-SMF) shall also mcct the rcquiremcnts
of Scction 540.3.
537.4 Encased Composite Columns
This section is applicable to columns that
J. consist of reinforccd-concretc encased shapes with a
structural stcel area that comprises al least 1 percent of
the total compositc column cross section; and
2. mcct the additional li mitations of Specification Scction
509.2. 1. Such columns shall meet the rcquirernents of
Specification Scction 509, cxcept as modified in this
Section. Addit ional rcquircmcnts, as speci fied for
íntennediate and spccial scismic systcms in Scctions
537.4.2 and 537.4.3shall apply as required in thc
descriptions of the composite seismic systems in
Sections 539 through 548.
Columns tl1a1 consist of reinforced-concrete-encased shapes
shall mect the requiremcnts for reinforccd concrete columns
of ACI 318 except as modified for
l. The structural stecl section shear connectors in Scction
National Structural Code of the Philippines 61" Edilion Volume 1
CHAPTEii 5 SWcl ilfld Metal :i - 20~)
537.4.2.
2. The contrihution of \the rcinforccd-concrctc-encascd
shapc 10 the strength of thc column as providcd in ACI
318.
3. The seismic rcquirements for rcinforccd concrete
columns as spccífíed in thc descriptíon of thc
composite seísrnic systcrns in Sections 539 through
548.
537.4.1 Ordinary Scismic Systcm Requiremcnts
The following rcquirements for encascd composite colu mns
are applícable to all compositc systcms, including ordinary
seísmic systcms:
l . Thc available shcar strength of thc column shall be
dctermincd in accordance with Spccification Section
509.2.l .ld. The nominal shear strength of the tie
reinforccment shall be dctermincd in accordancc with
ACI 318 Sectíons 11.5.6.2 through 11.5.6.9. In ACI
3 J8 Sections 11.5.6.5 and 11.5.6.9, the dimcnsion bw
shall cqual the wídth of the concrete cross-section
minus the width of the structural 5hape measurcd
perpendicular to the dircction of shear.
2. Compositc columns designcd to share the applied loads
between thc stnJctural stecl sectíon and the reinforccd
concrete cncasement shall havc shear connectors that
meet the requirements of Spccification Section 509.2. J.
3. The maxi mum spacing of transversc tics shall mcct the
requ irements of Spccificati on Section 509.2. l.
Transverse tíes shall be located vcrtically within one-half of
thc tic spacing above the top of the footing or Jowcst beam
or slab in any story and shall be spaced as providcd hercin
within onc-half of the tic spacing below the lowest bcam or
slab framing into thc column.
Transverse bars shall have a diametcr that is not !ess tl1an
one-fiftieth of the greatcst sidc dimcnsion of the compositc
member, except that tíes shall not be smaller than Diam
1Omm bars and need not be largcr than Diam 16 mm bars.
Alternativcly, welded wire fabdc of equivalen\ arca is
permitted as transvcrse reinforcement except when
prohibited for intermcdiate and special seismic systcms.
4. Load-ca1rying reinfórcement shall mect the detailing
and splice requircments of ACI 318 Sections 7.8.1 and
12. 17. Load-carrying reinforcement shall be providcd
at cvcry comer of a rectangular cross-section. Thc
maximum spacing of other load carrying or rcst¡:aining
longitudinal reinforccrncnt shall be one-half of the least
si de dimcnsions of the composite mcmber.
5. Splices and end bearing details for encased composite
columns in orditiary seismic systems shall rneet the
requiremcnts of the Specilication and ACI 318 Section
 !.i 206 CHAPTEI~ S Stoel anef Metals
7.8.2. Thc dcsign shall comply with ACI 318 Scctions
21.2.6, 21.2. 7 and 21 . 1O. Thc dcsig n s hull considcr any
advcrsc behavioral effccts due to abrupt changes in
cithcr thc mernber stiffness or the nominal tensilc
strcngth. Such locations shall includc transitions to
rei nfon.:cd concrete sections without cmbeddcd
structural steel mcmbcrs, transitions to hare structural
stccl scctions. and column bases.
537.4.2 Intcrmcdiatc Seismi e Systcm Rcquiremcnts
Encased composite columns in intermediate seismic
systcms shall meet the following rcquiremcnts in addition to
thosc of Scction 537.4.1:
1. Thc maximum spacing of transvcrse bars at thc top and
bottom shall be the least of the following:
a. onc-half the Jcast dimension of thc scction
b. 8 longitudinal bar diameters
c. 24 tic bar diamctcrs
d. 300 mm
Thesc spacings shall be maintained ovcr a vertical dístance
equal to the greatest of the following lengths, measured
from each joint face and on both sides of any section where
flexura! yieldíng is cxpected lO occur:
a. one-sixth the vc11ical clear height of the column
b. the maxímum cross-sectional dimension
c. 450 mm
2. Tic spacing over the remaining column length shallnot
excecd twice the spacing defined above.
3. Welded wire fabric is not pcnnitted as transverse
reinforcement in intermediate seismic systems.
537.4.3 Spccial Scismic System Rcquircments
Encased compositc columns in special seismic systems shall
meet the following requirements in addition to those of
Sections 537.4.land 537.4.2:
l. The required axial strength for encased composite
columns and splice detaíls shall meet !he requirements
in Part 2A Sectíon 521.3.
2. Longitudínalload-carrying reinforcernent shallmeet
thc rcquircmcnts of ACI 318 Section 2 1.4.).
3. Transvcrse reinforcement shall be hoop rcínforccment
as defincd in ACI 3 18 Chapter 2 1 and shall meet the
following requirements:
a. The mínimum arca of tic reinforcement Ash shall meet
the following:
Associatíon of Structural Engineers of the Phílippines
A,¡, =().(J9h,.,.s( 1- ,- ~
F¡.As
-
1 11
f'J( J
1 yh
(Eq. 537 -1)
whcrc
h,.,. = cross-dcctional dirncnsí on of the confined core
meas ured ccnter-to-scnter of the tic
rcinforcemcnt, mm.
S = spacing of transverse reinforccment mcasurcd
a long thc longitudinal ax is of thc structural
member, mu1.'
= spccified mínimum yield stress of the structural
steel core, MPa.
= cross-sectional arca of thc structural corc, mm2
= nominal compressi ye strcngth of the composi te
column calculated Ú1 accordancc witb the
Specification, N.
f'c = specificd compressive strength of concrete, MPa.
F,., = spccificd mínimum yield stress of the ties, MPa.
Equation 537-1 need not be satisfied if thc nominal strcngth
of the reinforced-concrete-cncascd structural stcel scction
alone is greatcr than the load effect from a load combination
of 1.0 D + 0.5L.
b. The maximum spacing of transverse reinforccment
along the length of the column shall be the lesser of six·
longitudinalload-carrying bar diametcrs or 150 mm.
c. When specified in Sections 537.4.3(4), 537 .4.3 (5) or
537.4.3 (6), the rnaximum spacing of transvcrsc
reinforcement shall be the lesser of onc-fourth the least
member dimension or lOO mm. For this reinforcement,
cross ties, lc::gs of overlappíng hoops, and other
confining reinforcement shall be spaced nol more than
350 mm on center in the transversc direction.
4. Encased composite colurnns in braccd framcs with
nominal compressive loads that are larger than 0.2
times Pn shall havc transverse reinforcemcnt as
specified in Section 537.4.3 (3)(iii) o ver the total
element length . This requirement need not be satisficd
if the nominal strcngth of thc rcinforccd-concrete-
encased steel scction alone is greater than thc load
effect from a l.oad combination of I.OD + 0.5L.
5. Composite columns supporti ng rcactions from
discontinued stiff members, such as walls or bracee!
frames, shall ha ve transverse reinforccment as specificd
in Scction 537.4.3 (3)(iii) over the fu ll length bcneath
the leve! at which the discontinuity occurs if the
nominal compressivc load exceeds 0.1 times Pn.
Transverse reinforcement shall extcnd into the
discontinued mcrnber for al Jeast the length required to
devclop full yielding in the rcinforced-concrele-encased
shape and longitudinal rci nforcement. This rcquiremcnt
need not be satisfied if thc nominal strength of thc
reinforced-concretc encased suuctural stccl section
 alonc is greatcr than the load effcct from a load c. The minunum wall thickncss of concrctc-tillcd
combination of 1.OD + 0.5L. rectangular HSS shall be
6. Encascd compositc columns uscd in a C-SMF shall 101¡, =JF>.j2E (Eq.537 - 2)
meet the followi ng requircment.s:
a. Transvcrsc reinforcemcnt shall mcct Lhc rcquircmcnts for thc llat width b o f cach facc, whcrc b is as defincd in
in Scction 537.4.3 (3)(c) al thc top and bo!lom of thc Spccification Tablc 502.4.1.
column ovcr thc region spccified in Scction 537.4.2. :~:~_:<(}':~::f~-~-*~~~--!-~~\~~-~~~L-:;_{,:·~::~::·~: ;-i~~~.irt~~~;~ '::::~·:_ :~t~~\0~~N~;:_;~¡~:_~:,:: .-~· .
b. The strong-column/weak-beam dcsign rcquirements in
Section 540.5shal(be satisfied. Column bases shall be
dctailed to sustain inelastic flexura] hinging.
c. Thc rcquired shcar strength of thc column shall mcct
thc rcquircmcnts of ACJ 318 Section 21.4.5.1.
7. Whcn thc column terminales 011 a footing or mm
foundation, thc transverse rei11forccmcnt as specificd in
this section shall cx tcnd into the footing or mat at least
300 mm. Whcn the column terminales 011 a wall , thc
transverse reinforcemenl shall extend into the wall for
at lcast thc length required lo dcvclop full yiclding in
the reinforced-concrete-encased shapc and longitudinal
rei nforcement.
8. Welded wirc fabric is not permitted as transversc
reinforcemcnt for special seisrnic systcms.

537.5 Fillcd Compositc Columns

This Section is applicablc to columns that meet the.
limitations of Specification Section 509.2.2. Such columns
shall be dcsigned to mcet the re.quircments of Spccification
Section 509, except as modified in this Section.
l. The nominal shcar strcngth of the composite col umn
shall be the nominal shear strength of the structural
steel scction alone, based on its effcctive shear arca.
Thc concrete shear capacity may be used in conjunction
with the shear strength from the steel shapc provided
the design includes an approptiatc load transfen·ing
mcchanism.
2. In addition to !he rcquirements of Scction 537.5(1 }. in
the special seismic systems dcscribed in Scctions 540,
543 and 545, the dcsign loads and column spliccs for
filled compositc columns shall also meet thc
rcquiremcnts of Part 2a Section 521.
3. Fillcd composite columns used in C-SMF shall mect
thc following rcquircments in addition lo thosc of
Sections 6.5( 1) and 6.5(2):
a. The mínimum rcquircd shcar strcngth of thc column
shall mcct the requirements in ACI 3 18 Scction
21.4. 5.1.
b. Thc strong-col umn/weak-bcam dcsign rcquircments in
Section 521.5 shall be met. Column bases shall be
designcd to sustaín inelastic flexura] hinging.

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edilion Volume 1
 ~¡ 20B CHi\l'lT n ~¡ · Steel <1nd Meta!s
SECTION 538
COMPOSITE CONNEC'tiONS . ..
538.1 Scopc
This Section is applicablc to cotHlCctions in buildings tha t
utilize cornposite or dual stcel and concrete systcms whercin
scismic load is transferred bet wccn structural stcel and
reinforccd concrete components.
Composite conncctions shall be dcmonstrated lo havc
strength, ductil ity and tough ness comparable to that
cxhi bitcd by si mi lar structural steel or rci nforccd concrete
connections that mcct thc rcquircments of Part 2A and ACl
318, respectivcly. Mcthods for cal culating the connection
strcngth shall rncct thc requircmcnts in this Scction.
538.2 General Rcquircmcnts
Conncctions shall havc adcquatc dcformati on capacity to
rcsist thc rcqui rcd strcngth at the dcsign story drift.
Additionally, connections that are requircd for thc lateral
stabilit y of the building under seismic loads shall mect the
requircments in Scctions 539 through 548 based upon thc
spccific system in which the conncction is uscd. Whcn the
available strcngt h of thc connccted membcrs is based upon
nominal mmcrial strcngths and nominal dimensions, thc
detcrmination of the avai!able strength of thc conncction
shall account for any cffects that resu!t from thc incrcasc in
the actual nominal strcngth of thc connectcd mcmbcr.
538.3 Nominal Strength of Conncctions
Thc nominal strength of connections in composite structural
systcms shal! be dctcrmincd on the basis of rational modcls
that satisfy both equilibrium of interna! forces and lile
strcngth li mitati on of componen! materials and clements
based upon potential limit stales. Unless thc connection
strcngth is detcnnined by analysis and tcsting, the modcls
used for analysis of connections shall mect thc requirements
of Sections 538.3(1) through 538.3(5).
l. When required, force shall be transfcrred betwcen
structural steel and rcinforced co ncrete through (a)
dircct bcaring of hcaded shear st uds or suitable
al ternative de vices; (b)by other mecha nical means; (e)
by shear friction with thc neccssary clamping force
providcd by rcinforcement normal lo thc plane of shcar
transfer; or (d) by a combination of thesc mcans. Any
potential bond strength bctween structural steel and
rcinforced concrete shall be ignorcd for the purpose of
the conncction force transfer mechanism . The
contribution of di ffcrent mechanisms can be combined
only if the stiffness and deformation capacity of lhc
mechanisms are compatible.
Association of Structural f:ngineers of !he Pl1ilippines
Thc nominal bearing and shcar-friction strcngths shall
mcet the requir~ - mcnts of AC I 1 1H Chapters JO and
11. Un less a highcr strength is substantiated by cyclic
tcsting. thc nominal bcaring ami shcar-friction strcngths
shal! be rcduced by 25 ·pcrccnt fo r thc compositc
seismic systcms dcscribcd in Sccti ons .'i40, 541, 545,
547, and S48.
2. Tht> availablc st rcngth of structural steel componcnts in
co!!~¡Jos it e connections shal! be detcnnined in
accordancc with Part 2A and thc Specification.
Structural stccl elemcnts that are cncascd in confincd
rei nforced concrete are permilted to be considered to be
braccd against Ollt-of-plane buckling. Pace bcaring
plates consisting of stiffcners bctwecn the nanges of
stcel beams are rcquired when beams are cmbedded in
reinforced concrete columns or walls.
3. Thc nominal shear strength of reinforccd-concrete-
cncased steel panel-zones in bcam-to-column
conncctions shall be calculated as the su m of the
nominal strcngths of the structural stecl and confincd
rcinforccd concrete shear elcmcnts as detcrmincd in
Part 2A Section 540.3 and ACI 318 Section 21.5,
rcspccti vely.
4. Reinforccment shal! be providcd to resist al! tensile
forces in reinforced concrete components of thc
connections. Additional!y, the concrete shall be
confincd with transverse reinforcement. All
reinforcement shall be fully developed in tcnsion or
compression, as appropriate, beyond the poinl at which
it is no longer required to resist thc forccs.
Developmcnt lengths shall be dctermined in accordancc
with ACI 318 Chapter 12. Additional!y, development
Jcnglhs for the systems describcd in Sections 540, 543,
545, 547, and S48 shall meel the requirements of ACI
318 Section 2 1.5.4.
S. Connections shall meet thc following additional
requiremcnts:
a. When thc slab transfers horizontal diaphragm forccs,
thc slab reinforcement shall be designed and anchorcd
to carry the in-plane !ensile forccs at al! critica! sections
in the slab, including cm~nections to collector beams,
columns, braces, and walls.
b. For conncctions betwecn structural steel or composite
bcams a11<l reinforced concrete or encased composite
columns, transvcrst\ hoop rcinforcement shall be
provided in thc connection rcgion of the column to
mccl the rcq uiremcnts of ACI 318 Section 21.5, except
for the followií1g modificatio ns:
b. 1 Structural steel sections frami ng into the
connections are considered to provide confincmcnt
over a width equal to that of face bearing plates
welded to the beams betwcen the nanges.
..
 CllfiPTE:Ii ~, S!eei <.111t.l Metal ;¡ ?.O!J

b.2 Lap spliccs are pcrmi!lcd for pcrimctcr tics whcn

conlincmcnt of thc splicc is providcd by facc
bcaring platcs or othcr mcans that prcvcnts sp<dling ; ~ ... :'
of thc concrete covcr in thc systcms dcscribcd in
Scctions 541 , 542, 543 and 546.
b.3 The longitudinal bar sizcs and layout in rcinforced
concrete and compositc columns shall be detailed 539.1 Scopc
to minirnize slippage of thc bars through thc bcam-
This section is applicablc to framcs that consist of struclural
to-column conncction duc to high force ¡ransfcr
stc¡•J ·cplumns and composite bcams that are connected with
a-ssociatcd with thc changc in column monÍcnts
oartially restrained (PR) momcnt connections that meet thc
ovcr thc height of thc connection.
rcquirements in Specification Section 502.3.6b(b).
Composite partially restrained moment framcs (C-PRMF)
shall be designed so that under earthquake loading yielding
occurs in the ductilc componcnts of thc composite PR
beam-to-column moment conncctions. Li mited yielding is
permi!led at other locations. such as column base
conncctions. Connection tlcxibility and compositc bcam
action shall be accounted for in detcrmíning the dynamic
charactcristics. strcngth and drift of C-PRMF.

539.2 Columns
Structural stcel columns ~hall mect the rcquircmcnts of
Section 5l9 and 521 and the spccification.

539.3 Compositc Bcams

Composite beams shall be unencascd, fully composite and
shall mcet the requirements of Specification Section 509.
For purpose of analysis, the stiffness of the beams shall be
determine<! with an cffective momcnt of inertia of the
composite section.

539.4 Momcnl Conncctions

The requirecl strcngth of the beam-to-column PR moment
connections shall be detcrmined considering the effects of
connection flexibility ami second-ordcr moments. In
addi!ion, compositc connections shall have a nominal
strcngth that is at lcast equal to 50 pcrcent of MI" where M1,
is the nominal plastíc flexura! strength of thc connectcd
structural steel bearn ignoring composite action.
Connections shallmcet thc requirements of Section 520 and
shall ha ve a total interstorcy drift anglc of 0.04 radians that
is substantiated by cyclic testing as described in Section
522.2b.

111
Nalio nal SlructUI'<:ll Code of u·le Philippines 6 Edilion VoiUIIlH 1
 5 ?. 10 CHAP TEH 5 - Stecl anc! Metals

540.4 Momcnt Conncctions

540.1 S(:opc
This scction is applicablc to momcnt framcs that consist of
cither C'Jmpositc or rcinforccd concrete col umns and cithcr
structurai stccl or composite bcams. Compositc special
momcnt frames (C-SMF) shall be dcsigned assuming that
significan! inclastic deformations will- occur undcr thc
dcsign ca11hquakc, primarily in the bcams, but with limitcd
inclastic dcfonnations in thc column and/or con nccti ons
540.2 Columns
Cornpositc columns shall mcct the rcquircmcnts fo r spccial
seismic systcms of Secti ons 537.4 or 537 .5, as appropriatc.
Rcinforccd concrete columns shall mect the requi rements of
ACJ 318 Chapter 21, excluding Scction 21.10.
540.3 B.cams
Compositc beams that are part of C-SMF shall also meet the
following req uircments:
l. The distance from the maximum concrete compression
fiber to the plastic neutral axis shall not exceed
y - YCOI! +db
(Eq.540-l)
PNA- (J700Fy }
1+ - - --
E
where
=distance from the top of the steel beam to thc top
of concrete, mm.
=dcpth of the steel beam, mm.
"' specifíed mínimum yield stress of the steel
beam, MPa
E =elastic mod ulus of the steel beam, MPa
2. Beam flanges shall meet the requirements of Part 2A
Section 540.4, except when reinforced-concrete-
encased compression elements have a reinforced
concrete cover of at least 50 mm and confinement is
provided by hoop reinforcement in rcgions whcre
plastic hingcs are expectcd to occur under seismic
defonnations. Hoop reinforcement shall meet the
requirements of ACI 318 Section 21.3.3.
Neither stnrctural steel nor composite tntsses are
pcrmittcd as flexura) members to resist seismic loads in
C-SMF unless it is demonstrated by. testing and
analysis that the particular system provides adequate
ductility and energy dissipation capacity.
Thc rcquircd strcngth o f bcam-w-column momcnt
connections shall be dctermincd from the shcar and flexurc
associatcd with the expcctcd flexura! strength, RyMn
(LRFD) or R,M" / 1.5 {ASD), as appropriatc, of the bcams
framing into the conncction. The nominal strength of thc
conncction shall mcet thc requiremcnts in Section 538. In
addition, thc connections shall be capable of sustaininf_~ a
total interstory drift angle of 0.04 radian. When be ".~n
flanges are interrupted at the connection, the connections
shall dernonstrate an interstory drift angle of at least 0.04
radian in cyclic tests that is substantiated by cyclic testing as
described in Pan 2AScction 540.2.(b). For connccti ons to
reinforced concrete columns with a beam that is continuous
through the column so that welded joints are not rcquircd in
the flanges and the connection is not otherwise susceptible
to premature fractures, thc inelastic rotation capacity shall
be demonstratcd by test ing or other substantiating data.
540.5 Column-Bcam Momcnt Ratio
The design of reinforced concrete columns shall mcet the
requircmcnts of ACI 318 Section 2 1.4.2. The column-to-
beam mornent ratio of composite colurnns shall meet the
requirements of Part 2A Section 522.6 with the following
modifications:
l. The available flexura! strength of the cornpositc column
shall meet the requirements of Specification Section
509 with consideration of thc required axial strength,
Prc.
2. The force limit for Exception (a) in Part 2A Section
522.6 shall be P,r < O. l Pr.
3. Composite columns exempted by the mín im um flex ura!
strength requirement in Part 2A Section 522.6(a) shall
have transverse reinforcement that meets the
requirements in Section 537 .4.3(3 ).

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


541.1 Scope
This Scction is applicablc to momcnt framcs that consist of
cithcr,cornpositc or rcinforccd concrete columns and cithcr
structural stccl or '~ornposítc bcams. Compositc intermcdiatc
moit1cnt framcs (C-IMF) shall be dcsigncd assuming that
inclastic dcfonnation undcr thc design carthquake will
occur primarily in thc bcams, but with modcratc inclastic
dcformation in thc columns and/or connections.
541.2 Columns
Composite colurnns shall mcct thc rcquircmcnts for
intcrmcdíatc scismic systcms of Scction 537.4or 537.5.
Reinforccd concrete columns shall mcct thc rcquircmcnts of
ACI318 Section 21.12.
541.3 Bcams
Structural stcel ami compositc beams shall mee! thc
rcquircments of the Spccification.
541.4 Momcnt Conncctions
The nominal strcngth of thc connections shall meet the
rcquircmcnts of Section 538. Thc rcquired strcngth of
beam-to-column connections shall meet eme of the
following rcquircments:
1. Thc rcquired strcngth of thc connection shall be bascd
on thc forces associatcd with plastic hinging of the
beams adjaccnt to thc connection.
2. Conncctions shall rncel thc rcquircrncnts of Scction 538
and shall demonstratc a total interslory drift anglc of at
Jeast 0.03 radian in cyclic tests.
National Structural Code of t11e Philippines 6 h Edil ion Vol ume 1
CHAPTUi ~; Steel élncl Metal !i-211
542.1 Scopc
This Scction is applicable to momcnt frames that consist of
cithcr composite or reinforccd concrete columns. and
structural stccl or composite bcams. Composite (}rdinary
moment framcs (C-OMF) shall be dcsigned assumiitg thal
limitcd inclastic action will occur under thc dcsign
earthquakc in the beams, columns and/or conncctions.
542.2 Columns.
Compositc columns shall meet the requirements for
ordinary seismic systcms in Section 537.4 or 537.5, as.
appropriatc. Rcinforccd concrete columns shall mcet the
rcquircmcnts of ACI 318, cxcluding Chaptcr 21.
542.3 Hcams
Structural stecl and compositc bcams shall mect thc
rcquirements of thc Spccification.
542.4 Momcnt Conncctions
Connections shall be dcsigned for the load combinations in
accordancc with Spccification Scctions 502.3.3and 502.3.4,
and the available strcngth of the connections shall mect the
requircmcnts in Scction 520 and Scction 524.2 of Part 2A.
1
 ~S - ? 1 2 CH!iPH:n ~í Steel ancJ Metals
543.1 Scopc
This Sccti on is applicablc to braccd f'ramcs that consisi of'
conccntrically conncctcd mcmbcrs. Minor ccccntricitics ;~re
pcrmi ttcd if thcy are accountcd for in thc dcsign. Colu nins
shall be stn tctural stecl. composite structural steel, or
rcinforced concrete. Beams and braccs shall be cithcr
structural stccl or compositc stntctural stccl. Compositc
spccial conccntrically braccd framcs (C-CBF) shall be
dcsigncd assumin g that ínclastic action undcr thc dcsign
carthquakc will occ ur primarily through tcnsion yicldíng
ilnd/or buckling of braccs.
543.2 Columns
Structural stccl columns shall mcet thc rcquiremcnts of Pat1
2A Scctions 537 and 539. Composite columns shall mect
thc rcqu iremcnts for spccial seismic systcms of Scctíon
537.4 or 537.5. Rcí nforced concrete colu mns shall mect the
rcq uircmcnts fo r structural truss clcmcnts of ACI 318
Chapter 2 1.
543.3 Bcams
Struct ural steel beams shall mcet the rcqu irements for
special conccntrícally braccd framcs (SCBF) of Part 2A
Scction 526. Composite bcams shall mcct thc requirements
of the Specítication Scction 509 ami the requircmcnts for
spccial concentrically braccd framcs (SCBF) of Part 2A
Section 526.
543.4 Braccs
Structural steel braces shall meet thc rcquircmcnts for SCI3F
of Pan 2A Section 526. Composílc braces shall meet the
requiremcnts for composite columns of Section 543.2.
543.5. Conncctions
Braci ng connections shall meet the rcquircmcnts of Scction
538 and Part 2A Scction 526.
1\ssociation ot Structural Engineers of the Pililippincs
544.1 Scopc
Thís Scction is applicablc to conccntrícall y braced frame
systcms that consist of composíte or rcínforccd concrete
columns. structural stccl or compositc bcams. and structural
stccl or composite braccs. Compositc ordinary braced
frames (C-OBF) shall be dcsigncd assuming that limited
ínclastic action undcr the dcsign cat1hquakc wi ll occur in
thc bcams. columns, braccs, and/or conncctíons.
544.2 Columns
Encascd compositc colu mns shall mcet the rcquiremcnts for
ordinary scismic sys tems of Scctions 537.4. Filled
composite columns shall mcct thc rcquircrncnts of Scclion
537.5 for ordi nary scismic systcms. Reinforccd concrete
columns shal l meet thc requi remcnts of ACI 318 cxcluding
Chapter 21.
544.3 Bcams
Structural steel and compositc bcams shall mee! thc
rcqu írcmcnts of the Specitication .
544.4 Braccs
Structural stcel braccs shall meet the requirements of the
Specitication. Composite braces shall mcet the requiremcnts
for compositc columns of Sections 537.4a, 537.5, and
544.2.
544.5 Conncctions
Connections shall be designcd for the load combinations in
accordance with Specification Sections 502.3.3 and 502.3.4,
and thc avai lable strcngth of the connections shall meet thc
requirements in Section 538.
·.'· ·.~ :;
 CH/\f> lTn ~, ~)teel ano r,~el a l S-21 :1

SECTION 545 · ,, · ·
CÓMPóS.ITEE~C~N'TRICAíJty · ·
545.4 Braccs
Structural stecl braccs ·shall mect thc rcquiremcnts for EBF
nR.AcíiffFRAMES"(éiEBFJ' · . , .· of Part 2A Scction 528.

545.1 Scopc 545.5 Councctions

This Section is applicablc to braccd framcs for which onc In addition to the rcquircments for EBF of Part 2A Scction
cnd of each bracc intcrsccts a bcam at an cccentricity from .'i2H. ~:onncctions shall meeJ thc requircments of Section
thc interscction of thc ccntcrlincs of thc bcam ••1HI column, 520.
or intcrsccts a beam at an ccccntricity from thc !ntcrsection
of thc ccntcrlincs of thc beam ami an adjaccnt brace.
Compositc eccentrically braced framcs (C·EBF) shall be
designed so that inclastic deformations undcr the dcsign
carthquake will occur only as shcar yielding in thc links.

Diagonal braces, columns, and bcarn segm ents outside of

thc link shall be dcsigned to rcmain cssentially clastic undcr
thc maximum forces that can be gencrated by thc fully
yiclded and strain-hardened link. Columns shall be cithcr
compositc or rcinforccd concrete. Braccs sha!l be structural
stccl. Links shall be structural stcel as dcscribed in this
Section. The avai lablc strcngth of mcmbers shall mcet thl'
requiremcnts in thc Spccification, exccpt as modified in this
Scction. C-EBF shall mcet thc requirements of Part 2A
Scction 528, except as modificd in this Section.

545.2 Columns
Reinforced concrete colurnns shall mcet the rcquirements
for structural truss elements of ACI 318 Chapter 21 .
Cornposíte columns shall mcet the require-ments for spccial
scismic systems of Sections 537.4 or 537.5. Additionally,
where a link is adjaccnt to a reinforccd conc rete column or
encascd composite column. transverse column
rcinforccment meeting the requirements of ACI 318 Scction
2 1.4.4 (or Section 537.4c(6)a for composite columns) shall
be provided above ancl below the link connectíon. All
columns shall meet the requirements of Part 2A Section
528.!0.

545.3 Links
Links shall be unencased stn1ctural steel and shall meet the
requirement for cccentrically braced frame (EBF) links in
Part 2A Section 528. It is pennitted to encase the portion of
the beam 0\Jtside of the link in rcinforcecl concrete. Bcmns
containing thc link are permittcd to act compositcly with the
floor slab using shcar connectors along all or any portion of
the l>eam if the composite action is considcrc.d whcn
detennining the nominal strength of thc link.

111
Nalional Slructural Code of !he Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 !i-21 ~ CHAPTE'fi 5 - Steel ancJ Metals

546.3 Stccl Coupling Jlcams

Strucwral stcel coupling bcams thal are uscd bctwccn twu
adjaccnt reinforced concrete walls shall mcct tht:
rcquircments of thc Specification and this Scction:
¡
¡ 1. Coupling bcams shall ha ve an cmbcdmcnt lcngth into
í thc reinforced concrete wall that is sufficicnt 10 dcvelop
¡
i thc maximum possiblc combination of momcm and
¡ 546.1 Scope shcar that can be generatcd by tiK:_nominal bcnding an d
í shear strength of the coupling beam. Thc embcdmt:: ::
i The rcquirements in this Section apply whcn reinforccd
Jcngth shall be considered to begin insidc thc first !ay¡ ;
concrete walls are composite with stmctural stccl elcments,
of confining reinforcemcnl in the wall bounda r~;
either as infill pancls, such as reinforced concrete walls in
member. Connection strcngth for thc transfer of lo;!d ·:
structural stccl framcs with unencased or rcinforced-
betwcen the coupling beam and the wall shall mcct t IJ,.~
concrctc-.cncased structural stecl sections that act as
requirements of Scction 538.
boundary mcmbers, or as stmctural steel coupling beams
that conncct two adjacent reinforced concrete walls. 2. Vertical wall reinforcement with nominal axial strcngth
Rei nforccd concrete walls shall meet the rcquíremcnts of equal to the nominal shear strcngth of thc coupling
ACI 3 18 excluding Chapter 21 . beam shall be placed o ver the ernbcdment Jength of the
bcam with two-thirds of the stcel located over the first
546.2 Boundary Mcml>crs half of the cmbcdment lcngth. This wall rcinforceme nt
Boundary mcmbers shall rncct thc rcquircments of this shall extcnd a distancc of at Jcast one tension
Scction: dcvelopmcnt lcngth abovc and bclow thc flangcs of the
coupling beam. It is pennitted to use vertic;:!
l. When uncncascd structural steel sections function as reinforcemcnt placed for other purposes, such as í' ,,.
boundary membcrs in reinforced concrete ínfill panels, vertical boundary mcmbcrs, as pa11 of the required
thc structural steel sections shall meet the requirements ve11ical rcinforccrnent.
of the Specification. Thc requircd axial strcngth of thc
boundary member shall be determined assuming that 546.4 Encascd Compositc Coupling Bcams
thc shcar forces are carried by thc reinforccd concrete
Encased composile sections scrving as coupling bcams shall
wall and the entire gravity and overturning forces are
mect thc requirements of Seclion 546.3 as rnodificd in tlli:',
carried by the boundary members in conjunction with
Section:
the shear wall. The reinforced concrete wall shall meet
the rcquiremcnts of ACI 318 excluding Chapter 21. l. Coupling beams ~ hall have an cmbedment length into
the rcinforced concrete wall that is sufficienl to dcvel o¡:-
2. When rcinforced-concrcte-cncased shapes function as
thc maximum possiblc combination of moment and
boundary mcmbcrs in reinforced concrete ínfill panels,
shear capacities of the cncased compositc stcei
the analysis shall be based upon a transfonned concrete
coupling beam.
section using elastic material properties. The wall shall
meet the requircrnents of ACI 318 excluding Chapter 2. The nominal shear capacity of the encascd compositc
21. Whcn the reinforced-concrele-encased structural steel coupling beam shall be used to mee! th(:
steel boundary mcmber qualifies as a composite requirement in Section 546.3(1).
column as dcfined in Specification Section509, it shall
3. The stiffness of thc encased composite steel coupling
be designed to meet the ordinary scismic system
beams shall be used for calculating the requircd
requircments of Section 537 .4a. Othcrwise, it shall be
strength of the shear wall and coupling beam.
dcsigned as a composite column to meet the
rcquirements of ACI 318 Scction 10.16 and Section 4.
509 of thc Specification.
3. Headed shear studs or weldcd rcinforcement anchors
shall be providcd to transfer vertical shear forces
between the struct ural steel and reinforccd concrete.
Headed shear studs, if used, shall meet thc
requirements of Specification Section509. Welded
reinforcement anchors, if used, shall mee! the
requircments of A WS Dl.4.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHA I 'l'E. I~ ~i Swel and 1\~etal (i · 2 1 ~i

requiremcnts for boundary mcmbers of ACI 3! 8 Section

21.7.6.

547.4 Encascd Compositc Coupling Bcams

Encascd compositc scctions scrving as coupl ing bcams shall
mcct the rcqui remcnts of Scction 546.3, except thc
rcquircmcnts of Part 2A Section 528.3 nced not be mct.

547.1 Scopc
Spccial rcinforccd concrete shc<:J walls compositc with
structural stccl elcmcnts (C-SRCW) systcms shall mcct thc
requircmcnts of Scction 15 for C-ORCW and thc shear-wall
rcquircment of AC! 3! 8 including Chapter 21, cxccpt as
modificd in this Section.

547.2 8oundary M cmbcrs

In addition to thc rcquircmcnts of Scction 547 .2( 1),
uncncascd structural stccl columns shall mcet thc
rcquiremcnts of Parl 2A Scct ions 519 and 521.

In addition to thc rcquircments of Section 15.2(2). rhe

rcqu ircmcnt~ in thi s Section shall apply to wa11s wi th
reinforced-concrete-cncascd structural stccl boundary
mcmbcrs. Thc wall shall mcet thc requi rcmcnts of AC1 3! 8
incl uding Chaptcr 2 !. Rcinforccd-concrctc-cncascd
structural steel boundary mcmbcrs that qualify as compositc
columns in SpccificatiQn Seclion 509 shall mcet thc specia1
seismic systcm rcquircments of Scction 537.4 . Othcrwisc,
such rncmbers shall be dcsigned as composite comprcssion
membcrs to · mcet thc rcquiremcnts of ACI 318 Section
10.1 6 including the spccial seismic rcquirements for
boundary mcmbers in ACI 318 Scction 21.7 .6. Transvcrse
rei nforce ment for confinemcnt o f thc composite boundary
mcmbcr shall cxtcnd a distancc of 2h into the wall , whcre h
is thc ovcrall dcpth of thc boundary mcmbcr in thc plane of
tbc wall. Headed shear studs or welded rcínforcing bar
anchors shall be providcd as spccificd in Scction 546.2(3).
For connection to unencased structural stcel scctions, the
nominal strength of weldcd rcinforcing bar anchors shall be
reduced by 25 percent from thcir static yicld strength.

547.3 Stccl Coupling 8cams

In addition to the rcquírcmcnts of Scction 546.3, structural
stccl coupling beams shall mcel the requiremcnts of Part 2A
Sections 528.2 and 528.3. When requ ircd in Part 2A Scction
528.3. the cou pling rotation shall be assumcd as 0.08 radian
unless a smaller valuc is justi!ied by rational analysis of thc
inclastic deformations that are cxpcctcd undcr the dcsign
cart hquake. Face bearing platcs shall be providcd on both
s idcs of thc coup1ing bcams al the face of the reinforccd
concrete wall. These stiffcners shall mcet thc detailing
requiremcnts of Part 2A Scction 528.3.

Vertical wall reinforcement as specified in Section 528.3(2)

shall be confined by transverse reinforcemcnt that meets thc

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 !5··?.16 CHAPTEH 5- Steel and Metal:,

mcmbers wíth wclds and/or slip-cri tica! high-strength

bolts to devclop the nominal shear strcngth of thc plate.
The design of welded and bolted connectors shaJJ mcct
the additíonal requircments of Pan 2ASection 520.

Scction 548.1 S cope 548.3 Boundary Mcmbcrs

This Scction is applicahle tu structural walls consisting of
stccl platcs with rcinforccd concrete .:.ncaserncnt on onc or
both sidcs of the plate and structutal stcel or composite
boundary mcm bers.
548.2 Wall Elcmcnts
The available shear strcngth shall be q¡V,, (LRPD) or V,s 1 .Q
(ASD), as appropriatc, according to thc lirnit state of shear
yíelding of composite stecl platc shcar walls (C-SPW) with
a stiffencd pi ate confonning to Section 530.2( 1) shall be
Structural steel and composite boundury members shall be
designed to resist thc shear capacity of platc and any
rcinforced concrete p011íons of the wall active at the clcsign
story drift. Composite and reinforced concrete boundary
members shall also rncet the requirernents of Section 547 .2.
Stecl boundary members shall also meet the rcquirements of
Part 2A, Scction 530. •
548.4 Openíngs
Doundary members shall be provided around openings as

(Eq.548- 1)
<p = 0.90 (LRFD) .Q = 1.67 (ASD)

\1,_, = nominal shear strcngth of the steel plate, N

A,, = horizontal arca of stiffened stecl pinte, mm2.
F,. = spccilicd mínimum yield stress of the platc,
MPa.

The available shear strcngth of C-SPW with a plate thal

does not mect the stiffening requircmcnts in Scction
530.2(1) shall be bascd upon thc strength of the pinte,
excluding the strength of thc reinforccd concrete, and meet
thc requirements of thc Specification Sections 507.2 and
507.3.

J. The stcel platc shall be adequately stiffened by

encasement or altachmcnt to the reinforced concrete if
it can be dcruonstratcd with an elastic plate buckling
analysis that the composite wall can resist a nominal
shear force equal to \1"' . The concrete thickness shall
be a mínimum of lOO mm on each side when concrete
is provided on both sides of the steel plate and 200 mm
when concrete is provided on one side of the steel plate.
Headcd shear stud connectors or othcr mechanical
connectors shall be providcd to prevent local buckling
and separation of the plate and reinforced concrete.
Hori zontal and vertical reinforcement shall be provided
in the concrete encasement lo meet or cxceed the
detailing requirements in ACI 318 Sccti on 14.3. Thc
reinforccmcnt ratio in both di rcctions shall not be Jcss
than 0.0025; the maxunum spaci ng bctween bars shall
not excccd 450 mm.

Scismic forces acting perpendicular to thc planc of thc wal l

as specifi ed by this code shall be considercd in thc design of
the composite wall system.

2. The steel plate shaH be continuously connected on all

.edges to structural steel frarning and boundary

Association of Slructural Engineers of the Phili ppines

 CHAPTE R S Steel and Metal !>·21 7

Whcn rcquircd by this code or thc cnginccr-of-rccord, a

qualit y assurancc plan shall be providcd. For thc stccl
portion of the construction, the provisions of Part 2A,
Scction 53 1 apply.
Struc tural dcsign drawings and spccifications, shop
drawings, and crcction draw.ings for compositc stccl and
stccl building constructi on shall mcct thc rcquircmcms of
Par1 2A Section 51 8.

For rcinforccd concrete and compositc stecl building

construction, the contract documcnts, shop drawings, and
crcction drawings shall also indicatc thc following:
l . Bar placcmcnt, cutoffs, Jap and mcchanical spliccs,
hooks and mechanical anchoragcs.
2. To lcrancc for placcmcnt of ties and other transvcrsc
rei nforce men t.
3. Provisions for dimensional changcs rcsulting from
ternpcraturc changcs, crccp and shrinkage.
4. Location, magnitude, and scqucncing of any
prestrcsssing or posHcnsioning prcsent.
5. If concrete floor slabs or slabs on grade serve as
diaphragms, conncction dctails betwccn the diaphragm
and the main lateral-load resisting system shall be
clearly idcntified.

1
Nationa! Stru ctural Code of the Pllilippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
 ~i · ?.18 CHAPTU~ ~i · Stcel and Metals

b" Largcst sub-clcmcnt flat width

b 1,b1 Effcctivc widths
b 1,b2 Effcctive widths of bcaring stiffcncrs

e For comprcssion mcmbers, ratio of total corncr

cross-sectional arca to total cross-scctional arca of
full scction; for fl exura! membcrs, ratio of total
comer cross-scctional arca of controlling flangc to
A Full unrcduccd cross-scctional arca of membcr full cross-sccli:"">nal arca of controlling t'langc
e Cocfficicnt
A Arca of dircctly connccted clements or gross arca e Bcaring factor
Ab b11 + A,, for bearing stiffcncr at interior suppo1t
Ct. Bendi ng cocfficicnt dependen! on momcnt gradicnt
and or undcr conccntratcd load, and b2r + A" for Cr Constan! from Tablc 557.1
bcaring stiffcncrs at cnd support eh Wcb slcnderncss cocfficicnt
Ab Gross cross-scctional arca of bolt c.., End momcnt cocfficient in interaction formula
Ae 18t2 +A, ¡, for bcaring stiffcncr at interior support
or undcr conccntratcd load, and 10t2 + Asl. for
c.... End moment coerlicicnt in interaction formula
C ...y End momcnt coefficient in intcracti on formu la
bcaring stiffcncrs at cnd support eN Bcaring length cocfficicnt
Ae Effccti vc arca at stress F.,
cfl Corrcction factor
CR Inside bcnd radius cocfficicnt
Ae Effcctívc nct arca e, Cocfficient for latcral-torsional buckling
A/ Cross-sectional arca of comprcssion flangc plus End moment cocfficicnt in intcmctíon formula
CrF
cdgc stíffcncr Cv Shcar stiffener coefficient
Ag Gross arca of clcmcnt including stiffcncrs Cw Torsional warping constan t of cross-scction
Ag Gross arca of scction Torsional wa.rping constan! of flangc
Cwr
Cy Compression strain factor
Agv Gross arca subjcct to shcar c~.c2 . Axial buckling coefficients
Anr Nct arca subjcct to tensíon C3
Anv Nct arca subjcct to shear Cito Cocfficients tabulated in Tables 554-3 to 554-5
An Net arca of cross-scction C6
Ad Rcduccd arca dueto local buckling Cif¡ Calibration coefficicnt
Ap Gross-sectional arca of roof panel per unit width
As Cross-scctional arca of hearing stiffencr e; Strip of flat width adj acent to hole
As Gross arca of stiffcner e Distancc ·
Asr Gross arca of shcar stiffener cf Amount of curling displaccment
At Nct !ensile arca ci Horizontal distance from cdge of clcmcnt !o
Aw Arca of web centerlinc of stiffencr
A wn Nct web arca D Outside diamcter of cylindrical tubc
a Shear panel lcngth of unrcinforced wcb elcmcnt, or D Overall depth of lip
distance bctwecn shear stiffencrs of rcinforced web
clements D Shear stiffcner coefficient
a Internediate fastener or spot weld spacing D Dcad load
a Fastener distancc from or outside wcb cdgc Dz,D3 Lip dimension
a Lcngth of bracing interval
d Depth of scction
B,. Tcnn for dctermining tcnsile yicld point of corncrs
d Nomi nal scrcw diameter
b Effectivc dcsign width of comprcssion clemcnt
Flangc width
"
""b(
Effectivc width for del1cction calculation
Effective width of clcmcnts, locatcd at centroid of
d
d
Hat dcpth of lip dcfincd in figure 552·')
Width of are seam wcld
d Visible diametcr of outer surfacc of are sp(jt wcld
clcmcnt including stiffencrs
Effective width d Diametcr of bolt
Effectivc width detcrmincd eithcr by section 552.4 Average diamcter of are spot wcld al mid-
da
Scction 552.5. 1 dcpcnding on stiffncss of stiffeners thickness of t
Total flat width of stiffcncd elcmcnt Avcragc width of sea m weld
do
Total flat width of edge stiffened element

A ssociation of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEFi 5 Steel and Metal ~- 2 1 9

d¡, Nominal diamctcr (body or shank diarncter) 55 1.2.2, 551.2.3

d,. Effeclivc diamctcr of fuscd arca F, Nominaltensilc stress in llat sheet
d,. El'fcctive widlh of are scam wcld al fuscd surfaccs F" Tensilc slrcngth as specifícd in Scction 551.1 .1.
d¡, Diamcter of holc 55 1.2.2. or 55 1.2.3.
d, Dcpth of holc
dh Dia meter of standard holc ¡;:,. Tcnsilc strength of virgin stecl spccified by Scction
d1,1J Distancc along roof slopc bctwccn thc ith purlin 551 .2 or established in accordance with Scction
Jinc and thcjth anchoragc devicc 556.3.3
d, Rcduccd cffcctivc width of stiffcncr F,.)' Lower valuc of 1\ for beam wcb or Fy, for bcaring
d, Dcpth of stiffencr stiffcners
d ·, Effcctive width of stiffencr calculatcd according to F,.. Tcnsile strength of clcctrode dassilication
Section 552.3
d •.., Screw head or washer diameter F111 Tcnsilc strength of mcmbcrs in contacl with scrcw
d.. Larger val ue of scrcw hcad or washer diameter head
F 111 Tensile strength of member not in contact with
E Modulus of elasticity of stecl, 203,000 Mpa, or scrcw head
2,070,000 kg/cm2 F,. Nominal shear stress
Fy Yield stress uscd for dcsign, nol to excecd
E Live load dueto carthquakc spccified yield stress or stablishcd in accordancc
Twist of stud from initial, ideal, unbucklcd shapc with Section 556, or as incrcascd f'o r cold work of'
E' Reduccd modulus of elasticity for flexura! and formatting in Seclion 551 .7.2 oras reduccd for low
axial stiffncss in sccond-ordcr analysis ductility steels in Scction.

e Distancc rncasured in line of force frorn ccnter of a F,., A vcrage yield stress of section
standard holc to ncarest edge of an adjacent holc or F\'(. Tensilc yíeld stress of corncrs
lo end of connected pan 1oward which the force is F,1 Weighted average !ensile yield stress of tl at
directed portions
e Distance measured in line of force from center of a Frs Yield stress of stiffener steel
standard hole to nearest end of connected pa11 F,.,. Tcnsile yield stress of virgin stcel specified by
e,,;., Mínimum allowable distance measured in line of Section 551.2 or established in accordance with
force from centerline of a weld to nearest edge of Section 556.3.3
an adjacent weld or to end of connected part
toward which the force is directed f Stress in compression element com¡mled on hasis
of cffcctivc design width
c",c'Y Eccentricities of load components mcasurcd from .r;.,. Average computed stress in full unreduced llangc
thc shear ccnler and in the x and y directions, width
respecti vcl y fc Stress at service load in cover pi ate or sheet
e,. Yield strain = FyfE f¡,_,1111g Norm al stress due to bending alone at the
maximum nonnal on the cross section
F Fabrication factor due to combined bending and torsion
F.1·11 Design stress range Frorsi<m Normal stress duc to torsion alone at the
F 111 Threshold fatigue stress range maximum normal stress on the cross
F" Critica! buckling stress section dueto combined bending and
Fcr Plate elastic buckling stress torsion.
Fd Elastic distortional buckling stress /d Computed compressive stress in element
Fe Elastic distortional buckling stress bcing considercd. Calculations are based
Fe Elastic buckling stress on cffcctivc section at load for whí ch
serviccability is dclermincd.
¡;:., Mean value of fabrication factor F,¡1J,¡z C6mputed stresscs f1 and f 2 in unsti ffcned
F,. Nom.inal buckling stress element, as de!incd in Figures 552-5 to
!·~, Nominal strength of bolts 552.8. Calculations are based on
F,, Nominal tensilc strcngth of bolts cffective section at load for which ,
!·~,.. Nominal shcar strength of bolts serviceability is determined.
F ',, Nominal tensile strcngth for bolts subjcct to f... Requircd shear stress on a bolt
combínation of shear and tcnsion f ¡J2 Stresses on unstiffened element defined
F,y Yield stress as specified in Section 55 1.2. 1, by Figures 552-6 to 552-8

1
Nationa! S tructural Code of the Phílippines 6 " Edítion Volume 1
 !5·220 CHAPlTI~ !i · Steel all(J Metals

Stn.:sscs al ihc opposite cnds of wcb scction parallello wcb using unrcduccd
scction
G Shcar modulus of stccl, y-axis momcnt of inct1ia of llangc
78,000 Mpa or 795,000 kg/cm2
1ndcx of sti ffencr
g Vcnical distancc betwccn two rows of lndcx of cach purlin linc
connections nearcst to top and bottom
flangcs ./ Saint-Ycnanl torsion constan!
g Transvcrst ' l entcr-to-center spacing 1¡ Saim-Vcnanl torsion constan! of
betwccn fastener gagc lincs compression flang plus cdgc stiffener
g Gaugc, spacing of fastener perpendicular about an x-y axis located atthc ccntroid
to force of thc llangc

H A pcnnancnt load duc to lateral carth j Section propct1y for torsional-flcxural

pressure, including groundwater buckling
j lndcx for cach anchorage dcvicc
h Dcpth of flat portion of web mcasured
along plane of web K Effcctive lcngth factor
K' A constan!
1z Width of clcmcnts adjoining stiffened Ka Lateral sti ffncss of anchorage device
clement K,1 Parameter for dctcrmining axial strcngth
h Lip height as dcfincd in Figures 5.'55-15 lo of Z-Scction mcmbcr having onc flangc
5.'55-18 fastcned to sheating
Ovcrall depth of unstiffcned C-scction K,.¡¡;J Effective lateral stiffness of jth anchorage
member as defined in Figure 552-8 devicc with rcspect to ith purlin
Depth of soil suppm1ed by the structure Kru1 Requircd stiffness
Copcd Oat web depth K,_.., Lateral stiffness of roof system,
x distance from the centroid of flange to neglecting anchorage de vices
the flange 1 wcb junction K, Effective lcngth factor for torsion
K,0 "''' Effective lateral stiffness of al! elernents
Importancc factor for earthquake resisting force
K., · Effective 1cngth factor for buckling about
fw Importance factor for wind x-axis
!, Adcquatc momcnt of inenial of stiffcner, K,. Effective lcngth factor for buckling about
so that each componen! element will y-axis
behave as a stiffcned clemenl k Place buckJing coefficient
Effective moment of inertia K,1 Plate buckling coefficient for distortional buckling
Gross moment of inercia
Actual moment of incrtia of full stiffener K1"c Plate buckling cocfficient for local sub-elcment
about its own centroidal axis parallelto buckling
ciernen! to be stiffened K,. Shear buckling coefficient
Mínimum moment of inertia of shear K~ Rotacional stiffness
stiffencr(s) with respect toan axis in plane k~1,. Elastic rotationa1 sti ffncss providcd by the flange
of web to the flange/web juncture
Moment of incrtia of stiffener about k~!.~ Gcometric rotational stiffness demandcd by the
centerlinc of flat ponion of clement
fx , lr Moment of incrtia of fu JI unreduced llange from the flange /wcb juncturc
k~.,,· Elastic rotacional stiffncss provided by the wcb to
scction about principal axis
x-axis moment of inertia of the flange the flangc/wcb juncturc
Producl of inertia of full unreduced k¡; ...g Gcometric rotational stiffncss demanded by thc
section about majar and minor centroida l web from thc flange/web juncture
axes
Product of inertia of flange about major L Full span for simple beams, distance bc1wer·n
and minor ccntroidal axes inflection point for continous beams, twi< ,:
Moment of inertia of compression po11ion mcmber length for cantilever beams
of section about centroidal axis of entirc L Span length

Association of S tructural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTI~.n ~i Steel a11d Metal !j 2?1

L Lcngth of wcld M.u. Nominal llcxural strcnglhs abou t Section 55.1

L Lcngth of longit udinal wclds M,•.,_ Nominal flexura! strengths Jrcsistancc] about
L Lcngth of sc¡¡m wcld not inclucling circular cnds M,'"" Centroidal axcs dctcnlllned in accordance with
L Lcngth of connccti on Section 553.1 cxcludi ng provisions of Scction
l. Unbraccd Jcngth of mcmbcr 553. l.l.b
L Overall Jcngth M ...a. Nominal flex ura! strcngth about ccntroidal axes
L Live load M,._,., dctermined using gross. unreduccd cross-scction
L Minimurn of L.., and L,. propenics
L¡, Distance betwccn braccs on one comprcssion
mcmber M,. Required allowable flexura! strcnglh wil!: rcspect :··
Un~tipportcd length bctwcen brace points or other to cenlroidal axes for ASO
rcstrainls which restrict distor1ional buckli ng of
clement
Sumrnation of critica! path lcngths of each scgment M" Required flexura! strcnglh with rcspect to
Critica! unbraced lenglh of distortional buckling M,,>" Centroidal axes for LRFD
Gross failurc palh Jength parallel to force M,. moment causing maximum strain ey
Lcngth of holc My Yield momcnt (= SrFy)
Distancc between discrelc rcstraints that rcstricl M1 Smallcr end momenl in an unbraccd scgment
distortional buckling M2 Larger and momenl in an unbraced segment
Net failure palh lcngth parallcl to force M Required flexura! slrenglh
Ovcrhang lcnglh measurcd from the cdge of Mx Requ ircd fl exura! strenglh
bcaring to thc cnd of rncmbcr
Nct failurc path lcnglh inclincd to force My
Length of bcaring stiffcner M, Torsional momcnl of requircd load P about shcar
Unbraced length of comprcssion membcr for ccnter
torsion
L, Nel failure path lcnglh normal to force due to 1/1 Degrees of frcedom
direct tension 111 Tenn fro dctcrmining tensile yicld point of corncrs
L,, Lirnit of unbraced lcnglh bclow which laleral- m Distance from shear center of one C-section to
torsional buckling is not considen!d mid-plane of wcb.
L, Unbraced length of compression mcrnber for m¡ Modificatíon factor for type of bearing connection
bending aboul x-axis
L, Unbraced length of comprcssion member for N Acluallength of bearing
bcnding about y-axis N Number of stress range fluctuations in design lifc
L" Lcnglh at which local buckling stress equals N, Number of anchoragc devices along a line of
flexura! buckling stress anchorage
Dsitance from concentrated load to a bracc N; Notíonallateral load applicd al leve! i
N,, Nurnber of purlin lines on roof slopc
M Required allowable fl exura! strenglh, ASD 11 Coefficient
M Bending moment 11 Number of stiffeners
M,1 Distortional buckling rnoment 11 Numbcr of boles
Mar Overall buckling rnornent 11 Number of tests
M,.~ Local buckling moment 11 Number of equally spaced intermediate brace
Me~ Nominal moment with consideration of deflection locations
M¡ Factored rnornent Numbcr of anchors in test assembly with samc
Mr.,. Morncnts dueto factorcd loads with respect to tributary arca (for anchor failure), or numbcr of
M 11. centroidal axes · panels wilh identical spans and loeading lo failcd
M., Mean valuc of material factor span (for non-anchord failure)
M,'"'"'· A b solutc valuc o f mo mcnts in unbrnccd scgmcnt, Numbcr of threads per inch
M A.M11• used for detennining C¡, Number of boll boles
JI.IC Number of compression flange stiffeners
M,. Nom inal flexura! strength Number of web stiffeners and/or folds
Numbcr of tcnsion flange stiffeners
Nominal flexura! strenglh for distortional buckling
Nominal flexura] strength for ovcrall buckling p Required allowable strength for concentratcd load
Nominal flexura! strength for local buckling rcaction in presence of bending mornent for ASD

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Vol ume 1
 5-222 CHAPTE:Ii ~5 · Steel ancl Metal:;

p Requircd all owablc strcngth (nominal force) Scction flex ura! membcr
trilnsmittcd by wcld for ASD 1'., 1',. Componcnts of rcquircd load P parallcl to x and y
Rcquired allowab!c compressive axial strcngth for axis. rcspcctivcly
ASD 1',. Mcmbcr yicld strcngth
p Professional factor 1' Requircd strcngth for concentrated load or
p Rcqui red conccntratcd locad within a distancc of rcaction concentratcd load reaction duc to
0.3a on each si de of a brace. plus 1.4 ( 1-//a) ti mes fa<.:torcd loads in prcscncc of bcnding mornent
cach requircd conccntratcd load located farthcr
/5 Required comprcssive axial strcngth
than 0.3a but not farther \han l .Oa from thc bracc p Pitch (mm per thread for SI units and cm per
p Rcquired nominal brace strength for a single
thread for MKS units)
comprcssion member
Elastic buckli ng strengths Q Requircd allowablc shear strengt h of connection

Q Rcquircd shear strength ofconncctíon

Pu. P1.2 Lateral bracing forces
Q¡ Load cffect
P1J Lateral force to be resisted by tbe jth anchorage
q Dcsign locad in plane of web
de vice Reduction facwr
Distortional buckling load
q..
P,.,¡
P,.,¡ Local buckling load Rcquircd allowable strength for ASD
/?
P¡ Axial force dueto factored loads
/? Modifícatíon factor
P¡ Conccntratcd loador reaction dueto factored loads
/? Reduction factor
p 1. Lateral force introduccd into the systcm at thc ith
R Reduction factor
purlin Reduction factor detennined from uplift tests in
Mean val ue of the tested-to-predicted load ratios
R
accordance with AISI S908
Nominal web crippling strcngth
R Coeffícient
Nominal axial strength of membcr
R lnside bend radius
Nominal axial strength of bearing stiffener
/? Radius of outside bend surface
Nominal strength of connection component
R¡ ls /10
P, Nominal bearing strength
R, Allowable dcsign strength
P, Nominal tensile strength of welded member
R¡, Reduction factor
P, Nominal bolt strength
Nominal wcb crippling strcngth of C- or Z-Section u.. Rcduclion factor
R¡ effcct of factored loads
with overhang(s)
R,, Nominal strength
Nominal axial strcngtb for distonional buckling Nominal block shear rupture strength
Nominal axial strength for overall buckling
R,
P., Average val ue of al! test resul ts
P,¡ Nominal ax ial strength for local buckling R"
R, Reduction factor
P,w Nominal axial strength of member detcnnincd in
R,. Requ ircd strength for LRFD
accordance with Section 553.3.4 witb Fn=F,. ,. Corrcction factor
Nominal pull-out strength per screw
Nominal pull-over strength per screw
· ,. Least radius of gyration of full unreduced cross-
p l l(l\'
section Centcrline bend radius
P,, Nominal shear strengtb per screw Mínimum radius of gyration of full unreduced
P,, Nominal tension strength per screw
cross-section
P, Required axial compressive strength Polar radius of gyration of cross-section abou t
P., Concentrated load or reaction
shcar center
P,.• Nominal shear strength of screw as rcpo11ed by
r., r,. Radius of gyration of cross-secti on about
manufacturer or óetermined,by independent
centroidal pri ncipal axis
laboratory testing
Nominal tension strength [resistance] of scrcw as
reported by manufacturer or dctermined by S 128jE;["
indcpendent laboratory testing S Variable load due to snow, including ice and
P, Required axial strength for LRFD associated rain or rain
P, Factored force transmitted by weld, for Elastic section modulus of cffcctive scc.tic 'l
LRFD calculated rclastive to extreme comprcssion fiber ::~
P, Required stre ngth for conccnt rated load reaction Fe
in presence of bending momcnt for LRFD Sr Elastic section modulus of cffective section
P»·e Nominal web crippling slrength for C- calculated relative to extreme compression or

· Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEF\ S Steel nncl rvlelal ~~·223

tcnsion flber at F_. V" Rcquired shear strcngth for LRFD

.\j Elastic scction s~ction modulus of full unreduced V,. Required shear strength of cnnnection for LRFD
scction rc!ativc {()extreme comprcssion fibcr
Elastics scction modulus of full unrcduccd scction V Requircd shear strength
rclative to extreme filler in flrst yicld
S, ln-planc diaphragrn nominal shear strcngth W Wind load, a variable load dueto witH.I
S Ccnter-to-ccnter holc spacing W Rcquired strcngth from critical load combin<llions
S Spacing in linc of stress of wclds, rivcts, or bolts for ASD, LRFD, or LSD
connccting a comprcssion covcr platc or sheet to a W," Total requircd vertical load supported by ith purlin
non-integral stiffcncr or othcr clement . in a single hay
Sheet width di vided by numbcr of bolt hoics in W,. W,. Componcnts of rcquired strength W
cross-scction being analyzcd w Flat width of elcment exclusive of radii
W cid spacing w Flat width of bcam flangc which contacts bcaring
Pitch, spacing of fastener parallclto force platc
Longitudinal ccnter-lo-centcr spacing of any w Flat width of narrowcst unsti!Tencd compression
consccutive holcs element tributary to connections
Clcar distance from !he hole at ends of membcr 11'¡ Width of flange projection bcyond web for 1-
Maxirnurn pcrmissiblc longitudinal spacing of bcams and similar scctions; or half distancc
wclds or other conncctors joining two C-sections bctwcen webs for box-or U-typc scctions
to fonn an 1-scction w, Rcquircd distributed gravity load supported by thc
ith purlin per unit lcngth
T Required allowablc tensile axial strcngth for ASD w, Out-to-out width
T Required allowable tcnsion strength of conncction w1 Leg of wcld
T Load due to contraction or expansion caused by ~~'2 Lcg of wcld
tcmpcrature changcs x Non-dimensional fastener location
Nominal tensile strength x Nearcst distance bctwcen web holc and cdge of
Design strength connection in tension bearing
Rcquired tensilc axial strcngth for LRFD x, Distance frorn shcar center to centroíd along
Required tension strength of conncction for LRFD principal x-axis
Rcquired tensile axial strength xv Distance from centroid of flange to shear center of
T
nange
f Required tension strength of connection
x Distance from shear plane to centroid of cross-
Base stcll thickness of any elcment or section
r Thickness of coped web section
t Total thickncss of two welded sheets
Y Yield point of wcb steel divided by yicld point of
1 Thickncss of thinnest connected pa11
sti ffener steel
Lesser of depth of pcnetration and t2
Y, Gravity load from the LRFD or 1.6 times the ASD
Effecti ve throat dimension of groove weld
load combinations applicd at leve] i
Thickness of incomprcssed glass fiber blankel
y, y distancc from ccntroid of flange to sbear center
insulation
of flange
t.. Thíckncss of stiffencr
lw effective throat of weld
a Coefficient for purlin dircctions
r,. r2 Based thickness connected with fillet wcld
a Coefficient for conversion of units
1¡ Thickness of member in contact with screw head
a Load factor
12 Thickness of mcmbcr nol in contacl with screw
a Coefficicnt for strength incrcasc duc to
head
overhang
u Reduction coefficient
a Coefficicnt accounts for the benefit of an unbraccd
lcngth, L,, shoncr than Lo
Rcquircd allowablc strcngth for ASD
Coefficicnt of variation of fabrication factor
11 o, Magni fication factors
Sheár force due to factored loads for LSD
1la,.
factored shear force of connection for LSD
Coefficient of variation of material factor
ji Cocfficicnt
Nominal shear strcngth
jJ A value accounting for moment gra<Jient
Coeffícient of variation of tested-tocpredicted load
j31,., Required brace stiffness for a single compression
ratios
member
Coefficient of variation of load effect
jJ,,. Target reliability indcx

111
Nalional Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Vo!ume 1
 5· 2211 C:H/\PTEH ~, · Steel an<! Metals

Lateral displaccmcnt of purlin top flangc at thc linc

rcstrai m
Ó, á, CoctTicicnt General Tcrms
r; r¡
(1), (1), APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE. Building Coclc un k:
~:wt'11 Stress gradient in wcb whích the structure is dcsigncd (i.c NSCP 6'11 Eclition).
y·.1 Load factor
() /\nglc bctwccn wcb and bcaring surfacc > 4Su but BEARING. In a conncction, thc ultimatc shl':tr forces
no more than 90° transmittcd hy thc mec hanical fastener lo thc cc••.1cction
{) Anglc bctwccn vertical and planc of wcb of Z- elcmcnts.
scction, degrecs
Anglc of segment of complex Jip BEARING (LOCAl... COMPRESSIVE YIELDING).
Local comprcssivc yielcling duc to the action of a rnember
..l, J.,. Slcndcrness factors bcaring against anothcr mcmber or surfacc .
21, ..1 2• Pararnetcrs used in determining comprcssion strain
AJ, ).4 Factor BLOCK SHEAR R UPTURE. In a conncction, tension
1( Slendcmcss factor rupturcs along one path and shears yicldi ng or shear rupturc
..l,¡ Slendcmcss factor a long another path .

fl Poisson's ration for stcei::::0.30 BRACED FRAME. Essentially vertical truss system that
p Rcduction factor proviclcs resistancc 10 lateralloads and providcs stability for
(n2E) 1 (K,L, 1 r,) 2 thc structural system.
(n2E) 1 (L, 1 r,/
(n2E) 1 (K,.L,. 1 r,./ BUCKLING. Sudden changc in the geometry of a structure
. . 2 .
(n2E) 1 (L 1 r.} or any of its elcrnents under criticalloading condition.
a, Torsional buckling stress
BUCKLING STRENGTH. Nominal strengtil for
Reistancc facto r instability limits statcs.
Resistancc factor bending
Resistance factor for concentrically loaded COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBER.
compression strcngth Silapc manufactured by press-braking blanks sheared from
Resistance factor for diaphragms sheets, cut Jengths of coils or pi ates, or by rol! forming cold-
Resistance factor for tensile strength or- hot rolled coils or sheets; both forming operations being
Resistance factor for fracture on net scction pcrfonned at ambient room temperature, that is, without
Resistancc factor for shear strength manifcst adclition of heat such as would be required for hot
Resistance factor for web crippling strength forming.

1!/fil CONFIRMATORY TEST. Test made, when desirecl, on

mcmbers, connections, and asscmblics designecl in
Parameter for reduced stiffness using second-order accordance with the provisions of Section 551 through
analysis Section 557, Appendiccs 1 and 2, and Sectíon C-3 of this
Specification or íts specííic references, in orclcr to compare
Safety factor actual to calcul ated performance.
Safcty factof for bencling strcngth
Safcty factor for conccntrically loaded CONNECTION. Cornbination of structural elements and
compression strength joims uscd to transmit forccs betwccn two or more
n,¡ Safety factor for diaphragms members.
n, Safcty factor fo r tension strcngth
n,. Safety factor for shear strength CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA: EFFECTIVE AHEA.
n ... Safety factor for wcb crippling strength Effective arca, Ae, calculated using thc effective widths of
componen! elements in accordancc with Section 552. If thc
effective widths of al! componen! elements, detcrmined i n
accordancc wi th Scction 552, are equal lo the actual : .. ,t
widths, it equals the gross or net area, as applicable.

FULL, UNREDUCED AREA. Full, unreduced arca, A, .

Association of Structural Engineers of tt1e Philippines

 calculatcd without considcring local huckling in the
componen! clcmcnts, which equals cithcr thc gross area or
ncl arca. as applicablc.
Gross Arra. Gross arca. 11~. without cleductions for hoks,
opcnings and cutouts.
NET AREA. Net arca. An, cqualto gross arca lcss thc arca
of holcs,·Opcnings, ancl cutouts.
CURTA IN WALL STUH. A mcmbcr in the stccl framccl
exterior wall system that transfers transversc (out-of-plane)
loads and is limited toa superimposed axial load, exclusive
of shcathing matcrials , of not more than 1460 N/m, or
supcrimposcd axial load of not more that 890 N per stud.
DIAPHRAGM. Roof, floor, or othcr mcmbranc or bracing
systcm that lransfcrs in -planc forces to the lateral force
resisling systcm.
DIRECT STRENGTH METHOD. An altc.rnative dcsign
mcthod detailcd in Section C-1 that providcs prcdictions of
membcr strcngths without the use of effcctivc widths.
DISTORTIONAL BUCKLING. A mode of buckling
involving changc in cross-sectional shapc, excluding local
buckling.
DOUBLY-SYMMETRIC SECTION. A section
symmetric about two orthogonal axes through its ccntroid.
EFFECTIVE DESIGN WIDTH (EFFECTIVE
WIDTH). Flat width of an elcment reduced for design
purposes, also known simply as the cffective width.
FACTORED LOAD. Product of a load factor aJHI thc
nominal load.
FATIGUE. Crack initiation and growth resulting from
repeated application of Ji ve loads.
FLANGE OF A SECTION IN BENDING (FLANGE).
Flat width of flange including any intermediate stiffeners
plus adjoining comers.
FLAT WIDTH. Width of an clemcnt exclusive of corners
mcasurcd along its plane.
FLAT-WIDTH-TO THICKNESS RATIO (FLAT
WIDTH RATlO) . Flat width of an elcment measured
along its plane, divided by its thickness.
FLEXURAL BUCKLING. Buckling modc in which a
compression members deflects laterally without a twist or
change in cross-sectional shape.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
FLI~XURAL-TORSIONAL BUCKLJNG. Buckling
mode in which a comprcssion member bcnds and twists
simult<lncously wíthout changc in cross- sectíonal shape.
GIRT. Horizontal structural mcrnbcr th<H suppo11s wall
pancls aml is primarily suhjectcd to bending undcr
horizontal loads, such as wind load.
IN-PLAN!~ INSTABILITY. Buckling involving 111 thc
planc of the frame or thc membcr.
INSTABJLITY. · Ultimatc loading of a structural
componen!, framc. or structurc in which a slíght disturbancc
. in the loads or gcomctry produces largc displaccmcnts.
JOINT. Arca whcre two or more cnds, surfaces, or edges
are auached. Catcgorized by typc of fastener or weld uscd
allCI thc method of force transfcr.
LATEHAL-TORSIONAL BUCKLING. Buckling mode
of a flexura! mcmbcr involving dcflcction out of the planc
of bending occurring simultaneously with twist about thc
shcar center of the cross -section.
LOAD. Force or other action that results from thc weight of
building nHltcrials, occupants and their possessions,
environmcntal cffccts, diffcrcntial movcmcnt, or restraincd
dimensional changes.
LOAD EFFECT. Forces, stresses. and defonnations
produced in a structural componen! by applied Joads.
Load Factor. Factor that accounts for dcviation of the
nominal load from thc act ual load, (or uncen ainties in thc
analysis that transforms the load into a load effect and for
the. probability that more than onc extreme load will occur
simultaneously.
LOCAL BENDING. Ultimale statc of largc deformation
of a flangc under a concentrated transverse force.
LOCAL BUCKLING. Buckling of a compression elemenl
where the linc junctions between elements remain straight
and angles bctwcen elements do not change.
LOCAL YIELDING. Yielding that occurs in a local arca
of an elcment.
MASTER COIL. One continuous, weld-frec coil as
produced by a hot mili, cold mili, metallic coating line or
paint linc ancl idcntiflablc by a unique coil numbcr. In some
cases, this coi! is cut into smallcr coils or slit into narrowcr
coils; however, all of these smallcr and /or narrower
finishcd coils are said to have come from thc same master
coi! if thcy are traccable to the original master coil number.
111
 ~)·226 CHAI'TEn ~5 · Steel and Metals
MOMENT FRAME. Framing systcm that providcs
rcsistancc to lateral Joads and providcs stability to thc
struct ural systcm primarily by shcar and llexurc of thc
framing membcrs ami thcír connect ions.
MlJLTIPLE-STIFFENED ELEMENT. Elcmcnt stiffcncd
bctwccn wcbs, or bctwccn a wcb and a stiffcncd cdgc, by
mcans of intcrmcdiatc stiffcncrs parallcl to thc dircction of
stress.
NOTIONAL LOAD. Virtual load applicd in a structural
analysis to account for dcstabilizing cffccts that are not
otherwise accountcd for in thc dcsign provisions.
OUT-OF-PLANE BlJCKLING. Ultirnatc state of a beam,
column or beam-column involving lateral or lateral-
torsional buckling.
PERFORMANCE TEST. Test rnadc on structural
membcrs, conncctions, and asscmblics whosc performance
cannot be dctcrrnincd in accordance with Section 551 to
Scction 557 of this spccification or its spccilic rcfcrenccs.
PERMANENT LOAD. Load in which variations ovcr time
are rare or of small magnitude. All other loads are variahle
loacls.
POINT-SYMMETRI C SECTION. Section symmetrical
about a point (centroid) such as a Z-scction having equal
flangcs.
PlJBLISHED SPECIFICATION. Requirements for a steel
listed by a manufucturer, processor, produccr, purchascr, or
other body, which ( l ) are gcnerally available in the public
domain or are availablc lo the public upon request, (2) are
established before the stcel is ordcrcd, ancl (3) as a
mm1mum, specify 1111111mum mechanica! properties,
chemical composition limits, and, if coated sheet, coating
properties.
PlJRLIN. Horizontal structural member that supports roof
deck and is primarily subjected to bending under ve1tical
loads such as !ive, wind, or dead loads.
J>-LI EFFECT. Effect of !oads acti ng on the deflected shape
of a member between joints or nodes.
P-11 EFFECT. EfTcct of loads acti ng on tl1c displaced
location of joints or nodes in a structure. In tiered building
structurcs, th is is the cffect of loads acting on thc latcrally
displaced location of floors and roofs.
RATIONAL ENGINEERING ANALYSIS. Ana!ysis
based on theory that is appropriate for the situation, any
relevan! test data, if available, and sound engineering
judgmcnt.
Association of Structural Engineers of thc Pl1ilippines
RESISTANCE FACTOH, q1. Factor that m:counts for
unavoidable de viations of thc nominal strcngth fro rn thc
actual strcngth and for the manncr al)(l conscqucnccs o l'
fai lurc.
RUPTURE STRENGTH. Strcngth limitctl by brcaking or
tcaring of membcrs or connecting clcmcnts.
SECOND-ORDEH ANALYSIS. Structural ana!ysis in
which cquilibrium cmH..Iitions are fonnulated on thc
defonned structurc; second-order cffccts (both P-S and P-LI,
unlcss specified othcrwise) are included.
SECOND-ORDEH El'FECT. Effcct of loads acting on th,~
deformcd configuration of a strocturc; includes P-o effect
and P-LI effcct.
SHEAH BUCKLING. Buckling modc in which a platc
clement, such as thc wcb of a bcam, deforms undcr purc
shcar applied in the planc of the platc.
SHEAR WALL. Wall that providcs rcsistance to lateral
loads in thc plane of thc wall al)(i provitles stability fo r thc
structural system.
SINGLY -SYMMETRIC SECTION. Section symrnetric
about only one axis th rough its centroid.
SPECIFIED MINIMUM YIELD STRESSES. Lower
limit of yield stresses specified for a material as defined as
ASTM.
STIFFENED OH PARTIALLY STIFFENED
COMPRESSION ELEMENTS. Flat compression
elemcnts (i.e., a plane compression flange of a flexura!
rnember or a planc web or flange of comprcssion mcmber)
of which both edges parallel to the direction of stresscs are
stiffcncd either by a wcb, flange, stiffcning lip, intcrmcdiatc
stiffener, or the li ke.
SS (STRUCTURAL STEEL). ASTM designation fl,:·
cettain steels intended for stmctural applications.
Stress. Stress as used in this Specification means force P' :·
unit arca.
STRlJCTURAL ANALYSIS. Detcrmination of lo<Fl
cffccts on tnembers and co nnections bascd on principies oi'
structural mcchanics.
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. Sec the definition of Ce! .: .
Formed Struclural Stcel Structural Members
STRUCTlJRAL COMPONENT. Membcr,
connecting element, or assemblage.
 SUB-ELEMI~NT OF A MULTIPLE STIFFENED
ELEMENT. Portíon of a muhiplc stiffcncd clcmcnt
hctwccn adjaccnt intcrmcdiatc stiffcm:rs, betwecn wcb and
i ntcnncdiate stí flcncr , or hct wct~n cdgl~ and intcrmcdi ate
stiffener .
TENSJLE STRENGTH (OF MATERIAL). Maximu m
!ensile stress that a material is capablc of sustaining as
dcfined by ASTM.
TENSION AND SIIEAR RUPTURE. in a bolt or othcr
type of a mechanical fastener , limit statc of rupture duc to
simultaneous tension and shear force.
THICKNESS. Thc thickncss, t. of :my clemem or scction
is the base stccl thickncss, exclusive of coatings.
TORSIONAL BUCKLJNG. Buckling modc which a
comprcssion mcmber twists about its shear ccntcr axis.
UNSTIFFENED COMPRESSION ELEMENTS. Fl:tt
compression elemcnt sti llcncd iH onl y onc edge parallcl to
the direction of stress.
UNSYMMETRIC SECTION. Section not symmctric
either about an axis ora point.
VARIABLE LOAD. Load not classified as permanem
load.
VIRGIN STEEL. Steel as rcceived from the steel producer
or warehouse befare bcing cold worked ns a rcsult of
fabricating operations.
VIRGIN STEEL PROPEHTmS. Mechanical propertics
of virgin stecl such as yield stress, tensile strength, and
elongation.
WEB. In a member subjected to flexure, the portion of the
section that is joined to.two flanges, or that is joined lo only
one flange provided it crosses the neutral axis.
WEB CRIPPLING. Local failure of wcb plate in thc
immedi ate vicinity of a concentrated loador reaction.
YIELD MOMENT. In a member subjcctcd to bcnding, the
momcnt at which thc extreme outcr fibcr first attains lhe
yicld stress.
YIELD POINT. First stress in a material al which an
increase in strain occurs without an incrcasc in stress as
dcfined by ASTM.
YIELD STRENGTIL Stress at which a materials ex hibits
a specified limiting deviation from thc proportionality of
stress to strain as defined by ASTM.
Nalional Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
YIELD STRESS. Gc neric tcnn to denote cithcr yield
strcngth, as appropriatc for thc material.
YIELIHNG. Limit statc of inclastic dcfonnation that
occurs whcn thc yicld stress is reachcd.
YIELDING (PLASTIC MOMENT). Yiclding throughout
thc cross scction of a mcmbcr as thc bcnc!ing moment
rcachcs thc plastic momcnt.
YIELDING (YIELD MOMENT). Yielding at the extreme
fiber on the cross section of a mcmber whcn the bending
moment rcaches the yield moment.
ASO and LRFD Tcrms
ASD {ALLOWABLE STRENGTH DESIGN). Method of
proportioni ng structural componcnts s\lch as that thc
allowablc strength equals or cxcceds the required strength
of thc componen! undcr thc action of thc ASD load
combi mil ions.
ASD LOAD COMBINATION. Load combination in thc
applicablc building codc intcndcd for allowablc strcngth
design (allowablc stress dcsign).
Allowable Strength. Nominal Strength divided by thc
safcty factor. R,/0..
AVAILABLE STRENGTH. Design Strength or allowable
strength as appropriate.
DESIGN LOAD. Applied load determined in accordance
with eit her LRFD load combinations or ASD load
combinations whichevcr is applicablc.
DESIGN STRENGTH. Resistancc factor multiplicó by
the nominal strcngth . lj¡R,..
LRFD (LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR
DESIGN). Method of proportioning structural components
such that thc design strength cquals or exceeds the required
strength of the componen! under the action of the LRFD
load combinations.
LRFD LOAD COMBINATION. Load combination in thc
applicablc building codc intendcd for strength dcsign (Load
and Resistancc Factor Design).
NOMINAL LOAD. Thc magnitudes of the loads specified
by the ~ppli cahlc building code.
NOMINAL STRENGTH. Strength of a structure or
componen! (withoul the resistancc factor or safety factor
applied) to rcsisl thc load effects, as determined in
accordance wilh this Specification.
111
::>··22B CHAPTEF~ !5 - Sieel and M0tals

REQUIRED STRENG TH. Forces, stresses, and S . . _.,_..: : ·. ·;-: : .

E€Tít)N:_'-S5·í:_~_~_.::_-,.-; .-.::.-.:.~.:- -- --~-,-._._ _·:-=:- :·::. .. ·.::_:/:;;_·~-~:-)-::;~-:~~-;~-~:;::_\~\_:~-::;:\.<~_:_-:.::·:;) <
defonnations acting on a structural component, determined
by e ither structural analysis, for the LRFD or ASD load 6~~-ÉR~~~if~:~i~i~~§i : .(·· ,· \f~.i!f·; -~:¡:_r~;t ;:, . ,•·~
combi nati ons , as appropriate , or as specified by this
Spccifi.cation. This section states the scope of the Spccifica!io n,
summarizes referenced specification, code, and standard
RESISTANCE. See the definition of Nominal Stre ngth. documenls, and provides requirements for materials and
contract documents.
SAFETY FACTOR, O. Factor that accounts for
deviations of the actual slrength , cleviations of the actual T he section is organi zed as follows:
loads from the nomi nal loads, uncertainties in the anal ysis
that transforms tbe load into a load e ffect , and for tbe 551 General Provis ion
manner and consequences of fai lure. 552 Elements
553 Members
SERVICI~ LOAD. Load under which serviceabil ily Ii mi t 554 Structural Assemblies and Systems
states are evaluated. 555 Connections and Joints
556 Test for Special Cases
STRENGTH LIMIT STATE. Limiting condition, in 557 Design of Cold-Fon ned Steel Structural members
whic h the maximum strength of a structure or ils and Connections for Cyclic Loading (Fatigue)
compone nts is reached.
551.1 Scopc, Apt>licability ancl Definitions

551.1.1 Scopc
Thi s specifícatio n appli es to the design of structural
members cold-formed to shape fro m carbo n or low-alloy
steel sheet, strip, plate, or bar not more than 25 mm in
thíckness and used for load-carrying purposes in
l. Buildings; ami
2. Structures other than bui ldings provided allowances are
made for dynami c effects.

55 1. 1.2 Applicability
Thi s Specification includes Symbols and Defi nitions,
Section 55 1 through Secti on 557, Section C- 1, to Section C-
3 that shall appl y as fo llows:

Section C-1 Design of Cold-Fonned Steel Structural

Members Using Direct Design Strength
Metbod
Section C-2 Seco nd-Order analysis.
Section C-3 Additi onal Provisions

T his Specification includes design provisions for

l. Allowable Strenglh Design (ASD), and

2. Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD).

The nominal strength and stiffness of cold-formed steel

elements, mem bers, assemb lies, connccti ons, ancl details
shall be dctermi ned in accordance with the provisions in
Section 552 to Sectio n 557, Section C-1 to Section C-3 of
the Specification.

Where the composition or configuration of such

Associai ion of Structural Engineers of th e Philippines


components is such thal calculation of strcngth ancl/or
stiffness cannot be made in accordance with thosc
provisions, struc tural perfo rmance shall be established from
either of the following :
l. Available strcngth or stiffness by tests, undertaken and
cvaluated in accordiu1~e ~~ith Section 556,
2. Avai lable strength or stiffness by rational engineering
analysis based on appropriatc theory, related testi ng if
data is available, and engineering judgment.
Specifically, the availab le strength is cletermined from
the calculated nominal strength by applying thc
following safety factors or resi stance factors:
For Me mbers
.Q =2.00 (ASO) if¡ =0.80 (LRFD)
For Con nections
.Q = 2.50 (ASD) if¡ = 0.65 (LRFD)
551.1.3 Dcfinitions
In this Specification, ''shall" is used lo express a mandatory
requi re ment, i.e., a provisions that the user is obliged lo
satisfy in orcler to comply with the Specification; ami "shall
be permittecl " is used il express an opti on or that which is
permissible within the limits of Lhe Specification.
551.1.4 Units of Symbols and Tenns
The unit systems conside red in those sections is SI units.
551.2 Material
551.2.1 Applicable Steels
This Specification requires the use of steels intended for
structurai applications as defined in general by the
specifications of the American Society fo r Testing Materials
listed in this section. The term SS shall designate sheet
material and the terms HSLAS and HSLAS-F shall
designate high- strength low-alloy stcels.
ASTM A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Carbon
Structmal Stecl
ASTM A242/A242M, Standard Specification for High-
Strength Low- Alloy Structural Steel
ASTM A283/A283M, Standard Specification for Low and
Intennedi ate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates
ASTM A500, Standard Specification for Cold-Formcd
Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in
Round s and Shapes
ASTM A529/A529M, Standard Specification for High -
Strength Carbon- Manganese Steel of Slructural Quality
National Structura! Cocle of tile Philippirws 6t" Edition Vol ume 1
CHAPTE:n 5 Stoe! ancJ !vlotal 5·;!.29
ASTM A572/A572M, Standard Specification for I-ligh-
Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Struclural Steel
ASTM A588/A588M, Standard Specilicat ion for High-
Stre ngth Lo w-A iloy Structural Steel with 345 MPa
Mín imu m Yield Point to lOOmm thick
ASTM A606, Standard Specificati on for Steel, Sheet and
Strip, High-Strength, Low- Alloy, Hot-Rolled ancl Coki-
Rolled, wilh Improved Atmosphcric Corrosion Resistance
ASTM A 653M/A653M (SS 230 MPa, 25 MPa, 275 MPa,
340 MPa Class l , Class 3 and C lass 4, and 380 MPa;
HSLAS and HS LAS-F, 275 MPa, 340 MPa, 380 MPa Class
1 ami 2, 410 MPa , & 480 MPa and 550 MPa , Standard
Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanizcd) or
Zinc - Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip
Process
ASTM A792/A 792M. (230 MPa, 255 MPa, 275 MPa, and
340 MPa Class 1 and Class 4), Standard Specification for
Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zi nc Al loy-Coated by the Hot-
Dip Process.
ASTM A847/A847M, Standard Spccification for Cold-
Formed Wclded ancl Seamless Hi gh Strcngth , Low Alloy
Structural Tubing with Improved Atmos pheric Corrosion
Resistance
ASTM A875/ A875M (SS 230 MPa, 255 MPa, 275 MPa,
and 340 MPa C lass 1 and 3; HSLAS an d HSLAS-F, 340
MPa, 410 MPa, 480 MPa, and 550 MPa), Standard
Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-5% Aluminum Alloy-
Coated by the Hot - Dip Process
ASTM A1003/Al 003M (ST 340 MPa H, 275 MPa H, 255
MPa H, 230 MPa H), Standard Specifícation for Steel
Sheet, Cm·bon, Metallic- and Nonmetallic-Coated for Cold-
Formed Framing Members
ASTM Al008/A1008M (SS 170 MPa, 205 MPa, 230 MPa
Types l and 2, and 275 MPa T ypes 1 anci 2; HSLAS
Classes 1 and 2, 3 1O MPa, 340 MPa, 380 MPa, 41 O MPa,
450 MPa, and 480 MPa; HSLAS-F 340 MPa, 4 10 MPa, 480
MPa, and 550 MPa), Standard Specificatíon for Steel,
Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Cm·bon, Structural, High-Strength Low-
All oy, High-S trength Low-Alloy with Improved
Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenab le
ASTM AJOll/AlOJ !M (SS 205 MPa, 230 MPa, 250 MPa
Types l anci 2, 275 MPa, 310 MPa, 340 MPa, and 380 MPa
; HSLAS Classes 1 and 2, 310 MPa, 340 MPa, 380 MPa,
41 O MPa, 450 MPa, and 480 MPa ;HSLAS-F 340MPa, 410
MPa, 480 MPa, and 550MPa), Standard Specification for
Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural,
Hi gh-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low- Alloy
J
S·Z50 CHAPTE:r'1 5 · Steel ancl lvletals

with lmprovecl Formability strength in Sections 551 lO Scction is taken as 75

percent of the specified mínimum yield stress or 41 O
ASTM Al039/Al039M (SS 275 MPa, 340 MPa, 380MPa, MPa, whichever is less, and
41 O MPa, 480 MPa, ancl 550 MPa), Standard Specification
2. Thc tensile strength, F11 , used for detennining nominal
for Steel, Sheet, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Commercíal and
strength in Scction 555 is taken as 75 pcrccnt of the
Structural, Produccd by the Twin-Roll Casting Process.
specificd mínimum tensi1e strcngth or 427 MPa,
Thicknesses of 380 MPa and higher that do not meet the
whichever is less.
mínimum 10% elongation requirement are límited per
Section 55 1.2.3.2.
Altcrnatívely, the suitability of such steels for any mulli-
web configuration shall be demonstrated by loads tests in
551.2.2 Othcr Stccls
accordance wíth the provisions of Section 556. Available
Sce Section 551.2.2 of Section C-3 strengths bascd on these tests shall not exceed thc available
strengths calculated in accordance with Section 552 through
551.2.3 Ductility Section 557, Section C-1 to Seclion C-3, using the specified
Stecl~ not listed in Section 551.2.1 and used for structural mínimum yield stress, 1\n and the specified mínimum
members and connections in accordance with Seclion !ensile strength, Pw
551.2.2 shall comply with ductilíty requirements in either
E\ception 1:
Section 551.2.3.1 or Section 551.2.3.2:
For multip/e-web COI¡(iguratimrs, a reduced .specified
551.2.3.1 General mínimum yie/d stress, R¡,F.m shall he permifled for
The ratio of tensile strength to yield stress shall not be less determining the nominal flexura! strength in Section
than 1.08, and the total elongation shallnot be less than lO 553.3.Ja, .for whiclr the reduction factor, R11, sha/1 he
percent for a 50 mm gauge lcngth or 7 pcrccnt for a 200mm detennined in accordance 1vith (a) or (b):
gauge length standard specimcn testee! in accordance wíth a. Por stiffened ami partially st(fféned compression
ASTM A370. If thcse requiremcnts cannot be met, thc .flanges
following crileria shall be satisfice!:
For wlt:S0.067EIF,,.r
l. Local elongatíon in a 12.7 mm gauge length across the (Eq. 551.2-1)
fracture shall not be less than 20 perccnt, and
Rh = 1.0
2. Uniform elongation outside thc fracture shall not be
less than 3 percent. Whcn material ductility is Por OJJ67 E 1 r~\" < wlt < 0.974 E 1 F,y
detennined on the basis of the local and unifonn Rh= 1-0.26 [(\V V1·y 1 (!E))-0.067/-'1
elongation criteria, the use of such material shall be
restricted to the design of purlíns, gírts, and curtain wall For 0.974 E 1 F,) S wlt S 500
studs in accordance with Sections 553.3.1 (a), Section Rh= 0.75
553.3.2, Section 554.6.1, Scction 554.6.2, Scction
554.6.2a, and requirements given in Seclion C-3.2.1 of h. For unsli:f(ened compression.f/anges
the Sectíon C-3. For purlins, girts, ancl curtain wall For w/t S 0.0173 El F,r
studs subject to combined axial load and bending (Eq. 551.2-2)
moment (Section 553.3.5) Q,PIP, shall not excecd 0.15
for ASD, P,/ if¡,P, shall not excced 0.15 for LRFD.
Rb = 1.0
551.2.3.2 Stccls Por 0.0173 E 1 F.,.r < w!t S 60
Steels conforming to ASTM A653/A653M SS (550 MPa),
AI008/ Al008M SS (550 Mpa), A792/A792M (550 Mpa), Rh = 1.079-0.6
A87 5/ A875M SS (550 Mpa), thicknesses of ASTM Al 039
Grades (380Mpa), (410 MPa), (480 MPa), and (550MPa)
that do not meet the mínimum lO perccnt elongation
requirement in Section 551.2.3.1, and other steels that do
not meet tbe provisions of Section 551.2.3.1 shall be
pcnnitted for concentrically loaded closed box section
compression mcmbers as given in Exception 2 below and
for multiple-web configurations such as rooi1ng, sícling, and
floor decking as given in Exception 1 provided that:
l. The yield stress, F,., usecl for detenníníng nominal

Associalion of Structural Engineers of tlle Philippines

 CHAPTER 5 Steel and Metal 5·231

where
551.4 Allowable Strcngth Design
= Fla! width o.f compression jlange
= Thickness (~fsection 551.4.1 Design Has is
= Modulus (~f e/asticity (ifst eel Design under this section of the Specifícation shall be based
= Spectfied mínimum yield stress determined in on Specifications shall be basecl on Allowable Strength
accordance HWl1 S(!Ction 551.6 :S 550 MPa. Design (ASD) principies. All provisions of this
Specification shall apply, except for those in Sections 551.5
The above Exception shall not apply to the use of steel deck and in Section 553 and Section 556 clesignated for LRFD.
for composite slabs, for which the steel dcck acts as the
tensile rci nforcement of slab. 551.4.la ASO R equirements
E -;;ception 2: A clesign satisfies the requirements of this Specification
when the allowable strength of each structural component
For concentrically loaded compression members with a
equals or exceeds the required strength, determined on the
closed box section, a reduced yield stress, 0.9Fsy, shall be
basis of the nom inal loads, for all appl icable load
permiued to be used in p lace c~f F,. in Eqs. 553.4. 2, 553.4.3,
combinatio ns.
ami 553.4.4 for determining the axial strength in Secrion
553.4. A reduced radius of gyration (R,.)(r) sha/1 be used in
The design shall be performed in accordance with
Eq. 553.4.1 when rhe value of the effecrive lengrh KL i.1· !ess
Eq. 55 1.4: 1- 1:
rhan 1.1 L, is g iven by Eq. 551- 3, and R,. is given by Eq.
551 -4.
R :S R" 1 D. (Eq. 551.4 - 1)

L = n,.
/)
(Eq. 551.2-3) where
R =Required strength
R" "" Nominal Strength specified in Section 552
R ,. =0. 65 + 0.35(KL ) (Eq. 551.2-4) through Section 557 and scction C- 1.
I .I L,
Q :::: Safety factor specified in Section 552 through
Section 557 ancl section C-1.
where R,/D. = Allowable strength

L, =Length a l which local buckling stress equals 551.4.1b Load C ombina tions for A SD
flexura/ buckling stress Load combinati on for AS D sha ll be as stipulated by Section
R =RadiLIS gyration ciffull unreduced cross section C-3.3.1. 1a of Section C-3.
=Mínimum critica/ buckling stress for secrion
calculared by Eq. 552.2 55 1.5 Load and Resista nce Factor Design
R,. =Reductionfactor
KL = Effective length 551.5.1 Desígn Basis
Design under this section of the Specilication shall be based
551.2.4 Delivered Minimum Thickness
on Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) principies.
T he uncoated mínimum steel thickness of the cold-fonned All provisions of this Specification shall apply except for ·
steel product as delivered to the job site shall not at any those in Sections 551 .4 and in Chapte rs 553 and 556
location be less than 95 percent of the thickness ,t, used in designated for ASD and LRFD.
its design; however, lesser thicknesses shall be permitted at
bends , such as corners, due to cold-forming effects. 551.5.1.1 LRF D Requireln ents
A design satisfíes the requirements of this Specification
551.3 Loads
when the clesign strength of each structural component
Loads and load combinations shall be as stipulated by the equals or exceeds the requi red strength determined on the
applicable provisions in Section C-3.3 of Section C-3. basis of the nominal loads, multiplied by the applicable load
factors, for al! applicable load combinations.

The clesign shall be performed in accordance with the

Equation 55 1.5-1:
R, :S ~ R" (Eq . 55 1.5-1 )
where

11
National Structural Code of tl'le Philippines 6t Edition Vol u me 1
 5-232 CHAPTUl !.í - Steo! and Me!als
Ru =Rcquircd strcngth
tP = Rcsi stancc factor specified lll Se.ction 552
through 557 and Appcndix C-1
R" = Nominal strcngth specified in Section 552
through 557 and Appendix C-l
tP Rr. =Dcsign strcngth
551.5.Ib Load Faclors and Load Combinations for
LRFO
Load factors and load combinations for LRFD shall be
stipulatcd by Section C-3.3.1. 1b of Section C-3.
551.7 Yicld Stress and Strcngth lncrca~c from Cold
Work of Forming
551.7.1 Yicld Stress
The yicld stress uscd in dcsign, F,.. shall not cxcecd the
specified mínimum yield stress of steels as listed in Scction
55"1.2.2.1 or 5512.3.2, as establishcd in accordance with
Section 556, or as incrcased for cold work of forming in
Section 551.7 .2.
551.7.2 Strcngth lncreasc from Cold Work of
Forming.
Strength increasc from cold work of fonning shall be
permitted by substituting Fm for F,., where /·~-~~ is the average
yield stress of the full section. Such increase shall be limited
to Sections 553.2, 553.3.1 (excluding Section 553.3.1.1 (b)),
553.3.4, 553.3.5, 554.4, and 554.6.1. The limits and
mcthods for determining F ya shall be in accordance with (a),
(b) and (e).
J. Por axially loadcd compression members and flexura!
members whose proportions are such that the quantity p
for strength detcrminalion is unity as detennined in
accordance with Scction 552.2 for each of the
component elements of the scction, the design yicld
stresscs, F>'" ' of the stccl shall be determined on the
basis of one of the following methods:
a. Fui! section tensíle tests [see paragraph (a) of Section
556.3.1 J,
b. Stub column tests [sce paragraph (b) of Section
556.3.1 ],
c. Computed in accordance with Eq. 55 1.7- 1.
F,." = Cf~-c + ( 1 - C) 1·~¡'.5. F,.,.
where
= Average yield stress of full unreduccd section of
compression members or fui! flange sections of
flexura! members
e = For compression members, ratio of total corner
cross- sectional arca to total cross-scctional arca
of full sectíon; for Oexural membcrs, ratio of
total corner cross-sectional arca of controlling
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
llangc to full cross- scctional arca of control ling
flange
F.,... =IJ,F,.../ (R/1)"', tcnsile yicld stress of corncrs.
(Eq. 551.7-2)
Eq. 551.7-2 applics only whcn
1-;,1 F,.. 2: 1.2. N.lt :S 7, and !he incl uded
anglc <; 120' .
whcrc
Ú,. = 3.69 (F,,/F,...)-0.8 !9 (F,.,IF,..i - ! .79
. (1~¡ . 551.7-."l)
1~ •. = Tensile yield stress of virgin steel specified by
Section 55 1.2 or established in accordance with
Setion 556.3.3.
R == lnsidc bend radius
= Thickncss of section
= 0.192 (F,/F,.,.) - 0.068 (Eq. 55 1.7-4)
= Tcnsile stm;gt h of virgin stcel specifíed by
Scction 55 1.2 or establisllcd in accordancc with
Section 556.3.3.
F,¡ = Wei ghted average tensilc yield stress of f1at
portions established in accordance with Section
556.3.2 or virgin steel yicld stress if tests are not
made
2. For axially loaded tension members, the yield stress of
thc steel shall be determined by either method '( 1) or
method (3) prescribcd in paragraph (a) of this scction.
3. The effect of any wclding on mcchanical propc11ícs of a
member shall be determined on the basis of tests of full
section specimens containing, wi thin thc gauge length,
such wclding as the manufacturer intends to use. Any
necessary allowance for such cffect shall be made in
the stmctural use of the member.
551.8 Scrviccability
A structure shall be designed to perform its rcquired
functions during its expected life. Scrviceabili!y limit staks
shall be chosen based on the intended function of thc
structure and shall be evaluated using realistic loads and
load combinat ions.
551.9 Refcrenccd Documcnts
(55 1.7-1) The following docu ments or portions thereof are referenced
in this Spccification and shall be considcrcd pan of th(:
requiremcnts of this Specification.
l. American lron all(l Stecl lnstitute _(AISI), ll ,íi)
Connecticut Ave., NW, Washington, OC 20036:
AISI 5200-07, North American Standard for Cold-
Formed Steel Framing- General Provisions
AISI 5210-07, North American Standard for Cold-
Formed - Floor and Roof System Design
 AISI S2ll-07, North American Standard for Cold-
Formcd Stccl Framing- Wall Stud De:sign
AISI S2l2-07, North American for Cold-Formcd Stccl
Framing- Hcader Dcsign
AISI S2l4-07, North American Standard f'or Cold-
Fonncd Stccl Praming- Truss Dcsign
Al SI S90 l-02 "'. Rotational Lateral Stiffncss Test
Mcthod for BcanHo- Panel Asscmblies
AISI S902-02, Stub-Column Test Mcthod for EfTectivc
Arca of Cold-Fonncd Stccl Columns
AISI S906-04, Standard Proccdurcs for Panel and
Anchor Structural Tests
Note:* A/SI test pmcedures previously designated as
AISI 7:'in-xx are re-designated to AIS! S9n-xx, where
"n" is the test procedure sequence number a!l(} ".u" is
tlw year the standard was developed or updated.
2. American Society of Mechanical Enginecrs (ASME),
1828 L Strrct, NW, Washington, De 20036:
ASME B46. 1-2000, Surfacc Tcxture, Surfacc
Roughncss, Wavincss, and Lay
3. American Socicty for Testing and Materials (ASTM),
lOO Barr Harbour Drive, West Conshohockcn,
Pcnnsylvania 19428-2959:
ASTM A36/ A36rn-05, Standard Specification for
Carbon Structural Stecl
ASTM AI94/Al94M-06, Standard Specification for
Carbon and Alloy Stcel Nuts for Bolts for High ..
Pressure and High-Temperature Service, or Both
ASTM A242/ A242 M-04el, Standard Specification for
High-Strength Low-AIIoy Structural Stecl
ASTM A307-04, Standard Specification for Carbon
Stecl Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensilc Strength
ASTM A325-06, Standard Spccification for Structural
Bolts, Stcel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Mínimum
Tensile Strength
ASTM A325M-05, Standard Specification for
Structural Bolts, Stccl, Hcat Trcated, 830 MPa
Mínimum Tcnsile Strenglh {Metric]
ASTM A354-04, Standard Specification For Qucnchcd
and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs, ami Othcr
Extcrnaslly Threaded Fasteners
ASTM A370-05, Standard Spccifications for Standard
Test Melhods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing
of Stccl Products
ASTM A449-04b, Standard Specification for Hex Cap
Screws, Bolts, and Studs, Steel, Heat Treated,
120/105/90 ksi Mínimum Tensile Strength, General
National Structural Code of the Philíppines 6
Use.
ASTM A490-06, Standard Spc..:illcation túr Structural
Bolts, Alloy Stecl, Heat Treatcd, 150 ksi Mínimum
Tcnsile Strength
ASTM A490M-04a, Standard Specification for High
Strength Steel Bolls, Classes 10.9 and 10.9.3, for
Structural Stecl Joints !MetricJ
ASTM A500-03a, Standard Spccifícation for Cold
Pornied Wclded and Seamlcss Carbon Steel Structural
Tubing in Rounds and Shapes
ASTM A529/A529M-05 , Standard Specification fór
High Strength Carbon-Manganese Stcel of Structural
Quality
ASTM A563-04, Standard Spccification for Carbon
and Alloy Steel Nuts
ASTM A563M-04, Standard Specification for Carbon
and Alloy Stcel Nuts [Metric]
ASTM A572/A572M-·06, Standard Spccification for
High -Strength Low Alloy Columbium-Vanadiurn
Structural Steel
ASTM A588 1 A588M-05, Standard Specification for
High- Strcngth Low Alloy Structural Stcel with 50 ksi
[345 MPa) Minimun Yield Point to 4-in. [IOOmm)
Thick
ASTM A606-04, standard Specification for Stccl, Sheet
and Strip, High-Strength , Low alloy, Hot- Rolled and
Cold- Rollcd, with Improvcd Atrnospheric Corrosion
Resistance
ASTM A653/ A653M-06, Standard Spccification for
Stecl Sheet, Zinc-·Coatcd (Galvanized) or Zinc--lron
Alloy-Coated (Gal vannealed) by the Bot-Dip Proccss
ASTM A847 1 A847M-05, Standard Specification for
Cold Formed Wclded and Seamless High Strength,
Low alloy Structural Tubing with lmprovcd
Atrnospheric Corrosion Rcsistance
ASTM A875 1 A875M-05, Standard Specification for
Steel Sheet, Zinc-5% Aluminum Alloy- Coated by the
Hot-Dip Process
ASTM A 1003/ A J 0031\1-05, Standard Specification f'or
Stcel Sheet, Carbon, Mctallic-and Non Mctallic-
Coated for Col el Formed Framing Members
ASTM A 1008/ A 1008M-05b, Standard Spccification
for Stccl, Sheet, Colcl- Rollcd, Carbon, Structural,
High- Strength Low Alloy, High- Strcngth Low Alloy
with lmprovcd Formabílity, Solution Hardened, and
Bake Hardenable
ASTM A 1011/AJOII M-OSa, Standard Specification for
Stecl, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural,
1-Iigh-Strcngth Low Alloy and High Strength Low alloy
111
E<lition Volurne i
 (Eq. 557. 4-1)
whcrc
Al = Ncl !ensile arca
db =Nominal diamclcr (body or shrank diamclcr)
p = Pitch (mm pcr lhrcad for SI unil s)
557.5 Spccial Fabritatíon Rc<¡uircmcnts
Backing bars in wclded conncclions thal an: jJ:Iral!cl lO lhc
slrcss field shall be pcnniHcd lo rcmai n in place. and if
used, shall be conlinuous.
Backing bars lhal are perpendicular to thc stress field, if
uscd, shall be removed and lhe j oinl back gougcd ami
weldcd.
Flarnc cut cdgcs subjccl to cyclic slrcss rangcs shall havc a
surfacc roughncss not to excecd 25 ¡un in accordance wi th
ASME B46. 1.
Rc-cnlrant corners at cuts, copes, and weld i!ccess boles
shall forma radius of nol lcss than 10 mm by pre-drilli ng or
sub-punching and rcaming a hole, or by !herma! cutting to
form the radius of the cut. lf the radius po11ion is formcd is
formcd by thcrmal cutting, the cut surfacc shall be ground
to a bright metal contour to provide a radiuscd transition,
free of notches, with a surfacc roughncss not to excecd not
to exceed 25 ¡un in accordance with ASME 846.1 or
another equi valen! approved standards.
For transverse butt j oi nts in regions of high tensile stress.
weld tabs shall be used to providc for cascading the weld
tcrmination outside the fini shed join t. End dams shall not
be uscd. Weld tabs shall be removed and the end of the
weld finished ftush with thc edge of the mernbcr.
éxception
Weld tabs shalf noi be requiN?d for sheet material if the
welding procedures used result in smo01h, flush edges.
Association of Structural Engineers of tlle Phitippines
C-1 Dcsign of Cold-Formcd Stccl Struetural Mcmbcrs
Using thc Dircct Strcng!h Mcthod
C-1.1. Gcncrall'rovisions
C-1.1.1 Applicability
Thc prov isions of lhis Section shall be pcrmitled to be used
to determine the nominal axial (P,) and flexura] (M")
strcngths of cold-fonned stecl rncmbcrs. Scclions C. I.2.1
and C. l .2.2 prcscnt a method appli cable lo all cold-fom1ed
stccl columns and bcams. Those mcmbers meeling the
gcometric and mal erial lirnitations of Scction C. l. l. 1.1 for
columns all(! Scction C.l.l.l.2 for beams have been
prcqualificd for use, and thc calibralcd safcty factor, Q, and
resistancc facwr, rf>, given in C.l.2. 1 and C. l.2.2 shall be
permitlcd lo apply. Thc use of the provisions of Section
C. l.2 .1 and C. J. 2.2 for othcr columns and bcams shall be
pennillcd, bui the slandard Q and t/> factors for ration~ll
cnginccring analysis {Seclion Al.~ (b). of the. malll
Specification) apply. The main Amcncan Spec¡ficatiOn for
the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
Currently, !he Dirccl Slrcngth Method provi dc~ no expl ~cit
provisions for mcmbers in tcnsion, shear, com bmed bendtng
and shear, web crippling, combí ncd bend ing and web
crippling, or com bined axial load and bending (beam-
colurnns). Further, no provisions are given for structural
assemblics or connecli ons and joints. As detai lcd in main
Specification, Scction 55 1. 1.2, lhe provisions of the main
Specification, when appli cable, shall be used for all cases
1isted abo ve.
Jt shall be pcnniHed to substi!ute the nominal strcngth,
resistance factors, and safety factors from this Appendtx for
the corresponding values in Scctions 553.3.1 , 553.4.1.1,
553.4.1.2. 553.4.1 .3, 553.4.1.4, 554.6. 1.1. and 554.6.1.2 of
thc main Spccification.
For membcrs of situations to which thc main Spccification
is not applicable, thc Direct Strcng! h Method of thi s
Appcmlix shall be pcrmiued lo he u~ed. as applicable. Tl~e
usage of thc enginecring analysis procedurc, as detatled lll
Section 55 11.2 (b) ofthe main Specification:
 l. applicahlc provisions of thc main Spccillclltion shall he
followecl whent lwy exist, and C.l.2 Mcmbcrs

2. inaeascd safcty factors, n, and rcduced resistllncc C. l.2.1 Column Dcsign

fa<: tors, ~. shall be employcd for strcngth whcn rational Thc nominal axial strcngth JresistanceJ. 1),, shall be the
cnginccring analysis is conductcd. mínimum of P,.,, P, 1, and P,.1 as gi ven in Scctions C. J .2.1.1
to C. J.2.1.3. For columns meeting thc geomctri c ami
C.l.l.l a l're-qualíficd Columns material critcria of Section C. l .1 .1a, Qc and tf¡c sllall be as
Unpcrforatcd columns that fall within thc gcomctric and follows:
;\• .J
material limitations given in Tablc C-! shall be pcrmittcd to
be dcsigncd using thc safety factor, n, and rcsistancc factor,
SJ, = 1.80 (ASD) <j>,. =0.85 (LRFD)
f/1, dclined in Section C.l.2.l.
For all other columns. Q and ~ of the rnain Specífication,
Scction 55 1.1 .2(b), shall apply. The availablc strength shall
C. l. 1.1 b Prc-q ualilicd Be:uns
be detcrmincd in accordancc with applkablc mcthod in
Unperforatcd bcams that fati within thc geometric and Scction 551.4, or 551.5 of the main Specifícation.
material limitations given in Tablc C-2 shall be pcnnittcd to
be dcsigncd using thc safcty factor, Q, and rcsistancc factor, C.l.2.la Flcxm·:•l, Torsi(lnal, or Flcxural-Torsional
~. dclincd in Scction C.l.2.2.
Buckling
The nominal axial st rength, P.,, , for flexura!, torsional. or
C.1.1.2 Elaslic lluck!ing
ncxural-torsional buckling shall be calculalcd in accordancc
Analysis shall be uscd for thc dctcrmination of thc clastic with the following:
buckling loads and/or momcnts uscd in this Appendix. For
columns, this includcs ihe local, distortional, and overall (a) For -",. :S 1.5
buckling loads (P,.,.1, ?,..,1, and Pm of Section C.l.2.1 ). For
bcams, this includes the local, distortional, and overall ~~IC =(0.658J.} y>,. (Eq.C. l-2)
buckling rnoments (Mal· Mm, and Mm of Section C.l.2.2).
In some cases. for a given column or beam, all thrce modes (b) For ).,. ~ !.5
do not exist. In such cases, the non-existent mode shall be
ignorcd in thc calculations of Scctions C.l.2.1 and C.l.2.2. p ::: ( 0.877_)p
;¡,; )' (Eq. C.l-3)
Thc commcntary to this Appendix providcs guidance on TIC

appropriatc analysis procedurcs for elastic buckling

dctermination. whcre

C. l.l.3 Scrviceabilily Dclcr mination A. r ·- (Eq. C.l -4)

-
Thc bending deflection at any moment, M, due to nominal
loads shall be permitted to be determincd by reducing thc
gross moment of inertia, Ig. to an effective moment of whcre
inertia for deflection, as givcn in Eq. C. 1- l: = A8F,. (Eq. C.l-5)
(Eq. C. l - 1) = Mi1iimum of the critica! elastic column buckling
load in flexura!, torsional, or flexural-torsional
whcre buckling determined by analysis in accordancc
M,¡ = Nominal flexura! strcngth, M.,, delined in with Seclion C.l .l.2.
Scction C. 1.2.2, but with M,. replaced by M in
all equations of Section C. (2.2 C. 1.1.1 b Local Uu ckling
M == Moment dueto nominal loads on mcmbcr to be Thc nominal axial strength, ?.,,. for local buckling shall be
conside.rcd (M~ My) calculated in accordance with the followi ng: '
l. For A1 s; 0.776
(Eq. C. l -6)

2. For A¡> 0.776

P,.¡ = [1-0.1 5( pcrl

P,,_
)0.4]( pcrl )0.4 P,,e
P,IC
(Eq. C. 1-7)

Nalional Structural Code of the P11ílippines 61h Edition Volume 1

 !)·2Utl CHAPTE:f1 ~i · Sleel ancj Meta ls

whcre 2. For 2.78/11,. ? M,.. ?. 0 .56M,

(Eq. C. 1-8) M
,,.
·"' ~-<)-(~M -'' (.f ,_ -~-
~ -~- 'j
36M ,.,. ,
(Eq.C.I-1.'\)

=A value as dcfí ncd in Scction C. 1.2.1. 1 :1. For M,.,.. > 2.78 M,.
= Critica! elastic local column buckling load (Eq.C.f -14)
M,,. = M_..
dctcrmined by anal ysis in accordancc with
Section C. l.l.2 whcrc
=Critica) clastic !atcral-torsional buckling momcnt
C. 1.2. J e Distortional Buckling determined by analysis in accordancc with
Thc nominal axial strength, PI/(" for distortionaJ buckling Scction C. 1. 1.2
shall be calculatcd in accordance with the following :
M,.= S¡F,. (Eq. C. l-15)
l. For A":<::: 0.561
wherc
(Eq. C.l -9)
S¡ = Gross scction modu lus refcrenced to the extreme
2. For )." > 0.561 fiber in firs t yie!d

f~·rd 0.6]( ~~·ni )0.6 C. J.2.2b Local Buckling

J

[
1,"1 = 1- 0.2 {¡,--;-) ···¡~-; '
PY (Eq. C. l -10) Thc nominal flexura) strength, M, 1• lor local buckling shall
be calculatcd in accordance with thc following:
where 1. For /. r S 0 .776
M,r= /11,,. (Eq. C. l-1 6)
(Eq. C.l- 1J)

l(
2. For ).1 > 0.776

whcre
M ni = ) - 0.15 M crf. OA .":! rrl )0.4 M ne
Py =A value as given in Eq. C. l-5 [ M,r
( J M,"'
Pm1 = Critica! clastic distortional column buckling load
determincd by analysis in accordance with (Eq. C.l-17)
Section C. l.l.2.
whcre
C. 1.2.2 Bcam Dcsigu

J
M,~··
The nominal flexura! strength, /11,, shall be the minirnum of A.¡ '" ---- (Eq. C. l- 18)
M at
M,r, M,.r. and M,.tf as given in Sections C.l.2.2. ! lo
C. l .2.2.3. For beams meeting thc geometric and material = A valuc as defincd in Section C.l.2.2. 1
critcria of Section C. l .l . l.2, Q¡, and ifih shall be as follows: = Critica! clastic local buckl ing momcnt
f!ú= 0.90 (LRFD) detcrmined by anal ysis in accordancc with
Scction C. l. l.2
For all othcr beams, Q and if¡ of the main Speci!ication.
Section 551. J.2.(b), shall apply. The avai lable st rcngth C.l.2.2c Distortional Buckling
[factored rcsistance) shal l be detcnnined in accordancc wi th
Thc nominal flexura! strcngth, M,, 1, for distortional budti;) ·.
applicable mcthod in Section 55 1.4, or 55 1.5 of thc main
shal! be calculatcd in accordancc with lhc followi ng:
Spcci fí cation.
1. For ),d :S 0.673
M,¡= 111,. (Eq. C. 1· JI))
C.l .2.2a Latcral-Torsional Buckling
Thc nominal ncx ural strcngth, M ,r. for latcral-torsional 2. For 2,1 > 0.673
buckling shall be calculatcd in accord ance with lhe
following: M
0.5]( Mcrtt ]0.5M.
1. For Mcrr < 0.56M,.
"'
1
== 1- 0.2
( { Mcrct
M ] )'
M y
.1

(Eq. C.! -12)

(Eq. C. l -20)

Association of Structural Engineers of lile Pllilippines

 CHAPTEH ~i S!~~el ;Jncll1~0tal ~i· ?.9'i

whcrc
--- -
t
{i M ,.
A¡"" - -· .
M ad
(Eq. C. l-21)

M.., = A va lue as gi vcn in Eq. C.l.2.2-4

M, ,,¡ =Critica ! clastic distonional buckling momcnt
dctcrmincd by analysis in accordance with
Section C. l .l.2

111
National· Structural Code of !he Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
~> · 296 CHAPTEI1 f) · Steel and Metals

Tablc C- l
L.llnb,., ~ eotunn~•
Uppai C&coom For aiJ C-«ctiona:
Simplr- Lipl: ho/1 <m.
bo/t < 159
t<o-b.~
4 < D/t < 33
r !.1 (},7<~~<5..()
0.05 < l>/bo < M1

"' (}-91)'> ' •

1 '~ E/Fy > 340 (fy < 86 bt (593 MPa or 60.~ kg/unl)l
~ C«rliocu with c:omplex lips:
Dv't < 34
Complex L..ips: Dz/0< 2

OJO
D:Jjt < 34
D-~/~ < 1
N~
8) lh i!l permitted to VAl'}' fDlhp is penni1ted tD n.nstc
inWM'd,
¡. 0: .¡ outw.rrd. etc.}
b) ~ l.s perrnjtted to va.ry (Q} Up As poermdtt~ to ang)~ up, down,. etc.}
Uppod C.&ction with \1/eb Fur Ot'le or two inlamiOd.bte stifkncrs.:
Stiff~(s) bo/1 < .S9
b,/t <160
6 o( 0/1 <.l)

!C: 1.3 < hdbo < 2..7

0.05..; D/~ < 0.4:1

EfF:r > 340 (Py < 86k$4 (m MPn OT (1(100 k;g/anl)J

hc/t < 137

~t<56
(} < 0/1 <~
1.S < ho.fbo < 1.'7
().00 < D/~ < 0.73
~-~
fi( fy > S?Q U'T..; 50 bi { 345 MYe. crr -3-5.20 kg/anz)J

Association of Structuraf Engineers of the Phifippines

 Tablc C-2
~ttMtonl fof .......
C-sect!oru For all C-sections
stmpleU~ ho/t <321

r
._ -t bc/t < 7S
~ O<D/t<3-t
1.5 < ho/b0 < 17.0
llo O< D/bg < 0.70

l~f f40<9<~
E/F',- > 42.1 (Fy < 70 kli (483 MPa oc 4920 kg/cm1 )}
For C~OT'!!i wtth complex Ups:
OUt< 34
Dl/D < 2
DJ/t < 34
03/~<1
N-ote-:
A) Eh i.s permitted to vary (D¿ üp is pumittrd to angle inward or
outward)
b lh is
Upped C.sectiON with W~ ho/t < l58
Stiffene:r bo/t <58
1-l:b...J 14 < D/t < 17
r ~
t1g
s.s < ho/bo < 11.7
0.27<D/b0 <0.56
9"" 90"

1 ~
Z-Section6
E/fy > 578 (Fy <51 ksi (352 MPa or 3590 l:glcm2)]

For all Z-5ecti00t.:

Simple Ups; ho/t < 183
~ b\)/t < 71
10 < D/t < 16
1.5 < ho/bc < 4_1
0.15 < 0/bc o( 0.34
36• < 6<9<r
E/ Fy > 440 [F1 < 67 bi (462 MP1l or 471 Okg/on!H
P« Z-sect:ion$ with rompb lips,.:
Dv't < 3-4
D,v'D < 2
~/t <34
D3/0:2 < 1
Note:
a)&, ls permltted to va.ry (Dlllp ls permitttd t~..'l ~ pemúttoo to a.ngk?
inward outward, etc.)
b el is -lted to v

111
National Structural Code of the Pl1ilippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 !.i ?.9B CHJ\f,1Tf1 ~i · Stcel nn(l Melals

Umltations for Pfe.qUIIItfled Beams (COntJnued)

Hats (Decks) with Stiffened Flangc In ho/t < 97
Compresaion b0 /t < 467

A
O< d 8/t < 26 (d8 =Depth of stiffener)
0.14 < ho/b0 < 0.87
0.88 < b0 /bt < 5.4
O< n ~ 4 (n = Number of compresRion ilange stiffeners)
...¡~¡.-
E/Fv > 492 !Fv < 60 ksi ( 414 MPa or 4220 kg/cm2)]
Trapez.oids (Decks) with Stiffened ho/t< 203
Flange in Compression b0 /t < 231

"rt- .
1\,
l
¡-,- ¡-bol

e
...r--v '\
••
0.42 < (ho/si.ne)/b0 < 1.91
1.10 < b0 /bt < 3.38
O< 1\: ~ 2 (llc ~ Number of comprcssion flange stiffeners}
O < nw :> 2 (nw - Number of web stiffeners and/ or folds)
1+- b, __.¡ r '-"--.. O< n¡ !i 2 (nt • Number of tension flange stüfeners)
52° < 9 < 84° (e= Angle between web and horizontal plane)
E/Fy > 310 !Fv < 95 ksi (655 MPa or 6680 kg/cm2))
Note:
* r1t < 10, where r is the centerline bend radius.
See Section 1.1.1.1 for definitions of other variables given in Table 1.1.1-2

. ··,·.:.

Association of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines


SECTIONC.o!
SECOND-Ó.RDER ANALYSIS
This Scction C.2 addrcsscs sccond -ordcr analysis for
struct ural sys tcms compriscd of morncnt framcs. braccd
framcs, shcar walls, or combinations thcreoJ'.
C.2.l General Rcquircmcnts
Mcmbcrs shall sa tisfy thc provisions of Section 553.5 with
the nominal column st rcngths 1nominal axial rcsistancc ¡,
Pn, dctcrmincd using K> ami K,. = 1.0, as wcll as (~X= 1.0,
ay= 1.0, C.,..= 1.0, and Cmy= 1.0. The requircd strengths
[factored to rces ami rnoments] for members, connections.
nnd other structural elemcnts shall be detcrmi ncd using a
second-order analysis as specified in thi s Section. Al!
cornponent and conncction deformations thnt contributc to
th e lateral displacement of the structure shall be considered
in the analysis.
C.2.2 Dcsign and Analysis Constraints
C.2.2.1 General
The second-order anal ysis shall considcr both thc effect of
loads acting on the dcflccted shape of a mcmber bctween
joints or nodes (P-!1 effects) and thc effcct of loads acting on
the displaced localion of joints or nodcs in a structurc (P-t.
effecls). It shall be pcrmittcd lo perform the analysis usi ng
any general sccond-order analysis method. Analyses shall
be conducted according to the dcsign and loading
requircments specified in Scction 551 . For the ASD. the
sccond -order analysis shall be carried out undcr 1.6 times
the ASD load cornbinations and the results shall be divided
by 1.6 to obtain the requíred slrcngths at allowablc load
levels.
C2.2.2 Typcs of Analysis
ll shall be pcrmissible to carry out the second-order analysis
eithcr on the out-of-plumb geomctry without notional loads
or on thc plumb geometry by applying noti onal loads or
mínimum lateral loads as defined in Section C.2.2.4.
For second -order elastic analysis, axi al and tlexural stiffness
shall be rcduced as specified in Section C.2.2.3.
C.2.2.3 Rcduccd Axial and Flexura! Stiffncsses
'
Flexura] and axial stiffncss shall be rcduccd by using E* in
place of E as follows for all mcrnbcrs whose flexura! a nd
axial sti ffncsses are considcred to contribute lo lhc lateral
stability of thc structure:
E*= 0.8rbE (Eq . C.2- l)
whcre
rb = 1.0 for o:P/P,. ~ 0.5
=4[aP/Py( 1 -al' /P,.)) for aP/Py > 0.5
NationaJ Structural Code of the Philippines 6 11' Edition Volume 1
CH/\PI'En S Strwl and Met:If :,·?.99
1', = Rcquired axial comprcssivc strength [fal:torcd
ax ial cornprcssívc force]. (N)
1',. "' Mcmbcr yicld strcngth (=AF,., whcre A i s thc full
unrcdtKcd cross-sc<.:tional arca), (N)
= 1.6 (AS D)
= 1.O (LRFD)
In cases where 11exibility of' nthcr stnJl:tural componcnts
such as connc<.:tions, fl exible column base details. or
horizontal tntsscs acting as diaphragms is modclcd
cxplicitly in the analysis, the sti!'fncsscs of thc ot hcr
st ructural componcnts shall be reduccd by a factor of 0.8.
lf notional loads are uscd. in lieu of using rb < 1.0 where
rd)/f\ > 0.5, rb = 1.0 shall be penniHcd to be used for all
mcmbcrs. provided that an additional nolional load of
0.001 Yi is addcd to the nolional load rcquircd in Scction
C.2.2.4.
C.2.2.4 Notional loads
Noti onal loads shall be applied 10 the lateral framing syslcm
to nccount for lhe effccts of geomctric irnpcrfecti ons.
Notional loads are lateral loads that are applicd at each
framing leve) and spccilied in terms of thc gravíty loads
applicd at lhat Jevcl. Thc gravily load uscd to determine the
nolíonal load shall be equal lo or greater than lhe gravity
load associ ated with the load combinalion being evaluated.
Notional loads shall be applied in the direction that adds 10
thc destabilizing effecls undcr the specificd load
combinntion .
A notional load, N; = ( 1/240) Y,, shall be appl ied
indepcndently in two 011hogonal directions as a lateral load
in all load combinations. This load shall be in addition to
other lateral loads, if any.
N, =Notional lateral load applied al Jcvcll, kips (N)
Yi = Gravity load from lhe LRFD load combi nation
or 1.6 times the ASD load combínal ion applicd
at leve! I, N
Thc notional load cocfficienl o( 1/240 is based on an
assumed initial story out·of·plumbness ratio of 1/240.
Wherc a diffcrent assumed out-of-plumbncss is j ustificd, the
notional load coeffícient shall be pcrmittcd lo be adjusted
proporlionally lo a value notless than J/500.
 ~i·300 CH/\I'TUi !i- Steel an<J Metals
'-"'D\~m•o
·· N
..·.:;et):~; ,. .: ,,;-;.,:-.... - . . . ..
Albftio~lt::~~~&ístoNs
This Scction pro vides _dcsign provisions or supplement~ to
Section 551 through 557.
C.3.1 Scopc
Dcsigns .<:!:,.11 be made in accordancc with the provisions for
Load and Resistancc Factor Dcsign, or with thc provisions
for Allowalllc Strength Dcsign.
C.3.2 Othcr Stccls
The listing in Scction C.3. l shall not cxcludc thc use of
stccl up lo and including 25 mm in thi ckness, ordered or
produced lo othcr than thc listed specitications, provided thc
following requircmcnts are mcl :
1. The steel shall conform to the chcmical and meclwnical
requircments of one of the listcd speci!ications or other
published spccification.
2. Thc chcmical and rncchani cal properties shall be
dctennincd by the producer, the supplier. or the
purchascr, in accordancc with the following
specifications. For coated sheets, ASTM A924/
A924M; for hot-rollcd or cold-rofled sheet and strip.
ASTM A568/ A568M: for pla1c and bar. ASTM A6/
A6M ; for hollow structural scc1ions, such tests shall be
made in accordance with 1he rcquirements of' A500 (for
carbon stccl ) or A847 (for HSLA stecl).
J. Thc coating propcrtics of coated sheet shall be
detct mincu by thc proLluccr, tite supplicr. o r thc
purchascr, in accordancc wilh ASTM A924/ NJ24M.
-!. Thc s1ecl shallmcct thc requirements of Section C.3.3.
5. lf thc stccl is to be wcldcd. its suitability f'or the
intcndcd wclding pr()(;ess sh:lll be cstablished by the
producer, thc supplicr, or the purchaser in :uxordance
with A WS DI.! nr DI.~ as applieable.
lf' th c identification and documental ion of the production of
1hc stcd havc not hecn cstablishcd, thcn in add ition to
rcqu ircments ( 1) through (5), the manufacturcr of the cold-
fonncd stcel product shall cstablish that thc yield stress and
tcnsik strcngth of thc lllastcr coil are at lcast lO pcrcent
!,!1\'at.·t than spc('ificd in lile rcf'ercnccu published
s p,~c i rival ion.
C.3.2.1 Ouctility
In scismic dcsign catcgory D, E or F (as defincd by
ASCE/SEI 7), whcn material ductilily is determincd on thc
basis of the local and unifonn clongalion critcria of Scction
C.3.3.1, curtain wall studs shall be limitcd to the dcad load
of thc cunain wall asscmbly dividcd by its surfacc arca, but
2
no grcatcr than O. 75kN/m .
C.3.3 Loads
C.3.3.1 Nominal Loads
Thc nominal loads shall be as stipulatcd by the applicablc
building codc undcr wh ich thc stn1cture is designcd or as
dictatcd by the conditions involvcd. In thc absencc of a
building codc, thc nominal loads shall be those stipulaled in
thc ASCEISEI 7.
C.3.3.l.la Load Combinations for ASO
The structurc and its componcnts shall be dcsigned so that
thc allowable strcngths cqual or excccd thc cffccts of the
nominal loads and load combinations as stipulatcd by the
applicable building codc under whicll thc structure is
dcsigned or, in the absencc of an applicable building code,
as stipulatcd in the ASCE/SE! 7.
C.3.3.1.1b Load Factors and Load Combinations for
LRFD
Thc structure and ils componenls shall be dcsigned so that
design strcng1hs equal or cxcecd thc effccts of 1hc factore<l
loads and load combinations slipulated by the applicable
building codc under which the structure is dcsigned or, in
the absence of an applicablc building codc, as stipulatcd in
thc ASCEISEI 7.
C.3.4 Refcrcnccd Documents
The, following documents are referenccd in Seclion C-3:
l. American Institutc of Steel Constlllction (AlSC), One
East Wacker Drive, Suite 700, Chicago, Jllinois 60601-
1802: ANSI/ AISC 360-05, Specificalion for Structural
Stccl Bui!dings
2. American !ron and Steel lnstitutc (AIS!). 1140
Connecliwl Avenue, NW, WashingtOn, DC 20036:
AlSI S213-07. North Ameri can Standard fo r Cold-
f<ormed Steel Framing - Lateral Dcsign AISI S908-04,
Base Test Mcthod for Purlins Supporting a standing
Scam Roof Systc m
3. American Socicty of Civil Engineers (ASCE). 1801
Alcxandcr 13cll Orive, Rcston VA, 20 191 : ASCE/SEI
7-05, Minimum Design Loads in Build ings and Other
Structllres
 CH/\P l'EH ~ S!eel all(l Metal :1· 30 1

·l. American Wclding Sot:icty (AWS ), 550 N.W. LcJcunc
Road, Miami, Florida 33 135:/\ WS D 1.3-9!\, Structural
We!díng Codc-Shce t Stccl A WS C 1.1/C 1. 1M-2000,
RccomnwnJcd l'ract íccs for Rcsistancc Wclding
C.3.5 Tcnsion Mcmbcrs
For axially loadcd tcnsion mcmbcrs, thc nominal tensilc
strcngth, 7;,, shall be thc smallcst value obtaincd in
accordancc with thc limit statcs of (a), (b) and (e). Unlcss
othcrwisc spccificd , thc corrcsponding safcty factm and thc
rcsistancc factor provídcd in this section shall be used to
determine thc avai lable strcngths in accordancc with thc
applicablc mcthod in Section 55 1.4 or 551.5.
l. For yielding in gross section
(!~¡ .
discrcte point bracing ami thc provision~ of Scction
553.3.1.2. 1. or shall be calc ulatcd in accordancc with this
sccti on. Thc safety fm:tor amlthc rcsistam.:c factor pro vkh:d
in this scction shall be applicd to thc nominal strcngth, M,,
calculatcd by Eq. 554.6. J.2 .. 1 to determine thc availablt;
strcngths in accordancc with thc applicable mcthod in
Scction 55! .4 or 551.5.
M, = RS,F,. (Eq., C.3-J)
.Qb= 1.67 (ASD) </J¡,= 0.90 (LRFD)
whcrc
R = Rcduction factor dctermined in accordance with
AISI S908
C.J-1) See Scction 553.3.1.1 for definitions of S,. and F,..

SI,== 1.67 (ASD) 1/J= 0.90 (LI~FD) C.3.6.2 Comprcssion of Z..Section Membcrs Having One
whcrc Flangc Fastcncd toa Standing Scmn Roof
Thcsc provisions shall apply to Z·sections concentrically
==Nominal strcngth of mcmber whcn loadcd i11
loadcd along thcir longitudinal axis, with ·Only onc flangc
tcnsion
attached to standing seam roof pancls. Altcmatively, design
= Gross arca of cross scction
values for a particular system shall be permiucd to be based
= Dcsign yicld stress as dctcrmined in accordancc
on discretc point bracing locations, or on tests in accordance
with Scction551.7. 1
with Scction 556.
2. For rupture in net section away from connection
Thc nominal axial strength of simple span or continuous Z·
·¡;, = A.,!~, (Eq. CJ-2)
sections sluill be calculated in accordance with (a) and (b).
Q,::: 2.00 (ASD) t/1,= 0.75 (LRFD) Unless othcrwisc specified, the safcty factor and the
rcsistance factor prov idcd in this scction shall be uscd to
where
dctcm1ine the available strengths in accordance with the
A,, = Nct arca of cross section applicable method in Section 551.4 or 55 1.5.
F, = Tensilc strength as specified in eithcr Scction
l. For weak axis avail able strength
551.2. 1 or 551.2.3.2
P, = k4 R F .. A (Eq. C.3-4)
3. For rupture in net scction at connccti on
f2= 1.80 (ASD) t/1= 0.85(LRFD)
Thc available tensile strcngth shall also be limited by
Sections 555.2.7, 555.3, and 555.5 for tension members whcre
using weldcd connections, boltcd connections, and screw
a. For d/t :S 90
connections.
ka¡ = 0.36
C.3.6 Light-Framc Stccl Construction
b. For 90 < dlt ::: 130
In addition to the cold-formed steel framing standards listed
in Secti on 554.4, thc following standard shall be followed, d
as applicablc: k = 0.72 - - -- (Eq . C.3·5)
af 250t
l. Light-framed shea r walls, diagonal strap bracing (that
c. Fordl t > 130
is part of a structural wall) and diaphragms 10 rcsíst
wi nd, scismic and othcr in-planc lateral loacls shall be k,.¡= 0.20
designed in accordancc with AISI S2l3.
R = Reduction factor dclcrmincd from uplift tests
perfonned using AISI S908
C.3.6.1 Flexura! Members Having Onc Flangc Fastcncd A = Full unreduced cross-sectional arca of Z-seclion.
to a Standing Scam Hoof Systcm d :;; Z-scction depth
Thc avaí lablc flexural stren gth of a C- or Z-scction, loadcd = Z-section thickness.
in a planc parallel to the web with the top flangc supporting
a standing seam roof syslem shall be determíned using Scc Section 553.3.1. 1 for dcftnition ofF,..

Na tional Structural Code of t11e Philippínes 6 11' Edition Volume 1

 ~) 302 CHAPTEii S Swcl and Meials

Eq. 554.6.1-4- 1 shall be limitcd to roofsystcms meeting thc C.3.7 Wcldcd Conncctions
following conditions: Wcldcd connections in which thc thickncss of lh<' thinncst
a. Purlin thickncss, 1.37 mm :5 1::: 3.22 mm conncctcd par1 is grcatcr than 5 mm shall he in acconf ancc
with ANSI/A ISC-360.
b. 150 mm ::; d :5 300 mm
c. Flangcs are edgc stil"fcned comprcssion clcmcnts Except as mo<.liticd hercin, are clds on stccl wherc at least
one of thc the connccted parts is 5 mrn or lcss in thickncss
d. 70 ::: d 11 S 170 shall be made in accordancc with A WS D 1.3. Wclders and
c. 2.8 ::: d 1 b < 5, whcrc b=Z scction flangc width. wclding procedures shall e qualified as specified in A WS
D 1.3. These provisions are in tended to cover thc wclding
flange jlar widlh positions as listcd in Table C.3.1.
f. 16 ::: < 50
1
Resistance welds shall be rnade in conforrnance with thc
g. !3oth flanges are prcvcnted from moving laterally at the proccdures gi ven in AWS C l.l or AWS C IJ.
¡ supports
¡ Table C.3-l
t h. Yield stress, F,.::: 483 MPa
Weld ing Position Covcrcd
i 2. Thc available strength about the strong axis shall be ,.------ .-
t Weldin -Position
¡ determine<! in accordancc with Section 553.4. 1 and
553.4.1.1.
~qum
Groove
·Are ArC
fí!Jét.
w etd, F1a(e
. Bevcl
flarc· {j''
Conccoetio!¡- . ,.
~ -· S~.~~- ''Laji ' Groove
l · Büll Weld .. "diOOve Wcld
\ C.3.6.3 Strcngth of Standing Scam Roof Panel Systcms Weld orT
f Sheet F - F F F r..
!
1
In addition to the provisions providcd in Section 554.6.2. 1,
for load combinations that include wind uplifl, thc nominal
wind load shall be permitted to be multiplied by 0.67
sheet
!O H
V
OH
-

-
¡.¡
-
-
H
V
OH
H
V
OH
H
V
OH
r -provided thc tested system and wind load cvaluation - Shcctto . F F F F
·----
-
! satisfies the following conditions: Support - - - H H -
l. The roof systern is tcsted in accordance with AISI ing . - - V V -
S906. Mcmbcr
- - - OH OH .
( 1· =Oat. H =honwnt:tl. V~ verto<:al. Olf =over hcad)
2. The wind load is calculated using ASCFJSEI 7 for
components and cladding, Method l (Simpli fied C.3.8 Boltcd Conncctions
Procedure) or Mctbod 2 (Analytical Proccdu re).
In add ition to the design critcria givcn in Section C3.8 of
3. The arca of thc roof bei ng eva!uated is in Zone 2 (cdgc this Specification, thc following dcsign requirernents shall
zone) or Zone 3 (corner zone), as defined in ASCE/SEI also be followcd for bolted conncctions used for cold-
7, i.e. the 0.67 factor does not apply to the field of thc formed steel sttuctural members in which the thickness of
roof (Zone 1). thc thi nncst connected part is less than 4.76 mm. Bolted
connections in which the thickness of the thinnest connected
4. The base metal thickness of the standing seam roof
part is equal to or greater than 4.76 mm shall be in
panel is greater than or cqual to 0.60 mm and less than
accordance with ANSI /A ISC-360.
or equal to 0.80 mm.
5. For trapezoidal profile standing sea m roof panels, the The holcs for bolts shall not exceed the si7..es specified in
distancc betwcen sidelaps is no greater than 600 mm. Table C.3-2, except that largcr holes are permitted (O be
used in colu mn base details or structu ral systems connected
6. For vertical rib profile sta nding seam roof panels, the
to concrete walls.
distance between sidelaps is no greatcr than 450 mm.
7. Thc obscrvcd failurc modc ofthe testee! system is orw Standard holes shall be uscd in boltcd con nections, except
of the following: that ovcrsized and slotted holcs shall be permitted to be.
used as approved by the dcsigner. The length of slotted
(i) The standing seam roof clip mechanicall y fail.~
holes shall be normal to the di rection of the shear loé1d.
by separating from the panel sidetari
Washers or backup platcs shall be installed over oversizcd
(ii)Thc standing seam roof clip mechanically fails or slottcd holcs in an outcr ply unless su itabfe performance
by the sliding tab separating from the stationary base. is demonstrated by tests in accordance with Section 556. In
the situation where the holes occurs within the lap of lapped
and nested zee members, the above requirements regarding
the direction of the slot and the use of washers shall be

1\ssociation of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAf'lEn :, Steel ancJ lvletai ~-, :30:l

permittcd not 10 apply. subjccl to thc following limits:

l. 12.7 mm di a meter holts only. In addition, thc mínimum disLancc bctwcen ccnters of bolt
boles sball providc sufficicnL clcarancc l'ur bolL hcads. nuts,
2. Maximum slot sizc is 14.3 mm x 22.2 mm slottcd washers and tbe wrcnch buL shall noL be lcss tban 3 times
vcrtically, tbc nominal bolt diarnctcr, d. also. thc distancc from Lhe
ccnter of any standard holc to Lhe cnd or othcr houndary of
:l. Maximum ovcrsizc hole is 16 mm diamctcr,
thc connecting mcmbcr sballnoL be less Lhan 1Y2 d.
4. Mínimum mcmbcr tbickncss is 1.52 mm nominal,
For oversized and slolled boles, thc distance hetween cdgcs
5. Maximum mcmbcr yield stress 410 MPa,
of Lwo adjaccnL holcs ami thc disLance mcasurcd from Lhe
6. Mínimum lap length mcasurcd from ccnter of framc to edgc of tbc bote to tbe cnd or otbcr boundary of Lbe
cnd of lap is 1.5 times the mcmber depth. connccting mcmber in the line of stress shall not be lcss
than thc valuc of e-(dh/2), in which e ís thc required
Table C.3-2
distance uscd in Eq. CJ-6, and dh is the diamctcr of a
standard hole defined in Tablc C.3-2. In no case shall thc
l\lomi.ilal ' clear distancc betwccn edgcs of two adjaccnt boles be lcss
. BoÍt_;, than 2d and the distancc bctween the cdge of tbc hole and
Diaméter, thc cnd of thc mcmber be less than d.
d
mm mm mm C.3.8,2 Rupturc in Net Scction (Shcar Lag)
Tbe nominal tensile strcngtb of a bolted mcmbcr shall be
< 12.7 d+0.8 d+l.6 (d+0.8) by (d+0.8) by dctcrmined in accordancc wíLb Scctíon 553. For rupturc in
(d+6.4) (i'2 d) Lhe cffccti ve nct section of tbc connccted pan, the nominal
(d+l.6) by (d+ 1.6) by tcnsilc strcngth. P., shal! be dclerrnined in accordance wiLh
~ 12.7 0+1.6 d+3.2
(d+6.4) (if2d) this scction. Unless otherwisc specified, thc corresponding
safety factor and tbe rcsístance factor providcd in this
section shall be used to determine the available strengths in
C.3.8.1 Shcar, Spacing and Edgc Distancc accordance wíth tbc applicablc rnethod in Section 551.4 or
Thc nominal shcar strcngth, P,, of the connected part as 551.5.
affected by spacing and cdgc distance in tbe direction of (a) For flat sheet connections not having staggerecl bote
applied force shall be calculated in accordancc with Eq.C3- pattcrns
6. Thc corrcsponding safety factor and the resistance factor
provided in this section shall be used to determine thc (Eq. C.3-7)
available strength in accordance wiLh the. applicable method ( l) Whcn wasbers are provided under boLh Lile bolL head
in Scction 551.4 or 551.5. and thc nuL
(F.q. C3-6) For single bolt, ora single row of bolLs perpendicular to the
(a) When ~~~; F,,. ~ J .08 force

Q = 2.00 (ASD) if¡ = 0.70 (LRFD) F; =(0.1 + 3d/s)l·~, -;:, r;, (Eq. C.3-8)

(b) Wben Fu 1 Fsy, 1.08 For multiple bolts in thc linc parallel to thc force
Q = 2.22 (ASD) if¡ = 0.60 (LRFD) (Eq. C.3-9)
wbcre For doublc shear:
p = Nominal strengtb pcr bolt Q = 2.00 (ASD) </' = 0.65 (LRFD)
" ::: Distance mcasurcd in linc of force from centcr of
a standard hole Lo ncarest edgc of a adjacenL hole For single shear:
or Lo cnd of connccted part. Q = 2.22 (ASD) if¡ = 0.55 (LRFD)
= Thickness of tbinncst connectcd part
= Tcnsilc strength of connectcd part as spccified in (2) Whcn cither wasbcrs are not provided undcr the bol!
Section 551.2.1 ,551 .2.2 or 551.2.3. hcad and thc nut, or only one washcr is provided umlcr
= Yicld stress of connected partas spccified in cither tbc bolt hcad or the nut
Scclion 55!.2.1 ,551.2.2 or 551.2.3.

111
Nalíonal Structural Code of t11e Phi1ippines 6 EcJition Volurm" 1
 S<l04 CHA I'TE' n ~; · Steel an<l Me tals

For single bol t. ora single row of bolls pcq)(!lldicular w thc (2) For channcl mcmbcrs having two or more bolts in the
force Ji nc of fo rn~

¡.~ = (2.5 + dj.1·)r;, ~ 1-~, ( l~. C.3-l 0) U= 1.0 -- 0.3(u/L < O.<.> (Eq. C.3-l 6) but U 2: 0.5.

For rnulliplc bolts in thc linc parallcl to thc force whcrc

¡:, = F, X = Di stancc from shcar planc to ccntroid of thc

(Eq. C.3-I!)
cross
Q = 2.22 (ASD) ~ = 0.65 (LRFD) L = Length of conncction
whcrc
C.3.8.3 Shcar and Tcnsion in Bolt~
A, = Nct Arca of connectcd-part
F, = Nominal Tcnsilc stress in flat sheet The nominal bolt strcngth, P, , rcsulting fro m shcar, tensinn
d = Nominal bolt diarnctcr or of combination of shcar and tension shall be calculatcd iil
S = Sheet width dividcd by nurnber of bol! holcs in accordancc with this section. Thc corrcsponding safcty
cross section being analyzed (whcn cvaluating factor ami thc rcsistancc factor providcd in Table C.3-3
F,) sh"all be used to determine thc availablc strengths ¡11
= Tensilc strcngth of connectcd part as spccificd in accordancc with thc applicablc mcthod in Scction 551.4 or
Scction 551.2.1, 551.2.2 or 551.2.3. 551.5.

(b) For flat sheet conncctions having staggcrcd hole (Eq.C.3-17)

patterns wherc
P,. = A,J", (Eq . C.3-12) =Gross cross-scctional arca of bolt
Q = 2.22 (ASO) ~ =-: 0.65 (LI~FD)
= Nominal strcngth ksi (MPa) is dctcrmincd in
accordancc with (a) or (b) as follows:
wherc ,...
(a) When bolts are subjccted to shear only or tcnsion onl y
F1 = dctcnnined in accordance with Eqs. E3.2-2 to F,. shall be given by F111• or /~11 in Table C.3-3.
E3.2-5.
= 0.90 [A 8 -- nbdht + (Es'214g)t) Eq. CJ- 13) Corresponding safcty and rcsistance factor. Q and ~ .
= Gross arca of member shall be accordancc with Tablc C.3-3.
= Longitudinal center-to-centcr spacing of any two Thc pullover strength of thc connectcd sheet at the boll
consccuti ve holcs hcad. nut or washcr shall be considcrcd whcre bolt
g = Transversc center-to-centcr spacing betwcen te nsion is involved. Sce Section 555.6.
fastener gauge lincs
nb == Number of bolt boles in the cross scction bcing (b) When 'bolts are subjccted lo a combination of shear and
analyzcd tcnsion. F~, . isgivcn by F'nt in Eq.C.3 -18 or C.3-19 as
db = Diamctcr of a standard holc follows

Sce Scction C.3 .8.1 for the definition of t. For ASO

(e) For othcr than flat sheet F 'nt = 1.3 F,, - QF, ,Jv ::; !·~"

(Eq. C.J-14)
(Eq. C.3-l8)

Q = 2.22 (ASO) ~ = 0.65 ( U~FD)

Por LRFD

wherc
Ae =A, U, cffcctivc nct arca with U dcfincd as F '111 = 1.3 F,.,- fv ::S ¡;~,, (Eq. C.3- i 9)
follows:
¡: = 1.0 for mcmbcrs whcn thc load is transmittcd
dircctly to all of thc cross-scctional clemcnts.
Othcrwise, the rcduclion cocfficicnt U i s
dctcnnined as follows:
( 1) For An¿.de membcr~ having two or more bolts in the
linc of force
U = 1.0 - 1.20 x!L < O 9 (Eq. C.J-15) but U ~ 0.4

Association of Structura l Enginee rs of the Philippines

 CHAPTE: I~ :, Stcel n11u Metal ;, 30'l

whcrc
F'nJ =Nomi nal tcnsilc stress modifico to includc thc
ciTects of requírcd shcar stress, MPa
F., = Nom inal tensilc st re.~ s Ji·om Tabl c C.1-1
/·:... = Nom inal shcar .~trcss from Tab lc C.J -3
F,. = Rcquircd shcar stress. MPa
S) = Safcty factor for shcar from Tablc C.1-1
¡f¡ = Res istancc factor for shcar frorn Tablc C.:l-3

In addi tion, thc rcquired shcar stress,[.., shall nol cxcced thc
alJt)wab lc shcar stress, r-:... 1 !2 (ASD) or thc dcsign shcar
stress, tjl F,,. (LRFD), of thc fastener.
Table C.:l-3
Nomi nal Ten sile and Shear Strcngt!.l:::s_:f..::
.o.:,.
r .::B..::o.:.:ll:::.s_ _-.,..--...,.,.,..,...,...- - - - - - ,
Tem;He·.s.trepgth . :.S.b®t:Siri..IWh
. - ·~· .. -·

:t;lolts

27') 165 1
1
< !2.7 mm ____..__________ · - - - ---- -·-----1
·--~~;-..-¡
::...::-::.;,.:.-~,:.:__-=-

A307 Bolls Grade A

2.25 IR6
___ .... .... __, j

=:~~j
d ?. 12.7 111!11 •• , , , !
-/\3-iS- Bo1ts-:- ~iic;i-ilire:;zf~ m:C-;;o¡·-..·------ -·----·-·-·----.. ~
372 1
excluded fro m shcar ¡Jl<mes
- - · - - - -.........-................ ......... ...........................................
!1 . . . . ..................... i
A325 Bolts. when threads are cxcl uded i
1 496 !
from shcar planes _
A354 Grade 80 Bolts ------~ - -----¡
6.4 m m ~ d < 12.7 mm. when threads 696 ! 407
are not excluded frorn shear planes 1
______ ___, ,

A354 Grade BO Bohs

6.4 mm ::; d < 12.7 111111, w hcn thrcadli 0.75 696 2.4 0.65 1 ¡
n2 t
are excludcd from shcar planes
A4 49 Bolts - - - -- - - - - - ·
2.00 ,----:~:-·-¡
6.4mm::; d < 12.7 mm, when threads 558
are not excluded from _~hea~_E~~I_!_~~----..-
A449 Bolts
1------ 1----~~--- ...J
6.4 mm ::; d < 12.7 mm, when threads 558
are excludec_l....f!:om s he<~~ planes_
' ____
A490 Bolls
when threads are not cxcluded from 776 465
shear pianes_..- ·---·-..----·------- ·--- - --·-..- · - -·-----
A490 Bolts
when threads are not cxcluded from 776 62 1
shear planes
'--·---------------------·-l ____.._ ,l _ _ _ __ ,l _ _ _ _ _L__ _ ___L_ _ _ _ _ _ __ ,_,__ _ _ __ _ ,

In Table C.J-3. the shear strcngth shall apply lO bolls in C.3.8.3.la Conncctiou Shcar Limitcd by End Dis tancc
hales as limitcd by Table C.3-2. Washcrs or back-up plate~
The nominal shcar strength pcr scrcw, P... ~hall not cxceed
shall be installcd ovcr long-slotted boles and the capacity of that calculated in accordancc with Eq . C J-20 wherc thc
connections using long-slottcd holcs shall be detcrmincd by distance to an end of the connected pm1 is parallel to thc
load tests in accordancc with Section 556.
linc of thc applied force. Thc safety factor and thc resistancc
fac tor provided in this section shall be used to determi ne the
availablc strengths in accordance with the applicable
method in Secti on 55 1.4 or 551.5.

1
Nationa l S tructural Code of tt1e Philipp ines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 ~) 30G CHAPT EH ~í - Steet an<J Metals

(Eq.C..I-20) mct hod in Scction 55 1.4 or 551 .5.

D.,., 1.00 (1\SD) t/> = 0.50 (LRFD ) N., 0.61-',AK,. ~- /·:,A,, (Eq. C.1 -22)

where N., = 0.6F., A..,. + F,;\.,, (!;'(¡ . CJ-23)

= Thickncss of part in which cnd distancc is
For b(>itcd conncctions
mcasurcd
= Distancc rneasured in linc of force from ccntcr of n =2.22 (ASD) <j> ::: 0.65 (LRFD)
a standard holc lo ncarcst cnd uf conncctcd pan .
F = Tcnsilc strcngth of pa11 in ·::hich cnd distancc is For weldcd connections
" mcasurcd.
ü = 2.50 (ASD) <j> = 0.60 (LRFD)
C.3.9 Rupture whcre
= Gross arca subjcct to shear
C.3.9.1 Shear Rupture
= Net arca subjcct to shear
At bcam-cnd conncctions, whcrc one or more flangcs are Nel arca subject to tension
coped and failure might occur along a plane through thc
fastcncrs, thc nominal shear strength, V, , shall be calculatcd
in accordance with Eq. C.3-21. Thc safcty factor and thc
resistancc factor providcd in this scction shall be used to
determine the availablc strengths in accordancc with thc
applicablc method in Scction 551.4 or 55 1.5.

V,. = 0.6 F,A,., (Eq.C.3-2 1)

Q =2.00 (ASD) t/> = 0.75 (LRFD)

where
A.,, = (h.'(' - nd1,)t
h,..,. = Caped flat web depth
11 = Number of hales in critica! plane
d11 = Hale diameter
Fu = Tensile strength of connected partas specified in
Section 551.2.1 or 551.2.2
= Thickncss of coped web

C.3.9.2 Tension Rupturc

The available tensilc strength along a path in the affected
elcrnents of connected members shall be determincd by
Scction 555.2.7 or 555.3.2 for weldcd or bolted
connections, respectively.

C.3.9.3 Block Shcar Hupturc

When tbe thi ckness of the thinncst connccted part is lcss
than 4.76mm, the block shear ru pturc nominal strength . R.,,
shall be dctennincd in accordancc with tbis sccti on.
Connections in which thc thickness of the thinnest
connected part is equal to or greatcr than 4.76 mm shall be
in accordance with ANS I/ AISC-360.

Thc nominal block shear rupture strcngth, R11 , shall be

determincd as the lcsser of Eqs. C.3-22 and C.3-23. The
corresponding safety factor and thc resistancc factor
provided in this scction shall be used to determine the
availablc strcngths in accordancc with thc applicablc

Association of Structural Engineers of tile Philippines

 NSCP C101~10

Chapter 6
· ·:.·

. WOOD

NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUME 1
BUILDINGS, TOWERS ANO
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SIXTH EDITION

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

Suitc 713, Futurc Point Plaza Condorninium 1
112 Panay Avcnuc, Quczon City, Philippincs 1100

Tel. No: (+632) 410-0483

Fax No.: (+632) 4II-8606
Email: !!.5.9Jonli~.@gmail.com
Wcbsitc: http://www.ascponlinc.org

111
National Structural Code of lile Pllilippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 CHf\l' lTf\ G WoorJ f)·1

Table of Contents
CHAPTER 6 - WOOD .............................................................................................................................................................. 4
SECTION 601- GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................... ............... 4
60 J . l Scope ....................... ...................... ...... .. .. .. ...... ..................... .............. ......... .................. .. .................... ............... ............... 4
60 1.2 Dcsign Mcthod ....................... .................................. ..... ....................... ........ .............. .............. ........................................ 4
SECTION 602 - DEFINITIONS ......................................................................'......................................................................... 4
602. 1 Dcfinilions ................. ..... ......... .............. ..................... .................... ............ ....................................................................... 4
SECTION 603- MINIMUJ\1 QUALITY ................................................................................................................................. 5
603. 1 Qualily and ldenlification ...... ................ ................ ............. .............. ............ ...... ......... ......................... ...... ....................... 5
603.2 Mínimum Capacity or Grade ............................................. .................. .................. ............................................................ 5
603.3 Timber Connectors and Fastcncrs ........................... ........ ..... ......... ..................... .......... ............... ........ .................. ............. 5
603.4 Fabrication, Installation and Manufacture ... .............................. .......... .......... ..... .... ... ......... ................ .... ..... ..... ......... ........ 6
SECTION 604- DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................. 7
604.1 General ...... .............................. ..... .......................... ..... .................. .............. .......... .... .. .... ............ ......... ...... ..... .................. 7
Part I - Rcquircmcnts Applicablc to All Dcsign Mcthods ............................................................................................ 7
SECTION 605- DECA Y ANO TERMITE PROTECTION ................................................................................................. 7
605. J Preparation of Building Site ............................ .............................. ......... ...... .................... ......... ........ ...... .......................... 7
605.2 Wood Support Embedded in Ground .... .. .... ........................................................................ .............. .................. ............... 7
605.3 Under-Fioor Clearance ............... ...... .... .......... ....... ................................................. .. ... ............ ............................. ............. 7
605.4 Plates, Si lis and Sleepers .... ................. .. ............. ...... .......... ....... ........... ...... ...................................................... ......... ........ 8
605.5 Colurnns and Posts ........................ ......................... ................ ................. ............................ ............................................... 8
605.6 Girders Entering Masonry or Concrete Walls ........... .... ............... ....... ........ ..... ................................................................. 8
605.7 Under-Fioor Yentilation ......... ..... ... ....... ................. .......... .... ................................. ........ ...... ... ... ........... .. ................... .. ...... 8
605.8 Wood and F.!lr!h Separat ion .............................................................. ...................................... ..... ...................................... 8
605.9 Wood Supporting Roofs and Floors .... ...... ...... ... ........................... ................... .................................. ...... ......... ... .. ........... 8
605.10 Moisture Content of Treatcd Wood ............... ..................... ............ .... ........ ...... ........ .... .............................................. :.... 8
605. 11 Rctai ning Walls ....................................................... ..................... ...... ........................................... ..... ......... .................... 8
605. 12 Wcather Exposure ......... ......... ....................................................... ..................... ........... ................................................... 8.
605. 13 Water Splash ................. .............. ........... .................. ........................................... .... ... .......................... ............. ........... .... 9
SECTION 606 -WOOD SUJ>PORTING MASONRY OR CONCRETE ............................................................................. 9
606. 1 Dead Load.......................... ....................... ............... .. .. ................ ....................................... .... ......... .................................. 9
606.2 Horizontal Force .................................... .......... ................ .......................................... ....... ........... ......... ............. ................ 9
SECTION 607 · WALL FRAMING ....................................................................................................................................... :9
S ECTION 608 - FLOOR FRAI\1ING .................................................................................................................................... 10
SECTION 609- EXTERIOR WALL C OVERINGS...................................................................................................:........ I2
609.1 General .... .......... ... ....................................... ........................... ........ ........... .. ... .. ...... .......... .................... ...... ............... ...... 12
609.2 Siding ... ...................... ... ........ ......... ..................... ... .................................... .................................. .................................... l 2
609.3 Plywood ..:.................. .................. ............................................. ............................ ..................... ...................................... 12
609.4 Shingles or Shakes ... .... ................. ......... ...... .. .... ....... ...... ...... ............ ... ........ ....... .. .. ............. .. .......................................... 12
609.5 Particleboard ............ ............ ...... ............................... ...... .................. ....... ...... ..................... ............ ............ ..... ................ 12
609.6 Hardboard ................................ ....... ........................................................................................... ...................................... 12
609.7 Nailing .......... ............................................... ..... .......................... ........... .............................................. ................ .. .......... 13
SECTION 610- INTERIOR PANELING ....................................... :..................................................................................... 13

111
Nationa l Structural CodG of 111e Philippines 6 Eclition Volurne 1
 G-2 CHAPlTii G · Woocl

SECTION 611 - SHEATHJNG ............................................................................................................................................... 14

6 J J. J Struclural Floor Shcathing ..... ............................... ...................... .... ..... ............. ............. ........... ... ............................ ...... l4
611.2 Structural Roof Shcathing ..................................................................................... ................................................ .... ....... 14
SECTJON 612- MECHANICALLY-LAMINATED FLOORS AND DECKS ................................................................. 14
SECTION 613 · POST-BEAI\1 CONNECTIONS ................................................................................................................ 14
SECTION 614 · WOOD SHEAR WALLS AND DIAPHRAGMS ...................................................................................... IS
6 J 4.1 General .......................................................................................................................................................................... l -~
614.2 Wood Mcmbcrs Rcsisting Horizontal Forccs Contributcd by MasoPry and Concrete .............. ........................... 1()
614.3 Wood Diaphragms ................................................. .................................... ........................................... ................. 16
614.4 Panicleboard Diaphragms ........................................................................................... ....................................... ............. 17
614.5 Wood Shcar Walls and Diaphragms in Scismic Zonc 4...................... ....... .... ............................................................... !'/
614.6 Fibcrboard Shcathing Diaphragms ................................................................................................................. .. ................ 18
SECTION 615- STRESSES ................................................................................................................................................... lS
6!5.1 General ....................................... ................... .. .............................. ........................................................................... ........ 1R
615.1.1 Rcpctitivc Member Systcm ........................................................ .......................... ...................................................... .. J g
615.2 Strcsscs in Pi les Used as Structural Mcmbcrs .................................................................................................................. 1S
615.3 Adjustmcnt ofStress,~s ......................................................... .............. ...................... .. .. .. ......... ........... .......... .. .................. l9
SECTION 616 ·HORIZONTAL MEMBER DESIGN ................................................................................................... 22
616.1 Bcam S pan ....................................................................................................................................................................... 22
616.2 F1cxurc ............................. ............................................. ..... ...... .......................................................... ............................. . 2J.
616.3 Horizontal Shcar ................................... ..... ... ............................... .................................... ............................................... ?~
616.4 Horizontal Shcar in Notched Bcarns .............................................. ................................................................................ 2)
616.5 Dcsign of Joints in Shcar ........................................... ......... ..... .................. ........................ ............................... ............. n
616.6 Compression Perpendicular lo Grain .................... ............................. .... ...... .. .... ........... ............ ......................... ............. 23
616.7 Lateral Suppon .............................................................. :..... ........................................................ ............... 2:1
616.8 Lateral Suppo11 of Arches, Compression Chords ofTrusscs and Studs ................................................................ 24
SECTION 617 · COLUMN HESIGN ..................................................................................................................................... 24
617.1 Column Classifications ............ ............................... ........... ........... ......... .......................................................................... 24
617.2 Limitation on//d Ratio .................. .. ........................ ........... ........................ .. ..................................... ........... .. .................. 24
617.3 Simple Solid-Column Design ............ .... ......................................................... .. ...... ............... .................. ........................ 24
617.4 Tapered Columns .............................................................................................. .... ................. ...... .................................... 25
SECTION 618 • FLEXURAL AND AXIAL LOADING COMBINED ........................................................................... 25
618.1 Flexurc and Axial Tcnsion ..................................................................... ......... .. ......... ...................................................... 26
618.2 Flexurc and Axial Comprcssion ............................................................................................................... ........................ 26
618.3 S paced Columns ..................................................................... ........................................... .... ..... .. ... ................................. 2(,
6 18.4 Truss Compression Chords ....................... .............................. ........................................ ...... ...... ..................................... 26
6 J 8.5 Comprcssion at Angle to Grai n ...................................................................... ........... .......... .......... ................................... 2'/
SECTION 619 · TIMBER CONNECTORS AND FASTENERS ........................................................................................ 2'1
6 19. 1 General ................................... ........ .......... .. .............. ...... ............................ ............ ............ .. ........................... .............. 27
619.2 Bolts ............................................... .................................. ............ .... ............ ................................................... .............. 27
619.3 Nails and Spikcs ................................................ ... ........... .. ............ .... .. .. ............. ...................... ........................................ 27
619.4 1oist 11angers ancl Fra mi ng A nchors ........ ... ......................................................................................... .. ........................ 28
619.5 Misccllancous Fasteners ................................... ......... ...... .. ........................................ ...................................................... 28
619.5.2 Spike Cirids .... ............ ... ................... ... .............. ...................... ................ .. ............................... 28
SECTION 620- CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAI'viE CONSTRUCTION DESIGN PROVISIONS ............................ 28
620.1 General .................................................. .......................................................................... ................. ................................ 29
620.2 Design of Portions ............................................................................................................................................................ 29
620.3 .Additional Requiremcnts for Convcntiona1 Construction in High-wind Arcas ....... .................................................. 29

Associalion of Structural E:ngu1eers of lhe Philippines

 .,
CH/\1' TTH G Vvouc:l G ,,

620.4 Addi tional Requircmcnts for Convcntiona l Constrll<:tion in Scismi r Zonc 2 ........................... ................................. 2~
620.5 Additional Rcquircmcnts for Convcntional Construction in Scismic Zom~ 4 ............. ........... ........ ........................... .... 29
620.6 Gi r<lcrs ............................................... .. ........................ ............................ ................ ........................................................ 30
620.7 Fl<x>r· Joists .......... ........ ............................... ........ ............................... ............. ................ ............................................ ...... 30
620.8 S ubllooring ...................................................................... ....... ..................... .......... .............................. .. ................. ........ 31
620.9 Part iclcboanl lJndcrlaymcnt ..... ....... ... ... ..... ....... ...... ........ .. ....... ............. .................... .............................. ........ .. .............. 31
620.10 Wall Framing ................................................................ ........................................... .. ... .. .... ................... ........................ 31
SECTION 621- METAL PLATE CONNECTED WOOD TJUJSS DESIGN .................................................................... 34
621 .1 Dcsign and Fabrication ........ ........... ..... .. ........................................ .. ........ ......................................... ............................... 34
621.2 Performance ......................... ........ ................................. ...... .. ...... ..... .. ...... .. .................... .................................................. 34
621.3 ln-Piant Jnspcction ..................... ................. ...... .................................... ..... .... ......................... .... .. .......... ... ...... ................ 34
621.4 Marking ... ................................ .... ......................... .............. .................................................... ............ .. ........... ... ............. 34
SECTION 622 - USE OF MACHJNE GRADim LUMBER (MGL) .................................................................................. 35
622. 1 General ...... ....... .................................................................. ................................ ................ .. .. .. ... ....................... .. ........... 35
622.2 Ocsign Propcrtics for Machíne Gradcd Lumbcr .......................................................................................... .. ....... ........... 35
622.3 Dcsign Using M achine Graded Lumbcr .................... ............................. ..... ..... .......... ............................. .... .............. ...... 35
622.4 Prcscrvati vc Trcatmcnt ... ......... ................ ..................... ................... ................................. ................................... ............ 35
622.5 Moisturc Content .............. ........................................ ............. .... ...................... ..... ......................... ............ ........ .............. 35
622.6 Markings .......................... ........ ................................................................ ... ...................... .... .... ................... ........ ............ 35

111
National Structural Code of t11e Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 CHAPTER6
WOOD
SECTION 601
GENERAL
601.1 Scopc
Thc quality and dcsign of wood mcmbcrs and thci r
fastenings shall conform 10 the provisions of this chaptcr.
601.2 Dcsign Mcthod
Dcsign shal 1be bascd on onc of the fo llowing methods:
601.2.1 Allowablc Stress Dcsign (ASD).
Design using allowablc stress design mcthods shall rcsist
the differcnt load combinations in accordancc wit h thc
applicablc rcquircmcnts of Section 604.
601.2.2 Convcnlional Light-Framc Construction.
Thc dcsign and construction of convcnti onal light-framc
wood slructurcs shall be in accordancc with thc app licable
requircmcnts of Scction 604 and thc NSCP Volume 3 on
Housing.
SECTION 602
DEFINITIONS
602.1 Dcfinitions
Thc followi ng lcrms uscd in this chaptcr shall havc the
mcanings indicatcd in this section:
BLOCKED DIAI'HRAGM is a diaphragm in wh ich all
,;lictthing edgcs not occun·ing on framin g mcmbc rs are
sup¡,ortcd on and connected to blocking.
BR,\ CED WALL LINE is a series of braccd wall pancls
in a si ngle story that meets the requiremcn ts of Sccti on
620. HU.
CüNVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME
CONSTR UCTION is a typc of construction in which thc
primary ~ lru c t u ral clcmenls are formcd by a systcm of
repctiti ve wood- frami ng mcmbers.
Dlt\PI·IR/\GM is a horizontal or nearly horizomal system
act i ng lo transmit lateral forces to the vert ical rcsisting
clcments. When tbe tcrm "diaphragm is used, it includes
hori7..ontal bracing sys tems.
Associa tion of Structura l Engineers of t11e Pllilíppines
FIBERBO/\HD is a fihrous -feltcd. homogcncous pan ci
made from lignoccllulosic fibcrs (usually wood or sugar
<.:ane bagasse) and having
., a dcnsity of kss than 4l)7 kg/ m
1
but more than 160 kg/m .
FOREST I'IWDUCTS RESEARC H AND DEVELOI'-
MENT lNSTITlJTE (FPRDI) is thc Dcpartmcnt of
Scirncc ami Tcchnology's (DOST) rcscarcb and
dcvelopmcnt arm on forest products uti li zation. lt !:-:
mandatcd 10 conduct basic and applicd rcsearch to help the
wood-usi ng industries disscrninate information and
tcchnologics on forcst products to cnd uscrs.
GLlJED BlJILT-UP MEMBERS are structural clcmcnts.
thc scctions of which are composcd of buill-up lumbu.
wood structural pancls or wood structural panels in
combinati on wi th lumbcr, all parts bondcd together wit.l:
adhcsivc.
GRADE (Lumbcr), thc t:lassification of lurnber in regan \
to strcngth and utility in accordancc wit h thc grading rul e~
oran approvcd Jumber grad ing agcncy.
HARDHOARD is a fibrou~-fc l ted , homogc neous panel
madc from li gnocellulosic fibers consolidatcd under ilc<H
and pressure in a hot press to a density not less !han 4'1.i
1
kg/nr .
MACHINE GRADED L UMBER (MGL) is a lumht':r
evalu ated by a machinc using a non -destrucli ve test a11d
sorted into different stress grades.
MOISTURE CONTENT (MC) is thc amount o!" moisture
in wood, usual! y mcasured as thc percentagc of water to tlw
oven dry weight of thc wood.
NOMINAL SIZE (Lumbcr) rcfers to thc commercial si/.(:
dcsignation of width and depth, in standard sawn Jumb'~'
grades; somcwhat largcr than the standard net size ,¡j
drcssed lumber.
NORMAL LOADING, a dcsign load that streSS\'d ..
member or !"astening to thc full al!owablc stress tabula!c;· .· .
this chapter. This loading may be applicd for approxinu, ·
10 ycars, eithcr continuously or cumulatively, ami c¡o
perccnt of this load may be applicd for the rcmainder of tk
Ji fe of the mc.mbcr or fasten ing.
PARTICLE BOARD is a manufactured panel pn:.ind
consisting of par1icles of wood or combinat ions oí ·.' 'O'':
parlicles and wood fibcrs bonded together with sy::thctic
resins or other suitable bonding systcm by a hHlding
process. in accordancc with approved nationally recogniz.ed
standard.
 I'LYWOOD is a panel of laminatcd vencers conforming to
Philippinc Natiomil Standards (PNS 196) "Piywood
Spccifications".
HOTATION is thc torsional movL'lllC-nt of' a diaphragm
about a vertical axis.
STIWCTURAL GUJED-LAMINATED TIMBER ts
any rnembcr comprising an asscmbly of !aminations of
lumbcr in which the grain of al! !arnination.< i's
approximatc!y parallcl Jongitudinal!y, in which the
laminations are bondcd with adhcsi ves.
SUHDIAPHRAGI\1 is a portion of a largcr wood
diaphragm dcsigncd to anchor and transfcr local forces to
primary diaphragm struts and thc rnain díaphragm.
TREATED \VOOD is wood trcatcd with an approvcd
prcscrvatívc undcr trcating and qua!ity control proccdur~s.
V\'OOD OF NATURAL RESISTANCE TO DECA Y OH
TERMITES is the heartwood of thc spccies set forth
below. Comer sapwood is pcnnittcd on .'i pcrccnt of thc
picces providcd 90 pcrccnt or more of thc width of each
side on which it occurs ís hcartwood. Rccognizcd spccics
are:
Decay rcsístant: Narra, Kamagong, Dao, Tangílc.
Tennite resistant: Narra, Kamagong.
WOOD STRlJCTURAL PANEL is a structural panel
product composcd primarily of wood and meeting thc UBC
Standard 23 ..2 and 23-3 or equivalent rcquircments of
Philippinc National Standards (PNS). Wood structural
pancls includc atl-vencer plywood, compositc pancls
containing a combination of vencer and wood-based
material, and mat-formcd panel such as oricnted stranded
board and wafcrboard.
Na1ionnl Structural Codo of lhe Philippines G " hii1i:);' ..... )lit;'
SECTION 603
MINIMUM QUALITY
603.1 Qualily and ldcntífication
All lumbcr, wood structural panels, paniclcboard, timbcr,
cnd-jointed lumhcr. tibcrboard sheathing (whcn uscd
structurally), hardboard siding (whcn u:;cd structurally),
pites and poles regulated by thís chaptcr shall confonn to
thc applicablc standards or grading rules spccificd in this
codc and shall be so idcntificd by thc grade mark or a
cenificate of inspcction issued by an approvcd agency.
603.2 Mínimum Capacity or Grade
Mini mum capacíty of structural framing mcmbcrs may be
c~tablishcd by performance tests. Whcn the tests are not
madc, capa<.:ity shall be bascd on altowablc stresscs and
design critería spccifled in this codc.
Studs, joists, rafters, foundation platcs or sills, planking 50
mm or more in dcpth, bcams, stringers, posts, structural
shcathing and similar load-bcaring mcmbcrs shall be of' at
lcast thc mínimum grades sct fortb in Tablc Nos. 6.1 or
Tablc 6.2 or Tablc 6.35.
Approved cnd-jointcd lumbcr may be uscd intcrchangeably
with solid-sawn mcrnbcrs of thc sarnc spccics and grade.
Such use shall includc, but not be limited to, líght-framing
joists, p!anks and dccking.
Wood structural pancls shalt be of grades spccificd in
accordancc with Philippinc National Standards (PNS).
603.3 Timbcr Conncctors and Fastcncrs
Safc Joads and dcsign practiccs for typcs of conncctors and
fastcners not mcntioncd or fully covcred ;n Scction 619,
may be dctcnnined in a manncr approvcd by thc building
official.
Thc numbcr and sizc of nails connccting wood mcmbcrs
shall not be lcss than that ser forth in Tahlcs 6.3 and 6.4.
Othcr conncctions shall be fastcncd to providc equivalen!
strcngth. End and cdgc distance.~ and nail pcnctrations shall
be in accon.lancc with thc applicablc provisions of Scction
619.
Fastcncrs for prcssure-prcscrvati ve trcatcd aJl(l fire-
retardant trcated wood shall he oí' hot-díppcd ;.inc coatcd
galvanizcd, stainless steel, sil icon bro111.c or coppcr.
Fasteners rcquired lo be corrosion resistan! shall be eithcr
zinc-coatcd fastencrs, aluminum alloy wirc f<~steners or
stainless steel fastencrs
1
'
 6 ·li CHIIP 1Hi 6 · Vvood

Connec!ions dcpcnding on joist hangcrs or framing anchors. 603.4.7 Shrínkagc

tics, antl othcr mcchanical fastcnings not othcrwisc covcrcd
may be uscd whcrc approvcd by thc Building Official.
603.4 Fabrication, lnstallation and Manufacture
Fabrication. installation. and manufacture of wood elcmcnts
shall be in accordance with thc following guidclincs:
60.L.i.J General
Preparation, fabrication and ínstallation of wood members
and thcir fastcnings shall conform to accepted engineering
practiccs and to thc rcquircments of thís codc. All membcrs
shall be framcd, anchored, tied and braced to develop thc
strength and rigídity neccssary for the purposcs for which
they are uscd.
Considcrati on shall be givcn in t h~ desi¡¡.n to thc pns~ i hk
ci'fCC{ Of CI'OSS-grain di meriSÍOilill dlall).:l:S l'Oil,. idc rcd
vcrti cally whicil may occur in lumlwr f:~bri ca tc d in a give 11
condition.
603.4.8 Rcjcction
Thc building official may dcny penn issíon for thc.: 'Jsc of a
wood membcr wherc permissi ble grade charac1e1¡·~.; •.:s ' ' ~"
defccts are prcscnt in su eh <\' combi nation that they alfe e¡
detrirnentally thc scrviccability of thc mcmhcr.

603.4.2 Tirnber Conncctors and Fastcnc1·s.

Thc installation of tímber connectors and fasteners shall be
in accordancc wi th thc provisions set forth in Scction 619.

603.4.3 Mctai-Piatc-Conncctcd Wood T1·usscs

Metal -platc-connccted wood trusscs shall confonn w thc
provisions of Section 618. Each manufacture¡· of trusscs
using metal platc conncctors shall retain an approved
agency having no financia! interest in the plant beíng
inspectcd 10 makc nonschedulcd inspections of truss
fabrication , dclí very, and operations. Thc inspcction shall
cover all phascs of truss operation, including lu rnbcr
storage, handling, cutting, fixturcs, prcsses or rollcrs,
fabrication, bundling and banding, handling and delivery.

603.4.4 Structural Glued-Laminatcd Timbcr

Thc manufacture and fabrication of structural glucd-
laminated tirnbcr shall be under thc supcrvision of qualilicd
personncl.

603.4.5 Dricd Firc-Rctardant-Trcatcd Wood

Fire-retardant treated wood shall llave becn dried, following
trcatment, up to maxímum moisture contcnt (MC) as
follows:

19%- for sol id sawn lumbcr up to 50mm thick

15%- for plywood

603.4.6 Sizc of Structural Mcmbcrs

Siz.cs of lu mbcr rcferrcd to in this codc are nominal sizes.
Compu tations to determi ne thc rcquired sizcs of mcmbers
shall be bascd on the net dímensions (actual sizc) and not
thc nominal sizes. The rough size lurnber shall not be less
th an the nominal size and the rcducti on in facc dimensions
of dressed lumber shall no! be more than 6 mm of the
nominal sizc.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


SECTiü'N 604
.l
!
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
REQUIRE1\1ENTS
604.1 (; l'lll'l'<ll
Thc following design r~quirements apply.
604.1.1" All wood stnKtures shall be dcsigncd and
constructcd in <u.:cordanl'<.: with thc rcquircmcnts of Scction
ó() 1 up 10 Scction 613.
604.1.2 Wind and canhquake load-resisting sys tcms for all
cnginccred wood structurcs shall be dcsigncd and
construc tcd in <u.:cordancc with the rcquiremcnts of Scction
6 14.
User Note: Allernativcly, lateral load-resisting· systcms for
single family dwellings may be propot1ioned aecording to
the provisions of NSCP Volumc 3 on Housing.
604.1.3 Thc dcsign and construction of wood stru cturcs
using all owal>lc stress dcsign (ASD) methods shall be in
accordancc with Scc.tion 6 15 nml Scdion 618.
604.1.4 The design and conslruction of convcnlional light·
framc wood struciUrcs shall be in accordancc with Scclion
620.
604.1.5 Thc clcsi gn and installation or timhcr conncctors and
faslcncrs shall he in an:ordancc with sc,:tion 6 19.
604.1.6 Mctal-platc-connccted wood trusscs shall conform
lo the provi sions of Scction 621.
Na!ional Slructural Code of the Philippines Gt Edition Volume 1
CH/\PtTn G · Wood 1)-i'
.,, •.:·
SECTlóN.'¡6()5,: ... ·i ' l ' .
DECAY.ÁNÓ;:':TERMITE·
PROTECTIÍÍ~':~:::·. ·.:~_<•:'' ~'(;:t . . : ..
605.1 Prcparation of Building Sitc
All st umps and roots shall be removed from thc soil w a
dcpth of at Jeast 300 mm bclow the surfacc of thc ground in
the arca 10 be occupícd by !he building.
All wood forms which have bcen used in placing concrete,
if within the ground or between foundntion sills and thc
ground, shall be removed bcfore a building is occupied or
used for any purpose. Beforc completíon, loose or casual
wood shall be removed from dircct contact with thc ground
undcr the building.
605.2 Wood Support Embcddcd in Ground
Wood embedded in thc ground or in direct contact with thc
earth and used for the support of permancnt structures shall
be lreated wood unless cont inuously submcrged in fresh
water. Round or rectangular posts, poles and sawn límber
columns supporting permanent struclures which are
embedded in concrete or masonry in dircct contact with the
cru1h or cmbcddcd in concrete or masonry exposed to thc
wcather shall be treated wood. The wood shall be treated
for ground contact.
605.3 Undcr-Fioor Clcarancc
When wood joísts or thc botto m of wood structural lloors
without joists are Iocatcd closer lhan 450 mm ür wood
girders are located closcr than 300 mm to exposed grou nd
in crawl spaces or uncxcavated arcas located within thc
periphcry of thc building foundation, lhe floor assembly
including posts, girders, joisls and subfloor, shall be
approved wood of natural resistance to decay as lisled in
Scclion 605.4 or treated wood.
Whcn the above undcr-floor clearances are rcquircd, thc
under-lloor arca shall be accessible. Acccssible under-floor
arcas shall be provided with a mínimum 450 mm by 600
mm opcni ng unobstructcd by pipes, d ucts and similar
constmctio n. Al! under-floor access openi ngs shall be
effcctively screened or covered . Pipes, ducts and othcr
construc!ion shall not inlcrfere with thc accessibi lity lo or
wit hin under-floor arcas.
11
 6 -H CHf\PlU~ 6 · Wood
605.4 Plalcs, Sílls aiHI Slccpcrs
All fo un dation plates or sills and slcepcrs on a concrete or
masonry slab, which is in direct contact with earth, and sills
that rcst on concrete or masonry fo undations, shall be
treatcd wood, all markcd or branded by an approved
agency. Foundation wood marked or brandcd by an
approvcd agency may be uscd for sills in localitics subject
to modcratc hazanl, whcrc tcnnitc damagc is not .frcqucnt
and whcn spccilically approvcd by the buildi ng oilwial. In
localit ics whcrc hazard of termite is slight, any spccies of
wood pcrmitted by this chapter may be used for sills when
specifically approved by the building oflicial.
605.5 Columns and Posls
Columns and posts located on concrete or masonry floors or
dccks exposed to thc weather or to water spla~h or in
basements and which suppotl pennanent structures shall be
supportcd by concrete piers or metal pcdestals projccting
above floors un less approved wood of natural resistance to
decay or treated wood is used. The pedestal shall project at .
least 200 mm above exposed earth or at least 25 mm abovc
finish floor level of such tloors.
Individual concrete or masonry picrs shall projcct at leas!
200 mm above cxposcd ground unless the supporled
columns or posts are treated wood or of approvcd wood
with natural resistance to decay.
605.6 Gi rdcrs Entcring Masonry or Concrete Walls
Ends of wood gi rdcr cntcring masonry or concrete walls
shall be provided with a 13 mm air space on tops, sidcs and
ends unlcss approvcd woud or nalllral rcsistance to deca y or
treated wood is uscd.
605.7 Undcr -Fioor Vc ntila tion
Under-floor arcas shall be ventilatcd by an approved
mechanical means or by openings in exterior foundation
walls. Such openings shall havc a net arca of not lcss than
0.067 m2 for cach 10 m2 of undcr-floor arca. Opcnings shall
be located as close to corners as practica! and shall provide
cross ventilation. The required arca of such openi ngs shall
be approximately cqually distri butcd along the length of at
least two opposite sides. They shall be covcred with
corrosion-resistant wire mesh wi th mesh openings of 6 mm
dimension. Wherc moisture due to climate and groundwatcr
conditions is not considcred cxcessi ve, thc building official
may allow opc1able louvcrs and may allow the n:quircd net
arca of vent opening to be rcduced to 1O pcrccnt of thc
abovc, providcd thc under-t1oor ground surfacc arca is
covered with an approvcd vapor barrier.
605.8 Wood and Earth Scparation
Protcction of wood against dcterioration as set forlh in the
previous sections for specified applications is requi red. In
addition, wood used in construction of pcrmanent sttucturcs
Association of Struclural Engincers of tl'le Philippines
and Jocatcd ncarcr than 150 mm to carth shall be trcated
wood or wood of natural rcsístancc lU dccay. Whcrc located
on concrete slabs placcd on carth, wood shall be trcated
wood or wood of natural resistance to decay. Where not
subject to water splash or tu exterior moisture and lucated
on concrete having a mínimum thickncss or 75 mm with an
impcrvious mcmbrane installcd between concrete all(l carth
thc wood may be tlntrcatcd ami of any spccies. '
Whew planter boxcs are installed adjaccnt to wood frame
walls a 50 mm air space shall at lcast be provided betwcen
thc planter and the wall. f.lashi ng shall be installcd when
the air space is less than 150 rnm in width. Wherc t1ashing
is used, provisions shall be made to pcrmit circulation of
the air in thc air spacc. Thc wood framc shall be provided
with an exterior wall covering conforming to the provisions
of Section 609.
605.9 Wood Supporting Roofs a nd Floors
Wood structural mernbcrs supponing concrete or masonry
slabs which are permeable to moisture and are cxposed to
the weather shall be approved wood of natural resistancc to
decay or treated wood un lcss scparatcd from such t1oors or
roofs by an impcrvious moisturc barricr.
605.10 Moisture Contcnt ofTreatcd Wood
When wood which has bcen press ure-treated with a water-
boro prcservative is uscd in cncloscd locations whcrc
drying in scrvicc cannot rcadily occur, such wood must
havc a moisturc contcnt of 19 pcrcent or less before bcing
covcred wíth insulati on, interior wall finish floor covcrirw
or other materials.
605.11 Rctaining Walls
All wood used as permanent parts of retaining or crib wa!l::
shall be treatcd wood.
605. 12 Wcalhcr Exposurc
Those pm1ions of glued-laminated tim bers that form ;:"'
strucwral supports of a building or other structure and
which are exposed to weather and not propcrly protccted by
a roof or cave overhangs of similar covering. shall IK:
prcssure-trcntcd with an approved prcscrvativc or \,;:
manufacturcd from wood of naw ral resistancc to dccay.
All wood structural pancls, when dcsigned to be cxposcd in
outcloor appl ícation, shall be of exterior typc, exccpt as
provided in Sectíon 605.2
In gcographical arcas whcrc expcricnce has demonstrated a
specific nced, approved wood of natural resistancc to dccay
or treated wood shall be used for thosc structun•!
componcnts of buiJdings or si mi lar pennancnt buildin,
appurtcnances whcn such mcmbers are cxposcd to th:
weather and are without adcquate protection provided by ¡,
 CH/\PH:f~ 6 · WoocJ G·'l

roof. cavt:, ovcrhang or othcr covcring againsl moisture or

water accu rnulation on the surface or at joints betwccn
rnc mbers. Suc h mcmhcrs ma y incl ude: hori zontal membc rs
such as gi rdcrs, joists and dccking; or vertical mcmbcrs
such as posts, polcs and columns: or both horizontal and
vertical members.

605.13 Water Splash 606.1 Dcad Load

Wherc wood-fnunc walls and partitions are covcrcd on the Wood mcmbcrs shall not be used to permanently support
interior with plastcr, lile or similar materials and are subject dead !oad .9f.any rnasonry or concrete cxcept in cases Jistcd
to water splash, thc framing shall be protected with below or allowed by relevant sections of NSCP Volumc 3
approvcd watcrproofing. on Housing.
• '.'f!' ~: <, ~-:.:·= . .:,.. ·: . :·~ . .(,..··.. \ :< "f•.'.i~Ü.)Y.<_: ~ - - ... , ..t.~~ v ,~ (~~.¡;i~i·:~_.i .....
• • •. ' . . · , . ¡~ ••• ; ( ~ ~·-~.~-.~ /~::~~-:~~~~~::~~~;s.~~-· ~ . -. Exceptions:
J. Masonry or concrete non-strucrural floor or roof
surfacing not more than 100 mm thick may be
supported by wood members.
2. Any structure may rest upon wood pi/es constructed in
accordance with the requirements of Chapter 3 on
"Excavations and Foundarions"
3. Vencer of brick or concrete stone may be supported by
approved treated wood foundations when the nuv:imum
height of veneer does nor exceed 9.0 m above rhe
Jormdations. Such veneer used asan interior wallfinish
may also be supported on wood jloors which ore
designed to supporr the additional load, and be
designed to limit the dejlection and shrinkage to 11600
ofthe span ofthe supporting members.
4. Wood may be used to support glass block masonry
having an it:stalled weight of 98 kg!m 2 or less. When
glass block is supported on wood jloors, the floors
shall be designed to limit dejlection and shrinkage to
1/600 of the span of the supporting members and the
allowable stresses for the Jraming members s/wll be
reduced in accordance with Section 615.3.4.

606.2 Horizontal Force

Wood mcmbcrs shall not be used lo resist horizontal forces
contributcd by masonry or concrete · construction in
buildings over one story in height cxcept where allowed by
provisions of Section 6!4.2 of thís code.
' ..·> ~- . -~. . ... .
...
,_

111
Nationar Structura l Code of the Phi!ippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 6·10 CHfiP ·r~: n G Woocl
....
The framing of exterior an<.J i!llcrior walls shall be in
accordance wilh provisions spccitied in Section 620 unlcss
a spccific dcsign is furnishcd.
Wood studs walls and bcaring partitions shall not support
more than two tloors and a roof unlcss an analysis
satisfactory to the bui lding official shows that shrinkagc o f
wood framing will not havc ad verse cffcct upon the
structurc nor any plumbing, clcctrical , mcchanical systcms
nor other cquipment installcd therein due to thc exccssi ve
shrinkagc or differcntial movements caused by shrinkage.
Thc analysi s shall also show that the roof drainag~ system
and thc foregoing systcms or cquipmcnt will not be
advcrscly affcctcd or, as an alternare. such systcms shall be
dcsigncd to accommodate thc diffcrcnt ial shrinkagc or
movcments.
3.
Association of Structura l Engineers of !he Philippines
SECTION608
FLOOR FRAMING
Wood -joistcd lloors shall be framcd and c.:onstructcd and
anchorcd to supporting wood swd or masonry walls.
Firc block and draft stops shall l e in accordancc with the
following provision:
l. In combustible construction. firc blocks and draft
rcgulators shall be installcd to cut off all conccalcd
draft opcnings (both vertical aJl(l hori zontal) and shall
form an cflectivc barricr bctwccn floors, betwecn a top
story and a roof or attic spacc, and shall subdivide att ic
spaccs, conccalcd roof spaccs and Ooor-ceili ng
assemblics. Thc intcgrity of al l firc and draft stops shaÚ
be maintaincd.
2. Firc hlocks shal l be providcd in thc following
locations:
2. 1 In conccalcd spaccs of stud walls ami pm1itions,
including furrcd spaccs, at thc cciling and fl oor Jcvels,
and at 250 mm intcrval s along thc lcngth of thc walL
E\ception:
Fire blocks may be omitted at jloor and ceiling levels when
approved smoke-actuated flre dampers are insta/led a l
these levels.
2.2 At all intcrconncctions bctwcct) concealed vcJ1ical and
horizontal spaccs such as thosc that occur at soffits,
dmp ceilings, and covercd ccilings.
2.3 In conccaled spaccs bctwccn stair stringcrs, at thc top
and bottom of thc run , and betwccn studs along and in
Jinc with the run of thc stairs if thc walls undcr thc
stairs are unfini shcd.
In opcnings around vent s, pipes, ducts, chimncys,
fi rcplaccs, and similar openings which afford a passagc for
the fire at cciling and floor levcls, with noncombustiblc
matcrials.
Firc blocks shall consist of 50 mm nomi nal lu mbcr or
one thickness of 18 mm plywood wit h joinls backcd J.,,-
18 mm plywood or one thickncss of 19 mm Type 2-lvi
pani clcboard. Firc stops may also be of gypsum board ,
mineral fiber, glass fi ller or other approvcd matcriab
sccurcly fastcncd in place. Walls having parallcl or
staggcrcd studs for sound-transmission contról shaU
havc stops of mineral fibcr or glass fi bcr or oth·.>
approvcd no n-rigid matcrials.
 CHAI'lUl G · Wood G 11

thc grcatcst hori1.ontal dimcnsion docs no! cxcccd

4. Drafl ~tops shaJI he providcd 111 thc following
loc;llions: 18.0 m.
Exception:
4.1 Floor-Cciling Asscrnblics.
Where approved automaric sprinklers are instal/ed, the
4 . 1. 1 Si nglc-famil y dwcllings. As rccornmcndcd in NSCP 2
area between the draji srops may be 800 m a11il the
Volumc 3 on Housing or whcn thcrc is usablc spacc grearest horizonlal dimension may be 30m.
abovc and bclow thc concealcd spacc of a fl oor-
cciling asscmbly in a singlc-farnily dwclling, draft 4.2.4 Draft stopping matcrials shall be not !css than 12 mm
stops shall be j¡;stallcd so that thc · arca of thc gypsum board, 9 111111 plywood, 9 111111 Type M-2
conccalcd spacc does not cxcccd 90 m 2• Draft stops particlcboard or of.hcr approvcd matcrials adcquately
shall divide thc conccalcd spacc into approximatcly supportcd. Opcnings in thc partitions shall be
egua! arcas. protectcd by self-closing doors with automatic
latchcs constructed as rcquired for thc partitions.
. • ;~- -! .. .. • . •
4 .1.2 Two or more dwclling units and hotcls. Draft stops •1 • • ~ • ••• ... .... 1

shall be installcd in lloor-cciling assemblics of

buildi ng having more than one dwelling unit and in
holcls. Such draft stops shall be in linc with walls
scparnting tcnants from cach othcr and scparating
tcnants from other arcas.
4.1.3 Othc r uses. Draft stops shall be installed in floor-
cciling asscmblics of buildings or ponions of
buildings uscd for olhcr than dwell ing or hotel
occupancics so thal thc arca of conccalcd spacc docs
not cxceed 90 m 2 . and so that the hori zon tal
dimcnsion between stops does not exceed 18.30 m.
Exception:
Where approved automatic sprinklers are installed within
the concealed space, the area between draft stops may be
270 nl. and tite horizontal dimension may be 30m.
4 .2 Attics.
4.2. 1 Single-family dwellings. Refer to NSCP Volume 3 on
Housing.
4. 2.2 Two or more dwelli ng unit and hotels. Drafts stops
shall be installcd in the attics. mansards, ovcrhangs,
falsc fronts set out from walls and similar concealed
spaces of buildings containing more than one
dwclling unit and hotels. Such drafts stop shall be
abovc and in line with walls separating tenants from
cach other and from othcr uses.
Exceptions:
Draft stops may be omitted a long one of the corridor walls,
provided draft stops at tenant sepamtion walls extend to the
remaining corridor draft stop.
Where approved sprinklerJ· are inswlled, draftstopping may
be as specified in the exception below.
4.2.3 Other uses. Draft stops shall be installed in attics,
mansards, ovcr-hangs, false fronts set out from walls
.and similar concealcd spaces o f buildings baving
uses other than dwellings or hotcls so that thc arca
bctwcen draft stops does not exceed 270 m2 and

1
National Structural Code of th<? f:>l1ilippines 6u Edition Volume 1
 6·12 CHAPTU1 6 · Wood
609.1 General
Exterior wood stud walls shall be covercd 011 the outsidc
with thc material.~ and in thc :nanncr spccitied in this
scction or elscwhcrc in this coch./ Studs or shcathi ng shall
be covcrcd on thc outside facc with a wcather-resistivc
barrier whcn required. Exterior wall coverings of thc
mínimum thiekncss spccified in this section are bascd upon
a maximum stud spacing of 400 mm unlcss otherwise
specified.
609.2 Siding
Solid wood si<ling shall havean average thickness or 9 mm
unless placed over sheathing pcrmittcd by this codc.
Siding pattcrns known as rustic, drop sidi ng or shiplap shall
havc an average thickness in place of not less !han 15 mm
and shall have a mínimum thickness measured not Jcss than
9 mm. Bcvcl siding shall have a mínimum thi ck ncss
measured at the butt section of not less than 11 mm and a
tip thickness of 11ot lcss than 5 mm. Siding of Jesser
dimensio11s may be used, providcd such wall covcring is
placed over sheathing which confonns to thc provisions
specified elsewhere in this code.
All weatherboarding or siding shall be securcly nai Jcd to
each stud with not less than onc nail, or to solid 25 mm
nomin:~l wood sheathing or 12 mm pi ywood shcnthing or
13 mm particleboard sheathing with not less than onc Jinc
of nails spaced not more than 600 mm on centcr in cach
picce of the weathcrboarding or siding.
Wood board siding applied horizontally, diagonall y or
vertically shall be nailed to studs, nailing strips or blocking
set maximum 600 mm on centcr. Fastencrs shall be nails or
screws with a penetration of no! Jess than 40 mm into studs.
studs and wood sheathing combined, or blocking. Distance
betwcen such fastenings shall not excced 600 mm for
horizontally or vertically applicd sidings and 800 mm for
diagonally applied sidings.
609.3 Plywood
Whcn: plywood is uscd for covering thc exteri or of outsidc
walls, it shall be of the exterior type not less tha n 9 mm
thick. Pl ywood panel siding shall be installed in accordance
with Table 6.5. Unless applied over 25 mm wood sheathing
or 12 mm wood structural panel sheathing or 13 mm
particleboard shcathing joints shall occur over fra ming
members and · shall be protected with a continuous wood
batten, approved caulking, t1ashing, vertical or horizontal
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippint!S
shiphtps or joints shall he lappcd hori wntal ly or othcrwisc
m adt~ warerproof.
609.4 Shinglcs or Shakcs
Wood shinglcs or slwkes may be uscd for exterior walt
covering, providcd the frame of thc structurc is covcred
with building papcr. All shínglcs or shakcs attachcd to
shcathing othcr than wood shcathing shall be secured with
approved corrosion-rcsistant fastencrs or on furring strips
attachcd to thc studs. Wood shingles or shakes may be
applicd o ver fiberboanl shingle backer and sheathing wi th
annular groovcd nails. Thc thickness of wood shingles or
shakcs betwccn wood nailing boards shall not be less than 9
mm. Wood shingles or shakes or sidi ng may be nailed
di rectl y to approvcd fi bcrboard nailbase sheathing not Jess
than 13 mm nominalthickness with annular groovcd nails.
The wcather exposurc of wood shingle or shake siding used
on ex terior walls shall not cxceed maximum sct forth in
Tablc 6.6.
609.5 Particlcboard
When particleboard is used for covcring the exterior of
outside walls, it shall be of the M· 1. M·S and M-2 Exterior
Glue grades. Panicleboard panel sidi ng shall be installed in
accordance with Table 6.3 and 6.7. Panel shall be gapped 3
mm and nai!s shall be spaced not Jess than 9 mm from
edges and ends of sheathing. Unless applied over 16 mm
nct wood sheath ing or 13 mm plywood sheathing or 13 mm
particleboard sheathing, joints shall occur over framing
members and shall be covercd with a continuous wood batt;
or joi nts shall be lapped hori zontall y or otherwise made
waterproof to the satisfaction of thc building official.
Panicl eboard shall be sealcd and protected with exterior
quality fi nishes.
609.6 Hardboard
When hardboard siding is used for covering the outside of
exterior walls, it shall conform to Table 6.8. Lap siding
shall be installed hori zo ntally and applied to sheathed or
· unshcathed walls . Comer bracing shall be installed in
conformance with Section 620.6. A weather-resistivc
barricr shall be installed under thc lap siding.
Square-edged, non-grooved panels and shiplap grooved or
non-grooved siding shall be applied veJtically to sheathed
or unshcathcd walls. Siding that is grooved shall not be Jess
than 6 mm thick in the groove.
Nail size and spacing shall follow Table .6.8 and shall
penetrate frami ng 38 mm. Lap siding shall overlap 25 mm
mínimum and be nai led through both courses and into
framing members with nails located 13 mm from bottom ' ~·
the overlapped course. Square-edged non-grooved pa11c!·<
shall be nailed 9 mm from the perimeter of the panel and
intcrmediately into stud s. Shipl ap cdge panel siding with
 CHAPTUl G · WO(Jd li 1:.l

9 mm shiplap shall he nailcd 9 mm from thc cdgcs on both

sidcs of thc shiplap. Thc 19 mm shiplap shall be nailcd 9
mm from the cdgc and pcnctratc through hoth the ovcrlap
and undcrlap. Top and botlom cdgcs of thc panel shal l be ·.' \ .·,
nailcd 9 mm from thc cdgc. Shiplap and lap siding shall nol
be force lit. Squarc-cdgcd pancls shall maintain a 2 mm gap
Al! softwood wood structural pancls shall confonn to thc
al joinls. All joints and cdgcs of siding shall be over
provisions of thc previous Chaptcr and shall be installcd in
framing mcmbcrs, and shall be madc resistan! to weathcr
accordalfcc with Table 6.3 Pancls shall comply with UBC
penetra! ion with battcns, horizontal ovcrlaps or shiplaps lo
Standard 23-3.
thc satisfaction of thc building official. A 3 mm gap shall be
providcd around all opcni1igs.

609.7 Nailing
All fasteners used for the attachment of siding shall be of a
corrosion-rcsistant type.
·::::·- '!.~11~·; ·j~~~:- ~ - ·~ ~ ·\.:. ·-~:-:: ~~-.-:: :~ - ~-!·.' :- -~ · ·. -~ •• , .,,.;_ ; . .

• . .·y ! ~-·· . · ·., ,· -~·;,-Jj;:":-.;.~;,;.· :', -~-~-··· -,: ·-~ ~. : ... . · · ; '~;· :~.. -:-: ,

11
Nn tional Structural Code of tf1e Philippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 6-14 CHAPTUl () · Wood

: , '1
SECTION 6.12
·.• •.

611.1 Structural Floor Shcathing

Structural tloor shcathing shall be dcsigncd in accordff'ncc
with thc general provisions of this code and thc spccial
provisions in this scction.
Shcathing uscd as subtlooring shall be dcsigncd to supp011
al! loads specified in this codc and shall be capablc of
suppo11ing concentratcd loads of not less than 1.33 kN
withoul failure. The concentrated load shall be applied by a
loaded disc, 75 mm or smaller in diameter.
Floori ng. including tllc linisll floor, undcrlaymcnt and
subfloor. where used, shall meet the following
requirements:
l. Dctlection under uniform design load limitcd to 1/360
of the span between supporti ng joists or beams.
2. Deflection of flooring rel ati ve to joists under a 25 mm
diarneter concentrated load of 0.90 kN limited to 3 mm
or less when loaded midway between supporting joists
or beams not over 600 mm on center and 1/360 of the
span for spans over 600 mm.
Floor sheathing conforming to the provisions of Tables 6.9.
6. 1O, 6. 12, or 6.13 shall be deemed to meet the
requirernents of this section.
611.2 Structural Roof Sheathing
Structural roof sheathing shall be designed in accordance
with the general provisions of this code and the specia!
provisions in this section. Structural roof sheathing shall be
designed to support all loads specified in this code and shall
be capable of supporting concentrated loads of not less than
1.33 kN without failure. The concentrated load shall be
applied by a loaded disk, 75 mm or smaller in diameter.
Structural roof sheathing shall meet the following
req uirement:
A laminated :,:unber !loor or dcck built up of wood
members set O•l edge. when meeting thc followi ng
requircments. may be designed as a solid lloor or roof deck
of the same thickness and continuous span may be designed
on the basis of the full cross section using the simple span
momcnt cocflicie11t.
Nai! Iength shall not be Iess than 2- I/2 times the net
thickness of each laminat ion. When deck supports are 1.20
m 011 center or less, side nai ls shall be spaced not more than
750 mm 011 ccnter and staggercd one third of the spacing in
adjacent laminatio11s. When supports are spaced more 'than
1.20 m on ccntcr, si de nails shall be spaced not more than
450 rnm on centcr alternately near top and bottom edges,
ami also staggered one third of the spacing in adjacenl
taminations. Two side nails shall be used at each end of
bult-jointed pieces.
L1minations sha!l be toe nailed lo supp01ts with 20d or
larger common nails. When su pports are 1.20 m on center
or less, alternate laminations shall be toe nailed to alternate
supports; when supports are spaced more than 1.20 m on
center, alternate laminations shall be toenailed to every
suppon.
A single-span deck shall have all laminations fulllength.
A continuous deck of two spans shall have nol more than
every fourth lamination spliced wi thi11 quarter points
adjoi11ing supports.
Joinls shall be closely butted over supports or staggered
across the deck but within the adjoining quarter spans.
No lami11ation shall be spliced more than twice in any span.

l. Deflection under uniform dcsign líve and dcad load

limi ted to l/180 of the span between suppo1ting raftcrs
or bcams and 1/240 under live load onl y.
Roof shcathing conformi ng to the provisions of Tables 6.9
or 6.1 O and 6. 11 shall be deemcd to meet the requircmcnts
of this section.

Wood structural panel roof sheathing shall be bonded by

intermediate or exterior glue. Wood structural panel roof
sheathing exposed on the underside shall be bonded with
exterior glue.

Association of Struclural Engineers of !he Philippines

 CHI\PTF fi G · Wood íi 1~)

SECTION 613 SECTION 614

POST-BEAM CONNECTIONS
Whcrc post and beam or girder construction is used, thl'
dcsign shall be in accordam:c with thc provision.~ of this
codc. Positivc conncction shall be p•·ovidcc). to cnsure
against uplift and lateral displacernent.
...: · '·'•'
WOOD SHEAR WALLS AND
DIAPiiRAGMS
614.1 General
Unlcss perrnilled by the Building Oflicial or by relevan!
provisit>I!S of NSCP Volume 3 on Housing, use of wood
shear walls and diaphragms shall be limitcd to 1 to 2-storcy
dwcllings. Whcre applicablc. succceding provisions of this
Section shall be used as bases for thcir design.

Particleboard vertical diaphragms and lumber and wood

structural panel horizontal aiJ(I vertical diaphragms may be
uscd to resist horizontal forces in horizontal and vertical
distributíng or resístíng clcmcnts, provídcd thc deOection in
thc planc of the diaphragms, as dctcrmíncd by calculatíons,
tests or analogics drawn thcrefrom, does not exceed the
pcnnissible dcOcction of attachcd distriburing or rcsisting
elemcnts.

Pcrmissible deOect ion shall be that dcOection up to which a

diaphragm and any attached distributing or resisting
clement will maintain its st ructural integri ty undcr assumed
load conditi ons, i.c. contínue to support assumcd loads
without dangcr to occupant of the structurc.

Connections and anchoragcs capable of rcsisti ng the dcsign

forces shall be providcd bctwecn the diaphragms and thc
rcsisting clements. Openings in díaphragm which materially
affect thcir ~ttcngth shall be fully detailed on thc plans and
shall havc thei r edges adcquately reinforced to transfer all
shearing strcsses.

Síze and shapc of cach horizontal diaphragm and shcar wall

shall be Jimíted as sct forth in Tablc 6.14. Thc hcight of a
shear wall shall be defined as:
l. The maximurn clear heíght from foundation to bottom
of diaphragm framing abovc, or
2. The maxímum clear heíght from top of diaphragm to
bottom of diaphragm framing abo ve.

The width of a shear wall shall be defincd as the width or

sheathing.

Wherc shear walls with opcnings are dcsigned for force

transfcr around thc opcnings, the limitations of
Table 6. 14 sha!l apply to the overall shear wall including
openings and to each wall pier at the side of an opening.
The height of a wall picr shall be defined as the clear height
of the pier at the síde of an opening. The width of a wall
picr shall be dcfined as the sheathed width of the pícr at thc

Nationé.ll S tructural Code of tl1e Pl1ilippines 61h Edition Volume 1

 6-16 CHAP·r Ul 6 · Woocl
sidc of an opcning. Dcsign for force transfcr shall be bascd
on a rational an;tl ysis.
In buildings of wood-framc construction where rotation is
providcd for, the dcpth of !he diaphragm normalto the open
sidc shall not cxcccd 7.50 m or 2/3 the diaphragm width,
whichcvcr is thc smallcr depth. Straight sheathing shall not
be pcrm ittcd to resist shcars in diaphragrns acting in
rotation.
Exceptions:
J_ One-story, wood-framed structures wirh the depth
normal ro the open side not greater rhan 7.50 m. may
ha ve a depth equal to rhe width.
2. Where calculations show rhat diaphragm deflections
can be tolerated, the depth normal ro rhe open end may
be increased toa depth-to-width ratio not greater than
1.5:1 for diagonal shearhing or 2:1 for special
diagonal sheathed or plywood or particleboard
diaphragms.
In masonry or concrete buildings, lumber ami wood
stmcturaf panel di aphragrns shafl not be considcred as
transrnitting lateral forces by rotation.
Diaphragm sheathi ng naíls or other approved sheathing
connectors shall be driven flush but shall not fracture the
surface of lhe shealhing.
614.2 Wood Membcrs Rcsisting Horizontal Forccs
Contributcd by Masonry and Concrete
Wood members shall not be used to rcsist horizontal forces
contri buted by masonry or concrete cons1ruc1ion in
buildings over one story in height.
Exceptions:
l. Wood floor and roof members may be used in
horizontal trusses and diaphragms to resist horizontal
forces imposed by wind, earthquake or earrh pressure,
províded sueh forces are not resisted by rotarían of the
truss or diaplzragm.
2. Vertical wood structural panel-sheathed shear wal/s
may be used to provide resistance to wind or
earthquake forces in two·st01y buildings of masonry or
concrete construction, provided the joflowing
requirements arP. met:
2.1 Story-ro-story wall heights shall nor exceed 3.6
metet"S.
2.2 Horizontal diaphragm shatl not be considered to
transmit lateral forces by rotarion or cantilever action.
2.3 Deflection of horizontal and vertical diaphragms
shall 1101 permit per-story deflecrion of supported
Association of Structural Engíneers of the Philíppines
nwson1y or concrete walls to exteed 0.00.5 time.1· each
s to ry hei¡:ht.
2.4 Wood structural panel sheathíng in horizontal
diaphragms slza/1 have al/ u11supported edges blocked.
Wood structural panel sheathing fo r both stories of
vertical diaphragms slwll lrave al/ unsupported edges
hlocked a/UI for rhe /ower walls have a mínimum
thickness of 12 mm.
2.5 There ~-J>a/l be no out-of-plane horizontal offsets
hetween the first and second stories of wood structural
panel shear wa/ls.
614.3 Wood Diaphragms
Wood Diaphragms shall conform wi th the following
guidelincs:
614.3.1 Convcntional Lumbcr Diaphragm
Construction
Such lumber diaphragms shall be madc up of 25 mm
nomi nal shcalhing boards laid at an angle of approxi mately
45 degrees to supports. Sheathing boards shall be dirccily
nailed to each intennediale bearing membcr with not less
th an two 65mm nails for 25 mm by !50 mm nominal
boards and threc 65mm nails for boards 200 mm or wider;
and in addition, three 65 mm nails and four 65 mm nails
shall be used for 1SO mm and 200 mm boards, respective! y,
at the diaphragrn boundaries. End joints in adjacent boards
shall be separaled by at lcast one joisl or stud space, and
there shall be at least two boards between joints on lhe
same support. Boundary members al edges of diaphragms
shall be designed to rcsist direct tensile or compressi-.•e
chord stresses and adequatcly tied togelher al corners.
614.3.2 Spccial Lumber Diaphragm Construction
Special diagonally sheathed diaphragms shall conform :o
conventional construction and in addition. shall havc ;; i]
elements designed in conformancc with the provisions or
this code.
Each chord or portion thercof maybe considered as a beam
loaded with a uniform load per meter equal to 50 perccnt of
the unit shear due to diaphragm aclion. The load shall be
assumed as acting normal to the chord, in thc plane of the
diaphragm and either towards or away from thc diaphmgm.
The span of chord, or portion thcrcof, shall be thc distance.
bctwcen structural members of the diaphragm such as the
joisls, studs an d blocking, which serve lo lransfer thc
assumcd load to the sheathing.
Special diagonally sheathed diaphragms shall includr.
convcnlional diaphragms sheathed with two layers el"
diagonal sheathing at 90 degrees to each other and on the
same face of lhe supporting members. ·

<114.3.3 Wood Slrudural Panel Diaplu·agm
Horizontal and vertical diaphragms shcathcd with wood
structuntl pancls rnay l>e uscd lo rcsist hor"ÍI.orllal forccs for
hori zontal diaphragrn :111d for vcni~.:al diaphragms, or may
be calculatcd by prindplcs of mcchanics without !irnitation
by using values of nail strcngth <llld wood structural panel
shear valucs as spccillcd clscwhcrc in this codc. Wood
structural panc ls for horizontal diaphragms shall be as sct
forth in Tables 6.1 O and 6.! ! for corrcsponding joist
spacing .. and Joads. Wood structura! pancls in shcar wa!ls
shall be at least 8 mm thick for studs spaced 400 mm on
ccntcr and Y mm thick where studs are spaced 600 1\llll on
center.
Maximum spans for wood structural panel subnoor
underlaymcnt shall be as set forth in Tablc 6.12. Wood
stmctural pancls used for horizontal and vertical
diaphragrns shall conform 10 UBC Standard 23-2 and UBC
Standard 23-3 or equivalen! Phi!ippinc National Standards
(PNS).
A l! boundary membcrs shall he proportioncd and spliced
where necessary to transrnit dircct stresses. Framing
members shall be at lcast 50 rnrn nominal in the dimensions
to which the plywood is attachcd. In general, panel cdgcs
shall bear on the framing mcmbers and butl along their
ccnterlincs. Nails shall be placed not less than JO mm in
from the panel edge, shall be spaced not more than !50 mrn
on center along panel edge bearings, ancl shall be ítrmly
driven into the framing members. No unblocked panels less
than 300 mm wide shall be used.
Diaphragms with panel edges supported in accordance with
Tables 6.!0, 6.! 1 and 6.12 shal! not be considcrcd as
blockcd diagrams unless blocking or other mcans of shear
transfer is provided.
' fniming where minimum sheet dimension shall be 600 mm
614.4 Particlcboard Oiaphragms
Vertical diaphragms sheathed with ¡nu1icleboard may be
used to resist horizontal forces.
All boundary members shall be proportíoned and spliced
where necessary to transmit direct stresses. Framing
mcmbers shall be at !east 50 mm nominal in thc dimension
to which the particleboard is attached. In general . panel
cdges shall bear on the framing membcrs and butt along
lhcír ce nte rli ncs. Naíls shall be placed not less th an 9 mm in
frn m the pa nel edge, shall be spaced nol more than 1SO 111111
on ccmer along panel edge bearings, and shall be li nnly
driven into the framing members. Unblockcd panels Jess
!han 300 mm wide shal l no! be allowcd or used.
Diaphragms with panel edges supportcd in accordance wilh
Table 6.13 shall not be considered as blocked diaphragms
Nalional Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ., Edition Volurne 1
CHAPTF n E · Wootl G l/
unless bloc ki ng or othcr mcans of shear transfer 1s
providcd.
614.5 Wood Shcar Walls and Diaphragms in Scismic
Zone 4
Scctio n 6J4 ..'i.l to 614.'i.'i shall be used for woodcn shear
wa!ls and di<tphragms dcsign f'or Scismic Zonc 4 arcas.
614.5.1 Scopc
Dcsign and construction of wood shcar wa!ls and
diaphragms in Seisrnic Zonc 4, as allowed by provisions of
Section 614.1 and NSCP Yolurne 3 on Housing, shall
conforrn ro the requircments of this section.
614.5.2 Framing
Col lector membcrs shall be providecl to transmit tension
and compression forces. Pcrimctcr membcrs at opcnings
shall be provided and shall be detailed to distribute the
shcaring stresses. Diaphragm shcat hi ng shn!l not be used to
splice thcsc mcmbcrs.
Diaphragm chords and tics shall be placed in, or tangcnt to,
the planc of the diaphragm framing un!ess it can be
demonstrated that thc moments, shear and detlections and
defonnations resulting from other arrangements can be
tolerated.
614.5.3 Wood Structura l Panel
Wood structural panels shall be manufactured using
exterior glue.
Wood struc tural panel diaphragms and s hcar walls shall be
constn•ct.ed with wood stnictural panel sheets not less than
1.20 m by 2.40 m, except at boundaries and changes in
unl ess all edges of the undcrsized sheets are supponed by
framing members or blocking.
Framing members or blocking shall be provided at the
edges of al! sheets in shcar walis.
Wood structural panel sheathing may be liSed for splicing
rnembers, other than those noted in Section 6 14.5.2, whcre
the additional nailing required to develop the lransfer of
forces wi ll not cause cross-grain bending or cross-grain
tension in the nailed member.
614.5.4 Hcavy Wood Pancls
Diagonally sheathed panels ut ilizing 50 mm nominal boards
may be used to re¡ist the same permissiblc shear as ~5 mm
nomi nal lumber, éxcept that 16d nails shall be used mstead
of 8d.
1
 6- 18 CHAPT r::H r, - Wocci

l'ancls utilizing straight dccking overlaid with plywood

may be uscd to rcsist shcar fon.:cs using thc samc shcar
valut~s as pcrmiocd for thc wood struclllral panel alonc.
Wood structural panel joints parallcl to thc dccking shall be
located al least 25 mm offset from any parallcl dccking
joint.
Heavy dccking panels utilizing dowcl pins, or vcrtically
Jaminatcd pancls conncctcd by nailing units to onc anothcr,
resist shear !'orces bascd on thc pcnnissible shear values of
their conncctors.
614.5.5 Pllrticlcl.>oa¡·d
J'¡lf1iclcboard shall not be less than Type M "Exterior
Gluc".
Shear walls shall be sheathed with particleboard shcets no!
less than 1.20 m by 2.40 m except at boundaries and
changes in framing. The required nail size and spacing in
Table 6.3 apply lo panel edges only. All panel edges shall
be backcd with 50 mm nominal or wider framing. Sheets
are permiucd to be installcd cither horizontally or
vertically. For 9 mm particleboard shcets installed with thc
long dimension parallel to the studs spaced 600 mm on
center, nails shall be spaced at 150 mm on center along
intermediate framing members. For all other conditions,
nai 1s of the same si ze shall be spaced at 300 mm on center
along intermediate framing mcmbers.
614.6 Fil.>crl.>oard Shcathing Diaphragms
Wood stud walls sheathcd with fiberboard sheathing may
be used to resise horizontal forces not exceeding those set
forth in this section. The fibcrboard sheathing, 1.2 m by 2.4
m, shall be applied vertically lo wood studs not less than 50
mm nominal in thickness spaccd 400 mm on center. Naili ng
shall be provided at the pcrimeter of the sheathing board
and at the intermediate studs. Blocking no! less than 50 mm
nominal in thickness shall be provided al horizontal joints
when wall height exceeds length of sheathing panel, and
sheathing shall be fastened to the blocking with nails sized
spaced 75 mm on centers each side of joint. Nails shall be
spaced no! less !han 9 mm from edges and ends of
sheathing. Marginal studs of shear walls or shear-resisting
elements shall be adequately anchored at !he top and
bouom and dcsigned ro resist all forces. The maximum
height-width ratio shall be 1.5: l.
SECTION 615
STRESSES
615.1 General
Exccpt as hcrcin provided, st resscs shall not •~xceed thc
allowablc unit strcsscs for the respective specics and g; ;l(lc-:
\JI' fabricated produces as sct forth in Tablc 6.1 and l'a! .~ ·
6.15 for lumbcr. Values thercin indicatcd are rer.:,,". •:
design values. All the tabulatcd design valucs (cxcept tli<'
average modulus of elasticity E) includc reduction ~; i ..:
safcty and are primarily intcnded for dircct applicati'"' ;::
ASD.
Refcrencc design valucs are given thc symbol of uppcrcase
F. and a subscript --- r for tcnsion, e for compression , !J for
bending --- is added to indicate thc typc of stress.
Rcferencc dcsign valucs for wood rcpresclll a starting point
in the dctcrmination of thc allowable stress for a particular
design. Adjusted ASD design values are determine;} by
multiplying the rcferencc values by the appropr'
adjustcment factors. A prime is added to thc symbol o! ' ' '
referencc value to indicate that !he nccessary adjustn:c: :' :-~
have becn applied to obtain the adjusted design valuc:
F/ = F; x (product of adjustmcnt factors)
For a dcsign to be acceptable, the aclllal stress, i.c . .f, r,n!·. :
be Jéss than or equalto the adjusted design value F,':
¡;sF,'
615.1.1 Rcpetitivc Meml.>cr Systcm
A rcpelitive rnetnbcr systeJn is defined as one that ha~: { ~ ·,
three (3) or more parallel mcmbers of Dimension lum:
structural composite lumber; (2) Members spaced not lJl(;¡ "
than 600mm; (3) Members connected together by a '
distributing element su eh as roof, floor, or wall sheathi <.
For a repetitive member system, th e reference ¡;¡, nwv >·
multiplied by a repetitive member factor, e,= 1.15. ]-,, ·
other framing systems, e,= 1.0.
VaJucs for spccics and grades not tabuJated shalf !·;::·.
approved by the building official.

615.2 Strcsscs in Pites Uscd as Structural Mcmbcrs

Induced stresses for normal Joading of round polcs o:· ¡ '·
when used as a structural member, exccpt modt:i,::; ,,¡
elasticity which shall be the snme as for sawn Iumber, 5bll
not exceed 60 percent of the basic unit working stresscs ;or
the species as forth in Table 6.1

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHI\f>ITF\ G · Wouci ti l !J

615.3 Adjustmcn! of S!rcsscs 2. Whcn thc accumulatcd duration of thc full maximum
Thc allowablc unit strcsscs spccified in this chaptcr shalllw load during thc lifc of thc mcmbcr docs not exceed thc
sttbjcct (O arplicabJc adjustlllCillS. pcriod indicatct.l bclow, thc valucs may be incrcascd in
thc Utb!c as f<J!Iows:
615.3.1 General. - - - ---- - -·-·----- --·---·- ··--·-···
lncrcase Pcriod
The adjustrncnts shall be us sct forth in thc footnows to thc
appropriatc stress tabks and t(; thc requircmcnts of this
25% 1.25
scction:
= load du ration !itctor - - - - !-- · - - - - -- - - - - -
:\3.3% For ean hquakc 1.33
= wct servicc factor
= sizc factor For wind (for connections and
= form factor 33.1'-*' 1.33
fastcncrs)
= flat use factor
= support factor 60% For wind (members only) 1.60
= incising factor
= tcmpcrature factor 100% For ímpact 2.0
= repctiti ve member factor
= column stability factor
= bcam stability factor The forcgoing examples are not cumulati ve. For combined
= slendcrncss facwr duration of loadings the resultan! strucwral mcmbers shall
= coefflcient of variation not be smallcr lhan the required for 1he longer duration of
=volumc factor loading.

These adjustment factors do not apply to all refercnce
dcsign values.
615.3.2 Prcscrvativc Trcatrnent.
The values for wood prcssure impregnated with an
approved process and preservative necd no adjustment for
treatment but are subjccted to other adjustments.
615.3.3 Fire-Retardant Trcatment
The values for lumber and plywood pressure impregnated
with approved firc-rerardant chcmicals, including fastener
values, shall be recommended by ihe treatcr and submillcd
to the building official for approval. Submil!al to thc
building official shall include all substantiating data. Such
values shall be developed from approved test methods and
procedures that consider potential strength-reduction
charactcristics, including effects of elevatcd temperalures
and moisture.
Other adjustrnents are applicablc, except that the impact
load·duration factor shall not apply.
615.3.4 Duration of Load
Valucs for wood and mechanica! fastenings (when the
·.vood determines thc load capacity) are subjectcd
adjustments basccl on the following variations in the
duration of load:
l. Wherc a member is fully strcssed to the maxímum
allowable stress, either continuously or cumulatively,
for more than 1O years under the conditions of
maximum design load, the values shall not cxcced 90
percent of those in the tables.
The duration of load factors in this itcm shall not apply to
compression-pcrpendicular-to-graín dcsign valucs bascd 011
a dcformation limit, or 10 modulus of elasticity.
3. Values for normal loading conditíons may be used
witbout regard 10 impact if thc stress índuccd by impact
does not exceed the values for normal loading.
615.3.5 Sizc Factor Adjustment
When the dcpth of a rectangular sawn lumbcr bending
rnember 125 mm or thíckcr cxceeds 300 mm, the bending
values. F1, shall be multiplied by thc sizc factor, C1.-, as
dctermined by the Equation (615 - 1):
1 9
- (300)
Cr - - ' (615- 1)
d
where:
e, = size factor
d = depth of be.am, mm
For beams of circular cross section that havc a diarneter
greater than 340 mm, or 300 mm or larger squarc bcarns
loaded in the plane of the diagonal, the sizc factor e,.. may
be dcterrnined 011 the basis of an equivalen! convcntionally
loaded square bcam of thc same cross-sectional arca.
Size factor adjustments are cumulalive with fonn factor
adjustmcnts specified in Scction 615.3.7, except for lumbcr
1 beam and box beams, but are not cumulalive with
slendcmess factor adjustrnents specified in Section 615.3.6.
The size factor adjustmcnt shall not apply to visually

National Structural Code of the Philippines 6t" Edition Volume 1

 6·20 CHAPTUl 6 · Wooc1

gradcd lumber 50 mm to 100 mm thick or to machinc- Whcn the s!cndcrncss fa~tor C, ís greatcr than 1O but docs
strcss-ratcd lumber. not cxcccd Ck> thc allowablc unit stress in bcntling F'¡, shall
be dctcrmincd from the following equation:
615.3.6 Slcndcrncss Factor and Flexura! Stress. 4

Whcn thc dcpth of a bcnding member excecds its brcadth,

lateral support may be requircd and the slenderncss factor
F'¡, =F/J [J- .!_(!:.:s_)
3 ('
- "k
]

(615-3)
Cs shall be calculated by the following Equation:
whcrc:
el. ={!;[ (615-2)
. f/7
where: E = modulus of elasticity
Cs = slcndcrncss factor Fi, = allowablc unit stress for extreme fiber in bentling
1, = cffecti velength of bcam, mm from thc following F'¡, = allowable unit stress for extreme fiber in bending .
table adjusted for slenderness.
d = dcpth of beam, mm When the slcndcrness factor C, is grcater than Ck but Iess
b = brcadth of beam, mm than 50, thc allowable unit stress in bending F', shall be
detennined by thc following Equation:
Thc effectivc lengths, !, in the table are based on an 1,/d
ratio of 17. For other C./d ratios, these effective lengths may
(615-5)
be multiplied by a factor equal to 0.85+2.55/(1,/d) except
that this factor shall not apply to a single-span beam with
cqual cnd moments (l, = 1.841..) or to a single span or
In no case shall C.• cxcecd 50.
cantil e ver beam with any load (l, = 1.921.).
The design values for extreme fiber in bending, F¡,, and
When the slenderness factor C, does not exceed 10, the full
modulus elasticity, E, used in the formu las for F'b shall h <:
allowablc unit stress in bending F1, rnay be used.
modified to account for moisture servicc condition, duratÍOI;
Effective Length of Beams of loading, temperature and type of treatment in accordancc
with the Section 615.3 exceptthatthe modification for size
Typc of Beam S pan and Nature Valuc of Effcctive factor shown in Section 615.3.5 shall not be used. Design
of Load Length, l< valucs for extreme fiber in bending adjusted for slendemcss
factor, F'¡,, are not subject to furthcr modifications for
Single-span beam, load moisture service condition, duration of loading,
1.6!1.,
concentratcd at the center
temperature, type of treatment or size.
Single-span beam, unifonnly
1.92{.,
distributed load
The design value for extreme fiber in bending, F'b, shallnot
Single-span beam, equal end exceed the fui! design value for extreme fiber in bending,
1.841.,
moments
. -- F¡,, modified as allowed in this section, including thc size
Cantilever beam, load factor adjustment.
1.69/u
concentrated at unsupported end
Cantilever beam, uniformly When the compression edge of a beam is supp01ted
1.061.,
distributed load throughout its Jength to prevent its lateral displacement, and
Cantilever beam, uniformly the ends at points of bearing ha ve lateral support to preven!
distlibuted load witll rotation, the unsupported length 1, may be taken as zero.
1.69{11
concentrated load at cantilcver
cnd When lateral suppor1 is providccl to prevent rotation at thc
Single-span or cantilevcr beam, points of end bea1ing but no othcr lateral support is
l.92l.,
__an_y_~!!~er load ···--··· . ·-·---~ •ww••-• •AoM--••-•~•~-·~----~-•·•
provided throughout the length o( thc beam, the.
f" = unsupported lcngt h of beam, mm unsupporicd /u is the distance bctween sucÍ1 points of ene!
-· bearing, or the length of the cantilcvcr.

When a beam is providcd with a lateral support to preven!

rotational and lateral displacement at intennedíate points as
· well as thc ends, unsupported lenglh t. is the dist am "
between such poínts of intennediate lateral support.

Associatíon of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEn G Wood fi ·? l

(115.3.7 Form Fador Adjustmcnts 615.3.9 Tcmpcr·aturc

Thc allowahlc unil stress in hcnding for non-prismnti c Thc allowablc unit stress for unlreated ami prcscrvati vc-
mcmbcrs shall not cxcccd thc val uc establishcd by treatcd wood specificd in this chaptcr and as rnodified in
multiplying such stress by thc form factor e¡ determincd as this scction applics to uses within thc rangc of climatic
follows: tcmpcraturc ordinari ly crH:ountcrcd in hui ldings. Wood
· mcmbers shall not be usetl in arcas subjcct to tcmpcraturcs
Beam Scction Form Factor ( Cj) abovc 66°C unl css the cxposure is infrcc.¡ucnt and any
pcrmanent loss in strength is accountcd for in thc dcsign.
Circular 1.180
Squarc (v.llh diagonal vertical) 1.4 14 Thc allowablc -unit stress for fire-retúdant-trcated soliJ-.
Lurnber 1 Bcams ami Box Bcam sawn lurnber and plywood, including fastcncrs valucs ,

r
subjcct 10 prolongcd clevated tempcratures from

2~'_4
manu faclllring or equiprnent proccsscs, but not excceding
143
o.s 1 -1+ [-( -- +
-----
2
1e J] 66°C , shall be devcloped from approvcd test methods that
propcrly considcr potential strcngth-reduction
--~---) + 88
( 25.4 X (6 15-6) charactcristics, including effccts of heat and moisture.

615.3.10 Moisturc Scrvicc Condition

Wherc sawn lumbcr and fastcnings are exposed to scrvicc
whcrc: conditions causing thc wood to possess more tllan 19
e, = form factor (61 5-7 ) perccnt moisturc contcnt. the tabulatcd dcsign values shall
e~, = support factor = / . (6 - 8p + 3¡/) ( 1 - q) + q be rctluced as specified in Table 6.!6
p == rati o of depth of comprcssion flangc to full depth
of bcam 615.3.11 Boltcd Joints
q =ratio of thickness of web or wcbs to the full width Bolt valucs usct! in conjunction with metal side plates shall
of beam be in accordancc with Section 6 19.
The form factor adjustment shall be cumulative with the
sízc factor adjustmcnt, except for lumber 1 beams and box
beams.

615.3.8 Modulus of Elasticity Adjustment

The use of average modulus of clasticity E valucs is
appropriatc for the design of normal wood structural
members a nd assemblies. In specíal applications where
deflections are critica! to the stability of structures or
structural components, and where exposed to varying
temperature and relati vc humidity under sustaincd loading
conditions, thc average values of the modulus of elasticity E
listed in Table 6.1 shall be reduccd lo account for
variability. Coefficients of variation Cv in the modulus of
elasticity E for lumber as follows:

Visually graded sawn lumbcr ......................... ...... ...... 0.25

M achine stress-rated sawn lumber............................... O.Il
Thc average tnodulus of clasti city E valucs listcd in thc
tablc shall be multiplicd by I -C1, , or 1- 1.65Cv to obtain a
modulus of clasti city E value exceeded by 84 percent or 95
pcrccnt individ ual pieces, respecti ve!y.

Thc durati on-of-load adjustmcnts specificd in Section

615.3.4 do not apply to modulus of elaslicity va lues.

111
National Structura! Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 G·::'?. Cll/\PTHi G · Wood

616.4 Horizontal Sht•ar in Nolchccl Bcams

SECTION616
Whcn rectangular-shapcd ginler, b\~a rn s or JOtsts are
HOIUZONTAL MEMBER DESIGN notchcd al points of suppon on thc tcnsion si de. they shall
mcct the dcsign rcquircmcnts of lhal scction in bcnding and
616.1 Bcam Span in shcar. Thc ltorizorHal shcar str\~ss al such poirll shall not
For simple bcams. lhc span shall be lakcn as 1hc dislancc exceed thc valtrc calcula1cd by Equation (61 (1-:n:
from facc 10 facc of support, plus onc half lhc rcquircd
lcnglh of bcaring al cach cnd; for conlinu'1US bcams. lhc (6 1ü-2)
spa11 is lhc dislancc bclwccn ccntcrs of bca:1:·,¡;s 011 supporl
ovcr which lhc bcam is conlinuous. ·
whcrc:
616.2 Flcxurc d = tolal dcpth of beam.
d' =actual depth of bcam al note h.
616.2.1 Circular Cross Scction
A beam of circular cross section may be assumed to have Whcn girder. bcams or jois1s with circular cross scction are
the smnc strcngth in flcxure as a square beam having thc notched at points of support on !he tcnsion side, thcy s hall
same cross-scctional arca. lf a circular bcam is tapcrcd, it mcct thc dcsign rcquircmcnls of !ha! scction in bending ami
shall be considcrcd a beam of variable cross secti on. in shear. The actual shcar stress al such point shall 1101
cxcccd the valuc calculated by Equation (616·3):
616.2.2 Notching
If possiblc, notching of beams should be avoided. Notchcs .r,. "'(-~)(·-
2A,.
:~·-)
d,. (6 16-3)
in saw n lumber bcnding members shall not cxcccd onc-
sixth thc dcpth of thc mcrnber and shall not be localed in
whúc:
thc mii.ldlc third of thc span. Whcre mcmbcrs are notciles at
A, = cross-scctíonal arca of rtotchcd mcmbcr
the cnds, thc notch depth shall not excecd one- fourth the
beam dcpth. Thc tcnsion sidc of the sawn lumber bending
d = total depth of bcam
d,. =actual depth of bcam at notch
membcrs of 100 mm or greatcr nominal thickness shall not
be notched excepl at ends of membcrs. Cantilevercd
For bending mcmbcrs with othcr than rectangular or
portions of bcams lcss than l 00 mm in normal thickncss
circular cross scction and notched at point of suppm1 on thc
shall not be notched unless the rcduccd scction properties
tension side, thc actual shear stress pllrallel to grain shall be
and lumbcr dcfects are considered in thc dcsign.
calculated in accord:mce with convenlional engineering
mechanics.
616 .2.3 Latcral lvtomcnt Distdbution
Lateral momc11t distribution of a concentrated load from a When girders, beams or JOtsts are notchcd at point of
critically loaded beam to adjacent parallel bcams shall be support on the compression sidc, they shall mect design
calculated. requirement for that net section in bending and in shear.
The shear al such point shall not cxceed the value
616.3 Horizontal Shcar calculated by :
The maximum horizontal shear stress in a solid-sawn wood
shall not excced that calculated by means of (616-4)
Equation (616-1):
31' wherc:
/,. ::::?-t.t
_)( (616-1) d = total dcpth of beam
d' =actual dcpth of bcam at notch
Th,~ <lt'tual unit shear f..· shall not cxcecd the allowable for (' = distancc notch cxtcnds insidc the inner cdge of
thc spccics and thc grade as givcn in Tablc 6. 1 adjusted for supporl
duration of Joadi ng. as provided in Section 6 15.3.4.
Thc shear for the notch on thc compression sidc shall he
When calculating lh•! shcar force, V distribution of load to furthcr limítcd to the val ue dctermined for (l bcarn or ,:. ;·: :
adjaccnt pllrallcl bcnms by flnoring or othcr membcrs may d' if e cxcccds d'.
be considered, ami all loads withi n a dislancc from cither
support cqual to the depth of thc bcam may b\~ neglccled for
beams support by full bearing on otw surfacc and loads
applicd to thc opposite surface.
 CHAF'TE Fl G · Woou G·?.3

For beari ng of lcss than 150 111111 in lcngth and not ncarcr
616.5 Dcsign of Joint~ in Shcar than 75 111111 to thc crH.l of a mcmbcr, thc max imu m
Ecccntric conncctor and boltcd joints and bcams supp011 by allowablc load pcr squarc mm may be obtaincd by
conncctors or bolt shall be dcsigncd so that ¡¡, in Equation multiplying thc allowablc unit strcsscs in comprcssion
(6 16-5) does not cxcccd thc allowablc unit strcsscs in perpendicular to grain by thc factor indicatcd by:
horizontal shcar.
e _ !!.,_~ o.375 (616-!l)
¡, - 1
f ,, =·.]·~-
2bc{, (616-5)
b

in which !, is the le.llgth of bcllring in mm mcasured along

whcrc: thc grain of the wood.

d,. (with conncctors) = thc depth of thc mcrnbcr less thc The multiplying factors for indicated length of bcaring on
distancc from thc unloadcd cdgc of thc mcmber to the such small arcas as plates and washers may be:
ncarcst cdge of thc ncarest con ncctor.
Lcngth
d, (with holts or lag screws) = thc dcpth of the member less 150
of
the distance from the unloaded edge of thc membcr to thc 13 25 38 50 75 100 or
Bearing more
ccntcr of the nearcst bolt or lag screw. (mm)
- Factor !.75 1.38 1.25 1.19
··-
1.13-- . 1. 10 1.00
--·
- ---- -
Allowable unit strcsscs in shear for joint involving bolts or
conncctors loaded perpendicular to grain may be 50 pcrcent In using thc preceding cquation and table for round washers
. grcater than thc horizontal shcar val ucs as set forth in Tablc or bcaring arcas, use a length cqual to the diameter.
6.1 and, providcd that the joint occurs at least five times the
depth of thc mcmber from its end. When the joint is less In joists suppor1ed on a ribbon or ledger board and spiked
than flvc times the dcpth of the rnember from its end, the to the studding, the allowablc stress in compression
includcd shcar stress is calculated by: perpendicular to grain may be increased 50 percent.

f
,,
=~(.!!__)
2bd d,.
<
(6 16-6) 616.7 Lateral Support
Solid-sawn rectangular lumbcr beams, raftcr and joist shall
be suppot1ed laterally to preven! rotation or lateral
and the 50 percent incrcase in design values for shear in displacement in accordance with the following:
joints does not apply.
lf the depth-to-thickness ratio, based on nominal
616.6 Compression Perpendicular to Grain dimcnsions, is:
In application wherc defonnation is Ctitical, Equation l. Two to one, or 2: 1, no lateral support is required.
(616-7) shall be used to calculate thc compression-
perpendicular-to-grain design valucs. 2. Three to one, 3:1 or four lo one, 4: 1, the ends shall be
held in position, as by full-depth solid blocking,
F c1' = 0.73 Fc1 (616- 7) bridging, nailing or bolting to other framing membcrs,
approved hangcrs or other acceptable means.
where:
F c.t = compression-perpendicular-to-grain val u es from 3. Five to one, 5:1, one edge shall be held in Jinc for its
Tables 6.1 entire length.
Fu ' =critica! cornpression-perpendicular-to-grai n val ue 4. Si x lo one, 6: 1, bridging, full-depth sol id blocking or
cross bracing shall be installed al intervals not
Thc duration of load modification factors given in Scction excceding 2.4 mctcrs unlcss:
615.3.4 shall not apply lo comprcssion-perpendicular-to·
grain valucs for sawn lumbcr. Both edges of the member are held ín lrnc or,

The compression cdge of thc member is supported

Thc allowable unit stresscs for compression perpendicular throughout its lcngt h to preven! lateral d isplacement, as
lo grain in Table Nos. 6.1 and 6.!7 apply to bearings ofany by adcquate sheathing or sub-flooring, and thc ends
length al the ends of the beam and to all bearings !50 mm and all points of bcaring havc lateral support to preven!
or more in length at any other location. rotalion.

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
 6-2-1 CHAPTE:Fl 6 · Wood
5. Se ven to onc, 7: l, hoth edges shall be hcld in linc for
their cntirc lcngth.
lf a bcam is subjcct to both llcxurc and compression
parallcl to grain, the ratio may be as much as 5:1 if onc
cdgc is hcld firm ly inlinc. lf undcr any combination of load
thc unbraccd cdge of thc mcmbcr is in tcnsion, thc ratio
m ay be 6:1 .
In lieu of providing lateral support by thc mcthods specificd
in items 2 through 5 above, the allowablc stresscs shall be
reduccd by thc slcndemcss facto r sct forth in Section
615.3.6.
616.8 Lateral Support of Archcs, Com¡¡rcssion Chords
of Trusscs and Studs
Whcrc roof joist or purlins are uscd bctwcen archcs or
compression chords, the largest valuc of l)d, calculatcd
using the depth of the arch or compression chord or
calculated using the breadth (lcast dimcnsion) of thc arch or
compression chord betwccn points of intermiuent lateral
support. shall be uscd. Thc roof joist or purlins shall be
placcd to account for shrinkage (for cxarnple. by placing thc
upper edgcs of unseasoncd joist approxirnately 5 percent of
the joist depth abovc the tops of th e arch or chord) but also
placed low cnough to provide adeguatc lateral support.
Where roof joist or purlins are placed on top of an arch or
compression chord and are securely fastened to the arch or
comprcssion chord, the largest val uc of f!d, calculatcd
using the depth of the arch or compression chord or
calculated using the breadth (least dimcnsion) of the arch or
compression chord bctween points of intermittcnt lateral
support, shall be used.
Where planks are placed on top of an arch or compression
chord and sccurely fastened to the arch or comprcssion
chord, or when shcathing is nailed properly to the top chord
of trussed rafter, the depth rather than the breadth of thc
arch, compression chord or trussed rafter may be used as
the least dimension in dctermining f!d. Where stud walls in
light-frame construction are adequately shcathed on at least
one side, the depth rather than breadth of the stud, may be
taken as the lcast dimension in calculating the l)d ratio.
Association of Structural Engin?ers of the Philippines
SEC'VION·'617 ·._. - ·.
'c_.,_o/L--:i~.t~ -D...,SIGl~f-'
. . .. . ··-· ...~J.T~~ ,. -- ~ . . . . . ~---..
617.1 Column Classifications
617.1.1 Simple Solid-Wood Columns
Simple column eonsist of a single pieec or of pieces
properly gl ued togcthcr to fo··m a s¡~1glc mcmbcr.
617.1.2 Spaccd Column, Conncctor Joincd
Spaced col umns are forrncd of two or more individual
members with their longi tudinal axes parallel, separatcd at
the ends and middle poínts of their length by blocking and
joined at the ends by timber connectors capable of
dcvcloping the required shcar rcsistance.
617,1.3 Built-Up Columns
Built-up colum ns. other than connector-joined spaced
col umns and glued-larninated columns, shall not be
designcd as solid columns.
617.1.4 Glulam Columns
Glularn columns shall be composcd of at least four
laminations. wit h their grain essentiall y parallcl.
617.2 Limitation on !Id Ratio
For simple solid columns, // d shall not cxceed 50.
617.3 Simple Solid-Column Dcsign
The effcctive column length. /, sha!l be used in design
Equations gi ven in this scction. The cffectivc column
lcngth. /< shall be determined in accordance with good
engineering practice. Actual column length, /, may be
multiplied by the factors given in the following table to
determine effectivc column length,l,.
Allowable uni t stresses in newton per square rnillimcter of
cross-scctional arca of sg uare or rectangular si mple solid
columns shall be deterrnined by thc follo wing formulas, but
such unit stresscs shall not exceed val ues for comprcssion,
parallclto grain Fe in Tablc 6. 1 adjusted in accoi·dancc with
provision of this secti on.
(61 7- l )
 C HAPTE H E · Wood ti· ?S

whcrc: Suppo11 Conditions:

e· =0.8 for sawn lumbcr. Largc cnd fixcd, small cnd unsuppo11Cd a = 0.70
=0.85 f<>r round 1imbcr pi les. Small e nd fixcd, Jarge c nd unsupponcd a = 0.30

---~·J!L__
r:, -- (1, 1 c~Y Both cnds simply supportcd:
Tapcrcd toward onc end a= 0.50
= Eulcr critica! buckling stress for columns Tapcrcd toward both cnds a = 0.70
Fe*= tabulatcd comprcssion dcsign valuc multiplicd by al!
of thc applicablc adjustmcnt fnctors. For all othcr supp011 conditions:
Ka·= 0.3 for visually graded lumbcr.
Kct = 0.4!8 for products such as rnachine strcss-ratcd d =d,.,¡ 11 + ( dm>< - dmín) ( 1/3) (6!7-3 )
sawn lumbcr. The design of a column of round cross section shall he
bascd on the dcsign calculations for a squarc column of thc
~ ~ -¡- . samc cross-sectional arca and having the samc dcgrcc of

BuckJing
M ocles
'
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
\
1·
1
1
1
1
1

,'
1
1
~

• 1
1
1
1
,
1
tapcr.
?~;~;;1_~tf~~~~-.;~:.~;~{~~~·:~. : ~.:- -~?:-_r:·~-:1!:.~ ~~::~[1-~~-:/', .-,· .:~ :, ._,... ·:~ ~<~\). _
;_ {: '
1
1
1
'
1 '' 1
1
1
1
\
,' 1
1
1

1
1 1 1
\ 1 1

t t i
l>cal¡;tl

J
baddfin«
factor, Ke 0.65 0.80 1.20 1.00 2. tO 2.4
wben Ideal '
<:Ottdltlont
approsl-
Dlllled

------+--.--+-R
,. -~--&-ion~fi--Jxcd.~~--ion~fi~lx-od----~-- 1

End
Condition
Code
.,.
Y'
f
Rotlll.ioo free, tra.nslatioo Hxod

Rotation fixcd, tran.~lation free

Rotation free, translation free

'- ---' --------~~- ------------'

User Note: l, = Ke l

617.4 Tapcrcd Columns

Whcn dcsigni ng a tnpcrcd colu mn with a rectangular cross
section, tapercd at one or both cnds, thc rcprcscntativc
dimension, drrp for each face of thc column shall be dcri vcd
as follows:
drrp =dmín+ (d"'"' - d ...;n)f a--0. l S (1 -dnoín 1 d"'"')] (6 17-2}
whcre:
dmin = thc mínimum dimcnsion, d, for that face of thc
column
dltt(l\' = the maximum dimcnsion, d, for that facc of the
column

1
Nalional S tructural Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
 6·26 CHAPTEH 6 · Woocf

and (2) whcn chccking thc dcsign perpendicular to the

plane of bendíng the slendernes~ ratio. I.Jtl, in thc plane or
bcnding shall be uscd to calculatc F', and .! shall be sct
equa! to zcro.

6HU Spaccd Columns

In thc case of spaccd col umns, this combined stress formula
618.1 Flcxurc :tJl(l Axial Tcnsion
maybc applicd o ni y if thc bcnding is in a dircction parallcl
Mcmbcrs subjcctcd to both .lcxurc .and axial tcnsion shall to thc grcater d of thc individual rncmbcr.
be so proportioned that
618.4 Truss Comprcssion Chords
(618-1) Effcct of buckling of a 50 mm by l 00 mm or smallcr tmss
<
comprcssion chord having effectivc buckling lcngths of
and 2.40 mor less and with 9 mm or thicker plywood sheathing
nailed lO the nmTow face of the chord in accordance with
/, - !, < (618-2)
thc appropriate standards shall be dctcrrnined from the
cquation:
/~ **
Cr = 1+ ~~2/,.
whcrc: 1~0.05 (618-6)
F¡,* = tabulatecl bcnding design value multiplied by all
applicable adjustment factors except beam stabilit y whcrc:
factor, e,_
Cr ::: buckling of the sti ffncss factor
F, (Co)(C,~~)(C,)(CrHC)(C;) for sawn lumber
= 0.819E for machinc-stress- ratcd lumber
= Fb (Co)(CM)(C,) (C,.) for gl ulam 1.- Q= cffccti ve buckling lcngth used in dcsign of chon.l
/:¡,**= tabulated bending design value multiplied by all
for comprcssion Joading
applicable adjustment factor cxcept volume factor,
E0.05 = 0.589E for visual! y gradecllumber
Cv.
= f /, (Co)(CM)(C,)(CL)(Cr)(C,)(C;) for sawn lumber
E = Modulus of elasticity from tables of allowable unir
= Fb (Cv)(CM)(C,)(CL) for glulam stress. N/mnl
F,' = allowable tension design value para JIel to grain
f, = actual unit stress in tension parallel to grain. The values of CT determined from this equation are for
f¡, =actual unit stress for extreme fiber in bcnding. wood scasoned to a moisture content of 19 percent or less a1
thc time the plywood is nailed to tile chord. For wood that
618.2 Flcxm·c and Axial Comprcssion
is unscasoncd al the time of plywood attachmcnt, Cr shall
be detcnnined from the Equation (618· 7):
Members subjected to both flexure and axial compression
shall be proportioned thal
e,T-_ 1 +0.3.n,
Eo.o5
L ! ,, S 1 (6 18-3)
(618-7)
P e F' 1, - 1/c
For chords with an effectivc buckling length greatcr than
The value of J shall be derived as 2.40 m, C, shall be takcn as thc valuc for a chord having an
effective length of 2.40 m.
J = 1, /d-! 1
K-11 (6 18-4) Thc buckling stiffncss factor does not apply to shori
--E columns or trusses uscd under wet condilions. Thc
K= 0.671 ·- · allowable unit compressivc stress shall be modified by the
J¡:• (6 18-5) buckling stiffness factor whcn a truss chord is subjccted to
combincd fle xure and compression and thc bcnding
except that 1 shall not be lcss than zero nor greatcr than onc moment in thc direction that induces compression stres:,.- :
(0 5. J <.:; 1). in thc chord face to which the plywood is attachcd.

F'c and K shall be deterrnined in accordancc with the The buckling stiffness factor Cr shall apply as follows:
provision in Scction 617.3, cxcept (1) when checking the
design in thc plane of bending the slenderncss ratio, l!d. in Short column ( 1,/ d of 11 or Iess ):
thc planc of bending shall be uscd to calculatc F'c and 1

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


620.1 General
The requircments in this section are imendcd for
conventional light-frame construction. Other methods may
be used provided a satisfactory design is submittcd showing
compliance with othcr provisions of this codc.
Only thc following occupancics may he constmcted in
accordancc with this division:
l. Onc-, two- or three-story residential buildings.
2. One-story Occupancy Catcgory IV buildings, as
dcfincd in Tablc 103-1, whcn consuuctcd on a slah-on-
gradc floor.
3. Category V Occupancics
4. Top-story walls and roofs of Occupancy Catcgory IV
buildíngs not cxceeding two ston:.ys of wood framing.
5. Interior non-load bcaring panitíons, ceilings and
curtain walls in all occupancies.
Othcr approved repetitivc wood membcrs may be used in
licu of solid-sawn lurnber in conventional constnJcti on
provided thesc rnembers comply with thc provisions of this
code.
620.2 Dcsign of l'ortions
When a building of othcrwise convcntional constructi on
contains non-conventi9nal structural elements, those
elements shall be designed in accordance with Scction on
"Rationality of Design Method" on ú1c previous chapter.
620.3 Additional Rcquircments for Conventional
Construction in High-wind Arcas
Provisions for conventional constn1ction in high-wind arcas
sha!l apply when specifically adopted.
620.4 Additional Rcquircrncnts for Conventional
Construction in Seismic Zonc 2
620.4.1 J3raccd Wall Lincs
In areas under Seismic Zonc 2 ami where the basic wi nd
spced obtained from Figure 207- 1 is not grcater than 125
kph, buildings shall be provided with exterior and interior
braced walllines not excccding 10.0 m on ccntcr in both the
longitudinal and transverse directions in each story.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edi!ion Volume 1
CHAPTEI16 · Woocl G·29
620.4.2 Vencer
Anchorcd masonry and stone wall vencer shall not excccd
125 mm in thickncss.
620.4.3 Unusually Sha¡>ed Uuildings
Whcn building is of an unusual shape as dcfincd in Section
620.5.3, buildings of light-framc construction in Seismic
Zonc 2 shall havc a lateral-force-rcsisting systcm designed
to rcsist thc !orces spccificd in Chaptcr 2.
..
620.5 Additional Requirements for Convcntional
Construction in Seismic Zone 4
620.5.1 llraced Wall Lines
In arcas undcr Scismic Zone 4 and wherc the basic wind
speed cxcecds 125 kph, buildings shall be provided with
exterior and interior braccd wall lines not exceeding 7.50m
on ccnter in both the longitudi nal and transverse directions
in each story.
Exception:
In one- and two-st01y dwcllings and lodging Jwuses,
interior braced wal/ linc spacing may be increased to not
nwrc than 10.0 m on centcr in arder to accomnwdatc one
single room per dwellirzg unit twt exceeding 84.0 m2• The
building official may require additional walls to contain
braced panels when this exception is used.
620.5.2 Vencer
Anchored masonry and stone wall vencer shall not exceed
125 mm in thickness and shall not extend abo ve thc first
story.
620.5.3 Unusually Shapcd Buildings
Whcn of unusual shapc, buildings of light-framc
construction shall llave a latcral-force-rcsisting systcm
designcd to resist thc forces specified in Chapter 2. Onc or
more of thc following shall be considered to constitute an
unusual shape:
620.5.3.1 When exterior braced wall pancls, as requircd by
Scction 620.1 0.3, are not in one plane ve1tically from the
foundation to thc uppermost story in which thcy are
required.
Exceptions:
Floors with cantile1•ers or setbacks not exceedingfour times
the nominal depth of the jloor joists may support braced
wall pane/.1· provided:
l. f;'foor joists are 50 mm by 250 mm or larger and
spaced at notmore than 400 mm 011 center.
2. The ratio of the back span to the cantilever is at least 2
to l.
11
 6·30 CHAPTHl 6 - Wood
3. Floor joists al ends ofbraced wall pands are doubled.
4. A contínuous rím joísts is connected ro ends of all
cantilevered joi.\'IS. 11ze rim joist may be spliced using
a metal tie not less than 1.47 mm ( 16 gafvmrized gage)
and 38 mm wide fastened with six 16 d nails.
5. Gravity load\' carried ar the end of cantilevered joists
are limited to uniform wall and roof load and the
react.'ons frorrr headers having a span of 2.40 m or /ess.
620.5.3.2 When a section of floor or roof is not latcrally
supported by braced wall lincs on all edges.
Exceplion:
Portionr of roofr or floors which do nol support braced
wall panels abo ve may extend up to 1.80 m beyond a
braced wallline.
620.5.3.3 When the end of a required braced wall panel
extc nds more than 300 mm over an opening in the wall
below. This provision is applicable to braccd wall pancls
offset in plane and lo braced wall panels offset out of planc
as permittcd by Section 620.5.3.1.
F.xception:
Braced wall panels may extend over an opening rwt more
than 2.40 m. in width when the header is a 100 mm by 300
mm or larger member.
620.5.3.4 When an opening in a f1oor or roof exceeds the
lesser of 3.60 m or 50 percent of the least f1oor or roof
dimension.
620.5.3.5 Const ruction where port ions of a !loor leve! are
vertically offset such that the framing members 011 cither
side of the offset cannot be lappcd or ticd togethcr in a11
approved manner as required by Section 620.7.3.
Exception:
Framing supported directly by foundations.
620.5.3.6 When braced wall lines do not occur in two
perpendicular directions.
620.5.3.7 Other confígurations which, in the opini on of thc
building official, creare irregulari ties or discontinuitics
which are 1101 addressed by this Section.
620.5.4 Lumbcr Roof Dccks
Lumbcr roof dccks shall ha ve sol id sheathing.
620.5.5 Interior Hraccd Wall Snpport
In one-story buildings, interior braced wa!l lincs shall be
suppotted on continuous foundations at intervals not
exceeding 15.0 m. In buildings more than onc-story in
Association of Structu ral Engineers of the Philippines
height, al! interior braccd wall pancls shall be supportcd on
continuous l'oundations.
Exception:
Two-story buildings may have interior braced wa/1 lines
supported on continuous fowulatiOn.\' al interva/s no:·
exceeding 15.0 m. providcd:
l. Cripp/e wall h<1ight does nol exceed /.20m.
~ ..
2. Fir.H - jloor braced wa/{ panels are supporred ,.,.,,
doubled jloor joist, continuous b/ocking or j!oor
beams.
3. Disrance between bracing lines does nol exceed li••h··;
tire building width para/le/ to !he braced wallline.
620.6 Gírders
Unless othcrwisc permitt cd by provisions in NSCP Yol !n " '~
3 on Housing, girdcrs for si nglc-story construclion •,r
girders supporting loads fror n a single floor shall nol be. kss
!han l OOmm by 150 111111 for spans 1.80 mor lcss, providcd
that girdcrs are spaccd nol more than 2.40 m on centcr.
Other girdcrs shall be dcsigned to support lhc loads
specífied in this codc. Girdcr end joints shall occur ovcr
supports. When a girder is spliccd ovcr a suppon, ::;:
adequate tic shall be provided. The end of beams or ginh:; s
supponed on masonry or concrete shall not havc less til:;;¡
75 111111 of bearing.
620.7 Floor Joísts
620.7.1 General
The limils of defccts by grade in joi~ts ami planl•s li. •r
seasoned wood are set forth in Table 6.!5.
620.7.2 Bcaring
Except wherc supported on a 25 mm by 100 mm ,:¡ ,¡,,.,,_
strip and nailed to the adjoining stud, the ends of cacJ, ·
shall not have less than 38 mm of bcaring on woocl ur
metal, or less than 75 mm on masonry.
620.7.3 Framing Details
Joists shall be supported Jatcrally at the ends and nt r·:• .¡,
supporl by sol id blocking cxcept whcrc the ends oC .i ·, < ·;
are nailc.d lo a headcr, band or rim joist orto an adj11i1u',i;
st ud or by other approved mcans. Solid blocking shall not
be less 50 mm in thickncss and thc full dcplh of joist.
Notches on the cnds of joists shall nol exceed om:-fourth
the joist depth. Holes bored in joists shall not be withil; :-n
mm of the top or bottom of the joist and the diamctr.1 ·' . ",
such hole shall no! exceed one-third thc deplh of !In. j(,i~,l.
Notches in the top or bottom of joists shall no! cxc('<' · , ¡,.,
sixlh the depth and shall not be locatcd in the middk ti,¡, d
of the span.

Joisl framing from O¡>JlOSÍIC sides of a bealll. gin!cr OJ'
partition shall he lapped at !cast 75 mm or the opposing
joists shall be ticd togcther in an approvcd manncr.
.loists framí11 g i11to tlle sídc of a wood girdcr shall be
suppor1cd by framing a11chors or on lcdgcr strips not lcss
tlwn 50 111111 by 50 111111.
620.7.4 Framing Around Opcnings
Trimmer a11tl headcr joists shall be doubled, or of lurnbcr of
equivalcnt cross section. when the span of the headcr
cxceeds J.20 rn . Tbc ends of headcr joists more than 1.80
m long shall be supponed by framing anchors or joist
hangers unless bearing on a beam, panition or wal!. Tail
joists over 3.60 m long shall be supported at header by
framing a11chors or 011 lcdgcr strips 1101 Jess tha11 50 mm by
50 mm.
620.7 .S Supporting Bcaring Partitions
Bcaring partitions perpendicular to joists shall not be offset
from supporting girdcrs, walls or partitions more than the
j oist dept h.
Joists under and parallel to bearing partitions shall be
doublcd.
620.7.6 Blocking
Floor joists shall be blocked when rcquired by thc
provisions of Section 620.7 .3.
620.8 Subfloo1ing
620.8.1 Lumbcr Subfloor
Sheathing used as a slnrctural sub-!loor shall conform to the
limitations set forth in Table 6.9.
Joints in subflooring shall occur over suppor1s unl ess end-
matched lumber is used in which case each piece shall bear
on at least two joists.
Subflooring may be omittcd when joist spacing does not
exceed 400 mm and 25 mm nominal tongue-and-groove
wood strip ilooring is applied perpendicular to the joists.
620.8.2 Wood Structul'al Pancls
\Vhere used as stnrctural subfloori ng, wood structural
pancls :;hall be as scl forlh in Tablcs 6. 1O and 6. 1l. Wood
structural panel combination subfloor underlayrnenl shall
ha ve maxi mu rn spans as set fort h in Table 6. 12.
When wood structural panel lloors are gl ucd lo joists with
an adhesive in accordancc with the adhesive manufacturer's
directions, fasteners may be spaced a maxí mum of 300 mm
on center at al! supports.
Natio~1al Structural Code of the Philippines 61h Edition Volume 1
C H APTE. f-~ G · Woo<l G-31
620.8.3 Plank Flooring
Plank flooring shall be dcsignctl in accordance with the
general provisions of this codc .
In licu of such dcsign, 50 mm tonguc-and-groove planking
rnay be uscd in accordancc with Tablc 6.22. Joints in such
planking may be ·randomly spaccd, providcd thc system is
applicd to not lcss than threc continuous spans. planks are
ccnter-rmllched and cnd-matchcd or splincd, each plank
bears on at least onc support and joints are ~;eparatt~tl by at
least 600 mm in adjacent pieces. 25 mm nominal strip
squarc-cdged flooring; 13 mrn tongue-and-groove flooring
or 9 mm wood structural panel shall be applied at right
angles to the span of the planks. Thc 9 mm plywoocl shall
be applied with the face grain at right angles to the span of
the planks.
620.8.4 Particlcboard
Wherc used as structural subflooring or as combined
subfloor underlaymenl, particleboard shall be ns set fmth in
Table6.13.
620.9 Particlcboard Underlaymcnt
In acco rtlancc with approved recogn iz.cd · standards.
particlcboard floor undcrlayment shaJJ conform to Type
PI3U. Underlayment shall not be less than 6 mm in
thickness and shall be identifíed by the grade mark of an
approvcd inspection agency. Underlayment shall be
installed in accordance wi th this code and as recommended
by the manufacturer.
620.10 Wall Framing
620.10.1 Sizc, Hcight and Spacing
The size, beight and spacing of studs shall be in accordance
with Tablc 6.23 except that utilit y grade studs shall not be
spaced more than 400 mm on center, or support more than a
roof and ceiling, or exceed 2.40 m in height for exterior
walls and Joad-bearing walls or 3.00 m for interior non
load-bearing walls.
620.10.2 Framing Oetails
Studs shall be placee! with their wide dimension
perpendicular to thc wall. Not lcss than threc studs shall be
installed at each corner of a11 exterior wal l.
/:.xceptions:
At comers, a third stud may be omitted through the use of
wood spacers or backup cleats of 9 mm wood structural
panel, 9 mm Type M "Exterior Glue " particle-board, 25
mm lumber or other approved devices that will serve as an
adequate backing for the attachment of facing materials.
Where fire resistance ratings or shear values are in volved,
 6·32 CHAPTEii 6- Wood
wood spacers, backup cleats or other devices sha/l twt be
used unless specifically approvedfor such use.
Bcaring and exterior wall studs shall be cappcd wíth double
top plates installed to provide ovcrlapping at corners ami at
interscctions with othcr pal1itions. End joints in doublc top
plates shall be offset at least 2.40 m.
Exceptions:
A single top plate may be used, provided the plate is
adequateiy tied at joints, comers arzd intersecting walls by
at least the equivalen! of 75 mm by 150 nun by 0.9 mm
ga/vanized steel that is nailed to each wall or segment of
wa/1 by six 8d nails or equivalertt, provided the rafters,
joists or trusses are centered over the studs with a tolerance
of 110 more than 25 mm.
Whcn bearing studs are spaced al 600 mm intervals and top
piates are lcss than 50 nun by !50 mm or 70 mm by 100
mm members and when the floor joists, floor t!Usses or roof
trusses which they support are spaced at more than 406 mm
intervals, such joists or tmsses shall bear within 125 mm of
the studs beneath ora third plate shall be installcd.
Interior nonbearing partitions may be capped with a single
top plate installed to providc overlapping at corners and at
intersections with other walls and pru1itions. The plate shall
be continuously ticd at joints by solid blocking at least 400
mm in Jcngth and cqual in size to the plate or by 3 mm by
38 mm metal ties with spliced sections fastened with two
I 6d nails on each si de of the joint.
Studs shall llave full bcaring on a plate or sill not Iess than
50 mm in thickness having a width not less than that of thc
wall studs.
620.10.3 Bracing
Braced walllines shall consists of braced wall panels which
meet the requirements for location, type and amount of
bracing specified in Table 6.24 and are in line or offset
from each other by not more than 1.20 m. Braced wall
pancls shall start at not more than 2.40 m from each end of
a braced wall line. All braced wall panels shall be clearly
indicated on the plans. Construction of braced wall panels
shall bE! by one of thc following methods:
l. Nominal 25 mm by 100 mm contínuous diagonal
braces let into top and bottom platcs and intcrvcning
studs, placed at an angle not more than 60 clegrees or
less than 45 degrces from thc horizontal, and attached
to the framing in conforrnancc with Table 6.3.
2. Wood boards of 16 mm netminimurn thickness applied
diagonally on studs spaced not over 600 mm on center.
3. Wood structural panel sheathing with a thickness not
lcss than 8 mm for 400 mm stud spacing and not less
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippínes
than 9 mm for 600 mm stud spacir~ in accordancc with
Tablcs 6.5 ami 6.25.
4. Fiberboard sheathing 1.20 m by 2.40 rn panels not lcss
than 13 mm thick applicd vcrtically on studs spaced not
ovcr 406 rnm on centcr when ínstallcd in accordancc
with Scction 614.6 ami Tablc6.27.
5. Gypsum board (shcathing 13 mm thick by 1.20 rn
wide, wal!board or vencer base) on studs spaccd not
over 600 mm on centcr and nailed al 175 mm on ccnter
with nails as requíred by Table 6.28.
6. Particleboard wall sheathing panc1s whcre installed in
accordancc with Table 6.29.
7. Portland ccrnent plaster on studs spaced 400 mm on
center installed in accordancc with Tablc 6.28.
8. 1!¡mlboard panel sid ing when instal lcd in accordance
with Scction 609.6 and Table 6.8.
For crí pplc wall bracing, sce Section 620.10.5. For Methods
2, 3, 4, 6 and 8, each braccd panel must be al least 1.20 rn in
length, covering three stud spaces wherc studs are spaced
400 mm apmt and covcring two stud spaces wherc studs are
spaced 600 mm apan.
For Method 5, each braced wall panel must be at least
2.40 m in length when applied to one face of a braced wall
panel and 1.20 m when appliecl to both faces.
Al! vertical joints of panel sheathing shall occur over studs.
Horizontal joints shall occur ovcr blocking egua! in size to
thc studding cxcept where waived by the installation
requírements for the specific sheathing materials.
Braced wall panel sole plates shall be nailed to the floor
framing and top plates shall be connected to the framing
above in accordancc with Tablc 6.3. Sills shall be bolted to
the foundation or slab. Where joists are perpendicular to
braced wall lines above, blocking shall be providcd under
and in line with the braced wall panels.
620.10.4 Al!ernate Jlraced Wall Panels
Any braced wall panel required by Section 620. 10.3 may b (:
replaced by an alternatc braccd wall panel constructed i1:
accordance with the following:
1. In onc-story buildings, cach panel shall havc a lcngth
of not Jess than 800 mm ami a height of not more than
3.0 m. Each panel shall be shcathcd on one face with 9
mm p!ywood sheathing nailed witb 65nun common or
galvanizcd box nails in accordancc with Table 6.3 and
blocked at all plywood edges. Two anchor bolts
installed shall be providcd in eacb panel. Anchor bolls
shall be placed at panel quat1er points. Eacb panel end
stud shall have a tie-down device fastened to thc

foundation. capahlc of providing an approvcd uplifl
capacit y of not lcss than 820 kg. Thc tic-down devicc
shall be inswllcd in acconlancc with the manu factu rcr's
rccommendations. Thc panels shall be suppo11cd
dircctly on a foundation or on !loor framing supp011ed
directly on a foundation which is continuous across the
cntirc length of the braccd wall linc. This foundation
shall be reinforced with not lcss than onc 12 mm bar
top and bottom.
2. In the firsl s1ory of lwo-story buildings, each braced
wall panel shall be in accordance with Section
620. 10.4, item 1, cxccpt that 1he plywood sheathing
shall be provided on bolh faces, three anchor bolts shall
be placed at onc-tlfth points, and lie-down devicc uplift
capacit y shall not be less than 1360 kg.
620.10.5 Cripplc Walls
Foundation cripple wa lls shall be framed of studs nol lcss in
size than lhe studding abovc with a mínimum length of 350
mm, or shall be framed if solid blocking. When exceeding
1.20 m in height, such walls shall be framed of studs having
the size required for an additional story.
Cripple walls having a stud height exceeding 350 mm shall
be braced in accordance with Table 6.26. Solid blocking or
woocl structural panel sheathing may be used to brace
cripple walls having a stud height of 350 mm or less. In
Seismic Zone 4, Method 7 is not permitted for bracing any
cripple wall studs.
Spacing of boundary nailing for rcquired wall bracing shall
not exceed 150 mm on center along the foundation plate
and the top plate of the cripple wall. Nail sizc, nail spacing
for tleld nailing and more restrictive boundary nailing
requircments shall be as requircd elsewhere in thc code for
thc spccific bracing material used.
620.10.6 Hcadcrs
Headers and lintels shall confonn to lhe requirements set
forth in this paragraph and together with their supporting
systems shall be designed to support th e loads specified in
this code. All openings 1200 mm widc or less in bearing
walls shall be providcd with headers consisti11g of either
two pieces of 50 mm framing Iumber placed 011 edge and
securely faslened together or lOO mm lumber of equivalen!
cross sectio11. Al! openings more than 1.20 m. wide shall be
providcd with headers or lintels. Each end of lintel or
header shall have a length of bearing of 1101 less tha11 38 mm
for the full width of the lintel.
620.10.7 Pipes in Walls
Stud partitions contai11ing plumbing, heating, or othcr pipes
shall be so framed and the joists underneath so spaced as to
gi ve proper clearance for the piping. Where a partition
containing such piping runs parallel to the floor joists, the
Nationa l S tructural Code of the Philippines 6
CHAPTEH 6 · Wood G·3:l
JOists undcrncath such partitions shall be doublcd and
spaccd to pennil the passage of such pi pes and shall be
bridged. Whcre plumbing, hcating or other pipes an.: placcd
in or pat1l y in a partition, necessitating thc cu tti ng of thc
soles or plates, a metal tic nol less than 1.47 mm (16
galvanized gagc} and 38 mm wide shall be fastcned lo each
platc across and to each sidc of the opening with not lcss
than six 16 d nails.
620.10.8 Bridging
Unless covered by interior or exterior wall coverings or
shcathing meeting thc mínimum requiremcnts of this codc,
al! stud partitions or walls with studs having a height-to-
Jeast thickness rati o cx'ceeding 50 shall have bridging not
less th an 50 mm in thickness and of the same width as the
studs fítted snugl y and nailed thereto to provide adequatc
lateral support.
620.10.9 C utting and Notching
In exterior walls and bearing partitions, any wood stud may
be cut or nolchcd to a depth not cxceeding 25 perccnt of ils
width. Cutting or notching of studs to a depth nol greater
than 40 pcrccnt of che width of the stud is pcrmitted in
nonbearing partitions supporting no loads other than thc
weight of the partition.
620.10.10 Bored Holcs
Bored boles rnay be pem1itted in any wood stud providcd
the holes are not greater than 40 percent of the stud widlh.
13ored boles not greatcr than 60 percenl of the width of lhe
s!udy is permitted in nonbearing partitions or in any wall
where each bored stud is doubled , providcd not more than
two such successíve doublcd studs are so bored.
In no case shall thc edge of thc bored hole be nearer than 16
mm to the edge of the stud. Bored holes shall not be
located at the same section of stud as a cut or notch.
620.10.11 Roof and Ceiling Framing
620.10.11.1 General
The framing delails required in this section apply to roofs
having a mínimum slope of 3 units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (25% slopc) or greater. When the roof slope is
less than 3 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25% slopc},
mcmbers supporting raftcrs and ceiling joists such as ridge
board, hips and valleys shall be designed as beams.
620.10.11.2 Framing
Rafters shall be framcd directly opposile each other al the
ridge. There shall be a ridge board al least 25 mm nominal
thickness at all ridges and not less in depth than the cut end
of the rafter. At all valleys and hips there shall be a single
valley or hip rafter not less than 50 mm nominal thickness
and not Jess than the cut of the rafter.
11
' Edition Volume 1
 6 <!4 CHAPT Eii 6 · Wootj
620.10.11.3 Notches and Boles
Notching at thc cnds o f rartcrs or ccili ng joists shall not
cxcced onc fóurth thc dcpth. Notchcs in thc top or bottom
of thc raftcr or cciling joist shall not cxcccd onc .~ixth thc
dcpth and shall not he locatcd in thc middlc onc third of thc
s pan, cxccpt that a notch not cxcccding onc third of thc
dcpth is pcrmittcd in thc top of thc raftcr or cciling joist 1101
funhcr frorn thc facc of thc suppo11 than thc dcpth of thc
mcmbcr.
Holcs borcd in raf!ers or ceiling joists shall not be withi11 50
mm of thc top ancl bottom and their diametcr shall not
excecd onc third the dcpth of thc mcmbcr.
620.10.11.4 Framing Around Opcnings
Tri mmcr and hcader rafters shall be doublcd. or of lumber
of equivalen! cross scction, whe11 the span of thc hc<~dc:r
cxceeds 1.20 m. Thc e11ds of header raflers more than 1.80
m long shall be supported by framing anchors or raftcr
hangcrs unless bearing on a beam, par1ition or wall.
620.10.11.5 Rafter Ties
Rafter shall be nai led 10 adjacent ceiling joists to fonn a
cont inu ous tic bctween exterior walls when such joists are
parallelto the rafters. Where not parallcl, raftcr. shall be lied
to 25 mm by l 00 mm (nominal) mínimum-sizc crossties.
Rafter ties shall be spaced not more than 1.20 m on ·centcr.
620.10.11.6 Purlins
The maximum span of 50mm by 150 mm purlins shall be
1.80 m but in no case shall the purli ns be smaller than 50
mm by 100 mm members. Thc unbraced length of struls
shall not excecd 2.40 m and the mínimum slope of the struts
shall be 45 degrees from the horizontaL
620.IO.l1.7 Hlocking
Roof rafters and ceiling joists shall be supported laterall y
lo prevent rotation and lateral displacemenl when required
by Section 616. Roof trüsses shall be supported lalerall y at
points of bearing by solid blocking or by olher equivalen!
means 10 preven! rotation and lateral displacement.
620.10.11.8 Roof Sheathing
Roof sheathing shall be in accordancc with Tablcs 6.1O and
6.11 for wood stru ctural panels, and Tablc 6.9 for lumber.
Joints in lumber shcathing shall occur ovcr su pport unless
approved end-matched is used, in which case each piece
shall bear on at least two supports.
Wood structural panels used for roof sheathing shall be
bonded by intermediate or ex terior glue. Wood structural
panel roof sheathing exposed on the underside shall be
bonded with exterior glue.
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
620.10.11.9 Roof Planking
Planki ng shall be dcsigncd in accordancc with thc gener:d
provisions of this codc.
In licu of ~uch dcsign, 50 mm tongué-and-groovc planking
may he usc·d in acconlancc with Tablc 6.22. Joints in sucl 1
plnnking may he randomly spaccd. providcd thc systcm ís
applicd to not lcss than three continuous spans, thc planks
are ccntcr-matchcd and end-matched o:. ~ plined , caeh plan k
bcars 011 at lcasl one suppor1, and thc jo11HS are separated by
at lcast 600 mm in adjacent pieces.
620.10.11.10 Exit Facilities
In Seismic Zone 4, exterior exit balco11ies, stairs and simil:u·
exit facilities shall be anchored to lhe primary stmcturc at
1101 over 2.40 m. 011 ccnter or shall be designed for latcr;d
forccs. Such aHachmcnt shall nol be acc:omplished by uscd
of toe11ails or nails subjcct to withdrawal.
62l.I Oesign and Fabrication
The dcsign and fabrication of metal plate connected woo:l
tJUsses shall be in accordance with ANS iffPI 1-199\
National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood
Truss Construclion of the Truss Plate Institute.
621.2 Performance
Full-scale load tests in accordance with ANSiffPI 2 may be
required at the option of the building ofticial lo provide a
means of demonstrating that mm1mum adequate
performance is obtainable from specific metal plat<:
connector plates, various lumber types and grades, :1
particular truss design and a particular fabricatio1!
procedure. ANSI!TPI 2 provides procedures for testing and
evaluating wood t1usses designed in accordancc with
ANS iffPJ l .
621.3 ln-Piant lnspection
Each truss manufncturer shnll retain an approved agcn1 '
having no financia! interest in the plant being inspcct<;;: : ·
make nonschcduled inspcctions shall covcr all phases ol the
truss operation, including lumbcr storagc, handling, cutting,
fixturcs, presses or rollers, fabrication bundling and
banding, handling, ami del ivery.
621.4 Marking
Each truss shall be legibly branded, marked or otherwi~e
have permanentl y affixed thereto the following informatiou
located within 600 mm of the center of the span on the face
ofthe bottom chord:
 CHAPTE n 6 · Wood G· 3~i

l. ldcntity ol' thc company manul'ac.:turing the truss.

2. The dl!sign load.
J. Thc spacing of trusses.

622.1 General
In cases whcrc thc idcntification of a particu lar wood
spccics is not known, thcrcfore-.working stresses cannot be
found in Tablc 6. 1, rnacbine grad~d lumbcr can be used for
general and strucwral applications.

622.2 Dcsign Pt·opcrtics for Machinc Gradcd Lumbcr

The design propcrtics for machine graded lumber
dcvelopcd by thc Forest Products Rescarch and
Devclopment Institutc are shown in Table 6.31 - 6.34.
¡ Thcsc propenies are applicablc for dry lumbcr (moisture

!
!
¡
content :::: 16%) only. In grecn lu mber (moisturc content ?.
28%), the design strcngth shall be rcduccd by 40% and
i
modul us of elasticíty by 20% For lurnber with moisture
I content between 16% and 28%. the dcsign propcrtics may
i be obtained by dircct imeq)olation.
t
¡~

622.3 Design Using Machinc Gradcd Lumbcr

The basic working values given in Section 622.2 may be
used to dcsign timber structures in accordancc with the
rules given by NSCP and other appropriatc national and/or
intemational standards.

622.4 Preserva ti ve Trcatmcnt

To ensure the durability of MGL against bio-detcriorating
agents sucl\ as fungi and insects, MGL should be treatcd
with an environmcnt-friendly prescrvative.

622.5 Moisturc Contcnt

A gi ven piece of lumber is considercd dry, partially
seasoned, and green, whcn their respective moisture
contents is above 10%, 22% - 28%, and greater than 28%

· 622.6 Markings
Prior to use, each machine graded lumber should be
inspectcd for a mark that contains the mili in which thc
lumber was graded, organiultion that c.:e1tifies the quality of
the grading proced ure, timbcr sizc, stress grade and
moisturc content .

11
National Struclural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edilion Volumc 1
 G-:36 CHAPTUl G · Wood

Tablc 6.1 - Working Strcsscs for Visually Strcss-Gradcd Unscasoncd Structural Timber of Philippinc Woods "
....-... --~·----·------
80% Stress Gntdc
,----·------....:=-' --
SpccicS !lending Hnd Modulus of Comprcssion Comprc.~sion Shca•·
'J(,nsion Elasticity in J'arall~l lo P' pendicular l'•u·allcl 10
(Common and nota nic'al Namcs) l'arallclto l!cnding Gr~in l o Gruin Grain
Gruin ·····-~-
-·-···-~--~-------·-

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

1
xl0"
MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa
l. High Strcngth Group
Agoho (Casuarína cquíset ifolia Forst) 26.3 8.22 14.5 5.91 2.95
Liusin (Parinari corymbos¡1 (B iumc) Miq.) 25.0 9.36 15.6 4.3 1 2.64
Mal aba yabas (Tristania sp¡).) 28.7 8.30 15.8 8.70 3.02
Manggachapui (Hopea spp .) 25.8 9.63 16.0 6.03 2.78
Mola ve (Vitcx parviflora J uss.) 24.0 6.54 154 6.34 2.88
Narig (Vatíca spp.) 21.8 8.33 13.7 4.97 2.61
Sasalit (Teijmanniodendron ahcrnianum (Mcrr) 3 1. 3 9.72 21 .60 10.2 3.38
Bkh.]
Yakal (Shorca spp.) 24.5 9.78 15.8 6.27 2.49

11. Modcratcly lligh Strcngtl1 Group

Antipolo (Arthocarpus spp.) 18.6 5.35 10.8 3.90 2.06
Binggas (Tcrrni nalia spp.) 18.9 6.57 !14 3.27 2.24
Bokbok (Xanthophyllum excclsu m (Blume) Miq.] 18.1 6.36 11.3 3.4 1 2.18
Dao (Dracontomelon spp.) 16.2 5.43 9.44 2.27 1.92
Gatasan [Garcinia vcnulosa (Blanco) Choisy) 20.8 6.84 13.5 3.52 2.36
Guijo (Shorca spp.) 21.8 8.47 13.2 4.26 2.40
Kamagong (Diospyros spp.) 20.9 7.20 11.7 4.39 2.47
Kamatog [Erythrophlocum dcnsínorum (Elm) 19.0 7.56 11.2 3.95 2.35
Mcrr.J
Katmon (Dillcnia spp) 18.8 6.82 11.9 4.84 2.29
Kato (Amoora spp.) 18.4 8.04 10.6 3.46 1.96
l..om~rau (Swintonia foxwor thyi Elm.) 19.8 7.92 l l.8 ?..98 2 18
Mahogany, Big- leafed (Swi ctenía macrophylla 16.5 4.66 10.5 3.83 2.7 1
King)
Makaasim (Sysygiurn nitidu 111 Bcnth) 20.5 6.72 11.4 3.70 2.40
Malakauayan [Decusocarpu s philippincnsis (Foxw.) 18.9 6.66 11.1 2 2.32 2.14
de Laub.)
Nan·a (Pterocarpus indicus W illd) 18.0 5.94 11.4 3.07 1.91
Pahutan (Mangifcra spp.) 16.6 6.53 10.0 2.50 2.05

111 Medium Strength Group

Apitong (Diptcrocarpus spp. ) 16.5 7.31 9.56 2.20 1.73
Bagtikan [Parashorea malaanonan (Blanco) Mcrr.] 16.6 6.48 9.89 2.33 I .R7.
Dangkalan (Calophyllum sp¡),) 16.3 6.38 9.20 2.4R 1.9!:\
Gisau (Canarium spp.) 14.3 5.33 8.16 1.99 1.90
Lanutan-bagyo [Gonystylus macrophyllu m (miq.) 15.0 6.06 8.96 2.02 1.811
Aíry Shaw]
Lauan (Shorca spp.) 13.9 5.83 8.18 1.72 1.48
Malaanonang (Shorca 5pp.) 13.8 5.41 8.54 1.96 1.59
Mal asaging (Aglaia spp.) 16.8 5.94 '9.5! 2.92 J .85
Malugai (Pomctía spp) 15.4 6.30 9.33 3.07 2.0"1
Miau (Dysoxylum spp.) 15.7 6.50 8.83 2.78 2.0(,
Nato (Palaquíum spp.) 16.2 5.56 9.17 2.33 1.98
5.98 8.38 2.7:) I.(Í ~:
Palosapis (Anisoptcra spp.) 13.8
Pinc (Pínus spp.) 14.7 6.66 8.29 1.88 i ;. .
Salakin (A )hanamixis s ) J.)
·------- 15.7 5.67 8.83 1. . ..:_.;:·:
? -9'1 ..____

Association of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines

 CHAPTHl C · Wood (i-3/

··-·--····-·---- ········-···············-···-····-·--··- -·-·--- ----------· ,..--·--··-··--·-·-··-··-······· -----¡¡¡¡-<yo si;-~~~- (~radC·--·-···············- ·- ···-·····-·······-

----·-·-·· --.---·----··-·-..:.:..: ----····--"-'-"- - ·- ·--·-·-·---- ·--··········-············
Spccics !lending and Modulos of Comprcssion Comprr~-sion ShNtr
' ·
(e0111111011 und 1>Oiamcal N ames) Tensi<>n
l'nrull ~l El:tsticity in l':trallclto P"pc ndicul¡tr l'arnllr l tu
10 !lending Grain lo Grain Gt'llin
- -- - -- - -- - - - - - - - -- - - -- -·----l--~(,:.:.'r-'!:ui:.::_
n _ _1_ _____+·--
(1) (2) (3) (4) (S) (6)
x 1o'
MI'a Ml'a Ml'a MPa MPa
Vida! !anulan !Hibiscus campylosiphon Tun.:z.
var. glabreccns (Har. Ex. Pcrk.)) 19.5 5.8:1 8.54 2.65 2.39
:• .>
IV Modcralcly Low Strcngtl~ Gr-oup
A lmaciga [Agathis danunara (Lamb.) Rilh .] 11.8 5.47 6.27 1.44 1.47
Bayok (Plerospermum spp.) 12.6 4.75 7.33 1.30 1.20
Lingo-lingo (Vitex lurczaninowii Mcrr.) 13.2 4.1J 6.85 2.00 1.66
Mangasinoro (Shorea spp.) 12.8 5.36 7.46 1.97 1.44
Raintrcc [Samanea saman (Jacq.) Mcrr.] !1.9 2.75 7.23 3.32 2.07
Yemane (Gmclina ¡u·borca R. Br.) 12.6 4.09 7.87 3.40 1.96
-----·-- -- - - - -- - - - - ·-------
----r----------- --·--------·------
63 % Stress Grade
-----------··-
~~---. --- ------~~~~~~~-------T?~~--·4
Bcndmg A nd Modultts Of Com¡H·cs.~ion Comprcssion Shcar
Spccics
Tcnsion Elasticity In J>arallcl T o !" pendicular Parallcl To
(Common :tJl(l Botanical Namcs) Parallcl lo !lending Grain To Grain Gnlin

---·····--···---------------····..···---······--··········- ·-·····-··--·-·--···--·· - ·· GraJ.~--- ............·--------··-··- ······--·--· - _____________..... ····-·---·-·--·

Ol ____ ___¡ _ _ _ QL __________J!!L______ <9l __(!Q)_____ i l l L
1
x l0
MPa MPa MJ>a MJ>a MPa
l. High Strength Group
Agoho (Casuarina cquisetifolia f'orsl) 20.7 6.47 11.4 4.65 2.32
Liusin {Parinari corymbosa (Biumc) Miq .) 19.7 7.37 12.3 3.39 2.08
Malabayabas (Trislania spp.) 22.6 6.53 12.5 6.85 2.38
Manggachapui (Hopea spp.) 20.3 7.58 12.6 4.75 2.19
Molavc (Vitcx parviOora Juss.) 18.9 5.15 12. 1 5.00 2.27
Narig (Vatica spp.) 17.2 6.56 10.8 3.92 2.{)6
Sasalit [Tcij rnann iodcndron ahcrnianum (Mcrr) 24.7 7.65 17.0 8.07 2.67
Bkh. ]
Yakal (Shorea spp.) 19.3 7.70 !2.0 4.94 1.96

JI. Moderatc1y High Strcngth Group

Antipolo (Arthocarpus spp.) 14.7 4.2 1 8.53 3.07 1.62
Binggas (Terminalia spp.) !4.9 5. 17 8.98 2.57 1.77
Bokbok (Xanthophyllum excclsum (Biume) Miq.] 14.3 5.01 8.90 2.68 1.72
Dao (Dracontomelon spp.) 12.8 4.28 7.43 1.79 1.51
Gatasan [Garcinia venulosa (Blanco) Choisy] 16.4 5.39 10.6 2.77 1.86
Guijo (Shorca spp.) 17. 1 6.67 10.4 3.35 1.89
Kamagong (Diospyros spp.) 16.6 5.67 9.2 ! 3.46 1.95
Kamalog [Erythrophloeurn densiflorum (El m) 15.0 5.95 8.79 3.1! 1.85
Mcrr.]
Katmon (Dillenia spp) 14.8 5.37 9. 38 3.8 ! 1.80
Kalo (Amoora spp.) 14.5 6.:n 8.34 2.73 1.54
Lomarau (Swintonia foxworthyi E1m.) 15.6 6.24 9.30 2.34 1.71
Mahogany, Big-1cafcd (Swintonia macroph ylla 13.0 3.67 8.24 3.01 2. ! 3
King) 16.1 5.29 8.95 2.92 1.89
Makaasim (Sysygium nitidum Benth)
Ma1akauayan [Dc cusocarpus philippinens is (Foxw.) 14.9 5.24 8.79 1.83 1.69
de Laub.]
Narra (Pterocarpus indic us Wl!ld) 14.2 4.68 -··-~?1 ____ 2.42 ___ _ _!J__I_

1
National Structural Code of the Phílippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 6-:Jfl CIUI.PTEFl G- Wood

··--~-~-
·---------~-----------·~···-·----~--------A-·-·-·~·--··--~···-·---
63% Stress Grade ----
-Hcnding
- - -And- l\-lodulus or Curnprcssion Compn~ssion
--~--- -----
Shca 1
S pe des Tcn:,iou Elustkity In l'•trnllcl To l"pcndlcuhtr l'arnllcl To
(Common and Botanical Names) l'ur~llcl to !lending Gruin ToGntin Gntil
------______m__ Grain -------- ------·-·- --- ----
_- _- -----------------·-···--____ill
- __ -----------··---- _____{9) _.:_____ _______
o_Ql____________J!! )_
·- -
______________ _ _____________ (8)
·-------
1
xi0·
Ml'a
·-·----··-r;;-¡;uta;;-(ivi";mgilc;·a spp.·)-------------- - --
MPa MPa MPa
·---
1.97
---- MPa
13.1 5. 15 7.88 1.61

Ill Mcditt:ll Strcngth Group

Apitong (Diptcrocarpus spp.) l3.0 5.76 7 .53 1.73 136
Bagtikan !Parashorca malaanonan (Blanco) Me rr.] 13.1 5.10 7.79 1.84 1.43
Dangkalan (Calophyllum spp.) 12.8 5.03 7.24 1.96 1.56
Gísau (Canariurn spp.) 11.2 4.20 6.43 1.56 1.49
Lanutan-bagyo [Gonystylus macrophyllum miq.) 1 1.8 4.77 7.06 1.59 1.45
Airy Shaw]
Lauan (S horca spp.) 10.9 4.59 6.44 1.35 1.17
Malaanonang (Shorca spp.) 10.9 4.26 6.72 1.54 1.25
Malasaging (Aglaia spp.) !3.3 4.68 7.49 2.30 1.46
Malugai (Pomctia spp. ) 12.1 4.96 7.35 2.42 1.63
Miau {Dysoxylum spp.) 12.3 5. 12 6.96 2.19 1.62
Nato (Palaquium spp.) 12.7 4.38 7.22 1.84 1.56
Palosapis (Anisoptcra spp.) 10.9 4.7 1 6.60 2.1 5 1.33
Pinc (Pinus spp.) 11.6 5.24 6.53 1.48 1.23
Salakin (Aphanamixis spp.) 12.4 4.47 6.96 2.32 1.48
Vídal lanutan !Hibíscus campylosiphon T UJ'C7..
var. glabrcccns (l-lar. Ex. Pcrk.) ] 15.4 4.59 6 73 2.09 1.88

IV Modcratcly Low Strcngth Group

Almaciga (Agathis dammara (Lamb.) Rilh.] 9.26 4.30 4.94 l. 13 1.16
Bayok (Ptcrospcrmum spp.) 9.94 3.74 5.78 1.03 0.95
Lingo-lingo (Yitcx lllrczaninowii Mcrr.) !0.4 3.25 5.39 !.58 1.31
Mangasinoro (Shorca spp.) 10.0 4.22 5.87 1.55 1.!4
Raintrec [Samanea saman (Jacq.) Merr.] 9.37 2.16 5.70 2.61 1.63
Yemane (Gmclina m·borca R. B:J_______________ _ _ _ 9.90 3.22 6.20 2.68 1.55
-'-----

(lending and Modulus of

50% Stress Grade
Comprcssion Comprcssion Shcar =1
Spcci es Elasticity in Parallcllo [>'pendicular l'arallcl to
Tcnsion
(Common and Botanical Namcs) Para llclto llcnding Grain toGrain Grain
Grain
--- (16)
(1) (12) (13) (14) (15)
3
X 10
Mi'a MPa MPa MJ>a MPa
l. High Strcngth Gronp
Agoho (Casuarina cqui setifolia Forst) 16.4 5. 14 9.06 3.69 1.84
Liusin [Parinari corymbosa (Biumc) Miq.) 15.6 5.85 9376 2.69 1.65
Malabayabas (Tristania S[>p.) 17.9 5.19 9390 5.44 1.89
Manggachapui {Hopea spp.) 16.1 6.02 10.0 3.77 1.74
Mola ve (Vitcx parvinora Juss.) 15.0 4.09 9.60 3.96 1.80
Narig (Vatica spp.) 13.6 5.20 8.59 3.11 1.63
Sasalit [Teijmanniodcn<!ron ahernianum (Merr) 19.6 6.08 13.5 6.40 2.12

----~--J
Bkh.)
Yakal (Shorca spp.) 15.3 3.11 9.55 ' 3.92

Associatíon of Structural Engineers of the Phílippines

 CHAPTEfl 6 · Wood 6·39

-- --. --- -------~~ ..--. -- ----

50% Stress Grade
Jlcnding and Modulus or Compres..~ion Compression Shear
Specics l'nrattcllo P' pcndiculur l'arullcllo
Ten~ ion Elaslidly in
(Common and Botanical Namcs) l'arullcl lo ncndin¡: Grain 10 Grain Grnin

(I)
- - --- Grain
(12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
-- ·
1
X J(}
MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa
11. Modcratcly·High Strcngth Group
Antipolo (Arthocarpus spp.) 11.6 3.34 6.77 2.44 ,. 1.29
Binggas (Tcrminalia spp.) 1 1.8 4.1 1 7.13 2.04 1.40
Bokbok (Xanthophyllum cxcclsum (Blume) Miq.) 11 .3 3.97 7.06 2.13 1.36
Dao (Dracontomclon spp.) 10.1 3.39 5.90 1.42 1.20
Gatasan [Garcinia vcnulosa (Blanco) Choisy] 13.0 4.27 8.42 2.20 1.47
Guijo (Shorca spp.) 13.6 5.30 8.22 2.66 1.50
Kamagong (Diospyros spp.) 13. 1 4.50 7.31 2.74 !.54
Kamatog [Erythrophloeum dcnsiflorum Eln~) 11.9 4.72 6.98 2.47 1.47
Mcrr.]
Katmon (Dillenia spp} 11.7 4.26 7.44 3.03 1.43
Kato (Amoora spp.) 1 1.5 5.()2 6.62 2.17 1.2 3
Lo marau (Swintonia foxworthyi Elm.) 12.4 4.95 7.38 2.86 1.36
Mahogan y, Big-Jcafcd (Swintonia macro phylla 10.3 2.91 6.54 2.39 1.69
King)
Makaasim (Sysygium nitidum Bcnth) 12.8 4.20 7. 10 2.31 1.50
Malakaua yan [Dccusocatpus philippinc nsis (Foxw _) 1 1.8 4.16 6.98 1.45 1.34
de Laub.]
Nana (Ptcrocarpus indicus Willd) 11.2 3.71 7.12 1.92 1.20
Puhutan ( Mangilcra spp.) 10.4 4.08 6.25 ' 1 56 1.28

111 Medium Strcngth Group

5.97 1.37 1.08
Apitong Diplcrocarpus spp.) 1
. 10.3 4.57
4.05 . 6.18 1.46 1.14
Bagtikan [Parashorca malaanonan (Blanco) Mcrr.] 10.4
Dangkalan (Calophyllurn spp.) 10.2 3.99 5 .75 1.55 1.24
Gisau (Canarium spp.) 8.93 3.33 5.10 1.24 1.1 8
Lanutan-bagyo [Gonystylus macrophyllum (miq.) 9.39 3.79 .'í.60 1.26 l. 1~
Airy Shaw]
Lauan (Shorca spp.) 8.68 3.64 5. 11 1.07 0.9 3
Malaanonang (Shorca spp.) 8.63 3.38 5.34 1.23 0.99
Malasaging (Aglaia s pp.) 10.5 3.71 5.95 1.83 1.16
Malugai (Pometia spp.) 9.62 3.94 5.83 1.92 1.30
Miau (Dysoxylum spp.) 9.80 4.06 5.52 1.74 1.29
Nato (Palaquium spp.) 10.1 3.48 5.73 1.46 1.24
Palosapis (Anisoptcra spp.) 8.65 3.73 5.24 1.70 1.05
Pinc (Pinus spp.) 9.19 4.16 5.18 1.18 0.98
Salakin (Aphanami xis spp.) 9.83 3.54 5.52 1.84 l.l8
Vidallanutan [Hibiscus carnpylosipho n Tu rcz. ~

var. glabrcccns (l-Iar. Ex. Pcrk.) ] 12.2 3.64 5.34 1.66 1.50

IV Modcrately Low Strcngth Group

Almaciga [ Agathis da m mara (Lamh.) Rilll.] 7.35 3.42 3.92 0.90 0.92
Bayok ( Ptcrospermum spp.) 7.89 2.97 4.58 08 1 0 .75
Lingo-lingo (Y itcx turczaninowii Mcrr.) 8 .27 2.58 4.28 1.25 1.0 4
Mangasino ro (Shorea spp.) 7.98 3.35 4.66 1.23 0.90
Raintrec [Samanca sarnan (Jacq.) Mcrr.] 7.43 1.72 4.52 2.07 1.30
Yemane (Gmc1ina ar·borca R. Br.) 7.86 2.55 4.92 2.13 1.23

1
National Structural Code o! the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 G-4 0 C H/\PTU~ r; ·· Wood

Tablc 6.2- Grouping of Spccics for Dctcnnining Allowahlc Loads for Timbcr Joints
____________!__, --------- ·--------------í-v-·----·-----
______!!...r-::--·--···- III
1~lath·;;-···· - - Spccics- - ·-R~i~;¡·¡·~-~-
--·-------~~~--·--~--· · ---~

Spcdcs Rclntivc Spcdcs Rclativc Spt~dt~S

___-º_cnsi!,y_ __!?cnsity_ - -----·--- - - - - 1)cnsit ' Dcnsity
··----
(2)
------- (]) ____j& __
·-··--- --···- - - --~---- ------
. (6 [ ____
____
··-··-·-- -~
=-=-·(7)-~=-~- ~~~---__(~)_____ ...
Ma!abayabas 0.90 Makaasim o74 Malug¡ti 0.61 Lingo-lingo 0.48

Sasa!it ,)_<)() Kamagong 0.72 Dang¡tkalan 0.58 Raintrcc 0.48

Agoho 0.84 Guijo 0.70 Apitong 0.57 Bayo k 0.44

Liusin 0.79 Binggas 0.70 Salakin 0.56 Almaciga 0.42

Yakal 0.76 Katmon 0.68 Pinc 0.55 Manggasinoro 0.42

Narig 0.72 Gatasan 0.67 Lanutan-bagyo 0.53 Yemane 0.42

Manggachapui 0.71 Bok-bok 0.64 Miau 0.52

Mola ve 0.69 Kamatog 0.64 l'alosapis 0.52

Lomarau 0.64 Malasaging 0.51

Kaw 0.59 Vida! Lanutan 0.50

Pahutan 0.55 Gisau 0.50

Mahogany, big 0.54 Nato 0.49

lcaf

Antipolo 0 .52 Bag!ikan 0.44

Narra 0.52 Malaano nang 0.41

Malakauayan 0.50 Lauan

Dao 0.48

" Scc Table 6.35 for Working Stresses for Othcr Visually Stress-Graded Unseasoned Structural Timber of Philippine Woods.

SOURCE: Philippine Timbcr Design Standards (J. E. Rocafort and J. O. Siopongco)

Novcmber, 199 1 (FPRDI Tem1inal Report)

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philíppínes

 Cl-1/\PlTfl 6 Wood ii <1 1

Table 6.3 - Nailing Schedule

----------------------·--------- c~;;·~~~ctll~;·~-.........
.----------
.
--·---- -----.=: .. __ =~===--==-==:~------··-
. ... .. ...........
·j·;;¡~~-¡--,~-;-~¡¡¡· -(~,: ¡:;¡;;¡c·; :~<;-c·;;·;;¡¡-·-·--·---· 3-6) Jll lll
Na!!!ng 1=~·--·-------
· · ·---- - ·--------- --- -----
l.
2. Bridging 10 joist. tocnail cach cnd 2-65mm
:\ 25 111 x 150 mn1 suhf'loor or Jcss to each joist, facc nail 2-65mm
4. Widcr than 25 111111 x 1.'i() llllll subrloor 10 caeh jois1. facc 3-65mm
nail
5. 50 mm stibfloor 10 jois1 ur gínlcr, blind and facc nail 2-90mm
6. Sole pla1c lo joisl or blocking, typical facc nail 90mm al 400 mm o.c.
f.
So le plalc to joisl or blocking, al hraccd wall pancls 3-90mm pcr 400 mm
7. Top plale tu slud, cnd naíl 2-90mm
8. Stud lo solc platc 4-65mm , tocnail or 2-90mm, cnd nail
9. Double Sluds, facc JWil 90mm a1 600 mm o.c.

l JO. Doublcd lop platcs. 1ypical facc nail

Doublc 1op phttcs, liiJl spl icc
90mm al 400 mm o.c.
8-90mm
$' 11. Blocking bctwccn jois1s or raflcrs to lop piale, locnail 3-65mm
~ 12. Rimjoist to top platc, wcnail 65mm at !50 mm o.c.
'
¡
1.1. Top pla1es. laps aml inlcrscctions, facc nail
¡ 14. Continuous hcadcr, 1wo picccs
2-90mm
90mm a1 400 nun o.c. along cach cdgc
¡ 15. Cei ling joisls to plalc, locnail 3-65mm
¡ 16 Continuous hcadcr to stud , IOcnail 4-65mm
17. Cc iling joisls, laps ovcr panitions. facc nai l 3-90mm
18. Cei ling joists to parallcl raftcrs. facc nail 3-90mm
19. Raflcr l O platc, 1ocnail 3-65mm
20 25 mm bracc to cach slud and platc , facc nail 2-65mm
21 25 mm x 200 mm shcathing or lcss 10 cach bcaring, C1cc 2-65mm
nail
22. Widcr 1han 25 mm x 200 mm shca1hing to each bearing, 3-65mm
facc nail
23 13uilt-up comer sluds 90mm at 600 mm o.c.
24. Built-up girder and bearns 1OOmm at 800 mm o.c. at top and bottom
and s1aggcrcd 2-1 OOmm at cnds and at cach splice
25. 50 mm planks 2-90mm at cach bcaring
26. Wood structural panels and particleboard 1:
Subnoor and wall shcathing (to framing):
12 mm and lcss 50mm .1
4
16 mm ·- 20 mm 65mm or 50nun ·'
3
22 mm- 25 mm 65mm
4
28 mm - 32 mm 75mm or 65mm ·'
Combination subfloor-undcrlayment (to framing):
20 mm ami lcss 50mm 5
22 mm - 25 mm 65mm 5
30 mm- 32 mm 75mm 4 or 65mm ·'
27. Panel sidi ng (to framing(
6
12 mm or less 50mm
...65mm_~~---------·----------------------
6
16 mm

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 CHAPTEH 6 · Wood

Tablc 6.3 - Nailing Schedule (Cont'd)

________ ..._.......................- -:-:-=---r
· - --·--··-- - --- ---Conncction ..... ____ _ __ ____N_ a_·.c.
il...:il-lg"'
' '- -
-----~--~--~~~~~~~--------------~·
28. Fibcrboard shcathing
12 mm I Omm x 40mm "
4
50mm
IOmm x 30mm Y
~
20 mm IOmm x 40mm
4
65mm
IOJrom x 30mm Y
29. Interior pancling
10
6 mm 40mm
11
JO mm
----- -···-'----- 50mm

Notes Por Jable 6.3

1
Common or box noils may be uscd exapt wherc otlunwise .<lllted.
1
Noí/s spaccd o/ /50111111 011 ct:/1/cr at edgcs. 300 mm ot illlennediatc suppo11l' uapl /50 mm ata// .wpports where SII<IIIS are 1200 111111 or
more.
For noiling ofwood stntcto<ral parod and pwticlc&oard diaphmgms (l/ld slu•ar wolls. r<fN 10 Sections 6/4.3.3 ond 6/4.4. Nai/.r júr wa/1
slwathing may be cammm1, box or casing.
1
Co111nwn o r dcform<•d siumk.
" Common.
Defonned slumk.
'' Corro.rion-rcsístant .r1díng or <·a sing nails conjor111íng wtire rcquircmc/1/s of Scction 603.3.
7
Fastcners spaced 75 111111 011 ccntcr at o:tcríor edgts mul/50 mm on ccnter al ímrr111ediatc supparts.
" Corrosion -resistant roofing naíls wirh JO mm hcad and 40 111111 lcn¡¡th for 12 111111 shr.mhing and 45 111111 length fo r 20 111111 shcathin11
confonning lo the require111ents of Secrio11 603. 3.
• Corrosion·resistant staplcs wíth nominal JO 111111 crow11 JO 111111 lcngth for / 2 mm sheathing and 40 111111 /mgt/1 for 20 111111 shcmhillll
confonuing 10th~ rcquiremcnt.r of Scctio11 603.3.
10
Panel supports ar 400 mm ( 500 mm if strcngth axis in tire long direction of thc po11cl, un/eH otll<'rwisc 111arked). Casing or f inísh rtail.r
spaced /50 mm on panel edges, 300 mm at illlermcdiate supports.
11
Panel supports at 600 111m. Casin11 or finish naíls spoccd J50 111111 on panel edgcs, 300 111111 at i111ennrdiate supports.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEFl G · Wood G-43

Tablc 6.4- Wood Structural Panel Roof Shcathing Nailing Schedule

.... ..--------------..
~ ........... __________
·---·-~ _ ___..__________ ROOF FASTENING ZONET_ _..........................

WIND HEGION NAILS

PANEL
LOCATION
==:~~=~--¡-:=~=-~~=~--I=-===j-----===J~~=~==~=-3·----=~~:=------
Fastcning Schedule
------------·---· __(~_!!m un ccntcr)
Grcatcr than 145 150 J50 ~-------¡oo_,-·-----
65mm conunon -----
·-- ---~!~~ :-::-::----1---------..·---- · _______
P_a1_1c_l_Fi_c~-- 150 ________..:..1.::_5(::-l------1-----'1'-'-5'::'0:------i
Grcatcr than 129 Panel cdgcs · 150 150 100
kph to 145 kph ó.'imm common ---P-anel FidJ·----,J---...:3:..:0(:..:)---'--+--__:1.::: 5.:::0_ _ _-l----:-l-::-50':--
~- .. ---------+----------i
Panel cdg>cs · !50 !50 !50
129 kph or lcss -
_ Panel Ficld
_:_c.:.:.:..:__-__-'-'-'..:c......- 300
..____ __ _ _.._ ___ 300 300
1
Applie.1· only 10 mean ro()( heiglt!.\' up ro 10.5 m. For mean roof he'ights m•er 10.0 m., the rwiling s1w/l/)l• designed.
TIu• rooffa.rtellin¡: zone.\· are slwwn bt!low:

1.20m-+- +- -+- ~- t .:~o m

1.20111
J:_1 50 m (lNCLUDJNG (UO m. OVERHANG)

Roof Fastening Zoncs

Edge spacing also applies o ver roofframing al gable-end walrs.
• Use 6.5mm ring-slumk nails i111his wrw if mean raofheighr is grearer rhan 7.50"'

111
Nalional Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
-u
6-44 CHAPTER 6 - Wood

,---------------------·,-rabie 6.5- Exposed l~ywood Panel Sidin

st l;;n;r;~-~;;g·-·-"· -- ···--
1 Piywood Siding Applicd Dircctly to
Minimum Thickncss Minimum Numbcr of Plics
Studs or Ovcr Sheathing
• - •V •"'' -.,~-·-- -•••-••·• 40() ¡--·~-----.-._

Jo llllll 3
... ~~·•~•v•"-~•"~~···•••--·~· j
1
l2 mrn
11<ickness of grorJI'ed prmds is IIIC<ISUred al bo11om of groov<·s.
4
·----~--~~------·---------- -- :;
May be (¡()() 111111 1[ plywood siding applied wit!r fue e grain fii"J>mdicular to studs or over o11e of the fo/lowing · ( 1) 25 mm board '
shcat!ring, (2) 10 111111 wood slrucwra/ pwwl shcalhing or (3) JO 111111 wood stmctural panel sheathing ll'ilh Jll'<'llgth axis lwhich i.r the
long direction oj1he prmd unless othuwi.w marked) of.rlwathing peq>endicularw studs.

Tablc 6.6- Wood Shingle and Shakc Side Wall Expos·ures

- ---
Shinglc or Shakc -------------~M~a~x~i~ll~lU~Il~~~~W.:_:.:e~a~t~h~c~r.!;E~x~piO~S~U!.:rc~s~·(:,.:n~l~n.:Ll)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ ___________
Single-Coursing Do u blc-Cou rsh..1t:..__ _ __
Length and Typc -
No. 1 No. 2 No. 1 _______No._2 _ _______
I-:-4-:0-00:':-'-n_lm----:-sl7li.:. : n-":-g•l:. : .e.: . s----+----=-18::..:0-----1- ____:_18:::0:........:''----'- - - l
450mm shing1cs
___2QO mm shingles______________________
2l0 2l0 ---=:- 300
350_-===~=-~:.. 275 -~~=~==J
250

____:2::.::9..:::0___________________l~Q_ ............................... . . . . .... --------~-ºº--------·--- . . .,_........ ____________j_~Q................

i

·
I-'4-=::5-::-0..:.n:.:. H:.:cnc..:r-=-e"ésa.:. :w.:. : nc.. : .:si: :H:.:. tk:.:c.: . s--+-----·- _1_8_0___________________ _4______..::3::5:_0~:.. ------------- ________ ---------- --·---- ---
450mm straight-sp1it 400
180
shakcs
t-::'::-'::-:-'-:..__ _ _-:--:-----l------:-c:-:-----l-------------l - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - ·-·------- ---------····
600 mm rcsawn shakcs
--- -----------~----'-----·--=-:;_..::_
290 _ _ __¡__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J . ________________500 , , ........_._____________ --------- -- - - - - - -------------···

Table 6.7- Allowable Spans for Exposed Particleboard Panel Siding

.---------------.---------------·-,- Minimum Thickncss
Grade Stud Spacing Siding Exterior Ceilings a nd
----------------------------------------- - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - -- --"-S_o_ffi_Jt_s
!-----------+----·------------ Dirc~ to Stl!_~~--- -----~~__!!tin_l:!_~~-~s.':.S~u=pp~<ort~-1-_.:_D:::.:.:.ir.:::e::::ct::..:t::.::o:.:S:::.:·l~lp~p:::.:o~r:t.:c.s
------------- --- ------- ---- - - -- ---------j-------------------------- ___________________________. .,_______ --- !
M-1 400 16 mm 10 mm JO mm
M-S - -----1--------------
t--~M~--=2--:-":::E::-x-tc;;_r.:;:io_r_G-::--:-lu-c-:-,:-,-t~--_~_-_-_-_-_-_""6~00~====~----:~~~~~~~1~6~r:.:cl-l:.:ci-n:;~~~~~~~:~~~---l'--'0=-:.:m:.:..n:.:l_ _ _-1 lO mm
-·--:-------·- - ' - - - - - - - - - - _ ¡ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___¡_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___,_____________ _ _ ___ __ j

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPn::n 6 · Woo<f fH!i

-
Tablc 6.8 - Hardboard Siding
Minimaf
Nominal
. ' '"ndng
(SOnnn ' !OOnnn) '·'
--I
NoU-SJre ----~- NAÍiSPACING- -·- ··
~ G'"": = f"dng lionOI;'-
SIDING Thickness Maximum Spacing (mm)
(mm)
-- --· ----·- -- - -- -· ·--·--- --- ---- -
l. Lap S iding
Dircct to Studs 65 400111111 o.c.
- Not applicable _..::=
· - --- ___!_9_.·-1·-------400 Jlllll o .c.
Ovcr Shcathing JO 4(XJ mm o.c. 75 400 mm o.c. Not applicablc
..J.:~l~l !l rl!__~c l'anei_Siding ____
--·---,..--------·- - -------·-----
150 mm o.c. . d ,
100 ;:un o.c. e gcs;
cdgcs; 300 mm
200 mm o.c.
Dircct to Studs 10 600 mmo.c. 50 o.c. at
intcnncdiate
intcnncdiatc
supports
supp_orts
150 mm o.c.
1(){)mm o.c. cdgcs;
cdgcs: 300 mm
200mm o.c.
Ovcr Shcathing 10 600 mm o.c. 65 o.c. at
inlcrmediate
inlermcdialc
supports
supports
_L__~'ihiplap_~dgc Panel Sid~!_g____ - --- - - -r · - ------ -- -
150 mm o .c.
l 00 mm o.c. cdgcs;
cdges; 300mm
200 mm o.c.
Direct 10 Studs lO 400 Jl)f11 o.c. 50 O.C. al
intcrmcdiate
inlcrmediate
supports
- · ·---·· --~-~~---- -- supports
150 mm o.c.
-..
l 00 mm o.c. cdges;
cdges; 300 mm
200 nuno.c.
Over Shcathing 10 400 111111 o.c. 65 o.c. at
intcrmediatc
intermediare
supports
supports
1
Nails sha/1 be corrosion resista111 iti accordance wilh Section 6/9.
1
Minimum acce¡>lable 11ail dimc11sions (mm).

-~------~!'>•d SJdJng (mm) L• p s;d;•g( .,;;;;J _ ~

Shank dian!~ler ·-·-·----- - -!- - -- - ------.::2:.:.:.5::-- - ----
_ __ _.____1_.. 5___ _ .....- - - · -
1
{ead dia1neter 6O 6O
L---~--~·~~~~---------~--------~~-~--------·--L-----------~-­
J When IIS<'d /cJ comply wilh SecliOii 620.10.3.

2
, - -- -- - - -----.--"-Table 6.9 - Allo~able Spans for Lumber Floor and Roof Shcathing '·
Mínimum Net Thick.ness (mm) of Lumber Placed

1 6oo==c=--·-- 20
2_:_ ____±QQ:____-=]=~---1-6:-·------ ·-·--·--.. . . ._
---E 20 r 20
16_ _________ __[_ _,_ _ ! __________]__
_____] _______ _ 20_____
____ I_6_________ _
16
"J-. Roofs
·---~-
16-"-------.------·16·---·--· ••••¡ •• i(i_______ .....-.- -
• m _ _ ______

111
National Structural Code of the F>hiiippines 6 Edition Vol ume 1
 6-46 CHAPTE:Fl G · Wood

Tablc 6.10 - Allowablc Spans and Loads for Wood Strudurall'ancl Sheathing and Single-Fioor Grades ContimH>us
1
ÜYcr Two or More Spans with Strength Axis Perpendicular lo Supports '·
,------ Sl;cathin • Grades --,----- - ---- - - - · Roof · ·---------r------F~w r:-4
--·-::;---:.::;:c-==:p-cc:.:..:=:::__.._ - - - - - --- -- - -------'-<---·-- _________,_________ -------
Panel Span 5 '
____ RatirUL____ Panel Thickncss ·----··--·--· Maxir~~~~~-~ ~an (r~~~--..---- -----~· '~~---(-~~~~~-: __________._.. Maximum S pan
0

~~¡~~~~:~~~:~~;!L
3001()
-------~~-~8-~:_~J___ ---~~~¡~~~~)~
300
;~tg6~------- ----~~~~-:~~~~---
300
-----~~- :~~:-
1.92
~.'~~~.............. .. ~~¡~,1~-~:~.'~~-~
.44
-- · . . .._________<:_~~o~-~_~J__
400/0 s. 9 400 - 400 ----~-- - - -1-.4-¡--- - ---- o·-
500/0 - 8, 9 - -- -SoO--' 500 -- ______!_.9~-----.. - 1.44 __________ 0_
600/0 10, 12 600 -- - 500 - 1.92 1.44 ----- () =~·-j
600/400 12 600 -~ 600 2.40 - l. 92 44000011 ___ ____¡·
800/400 12, 16 800 700 1.92 1.44 ¡
1000/500 16,20,22 1000 1- 800 !.92 1.44 ·- - 500 11:-v-- '
-- 1200/600 20, 22 1200 - 900 --- 2.16- - ---···- 1.68_______ 600 .i
1350/800 22, 25 1350 l 000 2. 16 --·-·- · - ----!.68-------- --- - - 8
- 00 1
1500/1200 22, 25, 30 !500 --- 1200 __ 2.16____ 1.68 1200 ¡
Sing_lc-Fioor Grades --------·-------....................... . __Rol~_:'_____________________________________________!:loo!..~.. ;
Panel Span
Rating (mm) Panel Thickncss Maxi mu m Span (mm)
2
Load ,- (kN/m ) Maximum Sp·1n J'
Roof/Fioor (mm) With Edge Without Edgc Total Load Livc Load (mm) •
I---:-::S~p¡a"'-n---l-----,--::-..,.-,----l--.:::S..::u.t:pL.po::.:rt:.:__ _1_
6
Support ------,----::--- · - -· -·-·---

·------.::-
6oo
~~ ~:~: -
::.::...:o:..:..c:..:._
: ~: ~~ - __1200
- l-------w----- ~~~~ ____ -------·--··-·9oo
~~~ ________ - -·---~8----
7:~i ·-------··¡~ió
:~~___________ ---·--·---6o(J"'
----- ~~~ : - ----- j

800o.c. 22 ___________ 1200________:·· 1000 ______ 2.4(!_______________ ·-----¡-:92----~- 80_Q:· .... . !

.____!2_00'--'---'o_.c_. --'----"-2"-'8.'-3:...;0'----' - -··---
l5_00 __ 1200 2.40 2.40 12(Xl ___
1
Applies 10 panels 600 mm or widr.r.
Floor ami roof.<heathing conforming wilh this rabie sha/1 be d<"C111<'d ro mcelthe d<'sign criterio ofSection 6. //_
1 1
J Unifonn load deflcctionlimirations / 11j(1 af span under li••e load plus dcad load. 1uo wrder live load only.

• Panel edges sha/1 lrave approvcd 10/rguc-and-groove joinl.l' or sira// br sup¡wrtcd with blocklng unle.rs 6 mm minimum thickncss
undcr/oymc•nt or 40 111111 of approwd cdlu/ar or lightweiglrt concrete i.r placed m•er 1/re .wbfloor, or finish floor is 20 111111 wood strip.
Allowa/)/e wrifonn load based cm drf/ection of 'h.. of spmr is 4.8 kNim' rxcept 1he .<pan rating of 1200 mm 011 C<'ll /c· r· i.1· /J(I.<i'd cm ti lota/
load of 3.10 kN/m.
j Allowa/Jic load al maxi111um span.
6
Toll[illC·and-gro01•e edges, parrcl edgt' clips ( orre midway be1wee11 cach sapporl, c·xcepl two equally spoccd betwce" suppons 1200 mm
orr Cl!fll<' t), /amber IJlocking, or arhcr. Only lumber b/ocki11g s/w/1 soliljy bltu:kt,d diaph ragnr.< rw¡uiremt<~ll.\'.
7
For 12 111111 panel. maximam sparr slw/1 be 600 mm.
s May b~ 600 mm on centcr wlu•re 20 mm wood strip floorirrg is irr.l'l"llcd al ri,~/11 arrgles lo joist.
9
May be 600 """ orr cenler forfloors where 40 mm af celia lar or liglllweiglrl r.oncrere is applird ol'er lhc panel.<.

Associatiqn of Structural Engineers of the Pt1ilippines

 CHM'n: n 6 . Wood G·4i'

Tablc 6.11 - Allowable Loads for Wood Structural Panel Roof Shcathing Continuous
Ovcr Two or More Spans and Strcngth Axis Parallcl to Supports
2
r-·--- -- -- ----.JPI):_wood structural pancls are five-ply, fivc-laycr unl.~ss othcrwisc notcd) '· l· -··- -·-···
Panel Grade Thickncss (mm) Maximurn Span ··------·-·Lo~_!! at Maximui!!..§.P.~!.U.~~.J!l.!J...................
(mm) L1ve 1otal
------·· · ·-··-- - -·-···---··-······-- ---·-·-- ---·-···----·· ----···--·- ---·--·- - - --····-- --·-·----·····----· ··-·-···· ···---- ·'-'---'--- -
Structur:~ l 1 12 600 0.96 1.44
12 -· 60{) - 1.68. · - - - -- 2.16 "
---·-~- ------ •• --·-12• --w600•• - ...
-··----JT2-:r---·~• -•~ -----2~40>---•-••

--··-~-- ···---- ---·· - - - ----··- - -· --····-······- - - ·--------- ··

---- -- - -- ---- - -- -r---- - 16_ 600 3.35 3.8:'-'.)'----·
20 600 4.31 4.79
Othcr Grades Covcrcd in 12 400 1.92 2.40
UBC Standard 23-2 or 23-3 12 600 0.96 1.20
~~~~-~~~-----4---~1~2___ ~--~6~00~--~- 1.20 1.44
UBC Standard 23-2 or 23-3 16 600 __......:.1..:.:
.9..::2~---l- 2.40 · ····~·
16 600 2.16 2.63 .
~~-------------~---_..:;2~ 0----~-----6~0~0____~----~2~-~87~·----J_---~3_.1_1_·_____
1
Roof sltcatltin¡: confomting w itlt this wbh· sita// be dnmed to mcettite dcsign criterio ofS<•crion 6.1 J.
Uniflmnload deflecrion limirations: 11180 of ~pan wuh•r (iV<' load plus d<'tl(/load. J/240 underlil'l· load mtly. Ed¡:t·.r .rha/1 /Jt• blockt•d
witlt lu111b<'1" or mher approl'ed IYP<' of<'dge supports
For COIIIIWSitc 0111/ four-ply p/ywood structuml pcmrl. load sha/1 be redun-d /¡y O. 72 kN!n/.

Tablc 6.12- Allowablc Span for Wood Structural Panel Combination Subfloor-Undcrtloor-Undcrlaymcnt
(Single Floor) t.?
Pancls Continuous ovcr Two or More Spans and Strcngth Axis Perpendicula r to Supporl~

Maximum Spacing of Joists (mm)

ldentilication
Seecies Grou¡r
400 e- 500 600
Thickness (mm)
800 1200
-
1 12 16 20 - -
2, 3 16 20 22 - .. -
4 20 22 25 - -
Span rating· 400 o.c. 500 o.c. 600 o.c. 800 o.c. 1200 o.c.
1
Spwu limiu:d (() mluc shown becausc of possible enccts ofconalllroted load.<. Allowablc rmifomt (oads bascd 011 dcfl<'CtiOII of't,.. of
sptlll ü 4.8 kN!m'. excc¡JI allowab/c total wtiform load forJO mm wood smrctural panc/.1· Ol'cr joists spaced 1200 mm 011 ce111er is 3.1
kN!n/ Ptmcl edge.< .<IraI/ hcll'<' appnwed Wllfll<e·flnd-grool'c joiuts or slw/1 be .wpported witlt blocki11g, tmless 6 111111 minimwll rlridlll'SS
rmder/aymem or 38 111111 ofapproved c<'llular or lightwcight concrete is p/accd o ••er tire subfloor, or finish floor is 20 mm wood .wr¡!.
' Floor pa11els COir/Ormiug witlr tltis ta/J/e sita// be decmed 10 mecttftc design criterio ofScctiou6/l.
Al>!'licablc 10 al/ grades ofsandcd exterior-lype p(ywood. S ce UJJC Swndord 23-2for plywood SIJ<!cies groups.
' Applícal>le 10 wulerlayment grade cmd C-C (plugged) p/ywood. and singlc floor g rade wood structural pwrels.

111
National Structural Code of t11e Pl1ilippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 6·48 CHAPTEt=l 6 · Wood

Tablc 6.13- Allowablc Spans for l'articlcboard Subfloor and Combincd Subfloor-lJndcrlaymcnt u
--·-·············-··"··--------e-- ·-·--· .T ........... - - - ---·
( ·',r,·¡(l"•~ ___________2f"i""""-Sp>~g of_S"Pl"'"' (mm) _ . --·· _____
Thickncss (mm) " ··-
-----..··-------·····----------- .... -~Q..~.. ___ _ Comhincd Subfloor-lJ_nd~~mc!t..!..~.·-·
12 400 -
2-M- W 16 500 ----·-. - - -- -----·----~-- .. 4ó{i________ ---- --- ~

·-==---=-=·20 - - - - . . 600 ----- --~---(¡{){)'''" '" ··----- ..... _

··---~~:}.. ______ ......... . 20 - ---~Q9... . -~------~-- -~~-~---~---::-·----- 500 ·--- ------- -~~-
/
Al/ ptwels art.' continuous tJ11l~r rwo or mort! s¡uws.
F/oor slwathing conforming wilh 1hi.\' rabie s/w/1 b" det•med ro mt•et lhe r/t>sigt1 criwriu ojSectio11 6.1/.
J Uniform dejlectioo limilrltion: 1/ 3(,() of1he spar1 1mder 4.8 kN!m 1 minimum /ood.
' Edges s/w/1 '""'e /onglle·tmd·groove joints or slw/1 be .wpported wilh blockin¡:. The Wti!;IU' ·lJ/Ul·!iro/1\•t' paJI('/.\' ore inslol/t!d u•ith rile
long dimension peq>nuliflilar 10 .wpporls.
'Ajinish wearing surjí.Jctc is 10 be tl¡>plied lo rile rop ofthe pwwl.

Table 6.14- Maximum Diaphragm Dimension Ratios

llorlizontal Diaphragms Vertical Diaphragms
Material Maximum Maximum
i----~:----~~~~------~----------------------~---~Sp~.an~-~"~'~id~t~h~R~a~·t~io~s~·--~--~I~Ie~i~~·l~tt~-~VV~i~dTtl~t~R~a~t~io~s_____
l. Diagonal shcathing, convcntional 3:1 1: l

;: ~~~~~:~:-~~~~~~~;::;i;;;;l;~c~;l'~ parúclcboard, nailed all cdgcs 1-----·--·-----=-~~-·--:·:---·_. . _

. ._.._. ._.t-------·"_·=~--=~:-=~r~---~~~~~:.~=-=
4. Wood structural pancls and pa11iclcboard, blocking omittcd at 4:1
____intcrmc_·d_i¡¡~t,:_joints.
' In Seismí~ Zo•.:cn:.:.e:.:.2.:.:,:.:.lh_e_n_w_x_i_l_n_u_m_r_a_ti-o-,-u-,y-b-,-,2-.--1-.- - · - - · - - - - - - -----·----·--...................._________ · · - - - - - -- ..· · -- - - -............_
2
In Seismic Zone 2, lile maximum ratio may be 3Vz: l.
1
Not permilled.

Association of Structural Engineers of t11e Pl1ilippines

 CHAPTE n 6 · Wood 6 <19

- -- - - --- Tablc 6 15- Limits of Dcfccts by Grade in Joisl-; and Planks for Scasoncd Wood

_____________ K_in_d_<_>f_D_e_fc_c_t.~-------·- ___Sl";~~"d' _ __ _:''~t"~ -=~~:';-~=-

A. Natural Dcfccts

Worrn holcs, average diarnctcr

J.
(maximum allowablc si1.c in mm)

a. Individual Not pcrrnitlcd 2 6

b. Quantity limitation Not pcrmiHcd Not clustered Not dustcrcd
Slope of Grain (maxirnum variation in
2. mm from longitudinal axis per 300 20 25 32
mm within middlc half of lcngth)
3. Chccks and Shakes
Sizc of cach check and shakc, or
if in combination, thc su m of
thc sizcs of al! chccks and
a. 1/.i of thickncss A of thickncss
1 \ of thickncss
shakes within middle half of
dcpth of thc picce shall not
cxcccd:
··---·----···--·-·---·-E;ldJJcrlett"ati ¿¡~·;··-ct;eCks~;~~~~---~ ·~----~------~·····--~----~·-----·~·--··-~- ·~- ··--··- ---------·-····-·-·····-···-····-··---· ·
splits at the middlc half of thc
b. dcpth of thc piccc shall not t¡,¡ of thickncss lj, of thíckncss
extcnd a distancc grcatcr grcatcr
than: _ _ _ _ __ ______--:--:----- -¡- - - -- -r- -- -············ --·-····- ···---··-·· -·········- -- -
1----- ___..c....;.;.;.;..:. ··-·Ña~·ow -- - -·- - -
Knots (Maximum allowablc sizc of individual Narrow N<UTOW
knot in mrn 1) facc on face on facc on
cdgc of edgc of edgc of A long
widc facc A long wide facc A long wide facc ccntcr linc
within the centcr líne within thc ccntcr linc within thc of wide
middlc ofwidc middle of wide middlc fa ce
third of facc third of facc third of
length of lcngth of lcngth of
Nonúnal width of facc, in mm picce piecc piecc
~~==--+-------4--L~~~-----~--~~~r----~
50 6 12 20
75 12 20 25
100 20 20 25 40 40 38
125 25 25 30 40 50 50
150 30 30 45 50 60 60
200 35 40 50 60 70 75
250 40 50 55 80 80 100
300 45 55 65 90 90 110
350 50 65 70 100 95 125
400 50 70 75 100 100 !25
450 and ovcr 50 75 75 100___··-·'--· lOO 125 ······-·
1
Th e size of knots on the rwrrow face wilhin the middle third of /ength may /Je increased proportionately rowards the ends
of the piece of Jwice the size pemrilled on Jhe narrow face lmt rrot to exceed that allowable alrmg tire cenJer fin e of tire
wide facc. Tir e s ize of knots on tire edge of wide facc witlrin Jire middle Jirird 1~( lengtfr may be increased proportimwtely
towards tire cenJer of tire wide face ami JOwards the ends of tlw p iece to Jire size pemritted o long tire a nter /in e<~( tire wide
face. 71tc sum of tite siz.es of al/ krwts in any / 50 mm o/ length of tite piccc sha/1 no/ cxceed twice tite maximum
permissible size of knots. T wo knots ofmaximum slrall not be allowed in tire same 150 mm of /ength on tmyface. Cluster
knots and knots in group sira// not be permilted.

1
Nationa! Structura! Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Vo!ume 1
6-bO CHAI'TEF~ 6 · Wood

Tablc 6.15 • Limits of Defccts by Grade in Joists and Planks for Scasoncd Wo<xl
Kind of Dcfccts - - -- -- ---·--Stress árad~----· ------s¡~:css r;~adc___ ----s¡·;:t·ss <;·;·.~-;(¡¡,··-
~% ~% ~%
-··--·--··-
Jl. Handling, Manufacture or J>roccssing Dcfcds
l. Wanc (maximu111 allowablc sizc in 111111)
Nominal facc dimcnsion in 111111
50 3 12 12
75 3 12 12
J{)(l 6 15 15
125 6 15 15
150 10 20 20
200 12 22 25
250 15 25 30
300 18 28 38
350 20 38 45
400 25 45 50
450 and ovcr 30 50 55
2. Torn grai n (allowablc dcpth in mm) 2 2 3
3. Skips. allowablc sizc not to cxcccd:
surfacc arca
(Widtlt mm x lcngth) width x 100 width x 100 width x l OO
Dcpth mm 1 2 3
Quantity J skip per 5 m or 1 skip pcr 5 111 or 1 skip pcr 5 m or
... ........ ...............................____________________,........................................~!~c:ll~!~~:...~!.~_g!!!.... -----· ........~.~~-~r.!~E!.~t_lftl!l __ _............. ._sJl.<?.!.~~!... ~C.tlgt_ll_ .. .... ,

Association of S tructural Engineers of the Philippines

 CI·IAPTU1 G · Wood fi <> 1

O· ----~ ------ ------~T-0 ______ [______6.16- Wood Screws-AIIowablc Loads in Scasoncd Wood-Normal Duration
Tablc --- .:..c.;;.~~- +---~--~---·-· ·----------•-•••+• o

Withdrawal Load from Sidc Grain pcr 25 111111 of Pcnctration of Lateral Load in Siete

-.-
Scrcw Sizc Thrcadcd Portion, (N) Grain, (N)
--------------- --------------- -----------, ----------------~ ~~-·------· ..
"~t'!'l'
Spccics Group
r----- · . -------
Gagc - S
Diamctcr
(mm) JI Ill IV 1 JI IIl IV
24 9.5 2695 1985 1370 950 3100 266~ 2190 1825
20 8.0 2315 1710 1180 820 2295 1970 1620 1350
18 7.5 2130 1570 1085 750 1935 1665 1370 1140
16 7.0 1940 1430 985 685 1610 1380 1135 945
14 6.0 1750 1290 890 620 1315 1130 925 770
12 5.5 1565 1155 795 550 1045 900 740 615
10 5.0 1375 1015 700 485 810 695 570 475
9 4.5 1280 945 650 450 700 605 495 415
8 4.0 1185 875 605 420 605 520 425 355
7 3.8 1095 805 555 385 510 440 360 300
6 3.5 1000 735 · · - - · -- 510 355 425 365 300 250

SOURCE: Philippinc Timbcr Dcsign Standards (1. E. Rocafort and J. O. Siopongco)

Novcmbcr, 1991 (FPRDI Terminal Repon)

11
National Structurai Code of t11e Philippines 6 ' Edítion Volume 1
 Tahlc 6.17- AllowaiJle Loads in kN on Onc Bol! in Seasoncd Wood Load at Bolh Ends

1
Lenglh of Diametcr
Bol! in of Bol! Parallcl Pcq>cndi- Parallcl Perpendi- l'arallcl
Perpendi- Perpendi- Parallel
M a in d to Grain culat· to lo Grain cular to lo Gnlin cular tu cular lo to Grain
Mcmbcr ( llllll) Grain Grain Grain Grain
L - -·¡;--· ··- ---·-()"- ---·--¡;--- __Q
______ --- .·;-:;-·- ___Q___ -----~-)- - l - - · - Q ·--
(mm)

---:-:----f-----·····-·---·- - ... ··-· - - - - - - ·-··- - - - · - - · - - - - --------l---c-:::c----~---;-::-:----l------:-----i

......._.,(---'1):......__--l-----·QL....__ (3) (4) _________0.)_____ (6) (7) ____j_8l__ (9) (lO)
..._ _11________
7.08 3.76 4.86 1.98 4.20 2.07 3.26 1.82 ·--
_ _16_______ 8.75 ·- 4.19 _____ 6.01___ 2.21 5.20 2.30 4.01 2.02
40 20 l J. O 4.85 7.55 2.56 6.53 -- 2.67 5.02 2.35
22 12.1 5.04 8.30 2.66 _____2.:_~~- 2.77 5.52 2.43
- - - - - -~---- ·---- !3.7 5.47 9.43 2.89 8.16 3.01 6.27 2.64
12 8.38 4.70 . 5.75 2.48 4.98 2.59 3.99 2.27
16 10.8 5.23 7.42 -~2:.2.~. 6.43 2.88 5.0Q___ 2.53
50 _ _12__. - · 1}..?_ --- -·- 6.07 . 9.38 - 3.20 _______812 3.34 6.27 2 .93
___}_L. .....__ -----~?.:L....... ____ 6.30___ __---.!Ql____ ___ 3.32___________ 8.95 __ ........ 3.46 -·- ~Q__ __lg!______
25 17.2 6.83 11.8 3.61 10.2 3.76 7.84 3.30 1
- - - - - - - ~~~-~- _1_? __----~ ----9j9_____ ==......
0.J._1 ···:~~-·: =:~:~I~.F-=~~~ :---3~23- ---552·-·- -· 3.36 -~ -68 - --2~-.¡
-~--- 13.0 __ 6.HO ..........._.2:2.?_________3.59 7.74 3.74 __6.29 __ 3.29 i
65 20 17.4 7.89 . 11.9 4.16 10.3 4.34 8.10 3.84
_ ____E_________ __!9.3 ___ ~-- --~-n.I_-=.-=432--·--· 11.4 __ 4.50 8.97 3.96
25 22.2 8.88 15.2 4.69 13.2 4.89 10.2 4.29
12 9.35 6.84 6.42 3.61 5.56 3.76 4.79 3.30
16 13.8 7.85 9.48 4.14 8.21 4.32 6.85 3.79
75 20 -- __ ..!.~:~---- _____?..J.Q__ --~~:l........ 4. 8 1 11.5 5 .o 1 9. 22 4.40
22 21.9
···--- - - - - --------- - -
9.45 15.0 - - · - - -4.99 13.0
- - -- --- --~:..;:__:_¡_....c.c:c...:__
5.20 10.2 4.56
25 25.5 10.2 17.5 5.41 15.2 5.64 ---~l-::l..:.:8__-l----:4:..:.:.9c.:5:__1
12 "9.4¡--' 7.14 6.45 3.77 5.59 3.93 4.84 ____ 3~~
16 14.1 8.37 9.66 4.42 8.36 4.61 7.09 4.05
80 ¡-_--2(-:--)_-__ - "_- ·- -~3-·---·~ _------_----~-.71-~~~- ~=--1~--~=-== =:=--~~-.! t·= ==·--12-l_______2.34 - ~----9._77_----l----4-::.6-::-9_
22 22.9 .__....lQJ___ --- 15.7 -·- ·-- 5.32 13.6 5.54 10.9 4.87
25 26.9 10.9 18.4 5.77 16.0 6.01 12.5 5.28
"'----··-~. .h

f--.:.:12=-----l---(-9.3_9--- · -· 7.42 6.44 3.92 5.58 4.08 4.84 3.59

1--::..:16:____ 14.3 9.20 9.79 4.86 8.48 5.06 7.28 4.45
90
20 2!.3 10.9 14.6 5.77 12.7 6.04 10.5 5.28
----22·-·-- 24.9 11.3 17.1 5.98 14.8 6.24 12.0 -5.48 ___
--~--+--:...__
25 _____, ______ 29.4 _ ------·----- 12.3 20.2
--------· 6.49
----~----
17.5 6.77 13.9 5.94
100 _ __G_.. _____9.40___________ 7.40 -- 6.45 3.91 - 5.58-- 4.07 4.84 3.58
16 14.2 9.84 9.78 5.19 8.47 5.41 7.34 4.76
......... ·--- -·-
--·---~·---- . .......... ------·- --~-----·- -----------
··--- -~_(~- -- ---- _____22.0 - . ....12~}~- ___15.]_________ _0.i!________ 1l-J.... ..... ________0.:~8__ -- 11.1 5.87
_____B___________ 25.9 ___________tl:~-----·---L~:..s_____..0.:..65 ____ t5.4 7.35 12.8 6.45
l-----..,-l-------...3~---------. 31.8 13.7 _________?J.:.~---- . . .....Z:3..l. 18.9 7.52 15.3 _ _6.:0.~
. ___J]________.2.:.~8____ ........J02... . . ___§.:.._~---- ___....:1.:05 ·--- _____ __5.57 3.81 4.83 3.34__
________1_0...._____ 14.2 10.1-- 9.77 5.33 -~- ____5.56 - - ___2:~- 4.89
125 ______20__ 22.3 ~~~-·-~.....--..-~-·· 15.~..,.-·-·-··-·-...- ?.:?3 13.2 7:~____!_G~.--..?..&?-
22 ___ 269Q______ ...... 1_~~}___________ ______1-ª.:_~------· -- 8.10__ ____ 16.0 8.44 13.8 ?_A2_
25 34.4 17.1 23.6 9.02 20.4 9.40 17.3 f.~.
28 41.8 18.5 28.7 9.78 24.8 10.2 20.5 ~· ·

Association of Struclural Engineers of the Philíppines

 ·--------· .------ -·--· ----- -~··-··------·----··------- ·-·------ - - - -------·--------·- ·-- - ···-··---
-------·------------ ~-~.!!;:'i._G l~~.Y.f. ( Rl·f~~.!Q.!i!!ting.i!_J_ Ta1!.~.2.1L ·---·-·····-·-·---· ···-- ____ .
L('nglh of Dimnd('l'
-----····-··----·-!-----·-·--
--·----------'~-------- ____________
!!!______________ _______ ..!_'~------···-····--·--
Bol! in of Boll Parallcl to l'ei'J>l~ndi­ l'arallc11o l'erpcndi- l'arallcl to Perpendi- Parallc1 to Perpendi-
Ma in d Grain cular to Gnrin cular to Grain cular to Grain cular to
Mcmbcr (mm)
............____ ~~--- ·--·-------- ___ Grai!!..____________ ---~;rair~--- ·----------··- ----º-~!.!~- -----
L 1' Q p Q Q p Q
(mm)
--'-"='------ - - - - -··- - ···- -· - - ---·--- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - · -· - - - - -··-··· - ---······-···
____(_!)___ --····-·--G.L______
__ n> <4) ___Q_)___ (6) _____S!.l___ _ (8) ___ -~- _____J.!.Q.L.... _
l2 9.38 6.Y2 6.44 3.65 5.57 3.8 l 4.83_ ___ 3.34_______ _
16 14.2 10.1 9.77 ·- 5.3::~-·· 8.46 5.56 7.33 4.89
140 =~=-··--2<r···:::~ ~=:·- 22:3- -- -- --14."3" ______ -------¡5~3---·--· ----733_____ ·----13.2·--·- · ··-?lis______·------¡-¡:s--· ··-·--<rs·9·----
22 26.90 15.3 18.5 8.10 16.0 8.44 13.8 7.42
___ 25___ ---~-- 17.1 23.6 9.02 20.4 -=-9.40 __ =:-1_7.3 ----=~-=----~-26___ _
-------1---2_8__-t 41.8 18.5 28.7 9.78 24.8 10.2 20.5 8.95
150 16 14.2 9.59 9.76 5.06 8.45 5.28 7.33 4.64
---~------ ___l_?..3 14.7 15.3 7. 78 _________!1.:_~----- __!i:_!..!________.!Jí___ _ __21~-
1-- 22 26.9 16.7 18.5 8.84 16.0 9.21 13.8 8.09
__ 2~--~--- 19.7 23.8 10.4 20.6 10.9 17.8 ______9.5~--
28 43.5
--------------·-- :=:=_16---~~- =~-=-III:~-= ::~:-=-
21.9 29.9
s.84=:== =)..:72··= ----··47;¿--=--
11.6

·-----~~----------· -----~2_J____ _____l~-~J.....___ ...... ....L?._l__________?.~45 __

25.9 12.1
= 22. 1
~~=8.4?.__ =~-- 4.86 -- _ f3i"_____-----4.27 ·:==
13.2 ___ __ _ 1 .75:____ _ 1.~-
10.6

6.82
180 22 26.9 16.6 18.5 8.75 16.0 9. 12 13.9 8.01
---------25·--- - - ··-·-··34.8- ----··-2o:s---···--- ..........23.9 ----------- 11.0 ·-- ------20:6---- ----¡,:¡---·--- --------··¡·7~9. . .. . .....Jo.<f·--
28 --43.7-·... - ---247;- ------ 3()_()___ ....... 13 .O 25.9-. 13.5 ..........22.5..... ·--!T'i)___
---·-·--····~--j-_..;:.16
->:--·-·-- 14.2 ·----·~-·-s.sg----·9~75_____ 4.54 8.44 4.73 7.3o 4.1~5·~···-··-
---------------------·-··--···------·-·-----· ·-------··---------- --·- ---------- - - - --------- ---- --------- - - -- - - ·----- ----- ----------·----
190 ;~ . ;~:~ :~:~ :~:~ ~:~~ -- · :~:~ ---~~- :~:: ~:~~
25 34.8 20.7 23.9 10.9 20.7 11.4 17.9 10.0
28 ¡-- 43.6 25.0 29.9 13.2 25.9 13.8 22.5 12. 1
- - - - - - - l - - -- - - -
1--- - 2_______8_.3_7_ -1 ---'-9._90
16_______14_ ._ __ _ __4_.4_2_-1 __8_.,...
44,....--~--~ 4:..:.:.6-:-l-+-_7.:.:..3:....::0_--j--4-;-.~05:::----l
20 22.2 13.5 15.2 7. 13 13.2 7.40 11.4 6.50
200 -- 22 26.8 16.1 18.4 8.48 !6.0 8.84 _______13.9_ 7.77
---~~-------~-~~-. 20.5 _____...1_3.8_____ 10.8 20.6 11.3 _______Q3_ _____2_JJ__
28 43.6 25.3 29.9 13.3 25.9 13.9 22.4 12.2
-- 20 ..=:~~--22.2- -~~-=- 15.2 ___ ---6.69--m _ _ __i.97 . 11.4 6.12·---
22 26.8 15. 1 18.4 7.98 15.9 -ª·}~_________J3.~---- 7.3 1
230 _ _ 2_5_____34.7____ 19.7 23.8 !0.4 20.6 10.9 17.9 9.54
28 43 .5 24 .8 29.9 13.1 25.9 13.7 22.5 12.0____
32 56.8 31.9 39.0 !6.8 33.8 17.5 29.3 15.4
20 22.2 12.4 15.2 6.54 13.2 6.81 11.4 5.98--
22 26.8 t4.8 18.4 7.83 16.0 8. 15 -- - -1I8___ 7.16
240 25 34.7 --- 19.4 23.8 10.2 20.6 10.7 17.9 9.37
~---- -----43.6·-------·24.6 29.9 . --13.0- 25.9 ·---13l-=~~=~---~-?.:.~~== 1'1.9 ··-::-.:::
''""'32____ 57.0 -- 31.9 39. 1 ·- 16.8 33.9 17.5 29.4 15.4
-------22______26.8-·-----¡4.4·- ---·--¡g-:;¡- - 7.61 -·---- 15.9 7.93 "'------r3.8__ __6.97 - ·
25 34.7 18.8 23.R 9.93 -- -2oT____"i()."4--- - ¡:;-.9--·9.ó9______
260
28 43.5 24.0 29.8 12.7 25.8 13.2 22.4 11.6
__32______ 56.7 3 1.5 38.9 16.6 33.7 17.3 29.2 ______ 15,--.2: --1

11
National Struc tural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edition Volurne 1
 6 -!)tl CHAPTU~ fi WoocJ

----- ----------~~~~:~~~~~~~ ~
Lc ngth of Diamd<•r
Bolt in of Bolt l'arallcl lo l'crpcndi- l'a rallcl lo l'crpcndi- l'arallcl lo l'crpcndi- J>arallcl to l'cq;cndi-
Main d Grain ('ula r lo Grain cula r to Gr a in cula r to G rain t~ula,. to
Mcmbcr (mm)
·····---~--- ..........(!.!!_tin ·-- - - - - ·- - · Grai.!!__ ---------- ·-- Grain___ ------~--·- _ Gr·~i.!!_

. .. Q
L 1' Q p p Q p Q
·=· (l~~~==-~ ·=-~·:_ (~= __Q)__ ~--(4)-- --·(5)'''-- ---¿6)··---- -·-· . (7) (8)
------------
(9) (1 0)
-
25 34.6 18. 1 23.8 9.53 20.6 9.94 17.9 --~F;:;- ·

----~~---~-----23.(~
280 29.9 12. 1 ·----~- 12.6
22.4 -- - -1-¡:-
¡-
32 56.9 30.!! 39.0 16.3 33.8 17.0 29.3 r4.9
r-------~ ---~---1
25 34.7 17.8 23.8 9.39 20.6 9.79 17.9 8.(;0
11 .0
290
'----~---·-···---
28
--"-T-'-2_
43.5 22.7 29.9 12.0 25.9
. ._..... . ,5:-c6:--:·8:,----+--_...----=:-J-=-0~-::-4_-_ _-~_--::39-::.o___-----¡-¡,:¡··-- ··--- 33.7
---···. --,_
12.5
---·22.4
- --- -------- --
,......
-~-
·-- ..
34.7 --·- · 17.3
1 7
- 23.8 ·-----~:.!}__ _____ ___ 20.6
16.7
9.5 1
29.3
17.8
14.7
'836
3os ------~L . . . _______43.4 ......................22.2___________29:.ª-.____ ..........l.L7_____ ____..2.:~:.~------ 12.2 22.4 10.7
..____ _ __...___3_2__ . 56.8 29.8 39.0 15.8 33.8 16.4 29.3 - ~~~4--]

Associatíon of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 TaiJic 6. 1/l- Allowabl c Loads in Scasoncd Wood (Normal Duration) for Onc Shc:tr-Plalc Un il and Boll in Single Shcar
··--- ·-·--- ---- - ---- _,_,__ ·- · - - - -- --· ---- -------·------- --·
Luudcd l'nrallcllu Loadcd l'cqH'tHikula r tu Grain (90")
Numbcr Gntín(O')
····--·----------··--~-- ' -----··--- ----·----- ----
of Fnn: of Allownblc Lond pcr AIIOWI\hlc Load pcr
Shc;or NN Mininunn
Hui! l'íect• Conncclor Unit und Edgc Di~t<tncc {mm) Cunncclor Unil und lloll
l'I:He Thickncss Ed¡:c
di:un. wilh __,.___ Holt (kN) .._
- - - · - - ---- =~fiP..~:¡c;; Gro u 1
(k
~------
__s ,N·iciS!!::~ l.'ll___ ·- Unloadcd
diam. uf Lumbcr Di~lant·c
(mm) Cunnct·- (mm ) (mm )
( 111111)
lm·s t.C el

------
Same
--·-- --- ·--~ ..-----~-..
1
_,_ ---· ..._, 11 111
Jt:d ' C
1:
(min.)
1..t.JíH1C
Fd¡:c
'
..----
•

___ 1
..
1--
11 111

·10 45 SY72
14.0 1 11 .70 10.10 !U40 6.
minimum minimum
70 or
'!.8)0 B.
more

40 45 5. 293 4.537
10.90 9.074 7.828 6.3 16
minimum mínimum
20 45 45
70or
7.65 1 6. )61 5.47 1
more !
45 or i
7.605 6. 405 5.5 16
more !
70or 7. 740 6.672
50 1126 11 .03 9.519 9.296
more
45 6.761 5.871
1$140
minimum
- ---l-·-- - - - -
· --l-6""5-:&,- -14.01- 11.70 10.10
·-----· 70or
---·--- ·-
9.8:10 B. 7.072
thíc kcr more
40 70 9. 563 8.229
19.75 16.46 1'1.19 11.480
mínimum minimu~n
95 or
13.830 11 .52 9.964
more
70 8.807
12.280 10.23
minimum
45 & 95 or 10.68
2 1.17 17.66 15.2 1 14.810 12.37 ()
útickcr more

45 70 (Í. 805 5.871

14.10 11 .74 10. 14 8.184
minimum minimum
95 or
9.875 8. 229 7. 11 7
lllOJ'<'
70 7.606 6.583
50 15.75 13. 12 11.30 9. 11 8
minimu m
95 ()1 1 1.()30 9 1(;:1 7.917
JllOI't'
70 8.9~0 7.695
10.720
minirnutn

2 65 1 ~.46 15.39 13.25 70 95 '" 12.940 lO.7ií0 9.296

more
20 70 70 8.362
100 11.650 9 697
mininwnt
50 14.060 11 .740 10.10
'15 20. 10 1(> .72 1,¡.4(> 95 or
mor<: o
70 12.280 10.230 8.807
tllínimum

J 12. ,1'70
1'1 .1>1> 1) .21 95 o r 1~ . X I O IO.úX
'!O& ~ 1.1'1
()
lll~lfC

1,1. 1'! 70 !; II .<IXO

1 1),)(>.~
1 1\.22')
lhid-<'1 195/ I<>.•H>

--·-·------_____j~~"~ ------ -
1
1 minin1llm ' 1
1 i '' 11 .~20 ¡ 9.9M
'J)tU 13.S:l0 '
; 1\H.ll(." 1
;
' '/0
i 10. no i x.iW7
12.0 10
'
_____L._____j______l___,_..... ·----- ...~i~~~~--L _____j __
_ _j ______
 6 ·56 CHAPTHl 6 · Wood

.--------- - --- - --------· -·-- -- - . - - · - - . - · -- -----··--- ---- --------·----- -

Londcd Pnrnllcl to Loadcd Pcrpcndiculnr to Grain (9()"¡
Numl){·r Gruin (0')
of Fat:r of
------------- ·----------~
· -·- ..--AIIowt~¡;¡~· Loa;!"¡¡;;~:----··
Mininnun llllownhlc Loadr;;r- -
Shc:tr Nct
Bol! l'iccc Conncctor Unit und l~gc I>istancc (mm) Comll'ctor Unit ami Holt
l'ln tc Thickncss l~¡:c
diam. with llolt (kN) (kN)
dium. of Lumbcr Distancc ..
(mm)
(mm) Connct'·
(mm) (mm) S¡1ccics Groutl -~~,·~s Gro!~=--
tors of ···-· Loadcd-
J<:di(C Edgc 11 lii
Sume 1 II 111
-- -- ---~···
llolt
---····--·-- -- -· -- - - --
(mín.)
----- - ·- ---
or
----~---

14.810
- --·-·
12.370
·-10.68
45& 2 1.1 7 17.66 15.21 95
more ()
thickcr

14.10 11.74 10.14 70 8. 184 6.805 5.9 18

45
minimum minímum
95 or 9.!175 8.229 7.117
more
16. 19 13.12 11.30 70 9. 11 8 7.6()6 6.583
50&
thickcr minimum
95 or 11 .030 9. 163 7.9!7
more
70 11\.46 15.39 13.26 70 70 10.720 8.940 7.695
100 22 2 65
mínimum rninimum
95 or 12.940 10.760 9.296
more
20.10 16.72 14.46 70 11.650 9.697 8.362
75 &
thickcr minimum
95 or 14.060 11 .740 10. 10
more: o
21. 17 17.66 15.2 1 70 12.280 10.230 8 .807
90
mínimum minimurn
95 or 14.!110 12.370 10.68,
more

Associalion of Struclural Engineers of lhe Philippines

 C H A PTU~ 6 · Woo<J 6· 57

l.m ulcd Pnrnllrl tu Lüadt•d l'crpcndicular lo Grui n {90")

Nuonhcr (;rain (0")
Tooth~d
Jlult
of Fn('c
of !'iN'<'
Nct Thick· Mínimum ---·--- Allownhlc L<lad pcr
IUn¡: llt'SS of Edgc Conncctor Unit and Bo11
dinm. with E<lgc r> istancc { mm)
diam. Lumhcr Dislnm:c !kN )
( mm) Conncc·
{mm) (mm) (mm) S ccics Grou l
tors of Unloadcd
Loadcd-
Sanw Edgc 11 ll
lll Edgc 1
llolt (mínimum )
- -·-
32 3.203 3.203 2.7 58
25 mínimum 5 .J."j ~ 4.804 4.181 mínimum
50 or more 3.647 3.647 l l 58
32 3.514 3.5 14 3.069
40 & thicker 5.871 5.293 4.581 mínimum
50 or more 4 .()()) 4.003 3.4 69
50 12 2 32
32 3.20 3 2.7 58
40 mínimum 5.338 4.804 4.1l! l 3.203
rninimunl
50or more 3.647 3.647 3.1 58
32 3.5 14 3.514 3.069
50 & lh ic ker 5.&71 5.293 4.5!;1 mínimum
50 or more 4.003 4.003 3.469
45 4.804 4.804 4.1 81
25 mínimum 8.()()6 7.206 6.227 minlJnunl
60 or more 5.47 1 5.471 4.759
45 6.()()5 5.2CM
40 & thickcr 10.01 s.ns 7.82~
mínimum
6.005
60 or more 6 .805 6.805 5.9 16

45 4.8(M 4.8<M 4.1 81

mínimunt
2 40 mínimum 45 1\.CKX> 7.206 6.227 45 60 or more 5.471 5.471 4.7 59
65 16
45 5.293 4.581
50 8.&52 7.962 689·1 5.293
míni mum

60 or more 6.7 16 6.049 5.249

45 6.672 6.005 5.2(}4
minimum
65 & thic kcr 10.0 1 8.985 7.828 60 or more 7.562 6.805 5.91 6
10.4 1 9J85 8.140 55 6.939 6.227 5.427
25 mínimum
minimum
80 or more 8.229 7.428 6.45()
55 9.385 8.45 1 7.29.5
minimum
14.()6 12.63 10.94 80 or more 11.120 10.010 8.674
40 & lhickcr

55 6.939 6.227 5.42 7

85 20 2 55 55
mínimum
10.4 ! 9 .385 8. 140 80 or more 8.229 7.428 6.45o
40 minimuon

.. ----·-·

11
Nationa! Structura! Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
--··-····-· ·- ·-~-·-· ·--·--· --- ------...-·-··------ --···-·--- - . ··--~-·-- --~ - -····--······- - -- --- '

i Loadcd l'urnllcl tu
Numhcr Grain (0")
of Fat·c Net
'!'(Íuthl'd Mínimum
Boll of J'iccc Thick· Allowahlc Load pcr
níng Ed¡:c
tli:un . wUh ncss of Conncctor llnit a nd
diam. Distancc
(mm) Connct·· Lumbcr Uolt(kN}
(mm)
:=-_=_..fu.>ecics Gro!!J>......-~ .
(llllll)
tors of (mm)
S ame
1 JI 111
llolt
--- ---
10.27 8.896 l!O or more 9 .02'J !!.095 7.02X
1 50 ' 11.39
55 U IX 7 .82!\ 6.ihJ5
tni lli r1Hifl1

13.03 11.74 10.1 9 80 or more IOJ20 9.296 !Ul51

65
55 9.385 !\.451 7.295
mí nimum
14.06 12.6 3 10.94 80 or more 11. 120 10.01 0 8 .674
75 &
thickcr
70 8.362 7 .S ! 7 6 .494
nlinímulll
!2.54 11.30 9.786 95 or more !0.050 9 .029 7.82l!
1 25
mínimum
70 !0.850 9 .7H6 8.451
mínimum
16.32 14.68 12.72 95 or more IHllO 11 .743 10. 19
40&
thickcr 70
100 20 70
70 8J62 7 .5 17 6.494
mínimum
12.54 ! 1.30 9.786 90 or more 10.050 9.029 7.828
2 40
mínimum

70 9.029 8.139 7.072

minimum
13.57 !2. 19 10 .59 95 or more 10.850 9.786 8.451
50

70 !0.!90 9 .163 7.962

mínimum
!5.30 13.74 ! 1.92 95 or more !2.230 10.990 9.519
65

14.68 12.72 70 IG.850 9 .700 8.451

75& 16.32
thicker mínimum
95 or more 13.030 11.740 10.19
-~~- ···---··- -

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CI-IAPTEF1 6 - Wood 6 59

·--~~b~c 6.2~__:_Allownl>lc ~~ds ~~c~soncd~ood (Norm alDuration) for One Splii· Ring Unit and Bolt in Single Shca r
~---- ----·
Lo adcd l'arallcl to Gruin Lo a dcd l'cr[X'ndicular to G rain (90')
(0' )
Allo wuhlc Load pcr
- Allo wahlc Load l'er
Cnnncctor tJnit und llolt Edgc dL~tn ncc (mm} Connéclor Unit And llolt
____ _J.:::!kN~)----1 ( k N)
S ccies G r o u11
Unloadcd
lAad cd -
Edg~
111 (Min.)
Edgc I u 111

- +---"= - -1------- - ---------- ··------ - --- -- -·

25 45 mínimum 6.581 5.471 4.7 15
11.03 9.252 7 .962
míni mum
70 or more 7.784 6.494 5.560
40 & 1!.12 45 minimum 7.873 6 .583 5.649
1.>.25 9.519
thickcr
70or more 9 .385 7 .784 6.672
64 12 45 45
40 45 minimum 6 .583 5.471 4.715
2 11.03 9.252 7.962
mínimum
70 o r mure 7.784 6.494 5.560
50& 45 mínimum 7.872 6.583 5.649
IJ.25 1!.1 2 9.519
thickcr
70<lr more 9.385 '1.784 6 .672
25 70 70 mínimum 9 .875 8 .229 7. 11 7
17.01 14. 19 12.21
minimum
95 or mo re 1 1.830 9 .875 8 .496
40 & 70 mininlllm 14.8!0 12.320 10.630
25 .51 21.26 18.37
thickcr
95 or more 17.790 14.810 12.770
40 70 rninimum 10.360 8.629 7.473
100 20 2 70 17.92 14.90 12.90
minlmum
95 o r more !2.450 10.360 8 .985
50 20.599 17.17 14.81 70 minimum 11 .970 9 .963 8.585
95 o r mo re 14.320 11.970 10.320
66 25.0-1 20.90 18.06
70 mínimum ! 4.540 12. 100 10.450
95 o r more 17.440 14 .540 12.540
75 & 70 minimum 14.8 10 12.320 10 .630
25.51 2 1.26 18.37
th ickcr
9 5 or more 17.790 !4.810 12.770

'------'---····---- ·- ·- ····--·- - ---~·~···-··· -··--··-·- ,_..,_w_•~•

-···----· ·---·--- --------~ .. ......., _ ,

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 6·60 CHAPTE:H 6 · Wood

Table 6.21 - Common Wire Nails and Spikes-AIIowable Loads in Scasoncd Wood-Normal Duration
·- -- ----·..··--· ·1
Slzc of Nail or Spikc (111m) ·Lalc1:;¡¡Load in Side (;raÍ;),(N¡ ____
Wilhdrawal Lond rrom Sidt• G rain pcr
25 111111 of l'cnetrution of Nail or S¡>ikc
1
Dcsignation Lcngth Diameter
into the Mcrnbcr Holding th<.' Poinl (N)
Spccics Group Spccics Group
lv___ -----·- - - -------
--------··1 ¡
(mm) (mm) 1 JI 111
1 11 111 IV
·-m------- ~ ····-
(2) (3) (4~
1
(5) (6}
···-
- (7}
.
(8)
...
~·-·· ··- -· ~·

-
···-
_ill_--·-
___ ooi~= .l!.!L. --= :_iiú~=: .!
N 150 150 6.5 805 550 340 215 1320 1135 930 77.'i
1
125 140 6.0 750 510 315 200 1180 1010 830 695
A 110 125 5.75 690 470 290 180 1045 895 735 615
105 115 5.25 685 435 265 170 920 790 650 540
l 100 100 4.75 590 400 245 155 825 705 580 48S
90 90 4.00 495 340 210 130 640 550 450 37.'i
L 75 75 3.75 455 310 190 120 555 480 395 330
65 65 3.25 400 275 170 JOS 465 400 325 275
S 50 50 3.00 345 235 145 90 370 320 260 220
----· -··-~·

S 3/8 215 9.5 1035 705 435 275 2020 1735 1425 11 90
3/8 180 8.0 860 590 360 230 1535 1320 1085 905
p 150 150 7.0 780 535 325 205 1325 1140 935 780
140 140 7.0 780 536 325 205 1325 1140 935 780
l 125 125 6.75 725 495 305 195 1185 1020 840 700
110 115 6.0 675 460 280 180 1060 910 750 625
K lOO 100 5.75 620 425 260 165 940 805 665 555
90 90 5.25 570 390 240 150 830 710 585 490
E 80 80 5.0 530 360 220 140 740 635 525 435
S 75 75 5.0 530 360 220 140 740 635 525 435

-.. -- ·-::-. --·-- ·--.,- --- ···-

SOURCE: Pluhppwe Tunber Des1gn Standéu·ds (J. E. Rocafort and J. O. S10pongco)
November, 1991 (FPRDI Terminal Report)

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEn E· Woo<l E>-61

····--------- -------·-··· _]~_!>le 6.22- Allowa~le S >ans for 50 mm T~n •uc and Groovc Dccking
SPAN'
(mm)

- - - -- - -----------
[ LJVE LOAD
(kNfm 1) I)JWLECTION LIMIT

____l{OufS_____- -
f
(Nfnnu1)
- ------·-
I ---~-------------···········-----

{
N
E
!mm )
- - - - - - - - -- - -
,

___________ o.9._
S H__ _ ---- - --~-----------~~~-~--------- : ~;,~:~~
! 2(X} 1.437 _______________!/.240_______ ,....... 1.447 __ _J.!_~)J~................. ...
l/360 2645 .76
-----·---·- -- --! l/240 ----·-- - - - - -+-- ---·-----2342:6o-·------
' SJ6 1.H60 - -- - - ·--------·..·-------
...._._____________________+ - - -- - - - - - --+-- __ _;l.c;:/3;_:;60
-=-- - - - 1 -- - -- - - - - - - 1- - - - - '3'-'5:'2:':'
07.768:'------j
0.958 1----~--- 1.378 1667.38
------------4~---~l~
/3~607----il-------~-t---~2~1~0~1.~45~---l
11240 2501.07
1350 1.437 l/360 1·860 - ---2:
i90.45'""_____
------1-'-~1-
6 ____-+----__:1/~2~
4(::..
)---- - - - 2.41 2 3334.76_ __

---------------·---- ·---- - - -- - ==~w- 4995.25

0.958 1/240 1.722 _____,2:.:.2.;;..87'"".4=:'8: - - -
- - -- --·-·-- -- - - - l- ---i/24o
11360_ _ _ _.¡ -·--·--- 3445.00 ___.... .
---------:¡4i().S-
_~

1500 1.437 l/360 - ----------5-i 12.382 •274

2 .;:0:------l----~;--·--- ------ -----4547:¡¡¡------·
----··-··-· --;.~;·~-------- f------·------:-:1/;::4

r----------------------~----~~~ ,3~607----~----------4·----~6~8~90~.~~::..>____,
0 .958 )/240 2.067 3045.38
11360 4547.40
1650

0.95R

1800 1.437

0.958

1950 1.437

1.916
- - - · · -------------
0.95S

2100 1.437

1.916

0.958

2250 1.437

1.916
11240 9370.40
O 958 4.4 !() ---~5.60----

2400 _·_·______ -----:-"::3-=-:60::------l-----------

-----·····--··--"'
l/024,.;:0_ __ 14055.60_ _- j
5.856
··------~~~-- - --·-·····-
7 - --------·--2! 083.40
- -- -·-···------------------ ___..____ __:.:_11::..;
·'(::.:0_
:> -------- - -

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volurne 1
6·62 CHAPTH ! 6 · Wood

Taulc 6.22- Allowaulc Spans for 50 mm Tonguc and Groovc Dccking (Cont'd)

~=~~-=ª= ~---·---·--~:=--J;~l~=~~~J
1
Spans are bascd 011 simple ht•am action with 0.50 kN!m 1 dMd load 111ul provisio11 .1· for a /300 N concmuawd load 011 11 .itXJ 111111 width off!o or
dt>cking. Random /ay-u¡> pcrmillrd in accordancc witlltlw ¡>rovisíons ofSecrion 620.8 ..1 or 620. /0.11.9. l.tmJn•r thicknt•ss a.<.<lmu·d 11110 111111, 11<'1.

Association of Structural Engineers of !he Philippines

 CHAPTI:.n G · WoocJ fi 63

~-"~"~------ r···--·-······--·~--
Tahlc 6.23 • Sizc, Hcight and Spacing of Woods Studs .
~~-~~ ·--·--------·-·--·-·------·-----~------····

----- Hcarin' Walls Non-Bcaring...Walls ... --------------

---------·----- -~·

Supporting Supporting
Latcrally Supporting Latcrally
Onc Floor, Two Floors,
{Jnsupportcd Roof and Unsupportcd Splldng
Stud Sizc 1 Roof and Roof ami 1
Stud Hcight Cciling Only Stud Hcight
Cciling Cciling - - - - - ---····- -----~~--------------··

·-
(mm) (mm) Spacing (mm) (mm) (mm L ......
50 X 75 ( - - - - 3000 40{)
50 100 250
... .. ----· - - 600
-----~-

X 600 400 - 4200

- --"·-·---' - · -~-~····

75 X 100 250 600 600 400 4200 .. 600

-----
50 X 125 250 600 600 - 4800 600
50 X 150 250 600 600 400 6000 600
1
U.fted heights are disftmces l>etween poin1.1· of lo/ero/ s11pport placed perpendic11/ar to r!J<• plan e of rlw wa/1. lncrl'<IS<'S Úl WISIIf>ported hci¡¡ht are
permirred where jusrified by an analysis.
1
Slw/1 nor !Je used irr exterior walls.

1
- Tablc 6 24 - Braccd Wall Pancls
Scismic Condition Construction Mcthod · J Braccd Panel Location ami
4
Zonc 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Lcngth
X-- -·
2 One-story, top of two or X X X X X X X Each cnd and not more than
threc-story 7500 mm on ccnter
-R-··- -- X --
First- story of two-story or X X X X X X X
second-story of three-story
First-story of three-story
- - - ---··
-- X X X x-r· X
···--
X -x-- -
4 Onc-story, top of two-story X X ) ( -X-- X ···x o X Each end and not more than
or three-story 7500 mm on ccnter
First-story of two-story or X X X X X X" X Each end and not more than
second of three-story 7500 mm on center but not Jess
7
than 25% of building length
First-story of three-story X X X X) X xo X Each end and not more than
7.5 m on center but not less
-
than _40% uf building Jcngt)~~---··
1
1/ris toble specifies mínimum requiremcnrs for braced panels wbich fonn interior or cxiNior braced wa/1/ines.
See Section 620.10.3 forfu/1 description.
3
See Seclion 620.10.4 for a/temare braced po1Je/ r<?quiremem.
• Building /ength is !he dimensiotJ para/le/ lo rhe braced wa/1 /engrh.
5 Oyp.wm wa/1/Joard applied ro Sllppons at 400 mm 011 cellfer.

ó Not permiuedfor /.Jmcirrg Crlflple walls i11 Seismic Zone 4. Sce Secriotl 620.10.5.

' The required lengths shall be doubledfor gypsum board applied ro OIJiy one fiJce ofa bmced wall panel.

1
Natíonal Structural Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition VoiUine 1
 6·64 CHAPTEr-l 6 ·· Wood

Table 6.25- Cripple Wall Bracing

- ----
Seismic Condition Amount of Cripple Wall Bracing 1' 1
____J;~nc __ (mm)
"--··--
4 One-story above cripple l Omm wood structural panel with 65mm at 150 1 300 mm nailing on 60 percent of wall
wall length mínimum
Two-story abo ve 1Omm wood structural panel with 65mm at lOO 1 300 mm nailing on SO percent of wall
cripple wall length mínimum
or
l Omm wood structural panel with 65mm at 150 1 300 mm nailing on 75 percent of wall
_ _ _ _N . . }~_g_!_h ll~]Íll1lll11
2 One-story abovc crípple 1Omm wood su·uctural panel with 65mm at 150 1 300 mm nailing on 30 perccnl of wall
wall length mínimum
2 Two-story abo ve 1Omm wood structural panel with 65mm at lOO 1 300 mm nailing on 40 perccnl of wall
cripple wall length mínimum
or
lOmm wood structural panel with 65mm al 150 1 300 mm nailing on 60 pcrcent of wall
length mínimum
1
--·-·
Braced panel /engrh sha/1 be at h'ast fwo times the height ofthe cripple wa/1, butnot/ess tlum 1200 mm.
2
All pmwls a long a walt shall be ncarly cqu<•l in !cngth and shal! be near!y cqually spaced along thc lcnglh of thc wall.

Table 6.26 - WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL W ALL SHEA THING 1

(N ot exposed to t l1e weat11er, strengt 11 axts para 11e 1 orperpen d.tcu larto stu d s)
~·

Stud Spacing (mm)

Siding Nailcd to Shcathing undcr Covcrings Specified in Section
Minimmn Panel Span Rating Studs 620.10.3
Thickncss t-· Shcathing Parallel to Shcathiug
(mm) Studs Perpendicular to
~··-~·----
Studs
10 16/0, 16/0,20/0 Wall-- 16 o.c. 400 - 400
10, 12 16/0, 2/0, 24/0, 32/l6 Wall - 24 o.c. 600 400 600
-·-
lO, 12 24/0, 24/16, 32/16 Wall- 24. o. c. 600 600 600
1
In re.ference lo Section 620.! 0.3, b!ocking of horizontaljoints is not rcquircd.

Table 6.27- Allowable Shcars for Wind or Seismic Loading on Vertical Diaphragms of Fiberboard Sheathing Board
1
-- Contraction for Type V Construction Only
Shcar Value in 75mm Nail Spacing
Size and Application Nail Sizc Around Perimctcr and 150mm at
-----·---· Intcrmediatc r>oints
J2 X 1200 X 2400 mm Galvanized roofing nail 40 mm long, lO 182.5"
mm head
20 X 1200 X 2400 mm Galvanized roofing nail 45 mm long, [() 256
mm head
1
Fiherboard sheathing diaphmgms shallnot be used ro brace concrete or mason1y \va/1.1-.
11w shear value may be 780 Nfor 12 by 1200 by 2400 mm.flberboard 1wi/-base sheathing.

1\ssociatíon of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPlHi 6 - Wood 6-65

Tablc 6.28- Allowablc Shcar for Wind or Scismic Forces in Pounds per Foot for Vertical Diaphragms of Lath
and Plaster or Gypsum Board Frame Wall Assemblies 1- --
Typc of Material . Thickness of
Matcr·ial (mm)
Wall
Construction
Nail Spacing 2
Maximum (mm)
Shear
Valuc
-------
Mínimum Nail Size 3 (mm)
- --··------- · - - - - -- - -
Expandcd metal, or wove-n 1
1 40 mm long, 10 mm hcad
l. wirc lalh and porlland 22 mm Unblocked 150 2628
1 Staplc, 22 mm legs
cement plaster i
1

10 mm lalh and
2. Gypsum lath Unhlocked 1 125 1460 Staplc, 30 mm long, 6 mm hcad,
1
! 2 mm plastcr 1
1
plastcrhoard blucd nail
----j------·-·---··-··-r - - - -
12mm x 600
45 mm long, 1O mm hcad, diamond-point,
3. Gypsum shcathing board mmx2,400 mm Unblockcd lOO 1095
galvanizcd

12mm x 1200
mm Blocked lOO 2555

l2mm x 1200
,_,
mm Unblockcd 175 1460

175
1460
2 mm dia., 40 mm long, 6 mm head) or
Gypsu m wallhoard or vencer
4. wallboard (2 mm dia. 40 mm long,
base 12mm Unblockcd
100 6 mmhead)
1825

175
1825
--
Blockcd
100
2190

175
1679
Unblocked
100 (2.5 mm dia., 45 mm long, 6 mm head) or
2! 17
wallboard (2.5 mm dia. 50 mm long,
6 mmhead)
175
21!7
Blockcd
l6mm
100
2555

Base ply- (2.5 mm dia. 50 mm long, 6 mm

hcad) or wallboard (2.3 mm dia. 50 mm
Base ply: 225 long, 6 mm hcad)
Blocked
Face ply: 175 3650 Face ply- (3.0 mm dia., 60 mm long, 6 mm
Twoply
head) or wa!lboard (3.0 mm dia., 60 mm
long, lO mm head)
--·-
1
111ese vertical diaphragm.1· shal/not !Je used to resist /oads imposed by mason1y or concrete construction. Values slwwn are for short-rerm loading
due ro wind or thw to .wismic /oading. Values s/wwn m11SI be reduced 25 percem for normal loading. The va/ues show11 in Items 2, 3 and 4 shal/ !Je
reduced 50 pen·lmtfor /oading dueto earthquake in Seismic limes 3 and 4.
2
Applies Jo nailing m all.muls, top mul !Jo/Iom plates, and !Jlocking.
Altemate nails may lw 11.\'<!d ifth<!ir dimensions are rwt Jess than the ~pec[fied dimension.

111
National Structural Code of the Philippínes 6 Edition Vol u me 1
G-G6 CHAPTE!i (?- Wood

Table 6.29- Allowable Spans for Particleboard Wall Sheathing 1

(Not exposed to the weather long dimension of the panel parallel or perpendicular to studs)
'

Stud Spacing (mm)

-
Sheathing under Coverings
Specificd in Scction
GRADE THICKNESS (mm)
Siding Nailed to Studs 620.10.3 Parallel or
Perpendicular to Studs

M-1 JO 400 400

M-S
M-2 "Exterior Glue" 12 400 400
1
ltr rcference to Section 620. 10.3, blockin¡: of horizontal joints is no/ required.

Table 6.30 Scientific Name of Philippinc Timber Species

l. Malabayabas (Tristania spp.) includcs: 8. Dangkalan (Callophyllum spp.) includcs:

Malabayabas (T. dccorticata MciT.) Dangakalan (C. obliquincrvium Mcrr.)

Tiga (T. mícrantha Mcrr.) Bitanghol (C. blancoi Fl. & Tr.)
Bitaog (C. inophyllum L.)
2. Manggachapui (Hopea spp.) includes:
9. Gisau (Canarium spp.) includes:
Daling<lingan (H, foxworthyi Elm.)
Manggachapui (H. acuminata Mcrr.) Dulit [C. hirsutum Willd. Forma multipinnatum
Yakal-saplungan (H. plagata (Blanco} Vid.] (Llanos) H. J. Lam]
Gisau (C. vricscanum Engl.}
3. Narig (Yatica spp.} includcs: Pagsahingin-bulog (C. calophyllum Perk.)
Piling-liitan [C. luzonicum (Blumc) A. Gray]
Narig (Y. manggachapui Blanco spp. manggachapoi)
Narig, Thick-Jeafcd (Y. pachyphylla Mcrr.) 1O. Lauan (S horca spp.) includcs:

4. Yakal (Shorca spp.) includcs: Almon (S. almon Foxw.)

Lauan, Red (S. ncgroscnsis Foxw.)
Yakal (S.astylosa Foxw.) Lauan, Whitc (S. contorta Vid.)
Yakal-gisok (S.gisok Foxw.) Mayapis [S. squamata (Turcz. Dycr.]
Yakal-Mabolo (S. cillala King) Tangile [S. polyspcrma (Blanco) Men·.]
Yakal-malibato (S. malibato Foxw.)
11. Malaanonang (Shore<J spp.} includcs:
5. Antipolo (Arthocarpus spp.) includes:
Kalunti [S. hopeifolia (Hcim). Sym.]
Antipolo [A. blanco (Eim.) Mcrr. j Malaanonang (S. polita Vid.
Anubing (A. ovalo Blanco)
Kubi (A. nitida Trec. Spp. Nítida) 12. Malasaging (Aglaia spp.) includcs:
Nangka (A. hcterophylla La m.)
llo-ilo [A. iloilo (Blanco) Merr.]
6. Binggas (Tcrminalia spp.) includcs: Kuling-manok [A. Juzonicnsis (Vid.) Mcrr. &
Rolfe)
Malasaging (A. diffusa Merr.}
Binggas [T. ci trina (Gacrtn) Roxb.]
Kalumpit (T. microcarpa Dccnc) 13. Malugai (Pomctia spp.) includes:
L1nipau (T. copclandii Elrn.)
Sakat (T. Nitcns Frcsl.) Malugai (P. pinnata Forst.}
Talisai-gubat (T. foctidissima Griff.) Malugai-líitan (P. pinnata forma responda Jacobs)

7. Dao (Dracontomclon spp.) includcs: l4. Miau (Dysoxylum spp.) includes:

Dao [D. dao (Blanco) Mcrr. & Rolfe] Kuling-babui (0. altissisum Mcrr.)
IA1mio [D. cdulc (Blanco) Skccls.] Miau (D. cuphlcbium Mcrr.)

Association of Structura l Engineers of t11e Pllilippines

·----··· · ·--- - -- -- - -- - - - -- - - -- """""'""'""""''"'"""....~.,.

...;;.~""'
:_.,;,,;.
 CHAPTEP 6 · VVood 6 6/

l :i. Guijo (Shorc¡¡ spp.) includcs: 2 1. Nato (Palaquium spp.) indudcs:

Guijo ¡s. guiso (B lanco) Blumc] tvlalak-ma1ak 11'. philippcnsc {Pcrr.) C. 13 . Rob.]
Malaguijo (S. plagata Foxw .) Maniknik (P. tcnuipctio1atum Mcrr.}
Nato ¡p. 1uzonicnsis (F.-Vil!.) Vid. ]
16 . Kamagong (Dio~pyros spp.} includc,;: Palak-palak (P. 1anccolatum Blanco}

Anang D. pyrrhocarpa Miq.} 22. Palosapis (Anisoptcra spp.} íncludcs:

Anang-gu1od (D. inclusa Mcrr.)
Ala-ata (D. mindanacsis MctT.) Afu (A. brunnea Foxw.)
Bolong-cta (D. pilosanthcra Blanco} Dagang (A. aurca Foxw.)
Kamagong [D. philippincnsis (Rcsr.} Gurkc]
Kamagong. Poncc (D. poncci Mcrr.) 23. l'inc (J>inus spp.) includcs:
Katilma (D. nitida Mcrr.}
Pínc. Bcnguct (P. kcsiya Roylc ex. Gordon}
17. Katmon (Dillcnía spp.) includcs: Pinc, Mindoro (1'. mcrkusil Jungh & de Vr.)

Katmon (D. philippincnsis Rolfc) 24. Salakin (Aphanamixis spp.) includcs:

Katmon -bayani (D. mcga1antha Mcrr.)
Ma1akatmon [D. luzoniensis (Vid.} Martclli] Kangko (A. pcrrottetiana A. Juss)
Salakin [A. cumingiana (C. De.)]
18. Kato (Amoora spp.} inc1udcs:
25. Bayok (Pterospermum spp.) includes:
Kato (A. ahcmiana Mcrr.)
Katong-1akihan (A. macrocarpa Men.} Bayok (P. diversifolium Blumc}
Bayok-bayokan (P. nivcum Vid.)
19. Pahu tan (Mangifera spp.) includcs:
26. Manggasinoro (Shqrea spp.) includcs:
Pahutan (M. a1tissima Blanco
Pahong-liitan (M. mcrrillii Mukh.} Manggasinoro [S. assamica Dycr. fonna
philippincnsis
(Brandis) Sym.]
20. Apitong (Diptcmcarpus spp.) includes: Manggasinorong- lakihan (S. vircnccns Parijs}

Apitong (D. graodif1orus Bl:lllco}

Apitong, Basilan (D. basi lanicus Foxw.)
Apitong, Broad-wingcd (D. spcciosus Brandis}
Hagakhak (D. warbugii Brandis)
Ma1apanau (D. Kcrrii King)
Panau (D. grandis Blumc)
Panau. Lcaf-tailcd (D. caudatus Foxw.)

Table 6.31 Basic Working Stresses and Modulus of Elasticity for Dry Machine Graded Lumber
Machine Basic Working Stress (MPa) Modulus of
Stress Grade Elasticty
Bending Tcnsilc Compression Shear Strength, Fv (GPa)
Strength, Fb Strength, Ft Strength, Fe

M5 5 3 4 1.48 5.68
MIO lO 6 8 1.64 8.57
MIS 15 9 12 1.79 11.45
M20 20 12 16 1.95 14.34
M25 25 15 20 2.10 17.23

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
 Ci ·G8 Cl-11\f~T U! G · Woocl

Load Capncity (N)

Lumbcr
G rade
D*=2.5 D=2.!i D=3.1.':i D=3.75 D=4.5 D=.'i D=5.6
- --·----· - - - - - - -- - - -1--- - · - - - -- -·····-- - - - - - - - - - - - ·l -- - - - -- ---·-1
M5 92 112 13!) 18!i 258 310 378
··----·-··········--· ····························- ·-········-····--··········· ............................................................... ······ -----·-- - ----··--
--~-·· -··- -----
MIO 136 166 204 276 380 457 557
r---- - ---·---- --·---- -- - --- ·-··------t------ -----+--- - - - - ---
M 1S 182 222 272 369 508 6 11 745
------t·------tl-----~-----l-----l--------1--·----~---------·-l

M20 229 279 279 466 64 1 771 940

- -····- -· ·-----···--··-·--··- · -·-- -- ---t--- - ---1- -- - · - l - - --·1------
M25 279 340 340 566 779 937 1143
~---·----~-~L----~--------~----~----~---~--------~
*D=nail diameter (mm)

·--··------ ·-------- Table 6.33 Hasic Working Loads for Nails in Withdrawal (MG'l-)
Lumucr --···--·-·-·--·-···r·· Load Capacity (N/rm_~c.<..):-::--.----:::--:-:---..---:::--:::--:----1
Grade D*=2.5 0=2.8 D=3.15 D=3.75 D=4.5 D=5 D=5.6
--···---··----· . ·-·--·-··--- ·---·····-·· ····-·---- -·-···· ·---·-----------·-· ···-· .. --------······- --- - --···--·-·--· ·----------
M5 47 52 59 70 84 94 105
------l--------t----~1------ - - - - - -- --
M 1O 85 96 108 128 154 171 19 1
-··-------
M15
---- · - --
134
·-·-·····~-·- --~--
150
· -- ·- --------
168
~-------- ~-~- --------
20 1 241
- ------··
267 300
- Mw- 192 - ·----215-----241-·-·- --~--- · ·- --345________383""____ --··4~------

M2s 259 --29o_ _ _ 327. 389 466 518 · 58 1 --

L "7.:::------:c:-;:--..L--:'-'.C:...::..:--·· - - - - · -·- - · - · ··- - - - - - - · - -······ - • •··-·- ···--- - ·· · · - · - -- - - · ··········- -····· ·--·-
*D=flail diamcter (mm)
Tablc 6.34 Design Stresse.<; for M achine Graded Lumber
---···--·----
Dcsign Stresscs MS MIO M15 M20 M25
--·-·-··-·--··..
--·-...._.._.... -~ ---~ ·-
Allowable Strength Properties (MPa)
-·- -
l3ending 5 lO 15 20 25
-· --
Tension Paral!el to grain 3 6 9 12 15
-·~---·· ·----·-·-····-··-· - - - - -·-·- --·---~~ --· ... ····- ·-- - - - - - - - ---·-·-
Tension Perpendicular to grain 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.30
-----
Compression Parallcl lo grain 4 8 12 16 20

Compression Perpendicular to grain 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.2 6.2

·-
Shear
-· ---- ·--
Stiffness Propcnies (GPa)
'""1
Modulus of Elasticity (mea n) 6.2 8.8 11.3 13.9 16.4
---
Modulus of Elasticity (20th percentilc)
----~------~----·--

Shcar Modulus
-
- ----~----~------

5. 1

0.39
7.6
·--·--· - -
10.1
· · -- - - - - ----- - - ----- ·-·--·---
0.52 0.65
--·--
---
12.6

0.78
15.1

0.91 j

Association of Structural Enginecrs of the Philippines

 CHAPTE n 13 · Wood G 69

Tahlc 6.35- (In addition to Tablc 6.1) Working Strcsscs for Visuall}' Strcss-Gradcd
Unscasoncd Structural Timbcr of Philippinc Woods.
AdúJcional Spt'ci<:s
(COIIWlOil aud B(HaJli<:~tl
Nomw~)
Tcnsion cfaslidty gr.ain lo grain lO Tt:n)ion ci<ISlidly grain l•,gram lo
'"'"'''d
lo ~rain
111
hcnding
grain para lid in gr;1in
lo grain hcnding

-------------------- -----~-¡()(~t) ''' .. --------------------- ----·-··-·········--~-~~ ----~------- ----------~-~- ~-J<)()(í ___-~~------ ----~-~-~-~----

1--·---------·········· ---- --- Ml'a -····--¡¡;u;;¡······ ··-··¡;;:¡¡;;;----- Ml'a - --¡;:¡p;;- ·-MI;:¡-··----¡;-.¡¡;;¡-·--~;¡-- ---f.1j¡;;-· Ml'a
-----~-- ···-··-·-··- - --¡()(x¡-···· ---·- ·----··-- - -.-.- - - - - - - - - - - ---·
-·-·-·- ----- - ----··-- -----·---t----j----- · - - - · - + - - - - - - 1 - - - - - j - - - -
- - · - - - - - - - - - - · · ----~ ----·----·--·-----j----t----1 ---1---~----+----+---l

·-:1-.l~·l,-ig7h"'S:-lr_c_n-gt7
h-,G"""-"-"I->~"~ - - - - · l - - - - 1 - - - - - - -

A Commcrcial Spccits
Alupag amo 1Litchi -- --2HJT -·-:¡c¡¡¡- -·-····-;¡-]'~ -·- --(-,jc.J·-l~-::3-.4"'9_,_ _,,-=7"'.5"'B_,__47 ."'99::--+--:6-:.("'fJ,.--1--..,4..,..()() 2.18
chinensis S<H111. :;:;p.
philippincnsis
(Radlk)l.ecnh.)
I-"A:.:l:::.:l·::al~a~(:;::D.::cio~s.::.p!..yr_o_s- - - - - --27-.(-)(J___ ~---8-.2-8-- --··-···~·--···-- -----···-:----·---1i----t--.,.l6
7 ."'8::-7--l--,5,-.1:-;S;---l-------l!----

mindanacnsis Mcrr.)
Bakauan (Rhiwph(Ír~-- ···-·-· ·J'ili- ·· 9.6<i___ ·------¡¡:-<){·¡-- ·---··(;-Jo··---- J.os·- ·-¡(jy,:.;~ -MJÜ___ -----;,-sr;· 1.90
apiculala Hlwnc)
Katilnw(Diospyrosnitida--2(,_¡-¡-···-----s:3J- ---~---·---:;:-;-:,.--i--;:-,.,--l--;-;-:,-;:--+--;:-;-~-+----:=~-+---;:-;;-;---!-;-;;:rl
3.5~ 2.66 16.35 5.19 5.02 2.21 1.66
~---·---~.,-----
Kubi (Anocarpus nitidus
----:-:-::-:-!---~----·-
31.21 7.92
- - - --
J 1.04 · --~- -2.iis·- ·---19.51 4.95 3.42 1.78
Trece. spJ). nilidus)
Narig (Vatica mangachapoi 24.47 8.15
Blanco ssp. mangachapoi)
Narig, "Jl¡ick leafcd (V mica 27.04 834 10.29 6.42 2.89 16.90 5.21 6.43 4.01 1.81
pcchyphylla Mcrr)
Tiga ITristcniopsis
micrantha (Mcrr) Wib. &
Watcrh.]
Tindalo [Afl.clia 2.13
rhornhoidca (Blanco) V_~i<:.:.l._._l-+--.:..,...,,..,--J--,-,-~·-
YIIkol (Shorca nstylosu- 25.05 9.92 --~¡¡¡:-¡-;¡--- --··-¡;;:?2 ·- --·-2:33- ·- ¡s-:66-- ·-···¡;;:2¡)-- ---·-(;-::-¡;¡·- - -----4.20 - - --~
Foxw.)
I--:Y-7:::cik.ca""I··'-Ya-rr-,l,-"-ln-("'S,..hc->r-e-n---··~ --9.50- --9_-¡¡-¡-- --(->.3_!_ _ ---2'-.4.,-;3;---!--,!"'8"'.2"'3:--l- -;:s·-=.9:-:4--¡---(:;->.713::-··- ----=-:---+-.=--{
3.94 !.52
fakifcroidcs ssp.
falcifcroidcs)
1~Y;a~k~a!~-~m~al~il~>a~to--.(S~h-o-rc-"-------~3~8~.2v2~---1-~s~.7~0--~---c:l~Oc:.lc:4--~----(7
).·~1,-5
2.64 5.44 6J4 3.84 1.65
malibalo Foxw)
Yakal-saplunganiHopca 11.18 12.76 9.00 26.12 6.99 7.97 5.62 !.82
ola~ata (Blanco) Vid.]
Diospyros sp. 24.67 7.98 8.48 5.7! 2.64 !5.42 4.99 5.30 3.57 1.65
¡~~--~--~~--4-------------~~------~---------+-----l------+------+--------+---------+----~
B. Lcsscr-Known Spccics
Antsoan (Cassia javanica L. 27.47 7.62 9.44 5.08 3.00 17.17 4.76 5.90 3.17 !.87
ssp. ia vcnica) .
Arangcn IGanophyllurn 26.85 7.86 982 6.88 3.00 !6.78 4.91 6.14 4.30 1.87
obliquum (Blanco) Mcrr 1
Bansilai (Ochna fo"vonhyi 27.99 9.24 10.72 S.IXJ !.80
Elm)
Sali'lWOod (Chloroxylon 32.92 8.40 11.39 3.42 !.93
¡_::s~w:.::iC;::IC:;:I:_::lÍ:~t::::D~C0.2)c________ _ _ _ _ - - - - --- ----+---------- --~---l------1··----··-·1----------J------!------J
!!. Mcxlcralc!y l·~li·g-l-1------+----+---+-······-···-- ------- ----- --·---- --·--·- ------!~---- - . f - - - - i
Slrc~gth
Grou P
A. Commcrcia! Spccics

Aklc [A!bizia ~ele (Blanco) 2!.08 7.20 7.36 4.50 4.60 2.99 !.74

l-"~.:.:~~::.::.:.c1i-s-·-·------·-·---l-9.-48-----6-.7-l---···-·-;-6.792::-··--1 ---:-3-;:.9(o:-J--~--::2:-.4:-=2-I-:-:l2~.-,:-::7:-·-·-¡2i)-------:-4.733:----f--2.,-.743::---1--:-l-;:.5-:-!--1
(Koordersiodcndron
pinnatum (Blanco) Mcrr.)

11
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 ' Edition Vol ume 1
 --i\;;;;·;.~-¡¡>""';i:;:;;;· ··-------- -:i2 oo - ---7.02 ·- - -----1.~2---- - ----:fo;¡--·- ---:;-:¡•¡··· --~~~-.K·- --;¡j¡¡ - ---·-·:¡:¡¡;----- -- --- ¡~.¡¡--- -- -·¡-.se·
..1!I'2'!!~'1~-~~l___________ . . _ .. __
Anarr¡:·¡:uhxl jUiv>pyn" - --:iú:}¡¡-- --·-¡;-:-¡-;¡--- - -7.4 ) --~-- ''257-- - ¡n;:?-- ----'i!H' ___- -.i];_¡--·- - l.?.(;- -· -¡---¡;¡-
onynnc·<·cx-aly• (llicrrr)
llakh)
--·¡¡;;¡¡;;;)(ii'l~;.;~~;¡;;·------·------ ----:-- --~--- -------_--- ----·--:-·--- ------:---------·-------:--- ---·-:·- - ----------:---·------ ----- -_--- ---:---·------
...D.!!'.~!'
.' .?i:!.•r!!i'..S.P011L
Biu¡:as ¡r,·nninalia ,,; uiua ..... __ -----------···
IS.OI ... .. __..........· ··-----
· · ·-7:2o·--·---· ..............x:ü'i'............................45~- -------- ---'f'Ff ____ ........íFii~----- ------,iji)- - - ··--··s.us· · :ij¡--·------ ---T7ii___ __
(c.ill<\nrr.) Roxh. ex. ncm.J
Bolorr ll'latymitra arhorca 25.:14 ~-- -- --¡:¡-}'¡¡----- ·-------'f.¡;:i - - ·- 2.2~- -¡-;¡']:¡-··· ·------;¡~'¡(~---- .........-:~.24 --- ............2:27............. --'1':43'-
(ll l:urco) Kc.licr)
!3olorrg·cta (Diospyros ------ .......2().4(;- ---¡¡:u-- ---TS<i_____ · ------:-- ---- ---_--- 12 79·---·---s.¡¡¡--· ------j"_-.¡;¡· - ---:--- --------
..J~Ios:m~!!-'- - - - - - - -~- --------- __ ·- - - - - -----1------<- - - -~
Bl:mco var philo.<anthcral 19.)5 7.JH 6JH ~.37 2.68 12.09 4.61 ).99 -- -).)6 -17,¡¡'-
Durrgorr (Hcrilicra sylvatic;r "2'T.1:i""" ----7.20-- - 9.52 - - - ---6-.1:~ 2.72 ¡.{:¡:¡)""' ---'4.'50 --~ ---3:RT__ _ 1.70
Vid;~! )
Dysc~;y¡;;m-:s-
p-_ - -- - - ·J7.¡¡¡-- ---¿-:-¡-¡¡---- 6.88 ---·-:r3s____ - ·2:oo lci:w·--· --3-:-86___ --·;¡j¡¡- - - ----¡·xr--- ---~--25-

'~>i' ' 'msia bijuga <Co---:1---:cb-r-:-l--J--,2"'7"'.o"'9,----~---::::7----:.4:-;4- - -- - - - -- --s.w---- --- ~- - -¡_-¡;s- · -- -- - - - -f'í6___ ------
0 . Kll.C)
Kamagong (Oic>Spyros 25.()4 7.74 8.54 6.4 \1 J.(Xl 15.65 -H4 5.3•1 4.06 1.87
discolor Willd.)
Karn~gong po nce 22.00 lí.JO 6 .86 4.82 2.19 1).75 3.'14 4.29 3.01 1.37
(Diospyros ¡Joncci Mcrr.)
HK;:::~.:.:I,:.::nL:or<.:r-.;:b::.ay.L:,,:::n.:.:i(,;D;.:i~llc.:;r:_;
r h:Lt-~-"'2""1-_!"'7,---~-~7"'.5"'6 ..-- - - -6.,¡¡;-- -------<-~~---jl------j:-.
4.51 2. 13 JJ.23 4.73
------- 4.04 a:?." 1.33
mcgal:~rllha McrT.) ----;-- ---;¡-_,8___ .
Katong-lakilwn 19.56 8.22 6.69 ).42 1.90 -- '12.?.2 5 .14 2.14 1.19
(l)ysoxylum rryrohotryurn
Miq.)
LiliaX:Ilfl'lUS sp. -------¡--¡¡-:-52-- "g]ir- ------¡;:}:¡- -· 3.98 .. ""''T4ij-- ----~IS/- ---·5.(í·:¡---- 2.4~

T.Údck ¡T.udcki:;hcrnard<li______ ----24-56- - - --=r.:¡;¡--- - ---- 6.n -------- -·--~~-¡8-- """'25'6- -¡-5_18 4.65 2.61
(Mcrr.) Ridsd.)
Malakaunon (Dillcnia 23.60 7.40--- 7.)7 5.40 2.46 14.75
---
4 .63
- - ---------
4.61 3.38 1.54
luzoniensis (Vida!) Marlclli
ex Dur. el Jacks.l
Malapanau (Dip:erocarpus 17.26 --· ---r~· 1.3 1 1.07
6.86 6.12 2.09 1.70 10.79 4.29
kcrrii Kin¡;)
Manggis (Koompassia 24.96 8 .94 9 .09 3.79 2.27 ·-¡ü,o 5.59 5.68 2.37 1.42
excelsa (Bccc.) Taub.)
M<1niknik (l'alaquiurn 18.6 1 6.30 6.94 2.18 2.27 11.63 3.94 4.34 1.36 1.42
lcnuipctiolalllm Merr .)
20.60 6. 1R 7 .0 1 3.79 2.24 12.88 3.86 4.1R 2.37 1.40
Malug;~i (Pomclia pinnaw 17.10 6.3(:- 5.99 2.80 2.15 10.69 3.98 3.75 1.75
1.34
Fors1 & Forst.)
Malugai-liiwn (Pornclia
-----
17.06 6 .05 6.38 3~~ 2.36
----,------- ---,o.67- --T78 -- _ _ _
--~1 . 99
2..15 1.47
pirW<lW fonn" rcpanda
hc<>bs)
1""P~a:¡.:
la~k:.::-II-"-:-Ia---=k-·<"'P,...a"'
la-q•"'~i-u-m-----j ---=2--:-1--:.4--=-
3--f----=7"".8"'5___ ---7.2~ - - -2,.._(¡"">4---i--,-1..,.8"' 3-9---j·--,1-,-~o,----i-----;,--:-s6______ · - - - L-""
8---ji-..,-1-:\.- '--:-!--=-s-
ü5,-- -l -----;--
l;mccollllum 131anco)
Panau. lca(-tailcd
(Dip:crocarpus caud<~tu'
Foxw.)
rop-'¡-'-
,,-t¿""
:a'-;!-;:
G:-a-
m-,.-
"---:>1-
,o-,·-
at~ir"'
o;-:-
li;-, +--:-1::- 2::-7--l---:7::--_(:-clJ,-----+- --:Üi)- --·--:2"'.C":,¡,
S_-::;: "--~--,,..._,"'~4:-- ----¡--¡--xf- - -,l-_3_9___ -----:Uí,-·-
--- 1.--:6-:-6----1'----:-1.-:::2-:-1---: 7

(Mcrr.) Asscm)
r.s~·a7k~ai~(~T~c~rn:.::ti~n~
al-,-i;-
rt---,
ti- r c_n_s-~-~2~~~ ---57 .-6f-,--4--------- --~2_- ~--l---------j--- ·¡¡)--¡- --_,_
.,.- -).-1- ------:-- --·- 1.7~ --_--
Prcsl.)
Ulitiiln ILilhOt'llfJH;s l l<1 no~íi 17.67
(A.DC.) R<•hd .l
Tttli:-.;ri-guhal <Tt~•ul inali c•
fot:tidil\sim;t G1 iff. )
..;;,,;,.c,M:;_;>:.:c
.cc;;ll"'•
'"'
·t~~
·r"'
s i":r"'r
' u7- t"--·- ~--¡<¡:¡¡¡- ·-¡,_ :¡~---- · --¡;.-,¡
h;:_ ---- ------,~:--:_7--1---1-2.0~ - 1f:iT'"- 4.0S -- · - -T.2T____ ------l-.7-¡·--- l - lcc_2:;-;7; --
~l""drialalu~ ( Mcrr.l ~-krr.)
Yak:rl kalio1 ( !IOJ'<'a D .% X.2) -- --- -7.C>f - - - .1-_-1_) ___ -~-----5)---l-1-,1-.~-ll(- l---\ 16 ---.~-_--
11,-·--- ----2-~1-¡;-- - ,-_5_'1_
~~~~tu Fn:\w.)
13. l ..csscr-Kn(JWtt Spl~\:ir:-.
- --- - - -- - ------ ---- - - -- - - - - -- - - ---11- - - -1- --
- llal:r~aÍI Zi;¡,~¡~,;~--¡;;¡,mai·- - ,(;:-¡\<)- '---::¡~'K7 -- J o~55 --_wr--·-- ---~~o.?___ ---------¡-:¡¡;~----+-:-l---:.3co6----i
x~i8-- ----~~oi'___-··.,-2"'.!"'7--ii---,-,
( lllanwl Mcrr. J
Balikhikan ( Drypcl<es --- ~T82 ··---:¡:¡;¡--- -- --------¡;_;2 -- - ----u¡¡--- · 2.08- - ----¡s:~-- - 4 K4____ -----:0(~- ---:f:¡¡;--- ~
longiroli~ (Biurnc) l'ax & K
1-!ofrm.J
Kalarn;nrsanai Gmup_______ -- ¡-;¡<)4- --:;~<;¡¡------- -- ---------:------- --J.v,-- .. 2. 1·1- --~-¡4-- ---~-:-;¡-;¡- ---------:. ..----- --- -------2j:¡·--·¡_)'4"
_ (Nconat!~:t.':~_,P.)_ __ ,____-------- _ _ _ _ - --- '---- ----------·- ·- ..........- - ·- ·----------- - -------------------------·-- -

Association or StluGiural Enginr:!CI'S t_l Í tilc r->hilippii'IG:i

 CHAPTEFl 6 · Woocl Ci·"?l

····k.,lingag <C~;;;;;;-;;;;¡¡;;~····--- . -I~'iir·- --r¿T··· - ·-¡:·ij:¡-- -v,;¡-- ·--;¡-:;¡r·--,---f74___ - 1.'\9·--

·····:rn8···· ····{·K-.¡···.··¡·---7J2_____ --
,:,t.:n.:ildui Vhl.)
--K:,rulas:u).(Ñcphcli-;;;·;;···--·-- --16.~1(,-- ·---¡~~¡--¡---· ·-------~------·· --·--:1.(,¡¡--·--- 2.26 10.22 ~ .o-1 ··--:-- ---2.30-- -- ~.-~1
nu11:obik B luno~)
l~on¡;ii!Aihi l.ia khbc k (l ..) ···n.¡,;_¡----~;-·- --05 - -- -.s .!2--···2TIÍ- - ·¡4.18 4.16- - 5.22 3.20 1.74
Bcnlh.)
l':olan¡:is !Magnolia --··- - TI·.o.-¡·- ----7_ (·¡-g- ---¿~:¡:¡-·-·- --1 .5_6_ __ -T(.J·- --·ITi4" -----;¡-:-,¡-,- --:G6-- 2.23 -~
<:anololl~i (BiuiiH:) Kcng
v;¡r. cand<>l lcij
S:ar /l'cltophonun 4.61
1·---¡-:-;¡:¡-
ptcro<:arpurn (!X:.) K .
lbyncJ
Tamayuan (1 Strmnbosía 5.06 1.95
_J~P-i nens (llaill.) Rolfe)
Uas IH;u-pulia arborea - --17:0.~·-·- --5.39"" -----5.(;(,--· -·--··-:ü i2·-- - 2."1:1-- "10.66 ---3.37 --3-.:¡.¡--- 1.89 1.33
-;(~
B:;;I~;.:nc:.:o:..R:,:a:;:;'d:.:i.:;;k;-
1 --..,.---+----·-- ____ - - - - - - - 1 - --------f -------- ------ ----·
C. Plan1a1ion Specics
Acaciil crassicarpa 1\.- - - 20.08 6.78 5.31 2.64 2.(}1 12.55 4.24 3.32 1.65 1.27
Cunn. ex Bcmh
Acacia cincinna(a 15.25 --5-.77·-- ---7;A(;------2-.9-7----l--~2~.2~8~--7-9~
.5~3--l---.~~~----77.~--+---~~---r~~_,
4.(14 3.61 1.86 1.42
Jl¡¡naba ll..agcrslroconi;o 16.72 5.36 ~ .'12 3.81 2.27 10.45 3.35 3.70 2.38 1.42
~JlCCÍOStt (L.) f'crs.)
lpil-ipil, Gian1 /Lcucaéii:",- ---i534 - -~s·.·.u-- --·--::_~--=.s"""o-·-i-----üo_____ --·Do- --""9-=
.7-,-J---ll-'"""""7""'""-+----=--:-:---
3.40 3.44 2.00 1.56
lcucoccphala ( Lo m.) ol~
wil)

111. Medium S1rcng1h

- - - - ---- ·-------1-------i----------- ---+-·----1---- - -j- - -
hG::-'·rou:"l'-'- ---,=;:--:--- - - i - - - - j----·- -·- ---------·-- ----·---··-+-- --t-
A.7Conuncrci~l Specics
- --1------i·---·---- - - - - - ----j------1
- ··Apitong (Diptcrocarpus -··- 1 7.6'¡ -- -"8.iil··- ··--··-c,::¡¡;--··--·- ~:¡---·- ·-roo· 11 .05 5.0 1 --·-- 3.91 -··-l---:-,-::.5-:-1--·-t--;1--:.2;-;5,.----j
granditlorus Blanco)
Apilong, ilasil:u;-·----- - ----¡¡¡]6-- 7~ ---r.ii?·- - --·¡:9)-·--·· -~ - IT4T- -"""4.76 - -3-.67·-- - -1.21- ~
(Diplcrocarpus cur)1lchus
Mio.)
Apilong Broad-wingcd 16.57 6.76 .~51 1.90 1.59 10.36 4.23 3.44 1.19 1.00
(Diplerocarpus kuns1lcri
Kinr,)
llitaog (Calophyllurn 14.16 6.30 4.80 1.59 1.38 8.85 3.94 3.00 0.99 0.86
inophyllum L.)
1-::D;:-'a'"'g"'a,"-,g"'('-'i\;.;.n.;;;is"' 14.,...,,..~g::---1----:5"""
·o'""p-lc-ra_a_u_r_ca--l---:- .8~------ - ---5.-2 6""5--l----;3;-:.2;:-;8~--j----,1,.-.6;-1;---+-;1.-;;0;;-2~
4____ ----2-.-58_ ___ ··--·-,l-,.6:-:3:---i- -9"'.""3(.,.-,-i---::-3.-;:
Foxw.)
"""Ha¡:akiiak(Diplcrocarpus
validus Blumc)
Kalumpit (Tcn ni•~¡;-¡¡;,---·---···· ··-·--¡-¡¡:;2·--- ---- ~í .6<l·---· ---·-··(;.J¡·--·-·-·- ·- ···-nx---···-
"2JiT- --·-¡-(-5"1·- ---¡¡;-¡- -· ···-··r¡¡;¡···-··--· ·-- ··T08-- ·-~
microcarpa Dccnc.)
~K~a~tm~o=n~(~ 7
D~il 1c=n~ia~----l-1~8;-:.3~8:--I----5J~---; 6-;.4~
0--~·----:3;-:.7v9:----I--~2'.2~8~~~ 1 1;-.4~8.-+---3.~22~~---.T.h---+-----=~.---+-•1~
4.00 2.37 .4M2~
philippinensis Rol fe)
Ku1ing-babui (Dysoxylum 14.49 5.72 5.73 1.61 1.76 9.06 3.57 3.58 1.01 1.10
cxcclsum Olumc)
1~K~u~1i~ng~-~m~a~nu~k~(~A~g~
la~
ia---- 1-~J~8~ .4~2--J--~ ---~7~.5~8~--l----7 3.7 07
8---l·---:2~.0~6~l--~17 1.~5.,..
1---i--~3~
.2~8--+---~~---~i----~.---r-~1~ .2~9-;
4.74 1.92
luzoniensis (Vid.) Mcrr &
l~olfe)
l~1mio (Dracontornclon 15.68 4.36 4.77 l.sf·-·-···· - 1.58 9.80 2.72 2.98 1. 14 0.99
cdulc (Dianco) Skccls)
f--i'L:
.::.
a,"",;.::.
pao.:u'-':(~T:cn
C:.:.Tc.,
Ti::.:
na'-'hc...
,:.:.c...__ l---:-cl.~:-.6:-=1---l·-,
5-;;.9'"'"
4 -+---~6""'
. 1'"'1--~--;-
l.;;-
&4~-l---¡··.~.¡g-- --9:7"'7.-+--;;
3-;;
.7;-;-J---I---;;-;;-;;----·+--;-~;-----""""""Q.99
3.82 1.15
copclandii Elm.)
1--:L-.o':-k-,-in-a.,..i'"' m-,- - - - -- 15.44 -"'"3.35
¡o:::-,-,c-ry""'d:-:-i,- 73."6
""75·---f-- =-2.-::09::-·--l----:-l--:.7'"" 7 5;;-- ·'"""2.10
0- l- -,9,.-.6
1
- -
2.28 1.31 1.06
bcccarii Parl.)
r--;l:..::·.::.
..a n:.:1o.::.g:.:.,(~
P;::Ia.::.
nc-'-;l-
,o-ll-,-iil---+-;19"'.71 ;;-3--l---::-5:¡¡¡¡-1--5,6:l""- --~1:65- ---ui9·-·l--:-171.~97 6-l!--:3;-.;-1'7;--· --- 3.52 --- - · 2.91 1.31
__!2Cclabilis Mar.)
Magahuyo (Cchis luzonica 1.11
Warb.)
---1-........,--.,.,---·- -·-·--·---- - - - - ------ ---:::-:-:::--1- - -::-,.,.---- 71-;
.672-~~¡}9
Nato Villamii(Poulcria 16.34 5.06 5.5'1 2.59 2.06 10.21 3.17 .1.48
¡-,;v;:.il"'"la;::"~li:,:.lli:.;(:;;M.::.c:.:.'":.:-l..:ll7-:a:.:c.::.h•,,~i.!..)_+-:-:-::c::--l -7"::c,.--l---::-___(:',"--- l·--.,,..-::-,.----1-- -
.SS - - -
. -, ·-·-_;=-_
, - --_·;., - - - - - _
Philippinc maplc (Accr 15.77 6.30 74 1.86 1 9 86 ·' 9 1 4 6" 1 17 1.1 7
laurinum
Hassk. apud Hocven & de
V riese)
Piling-liilan (Canarium 15.89 4.66 5.41 2.09 2.08 9.93 2.91 3.38 1.31 1.30
lu1.onicum (Biumc) 1\.
Gray)

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
..
 6·"12 CHAP TEI1 H · Wood

Tangik ·rstwrca - -- - -·-,:-:5.-:_&"'J- r---:(:-c,_2""J, ---T-·-550·····- - - ,-::¡1)··- -¡-:;¡::¡- ·····<¡_¡¡(j·-- ·----y¡¡~----·--·---:~ ;¡-;¡·--··... -······· ·-¡-:-¡2·-······ ---¡i<j- C
polyspenna (Jli:uKo)
Mcrr.J - - - - -- - - ----- _ _ - - --- - - ··--- - - _ _ - · · -- - - ------- - --- - - -- - - - - - - - - -
B. l..csscr-Known Spc<ics
-A;i;;;,8 <Diospyro;-··- · - -~ ----s:R;.. ··- ·---··-_-·-- -
--2.38 ··-- ----¡-:¡¡¡:;-·- ·-·<i:<ñ___
_ ·---~ü""l- - -----···:-·-·-·--- -········¡-;¡;:;-·····-.. - ¡·¡c;-··-
~~:::::;·n;~,~;~;: --,...,r.,...,_&""6~--l---:r.--:.4.,.2-·l---(->.J_4___ __ ---iJ_-1___ -T.? T-- tU.54 - --;¡-:¡;-,- ---"1.% ---- · ·----¡-_J:l- ---,-.O-,)·-·
...E!!.!!!!!'!!0•w Vid1.__________ _ __ ______
Apanit [Mastixia pcnlandm 4 !7.10 4 6.48 - -····s·.-,2- -- ··- 1.69 .......... -~ -¡·¡¡:(,()·· ·····,¡-:¡¡~- - -· n)---· -··-·-·¡:¡-i(;-····· ·-- 1 .0~-
lllume ssp. philippim,nsis
(Wan~.) Matl.)
Oulukanag [Chisochcton 16.24 6.60 557 2 .43 1.60 10.15 •1.1 ) ).48 1.52
cumingianu.l (C.OC.)
Ham1s]
Ilanai-banai [Radcm>achcm ·-20.60--- -~-- ···-7]¡¡---- --:,--:-¡¡-¡--···-··2.02- · "li.lii\-· ---··3.22 ·-----¡.3~ ......... ······-·¡ .92 -····· -·--¡~26··-
_llinnaw (Blanco) Sccm)
llitanghol (Calophyllum 10.31 4.67 1.63 1.5 1 6.4-1 2.92 1.02 0.94
¡ blancoi PI. & Tr.)
¡-;o-'a7
h-'-•n:.;;g-;(l~'l:">y-';;ll-'-oc~la'-
· d,.-u-s- - -+-:2::-;0;-;.5:-:1- 1--,5,.-,_7::-:C:-
l --jl-- 6"'.8"'8:--- l - -- 2-.5-5· · - - -2.()4 - --12-.8-2 - --3-.56- - 3(-l-
- -4-.- - l 1.59 1.27

!
¡
hypophyllus llook f.)
Gapas-gapas 18.04 5.36 7.26 1.85 1.44 3.)5 4.54
.. - --1-
.1-
6-- 0.90--
¡ !Camptostcmon
¡. philippincnse (Vid.) llccc.)
hangan 1Weinmannia 13.92 4 .85 4.74 1.67 1.62 8.70 3.0) 2.96 1.05
f luzonicnsis Vid.)
Java sala ISioanea javanica- -¡:¡_gj · 5.36 630 2.24 2.00 11.16
ü.s·--- ---...,.]...,')-.,----+- -l-.4"'o,----- -1.25
(Miq.) Koord & Val.J
l--i:
Ka;-:"-n:l:gk~o'"'t~A~p-;hc.:a::.na-',.:;ni::.:~t-'--is--+--;-1c,,..
,_o"'s;;-·l- ----os-:
_7'"'1___ - - S-.7- 3--···· ---2-.8-3--- ~89 ··--¡t-l.<-Js_..._----3.57- --T-s·¡¡-- -- .......... T'ir··- -~-~¡g
polys tachya Wall.) R. N.
1 Pnrkcr]
¡ I-:M-:'a-:-la..:,k'-"m-a71a-:-k-:I"'Pa""l-aq-u7iu-m
- - l -ccl3'"'.'3"'7- i -·---;uo ---5-.7-,-~l---
2 .-0-5---1- ,- _g¡") --¡¡·-.J -6-·l- -
2.-9-4 - i - -·-,-
3-=.5"'"7·-- ..........llS___ --~_-,:i·-
¡ philippcnsc (l'crr.) C.B.
¡ Rosb.)
rf. Nato !Palaquium 16.72 5.45 5.57 2.14 1.86 10.45 3.40 ) .4& 1.34 1. 16
¡ luzoniensc (F. Vill.) Vid!
Pagsahingin-bulog ... _ ___ 16.58 6.66 5.63 1.64 ---- 1.86 10.36 4 .1(> 3.52
1 (Caoarium aspcrum Bcnth)
¡ ---¡j,i-
l Panang (Palaquium sp.) 14.44 5.48 2.59 2.01 9.0) 3A2 1.25
l-:;l'""h""il;-
ip_p.,..in_c_c7h-cs-
-u-.u-l -- - + ---..,.-,--...j-
14.02 -...,.,--+----
4.98 4.90 --+---:::-:-:---+--,
2.3-1 :--c
_:
.-:-:,5;--+--.,-:8-::.7-;-6--l···---r.iT---l-----,3-.()(:-
, - - - ------:1:-.4:-:(¡;-,- - + -:-t.""0\""9--j
!Castanopsis philipincnsh
(J)Jan~o)Vid)
Sagirnsim{Syzgium brevi- 16.87 4.03 2.21 2.52 1.27
stylum (C. B. Rob.) Mea.]
Snotiki [Clcidion "- 15~7-:f"- ---;u;;-- 4.48 3.18
spiciflorum (Ilum. r .)
MCJT.]
Syzgium sp. 12.05 4.21 1.89 2.63 1.!8 1.12
Tan-ag (Kicinhovia hospil<l iD4 4.48 5.93'.--+-....,......,--...j---:-:"""-
2.47
--,...,.-,,-··+--,z'"".s=-=o-~- ---~-r.-72-- - -t.-55___ ·- - , -.20
-
L)
Ulaian [Lithocarpus 18.81 5.09 4.51 3.18 2.82 1.64
celebicus (Miq.) Rchd.]
Usuang-saha (Endiandra 15.49 5.39 4.99 2.8 1 3.37 3. 12 1.76 1.12
laxiflora Merr.)
Temstrocmia sp. 19.51 5.32 6.94 2.65 3.33 4.34 1.66 1.33
C. Plantation Specics
--- 1- - - -- -l -- - ---+-- ----l- - -- -------+- -----i
Acacia mangium Willd. 15.51 5.60 7.36 2.49 t.95 - -9.70 -·- t50 4.60
---,_56·- 1.22
Nangka (Anocarpus 20.55 5.26 7.()4 2 .04 1.92 12.85 ) .29 4 .l 0 ·--w· 1.20
hcterophyllus Lamk.)
Rivcr red gum (loucalyplus
·--::--
16.22 ~-- - - -- 1.49 1.5 1 -~ - - -2:-is {).94
camaldulcnsis L>ehnh.)
Tcak (Tectona grandis U .) 18.94 4.99 4.93 2.8 1 2.01 11.84 3. 12 3.08 1.76 1.26--
t-- -- -- - ----jl--- --l- - - ---ji- -- - -+------i---- -- -- - ---- -- i l -- - -- - ---- - --1----1
~~v~_~M..,.oo
~ c-ra-te7
1y....,Lo~~-,---l----l------l·------+----~-----+----<-----------------·---~l----~

Strcn~tll Group
A. Commcrcial Spccics
- 9-.5-:¡- - -3-.8-
-3 --ll--3-.4-3--+---1.-
02- - -!- -0::-.8:-:8:--1
Almon (S horca almon !5.32 6.!4 5.48 !.63 1.41
Foxw.)
Anubing (Artocarpus 19.46 4.04 5.34 4.19 1.87 -~ - 2.53 3.34 2.62 l.l7
ova tus Blanco}

Association of Structuraf Engineers of the Phifippines

 CHAPTU~ G · Wood G· 73

'lúi~:.;¡;;;¡:¡¡~;;;~;¡¡;:y;;:;;·<;;- ·l.f:\2. --·;i:iii;···· ·---···(;:¡¡¡¡·------- ----·-¡:;.-¡--- --l.lü --···-·¡¡]y-- ·---:¡:¡;;¡-· --···-1-:Hii_____ ,--- o.sg o.ss-·-
Mnr.l
¡¡;;¡;¡¡c;;;;;;;;;-)iltirsut~;;;;·· --- -·-·¡·:;-~~~--- --·· :uT___ ···-·-··-41"¡----··- --·-···¡:2¡-·--·-··· ···1-::lx--· ·--:¡:¡¡;-·- ---:i"2o- -----2C)o___ rus o.&6
Willd. Fonn:o ·-----·····--··---- -- ·· - ····· ·--·· ·······----·- - - - - - - - - - - --- - - -
muhipilm<lhJJJI (!.!anos) Ji
J. l"•m.J
" iíicmJDacycarpu~·-··----- ·-ITT7___ -- ·¡:¡¡~·-··-- ···--·-x:;¡;··-······ · ·-¡-:2-::¡·---- ·-¡A5-- -:¡"(;!- · 1.09 ·-u~(, o.n 0.91
imhricatus (lll.) Vllf.
_j>atulus de l.<tuh.j ······---- --:-:-::-:-- -----····---. ·················-····----- · · - - - - - - -----.-:::-- ··--··--- ·------ ·-------·
llo-ilo IAglaia argcntca 16.8(, 5.50 4.Xl UO 1.42 10.54 3.44 3.02 0.94 0.89
Blume)
K;llunti JSho;;,a lwpcifoli;··-- ·¡-;¡-:¡·¡·--·- -·--~ '17- - ---~;¡-~ --··¡-_-¡,]·-- ·---¡-:;¡¡-- ···-¡¡"]2-- -3.íT___ --"""}.¡"¡___ ·---!.()() 0.90
(Hcim) Sym!
Loktob (Duahanga . · · - ---¡¡:-¡;;¡·---··· ··--·¡-:--¡9--··- ---~---··-Tia--¡:;-¡- 5.4o 1.12 2.82 0.81 0.69
molucc~na Blumc)
- Manggasino~;¡shorea ----· .... T.ffl-··s~(;;¡·· ···· · · ·5·:11 ·-r:;;;¡··- ····· T4o- --8]2.. ---3.5"3 -- ----·-3"]¡--·- - - 0.96----- ···o]f7···
assamica
r,D~y:::c::.:r,::.;s::sp'-.-p'""h'"li:-p-pi;-n-cr.-.s-,-·is-·
'i -+-----·---- - - · - - - - + - - - - - - i - - - - 1 - - - - t - - - - - · - - · - - - + - - - - 1 - - - l
(Brandis) SymJ
Manggasínoror•g-lakihan 14.44
(Shorc¡¡ vircsccns l'arijs)
May.¡pis !Shorca palosapís 14.60 0.84
(IJianco) Mcn.)
Pagcring<»;-¿c:c',.,-H,-)x-y1t-m-,--l ---T5.71 ---4-.7-6-·
7
6.05 2J2 2.06 9.86 2.97 3.78 1.45 1.29
sunut'ranurn (Jack) Blurnc
S!'.!'.: sumatranum Robs.J,
Tuai (Oíschofi" j<IYII!tica 14.75 4.14 4.66 4.10 1.80 9.22 2.59 2.91 2.56 1.13
Blumc)
S horca sp. ·-·- · 13.92 - ·--:1-~84-- ------ü(;---· ··- ··r¡¡_:¡··---·- --··--,-1-,-175 -J-.,g-=7:-:-0-!-·-~ ---::2,-,.('"",6---l!---:<""l.fl"',s:---·t--,0,..,.7°"'2

-.,B;..-_--::L-cs-sc-r--;;K~no_w_n--;S:-pe-.c..,-ic-s- 1 - - - - ·----- - - --·----·--- ·------ - - - - - - ---------- - · - - - - - --------+-----1

AflOtlgO (Turpinia 1170 3.68 1.78 144 IJO -~ ---·---·

2.30 2.36 0.90 0.81
ovalifolia Elm.)
Balakat-guhat !Sapium 1.38 1.55 0.86 0.97
luzonicum (Vid.) Mcrr.j
--,-:-----
l3ala~:ti JHomalanUIUs 1.65 1.31 7.07 2J9 1.03 0.82
populncus (Gcíscl.) Pax
var. POJlUIIICUSj
Oalcle (F'icus balctc Mcrr.) 13.84 5.20 ------l--:::2"""J""o---l--:,:-_'7"'2,-- -8~65. --3-.2-5-- - - - . - · - -·--:-1.-:-44-:---i--:-l"".o;;-s-

Balobo (Diplodiscus 16.59 4.71 3.12 2.02 10.37 2.94 1~95-·- -~

pruticulalus Turcz.)
llayok (Ptcrospcrmum 1.44 -(j]¡<,- -2.75 ____ ---·3.:38" 1.06 0.90
divcrlifoliurn Blumc)
IJ;¡yok-bayokan 1.29 8.48 ----2.93··- --35T·--t---::-o.-:::971 --+--:o'"."··s""'l-
(Plcrospcrmumnivcum
Vid.)
Binunga !Macaranga 9.79 ... -·~ - - - - · - - --·--:-1-::.5-;:-0---+--:-1.-;;37;;;- ·---~---=-2.7
12::--t-----+---;:-:~--
0.94
-- o:85
~~;:.:~'-'-:~::.:'_¡;::.~:"'·i'-'.l7.(b~,~c.:occ::".::c~~::.I.;,.:.A;.:;"-¡;-'l-+---:-lo;;-.~6"'"1--· ·-·3"".-,~r""'J-1--...,3,-.6::-:8::-- ---·-·¡;¡-()----··¡.33 ·-6-(0 --2-.1-2-- -----2-.3-0___ ----::--::::---+---::-=-;
0.87 0.83
agallocha L.)
Duguan (Myristir;a 8.39 "4.3"8 -·------+---:l-:_9"'2:---!--:-1-::.3-;;-8- !---::5-;;.2:-;-5-!---;2,-:.74'--+----+----:--;;;;:---t--:~rl
1.20 0.86
philippcnsis Lam.)
Himbabao [llroussonctia 12.83 4.04 4.45 2.24 2.00 8.02 2.53 2.78 1.40 1.25
luzoni~a (Blanco) Bur. var.
luwnica]
Katong-matsin 14.49 3.56 4.26 1.51 1.32 9.06 2.23 2.66 0.95 0.83
{Chisochcton pcntandrus
(BI<lntO) Merr.]
1~T""u7
to::.:l;::/\;:.ll.:.;'h.:,:itc.:o,"'li'-"----ll-.,-,~-:-_-:-:1
¡- -3Jfl"" --4-.(~¡--·-l---:1,..-.(::-:,3---t -,,....5""·1:---l---:8::-.8""'2:---1---=2-=.3"'8--l- ---2=-."'"ss::---t---.,--,,_-
1.02 -- ~
philippincnsis (llraid.)
_G"'·',..o-:.:":-lo_n_ia..,.s>--p'-"-·1-::--:-----l-----t---·- -----·--·--- ··-----+--··----- ····-··~--- --------- - - - - - - - 1 -- - - - - - - - ·
C. Plalll•tion S pee ics
I---;IJ:-a-g-ra-s-:(E"',,-,c-a71)·-,p-,.ll-"---+--:-l-:-l.-::7-:-l---1f--4:-.(::-::->5- - -----;¡ .XO --- ----~--- ----¡·~¡¡5·- .. ..T32 - ......2.51-·· -·-:-3""()("")--J---::-o.-=7:-7---!-:o0.-;676........¡
tlcglupta Blumc)
Durian (Durio 1.ihcthinus- - 11.88 4.90 5.15 1.80
Meo·.)
r-;,P'""ar'"'a'"'-ru'--:-:bb-c-r""'(l7fe_v_c,-a---l--,-1-:-1.-:-:13:---1--3-.9-1- ·---3-3-3--- --·-,2::-_:-:19:---·l--:l-.6:-7:--l--6,..,_9'"'6:--+-----:-c2-:.4-::-5--1---=2-:.o""s-·-l ----,--1."'37:----t--:l--,.0"'5--t
brasilicnsis (HBK) Mucii-
Arg.) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ --·-··« - - - - - - - - --·--,-.4;¡-·-- -~-j¡- -7.40_.. --!.-82-- --·--2=-.=-26'"_ _,_ _(""'}.9"'0:---- -0-.82-- i
Sanlol [Sandoricum 11.84 2.91 3.62
L.::kc::OO.::::.¡:lt'j'a=pce-'(l3:::u:::rc::m::.:._,_f:.!..)_,_n:.::'c::rr;.:..,__l~'----- - · · - - - - - - ' - - - - - - ' - - - - - - ' - - - - - ' - - - - - · - - · - - - · - - - · - - - - - - _ .._ _ _ __,___ 1

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition VoJume 1
 6·"14 C HAPTE11 6 · Wood

" -:,s"'·t-rc-
-=v_,._...,L_JJ_ n¡:""'•t.,.h'G'"·n-,u-p---,-- -- . - - -- - r - - - - - · -, - - - - - - - , - ---- - - - - ··--- - - - --- -· - ----..-·- -·---.. ··-- - -
-:A-.C:;:-.o- n-lln-cr-,ci-;¡¡J-;;Sp-c-.,.oi<-,S- - t - - ---t--- - -1- - - - f - - - - - - j - - - - - -..- - ---- ___,...... -·-- ·--·- ---- ·- ·---·-- - -- -----
f-:-K-c-a-:-J:-
u-11:-I.,""("'
T:-<JO n_<a-s- ¡. ......,,,H.,_
_ <_.a_c_·a-c-la_ .. ><.> ~-~--· -¡¡~ ¡¡¡¡¡¡-·
,..-l---3=-.-=-.,<-:-J-+---J-.(- -·¡;:u;¡-- -2::11---- .....- Tw·--·-· ...... o~S.I·-·- - · --{)5'5··
Mcrr. & ll.olfc)
~iüñiPii~ii:l-- ·-·7.72 -~ ·-·--:¡51S-- ......_ Tt;¡¡-- o:<il____ ----·,¡_-x2-- · ----:ú~- --- ........"2:2:¡------- ···---..¡¡;:;x···---- ·--¡¡··;;7·--
R•r:lllg (Erythrina 52:\-- J .8J 2 22 -0.7~1-·---- - -¡1 i&- -- H¡-··· -----¡:)5····-- ····-··¡j<j_______ ..........()::\.~---·· --¡y;¡-¡¡-
subum brans (Hassk) Mc1r.j
T¡;;~mg (Shorc:1 ovata Óycr-- - -1156 ---T??- ·-···-,¡}j2......... ----·-..-¡-)_9_ 1_ _ --1.¡¡:¡-··· 11 --·--- 25¡----· ·-----·¡¡:~::¡---- --0.67
-·-7.22 -- ···---:¡-:·-
ex llrandis) ---::--=---1--:--::-:----+·-:--:-c·--· _..___________,. ______________..,_.... .......... """-;-::;---
Tal ulo ( l'tc rocymbium -+-·-,9-:.5:::0--f---=-3.i~;- ---:u¡¡·- · 0.92 1.01 5.9J 1.9:\ 2.0(, 0.5H 0.63
tincltlrium (Blanco) Mcrr.J
hoi"_~L=css":c'-r-';:K;'-
n'=-o"'w"'n.:;;S:-.:pc..:c.:;·ic
c:.s:.!....+---+---+------ - - - ---- - - - - - - - - - ·- --·· ------- -------·-···----- · - - -------·--·- --·---------

l-cA:-n-a-:-b:-
io-n-g""('"'rr-c-m-a-o""ri:-c,-ll-al~is---J------::5-:.5:-:6-+-----:2:-.3'"'6:---l---,.
2 ...,.46-:- 1:Ci2" __J_.4_8__ ....T4K - -
, - -•---,.-I..,-O"'I- - · - I.-.S4___ -·-----co:-:_6"'J---I---:-o:-:_6y-

-·~~L::;g'"')~. ,lu_n_g-a""'(M:-::-cl"'ia----- "li>.32 ----- J- .-7{ - ----·-:;}T-- - -¡_s;¡---- ~-T:72- - ..c;:;¡:s··- -2~ ·----Ti2-- ----0-.-96-,---- - -TO¡;-·
azedarach L.)
-~
2. l .S

9.09 3.66 3.11

Dita (J\Istonia scholaris 4.64 1.91 0.5.S 0.80 2.90 1.20 0 .34 ----u:so-··!
(L.) 1
R. Dr. var. scilolarisisJ 10.14 3.42 3.84 i.J4 0.86 6 .33 2. 14 2.40 ----¡¡:-¡¡;¡--- -o.54 l
Kailan«!Zantl•oxylum 11 .37 4.36 4.26 0.96 1.29 7. JO --~ ---2~&-;-- -------¡).(,(j-- -----u:iili
limonclla (Dcnnst.) AlstonJ
Tangisang-bay;,wak (Ficus--+----c=o:-+
varicgata Dlumc var.
4.32 -;-;,,.--j----·---
1.56 ·-··--·o:c;;¡-----....- ----¡¡)¡j·--- -- :n¡¡·-- -----(¡]-:¡-- ---..-:--- ·-·-u::w---· oA<.l-¡
varicga!&___ __ ___ _______ 1
C. Plantntion Spccics - - - - - - - ----..- ·---- - - - - - --···-·- - - - - - · · --- -- -- ~--- Í

Alnus sp. 9.66 2.53 2.81 1.78·---~ 6.04 1.58 ----.. ¡:¡~--- 1.11 1.13 --·l
llalsa (Ochroma 8.76 2.77 3.65 1.30 ~¡¡-·- 1.73 2.28 -j
0.81 ... ....... -- - .
J>yrarnidalc (Cav.) Urb.) ....·-- - - - - ____ _;
llayabas (Psidiunl guaja va 12.55 2.68 7.84 1.68
L .)
llang-ilang ¡Cananga
odorata ( Lam.) Hook f. &
"11<oms.]
Gubas (Endospcmmm 9 .66 2.96 3,74 2.36 1.02 6.0-1 LB.S 2.34 1.48 0.64
peltmurn M en )
Kaatoan bangkal 11.08 2.77 3.20 1.40 1.33 6 .93 1.73 2.00 0 .88 0 .83
(J\ntlloccphalus cilincnsis
(Lamk.) Rich. ~~ Walpl __ -'"""';---I------- --··o:;;¡-- - o.63 -----u;?--r--·o.s4- --
Kapok (Cciba pcntandra --...,4~.2~7;---l 1.35 1.80 ~.- ~ 3----- ----o·¡¡,--·-- -- o.39-
(L.) Gacnn.]
Lumbang !Aicuritcs 6.39 2.47 1.63 0.71 o.ss -·-¡-oo- --13"5_ .._ ......- i.o2- - --~-------- -· o.s5 _,
rnoluccru1a (L.) W illd.]
Malapapaya [Polyscias ---l-:-: I0:-:.9;;;2:--t--4-:-."04.,--+- - : 5-."25-::--.. -·-·o~9f- ·-..,I,..._J:-::7:--!--6;-."'82::--+-;;2-,.5"'3--f--3-.2-8___ --0-.(~1 0.73
nodosa (13Jumc) Sccm]
f-7M7o:,:lu:.:c::.c.J.:an=sa:.:.u~=::.:.!.--i·-.,-,JO=.i;;---3-.8-7- --4-.-
2(;-··-·-l---l:-.""'
l l:---~--:l-:.2:-:l-----l-..,- .47
6.-=7::-2--ll--::2""' .7c::0--11-0::-_-::::77
2-~--2::-.6-:-6:---l--.,0-:: 5-l
( Parascrianthcs f alcataria
(L.) Niclscn]
¡...;;S:::pa'-n'7is-7h:.:.:c:.:cd
~;'-,r-:(C"'c
-d:-re"'l-
a --l-71:0:-.9;:-4:--~--=-3.7
671 -t--..,4-=.22=--~---:l-:.3"'1--f---:-I-::.2::-0-·· -6.8;¡- ----.,-2"' 6- 4- - •
.2-:- 2-:.64-:--+--:o'"'.s" "2:---+--::o-:
_7"5,.....-{
'
odorata L.)
Tulip, African (Spathodc;, 6.06 1.63 2.33 O.f~---- ·-0.98 3.79 1.0?. 1.46 - ----o:sJ............. -¡¡"?,¡ ·
~...:c.::.a•:.:.:n=p:anc.:uc.:.l;:.:.:''.::.a..:U:.:e.::.al.::.'"o:·>'-----' - - - - - ' - - - ---'- - - - - - ' - · - - -- - ------ - ' - - - - '- - - · · · _______ , _____ - - - - - - '----·- _ .!

A ss_ociation of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 NSCP C101-10

Chapter 7

MASONRY

NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUME 1
BUILDINGS, TOWERS ANO
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SIXTH EDITION

Association of Structural Engincers of thc Philippincs

Suitc 713, Futurc Point Plaza Condominium 1
11 2 Panay Avcnuc, Quczon City, Philippincs 1100

Tel. No : (+632) 410-0483

Fax No.: (+632) 411-8606
E mail: asepo nlinc@gmail.<;QllJ
\Vcbsitc: http://www.aseponline.org

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 E<lition Volume 1
.,..
 CH/\PT[f~ 7 · Mw;onfy l 1

Table of Contents
CHAJ>TEH 7- I\1ASONRY ...................................................................................................................................................... 4
SECTI()N 701- GENERAL ............................................................................,........................................................................ 4
70 1.1 Scope ................... ..................................... ................... .......... .......... .................... ................. .. ... ................................ ........ 4
701.2 Dcsign Methods ......................... .. ............... ........ ..................... .. .... ................... ..... ........................ .......... .. ........................ 4
701 .3 Dcfinitions .......................................... ............ ...... ............ ... ......... ......... .. ................. ......... .................... ................... ......... 4
701 .4 Notntions ......................................... ....................... .................. ....................................... ... ......... ................. ..... ................. 5
SECTION 702 - MATERIAL STANDAROS .............................................~ ........................................................................... 7
702.1 Quality .............................................. .................................................. ............................................ ........ ........... ................ 7
702.2 S tandnrds of Quality ....... ......................... ... .... ...... ............................................................ .. ............ ...... ......... .................... 7
SECTION 703- MOHTAR AND GROUT ........................................................................................................................... 8
703. 1 General ............................................... ......... .............. .............. ..................................... ...... ,.............................................. 9
703.2 Materi als ....... ...................................................................................... ............ ......... .. ... ..................................................... 9
703.3 Mor1<1r ........................................................ .. .................... ..... ..................... .................................... ..................... ............... 9
703.4 Grout ............................... ................................................... ............. ........................... .................. .. ...... .............. ................ 9
703.5 Additivcs und Admixtures ................................................................................ ...... ............................. .............................. 9
SECTION 704 - CONSTHUCTION ..................................................................... ,.................................................................. 9
704.1 General ............................................... ..... .... ....................... .. ........................... .......................... .... .................................. 1O
704.2 Materials: Handling, Storagc and Preparation ........ ................................................................... .... .................................. 1O
704.3 Placing Masonry Units ........... ................................... .. .................................... ... ............................. .... ............................ 1O
704.4 Reinforcement Placing ................. .................. .. ........................................... .......... ........................................................... JO
704.5 Grouted Masonry ............................................................................................................................................................. 1O
SECTION 705- QUALITY ASSURANCE .......................................................................................................................... 12
705.1 General ............... ............................................. .......................... .................................... .................................................. 12
705.2 Scope ................ ..... ...... .............................................. .................... ............................. ... .................................................. 12
705.3 Compliance with f',.. ............................................ ...................... ............. ............ ................ ................................. .............. 12
705.4 Mo11ar Tcsting .................................. .................. .................. ..................... ............................. ........................... .............. 14
705.5 Grout Testin g .................... ..... .............................................. ................. ................... ............................ ........... ................. 14
70 5.6 Recycl~d Aggrcga tes .......... .............................................................................. ................... ............ ............... ... .............. 14
SECTION 706- GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 14
706.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... .... ..................... ............. 14
706.2 Allowable Stress Design and Strength Design Requi rements for Unreinforccd and Reinforced Masonry ..................... 17
706.3 Altcmative Strength Design (ASD) and Strength Design Requiremcnts for Reinforced Masonry ................................. 19
SECTION 707- ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN (ASD) OF MASONRY ..................................................................... 21
707.1 General ..... ............................... .................. ....................................................................... ...... ................ ......................... 21
707.2 Design of Reinforced Masonry .... ................................ ....................... ............................. .'...................... ......................... 22
707.3 Design of Unrcinforced Masonry ...... ................................. .............................................. ... ...... ........... ............. .............. 26
SECTION 708 - STRENGTH DESIGN OF MASONHY .................................................................................................... 27
708.1General ..... ................ ................................................................... .................... ................................................................. 27
708.2 Reinforced Masonry ................................................ ... ...... .......... ................................... ..... ..... .... .... ....... ................. ........ 29
SECTION 709 - SEISJ\11C DESIGN ...................................................................................................................................... 37
709. 1 Scope ........ ........ ...... ...... ...... ........ ...... ................ ......................................................... .......... ............................................ 38
709.2 General ..................................................... ...................... ........ ...... ...... .............. ........................................... .................. .. 38
709.3 Scismic Performance Category A ..... .. .......................... ....................................................... ............................................ 38
709.4 Seismic Performance Category B ... ...................... ....................... ..... .............. ............... ........... ... ............. ............... ........ 38
709.5 Seismic Performance Category C ......... ............................................................. ............... ......... ...................................... 38

111
Nation al Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 7-2 C HAPTUi 7 · Masonry

709.6 Seismic Performance Catcgory D ............................................... ......... .. .................... ......................... ......................... .... 39
709.7 Seismic Performance Catcgory E...................................... .. ................... .... ........... .............................. ...... ....................... 40
SECTION 710- EMPIRICAL DESIGN Oli' MASONRY ................................................................................................... 40
710.1 1-icight. ... .......................................... .......... .... .................... ............................ .... ......... ............ ............ ................ ............. 40
710.2 Lateral Stabílity ........ ........... ....................... ....... ...... .......... ....................... ..................... ........ ............. .............................. 40
71 OJ Comprcssíve Stresscs ............................................ ........ ......... ...................................... .............................. ...................... 40
710.5 Mínimum Thickncss ................ .......... ......... .......... ................. .................... .......... .......... ................................... .. ..... ........ 41
710.6 Bond ...................................... ........ .. ............................................ ... ..... .. .......................... ......... .. ..................................... 41
71 O. 7 Anchoragc ......................... ............................................................................................................................................... 42
7 10.8 Unburncd CJay Masonry ........................................................ ............................... ......\.;......................................... ........... 42
710.9 Stonc Masonry ............................. ............................................. ....... .......................... ...................................................... 42
SECTION 711- GLASS MASONRY ..................................................................................................................................... 43
711 .1 Gencral ...................................................................................... ................................................................ ....................... 43
7 11 .2 Mortru· Joínts ..................................................................... ... ........ ....................................... ......................................... ... . 43
711.3 Lateral Support ................ .................................................. ... ................................~ ........................................................... 43
7 11 .4 Reinforcement ..................... .............................................................................. ........ ................................. ...................... 4 3
711.5 Sízc of Pancls ................ ........................................... ............................................................... ......................................... 43
711 .6 Expansion Joints ............. ......................................................... ......................................... ....................... ....................... .43
711.7 Reuse of Units ................................... ................... ......................... ................ ..................................... .............................. 44
SECTION 712- MASONRY FIREPLACE$ ........................................................................................................................ 44
712.1 Detinition ..................................... ..... .............................................................. .............. .................... ............................... 44
712.2 Footings and Foundations ......... .......... ..... .......... .......... ................................... ........... ............................. ........................ .4"i
7 12.3 Seismic Reinforcing ........... .................................... ................................... .......................................... ....................... ...... 4-:l
712.4 Seismic Anchorage .......................................................... ............................ ....................... ........................................... .. 45
712.5 Fircbox Walls ........ ............... ............. ........................................................................................................................... .. .. 4S
712.6 Firebox Dimensions ........................ ........... ...... ........................................ ............... ......................................................... 45
71 2.7 Lintel and Throat. .......................... ................................................................. ........... ................. ....... ..... ........... ............... 4:l
712.8 Smoke Chamber Walls.................................................................. .......... ................................... ...................................... 45
712.9 Hearth ru1d Hearth Extension ............... ................ ..................... ................. ............ ...... ... .. .............................................. .45
7 12. 10 Heanh Extens ion Dirnensions ............................ ......................................... .............. ..................................................... 46
712.1 1 Fireplacc Clearancc ......................................... ............................ .......... .................... ..................................................... 46
7 12.12 Fireplacc Fireblocking ........... ................................ ........... .................... ..... ... .. ..... .. ........................................................ 46
712.13 Exterior Air ..................................................................................................... ......................................... .............. ........ 46
SECTION 713- MASONRY CHIMNEY$ ............................................................................................................................ 47
713.1 Definition .......................................................................... ........ ....................................................................................... 47
7 13.2 Footíngs and Foundations ........................ ......................... ........ .................. ................................................... :................. 4'!
713.3 Seismic Reinforcing ............... ...... ...................................................................................................... .............................. 4'i
7 13.4 Seism.íc Anchoragc ......................... .................................... .............. ............................................................................... 4})
713.5 Corbeling ................................. ............ .... ................................... .......... ... ..... .......................... ... .. .................................... 48
713.6 Changcs in Dímension ................ ...... ....................... ................ ...................................................................................... .. 4~ :
713.7 Offsets ..................................................................... ........ ...... ........................................................................................... 4::
7 13.8 Additional Load ..... ................ ......................... ....... ......... .. ...... ............................................... .. ................ .................. ...... 48
713.9 Temlination ........ .............. .................... ......................... ............. ........... ......................................................................... .. 48
7 13.10 Wall Thickness .............................. .......................... ............. ... ................. ... ............................... ... ....... ........ .................. 48
7 13. 11 Flue Lining (Material) ....................................... ............ .. ................ ....... ........................................................................ 48
7 13. 12 Clay Fluc Lining (lnstallation) ................................................................................................... .................................... 50
713. 13 Additional Rcquirements .............................. ..... ,.............. ..................... .............. ......................................... .' ................ 50
713. 14 Multiple Flues ............. .................................................. .............. ......................... ........................... ............................... 50
7 13.15 Flue Arca (Appliance) ........................................................................................................................................... ........ .SO
713.16 Fluc Arca (Masonry Fireplacc) ....................... ............................................................................................................... 5 1
7 13.17 Inlet ................................................................................... ..............................................................................................": '
713.18 Masonry Chimney Cleanout Openings .......................................................................................................................... :: ;

A ssociation of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPlTfi 7 · Mi1:;ollf y "l <l

7 13. 19 C himncy Clcaranccs ............... .... .... ................. ..... ........ ......... ..... ....................... ... .. ............ ..... ........... .. .......... ........ .. ..... 5 1
í 13.20 C himncy Fircblocking .. ....... .. ......... ... .... .... ............ .. ........................................... ................ ........... ....... ................... .. .. .. 52

111
National Structura l Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 7-~ CHAPTUi 7 ·· Ma~;onry
701.1 Scopc
The materials, design, construction ai1d quality assurance of
masonry shall be in accordancc with this chaptcr.
701.2 Dcsign Mcthods
Masonry shall comply with thc provisions of onc of the
following design rncthods in this chapter as wcll as the
requircments of Scctions 701 through 705.
701.2.1 Allowablc Stress Dcsign
Masonry dcsigned by allowable su·css dcsign mcthod shall
comply with thc provisions of Scctions 706 and 707.
701.2.2 Strcngth Dcsign
Masonry designcd by thc strcngth design method shall
comply with the provisions of Scctions 706 and 708.
701.2.3 Empírica! Dcsign
Masonry designed by the empírica! design mcthod shall
comply with the provisions of Sections 706. 1 ancl 71 O.
701.2.4 Glass Masonry
Glass masonry shall comply with the provisions of Seclion
711.
701.3 Dcfinitions
Por the purpose of this chapter, ce11ain terms are defined as
follows:
AREA, BEDDED is thc area of the surface of a masonry
unit which is in contact with rnortar or the surface of
anothcr masonry unit in thc plane ofthejoint.
EFFECTIVE AREA OF REINFORCEMENT is the
cross-sectional arca of rcinforcement multiplicd by the
cosine of the angle between thc rcinforcement and thc
direction for which cffecti vc arca is to be determincd.
AREA, GROSS is thc total cross-sectional arca of a
specificd scction.
Association of Structural Engineers of the F'hilippines
AIU~A, NET is thc gross cross-scctional arca minus the
arca of ungroutcd corcs, notchcs, cclls and unbeddcd arcas.
Nct arca is the actual surfacc arca of cross scction of
masonry.
AP.EA, TRANSFORMED is thc equivalen! arca of one
material to a sccond bascd on thc ratio of modulus of
elasticit y of thc first materialto lhe second.
BOND, ADHESION is the adhcsion bctwecn masonry
units and mo11ar or grout.
BOND, REINFORCING is thc adhcsion bctwcen stcel
rcinforcemcnt and 111011ar or groul.
BOND BEAM is a horizontal groutcd clcment wi thin
masonry in which rcinforccmcnt is cmbeddcd.
CELL is a void spacc having a gross cross-seclional arca
grcater than 970 mm 2
CLEANOUT is an opcning lo the bottom of a grout space
of sufficient size and spacing 10 allow thc rcmoval of
debris.
COLLAR JOINT is lhe mortared or grouted space
between wythes of masonry.
COLUMN, REINFORCED, is a vertical struclural
mcmber in which both the rcinforcemcnl and masonry rcsist
compression.
COLUMN, UNREINFORCED, is a vertical structural
membcr whosc horizontal dimcnsion measurcd at right
anglcs to thc thici<Jless does not cxceed thrce times tbc
thickness.
DIMENSIONS, ACTUAL are the mcasurcd dimcnsions of
a dcsignated itcm. The actual dimension shall not vary
from the specificd di mcnsion by more than the amount
allowcd in the appropriate standard of quality in Scction
702.
DIMENSIONS, NOMINAL of rnasonry units are equal lo
its spccificd dimensions plus the thickncss of the joint with
which the unit is laid .
DIMENSIONS, SPECIFIED are thc dimensions specified
for the manufacture or conslruction of masonry, masonry
units, joints or any otbcr component of a struclurc.

GROUT LIFT is an increment of grout hcight withín thc
total grout pom.
GROUT POUR is the total hcíght of masonry wa!l 10 be
groutcd prior to thc crcction of additional masonry. A grout
pour will consist of onc or more grout lífts.
GROUTED HOLLOW-UNIT MASONRY ís that form
of groutcd masonry construction in which certain
dcsignatcd cells of hollow units are continuously fíllcd with
grou t.
GROUTED MULTI-WYTHE MASONRY is that fonn
of groutcd masonry construction in which thc space
bctwcen thc wythcs is solidly or pcriodically fillcd with
gro ut.
JOINT, BED is thc joint with or without mortar that is
horizontal at thc time thc masonry units m·c placed.
JOINT, III~AD is thc joint with or without mortar having a
vertical transverse plane.
MASONRY UNIT is brick, tilc, stonc, glass block or
concrete block conforming to the rcquircments specifícd in
Section 702.
HOLLOW-MASONRY UNIT is a masonry unit whose
net cross-sectional arcas (solid arca) in any plane parallel to
the surface containing cores, cells or deep frogs is lcss than
75 pcrcent of its gross cross-sectional arca measured in thc
same plane.
SOLID-MASONRY UNIT is a masonry unit whose nct
cross-sectional arca in any plane parallel to the surface
containing the cores or cells ís at lcast 75 pcrcent of thc
gross cross-sectional arca measured in the samc planc.
MORTARLESS MASONRY SYSTEM is a method of
masonry wall construction that eliminates the use of mortar.
PRISM is an assemblagc of masonry units and mortar (if
prc~cnt) with or without grout used as a test specimen for
determining properties of the masonry.
REINFORCED MASONRY is that form of masonry
construction in which rcinforcement acting in conjunction
with the masomy is used to rcsist forccs.
SHELL is the outer pot1ion of a hollow masonry unit as
placed in rnasonry.
National Structural Code of the Philippi,nes 6 h Edition Volume 1
CHAPTE:H l · Masonry '1 ~'
WALL, BONDED is a masonry wall in which two or more
wythcs are bondcd to act as a structural unil.
WALL, CA VITY is a wall containing con:inuous air spacc
with a mínimum width of 50 mm and a maximum wiclth of
100 mrn bctwecn wythcs which are ticd with metal tic~.
WALL TIE is a mechanical metal fastener which connccts
wythes of masonry to cach other orto othcr matcriab.
WEB is an interior solid portion of a hollow-masonry unit
as placed in masonry.
WYTHE is the portion of a wall which is onc masonry unit
in thickncss. A collar joint is not considercd a wythc.
701.4 Notations
= cross-scctional arca of anchor bolt, mm 2
2
== effcctivc arca of masonry, mm
2
= gross arca of wall, mm
== total arca of spccial horizontal reinforccmcnt
through wall framc joint, mm2
"' net arca of masonry scction boundcd by wall
thickness and length of section in direction of
shcar force considerccl, mm2
= arca of tcnsion (pullout) conc of embcdded
A,
anchor bolt projected onto surface of masonry,
mm 2
As =cffcctive cross-scctional arca of reinforcemcnt in
column or flexura! mcmber, mm 1
= effcctivc arca of rcinforcement,
::: total cross-scctional arca of rectangular tie
reínforcemcnt for confined corc, mm2
A,. = arca of rcinforcement required for shcar
rcinforcement perpendicular to longitudinal
rcinforcemcnt, mm2
A'S = effective cross-sectional arca of compression
reinforcement in flexura! member, mm2
a =dcpth of equivalen! rectangular stress block, mm
Bsn =nominal shear strength of anchor bolt, kN
B, = allowablc tcnsile force on anchor bolt, kN
13,11 =nominal tensile strcngth of anchor bolt, kN
B,. = allowable shear force on anchor bolt, kN
= effeclive width of rectangular member or width
b
of flangc for T and 1 scctions, mm
= factorcd shcar force supportcd by anchor bolt,
kN
b, = cornputed tcnsilc force on anchor bolt, kN
b/1, = factored tensilc force supporled by anchor
bolt, kN
= computed shear force on anchor bolt,
kN
b' = width of web in T or l section, mm
1
 7-G CHAPTFI~ l · lv1asonry
= nominal shear strength cocfilcicnt as obtaincd
from Table 70R-2
(." = distancc from neutral axis to extreme fiber. mm
/) = dcad loads, or rclated interna! momcnts amf
forces
d = distancc from comprcssion facc of flexura!
mcmbcr to centroid of longitudinal tcnsilc
rcinforccmcnt, mm
= díamctcr of rcinforcíng bar, mm
= díamctcr of largcst bcarn longitudinal rcinforcing
bar passing through, or anchorcd in a joint, mm
= diamcter of largcst pier longitudinal reinforcing
bar passing through a joint, mm
E = load cfTccts of carthquake, or relatcd interna!
rnomcnts and forccs
=modulus of elasticity of rnasonry, MPa
= ecccntricity of 1',1, mm
= maximum usablc cornpressivc strain of masonry
F = loads duc lo wcight and pressure of fluids or
related rnorncnts and forces
F (/ = allowable average axial comprcssive stress in
colurnns for centroidally applied axial load
only, MPa
= allowablc flexura! compressive stress 111
membcrs subjected to bending load only, MPa
= allowable bearing stress in rnasonry, MPa
= allowablc stress in reinfórcernent, MPa
=allowable cornpressive stress in colurnn
rcinforcement, MPa
F, = allowablc ilcxural tcnsile su·css in masonry,
MPa
F,. =allowablc shear stress in masonry, MPa
j~ = computed axial cornprcssive stress due to design
axial load, MPa
Ji, = computed flexura) stress in extreme fibcr duc to
design bcnding loads only, MPa
"' computed corn¡>ressive stress due to dead load
only, MPa
¡,. = rnodulus of nrpture, MPa
¡, = computed stress in reinforcement due to design
loads, MPa
¡;. = computed shear stress duc to dcsign load, MPa
¡; = ten si le yield stress of reinforcemenl, MPa
¡;., = !ensile yield stress of horizontal reinforcerncnt,
MPa
= specified compressivc strength of grout at agc of
28 days, MPa
f'Jit = specified compressivc strength of rnasonry al
age of 28 rJays, MPa
G = shear modulus of masonry, MPa
H = loads due lo wcight and pressure of soil, water
in soil or rclated interna! momcnts and forces
= height of wall between points of support, mm
= beam depth, mm
Association of Structura! Engineers of !he Philippines
Ir, = cross-sectional dimension of groutcd corc
meas u red ccnter to ccntcr of confini ng
rei nforccmen t, mm
= picr dcpth in planc of' wall framc, mm
= cfTcctivc hcight of wall or colurnn. mm
= rnornent of incrtia abOLlt neutral axis of cross-
scctional arca, mm~
1,. = cffcctivc rnomcnt of incrtia, mm 4
1~· /,., = gross, crackcd momcnl of incrtia of 1•. '111 cross
scction, mm~
J = ratio or distancc bctwcen centroid of flexura!
comprcssi ve forces and ccntroid of tensile forces
of depth, d
K = reinforccrnent cover or clear spacing, whichever
is less, mm
k = ratio of depth of compressive stress in flexura!
mernber to dcpth, d
L = live loads, or rclated interna! rnoments and
forccs
= lcngth of wall, mm
= Jcngth of wall or scgment, mm
= embedment depth of anchor bol!, mm
= anchor bolt edgc distance, the least distancc
measured from cdgc of masonry to surfacc of
anchor bolt, mm
ld = required developrnent Jcngth of reinforcernent,
mm
M = design mornent, kN-rn
M, = maximurn moment in mernber at stage
deilection is computed, k.N-m
M, = rnornent capacity of compression reinforcement
in flexura! mcmber about ccntroid of tensile
force, k.N·m
= nominal cracking moment strcngth in masonry,
kN-rn
Mm = moment of compressive force inmasonry about
centroíd of tcnsile force in reinforcernent, kN-m
= nominal moment strength, k.N-m
= moment of tensile force in reinforcernent about
centroid of compressive force in masonry, kN-m
M.! N = serví ce mornent at midheight of p<1nel, including
PD. effects, kN-m
=factored mornenl, kN-m
= modular ratio
::: E/E.1 m
p = design axial load, kN
= allowablc ccntroidal axial load for rcinforced
masonry columns, kN
= nominal balanced design axial strength, kN
= load from tributary floor or roof arca, kN
= nominal axial strength in rnasonry, kN
P, = nominal axial loarJ strength in masonry without
flexure, kN
= factored axial load, kN
"" factored load from tributary floor or roof loads,
kN

= factorcd wcight of wall tributary to scuion
undcr considcration, k N
!', = wciglit of watl tributary to scction undcr
considcration, kN
/' = radius of gyration (bascd on spccil!cd unit
dimcnsionsorTablcs 711-1.711-2 and 71 1-~).
mm
= ratio of arca of rc.inforci ng bars cut off to !Otal
arca of reinforcing bars al the scction.
S :::: s-c~cion n1odulusl n1rn 3
S = spacing of stirrups or of bent bars in dircction
parallcl to that of main rcinl'orccrncnt, mm
T = cffccts of tcmpcraturc, crecp, shrinkagc ami
di ffcrcmi al scttlcmcnt
= cffccti ve thickness of wythc, wall or column,
mm
u = rcquircd strength to rcsist factorcd Joads, or
rclatcd interna! moments and forccs.
11 = bond stress pcr unit of surfacc arca of
reinforcing bar, MPa
V = total dcsign shcar force, kN
= total horizontal joint shear, kN
= nominal shear strcngth of masonry, kN
= nominal shcar strcngth, kN
= nominal shcar strcngth of shcar rcinforccmcnt,
kN
V, = rcquircd shcar strcngth in masonry, kN
w = wind load, or rclatcd interna! momcnts in forccs
= factorcd distributcd lateral load
= horizontal dcflcction at mid hcight undcr
factorcd load, mm
Ll,, = dcflcction duc to factorcd loads, mm
p = ratio of arca of flexura! tensilc rcinforccmcnt, A,,
to arca bd
"' rcinforccmcnt ratio proclucing balanccd strain
conditions
p, = ratio of distributcd shcar rcinforccrnent on plane
perpendicular to planc of A,11•
= sum of pcrimetcrs of al! longitudinal
reinforcement, mm
Jf' m ::: square root of spccificd strcngth of masonry at
the agc of 28 days, MPa
0 ::: strcngth-reduction factor
SEGTION/102:·.
M-x~~~~rx!~'T:~NnAIIDs·
702.l Qualíty
Materials used in masonry sha!l confonn to the
requiremcnts statcd hcrein. If no requirements are spccificd
in this scclion for a material, quality shall be bascd on
National Structural Code of the Pililippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
CHAP ITI~ 7 · !vlason1 y '1 l
general! y acccptcd good practicc, subjcct to the approval of
thc building official.
Rcclaimcd or prcviously uscd masonry units shall mcct tlll'
applicablc requircmcnts as for new masonry units of thc
samc material for thcir intendcd use.
702.2 Standards of Quality
Thc standards listcd bclow labelcd a "UBC Standard" are
also listcd in Chaptcr 35, Par1 11 of UBC, and are part of
this codc. Thc othcr standards listed bclow are rccognizcd
standards. Sec Scctions 3503 and 3504 of UBC.
1. Aggrcgatcs
1. 1 ASTM C 144, Aggrcgatcs for Masonry Mortar
1.2 ASTM C404. Aggregatcs for Grout
2. CCill(~Jl(
2.1 ASTM C91-93, Cement, Masonry. (Piastic
ccmcnt conforming to thc rcquirements of UBC
Standard 25-1 may be used in Jicu of masonry
CCillCill whcn il also confonns lO ASTM e 91-
93).
2.2 ASTM C150, Portland Ccment
2.3 ASTM C270, Mortar Ccmcnl
3. Lime
3.1 ASTM CS-79, Quicklirnc for Structural
Purposcs
3.2 ASTM C207-91, Hydratcd Lime for Masonry
Purposcs. Whcn Typcs N and NA hydratcd
lime are used in rnasonry mortar, thcy shall
comply with thc provisions of UBC Standard
ASTM C270-95, Scction 2l.l506.7, cxcluding
thc plasticity requircmcnt.
4. Masonry Units of Clay or Shalc
4.1 ASTM C34, Structural Clay Load-bcaring Wall
Ti le
4.2 ASTM C56, Structural C1ay Nonload-bcaring
Ti le
4.3 ASTM C62-87, Building Brick (solid units)
4.4 ASTM C 126, Ceramic Glazcd Structura! Clay
Facing Tile, Facing Brick and Solid Masonry
Units. Load-bcaring glazcd brick shall conform
to thc wcathering and structural rcquircments of
ASTM C73-85, Scction 21.106, Facing Brick
4.5 ASTM C216-86, Facing Brick (solid units)
1
7·11 CH/\PlTH r · M;J~;onry

4.6 ASTM CY0-!!5, Hollow Brick 8.2 ASTM C270. Field Tests Spccimcns f(¡r Mortar
tU ASTM C67, Sampling ami Te~ting Brick ami 8.3 ASTM C7!!0, Standard Test Mcthod for
Strucwral Clay Ti le · Flexura! Bond Strength of Mortar Ccmcnt
4.8 ASTM C212, Structural Clay Facing Ti le 9. Grout
4.9 ASTM Ci30, Structural Clay Non-Load 9.! 1\STM C 1O19-84, Mcthod of Sampling and
bcaring Screcn Tilc. Tcsting Grout
9.2 ASTM C476-83, Grout for Masonry
5. Masonry Unils of Concrete
: .
5. 1 ASTfv! CSS-85, Concrete Building Brick 1O. Rcinforccment
5.2 ASTM C90-85, Hollow and Solid Load-bcaring !0.1 ASTM A82, Pan 1, Joint Rcinforcemcnt for
Concrete Masonry Units Masonry
5.3 ASTM C 129-85, Non---load bcaring Concrete 10.2 ASTM A615, A616, A6l7, A706, A767 and
Masonry Units A775, Deformcd and Plain Billet-stcel Bars,
Rail-steel Deformcd and Plain Bars, Axle-stecl
5.4 ASTM Cl40, Sampling and Tcsting Concrete Deformed and Plain Bars, and Defonncd Low-
Masonry Units
alloy Bars for Concrete Reinforccmcnt
5.5 ASTM C426. Standard Test Method for Drying 10.3 ASTM A496, Part ll, Cold-drawn Stccl Wirc
Shri nkagc of Concrete Block
for Concrete Reinforcemcnt
6. Masonry Units of Othcr Matcrials
6. J Calciurn silicate
6.2 ASTM C73-85, Calcium Silicate Face Brick
(Sand-limc Brick)
6.3 ASTM C216, C62 or C652, Unburncd Clay
Masonry Units and Standard Mcthods of
Sampling and ASTM C 67. Tcsting Unburned
Clay Masonry Units
6.4 ACI-704, Cast Stone
6.5 ASTM E92b, Test Method for Comprcssive
Strength of Masonry Prisms
7. Conncctors
7.1 Wall ties and anchors made from stecl wire
shall conform to UBC Standard 21-10, Part Il,
and other steel wall ties and anchors shall
c.:onfonn to A36 in accordanc.:e with UBC
Standard 22-1. Wall ties and anchors madc
from copper, brass or other nonferrous metal
shall havc mínimum !ensile yield strength of
200 MPa. .
7.2 1\ll such items not fully embcddcd in monar or
g1 out shall eithcr be corrosíon resistant or shall •
be coated after fabrication with coppcr, zinc or
n metal having al least equivalen! conosion-
resistant proper1ies.

8. Mortar
8. 1 ASTM C270-95, Morlar for Unit Masonry and
Reinforced Masonry other than Gypsum

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAP !Til / Ma!;orH y ·¡ \)

703.4.2 Sclccting Proporlíons

SE.CTJ:PN 703"· ·· . Water conlcnt shall be adj usted to provide propcr
~Q(tfAR. ~ND. GJÍOUT workability and to enabk proper placemcnt undcr existing
field conditions. without segrcgation. Grout shall be
spccili cd by one of thc following methods:
703.1 General
Monar and grout shall comply with thc provisions of this l. Proportions of ingredients and any adclitives -shall be
scction. Spccial mortars, grouts or bonding systcms may be based on luboratory or ficld expcriencc with thc grout
uscd. subjcct to satisfactory cvidcncc of thcir capabilitics ingredicnts ami thc masonry units to be u sed.
whcn approved by thc building official. 2. The grout slwll be spccified by thc proportion of its
constitucnts in tem1s of pans by volumc. or
703.2 Matcrials
3. Mínimum comprcssive strcngth which wi ll produce thc
Matcrials used as ingrcdicnts in monar and grout shall
required prism strength, or
confonn to thc appli cablc requircmcnts in Scction 702.
Ccmcntitious materials for grout shall be one or both of the 4. Proportions by grout type shall be used as given in
following: lime and Po11land ccment. Cementitious Table 703-2.
materials for 111011ar shall be onc or more of thc following:
lime, masonry ccnwnt, Portland cemellt and mortar ccment. 703.5 Additíves and Admixlurcs
Ccmentitious malerials or additives shall nol contain cpoxy
resins and derivati ves, phenols, asbestos libers or fire clays. 703.5.1 General
Water uscd in mortar or grout shall be clcan and free of 1\dditives and admixturcs to mortar or grout shall not be
delctCÍ'ious amounts of acid, alkalics or organic material or used unlcss approvcd by the building official.
other hannful substanccs.
703.5.2 Aír Entrainment
703.3 Mortar
1\ir-cntraining substances shall not be used in monar or
grout unless tests are conducted to determine compliance
703.3.1 General
with the requirements of this code.
Mortar shall consist of a mixture of cementi tious materiaL<;
and aggregate lo which sufficient water and approved 703.5.3 Colors
additives, if any, have bcen added to achieve a workablc,
Only pure mineral oxide, carbon black or synthetic colors
plastic consistency.
may be used. Carbon black shall be limited to a maximum
of 3 percent of thc weight of the ccment.
703.3.2 Sclccting J>ropoa·tions
Mortar with specified proportions of ingrcdi cnts that differ
from the mortar proportions of Table 703- 1 may be
approved for use when it is demonstrated by laboratory or
fi eld experience that this mortar with · the specified
proportions of ingredients, when combined with the
masonry units to be used in the structure, will achieve the
specified compressive strength f'nr Water contcnt shall be
adjusted to provide proper workability under existing field
conditions. When the proportion of ingredients is not
specified, thc proportions by mortar typc shall be used as
gi ven in Table 703-l.

703.4 Grout

703.4.1 General
Grout shall consist of a mixture of cemenlitious materiaL~
and aggregate to which water has been added such that thc
mixture will flow without segregation of the consti tuents.
The specifíed comprcssive slrenglh of grout, f' 8 , shall not
be less than 15 MPa

111
National Structural Code of the PhiJippines 6 Edition Volume 1

704.1 General
Masonry shall be constructed according to thc provision of
this section.
704.2 Matcrials: Handling, Storagc and Prcparation
All matcríals shall comply with applicable requirements of
Section 702. Storage, handling and preparation at thc sitc
shall conform also thc following:
l. Masonry materials shall be stored so that at the time of
use the materials are clean and structurally suitable for
the intendcd use.
2. All metal rcinforccment shall be free from loosc rust
and othcr coatings that would inhibit reinforcing bond.
3. At thc time of laying, burned clay units and sand lime
units shall have an initial ratc of absorption not
excceding 1.6 Ji ter pcr squarc meter during a pcriod of
one minute. In the absorption test, thc surface of thc
unit sha!J be held 3 mm below the surface of the water.
4. Concrete masonry units shall not be wetted unless
otherwisc approved.
5. Materials shall be stored in a manner such that
deterioration or intrusion of foreign materials is
prevented and that the material will be capable of
meeting applicable requirements at the time of mixing
or placemenr.
6. The method of measuring materials for mm1ar and
grout shall be such that propot1ions of the matcrials can
be controlled.
7. Mortar or grout mixed at the job si te shall be mixed for
a period of time not less than three minutes or more
than JO minutes in a mechanical mixer with thc amount
of water required to provide the desired workability.
Hand mixing of small amounts of mortar is permitted.
Mortar may be re-tempered. Mortar or grout which has
hardened or stiffened due to hydration of the cement
shall not be used. In no case shall mortar be uscd two
and one-half hours, nor grout used onc and one half
hours. after the initial mixing water has bcen addcd lo
the dry ingredíenls al the jobsite.
Exceptions:
Dry mixes for mortar and grout which are blended in the
factory and mixed at the job site shall be mixed in
mechanical mixers umil workable, but 1101 to exceed 10
minutes.
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
704.3 Placing Masonry Unils
704.3.1 Mortar
Thc monar, when uscd sha!l be sui'ficicntly plastic and unih
shall be placcd with surticicnt prcssure to cxtrudc fll(WI;ir
frorn thc joint and produce a tight joint. Dccp fuJTOWJng
which produces voids shal!not be used.
When mortar is uscd, the initíall'e:i joint thickness sha!J ¡:u;
be lcss than 6 mm or llHJrc than 25 mm; subscqucnt i;;' ·i
joints shall not be less than 6 mm or more than 16 mm in
thickncss.
704.3.2 Surfaces
Surfaces to be in contact with monar or grout shall be clcan
and free of deleterious materials.
704.3.3 Solicl Masonry Units
Sol id masonry units shafl havc full head and bcd joints.
704.3.4 Hollow-Masonry Units
Except for mortarlcss system all hcad and bed joints shaJJ
be tilled soliclly with monar for a distance in from thc facc
of thc unit not less than the thickncss of the shell.
Head and bedded joints of open-ends units with bcvelc:!
ends that are to be fully grouted necd not be mortarcd. Thc:
bevelecl ends shall form a grout key which pennits grou~
within 16 mm of the face of thc unit. The units shall be
tightly buttcd to preven! lcakagc of grout.
704.4 Reinforcemcnt I'lacing
Reinforcement details shall conform to the requírcmcnts of
thís chapter. Metal reinforcement shall be locatcd iil
accordance with thc plans and specitication''·
Reinforcement shall be sccured against displacement pri o:·
to grouting by wirc positioners or other suitable devices at
intervals not exceeding 200 bar diameters.
Tolerances for the placement of rcinforcement in walls and
flexura! elements shall be plus or minus 12 mm for el eqwtl
to 200 mm or less, ± 25 mm for d equal to 600 mm 01 :
but grcater than 200 mm, and 20 mm for d greater th;1n · . : J
mm. Tolerancc for longitudinal location of rcinforccJr•,
shall be± 500 mm

704.5 Groutcd Masonry
704.5.1 General Conditions
Grouted masonry shall be constructcd in such a manner that
all clemcnts of the masonry act together as a structural
clcmcnt.
Prior to grouting, the grout space shall be clcan so that all
spaccs to be 1111ed with grout do not contain mortar
projections grcatcr than 12 mm, monar droppings or other
foreign material. Grout shall be placed so that all spaces
designated to be grouted shall be tillcd with grout and the
grout shall be confined to those spccific spaces.
Grout materials and water content shall be controlled to
provide adequate fluidit y for p1acement without segregation
of the coi1stituents, and shall be mixed thoroughl y.
Thc grouting of any section of wall shall be complctcd in
one day with no interruptions greatcr than onc hour.
Bctwecn grout pours, a horizontal construction joinl shall
be formed by stopping al! wythes al thc same clevation and
with thc grout stopping a mínimum of 40 mm below a
mo11ar joint, except the top of thc wall. Wherc bond beams
occur, the grout pour shall be stopped a mínimum of JO mm
below the top of thc masonry.
Size and height 1imitations of the grout space or cel l shall
·not be Jcss than shown in Tablc 704-l. Higher grout pours
01 smallcr cavity widths or cell siz.e than shown in Tablc
704-1 rnay be used when approved, if il is dcrnonstrated
that grout spaces will be proper1y filled.
Cleanouts shall be provided for all grout pours over 1.50 m
in height.
Where required, cleanouts shall be provided in thc bottom
coursc at cvery vertical bar but shall not be spaced more
than 800 mm on center for so1id1y grouted masonry. When
cleanouts are rcquired, they shall be sealed aflcr inspcction
and beforc grouting.
Whcre clcanouts are not provided, special provisions .must
be made to keep the bottom .and sides of the grout spaces.
as well as thc mínimum total clcar Mea as requircd by Tal>le
704- 1, clean ami clear prior to grouting.
Units may be Jaid to the fui! height of the grout pour and
grout shall be placed in a continuous pour in grout Jifts not
exceeding 1.8 m. When approved, grout lifts may be greater
than 1.8 m if it can be demonstrated the grout spaces can be
properly fillcd.
National Slructural Code of the Philippines 61" Edítíon Volume 1
CHAPTEfl 7 · Masonry 7· t 1
All cclls and spaces containing reinforcemenl shall be filled
with grout.
704.5.2 Construt·tíon Requircmcnts
Reinforccmcnt shall be place<! prior to groutiag. Bolts shall
be accurately se! with lcmplatcs or by approved equivalcnt
n1cans and held in place to prevent dislocation during
grouting.
Scgregation of thc grout ··materials and damage to the
masonry shall be avoided during the grouting process.
Grout shall be consolidated by mechanical vibration during
placement before Joss of plasticity in a manncr to fill thc
grout space. Grout pours grcatcr than 300 mm in height
shall be rcconsolidatcd by mcchanical vibration to
minimize voids due 10 water loss. Grout pours 300 mm or
less in height shall be mcchanically vibrated or puddled.
ln one-storey buildings having wood-framc exterior walls.
foundations not over 600 mm high measurecl from the top
of thc footing rnay be constructed of hollow-masonry units
laid in running bond wilhoul mortared head joinls. Any
standard shapc unit may be used, provided the rnasonry
uni ts pcrmit horizontal now of grout to adjacenl units.
Grout shall be solidly poured 10 the full height in one lift
ancl shall be puddled or mechanically vibrated.
In nonstmctural elements which do nol cxceed 2.4 m in
height above the highest point of lateral support, including
fireplaces and rcsidential chimneys, lllOJ1ar of pouring
consistency may be substituted for grout whcn the masonry
is constructed and groutcd in pours of 300 mm or less in
height.
In multi-wythc grouted masonry, vertical barricrs of
masonry shall be built across thc grout space the entire
height of the grout pour and spaced nol more than 9 m
horizontally. The grouting of any section of wall between
baniers shall be completed in one day with no interruption
longer than one hour.
704.5.3 A1uminum Equipmcnl
()rout shall nol be handled nor pumped utiliz.i ng aluminum
eq uipment unless it can be demonslrated with the materials
and equipment to be used that thcre will be no deleterious
cffcct on the strength of the grout.
704.5.4 Joint Rcinforccmcnt
Wire joinl reinforcement used in the design as p1incipal
reinforcement in hollow-unit construction shall be
contínuous between supports unless splices are made by
Japping:
l. Fífty-four wire diametcrs in a grouted cell, or
/-12 CHAPH:Fl 7 · Masonry

2. Scvcnty-fíve wíre díamcters in thc mortarcd bed joint,

or
3. ln allernate bcd joints of running bond masonry a
distancc not lcss than 50 diamcters plus twice thc
spacíng of thc bcd joints, or
4. As rcquírcd by calculatíon and spccific location in
arcas of mínimum stress, such as points of ínilecliotL
Sidc wires shall be deforrned and shall conform to ASTM
A82 Joint Reinforcement for Masonry.
4.
705.1 General
Quality assurancc shall be provided lo ensure that materials,
construction and workmanship are in compliancc with the
plans and spccifications, and thc applicablc requircmcnts of
this chapter. Whcn rcquired, inspection rccords shall be
maintait!~d and madc availablc to thc building official.
705.2 Seope
Quality assurance shall includc, but is not limitcd to,
assurance that:
l. Masonry units, reínforccment, cement, lime, aggregale
and all other materials mcet the rcquiremcnts of Lhe
applicablc standards of quality and that thcy are
propcrly storcd and prepared for use.
2. Mortar and grout are propcr!y mixed using spccificd
proportions of ingredients. Thc metbod of mcasuring
materials for mortar and grout sha!l he such that
proportions of materia!s are controllcd.
3. Construction dctails, procedures and workmanship are
in accordance wíth the plans and spccifications.
Placernenl, splices and reinforcement sizes are in
accordance with the provisions of this chapter and the
plans and specifications.

705.3 Compliance withf'm

705.3.1 General
Compliancc with the requiremcnts for the spccificd
compressive strength of masonry J', shall be in accordancc
with one of the sections in this subsection.

The actual compressivc strcngth of masonry f', shall not be

less that 4 MPa or thc mínimum requirement of NSCP
Volume on Housing, whichever is lower.

705.3.2 Masonry Prism Testing

Thc compressivc strcngth of masonry determined in
accordance with ASTM E447 for each se! of prisms shall
cqual or cxcced J',. Compressive slrength of prisms sha!l
be bascd on tests aL 28 days. Comprcssive strength at seven
days or tllree days may be used provided a relationship
bctwecn scven-day and thrce-day and 28-day strength has
bcen established for the project prior lo thc suut of
conslruction. Verífícation by masonry prism lesting shal l
meel thc following:
l. A set of five masonry prisms shall be built and tested in
accordance with ASTM E447 prior to the starl of ·
constmction. Materials used for thc construction of the
prisms shall be taken from thosc specificd to be uscd in

_Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


thc projcct. Prisms shall be constructcd undcr thc
obscrvation of the cnginccr-of-rccord or spccial
inspet:tor or an approvcd agcncy and tcstcd by an
approvcd agcncy.
2. Whcn full allowable strcsscs are uscd in dcsign, a sct of
thrcc prisms shall be built and testcd during
constr:uction in accordancc with ASTM E447 for cach
2
460 m of wall arca, but not lcss than onc sct of thrcc
masonry prisrns for thc projcct.
3. When one half thc allowablc masonry strcsscs are uscd
in design, testi ng during construction is not rcquired.
A Jetter of certification from the manufacturer and/or
supplicr of thc materials used to verify thc f', in
accordancc with Section 705.3.2, ltem l, shall be
providcd at the time of, or prior to, delivery of the
materials to the job sir e to cnsurc the materials used in
construction are rcprcscntati ve of thc materials used to
construct thc prisms prior to constr:uction. " in design, tcsting is not rcquircd for thc units. A letter
705.3.3 Masonry Prism Test Record
Comprcssivc strength verification by masonry prism test
records shall mcet thc following:
l. A masonry prism test record approved by the building
official of at Jcast 30 masonry prisms which werc built
and tested in accordance with ASTM E447. Prisms
shall ha ve been constr:ucted under the observation of un
enginccr or special inspector or an approved agcncy
and shall have been tested by an approved agency.
2. Masonry prisms shall be representativc of thc
corresponding construction.
3. The average compressive strcnglh of thc test record
shall equal or exceed 1.33 f'm.
4. Whcn full allowable stresses are uscd in design, a sct of
three masonry prisms shall be built during construction
in accordance with ASTM E 447 for each 460 m2 of
wall arca, but not less than one scl of three prisms for
the project.
5. When one half lhe allowablc masonry stresses are uscd
in design, field testi ng during construction is nol
required . A lctter of cet1ification from the supplier of
the materials to the job site shall be providcd al thc
til~e of, or prior to, deli vcry of the materials lo assure
the' materials used in construction are rcpresenlative of
thc matcrials used to develop the prism test record in
accmdancc with Sct;lion 705.3.3, ltem l.
National S tructura l Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Volume 1
CHAPTE fl '7 · Maso rny 'f t :l
705.3.4 Unit Strcngth Mcthod
Ycritication by the unit strcngth metho<l shall mect the
l'ollowing:
l. When full allowable strcsscs are uscd in dcsign, units
shall be tested prior to construction and test units
2
during constJ'uction for each 460 m of wall arca fo r
comprcssive strcngth to show compliancc with the
compressive strength rcquirctl in Tablc 705-l; and
Exceptíon:
Prior to the start of construction, prism testing may be used
in lieu of testing the unit strength. During construction,
prism testing may also be used in lieu of testing the unit
strengtfr and the grout as required by Section 705.3.4,
ltem 4.
2. When one half the allowable masonry stresscs are used
of ccrtification from the manufacturcr of thc units shall
he provídcd at thc time of, or prior to, delivery of the
units tp the job site to ass urc the unils comply with the
comprcssive strength rcquired in Table 705-l; and
3. Mortar shall comply with the mottar type .required in
Table 705-1; and.
4. When full stresses are used in dcsign for concrete
2
rnasonry, grout shall be tested for each 460 m of wall
arca, but not less than one test pcr projcct, to show
compliance with thc compressivc strength required in
Table 705-l, Footnotc 4.
5. When one half thc allowable strcsses are used in design
for concrete masonry, testing is not rcquired for the
grout. A Jettcr of certification from the supplier of the
grout shall be provided al thc time of, or prior to,
delivery of the grout lo the job sitc to assure the grout
complies with thc comprcssive slrength required in
Table 705-1, Foolnote 4; or
6. When full allowable stresses are used in design for clay
masonry, grout proportions shall be verified by lhc
engincer-of-record or special inspector or an approved
agency to conform with Table 703-2.
7. When one half !he allowable masonry slresses are used
in dcsign for clay masonry, a letter of ccrtification from
the suppli er of tbe grout shall be provided at thc time
of. 01' prior 10, dcJivcry of' thc groul (O !he job site lO
assure the grout confonns to thc proportions of Tablc
703-2.
1
 7 · 14 CHAP·r En 7 · Masonry
705.3.5 Tcsting Prisrns from Constructcd Masonry
When approved by thc building official, acccptancc of
masonry which docs not mcct thc rcquircmcnts of Section
705.3.2, 705.3.3 or 705.3.4 shall be pcrmittcd to be bascd
on tests of prisrns cut fro m thc masonry construction in
accordancc with thc following:
1. A sct of thrcc masonry prisms that are al lcast 28 days
old shall be saw cut from thc masonry for cach 460 m 2
of thc wall arca thm is in question but not lcss than one
set of thrce masonry prisrns for thc projcct. The Jcngth,
¡ this scctíon. Unlcss othcrwisc statcd, all calculations shall
¡ width and hcight dimensions of thc prisms shall
l comply with thc rcquircments of ASTM E 447.
Transporting, prcparation and tcsting of prisrns shall be
in accordance with ASTM E 447.
1 Plans su bmittcd for approval shall describe thc rcquired
~ 2. Thc eomprcssi ve strengt h of pri sms shall be thc value
f · calculatcd in accordancc with UBC Standard 21 -1 7,
~ Scction 21.1 707.2, cxccpt that thc nct cross-scctional
arca of thc prism shall be based on thc nct mortar
!
~
bcddcd arca.
¡ 3. Compliancc with thc requlremcnt for thc specificd
f cornpressive strcngth of masonry, [',.. shall be
considercd satisficd provided thc modified comprcssívc
strcngth cquals or excccds thc specificd [',•. Additional
testing of spccimcns cut from locations in qucstion
shall be pennitted.
705.4 M orlar Testing
When requircd, mortar shall be tcstcd in accordancc with
ASTM C 270.
705.5 Grout Íesting
When rcquircd, grout shall be testcd in accordance with
ASTM C 476-83.
/705.6 Recycled Aggregatcs
Recyclcd aggregatcs shal! refer to thosc matcrials whose
mixtures are part of masonry blocks or concrete debris that
havc bcen crushcd for re-u se. Rccyclcd aggregates shall
pass thc neccssary tests bcfore considered forre-use.
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
SEC1Jt()N'706 GENEltAL DESIGN
tmótittíEM.~Nfs·:. ,·.
70(d General
706.1.1 Scopc
Thc dcsign of :11asonry structurcs shall comply with thc
allowablc strcs~' Jcsign provisions of Scction 707, or thc
strength dcsign provisions of Scction 708 or thc cmpiric;:!
dcsign provisions of Scction 71 O, and with the provisions of
be made usíng or bascd on spccificd dimcnsions.
706.1.2 Plans
dcsign strcngths of masonry rnaterials and inspect ion
rcquircmcntsi' for which all parts of thc structurc wcrc
dcsigncd, and any load test rcquircrncnts.
706.1.3 Dcsign Loads
Sec Chaptcr 2 for dcsign loads and load combinations.
706.1.4 Stack Bond
li1 bcaring and nonbcaring walls, exccpl vencer walls, if
lcss than 75 percent of thc units in any transversc vert ical
plane lap thc cnds of thc units below a distancc lcss than
one half thc hcight of the unit, or lcss than onc fourth the
le ngth of thc unit, thc wall shall be considcrcd laid in stack
bond.
706.1.5 Multi-wythe Walls
706.1.5.1 General
All wythes of multi-wythc walls shall be bondcd by grout
or tied togcthcr by coiTosion-resistant wall tics or joint
reinforcement confonning to thc requircmcnts of Scction
702, andas set fonh in this section. ,
706.1.5.2 WaJITics in Cavity Wall Construction
Wall ties shall be of sufficient lcngth to cngage all wythes.
Thc p011ion of the wall tics within thc wythc shall !:•;
complctcly embcdded in mortar or gro u t. Thc cncls of t ': ·
wall ties shall be bent to 90-dcgrcc anglcs with an cxtcn~i :;:o
not lcss than 50 mm long. Wall tics nol compfetci_:
embeddcd in mortar or grout betwccn wythcs shall be <i
single piccc with cach cnd engaged in cach wythc.
Thcrc shall be at lcast one ru JO mm wall ti c for each 0-'10 ,,
of wall arca. Por cavity walls in whi ch the width of ; ; ,.
cavity is greatcr than 75 mm, but not more than 115 111111 . .
2
least onc 10 mm diamctcr walltic for each 0.25 m of ' · ..• ;
arca shall be providcd.

Tics in alternate courses shall be staggcred. Thc rnaxímum
vertical distancc bctwccn ties shall not cxcccd 600 mm and
thc m ax imu m hori zontal d ís tancc hctwccn tíes shall not
excccd 900 mm.
Additional tics spaccd not more than 900 mm apart shall be
providcd around opcnings within a di stancc of 300 mm
from thc cdgc of thc opcning.
Adjustablc walltics shal l meet the following requimrncnts:
l . Onc tic shall be provided for each O. J 6 m2 of wall arca.
Horizontal and vertical spacing shall not exceed 400
mm. Maximum misalignmcnt of bed joints from one
wythe to the othcr shall be 30 mm.
2. Maximum clearance bctween the connecting parts of
the tic shall be 1.5 mm. Whcn used, pintlc ties shall
have al least two 5 111111 diamcter pintlc lcgs.
Wall tics of different sizc and spacing that provide
equivalen! strength bctwccn wythcs may be uscd.
706.1.5.3 Wall Tics fo r Groutcd Mulli-wythc
Constructíon
Wythcs -of multi-wythe walls shall be bondcd together with
at least 4.8 mm diarneter stecl wall tic for cach 0.20 m2 of
arca. Wall ties of differcnt size and spacing tbat provide
equivalen! strcngth betwccn wythcs may be uscd.
706.1.5.4 Joint Reinforcemcnt
Prefabricatcd joint rcinforccmcnt for rnasonry wall shall
llave at least onc cross wire of at lcast No. 9 gage steel for
2 the appmved plan.
cach 0.20 m of wall arca. The vertical spacing uf the jDilll
rcinforcement shall not excecd 400 mm. Thc longitudinal
wires shall be thoroughly embedded in the bed joint mortar.
T hc joint reinforce rnent shall e ngage all wythcs.
Whcre thc spacc between tied wythes is solidly fillcd with
grout or rnortar, the allowable stresses and other provisions
for rnasonry bonded walls shall apply. Where tbe space is
not filled, tied walls shall confonn to the allowable stress,
lateral support, thickness (excluding cavity), height and tic
requirements for cavity walls.
706.1.6 Vertical Support
Structural mcmbcrs providi ng vertical support of masonry
shall provide a bcaring surface on which thc initial bcd joint
shall not be lcss than 6 mm or more than 25 mm in
thickncss and shall be of noncombustibl e material, excepl
where masonry is a nonstructural dccorative feature or
wearing surface.
National Structural Code of tt1ePI1ilippines 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAf.'TE H l · Masonry 1· 1 ~.
706.1.7 Lateral Support
Lateral suppon of masonry may he providcd by cnlss wa lls.
columns. pilastcrs, counterfons or hullrcsscs whcrc
spanning horizontally or by lloors. hcams. girts or roofs
whcre spanning vcrtically.
Thc clcar di stancc bctwccn lateral support~ of a bcarn shall
not cxcccd 32 times thc Jeas\ widlh of thc comprcssion arca.
706.1.8 Protcction ofTics and J oint Rcinforccmcnt
A mínimum of 16 mm mortar covcr shall be provided
bctwccn ties or joint reinforccment and any cxposcd facc.
The thickncss of grout or mortar betwccn masonry units
and joint rcinforcement shall not be less than 6mrn. cxccpt
that 6 mm or smallcr diametcr rcinforcement or bolts may
be placed in bed joints which are at lcast twice thc thickncss
of thc rcinforccmcnt or bolts.
706. 1.·9 Pipes and Conduits Embeddcd in Masonry
Pipes or condui t shallnot be crnbedded in any rnason ry in a
manncr that will reduce the capacity of thc masonry to Jess
than that ncccssary for rcquircd strengt h or requircd tire
protcction.
Placcment of pipes or conduits in unfillcd cores of hollow-
unit rnasonry shall not be considcred as cmbcdmcnt.
Exceptions:
J. Rigid electric conduits may be embedded in structural
masonry when their locations have been detailed on
2. Any pipe or conduít may pass vertical/y or horizomally
through any masomy by means of a s/eeve al least
Jorge enough to pass any Jzub or coupling on the
pipeline. Such sleeve.1· shallnot be placed closer than
three diameters, cemer to center, nor slrall they unduly
impair tire strength of construction.
706.1.10 Load Test
Whcn a load test is required, the membcr or portion of thc
structure undc.r considcration shall be subjccted lo a
supcrirnposed load cqual to twicc thc dcsign li ve load plus
one half of thc dead load: 0.5D + 0 .2L
This load shall be left in position for a pcriod of 24 hours
beforc rcmoval. lf. during thc test or upon removal of thc
load, thc mcmbcr or po11ion of the structurc shows cvidcncc
of failure, such changes or modifications as are necessary to
make the sfructurc adequate for the ratcd capacity shal l be
madc; or whcre approved, a lower rating shall be
establ ishcd.
111
 l · 16 CH/\PTE F! 7 · Masonry
1\ flex ura! mcmhcr shall be considcrcd to havc passcd thc
test if thc maximum dctlcction D at thc cnd of thc 24-hour
pcriod docs not cxcccd thc valuc of Formula (706- 1) or
(706-2) and thc bcarns and slabs show a rccovery of at lcast
75 pcrccnt of thc obscrvcd dcllcction within 24 hours aftcr
remo val of thc load.
1
/) "'--- (706-1)
200
· '1
:· '· ¡2
D=-- (706-2)
4,000t
706.1.11 Reuse of Masonry Units
Masonry units may be reuscd whcn clean, wholc and
confonning to thc othcr rcqui rcmcnts of this scction. All
strucwral propcrtics of masonry of rcclaimcd units shall be
dctcnnincd by approved test.
706.1.1 2 Spccial Provision~ in Arca of Seismic Hisk
706.1.12.1 General
Masonry structures constructed in thc scismíc zoncs shown
in Figure 208-1 shall be desígncd in accordancc wíth the
dcsign requirements of thís chaptcr ami thc spccial
provisions for each seismic zonc givcn in thís scction.
706.1.12.2 Spccial Provisions for Scismic Zonc 2
Masonry structurcs in Scismic Zone 2 shall com ply wi th the
following special provisions:
l. Columns shall be reinforced as specified in Sections
706.3.6, 706.3.7 and 707.2.13.
2. Vertical wall reinforcement of at lcast 130 mm2 in
cross-sectional arca shall be provided continuously
from support to support at each comer, at each side of
each opening, at thc ends of walls and a l maximum
spacing of 1.20 m apart horizontally througilout walls.
3. Horizontal wall reinforcemcnt notless than 130 mrn 2 in
cross-secti onal arca shall be provided (1) at the bottom
and top of wall openings and shall extend not lcss than
600 mm or Iess than 40 bar diameters past the opening,
(2) continuously at structurally connectcd roof and
!loor leveis and at the top of walls, (3) al the bottom of
wa lls or in the top of foundations when doweled in
walls, ancl (4) at maximum spaci ng of 3.0 m unless
unifurmly di stributed joint reinforccment is provided.
Reinforcement at the top and bottom of opcnings when
continuous in walls may be used in determining thc
max imum spacing spccified in Itcm 1 of this
paragraph.
Joint reinforcement used in exterior walls and considere. ' · ·
4. Where stack bond is used, the minimum horizontal
the determination of thc shcar strcngth of the mcml"·' ·
reinforcement ratio shall be 0.0007bt. This ratio shall
be hot-dippcd galvanizcd in accordance with ASTM ', . ·
be satisficd by uniformly distributed j oint
& A 64!.
Association of Structural Engineers of ttw Philippincs
rci nforccmcnt or by horizontal rci nforccmcnt spaccd
not over l .2 m and fully embcdded in grout or mo11ar.
5. The following matcrials shall not be uscd as part of t hc
vertical or lateral load-resisting systcm: Type O
mortar. rnasonry cc mcn t, plastic ccmcnt, non-load
bcaring masonry units and glass block.
706.1.12.3 Spccial Provisions for Scismic Z.onc 4
All masonry structures built in Scism ic Zonc 4 shall be
dcsigned and construcrtd in accordancc with rcquircmcnts
for Seismic Zonc 2 and with the following additional
requircmcnts and limitations:
l. Column Rcinforccmcnt Ties
In columns that are strcssed by tensile or comprcssivc axial
overtumíng forces from seismic loading, the spacing of
column ties shall not excced 200 mm for thc fui! hcight of
such columns.
In all other columns, ties shall be spaced a maximum of
0.20 m in thc tops and bottoms of thc columns for a
dístancc of thc grcatcst among ( l) onc sixth of thc clcar
column height, (2) 450 mm. or (3) thc maximum column
cross-sectional dimcnsion.
Tie spacing for thc rc maining column height shall not
cxceed thc les ser of 16 bar diamctcrs, 48 tic díamctcrs, thc
lcast column cross-sectional dimension, or 450 mm.
Column líes shall termínate with a mínimum 135-dcgrec
hook with cxlensions not lcss than six bar díametcrs or 100
mm. Such extcnsions shall engage the longitudinal column
reinforcement and project into 1hc interior of the column.
Hooks shall comply with Section 707.2.2.5, ltcm 3.
Exceptions:
Where ties are placed in horizontal bed joints, hooks shall
consist of a 90-degree bend having an inside radius of not
less than four tie diameters plus an extension of 32 tie
diameters.
2. Shcar Walls ·
2.1 Rcinforccmcnt
The por1ion of the reinforccment required 10 rcsist shcar
shall be uniforrnly distributcd and shall be JOlllt
n;infmccmcnt, deformed bars or a combination thercof.
The spacing of rcinforccment in each direction shall no~
exceed one half the length of thc clement, nor one half th('
height ofthe elemc nt, nor 1.2 m.

Rcinforccment requircd to rcsist in-planc shcar shall be
tcnninatcd with a standard hook as detincd in Scction
707.2.2.5 or wi th an cx tcnsion of propcr cmbcdmcnt lcngth
bcyond tite rcinforccmcnt at thc cnd of thc wall scction.
The book or cxtcnsion may he turncd up, clown or
horizontally. Provisions shall be madc not to obstruct grout
placcment. Wall reinforcement tcrrninating in columns or
bcams shall be fully anchorcd ínto thcse clcmcnts.
2.-l Bond -
Multi-wythc grouted masonry shcar walls shall be dcsigned
with consideration of the adhcsion bond strength betwecn
the grout and rnasonry units. Whcn bond strcngú1s are not
known from prcvious tests. thc bond strcngth shall be
dcterrníncd by tests.
2.3 Wall Rcinforccmcnt
/\11 walls shall be reínforccd with both vertical and
horizontal reinforcemcnt. The sum of thc arcas of
horizontal and vertical rcinforccmcnt shall be at Jcast 0.002
times thc gross cross-scctional arca of thc wall. and thc ·
mínimum arca of rcinforccrncnt in cíthcr dircctíon shall not
be less than 0.0007 times the gross cross-sectional arca of
the wall. The mínimum stecl rcquiremcnts for Scismic
Zone 2 in Section 706. 1.12.2, Itcms 2 and 3, may be
included in the su m. Thc spacing of reinforccmcnt shallnot
excced 1.2 m. Thc diamctcr of rcinforcemcnt shall not be
lcss than JO mm except that joint rcinforcemcnt may be
considered as a part or all of the rcquircmcnt for mínimum
reinforccment. Rcinforcement shall be conti uuous around
wall corncrs and through inlerscctions. Only rcinforccment
which is continuous in thc wall or clernent shall be
considcrcd in computing the minimum arca of
rcinforcement. Reinforcemcnt with spliccs conforrning to
Scction 707.2.2.6 shall be considercd as continuous
reinforcemcnt.
2.4 Stack Bond
Wherc stack bond is uscd, the mnumum horizontal
rcinforcemcnt ratio shall be 0.0015bt. Where opcn-cnd
units are uscd and grouted solid, the mínimum horizontal
rcinforcement ratio shall be 0.0007bt.
Rcínforccd hollow-unit stacked bond construction which is
part of the seisrnic-rcsisting system shall use open-end units
so that all hcad joints are madc solid, shall use bond bcam
units to facilitatc thc flow nf grout and shall be groutcd
sol id.
3. Typc N Mortar
Typc N mortar shall not be uscd as patt of thc vetti cal-or
lateral-load-rcsisting system.
Natíonal Structural Code of !he Phílippines
CI-IAPTE:n l · Ma~>onry '1 · 1 '1
4. Concrete Abutting Structural Masonry
Concret e abulting stntctural masonry, such as at stancr
courscs or at wall interscctions not dcsigncd as trul~
separation joints. shall be roughcned toa lüll amplitudc of
1.5 mm and sha!l be bondcd to thc masonry in accordance
with thc rcquircmcnts of this chaptcr as if it wcrc masonry.
Unless keys or propcr rcinforccment is p¡·o,vidcd, vertical
joints as spccified in Sectiotl 706.1.4 shal! be considcred to
be stack bond and thc reinforccmcnt as rcquired for st;~ci;
bond shal l cxtcnd through thc joint and be anchorcd into thc
concrete.
706.2 Allowablc Stress Design and Strcngth Dcsign
Rcquircments for Unrcinforccd and Reinforccd
Masonry
706.2.1 General
In addition to thc rcquircmcnts of Scction 706. 1, thc dcsígn
of masonry struclurcs by tite allowablc strc~s dcsign mcthod
and strength dcsign mcthod shall comply with thc
requircmcnts of this scction. Additionally, thc dcsígn or
rcinforccd masnnry structurcs by thcse dcsign mcthods
shall comply with thc rcquiremcnts of Section 706.3.
706.2.2 Specificd Comprcssivc Strcngth of Masonry
Thc allowablc strcsses for the dcsign of masonry shall be
bascd on valuc of f'm sclcctcd for thc construction.
Vcrification of thc valuc of f',.. shall be bascd on
complíance with Scction 705.3. Unless othcrwisc spccificd,
f'm shall be bascd on 28-day tests. If other than a 28-day test
agc is uscd, thc valuc off'.., shall be as indicatcd in dcsign
drawings or specifications. Design drawings shall show the
value of r ...
for which cach part of the structure is dcsigncd.
706.2.3 Effecti\'e Thickness
706.2.3.1 Single-Wythe Walls
The effcctivc thickncss of single-wythe walls of cithcr solid
or hollow units is the spccitied thickncss of the wall.
706.2.3.2 Multi-wythc Walls
Thc cffcctive thickncss of multi-wyt he walls is thc spcciticd
thickncss of thc wall if thc spacc betwccn wythcs is filkd
with rnortar or grout. For walls with an opcn spacc bctwccn
wythcs, thc crtcctive thi ckness shall be detcrminctl as for
cavity walls.
6th Edition Volume 1
 l · l ll CH/\1-'H:Fl 'l Masonry
706.2.3.3 Cavity Walls
Whcrc both wyt hcs of a cavity wal l are axial! y loadcd, cach
wythc shall be considcrcd to m:t indepcndcntly and thc
cffcctivc thickness of cach wythc is as dcfi ncd in Sect itHl
706.2.]. 1. Whcrc only one wythc is axially loat.létJ, thc
cffcctivc thickness of thc cavity wall is takcn as thc squ:ul~
root of thc sum of thc squares of thc spccilicd thickncsscs.
of thc wythes. ).
Whcrc a cavity wall is composcd of a single wythc and a
multi-wythe, and both sidcs are axially loadcd, cach side of
thc cavity wall shall be considcrcd to act indepcndcntly and
thc cf'fcctive thickness of each sidc is as defincd in Scctions
706.2.3. 1 ano 706.2.3.2. Whcre only onc sidc is axially
loadcd, thc cffccti vc thi ckncss of thc cavity wall is the
square root of thc sun1 t.'f thc squarcs of lile spzcificd
thickncsscs of thc sides.
706.2.3.4 Columns
The cffectivc thi ckncss for rectangular columns in the
dircction considercd is the spccified thickncss. The
effectivc thickness for non-rectangul ar columns is the
thickncss of the squarc column with thc same momcnt of
inertia about its axis as that about thc axis considcrcd ín thc
actual column.
706.2.4 Effcctivc Hcight
The effcctive hei ght of colurnns and walls shall be takcn as
thc clear height of rnembers laterally supported at thc top
and bottom in a direction normal to the mcrnber axis
considere<!. For mcmbcrs not supported at the top normal
to the axis considered, the cffective height is twice thc
height of tite member abovc the support. Effcctive height
less than clcar hcight may be uscd ifjustificd.
706.2.5 Effcctive Arca
The cffcctive cross-scctional arca shall be based on the
minírmun bcdded arca of hollow units, or the gross arca of
solid uníts plus any groutcd area. Whcre hollow units are
uscd with cells perpendicular to thc direction of stress, the
effcctíve arca shal l be the lcsser of the mínimum bcdded
arca or the mínimum cross-sectional arca. Whcrc bed joints
are raked, lhc effcctive arca shall be correspondingly
rcd uced. Effcctive arcas for cavíty walls shall be that of the
loadcd wythcs.
706.2.{Effcctivc Width of lntcrsccting Walls
Whcre a shear wall is anchorcd to an intersecting wall or
walls, the width of thc overhanging f! ange formed by the
intersectcd wall on cíthcr side of thc shcar wall, which may
be assumcd working with the shear wall for purposcs of
flexura! stiffness calculations, shall not excced síx times thc
thickncss of thc intersectcd wall. Limils of the effectivc
flangc may be waivcd if juslified. Only the effectivc arca
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
of thc wall parallel to thc shcar forces may be assumcd ·to
t:arry horiwntal shcar.
7116.2.7 Dislribu1ion of Conccntratcd Vertical Loads in
Walls
The lcngth of wall laid up in running bond which may be
considercd capablc of working at thc maxímum allowable
l''llllprcssivc stress to rcsisl vertical conccntrated loads shall
;.:;. cxcecd thc ccnter-lo-ccntcr distance bctwccn such
loads. nor thc width of bearing arca plus fou r times thc wall
thickness. Conccntrated vertical loads shall not be assurncd
to be distributed across continuous vertical monar or
control joints unless elements designed to distributc thc
concentratcd verticalloads are cmployed.
706.2.8 Loads on Nonbcaring Walls
Masonry walls used as interior partitions or as exterior
surfaces of a building which do not carry vertical loads
imposcd by othcr clemcnts of the building shall be dcsigncd
to carry their own wcight pl us any supcrímposcd finish and
lateral forces . Bonding or anchorage of nonbcaring walls
shall be adequatc to support the walls and to transfcr lateral
forces to the supporting elcmcnts.
706.2.9 Vertical Dcncction
Elcments supportíng masonry shall be designed so that their
vertical dctlection will not excced 1/600 of thc clear s pan
undcr total loads. Lintcls shall bear on supporting masonry
on each end such that allowable stresses in the supporting
masonry are not cxcceded. A mínimum bearing lcngth of
100 mm shall be provicled for lintels bcaring on masonry.
706.2.10 Structural Continuity
lntersccting struclUral elcments intcndcd to act as a unit
shall be anchorcd togcthcr to resist the dcsign forces.
706.2.11 Walls lnlcrsecting with Floors and
Roofs
Walls shall be anchorcd to all noors, roofs or other
elements which provide lateral suppor1 for the wall. Where
t1oors or roofs are designed to transmit horizontal forces to
walls, thc anchoragc to such walls shall be dcsigncd to
rcsist thc horizontal force.
706.2.12 Modulus of Elasticity of Matcrials
706.2.12.1 Modulus of Elasticity of Masonry
The moduli for rnasonry may be estimated as providcd
below. Actual valucs, whcrc rcq uired, shall be establishcd
by test. · Thc modulus of elasticily of masonry shal! k
determined by the secan! method in which thc slope of thc
linc for the modulus of clasticity is takcn from 0.05 j', to a
point on the curve at 0.33 j',. T hese valucs are not to be
reduccd by one half as set forth in Section 707.1 .2.

Modulus of clasticity of el ay or sha l~ unit masonry.
/;',, = 750/',. 20 .5 CJI'a maximum (706-3)
Modulus of elasticity of concn.! te un it masonry.
f 111 = 750/'111 , 20.5 (]Pa maximum (706-4)
706.2.1 2.2 Modulus of Elasticity of Stccl
E_.=200 GPa
706.2.13 Shcar Modulus of Masonry
G = 0.4 Em (706-6)
706.2.14 Placcm cnl of Embcddcd Anchor Bolts
706.2.14.1 General
Placcmcnt rcquirements for plate anchor bolts, headcd
anchor bolts all() bcnt b1ir anchor bolts shall he dctcnni ncd
in accordance with this subscction. Bent bar anchor bolts
shall havc a hook wit h a 90-dcgree bend with an inside
diamcter of threc bolt diametcrs. plus an extension of one
and one half bolt diamctcrs .at thc free cm!. Plate anchor
bolts shall have a plate welded to thc shank to providc
anchorage eq uivalen! Lo heade(l anchor bolts.
The effective embedment depth 1" for plate or headed
anchor bolts shall be the length of embedrnent measurcd
pervendicul ar frorn thc surface of thc masonry to thc
bearing surfacc of thc platc or head of the anchorage, and 1"
for bcnt bar anchors shal l be the length of embedment
mcasurcd perpendicular from the surfacc of the masonry to
thc bcaring surfacc of the bent end minus one anchor bolt
diameter. All bolts shall be grouted in place wit h at least 25
rnm of grout betwecn thc bolt and thc masonry, except that
6 mm bolts may be pl aced in bed joints which arca at least
12 mm in thickness.
706.2.14.2 Mínimum Edgc Distance
Thc mínimum anchor bolt edge distance luc measurcd from
the cdge of the masonry parallel with the anchor bolt to thc
surface of the anchor bolt shall be 38 mm.
706.2..14.3 Mínimum Eml>cdmcnt Dcpth
Thc mínimum embcdmcnt depth of anchor bolts l¡, shall be
four bolt diamcters but not lcss than 50 mm.
706.2.14.4 Mínimum Spadng bclwccn llolts
Thc mínimum centcr-to-center distancc bctwcen anchor
bolts shall be four bolt di ametcrs.
706.2.15 Flexura! Rcsístancc of Cavity Walls
For computing thc Oexural resistance of cavit y walls, latera[
loads perpendic ular to the plane of the wall shall be
Natíonal Structural Code of the Pllilippines Gu' Edition Volume 1
CI!Af'TEn 7 Masoruy 1 19
distri butcd to thc wytht~s accord ing to thcir respective
flexura! rigiditics
706.3 Altcrnath•c Strcngth Dcsign (ASD) ami Strcngth
Dcsign Hcquírcmcnts for Rcinforccd Masonry
706.3.1 General
In addition to thc rcquircmcnts of Scctions 706.1 and 706.2.
e!;e dcsign of re.inforced rnasonry st ructures by thc working
stress design mcthod or the strcngth design method shall
comply with the req uirements o f this section.
706.3.2 Plain Bars
The use of plain bars larger than 6 mm in diameter is not
permitted.
706.3.3 Spacing of Longitudinal Rcinforccmcnt
The clear distance betwecn parallel bars. cxcept in columns,
shall not be less tban thc nominal di ameter of the bars or 25
mm. cxccpt that bars in a splice ma y be in contact. Thi s
clear distancc rcquiremenl applics to thc clcar distancc
bctween a contact splicc and adjacenl spliccs or bars.
Thc clear distance betwccn thc surf'acc of a bar and any
surface of a masonry unit shall not be lcss than 6 mm for
fine grout and !2 mm for coarse grou t. Cross webs of
hollow units rnay be uscd as suppon for horizontal
rei nforccmcnt.
706.3.4 Anchoragc of Flcxural Hcinforccmcnt
The tension or compression in an y bar at any section shall
be devl'.loped on each sidc of that section by the rcquin:d
devclopment length. Thc developmcnt length of the bar
may be achieved by a combination of an crnbedmentlengtb,
anchoragc or, for tension onl y, hooks.
Except al suppons or al thc free end of cantilevers, every
reinforcing bar shall be extended beyond the point at which
it is no longcr needed to resist tcnsile stress for a distance
equal to 12 bar diameters or the depth of the bcam,
whichever is greater. No Oexural bar shall be terminated in
a tensilc zone unless at l ea~t one of the followíng conditions
is satisfied:
1. The shcar is not over onc half that pcnnitted, including
allowance for shear rci nforccmcnt whcrc providcd.
2. Addit ional shcar rcinforcemcnt in excess of that
required is provided each way from the cutoff a
distance equal to thc deptb of thc beam. The shcar
reinforcernent spacing shall not exceed d/8r¡,.
3. The conti nuing bars provide doubl e the arca required
for flcxure at that point or double the pcrimetcr
required for reinforcing bond.
 7-?.0 CHAPTEH l · Masonry
'
At lcast onc third of thc total rcinfórccment providcd for
ncgativc morncnt at thc support shal! be extended bcyond
the extreme position of thc point of inrlection a díslatu::c
suflicient 10 devclop onc ha! f thc a!lowablc stress in the bar,
not lcss than 1/! 6 of the clear span, or thc dcpth d of thc
membcr, whichcver is grcater.
Tcmilc rcinforccmcnt for ncgativc morncnt in any span of a
c~J;i!ínuous rcstraincd or canti!cvcr bcam, or in any rncmbcr
of a rigid frarnc, shall be adcquatcly anchorcd by
rcinforccrncnt bond, hooks or mcchanical anchors in or
through thc supporting mcmbcr.
At lcast onc third of thc rcquircd positivc momcnt
rcinforccment in simple beams or at thc freely supp011cd
cnd of continuous bcams shall cxtcnd along the samc facc
of the beam into the suppot1 at least 150 mm. At least one
fourth of thc required positive momcnt rcinforccmcnt at thc
continuous end of continuous bcams shall extcnd along thc
samc facc of thc bcarn into thc support at lcast 150 mm.
Compression reinforccmcnl in flexura! mcmbers shall be
anchored by tics or stirrups not lcss than 6 mm in diamctcr,
spaced not fanhcr apan than 16 bar diamcters or 48 tic
díameters, whichever is lcss. Such ties or stinups shall be
uscd throughout the distancc where comprcssion
rcinforccment is rcquircd.
706.3.5 Anchorage of Shcar Rcinfon~emcnt.
Single, scparatc bars uscd as shear rcinforcement shall be
anchored al cach end by onc of thc following mcthods:
l. Hookjng tightly around the longitudinal reí nforccment
through 180 dcgrccs.
2. Embedmcnt abovc or bclow thc mid-depth of the beam
on thc comprcssion side a distance sufficicnt lo
devclop thc stress in the bar for plain or deformed bars.
3. By a standard hook, as dcfined in Scction 707 .2.2.5,
considered as devcloping 50 MPa, plus cmbedmcnt
sufficient to devclop thc remaindcr of the stress to
which the bar is subjected. Thc effcctivc cmbcddcd
length shall not be assumed to exceed thc distancc
betwcen the míd-depth of thc bcam and thc tangcnt of
the hook.
The ends of bars fonning a single U or multiple U stirrup
shall be anchorcd by one of thc methods sct fonh in llems l
through 3 abo ve or shall be bcnt through an anglc of al leas!
90 degrces tightly around a Jongillldinal reínforcing bar not
lcss in diamcter than thc stirrup bar, and shall project
bcyond the bcnd at lcast 12 stinup diameters.
Thc loops or closcd cnds of simple U or multiple U stirn1ps
shall be anchorcd by bending around the longitudinal
reinforcement through an anglc of at Jeast 90 degrecs and
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
projcct bcyond the end of the bcnd at Jeast 12 stirrup
diamcters.
706.3.6 Lateral Tics
All longitudinal bars for co!umns shall be encloscd by
lateral tics. Lateral suppot1 shall be providcd to thc
longitudinal bars by the corncr of a complete tic having an
includcd anglc of not more than 135 dcgrcey or by a
standard hook at thc end of a tic. Tl1c corner bars :;liall ha ve
such supp011 províded by a complete iie cnclosing thc
longitudinal bars. Alternate longitudinal bars shall havc
such lateral support providcd by tics and no bar shall be
farthcr than 150 mm Crom such latera JI y supportcd bar.
Lateral ties and longitudinal bars shall be placed not lcss
than 38 mm and not more than 125 mm from the surfacc of
the column. Lateral ties may be placed against thc
longitudinal bars or placed in thc ,horizontal bcd joints
whcrc thc requircments of Section 706.1.8 are met.
Spacing of tics shall not cxcced 16 longitudinal bar
díamctcrs, 48 tic diamctcrs or thc Jcast dimcnsion of thc
column but not more than 450 mm.
Tics shall be at least 6 mm in diameter for 20 mm or
smaller longitudinal bars and at least 1O mm for
longitudinal bars larger than 20 mm. Ti es srnaller than 1O
mm may be used for longitudinal bars largcr than 20 mm,
providcd the total cross-sectional arca of such smaller ties
crossing a longitudinal planc is equal to that of thc largcr
lies at thcir requircd spacing.
706.3.7 Column Anchor Uolt Tics
Addítional tics shall be providcd around anchor bolts which
are set in the top of columns. Such tics shall cngage at le asl
four bolts or, alternately, at Jcast four vertical column bars
or a combination of bolts and bars totaling at least four.
Such tíes shall be located within thc top 125 mm of thc
2 .
colurnn and shall provide a total of 260 mm or more Jll
cross-sectional arca. The uppermost tic shall be within 50
mm of thc top of the column.
706.3.8 EITective Width B of Comprcssíon Arca
In computing !lcxural strcsses in walls whcrc reinforcemcnt
occurs, thc effective width assumed for running bond
masonry shall not cxcecd six times thc nominal wall
thickness or the centcr-to-center distance bctwccn
reinforccmcnt. Wbcre stack bond is used, the effcctive
width shall not excccd thrcc times the nominal wall
thickness or the ccnter-to-center dístancc between
rcinforccmcnt or thc Jcngth of onc unit, unless sol id grouted
open-cnd uníts are uscd.
 CHAPTE n ·¡ · Masomy 7·21

707.1.4 Dcsign Assumptions

Thc working stress dcsign proced urc is bascd on working
strcsscs and linear strcss-strain dístributíon assu mptions
with all strcsses in thc clastic rangc as follows:
l. Planc scctions bcforc bcndin g rcmain plane aftcr
707.1 General bcnding.

707.J.l Scopc 2. Stress is proportionalto strain.

The J esign bf ;nasonry structures using allowable stress 3. Masonry clcmcnts combine to fo.rm a homogenou,~ .·
design sh<ill comply with the provisions of Section 706 and mcmbcr.
this section. Stresscs in clay or concrete rnasonry undcr
servicc Joads shall not cxcccd the values givcn in this 707.1.5 Embeddcd Anchor Boll~
section.
707.1.5.1 General
707.1 .2 Allowal..llc Masonry Strcsses Allowablc loads for plate anchor bolts, headed anchor bolts
When quality assurancc provisions do not incl ude and bent bar anchor bolts shall be detennincd in accordancc
requirernents for special inspcction as prescribcd in Section with this ~ccti on.
70 1, thc allowab le strcsses for masonry in Section 707 shall
be rcduccd by o nc hal f. 707 .1.5.2 Tcnsion
Allowablc loads in tcnsion shall be thc lessc r valuc sclccted
Whcn one ha lf allowablc masonry strcsscs are used in from Table 707-1 and 707-2 or shall be dctermincd from
Scis mic Zonc 4, thc value of /', from Tablc 70 5- 1 shall be the lesser of Formula (707-1) or Formula (707- 2).
limited toa maximum of 10 MPa for concrete masonry and
18 MPa for clay masonry unlcss thc valuc ol'f',. is vcrificd (707-1)
by tests in accordancc with Scction 705.3.4, ltems 1 ami 4
or 6. A lettcr of certification is not requircd. (707-2)

When onc half allowablc masonry stresses are used for The arca A" shall be the lcsser of Fonn ula (707-3) or
J csign in Scisrnic Zones 4, the value of f' m shall be limited Formul a (707-4 ) and where the proj ected arcas of adjacent
to 1O MPa fo r concrete masonry and 18 MPa for elay anchor bolts cverlap, A1, of each anchor boll shall be
masonry for Section 705.3.2. Item 3, and Scction 705.3.3, reduced by one half of the overlapping arca.
Item 5, unless the value of f',. is verified •during
construction by the testing requirements of Scction 705.3.2, A1, == tr 1/ (707-3)
Itcm 2. A lcttcr of ccrti tication is not req uircd. A1, = tri¡,/ (707-4)

707.1.3 Minimum Dimcnsions for Masonry Structurcs 707 .1.5.3 Shcar

Located in Seismic Zones 2 and 4
Allowablc loads in shcar shall be the value selectcd from
Elcments of masonry stmctures located in Seis mic 2',ones 2 Table 707-3 or shall be detennined from the lesscr of
and 4 shall be in accordance with this section. Formula (707-5) or Formula (707-6).

707.1.3.1 Bcaring Walls BY := 1070(!'111 A11 (707-5)

The nominal thíckness of rcinforced masonry bcaring walls
shall not be lcss than 150 mm except that nomina! 100 mm
load-bcaring reinforced hollow-clay unit masonry walls
may be usecl, provided net arca unit strcngth cxcceds 55
MPa, units are laid in nmning bond, bar sizes do not excced
12 mm with no more than two bars or onc splice in a cell,
andjoints are ílush cut, concave or a protrudi ng V section.
707.1.3.2 Columns
T he least nominal dimension of a reinforced masonry
column shall be 300 mm exccpt that, for AS D. if thc
allowable stresses are reduced by one half, thc mi nimum
nominal dimension shall be 200 mm.
(707-6)
Whcre the anchor bolt edge distance hr in thc di rection of
load is Icss than 12 bolt diametcrs, thc value of B,. in
Formula (70 7-5) shall be reduced by lincilr inlcrpolation to
z.ero at an hr dístance of 40 mm. Wherc adjacent anchors
are spaced closcr than 8d¡,, the allowablc shear of the
adjacent anchors determincd by Formula (707-5) shall be
rcduced by linear interpol ation to 0.75 times thc allowablc
shear valuc al a ccnter- to-center spacing of four bolt
diametcrs.

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1

i.•
 7-22 CHAPTU1 7- Masonry
707.1.5.4 Cmnhincd Shcar and Tcnsion
Anchor bolrs subjecred lo combincd shear and tension sha!!
be designcd in accordancc with:
(707-7)
707.1.6 Comprcssion in Walls and Columns
707.1.6.1 Walls, Axial Loads
Srresscs due to comprcssivc forccs applied at thc ccntroid
of wall -may be computed, assuming uniform distribution
over thc effcctivc arca, by
f,, =PIA,- (707-8)
707.1.6.2 Columns, Axial Loads
S tres ses due ro compressi ve forccs appl icd ar the centroid
of columns may be computed by Formula (707-8) assuming
unifonn distribution ovcr thc effcctivc arca_
707.1.6.3 Columns, Bending or Combincd Bcnding and
Axial Loads
Stresses in columns duc ro combincd bcnding and axial
loads shall satisfy thc requiremcnts of Section 707.2 .7
where f,/F" is rcplaced by PIP"_ Columns subjccted lo
bending shall meet al! applicablc rcquiremcnts for flexura!
design.
707.1.7 Shcar Walls, Dcsign Loads
When calculating shear or diagonal tension stresses, shear
wal!s which resisl seismic forces in Scismic Zonc 4 shall be
designcd to rcsist 1.5 times thc forces required by Section
208.5.
707.1.8 Dcsign, Composite Construction
707.1.8.1 General
The requirements of this section govern rnultí-wythe
masonry in whích at least one wythc has strength or
composition charactclistics different from the other wythe
or wythcs and is adequately bondcd to act as a single
structural clcmcnL
Thc following assumptions shall apply to thl~ dcsign of
composite rnasonry:
l_ Analysís shall be based on clastic transfonned scction
of lhe nct arca_
2. The maximum computed stress in any portion of
composite masonry shall not excced thc allowable
stress for the material of that portian.
Association of Struc~ural Engineers of the Pl1ilíppines
707.1.8.2 Dclcrminalion of Modulus of Elasticity
The modulus of clasticity of cach typc of masonry in
compositc construction shall be mcasurcd by tests if thc
modular ratio of thc respective types of masonry excccds 2
to 1 as detcnnined by Section 706.2.12.
707.1.8.3 S!ructural Continuil}'
707.1.8.3.1 Bonding of Wythcs
All wythcs of composile masonry clements shall be tied
togelher as spccificd in Section 706. 1.5.2 as a minimum
requiremcnt. Additional tics or the combination or grow
and metal tics shall be provided to transfer thc calculated
stress.
707.1.8.3.2 Material Propcrlies
Thc cffcct of dimensional changc~ of thc various matcrials
and diffcrcnt boundary conditions of various wythes shall
be includcd in the dcsign.
707.1.8.4 Dcsign Proccdurc, Transformcd Scctions
In the dcsign of transforméd sections, one material is
chosen as thc reference material, and the olhcr materials are
transformed lo an equivalent arca of thc rcfcrence material
by multiplying the arcas of thc othcr materials by the
respective ratios of !he modulus of elasticity of the other
materials to thal of the reference material. Thickncss of thc
transformed arca and its distance perpendicular lo a given
bendi ng axis rcmain unchanged. Effective hcight or length
of thc elcmcnt remains unchanged.
707.1.9 Reuse of Masonry Uníts
The allowable working stresscs for reuscd masonry units
shall not excecd 50 percent of thosc pcnnittcd for new
masonry units of the same propertics.
707.2 Design of Rcinforccd Masonry
707.2.1 Scope
The requircmcnts of this section are in addition to lhe
requiremcnts of Sections 706 and 707.1, and govern
masonry in which reinforcemcnt is uscd lo rcsist forces.
Walls with opcnings used to resist lateral loads whose picr
ancl beam elements are within thc dimensional limits of
Scction 708.2.6. 1.2 may be designed in accordancc with
Section 708.2.6. Wal!s used to resisl lateral loads not
meeting the dimensional limits of Section 708.2.6.1.2 may
be designed as walls in accordance with !his section o,-
Section 708.2.5.

707.2.2 Hcinforc cm cnt
707.2.2.1 Maximum Hcinforccmcnt Sizc
Thc maxinwm sizc of n:inforccmcrll shall be 32 mm.
Maximum rcinfon:cmcnt arca in cclls shall be 6 pcrccnt of
thc ccll arca without spliccs ami 12 pcn:cnt of thc ccll arca
with spliccs.
707.2.2.2 Covcr
/\11 rcinforci ng bars, cxccpt joint reinfon:cmcnt, shall be
cornplctely embcddcd in mortar or grout and havc a
mínimum covcr, including thc masonry unit, of at lcast 20
mm, 40 mm of covcr whcn thc masonry is cxposcd to
wcather and 50 mm of cover whcn thc masonry is cxposed
to soil.
707.2.2.3 Dcvcln¡nncnt Lcngth
Thc requircd dcvclopment !cngth !, for deforme<! bar.; or
dcfonncd wire shall be calculatcd by:
/,¡ = 0.29 d 1,fs for bars in tcnsion (707·9)
/" = 0.22 d¡,j; for bars in cornpression (707-1 0)
Development lcngth for smooth bars sha!l be twicc thc
Jcngth detcrmincd by Formula (707-9).
707.2.2.4 Rcinforccmcnt Bond Stress
Bond stress u in rci nfo rcing bars shall not exceed thc
following:
Plain Bars 4 10 kl'a
Dcformcd Bars 1370 kPa
-·- -
Deformed Bars without
~~al lnspcc~---~-·- _____ 69~ k~i:. ___
707.2.2.5 Hooks
1. Thc tenn "standard hook" shall mean one of the
following:
1.1 A 180-degree turn plus cx tension of al least 4
bar diamcters, but not less than 63rnrn at free
end ofba r.
1.2 A 90-degree turn plus extension of at Je.ast 12
bar di ameters at free end of bar.
1.3 For stirnrp and tic anchoragc only, eithcr a 90-
dcgree ora 135-degree turn, plus an exte11sion of
at least six bar diametcrs, but 1101 less tha11 65
mm at !he free end of the bar.
· 2. l11side diametcr of bcnd of the bars, other than fo r
stirrups and ties, shall not be lcss than that set forth in
Table 707-4
National Structural Code of !he Philippines 6 Edition Volurne 1
CHAPTE.H '1 · l\'lasor11y 1-'t?:l
3. l11side diameter of bend for 16 mm or smallcr stirrups
and tics shall 1101 be less than four bar diamctcr.
lnside diameter of bend for 16 mm or largcr stirrups
and tics shall not be lcss than th at sct fonh in Tablc
707-4.
4. Hooks shall not be permittcd in thc tcnsion portion of
any beam. cxccpt at the cnds of simple or cantilcvcr
bcams or at thc freely supportcd cnd of continuous or
restraíned bc<•.rns.
5. Hooks shall not be assumcd to carry a load which
wou ld produce a tcnsilc stress in the bar greater than 52
MPa.
6. Hooks shallnot be considcred cffcctive in adding to the
comprcssi ve rcsistance of bars.
7. Any mecha11ical de vice capable of dcveloping thc
stre11gth of thc bar without damagc to the rnasonry may
be uscd in licn of a hook. Data must be prcsented to
show thc adequacy of such deviccs.
707.2.2.6 Spliccs
Thc amount of lap of' Jappcd spliccs shall be su ffici(~!lt to
transfcr the allowablc stress of the rcinforcernent as
specit1cd in Scctions 706.3 .4, 707.2.2.3 and 707.2.12. In no
case shall thc lcngth of the lapped splice be less than 30 bar
diarnetcrs for comprcssion or 40 bar diarncters for tcnsion.
Wcldcd or mcchanical con11cctions shall dcvclop 125
pcrcent of the spccifícd yield strcngth of the bar in tension.
Exception:
Fvr compression bars in colum11s that are not part of thc
seismic-resisting system and are 1101 subject 10 flexure, only
tire compressive strengtlr need be developcd.
Whcn adjace11t splices in grouted masonry are separatcd by
76 111111 or lcss, thc rcquircd lap length shall be increased 30
perccnt.
Exceptio11:
Where /ap sp/ices are staggered ar /east 24 bars diameters,
increase in lap /ength is required.
110
See Section 707.2.12 fo r lap splice increases.
707.2.3 Dcsign Assumptions
The following assumptions are in addition to thosc statctl iu
Section 707.1.4:
l. Masonry carrics no tensile stress.
2. Rcinforccmcnt is complctely surrounded by and
bondcd to masonry material so th at they work togcther
as a homogenous material within the ra11gc of
allowablc working stresses.
111
 7-24 CHAP'I EH 7 · Masonry

707.2.4 Non rectangular Flexura! Elcmcnts Whcrc shcar rcinfon.:ement dcsi gned lo takc clllirc shear
Flexura! clcmc-nls of uonrccwngular cross scc tion shall be force is providcd. thc ullowablc shc;u· stress, F,. in lk)lu r.,J
dcsigncd in acconlancc with thc assumptions givcn in mcmbcrs is:
Sect ions 707.1.4 aml707.2.3.
Ft· =O· 25·"V~/'
J m . 1.0 MPa maximtllll (707- IX)
707.2.5 Allowablc Axial Comprcssivc Stress ancl Force
For mcmbcrs ot her than rcínforccd masonry columns, thc 707.2.9 Allowablc Shcar Stress in Shcar VValls
allowablc axial cornprcssive stress ¡;~, shall be determine<! Whcrc inplane flexura! rcinfo:~cc m ent is provided an d
as follows: masonry is uscd 10 rcsisl al ! ~li.::ar, thc allowable shc<tr
stress Fv in shcar wall is:
/·~ = 0.25/', [1-(_!i_·)
2
J (707- ll )
140r
M
F = 1/36 (4--) J- -
f' (80- 45 -M ·) maximum
for h '1 r !> 99 ,. Vd "' Vd
(707-1 9)

/·:. = 0.25/'111 c,~.~-r (707-12)

For M jVd 2:: 1, ¡.~. = l/l2ff,'. , 240 kPa max imum
for h 'Ir > 99 (707-20)

For rcinforced rnasonry columns, the allowablc axia l Wherc shcar rcinforccmcnt dcsigncd to takc all thc shcar is
compressivc force!'" shall be dctennincd as follows: providcd, thc all owablc shcar stress F,., in shear walls is:

~~. = ro.25f'"' A" +0.65AJ~,cH{ ~~~,. r 1 (707-13)

For Mf\ld < l,
M J. ___ M
for h 'Ir!> 99 F .= 1/ 24(4 - - ) f ' (120-45 - ) maxi mum
' Vd m. Vd
(707-21)
!~, = (0.25/'"' Ar +0.65A, Fsclf ~,C¡
7
(707- 14)
M /Vd~ l. F,. = 0. 12Jf:: , 520 kPa maxirnum
for h'lr > 99
(707- 22)
707.2.6 Allowablc Flexura! Comprcssivc Stress
707.2.10 Allowablc Ucaring Stress
Thc allowable flexura! co mprcssivc stress F¡, is:
When a member bcars on the full arca of a masonry
·'
F¡, = 0.33/' 111 , 13.8 MPa maximum (707-15)· element, the allowable bearing stress F11, is:
1~. = 0.26/'... (707-23)
707.2.7 Combincd Comprcssivc Strcsscs, Unity
Formula When a member bears O!l one third or less of a rnasonry
Elements subjcctcd 10 combined axial and flexura! stresses element, the allowablc bearing stress F", is:
shall be designcd in accordancc with acceptcd principies of
(707-24)
mechanics or in accordance with Formula (707-16):
Formula (707-24) applies only when thc lcasl dimension
J;, + l!L !> 1 (707- 16)
F11 /~,
betwecn the cdges of thc loaded and unloadcd arcas is ::
mí nimum of onc fourth of thc parallel sidc di mension of tk
loadcd area. Thc allowablc bearing stress on a rcasonably
707.2.8 Allowable Shear Stn•ss in Flcxunll Mcmbers
conccntric arca greater than onc third but less than the full
Wbcrc no :;bcar rcinforccmcnt b p10vided, the allowable arca shall be intcrpolated bctwcen the values o f Formulas
shear stress F,. in ncxural membcrs is: (707-23) and (707-24).

r;. =0.083ff,.. , 345 kPa maximum (707- 17)

Exception:
For a distance of 1116 the clear span beyond the point of
inflection, the maximum stress shall be 140 kPa.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEH l · lv1asowy i' - ?.~i

707.2.14.2 Walls, Bcnding or Comhincd Bcnding and

707.2.11 Allowahle Slrrsscs in Rdnforccmcnt Axial Loads
'll H~ allowah!c stn.:sscs in reinforcc mcnt shall be as follows: Strcsscs in walls duc to combincd bcndi ng and axial loads
shall satisfy thc rcquircments of Scction 707.2.7 whcref, is
J. Tt!llSilr Stress given by Formu la (707-8). Walls subjectcd to bc ndi ng wi th
or without axial loads shallmcct all applicablc rcqui rcmcn ts
1.1 Dcfonncd hars, for Ocxural design. Thc dcsign of walls with an h 'Ir ratio
F, = 0.5;;., 165 MPa maximum (707-2.5) largcr than 30 shall be bascd on (orces and momcnts
,·, dctcrmined from an analysis of the structurc. Such analysis
!.2 Wire rcinforccmcnt, shall considcr the inll_pe ncc of ax ial Joads and variable
F,. = 0.5 ;;. , 200 MPa maximum (707-26) momcnt of incnia on membcr stiffncss and fixcd-end
moments, cffcct of deOections on moments and forces and
1.3 Ties, anchors and srnooth bars, the effcc ts of duration of Joads.
/~,. =0.4 ¡;. . 140 MPa maximum (707-27)
707.2.15 Flexura! Dcsign, Hcctangular Flexura!
2. Comprcssivc Stress Elcmcnts
Rectangular clemcnts shall be designed in accordance with
2. 1 Dcforrncd bars in columns,
the following formulas or other mcthods bascd on the
1'~, = 0.4 j;. , 165 MPa max imum (707-2li) assumpt ions givcn in Sections 707. 1.4, 707.2.3 and this
section.
2.2 Dcfonned bars in Ocxural mcmbcrs,
l. Comprcssivc stress in the masonry:
Fs = 0.5J;. , 16.5 MPa maximum (707-29)
M 2
(707-31)
23 Dcformed bars in shcar walls whi ch are conlincd by {¡ = ' - 2- ( - )
• J /Jd jk
lateral tics throughout thc distancc where compression
2. Tensilc stress in the longitudinal rcinforcement :
rcinforce ment is rcquired and wherc such lateral tics
are not less than 6 mm in diamcter and spaced not M
farther apan than 16 bar diamcters or 48 tic diametcrs, (707-32)
.f-' = A 'd
sl
F" = 0.4 ;;. , 165 MPa maximum (707-30) 3. Design coefficients:

707.2.12 Lap Splicc lncrcascs k= J(:Z;;)2-;inp -np (707-33)

In region s <lf moment whcre the dcsign te nsile stresses in
th e reinforcement are greater than 80 pcrccnt of thc 01'

allowable stcel !ensile stress /·~.. thc lap length of spliccs

1
shal! be incrcased not lcss than 50 pcrcent of the mínimum k= ---- (707-34)
re quired Jength. Other equi valcnt means of stress transfcr 1+ .r,_
to accomplish the sarnc 50 pcrccnt increase may be u sed. n{¡,

707.2.13 Rcinforccment for Columns k'

. j= l - - (707-35)
Co lumns shall be providcd with reinforccment as specificcl 3
in this scction.
707.2.16 Bond of Flexura! Reinforccment
707 .2.13.1 Vertical Rcinforccmcnt In 11exural mcmbers ii1 which !ensi le reinforccmcnt is
Thc arca of vertical rcinforcerncnt shall not be lcss than paráll'el to thc compressi ve fa ce, thc bond stress shall be
0 .005 A< and not more than 0.04 A,. At lcast four lO mm computcd by the formul a:
ba rs shall be providcd. The mínimum dear distance V
betwcen parallcl bars in colurnns shall be two and onc half u =-·--·
times the bar diametcr. r.,jd (707-36)

707.2.14 Comprcssion in Walls and Columns

707.2.14.1 General
Stresses due to comprcssive forces in walls and columns
shall be calculated in accordancc with Section 707.2.5.

11
National Structural Code of !he Philippinc1s 6 ' Edition Vollnne 1
 7·?.6 CHAPTE!~ 7 · fvlnsonry

707.2.17 Shc¡u· in Flcxur·al Mcmbns and Shcar Walls

Thc shear stress in t1exural members ancl shcar walls shall
be computed by:
707.3.5 Allowahle Tensile Stress
Resultan! tcnsilc stress duc lo combined bcnding and axí:.i
1' = -·-~
11
. ,. bjd (707-37) load shall not excced thc allowab!e flexura! tensile :;tres.-;,
F,.
For mcmbcrs of T or 1 scctíon, [, · shall be substituted for b.
Thc allow;\blc tcnsilc stress for walls in Jlcxure \>. ¡¡J·:ouc
Whcre f,. as computed by Formula (707-37) excceds thc
tcnsile rcilifon:cment using portland cement and hydr<tlt:cl
allowablc shcar stress in rnasonry, F,., web reinforcement
lime, or usíng mo11ar ccment Type Mor S monar, sh:il! !!• ;\
shall be provided and designcd to carry thc total shcar
cxcecd thc valucs in Table 707-5.
force. Both vertical and horizontal shear stresscs shall be
consídercd.
Yalucs in Table 707-5 for tension normal lo hcad joints :n·e
for running bond; no tension is allowed across head
The arca requírcd for .shcar reinforccmcnt placcd
in stack bond masonry. Thcsc values shall not be m.c:d ; ,,,
perpendicular lo thc longitudinal reinforccmcnt ~hall be
horizontal flexura! mcmbcrs.
computcd by:
s\1 707.3.6 Allowablc Shcar Stn•ss in Flexura! Membcrs
A,.
F_,d Thc allowable shear stress Fv in flexura! mcmbers is:
(707 -38)
!·~. = 0.081}/',~, 345 kPa maximum
Wherc wcb reinforcemcnt is rcquircd, it shall be so spaced
that cvery 45-dcgrec línc cxtcnding from a point al d/2 of Exception:
thc beam to the longitudinal tcnsion bars shall be crossed by
al lcast onc linc of wcb rcinforcement. For a díswnce r4 1116'1' the clear .\'fHIII beyond the pi.'i:!f
it!flection. the maximum stress sha/1 be !38 kPa.
707.3 Design of Unreinforced Masonry
707.3.7 Allowablc Shcar Stn~ss in Shear Walls
707.3.1 General Thc allowable shcar stress Fv in shcar walls is as foliO\\':<
Thc requirements of this section govern masonry in whích
rcinforcement is not used to rcsist dcsign forces and are in 1. 1;;. = 0.025Jf:, 550 kPa maximum (707·44)
....
addition to thc requiremcnts oí Sections 706 and 707.!
2. Concrete units with Typc M or S mortar, F,. ::::23:i !:!\:
707.3.2 Allowable Axial Compressive Stress. maximurn.
The allowablc axial compressive stress f~ is: 3. Concrete units with Type N mortar, F,. = 160 kPa
maximum.
11
Fa = 0.25/' 111 (1- ( -·-) 2 ) for h 'Ir~ 99 (707-39) 4. The allowable shear stress in unrcinforccd rm.- <.)tJr''
!40r
m ay be increascd by 0.2 f,,,¡,
70, 2
Fa= 0.25/'111 (¡t) for h'/r > 99 (707-40)
707.3.8 Allowablc Bearing Stress
When a rnernber bcars on thc full arca of a "
707.3.3 Allowablc Flexura! Comprcssive Stress elcmcnt, thc allowablc bcaring stress f/1,. shall be:
Thc allowablc flexura! comprcssive stress F1, ís: F1, = 0.26.(',
Fb = 0.33/',, 14 MPa maximum (707-41)
When a mcmbcr bcars on one·third or lcss of a n•o: ,,, , ;
clcrncnt, thc allowablc bcaring stress F1, shall be:
707.3.4 Combined Compressivc Stresses, Unity
Formula ¡;¡,;;: 0.38/',
Elements subjected to combincd axial and flexura! strcsscs
shall be dcsigned in accordancc with acccpted principies of Formula (707-46) applies only when thc least <k.. ic ·:
mcchanics or in accordance with the Formula (707-42): bctween the cdges of thc loaded and unloadcd <H ,s a
rninimum of one fourth of-the parallel si de dimcnsion of thc
loadcd arca. The allowablc bearíng stress on a rc¡tsonably

Associalion of Structural Engineers of t11e Philippines


eonccntric arca grcatcr than onc third but lcss than thc full
arca shall be intcrpolatcd bctwccn thc valucs of Formulas
(707-4.'>) and (707-46).
707.3.9 Combincd Hcnding aiHI Axial Loads,
Comprcssivc Strcsscs
Compressivc stresscs duc to combincd bcnding and axial
loads slwl! satisfy thc rcquircmcnts of Scction 707.3.4.
707.3.10 Comprcssion in Walls and Columns
Strcsscs duc to comprcssivc forccs in walls and columns
shall be ca!culatcd in accordancc with Scction 707.2.5.
707.3.11 Flexura! Dcsign
Strcsscs duc lo flcxurc shall not cxcccd thc values givcn in
Sections 707.1.2, 707.3.3 and 707.3.5, whcrc:
Ji,= M,./1 (707-47)
707.3.12 Shcar in Flexura! Mcmbcrs and Shcar Walls
Shcar calculations for flexura! mernbcrs and shcar walls
shall be bascd on Formula (707-48).
J,. = V 1 A,. (707-48)
707.3.12 Corbcls
The slope of corbclling (anglc measured from thc horizontal
to the facc of thc corbellcd surface) or unreinforccd
masonry shall not be less than 60 degrccs.
The maximum horizontal projection of corbelling from thc
plane of the wall shall be such that allowable stresscs are
not cxccedcd.
707.3.13 St<'!ck Bond
Masonry units Iaid in stack bond shall have longitudinal
reinforcement of at least 0.00027 times the vertical cross-
sectional arca of thc wall placcd horizontally in the bed
joints or in bond beams spaced vertically not more than
1.20 m apart.
•,,' .•··
National Structural Code of t11e
CHAf'Tr:n 7 MasOili'Y 7 ?.?
s~wwrg~:-~q.§,í,,::·:?J,).h~:i,7,''\'•;íli.rt'r1~;("\'\\'•;:, i' ;\ )'''
STlffiNGTU I)ESlGN {!),Jj'\MA;SONRY
708.1 General
708.1.1 General Provisions
Thc dcsign of hollow·unít clay and concrete masonry
structurcs using strength d~sign <>hall comp!y with the
provisions of Section 706 and thís section.
Exception:
Two-wythe solid-rmil nwsomy may be used under Sectimrs
708.2.1 and 708.2.4.
708.1.2 Quality Assurancc Provisions
Special inspcction during construction shall be providcd as
sct fot1h in Scetion 1701.5, ltem 7 of UBC.
708.1.3 Required Strength
The requircd strcngth shall be dctermincd in accordancc
with the factored load combinations of Section 203.3.
708.1.4 Dcsign Strcngth
Dcsign strcngth is thc nominal strength, nwltiplicd by thc
strcngth-rcduction factor, $, as spccified in this scction.
Masonry mcmbcrs sha!l be prop011ioncd such that the
design strength excccds the rcquircd strength.
708.1.4.1 Beams, Picrs and Columns
708.1.4.1.1 Flcxurc
Flcxure with or without axial load, thc value of Ql shall be
dctcrmined from Formula (708-1 ):
(708- 1)
and
708.1.4.1.2 Shcar
Shcar: i(J =0.60
708.1.4.2 Wall Dcsign for Out-of·Planc Load
708.1.4.2.1 Walls with Factortd Axial Load of 0.04 !'m or
lcss
Flexure: !/! = 0.80.
708.1.4.2.2 Walls with Factorcd Axial Load Grcatcr
than 0.04f'm
Axial load and axial load with flcxure: ljl = 0.80. Shcar: ~ =
0.60.
Phi!ippin~s 611\ Edition Volume 1
 l ?13 CHAF'TF:n ! Mw:onry

708.1.4.3 Wall Design for in-J>lane Loads 708.1.5 And!Or Bolts

708.1.4.3.1 Axial Load 70S.l.S.I Rcquired Strength

Axial load and axial load with J'lexurc: Ql = 0 .65.
For walls with symmetrical rcinJ'orcemcnt in which ./,. does
not cxcccd 413 MPa, the valuc of <P may be incrcascd
linear! y to 0.85 as thc valuc of <P P, dccrcases from 0.1 Of',,
A,. or 0.25 P¡, to ?ero.
For solid groutcd walls, thc valuc of P¡, may be calculated
by Formula (708-2)
1\ = 0.85f', ba¡, (708-2)
whcre:
Thc. requircd strcngth of cmbcddcd anchor bolts sh<~ll be
dctermincd from fal'torcd loads as spccificd in Scctinn
70H.I .3.
708.1.5.2 Nwninal Anchor Bolt Strcngth
Thc nominai sircngth of anchor bolts times the strength-
rcduction factor shall cqual or cxcecd thc rcquircd strenglh.
Thc nominal tcnsilc capacity of anchor bolts sball be
detcrmincd from the lessl~r of Formula (708-5) or (708-6).
8 11, "' 0.084A 1, J/: (708-5)

a¡,= 0.85d {e.,.,, 1 le,,,+ (f.! L~)J} (708-3)

lJ111 = 0.4A1,f,. (708-6)

708.1.4.3.1 Shcar
Thc arca A11 shall be thc lesser of Formula (708-7) or
Shcar: <P =0.60. (708-8) and whcre thc projcctcd arcas of adjaccnt anchor
bolts ovcrlap, lhc valuc of A1, of cach anchor bolt shall he
Thc valuc of <P may be 0.80 for any shcar wall when its reduced by one half of thc ovcrlapping arca.
nominal shear strength exceeds the shcar corresponding to
development of its nominal f1exural strcngth for thc A11 =nh" (708-7)
factored-load combination.
A11 =n /¡,} (708-8)

708.1.4.4 Momcnt-Rcsisting Wall Framcs

The nominal shear capacity of anchor bolts shall be
determined from the lesscr of Formula (708-9) or (708-l 0).
708.1.4.4.1 Flcxurc With or Without Axial Load
Thc valuc of <P shal! be as dctcrmincd from formula (708- (708-9)
4 ); however, the value of <P shall not be less lhan 0.65 nor
greater than 0.85. B,.11 "" 25A1,f,. (708-10)

P,
rjJ ;;; O.85- 2 (--·-) (708-4) Wherc thc anchor bolt edge dislancc, !¡,,., in the clirection of
Auf'm load is less than 12 bolt cliameters, the value of 8,11 in ·
formula (808-9) shall be rcduced by linear interpolalion lo
708.1.4.4.2 Shcar zcro al an !ve distance of 38 mm. Whcre adjacent anchor
Shear: ijJ =0.80. bolts are spaced closer than &/¡,, the nominal shear stiength
of lhe adjaccnt anchors determine<! by Formula (708-9)
708.1.4.5 Anchor shall be reduced by linear intcrpolalion to 0.75 times the
nominal shear strength at a ccnter-lo-center spacing of four
Anchor bolts: $ = 0.80.
bolt diarnclers.
708. 1.4.6 Rcinforccmcnt
Anchor bolls subjcctcd to combincd shcar and tension .•,hall
he designcd in accordancc wilh Formula (708- l 1).
708.1.4.6.1 Dcvclopmcnt
Dcvelopment: ijJ =0.80. (708· ¡ 1)

708.1.4.6.2 Spliccs
Splíces: ijJ ""0.80. 708.1.5.2 Anchor Bolt Ptaccmcn!
Anchor bolls shall be placcd so as lo mcet !he f'dr,c
dislancc, embedment deplh and spacing rcquircmcn: _,f
Scctions 706:2.14.2, 706.2. l 4.3 and 706.2.14.4.

Associa!ion of Structural Engineers of t11e Phllippines


708.2 H.cinfórrcd Masonry
708.2.1 <rcncntl
708.2. 1.1 Seopc
Tite requircments of this scct ion are in addi ti on lo thc
rcquircmcnls of Sections 706 and 708.1 and govern
masonry in which reinforccmenl is uscd to rcsíst forccs.
708.2.1.2 Dcsign Assumptions . ;
Thc following assumpt íons appl y:
Masonry <:arríes no tcnsilc stress greater 1han the modul us
of rupture.
Rcinforccmcnt is completely surrounded by and bondcd to
masonry mate1ial so that they work toget hcr as a
homogeneous material.
Nominal strcngth of singly rcinforccd masonry wal l cross
sections for combincd tlexure and axi al load shall be based
on applicable conditions of equili bri um and compati bility
of' stmins. Strain in reinforcement and mason ry walls shall
be assumed to be directly proport ional to thc distancc from
thc neutral axis.
Maximum usable strain. e""" al the extreme masonry
compression fiber shall :
l. be 0.003 for the design of beams, piers, columns and
walls.
2. not cxceed 0 .003 for moment-resisting wall framcs,
unless lateral reínforccment as dcflned in Section
708.2.6.2.6 is utilized.
Strain in reinforcement and masonry shall be assumed to be
directly proportional to the distance from the neutral axis.
Stress in reinforcement below specified yield strength ¡:. for
grade of reinforcement used shall be taken as E~, times steel
strain. For strains greater than that corresponding lo ¡;.,
stress in reinforcement shall be considered independent of
strain and cqual to ¡;.
Tensilc strength of rnasonry walls shall be neglected in
tlexural calculation of strength, except when computi ng
requi rements for de11ection.
Relationship between masonry compressive stress and
masonry strain may be assumcd to be rectangul ar as de!ined
by the following:
Masonry stress of 0.85 !'m shall be assumed uniformly
distributed over an equi valen! compression zone bounded
by edgcs of the cross section and a straight Iine located
National Structural Codo of !110 Philippincs 6 h Edition Volume 1
CHAPTE fi i' !·.1aso"'Y i 2'!
parallcl to thc neutral axi s at a distancc a =O.ll5L· l'rom tht:
filler of' maximum compressivc strain. Distancc e from
fibt~r of maxim um strain 10 thc neut ral axis shall b.:
measurcd in a direction perpendicular 10 that axis.
708.2.2 Heinfon:emcnt Rcquiremcnts and Dctllils
708.2.2. 1 Maximum Rcinforccmcnt
Thc maximum sizc of rcinforcc mcnt shall be 28 mm. Thc
diamctcr nf' a bar shall not excccd one foun h thc !casi
dimcnsi\.ín of a ce!!. No more tha n two bars shall be placed
in a ccll of a wal! ora wall frame.
708.2.2.2 Placcmcnl
The placcment of reinforcemen t shnll comply with the
fo!lowing:
I n columns and picrs, thc clcar distance hetwcen vertical
reinforcing bars shall not be less {han onc and one-half'
times the nominal bar diameter. nor less tha n 40 mm.
708.2.2.3 Covcr
Al! reinforcing hars shall be complctely embedded in
monar or grout and shall have a cover of not less than 38
mm nor less than·2.5 d1,.
708.2.2.4 Standard Hooks
A standard hook shall be one of the following:
1. A 180-dcgrce turn plus an cxtension of at least fou r bar
diamete rs, but not lcss than 60 mm at the free end of
the bar.
2. A t 35-degree turn plus an ex tension of at Jeast six bar
diameters at the free end of the bar.
3. A 90-clegree turn plus an extension of at least 12 bar
diameters at the free end of the bar.
708.2.2.5 Mínimum Bcnd Diamcter for Reinforcing Bars
Diameter of bend measured on the inside of a bar other than
for stirrups and ti es in sizes 1O mm through 16 mm shall not
be lcss than the values in Table 707-4
Insicle diameter of bends for stirrups and tics shall not be
less than 4<1¡, fo r !6 mm bars and smaller. For bars larger
than 16 mm di ameter of bend shall be in accordance wi th
Table 707-4
708.2.2.6 Dcvclopmcnt
The calculated tension or compressi on reinforcemenl shall
be dcveloped in accordance with the following provisions:
The embcdment length of reinforcement shall be
detennined by Formula (708- 12).
1
 7-30 CHAI)TEH "! Masonry

1,, = Id,• 1 <P (708 - 12) 708.2.3.3 Balanccd Rcinforccmcnt Ratio for
Comprcssion Limit Statc.
whcrc:
Calculation of thc balanccd reinforccmcnt ratio, p,,. shall be
2
based on thc following assumptions:
1,, . = 1.8d¡, f.. ~ 'i2 i ¡,
--[!·-·= - - ( (708-13)
' Kf' l. The distrib ution of strain across the scction shall be
. "' assumcd to vary linearly from the maximum usable
K shall nol cxcecd Jd". strain, e,,,. at thc extreme comprcssion fíber of thc
elemcnt, to a yicld strain off/E., at the extreme tensio11 ..
fiber of thc elcment. ··
The rninimum cmbcdment lcngth of rcinforccment shall be
300 mm. 2. Compression forces shail be in equilibrium with the
sum of tcnsion forces in the reinforcemcnt and the
708.2.2. 7 Spliccs maximurn axial load associated with a loading
Rcinforccrnent spliccs shall comply with one of thc combination I.OD + 1.OL + ( 1.4E or 1.3 W).
foltowing: 3. The reinforccment shall be assumed to be uniformly
1. Thc mínimum lcngth of lap for bars shall be 300 mm distributed over the depth of the element and thc
or the length detcrmined by Formula (708-14). balanceo rcinforcement ratio shall be calculated as the.
arca of this reinforcement di vidcd by the net arca of thc
2. '" = 1,¡,. /f/1 (708- 14) element.
4. Al! longitudinal reinforcement shall be included in
Bars spliced by non-contact lap spliccs shall be spaced calculating thc balanccd reinforcement ratio except that
transverscly a distance not grcater than onc fífth thc the contribution of compression reinforcement to
rcquircd lcngth of lap or more than 200 mm.
resistancc of co mprcssive loads shall not be
2. A wcldcd splice shall havc thc bars butted and welded consídcrcd.
to develop in tension J 25 pcrcent of the yield strength
of the bar,J;.. 708.2.3.4 Requircd Strcngth
3. Mechanical splices shall have the bars connected to Except as required by Sections 708.2.3.6 through
develop in tension or compression, as rcquired, at least 708.2.3. 12, the required strength shall be determined in
125 percent of the yield strcngth of the bar,J;.. accordance with Section 708.1 .3.

708.2.3 Dcsign of Bcams, Pic1·s and Cohunns 708.2.3.5 Design Strcngth

Dcsign strength provided by beam, pier or column cross
708.2.3.1 General scctions in terms of axial force, shear and moment shall be
The requircmcnts of this section are for the design of computed as the nominal strength multiplied by the
masonry beams, piers and columns. applicablc strength-reduction factor. <!>. spccified in Scction
708.1.4.
The value of f',. shall not be less than 10 MPa. For
computational purposes, the value off',. shall not exceed 28 708.2.3.6 Nominal Strcngth
MPa.
708.2.3.6.1 Nominal Axial and Flexura! Strcngth
708.2.3.2 Dcsign Assumptions
The nomina l axial strength, P.,, and the nominal f1ex ur:.d
Member design forces shall be based on an analysis whi ch strength, M", of a cross' section shall be determinl:d in
considers the rclative stiffncss of structu ral rnembers. The accordancc wit h the design assumptions oí'
calculation of lateral stiffness shall include thc contribution Section 708.2.1.2 and 708.2.3.2.
of all beams, piers and columns.
Thc maximum nominal axial compressive strength shall be
The cffects of cracking on membcr stiffness shall be determincd in accordance with Formula (708- 15).
considered.
P., "' 0.80{ 0.85/',. (A e - A.,) + f,A,,) (708-l S)
The drift ratio of piers and columns shall satisfy the limits
specified in Chapter 2. 708.2.3.6.2 Nominal Shcar Strcngth
The nominal shear strength shall be
\1" = V,+ v_, (708- 16)

Associalion of Structural Engineers of lhe Philippines


where:
, 63C,¡A, rnaximum (708- 17)
and V, ::::: A,.p.J;. (708- 18)
708.2.3.6.2 Nominal Shcar Strcngth
Thc nominal shcar strcngth shall be:
l. Thc:" nominal shcar strcngth shall not cxcccd the valuc
givcn in Tablc 708- l.
2. Thc valuc of V., shall be assumcd to be zero within any
region subjectcd to nct tension factored loads.
3. The valuc of V, shall be assumed to be 170 kPa where
M,. is greater than 0.7 M,.. The required moment, M,.,
for seismic design for comparison with the 0.7 M.,
val ue of this scction shall be based on an R... of 3.
708.2.3.7 Reinforccment
l. Whcrc transvcrse reinforccmcnt is rcquircd, thc
maxirnum spacing shall not excccd one half the depth
of thc membcr nor 1200 mm.
2. Flexura! reinforcement shall be uniformly distributed
throughout the depth of the elcment.
3. Flexura! elements subjected to load revcrsals shall be
symmetrically reinforced.
4. The nominal moment strength at any section along a
member shall not be less than one fourth of the
maximum moment strength.
5. The flexura! reinforcement ratio, p, shall not exceed
0.5 PL>·
6. Lap splices shall comply with the provisions of Section
708.2.2.7.
7. Weldcd splices and mechanical splices which develop
at least 125 percent of the specified yield strength of a
bar may be used for splicing the rcinforcement. Not
more than two longitudinal bars shall be spliced at a
section. The distance betwecn splices of adjaccnt bars
shall be atleast 750 mm along the longitudinal axis.
8. Specified yielcl strength of rc.inforcement shall not
exceed 415 MPa. The aclllal yield strengt h based on
mili tests shall not exceed 1.25 times thc specificd
yicld strength.
708.2.3.8 Seisrnic Dcsign Provisions
The lateral scismic load resistance in any line or story leve!
shall be provided by shear walls or wall frames, or a
cornbination of shcar walls and wall frames. Shear walls
and wall frames shall provide at lcast 80 percent of the
lateral stiffness in any line or story leve!.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 " Edition Vol ume 1
CI ·!APTEf~ "1 · l\1asonry 7·31
Exceptíon:
Where seismic loads are determined based on Rw not
greater tiran tlzree and wlrere al/ joints satüfy the
provisíons of Section 708.2.6.2.9, tire piers may be used to
provide seismic load resistance.
708.2.3.9 Himcnsional Limit.c;
Dimensions shall be in accordance with the following:
J. Bcams
1.1 The nominal width of a beam shall not be lcss than 150
mm.
1.2 Thc clear distancc between locations of lateral bracing
of the compression side of thc beam shall not exceed
32 times the least width of the compression arca.
1.3 The nominal depth of a beam shall not be Jess than 200
mm.
2. l'icrs
2.1 The nominal width of a pier shallnot be Jess than 153
mm and shall not excced 400 mrn.
2.2 Thc distance betwccn lateral supports of a pier shall
not cxceed 30 times the nominal width of the piers
cxccpt as providcd for in Seclion 708.2.3.9, ltem 2.3.
2.3 When the distance between lateral supports of a pier
cxceeds 30 times the nominal width of the pier, the
provisions of Section 708.2.4 shall be used for design.
2.4 The nominal Jength of a pier shall not be less than three
times the nominal widtll of the pier. The nominal
length of a pier shall not be greater than six times the
nominal width of the pier. The clear height of a pier
shall not exceed five times the nominal Jength of the
pier.
Exception:
The length of a pier may be equal to the wídrh of the pier
when the axial force at the location of maximum moment i.r
less than 0.04 f m A8 .
3. Columns
3.1 The nominal width of a column shall not be Jess !han
300 mm.
3.2 The di ~tance bctwccn lateral supports ol' a col umn shall
not exceed 30 times the nominal width of the column.
3.3 The nominal length of a column shall not be less than
300 mm and not greater than three times the nominal
width of the column.
1
 l-32 CHAI)TEii 7 · Masonry
708.2.3.1 O Bcmns
708.2.3. 10.1 Seope
Mcmbcrs dcsig11cd primarily lO rcsist flcxurc shall comply
with thc rcquircmclllS of this section. Thc factored axial
compressive force 011 a bcam shall 1101 cxcccd 0.0) A,f'm·
708.2.3.10.2 Longitudinal Reinforccmcnt
l. The variation in the longitudinal rcinforcing bars shall
not be grcater !han one bar sizc. Not more !Í;an two bar
sizes shall be used in a beam.
2. Thc nominal flexura! strength of a beam shall 11ot be
less than 1.3 times the nominal cracking momenl
strength of the beam. Thc modulus of rupturc, /,. for
this calculation shall be assumed to be 1.6 MPa.
708.2.3.10.3 Transvcrsc Rcinforccmcnt
Transversc reinfnrccment shall be provided whcrc V.,
excccds V"'. Required shcar, V,, shall includc thc cffccts of
thc drift. Thc value of V, shall be bascd on Llu. Whcn
transverse shcar reinforcement is required, the following
provisions shall apply:
l. Shear reinforcement shall be a single bar wilh 180-
dcgrec hook al each e11d.
2. Shear reinforcement shall be hookcd around thc
longitudinal reinforceme11t.
3. The min. transverse shear reinforccment ratio shall be
0.0007.
4. Tllc first transvcrse bar shall nol be more than onc.
fourth of the bcam depth from tbe cnd of the beam.
708.2.3.10.4 Cow;truction
Beams sball be salid grouted.
708.2.3.1ll)icrs
708.2.3.11.1 Scopc
Píers proportioned to resist flcxure and shear in conjunction
with axial load shall comply with the requirements of this
section. The factored axial cornprcssio11 011 thc piers shall
110t excced 0.3 AJ'm·
708.2.3.11.2 Longitudinal Rcinforccment
A pier subjected to i11-plane stress reversals shall be
longitudinally reinforccd symmctrically 011 both sidcs of the
neutral axis of thc picr.
1. One bar shall be provided in the end cells.
2. The mínimum longitudinal reinforcemcnl ratio shall be
0.0007.
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
708.2.3.1 1.3 Transvcrsc Hcinforccmcnt
Transvc.rsc rcinfon.:crncnl shall be provided wherc V,.
cxcccds V111 • Requircd shear, V11 , shall includc the cffects of
drift. The valuc of V, shall be bascd on LlM. W hcn
transversc shcar reinforcemenl is required, the following
provisions shall apply:
l. Shear reinforcemcnt shall be hooked around the
extreme longitudinal bars with · a 180-degree hook.
Alternatively, at wall intersections, transverse
reinforcement with a 90-degrec standard hook around a
vertical bar in the intersecting wall shall be pcrmitted.
2. Thc mínimum transversc reinforcement ratio shall be
0.0015.
708.2.3.12 Columns
708.2.3.12.1 Scopc
Columns shall comply with thc requirements of this sectíon.
708.2.3.12.2 Longitudinal Rcinforccmcnt
Longitudinal reinforcement shall be.a mínimum of four
bars, one in each comer of the column.
J. Maximum reinforcement arca shall be 0.03 Ac.
2. Mínimum reinforcement arca shall be 0.005 Ae.
708.2.3.12.3. Lateral Tics
l. Lateral ties shall be provided in accordance wiíli
Section 706.3.6.
2. Mínimum lateral reinforcement arca shall be 0.0018 A8 .
708.2.3.12.4 Construction
Columns shall be salid grouted.
708.2.4 Wall Dcsign for Out-of-l'lane Loads
708.2.4.1 General
The requircments of this section are for the design of W<~: is
for out-of-plane loads.
708.2.4.2 Maximum Rcinforcemenl
The reinforcement ratio shall not cxceed 0.5 p¡,.
708.2.4.3 Momcnt ami Dctlcctiou Calculations
All moment and deflection calculations in Section 7i;:U ,.4
are based on simple supporl conditions top and ¡,, .. ' '1111.
Other suppo11 and fixity conditions, moments ::nd
deflcctions shall be calculatcd using established principies
of mechanics.
 CHAPTEH l · Masonry 7·33

708.2.4.4 Walls with Axial Load of 0.04 f' m or Thc nominal shcar strength shall be dctcrmincd by Formula
lcss (!W8-2ó).
Thc proccdurcs sct fort h in thís scction, whích considcr thc
slcndcrncss of walls by rcprcscnting cfTccts of axial forccs (708-26)
and dcOcction in calculation of rnoments, shall be uscd
when the vertical load stress at the location of rnaximurn
moment does not excccd 0.04 /'.., as cornputed by Formula 708.2.4.6 Dcflcction Dcsign
(708-19). Thc valuc off'.., shall not cxcecd 40 MPa. Thc mid-hcight dctlcction, 6,, undcr scrvice lateral and
vertical loads (without load faclors) shall be limitcd by thc
P,.. + P1
relation:
AK - - -< o.04 I ·
----- 111
(7<i8-19)
Ós = 0 .007 h (708-27)

Walls shall ha ve a mínimum thickncss of !50 mm. P6 effccts shall be included in dcflection calculation. The
midheight deflcction shall be cornputcd with thc following
Rcquired momcnt ami axial force shall be dctennincd at thc formul a:
mid-hcight of the wall and shall be uscd for dcsign. Thc
factorcd moment, M., al thc mid-hcíght of the wall shall be 2
determined by For111ula (708-20). 6
j
= ~"!}· 1' -
48F 1
for M <M
su- a
(708-28)
""'m g
2
12
M 11 - - - + 1 ,( -+ 1 Ll
_ w,.h ~ e ) A 2
L\ = 5Mcrh +5(Mscr-Mc,.)l
(708-20)
8 "' 2 lt u
S 48EIIII ¡: 48E,l,.,.
whcrc:
for M,.,. < M.w< M., (708-29)
.1,::: dellcction at mid-hcighl of wall duc lo factored loads
Thc cracking moment strcngth of thc wall shall be
P, = P,,.. + P,¡ (708'-2 1) detcnnined from thc formula:
The design strcngth for out-of-plane wall loading shall be (708-30)
determined by Formula (708-22).
The modulus of rupturc,J,, shall be as follows:
(708-22)
where: l. For fui! y grouted holl ow-unit masonry,
Mn ==A,.¡;. (d- a/2) (708-23) .f,. = 0.33~ , 1.6 MPa maximurn (708-31)

Au =(AJ;. + Pu)f,., effcctive arca of slecl (708-24)

2. ror partially grouted hollow-unit masonry,
a =( P,+ A,{¡.) 10.85 f'.., IJ, depth of stress block due to
.f,. = 0.2!Jf', , 0.86 MPa maximum (708-32)
factored loads (708-25)

3. For two-wythe brick masonry,

708.2.4.5 Wall with Axial Load Grcatcr than 0.04/'m
The procedurcs set forth in this section shall be used for the /,. = 0.166/7': , 0,86 kPa maximum (708-
design of masonry walls when the vertical load strcsses al 33)
the location of maximum momcnt excced 0.04/', but are
less than 0.2/', and thc s lenderness ratio h 'lt docs not
708.2.5 Wall Dcsign for lu-Planc Loads
excccd 30.
708.2.5.1 General
Dcsign strcngth providcd by the wall cross secti on in tenns
of axial force, shcar and moment shall be computcd as thc Thc rcquircments of tbis scction are for thc dcsign of walls
nominal strcng th rnultiplicd by the appl icablc strcngth- !'or in-planc loads.
reduction factor, <!>. spccificd in Scction 708. 1.4. Walls
shall bc .propo1i ioned such that thc design strength excceds The value of f'.., shall not be less than 1O MPa nor grcatcr
the requircd strength. than 28 MPa.

National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 1¡, Edil ion Volume 1

 7 <34 CHAP"f EH 1 · Masonry
708.2.5.2 Rclnforcernent
Reinforccmcnt shall be in accordance with thc following:
l. Minimurn rcinforccmcnt shall be providcd in
accordancc with Scction 706.1.!2.4, ltcm 2.3, for all
scisrnic arcas using this mcthod of analysis.
2. Whcn thc shear wall failure modc is in flexurc, thc
nominal flexura! strcngth of the shear wall shall be at
Jcast 1.8 times thc cracking momcnt strcngth of a fui! y
groutcd wall or 3.0 times thc cracking rnomcnt strcngth
of a partially grouted wall from Formula (708-30).
3. The amount of vcnical rcinforccmcnt shall not be less
than one half thc horizontal reinforcernent.
4. Spacing of horizontal rcinforcement within the region
defined in Section 708.2.5.5, ltcrn 3, shaJJ not cxcecd
thrce times the nominal wall thickness nor 600 mm.
708.2.5.3 Dcsign Strcngth
Design strcngth providcd by the shear wa!l cross scctíon in
tcrms of axial force, shear and momelll shall be cornputcd
as the nominal strcngth multíplicd by thc applicablc
strcngth-rcduction factor,~. specificd in Scction 708.1 .4.3.
708.2.5.4 Axial Strcngth
The nominal axial strength of the shcar wall supportíng
axialloads on!y shal! be calculatcd by Formula (708-34).
P.,= 0.85 f',. (A<·- A,.)+ J;. A, (708-34)
Axial design strcngth provided by the shcar wall cross
sectíon shall satísfy Formula (708-35).
P., :5 0.80 ~ P, (708-35)
708.2.5.5 Shcar Strcngth
Shear strength sha!l be as follows:
J. The nominal shear strength shall be determincd using
cither ltcm 2 or 3 below. Maximum nominal shear
strength values are detemlined from Table 708-1.
2. The nominal shear strength of the shear wa!l shal! be
detennined from Formula (708-36), except as provided
in Item 3 below
V,.::: V"' + 11, (708-36)
whcre:
VIII ::::0.083C,¡A,,. ¡¡:· (708-37)
and
(708-38)
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippínes
3. For a shear wall wlwse nominal shear strcngth cxceeds
thc shcar corrcsponding to dcvelopmcnt or its nornirwl
tlcxural strcngth, two shcaucgions cxist.
r:or al! cross scctions wíthin thc region dcfincd by the base
of thc shcar wall and a planc at a distancc L .. abovc the base
of thc shcar wall, thc nominal shear strcngth shall be
dctcrmincd from Formula (708-39).
V,. ::: A"''' p,f,. (708-39;
Thc rcquírcd shcar slrcngth for this rcgion shall be
calculatcd at a dístancc L,./2 abovc thc base of thc shcar
wall, but not to exceed one half story hcíght.
For the other rcgíon, the nominal shear strength of the shear
wall shall be detcrmincd from Formula (708-36).
708.2.5.6 Boundary Mcmbcrs
Boundary membcrs shall be as fo!lows:
l. Boundary mcmbers shall be providcd at thc boundarics
of shear walls when thc comprcssivc strains in the wall
cxceed 0.00 !5. The strain shall be detennined using
factorcd forces and R,. equal to 1.5.
2. Thc mínimum length of the boundary member shall be
thrce times thc thickncss of thc wall, but shall includc.
al! arcas wherc the compressive strain per Section
2108.2.6.2.7 is greatcrthan 0.0015.
3. Lateral rcinforccmcnt shall be provided for thc
boundary clcments. The lateral reinforcement shall be
a mínimum of JO mm díamctcr at a maximum of 200
mm spacing wíthín the grouted core or equivalen!
confinement which can dcvelop an ultímatc.
compressivc masonry straín of atlcast 0.006.
708.2.6 Dcsign of Moment-Rcsisting Wall Framcs
708.2.6.1 General Requircmcnts
708.2.6.1.1 Scopc
Thc requirements of this section are for the dcsign of fully
grouted momcnt -resistí ng wall framcs constructcd (,r
reinforced opcn-cnd hollow-unit concrete or hollow·tini:
el ay masonry.

708.2.6.1.2 Dimensional Limils
Dimcnsions shall be in accordancc with thc fo llowin¡;:
708.2.6.1.2.1 Bcams
Clcar span for th<: bcam shall not be lcss than two times its
<lcpth.
Thc nominal dcpth of íhc bcam shall uot be lcss than two
units or 400 mm, whichcvcr is grcatcr. Thc nominal bcam
dcpth lo no mi na! bcam width ratio shall not cxcced 6.
Thc nominal width of thc bcam shall be thc grcatcr of 2lXl
mm or 1/26 of thc clcar span bctwccn picr faces.
708.2.6.1.2.2 l'icrs
Thc nominal dcpth of picrs shall not excccd 2.4 m. Nominal
dcpth shall no\ be lcss than two full units or 8(X) mm,
whichevcr is greatcr.
The nominal width of picrs shall not be lcss than thc
nominal width of the beam, nor lcss than 200 mm or lll4 of
the clear hcight between beam faces, whichcvcr is grcatcr.
The clcar height-to-dcpth ratio of picr shall not cxcecd 5.
708.2.6.1.2.3 Analysis
Membcr dcsign forccs shall be thc bascd on an analysis
which considcrs the rclativc stiffncss of picr and beam
mcmbcr, including the stiffening inf1uencc of joints.
Thc calculation or beam momenl capacity f'or the
detcnnination of picr design shall includc any contribution
of Ooor slab rcinforcement.
Thc out-of-plane drift ratio of al! piers shall satisfy thc dri ft
ratio limits specilied in Section 2-47.
708.2.6.2 Dcsign Proccdurc
708.2.6.2.1 Required Strcngth
Except as required by thc Sections 708.2.6. 7 and
708.2.6.2.8, the rcquired strength shall be determincd in
accordance with Section 708. 1.3
708.2.6.2.2 Dcsign Strcngth
Design strcngth providcd by framc mcrnbcr cross scctions
in tcrms of axial force, shear and momcm sllall be
computed as the nominal strcngth multiplicd by thc
applicable strcngth-rcduction factor. <P, spccified in Section
708.1.4.4
Mcmbers shall be propot1ioned such that the design
strength exceeds the requircd strength.
National Structural Code of the Philippines
CHAPTEn l · Masonry 7 3!)
708.2.6.2.3 Dcsign Assumption for Nominal Strength
Thc nominal strcngth ol' mcmbcr cross scctions shall be
bascd on assumptions prcscribcd in Scction 708.2. 1.2.
Thc valuc off',., shall not be lcss than lO MPa or grcatcr
than 28 MPa.
708.2.6.2.4 Rcinforccmcnt
Thc nominal moment strcngth al any scction along a
membcr shall not be lcss than one fourth of the highcr
moment strength providcd at thc two cnds of thc mcmbcr.
Lap spliccs shall be as dcfincd in Scction 708.2.2.7. Thc
ccnter of thc lap splicc shall be thc center of thc memher
clcar Jcngth.
Wclded splices and mcchanical connection conforming 10
Scction 412. 14.3. llcm l through 4 of Ul3C, may be used
for splicing the reinforcement at any scction providcd not
more than altcrnatc longitudinal hars are spliccd at section,
and thc distancc bctwccn spliccs of alternatc bars is at least
600 mm along the longitudinal axis.
Reinforcemcnt shall not havc a spccif!cd yicld strength
greatcr than 415 MPa. Thc actual yicld strcngth based on
mil! tests shall not exceed the specificd yield strength times
1.3.
708.2.6.2.5 Flexura! Members (Bcam)
Requirements of this section apply to beams proportioncd
primarily w rcsist f1cxurc as follows.
The axial comprcssi ve force on bcams duc to factorcd loads
shall not excccd O. JO A,J', .
l. Longitudinal Reinforccmcnt
At any scction of a beam, cach masonry unit through thc
beam depth shall contain longitudinal reinforcement.
The vanat1on in thc longitudinal reinforccment area
between units at any scction shall not be grcatcr than 50
percent, cxcept multiple diam. !2 bars shall not be greatcr
than l 00 pcrccnt of the mínimum arca of longi tudinal
rcinforcemcnt contained by any onc unit, except where
spliccs occur.
Mínimum rcinforccmcnt ratio calculatcd ovcr the gross
cross scction shall be 0.002.
Maximum reinforcement ratio calculatcd over the gross
cross secti on shall be 0.15 f, 1/¡..
6th Edition Volume 1
 /·:36 CHAPTEF! "1 • Masonry
2. Transvcrsc Ucinforcenwnt
Transvcrsc rcinfor<:cmcnt shall be hooked around top and
hotlom longitudinal bars with a standard 180-dcgrce hook,
as dctincd in Sc<:tion 708.2:2.4, and shall be si ngle picccs.
Within an end rcgion cxtcnding onc bearn dcpth from picr
faces and at any rcgion at whi<:h beam flexural yielding
may o<:<:ur during scismi<: or wind loa d in.<~. maximum
spacing of transvcrsc reinforccmcnt shall no;· excecd onc
fmu1h thc nominal dcpth of thc bc<;m :
Thc maximum spacing of transvcrse rcinforcemcnt shallnot
cxcccd onc half the nominal dcpth of the bcam.
Mínimum reinforccmcnt ratio shall be 0.0015
Thc first transverse bar shall not be more than 100 mm
frorn the face of the picr.
708.2.6.2.6 Members Subjccted to Axial Force and
Flcxurc
Thc requircmcnts set forth in this subsection apply to picrs
proportioned to rcsist flcxurc in conjunction with axial
loads.
l. Longitudinal Reinforcemcnt
A mínimum of four longitudinal bars shall be provided at
all sections of cvcry picr.
Flexura! reinforcemcnt shall be distributed across the
member depth. Variation in reinforccmcnt area betwcen
rcinforccd cclls shall not cxcced 50 perccnt.
Mínimum rcinforcernenl ratio ca1culatcd over thc gross
cross scclion shall be 0.002
Maximum reinforccmcnt ratio calculated ovcr thc gross
cross section shall be 0. 15 f'm 1 ¡,.
Maximum bar diameter shall be one cight nominal width of
thc pier.
2. Transvcrse Reinforccmcnt
T ransvcrse rcinforccment shall be hookcd around thc
extreme longitudinal bars with standard 180-degrec hook as
dcfincd in Section 708.2.2.4.
Within an end rcgion extcnding one picr dcplh from the end
of thc bcam, and at any rcgion at which flexura! yielding
may occur during scismic or wind loading, lhc maximurn
spacing of trans verse rcinforcemcnt shall not excccd onc
founh the nominal dcpth of the pier.
Thc maximum spacing of transverse rcinforccment shall not
excced one hal f lhc nominal depth of the pier.
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
Thc minirnurn transvcrsc rcinforccmcrH ratio shall be
(){)() 1.')
3. Lateral Rcinforccmcnt
Lateral rcinforccmcnt shall be providcd to confi ne thc
groutcd corc whcn comprcssivc slrains due lo axial and
bcnding forccs cxcccd 0.0015, corrcsponding lo faclored
forccs with Rw equal to 1.5. Thc uncon1ined porlion of thc
cross scction wilh slrai n cxcceding O.(X) 15 shall be
ncglccted in cornpu ting lhc nominal strcngth ofthe scction.
Thc total cross-sectional arca of rectangular tic
rcinforccmcnt for thc confincd core shallnot be less than:
(708-40) .
Altcrnati vely, equi valen! confíncmenl which can dcve1op
an ultimatc com prcssive strain of at lcast 0.006 may be
substitutcd for rectangular tic rci nforcemcnt.
708.2.6.2.7 Picr Dcsign Forccs
Picr nominal momcnt strength shall not be lcss than 1.6
times thc picr momcnl corrcsponding to the dcvelopmcnt of
the beam plaslic hingcs, except at thc foundation leve!.
Picr axial load bascd on thc devclopment of bcam plastic
hinges in accordance with thc paragraph abovc and
including factorcd dead ru1d li vc loads shall not excecd 0.15
Anf'm·
Thc drift ratio of picrs shall satisfy thc limits spccificd in
Chaptcr 2.
Thc cffccts of cracking on mcmbcr stiffncss shall be
considcrcd.
Thc base plastic hingc of the picr must form immediatcly
adjaccnt to the leve! of lateral support provided at thc base
or foundation.
708.2.6.2.8 Shcar Dcsign.
l. General
Beam and pier nominal shear strength shall not be less than
1.4 times the shears corrcsponding to thc development of
thc flexura! yielding.
It shall be assumed in thc calcul at ion of mcmbcr shcar force
that moments of opposite sign act al thc joint faces and that
the mcrnbcr is loaded with thc tributary gravity load along
ils span.
2. Vertical Mcmbcr Shcar Strcngth
The nominal shcar strcngth shall be determined from
Formula (708-41).
 CHAPTER l · Masonry 7-37

(iOH-4 1) Pier longitudinal rcinforccmcnt tcrminating in a bcam shall

wherc:
and
V,. "' A..,,. p,.f;.
Thc valuc of V, sha!l be zcro within an cnd region
cxtcnding onc picr dcpth from bcam faces and at any rcgion
whcrc picr ncxural yiclding may occur during scismic
loading, and al picrs subjcctcd to nct tcnsion factorcd loads.
Thc nominal picr shear strcngth, v•. shall not excccd thc
value dctcrmined fn>m Tablc 708-1.
3. Dcam Shcar Strcngth
The nominal shcar strength shall be dctcrmincd from
Formula (708 -44).
be extended to thc fm· facc of thc beam and anchorcd by a
standard 90 or 180 dcgrcc hook, as dcfincd in Scclion
(708-42} 708.2.2.4. bent back to the beam.
2. Transvcrsc Rcinforccmcnt
(708-43) Spccial horizontal joint shcar rcinforccmcnt crossing a
potcntial comer to comer diagonal joint shear crack, and
anchorcd by st(\ndard hooks, as dcfincd in Scction
708.2.2.4, around thc extreme pier rcinforcing bars shall be
providcd such that
A¡11 = 0.5 V¡11 1 ¡;. (708-48)
Ycnical shcar forccs may be considercd to be carried by a
combination of masonry shear resisting mcchanisms and
truss rncchanism involving intermediatc picr reinforcing
bars.

V, "' 0.0 1A,..,.ff,,~ (708-44)

Thc valuc of 1'111 shall be zero within an end rcgion

3. Shcar Strcngth
cxtcnding onc beam depth from picr faces and to any rcgion Thc nominal horizontal shcar strcngth of thc joint shall not
al which bcam flcxure yiclding may occur during scismic excccd:
loading.

The nominal bcam shcar strcngth, \1,., shall be dctcrmined

from Formula (708-45).

V" $0.33A11 ,.,.Ji: (708-45)

708.2.6.2.9 Joints

l. General Rcquircmcnts
Whcre rcinforcing bars cxtend through a JOllH, thc joint
dimensions shall be proportioned such that
hp > 57827 c1/Jb 1r~ (708-46)
and
(708-47)

The grout strenglh shall not cxcecd 35 MPa for the

purposes of Formula (708-46) and (708-47).

Joint shcar forces shall be calculated on thc assumption that

thc stress in all flexura! tension reinforccmcnt of the bcams
atthat picr faces is 1.4 .f;. .

Strength of joint shall be govcrncd by thc appropriatc

strength reduction factors spccified in Section 708. 1.4.4.

ncam longitudinal reinforccrnenl lcnninating in a pier shall

be extended to thc fa.r face of the pier and anchorcd by a
standard 90 or 180 degree hook, as defincd in Scction
708.2.2.4, bent back to the bcam.

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volu me 1
 l<lB CH/\PTEH 7 Masonry
709.1 Scopc
The seis mi e dcsign rcquircments of this section apply to thc
dcsign of masonry and thc construction of masonry building
elcments, exccpt glass unit masonry, for all seismic
performance catcgories as defined in ASCE 7.
709.2 General
Masonry structures and masonry clements sha!J cornply
with the requirements of Sections 709.3 through 709.7
based on Seismic Performance Categories A, B, C. D or E
as defined on ASCE 7. In addition, masonry structurcs and
masonry elements shall comply with either thc
requirements of Seclion 706 or thc requircments of Scction
709.2.1
709.2.1 Strcngth Rcquircmcnt
For masonry structures that are not dcsigned in accordancc
with Section 706, the provisions of this scction shall apply.
The design strength of masonry structures and masonry
elements shall be at least equal to the required strength
dctermined in accordance with this section, except for
masonry structures and masonry elements in Scismic
Performance Catcgory A designcd in accordance with the
provisions of Section 7! O.
709.2.1.1 Rcquired Strength
Required strength, U, to resist the scismic forces in such
combinations with gravity and othcr loads, including load
factors, sball be as required in thc cat1hquake loads section
of ASCE 7, except that nonbearing masonry walls shall be
designed for thc seismic force applicd perpendicuhu· to thc
plane of thc wall and uniformly distributed over the wall
area in lieu of the provisions of ASCE 7 Section 9.8. J. l.
709.2.1.2 Nominal Strength
The nominal strcngth of masonry shall be taken as 2.5 times
the allowable stress valuc. Tbe allowable stress values shall
be determined in accordance wilh Section 707.2 or Sectíon
707.3 and are permitted to be incrcased by one-third (113)
for load combinations including earthquakc.
Association of Structural Engineers of the r>hilippines
709.2.1.3 Dcsign Strcngth
Thc dcsign strength of masonry provided by a mcmber, its
conncctions to othcr mcmbcrs and its cross scctions ¡ 11
terms of f"lcxurc. axial load, and shcar shall be takcn (lS th e
nominal strcngth multiplicd by a strcngth rcduction factor.
0. .
(a) Axial load and f)exurc "scept for llexural 0= 0.80
tension in unreinf0rced masonry
(b) Flexura! tension in unreinforced masonry 0 = 0.4()
(e) Shear 0 =0.60
(d) Shear and tension in anchor bolts embcddcd
in masonry
0 =: 0.60
709.2.1.4 Drift Limits
The calculatcd storcy <lrift of masonry structures dueto the
combinlllion of seismic forces and gravity loads shall nut
exceed 0.(XJ7 times the storey heighl.
709.3 Seismic Performance Category A
Structures in Seismic Performance Category A sh;;ll
comply with the requirements of Sections 707, 708 awl
710.
709.3.1 Anchorage of Masonry Walls
Masonry wal!s shall be anchored to the roof and al! floors
that providc lateral support for thc wall. The anchorag.c
shall providc a direct conncction bctween the walls and the
Ooor or roof construction. The connections shall be capablc
of resisting the greater of a seismic lateral force induced by
the wall or 14590 times th"e effective peak velocity· related
accelcration, N/ m of wall.
709.4 Seismic Pciformancc Catcgory B
Structures in Scismic Performance Category B shall comply
with the requirements of Seismic Performance Category A
and lo the additional requirements of this section. Thc
lateral force resisting system shall be designcd to comply
with the requirements of Sections 707 and 708.
709.5 Seismic Performance Category C
Structures in Scismic Performance Category C shall comp>;
with the rcquircments of Seismic Perf{mnance Category Jl
and lo the additional requirements ofthis scction.

709.5.1 Dcsign of Elcments that are Not Part of Lateral
Forcc-Rcsisting Systcm
709.5.1.1 Load Bearing Frames
Load bcaring framcs or columns that are not part of thc
lateral force rcsisting system shall be analyzed as to their
cfTect on the response of the system. Such frames or
columns shall be aclequate for, vertical load carrying
capacity and inducccl moment due' io Ú1e tiesign story drift.
709.5.1.2 Masonry Walls and Elcrnents
Masonry partition walls, masonry screen walls and othcr
masonry elcments that are not designed to resist vertical or
lateral loads, other than those induced by their own mass,
shall be isolated from the structure so that vertical and
lateral forces are not impartecl to these elements. Isolation
joints and connectórs between these elements and tbe
structure shall be designed to accommodate the clesign story
drift.
709.5.1.3 Reinfon:ement Rcquircmenls for Masonry
Elcments
Masonry clc111ents listcd in Scction 709.5.1.2 shall be
rcinforced in either the horizontal or vertical direction in
accorclance with the followíng:
709.5.1.3.1 Horizontal Reinforcement
Horizontal joint reinforcement shall consist of at least two
longitudinal Wl.7 wires spaced not more than 400 mm for
walls greater than 100 mm in width and at Jeast one
longitudinal WJ .7 wire spaced not more 400 mm for wa!ls
not exceeding lOO mm in width; or at Jeast one 12 mm
diameter bar spaced not more than l.2 m. Where two
longitudinal wires ofjoint rcinforcement are usecl, thc space
between these wires shall be the widest that the mot1ar joint
will accommodatc. Horizontal reinforcemcnt shall be
provided within 400mm of the top and bo!tom of thesc
masonry elements.
709.5.1.3.2 Vertical Reinforcemen't
Vertical reinforcement shall consist of at least one 12 mm
diamctcr bar spaced not more than 1.2 m. Vertical
rcinforcement shall be located within 400 mm of the ends
of masonry walls.
709.5.2 Dcsign of Elcments that. are Part of thc Later·al
Force - Resisting System
709.5.2.1 Conncctions to Masonry Shear Walls
Connectors shall be provided to transfer forces between
masonry walls and horizontal elcments in accordance with
the requirements of Section 706. Connectors shall be
designed to transfer horizontal design forces acting either
National Structural Code of the Philippines 61h Editíon Volume í
CHAPTE.n l · Masonry l·3<J
perpendicular or parallcl to the wall, but not less than 2.9
kN/m of wall. Thc maximum spacing bctween conncctors
shall be 1.2 111.
709.5.2.2 Conncctions to Masonry Colurnns
Conncctors shall be provided to transfcr forccs bctwccn
masonry columns and horizontal clemcnts in accordance
with thc rcquircmcnts of Section 706. Wherc anchor bolls
are uscd to connect horízontal elements to thc tops of
columns, anchor bohs sball be placcd within lateral ties.
Lateral tics shall enclose both the venical bars in thc
column and the anchor bolts. There shall be a minimum of
two 12 mm diamctcr lateral ties providcd in tbe top !25 mm
of the column. ·
709.5.2.3 Mínimum Reinforcement Requirements for
Masonry Shear Walls
Ver!ical rcinforccmcnt of at leas! !29 111111~ in cross-
sectional arca shall be provided at comers, within 400 mm
of each siclc of openings, within 200 mm of each sidc of
movcment joints, witbin 200 mm of thc ends of walls, and
at a maximum spacing of 3.0 m.
Horizontal joint rcinforcemcnt shall consist of at lcast two
W 1.7 wires spaced not more than 400 mm; or bond beam
reinforccmcnt shall be provided of at lcast J29 rnm 2 in
cross-sectional area spaced not more than 3.0 m. Horizontal
reinforcemcnt shall also be provicled at the bottom and top
of wall openings and shall extend not less than 600 111111 nor
Jess than 40 bar diarneters past the opening; continuously at
structurally connected roof and floor levels; and within 400
mm of thy top of walls.
709.6 Seismic Performance Category D
Structures in Seismic Performance Category D shall
cornply with the requirements of Seisrnic Performance
Category e and lO the additional requirements of this
section.
709.6.1 Desígn Rcquirements
Masonry elements other than those covered by Section
709.5.1.2 sh<lll be designed in accordance with the
requirements of Sections 707.2 and 708.2.
709.6.2 Minimum Rcinforcemcnt Rcquirements for
Masonry Walls
Masonry walls othcr than thosc covcred by Section
709.5.!.3 shall be reinforced in both thc vertical and
horizontal direction. The sum of the cross-sectíonal arca of
horizontal and vertical reinforcement shall be at least 0.002
times the gross cross-sectional arca of the wall, and thc
minirnum cross-sectional arca in each direction shall be not
lcss than 0.0007 times the gross cross-sectional arca of the
wall. Reinforcement shall be uniformly distributed. The
 t ·tlO C HAPI EH 1 Muson ry
maximum spaci ng of rcinl<>rccmcnt shall he 1.2 m proviúed
that thc walls are solid grouted and constructcd or hollow
open-cnd units, hollow units laid with full hcad joint s or
two wythcs of solid u11its. Thc ma ximum spacing of
rcinforccmcnt shall be 600 mm for all other masonry.
709.6.2.1 Shcar Wnll Hcinforccmcnt Ucquircmcnts
Thc maximum spadng of vertical and horizontal
reinforccmcnt shall qc thc snw.llcr of; one-third thc length
of the shcar wall, <¡n'é-third thc height of thc shcar wall, 1.2
m. · The mínimum cross-sectional arca of vertical
rcinforccment shall be onc-third of the requircd shear
rcinforcemenr. Shear reinforcemcnt shall be anchored
around vertical rcinforci11g bars with a standard hook.
709.6.3 Minimum Rcinforccmcnt for Masonry Columns
Lateral tics in masonry col umn s shall be spaced not moá~
than 200 mm on eenter and shall be at least 1O mm
diametcr. Lateralties shall be embcddcd in grout.
709.6.4 Material Rcquiremcnts
Neithcr Type N mortar nor masonry ccmcrll shall be used as
pnn of thc lateral force rcsisting systcm.
709.6.5 Latcml Tic Anchorage
Standard hooks for lateral tic anchoragc shall be eithcr a
135 dcgree standard hook or a 180 dcgrcc standard hook.
709.7 Seismic Performance Category E
Structures in Seismic Pe1formancc Catcgory E shall comply
with the requi rerncnts of Scismic Performance Category D
and to the additional requirerncnts of this scction.
709.7.1 Dcsign of Elemcnts that Me Not Part of Lateral
Force Resis ting Systcm
Stack bond masonry that is not part of thc lateral force-
resisting systern shall have a horizontal cross sectional arca
of reinforccmcnt of at least 0.0015 times the gross cross-
sectional arca of masonry. The maximum spacing of
horizontal reinforcement shall be 600 mm. These elements
shall be solidly grouted and shall be constructed of hollow
open-end units or lwo wythcs of sol id units.
709.7.2 Dcsign of Elemcnts that are l'art of Lateral
Force Rcsistíng Systcm
Stack bond masonry that is part of the lateral force-resistí ng
systern shall have a ho1izon tal cross secti onal arca of
reinforce rnent of at lcast 0.0025 times thc gross cross-
scctional arca of masonry. The maxirmrm spacing of
horizontal rei nforcement shall be 400 mm. Thcse elements
shall be solidly grouted and shall be constructed of hollow
open-cnd units or two wythes of solid units.
Association of Structural Engineers of the Pllilippines
SECTION 710
EMPIRICAL DESIGN OF MASONRY
71 O. l Hcígh!
Building rclying on rnasonry w;lils lúr lateral lo;1d
r\~sist<HJCC shall not ex~;c.:d 1O m i 11 IJCighi.
710.2 Lateral Stabilily
Whcre thc struciure dt:pends 011 masonry walls for lateral
stability, shcar walls shall ht: proviúcd parallcl to thc
direction of thc lateral fon:cs rcsistcd.
Minimum nominal thickncss on rnasonry shear walls shall
be 200111111.
In cach dircction in which shcar walls are rcquired f<..) r
lateral stabi lity, thc rnininwm cumulativc lcngth of shear
walls provided shall be 0.4 times thc dimcnsion of the
buildi ng. The cumulati ve lc ngth of shcar walls shall not
includc opcnings.
Thc rnaxirnurn spacing of shcar wa lls shal l not cxcccd thc
ratio listed in Tablc 710- 1.
710.3 Comprcssivc Strcsscs
710.3.1 General
Cornprcssivc strcsscs in rnasonry duc to vertical dcad load~
plus li vc loads, excluding wind or seisrnic loads, shall b::
detcrmined in accordance with Section 7 10.4.3. Dead and
livc loads shall be in uccon.lancc with th is code with
permiucd li ve load reductions.
7 10.3.2 Allowablc Strcsscs
The compressivc stresses in rna sonry shall not cxcecd !he
values sct forth in Table 710-2. The allowable strc:ssci:
given in Table 710-2 for tbc weakest cornbination of thc:
units and mortar uscd in any load wythc shall be uscd for ,,· ;
loaded wythes of rnulti -wythe walls.
710.3.3 Stress Calculations
Strcsses shall be calculated based on specified ratlwr ;': ·
nominal dirnensions. Calculated cornpressive strcsses 'ol.:.
be deterrnincd by di vidin g thc dcsign load by thc pü.,;
cross-scctional arca of th c mcmber. Thc arca of opcni.'2 .
chascs or rccesscs in walls shall not be included in the gross
cross-scctional arca of thc wall.
710.3.4 Anchor Bolts
Bolt values shall not exceed those set forth in Table 710·3.
 71(1.4 Lateral Support
Masonry walls shall be lalcrall y supponcd in cithcr thc'
horizontal or vertical dircction not cxcccding thc intcrvals
sc1 forth in Tablc 710-4
Lateral support shal l be providcd by cross walls. pilastcrs.
but tresses or st ructural frami ng mcmbcrs horizontal ly or by
J'loors, roof or structural framing mcmbcrs vcrticall y.
Except for parapcl w,alls. !he ratio of hci ght to nominal
thickncss for cantilever Wlllls shall no! exceed 6 for solid
masonry or 4 for hollow masonry.
In compuling the ratio for cavity walls, the value of
thickness shall be the sums of the nominal !hickness of !he
inner and outer wythes of the masonry. In walls composcd
of dífferent classes of units and mortars, !he ratio of height
or lcngth to thickncss shall uut cxceed that allowed for the
wcakcst of the combinations of un ils and mortar of which
!he mcmbcr is composcd.
710.5 Minimum Thickness
710.5.1 General
Thc nominal thickness of masonry bcaring walls in
buildings more !han onc story in height shall not be less
than 200 mm. Solid masonry walls in one-storey buildings
may be of 150 mm nominal thickness when not ovcr 2.7 m
in hcight, provided that when gable construction is used, an
addilional 1.8 mis permiued lo thc peak of the gablc.
Exception:
Tire tlzickness of urzreinforced grouted brick masonry walls
may be 50mm less than rc~quired by tlzis section, but i1z no
case less rizan 150 mm.
710.5.2 Variation in Thickness
Whcre a change in thi ckncss due to mtmmum thickncss
occurs betwecn floor levels, the grcater thickness shall be
carried up to the higher floor leve!.
710.5.3 Decrease in Thickness
Where walls of znasonry of hollow units or masonry-
bonded hollow walls are dccreasc in thickncss, a course or
courses of sol id masonry shall be construcled bet wcen thc
walls bclow and the thinner wall abovc, or spccial units or
construction shall be used to transmit the loads from facc
shclls or wythcs to thc wall ~ below.
710.5.4 Parapets
Parapel walls shall be al least 200 mm in thickness and their
hcight ·shall not exceed thrcc times theír thickness. Thc
parapet wall shall not be thinner than thc wall below.
National Structural Code ofthe Philippines 6 Edition Volumc 1
710.5.5 Foundation Walls
Mortar uscd in masonry f'oundation wnl!s shall be eith<~r
Typr.! M or S.
Wherc thc hcight of unbalanccd fill (lwight of l"tnishl.'d
gradr.! abovc bascment !loor or insitk grade) and lhc hei ght
of thc wall betwcen lateral supporl does ntll excced 2.4 m,
and whc n thc equivalen! flu id weight oi' unbalanced lill
does not cxcced 480 kgfm2, thc• mínimum thickness of
foundat ion walls shall be as scl forth in Tablc 710-5.
Maxirnum dcpths of unbalanced fill pcrmitled in Table 7 10-
5 may be increascd with the approval or thc building
official whcn local soil conditions warranl such an incrcasc.
Where thc hcight of unbalanced fi ll, height betwecn lateral
suppons or equi valen! fluid wcighl of unbal anced fill
exceeds that sct forth abovc. foundation walls shall he
designcd in accordance with Chapter 3.
710.6 Bond
710.6.1 General
The facing and backing of multi-wythc mawn ry walls shall
be bonded in accordance with this sccti on.
710.6.2 Masonry Headcrs
Where thc facing and backing of solid masonry
constntction are bonded by masonry hcaders, not less than 4
percent of the wall su rface of each face shall be composcd
of headers extending notless than 75 mm into the backing.
The distance between adjacenl full-length headers shall not
excccd 600 mm eithcr vertícally or horizontally. In walls in
wh ich a single hcader does not extend through the wall.
headers from oppositc sides shall ovcrlap at lcast 75 mm, or
hcaders from opposite sidcs shall be covcred with another
header course overlapping the header below at least 75 mm.
Whcre two or more hollow units are used to makc up the
thickness of tite wall, the stretcher courscs shall be bonded
at vertical intervals not exceeding 865 mm by Japping at
!cast 75 mm over thc un il below, or by Japping at vcttical
intervals not exceeding 430 mm with units whi ch are at
least 50 percent greatcr in thickness than the units bclow.
710.6.3 Wall Tics
Where thc facing and backing of masonry wa!ls are bondcd
with 4.8 mm diametcr wall ties or metal tics of cquivul cnt
stiffncss embedded in thc horizontal mottar joints, thcrc
shall be at lcast one metal tie fm each 0.42 m2 of wall arca.
Ties in altemate courscs shall be slaggcred, thc maximum
vertical distance betwecn tíes shall not exceed 600 mm, and
thc maximum horizontal distance shall not exceed 900 mm.
Rods bcnl to rectangular shape shall be used with hollow-
masonry units laid with thc cells vertical. In othcr walls,
thc cnds of tics shall be bcnt to 90-degrec angles to provide
111
 l-42 CHf\!YfFfi r · Masonry
hooks not kss than 50 mm long. Additional tics shall be
providcd a t all opcnings, spaced not more than 900 mm
apart around thc pcrimctcr and . within 300 mm of thc
opcning.
Thc facing and backing of nwsonry walls may be bonclcd
with prefabricatcd joint rcinforccment. Thcre slwll be at
least onc cross wire scrvíng as a tic for each 0.25 m2 of wall
arca. Thc vertical spacing of thc joint reínforccmcnt shall
not excced 406 mm. Cross wircs of prcfabricatcd joint
rcinforccmcnt shall be at Jca~i No. 9 gagc wirc. Thc
longitudinal wirc shall be cmbeddcd in mortar.
710.6.4 Longitudinal Bond
i In cach wythe of masonry, hcad joíms in succcssivc cotll'Scs
1
¡ shall be o fl:~ct al least one fourth of the unit Jcngth or thc
¡ walls shall be reinforccd longitudinally as requi red in
Section 706.1 .1 2.3, ltem 4.
f lcss than 150 mm frorn the top of the wall.
¡
( 710.7 Anchoragc
¡ 710.7.llntcrsccting Walls
1 Masonry walls depcnding on onc anothcr for lateral
~·
support shall be anchorcd or bonded at locations whcre thcy
meet or intersect by one of the following methods:
l. Fifty pcrcent of thc units al thc intersection shall he
laid in an overlappíng pattem, with alternating units
having a bearing of not less than 75 mm 011 the u11it
below.
2. Walls shall be a11chored hy steel connectors havi11g a
mínimum scction of 6 mm by 38 mm with ends bcnt up
at least 50 mm, Ór with cross pins to form anchorage.
Such anchors shall be at least 600 mm long and the
maximum spacing shall be 1.2 m vcrticall y.
3. Walls shall be anchored by j oint reinforcement spaced
at a maxímu m distance of 200 mm vertically.
Longitudinal rods of such reinforcement shall be at
least No. 9 gage and shall extend at least 750 mm in
each direction at the íntersection.
4. Interior nonbearing walls may be anchored al lheir
intersection, al vertical spaci ng of not more than 400
mm wilh joínl reinforcement oró mm mesh galvanized
hardware cloth.
5. Other metal tics, joinl rci nfo rcemcnt or anchors may be
usccl, provided lhcy are spaced to provide equi valent
arca of anchorage to that requircd by this section.
710.7.2 Floor and Roof Anchoragc
Floor and roof diaphragms providing lateral support to
masonry walls shall be connecled to thc masonry walls by
one of the following methods:
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
l. Wood !loor joists hcari11g on masonry walls shall be
nncborcd lo thc wall by approvcd metal strap :1nrhors
al intcrvals not excecding 1.8 111. Joists paralkl ;.; lh:
wall shall be anchorcd wilh metal slraps sp:1ccJ n,_,1
more than 1.8 m on centcr cxtending ovcr and under
and sccurcd to at least thrce joists. 131ockíng shall lK
providcd bct wcen joists al each strap anchor.
2. Slecl !loor joists shall be anchored to masonry wal l•:
with J() mm diamctcr bars, or their equivalen!, '>P:lC<'·;
not more than 1.8 m on ccnter. Where jois!s ;,.,,
parallcl lo the wall, anchors shall be located al jo! sts
cross bridging.
3. Roof structures shall be anchored to masonry w:d';
with 12 mm bolts al 1.8 m on center or their equiva len r.
Bolts shall ex tcnd and be embedded at Jcast 400 nH
into the masonry, or be hooked or welded to n o ~ ! ·.·.
than 130 1111112 or bond beal11 reinforccmenl placd i;< ;\
710.7.3 Walls Adjoíning Structural Framing
Where walls are dependent on the structu ral frame ( e;;·
lateral support, they shall be anchored to the stnit ;, ', : :
members with metal anclwrs or keyed to the stn v·\··, : :
members. Metal anchors shall consisl of 12 mm hn!! ~~
spaced al a maxi mum of 1.2 m on center ami cmbcdd::d ,,,
Jeast 100 mm into the masonry, or 1heir equivalent arca.
710.8 Unburned Clay Masonry
710.8.1 General
Maso nry of stabilized elay unburned units shall 1101 be u~: ed
in any building more 1han one story in height. The
unsupported height of every wall of unbumed clay uníts
shall not be more than lO times the thickness of such 1'-': !ls.
Bearing walls shall in no case be less than 400 ¡¡ ,, ! '
thickness. All fooling walls which support maso1n : '; ,
unburned clay units shall extend lo an elevation nol k~~;
than 150 mm above the adjacent ground at all points.
710.8.2 Bolt~
Bolt values shall not excced those set forth in Tablc 7 JQ-' .
710.9 Stonc Masonry
710.9.1 General
Stom: masunry is that form of construction madc wi<h
natural or cast stone in which thc un its are laid and :.::( iH
monar with all joints fillcd.
710.9.2 Construction
In ashlar masonry, bond stones unifonnly distrihutcd :.:,· '!
be províded to the extent of not lcss than lO pcrcc;,; · ..•e
arca of exposcd facets. Rubble stone maso11ry 600 mm or
less in thickness shall have bond stones with a maximum
 CHAPTUl 7 Maso11ry i- ~ 3

spacing of900 mm venically and 900 mm horizonuilly and, SEC'f10N.,7 ll ··

if thc masonry is of greater thickness than 600 mm, shall • 1 -:~(.

GLASS,.~~-~QNRY -
t\ 1

have one bond slone for each 0.56 m2 of wull surfacc on

both sides.
711.1 General
710.9.3 Mínimum Thickncss Masonry of glass blocks may be uscd in non-load-bcaring
Tbe thickness of stone masonry bearing walls shall not be exterior or interior walls ami in openings which might
lcss than 400 mm. othcrwise be fillcd with windows, eithcr isolatcd or in
continuous bands, provided thc g lass block panels havc a
minimum lhickncss of 75 mm al thc mortar joint and thc
' ..··'
·. ·: mo11ared surfaces of thc blocks are treatcd for mortar
bonding. Glass block may be solid or hol!ow and may
contain insens.

711.2 Mortar Joints

Glass block shall be laid in Type S or 1\ mortar. Both
vertical and horizontal mortar joints shall be al lcast 6 mm
and not more than lO mm lhick and shall be complete! y
fillcd . Al! monar contact surfaces shall be trcated to ensurc
adhesion between monar and glass.

711.3 Lateral Support

Glass panels shall be laterally supported along each cnd of
thc panel.

Lateral suppon shall be provided by panel anchors spaced

nol more than 400 mm on center or by channels. The
lateral suppon shall be capable of resisting the horizontal
design forces determined in Chapter 2 or a mínimum of 3
kN/m of wall, whichever is greater. The connection shall
accommodate movement rcquircments of Section 711 .6.

711.4 Reinforcement
Glass block panels shall have joint reinforcemenl spaced
not more than 400 mm on center and located in the mort ar
bed joint extending thc entire length of the panel. A
lapping of longitudinal wires for a mínimum of 1SO mm is
required for JOlllt reinforcement splices. Joint
reinforccment shall also be placed in the bed joint
immediately bclow and above openings in the panel. Joint
reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A 385 and A 641.
Joint reinforcement in exterior panels shall be hot-dip
galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 385 andA 641.

711.5 Síze of Panels

Glass block panels for exterior walls shall not cxceed 13.5
m 2 of unsupportcd wall surface or 4.50 m in any dimcnsion.
For interior walls, glass block pancls shall not excccd 23.2
m2 of unsuppo1tcd arca or 7.60 m in any dimcnsion.

National Structural Code of !he Philippines 6111 Edilion Volume 1

 '1·4-1 CHAPTEH 1 · Masonry

711.6 Expansion Joints

GJass block shaJJ be providcd with cxpansion joi nts along SEC\f:ION 712·.· · .· , ... ·· .-. :
thc .~id cs and top. and thcsc joints sha!J havc suffícicnl
thickncss to accommodatc displaccmcnts of thc supporting
MASONRYFÍREPLACES
structure, but not Jcss than lO mm. Expansion joints shall 712.1 Dcfinition
be cntircly free of mortar and shall be filled wit h rcsilient A masonry fireplacc is a li replacc constructed of concrete
material. or masonry. Masonry fircplaces shaJJ be constructcd 1,
accordance with this scction.
7ll.7 Reuse of U nits
Glass block units shall n()t be rcused aflcr bcing removed 712.2 Foolings and Foundations
from an existing panel. Footings for masonry fircplaces and thcir chimncys shal! be
· . . ·· :.·_/:- .--
~~~:t~~1F1~-:~?~·:;;~~~-~:~~:~~!~~lff;;{f'· ~;ii~~:;~~{(. ~---~< ~-: ~~ :< ;_~. ~ ~ ~{~-~·.i_ ·· · ~; .. constructed of concrete or solid masonry at least 300 mm
thick and shall cxtend at least 150 mm bcyond thc face of
the lireplacc or foundation wall on all sides. Footings shall
i
¡ be foundcd on natural undisturbcd carlh or enginccrcd fill
1 bclow frost depth. In arcas not subjccted to frcczing,
footings shall he at leas! 300 mm below finishcd grade.
f
¡
f·
712.2.1 Ash Dump Clcanoul
¡
! Cleanout openings, locatcd within foundation walls be!ow
! fireboxes, when provided, shall be cquipped with fcrrous
metal or masonry doors and frames constmc.:ted to remain
tightly closed, cxccpt when in use. Cleanouts shall be
accessiblc and located so that ash removal will not create a
hazard to combustible materials.

712.3 Seismic Rcinforcing

Masonry or concrete fircplaces shall be constructed,
anchorcd, supported and re inforced as rcqui red in this
chapter. In Seismic Dcsign Catcgory D. masonry and
concrete lireplaces shall be reinforccd and anchored as
dctailed in Sections 712.3.1, 712.3.2, 712.4 and 712.4.1 for
chimneys scrving fireplaces. In Seisrnic Dcsign Category
A, B or C, reinforcernent and seismic anchoragc is not
required. In Seismic Dcsign Category E or F, masonry and
concrete chimneys shall be reinforced in accordancc with
thc requírements of Sections 701 through 709.

712.3.1 Vertical Reinforcing

For fireplaces with chimncys up to 1.0 m wide, four 10 mm
diametcr continuous vertical bars, anchored in the
foundation, shall he placed in thc concrete between wythes
of solid masonry or within the cclls of hollow unit masonry
and groutcd in accordancc with Scction 703.4. For
fircplaccs with chímncys grcatcr than 1.O m widc, two
additional 12 mm diamcter vertical bars shall be provided
for each additional 1.0 m in width or fraction thcreof.

712.3.2 Horizontal Rcinforcing

Vertical reinforcement shall be placed cnclosed withín 6
mm) ties or other reínforcing of equivalen! net cro~s­
sectional arca, spaccd not to exceed 450 mm on centcr in
concrete; or placed in the bed joints of unit masonry at a

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


minimum of cvery 450 rnrn of vertical hcight. Two such
tics shall be providcd at cach bend in the vertical bars.
712.4 Scismic Anchoragc
Masonry and concrete chimneys in Seismic Dcsign
Category. D shall be anchored al each tloor, ceiling or roof
linc more than 1.8 m above grade, except whcre constructcd
complctel y within the exterior walls. Anchoragc shall
confonn to thc following requircments.
712.4.1 Anchoragc
4.8 mm by 25 mm straps shall be embeddcd a minimum of
300 mm into the chimncy. Straps shall be hookcd around
the outer bars and extend !50 mm beyond the bcnd. Each
strap shall be fastened to a mínimum of four floor joists
wíth two 12 mm bolts.
712.5 Firebox Walls
Masonry fireboxes shall be constructed of solid masonry
units, hollow masonry units grouted solid, stonc or
concrete. When a liníng of firebrick at lcast 50 mm in
thickness or other approved lining is providcd, the
mínimum thickness of back and sidewalls shall each be 200
mm of solid masonry, including the lining. Thc width of
joints between firebricks shall not be grcater tha n 6 mm.
When no lining is provided, the total mínimum thickness of
back and sidewalls shall be 250 mm of solid masomy.
Firebrick shall conform to ASTM e 27 or ASTM e 1261
and shall be laid with medium-duty refractory mortar
confonning to ASTM e 199.
712.5.1 Steel Fireplacc Unií.s
Stecl fi replace units are permitted to be installed wíth solid
masonry to form a masonry fi replace provided thcy are
ínstalled accordi ng to either !he requíre ments of their listing
or the requirements of this section. Steel fireplace units
incorporaling a steel fi rebox lining shall be constructed with
steel not less than 6 mm in thick.ness, and an air-circul ating
charnber which is ducted to the interior of the building. The
fi rcbox líning shall be cncascd wíth solid masonry to
pro vide a total thickness at the back and sides of not less
than 200 mm, of which not less than 100 mm shall be of
solid masonry or concrete. e ircul ating air ducts employcd
with stecl fircplacc units shall be constructed of metal or
masonry.
712.6 Fircbox Dimcus ions
The firebox of a concrete or masonry firepl ace shall have a
míni mum dept h of 500 mm. The throat shall not be less
than 200 mm abovc the fircplace opening. The throat
opening shall not be less than 100 mm in depth. The cross-
sectional arca of thc passagcway above the firebox,
including thc throat, clamper and smoke cbamber, shall not
be less than the cross-sectional arca of thc f!ue.
Na!ional Structural Code of t11e Philippines 61h Edition Volume 1
CHAPTHl "7 · lv1asonry i' ·4'i
712.7 Lintel and Throat
Masonry over a fireplacc opcning shall be supportcd by :1
lintel of noncombustiblc material. The mini mum rcquircd
beari ng lcngth on each cnd of thc fircplac;e opcning shall be
l 00 mm. 'I11e li rcplacc throat or damper shall be locatcd a
mínimum of 200 mm abovc thc top of thc lírcplacc
opening.
712.7.1 Damper
Masonry fireplaccs shall be cquippcd with a fcrrotJ~···mctal
damper located at least 200 mm above thc top of the
fircplace opening. Dampers shal l be installed in thc
fireplace or at the top of the llue venling the fircplacc. and
shall be operable from thc room contai ning thc f1replace.
Damper controls shall be permiued to be locatcd in the
ft replace.
712.8 Smokc Chamber Walls
Smokc chamber wal ls shall be constructed of solid masonry
units, hollow masonry units groutcd solid, stone or
concrete. eorbcling of masonry units shall not !cave uni t
cores exposcd to the inside of the smoke chamber. Thc
inside surface of corbeled masonry shall be pargcd smooth.
Where no lining is providcd, the total mínimum thickness
of front, back and sidewalls shall be 200 mm of solid
masonry. Whcn a lining of fire bri"ck at least 50 mm thick, or
a líning of vitrified clay at least 16 mm thick, is provided,
thc total mínimum thick.ness of front, back and sidcwalls
shall be 150 mm of solid masonry, incl udíng the lining.
Firebrick shall conform to ASTM e 27 or ASTM e 1261
and shall be laid with refractory monar conforming to
ASTM e 199.
712.8.1 Smoke ehmnbcr Dimensions
The inside height of the smoke chamber from the fi replace
throat to the beginning of the fl ue shall not be greatcr than
the inside width of the fireplace opening. The inside surface
of the smoke chamber shall not be inclined more than 45
degrees (0.76 rad) from vertical when prefabricated smoke
chambcr li nings are used or when the smoke chamberwalls
are rolled or slopecl rather than corbeled. When the inside
surface of the smoke chamber is formecl by corbeled
masonry, thc walls shall not be corbelcd more than 30
dcgrces (0.52 rad) from ve11ical.
712.9 Hcarth and Hcarth Extcnsion
Mason ry fircplacc hcarths and hearth cxtc.:1sions ~ h all be
constructed of concrete or masonry, supp011ed by
noncombustiblc matcrials, and reinforced to carry their own
wcight and al! imposed loads. No combustible material
shall remain against the underside of hearths or hearth
extcnsions after constrllction.
 -~

7-46 CHAPTFH 7 - Masonry

712.9.1 Hc;trlh Thickncss 4. Exposed combustible mantel.\' or trim is permitted ro be

Thc minimum thickness of fircplm;c hcanhs shall be 100
Jlllll .
712.9.2 H<.'arlh Exlcnsion Thickncss
Thc mínimum thickncss of hcanh cxtcnsions shall be 50
mm.
Elception:
When the bouom of the frrelwx opening is raised at least
0.20m above the top of tire hearth exten.l'i<m, a hearth
extensíon of not less than JO 111111 thick brick, concrele,
slone, rih1 or oJher approved lloncombustibh! malerial is
pemzilled.
placed directly on tire masomy frreplace frunr
.w rrmmding tire frrep/ace openíng provided such
combustible moterials shall not be placed within 150
mm of a fl replace opening. Combustible material
direcrly above and within 300 mm of the frreplace
opening sira// rrot project more than 3.2 mm for each
25 mm distance from such operling. Combustible
materials located along the sides of the frreplace
opening ihat project more tiran 40 mm from the fa ce of
the frrep/ace slzal/ ha ve an additional c/earance equal
to the projecticn.

712.10 Hcarth Extcnsion Dimcnsions

Hcarth cxtensions shall cxtcnd at lcast 400 mm in front of,
and at least 200 mm beyond, each sidc of thc lircplace
opcning. Wherc thc fireplacc opcning is 0.60 m2 or largcr,
thc hearth ex!cnsion shall cxtcnd at lcast 500 mm .in f'ront
. ._ wooo MI\NTf,[
of, and a! leas! 300 rnm bcyond, cach side of thc lircplacc
,,
opcning.
i
¡ Figure 712.11
¡ 712.11 Fircplacc Clcarancc lllustration of Exccption to Fircplacc Clcarancc Provision
t
¡ Any portion of a rnasonry fireplace locatcd in !he interior of
¡ a building or within the exterior wall of a building shall 712.12 Fircplacc Fireblocking
¡ have a clearance to combustibles of no! lcss than 50 rnm All spaces betwecn fircplaccs and floors and ceilings
from thc front faces and sides of masonry fireplaccs and not through which fireplaces pass shall be fireblocked with
less than 0 .1Om from !he back faces of masonry fireplaces. noncornbustible material securcly fas!ened in place. The
The airspace shall not be fillccl. except to· providc fireblocking of spaccs betwecn wood joists, beams or
fireblocking in accordance with Scction 712.1 2. hcaders shall be to a dcpth of 25 mm and shall only be
placed on strips of metal or rnetallath laid across the spaces
Exceptions: betwcen combustible material and the chimncy.
l. Masonry fireplaces listed and labeled for use in
712.13 Exterior Air
contacr ·with combustibles in accordance with UL 127
and instal!ed in accordance with the manufacturer's Factory-built or masonry fireplaccs covered in this section
insta!lation instructions are permitted to have shall be equipped with an exterior air supply to ensure
combustible material in contact with Jheir exterior propcr fu el combustion unless thc room is mechanicall y
surfaces. ventilatccl and controlled so that the indoor pressure is
neutral or positive.
2. When masomy fireplaces are constructed as part of
_masorrry or concrete wal!s, combustible materials s/ra/1 712.13.1 Factory-Built Fircplaccs
not be in contact with tire maso111y or concrete walls
Exterior cornbustion air ducts for factory-built fireplaccs
/ess than 300 mm from tire inside surface of the nearest
shall be listecl cornponcn!s of thc fire.placc, and installed
flrebox lining.
according lo thc fireplacc manufacturer's instructions.
3. Exposed combustible trim and the edges of sheatlring
materials. suclr as wood siding, flooring and drywa/1, 712.13.2 Masonry Fircplaces
are p e nnitted to abut the masonry flreploce sídewalls Listcd cornbustion air ducts for masonry fireplaces shall he
and h eartlr extension, irr accordance wítlr Figure installed according to the terms of their lis!ing mid
712.11, provided sueh combustible trim or sheatlring is manufacturer' s instructions.
a m ininuan of 300 mm from the inside sruface of tire
nearest firebox lining.

Association of Structural Engineers of !he Philippines

 CHAPTEFl l · Masonry 7·'17

712.13.3 Exterior Air Intakc

ThP. exterior air int~kc shall be capablc of providing al!
combustion air from thc exterior of the dwclling. Thc
exterior air intakc shal! not be located within thc garage,
attic, bascmcnt or crawl spacc of thc dwclling nor sha!l thc
air intakc be locatcd at an clcvation higher than thc fircbox. 713.1 Dcfinition
Thc exterior air intakc shall be covcred with a corrosion-
A masonry chimney is a chimney constructcd of concrete or
rcsi stant screen of 6.4 mm mesh.
masonry, hcrcínaftcr rcferrcd to as "masonry." Masonry
chimneys shall be constructcd, anchored, supportcd and
712.13.4 Clcarancc rcinforced as required in this chapter.
Unlisted combustion air ducts shall be installed with a
mínimum 25 mm clearancc to combustibles for al! parts of 713.2 Footings and Foundations
thc duct within 1.5 m of thc duct outlct.
Foo\ings for masonry chimncys shall be constructed of
concrete or solid masonry at least 300 mm thick and shall
712.13.5 Passagcway extend at least 150 mm beyond the facc of the foundation or
Thc combustion air passageway shall be a mi nimum of support wall on all sides. Footings shall be founded on
0.040 m 2 and not more than 0.035 m 2, except that natural undisturbcd carth or cnginccrcd fill bclow frost
combustíon air syslems for listed fíreplaces or for fireplaccs depth. In arcas not subjected to freezing, footings shall be at
tested for emíssions shall be constructcd according lo thc lcast 300 mm below finished grade.
fireplacc manufacturer's instructions.
713.3 Scismic Rcinforcing
713.13.6 Outlet
Masonry or concrete chirnncys shall be constructcd,
The exterior air outlet is permiHed to be located in the back anchored, supported and reinforccd as required in this
or sides of the firebox chamber or within 600 rnm of thc chapter. fn Scismic Design Category D. masonry and
firebox opening on or ncar the !loor. The outlet shall be concrete chimneys shall be reinforced and anchored as
closable. and designed lo prcvcnt burning materia! from dctailed in Sections 713.3.1. 7l3.3.2 and 713.4. In Seismic
dropping into concealed combustible spaces . Design Category A, B or C, rcinforcement and seismic
.:_ ·x(-~~-~;f ·~/~. .:·<t:~;~:l~:.::;.·. ~< ·-~-.=--·__::~·-::·:_: . ----··-~ '. ···:_; .-.::.;' .. :.:. , anchorage is not required. In Seismic Design Catcgory Eor
F, masonry and concrete chimneys shall be reinforccd in
accorda¡;Jce with the requirements of Sections 701 through
709.

713.3.1 Vertical Rcinforcing

For chimneys up to !.0 m widc, four 12mm diarneter
continuous vertical bars anchorcd in the foundation shall be
p.Jaced in the concrete betwecn wythes of solid masonry or
within the cells of hollow unit masonry and grouted in
accordance with Section 703.4. Grout shall be prevented
from bonding with the flue liner so that the flue liner is free
to rnove with thermal expansion. For chimneys greater than
1.0 m wide, two additional 12 mm vertical bars shall be
provided for each additional 1.0 m in width or fraction
thereof.

713.3.2 Horizontal Rcinforcing

VcJ1ical reinforcement shall be placed encloscd within 6.4
mm tics, or other rcinforcing of equivalcnt net cross-
sectional arca, spaced not lo cxcecd 450 mm o.c. in
concrete, or placed in thc bed joints of unit masonry, al a
mínimum of evcry 450 mm of vertical height. Two such
ties shall be providcd at cach bend in the vertical bars.

111
National Structural Code of tlle Pl1ilippines 6 Edition Vol ume 1
 l-118 CHAPTlH 7 · Masonry
713.4 Scismic Andwragt~
Masonry and concre•c chimncys and foundations in Scismic
Dcsign Catcgory D shall [)C anchorcd at each lloor, ceiling
or roof linc more than 1.8 m above grade, except whcrc
constructcd complctely wi thin thc exterior walls.
Anchoragc shall confonn l o thc following rcquirements.
713.4.1 Anchoragc
T wo 4.8 mm by 25 mm straps shall be embcddcd a
mi:limum of 300 mm into the chimney. Straps shall he
hooked around the outer bars and cxtcnd 150 mm beyond
the hcnd. Each strap shall be fastened toa mínimum of four
lloor joists with two 12 mm bolts.
713.5 Coi'IJcling
Masonry chimneys shall not be corbelled more than half of
thc chimncy's wall Ihickncss from a wall or fou ndation, nor
shall a chimney be corbcled from a wall or foundation lhat
is less than 300 mm in thickncss unless it projects cq ually
on cach side of the wall. exccpt that on lhe sccond story of a
two-story dwelling, corbcling of chimneys on thc exterior
of lhc cnclosing walls is pennil!ed to cqual thc wall
thickness. Thc projcction of a single course shall not cxceed
one-half the unit height or one-third of the unit bcd dcpth,
whichever is less.
713.6 Changcs in Dimension
The chimney wa!l or chimney llue lining shall not change
in size or shape within 150 mm above or below wherc the
chimney passes through floor components, ceiling
componcnts or roof components.
713.7 Otfscts
Where a masonry chimney is constructed with a fireclay
flue liner surrounded by one wythe of masonry, the
maximum offset shall be such that the centerline of the flue
above the offset does not extend beyond the center of the
chimney wall below the offset. Where the chimney offset is
supported by masonry below the offset in an approved
manner, the rnaximurn offset límitations shall not apply.
Each individual corbeled masonry course of the offset shall
not exceed the projcction limitations specilicd i~ Section
7 13.5.
713.8 Additional Load
Chimneys shall not support loads other than their own
weight unless they are designed and constructed to support
the additional load. Masonry chimncys are pcrmitted to be
constmcted as part of the masonry walls or concrete walls
of the building.
4.
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
713.9 Tcnnination
Chi mncys shall CX!en<l at lcast 600 mm higher !han any
portion of thc building wi thin 3.0 111, but shall not be lcss
than 900 mm abovc the highcst ¡)()int wherc the chimney
passes through thc roof.
713.9.1 Spark Arrcstor·s
Whcrc a spark arrestar is installed on a masonry chimney,
the spark arrcstor shall mcet all e~" the following
requirements:
!. The nct free arca of thc arrestar shall not be less than
four times thc net free arca ofthc outlet of the chimney
flue it serves.
2. Thc arrestor screen shall have heat ancl corrosion
resistance equivalen! 10 19-gagc galvanizcd stcel or 24-
gagc s!aiulcss steel. ,
3. Openings shall not permit thc passage of spheres
having a diameter grcater than l 2 mm nor block lhe
passagc of sphcrcs having a diameter lcss than lO mm.
4. The spark arrestor shall be acccssiblc for cleaning and
thc scrccn or chimncy cap shall be removable to allow
for c!caning of thc chimney llue.
713.10 Wall Thickness
Masonry chimney walls shall be constructed of concrete,
solid masonry units or hollow masonry units grouted solid
with not less than lOO mm nominal thickness.
713.10.1 Masonry Vencer Chimncys
Whcrc masonry is used as vencer for a framed chimney,
through llashing and wecp holcs shall be provided as
required by Chapter 14 of IBC.
713.11 Fluc Lining (Material)
Masonry chimneys shall be lined. The lining material shall
be appropriate for the type of appliance connccted,
according to the tenns of the appliance listing and thc
man ~faclurer's instructions.
713.11.1 Residential-Typc Applíanccs (General)
Flue lining systems shall comply with onc of the following:
l. Clay flue lining complying with the rcquircmcnts of
ASTM C3 15, or cquivalenL
2. Lisled chimney liníng systems compl ying wi th UL
1777.
3. Factory-built chimneys or chimney units listed f<':·
installalion within masonry chimncys.
Other approved malerials that will resist corrosion ,
erosion, softcning or cracking from flue gases and
condensare at temperatures up lo 1,800°F (982oC).

713.1 1.1.1 Fluc Linings for Spcdfk Applianccs
Fluc linings othcr than thosc covcrcd in Scction 7 1:1. 11.1
intcndcd for use with spccific applianccs shall comply with
Sccti ons 7 13.11 . 1.2 through 7 J 3. 11 . 1.4 and Sections
7 13.11.2 aml71 3. 11.3.
713.1 1.1.2 Gas Applianccs
Fluc lining systerns for gas applianccs shall he in
accordancc with thc ~~itemational Fue/ Gas Code.
713.1 1.1.3 Pcllct Fucl-llurning Appliantcs
Fluc lining and vcnt systcms for use in masonry chimneys
with pellet fucl-bunüng appl iances shall be limitcd to fluc
lining systems cornplying with Section 713.11.1 ami pcllet
vents listed for installation within masonry chimncys (scc
Seclion 7 J 3. 1 l . J .5 for marking).
713.11.1.4 Oii-Fircd Applianccs Approvcd for Use with
L-Vcut
Fluc lining and vent systems for use in masonry chimneys
with oil-fired appliances approved for use with Type L vent
shall be limited lo flue lining systems cornplying with
Sccti on 7 13. 1l.l. and listed chimney liners complying with
UL 641 (see Section 7!3. 1!.1.5 for marking).
713.11.1.5 Notice of Usagc
Whcn a flue is relined with a naterial not complying with
Section 71 3. 11. 1, the chimney shall be p1ainly and
permancntly identified by a 1abel attachcd to a wall , ceiling
or othcr conspicuous location adjacent to where the
connector enters the chimney. The label shall include the
following message or equi valen\ languagc: "This chimney
is for use. on1y with (type or category of app1iance) that
burns (type of fue!). Do not conncct other types of
appliances."
713.11.2 Concrete and Masonry Chimncys for Mcdium-
Hcat Applianccs · mínimum airspace of 50 mm between the walls.
713.11.2.1 General
Concrete and masonry chimneys for medium-heat
appliances shall comply wíth Sections 713.1 through 713.5.
713.11.2.2 Construction
Chímncys for mcdium-heat applianccs shall be constructed
of solid masonry units or of concrete with walls a mínimum
of 200 mm thick, or with stone masonry a mí nimum of 300
mm thick.
Nalional Struclu ral Code of tlle Philippines 61h Edilion Volume 1
C HAPTE:H l · Masonry 7· 49
713.1 1.2.3 Li ni ng
Concrete and masonry chimncys shall be lincd wíth an
approved mcdium-duty refractory brick a mínimum of 115
mm thi ck laid on the 115 mm bed in an approvcd mcdium-
dut y refractory mortar. Thc lining shall start 6(X) mm or
more bclow thc lowest chimney connector en!rancc.
Chimneys tcnninating 7.5 m or lcss abovc a chimncy
<:OiliJCctor cntrance shall be Iincd to the top.
713.1 1.2.4 Multiplc Passageways
Concrete and masonry chimneys containing more than one
passageway shall have the lincrs separated by a mínimum
l 00 mm thick concrete or sol id masonry wall.
713.11.2.5 Termination Height
Concrete and masonry chimneys for medium-heat
applianccs shall extend a mínimu m of 3.0 m higher than
any portion of any building within 7.5 m.
713.11.2.6 Clearancc
A mínimu m clearance of 100 mm shall be provided
between the exterior surfaces of a concrete or masonry
chimney for medium-hcat appliances and combustible
material.
713.11.3 Concrete and Masonry Chimneys for High-
Heat Appliances
713.11.3.1 General
Concrete and masonry chimneys for high-heat appliances
shall comply with Sections 7 13.1 through 7 13.5.
713.11.3.2 Construction
Chimneys for high-heat appliances shall be constructed
with double walls of solid masonry units or of concrete,
cach wall to be a mínimum of 200 mm thick with a
713.11.3.3 Lining
The inside of the interior wall shall be lined with an
approved high-duty refractory brick, a mínimum 115 mm
th ick laid on thc !1 5 mm bed in an approved high-duty
rcfractory mortar. The Iining shall start al thc base of the
chimncy and extend continuously to thc top.
713.11.3.4 Tcrmination Hcight
Concrete and masonry chimneys for high-hcat appliances
shall extcnd a mínimum of 6.0 m higher than an y portion of
any building within 15.0 m.
. i

7·!50 CHAPTEFl 7 · Masonry

713.11.].5 Clcaranrc
Concrete and masonry chimncys for high-hcat applianccs Tal> le 7 13.16( 1)
shall ha ve approvcd clcarancc from buildings and structurcs Nct Cross-Scctional Arca or Round Fluc Sizcs
to prcvcnt ovcrhcating combustible material.~. pcrmil
Fluc Siz.c, lnsidc Diamctcr - --Cross-Scctional /G~a-
inspcction and maintcnancc opcrations on thc chimncy and
prcvcnt dangcr of burns to pcrsons. ---·---------~-1~so
~~.L_.. ___ -------·--- -·-----¡-8.()--...
(mnl x IO' ).....____
. ·- ---- --¡-:75 ---··-·--·---- -- - - ·-24:5------
713.12 Clay Ftuc Lining (lnstallation) -·-------- - ----- ..-
200 32.3
Clay fluc lincrs shall be in~tallcd in accordance --- --·- -250 - - - -·- - -- 50.3
withASTMC 1283 and cxtcnd lrom a point not lcss than 275 58.1
200 mm bclow the lowcst inlct or, in the case of fircplaces, - 300 - ---..- 72.9
from thc top of thc smokc chambcr to a point abovc thc l - - -- -::3-::-:80 l 13.5
enclosing walls. Thc lining shall be carried up vcrtically, 460 163.9
with a maximum slopc no grcatcr than 30 dcgrccs (0.52
.rad) from thc vertical. Clay fluc lincrs shall be laid in
Tablc 713.16(2)
mcdium-duty rcfractory rnortar conforming to ASTM C
199 with tight mortar joints lcft smooth on thc insidc and Net Cross-Sectional Arca of Square
and Rectangular Fluc Sizcs
installcd to rnaintain an air spacc or insulation not to cxcccd
th c thickncss of thc lluc liner scparating thc flue lincrs from Flue Size, Outsidc Nomi nal Cross-Sectional Arca
thc interior facc of thc chimncy masonry walis. Fluc lining Dimcnsions (mm) (mn/ x 103)
--
shall be supported on al! sides. Only cnough mortar shall be ___ .. 114 X 216
·····~----···-·-~-·- ···-·-·~-----
14.8
placcJ to makc the joint and hold thc liners in position. 114 X 33() 21.9

713.13 Additional Rcquircmcnls f - -·

203 X 203
2 16 X 216
-- __ .. 27.1
31.6
216 X 305 ....._ . 43.2 .._ l
713.13.1 Listcd Materials ~·--

216x330
49.FI
Listed matcrials used as flue 1inings shall be installed in 305 X 305 65.8
accordancc with the terms of their listings and the 216 X 457 65.2 ."
manufacturer's instructions. -- 330 X 330 81.9 1
-- 305 X 406
---- 84.5
.~

713.13.2 Spacc Around Lining 330 X 457 OOOOOR_ __

111 .6
}--·
The space surrounding a chimney lining system or vent 406 X 4()6 11 6.8
installcd within a masonry chimney shall not be uscd to 406 X 508
-- 143.2
vent any qthcr appliancc. - - 457 X 457
·---~-~ ......... - - -..--l- só~3-···-~-

¡ - -- -- ---- 192.3
X 508
Exception: - --· 508 508 X 610
--- -·-·
216.1
This shall not prevent the installation of a separate flue
...
610 X 610 278. 1
lining in accordtince with the manufacturer's instructions.
Ex:ception: ,·';t{',(
713.14 Multiplc Flucs When venting only one appliance, two flues are permitte(l'u{
When two or more tlues are located in the same chimney, adjoin each other in the same chirrmey with only ·thejl.!út
masonry wythes shall be built betwecn adjacent fluc lining separation between them. The joints of tite adjq~_fl't
línings. Tite masonry wythes shall be at least 100 mm thick flue /ining s sha/1 be staggered at leas/ 100 mm. · ·'
and bonded into thc walls of thc chimney.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Pllilippines


713.15.Fiuc Arca (Appliancc)
Chimney flucs shall not be smallcr in arca than thc are¡¡ or
the conncctor from the appliancc. Chirnncy flucs conncctcd
to more than onc appliancc shal! not be lcss th<tn thc arca of
lhc largcsl conncctor plus 50 pcrccnl of thc arcas of
addilional chimncy conncctors.
Exceptions:
l. Chimney j7ue.1· serving oil-fir(?d applíances sized in
accordance with NFPA 31.
2. Chimney flues serving gas-fired appliances sized in
accordance with the lnternational Fuel Gas Code.
713.16 Fluc Arca (Masonry Fircplacc)
Fluc sizing for chimncys scrving fircplaccs shal! be in
accordance with Section 713.16.1 or 713.16.2.
713.16.1 Minimum Arca
Round chimney flues shall havc a minimum nct cross-
scclional arca of atlcast 1/1 ~ of lhc fircplacc opcning. Squarc
chimney flues shall lwvc a minimurn ncl cross-scctional
arca of al lcasl 1/lliof thc fircplacc opcning. Rectangu lar
chimney flues wilh an aspecl ratio less 1han
2 10 1 sball ha ve a minimum net cross-sectional arca of a
least 1110of the fireplacc opening. Rectangular chimncy
flues with an aspect ratio of 2 to 1 or more shall ha ve a
mínimum net cross-scctional arca of at least 1/s of the
fireplace opening.
713.16.2 Dctermination of Minimum Arca
The mínimum net cross-sectional arca of the flue shall be
detcrrnined in accordancc with Figure 713.16. A nuc size
providing al least the equivalen! net cross-sectional arca
shall be used. Cross-sectional arcas of clay flue linings are
as provided in Tables 713.16(1) and 713.16(2) oras
provided by the manufacturer or as measured in the field.
The height of the chimney shall be mcasured from the
firebox noor to the top of the chimney fluc .
713.17 Inlct
lnlets to masonry chimncys shall cnter from the side. lnlets
shall have a thimble of lireclay, rigid rcfractory material or
metal thal will preven! the con nector from pulling out of thc
inlct or from cxtending heyond the wall of the lincr.
Nationa! Structural Code of the Philippines 6
CHAF'TEn '1 · Masonry 7·S1
Figure 713. 16
Fluc Sizcs for Masonry Chimncys
.,••
32
1:\ 11;
Hf:lGHl, MEASUIHHJ rnOM fi.OOI\
OF COM0U$YION CHAMO(!A TO
TOP OF H. V(~ (fl)
713.18 Masonry Chimncy Clcanout Opcnings
Cleanout opcnings shall be provided within 150 mm of the
base of each flue within every masonry chimney. The upper
edge of thc cleanout shall be locatcd at least !50 mm below
the lowest chimney inlet opening. The height of the opening
shall be at lea.~t 150 mm . The cleanout shall be provided
with a noncombustible cover.
J:::Xception:
Chimney flues serving masorzry fireplaces, where c/eaning
is possible through the jireplace opening.
713.19 Chimncy Clcarances
Any portion of a masonry chimney located in the interior of
the building or within thc exterior wall of the building shall
havc a minimum airspace clearance to combustibles of 50
mm. Chimncys located cntirely outside the exterior walls af
thc building, including chimneys that pass through thc soffit
or cornicc, sha!l llave a mínimum airspace clcarancc of 25
mm. The airspace shall not be filled, cxcept to providc
fireblocking in accordance with Section 7 13.20.
Exceptions:
J. Masoruy chimneys equipped with a chinmey lining
system listed and labeledfor use in chimneys in colltact
with combustibles in accordance with UL 1777, and
installed in accordance .with the manufacturer's
instructions, are permitted to have combustible
material in contact with their exterior surfaces.
111
Editíon Volume 1
 7·!)2 CHAPTEH 7 · Masonry

2. Where masonry chimneys are constructed as part of

maso111y or concrete walis, combustible materials shall
not be in contact with the masonry or concrete wall
less than 300 mmfrom the inside szaface ofthe nearest
flue líning.
3. E'xposed combustible trim aruf the edges of sheatlzing
materials, such as wood siding, are permitted to abur
the masonry chimney sidewal/s, in accordance with
Figure 713.19, provided such combustible trim or
sheathing is a mínimum of 300 mm from the inside
surface of the nearest flue lining. Combustible material
and trim shall not overlap the corners of the chimney Figure 713.19
by more tlzan 25 mm lllus1ra1ion of cxccption thrcc chirnncy clcarancc provi~ion

713.20 Chimncy Fircblocking

All spaccs betwccn chimncys and floors and ccilíngs
through which chimncys pass shall be fircblockcd with
noncombustible material sccurcly fastcncd in place. Thc
fircblocking or spaccs bctwccn wood joists, bcams or
hcadcrs shall be to a dcpth oí 25 mm and shall only be
placcd on strips of metal or metal lath laid across the spaccs
bctwccn combustible malcría! and thc chimncy.

Tablc 703-l- Mor!ar Propot1Íons for Unit Masonry

PROI'Oifi'IONS BY VOLUME (CEMENTIT!OUS MATERIALS) AGGREGATE

MEASURED
l'ortland Ccmcnt Masonry Ccmcnl ' Mortar Cemenl' Hydratcd Lime or IN A OAI\11', LOOSE
MORTAR TYPE or Hlcndcd Cemcnt M S N M S N 00
Lime Puur_._..¡___C::::.'O~Nco:D~r,_I'10"-'N.:_._...._
Ccmcnl -Lime M 1 '14
¡-.......;S';---!----;-----i----1---+--+--- ____ -----· ovcr •;. lo y,
1 1
I--':N:----t-----,:----+----li----+---+---J---¡--.:__ o ver /2 lo 1 /.
O ovcr 1 1.4 to 2 V2'
I-,-M-:-o-r-la_r_ce-r-nc-,-,I--+--:-M"'---l----'-----+----l'---+---i----J---!-..· - · - ..· - - -- ·- Nol Jcss than 2 •;. and not
M more than 3 times lhc sum
S Y, - · · 1 of lhc scparatc volumcs of
1--::-s-+---;_:______,,__-1-----11---:- =~:~=-== =~r= =:-:-·-- ccmclltítious matcrials.

Ma-so_n_r)-. -
cc-n._<e_r-:ll---;l--7~:----+-----:----t---+---+---c:---1-----:--- ·-·--:..·-·- ···-~- - ·- ·- -·- - - - -
I---:-M"--+-----'-----+--:-1----l-"--i----- --- - - - · -
1-~S~~--~~--~-~--1·--l-~-1----1----1--~
Y:z
S
N
~~-----~~0~-L~-~-----~~~---~~~~_J-----~----L----~--------- _ __J_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _
Masonry ccmcnt conformmg to 1hc rcqu¡rcmcnts of UBC Standard 21-ll.
2
Mort:tr ccmcnt conforming to thc rcquircmcnts of UBC Sl<!ndard 21-14.

1
Tablc 703-2- Grout Proportions by Volumc
·······--··---·· ------·· .. ,. ·············-----------~~-------------·-···

I'ARTS BY VOLUME OF I'ARTS BY VOLUI'viE OF AGGREGATE MEASlJRED IN A DAI\11',

I'ORTLAND CEMENT HYDRATED LIME OR LOOSE CONDJ:!IQ.N........----~-·-... --~

TYI'E OR 13LENDED CEMENT LIMEPU'ITY Fine

---------------------- - ·--------~oarsc _ _ ..-
Fine 1 ÜIO /10 2 '1< 10 3 times thc su m of thc vol umes
grout . - of thc cemcntllious ma lc!Jals ·----
Coarsc 1 Oto /,o 2 •;. to 3 lunes the su m of lhc volumcs 1 lo 2 times lhc. su m of thc volumcs
grout of lhc cemcntilious ma tcrials of lhc ccmcntitious malcrials
,.
Grout siMll alta•n a mrn1mum compressivc st1ength al 28 d.tys of 13.8 Ml),,,, Thc lnllldmg offic•al¡nay 1cqu•rc ,, coJnprcssJvc ,Jcld slrcngth test of grout
'
madc in accordance wilh UBC Standard 21-!8.

Association of Structural Engineers of tile Philippines

 CHAPTEH 7 · 11>1ason ry 7 ·S:l

Tablc 704- 1- Grouting Limitations

---· - -- ······- -·······--·--· ··-···--·-··---········-··-··········-···-·-·······-···------·--- ---- ·----··---i\11Ni"Mu~1ENsi<>N.~-ol·.:-;¡;¡¡·,~o1:;\ r. c 1.EA n ..............- ..
........... AREAS WITlfiN GIWUT SI'ACES ANn CELLsu---·---·-
GROU'J' T\'I'E GHOUT I'OUR MAXIMUM HEIGIIT (mm)' - ------- - ----- - - - -- - -- - -- - --·-- ·- - - -·- -
. --·· ---- ---------- -.........______. _ __ _ _ _ ___ __ ______ --------· . e-----·--- --- - - ·-·
·--:::--- -- -- - - - - - -- -- · -- ·-- - - - -- - -- - - _ _ Multi-w.r_thc M'l:_~L____ _ _____llallow-~.!.~'l:.~--------
hn ~ 300 20 35 x 50
Fine 1.500 35 15 x 50
Fine 2,400 35 35 x 50
Fine 3,600 35 45 x 75
Fine 7.200 50 75 x. 75
Co:tr,;c :lOQ. 35 35 x 75
Coarsc 1,500 50 65 x 75
Coarsc 2,400 50 75 x 75
Coarsc 3.600 60 75 x 75
Coarsc 7,200 75 75xl00
Scc also Scction 2104.6.
1
111c actual grout spacc or grout cc!l dimcnsions musl be largcr th:tn thc su m o( thc followíng itcms ( 1) Thc rcquircd mínimum dímcnsions of total clcar
arcas in Tablc 704-1 : ( 2) Thc width of any mort:tr projcctions within thc spacc: and (3) lltc horizontal projections of thc diamctcrs of thc horízonwl
rcinforcíng bars within a cross scction of thc grout sp:tcc orce !l.
) Thc mínimum dimcnsions of thc total clcar arcas sha!l be madc up of onc (>r more opcn arcas wirh at lcast on~ arca bein¡; 19 mm or grcarcr in width.
\

Tablc 705-1 - Spccílicd Comprcssivc Strength of Masonry, f, ( MPa) Based on

Specífying lhc Comprcssivc Strcngth of Masonry Un its
-
COMI'RESSIVE STHENGTH OF CLA Y 1 SJ>ECIFIED COMI'RESSIVE STRI~NGTH OF MASONRY, f'm -
MASONRY lJNITS '·' Typc M or S Mortar ' Typc N Mortar-'
(MPa) (MPa} (MPa}
- -
- -----
96.5 more
---- -- - - - - -- - - - --
36.5
...-- - --)oy·--- - - --
82.7 32.4 26.2
68.9 27.6 22.7
-· 55. 1 18.6
¡-- 23.1
4 1.3 18.6 15.2
27.6 13.8 11.0
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH Of SPECIFfED COMI'HESSIVE STRENGTH Of MASONRY f'm
CONCRETE MASONR\' UNITS'·' Tvpc M or S Mornr' 1 Typc N Mortar'
(MPa) (MPa) 1 (MPa)

---------~----------l-----
33 .1 nrmore • i'l.3
25.8 16,191
19.3 12.7
-----···----~·-- ·-· --¡:¡-_¡- --- · -..·- -·- 9 ..30
··-~--·

8.60
, ,
~~ . -
6..50
comprcssrvc strcngth of solrd clay masonry u1111s 1s l>ascd 011 gross arca. Comprcssrvc strc11gth of hollow e,,la y nMsonry u m L~ IS bascd on !lltl11!llllm nct MC<l.
Valucs m.1y be intcrpolatcd. Whcn hollow clay masonry units are groutcd, thc grout shall confonn 10 thc proportíon in Tal>lc 703-2.
2
Assumcd assemblagc. Thc speciticd comprcssivc strcngth of masonry f'., ís l>ascd 011 gross arca strcngth when usíng solid units or solid groutcd masonry
and 11Cl arca strcngU1 whcn using ungroutcd hollow uníts.
3
Mortar for unit masonry, proponion spccitication, as specificd in Tablc 703-1. Thcsc values apply to portland ccmcnt - lime mortars without addcd
air - cntraining matcrials .
4
Yalucs may be intcrpolatcd. tn groutcd concrete masonry, thc comprcssivc strcngth of grout shall be cqual to or grcat<.'r than thc comprcssive strcngth of thc
concrete masonry units.

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 l -54 CHAPT[Ii 7 ·· Masonry

Tablc 707-1 - Allowablc Tension. /J,, ror Embctldcd Am;hor

Bolls ror Clay and Concrete Masonry, kNU.l

· EM BED M ENT LEN(ITH,t;,-;;;:-EI)(;-E:-i5is1·ANCE~I~:-·(nu~;)-·--·---·-···----------- · ·· ···- 1

. --,- - -so_ ___ . .
<~-,-~~_
a_)_ 75 100 ---- - . 2'5- - -----tso--------- ........ 2'0(1.......... ......__25-i;------¡

- --·-
10.3 ... 1.10
- - - - - - -- - - - - ---- - ·- -
2.45 .
-· _ _ __
4.32
_
- - f - -· 6.76 ---"9:7'¡-----·-,?T_____ ----27.ü------J
, ___ _ __, ____................,._, __________ - - - -- ................... .... . ................_ , __ ... . 1
12.4
1- ---::--::-- -f- -- 1.20
-;-- - -2.67
- - -- 4.76 - - - · - -7.43 - ---- __ .._10.7 18.9
_______ ______________ 29.6 .. t1
, --- ----.....
13.8 1.25 2.80 4.98 7.83 !1.2 20.0 31.2 !
11.2 1.38 3. 16 5.61 8.72 12.6 -22A-- 34.9 .. - l
¡----- ....--- - .. --- _____ _ _.............- - -__,..,. ----- _____ ..., .......... -------..----·---·1
20.7 1.50 - - - 3.43
--- 6.!4 __ 9.57
_ _, _____ ·- 13.8 38.3-....... ... 11
24 .5,_,_____ - -----..
- , _ _ ___
f
~ 27.6 1.78 3.96 7.08 1 J .04 !5.9 28.3 44.2 1
t
¡
34.4 1.96 4.45 -_ 7.92 12.37 17:..~ _ _3_1!,_ 49.4 ..~----~- ¡ =-
41.3 2.146 4.85 8.68 13.53 19.5 __ _34.7 54.3 _____..)
¡' Tite allowable tcnsion values in Tablc 707-1 are bascd o n compressive strcngth of tn:tsonry <tsscmhl.tgcs. Whcrc yicld strcngth of anchor boh stccl govcms,

¡ 2
thc allowablc tension in kN is g ivcn in Tablc 707-2.
Valucs are for bohs of at lcast A 307 qua lity. Bohs shall be thosc spccificd in Scction 706 .2. 14.1
¡ 3
Va lucs shown are for work with or without spccinl inspcction.

Tablc 707-2- Allowablc Tension, 13,. for Embcddcd Anchor

1¡, I3olts for Clay and Concrete Masonry, kN 1.
2
t
¡ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ...:.A
..:cN
:..:..::C_HOR BOLT DIAME'fEI{(;;m;)- ------..- - - - - - ---- --------..-------- -~ - ]
!

1
6
!.56
10
3.5 1
12
6.27
-....,..::::,-.--j==~:.;==]--~1~:--:~-~- .j
Valucs are for bolts of at lcast A 307 quality. Bolts shall be thosc s pccilicd in Section 706.2.1 4. 1
2
Valucs shown are f'or work witlt or without special inspcction.

Tablc 707-3- Allowable Shcar. 13 1., for Embcddcd Anchor

2
Bolts for Clay and Concrete Masonry, kN '·

~--· -~
A.J'!~ HOR BOLT DIAMETER (inchcs)
/',.
(MI'a) ·--·:-· 10 - -- __ _12 ·- - -16 -- ... ------ --zo·-==- =~=-- 22" --- =~~-25-----~ ~:=-~:----2-~-
10.3 2.14 3.78 5.92 7.92 8.45 9. 12 9.7
12.4 2. 14 3.78 5.92 8.28 9.35 9.57 10.1
----- - -·------ -~-- ·---- ------.....,.;:-- - -----
13.8 2.14 3.78 5.92 8.45 9.1 7 9.79 10.4
17.2
- 2.14 3.78 5.92 8.45 9.70 10.4 - - 11.0
--- '"' j
20.7 2. 14 .. 3.78 5.92 8.45 10. 1 10.9 11.5
276 2. 14 3.78 5.92 8.45 10.9 11.7 12.'1
34 .4 2.14 3.78 5.92
·-··
8.45 11.5
-- ------
12.3 - - 13'} 1

~---
41.3
. ·:--;-:- ,---~------- ---.
2.14 3.78
--- 5.92 8.45 11.6 12.9 13.7
---
- - - · ····
.j
Valucs :u e for lll)lts o l at Jcast A 307 quahty. Bolts shall be thosc spcctlicd 111 Sccttott 706.2. 14.1.
2
Valucs shown are for work witll or without special inspcction.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Pllilippines

 CH/\PTEfl l · Masonry "1 ~·'}

Tablc 707-4- Mí nimum Diamctcrs of Bcnd

.t

1 Tablc 707-5- Allowablc Flexura! Tcnsion (kPa)

!
¡- ,. - · - - - - -- -- --,r--- -- - - -- --
MORTAR TYPE
¡
t ,...·_li_m...cc_a.;..n_di--'--M_<-'-H-·t"'a.,_r_C::cc::.:'l~li..:.C""n-'-t---+------M--'-
_ _ _C-,...cJ_n_c_n-::
1
as-'-·o;.._
nr~ Ccmcnt ---,..,....--- ---1
M or S
r---~-~~---J_ ___ __ ~-------L----~~~---
N M or S 1 N
UNIT TYPI~
1~;---=.;'-;-'-:'-"--;-':..-;:-:;-::=--.¡---------.... - -- - - - -- - . - -·····- -- - -- -·-"T-- - - -·- - - -- !
Normal to bed Joi nt~
Sol id 276 207 165 103
Hollo w 172 131 103 62
Normal lo hcad joints
Sol id 551 267 330 207
liollow - --- --
········-···---·······---···- _ ______ 222 ....:_.:;..___
262 207 - ..- ---·_ 1_24_______

Tablc 708-1 - Max imum Nominal Shcar Strcngth Values '· 2

--·~···-

M/Vd V, MAXIMUM
-·-- -
:5 0.25 6.0A;.Jr:: :: 380 Ae (322 A<. ,(JC :: 1691 Ae
~ 1.00
4.0 A,.-Jr:: S 250 Ae (214 Ae -J--¡: S 111 3 A,.
M tS thc JJl;tXIInum bendmg momentthat occurs Sllnullancously wull thc shcnr load 1' al thc sccllon undcr constdcraHon. lntcrpoi.Hton
may be by slraight linc for M/Vd values bctwcen O 25 and 1.00
Vn is in N, and f'm is in kl'a.

Table 708-2- Nominal Shear Strength Coefficient

E 1
rtri 1 r:1
Mis thc maxi munt bcnding momcnt thal occurs simullancously wilh thc shcar load 1' atlhc seclionundcr considcration. lntcrpolation
may be by straightline for M/Vd valucs bctwcen 0.25 and 1.OO.
j
Tablc 7!0-1 - Shear Wall Spacing Requi rements for Empírica! Design of Masonry
·--·
MAXIMUM RATIO
Shcar Wall Spadng to
FLOOR OR ROOF CONSTRUCTION Shcar Wall Len~---·-
Cast-in-place concrete 5: 1
Precast Concrete 4:1
Metal deck with concrete fill 3:1
Metal deck with no fill 2: 1
Wood Diaphragm 2:1
-

11
National Structural Code of !he Philippines 6 ' Edition Volume 1
 7-')6 CHAPTUl l- Masont)'

Tablc 710-2- A tlowabtc Cornprcssivc Strcsscs for Empírica! Dcsign of Masonry

·¡
CONSTIHJCTION: COMI'HESSIVE STHENGTH OF UNIT, GROSS AREA ALLOWABLE COMI'Jm'iSIVE STHESSES
·-·-·--------·------··-··-·· · · - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i GHOSS CHOSS-SECTIONAL AHEA (1\-tl'a)
-·--;¡-;y¡;-¡;M~-;~ S~i;~~¡-;;·r --~¡):¡;;;·Ñ-Mort;l;:

-:')o lid mason;y of brick-ilnci-~}i!;cr -~~-llid units \~f~¡·,~;~;;:~~h;;¡;;··-·· ·

Sand-limc or concrete brick:
55.1 plus, MPa 2.41 2.07
31.0 MPa !.55 138
17.2 MP¡¡ 1.10 () 96
10.3 MPa 0.79 0.69
Groutcd masonry, of clay or shale; sand-limc or concrete:
31.0 plus, MPa 1.89 !.38
17.2MPa 1.48 0.96
10.3 MPa 1.21 0.69
--:::--:-:-':,::.:.::.-'--""-"----::---c--:--c---------;--------------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Sol id masonry of so lid concrete masonry units:
20.7 plus, MPa 1.55 1.38
13.8 MPa 1.10 0.96
8.27 MPa 0.79 0.69
----i----·--
Masonry of hollow !oad-bcaring units:
13.8 plus, MPa 0.96 0.83
10.3 MPa 0.79 0.69
6.89 MPa 0.52 0.48
4.82 MPa _ _ _ 0.41 0.38 _______________
...::.:._~-----+---___e:_:.:_:_

Hollow walls (cavity or masonry bonded)' so1id units:

17.2 plus, MPa 1.10 0.96
10.3 MPa 0.79 0.69
f - - - - - - : - - - - - - - - - - - · - - - · · -..--------l----__::..c.:----------
Hollow units
f----'-':..::..:C:.::..;_--=.:,:.:-.:.:.:.____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _..._______..___________ 0.52
- - - - - · - -..------··----· - - · - 0.48
Stone ash1ar masonry:
Granite 4.96 4.41
Limestonc or rnarblc 3.10 2.76
Sandstone or cast stone 2.48 2.20
Rubble stone masonry
______ Coarse,_L~or randorn ----------------------- _ 0.837 ---·· _ _ _ _0.69, ----
Unburned clay masonry 0.21
Linear 1ntcrpolntwn may be us~dfor dctc;:;ni~~~g~ii~;~~-~¡;¡;;-~[~css~,z-(;;~-;;-;aso;-;¡:;, units havingco;;:;¡;;cssr~;·-,;;·;~;;-¡;·;hs whicl;;;-;¿¡¡-;;;;;·rncdiatc bctwccnthosc- ·
givcn in the tablc.
'Wherc floor and floor Joads are can·ied u pon wythc, thc gross cross-scctional arca is that of thc wythc undcr load. lf both wythcs are !oadcd, thc gross
cross-scctional arca is that of thc wallminus thc arca of thc cavity bctwcenlhc wythcs.

Table 710-3- Allowable Shear on Bolts for Empirically

Designed Masonry Except Unburned Clay Units

-·--I>I'Ai\'fif;j;:¡~RÜÜLT -- r-· ----- EMBEDMENT _ _ __ SOL ID MASONI{Y--. .., 9'RütJTET) 'MAS<.>i~í_i 1: _ '

______ .----~mm) _ _ ---------- (nu!!_2_ _________ ------·- · (shcar in k~L___ ____ __ (shcar in kN) ..

Association of Structural Engioeers of tlle Phílippines

 CHAPlEH J · Maso!lry i :)7

Tablc 7 10-4- Wall Lateral Support Rcqui rcments

for Empiricul Dcsign or Mason ry
---··--- - - - - -- - -
CONSTRUCTTON MAXIMUM lit or hit
Bcaring walls - - ------·-------·--·
Sol id or sol id groutcd 20
---·--·------·~---·------------··~~-·~-·

All othcr 18
-------------·----··-···------
_!;!~: dlearing wal!s
·-- - - - - --+- - ----··-- - - - ·-··--
Exterior 18
Interior 36

Table 7 10-5 - Thickness of Foundation Walls for Empírica! Design of Masonry

i NOMINAL TlllCKNESS MAXIMUM DEPTH Of UNilALANCED FILL

(mm) (lll)
FOUNDATION WALL CONSTRUCTION
Masonry of hollow units, ungroutcd 200 1. 22
250 1. 52
__ ., 300 1.83 ___ _______
..,

Masonry or sol id units 200 1.52

250 1.83
300 2. 13 ;

-·- ·----·
Masonry of hollow or sol id units, fully grouted 200 2.13
20 2.45
300 2.45
-·-· ~-- -- ------- -----
Masonry of hollow units reinforccd vertically with 200 2.13
12 mm bars and grout at 600 mm o.c. Bars
loc.:ated not less than 115 mm from pressure
Side ofwall.

Table 710-6 - Allowable Shear on Bolts for Masonry of Unburned Clay Units

DIAMETER OF HOLTS
(mm) 1
EM8EDMENTS
(mm) e_ SI-IEAR
(kN)

.. 12 - -·
-
16 300 0.89
---·---- -··
20 380 1.33
22 457 1.78 .....-
_ ---- _2_~l__ _______
______ 2.22
25 -·--- -------------
28 600 2.67
----- - --

National Structural Code of the Philippines 6th Edition Volurne 1

 l-Sí.l CH/\F' TIJ-: / Masonr y

1 2
T ablc 7 11-1- Radius of Gyration for Concrete M asonry Units
--------···-·-- - ·---------··-···-----·· ----·· ---· - · ----------·-· ····-----------------·-····N()'i\1·¡-ÑA J,--\ \'I ¡}·:¡-:¡-¡···o w A:II-(ñili1)___________ _____________________
1;~ ······1

---~~!~?!l.U'r.~~~l N<; _{~l!~~!L =~=-~~~=~~:~=:~-

100
=~=~::~-~-=~=:~~~=~==--=-
ISO
=-~====~~~-=~~~-~-=:=--~·==:~~:
200 250
---------s-;;¡;~¡ -c;·;:;;;;!e-~~--- -~- -------2c,_4(J__________ -----~~5-------
300
----·----·s:~------ -----70_3<l___
. . i
---·-----s;¡·J«r--------·-i •
----------------·;¡¡¡¡¡·---------- - -------29 .sii______ --- -4s.46- ------- ------6i-:-7o·--- --- -77.20- ---- 93.20-- ---- !
--- -·-·---- --.. 6óii________________ - - ---- __ ____ --------47:5()-- --·--- -- ·
-30~7() ·- ·--·--·--¡yfiiri_______· 1
--·-e;¡~]()·-- ---···-· --·--·-·so~só·-··------·

=:=-:~--- -wo---·---·------ ---315o _______ _______

4if~m· ---65-.w - - 82.60 99.3ü
1ooo oo.iii.
-----------------T2ifü__________________ ------ ·---332.00
-:2"'}_5______..... 49.30
----------49~8ii'-
66.80
- - ------------67:6o 83.80
-- - ------ -84.66 _ _____ 102 .i'o· ----- -- --~ .
- -- ---- ----------------- - -- -----·- - ----- ---- - ------ - _ __ __ __ _ ___ ¡
1400 32.50 50.30 68. 1o ' 85.30 102.90 !
1600 32.75 50.55 68.60 85.80 103.6ó ;
- ------------i'ii""ó()"'''"'"-"""' ··--· ·------ -----33 .00 ............. .........50.80.. .. - ·-------68.7iú ' " _______ --- -·¡ 04·:·1()
-- --------86:~16--·----

---~grout ----33.50__ __ _52.80 __ 72.10 90.20 108.96 1

.l
For singlc-wylhc masonry or for an ind¡valualwythc of a cavny w;tll.

~Thc rmlius of gyration shall be bascd t>n thc spccilicd d i.mwsions o f thc masonry units or shall he in accordancc wilh !he va lucs shown which are bascd on
ll~e mínimum dimcnsions of hollow concrc1c masonry unit facc sht•lls and wd>s in act•ordancc wilh l.JBC Standard 21-4 for 1wo ccll unils.

1
Tablc 71 1-2- Radius of Gyration for Clay M asonry Unit Lcngth, 400 MMz

NOMINAL WI_DTH OF WALL (mm)

GROUT SPACING (mm) ...
--- - - - ---..
250 300
-1---
100 ISO 200
Solid Grouted ... 26.92 4 1.65 56.64 71.37 86.10 ....... 1
····---·- .. ..···---··
~

400 29.45 45.20 6 1.47 77.00 92.70

f - - -- -
600 30.48 47.00
·--·--··-··-
63.75 79.50
--- 95.80 -----·1
800 3!.24 47.75 65.02 8 1.00 97.80
· ------------- -1000 -------------· --------·-- - ---------------- ----- -·-·- ..... .. --- ---- - - ---
31.75 48.50 65.80 82.00 99. 10
1200 32.00 .. 49.00 66.29 82.80 99.80
1400 32.26 49.28
- 66.80 83.30 100.30
- -- --~--- -- ··-·
100.80
1600 32.26 49.53 67.05 83.80
!800 32.50 49.53 67.30 84.10 101.35
----·
No grout 33.53 51.31 69.85 86.90 104.90
..
1:or smglc -wylhc n1.1sonry
..
or for ,mmdJVidual wy¡hc o f a c,.vlly
' wall .
-·

r =~ 1/A,.
2'!11c radius of gyntlion shalll>c bascd o n !he spccificd dimcnsions of !he masonry unils or shall be in accordancc wilh !he valucs show n which are. hased '"'
Lhc mínimum di mcnsions of ho llow d;ly concrclt~ masonry facc shdls ;u¡d wcbs in accordancc wilh U BC Swndard 2 1- 1 for Lwo ccll unils.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CI-IAPTEH l · fv1<!SOIIf Y f SD

1 2
Tablc 711-3- Radius of Gyrati on f'or (]ay Masonry Unit Lcngth. 300 MM
-·-·---·-- - -·---------------~-- - --- -- -- - - - ·- -- --------------------·---- ----~--~ ·-------------- -

NOMINA L WIDTH OF ~~LL (mm)

.Jl!l9_l.l~~:_$1) A9..~S?..l!!!'.!!L -------------~-~~ ------ -·----------- - - - ----------------·--· - --------·------- ----~~~--······· ·-~--- ·· ···--····· · ·

100 150 200 250 300

------·-~s-;¡·i(J Gn;utcd --- -- - - 26.92_ __ -- - - ·---------- -------g(¡_ 60_____ _
41.90 56.90 71.63
- ----
300 29.20 45.00
.. - ------- --
61.00 76.20
- ---- 91.69
--
------- -----·- 450
-- --- - -------- -- -- - -----
30.20
--- -·62. 7"4___
___.... -----78'."
23'"·-~=
---------------~------·-----···

94.23
46.23
---- ----- 600
.. -- --------~----··-

30.70 47.00 63.75 79.25 95.50

- - - 750 80.00 --
31.20 47.50 64.26 96.52
- - - - --- -- -- - ---47.75
- -- -- --- - -- ------ -------·
- ----- 900 31.50 64.77 80.52 97.00
97.54 - -
1050 3 1.50 48.00 65.02 81 .03
1200 3 1.75 48.26 65.28 81.28 97.79
- -
- 1350 31.75 48.26 65.53 81.53 98.00
98.30
¡-- -
1500 32.00 48.50 .. 65.79 81.53
1650 32.00 48.50 65.79 8 1.79 : 98.55
1800 32.00 48.50 65.79 81.79 98.55
No grout 32.77 49.50 67.30 83.30 1 100.33
-r ..
l·or s tng lc-wylhc nJ.1sonry or for an md1vtdual wyt11c o f a cavJty wall.

r =~· 1/A,.
1
1ltc radius o f gyralion shall be bascd on thc spccificd dimcnsio ns of lhc masonry unils or shall be in accord;Ulcc wilh !he valucs shown which are bascd on
!he mínimu m dimc nsions of hollow el ay concrete masonry facc shclls and wcbs in accordancc wi1h UBC Swndard 21-1 fo r 1wo ccll units.

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 Al

APPENDIX A

CONVERSION FACTORS
~-~·~·--- ·---- --
- APPEÑDIXA: EQUIVALENCE BFIWEEN SI-METRIC, MKS-METRIC, AND U.S.

····---······ ·
CUSTOMAR Y UNITS OF NON-HOMOGENOUS EQUATIONS IN THE CODE

--··----~-l···-·---·---·--·
Sl-mctric stress
- ---··---------------··-- · - - - -----··
mks-mctric stress · ···- U.S. Customary units stress i
___ ___ ____in Me3.'- - ·---··---- ---··-·· ···i.-~~.[1~.~~=-·---r-···--- ...l'.2:!_1]..dS ~cr sguarc inch (~sil__ __
1 MPa 1O kgflcm· 142.2 psi
----·----- - -- -----+ ------------·--.,- ··-
f', =21 MPa .· f',. =210 kgli'cm· !'.-= 3,000 psi
----~-

f',. = 28 MPa
.
f ',. = 2HO kg!i'cm·
- --~

f',. =4,000 psi

--- -
f',. =350 kgflcm
2
.f'.. = 35 MJ>a f',. = 5,000 psi
f',:::: 40 MPa f'r = 420 kgflcm· f', =6,000 psi
[.. = 280 MPa J.;. =2,800 kgflcm·
"'1______
¡.. = 40,000 psi
--
=
f,. 420 MPa
·-
[.. = 4,200 kgflcm· ¡;. = 60,000 psi
- - · - -----------·· ry·----
- -· ¡;, = 250,000 psi
J;m = !,725 MPa ¡;, =!7 ,600 kgflcm·
1-----·--- - - - -----·-------- - - -
[p,, = !.860 MPa _(¡,., =!9,000 kgf/c m· ¡;,., = 270,000 psi
-----------------
¡¡;:- in MPa :usJ/ .- in kgflcm· J2j.{', in psi
-
----··-·-·---···--~-------

0.313 Jf': in MPa

-·--=---~-----,-------

\
{j'
'
111 kgf/cm· 3.77¡¡::- in psi
- -------·- --
r·:· in psi --
0.083JI':. in MPa 0.27[(" in kgf/cm· . J,
- - · - --···--··------- ..· - ----·-~ .. , ......-
o.s3JT. in kgf/cm· 2 rp· in psi
O.l70 j /--;-; in MPa
" '
Eq. 405-2 !'cr =!'e+2.33s, - 3.5 f',., =f',. + 2.33ss- 35 f',, = f'. + 2.33s_, - 500

/'.., =/',. + 7.0 f'.., =f', + 70 f',.,= f '•. + !000

- -·-·--··-
Tablc 405-2 ______ ......._
._
!'.., =.f ',. + 8.3---..·-- - ------~-------------

f',., = .r ',. + 84 ¡·.., =!'.. + !200

--····---·- ----~----
f',., = l.l Of'.. + 5.0 j'('l ::: I .IOJ '.. +50 f',, = I.JQf'.. + 700

Scction ..-·-- -·-----·-- ···---..-----

!Loo 1 s_~_1lQ
..-...- -....--·----·---·----- - ----o.oo 18X6o.ooo
0.0Qllx4200 -- -----
~7.13.2.1 (3) --·---~-.{,_.-· j,. /,. ------
Section
408.6.1
/.:._~ = w/5 0.043 JI': -------~-
E.- = w/ 5 0. 14 JI': E,. = we u 33. ~ !r ,.
---
E,= 4700J/': E, = 15,!00 f"Fr- E,.= 57,000
--·
-Jf':
Sect. 408.7. 1 ). =.f.r /(0.56 JI':) S. l.O ). =J.., /(1.78 [i) S. 1.0 ). =,t;.,/(6.70ff..) $ 1.0
Tablc 409- 1 (1.65- 0.0003w,.) 2: -!.09 ( 1.65 - 0.0003w..) ~ 1.09 ( 1.65 - 0.005w..) ~ 1.09
(0.4 + f,/700) _,. ___ (0.4 + ¡;ng_f!;}_¿___
_____ . . (0.4 +_[i lO,OOO)
Eq. 409-ll f, ::: 0 .62), JI': f, =2.01- -Jf': f, = 7 .50A. _¡¡;: !
·~f<~¡ )
1
Eq. 409- 13 t. ( 0.8 + t. ( 0.8 + ¡'4~;00) t ( 0 .8 +
• 200.000
~. ).
Ir =}¡.;·-~:·sj{a ---: "(i ~i) ;,: 12 .Scm ")(,~;~ -5-fj{;;~:.--:~--(i~i) ?. Sin.
'. ~:}E~~~~E~~t.:. :~9~:!.~.~ . ~-~~~:___. _____________ . ,,.. ________
____
_., ~-~--~- -----
/¡ "'

.. . . .... ;{(~--~-~-c·_- . ·r ------· ·- 1

t ( 0.8 + f . .)
Eq. 409- !4
/¡
l. ( O.S + J:Óá)
= ________, _______,............. ?. 90 111.'11
36 + 9 fJ
•
h = ------------ - - ?. 9cm
36 .¡. 9 fJ
14,000 /¡ =............
" ___________
200.000 .. :?. 3.5111.
36 + 9 fJ
. !
¡

---- ·------- ---

A . =¡¡, . b d ;e: ~b 0.8Jf'.. 14 3ff:
A . : : : --' b d <! - - b .d
200
Eq. 410-3 J .nm~ [ ,. •.
4 !, ..t1 A . = - - b d?.-b .ll
J,n-.n / , "' / >. ., J.tn.on J "' J ..
,. )' ·.-

Eq. 410-4 .S. =38{280)

- -2.5c,. ~ 30{280)
·- -- S=3{ 2800) _ 2_5c<~ 3{ 2800) S=I{4~oo)-2.x~ s3o{4~oo)
/, !, !, f.

Association of Structural Engineers of t11e Phílippines

 A'!

-A·P-PEÑDf)(A·:-ECfülVÁT:EÑ-CEBETWEEN SI-MÉTRIC~-'Mf<s:METRIC, ANO U.S. CUSTOMARY ÚNif

OF NON-HOMOGENOUS EQUATIONS IN THE CODE
--~---·---~=-----------·---- --
Sl-rnetr k stress rnks- met ric stress U.S. Cus tomary units stress i
OM_ _ _

--
in MPa _ ___ in kgf/cm 2 .JlOun~ls pc r square inch (p~iL
---- ---
Eq. 4 !0- 1R Mz.min = P,.( !5 + ().()311) M2.mm = P,.( 1.5 + 0.0311) Mz.mm = Pu(0.6 + 0.03/r)
------- -- · - ------,- - --------
-------~---· ~--

Scct. 4 t 1.2.2 J.' :5 8.3 MPa ..._,...

---·- \1, ::: ()_ t 7J.f..'_______
~----·--·--·-···--
___
J.' 5 27 kgiJcm·
·--·--·--- ......_
J.-' 5 100 psi
···--
-~--

Eq. 41"1 -3 b,.d v,. = b,.d

-~-·--

\1, :: 2.00).j.' b,.d o.sv¡;·

---·--- ----- - ·--- --- ----·--
V' = 0.17(1 +__!!__.,_ )JJT b d V, -"- 1
::0.53 ( 1 + -N li.JT".b. d ·-~~' =-2( 1+ ---~---j,t!T~:-;--
2000A '"
Eq. 411-4
--------------
Eq. 4 11-5
----1--~-
14A

V= 0. 1(: f' + 17p V

,. .
' '
X

• M.
b• d
_,!!__
dr·--- \(. =
140A,)
- - ------
- + 176p•. -~
(0.54 !'.
.
'

Vd) b•.<l -~~-~(J.94T. +2500p•. ~:'}•.d-

'·

:! 0.29). .¡¡: b,.d 5 0.93). .fF.. b,.(/ :S 3.50). .fF.. b,.d

- ·
Eq . 411-7 V: =0.29(JI;-92:N·}Jf).d V =093(
' iF'.35A,
!'~ )w.b ' •
_d V
'
=15(\0;-~
50(}\
)*-::-b.d

Eq. 411-8 1', :: 0.17 ( 1+ O.z:,N· )J/f::-l>.d ~ 0 V, = 0.53(1 + t~, )Jlf'~b.d ~O v, = 2 ( 1+ s~~JJ/1:: -h,d ~ o
~-·--

V, = ( -A .j- f', + 4.8 -1'"-d ) b .d 1'=( 3-2A20ff. + 49 -". d} d V' =C2Aff

' M. 20 + 7(){)~..!!.}
• M. •
d
20 M. •
Eq. 411-9
o.s3i. .¡¡; b.,d ::: v, :s l .33/. H: b,.,}
0. 17)./1. b.,d::. 11, "S.0.421.[f..b,.d . b,.d S V,.~ 5}. IT
2i. Jf . b,.d
--
(' ('

'----·~--

Eq. 411-10 V =}. j f .- b d +V ~- 1j. M ,.,t. 1' =~12J.fl!;_b d .:V

20 ... ,.
+~M,(~
M
V =12-i Jf: bd +V +V, M!!.!
" 20 " r d M fll.J.l
( '1 • J filM
r• 20 w 1' el M.riJ"
2: 0.1 42fJ.b..,J 2: 0.45J.[f b,.d 2: 1.7J.Jf.b,.ll
--~·· --
Eq. 4 11- 11 M," =(o.sJ.ff: + !,"- ¡J!_
. )',
M ac =(1 .6;.ff; + Jp< - JJ )i.
_,
M"' =(6 J.f/': + /,, -¡Ji_
)' )',

v,. .=(0.29A./j·~· +0.3/,_.)•.d + v,, p V:~ =(0.9~ +0.3/JJ,dr +1~, ~~-- =(3.s;.Jf; +0.3Jp),d,. + v,,
Eq. 411-12
0.332 .¡¡: 1.1 Olff._ 4.00J.J'J;
---··
~·------
Scct. 4! 1.6.5.3 0.33.f1:b .. d 1.10ffb..d 4.oo
\
r¡-' b,.d
- - - -- --- ------ -- - - · - ------ - ·- --
.JJ:
·------~ ···

Scct. 41 1.6.6 . 1
(1 0.1 7 ~!', b\\d (P0.53 b.d (J2.0oj]'c b,.d
(6)
A,._•• , = 0.062ff_ fb S
A,._.,,._= 0 .20
ff. b.!,, · S
=
A......... 0 .75
ffb
f ,.,
S
Eq. 411 -13
"
:::: 0.35/J~~ :::: 3.50/J!!,¡_ 2: 50/J!!:I
f,t J;l J;.t

Eq.411 -17 V,= A,.¡;. sin á. ~ 0.25 .f1: b,,d V, = A,.J;. siná ~ 0.8/f;b,.d \1_, = A,.f,. siná ~ 3 jJ_ b,.<l
- - - · - - · ··- - ··-
Scct. 411.6.7.9 o.66 l r¡e b,.d 2.2.f1:b..d 8J¡,_b.d
S ce!. 4 1 t. 7. 1 T,,< T,.< T,,<
(l) r!dff(A')
.c....--------------'---
12
l-
..!!:..
1' '"
r o 21 J. ff. ( -~-:r...
A' )
1 .,.
(!l. ;-·--( ___A')
. f ', .éE••
¡> •P

Scct. 4 11.7.1
--- - - 7;,<
-··-···- - - ···--·-·-·---··· -
7;,<
-·· -- . A . .~-· ·---···--'-"'''''_,_,

7;, <
-·-
(2)
-~!..~C. (~~: ) F::·~~~t~~~- --;- A.~.
rf..l.2?Aj¡ ' (---- J r-----
!',, '
.f,-...-
11· ---7,=;"
A. 1 ..
¡p~ (A}, r---¡;-
- J 1 -1- - - - · " ' '
fl,, ' 4,tJ.f'..
Sect. 411.7.1
(3)
Vi i.JT: ( A:r )
- 1-2 - P,,
1~, <

JI + Ü.33A~i...Jr:'
l
N. ~0 . 2H
(,JF______
--
1:,<
A,r
P,r
l ~- - - •-
A,i.ff,
N
¡bJ.
(
Arr2
¡;:;
)f____
Tu<

:rr:
l + 4 A;;.
N

111
National Structural Code of tl1c Phitippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 'APPEÑl)J)(/\:- EoCifVALENCE BETWEEN SI-METRIC,"-MKS-METRIC, AND U.S. CUSTOMARY.UNIT.
OF NONHOMOGENOUS EQUATIONS IN THE CODE
··---:-
Sl-mctric stress mk s-mctric stress u.s. Customary units stress J
· -- -·-···- in MPa
·~···-~---------·-··-~
. l~!gflc mL__ ______ pound~_E_cr squarc inch (psi) ____

.,:. ~ .?.!.--1L~ (-~_.:. ) , 1/1?.. ~rI . ',·'( A~ ·!· ) 1...... .( p,.,,

Sec.:l. 2
A '.!:.. )
2

411.7.2 ·¡:. ,._ T, = 1/14-Z f' , ......

- -Se(-1)el.·-·--- ·---- -..·--··-
411.7.2 .,: = !..~L{~~-J Ff· ()3&);~·
1 '"

1;, =¡MJT: (~~ ]¡;::J.[¡,!,~;

1 '"

.,>?1-4TI,P,"
-~ 1 +-·-~=
1 A2 ·r__. [ . .
J
-----

(2) P." 4A.{j,.

.ff. ( 1\~ )JI+- N,~- 1\::JF-~

SeeL
411.7.2 T=~*' 1\:.)JI+--
• 3
( · !!L-.~-
P.,.
0.3YI,J.jT 1: =(JJ•
A.J.jf:
r. =?14T J'•r 4A,AJT:
Í
(3)
~-
J!,"
-- K. -· ·---
J[f~;¡J ~:-({~~~~y
.. . ' i"""' ''"""' ........ ;

[ b~~~ J ·/~ ~-~ : ("h¡·) (·h~i·)

! '

Eq. 411 -24 +

+ ( .. ).

S ~( ~L- + 2_[/~· ) ~
{&~~· + 2JT) s {~~+sff.)
b. d 3

Eq. 411-25 (J¡~~~-) + ( ·d:~~~-~ ) ( b\: ';¡-- ) + ( ·¡~"f¡:;· ) ( -~L .. ) + ( ....~~!.'!_ )

h.d 1 .7 A',, ·

5 ~ ( ¡;~~-~;¡- + -~-j_z:~~~~
3
':
)
........_, ____
$ { ......v.!..... + 2 !',
b•. d
r--·) s_{ ¡;~~~
___.._.._ + s/f~)
__________.... _____
--- ,
------
(A,+ 2A,)=0.062fi.; b•.~ (A,. + 2 A, )= 0.2o..j""{: b,s ( A,. + 2 A, } = 0 .75"fJ: b,s
, - -
Eq. 41! -29 !,, . J•., f •.,
~ 0.35b_¿_ ~ 3.5b•.s ~ 50b.s
f •• f.., !,.,
y·)
...

Eq.41l-30
sff:l\-p (1\ y~
" ·"'"'= 12f. --- -;· T"'· !\.mio -
_1.n[1·~
f
A,,. -(.1
.~
.\
. r
' J
¡ ,, 1\.onin::: -
sJf'J\"
/ -, - - --; _
( 1\ y7/".
..:t...!.. ?. ~-~~--~~!>:. .~!. ~ !.~.?..~~--~ -~?. ~~~~
S f ... ,\' f .. S !,,
- - -- ---- --
(3.3 + O.O&fc-' )A" (34 + O.O&C )A" (480 + 0 .08.fc.' )A,.
Sect. 4!! .8.5 llAr, II OAco 1600A..,
5.5Ar, 55Aco 800 Ar,
--
Sect. 411 .9.3
0.83 .Jl'b11tl • 2.65
~- -·~--
Jr ;· bud 10..Jf': b"d
---~- ...
Scction (3.3 + 0.08/,.' )b.,d (34 + 0.08.fc' )b.li (480 + 0.08.fc.' )b.tl
411.10.3.2. 1 lllvL. __ 1 lOb.d 1600b,.d
Section (5.5 .. J..)tg,.)b,.d (55 - 20a,,)b"d (800- 280a,.)b,.d
411.10.3.2.2 d d d ··-·· !
Section
(5/6) Jr,."d ff. hd
2.65 10 ~/',. hd
i¡
4 11.1 1.3
-·--·-~ ·----- - -----·- ···-···-··-------~---·-- ··-- ------------- -- -----------·----- ----~~------------- --------
...
Section
41!.1!.5
( 1/6)1./F: /¡ d 0.53). Jr~- hd 2)./f~hd
- -··- --- ..................... .-··----·- ·-·..----... ------ - - -- ---···- -----··---·
Eq. 411 -33
1',. = 0 .27 tl .r('---- Ir
• 1
d
-----~---

+ -N---~...d..
4(
\11 =
\
r-·
Nd-
0.88tl ['. hd + --~--
' 41•.
/-·-·- NLd....
V,.= .3 ..3tt •'(' ,. lJ d + -4/,,.
--
1.(O1Aj{, +02/IrN, J
Eq. 4ll-34
. lf
J,
1> QO:X- + -- ..---- --"- hd
2 M, _ l,.
[
1~ = Ol <>t-
1
~r,
2-+·--·At _l-
'{U3>Il>n,N·J]
1.11
M ". ,,.¡zJ'',.¡!::"'~'},,
' . 2 M, _l..
V. 2 1~ 2 \~ 2
---···--- - ·----- · ~
.. .

J\ssociation of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 A·4

APPENDIX A': EQUIVALENCE BETWEEN -SI-METRIC, MKS·METRIC, ANO U.S. CUSTOMARY UNIT
OF NONHOMOGENOUS EQUATIONS IN THE CODE
~~~-----r-----~--~~-~~~~~~~~~---------.·-----7--~-----·-----

Eq.4JJ -37 V, "' Hf·li)AJT~ b,. d \1,. :0.53(1·f· ·~ ) AJT:b,, d V, e (2~..~)AJTb,, d

1 -- - - · · - -- · -··- ---------..·-·-- - -- --- - - -·--- ------..- - - -···-· · -- - - - ;
·~-~- 4 11 _38
(.A
" "' .. . (-(~! +2) 1/1..;· h ti
0
1
12 ~~' ·~ ( "
v -:: o2/.l.C~~'!t.' +2) , ¡1..... "ti
0
"' < V
v=
0
(g¡!IJ,, +2) 1tr·- b "
'"1 O V

Eq~-;í'ff":i9 --v-.. ~·3 ,¡ JT~ . ;;::·;¡--·-- -·-¡;-·-;:-·~-JT:=-;;:~¡..-·-·- 1'.. = 4;. JI;~· b. t1

Eq. 41 l-40 -- ---::--r-;, , .. ' ~ +O..3/,>l r¡;;¡;y-

v, = VJP ,¡)¡ l',. =7)i6.tJ
P· 'o,.l' ,¡.j¡·~ ... +O 3J lb v: =(J9..J/-~·{)J¡ )b.d+ v.
7
)tJ"a + ,, r )t>,,el + V,
·• ¡o..· f'<

Note: /11• has units Note: /Jp has the samc uníts as Note.: /]1, has units
r 1 Thc Sl-mctric version
Scction
411.13.2.2
[!', ~ 0.50 MPa fj·, ~ 5 kgflcrn2 ..[T. :S 70 psi
Section
411.13.3.1
0.1n ff. lvl · o.53J. ff. b, d 2J..¡¡: b, d
Scction
411.13.3.2
0.50 ..[!'(' b, d 1.60 "!'. b, d 6 .¡¡: b.. d
Section
411.1 3 .4.8
0.33 "/',. b, d 1.1 O .Jf: b,, d 4 .JT: b 0 d
{i
L
t -
0.58 ff.' b,. d 1.90 ff. b,, d 7 .¡¡: b.. d
Section
411.13.5.1

Sectíon
O.l7(M-yf'c
f7;"' ¡¡-;-
0.53~). ;¡/'e
Tf
2<jJ. ¡JJ 'e
411.1 3 .5.4
Sectíon 0.17 <jJ. i/ j ', Tf
0.53<j ), ¡J¡¡-;-
f'c 2<j ). ¡JTf
'ej
~_.13.7.?____ _ _______ ______ --------=::------+--- - --=:---------""""'1
Section
411.1 3.7.3
. 0 _33 f/l/. !.lO~ J. Jf: ff 4<j). JT:
Sectíon ff :s;:8.3MPa Jf:. ~ 26.5 kgflcm 2
ffc :S 100 psi
-- 412.2.2
--- -..- ___ _____ _________ ---·-·
.. , ..,... .. ----- - --- ------
Scction 1 - ( f/fl}l', )d 1 =( frr¡r,r¡r, ..,)d 1 =( f ,r¡r,r¡r.!.....)rJ
41 2.3 .2 d- 2.1J.ff- o d 6.6/..Jf, b d 25J....Jf': b

Eq. 4 12- l

Section
412.4.2

1
. National Structural Code of the Phi!ippines 6 " Edition Vol ume 1
 A-5

APPENDJX A: EQUIVALENCE BETWEEN SI·METRIC, MKS-METRIC, AND CUSTOMARV- u.s.

UNITS OF NONHOMOGENOUS EQUATIONS IN THE CODE
--- - -- -·----------···-
~:17:[!_ J d,, =·(??j(0~L ) "·
Scction
412.7.2 (,. m ( ,_. , (~>:?.j'J:·D ) "·· 1.,.
/'. ....___ \J.
···-----·------------····..--- -----···-·-------...
Scction
412.8.2
~---------~-·--·----···-·-----

.(-&:;,240)
.

([~:.{~~~)
\
------- -- --·-------····-- ----------~---··--- -

- ----- -------r~;~=-;;~~~(~r--- . _·---

--- - - - --- --- ---------------------
1 ~ o 27 ¿,, ( !~ ...,)
Eq. 412-3 IJ~ J.J-~!·h·j¡:~) 1J ~ -;~. ~-]¡~' )
(
J .1 ;¡_J J'.
··-~
----
Eq. 412-4
'•=( L~-}' ;f r~,__7- !, } •
21 ,, \ , =(-b..o}'• , (~.t~-_L}
,, 21 70 • 1" =(J{;ó¡i}•·+(/~·iot~~-}.
Section
-·- -
0 .41b •. s ~~-¿ -~!!.~:~
412.11.5.2 f.,., !_.,
··-
!)'/
Section
412.14.2.2
O. l?d,J)I
;.ff: ·-;.rr:-
0.053d.f,., 0.0 14d.J,.,
;.ff,--
Scction 0.07 1/,d¡, o.oo73JA, 0.0005/A,
412.1 7.1 (O.13 f,. - 24 )d¡, (0.0 13 r;.. 24)c/¡, (0.0009 _{,.• 24)d¡, · -
Scction
417 .6.3.1 ami 0 .55b,.d 5.6b,.d 80b,tl
417.6.3.2
Section
417.6.3.3 (1.8 + 0.6p~(,.)'Ab,,d < 3.5b,.d ( 18 + 0.68[,.)/..b,f__/ '::..~Jb,-!J.. (260 + 0.6p,f,.)'Ab,,d :'5 500b,.d
-- Class U: f, 5 0.62 e ¡¡; -- Class U: f, S 7.5 Jf':
Class U: f, S 2 J[,.

Scclion Class T: 0.62[f<J, 5 1 fj~ Class T: 2/T <f, 5 3.2 fJ: Class T: 7.5 ¡¡·<f, 5 12 J J-;
418.4.3 Class C:f, > !.O ff: Class C:f, > 3.2ft: Class C: f, > 12 [f:
¡, ::: o.so¡¡;. ¡, ::: I.6 .Jf: ¡, ::: 6 Jf"
--·-·..·······-·
Secti on 0.50[!',.¡ 1.6o f¡~·; 6rr
'1 Cl
418.5. 1 (3)
0.25 JT:: o.soff~ 3...) f'<i
..
..
+ ' +lOOp,
.....
Eq. 418-4 !' f'
J :: J +70+-'---· J =! +700+ · !'
-'- f
,.,
=f " 10 (){)() _.!,.___
'' " IOOpr ''' " lOOp,
.... -----¡--__,
-------~
Eq. 418-5 f
N
"' J
"
.¡. 70 +_f..(:_
-·----~---

300p,.
J
''"
=J + 700
f'
+ - '--
300pr
Jr• '" f " +10000+
,
- '- -
300 p r
-
Scct. 418.10.3.1
and 418.10.3.2
0.17 ¡¡: o.3sff: zff
Section 2.lb •.d ~_!J •.d 300 b •. d_
418.13.7 !y ! )' [y
¡;JS = fs, + 70 ¡;,J =fs, + 700
~~- --

Section frJS = fu + 10,000

4 18. 14.4.1 ..
Scction 0.33rpJ.fi'r !.1(/J.fi: 4!füff
419.5.10
--- --· -
Section _1_:4b_¿_~, }_·:.!~!!_ 200_!;..!:::!..
421.5.2.1 !, f) --------- - - - -
es-lz, )
[ _,.
-- . -·--- --
S = 100 +(350 - h,) s. = 10 + ·-3·-~ S = 4 + u~-; /¡ x_)
Eq. 421-2 • 3 0

100 mmS S0 < 150 mm 10 cm < S0 ~ 15 cm 4 in. < S11 < 6 in.
-~---···

l.? f j: A¡ 5.3[f'~·A1 2o.Ji'c A¡

Scction
421.7.4.1 !.'2f/':A¡ 4.0[F;A¡ 1 5fj~·A¡ 1

1
J.O f f A¡ 3.2[f:A¡ l'l...{F:A¡
J

Associatíon of Structura! Engineers of the Philippines

 A·6

·A-PPEÑDIX-·¡ ;·E ·aul'l ALENCE.BETW-EEN-si-METRIC; ·-MKS-METRIC,- AND u.s-:--·-·CUSTOMARY

UNITS
.... ·- OF NONHOMOGENOUS ·-EQUATJONS
- ----- IN THE CODE .. _ _ __________________ ··-
! , d. !,.d. f ,d.
Eq. 421-6 '"' "' 5. 4 J)~ 1
J• =11-:í¡F· 1
"' =6sJT:
-- -·----· -.---·.. - -- -- ··-
~--:::-.
Sccuon
421.8.2.1
O.O!l 3A. ).
. " . ,.
.JT. ....
0.27A,,,J, ¡¡:. A,.. ;.ff
··---- --
.;ff
-~--

Section
0. 17A,.J. /f'.. 0.53A,.,..l .¡¡: 2A,.
421 .8.2.2
V,= A...\a,A.ff. + pJ, ) V,= Aja,J...[T +P.!,) V, "',\_.(a,A..{j·, + pJJ
h
Eq.421 -7 a,
"
=0.25for-'!. S 1.5 a, =0.80/or-- ::; 1.5 "·· a, =3.0for :
1
S 1.5
'·· '··
_ ____.......
"1
a, =O. 17 for :· :?: 2. O a, =0.53/or "··
1..,
:?: 2.0
'
Ir
a . =2.0for..L:?: 2.0
1•. ...,_.
- -
0.66A".ff 2. 12A"'ff 8Ac,.J1:
Scctio n
42 1.8.4.4 0.83A..,ff. 2.65Ac•..ffc IOAcw.ff
Section
-·------- ----- - - ··- -
..
0.83Ac..,.ff 2.65Ar.- JJ; lOAc.,.ff
4 2 1.8.4.5 ..
Section 400
421.8.6.5 (1)
-2.8
!,
- 28
- ·
!,
- ····
f,
Scction
42 1.8.6.5 (2)
0.083Ac•· A¡¡; 0.27A0 .J.[i; An..lffr
- -
Section
' 421.8.7.2 0.33). ¡¡;A
¡ c ..• ).¡¡;Ac"' 4J.Jf:Ac.-
' Eq. 4 2 1-9
1
1 V, =2A..J/,sinaS0.83[/', A,,. v, =2A....J,. sin as 2.6sff A..,.. V, =2A.J!, sina S 1o.JT: A..,..
¡' Eq. 421 - 10 V, =AJ0. 17;.,ff +pJ,) V, =A,,.(0.53J..ff + PJ, ) V, = AJ2J...Jf': +PJ, )
1

t~
i Scctio n
0.66A,.,.¡¡: 2.1 2Acv¡¡; 8Acv.fi:
l 42 1.9.9.2
¡
¡ 1
Section
42 1. 11.6
0.29Jf: bod o.93 Jr: botJ 3.5 ¡¡: b,d
¡ Eq. 422-2 M , = 0.42J..Jj·,sm M . = J.33J..ffsM M, =SA..J!':Sm
~:
-- --
!¡ Eq. 422-7
-M ·- -....!!..
Sm A,
p $ 9'>Q.4 v..fT
/', M. - P. $
Sm A1
;1.33;.,ff M. - P.
Sm A,
s ;sA.JF:

~
Eq. 4 22-9 V, =0. 1 lA-[f)..,h v, == o.3s:tfj·, b)1 v. =l.33J....{f;bj l
V, =0.11( 1 +%)..t)T,"b)1 v, =0..3s(l +%)xff'~b.ll V=
'
(~+~)
3 3/J
..lffb
'
h e

Eq. 4 22- 10
:'S 0.22,l .¡¡: b h 0 :'S 0.71). ¡¡; boh :'S 2.66/...Jf: b0 h
Nb =kt. ..lff:'!
~ 1<1
1.s N0 =k,?.fi:'h,/·5 Nb =k,?. ff:'h,¡'j
Eq.423-7
Eq. 423-8
K,= 10 or 7
·-
K = 10 or 7
3
_
.. K,=24 or 17
N =·1 6?.fl. .,1
N6 = 3.??..fi, 'h,/'J Nt. =5.8?.fi:'h_/' b ( <1
S/)

N,, = (13c., JA.,8 )?..{r..' N,~ = (42.5c,, p:;:;}?.J!,' [A:,: }?.fj, ;

r
Eq. 423- 17

r
N,,= (160c. 1
- . . .. ··-
{r
-· - - ~··-··-· -------

v. =0.6{~~ Jd. );_Jj7(c.,}'· 1

V, ::: l. .Jd:)J..j/,;(c,, )'J -;.=·{;a ¡;¡:)J•.[j,-;(c,,)'S

r
1 Eq. 423-24 ;,
1- --- - - ·- - - ---
{r
------- --- -·- - ---- -- - ~------- - -·--

1 Eq. 423-25 v. =0.6 ~ Jd~)4./1:'(c.,)'s F. =2.1u . r .fd)t[j,-;(c.,}' 1 vb ={:. /d.l4T'<c.,)u

1 Eq. 4 25-2 ~ = 0.8_?), /',
-. ( 600 ) Po = ~.85 f!..J.~ ( 6120 ) = 0.85 fJ, !', ( 87 ,000 ...)
• !, 600 + /, !, 6120 + / , Po !, 87 ,000 + / ,

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 f<·l

APPENDIX B

CONVERSION FACTORS

__·-·:::::::::.~~----~~==---·~-=--=-~·J::--'_,_o~c-o,_,--I_,_,IV~cl!.!;___-··-__·-._-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_:_-_-_-_-_-:-,_-_-c---------------
,....-- - .--~-=:~===---===:~~:::::=:::::~-:--=-- ~~~ü:fplvb·;;·-·::::~~-: ···--:····¡

f--:-1-m-:-:il-
c..,(U..,...s-=--.-st_m_u·c. .,-)---- - -- -- - - - - ----l'""'k::::.·nc:•: :. .:. : :. .:. :..:.______________ 1 :6o<J.J44-·----- - -- - -,j
LENGTH

1 yd Jll 0.9144

_:_;_:- --··--------------·-·------·-·---------- _:;' e:':::'---------

f--:-~~~~---------------------~~ArR~E~<~A~-------------
-" ---·----·-----·- - --~04_:·¿~---------~------·- -- .. __ _ ¡
1 mi le (U.S. statuc) km 2.589 998
l acre (U.$. survcy) ha 0.404 6873
1
m2 4046.873 '
1 yd2 nl 0.836 1274 '
1 ft2 ~ ~~m04
1 in2 mm2 645.16
f--:---~-------------------
VOLUME MODULUS OF SEC'ri9J'!.________-.--=-=~:-----------=----~j
1 acre ft m 1233.489
l yd' m3 O.764 5549
lOO board fl m' 0.235 9737
l ft' m3 0.028 316 85
L(dm3) 28.3168
mm 3 16 387.06
mL (cm3) 16.387 1
1 barre! (42 U.S. gallons) m3 0. 158 9873
~~~~~~~~~-----------~~-------------L~~~----------
1~
(FLUID) CAJ>ACJTY
1-
g~ai-(~U~
.S-.~Iiq-u~id-:-)-:-•----------------~~~L~*~
*~~~~~- ------------.-3~.~78~5~4~1~2-----------
I qt (U.S. liquid) rnL 946.3529
1 pt (U.S. liquid) mL 473.1 765
1 n oz (U.S) mL 29.5735
1 gal (U.S. liquid) m3 0.003 785 41 2
~!!_!?n (UK) ~.P.P.:.::
ro:.:.:x.:....1:.:..2=-a.:Ga:..:.I..>.:(U::.:·:::S:.<..)______ __ --:::-::-:- :--c-:L-*---:•--::I:.,.;I::,oito:!cr.,::a'-':""m)Jr.,::o::.;x·..::O.::;.OO:.::::,l.:::ct::..::lb:.:.c:....:
:i l:1lC..:;::.:.tc::.:..r_ _____L . __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _
SECÓND MOMENT OF AREA
r-:-~------------------------~~~~~~==~~~~~---------.~~~~-------
1 in 1 m.~
11
_ ...
J 4 !6 231 4
41 6 23 1 4 x 1 o·'
I-7;;-;-;-----:--------------------------=P..¡:L::..A"-':N,:-:E~,A:..:.N:.. :G.. ;:; :L~
: E-=--=--::---=-=-----_-_-_-_--- =~~::::~~======-~-~
¡• (dcgrcc) 1 rad ~ 0.017 453 29
mrad 17.453.29
1' (minute) urad 290.8882
1" (sccond) urad __4:.:.:.8:..:4.::..8..:.1::..37'-------------
VELOCITY, SJ>EED ·-----------------.-~.,.....,-----------~-
1 ftls rrJs 1 0.3048
1 milc/11 krrJ
·rns/11 !.609 344
~------------------------------------~~~L-~~~~~~~~--------------L-~0:_:.4..:.
1 47:_;04
~------------ i
l-7-;:-r.-- - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - '
V...::
O:..::L:.::U:..:.; ::;..'r.RA:.::...::.T=E...::O:.::~<'...:F..L
M,:::E : •:.::O:...:W.:___ _ _ __ _ _"'"";;-:-:::-~-;-~----·~~~--J
1 ft'/s m /s 0.028 316 85 1
3
1 ft /min Us 0.471 9474 :,
1 galfmin I.Js O.063 0902
1 gallmin m3/min 0.0038
lp~ m~ lilll ~
1 million gal/d Us 43.8126
3
1 acre ftls rn /s 1233.49
TEMPERATURE INTERVAL-·- - - - ---------'-..:.;:.:_=-:..;:..__.__ ··----------·-··· ... .
I"F -- ----·-·· 1 "C or K - ....l,-0-=---c-
55"'5:-5:-:5--:-
6--- - ··- -·-·---- .....
/9'C = ~/9K _ _ _._ --·· 1
I- - -- -- - - - - - - - - - - - --
---=---,----::---J._-,------- - - - - -- - ------".....:.!....:::...::_:.z.:::_
EQUIVALENT Tl~MI'ERATURE (l.c=TK-..=2c:.:
- - - - - - - - --------· .... _ 73 15='-2'----- ----.-- - ,9. - - : : : : - - - - - - __ j
:.:.:·.::c
~-------------------------------- 1 t.c ----·--- -- 1 '·"" /~1.~:+32 --- - - - - - -·
(Co111mu ed)

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 A8

APPENDIX B

CONVERSION FACTORS--{Continucd)
--·-·--·--~------··--·----·--·-----~~-----·---··-------··-·--··-·-·---·--------·-------·-
__________ _.._______,____I.<!..!:!!!l.~~r._
t --------·---·--·-------------~ (~--------------------!!l..!!!.til~!L!!i:.......____
"')(,., (shor¡-;-;~-------------------------r-
m-'-ct-'-
ri;-;;
MASS
c.;:.t<.::.m_ _ _______ __ _ _ _ _ r:oo-;:
.9:::07:-:-:
l ll;-:5· - -- -- - - - j
kg 907. 1847
111> kg 0.453 5924
1 oz g 28.349 52
~~: U~..!!2!J..Q.240 !_t!L.......... ........- ...... .................______ --·--e----~-------------. ........ ...........---------- _...!..O.!.~i.:.9..~.?-...--------··---·--- -·-·--·-·
.. MASS PER UNIT A REA
. -¡-¡¡;¡¡¡r-~ ...... kgtrn· · - -- -- 4.882 428
1 o7Jyd1 g/m2 33.905 75
1 0 7Jfl 2 g/m 2 305.!5! 7
.. -- DENSITY (MASS PER UNIT VOLUME)
1 lb/fl3 16.01 846
1 lb/yd) 0.593 2764
1 ton/ydl 1.186 553
FORCE
l tonf (Ion-force) kN 8.896 44
l kip ( 1,000 lhl) kN 4.448 22
--~ lbf ([XlUI_!S!_:f!,?~~------------·----·---··--:-:;:-::-:-;::!-::N '-'::-=-::-.::-:::-::::---=:------............ ............-..... 4.448 22 - - -- - ·------
_1,...,1.,..bf""'-.f,-l_ ______..________ __ _ _______ ......:.::
M~O::.:M:..:::::E::...:N~T.,..:IO
:;.;NFc-:.:..~~
11
0~R~C:::E::.~...,.::.T~
O:..=.R:..::Q'-.:U::::I:::..~_ _ _____ ...-:- ::-::--:o-:--::-_ _ __ _ ____,
-:o_

1 355 818
l lhf·in N•m 0.112 9848
1 tonf·fl kN·m 2.7 11 6-1
....:l:..:k:::·iz:...P·:.:.ft_ _ __ _ ____ _ _______ _ __ _,-...,,...--..L...:k"'·N -_'·:.c
m' - - - -- - - - _ ___ _ _ _L-.:.1:::..3::; ::..:2:___ _ _ _ __ --i
55.:...8
- - --=F...::'O:..:R:..::C::.:':'E:..;P:..:E::.:~R~U.:..:N:..:.I1:...:'L::::E::::~N..:.:G~1.:..:'1:.:.-I_ _____ _...,...-;~~-------l
- - - - -- ·- -------·· - -- - --
l lbf!fl
1 lbf/in
¡ N/m
N/m
14.5939
175.1268
1 tonflft m kN/m ..,.---,-...,.L.:2::..
9:.:..
.l :::..
87:..::8:..........,..- - -- - - - i
PRESSURE, STRESS, MODULUS OF ELASTICITY (FORCE PER UNIT AREA) (1 l'a "' 1 N/mi)
l tonflin MPa !3.7895
2
1 tonflfl kPa 95.7605
l kip/in 2 MPa 6.894 757
l lhf/in' kPa 6.894 757
1 lbf/ft 2 Pa 47.8803
Atmosphcrc kPa 1O1.3250
1 inch mcrcury kPa 3.376 85
_·.!..-------~~c:-:-::-::::-::-:-=-:--l-...:.k:.:P,a=-c-=----------,~.......,-----......L...:2:.:.
1 fool {water colunm at 32°F) ; .9:..::8c::.8...:.9.::.8_ _ _____ ____,
......,,..,.,.,:--::-:-:;-..,..,.,...,...,.----·--·-----· \'VORK, ENERGY, HEAT (1} =lN·m = !~ •s)__ ______.._______________________,___
1 kWh (550 fl.lbf/s) MJ 3h
1 Btu (lnt.Tablc) kJ 1.055 056
J 1055.056
_1:..t:.:.
l·.:::
lb::.,
f _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ __ _______.,.-_L..::._l_ _ _ __ _ 1.355 8 18
COEFFICIENT OF HEAT TRANSI<ER
1 Btul(ft2·h·. F) 1 W/(nl·K) 5.678 263
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
1 Btu/ift·h· F)
0
W/(m•K) 1 1.730 735
ILLUMINANCE
1 Imlft {footcandle) 1 1x (lux) 1 10.763.91
LUMINANCE
"'1
: -c-dl
.""f"'
r- - - - -- - -- - ---- -- ---- cdfm· 10.7639
1 foot larnbcrt cd/m1 3.426 259
....:.l..~la.,~rn
,:.:.
l>z::.:.rt.:....._ _ __ _________________ ________ ___,_¡_.::.
kc::.::d:.. n'_ __________ _ _ __ _ ___,__~, 183 099 -----~---- --------
h.::.

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition Volume 1
 NSCP C101-10

SPONSORS AND BENEFACTORS

OF ASEP WHO HAVE
SUPPORTED THIS
MONUMENTAL TASK OF
PUBLISHING THIS CODE

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

Suitc 713, Future Point Plaza Condominium 1
112 Pa nay Aven ue, Quezon City, Philippines 1100

Tel. No : ( +632) 410-0483

Fax No.: (+632) 411-8606
Email: ªseponli ne@gma[I.com
Website: http://www.aseponlinc.org

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 JOEl MattUIIn UDIÑA, M_ M;~-
Adárcss.: UJK 611, Lol ~~"i. Pi1asc 6
Molr<>nalc Moycauayan lf
LDG 1 Marilao, Dulacaf!
GILBERT B. MAGBUTAY. ~.AS<P
Adóross: 93 Kalil<nsan Sllocl,
Karan-galan Villaoc Phase 2A
Dcla Pa<. rasiQ Cily 1611
AlLAN oenav A. ALfiLER, w.ASEP
AO<J10ss: 11ocn> 3f', 3/f A!lrcd !lid{¡.
1191 Ouirino Hiohway
Novalichcs, 0U01:0/l c¡ty
n-~~~l=FR=e=o=o~c~o-rr-.~,.-.~E~N~G~~~o~v·~.-.-.M--r:r----------------------------·---
AddJcss: Shop l22 Al Tawila Bfdg..
JuflafJ, Manarna. Baht!lin
VIRGILIO B. COLUMNA, • ·~ ·-•
AckJrcss: #33 Azucena SI., Vfolela
Villagc, Sla. Cwz. Sixlu Bvlacan
CAÑETE STAUCTURAL INVESTlGATlON, INC.
Altxlr1 C. Caiietc, MscE. r. ASEP
Aó<hcss: Unil201, Jocfqt Bldg.
CommonweatJh Ave .. Ouei':on Cily
Addrcss: Ouozon Ave.,
Kalibo Aklan
~
JOSE T. TAYAMORA
Addross: P3b Bl2 L 13 Easlwood
GH:CMiew. Stgy. San lsidro,
Rodrigucz. R¡zal
E
~:::::::,M
··-ni·o-r Sttuctvral E.nginccr
-----
··-..·-·
ConsuUing Sttuetufsr €nglnoefs, SIE 153
Phorw: 425·7076
Mobilo: 0917·9702625 : 0922·6328864
Emai!: ·nn.rbEo~®;~lloo.con\
GIBM.A EnQinoorlng SOrvlcos
PllOM: (02) 682-7114: 517·1159
Mobilo: 0920·9226441; 0923·3917297
Emaif: fl¡bma2003@yahoo.com
'"' """' '""""""' <oo'""'"' ]
Phone~ 418·3059; 419·0¡36
Mob1lc: 0920·9235232: 0927.·8235232
f:mail: adaatfileroc@yahoo.com
Emai1: v«:enghoy2001@yahoc•.com
Wcbsilc: kOOht3'ii·Otl!1inocrino-consulloncv.corn
v.n. Co umna Consir\Jdlon Corporat1on
Phono: 93'·52H; <153-5151
FacsímfiC: 951-2761
Efllail: csiihccc@yalloo.com
·---------------··-·······----
J
PhoM: (036) 268 6076, (036)2569020
Mobilo: 09213197964
Email: eplumaca@yahoo.com.ph
.
JT & G Toknlks Con~tructlon
l'honc 491 5584. 21?.·3343
Mob1l0 0927·7521205
Ema•f romc11a JOSO@)•ahoocom_____
Ki1by. Slecl South Easlh Asia;:,¡~~~::~-]
. McgaSJruchJrcs Consultancy. lflc.
Mob1l0: 0918-9451016
•
J
~
AM C. ABINALES. rn.ono. ro,oo Ada m Ablnales Enoincofinr,¡ & COnsut1ancv
Manaoinn Prir1cfpal Phono: 746·8156: 502·4223
OHN OLIVER D. PEf¡ANO. 111>$CO Mobilo: 0908972·2326: 0917542·2326
Assocíatc Partncr Email: aaoplusc@yahoo.corn:
ficc: UG48 Cilyland Pionccr Cond.
6 Pionoor SI l4andaJ,,yonn 91Y
·~- -- WobsiiC' ..
inlo@aacphJsc.corn
WNW aaonlusr. com
ASSOCIATION Of CIVIL ENGINEERING ALUMNI OF NATIONAL UNIVERSITY--~
(ACEANU)
Phono: 749·8154; 743·7992
AO<Jross: 551 M.f. Jhocsan SI., Email: aceanuphíl@yahoo.com;
Sampa!oc, Manila acoanup~ltl@gmafl.com
accanup~)il@gmail.com
1:HI!fSTUI'RERml5J.I]¡YO, • . .s••
MfRfAM LUSICA·TAMAYO, - - TandeM Engtnoering Consultoncv
Addrtlss: 4/F. 1578 ltíQa S!t(h'H, PI lOM: 890-2022; 896·6930
MakatiCily Email: Jandem.eng@gmail.com
~RY'T:-wDNG, ~.s•• N.T. WONG & ~~~vv•
·~·
Addross: Chunics Ológ. (IOwlu Phonc: 712-22cr; 712·7025
nround lit), 3368 R Magsc¡ysay Mobilo: 0917·5>79664
Olvd.. Mat~ila. Philippinos t~mail: harry1ingwong@yahoo.com
ANTiiONY VLAOIMlR P1mente1 &. ASSOC ates tn& neerlng Consult.ants
C. PIMENTEL, f. ASEP
Phane: 721·738!: 722·6278
Acktrcss: GIF 430 Maligaya 111 BidQ., Mobilc: 0920·260009~
C. Rodrigue< Avonuo.Cubao Emait: pitnonlel_as-socialcs@pacc.nol.f.ltl:
Ouamn Citv _pimenlel_lcp@yahoo.com
--
RUEL B. RAMIREZ and ASSOCIATES
RUEL RAMIREZ, WSC<.W.AS<P MELISA R. RAMlREZ, w. ASEP
l'l~.>.l!'f''~Ó(.ol'll M~'QPA'lf>l!'
Addross: U2F M.aginhawa !31dg., Phono: 433·9313
154 Mílginhawa SI .. Sik31una Mabilc: 0920-909014 7
Villagc. Ove1.on Cfly t:mai1: •t>ra__eng~(4"y{lhoo.com
-~--~-----
-;E'"'H"II""I;:E-;C:-."z7
A"R7
AG=O"Z7
A-----------,E"C".~Z"A"R,.AG021\ & ASSOCIATES
Addrcss: 84 2nd Floor Phone: 866·1087 Facslmi!c; 636·8351
Gcntual Esp¡no St.. Zonc IV, MQ!)rle: 0939·5214051; 0939·-4 755915
Signa! Vilfagc, Taguig Cíty Ernail: cc_zaragoza@yahoo.com
SMART MASONRY PHILIPPINES, INC.
A ~R - - -- A
A t. AN C. ABAN, f.""'" DANILO RElUCIO
Mdress. CIC Comrounó
f'rancisco Fclix Ave .• Cainta. Hizal
PhOrlO: 655·5429
f.acsimilc: 655·7871
Email: altan.aban@gmaíl.com
 11 08 Antel Global Gorporate Ctr. 1

Julia Vargas Ave., Ortigas Ctr.

1

Pasig Cíty
Tel. No.: 638-3414 to 24
Fax No.: 916-3740
Email: acs_manufacturing@yahoo.com
Websíte: www.acs-manufacturing.com

ACS MANUFACTURING CORPORATION

PROKRETE
Concrete Admixtures

\Ve make good concrete a better concrete.

 Unit 401 4th Floor Lancaster Hotel,
#662 Shaw Boulevard Mandaluyong City,
Metro Manila, Philippines 1500
Tel. Nos. : (+632) 571-8668 to70
Fax No. : (+632) 571-6285
Email : info@ddtkonstract.com
Website : http://www.ddtkontracl.com.ph

DDT KONSTRACT, INC.

CONTRACTOR • ENGINEERS

MISSION:

We will steadfastly strive to provide good services to the need of our

clients through quality and timely delivery by pursuing excellence in
every aspect of our services.

We will continuously support and enhance the well being of our hard-
worklng workforce to meet the challenges offered by expanding market
and stronger competition.

We wHI continuously enhance a management vision to remain a partner

in the development of our society and country. GOD WILUNG
 Sales Office Address:
Unit 2104 ANTEL GLOBAL BLDG.,
Julia Vargas, Ortigas Center, Pasig City, 1600
Tel. Nos. : 667-3278; 633-3474; 633-3477
Telefax Nos. : 667-3279; 667-3281

···-~-~-
.,. .1!· .g,
~ JtJi z, , z, l'i1r fl .
!.'{·- ~

1258 Sandoval Ave., San Miguel, Pasig City, 1600

Tel. No.: 643-7802 Tel. Fax: 640-0698

DEECONCRETE INCORPOKATED
C. Raymundo Ave., Caniogan, Pasig City, 1600
Tel. No.: 641-7919 Tel. Fax: 642-8020

•••e••·•••·
--· -·-··--~---rp~,,IIJ'_J
~ ~ .!J.· ~' l'f- Jt;f¡ ;f.: :118. ~
Purok Uno, Baranggay Makiling, Calamba, Laguna
.lfJWJ li} -
PRECI$JGN
ru;AIJII'··l!U.ll', H(C.

PRIME MOVERS OF QUALITY CONCRETE.

 www. energy. com. ph

~­
.·~
energy
DEVElOPMENT CORPORATION

Thlrty-four years in the lndustry says a lot about a company.

Our able stctff of geosclentfsts, dr111ers and eoglneers ls In demand for both
consultancy and actual worl< 1n geothennal exploratlon and development.

This enabled us to become the largest focused producer of geothermal energy in

the wor1d.

Globally recognized ror our knowfedge and expertJse, EDC ls now at the rrontl!nc
vvet steamfield te<:hnology and geothermal energy production.

At EDC, we know green energy and we make it happen.

We never stop moving forward on green energy.

 Executive Offices -
No.12 Manggahan St., Brgy. Bagumbayan,
Quezon City 1110, Philippines
Tel. No. : (632)635-0843
Facsímile No. : (632)635-0861, (632)635-0609,
(632)635-0612
E-mail address : eeicenter@eei.com.ph
Website Address : http://VY'\NW.eei.com.ph

EEI CORPORATION

EEI Corporation is one of the Philíppines' leading construction companies,.

Long years of contracting and collaborating with global contractors, particularly in the
Middle East and Asia Pacific countries, have enabled the Company to achieve wor1d-
caliber project management and construction expertise and competencies.

EEI possesses the broad capability to undcrtake construction contracts from design-and-
build, lump-sum basis to labor and constructíon supervision services across different
classes of projects.

lt is the major provider of construction services to the power, oil, gas and petrochemical,
infrastructure property and Industrial sectors.

As it continues to undertake major projects in different industries both here in the

Philippines and abroad, it is likewise contributing its share in the GOuntry's national devel-
opment and progress.
 PGA Technícal Center
No. 85, Kamuning Road
Quezon Cíty 1103, Philíppines
Tel. Nos. : (632) 929-33-52 to 55;
(632) 929-17-86
TeleFax : (632) 929-33-53
Website : pgatech.com.ph

PGA TECH GROUP

"YOUR ONE STOP SHOP FOR ENGINEERING & SUPPORT SERVICES ..

NON Df:SlHUCTIVE TESTING l.AilORI\TORY. INC

E-mail Address : pgandtl@gmail.com E-mail Address : pgamain@gmail.com

Phone #'s: 632-929-34-05 Phone #'s: 632-929-33-53/929-33-55
Fax#: 632-929-34-06 Fax#: 632-929-33-54

E-mail Address : em2apartners@gmail.com E-mail Address: pgacalab@pgatech.com.ph

Phone #'s: 632-371-18-04/371-18-06 Phone #'s: 632-929-35-36 to 38
Fax#: 632-374-43-38 Fax#: 632-929-35-39

€A Geopier''
PGA o.op1tc PhlJI{>fiU)oN. lno.

E-mail Address: pgageopier@gmail.com E-mail Address : peterground@gmail.com

Tefe/Fax#: 632-372-79-48 Phone #'s: 632-371-18-03/371-18-09
Exclusive Licensee GEOPIER Technology Tele/Fax #: 632-372-79-48

1 PGA EARTH STRUCTURE SOLUTIONC

··- Exdum~ Phi~ Dis!llbiliN lrt f'GRID Gew¡nrr~~eó
E-mail Address: egrid.pga@gmail.com E-mail Address : canta ct@philgeogreen.com
Phone #'s: 632-927-09-84 Phone #'s: 632-332-26-57
Fax#: 632-929-33-54 Fax#: 632-928-66-27
 Head Office Addr&Ss:
5/F Benpres Building, Exchange Road cor Meralco
Avenue Ortigas Ctr. Pasig City, Phillppines 1600
Te! No. : +632 910-4111
Fax No. :+632 910-4141; +632 467~9018
V\kbslte : W'NV'r'.firslbalfoor.com
E-mail : firstbalfour@tirstbalfourcom

First Ballour
Excellence In Engfneering & Construction

First Balfour js commítted to providing wor1d-das.-s construction services for clvil,

mechanical and electrlcaJ Wúrks_

ll has served as a rontractor for a growlng number of pubHc and private buitdings, vru1ous
water and transport lnfrastructura \N'Orks. as weti as power geoeration and tran$tlllssion
projects.

TM company has the abllfty to design and construct various worns in coordination with its
pool of deslgners frorn dlverse disciplines.
 2326 Pasong Tamo Ext. .
1231 Makati City, Phllippines
Phone: +02 784 7100
Fax: +02 784 7101
E-M ail: customerservice.ph@hílti .corn
Website : www.hilti.com .ph

Reliable fastening. Anytime.

Anywhere.

Anchonng for structural applications

Hilli anchor solutions Lhat sddress the issues of lood besring performance in different
concrete strengths, steel strength reductíon, loosening of nuts & progresslve
displacement in earthqui3ke and/or dynamic load inffuenced app1ícations.

Post-in$talted re-bar applications

Wlth Hiltl solutions. making post-installed rebar connections is justas easy as planling a
tree.
 Head Office

7th Floor Two World Square McKinley Hill,

Fort Bonifacio Taguig City
Tel: 459-3333
Fax: 459-3425

Ready Mix Concrete Plants

Taguig Plant
Barangay. !bayo Tipas
Taguig City
Tel: +63 2 409-7933

Parañaque Plant
Km. 16 Severina Industrial Estate
Bicutan, Parañaque City
Tel: +63 2 821-3306

'o

Holcim
Concrete
Strength.Performance.Passiori

www.hotcim.com
 Headquarter
OFFICINE MACCAFERRI S.p.A
Tel. No.: +39 051 643600
Fax No.: +39 051 0512365
Email: commit@maccaferri.com
Website: maccaferri.com
Regional Headquarter
MACCAFERRI MALAYSIA SON BHD
Tel. No.: +60 3 7957 8330
Fax No.: +60 3 7957 9080
Email: hq@maccaferri-asia.com
Website: maccaferri.com.my

Philippines
PHILIPPINE GABIONS, INC.
Tel. No. : +63 2 8130211
Fax No.: +63 2 8130211-1
Email: sales@philgabions.com
Website: philgabions.com

Philippine Gabions
Environmental Solutions™ 1]1;f4+I+f4 i3 ;J f)l

The Officine Maccaferri Group is a global player in the research, design and manufacture
of advance solutions in geosynthetics and soil erosion control. Started in 1879, the
experience gained makes Maccaferri a relíable problem-solving partner for soil
stabilization, slope reinforcement, erosion control, infrastructure development, and
construction works. Constant research and exclusive know-how enables Maccaferri to
guarantee maximum innovation and efficiency, and these concepts are transformed into
versatile solutions to meet customers' specific requirements.

Maccaferri manufactures and distributes a wide range of geotechnical products, and

provides services to compliment a broad range of draínage, filtration, reinforcement
and erosion control applícatíons in the fields of civil and environmental engineering.
 Philsteel Tower 140 Amorsolo Street,
Legaspi Village, Makati Philippines 1229
Tel. No.: 813-8382
Fax No.: 840-2123
Email : philmetal_sales@philsteelgroup.com

1
·Philmetal ~~!.~.!~~~~.~~
Philmetal

The Best In Steel Decklng Technology

STEELDEK SERIES : Steeldek 1, Steeldek 11, Steeldek IIA, Steeldek 111 (Designed to endure
anything. Used in SLEX S KYWAY & MRT.)

STRUCTURAL ROOFING: Colorbond Megadek, Colorbond Super V Dek, Colorbond

Crimplok, Colorbond KLIP-LOK

STEELFRAME SECTIONS: Studs & Tracks, LC & BC Channel, Ceiling System

 Unit 810, Pionaer Highlands Condominiurn
Pioneer cor. Madisons Sts .. Mandaluyong City
1552 Metro Manua
Tel. No.: (632) 637-3367
Fax No.: (632) 636..5295
Em8il: email@pozzolanic. ph

Pozzolanic
Recovering Resources For Our Future

FLY ASH
Sperif}' FL'\:'' ASH in youa· Concrete

.fHigher Strength
.¡Sulfate Resístant Concrete
.¡u,w Heat of Hyd.ration in ma.ss concrete
.¡Ec.o-frirodJy Green Concrete

An 1so 90012000 Certifred Company

 731 Aurora Blvd ., Quezon Cíty, 1112 PhWppines
Tel. No. : (632) 721 .5781 /414 .1593-95
Fax. : (632) 414.1596
Email : info@repchem com

.(

¡'
¡
i
¡

REPUBLIC CHEMICAL
INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSTRUCTION PROFESSIONALS SPECIFY PIONEER PRO

Adheslves, Sealants, Coatings, waterproofing and Paíntíng Preparations for

your construction needs.
 Unit 2309 Cityland Condominium 1O Tower 11,
6819 H.V. Dela Costa St., Salcedo Víllage ,
Makati C ity
Tel. No.: (632) 894 50671892 2140
Email: info@rsia-engineers .com
rannie. ison@gmail.com

R. S. ISON & ASSOCIATES

Consulting Engineers

RONALDO S. ISON
Civii/Structural Engineer
 Offíce Adress:
Unit 2204-0, 22/F West Tower Philippine Stock Exchange Centre
Exchange Road, Ortigas Center Pasig City 1605, Philippines
Tel. Nos. : +(63 2)631 3075 1 637 8286
Fax No. : +(63 2)637 8236
Email : systraphil@systraphil.com
Website : www.systraphil.com

SYSTRA PHILIPPINES, INC.

SYSTRA PHILIPPINES, lnc. or SPI wascreated in 1995 as a Joint Venture undertaking

of JAVLON lnternational Philippines, lnc. (JIPI) and SYSTRA S.A. in France.
SYSTRA S A is a limited liability company whose main shareholders are the París
Transport Authority (RATP) and the French National Railways (SNCF). RATP operates
the París Metro and is considered one of the biggest urban mass transport operators in
the world while SNCF operates ttJe country-wide railways network in France.

SYSTRA has over 50 years of experience rn 140 countríes and boasts of a solid
reputation of uncompromised professionalism and technical faculty. According to the
year 2001 survey carried out by the Engineering News Record, SYSTRA ranks first
among international design firms in the mass transit and raíl category. SYST RA opera tes
on major international markets whose activities cover all the skills and expertíse in the
field of urban and raíl transport- from high speed traíns to buses, to intermodal
transport, conventional raíl, suburban or ínter-city raíl services, metro, tramways,
automatic guided systems, road guided systems and people movers.
 Office and Plant
2E San Anctres Stre€t, Canumay, Valenzuela City
Philíppines

SatttUite Office
·1108 C.M. Recto Ave Manila. Philippines
Tel. Nos. : {632} 292M7049; (632) 292-7050
(632) 292-7052
Fax No. : (632) 292-6780
Email : unftanconstructíon@gmail.com
Website : www. unltanconstruction.com

UNITAN CONSTRUCTION
a
DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION